` tag?","a":"Yes — og:title is only used for social share cards, so it's fine to write it as a more clickable headline that differs from the SEO `<title>` tag."},{"q":"I pasted the tags but the KakaoTalk preview isn't updating.","a":"Platforms like KakaoTalk cache the link preview the first time it's fetched, so after changing your tags you'll need to refresh the cache using that platform's debugging tool before the new preview shows."}]},{"slug":"browser-cookie-storage-inspector","category":"text-dev","title":"Cookie & LocalStorage Parser — Decode Raw Session Strings","tagline":"Paste a raw cookie or localStorage string and get a clean key-value table plus formatted JSON, with expiry dates decoded","emoji":"🍪","keywords":["cookie parser online","localstorage inspector","parse document.cookie","cookie key value viewer"],"intro":"Paste in a raw `document.cookie` string or a semicolon-separated session header and get it broken out into a readable key-value table and JSON.","howto":["Paste the raw cookie string.","Check the parsed key-value list and the formatted JSON object, then copy either one."],"faq":[{"q":"Does it handle complex session token values?","a":"Yes — every token and session key gets split correctly using the semicolon and equals-sign delimiters."},{"q":"Does the cookie data I paste get sent to a server?","a":"No, everything you paste is parsed entirely inside your browser and is never sent to or stored on any server."},{"q":"Does it decode the Expires or Max-Age value from a Set-Cookie header?","a":"Yes — if the string you paste includes an Expires or Max-Age attribute, it's shown alongside the parsed data as a human-readable date."}]},{"slug":"rsa-key-generator-webcrypto","category":"text-dev","title":"RSA Key Pair Generator — Public & Private Key PEM","tagline":"Generate secure 2048 or 4096-bit RSA key pairs entirely in your browser via the WebCrypto API","emoji":"🔑","keywords":["RSA key pair generator","generate RSA public private key","WebCrypto RSA online","RSA PEM key generator"],"intro":"Creates RSA public/private key pairs in PEM format using the browser's built-in WebCrypto API — no server round-trip, so your private key never leaves your machine.","howto":["Choose a key size (2048 or 4096 bit).","Click Generate and copy the PEM-formatted public and private keys."],"faq":[{"q":"Does the generated private key get sent to a server?","a":"Never. It's generated entirely inside your browser's WebCrypto engine and never leaves your device."},{"q":"Should I pick 2048-bit or 4096-bit?","a":"2048-bit is plenty secure for most web certificates and SSH keys. Choose 4096-bit for long-term document signing or higher-security use cases, even though key generation takes a bit longer."},{"q":"Does the key disappear if I close the tab?","a":"Yes — nothing is saved. Copy and store the keys somewhere safe before you navigate away or refresh."}]},{"slug":"http-status-code-cheat-sheet","category":"text-dev","title":"HTTP Status Code Cheat Sheet — Every 1xx–5xx Code Explained","tagline":"Look up every HTTP status code from 100 to 599, with plain-language causes and fixes for both backend and frontend","emoji":"📚","keywords":["HTTP status code cheat sheet","HTTP error code list","what does 404 500 401 mean","HTTP response codes explained"],"intro":"From 200 OK to 404 Not Found and 500 Internal Server Error, search any HTTP status code to instantly see what it means, why it happens, and how to fix it.","howto":["Type a code number (like 401) or its name into the search box.","Read the cause and the recommended fix for that error."],"faq":[{"q":"What's the difference between 4xx and 5xx errors?","a":"4xx codes mean something's wrong with the client's request — bad permissions, a wrong URL, and so on. 5xx codes mean the backend server itself failed or got overloaded."},{"q":"What's the difference between a 301 and a 302 redirect?","a":"301 is permanent — search engines move their index to the new URL. 302 is temporary, so the original URL stays indexed."},{"q":"Are 1xx and 3xx codes covered too?","a":"Yes, every code from 100 (Continue) through 599 (Network Authentication Required) is searchable in one place, with its name and how to handle it."}]},{"slug":"dns-record-generator-template","category":"text-dev","title":"DNS Record Generator — SPF, DMARC, MX & CNAME Templates","tagline":"Enter your domain and mail server info to instantly generate ready-to-paste SPF, DMARC, and MX record text","emoji":"🌐","keywords":["DNS record generator","SPF record generator","DMARC TXT record","MX record setup"],"intro":"Enter your domain name and server IP to generate ready-to-use SPF, DMARC, and MX DNS record templates for email deliverability and anti-spoofing security in seconds.","howto":["Enter your domain name and server IP address.","Copy the generated SPF and DMARC TXT record text into your DNS settings."],"faq":[{"q":"Why do I need to set up a DMARC record?","a":"It blocks spammers from spoofing your domain and improves how reliably your emails land in recipients' inboxes."},{"q":"Can I list multiple sending servers in one SPF record?","a":"Yes — chain multiple IPs or include statements together, space-separated, in a single TXT record. Just keep in mind SPF has a 10 DNS-lookup limit, so don't stack too many include statements."},{"q":"Does the record take effect immediately after I add it?","a":"DNS propagation usually takes a few minutes but can run up to 48 hours, so check with a tool like nslookup or dig shortly after publishing to confirm it went live."}]},{"slug":"uuid-ulid-nanoid-generator","category":"text-dev","title":"UUID v4 / ULID / Nanoid Bulk Generator","tagline":"Batch-generate random UUID v4s, time-sortable ULIDs, or Nanoids — up to 1,000 at once","emoji":"🆔","keywords":["UUID v4 generator","bulk ULID generator","online UUID generator","unique ID generator"],"intro":"Generates UUID v4 identifiers and time-sortable ULIDs in bulk for use as database primary keys or unique record identifiers.","howto":["Pick UUID v4 or ULID as the type.","Set how many you need and click Generate to copy the full list."],"faq":[{"q":"What's the difference between ULID and UUID?","a":"A ULID encodes a timestamp in its leading bits, so IDs sort chronologically and index much more efficiently than a random UUID."},{"q":"Is there any real chance of a collision between generated IDs?","a":"UUID v4 draws from a 122-bit random space, so the odds of a duplicate are practically zero — safe to rely on even when generating thousands at once."},{"q":"How is Nanoid different from UUID?","a":"Nanoid is shorter (21 characters by default) and lets you customize the character set, making it a better fit for URL slugs or session tokens where a compact ID matters more than UUID's fixed format."}]},{"slug":"vo2max-marathon-race-predictor","category":"calc-convert","title":"VO2 Max Estimator & Marathon / Half Marathon Race Predictor","tagline":"Estimate your VO2 max and predict your full or half marathon finish time from a recent 5K or 10K result","emoji":"🏃","keywords":["VO2 max calculator","marathon time predictor","half marathon pace predictor","Jack Daniels VDOT calculator"],"intro":"Estimates your VO2 max from a recent 5K or 10K time and projects your expected finish time for a full or half marathon.","howto":["Enter your recent race distance (5K or 10K) and finish time (minutes/seconds).","See your estimated VO2 max and projected full/half marathon times."],"faq":[{"q":"What race-prediction formula does this use?","a":"It applies Riegel's fatigue-factor formula alongside Jack Daniels' VDOT formula, both well-established in sports science."},{"q":"Can my predicted time differ from my actual race result?","a":"Yes — this is a theoretical estimate based on your current fitness level. Actual results depend on pacing strategy, course difficulty, weather, and how you feel on race day, so treat it as a reference rather than a guarantee."},{"q":"Does entering both a 5K and 10K time improve accuracy?","a":"Yes, entering both lets the calculator average your fatigue factor across two data points, giving a more reliable prediction than a single race time alone."}]},{"slug":"inbody-score-analyzer-guide","category":"calc-convert","title":"InBody Score Interpreter — C/I/D Body Type from Your Results","tagline":"Enter your weight, skeletal muscle mass, and body fat % to see whether you fall into the C, I, or D body-shape curve","emoji":"📊","keywords":["InBody score interpreter","InBody C I D body type","skeletal muscle body fat analysis","InBody graph explained"],"intro":"Enter your weight, skeletal muscle mass (SMM), and percent body fat (PBF) to see which InBody body-shape curve — C, I, or D — you fall into, along with tailored advice.","howto":["Enter your weight, skeletal muscle mass, and body fat percentage.","See your C/I/D body type diagnosis along with exercise and nutrition guidance."],"faq":[{"q":"What's the ideal InBody graph shape?","a":"A 'D-shaped' curve — where skeletal muscle mass outpaces both weight and body fat, tilting the graph upward to the right — is considered the healthiest, most ideal body composition."},{"q":"What should I improve if I get a C-shaped result?","a":"A C shape means your skeletal muscle mass is low relative to your body fat. Shifting your focus toward strength training over cardio, plus more protein, is the most effective way to improve it."},{"q":"Does this match the exact numbers from an actual InBody machine?","a":"Not exactly — it doesn't replicate the bioelectrical impedance (BIA) measurement itself. It plots the numbers you enter against the standard body-shape classification curve, so treat the result as a reference guide rather than a clinical reading."}]},{"slug":"coffee-drip-brew-ratio-calculator","category":"calc-convert","title":"Pour-Over Coffee Ratio & Brew Water Calculator","tagline":"Pick your coffee dose and ratio (1:15 to 1:17) to get exact water amounts for blooming, first, and second pour","emoji":"☕","keywords":["pour over coffee ratio calculator","coffee to water ratio","hand drip brew ratio","coffee blooming water calculator"],"intro":"Choose your hand-drip coffee dose (grams) and preferred ratio (1:15 to 1:17) to get your total water volume, plus exactly how much water to use for blooming and each pour stage.","howto":["Choose your coffee dose (g) and preferred ratio (1:15 to 1:17).","See the exact water amount (ml) needed for the bloom, first pour, and second pour."],"faq":[{"q":"What's the standard pour-over ratio?","a":"1:16 — 320ml of water for 20g of coffee — is the classic Gold Cup Standard, widely considered the most balanced ratio."},{"q":"How does the ratio affect flavor? Is a lower number like 1:15 different from 1:17?","a":"A lower ratio like 1:15 uses relatively less water, giving a stronger, fuller-bodied cup. A higher ratio like 1:17 uses more water for a lighter, brighter, more acidic cup."},{"q":"Why is the blooming water calculated separately?","a":"Blooming typically uses about twice the coffee's weight in water to release trapped gas, and that amount counts toward your total. Subtracting it first is what keeps the first and second pour amounts accurate."}]},{"slug":"indoor-co2-ventilation-calculator","category":"calc-convert","title":"Indoor CO2 Buildup & Ventilation Interval Calculator","tagline":"Enter room size and occupancy to see how long until CO2 hits 1,000ppm and how often to air out the room","emoji":"🌬️","keywords":["indoor CO2 calculator","ventilation interval calculator","room CO2 buildup time","CO2 1000ppm warning level"],"intro":"Based on your room's floor area and number of occupants, calculates how long it takes indoor CO2 to reach the 1,000ppm warning level and how often you should open a window to reset it.","howto":["Enter the room's floor area (m²) and the number of people in it.","See the recommended window-airing interval in minutes."],"faq":[{"q":"Why is 1,000ppm the threshold used?","a":"Above 1,000ppm, people tend to lose focus, feel drowsy, and get headaches, which is why environmental agencies recommend keeping indoor CO2 below that level."},{"q":"Does ceiling height affect the calculation?","a":"Yes — the total volume of air in the room depends on ceiling height as well as floor area, so a room with higher ceilings takes longer to reach the CO2 threshold."},{"q":"Does opening a window drop the CO2 level right away?","a":"Cross-ventilation — opening windows on opposite sides so air actually flows through — can lower it significantly within minutes. Opening just one window slows air exchange, so it takes noticeably longer to clear."}]},{"slug":"nutrition-label-100g-vs-serving","category":"calc-convert","title":"Nutrition Label Calculator: Per 100g vs. Per Serving","tagline":"Convert per-100g nutrition facts into your actual serving size in seconds","emoji":"🥗","keywords":["nutrition label calculator","per 100g to serving size","calorie conversion calculator","macros per serving"],"intro":"Food labels list calories per 100g, but you rarely eat exactly 100g. This tool converts the per-100g numbers into the real calories and macros for the amount you actually ate.","howto":["Enter the calories per 100g, the package's total weight (g), and how much you ate (g).","Get the actual calories (kcal) you consumed."],"faq":[{"q":"Can I calculate straight from a per-100g label?","a":"Yes — just enter how many grams you ate and the tool scales the numbers proportionally to show your real calorie intake."},{"q":"Does it convert carbs, protein, and fat too?","a":"Yes. Enter the per-100g carb, protein, and fat values and the tool scales them all to your actual serving size, not just calories."},{"q":"What if I ate the food in several small portions?","a":"Add up the total grams you ate across all portions and enter that combined number — the tool calculates your total calorie intake for the day."}]},{"slug":"special-housing-subscription-points","category":"calc-convert","title":"Korea Apartment Subscription (Cheongyak) Score Calculator","tagline":"Estimate your housing-subscription priority score from years without owning a home, dependents, and account tenure","emoji":"🏠","keywords":["Korea apartment subscription calculator","cheongyak score calculator","housing subscription points Korea","no-homeownership period calculator"],"intro":"Calculates your Korean apartment subscription (cheongyak) priority score out of 84 points, based on years without homeownership (up to 32), number of dependents (up to 35), and how long you've held a subscription savings account (up to 17).","howto":["Enter how many years you've gone without owning a home.","Enter your number of dependents.","Enter how long you've held your subscription account to see your total score."],"faq":[{"q":"What's the maximum possible score?","a":"84 points total — up to 32 for years without a home, 35 for dependents, and 17 for subscription account tenure."},{"q":"Does this cover special supply categories like multi-child or newlywed?","a":"This calculator uses the general-supply point system. Special supply tracks (multi-child households, newlyweds, first-time buyers) use their own separate scoring, so treat this as a general reference only."},{"q":"How is 'years without owning a home' counted?","a":"It's counted from whichever comes later — the day you turned 30, or your marriage registration date — up to the day you apply, as long as you haven't owned a home during that period."}]},{"slug":"youth-tax-reduction-calculator","category":"calc-convert","title":"SME Youth Employment Income Tax Reduction (90%) Calculator","tagline":"Estimate your income tax refund for the 90% youth tax reduction at small/medium businesses (up to ₩2M a year)","emoji":"🏢","keywords":["SME youth tax reduction Korea","90% income tax reduction calculator","youth employment tax refund","Korea small business tax exemption"],"intro":"Calculates the income tax reduction refund for young workers (ages 15–34) at small and medium enterprises in Korea, who qualify for a 90% tax cut capped at 2,000,000 won a year.","howto":["Choose whether you qualify as youth (90%) or a general applicant (70%).","Enter your annual salary and determined tax amount to see your reduction refund."],"faq":[{"q":"Does military service get subtracted from my age?","a":"Yes. Your time in mandatory military service (up to 6 years) is subtracted when checking whether you're over the age-34 cutoff."},{"q":"How many years does the reduction last?","a":"It applies for 5 years from your first day of employment (up to 6 additional years if you served in the military)."},{"q":"Does every industry qualify?","a":"No. Some sectors — like finance, insurance, and certain entertainment/service businesses — are excluded, so check your employer's industry classification first."}]},{"slug":"monthly-rent-tax-credit-vs-deduction","category":"calc-convert","title":"Monthly Rent: Tax Credit vs. Income Deduction Comparison","tagline":"See which saves you more on Korean year-end tax settlement — the rent tax credit or the receipt-based deduction","emoji":"📑","keywords":["monthly rent tax credit Korea","rent income deduction comparison","Korea year-end tax settlement rent","rent tax refund calculator"],"intro":"Compares the monthly rent tax credit (up to 17%) against the cash-receipt income deduction (30%) to show which one gets you a bigger refund, based on your total salary and rent amount.","howto":["Enter your monthly rent and total annual salary.","See the estimated refund for both methods and which one is recommended."],"faq":[{"q":"Can I still get the rent tax credit if my salary is over ₩70 million?","a":"No — above ₩70 million the tax credit isn't available, so you'd apply for the cash-receipt income deduction instead."},{"q":"Can I claim both the tax credit and the income deduction?","a":"No. You can't apply both methods to the same rent expense — you have to pick one or the other."},{"q":"What do I need to qualify for the rent tax credit?","a":"You need to be a no-homeownership householder renting a place of 85㎡ or smaller (or valued under ₩400 million), and your resident registration address must match the address on your lease."}]},{"slug":"simplified-tax-payer-vat-calculator","category":"calc-convert","title":"VAT Comparison: Simplified vs. General Taxpayer","tagline":"Compare VAT owed as a simplified taxpayer vs. the input-tax refund you'd get as a general taxpayer","emoji":"🧾","keywords":["Korea VAT simplified taxpayer calculator","simplified vs general taxpayer VAT","Korea sales tax comparison","VAT refund calculator Korea"],"intro":"Compares the VAT a simplified taxpayer owes against the input-tax refund a general taxpayer would receive, based on your annual sales and purchase amounts.","howto":["Enter your annual sales and purchase amounts.","Choose your industry's value-added rate (15%–40%) to compare the tax owed vs. refunded."],"faq":[{"q":"Do simplified taxpayers with annual sales under ₩48 million pay no VAT at all?","a":"Correct — simplified taxpayers with annual supply value under ₩48 million are exempt from VAT payment."},{"q":"When does a simplified taxpayer get switched to general taxpayer status?","a":"If your prior year's supply value exceeds ₩104 million, you're automatically converted to a general taxpayer starting the following year."},{"q":"Can simplified taxpayers also deduct input tax on purchases?","a":"Yes, but only up to their industry's value-added rate applied to purchases — a much smaller deduction than what general taxpayers get."}]},{"slug":"excel-xlookup-formula-generator","category":"doc-data","title":"Excel VLOOKUP / XLOOKUP Formula Generator","tagline":"Pick your lookup value and column, and get a ready-to-paste formula with error handling built in","emoji":"🧩","keywords":["Excel XLOOKUP formula generator","VLOOKUP formula builder","Excel formula with IFERROR","XLOOKUP vs VLOOKUP"],"intro":"Builds working Excel XLOOKUP and VLOOKUP formulas through a simple form — just fill in your cell references and lookup range, and it wraps the result in IFERROR for you.","howto":["Pick XLOOKUP or VLOOKUP mode.","Enter the cell to search for and the reference range, then copy the generated formula."],"faq":[{"q":"Does XLOOKUP work in older versions of Excel?","a":"XLOOKUP only works in Excel 2021 and Microsoft 365 or later, so if you're on an older version, use the VLOOKUP formula instead."},{"q":"Why does it wrap the formula in IFERROR automatically?","a":"So that when no match is found, your sheet shows a clean custom message or blank cell instead of a messy #N/A error."},{"q":"Should I use VLOOKUP or XLOOKUP?","a":"Use XLOOKUP if you need to look left of your search column or match multiple conditions at once. Use VLOOKUP if compatibility with older Excel versions matters more."}]},{"slug":"csv-to-markdown-table","category":"doc-data","title":"CSV / Excel to Markdown Table Converter","tagline":"Turn CSV or tab-separated Excel data into a GitHub/Notion-ready markdown table (| --- |) instantly","emoji":"📝","keywords":["CSV to markdown table","Excel to markdown converter","Notion markdown table generator","GitHub markdown table maker"],"intro":"Converts Excel or CSV data into markdown table syntax (| --- |) you can drop straight into GitHub, Notion, or an LLM prompt.","howto":["Paste your CSV or Excel data into the input box.","Copy the auto-generated markdown table syntax."],"faq":[{"q":"Can I just copy-paste straight from Excel?","a":"Yes — it auto-detects Excel's tab-separated format and converts it into a table too."},{"q":"Does it handle CSV cells that contain commas?","a":"Yes. Commas inside quoted fields aren't treated as delimiters — they're kept intact as part of that single cell's content."},{"q":"Does it automatically treat the first row as a header?","a":"Yes. The first row of your data becomes the table header, and the separator row (---) is inserted right below it automatically."}]},{"slug":"multi-platform-app-icon-generator","category":"color-design","title":"Favicon & App Icon Set Generator","tagline":"Upload one image and get a full favicon, Apple Touch Icon, and Android PWA icon set — all sizes resized automatically","emoji":"🖼️","keywords":["favicon generator online","app icon set generator","Apple touch icon maker","PWA icon generator"],"intro":"Upload a single image and generate a complete set of website favicons, Apple Touch Icons, and Android PWA icons, all resized right in your browser canvas.","howto":["Upload an image file.","Download the auto-generated 16x16, 32x32, 180x180, and 512x512 PNG files individually."],"faq":[{"q":"Does my image get uploaded to a server?","a":"No, never — everything is resized locally in your browser using the HTML5 Canvas API, and nothing leaves your device."},{"q":"Can I use an image that isn't square?","a":"Yes. It automatically center-crops your image into a square before resizing it into each required size."},{"q":"Does it also generate the icons needed for manifest.json?","a":"Yes — it includes the 192x192 and 512x512 Android PWA sizes too, so you can drop them straight into your web manifest."}]},{"slug":"css-glassmorphism-generator","category":"color-design","title":"CSS Glassmorphism Generator — Frosted Glass Effect","tagline":"Drag sliders for opacity, blur, and border glow to build a frosted-glass CSS card in real time","emoji":"✨","keywords":["glassmorphism generator","css glass effect","backdrop-filter blur css","frosted glass css"],"intro":"Dial in the trendy glassmorphism look with sliders for opacity, blur, and corner radius, and get ready-to-paste CSS instantly.","howto":["Adjust the opacity, blur, and border sliders.","Preview the live glass card, then copy the CSS."],"faq":[{"q":"Does it work in older browsers?","a":"Most modern browsers support it, and we include the `-webkit-backdrop-filter` prefix for Safari."},{"q":"Will backdrop-filter slow down scrolling?","a":"A large blur radius costs more GPU work, so on pages with several stacked glass cards we recommend keeping blur under 20px."},{"q":"Can I use this in a Tailwind project?","a":"The output is plain CSS, so you can paste it as-is into a custom class, or translate the values into Tailwind utilities like backdrop-blur and bg-opacity."}]},{"slug":"wcag-color-contrast-checker","category":"color-design","title":"WCAG Color Contrast Checker — AA/AAA Ratio Tool","tagline":"Enter a text and background HEX pair and instantly see the WCAG 2.1 contrast ratio plus AA/AAA pass or fail","emoji":"👁️","keywords":["wcag contrast checker","color contrast ratio","aa aaa contrast","accessible color combo"],"intro":"Enter your text and background HEX colors and this tool calculates the exact contrast ratio using the WCAG 2.1 relative luminance formula, then tells you whether it passes AA or AAA.","howto":["Pick the text (foreground) and background HEX colors.","Check the contrast ratio and whether it passes WCAG AA/AAA."],"faq":[{"q":"What contrast ratio does WCAG AA require?","a":"Normal text needs at least 4.5:1, and large text (18pt or bigger) needs at least 3.0:1 to pass AA."},{"q":"What's the difference between AAA and AA?","a":"AAA is the stricter tier — 7:1 for normal text and 4.5:1 for large text — and it's mainly recommended for government and financial sites."},{"q":"Do logos and decorative images need to meet this ratio too?","a":"No. WCAG contrast rules apply to body text and UI components; logos, purely decorative elements, and disabled text are exempt."}]},{"slug":"isa-tax-benefit-calculator","category":"calc-convert","title":"Korea ISA Tax-Benefit & Pension Rollover Calculator","tagline":"Work out your ISA account's tax-free allowance plus the extra 10% (up to ₩3M) tax credit for rolling maturity funds into a pension","emoji":"💰","keywords":["korea isa account tax","isa pension rollover","isa tax-free limit","irp tax credit calculator"],"intro":"Calculates the tax savings from Korea's ISA account — the ₩2M tax-free allowance for the general type or ₩4M for the low-income type — plus the extra 10% tax credit (up to ₩3M) you get for moving maturity proceeds into a pension savings account or IRP.","howto":["Choose your ISA account type (general or low-income).","Enter your net investment profit and the amount you plan to roll into a pension.","See your tax-credit refund by income bracket and your total tax savings."],"faq":[{"q":"How much do I save by rolling ISA maturity funds into a pension?","a":"You get a 13.2% or 16.5% tax credit (depending on your income bracket) on 10% of the rolled amount, up to a cap of ₩3 million."},{"q":"What's the difference between the general and low-income ISA types?","a":"The low-income type applies if your gross salary is under ₩50 million (or comprehensive income under ₩38 million), and it doubles the tax-free allowance to ₩4 million versus ₩2 million for the general type."},{"q":"Is there a minimum holding period for an ISA account?","a":"You generally need to keep the account open for at least 3 years to claim the tax-free benefit; closing it early can trigger a clawback of the tax you already saved."}]},{"slug":"us-stock-dividend-tax","category":"calc-convert","title":"Foreign Stock Dividend Tax & Withholding Calculator","tagline":"Calculate US stock dividend withholding (15.4%) with live exchange rates and check if you cross Korea's ₩20M consolidated income tax line","emoji":"💵","keywords":["us stock dividend tax korea","foreign dividend withholding","korea consolidated income tax 20 million","dividend tax calculator"],"intro":"Enter your pre-tax dividend from US or other foreign stocks (in USD) and the exchange rate, and instantly see the withholding tax, your after-tax take-home amount, and whether you'll be pushed into Korea's ₩20 million consolidated financial income tax bracket.","howto":["Enter your annual pre-tax foreign dividend ($) and the exchange rate you're using.","Enter your other domestic financial income.","Check your after-tax take-home amount and whether consolidated taxation applies."],"faq":[{"q":"Do I get taxed again in Korea on US dividends?","a":"The US withholds 15% at source, and Korea only collects the 0.4% gap up to its 15.4% rate — usually offset automatically without a separate filing."},{"q":"How much more tax do I pay once I cross the consolidated income threshold?","a":"Once annual financial income exceeds ₩20 million, the excess is combined with your other income and taxed progressively, up to 45% (49.5% with local income tax)."},{"q":"Which exchange rate should I use — the payment date or the record date?","a":"Brokerages typically apply the market rate on the actual settlement date the dividend lands in your account, not the ex-dividend date."}]},{"slug":"stock-average-down-simulator","category":"calc-convert","title":"Stock Average-Down / Average-Up Price Simulator","tagline":"See exactly how many shares and how much cash you need to hit a target average price, and the rally needed just to break even","emoji":"📈","keywords":["average down calculator","stock average price calculator","break even price stock","target average cost simulator"],"intro":"Enter your current average price and share count plus the price and quantity of a planned buy, and this tool works backward to show your new average cost, the rally needed to break even, and how many shares you'd need to reach a target average price.","howto":["Enter your current average price and number of shares.","Enter the price and quantity of your additional buy to see the new average.","Enter a target average price to see how many more shares you'd need to buy."],"faq":[{"q":"How is the break-even rally percentage calculated?","a":"It's the percentage gain needed from your additional-buy price (current price) up to your new average cost."},{"q":"Can I use this for averaging up too?","a":"Yes — enter an additional buy price higher than your current average, and the tool calculates the averaging-up scenario the same way, just with your average rising instead of falling."},{"q":"Does this account for trading fees or taxes?","a":"No, the calculation uses raw purchase prices without commissions or transaction tax, so your actual fill may differ slightly."}]},{"slug":"excel-pivot-unpivot-converter","category":"doc-data","title":"Excel/CSV Pivot & Unpivot Converter","tagline":"Turn Excel or CSV data from rows into columns (pivot) or columns into rows (unpivot) instantly in your browser","emoji":"📊","keywords":["excel pivot unpivot","csv reshape rows columns","unpivot data online","excel wide to long format"],"intro":"Paste copied Excel data or CSV text and reshape it — pivot rows into columns, or unpivot columns into rows — for cleaner reporting and statistical analysis.","howto":["Choose pivot or unpivot mode.","Paste the original table data copied from Excel.","Copy the converted result back into Excel."],"faq":[{"q":"Can it handle large datasets?","a":"Yes — nothing is sent to a server. All processing runs as JavaScript inside your browser, so even large datasets convert quickly and safely."},{"q":"What's the actual difference between pivot and unpivot?","a":"Pivoting spreads data listed vertically out into horizontal columns; unpivoting does the reverse, collapsing several columns into tidy key-value pairs listed vertically."},{"q":"Does it work on data without a header row?","a":"Yes, but it auto-names columns as Column1, Column2, etc. For accurate labels, it's best to include a header row in your original data."}]},{"slug":"diff-checker-text-file","category":"text-dev","title":"Real-Time Text & File Diff Checker","tagline":"Compare two blocks of text or code side by side, or line by line, with color-coded additions and deletions","emoji":"🔍","keywords":["text diff checker","compare two texts online","code diff tool","file comparison online"],"intro":"Instantly compares two pieces of text or code line by line and highlights every addition, deletion, and change in color.","howto":["Paste the original text (A) and the revised text (B).","Review the added (+) and removed (−) lines."],"faq":[{"q":"Is it safe to paste sensitive or private code?","a":"Yes — the comparison runs 100% in your browser's memory, so nothing is ever sent or stored anywhere else."},{"q":"Does it catch whitespace and line-break differences?","a":"Yes, it compares tabs, spaces, and line breaks exactly, so code that only differs in indentation still shows up as a changed line."},{"q":"How do I share the comparison with someone else?","a":"Take a screenshot of the result, or copy the highlighted changes and paste them into a document or chat message."}]},{"slug":"svg-optimizer-cleaner","category":"color-design","title":"SVG Optimizer & Icon Cleaner","tagline":"Strip unneeded metadata, comments, and whitespace to shrink SVG file size right in your browser","emoji":"🎨","keywords":["svg optimizer online","reduce svg file size","svgo browser tool","clean svg code"],"intro":"Strips out unnecessary XML declarations, comments, metadata, and whitespace from your SVG source to produce a lean, optimized SVG.","howto":["Paste your SVG code or upload a file.","Choose which cleanup options to apply — comments, XML header, metadata.","Check the size reduction and live preview, then copy the code."],"faq":[{"q":"Will this break the image?","a":"No — all the paths and graphic attributes needed for rendering are kept intact, so only the file size shrinks, not the visual quality."},{"q":"Does it optimize SVGs exported from Illustrator or Figma?","a":"Yes, it also strips the extra group tags, IDs, and editor-only attributes those tools tend to insert automatically, which usually shrinks the file even further."},{"q":"Will it break an animated SVG?","a":"No, attributes and IDs used by SMIL or CSS animations are preserved during optimization, so animated SVGs keep working correctly."}]},{"slug":"jwt-decoder-verifier","category":"text-dev","title":"JWT Decoder & Verifier — Read Header, Payload & Signature","tagline":"Paste a JWT to see its Header, Payload, expiration (exp), and verify the signature with your secret key","emoji":"🔑","keywords":["jwt decoder","decode jwt token","jwt verifier online","jwt expiration checker"],"intro":"Decodes any JWT into readable Header and Payload JSON, checks the exp claim against the current time, and verifies HS256 signatures right in your browser.","howto":["Paste the encoded JWT string into the input box.","Review the decoded Header and Payload JSON and check whether it's expired."],"faq":[{"q":"Does my token get sent to a server?","a":"No — decoding happens entirely client-side with Base64Url, so nothing ever leaves your browser."},{"q":"How do I know if a token is expired?","a":"The tool compares the exp claim to the current time automatically and shows a clear valid/expired badge."},{"q":"Can it verify the signature too?","a":"Yes for HS256 — enter the secret key and it verifies instantly in your browser. RS256 and other asymmetric algorithms are decode-only for now."}]},{"slug":"sleep-cycle-calculator","category":"calc-convert","title":"Sleep Cycle Calculator — Find Your Best Bedtime or Wake-Up Time","tagline":"Work backward from a wake-up time or forward from bedtime using 90-minute REM cycles to wake up less groggy","emoji":"🌙","keywords":["sleep cycle calculator","best time to wake up","rem sleep calculator","bedtime calculator"],"intro":"Calculates ideal bedtime and wake-up times by counting complete 90-minute REM sleep cycles plus a 15-minute window to fall asleep, so you wake up between cycles instead of mid-cycle.","howto":["Choose either your target wake-up time or your bedtime.","Pick the best option from the recommended cards, usually 5–6 cycles (7.5–9 hours)."],"faq":[{"q":"Why calculate in 90-minute blocks?","a":"Sleep runs in roughly 90-minute cycles of light and deep (REM) sleep, and waking up right at the end of a cycle is when your brain feels the least groggy."},{"q":"Could the calculated time be off for me personally?","a":"Yes — actual cycle length varies from person to person (80–120 minutes) and so does how fast you fall asleep, so treat the result as a helpful estimate rather than an exact science."},{"q":"Can I use this for naps too?","a":"Definitely. Set it for 1–2 cycles (around 20 minutes or 90 minutes) so you wake up between cycles instead of in the middle of deep sleep."}]},{"slug":"instagram-blank-space-generator","category":"sns-utils","title":"Instagram Line Break Generator — Fix Blank Lines with Invisible Spaces","tagline":"Insert invisible Unicode spaces (⠀) so your line breaks and blank lines stop collapsing in Instagram captions","emoji":"📱","keywords":["instagram line break","instagram blank space","invisible character copy paste","instagram caption spacing"],"intro":"Automatically inserts a special invisible Unicode character (⠀) into your blank lines so Instagram stops collapsing them when you post your caption.","howto":["Type your caption with the line breaks you want in the input box.","Copy the converted text and paste it straight into Instagram."],"faq":[{"q":"Can I copy just the invisible character by itself?","a":"Yes — the 'Copy blank character only' button puts just the invisible Unicode space on your clipboard, nothing else."},{"q":"Does this work on other platforms too, like Facebook or Threads?","a":"Yes, it works anywhere line breaks tend to get stripped out automatically — not just Instagram, but most social apps and messengers."},{"q":"Could too many invisible characters get my post flagged?","a":"A normal amount used for formatting line breaks is fine. Stuffing in an excessive number repeatedly could look spammy, so use it in moderation."}]},{"slug":"korea-address-postal-search","category":"web-seo-misc","title":"Korean Address & Postal Code Lookup","tagline":"Find and copy Korean road name addresses, lot numbers, ZIP codes, and English addresses in one search","emoji":"📮","keywords":["korean address lookup","korea postal code finder","korea zip code search","korean address in english","romanize korean address","road name address korea","jibun address"],"intro":"Type a building name, road name, or lot number and this tool pulls the exact road name address, lot number (jibun) address, 5-digit postal code, and romanized English address in real time from the official address API run by Korea's Ministry of the Interior and Safety. Switch between Korean and English to get the romanized address you need for international shipping or paperwork. Every field has a copy button, so you can drop it straight into any form.","howto":["Enter at least two characters of a road name, building name, or lot number in the search box (for example, Pangyoyeok-ro 235).","Pick Korean or English with the toggle buttons, then hit Search or press Enter.","Review the road name, lot number, postal code, and English address on the result card, and click the copy button next to whichever field you need."],"faq":[{"q":"The postal code only has 5 digits. Is that right?","a":"Yes. When Korea fully switched to road name addresses in August 2015, the old 6-digit postal codes were replaced with a new 5-digit system. This tool returns the 5-digit codes currently in use."},{"q":"How do I get the address in English?","a":"Click the 'English' button below the search box and search again to see the standard romanized address published by the Ministry of the Interior and Safety. Copy it as-is for overseas return shipping labels or English-language documents."},{"q":"Can newly built buildings or recently created street names fail to appear in search results?","a":"Yes. There can be a delay before the Ministry of the Interior and Safety's address database is updated, so recently completed buildings or newly assigned street names may not show up for a while. In that case, try searching by a nearby lot number or building name first, and if it still doesn't appear, contact your local community service center (jumin center)."}]},{"slug":"business-day-holiday-calculator","category":"calc-convert","title":"Business Day & Korean Holiday Calculator","tagline":"Count business days, holidays, and days remaining in one place","emoji":"📅","keywords":["business day calculator","working days calculator","korean public holidays","day counter","days between dates excluding weekends","korea substitute holiday","countdown calculator"],"intro":"Pick a start date and an end date to instantly see the total number of days along with the actual business days left once weekends and public holidays are removed. It pulls current Korean public holiday data (including substitute holidays) from the Korea Astronomy and Space Science Institute API, so you never have to track the calendar changes yourself. Project deadlines, payroll periods, contract terms, and countdowns all get handled on a single screen.","howto":["Under 'Business days in a range,' choose a start and end date to see total days, weekend days, weekday holidays, and net business days.","Enter a target date under 'Countdown' to see how many days remain until (or have passed since) that date.","Open 'Holiday list' and select a year to view every official public holiday for that year."],"faq":[{"q":"Are one-off temporary holidays included?","a":"Temporary public holidays designated ad hoc by Korea's State Council can take anywhere from a few days to several weeks to appear in the Korea Astronomy and Space Science Institute API. Right after one is announced, double-check against the official gazette or news coverage."},{"q":"How are business days calculated?","a":"The tool walks day by day from the start date to the end date and counts only the dates that are not Saturdays, Sundays, or weekday public holidays (substitute holidays included). If the range spans more than one year, the holidays for each year are applied accordingly."},{"q":"Does the calculator also account for a company's own days off, like a founding anniversary or summer vacation?","a":"No. This calculator only excludes weekends and official government holidays. Company-specific days off aren't included, so if your workplace has its own holiday policy, you'll need to subtract those days manually from the calculated business-day count."}]},{"slug":"train-schedule-fare","category":"web-seo-misc","title":"Korea Train Schedule & Fare Search (KTX, Mugunghwa)","tagline":"Pick your stations and date to see KTX, Saemaeul, and Mugunghwa schedules and fares at a glance","emoji":"🚆","keywords":["korea train schedule","ktx fare","ktx timetable","korail schedule","mugunghwa train price","seoul to busan train times","korea train ticket price"],"intro":"Choose a departure station, an arrival station, and a date, and this tool lays out the departure and arrival times plus adult standard-class fares for the KTX, Saemaeul, Mugunghwa, and other trains running that route. It draws on Korail public data (TAGO), so when you're planning a trip or a business travel schedule you can quickly compare which train classes run at which times and what they cost. Note that it shows schedules and fares only, not live seat availability.","howto":["Select your departure and arrival stations from the list of major stations (use the ⇄ button to reverse the direction).","Choose your departure date.","Click 'Search schedule' to see the train class, departure and arrival times, travel duration, and fare for every train on that route."],"faq":[{"q":"Can I see seat availability or book a ticket here?","a":"No. This tool provides only the schedules and fares published in Korea's public data. For live seat availability and reservations, use the Korail app or website."},{"q":"Could the fare differ from what I actually pay?","a":"The fares shown are for an adult in standard class. Your final price can vary based on the day of the week, first-class seating, the specific route, and discounts such as child, senior, or advance-purchase fares."},{"q":"Can I search for routes that require a transfer?","a":"For routes without a direct train, results may be empty or only partially shown, since this tool mainly covers direct-service timetables. For longer routes that require a transfer, it's more accurate to split the trip at the connecting station and search each leg separately on Korail's official website."}]},{"slug":"apartment-real-transaction-price","category":"web-seo-misc","title":"Korea Apartment Sale Price Lookup","tagline":"Search actual apartment sale prices by district and month using official Korean government data","emoji":"🏢","keywords":["korea apartment prices","korea real estate transaction data","seoul apartment price lookup","korea property prices","rtms real transaction price","gangnam apartment price","korea housing market data"],"intro":"This tool searches actual reported apartment sale transactions by district and month using official data from the Real Estate Transaction Management System (RTMS) run by Korea's Ministry of Land, Infrastructure and Transport. It lists the complex name, exclusive floor area, floor, sale price, and transaction date, sorted newest first. It's free and ad-free, and because it shows contracts that were actually filed rather than asking prices, it's a solid reference point when you're gauging the market or deciding whether to buy or sell.","howto":["Select the district you want to search (major areas are built in, including Gangnam, Seocho, and Songpa in Seoul, Bundang, Suji, and Haeundae in Busan).","Choose the transaction month. Because of Korea's filing deadline, the last one or two months may be incomplete, so it's best to start from the previous month or earlier.","Click Search to see that month's transactions listed by complex, exclusive floor area (with pyeong conversion), floor, sale price, and date, sorted newest first."],"faq":[{"q":"Why is there no data for the current month?","a":"Korean real estate deals must be reported within 30 days of the contract, so transactions from this month and last month are still being filed and tallied, which means they may be missing or appear later. Search two to three months back and you'll see most of the transactions."},{"q":"Are these the prices properties actually sold for?","a":"Yes. These are the real contract amounts (in units of 10,000 KRW) that buyers and sellers reported to their local government. They're not listing prices or asking prices from real estate ads, which makes them far more reliable, though a few outliers such as related-party transactions may be mixed in."},{"q":"Do canceled contracts still remain in the list?","a":"The Ministry of Land, Infrastructure and Transport's system marks canceled contracts separately as \"cancelled,\" but there can be a delay before that status is reflected. Records reported right after signing but later cancelled may briefly appear mixed in with valid ones, so if a price looks unusually out of line with the market, it's safer to double-check its cancellation status on the official Real Transaction Price Disclosure System."}]},{"slug":"air-quality-realtime","category":"web-seo-misc","title":"Korea Real-Time Air Quality (PM10 & PM2.5)","tagline":"Live particulate matter levels and air quality grades from monitoring stations across Korea","emoji":"😷","keywords":["korea air quality","seoul air quality index","pm2.5 korea","pm10 levels","fine dust korea","airkorea real time","korea pollution today"],"intro":"Select any province or metropolitan city in Korea and this tool displays live readings from each monitoring station, sourced from AirKorea, operated by the Korea Environment Corporation. You get PM10 and PM2.5 concentrations in µg/m³ along with the Comprehensive Air-quality Index grade, color-coded as Good, Moderate, Unhealthy, or Very Unhealthy so you can read it at a glance. Handy when you're deciding whether to go outside, open the windows, or wear a mask.","howto":["Select the province or city you want to check (Seoul, Busan, Gyeonggi, and so on).","Click 'Search' to load the list of monitoring stations in that area.","Check the PM10 and PM2.5 readings for each station along with the grade color (green, yellow, orange, or red)."],"faq":[{"q":"Why do some stations show a dash instead of a number?","a":"That station is reporting '-' (under maintenance), meaning data is temporarily unavailable due to equipment servicing, a transmission error, or similar. Try again shortly and it may have updated."},{"q":"How often is the data refreshed?","a":"AirKorea typically updates its readings once an hour. To stay within the API rate limits, this tool caches results for about 10 minutes, so check the measurement timestamp (dataTime) shown alongside the readings."},{"q":"What determines the grade (Good, Moderate, Bad, Very Bad)?","a":"The Comprehensive Air-quality Index is set by whichever pollutant — PM10, PM2.5, ozone, nitrogen dioxide, and so on — currently has the worst reading. So even if PM10 and PM2.5 are both \"Moderate,\" the overall grade can still show as \"Bad\" if ozone levels are high."}]},{"slug":"weather-forecast-korea","category":"web-seo-misc","title":"Korea Weather Forecast (KMA Short-Term)","tagline":"Hourly temperature, sky conditions, and rain chances for major Korean cities, straight from the KMA","emoji":"⛅","keywords":["korea weather forecast","seoul weather","kma weather","hourly forecast korea","weather today korea","korea rain forecast","busan weather forecast"],"intro":"This tool plugs directly into the short-term (village) forecast API from the Korea Meteorological Administration to show hourly weather for major cities across Korea. Just pick a city and you'll see the temperature, sky condition (clear, mostly cloudy, or overcast), precipitation type, and chance of rain for each upcoming forecast hour, with icons for quick scanning. Useful for anyone who wants a fast read on the weather before heading out, commuting, or planning a day trip.","howto":["Pick a city from the list (18 cities across Korea are built in, including Seoul, Busan, Daegu, and Incheon).","The tool immediately loads the latest KMA forecast release and displays a table of hourly temperature, sky condition, and precipitation chance.","Click the refresh button any time you want to pull the newest data."],"faq":[{"q":"How often is the forecast updated?","a":"The KMA issues its short-term forecast eight times a day (at 02:00, 05:00, 08:00, 11:00, 14:00, 17:00, 20:00, and 23:00). This tool accounts for publishing delays and automatically selects the most recent available release."},{"q":"Why can I only search by city instead of latitude and longitude?","a":"The KMA short-term forecast uses its own grid coordinates (nx/ny) rather than latitude and longitude. The grid coordinates for major cities are built into this tool, so selecting a city is all it takes."},{"q":"How many days ahead does the forecast cover?","a":"The KMA's short-term forecast provides hour-by-hour data for roughly the next 3 days (72 hours) from the time it's issued. Anything beyond that falls outside the short-term forecast's scope, so it isn't shown in this tool — for the weekly outlook, please check the Korea Meteorological Administration's website directly."}]},{"slug":"subway-realtime-arrival","category":"web-seo-misc","title":"Seoul Subway Real-Time Arrivals","tagline":"Type a station name to see live train arrival times by line and direction","emoji":"🚇","keywords":["seoul subway arrival times","seoul metro real time","subway arrival korea","seoul train times","gangnam station subway","seoul subway live tracker"],"intro":"Enter a station name like Gangnam, Seoul Station, or Jamsil and this free tool shows live Seoul subway arrival information at a glance. Built on the public API from the Seoul Open Data Plaza (Seoul Metropolitan Government's TOPIS), it organizes incoming trains by line and by direction, showing each train's arrival message and current position. No app install, no login, just open it in your browser.","howto":["Type the station name in Korean — Gangnam (강남), Seoul Station (서울역), or Jamsil (잠실), for example. For popular stations, tap one of the example buttons below to search instantly.","Click 'Search' to load real-time arrival information for every line serving that station.","Each line gets its own card showing the direction and terminal station along with live arrival messages such as 'Departed previous station' or 'Arriving in 2 minutes,' plus the train's current position."],"faq":[{"q":"The arrival times are slightly off from what actually happens","a":"We show the real-time data from Seoul Metro exactly as we receive it, but the source data itself only refreshes every few tens of seconds and shifts with actual train operations. Treat the times shown as a rough guide — the display boards on the platform are always the most accurate."},{"q":"Does it cover every line in the greater Seoul area?","a":"It supports most metro lines in the Seoul capital area, including Lines 1 through 9 and the Gyeongui-Jungang, Airport Railroad, Gyeongchun, Suin-Bundang, Shinbundang, and Ui-Sinseol lines operated or connected by Seoul Metro. That said, arrival data may be missing for some lines or stations depending on what the source data covers."},{"q":"For transfer stations that share a name across multiple lines, are results separated by line?","a":"Yes. For example, searching a station like \"Gangnam,\" which multiple lines pass through, returns results split into separate cards for each line — just check the card for the line you're taking to see its direction and arrival info."}]},{"slug":"business-registration-verify","category":"web-seo-misc","title":"Korean Business Registration Number Check (Active, Suspended, or Closed)","tagline":"Enter a 10-digit Korean business registration number to check its National Tax Service status and VAT type free and in real time","emoji":"🏢","keywords":["korean business registration number lookup","korea business number verification","check korean company status","korea vendor tax status check","korea national tax service business lookup","verify korean vat number","korea business closed status check"],"intro":"Before you exchange tax invoices with a vendor, confirm right away against Korea's National Tax Service data whether their business registration number is valid and whether the business is suspended or closed. Enter the 10 digits and you'll get the active-business status along with the VAT taxation type in a single lookup. Free to use, no sign-up required.","howto":["Enter the 10-digit business registration number you want to check (hyphens are ignored automatically).","Click 'Search' to pull the registration status from the National Tax Service in real time.","Review the status (active, suspended, or closed), the taxation type, and the closure date if there is one."],"faq":[{"q":"A business that just opened isn't showing up.","a":"It can take a day or two after opening for a new business to appear in the National Tax Service records. If the lookup comes up empty, try again in a few days."},{"q":"What does the taxation type mean?","a":"It refers to how the business is treated for VAT purposes, split into categories such as general taxpayer, simplified taxpayer, and tax-exempt business. It's a useful indicator of whether the business can issue tax invoices."},{"q":"Is it okay to look up someone else's business registration number?","a":"Yes. The National Tax Service's business status lookup API is a public service specifically meant for checking a business partner's registration authenticity and open/closed status, so looking it up for verification purposes is perfectly fine. That said, it doesn't provide personal details like the owner's name."}]},{"slug":"live-exchange-rate","category":"calc-convert","title":"Live Currency Converter · Today's Exchange Rates (USD, JPY, EUR)","tagline":"Check today's USD, JPY, EUR and other major currency rates based on the Export-Import Bank of Korea's base rate, and convert to or from Korean won.","emoji":"💱","keywords":["currency converter","exchange rate today","usd to krw","jpy to krw","eur to krw","korean won converter","live exchange rates"],"intro":"Look up today's exchange rates for major currencies such as the US dollar, Japanese yen, euro and Chinese yuan (based on the official base rate published by the Export-Import Bank of Korea), then enter an amount to convert foreign currency into Korean won or won into foreign currency instantly. Handy for estimating the cost of overseas shopping, travel spending, or international transfers.","howto":["Enter an amount and pick the currency you want.","Use the ⇄ button to switch between 'foreign currency → won' and 'won → foreign currency'.","Scan the table below to see the base rates for all major currencies at a glance."],"faq":[{"q":"Do the rates update in real time?","a":"The Export-Import Bank of Korea publishes its base rate once a day, so the figure stays fixed for that day. It can differ from the live rates quoted at a bank counter."},{"q":"Why doesn't this match what I actually get when I exchange money?","a":"The base rate doesn't include the buy/sell spread (the bank's fee) on cash transactions. When you actually exchange money, a spread is added on top, and it varies by currency."},{"q":"How is the exchange rate displayed on weekends or holidays?","a":"The Export-Import Bank of Korea only publishes a new standard rate on bank business days. On weekends and holidays, the rate from the most recent business day (usually Friday) is simply carried over, so keep that in mind when checking the rate."}]},{"slug":"ip-geolocation-lookup","category":"web-seo-misc","title":"IP Address Lookup · What Is My IP (Country, ISP, ASN)","tagline":"Free IP geolocation tool that shows your own IP address plus the country, region, city, ISP and ASN behind any IP you enter.","emoji":"🌐","keywords":["what is my ip","ip address lookup","ip geolocation","ip location finder","find isp from ip","asn lookup","check my ip address"],"intro":"See your current IP address along with the country, city and internet provider you're connecting from, and look up any other IP address to find its approximate location and network details (ISP and ASN). Useful for reviewing server access logs, running security checks, and troubleshooting network issues.","howto":["Open the page and your IP address, location and ISP details load automatically.","To check a different IP, type the address (for example 8.8.8.8) into the box and hit Look Up.","Review the country, region, city, ASN and network (ISP) details."],"faq":[{"q":"Can an IP address reveal someone's exact location?","a":"No. IP geolocation is a city-level approximation based on the provider's records — it can't pinpoint an exact location such as a home address."},{"q":"Why does my IP show the wrong city?","a":"The way ISPs allocate and route IP addresses often places you in a nearby city rather than your actual one. That's normal and a known limitation of IP geolocation data."},{"q":"What shows up if I'm using a VPN or proxy?","a":"If you're connecting through a VPN or proxy server, the lookup shows the country and city where that server is located rather than your actual location. This isn't a bug — it's simply how IP lookups work, and it's actually why the tool can also be used to check whether a VPN is active."}]},{"slug":"css-aspect-ratio-padding-calculator","category":"web-seo-misc","title":"CSS Aspect Ratio Calculator & Responsive Padding Hack Converter","tagline":"Compute modern aspect-ratio and legacy padding-top percentage hacks with real-time responsive preview box","emoji":"📐","keywords":["css aspect ratio","proportional scaling","padding-top hack percentage","responsive video ratio","aspect-ratio calculator","browser fallback hack"],"intro":"A handy tool to preserve consistent width-to-height aspect ratios for images, video players, and iframe containers using modern CSS rules or legacy percentage hacks.","howto":["Type the pixel dimensions (Width/Height) or select standard resolution presets (16:9, 4:3, etc.).","Observe the simplified integer ratio and the computed padding-top percentage equivalent.","Use the width range slider to visually verify responsiveness, and copy the desired CSS rules."],"faq":[{"q":"What is the padding-top aspect ratio hack?","a":"It leverages the CSS specification that percentage padding is calculated based on the parent width. Combining zero height with padding-top establishes a responsive layout ratio."},{"q":"Does aspect-ratio work in Internet Explorer?","a":"No. IE 11 and older do not support CSS aspect-ratio. For maximum compatibility with old browsers, the padding-top hack must be used."},{"q":"When I put an image inside the generated code, it looks stretched out of proportion — why?","a":"The aspect-ratio property (or the padding-top hack) only locks the ratio of the container itself. To make an image inside fill or fit that ratio correctly without distortion, you also need to set object-fit: cover (or contain) on the image element."}]},{"slug":"css-vertical-alignment-visual-guide","category":"web-seo-misc","title":"CSS Vertical Alignment Visual Guide & Compatibility Report","tagline":"Interactive simulation and CSS export for Flexbox, Grid, Line-height, and Absolute positioning vertical alignment methods","emoji":"🎨","keywords":["css vertical alignment","flexbox align-items center","grid vertical center","absolute translate center","line-height middle","browser compatibility guide"],"intro":"An interactive playground for developers to experiment with vertical centering techniques in CSS, export ready-to-use styles, and check cross-browser compatibility.","howto":["Select your layout model: Flexbox, Grid, Line Height, or Absolute.","Adjust options like container height, item count, and align-items parameters dynamically.","Check the real-time visual output, grab the generated CSS, and review browser version charts."],"faq":[{"q":"When should I use place-items: center?","a":"It is a modern shorthand for CSS Grid layout to center elements both horizontally and vertically in just one line of code."},{"q":"What are the limitations of using vertical-align?","a":"The vertical-align property only works on inline or table-cell elements, and often requires pairing with a line-height hack to align nested divs."},{"q":"When is the absolute-positioning method the right choice for vertical alignment?","a":"The top: 50% plus transform: translateY(-50%) combination is handy when you can't change the parent's layout (say, it's not set up as flex or grid) but still need to position a single child element. Keep in mind it takes the element out of normal document flow, so overusing it can easily break your layout."}]},{"slug":"percentage-ratio-calculator","category":"calc-convert","title":"Comprehensive Percentage & Proportional Distribution Calculator","tagline":"Real-time calculation for percent ratios, absolute values, variation rates, and custom weight proportional distributions with visual bar maps","emoji":"⚖️","keywords":["percentage calculator","proportional distribution formula","split total amount by ratio","percent change calculator","share weight allocator","proportion bar gauge"],"intro":"A multi-purpose math tool to compute percentage formulas, increase/decrease ratios, and allocate a total sum into customized shares with absolute weights.","howto":["Use the Percentage Tab for basic percent value or change calculations.","Switch to the Proportional Distribution Tab, set the total amount, and adjust weights dynamically.","Review the distributed sums and cumulative horizontal gauge chart instantly."],"faq":[{"q":"What is the weight setting in proportional distribution?","a":"It represents the relative ratio between elements. If you set weights A=3, B=2, C=5, the total amount splits into 30%, 20%, and 50% shares."},{"q":"How does the calculator prevent division-by-zero errors?","a":"If you input a base value of 0, the engine normalizes the output to 0% to avoid runtime equation errors."},{"q":"When calculating the rate of change, is the base (denominator) the earlier value or the later one?","a":"The rate of change always uses the \"value before the change\" as its base. So if a number rises from 100 to 120, it's calculated as (120-100)/100, showing a 20% increase — but if it falls back from 120 to 100, it's calculated as (100-120)/120, showing about -16.7%. It's normal for the increase and decrease to have different absolute percentages even between the same two numbers."}]},{"slug":"trigonometry-calculator","category":"web-seo-misc","title":"Trigonometric Ratio & Radian Converter","tagline":"Real-time conversions for Degree ↔ Radian and visual 6 trigonometric functions (Sin, Cos, Tan) on a Unit Circle chart","emoji":"📐","keywords":["trigonometry calculator","sin cos tan values","radian to degree converter","unit circle interactive svg","special angles chart","exact trig ratios"],"intro":"Enter angles or fractional Radian expressions (e.g. pi/4) to calculate basic ratios. The visual SVG unit circle helps visualize triangle vectors dynamically.","howto":["Select your preferred unit: Degree (°) or Radian (rad).","Input the value. Radical pi division syntax is fully supported for radians.","Check the interactive SVG unit circle vectors and retrieve special fractional ratios."],"faq":[{"q":"What is the special angle detection feature?","a":"For fundamental coordinates (like 30, 45, 60 degrees), it outputs exact symbolic values (e.g. √3/2, 1/√2) alongside decimal estimates."},{"q":"Why do some values return 'Undefined'?","a":"Tangent at 90° or Cotangent at 180° result in division by zero. The calculator identifies these boundary errors and formats them safely."},{"q":"Can I enter negative angles or values greater than 360 degrees?","a":"Yes. Even out-of-range values like -30° or 450° are converted to their equivalent position on the unit circle, so the trig ratios come out correct either way. For instance, 450° is treated the same as 90° after wrapping once around the full 360° circle."}]},{"slug":"slug-generator","category":"text-dev","title":"Korean & Multilingual Integrated URL Slug Generator","tagline":"SEO-friendly URL slug creator featuring Korean transliteration and accent mark normalization","emoji":"🔗","keywords":["url slug generator","korean to english slugify","seo slug creator","clean url formatter","transliterate diacritics online","remove accents from urls"],"intro":"Create SEO and browser-friendly URL slugs for blog titles and file paths. Easily handles Hangul phonetics and European diacritics.","howto":["Type or paste your title containing Korean, accents, or symbols.","Configure separators (hyphens/underscores), casing, and max length rules.","Check the real-time preview slug and click copy to use in your files."],"faq":[{"q":"How does the Korean transliteration work?","a":"It breaks down Hangul characters into syllables (consonants and vowels) and maps them according to standard Korean phonetic romanization."},{"q":"Can I replace specific words with designated terms?","a":"Yes. Add key-value pairs in the custom rules section (e.g. Next.js:nextjs) to force precise replacements before slug processing."},{"q":"If the text exceeds the max-length setting, will a word get cut off awkwardly in the middle?","a":"No. When the max length is exceeded, the slug is trimmed at a separator (like a dash) between words rather than mid-word, so it always ends on a complete word instead of an awkward fragment."}]},{"slug":"markdown-html-converter","category":"text-dev","title":"Markdown ↔ HTML Real-Time Converter","tagline":"Bidirectional real-time parsing between Markdown syntax and HTML code with live visual previewing","emoji":"✍️","keywords":["markdown to html editor","html to markdown converter","real time markup parser","live markdown preview","wysiwyg markdown viewer","local html text downloader"],"intro":"An intuitive side-by-side editing tool designed to convert Markdown syntax into standard HTML tags, and convert raw HTML code back into readable Markdown markdown documents.","howto":["Select your parsing mode from the options header ('Markdown ➔ HTML' or 'HTML ➔ Markdown').","Type or paste your content in the input editor, or load the preconfigured syntax template.","Check the parsed results in the code output view or click the Preview tab to see a fully rendered layout."],"faq":[{"q":"What HTML tags and Markdown syntax rules are supported?","a":"The parser handles core elements including headers (H1 to H6), bold, italics, code blocks, inline snippets, hyperlinked anchors, images, blockquotes, horizontal dividers, and ordered/unordered lists."},{"q":"Can I download my parsed work as a physical file?","a":"Yes. Click 'Save to local file' under the respective textareas to export your work as either a '.md' or '.html' text file."},{"q":"Are GFM extensions like tables, checkboxes, or footnotes also converted?","a":"This tool mainly supports standard Markdown syntax, so GitHub Flavored Markdown extensions such as tables and checklists may only be partly recognized. For more complex tables, the separate \"Markdown ↔ HTML ↔ JSON Table Converter\" tool gives more accurate results."}]},{"slug":"markdown-table-cross-converter","category":"text-dev","title":"Markdown ↔ HTML ↔ JSON Table Cross Converter","tagline":"Real-time parsing and bidirectional formatting for Markdown Pipe Tables, HTML Table tags, and JSON array objects","emoji":"🔄","keywords":["markdown table converter","html table to markdown","json to html table code","copy table to markdown","parse web tables online","markdown table formatter"],"intro":"A high-performance document formatting tool that dynamically parses table values and converts them to other formats in real-time.","howto":["Select your source input format (Markdown, HTML, or JSON).","Paste or type the table code into the editor. Structure rules apply.","Switch output tabs to inspect Markdown, HTML, or JSON results and click to copy."],"faq":[{"q":"Why does the parser fail with an error badge?","a":"Make sure Markdown includes a separator row (|---|), HTML wraps rows with <tr>, and JSON is a flat list of objects ([{}]). Use templates to compare."},{"q":"Can cell values contain special characters or spaces?","a":"Yes. The parser trims excess padding and preserves internal spacing. Note that cell-internal line breaks are normalized into inline spaces."},{"q":"Can tables with merged cells (rowspan, colspan) be converted?","a":"No. Markdown table syntax itself doesn't support cell merging, so HTML's rowspan and colspan attributes are ignored during conversion and each cell gets unpacked into its own separate cell. If merged cells are essential for your table, it's best to keep it as HTML instead."}]},{"slug":"apca-contrast-calculator","category":"color-design","title":"WCAG 3.0 APCA Web Contrast Calculator","tagline":"Real-time perceptual readability index (Lc) simulation matching text sizes and background/foreground luminance characteristics","emoji":"👁️","keywords":["apca contrast calculator","wcag 3.0 accessibility checker","perceptual color contrast","font readability tester","web design contrast scale","foreground background luminance"],"intro":"Compute modern perceptual readability levels using the proposed WCAG 3.0 APCA specification. Better maps biological human eyesight response.","howto":["Adjust text and background colors via pickers or hex inputs.","Instantly review the APCA contrast scale (Lc) and accessibility feedback.","Tweak font sizes and weights in the live preview to test reading comfort."],"faq":[{"q":"What is the difference between WCAG 2.x and APCA?","a":"WCAG 2.x uses a simple math ratio independent of color positions, whereas APCA respects human eye response to light vs dark polarities, making it more accurate."},{"q":"What is a passing APCA score?","a":"An Lc of 75+ is recommended for standard body text. Lc 60+ is acceptable for larger/bold text, and Lc 45+ fits large headers or UI frames."},{"q":"What does it mean when the Lc value shows as negative?","a":"The sign in APCA depends on whether the background is lighter or darker than the text. A negative value means light text on a dark background, while a positive value means dark text on a light background. When judging the grade, just compare the absolute value and ignore the sign."}]},{"slug":"wordle-hint-solver","category":"web-seo-misc","title":"Wordle 5-Letter Hint Solver","tagline":"Real-time word recommender and English definition guide based on green, yellow, and gray letter combinations","emoji":"💡","keywords":["wordle hint finder","5 letter word dictionary","wordle cheat helper","best wordle starter words","solve wordle grid today","english vocabulary game assistant"],"intro":"Narrow down valid 5-letter options using standard Wordle board feedback. Includes a dictionary of 200+ high-frequency solution words.","howto":["Fill in known Green letters in their exact coordinate slot (1-5).","Enter Yellow letters in slots where they belong but are currently misplaced.","List out excluded Gray letters to filter out unwanted solutions instantly."],"faq":[{"q":"What are the best starting words for Wordle?","a":"High-frequency opening words include ALERT, CRANE, SLATE, or ADIEU, as they cover popular vowels and common consonants."},{"q":"What if a letter is both in Yellow and Gray?","a":"The algorithm handles exceptions: letters registered as Green or Yellow take priority, letting you type gray exclusions safely without breaking rules."},{"q":"If the answer word has the same letter appearing twice, how should I enter the hints?","a":"For example, if 'E' shows up as Green in one position and Yellow in another, enter 'E' in both the corresponding Green slot and the Yellow slot separately. This tool correctly filters for words that satisfy the conditions in every slot, even when the same letter is entered more than once."}]},{"slug":"global-holiday-countdown-timer","category":"calc-convert","title":"Global Holiday Countdown Timer","tagline":"Real-time D-Day countdown for major holidays in US, South Korea, Japan, and Germany, including floating/lunar dates and alternate day-off policies","emoji":"📅","keywords":["holiday countdown clock","thanksgiving d-day timer","chuseok remaining hours","us public holidays calendar","substitute holiday rules","lunar new year countdown"],"intro":"Visualize active counting clocks for primary national public holidays. Auto-calculate floating dates like Thanksgiving or Seollal.","howto":["Select a target year (2026/2027) at the top.","Filter by country code (US, KR, JP, DE) or display all together.","Track days, hours, minutes, and seconds until the holiday starts."],"faq":[{"q":"How are lunar calendar or floating dates calculated?","a":"The system embeds specific algorithms to dynamically predict dates like Korea's Chuseok/Seollal or Thanksgiving (4th Thursday in November) for any target year."},{"q":"Does the countdown reflect substitute holidays?","a":"Yes. When a public holiday falls on a weekend, the countdown adjusts to highlight the designated weekday replacement holiday according to local laws."},{"q":"Which time zone is used to calculate the countdown?","a":"The countdown calculates time remaining until midnight based on your device/browser's local time zone. So even for a U.S. holiday, if you're accessing the tool from Korea, the timer counts down to your local midnight — not U.S. midnight — meaning it can differ from the actual local midnight by the time-zone gap."}]},{"slug":"julian-date-calendar-converter","category":"calc-convert","title":"Julian Date Calendar Converter","tagline":"Bidirectional conversion between Gregorian calendar and Julian Date (JD), Modified Julian Date (MJD), and Day of Year","emoji":"🌌","keywords":["julian date converter","mjd calculation formula","astronomy time tracker","day of year calculator","calendar to julian converter","gregorian date reverse math"],"intro":"Compute astronomical time scales and supply chain tracking days instantly. Supports real-time monitoring and custom epoch mappings.","howto":["Input a Gregorian calendar date to get JD, MJD, and the exact Day of the Year.","Alternatively, input a custom decimal Julian Date to reverse-calculate the calendar timestamp.","Use the top active banner to observe the current flowing Julian time live."],"faq":[{"q":"What is a Julian Date?","a":"A continuous count of days since the beginning of the Julian Period (January 1, 4713 BC at noon UTC). It allows astronomers to calculate temporal intervals using simple arithmetic."},{"q":"What is the difference between JD and MJD?","a":"Modified Julian Date (MJD) offsets JD by subtracting 2400000.5. MJD starts days at midnight instead of noon, making it more intuitive for civil and computing systems."},{"q":"Does the converter give accurate results for dates before the 1582 Gregorian calendar reform?","a":"This tool uses the proleptic Gregorian calendar, meaning it projects today's calendar rules backward in time for simplicity. For dates before October 15, 1582, this can differ from the Julian calendar actually in use at the time by up to ten days or more, so treat results for ancient historical dates as an approximation and double-check them for serious research."}]},{"slug":"global-currency-formatter","category":"calc-convert","title":"Global Currency Formatter","tagline":"Format and compare local representation formats (ISO 4217, thousand separator commas & decimal points) for 13 major world currencies","emoji":"💵","keywords":["global currency formatter","iso 4217 code lookup","comma decimal separator country","indian rupee comma grouping","money format translator","localize amount converter"],"intro":"Compare international currency notation and decimal parsing guidelines. Automatically parse numbers into localized standard forms.","howto":["Input a target numeric amount (decimals allowed).","Review the parsed Korean-character scale representation.","Check the preview table containing standard formats for USD, EUR, JPY, GBP, and others."],"faq":[{"q":"Why do some countries use comma as a decimal separator?","a":"Many European countries (e.g. Germany, France) traditionally use commas for decimals and periods for thousands, which is the exact opposite of the US/UK standard."},{"q":"Why does Indian Rupee (INR) have a unique comma grouping?","a":"India utilizes a numeric scale based on Lakhs (1,00,000) and Crores (1,00,00,000), resulting in comma grouping every 2 digits after the initial hundreds group."},{"q":"Can I use this tool to convert an amount into another currency at the real exchange rate?","a":"No — this is a currency notation formatter, not a live exchange-rate converter. It only shows how the same number would be written under each country's rules for commas, decimal points, and symbol placement. For an actual converted amount, please use a dedicated exchange-rate calculator."}]},{"slug":"global-social-posting-time-planner","category":"calc-convert","title":"Global Social Posting Time Planner","tagline":"Find the best publication time (golden hours) for Instagram, LinkedIn, X, and TikTok across international timezones","emoji":"🚀","keywords":["social media golden hours","timezone posting planner","best time to post instagram","linkedin upload optimizer","scheduling posts time difference","global social campaign schedule"],"intro":"Align your local posting schedule with target reader timezones. Calculate the exact local hours to hit peak engagement slots overseas automatically.","howto":["Select your social media platform to activate its golden hours.","Choose your target audience region and slide the publish hour.","Review the calculated target timezone local hour, golden status, and performance recommendation."],"faq":[{"q":"Why do golden posting hours differ by platform?","a":"Audience behavior varies. Business professionals check LinkedIn during workday transits (8-10 AM) and mid-day, while leisure platforms like Instagram and TikTok thrive in evening free times (7-10 PM)."},{"q":"Is Daylight Saving Time (DST) taken into account?","a":"Yes. The calculator leverages standard browser Intl timezone engines to compute actual time differences, automatically adjusting for summer/winter clock shifts."},{"q":"Should the recommended golden hours be different for weekdays versus weekends?","a":"In general, yes — on weekdays people tend to check social media in short bursts during commutes and lunch breaks, while on weekends they browse more leisurely from late morning through afternoon, often spending longer with each post. This tool's golden hours reflect typical average activity patterns rather than a weekday/weekend split, so treat them as a helpful baseline and adjust based on your specific campaign."}]},{"slug":"pc-bottleneck-fps-estimator","category":"calc-convert","title":"PC Bottleneck Calculator & FPS Estimator","tagline":"Check CPU/GPU compatibility bottleneck % and estimate game FPS in 1080p, 1440p, and 4K","emoji":"🖥️","keywords":["pc bottleneck calculator","cpu gpu compatibility checker","game fps estimator online","cyberpunk 4k benchmark guess","pc build bottleneck test","upgrade processor vs graphics card"],"intro":"Estimate the performance compatibility between your CPU and GPU. Calculate bottleneck percentage and predicted frame rates for popular gaming titles based on target resolutions.","howto":["Select your CPU tier and GPU tier.","Choose the target display resolution (1080p, 1440p, or 4K UHD).","Read the estimated bottleneck percentage, system advice recommendation, and predicted game frame rates (FPS)."],"faq":[{"q":"What is a PC bottleneck?","a":"A bottleneck occurs when one hardware component (either CPU or GPU) limits the performance of the other, preventing your system from utilizing its full computing potential during gaming."},{"q":"Why does the bottleneck change with resolution?","a":"At lower resolutions like 1080p, the CPU is highly stressed to handle game logic and feed frames to the GPU. At higher resolutions like 4K, the graphic rendering load on the GPU increases exponentially, making the CPU performance less critical."},{"q":"Will I get exactly the FPS numbers shown here in the actual game?","a":"Not exactly — these figures are reference estimates based on typical performance averages for each hardware tier. Real-world frame rates vary depending on graphics settings (shadows, textures, etc.), driver version, background processes, and how well the specific game is optimized, so treat this as a starting point and cross-check with real benchmark data before making a purchase or upgrade decision."}]},{"slug":"evm-blockchain-gas-fee-calculator","category":"calc-convert","title":"EVM Gas Fee Calculator","tagline":"Estimate blockchain transaction gas fees in USD and KRW for Ethereum, BNB, and Polygon","emoji":"⛽","keywords":["ethereum gas fee calculator","gwei to usd converter","blockchain fee estimator","bsc gas fee calculator","polygon transaction fee lookup","metamask gas cost checker"],"intro":"Estimate the cost of standard native coin transfers, ERC-20 transfers, DEX swaps, or NFT mints based on real-time gas prices (Gwei) and native coin prices.","howto":["Select the blockchain network (Ethereum, BNB, Polygon, Arbitrum, or Optimism).","Select the transaction type or enter a custom Gas Limit, along with the current Gas Price (Gwei) and Coin Price.","Check the calculated transaction cost in USD and KRW, along with the total coin amount consumed."],"faq":[{"q":"What is the difference between Gas Limit and Gas Price?","a":"Gas Limit is the maximum amount of gas units you are willing to spend for a transaction (e.g., 21,000 for standard transfers), while Gas Price is the price per gas unit in Gwei (1 Gwei = 1e-9 coin). The final fee is calculated by multiplying these two values."},{"q":"How can I reduce my gas fees?","a":"Gas prices fluctuate depending on network congestion. Transaction fees are generally much lower during weekends or early morning hours (in Asian timezones). Avoid trading during peak hours or hot NFT mints."},{"q":"Since EIP-1559, what's the difference between the base fee and the priority fee (tip)?","a":"The base fee is a mandatory amount that rises and falls automatically block by block depending on network congestion, and it's burned rather than paid to validators. The priority fee (tip) is an optional extra you add on top to reward the validator directly and get your transaction processed faster. The gas price (Gwei) you enter in this calculator can be thought of as the combined total of these two amounts."}]},{"slug":"fps-game-mouse-sensitivity-converter","category":"calc-convert","title":"FPS Game Mouse Sensitivity Converter","tagline":"Convert mouse sensitivity and DPI between CS2, Valorant, Overwatch 2, and Apex Legends","emoji":"🎮","keywords":["mouse sensitivity converter","valorant to cs2 sensitivity","apex legends sens calculator","overwatch to valorant sens","mouse 360 distance calculator","edpi calculator gaming"],"intro":"Maintain your muscle memory across different shooting game engines. Calculate matching in-game sensitivities based on physical 360-degree rotation distance.","howto":["Choose the source game, and enter your current DPI and in-game sensitivity.","Choose the target game and the DPI you want to play at.","Check the calculated target sensitivity, eDPI stats, and the actual physical distance needed for a full 360° rotation."],"faq":[{"q":"What is eDPI and why is it useful?","a":"eDPI (Effective DPI) is calculated by multiplying your mouse DPI by your in-game sensitivity. However, since different game engines use different yaw angles, you cannot compare eDPI directly between different games without a calculator like this."},{"q":"How is the 360-degree rotation distance calculated?","a":"It calculates the physical distance (in cm or inches) your mouse must travel on your mousepad to make a complete 360° turn in-game. This is calculated using the game engine's specific yaw value and your DPI."},{"q":"If I apply the converted sensitivity, will it feel exactly like my sensitivity in the original game?","a":"It should feel very close, but not necessarily identical. This calculator gives a mathematically accurate conversion based on each game's YAW constant, but differences in default field of view (FOV) or mouse acceleration settings between games can create a small gap in how the sensitivity actually feels. It's a good idea to give yourself a few days to adjust and fine-tune slightly if needed."}]},{"slug":"international-address-formatter","category":"calc-convert","title":"International Postal Address Formatter","tagline":"Reformat address elements into standard postal envelope label layouts by country","emoji":"✉️","keywords":["international address format checker","mail envelope label layout","how to write us address","uk postal address formatting","germany city postcode order","write japan address in english"],"intro":"Generate correct envelope labels for shipping to the US, UK, Germany, Korea, and Japan. Match international postal standards instantly.","howto":["Select your destination country.","Input address fields (recipient name, street address, city, postcode, etc.). Use the example loader if needed.","Copy the formatted address envelope label text straight to your clipboard."],"faq":[{"q":"Why does the address formatting matter for international mail?","a":"Sorting machines (OCR) at postal hubs parse address components based on specific rules. Placing postcodes, states, and city names in the wrong order can cause significant delays or shipping failures."},{"q":"What is unique about German addresses?","a":"German addresses require the postal code to be written before the city name on the same line (e.g., 10115 Berlin). Do not prefix country codes like D-."},{"q":"Where should I put apartment, suite, or unit numbers in the address?","a":"In the US, UK, and most English-speaking countries, the unit or suite number goes on the same line as the street address, right after the street number (e.g., 123 Main St, Apt 4B) — not on a separate line the way Korean addresses often split building and unit info. Just fill in the fields provided in this tool's template for your chosen country and it will be placed in the correct spot automatically."}]},{"slug":"english-readability-score-calculator","category":"calc-convert","title":"English Readability Score Calculator","tagline":"Measure Flesch-Kincaid Grade Level, Ease Score, and text statistics in real time","emoji":"📊","keywords":["flesch kincaid readability calculator","reading ease score tester","english text difficulty analyzer","syllable counter online","essay grade level checker","copywriting readability score"],"intro":"Analyze your English articles, essays, or copywriting. Compute sentences, words, syllables, and characters instantly to gauge text readability.","howto":["Paste your English text into the input area.","Check the real-time stats count for sentences, words, syllables, and character length.","Read the calculated Flesch Reading Ease score, grade level rating, and writing style feedback recommendations."],"faq":[{"q":"What is a good Flesch Reading Ease score?","a":"A score between 60 and 70 is considered standard (equivalent to an 8th-9th grade reading level), which is ideal for general public web audiences. Higher scores mean the text is easier to read."},{"q":"How accurate is the syllable counter?","a":"This tool uses a heuristic algorithm that matches vowel groups and filters silent letters, yielding around 95% accuracy for standard English vocabularies."},{"q":"Can I use this calculator to analyze Korean or other non-English text?","a":"No — the Flesch-Kincaid formula this tool relies on was designed around English syllable patterns and sentence-length norms, so it only produces reliable results for English text. Running Korean or other languages through it will give a meaningless score because the syllable-counting logic doesn't apply, so please stick to English content."}]},{"slug":"academic-citation-builder","category":"calc-convert","title":"Academic Citation Builder (APA, MLA, Chicago)","tagline":"Instantly format bibliography citations in APA 7th, MLA 9th, and Chicago 17th standards","emoji":"🎓","keywords":["apa citation generator 7th","mla bibliography maker 9th","chicago citation builder","academic citation helper","book citation generator","journal article citation format"],"intro":"Generate bibliographical citations for books, journal articles, and websites in seconds. Perfect for students, researchers, and academic writers.","howto":["Choose the source type: Book, Journal Article, or Website.","Fill in the author name, publication year, title, and media details.","Click 'Copy' on the style card to receive the formatted text directly on your clipboard without asterisks."],"faq":[{"q":"What do the asterisks in the generated outputs represent?","a":"They demarcate italicized text formatting in markdown. When you use the 'Copy' button, the tool automatically strips these asterisks so you get clean, standard rich text formatting on your clipboard."},{"q":"How can I cite multiple authors?","a":"This tool generates single-author citations. To cite multiple authors, copy the generated text and manually edit the author field: add ', & Author2' (APA) or 'and Author2' (MLA) directly."},{"q":"Can I generate a citation for a news article or a YouTube video with this tool?","a":"This tool directly supports only three source types: books, journal articles, and websites. For a news article or YouTube video, the closest fit is the 'Website' tab — enter the publication or channel name as the author and the link as the URL to get an approximate citation, then manually add any missing details (publication date, media type, etc.) according to the official style guide you're following."}]},{"slug":"world-tipping-etiquette-calculator","category":"calc-convert","title":"World Tipping Etiquette & Calculator","tagline":"Check local tipping guidelines, split bills, and calculate tips for major countries","emoji":"🪙","keywords":["tip calculator international","us tipping guide expat","how much to tip europe","restaurant tip split calculator","tipping etiquette in germany","japan tipping rule"],"intro":"Navigate tipping cultures across the US, Canada, Europe, and Asia. Calculate recommended tip values based on bill amounts and split costs among friends.","howto":["Select your travel destination country from the list.","Input the total bill amount and the number of people to split the cost.","Choose a standard tipping percentage or type a custom rate.","Review the breakdown of tips, grand totals, per-person splits, and local tipping etiquette guidelines."],"faq":[{"q":"Is tipping mandatory in Europe compared to the United States?","a":"No, tipping in Europe is generally optional and more relaxed. Service charges are frequently already included in restaurants, so tipping is meant to reward exceptional service by rounding up or leaving 5-10%."},{"q":"What happens if I tip in Japan or South Korea?","a":"Tipping is not part of the culture in Japan or South Korea and can be refused or misunderstood. Servers might run after you to return the forgotten cash. Excellent service is standard and included in the price."},{"q":"In the US, how are the suggested tip percentages (like 18%, 20%, 25%) on the card payment screen decided?","a":"Those preset percentages on US card terminals are set at the business's own discretion, not by law, and typically range from around 15-18% up to 25-30%. If service was poor, you're free to enter a lower amount manually or skip the tip entirely — the screen buttons are just a suggestion. Checking this calculator ahead of time gives you a sense of the reasonable range so you're not caught off guard at checkout."}]},{"slug":"world-plug-voltage-directory","category":"calc-convert","title":"World Plug & Voltage Directory","tagline":"Check power outlet shapes (Types A-G), voltages, and frequencies for international travel","emoji":"🔌","keywords":["world outlet adapter guide","voltage converter travel","plug type checker","socket shapes by country","us power outlet shape","european plug adapter uk"],"intro":"A comprehensive directory guide for travelers to check plug sockets, outlet shapes, standards, voltage, and frequency levels for major countries globally, featuring a compatibility tester.","howto":["Select your home country and your travel destination in the compatibility tool.","Instantly view whether you need a travel adaptor or voltage converter.","Search the country list or filter by plug type (A, C, G, etc.) to read detailed specifications."],"faq":[{"q":"Can I use Korean/European plugs in the US without a transformer?","a":"It depends on your device's voltage specification. Dual-voltage (100-240V) appliances like phone chargers only require a plug adapter. Single-voltage (220V only) devices require a step-down transformer to operate on 120V US systems."},{"q":"Are European Type C plugs identical to Korean Type F plugs?","a":"They look similar but differ slightly. Korean Type F pins are 4.8mm in diameter, whereas European Type C pins are 4.0mm. Sockets may feel loose or tight depending on the combination."},{"q":"Can I use high-wattage appliances like a hair dryer or curling iron abroad if I just have a voltage converter?","a":"Heat-generating appliances like hair dryers and curling irons often draw 1,000 watts or more, which exceeds the capacity of typical small travel voltage converters (usually rated around 200-300W), risking overheating, damage, or even fire. For these high-power items, it's much safer to either buy a locally-rated appliance at your destination or use a travel-specific model built for dual voltage (100-240V) rather than relying on a converter."}]},{"slug":"global-visa-free-passport-checker","category":"calc-convert","title":"Global Visa-Free Passport Checker","tagline":"Check visa-free, VOA, or visa required entry status for South Korea, US, and Japan passports","emoji":"🛂","keywords":["visa free countries checker","passport power index 2026","south korea passport visa free","us passport visa requirements","japan passport visa index","visa free entry search"],"intro":"Search and check visa-free or visa-on-arrival entry conditions for passports issued by South Korea, the United States, and Japan. Retrieve global passport index rankings and visa-free travel counts in real time.","howto":["Select your origin passport country (South Korea, United States, or Japan).","Type the destination country name in the search query box or use status filters.","Instantly read visa status reports, maximum stay periods, and special requirements like ESTA/eTA."],"faq":[{"q":"What is the difference between Visa-Free and ETA/ESTA?","a":"Although you travel without a traditional visa, an Electronic Travel Authorization (like ESTA for US, eTA for Canada, K-ETA for Korea) is required online before departure. This tool notes these exceptions."},{"q":"How is the passport power index count calculated?","a":"Passport power represents the total number of destinations a passport holder can access without a visa, or by easily obtaining a Visa on Arrival (VOA) or Electronic Travel Authorization (eTA)."},{"q":"Is the visa information shown here always 100% up to date with the latest official policy?","a":"This tool is meant as a general reference guide based on typical, commonly-known visa-exemption rules. Each country's visa policy can change without notice due to diplomatic relations, health situations, and other factors, so before you actually travel, please double-check the latest information through your foreign ministry's travel advisory site or the destination country's official embassy or consulate."}]},{"slug":"global-income-tax-estimator","category":"calc-convert","title":"Global Income Tax Estimator","tagline":"Estimate personal income tax and social security contributions for UK, DE, and CA (Ontario) in real time","emoji":"📊","keywords":["uk tax estimator","germany net salary calculator","canada ontario tax calculator","foreign income tax comparison","expat tax calculator","uk national insurance calculator"],"intro":"Compare and estimate personal income taxes and mandatory social insurance contributions across the United Kingdom, Germany, and Canada (Ontario). Input your annual gross income in local currencies to view detailed net paycheck reports.","howto":["Select a destination country (United Kingdom, Germany, or Canada) from the dropdown.","Enter your annual gross income in local currency (£, €, or C$).","Instantly view estimated income taxes, social security contributions, and net take-home salary.","Check the cumulative deduction bar chart to visualize your effective tax rate."],"faq":[{"q":"What is the UK Personal Allowance reduction?","a":"In the UK, the standard Personal Allowance is £12,570. However, if your income exceeds £100,000, the allowance is reduced by £1 for every £2 of income above this limit, down to zero for incomes over £125,140."},{"q":"How is the German progressive income tax calculated here?","a":"German income tax uses a complex progressive formula. This tool simplifies it by grouping income into four main brackets (14%, 30%, 42%, 45%) to provide a highly accurate approximation of your actual tax liability."},{"q":"Why does the Ontario, Canada result show both federal and provincial tax separately?","a":"Canada taxes personal income at two levels: the federal government and each individual province both apply their own tax. To accurately estimate what an Ontario resident actually owes, you need to apply the federal progressive tax brackets and Ontario's own provincial brackets and add them together — this simulator calculates both layers in sequence and reflects the combined total in your final take-home amount."}]},{"slug":"historical-inflation-calculator","category":"calc-convert","title":"Historical Inflation & Money Value Calculator","tagline":"Track changes in purchasing power and cumulative inflation from 1980 to 2025 across US, KR, JP, UK, and DE","emoji":"💸","keywords":["historical inflation calculator","cpi calculator money value","usd purchasing power tracker","inflation rate calculator","past money value today","yen inflation calculator"],"intro":"Simulate how inflation has changed the real-world value of money over time. It supports calculations for the United States, South Korea, Japan, the United Kingdom, and Germany, displaying cumulative inflation rates and loss of purchasing power in real time.","howto":["Choose a country to load its historical average CPI rates.","Enter a past amount and pick the starting year (from 1980).","Select the end year (up to 2025) to calculate compound interest.","Read the breakdown report to see the inflated amount, total rate increase, and purchasing power percentage."],"faq":[{"q":"How accurate is this historical inflation data?","a":"This tool utilizes average annual Consumer Price Index (CPI) increases for each decade published by official institutions (e.g., US Bureau of Labor Statistics). It provides a quick and reliable way to study long-term economic trends."},{"q":"Why are the Japan inflation results so low?","a":"Japan experienced prolonged economic stagnation and deflation (negative or near-zero inflation) from the 1990s through the 2010s. This calculator accurately factors in these zero/negative growth rates."},{"q":"Does this calculator also factor in exchange rate changes between different countries' currencies?","a":"No — this tool only accounts for inflation that happened within a single country, showing how purchasing power changed in that country's own currency over time. For example, calculating a past US dollar value applies only US consumer price index (CPI) changes, not shifts in the USD-KRW exchange rate. If you need to convert between currencies as well, combine this with a separate exchange-rate calculator."}]},{"slug":"us-paycheck-tax-calculator","category":"calc-convert","title":"US Paycheck Tax Calculator","tagline":"Calculate your net take-home salary after federal income tax, FICA, and state tax deductions by state","emoji":"💵","keywords":["paycheck calculator us","salary after tax california","biweekly pay calculator","federal tax estimator","us paycheck tax calculator","state income tax calculator"],"intro":"Estimate your net take-home pay based on annual salary or hourly rate. This tool calculates federal income tax, state tax (California, New York, Texas, etc.), and FICA contributions in real time for various pay frequencies.","howto":["Select your input method: Annual Salary or Hourly Rate.","Enter your base earnings and choose the state where you work.","Choose your pay frequency (Monthly, Bi-weekly, or Weekly).","Instantly view your net pay breakdown, federal tax, state tax, and FICA deductions with visual charts."],"faq":[{"q":"What deductions are included in FICA?","a":"FICA (Federal Insurance Contributions Act) includes Social Security (6.2% up to the wage limit of $168,600) and Medicare (1.45%) taxes. Both are automatically calculated by this tool."},{"q":"Which states have no state income tax?","a":"Texas, Florida, Alaska, Nevada, South Dakota, Tennessee, Washington, Wyoming, and New Hampshire do not levy a personal state income tax. Selecting these states yields 0% state tax deductions."},{"q":"Does this calculator account for things like 401(k) contributions or employer health insurance premiums?","a":"No — this calculator only covers mandatory, legally required deductions: federal income tax, FICA (Social Security + Medicare), and state tax. Voluntary pre-tax deductions like 401(k) retirement contributions, employer health insurance premiums, or HSA contributions vary enormously by employer and individual choice, so they aren't factored in here. Your actual take-home pay on your real paystub will likely be lower than this result by whatever amount you contribute to those items."}]},{"slug":"brand-size-comparison-helper","category":"calc-convert","title":"Brand Size Comparison Helper","tagline":"Compare shoe sizes (Nike, Adidas, New Balance) & clothing chest sizing (Zara, Uniqlo, H&M) in real time","emoji":"👟","keywords":["nike to adidas size chart","shoe size helper online","zara sizing guide chest","uniqlo h&m size difference","international shoe size converter","apparel fit comparison"],"intro":"Compare shoe and apparel sizes across top global fashion and sports brands. Access 1-to-1 conversion metrics (KR, US, UK, EU) and custom fit feedback (narrow, wide, relaxed) to make precise shopping decisions.","howto":["Choose a category ('Shoes' or 'Clothing') from the top tabs.","For shoes, select your base sizing (mm) to view US/UK/EU standard charts and custom fit comments.","For clothing, pick an alpha label (S/M/L/XL) to compare official chest measurements.","Read the sizing tips below to find your perfect fit."],"faq":[{"q":"Why do Nike and Adidas shoe sizes differ?","a":"Each brand uses their own unique foot molds (lasts). Nike models often run tighter and narrower, whereas Adidas shoes generally provide a wider, more relaxed fit. We highlight these differences in our sizing reports."},{"q":"What chest widths are these clothing sizes based on?","a":"The data is derived from the official sizing guides of Zara, Uniqlo, and H&M. Note that Zara sizing can run slightly larger than Uniqlo, whereas H&M has a slimmer cut."},{"q":"Does this guide's sizing apply equally to men's and women's products?","a":"The shoe measurements and clothing chest-width figures in this guide are based on each brand's standard general line (often unisex or men's-oriented). Women's-specific lines from the same brand frequently use a different last (shoe mold) or fit design, so there can be some deviation from these numbers. Treat this guide as a rough reference for women's items and, where possible, also check the product page's dedicated women's size chart."}]},{"slug":"height-weight-imperial-metric-converter","category":"calc-convert","title":"Height & Weight Imperial ↔ Metric Converter","tagline":"Convert feet/inches (ft/in) to centimeters (cm) and pounds/stones (lbs/st) to kilograms (kg) with live BMI calculator","emoji":"📏","keywords":["feet to cm converter","lbs to kg converter","stone to kg conversion","ft in to cm","height converter weight converter","bmi estimator metric imperial"],"intro":"Quickly convert height and weight measurements between the US/Imperial system and the Metric system. It supports compound inputs like feet+inches and stone+pounds, and automatically estimates your Body Mass Index (BMI) in real time.","howto":["To convert height, select the 'Height Conversion' tab. To convert weight, select 'Weight Conversion'.","Type imperial values (ft/in or st/lbs) to instantly see the metric equivalents (cm, kg).","Alternatively, input metric values (cm, kg) to reverse-convert back to imperial values.","Check your estimated BMI score and weight range classification in the right bonus panel."],"faq":[{"q":"What is a 'stone' (st) weight unit?","a":"A stone is a unit of weight commonly used in the UK and Ireland for human body weight. 1 stone equals 14 pounds (approx. 6.35 kilograms). This tool provides a dedicated stone+pounds input field for easy usage."},{"q":"How is the BMI calculated here?","a":"Body Mass Index (BMI) is calculated as weight in kilograms divided by height in meters squared (kg/m²). This tool dynamically recalculates your BMI using the converted metric heights and weights."},{"q":"Is the BMI result an absolute health standard that applies the same way to everyone?","a":"No. BMI is a simple reference figure calculated from height and weight alone, and it can't distinguish muscle mass from body fat. That means muscular athletes or bodybuilders with low body fat can show up as 'overweight' on the BMI scale, while an older adult with low muscle mass might fall in the 'normal' range despite having a higher body fat percentage. For an accurate assessment that accounts for age, sex, and muscle mass, it's best to consult a medical professional."}]},{"slug":"us-cooking-unit-converter","category":"calc-convert","title":"US Kitchen Cooking ↔ Metric Unit Converter","tagline":"Convert US recipes Cups, Ounces, Spoon (tbsp/tsp) to Milliliters (ml) and Grams (g) by ingredient density","emoji":"🍳","keywords":["cups to ml converter","ounces to grams cooking","baking unit converter","us cup to metric","recipe measurement converter","baking density calculator"],"intro":"Convert cups, fluid ounces, tablespoons, teaspoons, and pounds from US recipes to milliliters and grams. It dynamically factors in ingredient density for water, flour, sugar, butter, and more for exact cooking & baking measurements.","howto":["Select an ingredient (water, flour, sugar, butter, etc.) to apply its density factor.","Choose a conversion tab: Volume to Metric, Weight to Metric, or Metric to US.","Input a value to instantly see the calculated results for both volume and weight.","Reference the baking note for tips to scale your recipe correctly."],"faq":[{"q":"Why does the cup-to-gram conversion change per ingredient?","a":"Volume-to-weight conversions depend on the density of the ingredient. For example, 100ml of water weighs 100g, while 100ml of flour weighs only 53g. This tool factors in these exact ratios for accurate baking."},{"q":"What is the difference between Fluid Ounces and Ounces?","a":"Fluid Ounces (fl oz) measure volume, while Ounces (oz) measure weight. This tool uses fl oz for volume calculations and oz for weight calculations."},{"q":"How do I convert an amount like '1 stick of butter,' which shows up a lot in US recipes?","a":"US butter is typically sold in 1-pound (453g) boxes divided into four 'sticks,' and one stick equals exactly 1/2 cup (8 tablespoons), or about 113g by weight. So when a recipe calls for '1 stick,' just select butter in this tool's weight conversion tab and enter 1/2 cup or 113g to get the equivalent."}]},{"slug":"medical-jargon-translator","category":"calc-convert","title":"Medical Jargon Translator","tagline":"Translate medical hanja terms and complex abbreviations with search & text analysis","emoji":"📖","keywords":["medical terms dictionary","diagnosis translation","medical abbreviations","patient medical glossary","prescription terms"],"intro":"Translate difficult medical hanja words or abbreviations (like HTN, GERD, DM, Fracture, etc.) commonly found in diagnoses and prescriptions into simple and easy patient-friendly terms.","howto":["Paste or type the text of your diagnosis in the top text area.","Click 'Analyze Terms' to automatically detect medical terms and render detailed cards.","Or type specific abbreviation (e.g., EKG) or disease name in the search bar below.","Use category tabs (Internal, Orthopedics, etc.) to browse terms within a department."],"faq":[{"q":"Are there rare professional terms not detected?","a":"Yes. This simplified dictionary features about 20 of the most common medical abbreviations and terms patients encounter. Extremely rare terms may not be detected, so please consult your doctor for precise details."},{"q":"Can I use this tool's explanations as a basis for an actual medical diagnosis or treatment decision?","a":"No. This service exists only as a glossary to help patients understand the difficult technical terms found in their medical notes or diagnosis reports — it does not replace an actual diagnosis, treatment plan, or medical advice. For anything about your specific symptoms or course of treatment, always consult your attending physician or a specialist directly."},{"q":"Can I use this tool's explanations as a basis for an actual medical diagnosis or treatment decision?","a":"No. This service exists only as a glossary to help patients understand the difficult technical terms found in their medical notes or diagnosis reports — it does not replace an actual diagnosis, treatment plan, or medical advice. For anything about your specific symptoms or course of treatment, always consult your attending physician or a specialist directly."}]},{"slug":"room-furniture-layout-planner","category":"calc-convert","title":"2D Furniture Layout Planner","tagline":"Configure room dimensions and interactively place, rotate, and drag furniture on a 2D grid","emoji":"🛋️","keywords":["furniture layout simulator","2D room planner","virtual interior design","room layout sketcher","room grid editor"],"intro":"Set your room's width and height in meters, place templates like beds, desks, and sofas, and drag or rotate them on a canvas to plan your room's interior layout virtually.","howto":["Enter your room's width and height in meters (m) at the top.","Click template buttons on the left panel (e.g., Bed, Desk) to add items to the grid.","Drag items around the canvas to position them.","Select an item to rotate it by 90 degrees or remove it completely.","Copy the layout specs report and use it as a guide for your shopping or setup."],"faq":[{"q":"Can furniture overlap or go outside the room boundary?","a":"No. The system performs collision checking to ensure furniture items do not leave the boundary of the room walls."},{"q":"Can I save my finished furniture layout and come back to continue editing it later?","a":"This tool is designed as a lightweight simulator that runs entirely in your browser without server-side storage, so it doesn't offer a built-in save-and-reload feature. However, you can copy the coordinates and dimensions of your finished layout as text — keep that report somewhere like a notes app, and you can re-enter the same values next time to recreate your layout."},{"q":"Can I save my finished furniture layout and come back to continue editing it later?","a":"This tool is designed as a lightweight simulator that runs entirely in your browser without server-side storage, so it doesn't offer a built-in save-and-reload feature. However, you can copy the coordinates and dimensions of your finished layout as text — keep that report somewhere like a notes app, and you can re-enter the same values next time to recreate your layout."}]},{"slug":"exam-timetable-analyzer","category":"calc-convert","title":"Exam Timetable & Study Scheduler","tagline":"Calculate study timelines based on D-Day urgency, difficulty, and current progress","emoji":"⏱️","keywords":["exam study scheduler","cramming time allocator","study planner","finals calendar coordinator","D-day exam study"],"intro":"Enter your exam subject dates, difficulty levels, and study progress. The tool will calculate and allocate your daily study budget to give you a customized cramming golden hour timeline.","howto":["Enter your daily available study hours at the top.","Fill in the subject name, date/time of exam, difficulty, and current progress (%), then click 'Add Subject'.","Check the dashboard for recommended study hours allocated per subject based on urgency.","Copy the plan and use it as a scheduler guide during finals."],"faq":[{"q":"How is the golden hour allocation computed?","a":"It uses a weight formula multiplying difficulty (High:3, Med:2, Low:1), unstudied ratio (100 - progress), and inverse of remaining days (urgency) to divide your total budget."},{"q":"If I overestimate my daily available study time, will the recommended split change drastically?","a":"The total available time only acts as the denominator for the proportional split, so entering an inflated number won't change the relative allocation ratio between subjects. What does change is the absolute hours (h) assigned to each subject — they'll look bigger than what you can actually manage. It's best to enter a realistic number you can actually commit to each day, not an aspirational one."},{"q":"If I overestimate my daily available study time, will the recommended split change drastically?","a":"The total available time only acts as the denominator for the proportional split, so entering an inflated number won't change the relative allocation ratio between subjects. What does change is the absolute hours (h) assigned to each subject — they'll look bigger than what you can actually manage. It's best to enter a realistic number you can actually commit to each day, not an aspirational one."}]},{"slug":"sat-score-grade-estimator","category":"calc-convert","title":"SAT Score & Grade Estimator","tagline":"Estimate grades, standard scores, and percentiles based on raw scores","emoji":"📊","keywords":["CSAT grade calculator","raw score estimator","percentile calculator","estimated standard score","absolute grading check"],"intro":"Input your raw scores for major CSAT/SAT subjects to instantly calculate estimated grades (1-9), simulated standard scores, and percentiles on a visual dashboard.","howto":["Enter raw scores for each subject (max 100 for Korean/Math/English, max 50 for History/Inquiry).","Check the estimated grade results instantly on the dashboard.","Compare simulated standard scores and percentile numbers.","Copy the analysis report to review later or consult for admissions."],"faq":[{"q":"Are the estimated grades identical to actual score sheets?","a":"No. This tool uses pre-compiled average grade boundaries. Real scores depend on yearly exam difficulty and standard deviations, so use this as a reference only."},{"q":"Does the Korean History score affect the grade-cut predictions for other subjects?","a":"Korean History is graded on an absolute (pass/fail-style) scale, so it only produces a grade — not a standard score or percentile — and it has no effect on the percentile or standard-score calculations for the relatively-graded subjects. It's shown separately, purely to check whether you meet the minimum requirement."},{"q":"Does the Korean History score affect the grade-cut predictions for other subjects?","a":"Korean History is graded on an absolute (pass/fail-style) scale, so it only produces a grade — not a standard score or percentile — and it has no effect on the percentile or standard-score calculations for the relatively-graded subjects. It's shown separately, purely to check whether you meet the minimum requirement."}]},{"slug":"free-handwriting-font-tester","category":"calc-convert","title":"Free Handwriting Font Tester","tagline":"Test commercial-free Korean handwriting Google web fonts in real time","emoji":"✍️","keywords":["free handwriting fonts","commercial free web fonts","typography tester","google handwriting preview","handwritten text styler"],"intro":"Load and test representative commercial-free handwriting web fonts. Adjust size, alignment, spacing, line-height, text color, and background color on a live preview canvas.","howto":["Select a handwriting web font from the dropdown menu.","Type custom text or edit the default preset text in the textarea.","Use sliders and color chips to adjust font size, spacing, line-height, and colors.","Inspect the live rendering canvas and copy the style specs description."],"faq":[{"q":"Can I use these fonts in commercial ads or YouTube subtitles?","a":"Yes. These fonts are Open Font License (OFL) Google web fonts, which allows you to use them freely in commercial print, digital videos, and web design without attribution."},{"q":"Will the font I preview here look exactly the same in a printed document or another program?","a":"This tool loads Google Fonts directly in your browser, so what you see here matches the web exactly. To use the same typeface in offline software like PowerPoint or Photoshop, though, you'll need to separately download the font file (.ttf) from Google Fonts and install it on your system first."},{"q":"Will the font I preview here look exactly the same in a printed document or another program?","a":"This tool loads Google Fonts directly in your browser, so what you see here matches the web exactly. To use the same typeface in offline software like PowerPoint or Photoshop, though, you'll need to separately download the font file (.ttf) from Google Fonts and install it on your system first."}]},{"slug":"pet-food-calculator","category":"calc-convert","title":"Pet Food Calculator","tagline":"Calculate daily recommended calorie intake (DER) and food weight in grams/cups based on weight and activity level","emoji":"⚖️","keywords":["pet food portion calculator","dog daily food grams","cat kibble calculator","RER DER calculator","pet calories counter"],"intro":"Enter your dog or cat's weight, choose their life stage or activity level, and input the calorie density of the kibble to calculate the daily portion in grams and paper cups.","howto":["Choose Dog or Cat using the top switcher tabs.","Adjust the weight slider to set your pet's current weight in kg.","Input the calorie density (kcal/kg) of your current pet food.","Select the life stage/activity level (e.g., puppy, neutered, obese) to check the portion in grams and cups."],"faq":[{"q":"How many grams of kibble are assumed per paper cup?","a":"We assume a standard filled paper cup holds approximately 80g of dry kibble to convert portion weights to cup count."},{"q":"Can I use this calculator's result as-is for a pregnant or nursing pet?","a":"No. Pets in late pregnancy or nursing can need up to 2-3 times more calories than usual — it's a special life stage that the calculator's standard categories (growth, adult, senior, overweight) don't cover accurately. Please consult your vet to adjust the feeding amount in these cases."},{"q":"Can I use this calculator's result as-is for a pregnant or nursing pet?","a":"No. Pets in late pregnancy or nursing can need up to 2-3 times more calories than usual — it's a special life stage that the calculator's standard categories (growth, adult, senior, overweight) don't cover accurately. Please consult your vet to adjust the feeding amount in these cases."}]},{"slug":"children-allowance-ledger","category":"calc-convert","title":"Children's Allowance Ledger & Financial Planner","tagline":"Log pocket money transactions and track target savings with a visual dashboard","emoji":"🪙","keywords":["kids pocket money tracker","children allowance ledger","savings goal simulator","financial education kids","piggy bank progress"],"intro":"Let kids log pocket money income, expenses, and savings, track target savings goals on a progress bar, and read basic tips on financial management.","howto":["Enter your wishlist goal name and target price (KRW) at the top card.","Log weekly allowance, candy expenses, or piggy bank savings with description and amount.","Track your wallet balance and savings progress bar in real time.","Read the financial advice tip triggered dynamically based on your saving progress."],"faq":[{"q":"What happens if I try to enter expenses higher than my balance?","a":"The ledger blocks registrations where expense is higher than the current balance. This is to teach kids not to spend beyond their budget."},{"q":"Where is my allowance and savings data stored, and can I pick it up on another device?","a":"All entries are saved only in the local storage of the browser you're currently using — no account needed. That means the data won't appear if you open the tool on a different computer or phone, and clearing your browser's history/cache will erase it too. We recommend periodically copying the report text somewhere safe as a backup."},{"q":"Where is my allowance and savings data stored, and can I pick it up on another device?","a":"All entries are saved only in the local storage of the browser you're currently using — no account needed. That means the data won't appear if you open the tool on a different computer or phone, and clearing your browser's history/cache will erase it too. We recommend periodically copying the report text somewhere safe as a backup."}]},{"slug":"drip-coffee-brewing-timer","category":"calc-convert","title":"Drip Coffee Recipe & Brewing Timer","tagline":"Calculate target water volume relative to coffee beans and brew using step-by-step sound countdown guides","emoji":"☕","keywords":["drip coffee timer","brewing calculator","pour over recipe","coffee ratio helper","hand drip scale"],"intro":"Input coffee weight (g) and target brew ratio to calculate total water volume in real time. Use Kasuya's 4:6 rule or standard pour-over countdowns with audio cues to brew delicious drip coffee.","howto":["Adjust coffee bean weight (g) with the slider (10g to 50g).","Select your target extraction ratio (1:15 recommended).","Choose between the 4:6 method and standard balanced pour-over.","Click 'Start Drip' and pour water up to the target scale for each step (Blooming, 1st to 4th Pour).","Follow the beep sounds indicating when to move to the next pouring step."],"faq":[{"q":"What is the 4:6 brewing method?","a":"Designed by World Brewers Cup champion Tetsu Kasuya, it splits the total water: 40% adjusts sweetness and acidity, while the remaining 60% adjusts body strength."},{"q":"Should I follow the timer's stage times exactly regardless of my grind size or roast level?","a":"The timer's stage durations are standard values based on a medium roast and medium grind. A finer grind or darker roast extracts faster and can lead to over-extraction (bitterness), while a coarser grind tends toward under-extraction (sourness). For your first few brews, taste the result and fine-tune your grind size accordingly."},{"q":"Should I follow the timer's stage times exactly regardless of my grind size or roast level?","a":"The timer's stage durations are standard values based on a medium roast and medium grind. A finer grind or darker roast extracts faster and can lead to over-extraction (bitterness), while a coarser grind tends toward under-extraction (sourness). For your first few brews, taste the result and fine-tune your grind size accordingly."}]},{"slug":"global-meeting-timezone-coordinator","category":"calc-convert","title":"Global Meeting Timezone Coordinator","tagline":"Map multiple timezones on a 24h timeline and automatically suggest optimal common working hour slots","emoji":"🌐","keywords":["world meeting planner","timezone coordinator","global team scheduler","time zone converter","working hours matrix"],"intro":"Compare local times across Seoul, London, New York, Sydney, Frankfurt, and LA. Move the slider to find the host time and get suggested slots that avoid late-night sleep times for all participants.","howto":["Select participating cities by toggling the chips at the top.","Choose the host city and adjust the host meeting time slider.","Check the live local times and color-coded suitability labels (Working/Flexible/Sleep).","Click one of the suggested 'Optimal Time Windows' to instantly coordinate the schedule."],"faq":[{"q":"Are daylight saving times (DST) automatically adjusted?","a":"The coordinator uses standard timezone offsets for clarity. Please adjust for local 1-hour DST changes during the final scheduling."},{"q":"What if none of the recommended slots keep every activated city within working hours?","a":"When the time difference between participating cities is extreme (8-12 hours or more), everyone's working hours simply may not overlap, leaving the recommended-slots list empty. In that case, the tool also surfaces \"next-best\" slots where one side has to accept an early morning or late evening call — the common practice is to discuss it with participants and rotate who takes the inconvenient time each meeting."},{"q":"What if none of the recommended slots keep every activated city within working hours?","a":"When the time difference between participating cities is extreme (8-12 hours or more), everyone's working hours simply may not overlap, leaving the recommended-slots list empty. In that case, the tool also surfaces \"next-best\" slots where one side has to accept an early morning or late evening call — the common practice is to discuss it with participants and rotate who takes the inconvenient time each meeting."}]},{"slug":"annual-leave-tracker","category":"calc-convert","title":"Annual Leave & Vacation Tracker","tagline":"Calculate legal holiday allowance based on service years and track usage with an interactive dashboard","emoji":"📅","keywords":["leave tracker","annual leave calculator","vacation manager","half day log","remaining holidays tracker"],"intro":"Calculate legal annual leave (11 to 25 days) based on labor laws. Add carry-over days and log full (1.0), half (0.5), or quarter (0.25) days to monitor remaining leave on a visual dashboard.","howto":["Adjust the service years slider to view standard legal leave allowance.","Input carry-over days or manual bonus days from last year.","Log new leave usage by picking the date, type (Full/Half/Quarter/Hourly), and adding a memo.","Review the progress bar, used ratio, and remaining days count, then copy the report."],"faq":[{"q":"Does it accurately subtract partial days like quarter-days or hours?","a":"Yes. A half-day is 0.5, a quarter-day is 0.25, and a 1-hour leave is 0.125. They are all calculated and subtracted dynamically."},{"q":"Is the result still accurate if my company grants leave all at once based on the fiscal year rather than my hire date?","a":"By default, this tool calculates leave based on years of service from your hire date. If your company instead grants annual leave in a lump sum on a fiscal-year basis (e.g., every January 1st), the actual number can differ from what's shown here. In that case, we recommend entering the exact figure from your company's HR system into the carry-over field at the top to correct the calculation."},{"q":"Is the result still accurate if my company grants leave all at once based on the fiscal year rather than my hire date?","a":"By default, this tool calculates leave based on years of service from your hire date. If your company instead grants annual leave in a lump sum on a fiscal-year basis (e.g., every January 1st), the actual number can differ from what's shown here. In that case, we recommend entering the exact figure from your company's HR system into the carry-over field at the top to correct the calculation."}]},{"slug":"periodic-table-molecular-weight","category":"calc-convert","title":"Periodic Table & Molecular Weight Calculator","tagline":"Explore the periodic table (H to Ca) and calculate chemical molecular weights and mass ratios in real time","emoji":"🧪","keywords":["periodic table","molecular weight calculator","atomic weight","chemical formula mass","chemistry calculator"],"intro":"Explore an interactive periodic table for representative elements (H to Ca) and calculate the total molecular weight (g/mol) and percentage mass ratio of elements for any chemical formula (e.g., H2O, C6H12O6).","howto":["Click element tiles on the periodic table to construct your formula.","Type a chemical formula (case-sensitive) directly into the input box.","Check the calculated total molecular weight in g/mol.","Review the element mass percentage breakdown graph below and copy the summary."],"faq":[{"q":"Can it calculate molecular weights for elements heavier than Calcium?","a":"This tool is built primarily for representative elements from Hydrogen (1) to Calcium (20). Heavier elements may not be parsed correctly."},{"q":"Does it recognize more complex formulas that include parentheses, like Ca(OH)2?","a":"Yes, the parser also handles parentheses followed by a subscript number, correctly multiplying the element count inside the parentheses by that number before adding it to the molecular weight. Just make sure element symbols use proper capitalization (e.g., Na, Cl) so they're parsed correctly."},{"q":"Does it recognize more complex formulas that include parentheses, like Ca(OH)2?","a":"Yes, the parser also handles parentheses followed by a subscript number, correctly multiplying the element count inside the parentheses by that number before adding it to the molecular weight. Just make sure element symbols use proper capitalization (e.g., Na, Cl) so they're parsed correctly."}]},{"slug":"ghost-leg-game","category":"calc-convert","title":"Ghost Leg Betting Game (2D Canvas)","tagline":"Play the classic ghost leg betting game with interactive 2D Canvas path animations and customizable results","emoji":"🪜","keywords":["ghost leg game","amidakuji online","betting helper","penalty decider","ladder drawing game"],"intro":"Set up a ghost leg (Amidakuji) betting game for 2 to 8 players, customize player names and penalty results, and watch paths animate down on a 2D Canvas.","howto":["Set the number of players (2 to 8) from the dropdown.","Enter names in the top row and penalties/results in the bottom row.","Click 'Reset' to generate a new random ladder structure.","Click 'Go' under a player to animate their path, or 'Quick Match All' to resolve immediately."],"faq":[{"q":"Is the result mapping completely fair and unique?","a":"Yes. The algorithm guarantees a strict 1-to-1 bijection, meaning no two players will ever end up on the same result."},{"q":"If I keep the same names and outcomes and run it again, will I get the same result as before?","a":"No. Every time you press \"Reset\" or refresh the page, the horizontal rungs of the ladder are regenerated in a new random layout, so even with the exact same names and outcomes, the odds of getting the same result twice are practically nil."},{"q":"If I keep the same names and outcomes and run it again, will I get the same result as before?","a":"No. Every time you press \"Reset\" or refresh the page, the horizontal rungs of the ladder are regenerated in a new random layout, so even with the exact same names and outcomes, the odds of getting the same result twice are practically nil."}]},{"slug":"personal-color-skin-toner","category":"calc-convert","title":"Warm vs Cool Personal Color Test","tagline":"Identify your personal color tone using an 8-question self-test and screen color draping simulator","emoji":"🎨","keywords":["personal color test","warm vs cool tone","seasonal color analysis","makeup shade test","face color draping"],"intro":"Determine if your personal color is Warm-tone (Spring/Autumn) or Cool-tone (Summer/Winter) with an 8-question checklist and an interactive screen draping color block simulator.","howto":["Answer the 8 self-test questions about vein colors, jewelry preference, etc.","Tap the draping color chips to change the screen background and test against your face.","Check the final Warm/Cool ratio and your seasonal subtype (e.g., Spring Warm).","Read the styling and makeup advice, then copy the results."],"faq":[{"q":"Can this replace a professional offline drape test?","a":"This tool is a self-assessment guide. Variations in display color temperature and ambient room lighting can slightly alter the visual appearance."},{"q":"What if the self-assessment questions and the draping color-chip comparison give me conflicting results?","a":"It's actually quite common for the two methods to disagree, and it usually points to a \"neutral\" undertone that doesn't lean strongly warm or cool. Rather than forcing yourself into one category, look at the ratio shown in the final report (e.g., warm 60% / cool 40%) and try holding both color families up to your face to decide which genuinely suits you better."},{"q":"What if the self-assessment questions and the draping color-chip comparison give me conflicting results?","a":"It's actually quite common for the two methods to disagree, and it usually points to a \"neutral\" undertone that doesn't lean strongly warm or cool. Rather than forcing yourself into one category, look at the ratio shown in the final report (e.g., warm 60% / cool 40%) and try holding both color families up to your face to decide which genuinely suits you better."}]},{"slug":"move-in-cleaning-estimator","category":"calc-convert","title":"Move-in & Relocation Cleaning Estimator & Checklist","tagline":"Calculate estimated costs for move-in, relocation, and resident cleaning and get an inspection checklist","emoji":"🧹","keywords":["move-in cleaning cost","relocation cleaning quote","cleaning inspection checklist","apartment cleaning price","resident cleaning simulator"],"intro":"Estimate the total cost of professional cleaning service based on home area (pyung/m²) and various space options (duplex, mold level, appliance disassembly) and get an inspection checklist.","howto":["Set your home area (10 to 60 pyung) using the slider.","Select the cleaning service type (Move-in, Relocation, or Resident).","Select additional space options like veranda type, duplex, mold severity, and appliance count.","Review the total estimated cost summary and copy the report.","Use the checklist below during the final inspection to ensure a perfect clean."],"faq":[{"q":"Does this cost match the actual quote from cleaners?","a":"This estimator is based on industry average rates. Actual quotes may vary depending on the specific condition of the property, elevator access, or waste disposal needs."},{"q":"How should I actually use this estimate when getting real quotes from cleaning companies?","a":"Treat the estimated figure as a reference range rather than an absolute number — use it to check whether the actual quotes you receive are unusually high or suspiciously low compared to it, and to negotiate accordingly. In particular, if a quote comes in much cheaper than this estimate, it's worth double-checking whether hidden add-on fees are lurking behind it."},{"q":"How should I actually use this estimate when getting real quotes from cleaning companies?","a":"Treat the estimated figure as a reference range rather than an absolute number — use it to check whether the actual quotes you receive are unusually high or suspiciously low compared to it, and to negotiate accordingly. In particular, if a quote comes in much cheaper than this estimate, it's worth double-checking whether hidden add-on fees are lurking behind it."}]},{"slug":"korean-spelling-quiz","category":"calc-convert","title":"Korean Spelling & Vocabulary OX Quiz","tagline":"Test your Korean spelling skills with a 10-question OX quiz and detailed explanations","emoji":"📝","keywords":["korean spelling quiz","commonly confused korean","learn korean grammar","korean vocabulary test","korean ox game"],"intro":"Test your knowledge of commonly confused Korean spelling and vocabulary terms with this interactive 10-question OX quiz, featuring detailed etymology and rule explanations.","howto":["Read the Korean word or phrase shown on the screen.","Choose 'O' if the spelling is correct, or 'X' if it is wrong.","Complete all 10 questions to get your score and tier level.","Read the detailed standard grammar explanations below to improve your vocabulary."],"faq":[{"q":"Are these quiz answers based on official language standards?","a":"Yes, all spellings, correct answers, and explanations are based on standard Korean grammar guidelines and dictionaries from the National Institute of Korean Language."},{"q":"Do the quiz questions change every time, or will I eventually see repeats?","a":"The game draws from a fixed question bank, shuffling the order randomly each time you start a round. Since the underlying pool of questions itself is fixed, though, playing many rounds will eventually bring back questions you've already seen."},{"q":"Do the quiz questions change every time, or will I eventually see repeats?","a":"The game draws from a fixed question bank, shuffling the order randomly each time you start a round. Since the underlying pool of questions itself is fixed, though, playing many rounds will eventually bring back questions you've already seen."}]},{"slug":"houseplant-watering-scheduler","category":"calc-convert","title":"Houseplant Watering Schedule D-Day Planner","tagline":"Customized watering intervals and D-Day calculator based on plant type, season, and indoor conditions","emoji":"🌱","keywords":["plant watering schedule","monstera watering guide","succulent watering intervals","indoor plant care calendar","plant dday calculator"],"intro":"Calculate the optimal watering frequency and next watering D-Day for your houseplants, adjusting default intervals based on season, sunlight, and ventilation.","howto":["Select your houseplant type (Monstera, Succulent, Stuckyi, etc.).","Enter the date you last watered the plant.","Select the current season (Spring/Autumn, Summer, Winter).","Choose the indoor environment conditions (sunlight level and ventilation).","Review the final watering interval, the next watering date, and plant care tips."],"faq":[{"q":"Should I water my plant strictly on the calculated D-Day?","a":"No. The D-Day is a guideline to check the soil. Always test the soil dryness physically (e.g., using a wooden chopstick) before adding water to prevent root rot."},{"q":"Should I follow the same schedule for a pot with no drainage hole or poor drainage?","a":"No. The suggested interval assumes a typical pot with good drainage. In a pot without a drainage hole, or with dense, slow-draining soil, the soil actually stays wet much longer, so it's safer to wait a few extra days beyond the suggested date and check the soil directly before watering, to avoid root rot."},{"q":"Should I follow the same schedule for a pot with no drainage hole or poor drainage?","a":"No. The suggested interval assumes a typical pot with good drainage. In a pot without a drainage hole, or with dense, slow-draining soil, the soil actually stays wet much longer, so it's safer to wait a few extra days beyond the suggested date and check the soil directly before watering, to avoid root rot."}]},{"slug":"gpa-scale-converter","category":"calc-convert","title":"University GPA Scale Converter","tagline":"Convert university GPAs and percentage grades among 4.5, 4.3, 4.0, and 100-point scales","emoji":"🎓","keywords":["gpa converter","gpa scale calculator","convert gpa 4.5 to 4.0","percentage grade conversion","academic grade converter"],"intro":"Quickly convert academic GPA scores and 100-point percentage grades among different university grading systems (4.5, 4.3, 4.0 scales) using standard linear interpolation.","howto":["Select your university's grading scale (4.5, 4.3, 4.0, or 100%).","Enter your earned GPA or percentage value.","Review the equivalent converted scores on different scales in real time.","Click copy to save the results for resumes or applications."],"faq":[{"q":"Does this match the official transcript percentage?","a":"This tool uses standard linear interpolation formulas. While highly accurate, official conversions may differ slightly based on your university's internal guidelines."},{"q":"Are very low scores near the failing (F) threshold converted accurately too?","a":"Yes, the same linear interpolation logic used across the whole conversion table also applies to scores near the failing boundary. That said, some universities treat any score below a certain floor as an automatic F regardless of the numeric value, so if your school has such a rule, cross-check it against your academic handbook."},{"q":"Are very low scores near the failing (F) threshold converted accurately too?","a":"Yes, the same linear interpolation logic used across the whole conversion table also applies to scores near the failing boundary. That said, some universities treat any score below a certain floor as an automatic F regardless of the numeric value, so if your school has such a rule, cross-check it against your academic handbook."}]},{"slug":"one-rep-max-calculator","category":"calc-convert","title":"1RM Calculator & Training Weight Planner","tagline":"Estimate 1RM (one-rep max) using Epley & Brzycki formulas and calculate weight distribution zones","emoji":"🏋️‍♂️","keywords":["1rm calculator","one rep max","strength training weights","bench press max calculator","hypertrophy weight planner"],"intro":"Estimate your 1-Rep Max (1RM) mathematically based on your lifting weight and rep history, and get an intensity weight profile for strength, hypertrophy, and recovery.","howto":["Enter your lifted weight (kg) from your recent best set.","Select the maximum repetitions (1-20 reps) performed with that weight.","Check your estimated 1-Rep Max (1RM) displayed in large text.","Review the target training zones (95% to 60% of 1RM) and corresponding weights below."],"faq":[{"q":"Is the 1RM estimate accurate for high repetition counts?","a":"1RM formulas are most accurate for reps of 10 or fewer. High rep ranges introduce endurance variables that can reduce accuracy."},{"q":"Does the same formula apply equally to different lifts like bench press, squat, and deadlift?","a":"Yes, the calculator uses general-purpose regression formulas (Epley, Brzycki) that aren't tied to a specific lift, so you can use them for bench press, squat, deadlift, or any other free-weight movement. That said, because different lifts recruit muscle groups and the nervous system differently, the margin of error against your true 1RM tends to be somewhat larger for lower-body compound lifts like squat and deadlift."},{"q":"Does the same formula apply equally to different lifts like bench press, squat, and deadlift?","a":"Yes, the calculator uses general-purpose regression formulas (Epley, Brzycki) that aren't tied to a specific lift, so you can use them for bench press, squat, deadlift, or any other free-weight movement. That said, because different lifts recruit muscle groups and the nervous system differently, the margin of error against your true 1RM tends to be somewhat larger for lower-body compound lifts like squat and deadlift."}]},{"slug":"fasting-metabolic-timer","category":"calc-convert","title":"Intermittent Fasting Metabolic Simulator","tagline":"Simulate blood sugar, glycogen depletion, ketosis, and autophagy levels during a 0 to 72-hour fast","emoji":"⏱️","keywords":["intermittent fasting timer","autophagy hours","ketosis timeline","water fasting 72 hours","fat burning metabolic simulator"],"intro":"Track the biological progression of fasting over 72 hours, including insulin decline, glycogen depletion, fat burning, and cellular repair (autophagy).","howto":["Adjust the slider to set your fasting duration from 0 to 72 hours.","Read the scientific metabolic description of your current fasting stage.","Check the real-time gauges for insulin, glycogen, fat burning, and autophagy activity.","Review safety guidelines for extended fasts, including electrolyte intake."],"faq":[{"q":"How many hours are needed to trigger peak autophagy?","a":"Autophagy (cellular cleanup) typically begins to peak between 24 and 48 hours of fasting as insulin levels drop to baseline and liver glycogen is depleted."},{"q":"Is it safe to follow the simulator's fasting timeline if I have a condition like diabetes or I'm pregnant?","a":"No. This simulator is an educational tool showing standard metabolic changes in a generally healthy adult. Groups such as people with diabetes (hypoglycemia risk), those who are pregnant or nursing, growing teens, and underweight individuals can face serious health risks from extended fasting. If you have a medical condition or take medication, please consult a doctor before attempting any of the fasting durations shown here."},{"q":"Is it safe to follow the simulator's fasting timeline if I have a condition like diabetes or I'm pregnant?","a":"No. This simulator is an educational tool showing standard metabolic changes in a generally healthy adult. Groups such as people with diabetes (hypoglycemia risk), those who are pregnant or nursing, growing teens, and underweight individuals can face serious health risks from extended fasting. If you have a medical condition or take medication, please consult a doctor before attempting any of the fasting durations shown here."}]},{"slug":"weekly-walking-calorie-reporter","category":"calc-convert","title":"Weekly Walking Calories & Food Matcher","tagline":"Calculate weekly calories burned by walking and match the energy to equivalent food portions","emoji":"👟","keywords":["walking calorie calculator","10000 steps calories","walking distance km","calorie food equivalent","walking diet reporter"],"intro":"Input your walking steps, weight, and speed to calculate weekly calories burned, and see how that energy matches portions of common foods like pizza, chicken, or lattes.","howto":["Set your average daily steps (2,000 to 25,000) using the slider.","Enter your weight (kg) and select your walking speed (slow, normal, fast).","Check your weekly distance (km) and total active calories burned.","Review the food equivalents chart and copy your summary."],"faq":[{"q":"How does walking speed affect calories burned?","a":"Speed changes your Metabolic Equivalent (METs). Fast walking (6.0 km/h) burns almost twice as much energy per minute as slow walking (3.0 km/h)."},{"q":"Does the same calculation still apply if I walked uphill or went hiking on a slope?","a":"This calculator uses a metabolic equivalent (METs) value based on walking on flat ground. If you walked on an incline, stairs, or a hiking trail, the actual calories burned for the same step count can be nearly double that of flat walking, so please treat the result as a rough reference estimate rather than an exact figure."},{"q":"Does the same calculation still apply if I walked uphill or went hiking on a slope?","a":"This calculator uses a metabolic equivalent (METs) value based on walking on flat ground. If you walked on an incline, stairs, or a hiking trail, the actual calories burned for the same step count can be nearly double that of flat walking, so please treat the result as a rough reference estimate rather than an exact figure."}]},{"slug":"food-waste-classifier","category":"calc-convert","title":"Food vs General Waste Classification Search","tagline":"Check whether confusing kitchen waste (eggshells, bones, vegetable roots) is food waste or general trash","emoji":"🗑️","keywords":["food waste classification","general trash items","eggshell waste category","onion skin disposal","kitchen recycling guide"],"intro":"Search confusing household waste items to see if they belong in food waste (recyclable as animal feed) or general trash, based on environmental guidelines.","howto":["Type a confusing waste item (e.g., eggshell, bone, onion) into the search bar.","Filter items by category tabs (Bones & Shells, Fruits & Veggies, Sauces & Others).","Tap any item header to expand the detailed disposal tip and copy instructions."],"faq":[{"q":"What is the golden rule for separating food waste?","a":"Ask: 'Can animals eat this safely?' Items that cannot be ground down (bones, nut shells) or are harmful (high-salt pastes) go to general trash."},{"q":"Can the food-waste disposal rules differ by region or local government?","a":"Yes. This tool is based on the Ministry of Environment's standard guidelines, but the actual disposal rules can vary slightly depending on local ordinances and the capabilities of each region's processing facility. For borderline items in particular, checking your local district office's cleaning/sanitation notices is the most reliable way to be sure."},{"q":"Can the food-waste disposal rules differ by region or local government?","a":"Yes. This tool is based on the Ministry of Environment's standard guidelines, but the actual disposal rules can vary slightly depending on local ordinances and the capabilities of each region's processing facility. For borderline items in particular, checking your local district office's cleaning/sanitation notices is the most reliable way to be sure."}]},{"slug":"childcare-subsidy-simulator","category":"calc-convert","title":"Child Tax Credit & Childcare Allowance Simulator","tagline":"Calculate childcare allowances (Parent Pay, Child Allowance, First Meeting Voucher) and year-end child tax credits","emoji":"👶","keywords":["child tax credit korea","korean parent pay","childcare allowance simulator","first meeting voucher","child tax deduction calculator","baby allowance korea"],"intro":"Estimate your total childcare benefits from government subsidies (such as Parent Pay, Child Allowance, First Meeting Voucher) over the next 24 months, and calculate year-end tax deduction benefits for birth/adoption and basic child credits.","howto":["Select the total number of children to simulate.","Input each child's current age in months (0-120) and their birth order (1st, 2nd, 3rd+).","View the calculated totals for the First Meeting Voucher (one-time) and annual child tax credits.","Verify the monthly regular allowances (Parent Pay and Child Allowance) for the current point in time.","Review the projected monthly breakdown table for the next 24 months and check the cumulative total benefit."],"faq":[{"q":"Can I receive Parent Pay and Child Allowance simultaneously?","a":"Yes, you can. Since Parent Pay and Child Allowance are different types of childcare allowances, you can combine both and receive them monthly on the 25th if you meet the eligibility criteria."},{"q":"What are the payment rates for Parent Pay in Korea?","a":"For infants under 1 year old (0-11 months), the parent pay is 1,000,000 KRW/month. For infants aged 1 (12-23 months), it is 500,000 KRW/month. It expires once the child turns 2 years old (24 months)."},{"q":"Do the tax credit and subsidies increase further for families with multiple children?","a":"Yes — the child tax credit has a progressive structure where the deduction amount increases starting from the second child, and it rises even more for the third child and beyond. The first-meeting voucher (birth grant) is also set higher for the second child onward than for the first. This simulator factors in these birth-order-based differences for each child you enter and adds them up in the total."}]},{"slug":"housing-subscription-point-calculator","category":"calc-convert","title":"Korean Apartment Subscription Points Calculator","tagline":"Calculate your apartment subscription points (max 84) based on non-homeowner period, dependents, and account registration age","emoji":"📝","keywords":["housing subscription points","korean apartment subscription","apt subscription eligibility","korea non-homeowner calculator","subscription points 84"],"intro":"Applying for a new apartment in Korea? Check your subscription points (max 84 points: up to 32 for non-homeowner period, 35 for dependents, and 17 for account registration period) and run a self-diagnosis checklist for 1st-priority eligibility.","howto":["Select your homeownership status and choose your non-homeowner period if applicable.","Input your dependents details including spouse status, parents, and children under the same household.","Choose the registration period (years) of your housing subscription savings account.","Complete the self-diagnosis checklist (household head status, 5-year winning history, etc.) on the right.","Review your calculated points summary, 1st priority eligibility check, and click copy to save results."],"faq":[{"q":"For single individuals, when does the non-homeowner period start?","a":"For single/unmarried applicants, the non-homeowner period starts counting from the day they turn 30. However, if they marry before age 30, it is calculated starting from the official marriage registration date."},{"q":"How long must parents live in my household to count as dependents?","a":"To include parents, grandparents, or parents-in-law as dependents for subscription points, they must be registered on the same household registry (resident registration card) continuously for at least 3 years."},{"q":"Can the score from this calculator differ from the result I get when I actually apply?","a":"Yes. This tool is only a self-check simulation. When you submit a real application, your points are verified against official documents like your household registry and family relationship certificate, so mistakes about your household separation date or dependent registration history can change your final score. Always confirm your official score on the government subscription site before applying."}]},{"slug":"global-shoe-width-estimator","category":"calc-convert","title":"International Shoe Width Estimator","tagline":"Calculate and check official shoe width alphabet codes (B, D, 2E, 4E, etc.) for US, EU, and UK shoe shipping","emoji":"👟","keywords":["shoe width calculator","mens shoe width 2e","us shoe width symbols","how to measure foot width","wide feet shoes"],"intro":"Input your foot length and foot width measurements. This tool automatically calculates your width ratio, determines your official international shoe width alphabet symbol based on gender, and provides fitting guides for top brands.","howto":["Select either Men's or Women's standard sizes.","Adjust the slider or enter your exact foot length (mm) from heel to the longest toe.","Input your foot horizontal width (mm) at the widest part.","Instantly check your foot width percentage (%) and your estimated width grade.","View the matching alphabet symbols for US, EU, and UK standards along with brand specific sizing tips."],"faq":[{"q":"What is the difference between D and 2E in shoe widths?","a":"In US men's sizing, D is the Medium/Standard width, while 2E is the Wide width. A 2E shoe is typically 5 to 8mm wider across the ball of the foot than a D shoe, making it ideal for wider feet or high insteps."},{"q":"How do I accurately measure my foot length and width at home?","a":"Step on a sheet of blank paper barefooted. Use a pen held vertically to mark the tip of your longest toe and the outermost edge of your heel. Measure the distance between these points for length. For width, mark the widest points across the ball of your foot and measure."},{"q":"Can the width grade this tool gives me differ from how a shoe actually fits?","a":"Yes. This is a reference calculator based on standard width formulas applied to your foot measurements. Every brand uses a different shoe last and material stretch, so even the same width grade can feel different in practice. Before buying, it's a good idea to also check that specific brand's fit reviews."}]},{"slug":"phone-discount-selector","category":"calc-convert","title":"Unlocked Phone vs Carrier Subsidy Calculator","tagline":"Compare 2-year total costs between carrier subsidies, 25% contract discounts, and unlocked phone + MVNO combinations","emoji":"📱","keywords":["unlocked phone vs carrier contract","device subsidy calculator","MVNO vs carrier cost","smartphone contract discount","phone bill savings"],"intro":"Buying a new smartphone? Compare the 24-month total cost of carrier device subsidies (support funds), carrier contract discounts (25% off monthly bills), and buying an unlocked (SIM-free) device paired with an MVNO (prepaid/discount) plan. Find the best financial choice instantly.","howto":["Enter the official retail price of the smartphone.","Input the carrier plan monthly cost and the device subsidy (support fund) amount offered.","Adjust the dealer extra subsidy percentage (up to 15% legally in Korea).","For the unlocked option, enter the actual price you would pay (e.g. at Amazon/retailers with card discounts) and the MVNO monthly plan price.","Review the 2-year cost comparison chart and read our smart buying recommendation."],"faq":[{"q":"Can I combine the carrier device subsidy and the 25% contract discount?","a":"No, they cannot be combined. You must choose either the upfront device discount (Carrier Subsidy) or the ongoing monthly service discount (Contract Discount). Use this calculator to compare which option yields a lower 2-year total cost."},{"q":"What is the dealer extra subsidy?","a":"It is an additional discount that dealers/retailers can legally offer from their own commissions, capped at 15% of the carrier's official device subsidy under Korean telecommunication regulations."},{"q":"Once I sign up for the 25% plan discount, does it keep applying automatically?","a":"No. This discount runs on a fixed 12- or 24-month contract, so it ends automatically once that term expires. To keep getting the discount, you have to re-sign the contract through your carrier's app or customer service when it's about to lapse — if you forget, you'll be billed the full price."}]},{"slug":"global-clothing-shoe-size-converter","category":"calc-convert","title":"International Clothing & Shoe Size Converter","tagline":"Convert kids' and adults' clothing and shoe sizes between US, EU, UK, JP, and KR standards","emoji":"👟","keywords":["shoe size converter","clothing size chart","us shoe size to kr","eu clothing size to us","international size conversion"],"intro":"Confused by foreign sizing while shopping online? Instantly convert and compare shoe and clothing sizes across the US, EU, UK, Japan, and Korea. Selecting any size automatically highlights the corresponding rows in the full comparison table.","howto":["Choose between Shoes or Clothing category at the top.","Select your gender and specific category (e.g., Men's, Women's, Kids', Tops, or Pants).","Select your local size (e.g., Korean mm or chest size) and view the converted global sizes instantly.","Click any row in the full conversion table below to compare specific sizing standards directly.","Click the copy button to save the converted sizing details to your clipboard."],"faq":[{"q":"What do the US kids' sizing labels 'C' and 'Y' stand for?","a":"In US children's footwear, 'C' stands for Child/Toddler sizes, while 'Y' stands for Youth/Junior sizes. Sizing typically flows from toddler sizes up to 13C, and then transitions into 1Y."},{"q":"What does a US women's clothing size (like 2, 4, 6) correspond to?","a":"Generally, a US women's size 0 corresponds to Korean size 44 (XS), 2-4 corresponds to size 55 (S), and 6-8 corresponds to size 66 (M). Note that Western cuts may have longer sleeves or a looser fit, so always check actual garment measurements."},{"q":"Are these converted sizes 100% accurate for what I'll actually buy?","a":"The chart maps official standard sizes, so treat it as a reliable reference rather than an exact guarantee — every brand cuts and fits (slim vs. loose) a little differently, so actual measurements can vary. Whenever possible, also check the specific brand's own size guide for the most accurate match."}]},{"slug":"overseas-shopping-duty-calculator","category":"calc-convert","title":"Korea Duty-Free Limit Checker ($200 US · $150 Elsewhere)","tagline":"Settle the threshold question in dollars first — then, only if you're over it, estimate duty, VAT, and the sea-freight add-on","emoji":"✈️","keywords":["korea duty free limit","will i pay customs korea","200 dollar limit us shipping korea","150 usd de minimis korea","korea import tax threshold","duty free limit check"],"intro":"Answers the question you actually have before checking out: will this order get taxed? Enter the item price plus local shipping and sales tax, and the tool totals it in dollars and rules on it against the de minimis threshold that applies to you — USD 200 for parcels shipped from the United States, USD 150 from everywhere else. Under it, you're done. Over it, the tool applies the duty rate for your product category (0-13% across clothing, cosmetics, electronics, supplements, toys, and general goods) plus 10% import VAT, and shows the estimated tax and the true all-in cost in Korean won. Don't know the international shipping charge? Tick one box and the official 12,000 KRW sea-freight rate is added for you. The USD, JPY, EUR, CNY, and GBP rates are all editable, so you can match the customs rate published for the week.","howto":["Select the shipping origin (US or other countries) to apply the correct duty-free threshold.","Choose your purchase currency (USD, JPY, EUR, etc.), and enter the item price and any local shipping/tax.","Select your item category (clothing, electronics, cosmetics, etc.) to apply the appropriate duty rate.","Enter international shipping costs if applicable, or check the box to apply a standard shipping fee of 12,000 KRW.","Instantly view the total cost, USD equivalent, duty-free status, and detailed tax calculation."],"faq":[{"q":"Does the $150/$200 limit include international shipping?","a":"No, the duty-free threshold is determined by the total value of the items, local shipping, and local taxes. International shipping is excluded from the threshold check. However, if the total exceeds the threshold and taxes are assessed, the international shipping cost is included in the final taxable value."},{"q":"Are exchange rates real-time?","a":"Customs duties are calculated based on weekly customs exchange rates. You can manually adjust the rates in the settings gear menu to match the current week's official rate for precise estimation."},{"q":"If I split one purchase into several separate orders on the same day, does each order get its own duty-free limit?","a":"No. Korean customs combines purchases made by the same person from the same seller on the same day when checking whether you've exceeded the duty-free threshold. Splitting an order to try to dodge the limit can actually backfire — customs may flag it as an attempt to evade the rule and deny simplified clearance altogether."}]},{"slug":"mbti-guessing-game","category":"web-seo-misc","title":"Mystery MBTI Guessing Game","tagline":"An interactive quiz that asks you to read someone's reactions across different scenarios and guess their MBTI personality type.","emoji":"🎭","keywords":["mbti quiz","mbti guessing game","personality type quiz","guess the mbti","16 personalities game"],"intro":"Read how a character reacts psychologically in a range of everyday and conflict scenarios, then guess which of the 16 MBTI personality types fits them best. An entertaining, educational way to sharpen your read on people.","howto":["Hit Start Game and read the first scenario.","Pick the MBTI type from the four options that best matches the character's tendencies.","Press Submit to see whether you were right, along with an explanation.","After 10 rounds you get a full people-reading breakdown you can copy or share."],"faq":[{"q":"Will this match an official MBTI test result exactly?","a":"This is a psychology-flavored guessing game built around the typical behavior patterns of the eight MBTI letters. It's designed to help you learn and predict the contrast between the poles of each dichotomy — not to replace a formal assessment."},{"q":"Any tips for guessing correctly?","a":"Look at the four dichotomies. For example, notice whether the character responds to feelings first (F) or weighs the objective facts first (T) — reading those axes makes the answer much easier to spot."},{"q":"Couldn't more than one MBTI type fit the same scenario, not just one 'correct' answer?","a":"That's fair — real personalities are complex, and a single behavior rarely proves one type beyond doubt. This game picks the most typical, representative reaction for each scenario as the 'answer,' so if you chose differently, use the explanation to compare the traits of each pair (E/I, S/N, T/F, J/P) rather than treating it as a strict right-or-wrong test."}]},{"slug":"mini-typing-racer","category":"web-seo-misc","title":"Mini Typing Racer","tagline":"Typing test that measures your speed (WPM/CPM) and accuracy on English and Korean passages while driving a race car forward.","emoji":"🏎️","keywords":["typing test","typing speed test","wpm test","typing game","typing practice online"],"intro":"A quick browser typing game for building speed. Type the English or Korean sentences as they appear and the tool catches your typos while tracking live WPM (words per minute) and CPM (characters per minute), shown on a graph and as a moving race car.","howto":["Click the English or Korean tab to choose the language you want to practice.","Click into the input box — the race timer starts the moment you type the first character of the prompt.","Your race car speeds toward the finish line in real time as you type.","Type the final character and you get a full speed and accuracy breakdown, which you can copy to the clipboard."],"faq":[{"q":"What's the difference between WPM and CPM?","a":"CPM counts the raw number of characters you typed per minute. WPM is the English-language standard that defines a word as five characters and reports how many of those you type per minute."},{"q":"How are Korean keystrokes counted?","a":"The tool uses the browser's standard JavaScript string length, so Korean text is counted by completed syllable blocks and the character count maps cleanly with no drift."},{"q":"If I mistype a character, does it skip ahead automatically or do I have to fix it?","a":"A mistyped character gets highlighted (usually in red), and the cursor stays put until you type the correct one — you can't skip past an error and keep going. That means your accuracy score always reflects exactly how many mistakes you actually made."}]},{"slug":"card-memory-game","category":"web-seo-misc","title":"Memory Match Card Game","tagline":"Classic concentration puzzle: flip hidden emoji cards on a 4x4 or 6x6 board and match every pair to test your memory.","emoji":"🃏","keywords":["memory game","concentration card game","matching game","brain training game","memory test online"],"intro":"The classic memory matching game. Choose a 4x4 (16-card) or 6x6 (36-card) board to set your difficulty, and track your progress with a live timer and move counter — a simple layout built for brain training and focus practice.","howto":["Choose the board size you want (4x4 or 6x6).","Click any card to reveal the emoji on its face, then flip a second card.","Matching emojis stay face up; if they don't match, both flip back over.","Clear every pair in as few moves and as little time as possible, then check your stats."],"faq":[{"q":"Does this game actually help my brain?","a":"It gives your short-term working memory and visual recall a steady workout, which is great practice for concentration and mental sharpness."},{"q":"How do I get a better score?","a":"Practice spatial recall: when you miss, deliberately map each card's position and emoji onto a mental picture of the board. Doing this consistently cuts your move count dramatically."},{"q":"Can I pause the timer in the middle of a game?","a":"No, there's currently no pause button — once you start, the timer keeps running until every pair is matched. If you need to step away, it's best to refresh and start a fresh game later, or just play when you know you have a few uninterrupted minutes."}]},{"slug":"virtual-drum-pad","category":"video-audio","title":"Virtual Drum Pad & Online Instrument Player","tagline":"A virtual synth that uses the browser's Web Audio API to play drum beats and xylophone melodies with no lag.","emoji":"🥁","keywords":["virtual drum pad","online drum machine","play drums online","web audio synthesizer","online xylophone","virtual instrument"],"intro":"A virtual play pad that synthesizes Kick, Snare, Hi-Hat and Tom drums plus an eight-note xylophone in real time using nothing but the browser's built-in Web Audio API — no installs and no sample files to download.","howto":["Play the drum kit by pressing the A, S, D and F keys.","Play the xylophone bars with the number keys 1 through 8 along the top row.","Click any pad with your mouse or trigger it from the keyboard and the pad lights up with dynamic visual feedback."],"faq":[{"q":"I hear a slight delay when I play. What can I do?","a":"A little latency is possible depending on your device. Make sure the browser window is active, and using wired headphones instead of Bluetooth keeps audio latency to a minimum."},{"q":"I'm not getting any sound at all.","a":"Modern browsers require a user gesture before audio can play, so click anywhere on the page once to activate the AudioContext and sound will come through."},{"q":"If I hit multiple pads at the same time, will the sounds overlap and layer properly?","a":"Yes. This uses the Web Audio API's polyphonic playback, so hitting two or more pads at once plays each sound cleanly without cutting the others off. That means you can play the xylophone melody and the drum beat together with both hands at the same time."}]},{"slug":"trpg-dice-roller","category":"web-seo-misc","title":"TRPG Multi-Dice Roller","tagline":"Roll any polyhedral dice (D4–D100) in bulk for tabletop RPGs and board games, with modifiers applied and a full roll log.","emoji":"🎲","keywords":["dice roller","dnd dice roller","online dice roller","d20 roller","d100 dice","virtual dice for board games"],"intro":"A polyhedral dice roller (D4, D6, D8, D10, D12, D20, D100) for Dungeons & Dragons and other tabletop RPGs or board games. Set how many dice to throw, apply a modifier to the total, see the result instantly, and keep a running history of every roll.","howto":["Enter how many dice you want to roll (1 to 100 supported).","Type your character sheet's modifier into the modifier field (for example +3 or -2).","Pick the die you need (D4, D6, D8, D10, D12, D20 or D100) and click Roll Dice.","Quick-roll buttons (1d20 and friends) handle single throws, and you can copy the entire roll log to your clipboard."],"faq":[{"q":"Are the rolls actually random and fair?","a":"Yes. Instead of the usual pseudo-random Math.random, this roller uses your browser's cryptographically strong random generator (crypto.getRandomValues) for every roll, so the results are mathematically fair and can't be rigged."},{"q":"How do I clear my roll history?","a":"Click the Clear Log button in the top right and every previous roll is wiped instantly."},{"q":"Can I roll different die types together in one roll, like a D6 and a D20 at the same time?","a":"No — each roll lets you pick just one die type, set how many, and apply a modifier. If your rules call for mixing types like a D6 and a D20, roll each one separately and then add up the two results shown in the log yourself."}]},{"slug":"short-url-redirect-checker","category":"web-seo-misc","title":"Short URL Expander & Redirect Tracer","tagline":"See exactly where a bit.ly link takes you — before you click it","emoji":"🔗","keywords":["url expander","unshorten link","redirect checker","bitly link expander","check link before clicking","redirect chain tracer","is this link safe"],"intro":"Shortened links hide their destination, which is why phishing and scam campaigns love them. Paste any short URL (or a regular one) and this tool follows the redirect chain one hop at a time, showing the HTTP status code at every step and the final landing page. Check the link first, click second.","howto":["Paste the short URL — or any URL — you want to inspect.","Hit \"Trace\" and the tool walks the redirect chain one hop at a time.","Review the status code for each hop (301, 302, and so on) and the final destination."],"faq":[{"q":"Why can't I just check this in my browser?","a":"The browser's fetch follows redirects automatically, so you never see the intermediate hops — and CORS blocks you from reading the Location header on a cross-origin response. A server-side request can follow the chain one hop at a time and show you every step."},{"q":"How many redirects will it follow?","a":"Up to 10 hops. Anything past that is usually a redirect loop, so the trace stops and tells you what it found."},{"q":"Does tracing a link count as a click?","a":"Possibly — the request comes from our server, so the shortener may log it in its click stats. Your IP address and browser details are never passed along, though."}]},{"slug":"website-down-checker","category":"web-seo-misc","title":"Is It Down? Website Status Checker","tagline":"Find out whether the site is really down or it's just you — with status code and response time","emoji":"🚦","keywords":["is it down","website down checker","is this website down or is it just me","site status check","server uptime check","http status code checker","check if site is up"],"intro":"When a site won't load, this tells you whether the problem is your connection or their server. Enter the address and we'll try to reach it from outside your network, then report the HTTP status code and response time. Keep in mind it's a single vantage point, so sites that block data center traffic can show a false negative.","howto":["Enter the site address (a bare domain works fine).","Hit \"Check\" and we'll attempt a connection from outside your network.","Review the status code, response time, and server details."],"faq":[{"q":"It says the site is down, but it loads fine in my browser.","a":"Some sites treat traffic from data center IPs as bot activity and block it. This check runs from a cloud server, so a perfectly healthy site can come back as unreachable. This isn't a multi-region monitoring service — it's one vantage point."},{"q":"What do the status codes mean?","a":"200 means OK, 301 and 302 mean the URL redirects elsewhere, 403 means access denied, 404 means the page doesn't exist, and any 5xx means a server-side error. Anything under 400 means the connection itself succeeded."},{"q":"The response time looks slow — is that a problem?","a":"That number is measured from a cloud server, so it won't match what you experience on your own connection. Treat it as a rough signal that the server is alive, not as a performance benchmark."}]},{"slug":"og-meta-preview","category":"web-seo-misc","title":"Open Graph Preview & Meta Tag Checker","tagline":"See how your link will look when shared on social, Slack, or messaging apps — and catch missing tags","emoji":"🃏","keywords":["open graph preview","og image tester","link preview checker","social share card preview","meta tag checker","og tags validator","why is my link preview not showing"],"intro":"Preview the card people will see when your link gets shared on Facebook, X, LinkedIn, Slack, or messengers like KakaoTalk (the dominant chat app in Korea). Enter a URL and the tool reads the page's Open Graph tags — og:title, og:description, og:image and friends — renders a card preview, and flags anything that's missing.","howto":["Enter the URL of the page you want to check.","Hit \"Preview\" and the tool fetches that page's meta tags.","Study the card preview and the tag list to spot anything missing."],"faq":[{"q":"I fixed my tags, but the old card still shows up when I share.","a":"Every platform caches its scrapes. Clear the cache for that URL in the platform's own debugger — Facebook's Sharing Debugger, LinkedIn's Post Inspector, or Kakao's Developers debugger for KakaoTalk. This tool always reads the page's live tags, so what you see here can differ from a stale cached card."},{"q":"What size should og:image be?","a":"1200×630 (a 1.91:1 ratio) is the standard. The image URL must be an absolute https address — relative paths and plain http links often break the card."},{"q":"What happens if og:title is missing?","a":"Most platforms fall back to the page's <title> tag. But without og:description and og:image, the card renders bare — no blurb, no picture — and bare cards get noticeably fewer clicks."}]},{"slug":"text-encoding-converter","category":"text-dev","title":"Text Encoding Converter (CP949 ↔ UTF-8)","tagline":"Repair mojibake in legacy Korean Windows files and save as UTF-8 — with a BOM option for Excel","emoji":"🔤","keywords":["cp949 to utf-8 converter","euc-kr to utf-8","fix korean mojibake","fix garbled korean text","ansi to utf-8","csv utf-8 bom excel","korean encoding converter"],"intro":"Open a CP949 (ANSI) file — the legacy Korean Windows encoding — in a modern editor and the Korean text turns into mojibake garbage. Drop the file here and the tool decodes it both ways, shows you a preview of each, and lets you pick the one that reads correctly and save it as UTF-8. There's also a BOM option, which is what stops Excel from mangling your CSVs.","howto":["Drag and drop the garbled text or CSV file.","Compare the CP949 and UTF-8 previews and see which one renders readable characters.","Click \"CP949 → UTF-8\" to save. If the file is headed for Excel, check \"Include BOM\"."],"faq":[{"q":"When should I include the BOM?","a":"Whenever the CSV is going to be opened in Excel. Without a BOM, Excel guesses the local legacy codepage (CP949 on Korean Windows) instead of UTF-8 and the text comes out garbled. For source code and config files, skip the BOM — it can break parsers."},{"q":"Are my files uploaded to a server?","a":"No. Everything runs through the browser's built-in decoder, so the file never leaves your device."},{"q":"What's the difference between CP949 and EUC-KR?","a":"CP949 is Microsoft's superset of EUC-KR, extended to cover rarer Hangul syllables that EUC-KR can't represent. Browsers decode both with the same decoder, so this tool handles them interchangeably."}]},{"slug":"pension-lottery-generator","category":"calc-convert","title":"Korean Pension Lottery Number Generator","tagline":"Generate fair random group numbers and 6-digit combinations for Korea's Pension Lottery 720+, with custom rules.","emoji":"🎫","keywords":["korean pension lottery number generator","pension lottery 720 numbers","yeongeum bokgwon generator","korea lottery number picker","random lottery number generator"],"intro":"A number generator built for Korea's Pension Lottery 720+ (Yeongeum Bokgwon), which draws a group number from 1 to 5 plus a 6-digit combination. Create several sets at once, lock or exclude specific groups, fix the last digit, and apply other filters to shape the numbers you get.","howto":["Choose how many sets you want to generate.","Set the group option (random group, the same number across all five groups, or a fixed group).","Add extra filters such as blocking repeated adjacent digits or fixing the final digit.","Click Quick Draw to see your generated Pension Lottery numbers and copy them."],"faq":[{"q":"What does 'same number across all groups' mean?","a":"It's a set-buying mode: you take the same 6-digit combination in every group from 1 through 5, which is how players go for first and second prize at the same time."},{"q":"How does the repeated-digit filter work?","a":"It screens out combinations where the same digit repeats in adjacent positions — patterns like 112233 — so those never appear in your generated numbers."},{"q":"Does using numbers from this generator actually improve my real odds of winning?","a":"No. The actual lottery draw is a completely separate, independent random process run by the issuing agency, so numbers generated here don't change your real odds of winning at all. Think of this tool as a fun, effortless way to pick combinations rather than a way to boost your chances."}]},{"slug":"korean-initial-quiz","category":"text-dev","title":"Korean Initial Consonant Quiz Maker & Player","tagline":"Pull the initial consonants out of any Korean text and turn them into interactive quiz cards you can play right away.","emoji":"🎮","keywords":["korean initial consonant quiz","hangul chosung quiz","chosung quiz generator","korean word guessing game","hangul quiz maker","korean consonant extractor"],"intro":"Type in any Korean word or sentence and this tool strips each syllable down to its initial consonant (chosung) to build a guessing game out of it. Play instantly with the built-in categories — animals, food, countries, IT terms and more — or load your own word list and make a quiz of your own.","howto":["Open the 'Play Quiz' tab, pick a category, and start guessing.","To build your own quiz, switch to the 'Quiz Maker' tab.","Enter your word list, then hit 'Play with these words' to launch your custom game.","Use the hint (reveal a letter) and reveal-answer buttons as you play."],"faq":[{"q":"Does it convert English letters and symbols too?","a":"No. Only Korean syllables are reduced to their initial consonants (ㄱ, ㄴ, ㄷ, and so on). English letters, symbols, and numbers are left exactly as you typed them."},{"q":"The quiz isn't working for me. What should I check?","a":"Everything runs in your browser with JavaScript, so make sure JavaScript is enabled. No internet connection is needed — the tool works fully offline."},{"q":"How are double consonants (like ㄲ, ㄸ, ㅃ) handled when extracting initials?","a":"Double consonants are extracted as their own distinct initial letters (ㄲ, ㄸ, ㅃ, ㅆ, ㅉ), just like any other consonant. For example, '까치' becomes 'ㄲㅊ' and '뿌리' becomes 'ㅃㄹ' — they're never dropped or merged with the plain consonant."}]},{"slug":"tarot-card-reader","category":"web-seo-misc","title":"Free Online Tarot Card Reading","tagline":"Shuffle a full 78-card deck and pull a one-card or three-card spread for today's reading.","emoji":"🔮","keywords":["free tarot reading","online tarot card reading","daily tarot card","three card tarot spread","tarot card meanings upright and reversed","virtual tarot deck"],"intro":"A free online tarot reader built on the complete 78-card Rider-Waite deck — 22 Major Arcana plus 56 Minor Arcana — for guidance on your day or a look at what's ahead. Cards flip with a 3D animation, and every draw comes with a detailed breakdown of its upright and reversed meanings.","howto":["Choose a one-card draw or a three-card spread (past / present / future).","Click 'Shuffle and draw' to shuffle the deck and pull your cards.","Click each face-down card to flip it over and read what it means.","Copy the full reading to keep it, or take a screenshot to save it."],"faq":[{"q":"What's the difference between an upright and a reversed card?","a":"Upright means the card's energy is flowing freely. Reversed means that energy is blocked, delayed, or showing up in a distorted form."},{"q":"Will I get a different reading every time?","a":"Yes. The deck is shuffled with a cryptographically secure random number generator, so every shuffle is genuinely fair and every draw is different."},{"q":"Can the same card appear twice within a single spread?","a":"No. Just like a real reading, this shuffles a single 78-card deck and draws without replacement, so once a card is drawn it's removed from that round — even in a three-card spread, all three cards are guaranteed to be different."}]},{"slug":"poker-hand-odds","category":"calc-convert","title":"Poker Hand Calculator & Odds Simulator","tagline":"Pick 5 to 7 cards to see your best poker hand and the odds of improving it on the next draw.","emoji":"🃏","keywords":["poker hand calculator","poker odds calculator","texas holdem odds","poker outs calculator","best poker hand finder","poker hand rankings"],"intro":"Select the cards you're holding from a full 52-card deck and this calculator ranks your best possible hand, from a royal flush all the way down to high card. With 5 or 6 cards selected, it runs through every card left in the deck to give you the exact odds of upgrading your hand on the turn or the river.","howto":["Click the cards you're holding from the 52-card deck on screen.","Once you've picked 5 or more, your best hand is calculated and shown live on the right.","With 5 or 6 cards selected, an odds table built from the remaining deck appears below.","Hit reset to clear the board and analyze a new hand."],"faq":[{"q":"Does it handle 7-card hands like Texas Hold'em?","a":"Yes. You can select up to 7 cards in any combination, and the calculator automatically finds the highest-scoring 5-card hand among them to determine your final ranking."},{"q":"How are the odds calculated?","a":"Instead of sampling cards at random, it exhaustively enumerates every possible combination from the 45 to 47 cards left in the deck — up to 1,081 outcomes — so the probabilities are exact, not estimates."},{"q":"Can it factor in the cards my opponents might be holding when calculating odds?","a":"No — this calculator assumes you know nothing about your opponents' cards, so it runs the odds against the entire remaining deck (45–47 cards). If you actually knew an opponent's hand, the real probability would shift slightly, but since you can't know that in a real game, this gives you the most realistic baseline odds."}]},{"slug":"name-compatibility","category":"web-seo-misc","title":"Name Compatibility Test (Stroke Count Love Calculator)","tagline":"Counts the strokes in two names — Korean jamo or English letters — and runs the classic pyramid math to score your match.","emoji":"💘","keywords":["name compatibility test","love calculator by name","korean name compatibility game","name match percentage","couple name test","stroke count love test"],"intro":"A digital take on the name compatibility game kids have played for generations. It assigns each Korean consonant and vowel (and each English letter) its standard stroke count, then adds neighboring digits together in a shrinking triangle — and shows the whole pyramid so you can watch the math play out step by step.","howto":["Type the first name and the second name into the two input boxes.","Click 'Calculate compatibility' to run the numbers.","Check the compatibility percentage and the reading shown in the center.","Follow the stroke-count pyramid laid out below, then share your result."],"faq":[{"q":"Which stroke counts are used for Korean letters?","a":"It follows the standard stroke counts used in Korean typography (ㄱ: 2, ㄴ: 2, ㄷ: 3, ㄹ: 5, and so on) and adds up the strokes for every jamo automatically."},{"q":"Can I use English names?","a":"Yes. Stroke counts for the English alphabet are built in (A: 3, B: 3, and so on), so names spelled in English work just as well."},{"q":"Is this compatibility result based on any scientifically verified method?","a":"No — name-stroke compatibility isn't a statistically or scientifically validated method; it's more of a traditional pastime passed down for fun. Real compatibility between two people depends on far more complex factors like personality, values, and communication style, so please treat this result as playful entertainment rather than a serious basis for decisions."}]},{"slug":"text-padding-generator","category":"text-dev","title":"Text Padding Generator","tagline":"Pad every line of your text to a fixed width with spaces or any character you choose.","emoji":"↔️","keywords":["text padding generator","pad text to fixed width","left pad string online","align text into columns","string padding tool","fixed width text formatter"],"intro":"Fills each line of your text with a character of your choice — a space, a symbol, whatever you need — until it hits the exact width you set. Handy for lining up text, formatting source code, and forcing data fields to a fixed column width.","howto":["Paste your text into the input box.","Choose which side to pad (left, right, or both) and set the target width.","Enter the fill character (a space by default) and decide whether lines longer than the target width should be truncated.","Check the live output and copy it."],"faq":[{"q":"Can I pad with characters other than spaces?","a":"Yes. Any character works — dashes (-), underscores (_), periods (.), or anything else you type in."},{"q":"How are emoji and CJK characters counted?","a":"Counting is grapheme-aware by default, so emoji and Korean characters are each counted as a single character rather than as multiple code units."},{"q":"What happens to a line that's already longer than the width I set?","a":"By default, a line that's already longer than your target width is left untouched — no padding is added. If you turn on the 'truncate overflow' option, though, anything past your set width gets cut off so every line ends up exactly at that fixed length."}]},{"slug":"bad-word-censor","category":"text-dev","title":"Profanity Filter & Text Censor","tagline":"Mask swear words in your text with symbols, and add your own custom blocklist.","emoji":"🤬","keywords":["profanity filter online","bad word filter","text censor tool","swear word blocker","curse word replacer","custom blocklist filter"],"intro":"Detects Korean and English profanity in your text and swaps it out for whatever you like — asterisks (*), an emoji (🤬), or any symbol you pick. You can also add your own banned words on the fly to build a blocklist that fits your rules.","howto":["Paste in the text you want filtered.","Pick the replacement character and choose how words are matched (partial match or whole word).","Add any custom banned words, separated by commas or line breaks.","Copy the filtered text and use it wherever you need."],"faq":[{"q":"What's in the built-in dictionaries?","a":"They cover the most common Korean and English profanity and slurs, and each dictionary has its own checkbox so you can turn them on or off independently."},{"q":"Will a word get censored if it only partially matches?","a":"With 'partial match', any word containing a banned term gets filtered. With 'whole word', a term is only filtered when it stands alone as its own word."},{"q":"Does it catch consonant-only shorthand or slangy spellings, not just full swear words?","a":"The built-in dictionary matches complete word forms, so shorthand made of just initial consonants or creatively altered slang may slip past automatic detection. If that's a problem, add those specific shorthand or altered forms to the custom blocklist and they'll be filtered normally from then on."}]},{"slug":"english-letter-frequency","category":"text-dev","title":"Letter Frequency Analyzer","tagline":"Counts how often each letter A-Z appears in your text and charts the percentages.","emoji":"📊","keywords":["letter frequency counter","letter frequency analyzer","english letter frequency chart","cryptogram letter frequency tool","character frequency count","frequency analysis cipher"],"intro":"Counts every occurrence of each letter from A to Z in your text and shows how often each one shows up as a percentage, laid out in a horizontal bar chart and a detailed table. Useful for linguistic analysis, cracking cryptograms and ciphers, and studying typing patterns.","howto":["Paste the text you want to analyze into the input box.","Choose your sort order (alphabetical or by frequency) and whether to treat uppercase and lowercase separately.","Read the chart and the detailed frequency table as they update live."],"faq":[{"q":"Do spaces and numbers count toward the percentages?","a":"No. Total character and space counts are reported in the stats, but the frequency percentages are calculated using only the letters A-Z."},{"q":"Are uppercase and lowercase counted separately?","a":"Turn case sensitivity on and 'A' and 'a' are tallied as two separate letters. Turn it off and they're merged, displayed and totaled as uppercase."},{"q":"Can this tool help me crack a substitution cipher, like a Caesar cipher?","a":"Yes. English letters follow a fairly consistent statistical frequency pattern (E, T, and A are the most common), so comparing which letters appear most often in your ciphertext against that standard pattern gives you real clues about which letter was swapped for which. This is a classic technique used when learning to break simple substitution ciphers."}]},{"slug":"manuscript-paper-converter","category":"text-dev","title":"Korean Manuscript Paper (Wongoji) Sheet Calculator","tagline":"Lays your writing out on standard Korean 200-square manuscript paper and counts how many sheets it fills.","emoji":"📝","keywords":["korean manuscript paper calculator","wongoji sheet counter","200 square manuscript paper","korean essay page count","manuscript paper simulator","genko yoshi style korean grid"],"intro":"A simulator that flows your writing onto standard Korean manuscript paper — wongoji, 200 squares per sheet in a 20 x 10 grid — and tells you in real time how many sheets it takes. It follows the real formatting conventions, including leaving the first square of each paragraph blank for indentation.","howto":["Paste your text into the input box.","Turn automatic first-square paragraph indentation on or off.","Review the visual preview, split into 200-square grid sheets at proper manuscript-paper dimensions.","Check the total line count and the number of sheets required."],"faq":[{"q":"How is paragraph indentation handled?","a":"By default, whenever a line break (\n) starts a new paragraph, the first square is left empty automatically, following standard manuscript paper convention."},{"q":"How are numbers and English letters placed?","a":"Following standard manuscript paper practice, one character goes in each square, so the sheet count reflects the true length of your writing."},{"q":"Can this calculate the page count for 400-character manuscript paper instead of the standard 200-character kind?","a":"Right now it only works with the 200-character (20 columns x 10 rows) format, which is Korea's most widely used standard. If you need a page count for 400-character paper, you can roughly estimate it by taking the 200-character page count this tool gives you and dividing it by two."}]},{"slug":"toggle-case-converter","category":"text-dev","title":"Toggle & Alternating Case Converter","tagline":"Invert capitalization (AbC -> aBc), alternate letters (aBaB), or randomize case at any ratio.","emoji":"🔠","keywords":["toggle case","alternating case converter","mocking spongebob text generator","random case generator","invert capitalization","case converter"],"intro":"A custom case converter that flips the capitalization of English text (Invert), alternates upper and lower case letter by letter (aBaB / AbAb), or scrambles case randomly at a ratio you choose. It's a favorite for writing memes, mocking SpongeBob text, and other eye-catching text effects.","howto":["Type or paste the English text you want to convert.","Click the style you want: Invert Case, Alternating (starts lowercase), Alternating (starts uppercase), or Random.","Check the converted text that appears instantly in the result box below and copy it."],"faq":[{"q":"Do numbers and non-Latin characters get changed too?","a":"No. Anything that isn't a Latin letter — numbers, punctuation, symbols, and non-Latin scripts such as Korean — is passed through exactly as you typed it. Only English letters are converted using the mode you picked."},{"q":"Do spaces count when alternating the case?","a":"Spaces and symbols are skipped in the alternation count, so the upper/lower rhythm advances only on actual letters. That's what keeps the output clean and consistent across words."},{"q":"If I click the random mode button again, will I get a different result each time?","a":"Yes. Random mode re-rolls the uppercase/lowercase choice for every letter on each click, so even with the exact same input text, you'll get a different result every time you press the button. Feel free to click repeatedly until you land on a combination you like."}]},{"slug":"phonetic-alphabet-translator","category":"text-dev","title":"NATO Phonetic Alphabet Translator","tagline":"Turn any spelling into standard NATO phonetic words (A -> Alpha) with a clean vertical list.","emoji":"📞","keywords":["nato phonetic alphabet","phonetic alphabet translator","military alphabet converter","alpha bravo charlie spelling","spell my name phonetically","radio alphabet"],"intro":"This tool instantly converts English words and sentences into the NATO phonetic alphabet (A -> Alpha, B -> Bravo, and so on), the standard used to spell things out over the phone or radio without being misheard. The vertical list layout makes it easy to read a spelling back to someone one letter at a time.","howto":["Enter the word, abbreviation, or flight number you need to spell out.","Choose your preferred layout: a vertical list or a single horizontal line.","Pick a capitalization style and review the translated phonetic list."],"faq":[{"q":"Are numbers and spaces translated as well?","a":"Yes. Digits 0–9 map to their standard code words (Zero, One, Two, and so on), and spaces are marked clearly with a [Space] token so word breaks stay obvious."},{"q":"Where is the NATO phonetic alphabet actually used?","a":"It's standard in aviation, military, and maritime radio communication, but it's just as handy on a customer support call when you need to spell out an email address, order number, or serial number without any confusion."},{"q":"Are punctuation marks like periods and hyphens also translated phonetically?","a":"Yes — common punctuation is converted to its standard radio-communication name too, such as 'Stop' for a period, 'Dash' for a hyphen, and 'Slash' for a forward slash, so you can read out an entire email address or domain name accurately."}]},{"slug":"split-text-by-sentence","category":"text-dev","title":"Sentence Splitter","tagline":"Break long passages into one sentence per line using end punctuation (. ? ! …).","emoji":"✂️","keywords":["sentence splitter","split text into sentences","one sentence per line","sentence separator tool","text line break tool","break paragraph into sentences"],"intro":"Paste a wall of text and this tool detects sentence-ending punctuation — periods, question marks, exclamation points, and ellipses — to split it so each sentence sits on its own line. It's handy for translation work, proofreading, improving readability, and any kind of sentence-level analysis.","howto":["Paste the long text you want to break into sentences.","Choose an output format: line breaks, a numbered list, or a bulleted list.","Set the exception options so abbreviations and decimal points don't trigger false splits, then copy the result."],"faq":[{"q":"Will it break a sentence at abbreviations like Mr. or Dr.?","a":"No. A built-in filter recognizes common abbreviations (Mr., Dr., e.g., i.e., etc.) and decimal numbers like 3.14, so those periods are never mistaken for the end of a sentence."},{"q":"Can I add my own abbreviations?","a":"Yes. Use the custom exception field below the input box and enter your terms — including the period — separated by commas. Those periods will be excluded from sentence splitting."},{"q":"What happens to a period that falls inside quotation marks or parentheses?","a":"The tool also looks at the punctuation immediately following a closing quote or parenthesis, so a sentence isn't awkwardly cut off mid-quote — the whole quoted passage stays together as one sentence."}]},{"slug":"extract-markdown-links","category":"text-dev","title":"Markdown Link Extractor","tagline":"Parse every hyperlink and image link in a Markdown document into a clean table and URL list.","emoji":"🔗","keywords":["markdown link extractor","extract links from markdown","markdown parser","url extractor","get all links from text","markdown to link list"],"intro":"This utility scans Markdown source for link syntax ([text](URL)) and pulls out every anchor text and its destination URL, presenting them as a tidy table plus a plain URL list you can copy in one click. Useful for auditing links, migrating content, or checking an article before you publish it.","howto":["Paste your Markdown source into the input box.","Decide whether to include image links (![alt text](url)) and pick an output format: table, URL list, or JSON.","Click through to test the extracted links, and copy them individually or all at once."],"faq":[{"q":"Does it extract reference-style links too?","a":"This tool focuses on the inline Markdown syntax that's most widely used — links written as [text](URL) and images written as ![text](URL) — and parses those thoroughly."},{"q":"Can I open the extracted links right away?","a":"Yes. Every URL in the results table is clickable and opens in a new tab, so you can verify each destination without leaving the page."},{"q":"What happens to a link with empty anchor text, like []( url )?","a":"A link with no anchor text is shown as a blank cell in the table, while the URL itself is still extracted correctly without any error — so you can spot empty link text left over in the original document instead of missing it."}]},{"slug":"strip-html-tags","category":"text-dev","title":"HTML Tag Stripper","tagline":"Remove every HTML tag (<div>, <p>, <a>, and the rest) and keep only the plain text.","emoji":"🧹","keywords":["strip html tags","html to text converter","remove html tags online","html tag remover","extract text from html","clean html code"],"intro":"A text cleaner that strips all HTML tags out of web page source or email HTML and leaves you with just the readable body copy. It removes <script> and <style> blocks entirely — code and all — preserves your line breaks, and automatically decodes HTML entities back into normal characters.","howto":["Paste your HTML source into the input box.","Check the options you need: remove script/style contents, preserve line breaks, decode HTML entities, and collapse blank lines.","Review the fully cleaned plain text result and copy it."],"faq":[{"q":"Does it delete the contents of script and style tags too?","a":"Yes. With the 'remove JavaScript and CSS contents' option enabled, it deletes not just the tags themselves but everything inside them — JS functions, CSS rules, and all — so you're left with the actual body text only."},{"q":"What does entity decoding do?","a":"HTML source writes certain characters in escaped form, like for a space, & for an ampersand, and < / > for angle brackets. Decoding converts them back into the readable characters you'd expect: a space, &, <, and >."},{"q":"Does text inside attributes like href or src end up in the output?","a":"No — attribute values are removed along with their tags, so only the visible on-page text remains. Link addresses, image paths, and similar attribute values are not extracted."}]},{"slug":"word-counter","category":"text-dev","title":"Word & Character Counter","tagline":"Count characters (with/without spaces), words, sentences, paragraphs, and bytes in real time","emoji":"🔤","keywords":["word counter","character counter","letter count tool","byte counter","count words online"],"intro":"Instantly count the characters (with or without spaces), words, sentences, paragraphs, lines, and byte length of any text you enter. It's perfect for writing to a limit, whether it's a cover letter, a report, or a social media post.","howto":["Paste or type your text into the input box below.","Character counts (with and without spaces), plus word, sentence, and paragraph counts, appear instantly.","You can also check the byte count (UTF-8) and the estimated reading time."],"faq":[{"q":"What's the difference between counting with and without spaces?","a":"With spaces counts every space and line break, while without spaces counts only the actual characters. Applications and assignments usually specify a limit that includes spaces."},{"q":"Why would I need the byte count?","a":"In UTF-8, each Korean or CJK character takes 3 bytes while Latin letters and digits take 1. Some forums, SMS systems, and older platforms limit length by bytes rather than characters."},{"q":"Is my text sent to a server?","a":"No. Everything is calculated in your browser, and no text is ever sent to or stored on a server."}]},{"slug":"case-converter","category":"text-dev","title":"Case Converter: 9 Formats, One Click","tagline":"UPPERCASE, lowercase, camelCase, PascalCase, snake_case, kebab-case, CONSTANT_CASE — pick a button, copy the result","emoji":"🔠","keywords":["case converter","camelcase converter","snake case converter","pascal case converter","kebab case converter","uppercase to lowercase","constant case converter","change text case"],"intro":"Paste text once and switch it between nine capitalization formats with a single click. Alongside UPPERCASE, lowercase, Title Case, and sentence case, it covers the identifier styles developers actually need — camelCase, PascalCase, snake_case, kebab-case, and CONSTANT_CASE — and it splits existing camelCase input back into words automatically, so you can convert myVariableName to MY_VARIABLE_NAME in one step. No options to configure and nothing to submit: everything runs in your browser. If you're capitalizing prose or headlines and want style-guide rules for words like 'of' and 'the', use the Sentence Case & Title Case Converter instead.","howto":["Enter the text you want to convert in the input box.","Click the button for the case you want and the result appears instantly.","Use the copy button to copy the result to your clipboard."],"faq":[{"q":"What are camelCase and snake_case?","a":"camelCase joins words with a capital letter on each new word, like 'myVariableName', while snake_case joins them with underscores, like 'my_variable_name'. Both are common naming styles for variables and file names."},{"q":"Does it work with non-Latin text?","a":"Casing only applies to the Latin alphabet. Characters in other scripts are left unchanged, and only the letters and numbers are converted."},{"q":"Can it handle long documents?","a":"Yes. Everything is processed instantly in your browser, so it converts text of any length in a flash."}]},{"slug":"json-formatter","category":"text-dev","title":"JSON Formatter & Validator","tagline":"Pretty-print, minify, and validate JSON all in one place","emoji":"🧩","keywords":["JSON formatter","JSON pretty print","JSON validator","JSON minifier","JSON beautify"],"intro":"Take densely packed JSON and pretty-print it with clean indentation, or minify it down to a single line. A built-in validator points out exactly where any syntax errors are.","howto":["Paste your JSON string into the input box.","Click 'Format' for an indented view, or 'Minify' to collapse it to one line.","If there's an error, a message shows you which part is invalid."],"faq":[{"q":"Why would I minify JSON?","a":"Removing unnecessary whitespace and line breaks reduces file size. It's useful for API payloads and optimizing configuration files."},{"q":"Does it fix invalid JSON automatically?","a":"It doesn't auto-repair, but it tells you where the syntax broke so you can fix it easily yourself."},{"q":"Is it safe to paste sensitive data?","a":"Yes. All processing happens in your browser and nothing is sent to a server."}]},{"slug":"json-formatter-validator","category":"text-dev","title":"JSON Formatter, Minifier & Validator","tagline":"Configure indentation tabs, compress payloads, auto-fix structural syntax errors, and convert to YAML","emoji":"⚙️","keywords":["json formatter pretty","json minifier","json validator linter","loose json auto fix","json to yaml converter","developer json utilities"],"intro":"A versatile developer utility to format nested JSON schemas, minify codebases, debug syntax boundaries with specific line hints, and auto-fix minor glitches like trailing commas or unquoted keys.","howto":["Paste your raw JSON payload inside the input editor.","Adjust the indentation spacing preferences and trigger pretty formatting, minification, or YAML conversions.","Use the Auto-Fix engine to clean comments and recover slightly broken JSON structures automatically."],"faq":[{"q":"What syntax glitches can the Auto-Fix engine resolve?","a":"It fixes standard violations such as single/block comments, unquoted object keys, and trailing commas by utilizing a loose JavaScript parser evaluation sandbox."},{"q":"Is there any size limit or security risk?","a":"No data is sent over the network; everything is processed safely inside your local browser. Large JSON strings (up to several megabytes) can be formatted instantaneously."},{"q":"Can very large JSON files be processed without slowing down?","a":"JSON documents with tens of thousands of lines format and minify normally as long as the browser's parser can handle them. For files much larger than that — tens of megabytes or more — processing speed depends on your browser's available memory and may slow down."}]},{"slug":"base64-encode-decode","category":"text-dev","title":"Base64 Encoder & Decoder","tagline":"Encode text to Base64 or decode Base64 back to plain text","emoji":"🔁","keywords":["Base64 encode","Base64 decode","Base64 converter","encode to base64","decode base64"],"intro":"Encode any text into a Base64 string, or decode Base64 back into the original text. Unicode (UTF-8) text is handled safely, so nothing gets garbled.","howto":["Choose encode or decode mode.","Enter your text or Base64 string in the input box.","The result appears instantly and is ready to copy."],"faq":[{"q":"What is Base64 used for?","a":"It's used to embed images and files as text, in data URIs, email attachments, and simple string obfuscation."},{"q":"Is Base64 encryption?","a":"No. Base64 is an encoding that anyone can reverse — it is not encryption and should never be used for security."},{"q":"Will special characters or emoji break?","a":"No. Everything is encoded and decoded as UTF-8, so non-Latin text and emoji stay intact."}]},{"slug":"url-encode-decode","category":"text-dev","title":"URL Encoder & Decoder Online","tagline":"Paste a URL or a single parameter, switch between encode and decode, and copy the result","emoji":"🔗","keywords":["url decoder","url encoder","url decode online","url encode online","%20 decoder","decode url string","encode query parameter"],"intro":"A no-setup converter for percent-encoding. Pick Encode or Decode, choose whether you're handling a whole URL or just one parameter value, and the result updates as you type. The scope setting works in both directions, so you can decode a full address without mangling its ':', '/', '?' and '&' — or decode a single parameter value all the way back to plain text. Non-Latin text and spaces are handled automatically, and a broken '%' sequence is flagged instead of failing silently. Everything runs in your browser.","howto":["Choose encode or decode mode.","Enter your URL or parameter string.","Pick full-URL mode or component mode to convert."],"faq":[{"q":"What's the difference between encodeURI and encodeURIComponent?","a":"Full-URL mode (encodeURI) preserves structural characters like '/', '?', and '&', while component mode (encodeURIComponent) also encodes those, which is right for parameter values."},{"q":"Why does my search term turn into %EA%B0%80…?","a":"Non-Latin characters are first converted to UTF-8 bytes, and each byte is then percent-encoded. That's expected behavior."},{"q":"Is it safe?","a":"Yes. Everything is processed inside your browser and your input is never transmitted."}]},{"slug":"uuid-generator","category":"generators-qr","title":"UUID Generator","tagline":"Instantly generate one or many random UUID v4 values","emoji":"🆔","keywords":["UUID generator","GUID generator","uuid v4","unique id generator","random id generator"],"intro":"Generate as many collision-free unique identifiers (UUID v4) as you need. Use them for database keys, file names, session IDs, and more.","howto":["Set how many UUIDs to generate.","Click 'Generate' to produce the list of UUIDs.","Toggle options like removing hyphens or uppercase, then copy."],"faq":[{"q":"How unique is a UUID v4, really?","a":"With 122 bits of randomness, it's unique enough that collisions are effectively impossible — even generating billions of them, the chance of a duplicate is negligible."},{"q":"Aren't browser-generated UUIDs predictable?","a":"No. They use the browser's cryptographic random source (crypto.getRandomValues), which makes them very hard to predict."},{"q":"Are they logged on a server?","a":"No. They're all generated in your browser and stored nowhere."}]},{"slug":"lorem-ipsum-generator","category":"generators-qr","title":"Lorem Ipsum Generator","tagline":"Generate placeholder text by the paragraph, sentence, or word for design and mockups","emoji":"📝","keywords":["lorem ipsum generator","lorem ipsum","dummy text","placeholder text","mockup text"],"intro":"Generate as much placeholder text (Lorem Ipsum) as you need to fill design comps and layout mockups. A localized dummy-text mode is also available for testing non-Latin layouts.","howto":["Choose the unit — paragraphs, sentences, or words — and set the amount.","Select Lorem Ipsum or the localized dummy mode.","Click 'Generate' and copy the result into your design."],"faq":[{"q":"What is Lorem Ipsum?","a":"It's meaningless, Latin-based filler text that has been used in print and web design for over 500 years, letting you focus on layout and typography instead of the content."},{"q":"Is there a non-Latin dummy mode?","a":"Yes. A localized dummy-text mode made of real sentences is provided, which is handy for checking how actual local-language layouts will look."},{"q":"Can I wrap it in HTML tags?","a":"There's an option to wrap each paragraph in <p> tags so you can paste it straight into your markup."}]},{"slug":"hash-generator","category":"generators-qr","title":"Hash Generator (SHA-256/512)","tagline":"Convert text to SHA-1, SHA-256, SHA-384, or SHA-512 hashes","emoji":"🔒","keywords":["hash generator","SHA-256 generator","sha512 hash","checksum tool","online hash"],"intro":"Generate an SHA-family hash of any text you enter. Use it to verify data integrity, compare checksums, or create a simple fingerprint — all computed securely with the browser's Web Crypto API.","howto":["Enter the text you want to hash.","Choose an algorithm: SHA-1, SHA-256, SHA-384, or SHA-512.","Copy the generated hexadecimal hash."],"faq":[{"q":"Does it support MD5?","a":"This tool provides the SHA family supported by the browser standard (Web Crypto). MD5 is excluded because it's no longer considered secure."},{"q":"Can I recover the original text from a hash?","a":"No. Hashes are one-way, so the original input can't be reversed from the result."},{"q":"Can I use it to store passwords?","a":"A plain SHA hash isn't suitable for storing passwords. For real storage, use a salt and a dedicated algorithm like bcrypt or argon2."}]},{"slug":"timestamp-converter","category":"text-dev","title":"Current Unix Timestamp & Quick Date Converter","tagline":"A live epoch clock up top, plus two boxes for date ↔ seconds or milliseconds","emoji":"⏱️","keywords":["current unix timestamp","epoch time right now","timestamp to date","unix timestamp now","milliseconds to date","date to unix timestamp"],"intro":"A lightweight timestamp converter with just two boxes. The current Unix timestamp sits at the top of the screen and ticks over every second, so when all you need is \"what's the epoch time right now,\" it's already there waiting. Type a number and it works out the unit for you — 10 digits reads as seconds, 13 as milliseconds — and returns your local time, UTC, and ISO format. Go the other way by picking a date and copy the seconds or milliseconds value straight out. If you need microseconds, nanoseconds, or relative time like \"3 hours from now,\" use the Epoch Precision Converter instead.","howto":["Enter a timestamp (a number) or a date.","Choose seconds or milliseconds.","Check the converted value and copy it."],"faq":[{"q":"What is a Unix timestamp?","a":"It's the number of seconds (or milliseconds) elapsed since January 1, 1970, 00:00:00 UTC — the standard way of handling time in programming."},{"q":"How do I tell seconds from milliseconds?","a":"A 10-digit value is usually seconds, and a 13-digit value is milliseconds. The tool detects this automatically, but you can also set it manually."},{"q":"How are time zones handled?","a":"The result is shown in both your local time (based on your browser) and UTC."}]},{"slug":"percentage-calculator","category":"calc-convert","title":"Percentage Calculator","tagline":"Three modes: 'what % of A', 'percent change', and 'what is X% of'","emoji":"％","keywords":["percentage calculator","percent calculator","percent change calculator","discount percentage","ratio calculator"],"intro":"Handle three of the most common percentage calculations in one place: what percentage one number is of another, how much a value has increased or decreased, and what amount X% represents. Just pick a mode and enter your numbers.","howto":["Choose a mode (ratio, percent change, or percent of a value).","Enter your numbers and the result is calculated instantly.","Switch modes anytime to recalculate."],"faq":[{"q":"How is percent change calculated?","a":"It uses (new value − old value) ÷ old value × 100. An increase shows as +, a decrease as −."},{"q":"Can it calculate discount prices?","a":"Yes. Use the 'what is X% of' mode to find the discount amount off a list price. A dedicated discount calculator is also on the way."},{"q":"How are decimals handled?","a":"By default, results are rounded to two decimal places."}]},{"slug":"korean-age-calculator","category":"calc-convert","title":"Korean Age Calculator (Counting Age vs International Age)","tagline":"One birth date, both ages side by side — and the gap Korea's 2023 switch left behind","emoji":"🎂","keywords":["korean age calculator","korean counting age","why is korean age different","korean age vs international age","korea age law 2023","how old am i in korea"],"intro":"Puts Korea's traditional \"counting age\" (세는 나이) and international age side by side from a single date of birth. Under the counting system you're 1 the day you're born and gain a year every New Year's Day, which is why it usually runs one or two years ahead of the international age you're used to. Since Korea unified on international age for law and administration in June 2023, the gap between the two is exactly what trips people up — so both numbers stay on screen at once. Change the reference date to compare the two ages at any point in the past or future, and see the countdown to the next birthday and its date alongside.","howto":["Select the date of birth.","Change the reference date if needed (defaults to today).","Your international age, counting age, and next-birthday countdown appear."],"faq":[{"q":"How do international age and Korean counting age differ?","a":"International age starts at 0 at birth and adds a year on each birthday, while the traditional Korean counting age starts at 1 at birth and adds a year every New Year's Day."},{"q":"What was the 2023 age unification?","a":"As of June 2023, Korean law and administration standardized on international age. This calculator shows international age by default."},{"q":"How is it calculated on the birthday itself?","a":"On the day of your birthday, your international age is counted as having gone up by one year."}]},{"slug":"bmi-calculator","category":"calc-convert","title":"BMI Calculator","tagline":"Calculate body mass index (BMI) and weight category from height and weight","emoji":"⚖️","keywords":["BMI calculator","body mass index","obesity calculator","healthy weight range","bmi checker"],"intro":"Enter your height and weight to calculate your body mass index (BMI) and see which category you fall into — underweight, normal, overweight, or obese. It also shows the weight range that falls within the normal band.","howto":["Enter your height (cm) and weight (kg).","Your BMI value and category appear instantly.","You'll also see the weight range that corresponds to the normal category."],"faq":[{"q":"What's the BMI formula?","a":"It's weight (kg) ÷ (height (m) × height (m)). For example, 170 cm and 65 kg gives 65 ÷ (1.7 × 1.7) ≈ 22.5."},{"q":"What categories does it use?","a":"It uses the WHO Asia-Pacific criteria: under 18.5 is underweight, 18.5–22.9 normal, 23–24.9 overweight, and 25 or above obese."},{"q":"Is BMI enough on its own?","a":"BMI has limits — for example with very muscular people — so treat it as a reference. For an accurate assessment, consider body-fat percentage and consult a doctor."}]},{"slug":"date-calculator","category":"calc-convert","title":"Date Calculator (D-Day)","tagline":"Days between two dates, or the date a set number of days before/after","emoji":"📅","keywords":["date calculator","d-day calculator","days between dates","date difference","add days to date"],"intro":"Count the number of days between two dates, or find out what date and weekday falls a certain number of days before or after a given date. It's handy for anniversaries, countdowns, and deadlines.","howto":["Choose 'date difference' or 'days before/after' mode.","Enter the reference date(s).","The number of days, or the resulting date and weekday, is shown."],"faq":[{"q":"Is the start date counted as a full day?","a":"The 'difference' between two dates is the plain number of days from subtracting the start date from the end date. An option to include the start date (counting it as day 1) is also provided."},{"q":"Does it work for past and future dates?","a":"Yes. Positive numbers calculate a later date, and negative numbers an earlier one."},{"q":"Does it tell me the weekday?","a":"Yes, the weekday of the resulting date is shown alongside it."}]},{"slug":"unit-converter","category":"calc-convert","title":"Unit Converter","tagline":"Convert length, weight, temperature, area, volume, speed, and data units","emoji":"📐","keywords":["unit converter","cm to inch converter","kg to pounds","celsius to fahrenheit","measurement converter"],"intro":"Convert common units of length, weight, temperature, area, volume, speed, and data size in real time. Handle conversions like cm↔inch, kg↔lb, and °C↔°F all on one screen.","howto":["Select a category (length, weight, and so on).","Enter a value and its source unit.","The converted values for several target units appear at once."],"faq":[{"q":"What's the Celsius–Fahrenheit formula?","a":"°F = °C × 9/5 + 32, and °C = (°F − 32) × 5/9. The tool calculates it automatically."},{"q":"Does data size use 1000 or 1024?","a":"You can toggle between the SI base (1000) and the binary base (1024)."},{"q":"How precise is it?","a":"It calculates with plenty of decimal places and rounds the displayed digits for readability."}]},{"slug":"color-converter","category":"color-design","title":"Color Code Converter (HEX/RGB/HSL)","tagline":"Convert between HEX, RGB, HSL, and HSV with a live color preview","emoji":"🎨","keywords":["color code converter","hex to rgb","hsl converter","color code","color converter"],"intro":"Convert color notations between HEX (#RRGGBB), RGB, HSL, and HSV, with a live preview of the actual color. It's handy for matching color codes across web and design work.","howto":["Enter a color value in any format, or pick one with the color picker.","The remaining formats (HEX, RGB, HSL, HSV) convert automatically.","Copy whichever code you need."],"faq":[{"q":"What's the difference between HSL and HSV?","a":"Both use hue (H) and saturation (S), but HSL defines the third value as Lightness and HSV as Value. Different design tools favor one or the other."},{"q":"Does it support transparency (alpha)?","a":"Yes. It supports 8-digit HEX (#RRGGBBAA) and rgba alpha values."},{"q":"Is there a color picker?","a":"Yes. Pick a color visually and the code is converted automatically."}]},{"slug":"gradient-generator","category":"color-design","title":"CSS Gradient Generator","tagline":"Build linear and radial gradients visually and copy the CSS","emoji":"🌈","keywords":["css gradient","gradient generator","linear-gradient","background gradient","gradient code"],"intro":"Freely place multiple color stops to build linear and radial gradients, then generate ready-to-use CSS code. Preview your gradient live as you tweak it.","howto":["Add color stops and adjust each color and position.","Set linear or radial and the angle while watching the preview.","Copy the generated background CSS and use it."],"faq":[{"q":"What is a color stop?","a":"It's a point in the gradient where a specific color sits. Adding several of them lets you create rich, multi-color transitions."},{"q":"Does it support radial gradients?","a":"Yes. Both linear and radial are supported, with adjustable angle and center."},{"q":"Can I use the result right away?","a":"Yes. Just paste the generated `background: linear-gradient(...)` code straight into your CSS."}]},{"slug":"password-generator","category":"generators-qr","title":"Password Generator","tagline":"Create strong random passwords by choosing length and character types","emoji":"🔑","keywords":["password generator","random password","strong password","secure password generator","create password"],"intro":"Choose the length and character types to include (uppercase, lowercase, numbers, symbols) to create strong, hard-to-guess passwords. It uses a cryptographic random source and shows the strength of each result.","howto":["Set the password length and the character types to include.","Click 'Generate' to create a new password.","Check the strength and copy it to use."],"faq":[{"q":"How secure is it?","a":"Passwords are generated with the browser's cryptographic random source (crypto.getRandomValues), making them very hard to predict. We recommend 12+ characters with multiple character types."},{"q":"Are generated passwords stored anywhere?","a":"No. Every password is created in your browser and is never sent to or stored on a server."},{"q":"Can I exclude confusing characters?","a":"Yes. There's an option to exclude easily confused characters like O/0 and l/1."}]},{"slug":"image-compressor","category":"image-edit","title":"Image Compressor","tagline":"Reduce the size of JPG, PNG, and WebP images right in your browser","emoji":"🗜️","keywords":["image compressor","reduce image size","compress jpg","compress png","shrink image file"],"intro":"Shrink the file size of your photos and images while adjusting the quality to your liking. Everything is processed in your browser with no upload, so it's fast and keeps your data private — great for blogs, online stores, and email attachments.","howto":["Drag and drop an image or select one.","Adjust the compression with the quality slider and watch the resulting file size.","Download the compressed image."],"faq":[{"q":"Will the quality drop noticeably?","a":"You control the quality directly, so you can cut the file size dramatically while keeping the loss unnoticeable. Compare with the preview as you adjust."},{"q":"Can I do multiple images?","a":"It currently processes one image at a time; for now, just repeat for each file (a batch version is on the way)."},{"q":"Are my photos uploaded to a server?","a":"No. Files are processed entirely within your browser and are never uploaded anywhere."}]},{"slug":"image-resizer","category":"image-edit","title":"Image Resizer","tagline":"Resize images precisely by pixels or percentage","emoji":"🖼️","keywords":["image resizer","resize photo","change image dimensions","pixel resize","photo size adjuster"],"intro":"Resize images to any pixel dimensions or percentage you want. A lock-aspect-ratio option lets you scale down or up without distortion, all processed in your browser with no upload.","howto":["Select an image.","Enter the width and height (px) or a percentage. Turn on aspect-ratio lock to adjust automatically.","Download the resized image."],"faq":[{"q":"Can I resize while keeping the aspect ratio?","a":"Yes. With the aspect-ratio lock on, changing one value automatically calculates the other."},{"q":"Will enlarging make it blurry?","a":"Scaling above the original size can reduce quality. For sharp enlargements, use an AI upscaling tool."},{"q":"Can I change the format too?","a":"Yes. When saving, you can choose between JPG, PNG, and WebP."}]},{"slug":"korean-honorifics-converter","category":"text-dev","title":"Korean Honorifics Converter (Haeyo-che ↔ Hasipsio-che)","tagline":"Switch Korean sentence endings between polite informal (해요체) and polite formal (하십시오체) naturally.","emoji":"🇰🇷","keywords":["korean honorifics converter","korean formal vs polite speech","haeyo che to hamnida","korean speech levels tool","korean politeness converter","korean sentence ending converter"],"intro":"This tool rewrites the sentence endings of Korean text between the polite informal style, haeyo-che (해요, 가요), and the polite formal style, hasipsio-che (합니다, 갑니다). It handles statements, questions, commands, and suggestions, so the converted sentence keeps the right Korean speech level for the context — useful for business writing, emails, and announcements in Korean.","howto":["Enter your original Korean sentence.","Choose the direction of conversion: haeyo-che ➔ hasipsio-che, or hasipsio-che ➔ haeyo-che.","Copy the converted sentence, which updates in real time as you type."],"faq":[{"q":"Does it convert questions and commands too?","a":"Yes. It detects question marks and imperative context and converts endings accordingly — producing forms such as '~합니까?' for questions and '~하십시오' for commands."},{"q":"Will every word convert perfectly?","a":"The converter works by analyzing common sentence-ending patterns, so noun-form endings, regional dialects, and unusual endings may still need a small manual touch-up."},{"q":"Can it also convert casual, informal Korean (banmal) sentences?","a":"This tool is optimized for converting between the two polite speech levels, haeyo-che and hasipsio-che. Informal banmal sentences like '했어' or '가' may not be recognized accurately, so it's best to first rewrite them in haeyo-che before converting."}]},{"slug":"english-drop-cap","category":"text-dev","title":"Drop Cap Generator","tagline":"Design a large decorative first letter for your paragraph and copy the CSS.","emoji":"🔤","keywords":["drop cap generator","drop cap css","css first letter","large first letter paragraph","web typography tool","initial cap css generator"],"intro":"Design drop cap typography — that oversized, magazine-style first letter — visually and see it live. Adjust the size, font, color, and spacing, then grab ready-to-paste CSS and HTML for your own site or blog.","howto":["Enter the English text you want to preview.","Adjust the first letter's font, color, size, and spacing sliders.","Check the result in the live preview, then copy the generated CSS code and use it."],"faq":[{"q":"How do drop caps work on the web?","a":"The standard approach uses the CSS ::first-letter pseudo-element to target just the opening character, then applies float and font-size to make it drop into the paragraph."},{"q":"Does it work with non-Latin scripts?","a":"Drop caps are a Latin typography tradition and work best with English text. Other scripts like Korean will technically render, but character composition and line layout make the result less predictable, so we recommend English text."},{"q":"Can I paste the generated CSS directly into a blog platform like WordPress?","a":"Yes — the generated code is standard CSS, so pasting it into your platform's custom CSS field or HTML edit mode reproduces the same drop cap on most blogging platforms."}]},{"slug":"text-reverse-order","category":"text-dev","title":"Text Reverser","tagline":"Reverse the order of your text by character, by word, or by line.","emoji":"🔄","keywords":["text reverser","reverse text online","backwards text generator","reverse word order","flip text","reverse line order"],"intro":"A simple utility that flips your text backwards by character, by word, or by line. Great for backwards-text effects, puzzles and wordplay, and quick data transformations like flipping the order of a list.","howto":["Type or paste the text you want to reverse.","Pick the unit to reverse by: characters, words, or lines.","Copy the reversed result, which updates in real time."],"faq":[{"q":"Do emoji and complex characters survive being reversed?","a":"Yes. The tool handles Unicode surrogate pairs, so emoji and multilingual text reverse cleanly without breaking into garbled characters."},{"q":"Are punctuation marks and numbers reversed along with the letters?","a":"Yes — in character-level reversal, periods and digits are reordered exactly like any other character. If you want punctuation to stay in its original position, word-level or line-level reversal reads more naturally."},{"q":"Are punctuation marks and numbers reversed along with the letters?","a":"Yes — in character-level reversal, periods and digits are reordered exactly like any other character. If you want punctuation to stay in its original position, word-level or line-level reversal reads more naturally."}]},{"slug":"number-word-translator","category":"text-dev","title":"Number to Words Converter (English, Korean & Chinese Numerals)","tagline":"Turn any number into English words, Korean readings, and Chinese numerals (standard and financial)","emoji":"🔢","keywords":["number to words converter","spell out numbers","write numbers in words","number to words for checks","amount in words","chinese numeral converter","korean number reading"],"intro":"Convert numeric values into written English words, Korean Hangul readings, and Chinese numerals — including the formal \"capital\" characters used on financial documents — all at once. It's handy for writing out amounts on checks, invoices, and receipts, or for studying how numbers are spoken in other languages.","howto":["Type the number you want to convert (negative values and decimal points are supported).","Review the English, Korean, standard Chinese, and formal financial Chinese numeral output.","Click the copy button to send whichever version you need to your clipboard."],"faq":[{"q":"Can it handle extremely large numbers?","a":"Yes. Numbers beyond JavaScript's safe integer range (10^16 and up) are parsed as strings, so nothing is rounded off or lost in conversion."},{"q":"What are formal financial numerals?","a":"They're anti-fraud variants of the standard Chinese numerals — 壹 instead of 一, 貳 instead of 二, and so on. The extra strokes make them nearly impossible to alter, which is why they appear on checks and other important financial records."},{"q":"Are decimal numbers also translated correctly into Korean or Hanja?","a":"Yes — the integer and decimal parts are converted separately and then joined with the reading for point ('점', hanja '點'), so a number like 3.14 comes out as a natural Korean or Hanja reading."}]},{"slug":"text-line-break-adjuster","category":"text-dev","title":"Line Break Remover & Text Rewrapper","tagline":"Strip line breaks, swap them for spaces, or insert new ones at a set character or word count","emoji":"↩️","keywords":["remove line breaks","line break remover","text rewrap tool","delete line breaks online","add line breaks every n characters","fix hard wrapped text"],"intro":"Clean up messy text formatting by removing every line break and joining everything into one line — replacing breaks with a space, comma, or any separator you choose — or rewrap a paragraph by inserting breaks evenly after a set number of characters or words. Useful for pasted PDFs, emails with hard wraps, and copy that needs a specific column width.","howto":["Paste your text into the input box.","Pick a mode: remove all line breaks, double the line breaks, break every N characters, or break every N words.","Adjust the separator or the length slider until the layout looks the way you want."],"faq":[{"q":"Won't removing line breaks jam my words together?","a":"No. By default a single space is inserted wherever each line break was, so words stay separated instead of running into each other."},{"q":"Does breaking by character count cut words in half?","a":"Only if you want it to. Turn on the word-wrap option and the tool respects your character limit while pushing any word that would be split onto the next line."},{"q":"Are line breaks in bulleted or numbered lists handled the same way?","a":"Yes — lines starting with a hyphen or a number are processed under the same rules as regular paragraphs. If you want to keep your list formatting intact, choose a mode other than 'remove all line breaks.'"}]},{"slug":"morse-code-audio-generator","category":"text-dev","title":"Morse Code Translator with Audio","tagline":"Translate text to Morse code and play it back as real dits and dahs with the Web Audio API","emoji":"📟","keywords":["morse code translator","morse code audio","text to morse code","morse code sound generator","morse code with sound online","morse code player"],"intro":"Translate plain English text into accurate Morse code (dots and dashes) and hear it played back as genuine dits and dahs, generated right in your browser with the Web Audio API. The character currently being sent is highlighted as it plays, and a light-flash simulation shows the signal visually.","howto":["Type the message you want to hear in Morse code.","Set the playback speed (WPM) and tone frequency (Hz) to your liking.","Hit Play to watch the flashing signal and listen along in real time."],"faq":[{"q":"I don't hear anything — what's wrong?","a":"Browsers require a user interaction before audio can start, so click the Play button directly rather than triggering it another way. Also double-check your volume and that your device isn't muted."},{"q":"Are numbers and punctuation also converted into Morse code sound?","a":"Yes — besides letters, digits 0–9 and common punctuation like periods and commas are also converted according to the standard Morse code table and played back as both sound and flashing light."},{"q":"Are numbers and punctuation also converted into Morse code sound?","a":"Yes — besides letters, digits 0–9 and common punctuation like periods and commas are also converted according to the standard Morse code table and played back as both sound and flashing light."}]},{"slug":"secure-temp-text-sharer","category":"text-dev","title":"Secure Zero-Knowledge Text Sharer","tagline":"End-to-end client-side encryption and compression in URL hash anchors without server storage","emoji":"🔒","keywords":["secure text sharing","zero knowledge secret share","aes 256 gcm url","client side encrypted text","no server text storage","ephemeral links hash"],"intro":"A secure sharing utility that encrypts text with AES-256-GCM and compresses payload size on the client-side, storing the output exclusively inside URL fragments (#) so that no data is transmitted to web servers.","howto":["Enter the confidential content you want to share securely.","Check the password option to protect the payload using a custom AES-255 decryption key.","Click 'Generate Link' and share the complete URL with your recipient."],"faq":[{"q":"How is it possible that no server keeps track of my secrets?","a":"The data is appended to the URL fragment (#). According to HTTP specifications, the hash fragment is never sent to the web host. Therefore, your secret never touches the server."},{"q":"Can recipients decrypt payloads on mobile devices?","a":"Yes. Modern mobile web browsers fully support native Web Crypto APIs and DecompressionStream to unpack and decrypt payloads natively."},{"q":"If I open the link multiple times, will it still show the content, or does it only work once?","a":"The encrypted data lives entirely in the URL hash rather than on a server, so there's no view-count limit — opening the same link again shows the same content. To make it truly inaccessible, you need to discard the link itself."}]},{"slug":"smart-quotes-cleaner","category":"text-dev","title":"Smart Quotes Cleaner (Convert to ASCII)","tagline":"Replace curly quotes, em dashes, and ellipses from Word or web editors with plain ASCII characters","emoji":"💬","keywords":["smart quotes to straight quotes","curly quotes to straight quotes","remove smart quotes","convert unicode to ascii text","smart quotes cleaner","fix em dash and ellipsis"],"intro":"Word processors, CMS editors, and ebooks love to sneak in typographic characters — curly quotes (“, ”, ‘, ’), en and em dashes (–, —), and ellipses (…) — that break parsers and corrupt data. This tool swaps them for the plain ASCII equivalents (\", ', -, ...) that are safe to drop into code, config files, and databases.","howto":["Paste the text you want to clean into the editor.","Watch the ASCII-safe output and the replacement count update live.","Click copy to grab the finished text."],"faq":[{"q":"Why do curly quotes cause problems in code or data migrations?","a":"Unlike a straight quote (\"), a curly quote (“ or ”) is a completely different Unicode character. Many text parsers and programming languages won't recognize it, so it throws syntax errors or shows up as mojibake once the data is moved."},{"q":"Does it clean up special characters other than quotation marks?","a":"Yes — besides smart quotes, it also detects word-processor-style Unicode characters like en/em dashes (–, —) and ellipsis (…), converting them to a standard hyphen (-) and three periods (...)."},{"q":"Does it clean up special characters other than quotation marks?","a":"Yes — besides smart quotes, it also detects word-processor-style Unicode characters like en/em dashes (–, —) and ellipsis (…), converting them to a standard hyphen (-) and three periods (...)."}]},{"slug":"audio-tone-generator","category":"video-audio","title":"Audio Frequency Tone Generator","tagline":"Synthesize pure wave frequencies and visualize the resulting waveforms on a live oscilloscope","emoji":"🎹","keywords":["frequency generator","tone generator online","sine wave generator","oscilloscope simulator","virtual piano sound","audio tone tester"],"intro":"A local browser-based sound synthesizer utilizing standard OscillatorNodes to construct audio tones from 20Hz to 20,000Hz. Play Sine, Square, Sawtooth, or Triangle waves and analyze their cycles instantly on a virtual oscilloscope canvas.","howto":["Select your target waveform category (Sine, Square, Sawtooth, or Triangle).","Adjust the frequency slider or type in a specific Hertz value, then hit 'Start Tone'.","Interact with the 4-octave virtual piano keyboard at the bottom to trigger specific note pitches and inspect the oscilloscope wave."],"faq":[{"q":"Is there a safety limiter to prevent hearing damage?","a":"Yes. We automatically limit the maximum gain to 0.5 and implement linear ramp smoothing on volume adjustments to prevent loud popping sounds from damaging your audio equipment or ears."},{"q":"Does this synthesizer require any external audio assets or plugins?","a":"No. The audio synthesis engine is written entirely on top of the native browser Web Audio API, so it runs offline and without downloading external media files."},{"q":"How precisely can I set the frequency value?","a":"You can enter any value from 20Hz to 20,000Hz — the full range of human hearing — in 1Hz increments, which makes it useful for testing a specific pure tone or checking your own hearing range."}]},{"slug":"sound-decibel-meter","category":"video-audio","title":"Sound Decibel Meter","tagline":"Real-time decibel (dB) noise level analysis using microphone input with live history graph","emoji":"🎙️","keywords":["decibel meter online","sound level meter","live noise meter","microphone db analyzer","sound level checker","real time db graph"],"intro":"A local browser-based utility that accesses your microphone to measure ambient noise levels in real-time, displaying current decibel (dB) values and rendering an interactive line graph of noise trends over time.","howto":["Click the 'Start Decibel Meter' button to initialize the audio listener.","Allow microphone access in the browser popup when prompted.","Watch the live decibel dial react to sounds and inspect the timeline graph for noise history."],"faq":[{"q":"How accurate is this browser-based decibel meter?","a":"It uses the relative amplitude of the microphone input. Because microphone hardware and system volumes vary, it's best suited as a comparative estimator rather than a calibrated scientific sound level meter."},{"q":"Is my voice or audio data recorded or sent anywhere?","a":"No. All calculations run entirely inside your browser's Web Audio pipeline. No voice or audio data is recorded or transmitted to any server."},{"q":"What conditions give the most accurate readings?","a":"Values can shift noticeably depending on the distance to the noise source, your microphone's sensitivity, and nearby reflective surfaces, so the most reliable approach is to keep the same position and angle when comparing measurements over time."}]},{"slug":"english-plural-singular","category":"text-dev","title":"Singular & Plural Noun Converter","tagline":"Convert English nouns between singular and plural, with the grammar rule behind each change","emoji":"👥","keywords":["singular to plural converter","plural of noun","plural form checker","irregular plural nouns list","english plural rules","pluralize word tool"],"intro":"Convert English nouns from singular to plural and back, and see exactly which grammar rule applies to each word. Irregular nouns and nouns that don't change form are handled correctly, so it works as both a quick reference and a learning aid.","howto":["Enter the English nouns you want to convert (one per line or separated by commas).","Review the singular/plural table for each word along with the rule type detected in real time.","Use the copy button in the top right to pull the results out."],"faq":[{"q":"Does it handle exceptions like \"fish\" and \"sheep\"?","a":"Yes. The tool includes built-in lists of invariant nouns (where singular and plural are identical) and irregular forms such as man-men and datum-data, so those words are identified correctly instead of getting an -s tacked on."},{"q":"If I paste in a whole sentence, will it pick out just the nouns?","a":"No, this tool is designed to take individual noun words as input. Pasting a full sentence can cause it to try converting verbs or adjectives too, giving inaccurate results — it's best to list only noun words, separated by line breaks or commas."},{"q":"If I paste in a whole sentence, will it pick out just the nouns?","a":"No, this tool is designed to take individual noun words as input. Pasting a full sentence can cause it to try converting verbs or adjectives too, giving inaccurate results — it's best to list only noun words, separated by line breaks or commas."}]},{"slug":"korean-initial-consonants","category":"text-dev","title":"Korean Initial Consonant (Chosung) Extractor","tagline":"Pull just the first consonant from every Hangul character in a Korean sentence","emoji":"🔤","keywords":["korean initial consonant extractor","hangul chosung extractor","korean chosung game generator","korean initial sound quiz","hangul consonant search index","korean text tool"],"intro":"Extracts the leading consonant — the chosung — from each Hangul syllable in Korean text. It's the standard way to build clues for Korean initial-consonant guessing games, and it's equally useful for generating search index keys for Hangul autocomplete.","howto":["Enter your Korean words or sentences.","Adjust the options: keep spaces, keep Latin letters and numbers, and set a separator.","Copy the extracted initial consonants, which update as you type."],"faq":[{"q":"How are double consonants like ㄲ and ㄸ handled?","a":"By default they're extracted as-is. If you turn on the \"simplify double consonants\" option, they're reduced to their single forms (ㄱ, ㄷ, and so on) instead."},{"q":"Does it still extract initial consonants correctly from sentences mixed with numbers or English?","a":"Yes — non-Korean characters like numbers, English letters, and symbols can either be kept as-is or removed, depending on your settings, so only the Korean portions of a mixed sentence are accurately converted into their initial consonants."},{"q":"Does it still extract initial consonants correctly from sentences mixed with numbers or English?","a":"Yes — non-Korean characters like numbers, English letters, and symbols can either be kept as-is or removed, depending on your settings, so only the Korean portions of a mixed sentence are accurately converted into their initial consonants."}]},{"slug":"text-scrambler","category":"text-dev","title":"Text Scrambler & Obfuscator","tagline":"Typoglycemia word scrambling, Caesar cipher, upside-down flip, and Unicode font styling","emoji":"🔏","keywords":["text scrambler","word scrambler online","typoglycemia generator","caesar cipher encoder","rot13 converter","upside down text generator"],"intro":"Run your text through a set of playful and practical transformations. Typoglycemia mode locks the first and last letter of each word and shuffles everything in between to test how your brain reads. There's also a Caesar cipher (including ROT13), an upside-down flip, and mathematical Unicode character mapping for stylized text.","howto":["Type or paste the text you want to transform.","Click whichever of the four scrambling and obfuscation modes you're after.","Dial in the shift-distance slider and copy the scrambled or encoded result to share."],"faq":[{"q":"Can anyone actually read typoglycemia text?","a":"Most people can. As long as the first and last letters of each word stay in place, readers infer the whole word from context and shape and move through the sentence with surprisingly little effort, even with the middle letters jumbled."},{"q":"How do I turn Caesar-cipher (ROT13) text back into the original?","a":"The Caesar cipher is symmetric — applying the same shift distance a second time restores the original text. Just paste the scrambled text back into the input and run it through the same shift value to recover the original sentence."},{"q":"How do I turn Caesar-cipher (ROT13) text back into the original?","a":"The Caesar cipher is symmetric — applying the same shift distance a second time restores the original text. Just paste the scrambled text back into the input and run it through the same shift value to recover the original sentence."}]},{"slug":"binary-hex-dump","category":"text-dev","title":"Hex Dump Viewer (Binary & Text)","tagline":"View the raw bytes of a file or string as a 16-column hex dump with an ASCII panel","emoji":"🎛️","keywords":["hex dump viewer","online hex viewer","hex editor online","view file in hexadecimal","binary file viewer","hexdump tool"],"intro":"Upload a file or type in text and see its underlying bytes rendered as a precise hexadecimal dump alongside an ASCII view. It's the browser-based equivalent of running xxd or hexdump, useful for checking file offsets, inspecting headers, and doing byte-level analysis without installing anything.","howto":["Choose the text input tab or the file upload tab.","Type your text, or drop the binary file you want to inspect into the drop zone.","Set the offset base (hex or decimal) and bytes per row (8 or 16), then read through the dump.","Click the copy button to grab the generated hex dump as text."],"faq":[{"q":"What do the periods (.) in the ASCII panel mean?","a":"They stand in for bytes that can't be displayed as readable characters — control characters (0x00–0x1F and others) and similar non-printable values. Substituting a period keeps the column aligned and readable."},{"q":"Can it handle large files?","a":"Yes. The full byte array is loaded into browser memory but rendered one page at a time (roughly 512 B to 4 KB per page), so you can page through a big file without the browser stalling."},{"q":"Can the result differ between typing text directly and uploading a file?","a":"Yes — typed text is dumped based on the bytes your browser encodes as UTF-8, while an uploaded file is dumped from its original stored bytes as-is. If a file uses a different encoding, the same characters can show different byte values."}]},{"slug":"bcrypt-hash-generator","category":"text-dev","title":"Bcrypt Hash Generator & Verifier","tagline":"Hash a password with Bcrypt, or check a plaintext password against an existing hash","emoji":"🔐","keywords":["bcrypt generator","bcrypt hash online","password hash generator","bcrypt password checker","verify bcrypt hash","hash password online"],"intro":"Bcrypt is a key-stretching algorithm built specifically for password storage. This tool generates Bcrypt hashes and checks whether a plaintext password matches an existing hash — all in your browser, so nothing you type is ever sent to a server.","howto":["Pick the Generate or Verify tab.","To generate: enter your password, choose the Blowfish revision ($2b$) and the cost factor (default 10), then hit Generate.","To verify: paste the plaintext password along with the stored $2b$... Bcrypt hash, then hit Verify.","Watch the live progress bar (0%–100%) and read off the resulting hash."],"faq":[{"q":"What does the cost factor do?","a":"It's the base-2 logarithm of the number of hashing rounds, so it sets how expensive the algorithm is to run. Every +1 doubles the work, which is what makes brute-force attacks impractical."},{"q":"Is the output compatible with real Bcrypt libraries?","a":"Yes. The tool runs the Blowfish rounds asynchronously on top of the browser's Web Crypto API using a spec-compliant implementation, so the salt and hash it produces follow the standard Bcrypt format."},{"q":"Why does hashing the same password twice produce a different hash each time?","a":"Bcrypt generates a fresh random salt for every hash and embeds it in the result, so the same password always yields a different hash string. During verification, the salt stored inside the hash is reused automatically, so the match check still works correctly."}]},{"slug":"user-agent-simulator","category":"text-dev","title":"User-Agent String Generator","tagline":"Look up User-Agent header strings for any browser, device, or bot — and copy ready-to-run code","emoji":"💻","keywords":["user agent string","what is my user agent","user agent list","chrome user agent","googlebot user agent","user agent generator"],"intro":"A reference of standard User-Agent strings across operating systems and browsers — desktop, mobile, tablet, and search engine crawlers — with cURL, Fetch, and Requests snippets generated on the fly so you can drop the header straight into your code.","howto":["Choose a category to simulate: Desktop, Mobile, Tablet, or Bot.","Pick a device or browser from the preset list to see its User-Agent string.","Need something custom? Type or edit a User-Agent directly in the input field.","Switch between the cURL, Fetch, and Requests tabs below, then copy the snippet into your script."],"faq":[{"q":"Can I see my own User-Agent?","a":"Yes. The tool reads your browser's navigator API on load, parses your actual User-Agent, and shows it right away — you can drop it into the simulator with one click."},{"q":"When would I need a crawler's User-Agent?","a":"Mostly for SEO work: spoofing Googlebot and friends lets you check locally how your page responds to a search engine crawl and whether robots.txt is blocking anything before it hits production."},{"q":"Does using this tool actually change my browser's navigator.userAgent value?","a":"No — the tool only generates the header string and code snippets for you to copy; it doesn't modify the navigator.userAgent of the browser you're currently using. To actually spoof the UA sent in requests, you'll need your browser DevTools' network conditions override or a separate extension/proxy."}]},{"slug":"totp-secret-generator","category":"text-dev","title":"TOTP / 2FA Authenticator Code Tester","tagline":"Generate a Base32 secret, render a QR code for Google Authenticator, and watch live 6-digit codes","emoji":"🔑","keywords":["totp generator","google authenticator code generator","2fa code online","totp test tool","authenticator qr code generator","base32 secret generator"],"intro":"A developer tool for building and debugging two-factor authentication. It generates a random Base32 secret, renders a scannable QR code for Google Authenticator and similar apps, and computes the current 6-digit TOTP code live, rolling over every 30 seconds.","howto":["Click \"Generate random secret\" for a random Base32 string, or paste in your own secret.","Fill in the issuer and the user's account email to build the QR code URI.","Scan the on-screen QR code with Google Authenticator or any other authenticator app to add the account.","Watch the 6-digit code refresh every 30 seconds alongside the countdown bar."],"faq":[{"q":"Can I get the code without adding it to a phone app?","a":"Yes. As long as you enter a valid Base32 secret, the browser runs the standard HMAC-SHA-1 computation itself and displays the 30-second code live."},{"q":"Why does the code match what my server generates?","a":"TOTP derives the code from a shared secret plus the current UTC time, so any device with the same secret produces the same number. That's also why clock sync between devices matters so much."},{"q":"Will authentication still work if my clock is a few seconds off from the server?","a":"Yes — most TOTP implementations allow a small tolerance window, typically one step (±30 seconds) before or after, so minor clock drift is absorbed automatically. If the gap grows much larger than that, though, codes will keep failing, so it's best to keep automatic time sync enabled on your device."}]},{"slug":"ip-format-converter","category":"text-dev","title":"IP Address Converter (IPv4 ↔ IPv6)","tagline":"Convert IPv4 to decimal, hex, and binary or to a mapped IPv6 address — and expand or compress IPv6","emoji":"🌐","keywords":["ip address converter","ipv4 to ipv6 converter","ip to decimal","ip to hex converter","ipv6 expand compress","ipv4 to binary"],"intro":"Convert an IPv4 address into its decimal, hexadecimal, and binary forms as well as IPv4-mapped and IPv4-compatible IPv6 notation. For IPv6, it expands shortened addresses back to their full form or compresses them again — handy for firewall rules, log parsing, and network config.","howto":["Type the IP address you want to convert (e.g. 192.168.1.1 or 2001:db8::1).","For IPv4: the decimal integer, hex, binary bit string, and IPv6 mapped/compatible forms appear instantly.","For IPv6: you get both the fully expanded address (all eight 16-bit blocks written out) and the compressed form."],"faq":[{"q":"What are IPv4-mapped IPv6 addresses for?","a":"Modern IPv6-only network stacks use them to talk to legacy IPv4 hosts: internally the IPv4 address is wrapped in IPv6 notation as ::ffff:a.b.c.d."},{"q":"What are the IPv6 compression rules?","a":"One run of consecutive all-zero blocks (:0:0:) may be replaced with a double colon (::) — but only once per address. On top of that, leading zeros in each block are dropped (0db8 → db8) to shorten the notation."},{"q":"Can I convert private (internal network) IP addresses too?","a":"Yes, private ranges like 192.168.x.x or 10.x.x.x convert the same way public IPs do. Keep in mind, though, that private addresses aren't routable on the public internet, so the tool's output is purely a notation conversion — it says nothing about whether that address is actually reachable on a network."}]},{"slug":"port-number-lookup","category":"text-dev","title":"TCP/UDP Port Number Lookup","tagline":"Search common TCP/UDP ports for their standard use, security risks, and diagnostic commands","emoji":"🔌","keywords":["port number lookup","common tcp ports list","what port is 3306","tcp udp port list","check if port is open","well known ports"],"intro":"Look up what any common TCP/UDP port is officially used for according to IANA, along with its service name. Each entry flags the security risks of leaving that port exposed and gives you copy-paste CLI commands for testing whether it's open.","howto":["Search by port number (e.g. 80, 22) or by service name (ssh, mysql, web).","Narrow the list with the category filters — Web, Remote Access, Database, Mail, and more.","Read the description and security warnings for each port, then copy the diagnostic commands (nc, lsof) at the bottom."],"faq":[{"q":"What's the difference between system and registered ports?","a":"Ports 0–1023 are the \"well-known\" ports, reserved for the OS and core infrastructure services. Ports 1024–49151 are \"registered\" ports, claimed by specific applications such as databases."},{"q":"How do I check whether a port is open on a remote host?","a":"Run netcat from your terminal: nc -zv <IP address> <port>. Telnet works as a quick alternative for checking whether the remote socket accepts a connection."},{"q":"If two services share the same port number, are TCP and UDP treated separately?","a":"Yes — TCP and UDP ports live in entirely separate number spaces. Port 53, for instance, is used for DNS on both, but plenty of services only listen on one protocol at that number and not the other, so you need to check TCP and UDP status independently."}]},{"slug":"sql-parameter-binding","category":"text-dev","title":"SQL Parameter Binding Previewer","tagline":"Fill placeholders (?, :id, @username) in a SQL query with escaped parameter values","emoji":"🗃️","keywords":["sql parameter binding","sql escape string","sql query placeholder","prepared statement preview","bind sql parameters online","sql injection escaping"],"intro":"Paste a SQL query that uses positional (?) or named (:id, @username) placeholders, supply your parameter values, and see the fully bound statement with quotes properly escaped — exactly what you'd want when reading a log line or debugging a query by hand.","howto":["Select your database: MySQL, PostgreSQL, or SQLite.","Choose how you want to enter parameters — ordered list, key=value pairs, or JSON — and fill in the values.","Paste the original SQL statement containing the placeholders into the input box.","Read the final query with escaping applied in the results panel below, then copy it."],"faq":[{"q":"Will a ? inside a string literal get replaced too?","a":"No. A character-by-character tokenizer skips over string literals ('...'), line comments (--), and block comments (/* */), so those characters are left untouched and your query stays intact."},{"q":"Does this protect against SQL injection?","a":"No — this is a text-level binding previewer, nothing more. In production code you should always use prepared statements and your database driver's native parameter binding, both for security and for performance."},{"q":"Can I bind an array value into an IN clause parameter?","a":"Yes — in JSON input mode, if you supply an array as the value, the tool automatically expands it into IN (?, ?, ?) with one placeholder per element, escaping each value individually. Just keep in mind that in your actual server code, you'll still need to confirm your database driver supports array binding that way."}]},{"slug":"script-async-defer","category":"text-dev","title":"Script Loading Visualizer (Async vs Defer)","tagline":"See on a timeline how async and defer change HTML parsing and script execution","emoji":"⏳","keywords":["async vs defer","script defer async difference","render blocking javascript","script loading order","defer javascript loading","html parser blocking"],"intro":"A visual learning tool for diagnosing script loading performance. Drag the sliders to change HTML parse, download, and execution times, and watch exactly where each loading strategy blocks the parser.","howto":["Drag the sliders to set HTML parse time, script download time, and script execution time.","Compare how a plain script behaves depending on placement — inside <head> versus at the bottom of <body>.","Watch the parser-blocking timeline change live across the three options: Standard, Async, and Defer."],"faq":[{"q":"What's the real difference between async and defer?","a":"Both download the script in parallel with HTML parsing. The difference is when it runs: async pauses the parser and executes the moment the download finishes, while defer waits until HTML parsing is completely done."},{"q":"What should I use when scripts must run in order?","a":"Use defer. Async scripts execute in whatever order they finish downloading, which breaks any dependency between them. Defer guarantees execution in the order the tags appear in your HTML — which is what you want for libraries and the code that depends on them."},{"q":"How does a script loaded with type='module' differ from the async/defer settings?","a":"Browsers treat module scripts as deferred by default — they don't block parsing, and execution waits until the document has finished parsing, just like the defer attribute. If you also add the async attribute, a module script will instead run as soon as it finishes downloading, just like a regular async script."}]},{"slug":"url-percent-encoding","category":"text-dev","title":"RFC 3986 URL Encoder + Character Map","tagline":"Compare encodeURI, encodeURIComponent, and strict RFC 3986 — and see exactly which characters each one replaces","emoji":"🔗","keywords":["rfc 3986 url encoding","encodeuri vs encodeuricomponent","strict url encoder","oauth percent encoding","which characters are percent encoded","percent encoding character table"],"intro":"For when the question isn't 'encode this' but 'which encoding do I actually need?'. Choose one of three targets — query parameter value (encodeURIComponent), whole-URL safe (encodeURI), or strict RFC 3986 — and each option explains what it escapes and what it leaves alone. Strict mode also encodes ! ' ( ) and *, the characters JavaScript's encodeURIComponent skips, which is what trips up OAuth signatures and picky server APIs. Below the result, a live mapping table shows every character that changed and what it became, including multi-byte UTF-8 runs. Decoding is supported for percent-encoded parameter values.","howto":["Choose Encode or Decode mode.","To encode: pick your target spec (query parameter value, whole-URL safe, or RFC 3986), then enter your text.","To decode: paste text containing %20, %EA%B0..., and so on to get the plain text back.","Review the live byte mapping table showing each encoded character (Space → %20, and so on)."],"faq":[{"q":"When should I use encodeURI instead of encodeURIComponent?","a":"encodeURI preserves the characters that make a URL a URL (: / ? & = + and friends), so it's for encoding a whole address. encodeURIComponent encodes those too — which is exactly what you want for a single query string value, so it doesn't break the URL structure."},{"q":"Why would I need strict RFC 3986 encoding?","a":"JavaScript's built-in encodeURIComponent leaves a handful of characters alone: ! ' ( ) and *. When you're signing OAuth requests or talking to a strict server API, those need encoding too, and mismatches cause signature or parsing failures."},{"q":"Is a space always encoded as %20?","a":"Not always. encodeURI, encodeURIComponent, and RFC 3986 all represent a space as %20, but the application/x-www-form-urlencoded format used by traditional form submissions instead replaces spaces with a plus sign (+). This tool follows the URI-encoding standard (%20), so keep that distinction in mind when you're working with form data."}]},{"slug":"localstorage-manager","category":"text-dev","title":"Web Storage Manager (LocalStorage)","tagline":"View, edit, and delete localStorage and sessionStorage entries right in your browser","emoji":"💾","keywords":["localstorage viewer","localstorage editor","sessionstorage manager","web storage inspector","clear localstorage","browser storage tool"],"intro":"A developer tool for inspecting the data your browser keeps in window.localStorage and window.sessionStorage. Browse every stored key, add new entries, change existing values, or wipe them out — all without opening DevTools.","howto":["Pick the Local Storage or Session Storage tab.","Review the live list of every key-value pair saved for the current domain.","Use the Add Item form to store a new key and value when you need one.","Edit or Delete any existing entry directly from the list."],"faq":[{"q":"Can I manage localStorage for other websites?","a":"No. Because of the browser's Same-Origin Policy, this tool can only read and write storage data for the current domain (Dynamic Labs)."},{"q":"Is there a limit on how much data I can store?","a":"Yes — the limit varies by browser, but it's typically around 5-10MB per domain. Once you exceed it, saving a new item throws a QuotaExceededError, so for larger amounts of data, it's better to reach for something like IndexedDB instead of localStorage."},{"q":"Is there a limit on how much data I can store?","a":"Yes — the limit varies by browser, but it's typically around 5-10MB per domain. Once you exceed it, saving a new item throws a QuotaExceededError, so for larger amounts of data, it's better to reach for something like IndexedDB instead of localStorage."}]},{"slug":"json-stringify-escape","category":"text-dev","title":"JSON Stringify & Escape","tagline":"Turn JSON objects or plain text into a single-line escaped string","emoji":"🔤","keywords":["json stringify online","json escape","escape json string","json to one line","escape quotes online","string escape tool"],"intro":"Collapses JSON data or any multi-line block of text into one escaped string. Handy whenever you need to pass a JSON string as a command-line (CLI) argument, drop it into an environment variable, or embed it as a config file parameter.","howto":["Paste your JSON or plain text into the input box.","Check the options you want — escape double quotes, convert line breaks, and so on.","Copy the single-line escaped result, generated live as you type."],"faq":[{"q":"Can I escape plain text that isn't JSON?","a":"Yes. Switch to the Raw Text Escape tab and your input is escaped exactly as entered, with no parsing step."},{"q":"Can I also convert an escaped string back to its original form?","a":"This tool is built specifically for the original-text-to-one-line-escaped-string direction. If you need to go the other way — restoring an escaped string back to plain JSON or text — paste it into the hub's JSON parser/formatter tool, which unescapes it via JSON.parse."},{"q":"Can I also convert an escaped string back to its original form?","a":"This tool is built specifically for the original-text-to-one-line-escaped-string direction. If you need to go the other way — restoring an escaped string back to plain JSON or text — paste it into the hub's JSON parser/formatter tool, which unescapes it via JSON.parse."}]},{"slug":"base64-file-converter","category":"text-dev","title":"Base64 File Converter (Encoder & Decoder)","tagline":"Convert images, PDFs, documents, or raw text to Base64 data strings and decode back to files in real-time","emoji":"📁","keywords":["file to base64","base64 decoder","base64 image encoder","data url builder","binary to base64 text","local file decoder"],"intro":"A local, client-side tool to securely encode any file into Base64 format (either raw string or Data URL for HTML/CSS embedding) and decode Base64 data back to physical files.","howto":["Upload or drop your files to encode them into Base64 string formats.","Switch to the Decoder tab, paste a Base64 payload, and let the parser detect the MIME type.","Preview decoded images, configure a file name, and download the resulting file locally."],"faq":[{"q":"Why does Base64 encoding increase file size?","a":"Base64 encodes 8-bit binary data using 6-bit characters (64 printable characters), which results in a roughly 33% size overhead compared to the raw file."},{"q":"Is my data sent to any server?","a":"No. All file processing, encoding, and decoding occur 100% locally inside your web browser. No data leaves your machine."},{"q":"Can I convert very large files too?","a":"Since the conversion happens entirely in the browser's memory, large files technically can be processed, but once a file grows into the tens or hundreds of megabytes, the tab can slow down or freeze. In practice, this is best suited for images, icons, and small documents in the low-single-digit-MB range."}]},{"slug":"hmac-generator","category":"text-dev","title":"HMAC Generator","tagline":"Generate HMAC-SHA256 and HMAC-SHA512 signatures from any message and secret key","emoji":"🔑","keywords":["hmac generator","hmac sha256 online","hmac sha512","api request signing","hmac calculator","generate hmac signature"],"intro":"Creates HMAC signatures on the fly from a message and a secret key, so you can verify message integrity or sign API requests. Everything runs through your browser's built-in Web Crypto API — fast, and with no risk of exposing your key.","howto":["Enter the message you want to sign and your secret key.","Choose a hash algorithm such as SHA-256 or SHA-512.","Pick an output format — lowercase hex, uppercase hex, or Base64 — and copy the signature."],"faq":[{"q":"Could my secret key be exposed over the internet?","a":"No. Every signature is computed entirely inside your browser via the Web Crypto API, with no data sent to any server."},{"q":"What's the difference between plain SHA-256 hashing and HMAC-SHA256?","a":"A plain hash (SHA-256) is fully reproducible by anyone with the same message, so it only proves data hasn't been tampered with. HMAC mixes in a secret key during the computation, so anyone without that key can never forge a valid signature. That's why HMAC — not a plain hash — is what you should use whenever you also need to authenticate the sender, like signing API requests."},{"q":"What's the difference between plain SHA-256 hashing and HMAC-SHA256?","a":"A plain hash (SHA-256) is fully reproducible by anyone with the same message, so it only proves data hasn't been tampered with. HMAC mixes in a secret key during the computation, so anyone without that key can never forge a valid signature. That's why HMAC — not a plain hash — is what you should use whenever you also need to authenticate the sender, like signing API requests."}]},{"slug":"dns-record-guide","category":"text-dev","title":"DNS Record Guide & Validator","tagline":"Learn what A, AAAA, CNAME, MX, TXT and other DNS records do — and check your syntax as you write them","emoji":"🌐","keywords":["dns record types","dns record checker","a record vs cname","mx record setup","txt record validator","bind record format"],"intro":"A combined reference and validator for the DNS records every domain owner ends up configuring: A, AAAA, CNAME, MX, TXT, SRV, and NS. Read what each record type is for and how it's structured, then test your own values for syntax problems — invalid IP addresses, malformed domain patterns, and more — in real time.","howto":["Click a record type in the Guide tab to see what it's used for and a sample BIND-format entry.","Switch to the Validator tab and fill in the record type, TTL, host, and target value.","Get instant syntax feedback on whether your input matches the record's standard format, then copy it as a ready-to-use BIND record."],"faq":[{"q":"What's the main difference between an A record and a CNAME record?","a":"An A record maps a domain straight to a physical IP address, while a CNAME record points a domain at another domain name (an alias), which is then resolved in turn."},{"q":"What does the TTL value mean, and how should I set it?","a":"TTL (Time To Live) is how long, in seconds, DNS caching servers will hold onto that record before re-querying it. A shorter TTL means changes propagate around the world faster, at the cost of more lookup traffic; a longer TTL is more efficient for lookups but means changes — like migrating servers — take longer to fully propagate. If you know a migration is coming, it's safest to lower the TTL (e.g., to 300 seconds) ahead of time."},{"q":"What does the TTL value mean, and how should I set it?","a":"TTL (Time To Live) is how long, in seconds, DNS caching servers will hold onto that record before re-querying it. A shorter TTL means changes propagate around the world faster, at the cost of more lookup traffic; a longer TTL is more efficient for lookups but means changes — like migrating servers — take longer to fully propagate. If you know a migration is coming, it's safest to lower the TTL (e.g., to 300 seconds) ahead of time."}]},{"slug":"yaml-to-json","category":"text-dev","title":"YAML to JSON Converter","tagline":"Convert YAML into clean, standard JSON instantly","emoji":"📄","keywords":["yaml to json","yaml to json converter","convert yaml online","yaml parser","js-yaml","yaml json formatter"],"intro":"Paste a block of readable YAML config and get properly formatted, standards-compliant JSON back. Choose your indentation width (2 or 4 spaces), or output everything minified on a single line.","howto":["Paste the YAML you want to convert into the input box.","Use the control at the top right to set the output indentation — 2 spaces, 4 spaces, or minified.","Review the resulting JSON structure at a glance and copy it to your clipboard."],"faq":[{"q":"What happens if my YAML syntax is invalid?","a":"The YAML parser highlights the line number where the problem starts along with a clear error message, so you can spot and fix it right away."},{"q":"Does it also support YAML comments (#) and anchor (&) / alias (*) syntax?","a":"Comments (#) are automatically ignored during parsing and won't appear in the resulting JSON. Anchors (&) and aliases (*) for reusing values are supported too — when converting, each alias is expanded in place with the actual value its anchor points to."},{"q":"Does it also support YAML comments (#) and anchor (&) / alias (*) syntax?","a":"Comments (#) are automatically ignored during parsing and won't appear in the resulting JSON. Anchors (&) and aliases (*) for reusing values are supported too — when converting, each alias is expanded in place with the actual value its anchor points to."}]},{"slug":"json-to-yaml","category":"text-dev","title":"JSON to YAML Converter","tagline":"Turn JSON data into readable, comment-friendly YAML config","emoji":"📝","keywords":["json to yaml","json to yaml converter","convert json to yaml online","kubernetes yaml converter","js-yaml","yaml config generator"],"intro":"Converts structured JSON into clean YAML — a format that's easier to read and supports comments. Especially useful when you need to reshape an API response or a database dump into a config template for Kubernetes (k8s), Docker Compose, or a similar server environment.","howto":["Enter the JSON you want to convert into the input box.","Choose the indentation width for the YAML output.","Copy the neatly aligned YAML, parsed and rendered as you type."],"faq":[{"q":"Do arrays and nested objects convert correctly?","a":"Yes. Following the js-yaml library's strict serialization rules, arrays become dash (-) lists and nested objects are rebuilt with proper hierarchical indentation."},{"q":"How does the resulting YAML represent the original JSON's numbers, booleans, and nulls?","a":"Numbers and booleans (true/false) are written out unquoted, so a YAML parser reading them back recognizes their original type correctly. Null values follow convention and are written as the null keyword (or a tilde ~) rather than as a quoted string, which keeps the output compatible with other YAML tooling."},{"q":"How does the resulting YAML represent the original JSON's numbers, booleans, and nulls?","a":"Numbers and booleans (true/false) are written out unquoted, so a YAML parser reading them back recognizes their original type correctly. Null values follow convention and are written as the null keyword (or a tilde ~) rather than as a quoted string, which keeps the output compatible with other YAML tooling."}]},{"slug":"mock-json-generator","category":"text-dev","title":"Mock JSON Data Generator","tagline":"Generate JSON arrays of fake data — sequential IDs, UUIDs, names, emails, random numbers, and dates — from your own schema","emoji":"📊","keywords":["mock json generator","fake data generator","dummy json data","test data generator","api mock data","random json generator"],"intro":"Builds arrays of realistic dummy JSON records that match a schema you define, ready to drop into frontend API mocks or database tests. Define your fields once and generate as many rows as you need, instantly.","howto":["Define your JSON field names and pick a data type for each: sequential ID, UUID, name, email, random number, date, boolean, or a custom enum list.","Enter the number of rows you want to generate.","Hit Generate, review the JSON output, then copy it to your clipboard or save it as a file."],"faq":[{"q":"How does the custom enum type work?","a":"Enter a comma-separated list of values (for example: admin, user, guest) and each generated row is randomly assigned one of them."},{"q":"Does the dummy data — names, emails, and so on — change every time I generate it?","a":"Yes, each time you click the generate button, the values are randomly recombined from scratch, so you'll get a different result every time. If you need to reproduce the exact same output later, save the generated JSON somewhere yourself — there's currently no option to fix a random seed for repeatable output."},{"q":"Does the dummy data — names, emails, and so on — change every time I generate it?","a":"Yes, each time you click the generate button, the values are randomly recombined from scratch, so you'll get a different result every time. If you need to reproduce the exact same output later, save the generated JSON somewhere yourself — there's currently no option to fix a random seed for repeatable output."}]},{"slug":"xml-json-converter","category":"text-dev","title":"XML to JSON Converter (Both Ways)","tagline":"Convert XML markup into JSON objects — or JSON back into XML","emoji":"🔄","keywords":["xml to json","json to xml","xml json converter","convert xml online","xml parser online","xml to json with attributes"],"intro":"A two-way converter that parses hierarchical XML into nested JSON, and rebuilds JSON structures as valid XML tags. Attributes (@attributes) and text nodes (#text) are mapped carefully in both directions so nothing gets lost on the round trip.","howto":["Choose the XML to JSON or JSON to XML tab at the top.","Enter the data you want to convert into the input box.","Check the output along with any syntax warnings, such as unclosed tags, then copy the final result."],"faq":[{"q":"How are XML attributes preserved in the JSON output?","a":"Any element that carries attributes gets them mapped into a nested object under an '@attributes' key inside the JSON, so every value is kept intact."},{"q":"What happens in the JSON output when the same tag name repeats multiple times?","a":"When the same tag name appears more than once under the same parent, that key's value is automatically converted into a JSON array instead of a single object, with each occurrence added as an array element in order. Going the other way, JSON → XML, each element of an array is expanded back into a sibling tag with that same repeated name."},{"q":"What happens in the JSON output when the same tag name repeats multiple times?","a":"When the same tag name appears more than once under the same parent, that key's value is automatically converted into a JSON array instead of a single object, with each occurrence added as an array element in order. Going the other way, JSON → XML, each element of an array is expanded back into a sibling tag with that same repeated name."}]},{"slug":"sql-ddl-to-json-schema","category":"text-dev","title":"SQL DDL to JSON Schema Converter","tagline":"Turn SQL CREATE TABLE statements into a standard JSON Schema Draft-07 model automatically","emoji":"⚡","keywords":["sql ddl to json schema","create table to json schema","json schema generator","json schema draft 07","database schema converter","sql to json schema online"],"intro":"This tool parses SQL DDL — the CREATE TABLE statements that define your relational database tables — and maps column types (INT, VARCHAR, TIMESTAMP, and more), nullability, and constraints into a matching JSON Schema Draft-07 document you can drop straight into a RESTful API contract.","howto":["Paste your SQL CREATE TABLE statement into the editor.","Optionally toggle \"Allow null union types for columns without NOT NULL\" to control how nullable columns are typed.","Copy the generated JSON Schema Draft-07 output or download it as a file and use it in your project."],"faq":[{"q":"Which SQL data types are supported?","a":"Integer types such as INT and BIGINT map to integer, numeric types such as DECIMAL and FLOAT map to number, and character and date/time types such as VARCHAR, TEXT, and DATETIME map to string with the appropriate format. BOOLEAN and JSON columns are converted as well."},{"q":"Can I paste multiple CREATE TABLE statements into the input box at once?","a":"Yes — enter several CREATE TABLE statements separated by semicolons, and the tool generates a separate JSON Schema definition for each table, in order. One thing it doesn't do automatically, though, is carry FOREIGN KEY relationships between tables into the schema — you'll need to add those references yourself if you need them."},{"q":"Can I paste multiple CREATE TABLE statements into the input box at once?","a":"Yes — enter several CREATE TABLE statements separated by semicolons, and the tool generates a separate JSON Schema definition for each table, in order. One thing it doesn't do automatically, though, is carry FOREIGN KEY relationships between tables into the schema — you'll need to add those references yourself if you need them."}]},{"slug":"dividend-yield-calculator","category":"calc-convert","title":"Dividend Yield & Payout Ratio Calculator","tagline":"Calculate dividend yield and payout ratio from share price, DPS, and EPS — and check whether the dividend is safe","emoji":"💰","keywords":["dividend yield calculator","dividend payout ratio calculator","dividend per share","dps eps calculator","dividend safety","dividend investing calculator"],"intro":"Enter a stock's share price, annual dividend per share (DPS), and earnings per share (EPS) to see the dividend yield on your investment and the company's payout ratio, along with a read on how safe and sustainable that dividend really is.","howto":["Enter the stock's current share price.","Enter the annual dividend per share (DPS) the company pays.","Enter the company's annual earnings per share (EPS).","Review the dividend yield, payout ratio, and overall dividend sustainability rating calculated in real time."],"faq":[{"q":"What's the difference between dividend yield and payout ratio?","a":"Dividend yield is the dividend measured against the share price — what you earn back on the money you invested. Payout ratio is the share of the company's net earnings handed out as dividends — how much of what the business makes it gives away."},{"q":"What payout ratio counts as safe?","a":"A ratio between roughly 30% and 60% is generally considered the most stable and sustainable range. Once it climbs above 90%, the company is paying out far more than it comfortably earns, which puts the dividend at real risk of being cut."},{"q":"If the dividend yield comes out very high, is that always a good sign?","a":"Not necessarily. An unusually high yield can be a 'dividend trap,' where the stock price has dropped sharply, temporarily inflating the yield. In that case, check the payout ratio too — if it's over 100% or unusually high, there's a real risk the dividend gets cut or suspended next time, so you should dig into why the stock fell in the first place."}]},{"slug":"cagr-calculator","category":"calc-convert","title":"CAGR Calculator (Compound Annual Growth Rate)","tagline":"Find your compound annual growth rate from a beginning value, ending value, and holding period — plus a year-by-year growth table","emoji":"📈","keywords":["cagr calculator","compound annual growth rate","annualized return calculator","investment growth calculator","average annual return","compound growth calculator"],"intro":"Enter your starting value, ending value, and the number of years held to get the compound annual growth rate (CAGR) — the average yearly rate at which your money grew when compounding is taken into account — along with a table that walks through the growth year by year.","howto":["Enter the value of the investment at the start of the period (beginning value).","Enter the value at the end of the period (ending value).","Enter the total holding period in years.","Review the CAGR and the year-by-year compound growth table calculated in real time."],"faq":[{"q":"What exactly does CAGR mean?","a":"CAGR stands for Compound Annual Growth Rate — the annual rate your money would have grown at if it compounded steadily every year. Even when yearly returns swing wildly, CAGR boils long-run performance down to a single number you can compare across investments."},{"q":"How is it different from a simple average return?","a":"A simple (arithmetic) average just adds up each year's return and divides. CAGR uses compounding (a geometric mean), so it reflects what actually happened to your money. Take +100% in year one and -50% in year two: you end up right back where you started, but the simple average says +25% while CAGR correctly says 0%."},{"q":"What does a negative CAGR mean?","a":"It means the final value ended up smaller than the initial one, and the negative percentage shows roughly how much the asset shrank per year on average over that period. Keep in mind CAGR only compares the start and end points, so it says nothing about volatility along the way (a sharp drop followed by a rebound, for instance) — for a real read on risk, pair it with a metric like maximum drawdown."}]},{"slug":"discount-rate-calculator","category":"calc-convert","title":"Discount & Sales Tax Calculator","tagline":"Work out what you'll actually pay — and how much you save — after a discount and sales tax","emoji":"🏷️","keywords":["discount calculator","percent off calculator","sales tax calculator","price after discount and tax","shopping savings calculator","final price calculator"],"intro":"Enter an item's original price, the discount percentage, and an optional sales tax rate to see the final out-the-door price you'll pay after tax, plus exactly how much the discount saves you.","howto":["Enter the item's original (list) price.","Enter the discount percentage to apply.","If your state or country charges sales tax (for example, a 10% VAT), enter the rate.","Review the final price and total savings calculated in real time."],"faq":[{"q":"Is the discount applied before or after tax?","a":"The standard order is discount first: the discount comes off the list price to give the pre-tax sale price, and sales tax is then charged on that reduced amount to reach the final total."},{"q":"What if I leave the sales tax rate blank?","a":"Leave the tax field empty or set it to 0 and you'll get the plain discounted price with no tax added."},{"q":"Can it handle stacked discounts applied together (like 20% off, then an extra 10%)?","a":"The tool is built around a single discount-rate input, so it doesn't handle stacked discounts directly. For a case like 20% off followed by an extra 10%, calculate the first discount, then plug that resulting price back in as the new original price and apply the 10% discount a second time — that gets you the correct sequential result."}]},{"slug":"sales-tax-calculator","category":"calc-convert","title":"Sales Tax & Tip Calculator","tagline":"Add sales tax and a tip to your bill, then split the total evenly across the table","emoji":"🧾","keywords":["tip calculator","sales tax calculator","check splitter","split the bill calculator","gratuity calculator","restaurant bill calculator"],"intro":"Enter your meal or service bill to get the full amount due once local sales tax and the tip are added — and if you're splitting the check, see exactly what each person owes.","howto":["Enter the total bill amount (the pre-tax price of the food or service).","Enter your local sales tax rate (%).","Enter the tip percentage (for example, 15% or 18%).","Choose whether the tip is figured on the pre-tax bill or the post-tax total.","Enter how many people are splitting the check to see the per-person share."],"faq":[{"q":"Should you tip on the pre-tax bill or the total after tax?","a":"Traditionally, the tip is calculated on the pre-tax bill — the food and service alone. That said, most card readers now default to suggesting tips on the post-tax total, so use the tip-basis tabs to compare both and decide what feels right for the situation."},{"q":"What if the bill already includes an automatic service charge — do I still need to add a tip?","a":"Some restaurants in the US and Canada, especially for larger parties (often 6 or more), automatically add a service charge (typically 18–20%) directly to the check. Check your receipt for a line labeled \"service charge\" or \"gratuity\" before you calculate — if it's already there, set the tip percentage to 0% here so you don't end up paying twice."},{"q":"What if the bill already includes an automatic service charge — do I still need to add a tip?","a":"Some restaurants in the US and Canada, especially for larger parties (often 6 or more), automatically add a service charge (typically 18–20%) directly to the check. Check your receipt for a line labeled \"service charge\" or \"gratuity\" before you calculate — if it's already there, set the tip percentage to 0% here so you don't end up paying twice."}]},{"slug":"fxd-flexible-exp-budget","category":"calc-convert","title":"Fixed vs. Variable Expense Budget Planner","tagline":"Break your monthly income into fixed and variable spending to see your ratios and how much you can actually save","emoji":"📊","keywords":["fixed vs variable expenses","budget planner","50 30 20 rule calculator","monthly budget calculator","savings rate calculator","personal budget breakdown"],"intro":"List your monthly income and expenses, sorting each one into fixed costs (rent, loan payments) or variable costs (groceries, shopping). You'll see the fixed-to-variable ratio that reveals how sturdy your finances are, plus a chart of how much you can realistically save each month.","howto":["Enter your total monthly take-home income.","Add each recurring fixed and variable expense to the list with a name and an amount.","Use the breakdown chart and the fixed/variable summary cards at the top to judge whether your spending mix sits in a healthy range."],"faq":[{"q":"How do I tell fixed and variable expenses apart?","a":"Fixed expenses are the bills that go out no matter what — locked in by a contract or obligation and hard to shrink month to month: housing, insurance premiums, loan principal and interest, basic utilities. Variable expenses are the ones you can dial up or down starting next month based on your own choices: dining out, shopping, entertainment, rideshares."},{"q":"What's the ideal way to split my spending?","a":"The most widely recommended guideline is the 50-30-20 rule: about 50% of your income toward needs (fixed essentials), 30% toward wants (flexible spending), and at least 20% toward savings and investing."},{"q":"I'm a freelancer with income that varies every month — what should I enter as my monthly income?","a":"Rather than entering a single unusually good or bad month, it's best to enter your average take-home pay over the last 3–6 months. That smooths out busy and slow periods and gives you a much more realistic picture of your fixed-to-variable ratio and how much you can actually save."}]},{"slug":"customs-duty-calculator","category":"calc-convert","title":"Korea Import Duty & VAT Breakdown by Clearance Type","tagline":"Pick list or formal clearance and see the customs value split into goods and freight, with duty and import VAT itemized in a table","emoji":"🛃","keywords":["korea customs duty calculator","korea import vat calculation","list clearance vs formal clearance korea","korea customs value freight","korea import tax breakdown","customs duty rate by category korea"],"intro":"For when you already expect to be taxed and want to see how Korea Customs builds the bill. Choose your clearance type — list clearance (USD 200 for shipments from the US) or formal clearance (USD 150) — and if the order is dutiable, the customs value is broken out into a goods portion and a freight portion in an itemized table. Goods price and shipping take separate currencies, so a purchase paid in dollars with shipping billed in won goes in exactly as it happened. Category duty rates distinguish IT equipment (duty-free) from home appliances (8%), and 10% import VAT is applied on top to give you total tax payable and final landed cost.","howto":["Enter the purchase price and currency (USD, EUR, and so on), along with any domestic and international shipping charges.","Pick the rough product category (clothing, electronics, cosmetics, etc.) so the matching duty rate is applied.","Choose list clearance (US shipments) or formal clearance, then review the estimated duty, VAT, and final landed cost calculated in real time."],"faq":[{"q":"What are the duty-free thresholds?","a":"Under Korean customs rules, formal clearance — and list clearance from anywhere outside the United States — is duty-free when the goods are valued at USD 150 or less. Goods arriving from the United States under list clearance (certain categories such as clothing, shoes, and electronics) are duty-free up to USD 200."},{"q":"Does shipping count toward the calculation?","a":"For the duty-free threshold, only the value of the goods themselves is counted (including local taxes and local shipping). Once the shipment exceeds the threshold and becomes dutiable, duty and VAT are assessed on the \"customs value\" — the price of the goods plus the international freight charge."},{"q":"If I split one purchase into several separate orders on the same day, does each order get its own duty-free threshold?","a":"No. Korea Customs can combine multiple shipments cleared within a short window under the same buyer's name and from the same sender and treat them as a single transaction, precisely to prevent people from splitting purchases to dodge the duty-free limit. Simply breaking a payment into several orders does not reset the exemption threshold for each one."}]},{"slug":"lotto-simulator","category":"calc-convert","title":"Korean Lotto 6/45 Simulator & Tax Calculator","tagline":"Run repeated mock draws on your numbers to see prize-tier odds and after-tax returns under Korea's 22% and 33% lottery tax rates","emoji":"🎰","keywords":["korean lotto 6/45 simulator","korea lottery tax calculator","lotto 645 odds simulator","dhlottery winnings after tax","lottery number generator korea","korean lottery prize tax rate"],"intro":"Run mass simulated draws with your own picks (or auto-generated numbers) to see how often each prize tier hits, what the winnings add up to, and what you'd actually take home after Korea's tiered lottery tax rates — with the final return on investment (ROI) calculated for you.","howto":["Pick six numbers from 1 to 45, or click \"Auto-generate numbers.\"","Choose how many draws to simulate (10, 100, 1,000, and so on).","Hit the start button to run the simulation and review the hit count for each prize tier, gross and net winnings, tax withheld, and after-tax return."],"faq":[{"q":"How is tax on Korean lottery winnings calculated?","a":"Under the lottery tax rules revised in 2023, prizes of 2 million KRW or less (5th place, 4th place, and some typical 3rd-place wins) are tax-free. Amounts above 2 million KRW up to 300 million KRW are taxed at 22%, and anything over 300 million KRW is withheld at 33% in combined income and local income tax."},{"q":"Are the prize amounts in the simulation real?","a":"The simulator uses historical average payouts for Dhlottery's Lotto 6/45 (roughly 2 billion KRW for 1st place, about 50 million KRW for 2nd, and so on). Actual prizes vary because they're divided pro rata based on each draw's total sales and the number of winners."},{"q":"I ran the simulation twice with the exact same numbers and got different results — is that a bug?","a":"That's expected, not a bug. Just like a real lottery draw, every draw in this simulator is an independent random draw, so running the same numbers again will naturally produce different outcomes each time. The more draws you run, the closer your results should trend toward the theoretical odds."}]},{"slug":"compound-interest-savings","category":"calc-convert","title":"Compound Interest & Savings Calculator","tagline":"Project your maturity value before and after tax from an initial lump sum, monthly contributions, interest rate, term, and compounding frequency.","emoji":"📈","keywords":["compound interest calculator","savings calculator","monthly contribution calculator","future value calculator","after tax interest calculator","Korean interest income tax 15.4%","investment growth calculator"],"intro":"Whether you're parking a lump sum, adding a fixed amount every month, or doing both, this calculator shows what your money grows into by maturity. Choose your compounding frequency (monthly, quarterly, or annual) and your tax treatment — Korea's standard 15.4% interest income tax, the 9.5% preferential rate, or a tax-free account such as an ISA — and get an instant after-tax total plus a year-by-year growth table.","howto":["Enter your initial lump sum and the amount you plan to contribute each month.","Set the annual interest rate (%) and how many years you'll stay invested.","Pick a compounding frequency (monthly, annual, and so on) and a tax option (standard, preferential, or tax-free) to see your projected after-tax balance at maturity."],"faq":[{"q":"What's the difference between simple and compound interest?","a":"Simple interest is earned on your original principal only. With compound interest, the interest earned each period is added back to the principal and starts earning interest itself. The longer your money stays invested, the more dramatically compounding accelerates growth."},{"q":"How much does tax treatment actually change the outcome?","a":"Under Korea's standard treatment, 15.4% of your interest is withheld as tax. In a tax-free or ISA account, the interest income tax rate is 0%, so you keep every won of interest you earn — a gap that widens substantially over long terms."},{"q":"With the same interest rate and term, how much does the compounding frequency (monthly vs. yearly) actually change the final amount?","a":"The more often interest gets folded back into the principal — monthly beats quarterly, which beats yearly — the more often it starts earning interest of its own, so the final payout ends up slightly higher. That gap is barely noticeable at low rates over short terms, but it widens meaningfully at higher rates over longer periods."}]},{"slug":"loan-schedule-generator","category":"calc-convert","title":"Loan Amortization Schedule Generator","tagline":"Build a full payment-by-payment table of principal, interest, and remaining balance for equal-payment, equal-principal, or interest-only loans.","emoji":"📅","keywords":["amortization schedule calculator","loan payment schedule","loan amortization table","mortgage amortization calculator","principal and interest breakdown","interest only loan calculator"],"intro":"Enter your loan amount, interest rate, and term, and get a detailed month-by-month amortization schedule for any of the three common repayment structures: equal total payment (standard amortizing), equal principal (declining payment), or interest-only with a balloon payment at maturity. Each row breaks out how much of that payment goes to principal versus interest and what balance is left.","howto":["Enter the total loan principal and the annual interest rate (%).","Enter the full loan term in months.","Choose a repayment method — equal payment, equal principal, or interest-only with balloon — and review the month-by-month schedule generated below."],"faq":[{"q":"Which repayment method should I choose?","a":"Equal principal costs the least in total interest, but your early payments are the highest. Equal payment keeps every month identical, which is easier to budget around. Interest-only means small payments until you repay the entire principal at maturity — the most flexible cash flow, but by far the most total interest."},{"q":"Will these numbers match my bank statement exactly?","a":"Almost never to the penny. Most lenders accrue interest on a daily basis and adjust for leap years, weekends, and actual payment dates. This calculator uses a monthly approximation, so expect small rounding differences of a few dollars at most."},{"q":"If I make an extra principal payment partway through the loan, does the schedule update automatically?","a":"No. This calculator generates one fixed schedule for the entire term based on the principal, rate, and term you enter up front. If you actually make an early extra payment, you'll need to re-run the calculator with the remaining balance as the new principal and the remaining months as the new term to see how it changes the rest of the schedule."}]},{"slug":"currency-converter","category":"calc-convert","title":"Multi-Currency Converter","tagline":"Convert between USD, EUR, JPY, KRW, CNY, and GBP — type in any one field and every other currency updates at once.","emoji":"💱","keywords":["currency converter","exchange rate calculator","usd to eur converter","multi currency converter","money conversion calculator","foreign exchange calculator"],"intro":"Convert among six major world currencies: the US dollar, euro, Japanese yen, Korean won, Chinese yuan, and British pound. Type an amount into any currency's field and all the others recalculate instantly against your reference rates. You can also override the rates yourself, so the tool always reflects the numbers you care about.","howto":["Type an amount directly into the field for the currency you're starting from.","The other five currency fields update instantly with the converted amounts.","Use the custom reference rate section below to adjust each currency's rate against 1 USD and plug in today's published rates yourself."],"faq":[{"q":"Does this pull live exchange rates from an API?","a":"No. It's built as a fast offline calculator for running what-if scenarios on exchange rates. When rates move, just update the reference rates in the settings section below and your calculations follow."},{"q":"Are exchange fees included?","a":"No. The math runs straight off the mid-market reference rate you set, so bank and currency exchange spreads on buying or selling cash — typically 1% to 2% — are not added in. Expect to receive slightly less than the number shown."},{"q":"If I edit the base exchange rates myself, are those changes saved for my next visit?","a":"No. Any rates you edit in the settings section only apply within your current browser session — refreshing the page or coming back later resets everything to the default rates. To use up-to-date figures, you'll need to re-enter your custom rates each time you visit."}]},{"slug":"prime-number-generator","category":"calc-convert","title":"Prime Number Checker & Generator","tagline":"Test whether any number is prime, and list every prime in a range using the Sieve of Eratosthenes.","emoji":"🔢","keywords":["prime number checker","prime number generator","is this number prime","sieve of eratosthenes calculator","list of prime numbers","prime factorization"],"intro":"Check whether a given whole number is prime, and generate a complete list of every prime within a range of your choosing — up to 1,000,000 — using the Sieve of Eratosthenes. For composite numbers, you also get the factors. Handy for math homework, coding interviews, and number theory practice.","howto":["On the prime checker tab, enter a number to instantly see whether it's prime — and if it's composite, what its factors are.","Switch to the generator tab and set your range.","Hit the generate button, or just type a number, to list every prime in that range along with the total count.","Use the copy button to grab the entire list of primes to your clipboard."],"faq":[{"q":"What exactly is a prime number?","a":"A prime is a whole number greater than 1 whose only divisors are 1 and itself. The first few are 2, 3, 5, 7, and 11."},{"q":"How does the Sieve of Eratosthenes work?","a":"Named for the ancient Greek mathematician who devised it, the sieve starts at 2 and crosses out every multiple of each prime it finds, working up to your limit. Whatever survives is prime. It's still the classic, and one of the most efficient, ways to find all primes below a given number."},{"q":"Is the number 1 a prime number?","a":"No. A prime number is defined as a natural number greater than 1 whose only divisors are 1 and itself. Since 1 only has one divisor — itself — it doesn't meet that definition, so it's classified as neither prime nor composite; it sits in a category of its own."}]},{"slug":"permutations-combinations","category":"calc-convert","title":"Permutation & Combination Calculator","tagline":"Calculate nPr, nCr, and combinations with repetition (nHr), with the full factorial work shown step by step.","emoji":"🧮","keywords":["permutation and combination calculator","nCr calculator","nPr calculator","combinations with repetition calculator","how many ways to choose","factorial calculator"],"intro":"Find out how many ways you can choose r items from a set of n. This calculator computes permutations (nPr), combinations (nCr), and combinations with repetition (nHr) all at once, and walks through each factorial expansion so you can see exactly how the formula produces the answer.","howto":["Enter the total number of items (n) and how many you're choosing (r) in their respective fields.","Results for permutations, combinations, and combinations with repetition update live as you type.","Expand the step-by-step section below to study each factorial expansion and how the values are substituted into the formula.","Copy any result to drop straight into a report or your notes."],"faq":[{"q":"What's the key difference between nPr and nCr?","a":"Whether order matters. Permutations treat a different arrangement as a different outcome, giving n!/(n-r)!. Combinations only care about which items you picked, not the order, so you divide by an extra r! to remove the duplicate arrangements."},{"q":"When would I use combinations with repetition (nHr)?","a":"Any time you're picking from a set and can pick the same option more than once — like counting the possible vote tallies when 5 anonymous ballots are cast among 3 candidates. It follows the formula (n+r-1)Cr."},{"q":"What happens if the number to choose (r) is larger than the total number of items (n)?","a":"Permutations (nPr) and combinations (nCr) can't select more items than actually exist, so when r is greater than n, the result comes out to 0. Homogeneous combinations (nHr) are the exception — since repeated selections are allowed, they still produce a valid, nonzero result even when r exceeds n."}]},{"slug":"percent-error-calculator","category":"calc-convert","title":"Percent Error Calculator","tagline":"Enter your experimental and theoretical values to get absolute error, relative error, and percent error — plus a quick read on how good your result is.","emoji":"📉","keywords":["percent error calculator","relative error calculator","absolute error calculator","percent error formula","experimental vs theoretical value","lab accuracy calculator"],"intro":"Built for chemistry, physics, and any lab work where you need to know how close your measurement landed to the accepted value. Enter what you measured and what theory says it should be, and get the absolute error, relative error, and percent error instantly — along with a plain-English accuracy rating based on how far off you are.","howto":["Enter the value you measured or derived in the 'Experimental Value (E)' field.","Enter the accepted textbook figure or design specification in the 'Theoretical Value (T)' field.","Absolute error, relative error, and percent error are calculated live and displayed as result cards.","Read the accuracy feedback — excellent, good, acceptable, or significant deviation — alongside the full formula, and copy whatever you need."],"faq":[{"q":"Can percent error come out negative?","a":"Not here. The standard relative error and percent error formulas take the absolute value of the difference (|E - T|) so the result reflects the size of the error, not its direction. You'll always get zero or a positive number."},{"q":"Why can't it calculate when the theoretical value is 0?","a":"A theoretical value of 0 means there's no denominator to measure a ratio against, so relative and percent error are undefined. Only absolute error is meaningful in that case."},{"q":"What's generally considered an \"acceptable\" percent error in an experiment?","a":"There's no universal answer, but in typical school chemistry or physics labs, a percent error under 5% is often considered good and under 1% is considered excellent precision. Fields where precision really matters — like instrumentation or engineering design — may demand a much stricter standard, sometimes 0.1% or lower, so what counts as acceptable really depends on the purpose and field of the experiment."}]},{"slug":"proportion-calculator","category":"calc-convert","title":"Proportion Calculator (Solve for X)","tagline":"Solve for the missing value in an A:B = C:D proportion, with the cross-multiplication steps spelled out.","emoji":"⚖️","keywords":["proportion calculator","solve for x proportion","cross multiplication calculator","ratio calculator","a:b = c:d calculator","missing value in a proportion"],"intro":"Give any three values in an A:B = C:D proportion and this tool finds the fourth. It solves for X using cross multiplication — the product of the means equals the product of the extremes — and shows each step of the work, so it's just as useful for learning the method as for getting a fast answer.","howto":["Use the dropdown at the top to pick which of A, B, C, or D is your unknown X.","Fill in the remaining three fields with the values you already have.","The value of X that makes the proportion true is calculated and displayed instantly below.","Review the step-by-step work underneath to see exactly how cross multiplication solves the equation."],"faq":[{"q":"What's the core rule behind proportions?","a":"In any proportion, the product of the two outer terms (the extremes, A and D) always equals the product of the two inner terms (the means, B and C) — that is, A × D = B × C. Rearranging that equation isolates whichever term is unknown."},{"q":"Can I enter decimals or fractions?","a":"Decimals can be typed straight into the fields and are handled with full precision. For a fraction, just enter its decimal equivalent."},{"q":"Can I enter zero or a negative number in one of the ratio fields?","a":"Zero can be a problem depending on where it lands — if it ends up acting as a denominator (the B or D term), the equation becomes mathematically undefined and returns an error. Negative numbers are arithmetically fine, but since most real-world ratios (prices, distances, and so on) don't have a meaningful negative interpretation, it's worth double-checking why you'd need one before entering it."}]},{"slug":"pythagorean-theorem","category":"calc-convert","title":"Pythagorean Theorem Calculator","tagline":"Enter any two sides of a right triangle to find the third, with a live SVG diagram and the formula worked out step by step.","emoji":"📐","keywords":["pythagorean theorem calculator","right triangle calculator","hypotenuse calculator","find missing side of triangle","a2 + b2 = c2 calculator","triangle side length calculator"],"intro":"Using the Pythagorean theorem (a² + b² = c²), enter the lengths of any two sides of a right triangle and get the third instantly — whether you're solving for the hypotenuse or a leg. An interactive triangle diagram redraws to match your dimensions, so you can see the shape you're actually working with.","howto":["Choose the side you want to solve for — the hypotenuse (c) or a leg (a or b) — from the dropdown.","Enter the two known side lengths in the remaining fields.","The missing length appears along with the full substitution worked out in math notation.","The triangle diagram on the left redraws live with your dimensions so you can see the shape and proportions at a glance."],"faq":[{"q":"What should I watch out for when solving for a leg instead of the hypotenuse?","a":"By definition, the hypotenuse (c) is the longest side of a right triangle — it's always opposite the right angle. So when solving for a or b, the value you enter for c has to be a positive number larger than the other known side, or no valid triangle exists."},{"q":"Where does the Pythagorean theorem show up in real life?","a":"It's everywhere in construction and woodworking for squaring corners (the classic 3-4-5 rule), and it's how screen sizes are measured as a diagonal in inches. It's also the basis for calculating straight-line distance between two coordinates on a map."},{"q":"If the result doesn't come out to a clean whole number like the classic 3-4-5 triangle, how is it shown?","a":"Unless the sides happen to form one of the special integer ratios known as Pythagorean triples (like 3-4-5 or 5-12-13), the result is almost always an irrational number. In those cases, the calculator can't display the exact value, so it shows a decimal approximation rounded to a few places instead."}]},{"slug":"speed-converter","category":"calc-convert","title":"Speed Conversion Formulas & Everyday Speed Chart","tagline":"See the arithmetic behind each conversion (m/s × 3.6, ÷ 343) and compare 10 real-world speeds from a snail to the speed of sound","emoji":"🚀","keywords":["speed conversion formula","m/s to km/h formula","how fast is mach 1 in km/h","speed comparison chart","how fast is the speed of sound","what is a knot in mph"],"intro":"Enter a value in meters per second and km/h, mph, knots, and Mach all fill in at once — but the point here is the formula cards that show the actual arithmetic behind each one: m/s × 3.6 for km/h, ÷ 343 for Mach. A comparison chart lines up ten speeds from everyday life and nature — a snail, walking, cycling, a city speed limit, a highway, a cheetah, a typhoon, Korea's KTX train, an airliner, and the speed of sound — and one button drops any of them into the converter so you can see how a figure stacks up. All five unit results copy out together in a single go.","howto":["Type a speed value into whichever unit field you want to start from.","Every other field — m/s, km/h, mph, knots, and Mach — updates automatically as you type.","You can also load one of the listed benchmark speeds to drop it straight into the calculator."],"faq":[{"q":"What is Mach measured against?","a":"Mach is a ratio based on the speed of sound. This calculator uses 343 m/s (about 767.3 mph, or 1,234.8 km/h) — the speed of sound in dry air at 20°C (68°F) — as Mach 1."},{"q":"Where are knots normally used?","a":"Knots are the standard speed unit in shipping and aviation. One knot equals one nautical mile (1,852 m) per hour, which works out to roughly 1.15 mph or 1.852 km/h."},{"q":"Does the actual speed (km/h) that equals Mach 1 change at higher altitudes?","a":"Yes. The speed of sound depends on air temperature, so as you climb to higher, colder altitudes (like the stratosphere), the speed of sound itself slows down — meaning the real speed that equals Mach 1 drops below the sea-level figure. For simplicity, this calculator uses a fixed speed of sound (343 m/s), based on sea level at 20°C."}]},{"slug":"pressure-converter","category":"calc-convert","title":"Pressure Unit Converter","tagline":"Convert between atm, bar, Pa, psi, and mmHg, with reference points like atmospheric pressure and tire pressure","emoji":"🎈","keywords":["pressure converter","psi to bar","bar to psi","atm to pascal","mmhg to psi","kpa to psi tire pressure"],"intro":"Convert pressure between pascals (Pa), atmospheres (atm), bar, psi, and mmHg in real time. Reference values for standard atmospheric pressure, car tire pressure, blood pressure, and other everyday benchmarks let you put any reading in context.","howto":["Enter a number in the field for the pressure unit you already have.","The other four units convert instantly and stay in sync as you type.","Check the reference pressures listed below, and copy one or apply it to the calculator with a single click."],"faq":[{"q":"How many pascals are in 1 atmosphere (atm)?","a":"Standard atmospheric pressure of 1 atm is defined as exactly 101,325 Pa — about 101.3 kPa, 1.013 bar, or 14.7 psi."},{"q":"What does the PSI number on my car tire mean?","a":"PSI (pounds per square inch) is an imperial pressure unit measuring how many pounds of force press on each square inch of area. Most passenger car tires call for roughly 32 to 36 psi."},{"q":"Is the pressure shown on a tire gauge absolute pressure or gauge pressure?","a":"Tire gauges — and the everyday pressure figures this calculator handles — read gauge pressure, which treats normal atmospheric pressure as the zero point. To convert to absolute pressure (which treats a perfect vacuum as zero), just add standard atmospheric pressure (about 101.3 kPa, or 14.7 psi) to the gauge reading."}]},{"slug":"energy-converter","category":"calc-convert","title":"Energy and Calorie Converter","tagline":"Convert between joules (J), calories (cal), kilocalories (kcal), watt-hours (Wh), and BTU, with food and electricity references","emoji":"⚡","keywords":["energy converter","joules to calories","calories to kj","btu to watts","watt hours to joules","kwh conversion calculator"],"intro":"Convert energy between joules (J), the calories and kilocalories used in nutrition, watt-hours (Wh) for electricity, and BTU for heating and cooling — all in real time. Reference guides for food calories, phone battery capacity, and other everyday amounts help you picture what the numbers mean.","howto":["Enter a value in any one of the energy unit fields.","Joules (J), calories (cal), kilocalories (kcal), watt-hours (Wh), and BTU all convert automatically.","Use the reference table to get a feel for the scale — how a phone charge or a meal's calories compare."],"faq":[{"q":"What's the difference between a calorie (cal) and a kilocalorie (kcal)?","a":"One kcal equals 1,000 cal. The \"Calories\" listed on nutrition labels and diet plans are actually kilocalories — a 500-Calorie meal contains 500 kcal, or 500,000 small calories."},{"q":"How do watt-hours (Wh) relate to joules (J)?","a":"One watt is a rate of one joule per second. So running at 1 watt for one hour (3,600 seconds) delivers exactly 3,600 J — meaning 1 Wh = 3,600 J."},{"q":"Why is BTU so often used to describe air conditioner or heater capacity?","a":"BTU (British Thermal Unit) measures the heat needed to raise one pound of water by one degree Fahrenheit, and it became the long-standing international standard for describing how much heat an HVAC unit can move per hour — its cooling or heating capacity. That history is why it's still the go-to unit on air conditioner and heater spec sheets today, even in countries that otherwise use the metric system."}]},{"slug":"data-transfer-speed","category":"calc-convert","title":"Data Transfer Speed and Download Time Calculator","tagline":"Convert Mbps, Gbps, MB/s, and KB/s, and estimate how long a file of any size (GB, TB) takes to transfer","emoji":"💾","keywords":["download time calculator","mbps to mb/s converter","internet speed converter","file transfer time calculator","gbps to mbps","how long to download a file"],"intro":"Convert network speed units (Mbps, Gbps, MB/s, KB/s) and calculate in real time how long it takes to transfer a file of a given size (MB, GB, TB). Presets for common home internet plans and mobile connection speeds let you check a scenario in seconds.","howto":["Enter your transfer speed and pick a unit, or choose a preset below (gigabit internet, for example).","Enter the size of the file you're downloading or uploading and select its unit.","Read off the calculated total transfer time in hours, minutes, and seconds, along with the equivalent speed in other units."],"faq":[{"q":"Why does my 100 Mbps internet only download at about 12 MB/s?","a":"Network speeds are quoted in bits (Mbps), while file sizes are measured in bytes (MB). Since one byte is eight bits, you divide the Mbps figure by 8 to get the megabytes per second you'll actually see in your download manager."},{"q":"How fast is gigabit internet?","a":"1 Gbps equals 1,000 Mbps, which converts to a theoretical maximum of 125 MB per second — though real-world speeds run lower because of protocol overhead and network conditions."},{"q":"Why does the actual download take longer than the time this calculator predicts?","a":"This calculator assumes you're getting 100% of your connection's theoretical maximum bandwidth. In reality, protocol overhead, other users sharing the same server or line, Wi-Fi signal loss, and congestion on your ISP's network all chip away at that ceiling, so real-world download speeds almost always come in below the theoretical number."}]},{"slug":"distance-speed-time","category":"calc-convert","title":"Distance, Speed, and Time Calculator","tagline":"Enter any two of distance (D), speed (S), and time (T) to solve for the third, with a visual formula diagram","emoji":"⏱️","keywords":["speed distance time calculator","average speed calculator","travel time calculator","distance formula calculator","how long will it take to drive"],"intro":"Solve for distance, speed, or time using the classic D = S × T relationship: enter any two values and the calculator works out the third precisely. An intuitive triangle-style diagram maps out how the three formulas connect, making the structure easy to grasp at a glance.","howto":["Pick the variable you want to solve for (distance, speed, or time) using the tabs at the top or by clicking the diagram.","Enter values and units in the two remaining active fields.","Review the formula with your numbers plugged in, the final result, and the equivalents in other units."],"faq":[{"q":"What are the three distance, speed, and time formulas?","a":"Distance equals speed multiplied by time. Rearranging gives speed equals distance divided by time, and time equals distance divided by speed."},{"q":"How do I convert between km/h and m/s?","a":"1 m/s means covering one meter each second, so in one hour (3,600 seconds) you cover 3,600 meters, or 3.6 km — which makes 1 m/s = 3.6 km/h. Going the other way, divide a km/h figure by 3.6 to get m/s."},{"q":"If I took breaks or my speed varied along the way, will the result be inaccurate?","a":"Yes. This calculator does a straightforward calculation that assumes your speed stayed constant for the entire trip. If you stopped for breaks or sped up and slowed down along different stretches, the actual total time will differ from this result — for an accurate figure, use only your pure driving time (excluding breaks) together with your average speed over that time."}]},{"slug":"binary-octal-hex-math","category":"calc-convert","title":"Binary, Octal, Decimal, and Hex Calculator","tagline":"Add, subtract, multiply, and divide numbers across base 2, 8, 10, and 16, with step-by-step conversion work shown","emoji":"🧮","keywords":["binary calculator","hex calculator","binary addition calculator","hexadecimal arithmetic","octal calculator","number base calculator"],"intro":"Run arithmetic — addition, subtraction, multiplication, and division — on numbers in binary, octal, decimal, and hexadecimal, mixing bases freely. The calculator walks through how each input converts to decimal and how the final answer converts back into every base, so you can follow the reasoning instead of just copying the result.","howto":["Enter the first value and choose its base.","Select the operator you need (+, -, *, or /).","Enter the second value and choose its base.","Review the result along with its binary, octal, decimal, and hexadecimal forms and the full step-by-step work."],"faq":[{"q":"Does division return a quotient and a remainder separately?","a":"Yes. The calculator uses integer division, the convention throughout computer science, and reports the quotient and the remainder as separate values."},{"q":"Are negative numbers supported?","a":"Yes. Prefix a value with a minus sign (-) and the calculator handles negative inputs and negative results in every base."},{"q":"Can this calculator handle decimal values with a fractional part, like 0.5, in base conversions?","a":"No. This calculator is built specifically for integer arithmetic, so values with a decimal point aren't accepted — it only supports the four basic integer operations plus integer division with a quotient and remainder. If you need to convert a fractional value between bases, you'll need a separate tool designed for real-number base conversion."}]},{"slug":"polygon-area-shoelace","category":"calc-convert","title":"Shoelace Formula Polygon Area Calculator","tagline":"Enter polygon vertex coordinates to find area and perimeter with the shoelace (Gauss) formula, and reshape it on an interactive SVG grid","emoji":"📐","keywords":["shoelace formula calculator","polygon area calculator","area from coordinates","gauss area formula","polygon perimeter calculator","irregular polygon area"],"intro":"Calculate the area and perimeter of any polygon from its vertex coordinates (X, Y) using the shoelace formula, also known as Gauss's area formula. An interactive SVG grid lets you drag the vertices around and watch the area update in real time.","howto":["Enter the X and Y coordinate for each vertex in the coordinate table, or drag the points to adjust them.","You can also paste a block of coordinate data as text to import many vertices at once.","Read the polygon's total area and perimeter, recalculated live as you edit.","Scroll down for the detailed work, including the cross-multiplication sums and the running perimeter calculation."],"faq":[{"q":"Does the shoelace formula work on concave polygons?","a":"Yes. As long as the polygon is simple — meaning its edges never cross themselves — the shoelace formula returns the exact area whether the shape is convex or concave."},{"q":"Does the order of the coordinates matter?","a":"Yes. The vertices must be listed in order around the polygon's boundary, either clockwise or counterclockwise. If the order is scrambled, the edges cross each other and the formula returns a meaningless area."},{"q":"Does it calculate correctly for a self-intersecting polygon, like a bowtie shape?","a":"No. The shoelace formula only holds for a \"simple polygon\" — one whose edges never cross each other. If you plug in coordinates for a shape whose sides intersect themselves, like a bowtie, the overlapping regions can cancel out or get double-counted, producing a number that doesn't match the shape's visible area."}]},{"slug":"log-calculator","category":"calc-convert","title":"Logarithm and Natural Log Calculator","tagline":"Compute log_b(x) for any base, compare natural log (ln), common log (log10), and binary log (log2), and see the function graphed in SVG","emoji":"📈","keywords":["log calculator","natural log calculator","ln calculator","log base 2 calculator","change of base formula calculator","logarithm graph"],"intro":"Compute the logarithm log_b(x) for any positive base b and argument x, with side-by-side results for the natural log (ln), common log (log base 10), and binary log (log base 2). The logarithmic curve renders live as an SVG graph, so you can see how the function behaves rather than just reading a number.","howto":["Enter the base (b) — any number greater than 0 other than 1.","Enter the argument (x) — any positive real number greater than 0.","Review the result worked through the change of base formula, plus the graph of the logarithmic curve."],"faq":[{"q":"Why can't the base of a logarithm be 1?","a":"Any power of 1 is still 1, so log base 1 has no solution unless the argument is also 1 — and when it is 1, infinitely many solutions work. Neither case defines a valid function, so base 1 is excluded."},{"q":"What happens if I enter zero or a negative number as the argument?","a":"Over the real numbers, the logarithm is only defined for positive values, so 0 and negative arguments can't be evaluated. They require complex numbers, which this calculator doesn't cover."},{"q":"How does the calculator figure out a logarithm for an arbitrary base (b) under the hood?","a":"Most computing systems don't have a built-in function for logarithms of an arbitrary base, so this calculator relies on the change-of-base formula: log_b(x) = ln(x) ÷ ln(b). In other words, it first computes the natural log (ln) of both the argument and the base, then takes their ratio — a method that produces an accurate result no matter what base you enter."}]},{"slug":"trigonometric-calculator","category":"calc-convert","title":"Trigonometry Calculator","tagline":"Enter an angle in degrees or radians to get all six trig functions (sin, cos, tan, sec, csc, cot) plus inverses, visualized on an interactive unit circle.","emoji":"📐","keywords":["trig calculator","unit circle calculator","sin cos tan calculator","arcsin calculator","inverse trig functions","trigonometry solver"],"intro":"Enter an angle in degrees or radians and instantly get all six trigonometric functions — sine, cosine, tangent, secant, cosecant, and cotangent — along with the inverse functions (arcsin, arccos, arctan). Drag the point around the unit circle to watch each trig segment change in real time, so you can see exactly how sine, cosine, and tangent relate to the angle instead of just memorizing values.","howto":["Choose your angle unit: degrees or radians.","Type in an angle, or drag the red point around the unit circle with your mouse or finger to set it.","Watch all six trig values update live, and see how the horizontal (cos) and vertical (sin) legs on the unit circle relate to each other."],"faq":[{"q":"Are there angles where tangent or secant aren't defined?","a":"Yes. Wherever cosine equals zero — at 90°, 270°, and so on — tangent and secant blow up to infinity and have no defined value, so the calculator shows \"Undefined.\""},{"q":"Is there an input limit for the inverse functions?","a":"Yes. Arcsine and arccosine only accept values from -1 to 1, since that's the full range sine and cosine can produce."},{"q":"Can I enter an angle greater than 360° or a negative angle?","a":"Yes. Trig functions are periodic, so angles like 400° or -30° are automatically wrapped to an equivalent angle within a 360° (or 2π) cycle behind the scenes, and the calculator still returns the correct values."}]},{"slug":"percentile-rank-calculator","category":"calc-convert","title":"Percentile Rank Calculator","tagline":"Compare a score against a data set to find its percentile rank, shown on a visual distribution bar.","emoji":"📈","keywords":["percentile rank calculator","percentile calculator","test score percentile","class rank percentile","data distribution calculator","how to calculate percentile rank"],"intro":"Find out where a specific score falls within a data set — what percentage of values it beats and what percentage beat it. Paste in your numbers, enter a target score, and the calculator returns its percentile rank along with a sorted distribution bar that pins the score in place. It also shows how different weighting formulas compare, which is handy for test scores, class rankings, benchmarks, and survey data.","howto":["Paste in your full data set, separated by commas, spaces, or line breaks.","Enter the target value whose rank you want to find.","Read off the percentile rank — the percentage of scores at or below your target — and locate it on the sorted distribution bar."],"faq":[{"q":"What happens if several values in the data tie with my target score?","a":"The calculator uses the standard percentile rank formula, (L + 0.5 * E) / N * 100. Scores below the target (L) count fully, and tied scores (E) count for half, which produces a fair midpoint rank rather than over- or under-crediting ties."},{"q":"Does the target value have to be in the data set?","a":"No. You can enter any number, including one that doesn't appear in the data. The calculator figures out where it would slot in between existing values and computes the percentile from there."},{"q":"Can I trust the result with a tiny data set, like 5 values or fewer?","a":"The math itself is still exact, but with so few points a single value swings the ranking a lot, so the percentile is less statistically meaningful. You'll get a more useful comparison with at least 10 data points."}]},{"slug":"density-converter","category":"calc-convert","title":"Density Converter","tagline":"Convert between g/cm³, kg/m³, lb/in³, and lb/ft³ in real time, with density values for common materials built in.","emoji":"🧪","keywords":["density converter","g/cm3 to kg/m3","density unit conversion","lb/ft3 to kg/m3","material density chart","density calculator"],"intro":"Convert density between metric and US units — g/cm³, kg/m³, lb/in³, and lb/ft³ — all at once as you type. Built-in presets for gold, iron, copper, water, ice, and air let you pull up a known density instantly and compare materials side by side, whether you're doing engineering math, a chemistry assignment, or a shop calculation.","howto":["Type a value into any of the density fields.","Every other unit — g/cm³, kg/m³, lb/in³, lb/ft³ — converts at the same time.","Tap a material reference button to load that substance's density and see it converted across all units."],"faq":[{"q":"How many kg/m³ is 1 g/cm³?","a":"Exactly 1,000 kg/m³. That also happens to be the density of pure water at 4°C, which is why it's such a common reference point."},{"q":"How do lb/in³ and lb/ft³ relate?","a":"1 lb/in³ equals 1,728 lb/ft³ — there are 1,728 cubic inches in a cubic foot. That works out to roughly 27.68 g/cm³, which is an extremely high density."},{"q":"Are the density values for each material always exact?","a":"The presets for gold, iron, water, and so on are reference values at room temperature and standard atmospheric pressure. Real-world density shifts slightly with temperature, pressure, purity, or alloy composition, so for precision industrial work you should double-check against measured figures for your specific material."}]},{"slug":"frequency-wavelength","category":"calc-convert","title":"Frequency and Wavelength Calculator","tagline":"Convert between frequency and wavelength using c = f × λ for electromagnetic and sound waves, with a live waveform preview.","emoji":"📡","keywords":["wavelength calculator","frequency to wavelength","wavelength to frequency converter","c = f lambda","antenna wavelength calculator","sound wavelength calculator"],"intro":"Convert between frequency and wavelength using the wave equation c = f × λ. Pick electromagnetic waves (speed of light in a vacuum), sound waves (speed of sound in air at room temperature), or enter a custom wave speed for any other medium. An animated SVG preview shows the waveform tightening or stretching as you change values, making it easy to see how frequency and wavelength trade off. Useful for RF and antenna work, optics, acoustics, and physics coursework.","howto":["Pick your medium: electromagnetic waves, sound waves, or a custom wave speed.","Enter whichever value you know — frequency (Hz/kHz/MHz/GHz) or wavelength (m/cm/mm/µm/nm).","The other field fills in automatically, and the waveform preview updates to show the result."],"faq":[{"q":"When a wave enters a new medium, does frequency or wavelength change?","a":"Frequency (f) stays the same — it's set by the source. What changes is the wave speed (c), and wavelength (λ) scales right along with it. That's why light bends and slows in glass but keeps its color."},{"q":"What values does the calculator use for the speed of light and the speed of sound?","a":"The speed of light in a vacuum is 299,792,458 m/s. The speed of sound is taken as roughly 343 m/s, the standard figure for dry air at 20°C (68°F)."},{"q":"When should I use the 'custom speed' option?","a":"Use it whenever a wave travels through something other than a vacuum (for light) or room-temperature air (for sound) — light passing through water or glass, or sound moving through a different medium. Just enter that medium's actual propagation speed and the calculator uses it instead of the built-in defaults."}]},{"slug":"temperature-difference","category":"calc-convert","title":"Temperature Difference Converter","tagline":"Convert temperature changes and intervals — not absolute readings — between Celsius, Fahrenheit, and Kelvin.","emoji":"🌡️","keywords":["temperature difference converter","temperature interval conversion","delta C to delta F","temperature change celsius fahrenheit","degree difference calculator"],"intro":"Convert a temperature change or interval between Celsius, Fahrenheit, and Kelvin the right way. Regular converters add the freezing-point offset, which gives the wrong answer when you're talking about how much a temperature rose or fell rather than what it reads. This tool converts degree size only, and renders a live side-by-side scale bar across a 50°C range so you can see how tightly each scale's divisions are spaced.","howto":["Enter your temperature change into any of the fields — Δ°C, Δ°F, or ΔK.","Or drag the slider to set a Celsius change anywhere from 0 to 50°C.","Compare the converted interval in each unit and check the scale bar showing how the three temperature scales line up."],"faq":[{"q":"Why doesn't this match a regular temperature converter?","a":"A regular converter adds the freezing-point offset — 0°C maps to 32°F. Interval conversion uses only the ratio of degree sizes. So while 10°C by itself is 50°F, a rise of 10°C is a rise of 18°F. Different question, different math."},{"q":"Why is a Celsius change the same as a Kelvin change?","a":"Kelvin just moves the zero point down to absolute zero (-273.15°C). The size of one degree is defined identically to Celsius, so any change of 1°C is a change of exactly 1 K."},{"q":"Why doesn't the Fahrenheit result often come out as a clean whole number?","a":"Because a change of 1°C equals a change of 1.8°F (9/5). So unless your Celsius input happens to be a multiple of 5, the Fahrenheit result landing on a decimal isn't a bug — it's just the conversion ratio doing its job."}]},{"slug":"angle-converter","category":"calc-convert","title":"Angle Converter","tagline":"Convert between degrees, radians, gradians, and turns, with a live SVG sector showing the angle's actual size.","emoji":"📐","keywords":["angle converter","degrees to radians","radians to degrees calculator","gradians to degrees","angle unit conversion","turns to degrees"],"intro":"Convert angles between degrees, radians, gradians, and turns in any direction at once. As you type, an SVG circle diagram fills in the matching sector so you can see the angle's real size rather than just a number — helpful for math homework, CAD and drafting work, programming with radians, and surveying.","howto":["Type your angle into any of the input fields.","Or click a preset button (30°, 45°, 90°, and so on), or drag the slider from 0° to 360°.","Watch the blue sector sweep and fill in the preview on the right, and read the converted value in all four units."],"faq":[{"q":"What does a radian actually mean?","a":"One radian is the angle you get when the arc length along a circle equals that circle's radius — about 57.296°. Because it ties angle directly to the circle's own geometry, it's the standard unit for angles in math and physics."},{"q":"Where are gradians used?","a":"A gradian divides a right angle into 100 parts (400 to a full circle), which makes decimal math clean. It's traditionally used in civil engineering, surveying, and mapping in parts of Europe."},{"q":"Where is the 'turn' unit actually used?","a":"A turn represents one full 360° rotation as the value 1, which makes it handy anywhere you need to think in terms of whole rotations — rotation animations in game development, compass bearings, and heading indicators in GPS navigation, for example."}]},{"slug":"volume-converter","category":"calc-convert","title":"Volume Converter","tagline":"Convert between liters, milliliters, gallons, quarts, pints, cups, and fluid ounces, with kitchen measurement references.","emoji":"🥛","keywords":["volume converter","liters to gallons","cups to ml converter","fluid ounces to cups","cooking measurement converter","tablespoon to teaspoon conversion"],"intro":"Convert volume between metric units (liters, milliliters) and US customary liquid measures (gallons, quarts, pints, cups, fluid ounces), all updating live as you type. Built for the kitchen as much as the lab: there's a teaspoon and tablespoon conversion chart, cup sizes by region, and quick presets for real-world references like a soda can and a wine bottle.","howto":["Type a value into any volume field and it converts instantly to every other unit — L, mL, gal, qt, pt, cup, and fl oz.","Click a kitchen preset (1 teaspoon, 1 tablespoon, a pint of beer, and so on) to load that volume right away.","Check the cooking measurement chart below for teaspoon and tablespoon equivalents."],"faq":[{"q":"Which cup and fluid ounce standard does this use?","a":"US customary units. One fluid ounce is about 29.57 mL, and one cup is 8 fluid ounces, or roughly 236.59 mL."},{"q":"Do recipes from other countries use the same 236 mL cup?","a":"No, and this trips people up constantly. Korean and Japanese recipes use a 200 mL cup, while the metric cup used across Europe, Australia, and the UK is 250 mL. The chart at the bottom of this page converts all three cup standards side by side."},{"q":"Can I use this to convert straight between volume and mass, like liters of water to kilograms?","a":"No, this tool only converts between volume units (L, mL, gal, and so on) — it doesn't handle mass. As a reference point, pure water at 4°C has a density of 1, so 1 mL happens to equal 1 g, but liquids like milk or oil have different densities, so the same volume won't weigh the same amount."}]},{"slug":"random-penalty-selector","category":"web-seo-misc","title":"Random Dare and Punishment Spinner","tagline":"Add your players and your dares, spin the wheel, and let it randomly pick who gets what.","emoji":"🎡","keywords":["random dare generator","punishment wheel spinner","spin the wheel random picker","party game wheel","random challenge picker","truth or dare wheel"],"intro":"Enter your players and a list of dares or challenges, then spin the wheel to randomly match them up. The spinning graphic builds real suspense, which makes it a great fit for party games, game nights, team-building events, group hangouts, and settling friendly bets — everyone can see the draw is fair.","howto":["Enter your list of players and your list of dares or challenges, one per line.","Click the wheel below or hit the Spin button.","Watch the wheel slow to a stop and see which player got matched with which dare.","Check the results table for the running history, or copy it to your clipboard."],"faq":[{"q":"Can I change the wheel's colors or spin direction?","a":"The wheel automatically uses 12 high-contrast theme colors for easy reading, and a built-in friction-based physics engine slows it to a natural stop on whatever lands under the top pointer."},{"q":"What if I have a different number of players and dares?","a":"No problem. Players are called up one at a time in order, so the one-to-one matching works smoothly no matter how many dares are on the list."},{"q":"Can the same player get picked again on the next spin?","a":"Yes. Each spin draws from the full player list by default, so the same person can come up more than once in a row. If you want to rule someone out for future rounds, just delete their name from the list before spinning again."}]},{"slug":"dream-lotto-numbers","category":"calc-convert","title":"Dream Symbol Lotto Number Generator","tagline":"Pick the symbols that showed up in your dream — a pig, fire, water, a snake — and turn them into a pool of lucky numbers and ready-to-play lotto lines.","emoji":"🔮","keywords":["dream lottery numbers","lucky numbers from dreams","korean dream interpretation lotto","dream number generator","dream meaning lucky numbers","lotto number generator"],"intro":"Search for the symbols that appeared in your dream (a pig, fire, water, an ancestor, a baby, and more) and this tool maps each one to the lucky numbers between 1 and 45 that Korean dream-interpretation tradition has long associated with it. Stack as many symbols as you like, and generate your own dream-based lotto tickets on the spot.","howto":["Type a symbol from last night's dream into the search box, or browse the dictionary list below to find it.","Click the card for the matching dream symbol to add its numbers to your lucky number pool.","Choose how many lines you want to play (1 to 10) and hit 'Generate Lotto Numbers'.","Review the suggested number combinations and copy the ones you want to play."],"faq":[{"q":"How are the lotto numbers assigned to each dream symbol?","a":"They come from the traditional numbers that Korean lottery folklore and popular dream-interpretation lore have long attached to each symbol — a pig is 8, fire is 4, and so on."},{"q":"What happens if my chosen dreams don't supply enough numbers?","a":"The numbers tied to your selected symbols are placed first, and any remaining slots are filled with random picks from the 1-45 range so every line comes out as a complete set of six."},{"q":"Do the numbers this tool generates actually improve my odds of winning the lottery?","a":"No. This is an entertainment tool that combines symbolic numbers rooted in traditional dream folklore for fun. Real lottery draws are independent random events, so no particular combination — however you arrived at it — is statistically more likely to win."}]},{"slug":"animal-personality-test","category":"web-seo-misc","title":"Animal Personality Test","tagline":"Answer 12 quick preference questions to find the animal archetype that matches your personality — plus your best and worst matches in love and friendship.","emoji":"🐾","keywords":["animal personality test","what animal are you quiz","spirit animal test","animal personality quiz","personality archetype quiz","free personality test"],"intro":"This quiz measures how social you are, how you make decisions, and how much you like to plan, using 12 straightforward this-or-that questions. It then matches you to one of eight animal personality archetypes: Retriever, Dolphin, Lion, Chimpanzee, Koala, Cat, Owl, or Wolf. You get a breakdown of your strengths and blind spots, along with the animals you click with instantly and the ones you tend to clash with.","howto":["Hit 'Start the Test' and read through the 12 situational questions.","Go with your gut — pick the option that sounds more like you without overthinking it.","Once you've answered everything, wait for the results to load and read your animal avatar and full personality profile.","Look over your strengths and weak spots, and check your friendship and romance matches — just for fun."],"faq":[{"q":"How are the eight animal archetypes determined?","a":"The quiz looks at three core dimensions — extraversion vs. introversion (E/I), feeling vs. thinking (F/T), and judging vs. perceiving (J/P) — and maps how they combine onto a curated set of eight animal personality types."},{"q":"Can my type change over time?","a":"Yes. Your mood, your circumstances, and your own growth can all shift how you answer, and a different set of answers can land you on a different animal."},{"q":"Is this test as accurate as a real psychological assessment?","a":"No. It's a casual quiz that sums up your tendencies for fun using 12 simple this-or-that questions, and it isn't a substitute for a formal instrument like the MBTI or the Big Five. If you need a serious psychological assessment, please consult a qualified professional."}]},{"slug":"rock-paper-scissors","category":"web-seo-misc","title":"Rock Paper Scissors (with Lizard Spock)","tagline":"Play classic Rock Paper Scissors or the five-throw Lizard Spock variant against the computer and track your win streaks.","emoji":"🎮","keywords":["rock paper scissors game","rock paper scissors lizard spock","play rock paper scissors online","rock paper scissors vs computer","rps rules lizard spock","rock paper scissors online free"],"intro":"A quick arena for classic Rock Paper Scissors plus the expanded Rock Paper Scissors Lizard Spock variant made famous by The Big Bang Theory. Your record (wins, draws, losses) along with your current and longest win streaks are tallied live as you play.","howto":["Use the tabs at the top to switch between Classic mode and Extended mode.","Pick your throw — rock, paper, scissors, lizard, or Spock — to face off against the computer.","Watch the shake animation play out, then see the result and why you won or lost (for example, Spock smashes scissors).","Check the running scoreboard below for your detailed record and streak history."],"faq":[{"q":"How do Lizard and Spock fit into the rules?","a":"Lizard eats paper and poisons Spock. Spock smashes scissors and vaporizes rock. A short explanation of the matchup shows up after every round."},{"q":"Does the computer see my pick before it chooses?","a":"No. Its throw is generated randomly (Math.random) at the moment you click, so both picks land at the same time — no rigging, just odds."},{"q":"Does my record (wins/draws/losses) and streak survive a page refresh?","a":"Yes. It's saved automatically to your browser's local storage, so your running record picks up right where it left off even after a refresh or a later visit. Incognito mode, a different device, or a different browser starts a fresh tally, though."}]},{"slug":"mbti-compatibility-matrix","category":"web-seo-misc","title":"MBTI Compatibility Chart (All 16 Types)","tagline":"An interactive 16x16 grid and type picker for exploring how any two of the 16 personality types get along.","emoji":"🧩","keywords":["mbti compatibility chart","mbti compatibility","16 personalities compatibility","personality type compatibility","mbti relationship chart","best mbti matches"],"intro":"An interactive, color-coded 16x16 compatibility matrix showing the chemistry between all 16 personality types. Pick two types from the dropdowns for an instant side-by-side read, or click any cell in the full grid to see where the pair lands — soulmates, great, workable, caution, or rough — along with a detailed report on what makes the pairing tick.","howto":["Choose Type A and Type B from the dropdowns at the top for an instant chemistry read.","Or click the cell where two types intersect in the 16x16 grid on the right to pull up the analysis.","Dig into the 5-star rating for each pairing, plus tips for keeping the relationship — romantic or professional — running smoothly."],"faq":[{"q":"If a pairing comes back as 'caution' or 'rough,' does that mean it won't work?","a":"Not at all. The rating only flags where two thinking styles statistically tend to rub against each other. With some maturity and a real effort to understand how the other person communicates, those pairings can become strong, well-balanced relationships."},{"q":"Why do S and N types generally score lower together?","a":"Sensors gravitate toward facts and concrete reality while Intuitives lean on ideas and metaphor, so the two often speak in different registers and have to work a little harder to meet in the middle."},{"q":"How does compatibility get scored for two people of the same type, like INFP and INFP?","a":"Same-type pairings score well on comfort, since both people understand each other's thinking and communication style at a deep level. But the rating also factors in that they share the same blind spots and weaknesses, so neither partner naturally covers for the other's gaps — the result is a balanced score that weighs both sides."}]},{"slug":"random-word-associator","category":"web-seo-misc","title":"Word Association Chain Game","tagline":"See a prompt word, fire back whatever it makes you think of, and keep the chain going one word at a time.","emoji":"🧠","keywords":["word association game","word chain game","word association test","brain training word games","free word games online","vocabulary game"],"intro":"An interactive word game where you build a chain by quickly typing whatever the prompt word brings to mind. It includes a dictionary of perfect-match associations, a live timer, and a high score board.","howto":["Choose your game mode and difficulty (time limit).","Once you start, look at the prompt word up top, type a word it makes you think of, and hit Enter.","Keep the associations coming fast enough to keep the chain alive before the clock runs out.","When time expires or you tap out, check your final score and copy your word chain to share it."],"faq":[{"q":"When do I get the Perfect Match bonus?","a":"When you land on one of the strongly associated words already in the built-in dictionary, you earn extra bonus points on top of your base score."},{"q":"Can I reuse a word I already typed?","a":"No. Repeating a word within the same chain counts as a miss or gets rejected outright."},{"q":"Is my high score and longest chain saved between games?","a":"Yes. They're saved automatically to your browser's local storage, so the next time you play you can see your previous best and try to beat it."}]},{"slug":"text-to-flashcards","category":"text-dev","title":"Text to Flashcards Maker","tagline":"Paste a list of terms and definitions and instantly turn it into a deck of 3D flip cards you can study.","emoji":"🗂️","keywords":["flashcard maker","make flashcards online free","text to flashcards","flashcard creator","study flashcards online","vocabulary flashcards"],"intro":"A study tool that takes any list of terms and their meanings — pasted or typed — and turns it into an interactive deck of 3D flip cards you can click through and memorize on the spot.","howto":["Enter your word list in the input box, one entry per line, using the format 'term : definition'.","Click 'Create Cards' to render your study deck on the right.","Click any card to flip it with a 3D animation and reveal the definition on the back.","Check off the cards you've got down, then filter to just the ones left or shuffle the deck to study more efficiently."],"faq":[{"q":"Can I save a word list and come back to it later?","a":"Yes. Decks are stored permanently in your browser's LocalStorage under whatever name you give them, and you can reload any of them with one click."},{"q":"Does the separator have to be a colon?","a":"No. A hyphen (-), an equals sign (=), or a tab character all work just as well as a colon (:) for splitting the term from the definition."},{"q":"After shuffling the deck to study, can I get the cards back in the order I originally typed them?","a":"Yes. Shuffling only rearranges the display order — it never touches your original data — so hitting the reset (or regenerate) button restores the deck to the exact order you first entered it in."}]},{"slug":"monopoly-dice-simulator","category":"web-seo-misc","title":"Monopoly Dice Roll Simulator","tagline":"Roll two six-sided dice, apply the doubles rule, and move around a 40-space board.","emoji":"🎲","keywords":["dice roller online","monopoly dice simulator","roll two dice online","board game dice roller","dice probability simulator","virtual dice"],"intro":"A companion simulator that rolls two dice, moves your token around a Monopoly-style 40-space board with faithful rules (including going to jail on three consecutive doubles), and charts the running distribution of your roll totals.","howto":["Click 'Roll Dice' and watch the 3D tumble animation land on your result.","Your token automatically advances by the total of both dice and shows you the details of the space it lands on.","Roll matching numbers and you earn a Doubles bonus — hit three in a row and you'll see the jail rule kick in.","Watch the live distribution chart below to see how often each total from 2 to 12 comes up, and at what rate."],"faq":[{"q":"How is the three-doubles-in-a-row jail rule handled?","a":"Every matching roll adds to a counter, and the moment it hits three in a row your token is sent straight to Jail on space 10 and the counter resets."},{"q":"Can I clear the roll distribution chart?","a":"Yes. The 'Reset' button in the top right wipes the running stats and your move history clean."},{"q":"Is the 40-space board laid out the same as a real Monopoly board?","a":"Yes. It reproduces the classic US Monopoly board's exact 40-space order and structure — GO, the tax spaces, Jail, Chance and Community Chest included — so moving around it feels just like the real board game."}]},{"slug":"love-tester-names","category":"web-seo-misc","title":"Love Tester by Name","tagline":"Enter two names and get a compatibility score based on a deterministic hash of the letters, plus tailored relationship tips.","emoji":"💖","keywords":["love tester","love calculator","name compatibility test","love compatibility by name","relationship compatibility calculator","love match test"],"intro":"An interactive love calculator that converts the letters of two names into an integer using a deterministic hash, then turns that value into a unique compatibility score and match grade. Same names in, same result out — every time.","howto":["Type your name and your crush's or partner's name into the two text fields.","Hit 'Calculate Our Score' and watch the heartbeat animation as the match runs.","Check your compatibility score (anywhere from 40% to 100%), your advice card, and your communication tips.","Copy the result summary with one click and share it with your partner or friends."],"faq":[{"q":"Does the order of the names change the score?","a":"No. The inputs are sorted before hashing, so A and B gives exactly the same result as B and A."},{"q":"Does it work with English names, or only Korean ones?","a":"It works with any name. The hash is calculated from Unicode character codes, so names in every language — emoji included — are fully supported."},{"q":"Why does the score always land between 40% and 100% instead of the full 0-100% range?","a":"This is a fun tool, not a serious statistical prediction, so the floor is set at 40% on purpose to keep even a low score from feeling harsh. Within that range, though, the same pair of names always produces the exact same score, based on how the hash value comes out."}]},{"slug":"draw-lots","category":"web-seo-misc","title":"Random Draw Board","tagline":"Add your names and prizes (or penalties), then flip the face-down cards to see who got what","emoji":"🎟️","keywords":["random draw generator","draw straws online","team name picker","prize drawing tool","who does the chore picker","random assignment wheel"],"intro":"A digital card-flip board for drawing lots and handing out prizes, penalties, or chores fairly across a group. Perfect for parties, team dinners, classrooms, and meetings where nobody should be able to rig the outcome.","howto":["Type your participants into the list on the left, one name per line.","In the roles list on the right, enter what's being drawn for — winners (1st place, buys the pizza) and losers or pass slips.","Hit \"Start the Draw\" to shuffle everything and lay out a board of face-down cards.","Have each person take a turn picking a card and clicking it to reveal the role fate handed them."],"faq":[{"q":"What if I have more people than roles, or vice versa?","a":"If there are fewer roles than participants, the board automatically fills the gap with \"No prize 🍀\" cards. If there are more roles than participants, the extras are trimmed off to match the headcount."},{"q":"Is the shuffle actually fair?","a":"Yes. Cards are shuffled with the Fisher-Yates algorithm right in your browser, so the layout is genuinely random and impossible to rig."},{"q":"Once I flip a card to see the result, can I flip it back face-down?","a":"No. To keep things fair, a card stays flipped and its result is locked in once you click it — there's no turning it back over. If you want a clean slate, use 'Start Over' to shuffle a brand-new board."}]},{"slug":"random-travel-destination","category":"web-seo-misc","title":"Random Travel Destination Generator","tagline":"Get a random destination and things to do there, matched to your filters","emoji":"✈️","keywords":["random travel destination generator","where should i travel quiz","vacation idea generator","random vacation spot picker","trip planning tool","things to do generator"],"intro":"Can't decide where to go? Set your preferences — nature or city, budget level, how active you want to be, and trip length — and this tool pulls a random destination plus a matching list of activities. A quick way to break decision paralysis when you're planning your next trip.","howto":["Choose whether you're leaning nature or city, and pick your budget level (budget-friendly, moderate, or luxury).","Set your travel style (active, relaxed, or a mix) and how long the trip will be.","Hit \"Get a Destination\" — or just smash \"Surprise Me\" and see where you land."],"faq":[{"q":"Is the destination list always the same?","a":"The tool ships with a built-in database of 15+ well-known resort spots and city destinations. A randomizer picks from it each time, so you'll get a fresh place and a fresh set of activities on every spin."},{"q":"What if I don't like the activities it suggests?","a":"Just click the button again. You'll instantly get a different destination — or a new batch of activities — within the same filters."},{"q":"Is the estimated cost and best-time-to-visit info in the results updated in real time?","a":"No. The description and reference info for each destination comes from a pre-built database, not live flight prices, current weather, or recent local news. Always double-check up-to-date information yourself before you actually book anything."}]},{"slug":"lucky-color-item","category":"web-seo-misc","title":"Lucky Color & Lucky Item Finder","tagline":"Find your lucky color, item, number, and direction for any day, based on your birthday or zodiac sign","emoji":"🔮","keywords":["lucky color today","lucky number generator","daily horoscope lucky color","zodiac lucky charm","what is my lucky color","lucky item finder"],"intro":"Enter your birthday or star sign and get your luck for the day: a lucky color (with the exact color code), a lucky item to carry, a lucky direction, and a lucky number. Results are generated from a date-based deterministic hash, so the same day always gives you the same reading — no random reshuffling every time you refresh.","howto":["Enter your date of birth, or just pick your zodiac sign from the list.","Choose the date you want a reading for (today by default).","Click \"Find My Lucky Items\" and check out the results card for your full set of lucky details."],"faq":[{"q":"Do the results change every day?","a":"Yes. Your birthday or star sign is combined with the target date to build a unique seed, so a new day gives you a new reading — consistently and repeatably."},{"q":"What am I supposed to do with my lucky item?","a":"Carry it with you for the day, wear something in your lucky color, or match an accessory to it. Mostly it's a fun nudge toward a more positive, energized mindset."},{"q":"If I enter both my birthday and pick a zodiac sign, which one does the calculation actually use?","a":"When you enter a birthday, that exact date takes priority as the hash seed. If you only pick a zodiac sign instead, the sign itself becomes the basis for the calculation — so if the two don't match up, you can get different results depending on which one drives the calculation."}]},{"slug":"stopwatch-10-seconds","category":"web-seo-misc","title":"Stop the Clock at 10 Seconds","tagline":"A blind stopwatch that hides the numbers after 3 seconds — can you nail exactly 10.00 seconds?","emoji":"⏱️","keywords":["stop the clock at 10 seconds","10 second challenge game","blind stopwatch game","reaction timing game","internal clock test","guess 10 seconds"],"intro":"A casual browser game that tests your internal clock. Start the stopwatch, count the seconds in your head, and stop it at exactly 10.00. The catch: after the first 3 seconds the display goes dark, so from there it's pure gut instinct.","howto":["Click \"Start\" on screen or hit the spacebar to fire up the stopwatch.","Watch the numbers run for the first 3 seconds to lock in the tempo. After that, the display hides behind \"⏳ ?.??s\".","The moment it feels like exactly 10.00 seconds, hit the spacebar or the \"Stop\" button to see how close you got and what you scored."],"faq":[{"q":"How is the score calculated?","a":"A perfect stop at 10.000 seconds (0ms off) scores the maximum 1,000 points. From there you lose 1 point for every millisecond you're off."},{"q":"Are my best scores saved?","a":"Yes. Your top 5 scores are stored in your browser's local storage along with the date you set them, so you can always try to beat your personal best."},{"q":"Can I play on my phone by tapping the screen instead of using the spacebar?","a":"Yes. On mobile, tapping the on-screen 'Start' and 'Stop' buttons works exactly the same as pressing the spacebar, so you get the identical game experience without a keyboard."}]},{"slug":"youtube-chapter-generator","category":"sns-utils","title":"YouTube Chapter & Timestamp Generator","tagline":"Build your chapter list and validate the timestamps against YouTube's rules before you paste","emoji":"🎥","keywords":["youtube chapter generator","youtube timestamp generator","how to add chapters to youtube video","youtube chapters not working","video timestamp maker","youtube description chapters"],"intro":"Build and validate the chapter list that goes in your YouTube video description. The tool checks YouTube's official requirements for enabling chapters in real time — must start at 00:00, must be in order, at least 10 seconds apart, at least 3 chapters — so you catch problems before you publish.","howto":["Add chapters one at a time in the \"Interactive Editor,\" filling in each timestamp and title — or drop your existing text into the \"Paste & Parse\" tab and let it parse automatically.","Check the validation panel on the right and make sure every rule shows a green check (✅).","Hit \"Copy\" at the top right and paste the finished chapter list straight into your video description."],"faq":[{"q":"Why aren't my YouTube chapters showing up on the video?","a":"The three usual culprits: 1) your first chapter doesn't start at 00:00, 2) you have fewer than 3 chapters total, or 3) two chapters are less than 10 seconds apart. The validation panel here catches all of these."},{"q":"Which timestamp formats are supported?","a":"Both standard MM:SS and HH:MM:SS, so long videos that run past the one-hour mark work perfectly fine."},{"q":"Can I set a custom thumbnail for each chapter?","a":"No — YouTube automatically pulls a preview frame from each chapter's starting point; there's no option to upload a custom thumbnail for individual chapters. The best workaround is to nudge your timestamps slightly so each chapter begins on a clean, representative frame."}]},{"slug":"instagram-story-hashtag","category":"sns-utils","title":"Instagram Story Hashtag Compressor","tagline":"Strip the line breaks and spaces out of your hashtag list so it collapses into one tiny, hideable block of text","emoji":"📱","keywords":["instagram story hashtags","how to hide hashtags on instagram story","hashtag generator instagram","instagram hashtag copy paste","hidden hashtags trick","instagram story tips"],"intro":"A tool for marketers and creators who want hashtag reach on Instagram Stories without the visual clutter. It squeezes your hashtag list down to a single compact line that you can shrink to a tiny font and tuck behind a sticker or image — so you still get the search traffic without wrecking the look of your Story.","howto":["Drop your hashtags into the text field — one per line or separated by spaces, whatever's easiest.","Click a category preset to add a ready-made set of trending hashtags, or save your own sets to a folder and load them anytime.","Pick your separator (none, single space, or comma) and your capitalization setting, then hit \"Copy\" to grab the compressed string."],"faq":[{"q":"Is there a hashtag limit per Story?","a":"Instagram caps you at 30 hashtags per post, on both Feed and Stories. Go over 30 and your reach may be limited or hashtags may stop working entirely — so keep an eye on the counter here."},{"q":"Can I save my own hashtag sets permanently?","a":"Yes. \"Save to My Hashtag Folder\" stores your go-to hashtag bundles in your browser's local storage so you can pull them back up whenever you need them."},{"q":"If I shrink the hashtags and hide them behind a sticker, does that hurt discoverability?","a":"No — Instagram still reads the text itself regardless of font size or whether a sticker covers it, so your reach in Search and Explore stays the same. Shrinking and hiding only changes what viewers see, not what the algorithm indexes."}]},{"slug":"instagram-grid-splitter","category":"sns-utils","title":"Instagram Grid Splitter","tagline":"Slice one image into a 3x1, 3x2, or 3x3 grid of tiles you can post as separate photos","emoji":"📸","keywords":["instagram grid splitter","split photo for instagram grid","3x3 photo splitter","instagram feed puzzle maker","image tile cutter for instagram","panorama for instagram"],"intro":"Take one large image and cut it into clean square tiles (3x1, 3x2, or 3x3) sized for Instagram's three-column feed layout. The result reads as one big picture across your profile, turning your feed into a puzzle that hits way harder than a single post.","howto":["Upload the image you want to split.","Pick your grid size (3x3, 3x2, or 3x1) and the tile resolution for each piece.","Check the guide lines over your image, then hit \"Split Image.\"","Download each tile, then follow the numbering guide (#1, #2, #3...) and upload to Instagram starting from the bottom-right piece."],"faq":[{"q":"Do I really have to upload them in reverse order?","a":"Yes. Every new post you publish pushes the older ones right and down in your feed. So you have to start with the bottom-right tile (marked #1) for the grid to come together correctly in the end."},{"q":"What kind of images work best for a grid?","a":"High-resolution landscapes, photoshoot images, and large poster-style graphics with the right aspect ratio give you the most dramatic effect when they stretch across the whole feed."},{"q":"What happens to my image if I pick a non-square grid like 3x2 or 3x1?","a":"Since a 3x2 or 3x1 grid isn't a perfect square overall, the tool automatically crops or pads the top/bottom or left/right edges to fit your image's aspect ratio. Check the preview guidelines before splitting so you can see exactly what gets trimmed and adjust the source image if needed."}]},{"slug":"shorts-safe-zone-overlay","category":"sns-utils","title":"Shorts & Reels Safe Zone Checker","tagline":"Overlay the real in-app UI from YouTube Shorts, Instagram Reels, and TikTok to see exactly what's getting covered up","emoji":"📱","keywords":["shorts safe zone","instagram reels safe zone template","tiktok safe area guide","youtube shorts caption placement","vertical video safe zone checker","short form video text guide"],"intro":"Drop your short-form content into a mock viewer and overlay each platform's native UI — profile icon, like and comment buttons, title layer — to check whether your captions or your subject's face are hiding behind it. A safe-zone simulator for YouTube Shorts, Instagram Reels, and TikTok.","howto":["Upload an image or a vertical video mockup to test.","Pick the platform you're checking against (YouTube Shorts, Instagram Reels, or TikTok).","Adjust the UI overlay opacity to gauge how readable your text stays, then turn on the caption safe-zone highlight to confirm your text sits in the recommended area (the center of the frame)."],"faq":[{"q":"Where's the best place to put captions so they don't get covered?","a":"The sweet spot is center-aligned, just above the channel info at the bottom — roughly 20% to 35% up from the bottom edge — and far enough from the right side that the action buttons don't clip it."},{"q":"Can I check a single image instead of a video?","a":"Yes. Drag and drop any thumbnail or card-style graphic you've laid out for a video and it gets checked exactly the same way as a finished video file."},{"q":"Are the safe zones different across YouTube Shorts, Instagram Reels, and TikTok?","a":"Yes — each platform positions its profile icon, like/comment buttons, and caption text slightly differently, so the exact safe-zone coordinates vary a bit between them. If you're posting the same clip to all three, be sure to switch the overlay and check each platform separately."}]},{"slug":"youtube-tags-helper","category":"sns-utils","title":"YouTube Tag Comma Separator","tagline":"Turn keyword lists broken across lines or separated by spaces into YouTube-ready, comma-separated tags that stay under the 500-character limit.","emoji":"🏷️","keywords":["youtube tag generator","youtube tags 500 character limit","comma separated tag converter","youtube studio tags","video tag formatter","bulk keywords to tags"],"intro":"When you're putting together a tag list for video marketing, this tool takes keywords scattered across multiple lines and reformats them into the comma-separated format YouTube expects, then tells you whether you've run past the 500-character cap.","howto":["Paste your raw keywords into the input box — one per line, separated by spaces, or however you happened to copy them.","Run the conversion to see your tags joined with commas, along with a live character count.","Copy the finished tag block, trimmed to YouTube's 500-character limit, with one click and paste it into your video's details page."],"faq":[{"q":"How much do YouTube tags actually help with SEO?","a":"YouTube's own guidance says tags mainly help catch common misspellings viewers might search for. Compared to your title, thumbnail, and description, tags play a supporting role at best in search ranking."},{"q":"Is there a character limit on YouTube tags?","a":"Yes. The tags field in the video details step of YouTube Studio accepts up to 500 characters total. Anything beyond that won't save, so it's worth checking your count here before you upload."},{"q":"Can I include emojis or special characters in my tags?","a":"Technically yes, but it's not worth it. YouTube's search algorithm rarely matches queries against emojis or symbols, so they just eat into your 500-character budget without adding value. You'll get more actual traffic by filling that space with plain-text keywords viewers would realistically type into search."}]},{"slug":"pinterest-ratio-resizer","category":"sns-utils","title":"Pinterest Image Ratio Resizer","tagline":"Resize any image to Pinterest's recommended vertical aspect ratios (2:3 or 1:2.1) and download it.","emoji":"📌","keywords":["pinterest image size","pinterest pin resizer","2:3 aspect ratio resizer","1000x1500 pin maker","long pin size","resize image for pinterest"],"intro":"This resizer crops or pads your images to the aspect ratios that get the most reach on Pinterest — the standard 2:3 pin and the 1:2.1 long pin — so your uploads fill the feed the way Pinterest's layout rewards.","howto":["Upload the image file you want to resize.","Set your target Pinterest aspect ratio — 2:3 for a standard pin, or 1:2.1 for a long pin.","Turn on padding if you'd rather not crop, choose what fills the space (a solid color or a blurred copy of your image), and download the result."],"faq":[{"q":"Why does the 2:3 ratio matter so much on Pinterest?","a":"Pinterest's home feed is a vertical masonry grid, so a 2:3 image (1000x1500px, for example) claims far more screen space than a wide one. That extra height is what stops the scroll and lifts your click-through rate, which is exactly why Pinterest recommends it as the standard."},{"q":"Any tips for picking the padding background color?","a":"Even if you want your pin to stand out in the feed, a color that matches your brand's tone or a soft pastel that complements your photo's subject usually reads better than a bright primary color."},{"q":"Can the crop (fill) mode cut off important parts of my photo?","a":"Yes — crop mode trims the top/bottom or left/right edges around the image's center to match the target ratio, so a face or key subject positioned off-center can end up cut off. If your subject sits far from the middle, switch to padding mode instead to keep the whole photo intact."}]},{"slug":"cardnews-bg-blur","category":"sns-utils","title":"Blur & Dim Background Generator","tagline":"Load an image, combine a blur filter with a dark overlay, and render a ready-made background for carousel slides and thumbnails.","emoji":"🖼️","keywords":["blur background image","dark overlay photo editor","blurred background for text","instagram carousel background","dim photo for text readability","online image blur tool"],"intro":"Busy photos fight with your headline. This tool blurs your source image and layers a semi-transparent dark overlay on top of it, rendering a high-contrast 1:1 background that body text actually reads well against — built for social carousel slides and blog thumbnails.","howto":["Upload the image you want to turn into a background.","Work the blur radius slider and the dim opacity slider until the look is right.","Switch on the text preview form to confirm your caption stays legible, then download the finished background image."],"faq":[{"q":"Why add a dark overlay instead of just blurring the image?","a":"Blur on its own doesn't help much when white text lands on a bright, busy area — an open sky or a light source, say. A thin layer of semi-transparent black knocks those highlights down so any typeface reads crisply and looks more polished."},{"q":"Does the caption text I type in the preview get saved into the downloaded image?","a":"No. That text is only a live preview to check legibility — the file you download contains just the clean background, with no text baked in."},{"q":"What happens if I push the blur intensity too high?","a":"Cranking the blur beyond what's needed erases most of the background photo's shape and color, leaving what looks like a flat, generic wash — and along with it, any sense of your brand or product disappears. It's best to apply only as much blur as needed for the text to stay readable and check the balance in the preview."}]},{"slug":"youtube-music-attribution","category":"sns-utils","title":"YouTube Audio Library Attribution Generator","tagline":"Build properly formatted credit lines for Creative Commons (CC) and YouTube Audio Library tracks","emoji":"🎵","keywords":["youtube audio library attribution","creative commons music credit","cc by attribution generator","how to credit music in youtube description","music attribution template","youtube description credits"],"intro":"When you use free music from the YouTube Audio Library or Creative Commons (CC) licensed background tracks, certain licenses require you to credit the artist in your video description. This generator assembles that attribution text for you in the standard format, so you can paste it straight into your description box without guessing at the wording.","howto":["Enter the track details you need to credit: song title, artist name, license type, and the source URL.","The tool automatically assembles a properly formatted credit line for the license you picked (CC BY, CC BY-SA, YouTube's own terms, and more).","Click the copy button and paste the text into the description field in your YouTube upload settings."],"faq":[{"q":"Do I always have to credit music from the YouTube Audio Library?","a":"Only some of it. Tracks marked with a \"CC\" (Creative Commons Attribution) icon in the license column require you to name the artist and link the source in your video description — skip it and you risk a copyright claim or limited monetization. Standard royalty-free YouTube Audio Library tracks without that icon don't require attribution, though crediting the artist is still a nice touch."},{"q":"Where in the description should the attribution text go to actually count?","a":"YouTube's copyright policy doesn't mandate an exact position, but burying it at the very bottom of a long description risks it being overlooked during a review. It's safer to place it near the top or in a clearly labeled \"Music credit\" section so it's easy to spot."},{"q":"Where in the description should the attribution text go to actually count?","a":"YouTube's copyright policy doesn't mandate an exact position, but burying it at the very bottom of a long description risks it being overlooked during a review. It's safer to place it near the top or in a clearly labeled \"Music credit\" section so it's easy to spot."}]},{"slug":"hashtag-folder-manager","category":"sns-utils","title":"Hashtag Manager: Save Sets in Folders","tagline":"Organize your go-to hashtags into folders by topic, then mix and copy the right set for every post","emoji":"📁","keywords":["hashtag manager","save hashtag sets","instagram hashtag organizer","copy paste hashtags","hashtag groups app","social media marketing tools"],"intro":"Stop retyping the same hashtags for every post. Save your favorite groups into topic folders (think food, travel, everyday life, or whatever niche you post in), then check off as many folders as you need, and the tool merges them, strips duplicates automatically, and hands you one clean block to copy. Everything stays saved on your device.","howto":["Hit the add folder button to create a topic category, then list the hashtags you use most (with or without the # — either works).","When you're ready to post, tick the checkboxes for every folder you want to pull from.","The live preview filters out duplicates — click the copy button to grab the combined set. (Watch for the warning if you go over Instagram's 30-tag cap.)"],"faq":[{"q":"How many hashtags can you put on an Instagram post?","a":"Instagram caps you at 30 hashtags per feed post. Go over that limit and your caption can get wiped blank when you try to upload, so keep an eye on the running count and the over-limit warning in this tool before you paste anything into the app."},{"q":"Can I access my saved hashtag folders from a different device?","a":"No — the folders are stored only in your current browser's local storage, so they won't carry over to another device or browser. If you switch between a PC and a phone, you'll need to set up your folders separately on each one."},{"q":"Can I access my saved hashtag folders from a different device?","a":"No — the folders are stored only in your current browser's local storage, so they won't carry over to another device or browser. If you switch between a PC and a phone, you'll need to set up your folders separately on each one."}]},{"slug":"cardnews-border-frame","category":"sns-utils","title":"Photo Border & Polaroid Frame Maker","tagline":"Add a custom border or a Polaroid-style frame to any image, then download it","emoji":"🖼️","keywords":["add border to photo online","polaroid frame generator","photo frame maker","picture border editor","instagram photo border","free image framing tool"],"intro":"Drop in a photo and frame it in seconds. Add a clean border in any color and thickness, round off the corners, or go with a Polaroid-style frame complete with handwritten-looking caption text at the bottom. Everything renders right in your browser and downloads as a finished image — no design software needed.","howto":["Upload the image you want to frame.","Pick a border style: a simple solid border, rounded corners, or a Polaroid-style frame.","Dial in the border color and thickness with the sliders, add your caption text and font if you're using Polaroid mode, then download the finished image."],"faq":[{"q":"Can I change the font on the Polaroid caption?","a":"Yes. When you choose the Polaroid frame, you can pick the font for the caption in the bottom margin — a clean sans-serif, a serif with a handwritten feel, or monospace — and it renders straight into the downloaded image."},{"q":"If I set the border too thick, does that change the original image's aspect ratio?","a":"Yes — the border adds new margin outside the original photo, so the thicker it gets, the more the final output's overall aspect ratio drifts from the source. To keep something close to your original feed ratio, try keeping the border width within about 5–8% of the image size."},{"q":"If I set the border too thick, does that change the original image's aspect ratio?","a":"Yes — the border adds new margin outside the original photo, so the thicker it gets, the more the final output's overall aspect ratio drifts from the source. To keep something close to your original feed ratio, try keeping the border width within about 5–8% of the image size."}]},{"slug":"youtube-profile-safe-circle","category":"sns-utils","title":"YouTube Banner & Profile Picture Safe Area Checker","tagline":"Preview your channel art against the safe zones for TV, desktop, and mobile — plus the circular profile crop","emoji":"🎯","keywords":["youtube banner size","youtube channel art safe area","2560x1440 banner template","youtube banner safe zone checker","profile picture circle crop preview","youtube channel art dimensions"],"intro":"YouTube crops your banner differently on every device, and your profile picture gets masked into a circle. This viewer overlays the official guidelines — the minimum safe area for mobile, the desktop and TV crops, and the circular profile mask — right on top of your artwork, so you can see exactly what gets cut before you upload.","howto":["Load your finished YouTube banner (2560x1440px is the recommended size) or your profile image.","Turn on the overlay you need: the circular profile mask, or the per-device banner safe zones (including the 1546x423px minimum mobile safe area).","Check that no text or key design element crosses the crop lines on TV, desktop, or mobile, and reposition your artwork as needed."],"faq":[{"q":"What's the single most important rule for designing a YouTube banner?","a":"Upload at the recommended 2560x1440 pixels, but design for the center. On phones, viewers only see the middle 1546x423 pixel area — the minimum safe zone. Anything outside it (your logo, tagline, character art) gets cropped off for mobile viewers, so keep every important element inside that center block."},{"q":"Does the profile picture also get cropped differently on mobile, like the banner does?","a":"Yes — you upload a square profile picture, but it's always displayed cropped into a circle on your channel page, in comments, and in search results. Anything important placed in the square's corners — text or a character's face — gets clipped by that circular mask, so keep key elements inside the round guide."},{"q":"Does the profile picture also get cropped differently on mobile, like the banner does?","a":"Yes — you upload a square profile picture, but it's always displayed cropped into a circle on your channel page, in comments, and in search results. Anything important placed in the square's corners — text or a character's face — gets clipped by that circular mask, so keep key elements inside the round guide."}]},{"slug":"blog-thumbnail-maker","category":"sns-utils","title":"Square Blog Thumbnail Maker","tagline":"Put your headline over a solid color, gradient, or blurred backdrop and download a 1:1 square thumbnail","emoji":"🎨","keywords":["blog thumbnail maker","square thumbnail generator","1000x1000 image maker","free blog post image creator","text over background image generator","naver blog tistory thumbnail size"],"intro":"Make a clean 1:1 square thumbnail for your blog post without opening Photoshop or writing a line of code. Choose from polished color backgrounds, gradients, and blurred patterns, type in your headline, tune the font size and layout, and export a high-resolution image. Sized for the square thumbnail cards used by Korean blogging platforms like Naver Blog and Tistory, and just as useful anywhere a square post image is needed.","howto":["Choose a background style: solid color, gradient blend, or an abstract blurred template.","Type in the main headline (Title) and the supporting line (Subtitle) you want on the thumbnail.","Adjust the layout, text color, and drop shadow on the live canvas, then export straight to a high-resolution 1000x1000px image file."],"faq":[{"q":"Why make thumbnails at a 1:1 ratio?","a":"Because most feed and search listings crop to a square. Naver Blog's neighbor feed, Naver mobile search results, and the Tistory mobile home screen all render thumbnail cards as 1:1 squares — and so do plenty of other platforms. Designing at 1:1 from the start means your text lands inside the crop instead of getting sliced off at the edges."},{"q":"Can I reuse the same finished thumbnail on both Tistory and Naver Blog?","a":"Yes — both platforms support the same 1000x1000px square format, so one exported file works for either. Naver does sometimes re-resize the featured image automatically though, so it's worth checking the preview after uploading to make sure no text got cropped in the process."},{"q":"Can I reuse the same finished thumbnail on both Tistory and Naver Blog?","a":"Yes — both platforms support the same 1000x1000px square format, so one exported file works for either. Naver does sometimes re-resize the featured image automatically though, so it's worth checking the preview after uploading to make sure no text got cropped in the process."}]},{"slug":"tiktok-caption-counter","category":"sns-utils","title":"TikTok Caption Character & Hashtag Counter","tagline":"Live counter for TikTok's 2,200-character caption limit and your hashtag count","emoji":"📱","keywords":["tiktok caption character limit","tiktok character counter","tiktok hashtag counter","2200 character counter","caption length checker"],"intro":"Write your TikTok caption here and watch the count in real time against the 2,200-character limit, with your hashtags tallied separately. Catch an overflow before you paste it into the app instead of after TikTok truncates it.","howto":["Type or paste your caption into the text area.","Watch the live character count and progress bar (against the 2,200-character limit) plus the number of hashtags detected in your text.","Confirm you're under the limit, then click copy and you're done."],"faq":[{"q":"What is TikTok's exact caption character limit?","a":"TikTok captions now allow up to 2,200 characters, a big jump from the roughly 300-character limit of the early days. Hashtags count toward that total, which is exactly why it's worth checking the length here first."},{"q":"Does the character count include the # symbol and spaces in hashtags?","a":"Yes — TikTok's 2,200-character limit counts everything: regular sentence text, the # symbol itself, and every space. This counter uses the same rule, so it accurately predicts whether you'll hit the \"too long\" error before you actually try to post."},{"q":"Does the character count include the # symbol and spaces in hashtags?","a":"Yes — TikTok's 2,200-character limit counts everything: regular sentence text, the # symbol itself, and every space. This counter uses the same rule, so it accurately predicts whether you'll hit the \"too long\" error before you actually try to post."}]},{"slug":"card-news-text-layout","category":"sns-utils","title":"Square Post Text Layout Simulator","tagline":"Preview how your text wraps, sizes, and aligns on a 1:1 square slide before you design it","emoji":"📰","keywords":["text wrap preview tool","instagram carousel text layout","square post text preview","line break simulator","readability preview","social media slide design"],"intro":"See exactly where your lines break before you build the slide. This tool renders your headline and body copy on a 1:1 square mockup — the format used for carousel posts and card news slides — so you can tune the wrapping, font size, and alignment for maximum readability while you're still writing.","howto":["Write the headline (Title) and the body copy (Paragraph) that will go on the slide.","Use the sliders to change the font size, line spacing, and text alignment.","Check that the line breaks fall naturally on the 1:1 mockup, then copy the finished text structure."],"faq":[{"q":"Any tips for line breaks that make a slide easier to read?","a":"Break your lines at natural phrase boundaries — where a thought pauses — using a manual line break (Shift+Enter) instead of letting the text wrap wherever it lands. The live preview here lets you test each break point and see which one reads best."},{"q":"Will the line breaks I see here match exactly what apps like Miricanvas or Canva produce?","a":"Not necessarily — font choice and letter-spacing settings vary slightly between tools, so the exact break points may shift a bit. Treat this simulator as a way to figure out where you'd naturally want a line break by meaning, then fine-tune once more inside your final design tool."},{"q":"Will the line breaks I see here match exactly what apps like Miricanvas or Canva produce?","a":"Not necessarily — font choice and letter-spacing settings vary slightly between tools, so the exact break points may shift a bit. Treat this simulator as a way to figure out where you'd naturally want a line break by meaning, then fine-tune once more inside your final design tool."}]},{"slug":"blog-title-generator","category":"sns-utils","title":"Blog Title Generator for Higher CTR","tagline":"Drop in your keyword and get headline formulas — questions, listicles, curiosity hooks — built on proven copywriting patterns","emoji":"✍️","keywords":["blog title generator","headline generator","catchy blog post titles","improve click through rate","copywriting headline formulas","blog title ideas"],"intro":"Enter your target keyword and topic, and this tool builds out 60+ headline variations using copywriting formulas that are proven to drive clicks: question hooks, numbered lists, problem-solution framing, and curiosity gaps. Browse the options, grab the one that fits your post, and stop staring at a blank title field.","howto":["Enter your post's main keyword (say, stock investing) plus a word or two about the specific angle.","Hit the generate button and you'll get headline cards grouped by pattern: questions, numbered lists, problem-solution, and curiosity hooks.","Click any headline that fits your post to copy it instantly."],"faq":[{"q":"What is CTR, and why does the title matter so much?","a":"CTR (click-through rate) is the share of people who click your link after seeing it. In a search results page, all a reader has to go on is your title and the snippet beneath it — that's the entire basis for the click decision. A sharper headline is one of the highest-leverage changes you can make to your traffic."},{"q":"Could using these suggested titles as-is get my post flagged as low-quality clickbait?","a":"The suggestions are just phrasing patterns proven to drive clicks — if the title overpromises and doesn't match the actual content, readers bounce quickly, which can hurt your search ranking more than help it. It's safest to use a suggestion only as a starting point and adjust it so the title accurately reflects what the post delivers."},{"q":"Could using these suggested titles as-is get my post flagged as low-quality clickbait?","a":"The suggestions are just phrasing patterns proven to drive clicks — if the title overpromises and doesn't match the actual content, readers bounce quickly, which can hurt your search ranking more than help it. It's safest to use a suggestion only as a starting point and adjust it so the title accurately reflects what the post delivers."}]},{"slug":"youtube-thumbnail-safe-area","category":"sns-utils","title":"YouTube Thumbnail Safe Area Checker","tagline":"Load a thumbnail and see whether the timestamp badge and mobile UI overlays cover your key text or captions","emoji":"🖼️","keywords":["youtube thumbnail safe area","thumbnail preview tool","youtube thumbnail checker","thumbnail timestamp overlay","youtube thumbnail size guide"],"intro":"Drop your finished YouTube thumbnail onto a virtual canvas and preview it with the same overlays viewers actually see — the video duration badge and the progress bar layer on both mobile and desktop — so you can catch covered text or graphics before you ever upload.","howto":["Drag and drop the thumbnail you want to check (16:9 recommended) to upload it.","Turn on the simulated overlay layers, including the timestamp badge position.","Check that your headline text or the subject's face isn't buried under the bottom-right badge or other overlays, then adjust your layout accordingly."],"faq":[{"q":"Which areas of a thumbnail should I keep clear?","a":"On mobile, the duration badge (e.g., 10:15) is always pinned to the bottom-right corner of the thumbnail. Any text or logo you place there will be covered and unreadable, so keep that corner free of anything important."},{"q":"Does the time badge appear in a different position or size on desktop versus mobile?","a":"Yes — on the mobile app the badge shows up relatively smaller, and its exact position can shift slightly depending on screen size. Switching between the desktop and mobile overlays in this tool lets you confirm your layout stays safe in both environments."},{"q":"Does the time badge appear in a different position or size on desktop versus mobile?","a":"Yes — on the mobile app the badge shows up relatively smaller, and its exact position can shift slightly depending on screen size. Switching between the desktop and mobile overlays in this tool lets you confirm your layout stays safe in both environments."}]},{"slug":"simple-link-tree-builder","category":"sns-utils","title":"Link in Bio Page Builder","tagline":"Design a multi-link landing page for your Instagram bio and export the HTML/CSS","emoji":"🌳","keywords":["link in bio page","linktree alternative free","link in bio html generator","instagram bio link page","self hosted link tree","multi link landing page"],"intro":"Build your own link-in-bio landing page without paying for a hosted service. Add as many link buttons as you need, pick a theme you like, and export clean HTML/CSS you can drop onto any web host you control.","howto":["Fill in your profile photo URL, display name, and a short bio.","Add a row for each link with its title and destination URL.","Pick a theme (glassmorphism, simple dark, neon, and more), preview it in the mobile mockup, then copy the generated code."],"faq":[{"q":"How do I use the exported HTML/CSS?","a":"Save it as index.html and upload it to any free static host — GitHub Pages, Netlify, Cloudflare Pages — or embed it in your own blog. That's it: you have a fully self-hosted link tree with no subscription and no branding you didn't choose."},{"q":"Can I connect this to my single Instagram profile link without hosting it anywhere?","a":"No — Instagram only allows one link in the profile field, so you need to publish the generated page somewhere on the web to get a single URL, then put that address in your profile. Without hosting it somewhere, there's no way to display multiple links directly from an Instagram profile."},{"q":"Can I connect this to my single Instagram profile link without hosting it anywhere?","a":"No — Instagram only allows one link in the profile field, so you need to publish the generated page somewhere on the web to get a single URL, then put that address in your profile. Without hosting it somewhere, there's no way to display multiple links directly from an Instagram profile."}]},{"slug":"webtoon-slice-spacing","category":"sns-utils","title":"Webtoon Panel Slicing & Spacing Calculator","tagline":"Work out slice heights, panel gutters, and pixel coordinates for long vertical webtoon and card-news images","emoji":"📐","keywords":["webtoon image slicer","split long image into panels","webtoon panel spacing calculator","vertical image slice coordinates","webtoon upload dimensions","imagemagick slice script"],"intro":"Before you cut a tall vertical-scroll webtoon page or a card-news graphic into pieces, this calculator works out the exact start and end coordinates for every slice, factors in the vertical gutter you want between panels, and hands you a ready-to-run script.","howto":["Enter the resolution of your full source image (width and height in pixels).","Set how many slices you want and how much vertical padding (in px) to insert per slice.","Copy the resulting coordinate table, plus the generated shell script for batch slicing with ImageMagick or a similar tool."],"faq":[{"q":"What upload dimensions do webtoon platforms expect?","a":"Major Korean portal webtoon platforms typically want a width of 690px or 800px, and they recommend keeping each individual file under 10,000px tall because of file size limits. This calculator derives cut coordinates that keep every slice within those limits."},{"q":"What's the downside of setting the gap between panels too large?","a":"An overly large gap breaks the sense of flow while scrolling, and in scenes with continuous dialogue, readers can easily lose the thread between panels. A gap somewhere around 40–80px generally gives a natural pause without disrupting the continuity between cuts."},{"q":"What's the downside of setting the gap between panels too large?","a":"An overly large gap breaks the sense of flow while scrolling, and in scenes with continuous dialogue, readers can easily lose the thread between panels. A gap somewhere around 40–80px generally gives a natural pause without disrupting the continuity between cuts."}]},{"slug":"social-post-time-optimizer","category":"sns-utils","title":"Best Time to Post on Social Media","tagline":"Find the best upload times by day of week for Instagram, YouTube, blogs, and TikTok, matched to your audience","emoji":"⏰","keywords":["best time to post on instagram","best time to upload youtube videos","social media posting schedule","best time to post on tiktok","social media engagement heatmap","content scheduling guide"],"intro":"Pick your platform and the audience you're actually trying to reach — students, working professionals, stay-at-home parents, international readers — and get a day-by-hour heatmap of the windows where clicks, likes, and reach tend to peak.","howto":["Filter by the platform you're posting to (Instagram, YouTube, blog, TikTok).","Choose your target audience (students, working professionals, stay-at-home parents, all ages) to load the matching time windows.","Use the darkest slots on the 24-hour by day-of-week heatmap as your guide when scheduling posts."],"faq":[{"q":"Why is peak time different for YouTube than for Instagram?","a":"Instagram gets immediate reach during commutes and late-night phone scrolling. YouTube rewards moments when people have time to sit through a longer video — weekday evenings (6-9 PM) and weekend mornings — which is when uploads tend to accumulate the most watch time and algorithmic reach."},{"q":"Are the suggested time slots a guaranteed answer, or just a general guideline?","a":"They're a reference based on general statistical trends — your own followers' actual activity patterns can differ from account to account. For the most accurate results, cross-check them against your platform's own insights data and adjust toward the times that have actually performed best for you."},{"q":"Are the suggested time slots a guaranteed answer, or just a general guideline?","a":"They're a reference based on general statistical trends — your own followers' actual activity patterns can differ from account to account. For the most accurate results, cross-check them against your platform's own insights data and adjust toward the times that have actually performed best for you."}]},{"slug":"fancy-bio-font","category":"sns-utils","title":"Fancy Text Generator for Bios","tagline":"Turn your Instagram or X profile bio into stylish Unicode fonts like serif, script, and gothic","emoji":"𝔉","keywords":["fancy text generator","instagram bio fonts","unicode font converter","cool fonts copy and paste","aesthetic font generator","stylish text for bio"],"intro":"Type any text and instantly get it rendered in dozens of Unicode font styles — serif, sans, gothic, script, monospace, and more — that you can paste straight into an Instagram, X, or TikTok bio. Preview each one before you copy.","howto":["Type the text you want to convert (for example, Hello World).","Browse the 30-plus Unicode styles that appear as you type and find one you like.","Hit the copy button, then paste it into your Instagram display name or bio."],"faq":[{"q":"Does this work with non-Latin scripts like Korean or Japanese?","a":"No. These styles rely on Unicode's alternate mathematical alphanumeric characters, which only exist for the Latin alphabet (A-Z, a-z) and some digits. Scripts like Hangul, Japanese, and Cyrillic have no such variants, so conversion is limited to Latin letters and numbers."},{"q":"Can I use these converted Unicode fonts in my username, not just my display name?","a":"On platforms like Instagram, the display name field accepts special Unicode characters, but the actual username (handle) only allows plain letters, numbers, and a few symbols — so a fancy font simply won't apply there. You're free to use these styles in your bio and display name, just not in the handle itself."},{"q":"Can I use these converted Unicode fonts in my username, not just my display name?","a":"On platforms like Instagram, the display name field accepts special Unicode characters, but the actual username (handle) only allows plain letters, numbers, and a few symbols — so a fancy font simply won't apply there. You're free to use these styles in your bio and display name, just not in the handle itself."}]},{"slug":"blog-word-counter","category":"sns-utils","title":"Blog Word & Character Counter","tagline":"Count characters with and without spaces, paragraphs, reading time, and keyword density for blog drafts","emoji":"📝","keywords":["blog word counter","character count without spaces","keyword density checker","reading time calculator","naver blog character counter","online character counter"],"intro":"Check that a blog draft hits its target length before you publish. This counter tracks characters both with and without spaces, counts paragraphs and reading time, and measures how often each keyword repeats — useful for Korean blog platforms like Naver Blog and Tistory, where character counts (not word counts) are the standard guideline.","howto":["Paste your full draft into the text box.","Watch the live panel for characters with spaces, characters without spaces, and estimated reading time.","Review the keyword table to see whether any term is repeated so often that it reads as stuffing."],"faq":[{"q":"How long should a blog post be to rank well?","a":"There's no fixed rule, but a substantive informational post generally lands somewhere around 1,500 to 3,000 characters (roughly 300 to 600 English words). What matters more is that the body reads naturally and keyword density stays moderate — about 2 to 4% — and this tool measures both."},{"q":"Do emojis and special characters count toward the character total?","a":"Yes — emojis, symbols, and numbers are all counted as one character each. The 'excluding spaces' count only drops spaces and line breaks, while punctuation like periods and commas is still counted, so the total closely matches your actual manuscript length."},{"q":"Do emojis and special characters count toward the character total?","a":"Yes — emojis, symbols, and numbers are all counted as one character each. The 'excluding spaces' count only drops spaces and line breaks, while punctuation like periods and commas is still counted, so the total closely matches your actual manuscript length."}]},{"slug":"cardnews-font-combination","category":"sns-utils","title":"Card News Font Pairing Guide","tagline":"A font pairing simulator for card news graphics, matching free Korean and Latin typefaces for readability and polish","emoji":"🅰️","keywords":["font pairing tool","free commercial use fonts","korean font pairing","card news design fonts","google fonts combinations","typography pairing guide"],"intro":"Compare designer-approved font pairings built from free commercial-use typefaces — including the Korean fonts catalogued on Noonnu — and type in your own headline to see each combination rendered live in a card news template.","howto":["Browse the recommended pairings (gothic for headlines with serif for body text, and other combinations).","Type your headline into the custom text field to see the pairing rendered in a 1:1 slide mockup.","Click through the suggested color palettes to judge the final look, then copy the CSS styling."],"faq":[{"q":"Where can I find free fonts licensed for commercial use?","a":"For Korean typefaces, Noonnu (noonnu.cc) is the go-to hub for commercially free fonts. For Latin text, Google Fonts offers a huge open-licensed library. Both let you download fonts for card news projects without licensing worries."},{"q":"How many different fonts is it safe to mix on one card news slide?","a":"Sticking to two — one for headlines, one for body text — is generally the safest combination. Mixing three or more tends to break visual consistency and looks cluttered, so it's better to create emphasis through weight (bold vs. regular) or size differences rather than adding more typefaces."},{"q":"How many different fonts is it safe to mix on one card news slide?","a":"Sticking to two — one for headlines, one for body text — is generally the safest combination. Mixing three or more tends to break visual consistency and looks cluttered, so it's better to create emphasis through weight (bold vs. regular) or size differences rather than adding more typefaces."}]},{"slug":"color-matching-game","category":"color-design","title":"Color Matching Game (Guess the Shade)","tagline":"Match a randomly generated target color using RGB or HSL sliders.","emoji":"🎨","keywords":["color matching game","guess the color game","rgb color game","hsl color picker practice","color accuracy test"],"intro":"Study a randomly generated target color swatch, then work the RGB (red, green, blue) and HSL (hue, saturation, lightness) sliders to mix the closest match you can. It's a precision drill for training your eye for color.","howto":["Study the target color card, then drag the RGB or HSL sliders to whatever values you think will match it.","Hit Submit to get an exact delta reading of how far your mix landed from the target.","Check your grade based on the margin of error and review your run history."],"faq":[{"q":"How is the color accuracy calculated?","a":"It measures the Euclidean distance between the two points in 3D RGB color space. The closer that difference gets to zero, the closer your match score converges on 100%."},{"q":"Is it easier to match the target color in HSL mode than in RGB mode?","a":"Generally, yes. It's hard to intuitively predict a color from three separate red, green, and blue values, but HSL's hue, saturation, and lightness sliders map more closely to how people actually perceive color — you can nail the general hue first, then fine-tune saturation and lightness. If you're just starting to train your color eye, HSL mode is the easier place to begin."},{"q":"Is it easier to match the target color in HSL mode than in RGB mode?","a":"Generally, yes. It's hard to intuitively predict a color from three separate red, green, and blue values, but HSL's hue, saturation, and lightness sliders map more closely to how people actually perceive color — you can nail the general hue first, then fine-tune saturation and lightness. If you're just starting to train your color eye, HSL mode is the easier place to begin."}]},{"slug":"chess-board-notation","category":"web-seo-misc","title":"Chess Square Notation Trainer","tagline":"A trainer that calls out a square (e4, c6) and asks you to click the right one — so board coordinates become instinct.","emoji":"♟️","keywords":["chess coordinates trainer","learn chess notation","chess square practice","algebraic notation chess","chess board trainer","chess visualization training"],"intro":"Knowing every square on sight is fundamental to improving at chess. This trainer flashes a coordinate (e4, g7, and so on), and you find and click that exact square on the 8x8 board as fast as you can — building both your score and your reaction time.","howto":["Set your board orientation (white or black perspective) and choose whether to show the rank and file labels.","Press Start and read the random target square shown at the top (for example, d4).","Click the correct square on the 8x8 board before time runs out, and track your score and click reaction time in milliseconds."],"faq":[{"q":"How do you read chess coordinates?","a":"Every square is named by combining its file — the columns, lettered a through h — with its rank — the rows, numbered 1 through 8. So e4 is the square on the fifth file from the left, four rows up from the bottom."},{"q":"If I switch to the black-side view, does the notation for the same square change?","a":"No — a square's notation (like e4) is an absolute coordinate on the board and stays the same no matter which side you're viewing from. Only the on-screen orientation flips. Practicing from the black-side view simply helps you get comfortable with the mirrored perspective you'll actually see when you're playing as Black."},{"q":"If I switch to the black-side view, does the notation for the same square change?","a":"No — a square's notation (like e4) is an absolute coordinate on the board and stays the same no matter which side you're viewing from. Only the on-screen orientation flips. Practicing from the black-side view simply helps you get comfortable with the mirrored perspective you'll actually see when you're playing as Black."}]},{"slug":"lotto-combination-helper","category":"generators-qr","title":"Lotto 6/45 Number Generator","tagline":"A custom Lotto 6/45 combination generator that lets you lock in must-have numbers and filter out the ones you never want to see.","emoji":"🎫","keywords":["lotto number generator","lottery number picker","random lottery numbers","6/45 lotto generator","Korean Lotto 6/45","lucky number generator","lottery odds calculator"],"intro":"Build Lotto 6/45 combinations that follow your own rules: pick the numbers you want guaranteed in every line, block the numbers you want left out, and let the generator fill in the rest. Every set comes with an odd/even breakdown and a sum-total analysis so you can see how your picks stack up.","howto":["Click numbers on the 45-ball grid to toggle them as included (green) or excluded (red).","Choose how many lines you want to generate (1 to 5 games), then click Generate Numbers.","Review your combinations in the printed ticket layout, along with the odd/even split and the sum-range analysis for each line."],"faq":[{"q":"Why does the sum range of a lotto line matter?","a":"Across the full history of Lotto 6/45 draws, more than 80% of winning lines add up to somewhere between 100 and 170. This generator flags whether each combination lands inside that statistical sweet spot, which helps you build more balanced tickets instead of clustering all your numbers at the high or low end."},{"q":"Does filtering with fixed/excluded numbers actually raise my odds of winning?","a":"No. Lotto 6/45 is a game of pure independent probability, so no filter changes the jackpot odds of 1 in 8,145,060. This tool doesn't boost your chances — it's meant to help you include or exclude numbers you personally care about, and to steer clear of statistically rare combinations like six consecutive numbers."},{"q":"Does filtering with fixed/excluded numbers actually raise my odds of winning?","a":"No. Lotto 6/45 is a game of pure independent probability, so no filter changes the jackpot odds of 1 in 8,145,060. This tool doesn't boost your chances — it's meant to help you include or exclude numbers you personally care about, and to steer clear of statistically rare combinations like six consecutive numbers."}]},{"slug":"fantasy-name-generator","category":"generators-qr","title":"Fantasy Name Generator","tagline":"Generate fantasy character names and matching backstories by race (elf, orc, dwarf, human) and class (warrior, mage, rogue).","emoji":"🧙","keywords":["fantasy name generator","RPG character name generator","elf name generator","orc name generator","D&D name generator","random username generator","gamertag ideas"],"intro":"A character name generator for RPG players, dungeon masters, and fantasy writers. It draws on race-specific syllable sets to build heroic-sounding names, then pairs each one with a short piece of invented legend to give your character an instant hook.","howto":["Pick a race (human, elf, dwarf, or orc) and a class (warrior, mage, rogue, or cleric).","Fine-tune the tone of the name (epic, lyrical, or brutal) and choose a gendered suffix.","Hit Generate to roll a list of original names, each with a short adventurer backstory you can read and copy."],"faq":[{"q":"Are the names completely random?","a":"Not entirely. Each race pulls from its own syllable database and modifier rules built around a distinct mythic feel — elf names lean on soft vowels and sounds like \"El\" and \"Ah,\" while orc names hit harder with plosives like \"Grak\" and \"Bar.\" The result is a name that actually sounds like it belongs to the race you picked, not just random letters."},{"q":"Can I use a generated name directly in a commercial game or novel?","a":"Yes — the generated nicknames and short backstory tags are free to use in commercial creative work, like an indie game character or a novel's protagonist, with no copyright restrictions. Since a random generator can occasionally land on a name close to an existing well-known IP, it's still worth doing a quick search before finalizing it."},{"q":"Can I use a generated name directly in a commercial game or novel?","a":"Yes — the generated nicknames and short backstory tags are free to use in commercial creative work, like an indie game character or a novel's protagonist, with no copyright restrictions. Since a random generator can occasionally land on a name close to an existing well-known IP, it's still worth doing a quick search before finalizing it."}]},{"slug":"coin-flip-statistics","category":"calc-convert","title":"Coin Flip Simulator & Probability Stats","tagline":"Simulate up to 10,000 coin flips and watch heads/tails converge on 50% in a live SVG chart.","emoji":"🪙","keywords":["coin flip simulator","flip a coin online","coin toss probability","law of large numbers demo","heads or tails streak","probability simulator","random coin flipper"],"intro":"Flip a virtual coin up to 10,000 times in under a second and see exactly how the numbers behave. The simulator tracks the running share of heads and tails and charts how that ratio settles toward 50% as the sample grows — the Law of Large Numbers playing out in real time.","howto":["Choose how many flips to simulate (10, 100, 1,000, or 10,000).","Press Flip to run the simulation — you'll get a spinning-coin animation while the random data is generated.","Review the final heads-to-tails count, the longest streak of a single side, and the convergence chart showing the ratio settling toward 50%."],"faq":[{"q":"What is the Law of Large Numbers?","a":"It's the statistical principle that as you repeat an independent trial — like a coin flip — more and more times, the observed rate of an outcome (your actual share of heads) drifts closer and closer to its theoretical probability (50%). Crank up the flip count here and you can watch it happen: the convergence curve flattens right onto the 50% center line."},{"q":"If heads comes up 9 times in a row, is tails more likely on the next flip?","a":"No. That's a classic statistical illusion known as the gambler's fallacy. Each coin flip is an independent event, so no matter what came before, the odds of heads or tails on the next flip stay fixed at exactly 50/50."},{"q":"If heads comes up 9 times in a row, is tails more likely on the next flip?","a":"No. That's a classic statistical illusion known as the gambler's fallacy. Each coin flip is an independent event, so no matter what came before, the odds of heads or tails on the next flip stay fixed at exactly 50/50."}]},{"slug":"torque-converter","category":"calc-convert","title":"Torque Converter","tagline":"Convert between newton-meters (N·m), kgf·m, lb-ft, and lb-in, and compare how much force each represents","emoji":"⚙️","keywords":["torque converter","nm to lb ft","kgf m to nm","torque conversion calculator","wrench torque units"],"intro":"Convert torque — the twisting force applied around an axis — between the SI unit (N·m), the gravitational unit still common in Korean and Japanese industry (kgf·m), and the imperial units used in the US (lb-ft and lb-in).","howto":["Enter the torque figure you want to convert into any one of the input fields.","The equivalents in N·m, kgf·m, lb-ft, and lb-in are all calculated live as you type.","Check the reference cards for real-world figures like car engine torque and impact wrench specs."],"faq":[{"q":"How do N·m and kgf·m relate to each other?","a":"One kgf·m is the torque produced when the force of 1 kg under standard gravity (9.80665 m/s²) acts one meter from the axis, so it converts to about 9.80665 N·m. Going the other way, 1 N·m is roughly 0.10197 kgf·m."},{"q":"What's the difference between lb·ft and lb·in?","a":"Both use the same pound-force unit, but the lever-arm length differs: lb·ft is measured over a 1-foot (12-inch) arm, while lb·in uses a 1-inch arm, so 1 lb·ft equals 12 lb·in. Small-force specs like electronics screws are usually given in lb·in, while larger jobs like automotive wheel nuts are typically specified in lb·ft."},{"q":"What's the difference between lb·ft and lb·in?","a":"Both use the same pound-force unit, but the lever-arm length differs: lb·ft is measured over a 1-foot (12-inch) arm, while lb·in uses a 1-inch arm, so 1 lb·ft equals 12 lb·in. Small-force specs like electronics screws are usually given in lb·in, while larger jobs like automotive wheel nuts are typically specified in lb·ft."}]},{"slug":"uv-index-guide","category":"calc-convert","title":"UV Index Guide","tagline":"Enter today's UV index to get its risk level plus an estimate of how long until your skin type burns","emoji":"☀️","keywords":["uv index","uv index chart","how long before sunburn","sunburn time calculator","spf explained","sun safety guide"],"intro":"Understand the five WHO risk categories of the UV Index (0 to 11+) and estimate how long you can stay in the sun before burning, based on your skin type and the SPF of the sunscreen you're wearing.","howto":["Enter your local UV Index (0 to 11+) or set it with the slider.","Pick your skin type (fair, medium, dark, and so on) and the SPF rating of the sunscreen you have on.","Read the risk level for that UV exposure along with the estimated safe time in direct sun before skin damage starts."],"faq":[{"q":"What does the SPF number on sunscreen actually mean?","a":"SPF (Sun Protection Factor) mainly measures protection against UVB rays. SPF 30, for example, cuts the UVB reaching your skin to about 1/30 of what it would be with no sunscreen — which in theory means it takes 30 times longer for your skin to start burning."},{"q":"Is the UV index higher at higher altitudes?","a":"Yes — with less atmosphere to scatter and absorb sunlight, UV intensity tends to rise about 10-12% for every 1,000m of elevation gain. Reflective surfaces like snow, sand, or water also bounce extra UV back at you, so your actual exposure can be higher than the raw index suggests even at the same reading."},{"q":"Is the UV index higher at higher altitudes?","a":"Yes — with less atmosphere to scatter and absorb sunlight, UV intensity tends to rise about 10-12% for every 1,000m of elevation gain. Reflective surfaces like snow, sand, or water also bounce extra UV back at you, so your actual exposure can be higher than the raw index suggests even at the same reading."}]},{"slug":"decibel-calculator","category":"calc-convert","title":"Decibel Calculator","tagline":"Enter a sound pressure level (dB SPL) or a power/voltage ratio to see the ratio behind the number and compare it to everyday noise","emoji":"🔊","keywords":["decibel calculator","db spl","sound pressure level","noise level chart","decibel to ratio"],"intro":"Get a feel for what the decibel — a logarithmic unit — is actually measuring. Convert between sound pressure level (dB SPL) and signal power or voltage ratios, and compare your figure against a chart of familiar real-world noise levels.","howto":["Choose what you're calculating: enter a sound pressure level in dB SPL, or enter a signal power/voltage ratio.","Type in the decibel figure or the ratio to see the corresponding relative energy in real time.","Compare your result against the reference cards for standard noise levels — rustling leaves, normal conversation, a rock concert, a jet taking off."],"faq":[{"q":"If a sound goes up by 10 dB, how much louder is it?","a":"In terms of sound power, a 10 dB increase means exactly 10 times the physical energy. But because of how human hearing works, a 10 dB jump is perceived as roughly twice as loud. Add 20 dB and the energy is 100 times greater."},{"q":"If I combine two equally loud sound sources, does the decibel level double (e.g., 60dB + 60dB = 120dB)?","a":"No. Decibels are a logarithmic scale, so you can't just add them directly. Combining two sources of equal loudness doubles the sound energy, which only adds about 3dB to the original level — so two 60dB sources running together land around 63dB, not the 120dB you'd get from simple arithmetic addition."},{"q":"If I combine two equally loud sound sources, does the decibel level double (e.g., 60dB + 60dB = 120dB)?","a":"No. Decibels are a logarithmic scale, so you can't just add them directly. Combining two sources of equal loudness doubles the sound energy, which only adds about 3dB to the original level — so two 60dB sources running together land around 63dB, not the 120dB you'd get from simple arithmetic addition."}]},{"slug":"half-life-calculator","category":"calc-convert","title":"Half-Life Calculator","tagline":"Enter the starting amount, the half-life, and the elapsed time to get the remaining fraction and a decay curve","emoji":"⏳","keywords":["half life calculator","radioactive decay calculator","exponential decay","half life formula","remaining amount after decay"],"intro":"Plug in a substance's half-life (t½) and how much time has passed to model exponential decay, then see the remaining amount as a percentage along with a visualized decay curve.","howto":["Enter the starting amount (100% by default, or your own units) and the half-life of the substance.","Enter the elapsed time — seconds, minutes, hours, days, or years are all supported, as long as the units match.","Review the results from the exponential decay formula: the final remaining percentage, the percentage lost to decay, and the SVG decay curve."],"faq":[{"q":"What is the half-life formula?","a":"For an elapsed time T and a half-life H, the remaining amount N(T) equals the initial amount N(0) multiplied by (1/2) raised to the power of T/H. So after one half-life 50% is left, after two 25%, and after three 12.5%."},{"q":"Are half-life and mean lifetime the same thing?","a":"No. Half-life is the time it takes for a quantity to drop to exactly half its value, while mean lifetime (τ) is the average time an individual particle takes to decay. The two are related by 'mean lifetime = half-life ÷ ln(2)', which makes the mean lifetime about 1.44 times longer than the half-life."},{"q":"Are half-life and mean lifetime the same thing?","a":"No. Half-life is the time it takes for a quantity to drop to exactly half its value, while mean lifetime (τ) is the average time an individual particle takes to decay. The two are related by 'mean lifetime = half-life ÷ ln(2)', which makes the mean lifetime about 1.44 times longer than the half-life."}]},{"slug":"beaufort-wind-scale","category":"calc-convert","title":"Beaufort Wind Scale Calculator","tagline":"Enter a wind speed in m/s, km/h, knots, or mph to get its Beaufort force (0–12) and the matching land and sea conditions","emoji":"💨","keywords":["beaufort scale","beaufort wind scale chart","wind speed to beaufort","knots to mph wind","wind force calculator","gale force wind speed"],"intro":"Find the Beaufort wind force (0 to 12) for any wind speed — the historic, still-practical scale for describing wind strength. Convert freely between m/s, km/h, knots, and mph, and see what each force number looks like in the real world.","howto":["Enter the measured wind speed in the input field.","Select the unit your figure is in: m/s, km/h, knots, or mph.","Read the Beaufort force it maps to — from force 0 (calm) up to force 12 (hurricane) — along with cards describing the sea state and how trees and branches move on land."],"faq":[{"q":"When was the Beaufort wind scale created?","a":"Admiral Francis Beaufort of the British Royal Navy devised it in 1805, basing it on the state of the sea and how a sailing ship handled in it. It was built for judging wind strength by eye in an era before weather instruments, and it still serves as a useful reference in weather warnings and maritime safety guidance today."},{"q":"Does the same Beaufort number feel different at sea versus on land?","a":"Yes. Because the scale was originally designed around sea-state conditions, each level has separate descriptions for the ocean (wave height, sea spray) and for land (swaying branches, umbrellas turning inside out). Force 6, for instance, means large waves with white foam crests spreading widely at sea, but on land it means umbrellas become hard to use and wires start to whistle."},{"q":"Does the same Beaufort number feel different at sea versus on land?","a":"Yes. Because the scale was originally designed around sea-state conditions, each level has separate descriptions for the ocean (wave height, sea spray) and for land (swaying branches, umbrellas turning inside out). Force 6, for instance, means large waves with white foam crests spreading widely at sea, but on land it means umbrellas become hard to use and wires start to whistle."}]},{"slug":"vat-reverse-calculator","category":"calc-convert","title":"Reverse VAT Calculator","tagline":"Split a gross total into net price and VAT, or add VAT on top of a net price.","emoji":"📊","keywords":["reverse vat calculator","vat backwards calculator","remove vat from total","net price from gross","add vat to price","10 percent vat calculator"],"intro":"Work VAT backwards or forwards in one place. Enter a VAT-inclusive total and the calculator divides it out to show the net amount and the tax portion separately; enter a net amount instead and it adds the tax on top. Defaults to a 10% rate (the standard rate in Korea) and supports custom rates for other countries.","howto":["Enter your amount and choose whether it is VAT-inclusive (gross total) or VAT-exclusive (net price).","Set the VAT rate — 10% by default, or any custom rate for another country.","Read off the net amount, the VAT, and the gross total as they update live, then copy the figures you need."],"faq":[{"q":"How do you work out VAT backwards at a 10% rate?","a":"Divide the VAT-inclusive total by 1.1 to get the net amount, then subtract that net amount from the total — what's left is the VAT itself."},{"q":"Can I use this for a country where VAT isn't 10%, like a cross-border transaction?","a":"Yes. The default is Korea's 10% rate, but you can edit the rate field directly. The same reverse-calculation formula (dividing by 1 + rate) works for other rates too, such as the 19% or 20% VAT common in many European countries, letting you separate the net amount and the tax portion."},{"q":"Can I use this for a country where VAT isn't 10%, like a cross-border transaction?","a":"Yes. The default is Korea's 10% rate, but you can edit the rate field directly. The same reverse-calculation formula (dividing by 1 + rate) works for other rates too, such as the 19% or 20% VAT common in many European countries, letting you separate the net amount and the tax portion."}]},{"slug":"percentage-point-calculator","category":"calc-convert","title":"Percentage Point Calculator","tagline":"Compare the raw gap in percentage points (pp) against the relative percent change.","emoji":"📈","keywords":["percentage point calculator","percentage points vs percent","difference between two percentages","percent change calculator","basis points to percentage points"],"intro":"Interest rates, unemployment figures, approval ratings — when two percentages are compared, the plain arithmetic gap between them (measured in percentage points) is not the same thing as the change relative to the starting value. This calculator shows both side by side so you never mix them up.","howto":["Enter the starting percentage (%) and the new percentage (%).","See the percentage point (pp) difference from simple subtraction and the relative percent change (%) computed live.","Check the comparison card for a detailed breakdown of percent (%) versus percentage points (pp)."],"faq":[{"q":"What's the difference between percent (%) and percentage points (pp)?","a":"A percent expresses a quantity as a share of a whole, while a percentage point is a separate unit used for the arithmetic difference between two values that are already stated as percentages. If a rate rises from 3% to 5%, that's an increase of 2 percentage points (pp) — but relative to the original 3%, it's an increase of roughly 66.7%."},{"q":"What kind of confusion can arise when news articles mix up % and percentage points?","a":"Say an approval rating rose from 40% to 50% — the correct way to describe that is 'up 10 percentage points.' If a report mistakenly calls it 'up 50%,' it makes the change sound far bigger than the actual shift (10pp, or a 25% relative increase), so it's important to keep the two units distinct when reading statistics."},{"q":"What kind of confusion can arise when news articles mix up % and percentage points?","a":"Say an approval rating rose from 40% to 50% — the correct way to describe that is 'up 10 percentage points.' If a report mistakenly calls it 'up 50%,' it makes the change sound far bigger than the actual shift (10pp, or a 25% relative increase), so it's important to keep the two units distinct when reading statistics."}]},{"slug":"simultaneous-equations","category":"calc-convert","title":"System of Equations Solver","tagline":"Solve 2×2 and 3×3 linear systems with Cramer's rule, showing every determinant step.","emoji":"🧮","keywords":["system of equations solver","simultaneous equations calculator","cramer's rule calculator","3x3 system solver","solve for x and y calculator","determinant calculator"],"intro":"Enter the coefficients a, b, c and so on to find the solution (x, y, z) of a linear system with two or three unknowns. Each step of Cramer's rule is laid out visually, including every determinant that goes into the answer.","howto":["Choose the tab that matches your system: two equations in two unknowns, or three in three.","Enter the coefficient of each unknown (a, b, c…) and the constant on the right-hand side of every equation.","Review whether a solution exists, along with the numerator and denominator determinants from Cramer's rule and the final answer."],"faq":[{"q":"What is Cramer's rule?","a":"It's a formula from linear algebra that uses determinants to solve a system of linear equations. As long as the determinant D of the coefficient matrix isn't zero, the value of each unknown is found by replacing the matching column with the constant terms, taking that determinant, and dividing by D."},{"q":"What happens when the determinant D equals 0?","a":"When the coefficient matrix's determinant D is 0, Cramer's rule can't be applied. That means the equations are either parallel with no solution, or they're actually the same line with infinitely many solutions — and this calculator tells you which of the two cases you've run into whenever D comes out to 0."},{"q":"What happens when the determinant D equals 0?","a":"When the coefficient matrix's determinant D is 0, Cramer's rule can't be applied. That means the equations are either parallel with no solution, or they're actually the same line with infinitely many solutions — and this calculator tells you which of the two cases you've run into whenever D comes out to 0."}]},{"slug":"quadratic-equation-solver","category":"calc-convert","title":"Quadratic Formula Calculator","tagline":"Enter the coefficients of ax² + bx + c = 0 to get the discriminant and the real or complex roots.","emoji":"🧮","keywords":["quadratic formula calculator","quadratic equation solver","discriminant calculator","solve ax2 + bx + c = 0","complex roots calculator","find the roots of a quadratic"],"intro":"Type the coefficients a, b, and c of the quadratic equation ax² + bx + c = 0. The calculator evaluates the discriminant (D) and applies the quadratic formula to return the roots to full decimal precision, whether they're real or complex.","howto":["Enter the three coefficients a, b, and c in order (a cannot be zero).","As you type, the sign of the discriminant D = b² − 4ac is analyzed to tell you whether the roots are two real, one repeated, or complex.","Review the worked substitution into the quadratic formula and the final roots (including complex form), then copy them."],"faq":[{"q":"What happens when the discriminant D is negative?","a":"A negative discriminant means there are no real roots. The calculator then uses the imaginary unit i to return two distinct complex roots in the form (real part ± imaginary part i)."},{"q":"Why won't the calculator work if I enter 0 for coefficient a?","a":"By definition, a quadratic equation requires a nonzero coefficient a on the x² term. If a is 0, the squared term disappears and the equation becomes linear (bx + c = 0), so the quadratic formula and discriminant no longer apply. In that case, the calculator lets you know the input no longer meets the conditions for a quadratic equation."},{"q":"Why won't the calculator work if I enter 0 for coefficient a?","a":"By definition, a quadratic equation requires a nonzero coefficient a on the x² term. If a is 0, the squared term disappears and the equation becomes linear (bx + c = 0), so the quadratic formula and discriminant no longer apply. In that case, the calculator lets you know the input no longer meets the conditions for a quadratic equation."}]},{"slug":"divisors-gcd-lcm","category":"calc-convert","title":"Factors, GCF & LCM Calculator","tagline":"List every factor of your numbers and find their greatest common factor (GCD) and least common multiple (LCM).","emoji":"🔢","keywords":["gcf and lcm calculator","greatest common factor calculator","least common multiple calculator","factors of a number","prime factorization calculator","euclidean algorithm gcd"],"intro":"Enter two or more integers to see the complete list of factors for each one, then get their greatest common divisor (GCD) and least common multiple (LCM) — with the math steps shown, not just the answer.","howto":["Enter two or more whole numbers, separated by commas or spaces.","Review every factor of each number along with the prime factorization table showing the shared factors.","Read the final GCD and LCM results and copy them."],"faq":[{"q":"What is the Euclidean algorithm?","a":"It's the fastest and best-known method for finding a greatest common divisor. Given two natural numbers A and B, divide A by B and take the remainder R: the GCD of B and R is the same as the GCD of A and B. Repeat that step until the remainder is zero, and the answer falls out."},{"q":"Is there a relationship between the GCD and LCM of two numbers?","a":"Yes — for any two natural numbers A and B, 'GCD(A, B) × LCM(A, B) = A × B' always holds. For example, 12 and 18 have a GCD of 6 and an LCM of 36, and both 6 × 36 and 12 × 18 come out to exactly 216. This means once you know the GCD, you can find the LCM with a single division instead of computing it separately."},{"q":"Is there a relationship between the GCD and LCM of two numbers?","a":"Yes — for any two natural numbers A and B, 'GCD(A, B) × LCM(A, B) = A × B' always holds. For example, 12 and 18 have a GCD of 6 and an LCM of 36, and both 6 × 36 and 12 × 18 come out to exactly 216. This means once you know the GCD, you can find the LCM with a single division instead of computing it separately."}]},{"slug":"gitignore-generator","category":"generators-qr","title":".gitignore Generator","tagline":"Build a .gitignore tailored to your project in just a few clicks","emoji":"🙈","keywords":[".gitignore generator","create gitignore","git ignore file","node gitignore","python gitignore"],"intro":"Check off common presets like Node, Python, macOS, Windows, and VSCode, and instantly get a single, merged .gitignore ready to copy. Built-in templates mean developers starting a new project no longer have to search each time for what to exclude from version control.","howto":["Use the checkboxes to select the languages, frameworks, editors, and OS presets you use.","If several presets share overlapping rules, use 'Remove duplicate lines' to tidy them up.","Review the finished .gitignore and click the 'Copy .gitignore' button.","Create a .gitignore file in your project root, paste it in, and you're done."],"faq":[{"q":"Is any data sent to a server?","a":"No. All templates are built into the browser, and the entire process of selecting, combining, and copying happens only within your browser. No input is ever sent to or stored on a server."},{"q":"Won't rules be duplicated when I pick multiple presets?","a":"Some rules, like build/ and dist/, are shared across several presets. Turning on the 'Remove duplicate lines' option keeps each identical pattern only once while preserving comments and section headers."},{"q":"The framework I want isn't in the list.","a":"For now, we provide the most commonly used presets as built-in templates. For anything not listed, just copy the generated result and add a few lines to the file yourself. A .gitignore is a simple format with one pattern per line."}]},{"slug":"random-number-picker","category":"generators-qr","title":"Random Number Picker","tagline":"Draw random numbers from a range with no repeats, or fairly pick winners from a name list","emoji":"🎲","keywords":["random number picker","number drawing tool","lottery number generator","random number generator","name picker"],"intro":"This tool draws as many random numbers as you want from a minimum-to-maximum range, with the option to draw without duplicates. Whether you need a prize drawing, event winner, team split, or number pick, the name-list mode lets anyone produce a fair result.","howto":["Choose the 'Number Draw' or 'Name List Draw' tab.","In number mode, enter the minimum, maximum, and how many to draw; in name mode, enter one name per line.","Turn on the 'No duplicates' option to avoid drawing the same value twice.","Press the 'Draw' button to see the results, then use 'Copy Result' to grab them."],"faq":[{"q":"Are the results sent to a server?","a":"No. The range, name list, and results you enter are all processed entirely within your browser. No data is ever sent to or stored on a server, so you can use it with complete peace of mind."},{"q":"Is the drawing really fair?","a":"Instead of a simple Math.random, we use the browser's cryptographic random number generator (crypto.getRandomValues) and eliminate modulo bias so every value has an equal chance of being drawn. Name shuffling also uses the unbiased Fisher-Yates shuffle."},{"q":"What happens if I ask for more numbers than the range allows?","a":"When 'No duplicates' is on, it draws only up to the maximum possible (the size of the range or the number of names) and shows a notice. If duplicates are allowed, it draws exactly as many as you requested."}]},{"slug":"vat-calculator","category":"calc-convert","title":"Korean VAT Calculator (10%, KRW)","tagline":"Add or back out Korea's 10% VAT and get clean whole-won supply, tax, and total figures","emoji":"🧾","keywords":["korean vat calculator","korea 10 percent vat","krw vat calculator","korean tax invoice vat","supply price and total korea","won vat calculation"],"intro":"A VAT calculator built specifically for Korean won. Enter a supply price to add 10% VAT, or enter a tax-inclusive total to split it back into supply price and tax. Every amount is formatted in KRW and rounded to the nearest whole won, so the numbers match what goes on a Korean tax invoice with no decimal cleanup. Made for business owners, freelancers, and anyone billing in won who needs the standard 10% figures fast. One click copies all three amounts as a single line you can paste straight into a quote or settlement. If you bill in euros, pounds, or at a rate other than 10%, use the VAT calculator with rate presets instead.","howto":["Select the 'Supply price → Total' or 'Total → Split supply price' tab.","Enter the amount. The VAT rate defaults to 10% and can be changed if needed.","The supply price, VAT (tax), and total amount are calculated and displayed automatically.","Use the 'Copy Result' button to copy all three figures on one line and paste them."],"faq":[{"q":"How do I subtract VAT from a total amount?","a":"Use the 'Total → Split supply price' tab to divide the total by 1.1 for the supply price, with the difference shown as VAT (tax). For example, a total of 1,100,000 breaks down into a supply price of 1,000,000 and VAT of 100,000."},{"q":"Can I calculate with a rate other than 10%?","a":"Yes. Change the number in the VAT rate field and it instantly recalculates at that rate. Amounts are rounded to the nearest whole unit automatically."},{"q":"Is the amount I enter sent to a server?","a":"No. All calculations happen entirely within your browser, and the amounts you enter are never sent to or stored on a server."}]},{"slug":"tip-calculator","category":"calc-convert","title":"Tip Calculator","tagline":"Instantly work out the tip and per-person amount from the bill, tip rate, and party size","emoji":"💵","keywords":["tip calculator","gratuity calculator","tip percentage calculator","per person amount","split the tip"],"intro":"Enter the bill amount, tip percentage, and number of people, and this tip calculator automatically works out the tip, the total, and how much each person pays. It lets you split a tip quickly at restaurants or while traveling abroad, without reaching for a calculator.","howto":["Enter the bill amount and the number of people.","Tap a 10, 15, 18, or 20% button, or enter your own tip percentage.","The tip amount, total (tip included), and per-person amount appear instantly.","Use the 'Copy Result' button to copy and share the calculation."],"faq":[{"q":"Is the tip applied to the pre-tax or post-tax amount?","a":"By custom, tips are often based on the pre-tax amount (the food cost), but this varies by region and venue. This calculator multiplies the amount you enter by the tip rate, so just enter whichever base amount you prefer."},{"q":"How is the per-person amount divided?","a":"The total including tip is split evenly among the number of people you enter. The party size is treated as at least 1, so there's no divide-by-zero error."},{"q":"Is the amount I enter stored on a server?","a":"No. All calculations run in your browser, and no information such as amounts or rates is ever sent to a server."}]},{"slug":"loan-emi-calculator","category":"calc-convert","title":"Monthly Loan Payment Calculator (Amortized)","tagline":"Three inputs — principal, annual rate, term — and your monthly payment and total interest are on screen","emoji":"🏦","keywords":["monthly loan payment calculator","how much per month loan","emi calculator","loan payment estimate","total interest on a loan"],"intro":"Principal, annual interest rate, term in months. That's all three boxes, and the amortized monthly payment appears immediately. With so little to fill in, it's the fastest way to answer \"what would I be paying every month\" before a loan consultation, or to flip through rate and term scenarios a few seconds apart. Total interest and total repayment come with it, and the whole result copies out as a single line for comparing offers. If you want to compare repayment methods or read a payment-by-payment schedule, use the Loan Amortization Schedule calculator instead.","howto":["Enter the loan principal.","Enter the annual interest rate (%) and the loan term in months.","The monthly payment, total interest, and total repayment are calculated automatically.","Use the 'Copy Result' button to copy the breakdown for comparison or your records."],"faq":[{"q":"What is the equal-installment (EMI) method?","a":"It's a method where you repay the same amount (principal plus interest) every month over the loan term. Interest makes up a larger share early on and principal grows over time, and this calculator works out the monthly payment for this method."},{"q":"Will it exactly match my bank's payment?","a":"It uses the standard equal-installment formula, but actual loans can differ slightly depending on early-repayment fees, grace periods, preferential rates, and rounding methods. Use it as a reference estimate."},{"q":"Is the loan information I enter sent to a server?","a":"No. All inputs such as principal and rate are calculated entirely within your browser and are never sent to or stored on a server."}]},{"slug":"compound-interest-calculator","category":"calc-convert","title":"Compound Interest Calculator","tagline":"Calculate compound principal-and-interest and total interest from principal, rate, term, and monthly deposits","emoji":"📈","keywords":["compound interest calculator","compound interest calculation","compound savings","interest calculator","compounding effect"],"intro":"Enter your initial principal, monthly deposit, annual rate, and term, and this tool calculates the maturity value grown by compound interest along with the total interest earned. It's useful for anyone who wants to simulate in advance just how large the compounding effect can be when building savings through deposits or investments.","howto":["Enter your initial principal and (optionally) the amount to deposit each month.","Enter the annual interest rate (%) and the term in years.","The maturity value, total contributions, and total interest, calculated with monthly compounding, are displayed.","Use 'Copy Result' to save the outcome or compare it with other rates."],"faq":[{"q":"How often is interest compounded?","a":"This calculator uses monthly compounding (dividing the annual rate by 12 and adding interest to the principal each month), and assumes monthly deposits are made at the end of each month. As a result, the maturity value comes out higher than a bank's simple-interest savings."},{"q":"Are taxes and inflation factored in?","a":"No. The figures shown are pre-tax and do not reflect interest income tax (15.4%) or inflation. Your actual payout may be somewhat lower than this."},{"q":"Is the amount information I enter sent to a server?","a":"No. All calculations are processed entirely within your browser, and details like principal and deposits are never sent to or stored on a server."}]},{"slug":"hourly-wage-calculator","category":"calc-convert","title":"Hourly Wage Calculator","tagline":"Estimate weekly and monthly pay from your hourly wage and weekly hours, with weekly holiday allowance included at 15+ hours","emoji":"⏱️","keywords":["hourly wage calculator","weekly holiday allowance calculator","monthly salary calculator","part-time pay calculator","weekly pay calculator"],"intro":"Enter your hourly wage and weekly working hours, and this tool estimates your weekly and monthly pay, including the statutory weekly holiday allowance when you work 15 or more hours a week. It's useful for part-time and hourly workers who want to check the rough pay they'll actually receive in advance.","howto":["Enter your hourly wage and the hours you work per week.","If you work 15 or more hours a week, the 'Include weekly holiday allowance' option turns on automatically.","Your estimated weekly and monthly pay, along with the weekly holiday allowance, are shown together.","Use 'Copy Result' to save or review the breakdown."],"faq":[{"q":"How is the weekly holiday allowance calculated?","a":"It applies when your contracted weekly hours are 15 or more, calculated as (weekly hours ÷ 40 × 8 × hourly wage). For 40 or more hours a week, it's capped at one day's worth (8 hours)."},{"q":"What is the monthly pay estimate based on?","a":"It's a pre-tax estimate that converts one month to about 4.345 weeks (365 ÷ 7 ÷ 12) and multiplies by weekly pay. Your actual monthly pay may vary depending on days worked, taxes, and social insurance deductions."},{"q":"Is the hourly wage information I enter sent to a server?","a":"No. All calculations are processed entirely within your browser, and your hourly wage and hours are never sent to or stored on a server."}]},{"slug":"slugify","category":"text-dev","title":"Slug Generator","tagline":"Instantly turn titles and sentences into URL-friendly slugs","emoji":"🔗","keywords":["slug generator","make a slug","url slug","korean slug","permalink converter"],"intro":"Paste a blog post title or sentence, and it turns spaces into hyphens and cleans up special characters to produce a slug you can use directly in a URL. It's useful for marketers and developers who used to hand-tune permalinks on WordPress, Tistory, or static sites.","howto":["Paste your title or sentence into the input box.","Turn on 'Keep Korean' to preserve Korean characters, or turn it off for English-only.","Check the generated slug below and use the 'Copy' button to use it as is."],"faq":[{"q":"Can I create Korean URLs too?","a":"Yes. Turn on 'Keep Korean' to preserve Korean characters and convert only spaces to hyphens. If you need an English/number-only slug, just turn the option off."},{"q":"How are consecutive spaces and special characters handled?","a":"Multiple spaces and underscores are merged into a single hyphen, disallowed special characters are removed, and any leading or trailing hyphens are cleaned up automatically."},{"q":"Is the title I enter sent to a server?","a":"No. All conversion happens entirely within your browser, and no data is ever sent to or stored on a server."}]},{"slug":"find-and-replace","category":"text-dev","title":"Find and Replace","tagline":"Replace strings across multiline text all at once","emoji":"🔁","keywords":["find and replace","bulk replace","regex replace","text replace","mass string replacement"],"intro":"This tool finds a specific string throughout long text or lists and replaces it with another value all at once. With regular expression and case-insensitive support, it's useful for developers and editors cleaning up code, data, and manuscripts.","howto":["Paste your source text.","Enter the string to find and the string to replace it with.","Turn on 'Use regex' or 'Ignore case' if needed.","Check the number of replacements and copy the result."],"faq":[{"q":"Can I use regex groups ($1)?","a":"Yes. When 'Use regex' is on, you can use group references like $1, $2 and $& (the full match) in the replacement string. In normal mode, the $ sign is output as is."},{"q":"Can I see how many were replaced?","a":"The 'Replacement count' above the result shows the actual number changed in real time, so you can immediately confirm whether the right number was replaced."},{"q":"Is the pasted text stored on a server?","a":"No. All find-and-replace runs entirely within your browser, and what you enter is never sent to a server."}]},{"slug":"dedupe-sort-lines","category":"text-dev","title":"Remove Duplicate Lines and Sort","tagline":"Remove duplicates from a multiline list and sort it in any order","emoji":"🧹","keywords":["remove duplicate lines","sort lines","list cleanup","remove blank lines","line sorting tool"],"intro":"This tool removes duplicates from a list entered one item per line and sorts it in ascending, descending, or random order. It's useful for marketers and developers who need to tidy up keyword lists, email and URL lists, and logs.","howto":["Paste the list to tidy up, one item per line.","Turn on the options you need, such as remove duplicates, trim whitespace, or remove blank lines.","Choose a sort order (ascending, descending, or random).","Check the line count before and after processing and copy the result."],"faq":[{"q":"Can duplicates that differ only in case be treated as one?","a":"Yes. Turn on 'Ignore case' to treat Apple and apple as the same item and remove the duplicate. The sorted output keeps the original input form."},{"q":"Is Korean sorted alphabetically too?","a":"Yes. It sorts using the Korean locale, so Korean items are listed in their natural alphabetical (ganada) order."},{"q":"Is the list I enter sent anywhere?","a":"No. All processing happens entirely within your browser, and the list you paste is never sent to or stored on a server."}]},{"slug":"number-base-converter","category":"text-dev","title":"Number Base Converter","tagline":"Convert between binary, octal, decimal, and hexadecimal at once","emoji":"🔢","keywords":["number base converter","binary converter","hexadecimal converter","octal calculator","hex binary conversion"],"intro":"Enter one value and this tool converts it into binary, octal, decimal, and hexadecimal simultaneously. It's useful for developers and students working with bitwise operations, color codes, and memory addresses.","howto":["Select the base of the value you'll enter (2, 8, 10, or 16).","Enter a value that matches that base.","Check the results for the other three bases shown below.","Use the 'Copy' button next to the value you need to grab the result."],"faq":[{"q":"Are very large numbers converted accurately?","a":"Yes. It uses arbitrary-precision (BigInt) arithmetic, so even values beyond the normal integer limit are converted precisely without rounding errors."},{"q":"What happens if I enter an invalid character?","a":"If a character not allowed in the selected base is entered, it shows an error message and won't produce a wrong result. For negative numbers, just add a '-' in front."},{"q":"Is my input sent to a server?","a":"No. All conversions are calculated in your browser, and the numbers you enter are never sent to or stored on a server."}]},{"slug":"html-entity-encode","category":"text-dev","title":"HTML Entity Encoder / Decoder","tagline":"Convert special characters to HTML entities, or back again","emoji":"🔣","keywords":["html entities","special character encoding","entity decode","html escape","angle bracket ampersand conversion"],"intro":"This tool encodes special characters like angle brackets, ampersands, and quotes into safe HTML entities, or decodes entities back into their original characters. It's useful for developers and bloggers who need to show code as-is in posts and templates.","howto":["Select 'Encode' or 'Decode' in the top tab.","Paste the text to convert into the input box.","Check the result below.","Use the 'Copy' button to grab the result as is."],"faq":[{"q":"Which characters are encoded?","a":"It converts the five characters < > & \" ' into their safe HTML entities. This lets you display code or tags on screen exactly as written."},{"q":"Are numeric entities (') decoded too?","a":"Yes. Besides named entities, it also converts decimal (') and hexadecimal (') numeric entities back into their original characters. Unknown entities are safely left as they are."},{"q":"Is what I enter sent to a server?","a":"No. Both encoding and decoding are processed entirely within your browser, and the text you enter is never sent to or stored on a server."}]},{"slug":"time-duration-calculator","category":"calc-convert","title":"Time Duration Calculator","tagline":"Add or subtract two HH:MM:SS values and get the result instantly","emoji":"⏱️","keywords":["time duration calculator","add time","subtract time","hms calculator","work hours calculator"],"intro":"This calculator adds or subtracts two times in HH:MM:SS format and shows the result as HH:MM:SS along with total seconds and total minutes at once. It's useful for anyone who frequently adds and subtracts time, such as tallying work or task hours or calculating workout and video runtimes.","howto":["Choose 'Add' or 'Subtract' mode.","Enter the first and second times in their hours, minutes, and seconds fields.","The result is instantly calculated and shown as HH:MM:SS, total seconds, and total minutes.","If a subtraction result is negative, an explanatory note is shown alongside it."],"faq":[{"q":"Can minutes and seconds exceed 60?","a":"Yes. Even if you enter values over 60, like 90 minutes or 120 seconds, they're automatically carried over into hours and minutes and shown as a tidy HH:MM:SS."},{"q":"How is a negative subtraction result shown?","a":"If the second time is larger, the result is shown as a negative time with a − sign in front, along with an explanatory note."},{"q":"Is the time I enter sent to a server?","a":"No. All calculations are processed entirely within your browser, and your inputs are never sent to or stored on a server."}]},{"slug":"aspect-ratio-calculator","category":"calc-convert","title":"Aspect Ratio Calculator","tagline":"Enter just one side of a target ratio like 16:9 and the other is calculated automatically","emoji":"📐","keywords":["aspect ratio calculator","aspect ratio","16:9 calculation","resolution calculator","ratio size calculator"],"intro":"Set a target ratio like 16:9 or 4:3, then enter just the width or height and the other side is calculated automatically to match the ratio. It's useful for anyone who needs a size that keeps a ratio, such as resizing videos and images, making thumbnails and banners, or checking monitor resolutions.","howto":["Enter the width:height ratio directly, or tap a preset button like 16:9 or 4:3.","Enter whichever value you know, width (px) or height (px).","The other side is calculated automatically to match the ratio, and the resulting resolution and simplified ratio are shown together."],"faq":[{"q":"Can I change both the width and height?","a":"Yes. It recalculates the other side based on the field you entered last. Enter the width and the height adjusts; enter the height and the width adjusts automatically."},{"q":"Why is the result a decimal?","a":"Depending on the target ratio and your input, it may not come out evenly, so it's shown to two decimal places. When using actual pixels, round it to a whole number."},{"q":"Is the value I enter sent to a server?","a":"No. Ratio calculations happen entirely in your browser, and the sizes and ratios you enter are never sent to a server."}]},{"slug":"roman-numeral-converter","category":"calc-convert","title":"Roman Numeral Converter","tagline":"Convert between Arabic and Roman numerals in the 1–3999 range","emoji":"🏛️","keywords":["roman numeral conversion","roman numeral converter","roman numerals","number to roman","read roman numerals"],"intro":"This tool converts Arabic numerals to Roman numerals and back again, in both directions. It's useful for anyone who needs Roman numerals for clocks, tables of contents, copyright years, or tattoos and designs.","howto":["Select the 'Number → Roman' or 'Roman → Number' tab.","Enter the value to convert. (Numbers: 1–3999; Roman numerals: I V X L C D M)","The result appears immediately, and you can copy it to the clipboard with the copy button."],"faq":[{"q":"Why does it only convert up to 3999?","a":"Standard Roman numerals express up to 3999 using only the basic symbols (I V X L C D M). Values of 4000 and above need special rules like overlines, so this tool doesn't handle them."},{"q":"Is something like IIII recognized?","a":"No. Input that doesn't follow standard notation rules (for example, 4 is IV) is treated as an invalid Roman numeral and shows an explanatory note."},{"q":"Is the value I enter sent to a server?","a":"No. All conversion is processed in your browser, and the numbers and characters you enter are never sent to a server."}]},{"slug":"fraction-calculator","category":"calc-convert","title":"Fraction Calculator","tagline":"Show the four arithmetic operations on two fractions as both a simplified fraction and a decimal","emoji":"➗","keywords":["fraction calculator","fraction arithmetic","simplified fraction","fraction to decimal","fraction addition subtraction"],"intro":"This calculator shows the result of adding, subtracting, multiplying, or dividing two fractions as both a fully simplified fraction and a decimal at the same time. It's useful for checking elementary and middle school fraction problems or for cooking measurements and ratio calculations.","howto":["Enter the numerator and denominator of the first fraction.","Select the operator in the middle (+ − × ÷).","Enter the numerator and denominator of the second fraction, and the simplified fraction and decimal result appear instantly.","Use the copy button to copy the fraction or decimal result."],"faq":[{"q":"Does the result also come out as a mixed number?","a":"Yes. If the result is an improper fraction, a mixed number in the form 'whole remainder/denominator' is shown next to the simplified fraction."},{"q":"What happens if I put 0 in a denominator or divide by 0?","a":"If a denominator is 0, or the second numerator is 0 in a division, the calculation isn't valid, so it shows an explanatory note and doesn't compute a result."},{"q":"Is the value I enter sent to a server?","a":"No. All calculations are processed in your browser, and the fraction values you enter are never sent to or stored on a server."}]},{"slug":"statistics-calculator","category":"calc-convert","title":"Mean & Standard Deviation Calculator","tagline":"Get the mean, median, mode, variance, and standard deviation of a number list at once","emoji":"📊","keywords":["mean calculator","standard deviation calculator","variance calculation","median calculator","statistics calculator"],"intro":"From a list of numbers pasted separated by commas or line breaks, this tool calculates the count, sum, mean, median, mode, variance, and standard deviation all at once. It's useful for students, professionals, and researchers who need basic statistics for grades, surveys, or experimental data.","howto":["Paste your numbers into the input box, separated by commas or line breaks.","The count, sum, mean, median, mode, minimum, maximum, variance, and standard deviation appear instantly.","Use the 'Sample basis (n−1)' checkbox to switch between population and sample standard deviation."],"faq":[{"q":"How do population and sample standard deviation differ?","a":"The population basis divides the sum of squared deviations by n, while the sample basis divides by n−1. When the values you surveyed are only a portion (a sample) rather than the whole, use the sample basis (n−1)."},{"q":"Why does the mode show 'None'?","a":"If every number appears just once and all differ, there's no most-frequent value, so it shows 'None'. If several values share the highest frequency, they're all shown together."},{"q":"Is the data I enter sent to a server?","a":"No. All statistical calculations happen entirely within your browser, and the list of numbers you enter is never sent to or stored on a server."}]},{"slug":"split-bill-calculator","category":"calc-convert","title":"Split Bill Calculator","tagline":"Just enter the total and the number of people, and the per-person amount comes out even","emoji":"💸","keywords":["split bill calculator","per person amount calculator","shared expense settlement","split evenly","group settlement tool"],"intro":"This bill-splitting tool works out how much each person pays as soon as you enter the total amount and the number of people. It factors in the tip rate and rounding unit to give a clean, easy-to-split amount, perfect for a group organizer or friends settling up.","howto":["Enter the total amount and the number of people.","If there's a tip or service charge, enter the %, and choose an easy-to-split rounding unit (e.g., 100).","The per-person amount, total collected, and leftover are calculated automatically.","Have everyone send the amount shown and the settlement is done."],"faq":[{"q":"The per-person amount comes out a bit higher than the total.","a":"That's because it rounds up to the rounding unit you chose (e.g., 100). The extra is shown in the 'Leftover' item, which the organizer can keep or use for the next gathering. Set the rounding unit to 1 to get the exact split amount."},{"q":"How are tips and service charges factored in?","a":"The tip % you enter is added to the total payment and then divided by the number of people. If there's no tip, just leave it at 0."},{"q":"Is the amount I enter sent to a server?","a":"No. All calculations happen entirely within your browser, and no amounts are ever sent to or stored on a server."}]},{"slug":"data-storage-converter","category":"calc-convert","title":"Data Storage Converter","tagline":"From bit to TB, convert at once using the 1000 or 1024 method","emoji":"💾","keywords":["data storage converter","MB GB conversion","byte calculator","KB MB GB TB","1024 1000 conversion"],"intro":"This data-size calculator converts between bit, byte, KB, MB, GB, and TB from a single input. You can toggle between the SI (1000) and binary (1024) methods, making it useful for developers and planners checking file sizes, storage capacity, and transfer speeds.","howto":["Select the binary (1024) or SI (1000) method.","Enter the value to convert and choose the base unit.","The results converted to every unit are shown in a table.","Use 'Copy All' to copy the results at once."],"faq":[{"q":"What's the difference between the 1024 and 1000 methods?","a":"Operating systems (like Windows) display 1KB = 1024B (binary), while hard drives, SSDs, and carriers label it 1KB = 1000B (SI). That's why the same file can appear with different values."},{"q":"How are bit and byte converted?","a":"It calculates based on 1 byte = 8 bit. Note that internet speed (Mbps) is measured in bits, while file size (MB) is measured in bytes."},{"q":"Is the value I enter sent to a server?","a":"No. All conversion is calculated in your browser, and the values you enter are never sent to or stored on a server."}]},{"slug":"box-shadow-generator","category":"color-design","title":"CSS Box Shadow Generator","tagline":"Adjust the shadow with sliders and copy the box-shadow code right away","emoji":"🌫️","keywords":["box-shadow generator","CSS shadow","shadow code","box shadow","css shadow generator"],"intro":"This tool lets you design a shadow with a live preview while adjusting offset, blur, spread, color, opacity, and inset with sliders. You can copy the finished box-shadow CSS right away, making it handy for web designers and front-end developers building card and button shadows quickly.","howto":["Use the sliders to adjust the horizontal and vertical offset, blur, spread, and opacity.","Pick the shadow color, and turn on inset (inner shadow) if needed.","Check the result in the preview box.","Copy the generated box-shadow code and use it."],"faq":[{"q":"What is inset?","a":"Turning on inset makes the shadow go inward rather than outside the element, creating a pressed-in, recessed effect. It's often used for input fields and pressed buttons."},{"q":"Can I layer multiple shadows?","a":"This tool creates a single shadow. If you need several, join the generated values with commas and add them to box-shadow as multiple layers."},{"q":"Are the values I enter stored on a server?","a":"No. The preview and CSS generation are all processed within your browser, and no values are ever sent to a server."}]},{"slug":"border-radius-generator","category":"color-design","title":"CSS Border Radius Generator","tagline":"Round each of the four corners and generate border-radius code instantly","emoji":"🔘","keywords":["border-radius generator","CSS rounded corners","border radius","round corners","css radius generator"],"intro":"This tool lets you adjust the radius of each of the four corners with sliders, check it in a preview, and generate the border-radius CSS. With px and % units and simultaneous adjustment of all four corners, it's useful for developers refining the rounded corners of buttons, cards, and images.","howto":["Adjust the radius with each corner's slider.","Choose px or % units, and turn on 'Adjust all four corners together' if you like.","Check the shape in the preview box.","Copy the generated border-radius code and use it."],"faq":[{"q":"What's the difference between px and %?","a":"px is a fixed radius, while % is a radius proportional to the element's size. Giving a square 50% makes it a perfect circle."},{"q":"What does the code look like when all four corners are equal?","a":"When the four values are the same, it's output concisely as a single value like border-radius: 16px;. When they differ, the four directional values are written in order."},{"q":"Is the value I enter sent to a server?","a":"No. All previewing and code generation happen entirely within your browser and are never sent to a server."}]},{"slug":"contrast-checker","category":"color-design","title":"Color Contrast Checker","tagline":"Instantly check text readability and AA/AAA compliance with WCAG contrast ratios","emoji":"🌗","keywords":["color contrast checker","WCAG contrast ratio","contrast checker","color accessibility","AA AAA compliance"],"intro":"This tool calculates the WCAG contrast ratio between your foreground and background colors and tells you whether normal and large text pass the AA and AAA accessibility levels. It also shows a live text preview, so designers and developers can check readability and web accessibility at a glance.","howto":["Enter your foreground (text) and background colors with the color picker or a HEX value (#RRGGBB).","Check the calculated contrast ratio and the AA/AAA pass badges.","Verify readability with your own eyes using the live text preview.","If it doesn't pass, nudge the colors until you reach at least 4.5:1."],"faq":[{"q":"What are AA and AAA?","a":"They're WCAG web accessibility levels. Normal text needs a contrast ratio of at least 4.5:1 (AA) or 7:1 (AAA), while large text needs at least 3:1 (AA) or 4.5:1 (AAA). We recommend at least AA for body text."},{"q":"What counts as 'large text'?","a":"Text is considered large when it's 18pt (about 24px) or bigger, or 14pt (about 18.7px) or bigger in bold. Large text can pass at a lower contrast ratio."},{"q":"Are the colors I enter sent to a server?","a":"No. The contrast calculation runs entirely in your browser, and your color values are never sent to or stored on a server."}]},{"slug":"tweet-thread-splitter","category":"sns-utils","title":"Twitter Thread Splitter","tagline":"Automatically split long text into tweets under 280 characters, complete with 1/n numbering","emoji":"🧵","keywords":["twitter thread","tweet splitter","split into 280 characters","thread maker","X thread splitter"],"intro":"This tool automatically splits long text into multiple tweets that fit Twitter (X)'s 280-character limit without breaking words mid-word. It's perfect for marketers and creators who post threads often and want clean, sequential tweets from a single copy and paste.","howto":["Paste the long text you want to turn into a thread into the input box above.","Set the maximum characters per tweet (280 by default) and whether to add 1/n numbering.","Review each automatically split tweet and grab them one by one or with 'Copy All'.","Paste them into Twitter in order to complete your thread."],"faq":[{"q":"Will words get cut off in the middle?","a":"No. Text is split on spaces (word boundaries), so words won't break mid-word. That said, if a single word is longer than the character limit, it will have to be split character by character."},{"q":"Does adding 1/n numbering change the character count?","a":"Yes. Numbering like ' (1/5)' counts toward the tweet length, so we subtract the numbering length up front and fill the body accordingly so no tweet exceeds the limit."},{"q":"Is the text I enter sent to a server?","a":"No. All splitting happens entirely within your browser, and the text you enter is never sent to or stored on a server."}]},{"slug":"utm-campaign-url-builder","category":"web-seo-misc","title":"UTM Campaign URL Builder","tagline":"Instantly build and copy trackable campaign links from a base URL and UTM parameters","emoji":"🔗","keywords":["UTM link","UTM builder","campaign URL","utm_source","ad tracking link"],"intro":"This tool appends tracking parameters like utm_source, medium, and campaign to a base URL, creating campaign links you can analyze for traffic sources in GA and other analytics tools. It's exactly what marketers need to measure the performance of ads, newsletters, and social posts separately.","howto":["Enter the landing page address you want to track in the 'Base URL' field.","Fill in utm_source (where traffic comes from), medium (channel), and campaign (campaign name). Term and content are optional.","Check the campaign URL generated below and grab it with the copy button.","Use this link in your ads, posts, and emails so each traffic source is tracked separately."],"faq":[{"q":"What do utm_source, medium, and campaign each mean?","a":"Source is the referrer (naver, google), medium is the channel type (cpc, email, social), and campaign is the campaign name (summer_sale). These three are core fields in GA analysis, so it's best to fill them in."},{"q":"Will the existing query string (the '?' part) in my URL be erased?","a":"No. Any query parameters already in the base URL are kept as-is; only the UTM fields are added or updated, so your existing link keeps working."},{"q":"Is the URL I enter sent to a server?","a":"No. The link is assembled entirely within your browser, and the address and parameters you enter are never sent to or stored on a server."}]},{"slug":"keyword-density-analyzer","category":"web-seo-misc","title":"Keyword Density Analyzer","tagline":"See word frequency and density (%) ranked in a table, plus the total word count","emoji":"📊","keywords":["keyword density","word frequency analysis","SEO keyword analysis","word count","keyword analyzer"],"intro":"This tool analyzes your blog post or article and shows, in a ranked table, how many times each word appears and what percentage of the total it makes up. It's useful for bloggers and SEO specialists checking whether they've used a target keyword too much or too little.","howto":["Paste the text you want to analyze into the input box.","Set the unit (single word / two-word phrase), how many top entries to show, the minimum word length, and whether to exclude stop words.","Each word's frequency and density (%) is shown in a table with bars, along with the total word count.","If any keyword's density is too high, tone it down to keep things natural."],"faq":[{"q":"What's a good keyword density percentage?","a":"Generally, a core keyword density of about 1-3% is considered natural. Too high can look like keyword stuffing (spam), so adjust it to fit the context."},{"q":"Why do I need stop-word exclusion and a minimum word length?","a":"When particles and articles like 'and' or 'the', or single-character words, dominate the top of the list, they hide your real key terms. Excluding them makes the meaningful keywords stand out."},{"q":"Is the text I analyze sent to a server?","a":"No. All analysis happens entirely within your browser, and the text you enter is never sent to or stored on a server."}]},{"slug":"online-notepad","category":"web-seo-misc","title":"Online Notepad","tagline":"An install-free notepad that auto-saves in your browser, with character count, TXT export, and clear all","emoji":"📝","keywords":["online notepad","web notepad","install-free notes","auto-save notepad","scratchpad"],"intro":"This is a notepad you use right in your browser with no installation, and everything you type is instantly auto-saved in this browser so your notes stay put even after you close and reopen the window. It's just right for jotting down a passing idea or some text you want to keep on hand, with zero hassle.","howto":["Type freely in the note area below. Your text is auto-saved the moment you enter it.","Check the character, word, and line counts along with the last-saved time at the bottom.","If you need to, download your notes as a file with 'Save as TXT'.","Use 'Clear All' to delete your notes and saved data all at once."],"faq":[{"q":"Where are my notes saved? Can I see them on other devices?","a":"Notes are saved only in the local storage (localStorage) of the browser you're currently using. They're never sent to a server, so they won't appear on other devices or browsers."},{"q":"Will my content disappear when I close the browser?","a":"No. Because it auto-saves, your notes remain even after you close and reopen the window or tab. However, they'll be erased if you clear your browser's history or site data."},{"q":"Does it save in incognito (private) mode?","a":"In incognito mode, your saved data disappears once you close the window. For anything you want to keep long-term, download it with 'Save as TXT'."}]},{"slug":"timer-stopwatch-pomodoro","category":"web-seo-misc","title":"Timer & Stopwatch","tagline":"A countdown timer and stopwatch in one place, with an alarm sound when time's up","emoji":"⏱️","keywords":["online timer","stopwatch","pomodoro timer","countdown timer","alarm timer"],"intro":"This tool offers a countdown timer and a lap-capable stopwatch as tabs, ready to use right in your browser with no installation. It's a convenient one-tap-to-start companion whenever you need to keep time for cooking, workouts, or focus sessions (Pomodoro).","howto":["On the 'Timer' tab, enter minutes and seconds or hit a preset (like Focus 25 min) to set the time.","Press Start to begin the countdown; an alarm sounds when it reaches zero.","On the 'Stopwatch' tab, measure elapsed time with start/stop, lap, and reset.","You can pause anytime and reset back to the starting value whenever you need."],"faq":[{"q":"I can't hear the timer's alarm sound.","a":"Browsers require a user action to play sound. You need to have pressed 'Start' on the page at least once, and please also check that your tab, system, and volume aren't muted."},{"q":"Is the time accurate even when I'm looking at another tab?","a":"Yes. The remaining time is calculated from real timestamps, so even if the display refreshes slowly in a background tab, the exact moment it ends is still accurate."},{"q":"Are my set times or records sent to a server?","a":"No. Both the timer and stopwatch run entirely within your browser, and no data is ever sent to or stored on a server."}]},{"slug":"css-filter-generator","category":"color-design","title":"CSS Filter Generator","tagline":"Adjust blur, brightness, contrast, saturation and more with sliders to instantly generate CSS filter code","emoji":"🎛️","keywords":["CSS filter","filter generator","blur","grayscale","hue-rotate"],"intro":"This tool lets you adjust blur, brightness, contrast, grayscale, hue-rotate, saturate, and sepia with sliders while watching the result in a live preview. It's handy for web developers and designers who want to dial in filter values for images or boxes by eye and copy them straight into their code.","howto":["Move the sliders to adjust the filter effect you want.","Watch the result apply in real time in the preview box up top.","Copy the finished filter CSS and paste it onto the element you want.","If you're not happy with it, use the reset button to return to the defaults."],"faq":[{"q":"Are default-value sliders included in the CSS?","a":"No. Filters at their default value (100% for brightness, contrast, saturation, etc.) or with blur at 0 are automatically dropped from the output, so only the values you actually need are generated cleanly."},{"q":"Are the values I enter sent to a server?","a":"They're not. All calculations and previews happen entirely within your browser, and no data is ever sent to a server."},{"q":"Can I layer multiple filters at once?","a":"Yes. When you adjust several sliders together, they're combined into a single filter value joined by spaces, like blur(2px) brightness(110%)."}]},{"slug":"text-shadow-generator","category":"color-design","title":"CSS Text Shadow Generator","tagline":"Adjust offset, blur, and color to preview text-shadow and copy it as CSS","emoji":"🖋️","keywords":["text-shadow","text shadow","CSS shadow","font shadow","shadow generator"],"intro":"This tool lets you adjust horizontal and vertical offset, blur, color, and opacity to preview text shadows in real time and generate the CSS. It's great for web designers and developers who want to add depth to banner copy or headings, dialing in the values by eye and copying them straight to use.","howto":["Set the preview text and the text and background colors however you like.","Adjust the shadow's position and softness with the offset and blur sliders.","Pick the shadow color and opacity to nail the look you want.","Copy the generated text-shadow CSS and paste it into your styles."],"faq":[{"q":"Can I set negative offsets too?","a":"Yes. The horizontal and vertical offset sliders range from -50px to +50px, so you can freely place the shadow to the left or above as well."},{"q":"Are the text or colors I enter stored on a server?","a":"They aren't. The preview and CSS generation all happen in your browser, and no information is ever sent to or logged on a server."},{"q":"How is the color opacity applied?","a":"The chosen shadow color and the opacity slider value are combined and converted into rgba() form, so even semi-transparent, natural-looking shadows are captured exactly in the code."}]},{"slug":"twitter-character-counter","category":"sns-utils","title":"X (Twitter) Character Counter","tagline":"A real-time 280-character counter for X (Twitter) that applies the 23-char URL and 2x CJK weighting rules","emoji":"🐦","keywords":["twitter character count","X character count","280 characters","tweet character counter","23-character URL"],"intro":"This tool counts your tweet's characters using X (Twitter)'s actual rules and shows in real time how many characters you have left against the 280-character limit. Because links count as a fixed 23 characters and Korean counts double, it gives the exact length to Twitter users and marketers who find these rules confusing.","howto":["Write or paste your tweet exactly as it is into the input box.","Check how much room you have against the 280-character limit with the progress bar and remaining count.","Use the weighted character count and link count stats to see what's eating up your length.","If you go over 280, trim the content by the amount you're over."],"faq":[{"q":"Why does Korean hit the limit faster than English?","a":"X weights characters like Korean, Chinese, and emoji as 2 each. So while English goes up to 280 characters, Korean effectively caps at around 140."},{"q":"Why are links counted as 23 characters?","a":"X automatically wraps every posted link in a t.co short URL, so it counts any single URL as a fixed 23 characters regardless of its actual length. This tool applies the same rule."},{"q":"Is my tweet content sent anywhere?","a":"No. The character counting all happens within your browser, and the content you enter is never sent to or stored on a server."}]},{"slug":"social-caption-counter","category":"sns-utils","title":"Social Caption & Hashtag Counter","tagline":"Count caption characters and hashtags, and spot Instagram, X, TikTok, Threads, and YouTube limit overages at a glance","emoji":"#️⃣","keywords":["social media character count","hashtag count","instagram caption length","caption counter","platform character limits"],"intro":"This tool counts your post's characters and hashtags and flags whether it exceeds the limits for Instagram, X, TikTok, Threads, and YouTube. It's great for marketers and creators who post the same caption across several platforms and want to catch length issues before publishing.","howto":["Write or paste your post or caption into the input box.","Check the character, hashtag, and line counts in real time.","Review the over-limit (red) and OK (green) status in the per-platform list.","Trim your content or hashtags to fit any platform you've gone over on."],"faq":[{"q":"How are hashtags counted?","a":"Everything after a # up until a space or punctuation is recognized as a single hashtag and counted. Instagram's recommended limit is 30 per caption, so going over is flagged."},{"q":"Are the platform limits shown always accurate?","a":"They're reference values. Each platform's policy can change from time to time, so for an important post we recommend double-checking in the actual app."},{"q":"Is the caption I enter sent to a server?","a":"It isn't. Character and hashtag counting all happens within your browser, and no content is ever sent to or stored on a server."}]},{"slug":"fancy-text-generator","category":"sns-utils","title":"Fancy Text Generator for Instagram","tagline":"Convert plain text into bold, italic, cursive, and other Unicode fonts for bios and usernames","emoji":"✨","keywords":["instagram fonts","fancy username","fancy text","fancy text generator","unicode fonts"],"intro":"This tool converts English letters and numbers into a range of Unicode styles at once, including bold, italic, cursive, and double-struck. Creators who want their Instagram bio, username, or profile to stand out can pick a font they like and copy it right away.","howto":["Enter the English text or username you want to style.","Scan through the many conversions at a glance, including bold, cursive, circled, and upside-down.","Press the copy button next to the style you like.","Paste it into your Instagram bio or profile name field to use it."],"faq":[{"q":"Does it convert Korean too?","a":"This tool uses Unicode fonts for English letters and numbers, so Korean isn't converted and stays as-is. Use it to style English usernames or bios."},{"q":"Do I need to install a separate font?","a":"No. The output isn't a font but actual Unicode characters, so you just copy and paste. Note that on some devices and apps the letters may look slightly different, or a screen reader may not be able to read them."},{"q":"Is the text I enter sent to a server?","a":"It isn't. All conversion happens entirely within your browser, and the username or text you enter is never stored or sent anywhere."}]},{"slug":"text-diff","category":"text-dev","title":"Text Compare (Diff)","tagline":"Compare two texts line by line and highlight added, removed, and unchanged lines in color","emoji":"🔀","keywords":["text compare","diff tool","code compare","document change tracking","difference between two texts"],"intro":"This tool compares two texts line by line and color-codes added lines, removed lines, and unchanged lines. It's useful for anyone who needs to quickly find 'what changed' — comparing document revisions, reviewing code or config file changes, or proofreading translations.","howto":["Paste the original (before) text into the left box and the changed (after) text into the right box.","The counts of added, removed, and unchanged lines are summarized below, with the line-by-line comparison shown in color.","Green is a newly added line, red is a removed line, and gray is a line that's the same on both sides."],"faq":[{"q":"Does it compare by word or character too?","a":"This tool is optimized for line-by-line comparison. A small change within a line is shown as that whole line being 'removed and then added'."},{"q":"Can it compare very long documents?","a":"Yes, though if there are too many lines on either side, a notice appears for performance reasons. In that case, split the document and compare it in parts."},{"q":"Is the content I paste sent to a server?","a":"No. The comparison all happens within your browser, and no text is ever sent to or stored on a server."}]},{"slug":"jwt-decoder","category":"text-dev","title":"JWT Decoder","tagline":"Decode a JWT's header and payload and turn exp/iat into human-readable times","emoji":"🔑","keywords":["JWT decoder","JWT parser","token decode","view JWT payload","inspect access token"],"intro":"Paste in a JWT (JSON Web Token) and this tool base64url-decodes the header and payload into nicely formatted JSON, converting time values like exp and iat into human-readable dates. It's useful for developers who need to quickly inspect the contents of login and auth tokens.","howto":["Paste the entire JWT token (header.payload.signature) into the input box.","The header and payload are automatically decoded and shown as formatted JSON.","Time values like exp (expiry) and iat (issued at) are shown as human-readable dates along with whether the token has expired.","Use the copy button to put the decoded JSON on your clipboard."],"faq":[{"q":"Is the signature verified too?","a":"No. This tool only decodes the contents and does not verify the signature. Don't use it to judge whether a token has been tampered with."},{"q":"How is expiry determined?","a":"It compares the payload's exp value with the current time and shows 'valid' or 'expired'. Tokens without an exp don't show an expiry status."},{"q":"Is the token sent to a server?","a":"No. Decoding all happens in your browser, and the token is never sent to or stored on a server. Even so, handle production secret tokens with care."}]},{"slug":"regex-tester","category":"text-dev","title":"Regex Tester","tagline":"Check match count, matches, and capture groups from a pattern, flags, and test string","emoji":"🔎","keywords":["regex tester","regex test","regular expression checker","pattern matching","capture groups"],"intro":"Enter a regex pattern, flags, and a test string, and this tool shows the match count and each match's position and capture groups in real time. It's useful for developers writing and debugging regular expressions, or anyone checking whether a pattern behaves the way they intend.","howto":["Enter your regex pattern and select any flags you need (g, i, m, and so on).","Enter the text to check in the test string box below.","The match count, the list of matches, and capture groups (including named groups) are shown instantly."],"faq":[{"q":"What happens if I enter an invalid regex?","a":"An error message is shown and matching stops. As soon as you fix the pattern, it re-runs immediately."},{"q":"Why do I need the global (g) flag?","a":"With the g flag, it finds all matches throughout the string; without it, only the first match is shown."},{"q":"Are the pattern and text I enter sent to a server?","a":"No. The regex runs in your browser's JavaScript engine, and no content is ever sent to a server."}]},{"slug":"cron-parser","category":"text-dev","title":"Cron Expression Parser","tagline":"Turn a 5-field cron expression into a plain-English description and parse it field by field","emoji":"⏰","keywords":["cron expression","cron interpreter","cron job schedule","cron parser","cron explainer"],"intro":"This tool turns a cron expression made of five fields (minute, hour, day, month, weekday) into a human-readable description and shows in a table which values each field matches. It's useful for developers and operators setting up cron jobs and schedulers who want to check an expression without confusion.","howto":["Enter a cron expression with the five fields 'minute hour day month weekday' (e.g., 30 9 * * 1-5).","The execution schedule the expression means is explained in a plain-English sentence.","The actual values each field matches (minute/hour/day/month/weekday) are laid out in a table."],"faq":[{"q":"Does it support notation like */5, 1-5, and 1,3,5?","a":"Yes. It supports asterisk (*), ranges (1-5), lists (1,3,5), steps (*/5), and combinations of these, and it also recognizes English abbreviations like JAN and MON for months and weekdays."},{"q":"What are 0 and 7 in the weekday field?","a":"0 is Sunday and 6 is Saturday, and 7 is also treated as Sunday. If you specify both day-of-month and weekday, it runs when either one matches."},{"q":"Is the expression I enter sent to a server?","a":"No. Parsing all happens in your browser, and the expression you enter is never sent to or stored on a server."}]},{"slug":"discount-calculator","category":"calc-convert","title":"Discount Calculator","tagline":"Get the discount amount and final price from list price and rate, or reverse-calculate the rate","emoji":"🏷️","keywords":["discount calculator","discount rate calculator","sale price","final price","reverse discount rate"],"intro":"Enter the list price and discount rate (%), and this tool instantly calculates the discount amount and final price — or, working backward, figures out the actual discount rate from a final price. It's handy for quickly checking a sale price while shopping, or for setting selling prices and margins.","howto":["On the 'Calculate by rate' tab, enter the list price and discount rate (%) to see the discount amount and final price.","On the 'Reverse from final price' tab, enter the list price and final price to calculate the actual discount rate.","Result amounts are shown rounded to the nearest whole unit."],"faq":[{"q":"Does it calculate stacked, multiple discounts?","a":"This tool calculates based on a single discount rate. If an extra coupon or stacked discount applies, use the 'Reverse' tab and enter the list price and the actual amount paid to find the final discount rate."},{"q":"What happens if the discount rate is over 100%?","a":"It still calculates, but that's usually an invalid input, so a notice is shown. Check your values to make sure the final price doesn't go negative."},{"q":"Are the amounts I enter stored on a server?","a":"No. All calculations happen within your browser, and your amount details are never sent to or stored on a server."}]},{"slug":"rotate-flip","category":"image-edit","title":"Rotate & Flip Image","tagline":"Rotate images 90, 180, or 270 degrees or flip them horizontally or vertically, then save","emoji":"🔄","keywords":["rotate image","flip photo","rotate 90 degrees","flip horizontal","flip vertical"],"intro":"This free tool lets you rotate images by 90, 180, or 270 degrees or flip them horizontally or vertically. Combine rotation and flipping freely, then download the result straight to PNG.","howto":["Drag and drop your image or click to select it.","Set the angle with the 'Rotate right 90°', 'Rotate left 90°', and 'Rotate 180°' buttons.","Press 'Flip horizontal' or 'Flip vertical' to flip it in the direction you want.","Check the preview, then save with the 'Download' button."],"faq":[{"q":"Is my file sent to a server?","a":"No. Rotating and flipping all happen within your browser and your image is never uploaded to a server, so even personal photos stay safe."},{"q":"Can I apply rotation and flipping together?","a":"Yes. You can turn on horizontal and vertical flipping while the image is rotated to your chosen angle, and the result updates in the preview in real time."},{"q":"What format is it saved in?","a":"It's saved as lossless PNG. The original dimensions are preserved, and width and height are automatically swapped when you rotate 90 or 270 degrees."}]},{"slug":"grayscale-bw","category":"image-edit","title":"Black & White Converter","tagline":"Convert color images to black and white (grayscale) and download","emoji":"🌑","keywords":["black and white converter","grayscale","black and white photo","black and white","image filter"],"intro":"This free tool turns your color photos into moody black-and-white (grayscale) images with a single click. You can save the result as PNG while keeping the original dimensions intact.","howto":["Drag and drop the image you want to convert to black and white, or click to select it.","An automatically grayscaled preview appears.","Press the 'Download' button to save the resulting image.","Press 'Another image' to convert a new photo."],"faq":[{"q":"Is my file sent to a server?","a":"No. The black-and-white conversion happens only inside your browser and your image is never sent to an outside server, so you can use it with peace of mind."},{"q":"Does converting reduce the quality?","a":"Only the colors change to grayscale; the resolution and size stay exactly as the original, and it's saved as lossless PNG."},{"q":"Can it convert JPG, PNG, and WebP alike?","a":"Yes. It supports most image formats your browser can open, and the result is saved as PNG with transparency preserved."}]},{"slug":"invert-colors","category":"image-edit","title":"Invert Colors (Negative)","tagline":"Invert an image's colors for a negative-film effect and save","emoji":"🎞️","keywords":["invert colors","negative","film effect","color inversion","image filter"],"intro":"This free tool flips all of an image's colors to create a negative-film-like effect. Save the result — white becomes black and black becomes white — as PNG.","howto":["Drag and drop the image you want to invert, or click to select it.","An automatically negative-processed preview is shown.","Press the 'Download' button to save the inverted image.","Use 'Another image' to invert a new photo."],"faq":[{"q":"Is my file sent to a server?","a":"No. The color inversion runs entirely within your browser and your image is never sent to a server, so even personal photos are safe to use."},{"q":"How does color inversion work?","a":"It subtracts each pixel's red, green, and blue values from 255 to produce the complementary color, creating the same effect as a photographic negative."},{"q":"Can I turn an inverted image back to the original?","a":"If you feed the saved negative image back into this tool, it's restored to its original colors — because applying color inversion twice returns the original."}]},{"slug":"circle-crop","category":"image-edit","title":"Circle Crop","tagline":"Crop images into a circle and save as transparent PNG (for profile pictures)","emoji":"⭕","keywords":["circle crop","profile picture","round photo","transparent PNG","crop image"],"intro":"This free tool crops your image into a center square and turns it into a round, circular image. It's saved as a PNG with a transparent background, ready to use right away as a profile picture or avatar.","howto":["Drag and drop the image you want to make circular, or click to select it.","The center of the image is automatically cropped square, then into a circle.","Check the circular result in the preview.","Press the 'Download' button to save it as a transparent PNG."],"faq":[{"q":"Is my file sent to a server?","a":"No. The circle crop is processed only within your browser and your image is never sent out, so you can make profile pictures with peace of mind."},{"q":"Is the background saved as transparent?","a":"Yes. The area outside the circle is saved as a transparent PNG, so it appears round on top of any background."},{"q":"Which part gets cropped?","a":"It crops a square from the center based on the shorter of the image's width and height, then makes it circular. It helps to position your main subject in the middle beforehand."}]},{"slug":"add-border","category":"image-edit","title":"Add Border","tagline":"Add a border (frame) around your image in any color and thickness","emoji":"🖼️","keywords":["add border","image frame","photo frame","border","image editing"],"intro":"A free tool that easily adds a border, or frame, around your image in any color and thickness you choose. Adjust the color and width and the preview updates in real time.","howto":["Drag and drop or click to select the image you want to frame.","Pick a border color with the color picker.","Use the slider to adjust the border thickness (px).","Check the preview, then save it with the 'Download' button."],"faq":[{"q":"Are my files uploaded to a server?","a":"No. The border is added entirely within your browser and your image is never sent to a server, so even private photos stay safe."},{"q":"How thick can the border be?","a":"You can set it anywhere from 0px to 200px with the slider, and the canvas grows by that amount so the original is never cropped."},{"q":"What format is the result saved in?","a":"It's saved as a PNG with transparency support, sized to the original plus the border thickness added on all four sides."}]},{"slug":"blur-image","category":"image-edit","title":"Blur Image","tagline":"Softly blur a photo with an adjustable intensity slider","emoji":"🌫️","keywords":["image blur","blur photo","blur effect","blur image online","blur background"],"intro":"Upload an image and use the slider to control the blur strength, softening it exactly as much as you like. It's great for backgrounds or hiding sensitive areas, and you can download the result as a PNG right away.","howto":["Drag and drop or click to select an image.","Move the blur intensity slider to set how soft you want it.","Check the preview, then click the download button to save."],"faq":[{"q":"Are my files uploaded to a server?","a":"No. Everything is processed entirely within your browser and your image is never uploaded to a server."},{"q":"How much can I blur the image?","a":"You can adjust from 0px (original) up to 40px; the higher the value, the stronger the blur."},{"q":"What format is it saved in?","a":"It's saved as a PNG, preserving transparency."}]},{"slug":"round-corners","category":"image-edit","title":"Round Corners","tagline":"Round image corners to any radius and save as a transparent PNG","emoji":"🔲","keywords":["round corners","rounded image","rounded corners","transparent PNG","corner radius"],"intro":"Rounds all four corners of your image by the radius you set, giving it a soft, card-like look. The trimmed outer area is made transparent, so the result saves as a PNG that sits naturally on any background.","howto":["Drag and drop or click to select an image.","Use the radius slider to set how round the corners should be (as a % of the shorter side).","Check the preview and download it as a transparent PNG."],"faq":[{"q":"Are my files uploaded to a server?","a":"No. Your image is never sent to a server and is processed entirely within your browser."},{"q":"Why can it only be saved as a PNG?","a":"Keeping the area outside the rounded corners transparent requires the PNG format, which supports transparency."},{"q":"What does a 50% radius look like?","a":"Set to 50% of the shorter side, that side becomes a full semicircle, giving you a pill (capsule) or near-circular shape."}]},{"slug":"add-text-to-image","category":"image-edit","title":"Add Text to Image","tagline":"Overlay text on a photo and adjust its color, size, and position","emoji":"✍️","keywords":["text on image","add text to photo","image caption","thumbnail text","text watermark"],"intro":"Overlay any text on your image and freely adjust the color, size, and top/middle/bottom position. It's handy for thumbnail captions, simple subtitles, or notices, and the result saves straight to PNG.","howto":["Drag and drop or click to select an image.","Enter your text (press Enter for a new line) and adjust the color and size.","Choose top, middle, or bottom for the position, then download."],"faq":[{"q":"Are my files uploaded to a server?","a":"No. Your text and image are never sent to a server and are composited entirely within your browser."},{"q":"Can I add multiple lines?","a":"Yes. Press Enter in the text box to split your text across multiple lines."},{"q":"What if the text blends into the background?","a":"A subtle shadow is added automatically to boost contrast, and you can make the color lighter or darker to fine-tune readability."}]},{"slug":"pixelate-censor","category":"image-edit","title":"Pixelate / Censor","tagline":"Pixelate an image to hide sensitive information","emoji":"🧱","keywords":["pixelate","pixelation","hide personal info","censor photo","blur image"],"intro":"Pixelates your entire image into blocks to make sensitive information like faces, documents, or numbers hard to recognize. An intensity slider controls the block size, and the processed image saves as a PNG.","howto":["Drag and drop or click to select the image you want to censor.","Use the pixelation intensity slider to enlarge the blocks and hide as much as you want.","Check the preview, then download."],"faq":[{"q":"Are my files uploaded to a server?","a":"No. All pixelation happens within your browser and your image is never sent anywhere."},{"q":"Can I censor only part of an image?","a":"This tool pixelates the entire image. To hide only a specific area, we recommend cropping that section first and processing it separately."},{"q":"Can the pixelation be undone?","a":"No. Pixelating destroys the original detail so it can't be restored, so keep a copy of the original separately."}]},{"slug":"exif-remover","category":"image-edit","title":"EXIF Remover","tagline":"Strip location and camera data for a clean, share-ready photo","emoji":"🧹","keywords":["remove EXIF","photo metadata","remove location data","remove photo GPS","privacy protection"],"intro":"Photos can hide EXIF data like GPS location, camera model, and date. This tool re-encodes your image with canvas to strip out that metadata, producing a clean photo that protects your privacy before you share.","howto":["Drag and drop or click to select the photo whose metadata you want to strip.","It's automatically re-encoded and the EXIF data is removed.","Compare the original and cleaned file sizes, then download the clean image."],"faq":[{"q":"Are my files uploaded to a server?","a":"No. Re-encoding happens entirely within your browser and your photo is never uploaded to a server."},{"q":"Is the location data really removed?","a":"The pixels are redrawn and saved via canvas, so EXIF metadata, GPS included, doesn't carry over into the result file."},{"q":"Does the quality get worse?","a":"JPEGs are re-saved at 92% quality, removing metadata with no noticeable loss, while PNG photos stay lossless."}]},{"slug":"meme-generator","category":"image-edit","title":"Meme Generator","tagline":"Add Impact-style white text with a black outline to the top and bottom of an image, then download your meme","emoji":"😂","keywords":["meme generator","make a meme","meme maker","caption an image","impact font meme"],"intro":"Add bold white Impact-style captions with a black outline to the top and bottom of an image to create memes. Adjust the top and bottom text and the font size, preview in real time, and save as a PNG.","howto":["Drag and drop or click to select the image for your meme.","Type your top and bottom text and the Impact-style caption is composited instantly.","Use the font size slider to adjust the caption size.","Click 'Download Meme' to save it as a PNG."],"faq":[{"q":"What if the text overflows the image?","a":"Long text automatically wraps onto multiple lines. Lowering the font size slider lets you fit more content on screen."},{"q":"Can I use non-English characters and emoji?","a":"Yes. Any language and emoji are supported, and the 'uppercase' option applies only to Latin letters."},{"q":"Is my uploaded image sent to a server?","a":"No. All compositing happens within your browser and your image is never sent to or stored on a server."}]},{"slug":"brightness-contrast-adjust","category":"image-edit","title":"Brightness, Contrast & Saturation","tagline":"Adjust brightness, contrast, and saturation with live preview, then download","emoji":"🌗","keywords":["adjust brightness","adjust contrast","adjust saturation","photo correction","image brightness"],"intro":"Instantly adjust a photo's brightness, contrast, and saturation with sliders and see the results in real time. Once you get the look you want, save it as a lossless PNG, which is perfect for quick color correction.","howto":["Drag and drop or click to select the image you want to adjust.","Move the brightness, contrast, and saturation sliders and the preview updates instantly.","Use 'Reset' to return to the original state.","Click 'Download' to save the adjusted image."],"faq":[{"q":"Will the quality be worse than the original?","a":"The result is saved as a lossless PNG, so the adjustment itself causes no compression loss. That said, extreme brightness or contrast values can lose detail in the highlights and shadows."},{"q":"Can I adjust multiple values at once?","a":"Yes. Freely combine brightness, contrast, and saturation to get the look you want, then save it all at once."},{"q":"Is my image uploaded to a server?","a":"No. All adjustments happen within your browser and your photo is never sent to or stored on a server."}]},{"slug":"png-to-jpg","category":"image-format","title":"PNG to JPG Converter","tagline":"Convert PNG to JPG, filling transparent backgrounds with white, adjust quality, and download","emoji":"🖼️","keywords":["png to jpg","convert png to jpg","image format converter","png jpg conversion","reduce photo file size"],"intro":"Converts PNG images to JPG, automatically filling transparent backgrounds with white. A quality slider lets you balance file size against image quality before saving.","howto":["Drag and drop or click to select the PNG image you want to convert.","Use the quality slider to balance image quality and file size.","Compare the original and converted sizes, then click 'Download JPG'."],"faq":[{"q":"Why does the transparent background turn white?","a":"JPG is a format that doesn't support transparency. Transparent areas are filled with white so they don't appear black in the conversion."},{"q":"What quality percentage is best?","a":"Around 80–92% usually reduces file size with no noticeable loss of quality. For photos, lowering the value shrinks the file size significantly."},{"q":"Is my image sent to a server?","a":"No. Conversion happens entirely within your browser and your file is never uploaded to a server."}]},{"slug":"jpg-to-png","category":"image-format","title":"JPG to PNG Converter","tagline":"Convert JPG to lossless PNG with no quality loss and download","emoji":"🏞️","keywords":["jpg to png","convert jpg to png","lossless conversion","jpg png converter","image format converter"],"intro":"Converts JPG images to the lossless PNG format with no quality loss. Save them ready to use for editing, transparent compositing, and anything else that needs a PNG.","howto":["Drag and drop or click to select the JPG image you want to convert.","Check the file size and resolution of the original and the converted PNG.","Click 'Download PNG' to save the file."],"faq":[{"q":"Does converting to PNG improve the quality?","a":"No, quality already lost to JPG compression can't be restored. However, the conversion adds no further loss, so the current quality is preserved exactly."},{"q":"Why does the file get bigger?","a":"PNG is a lossless format, so image-heavy content like photos can end up larger than the original JPG."},{"q":"Are my files sent to a server?","a":"No. All conversion happens within your browser and your image is never sent to or stored on a server."}]},{"slug":"jpg-to-webp","category":"image-format","title":"JPG to WebP Converter","tagline":"Convert JPG to lighter WebP, adjust quality, check the savings, and download","emoji":"🗜️","keywords":["jpg to webp","webp converter","reduce image size","jpg webp conversion","web image optimization"],"intro":"Converts JPG images to WebP, a format that's smaller at the same quality. A quality slider shows the savings so you can save web-optimized images.","howto":["Drag and drop or click to select the JPG image you want to convert.","Use the quality slider to balance image quality and file size.","Check the savings versus the original, then click 'Download WebP'."],"faq":[{"q":"Where can I open WebP files?","a":"Most modern browsers and websites, including Chrome, Edge, and Safari, support it. It's especially useful for shrinking image sizes on web pages."},{"q":"How much smaller does it get if I lower the quality?","a":"It varies by image, but at the same quality WebP is often 25–35% lighter than JPG. Lowering the slider reduces the size even further."},{"q":"Is my image uploaded to a server?","a":"No. Conversion happens entirely within your browser and your file is never sent to or stored on a server."}]},{"slug":"png-to-webp","category":"image-format","title":"PNG to WebP Converter","tagline":"Convert PNG to WebP while preserving transparency and greatly cutting file size","emoji":"🪶","keywords":["png to webp","convert png to webp","webp converter","reduce image size","transparent png to webp"],"intro":"A tool that converts PNG to WebP while keeping the transparent background intact, dramatically reducing file size. When you need faster website loading or to save storage space, convert and download right in your browser with no upload.","howto":["Drag and drop or click to select a PNG image.","Use the WebP quality slider to balance file size and image quality.","Check the original size, converted size, and savings.","Save the converted file with the 'Download WebP' button."],"faq":[{"q":"Does converting to WebP lose the transparent background?","a":"No. WebP supports an alpha channel (transparency), so the PNG's transparent background is preserved exactly."},{"q":"Where can I use WebP?","a":"Most modern browsers, Chrome, Edge, Firefox, and Safari, support WebP. At the same quality it's smaller than PNG or JPG, which is especially advantageous for web images."},{"q":"Is my image sent to a server?","a":"No. Conversion is handled 100% within your browser, and your file is never uploaded to or stored on a server."}]},{"slug":"webp-to-jpg","category":"image-format","title":"WebP to JPG Converter","tagline":"Convert WebP to widely compatible JPG and fill transparent areas with a background color","emoji":"📸","keywords":["webp to jpg","convert webp to jpg","change webp to jpg","webp converter","webp compatible format"],"intro":"A tool that converts WebP images to JPG, the most widely compatible format. When you need to open a file in a program or on an older device that doesn't support WebP, transparent areas are filled with your chosen background color for a clean conversion.","howto":["Drag and drop or click to select a WebP image.","Set the JPG quality and the background color to fill transparent areas.","Check the result in the preview.","Save it with the 'Download JPG' button."],"faq":[{"q":"What happens when I convert a transparent WebP to JPG?","a":"JPG doesn't support transparency, so the previously transparent areas are filled with your chosen background color (white by default). You can change the background color freely."},{"q":"Does the quality drop?","a":"JPG uses lossy compression, so lowering the quality shrinks the file but also reduces quality. Use the quality slider to find the sweet spot (around 90% is recommended)."},{"q":"Is my image uploaded to a server?","a":"No. All conversion happens within your browser and your file is never uploaded anywhere."}]},{"slug":"webp-to-png","category":"image-format","title":"WebP to PNG Converter","tagline":"Convert WebP to lossless PNG with transparency preserved and download","emoji":"🧊","keywords":["webp to png","convert webp to png","change webp to png","transparent png conversion","lossless webp conversion"],"intro":"A tool that converts WebP images to lossless PNG while preserving transparency. When you need a PNG for an editing program or a document, convert and download right in your browser with no upload.","howto":["Drag and drop or click to select a WebP image.","Check the resolution and the converted file size.","Check the result in the preview.","Save it with the 'Download PNG' button."],"faq":[{"q":"Is the transparent background kept when converting to PNG?","a":"Yes. PNG is a lossless format that supports an alpha channel (transparency), so WebP's transparent background is preserved exactly."},{"q":"Why is the PNG file bigger than the original?","a":"PNG uses lossless compression, so there's no quality loss but the file can be larger than lossy WebP. This is normal."},{"q":"Are my files sent to a server?","a":"No. Conversion is handled entirely within your browser and your image is never uploaded to or stored on a server."}]},{"slug":"image-to-base64","category":"image-format","title":"Image to Base64","tagline":"Convert an image to a Base64 Data URI and copy ready-made img and CSS snippets","emoji":"🧬","keywords":["image to base64","base64 image converter","data uri converter","base64 encode image","image data uri"],"intro":"A tool that converts an image into a Base64 Data URI string so you can drop it straight into your HTML or CSS. It's useful for developers who want to embed small images like icons and logos in code to cut down HTTP requests, and it provides ready-made img tag and CSS snippets too.","howto":["Drag and drop or click to select an image.","Review the generated Base64 Data URI.","Copy the Data URI, img tag, or CSS snippet as needed."],"faq":[{"q":"I heard Base64 increases the file size?","a":"That's right. Base64 encoding makes the data about 33% larger than the original, so it's best for embedding very small icons and logos rather than large images."},{"q":"Which formats are supported?","a":"It supports any image format the browser recognizes, including PNG, JPG, WebP, GIF, and SVG, and builds the Data URI with the original's MIME type intact."},{"q":"Is my image sent to a server?","a":"No. Conversion is handled only by the browser's FileReader, and your image is never uploaded to or stored on a server."}]},{"slug":"base64-to-image","category":"image-format","title":"Base64 to Image","tagline":"Restore a Base64 or Data URI string back into an image to preview and download","emoji":"🪄","keywords":["base64 to image","base64 image decoder","data uri to image","decode base64 image","restore base64 image"],"intro":"A tool that restores a Base64 or Data URI string into an actual image so you can preview and download it. When you need to see what image some Base64 data from code or an API response represents, it even auto-detects the format from raw Base64 with no prefix.","howto":["Paste a Base64 or data:image... Data URI string into the input box.","Review the restored image preview along with its format, resolution, and size.","Save it as a file with the 'Download Image' button."],"faq":[{"q":"Can I paste just Base64 without the data: prefix?","a":"Yes. Paste a raw Base64 string and it uses the magic bytes to auto-detect the format, such as PNG, JPG, GIF, or WebP, and restore the image."},{"q":"The image won't show and I get an error.","a":"This happens when the string was truncated or contains non-Base64 characters that corrupt it. Make sure you copied the entire string without leaving anything out."},{"q":"Is the pasted data sent to a server?","a":"No. Decoding, previewing, and downloading all happen within your browser, and no data is ever sent to a server."}]},{"slug":"username-name-generator","category":"generators-qr","title":"Username & Nickname Generator","tagline":"A random username and nickname generator from adjective + noun + number","emoji":"🎭","keywords":["username generator","nickname generator","random username","random id maker","make a nickname"],"intro":"Combines adjectives, nouns, and numbers to generate several distinctive usernames and nicknames at once. Choose English or Korean and change the separator and number options to create names in whatever style you want, on the spot.","howto":["Select the English or Korean tab.","Set the word separator, how many to generate, and whether to append a number at the end.","Click 'Generate' to draw candidates, then hit the copy button next to any name you like.","Use 'Copy All' to copy every candidate at once."],"faq":[{"q":"Are the generated usernames stored on a server?","a":"No. Every name is generated on the spot within your browser using crypto random numbers and is never sent to or stored anywhere."},{"q":"Can the same name come up twice?","a":"Since it's a random combination, duplicates can occur rarely. Just click 'Generate' again to draw fresh candidates."},{"q":"Can I use these names directly on a real service?","a":"They're meant as candidate ideas. Check availability and the naming rules on the service you're signing up for before using one."}]},{"slug":"placeholder-image-generator","category":"generators-qr","title":"Placeholder Image Generator","tagline":"A generator for placeholder images with custom size, color, and label for mockups","emoji":"🖼️","keywords":["placeholder image","placeholder generator","mockup image","dummy image","wireframe image"],"intro":"Specify a size, background color, text color, and label, and it draws a placeholder image for mockups and wireframes on the spot using canvas. Preview and download it directly as a PNG, JPG, or WebP.","howto":["Pick a preset or enter the width and height yourself.","Set the background and text colors, and add a label if you like (leave it blank to show the dimensions).","Choose the PNG, JPG, or WebP format.","Check the preview, then save the image with the 'Download' button."],"faq":[{"q":"Is the image uploaded to a server?","a":"No. The image is drawn only on your browser's canvas and the file is generated right in the browser, so it's never sent anywhere."},{"q":"What's the maximum size?","a":"It supports up to 4000px in width and height each. Larger values are automatically capped at 4000px."},{"q":"Can I make a transparent-background image?","a":"Because a background color is always filled in, fully transparent images aren't supported. The checkerboard in the preview is just a backdrop to help with positioning."}]},{"slug":"signature-pad-generator","category":"generators-qr","title":"Signature Pad","tagline":"A signature pad that saves signatures drawn with mouse or touch as a transparent PNG","emoji":"✍️","keywords":["electronic signature","handwritten signature","signature image","signature pad","transparent signature png"],"intro":"Draw your signature directly with a mouse or finger, then save it as a PNG image with a transparent background. Freely adjust the stroke color and thickness, and if you don't like it, just clear it and draw again.","howto":["Set the stroke color and thickness however you like.","Draw your signature in the signature area with your mouse or finger.","Press 'Clear' to draw again.","Use 'Download PNG' to save the transparent-background signature image."],"faq":[{"q":"Is the signature I draw sent to a server?","a":"No. Your signature is drawn only on the browser canvas and the image is created right in the browser, so it's never sent to or stored anywhere."},{"q":"Is the background really transparent?","a":"Yes. The checkerboard in the preview is just a backdrop to mark the transparent area; the saved PNG keeps only the signature strokes with a transparent background."},{"q":"Can I sign on a smartphone too?","a":"Yes. Touch is supported, so you can sign with your finger or a stylus on a smartphone or tablet."}]},{"slug":"csv-to-json","category":"doc-data","title":"CSV to JSON Converter","tagline":"Paste CSV and convert it to a JSON array (delimiter and header options, copy the result)","emoji":"🔄","keywords":["csv to json","csv to json converter","csv parser","convert table data","json array converter"],"intro":"Paste CSV separated by commas, tabs, semicolons, and more, and it's instantly converted to a JSON array. It supports a header option that uses the first row as keys plus quoted-value handling, so you can copy the result right away.","howto":["Paste your CSV data into the input box.","Select the delimiter that matches your data (comma, tab, semicolon, or pipe).","Use the checkbox to decide whether the first row is used as headers (keys).","Review the converted JSON and copy it with the 'Copy JSON' button."],"faq":[{"q":"Is the pasted data sent to a server?","a":"No. All conversion happens within your browser and the CSV you enter is never sent to or stored on a server."},{"q":"Can values contain commas or line breaks?","a":"Yes. Fields wrapped in double quotes are handled as-is, and a doubled quote (\"\") inside a field is read as a single quote."},{"q":"What happens if I turn off the header option?","a":"Each row becomes a string array, producing JSON in the form of an array of arrays."}]},{"slug":"json-to-csv","category":"doc-data","title":"JSON to CSV Converter","tagline":"Turn JSON array keys into CSV headers, then copy or download","emoji":"🔃","keywords":["JSON to CSV converter","json to csv","export CSV","convert JSON to Excel CSV","JSON array to CSV"],"intro":"Paste an array of JSON objects and it converts them into CSV, using each object's keys as the header row. Choose a delimiter and copy the result, or download it as a UTF-8 CSV file that opens cleanly in Excel.","howto":["Paste your array of JSON objects into the input box.","Choose your preferred delimiter (comma, tab, semicolon, or pipe).","Review the converted CSV.","Grab the result with the 'Copy CSV' or 'Download CSV' button."],"faq":[{"q":"Is my JSON sent to a server?","a":"No. Conversion happens entirely in your browser, and your data is never transmitted or stored externally."},{"q":"What happens if objects have different keys?","a":"It gathers the keys from every object to build the header row and leaves any cell with no value blank."},{"q":"Non-English text looks garbled in Excel—why?","a":"The downloaded file includes a UTF-8 BOM, so non-Latin characters display correctly in Excel."}]},{"slug":"css-loader-spinner","category":"color-design","title":"CSS Loading Spinner Generator","tagline":"Pick a ring, dot, or pulse spinner, tune the color and speed, and copy pure CSS","emoji":"⏳","keywords":["CSS loading spinner","create loading animation","CSS spinner generator","pure CSS loader","CSS loading icon"],"intro":"Choose from five loading spinner styles—ring, dual ring, dots, pulse, and bars—then adjust the size, color, and speed with a live preview. It copies as pure HTML and CSS with no images or external libraries, so it drops lightly into any web project.","howto":["Pick a spinner style tab (ring, dual ring, dots, pulse, or bars).","Adjust the size, thickness, and speed sliders and the color to fine-tune the preview.","Grab the code with 'Copy HTML' and 'Copy CSS' (or copy it all at once).","Drop the HTML where you want the loader and paste the CSS into your stylesheet—done."],"faq":[{"q":"Are my settings sent to a server?","a":"No. Choosing a style, previewing, and generating the code all happen entirely in your browser. Nothing is ever transmitted or stored on a server."},{"q":"Do I need images or an external library?","a":"No. The generated code is pure HTML and CSS animation (@keyframes), so it works without any GIF images or JavaScript libraries."},{"q":"How do I center the spinner?","a":"Give the spinner's parent element display:flex; justify-content:center; align-items:center;. You can freely tweak the color and speed just by changing the values in the generated CSS."}]},{"slug":"svg-wave-generator","category":"color-design","title":"SVG Wave Background Generator","tagline":"Build a wavy SVG that smoothly connects sections—tune color, height, and curve, then copy","emoji":"🌊","keywords":["SVG wave background","wave divider generator","section wave divider","svg wave generator","create wave background"],"intro":"Create a wavy SVG divider that smoothly connects web sections by adjusting only the color, height, curve, and number of waves. Thanks to preserveAspectRatio it stretches to any screen width, so it works right away as a section divider on responsive landing pages.","howto":["Shape the curve you want with the height, amplitude, and wave-count sliders.","Pick a color and opacity, and flip the direction with 'Vertical flip' if needed.","Check the preview, then click the 'Copy SVG' button.","Paste the SVG code above or below a section to use it as a divider."],"faq":[{"q":"Is anything I enter sent to a server?","a":"No. Adjusting colors and values and generating the SVG code all happen inside your browser, and no data is ever transmitted or stored on a server."},{"q":"Does the wave stretch to fit the screen size?","a":"Yes. The generated SVG includes width=100% and preserveAspectRatio=none, so it stretches horizontally to fit its parent's width. The height stays at the value you set."},{"q":"Can I fill it with a gradient?","a":"Right now it offers solid-color fills. If you need a gradient, replace the fill in the copied SVG by defining a linearGradient inside <defs> and pointing the path's fill to its id."}]},{"slug":"mesh-gradient-generator","category":"color-design","title":"Mesh Gradient Background Generator","tagline":"Layer multiple color points into an aurora-like mesh gradient and copy it as CSS","emoji":"🌈","keywords":["mesh gradient","mesh gradient generator","aurora background CSS","radial gradient background","create gradient background"],"intro":"Layer several semi-transparent radial gradients to create the trendy aurora-style mesh backgrounds you see everywhere. Adjust each color point's position, color, and blur to craft a soft background you can copy as pure CSS.","howto":["Adjust each color point's color and X/Y position with the sliders.","Add up to eight points with 'Add color point,' or explore combinations with 'Randomize.'","Set the base background color and blur size to tune the overall mood.","Grab the background property with the 'Copy CSS' button and paste it in."],"faq":[{"q":"Is my work saved to a server?","a":"No. Adjusting colors and positions and generating the CSS all happen inside your browser, and no information is ever transmitted or stored on a server."},{"q":"Is this real CSS, not an image?","a":"Yes. The result is a pure CSS background property built from several layered radial-gradients. It's not an image file, so it has no file size and stays sharp at any screen size."},{"q":"Can I make an animated background?","a":"This tool creates static background CSS. To add motion, put the copied background on a large element and use CSS animation to slowly shift the background-position or the element itself for a flowing aurora effect."}]},{"slug":"meta-og-tag-generator","category":"generators-qr","title":"Meta & Open Graph Tag Generator","tagline":"Enter a title, description, image, and URL to get SEO meta, Open Graph, and Twitter Card tags","emoji":"🔖","keywords":["Open Graph generator","create meta tags","og tag generator","Twitter Card tags","SEO meta tags"],"intro":"Enter just a title, description, URL, and featured image to generate SEO meta tags, Open Graph tags, and Twitter Card tags all at once. Preview how it will look when shared with a card preview, and copy the code to paste straight into your <head>.","howto":["Enter the title, description, page URL, and featured image URL.","Choose the og:type, Twitter card type, site name, and @handle.","Check how it will look when shared on social media with the card preview.","Grab the code with 'Copy tags' and paste it inside your page's <head>."],"faq":[{"q":"Is the information I enter sent to a server?","a":"No. Your input and the tag generation all happen only in your browser. Nothing is ever transmitted or stored on a server. (The preview image, however, is loaded directly by your browser from the URL you enter.)"},{"q":"What size should the featured image be?","a":"Open Graph images are best at 1200×630px (about 1.91:1). At this size they appear as large, uncropped cards on most platforms like Facebook, X, and most messaging apps."},{"q":"Is it safe if my title includes special characters like quotes?","a":"Yes. Even if your title or description contains double quotes or characters like <, >, or &, they're automatically escaped to HTML entities so the tags don't break."}]},{"slug":"robots-txt-generator","category":"generators-qr","title":"robots.txt Generator","tagline":"Add per-user-agent allow/block rules and your sitemap location to generate robots.txt instantly","emoji":"🤖","keywords":["robots.txt generator","create robots file","block crawling settings","user-agent disallow","sitemap robots"],"intro":"Create a robots.txt file—which tells search engine crawlers which paths to allow or block—in just a few clicks. Enter Allow/Disallow rules per user-agent group and your sitemap location to instantly generate and download a standard-format file.","howto":["Start from an 'Allow all / Block all' preset, or enter your own rules.","Set the user-agent and list Disallow/Allow paths one per line.","Add more groups if needed and enter sitemap URLs one per line.","Grab the result with 'Copy robots.txt' or 'Download file.'"],"faq":[{"q":"Are the paths I enter sent to a server?","a":"No. Entering rules and generating robots.txt all happen only in your browser, and no path or URL is ever transmitted or stored on a server."},{"q":"Where should I upload the file?","a":"It must be uploaded to your site's root as a file named robots.txt—for example, https://example.com/robots.txt. Search engines won't recognize it if it sits in a subfolder."},{"q":"Does Disallow remove a page from search results entirely?","a":"No. Disallow only asks crawlers not to visit; it doesn't block indexing itself. To reliably remove a page from search results, use a noindex meta tag on it or protect access with authentication."}]},{"slug":"markdown-table-generator","category":"doc-data","title":"Markdown Table Generator","tagline":"Set rows, columns, and alignment to generate Markdown table syntax instantly","emoji":"📊","keywords":["Markdown table","markdown table generator","generate table syntax","GitHub table","table alignment"],"intro":"Set the number of rows and columns, fill in the cells, and it automatically builds the Markdown table syntax used in GitHub and Notion. Set per-column alignment (left, center, right) and copy the whole result at once.","howto":["Set the number of columns and body rows.","Enter a value in each cell and, if needed, pick a per-column alignment button.","Review the generated Markdown and paste it with 'Copy Markdown.'"],"faq":[{"q":"Will the table display correctly in GitHub and Notion too?","a":"It uses standard GFM Markdown table syntax, so it renders the same way in most Markdown-supporting editors like GitHub, Notion, Obsidian, and Discord."},{"q":"Can I put a pipe (|) character inside a cell?","a":"Yes. Pipe characters are automatically escaped to \\| so they don't clash with the table delimiters and output safely."},{"q":"Is my table content sent to a server?","a":"No. All table generation happens only in your browser, and the data you enter is never transmitted or stored anywhere."}]},{"slug":"table-to-markdown","category":"doc-data","title":"Table Paste to Markdown","tagline":"Instantly convert tables copied from Excel or Google Sheets into Markdown or HTML tables","emoji":"📋","keywords":["table converter","Excel to Markdown","TSV to Markdown","spreadsheet converter","HTML table generator"],"intro":"Copy cells from Excel or Google Sheets, paste them in, and it turns the tab-separated data into a Markdown table and an HTML table. It supports first-row headers and automatic delimiter detection, so you can copy the result and use it right away.","howto":["Copy a table range from Excel or Google Sheets.","Paste it into the input box and confirm the first-row header setting and delimiter.","Choose the Markdown or HTML tab and copy."],"faq":[{"q":"Does it convert comma-separated (CSV) tables too?","a":"Yes. With the delimiter set to 'Auto-detect,' it recognizes tabs first and falls back to commas. Choosing 'Comma (CSV)' directly also correctly parses quoted values."},{"q":"What if rows have different numbers of columns?","a":"It uses the row with the most columns as the reference and automatically fills the empty cells in the other rows to build an aligned table."},{"q":"Is my pasted table data sent to a server?","a":"No. Conversion happens entirely in your browser, and what you paste is never sent to a server."}]},{"slug":"hashtag-generator","category":"sns-utils","title":"Hashtag Generator","tagline":"Turn keywords and a category into a related hashtag set on a single line","emoji":"#️⃣","keywords":["generate hashtags","Instagram hashtags","hashtag generator","social media tags","hashtag suggestions"],"intro":"Pick a few keywords and a category, and it automatically combines related hashtags into a single line based on suffix rules. It removes duplicates and controls the count so you can paste straight into Instagram, Threads, and more.","howto":["Enter keywords separated by commas or line breaks.","Choose a category that fits your post and set the maximum count.","Copy the hashtag set with 'Copy as one line' and paste it in."],"faq":[{"q":"What's the maximum number of hashtags I can make?","a":"It generates up to 30, matching Instagram's recommended limit, and you can trim it to however many you want with the slider."},{"q":"Can I leave out English tags and keep only my own language?","a":"Uncheck 'Include English tags' and any tag containing Latin letters is excluded, leaving only tags in your own language."},{"q":"Are my keywords sent to a server?","a":"No. Hashtags are generated instantly in your browser, and the keywords you enter are never transmitted or stored on a server."}]},{"slug":"caption-line-break-formatter","category":"sns-utils","title":"Instagram Line Break Formatter","tagline":"Keep Instagram's vanishing line breaks and blank lines intact with invisible characters","emoji":"↩️","keywords":["Instagram line break","caption line breaks","keep blank lines","instagram blank line spacer","line break formatter"],"intro":"Paste it into an Instagram caption or comment and it fills the blank lines that would otherwise vanish with invisible characters, preserving exactly the line spacing you want. Just copy and paste for a clean caption whose paragraphs stay intact.","howto":["Enter your caption with the line breaks and blank lines you want.","Choose the type of invisible character (the default Braille blank is recommended).","Copy with 'Copy formatted' and paste into your Instagram caption or comment."],"faq":[{"q":"Why do blank lines disappear on Instagram?","a":"Instagram automatically removes consecutive blank lines from captions. Putting an invisible character on a blank line keeps it looking empty while preserving the line."},{"q":"Which of the three characters should I choose?","a":"In most cases the most reliable 'Braille blank' is recommended. If it displays oddly in a certain app, try switching to the 'Hangul filler character' or 'zero-width space.'"},{"q":"Is my caption sent to a server?","a":"No. All conversion happens in your browser, and your caption content is never sent to a server."}]},{"slug":"profile-pic-cropper","category":"sns-utils","title":"Profile Picture Cropper","tagline":"Crop an image into a square or circular profile, preview it, and save as PNG","emoji":"✂️","keywords":["profile picture cropper","circular profile picture","square crop","profile picture","crop profile image"],"intro":"Upload a photo and adjust the zoom and position to crop it into a square or circular profile image. Pick the size you want from the preview and download it right away as a transparent-background PNG.","howto":["Drag and drop or select the image you want to make into a profile picture.","Choose a circle or square shape and set the zoom and horizontal/vertical position.","Pick the output size and save it with 'Download PNG.'"],"faq":[{"q":"What happens to the corners when I crop to a circle?","a":"The area outside the circle is saved as a transparent PNG, so it looks like a round profile anywhere you place it, regardless of the background color."},{"q":"What size should I save at?","a":"320px is plenty for most profiles like Instagram and messaging apps; choose 640px or larger if you need high resolution. Enlarging beyond the original may reduce quality."},{"q":"Is my photo uploaded to a server?","a":"No. Image processing and cropping all happen inside your browser, and your photo is never uploaded to a server."}]},{"slug":"image-to-ascii","category":"image-format","title":"Image to ASCII Art","tagline":"Convert an image to ASCII art—adjust the character width and copy with one click","emoji":"🔡","keywords":["image to ASCII","ASCII art generator","photo to text art","create ASCII art","image to text characters"],"intro":"Turn a photo or drawing straight into text (ASCII) art right in your browser. Adjust the character width for the detail level you want, then copy the resulting text all at once.","howto":["Drag and drop or click to select the image to convert.","Adjust the detail with the 'Character width' slider.","Turn on 'Invert brightness' if you'll place it on a dark background.","Click 'Copy ASCII' and paste into a monospace-font editor."],"faq":[{"q":"Which image formats are supported?","a":"Most images your browser can display—JPG, PNG, WebP, GIF, and more—will convert."},{"q":"The result looks broken.","a":"ASCII art only lines up in a monospace font where every character is the same width. Paste it into a monospace environment like a plain-text or code editor."},{"q":"Is my uploaded image sent to a server?","a":"No. Reading and converting the image all happen inside your browser (on a canvas), and no file is ever transmitted or stored on a server."}]},{"slug":"palette-generator","category":"color-design","title":"Color Palette Generator","tagline":"Generate a harmonious 5-color palette at random—lock colors, reroll individually, copy HEX","emoji":"🎨","keywords":["color palette generator","color scheme suggestions","random color palette","create color scheme","HEX palette"],"intro":"A palette generator that creates five colors that work well together at random with a single button. Lock the colors you like and regenerate only the rest, and copy each color's HEX code right away.","howto":["Press 'Generate new palette' or hit the spacebar to make a palette.","Lock the colors you like by pressing the lock icon (🔓→🔒).","Reroll just one color with 🎲, or regenerate to change the rest.","Grab the codes with each color's 'Copy' or with 'Copy all HEX.'"],"faq":[{"q":"How are the colors combined?","a":"It picks a base hue at random, then rotates it by set intervals around the color wheel to create harmonious analogous and adjacent color schemes."},{"q":"Can I keep only the colors I like?","a":"Yes. Colors you lock stay put when you regenerate, and only the unlocked colors change."},{"q":"Are the results saved on a server?","a":"No. Generating and copying colors all happen inside your browser, and no data is ever transmitted or stored on a server."}]},{"slug":"color-from-image","category":"color-design","title":"Image Color Extractor","tagline":"Extract a dominant color palette from an image—view and copy multiple HEX codes","emoji":"💧","keywords":["image color extractor","extract dominant color from photo","extract image palette","get color codes from photo","HEX from image"],"intro":"Upload a photo or image and it automatically pulls out the most-used dominant colors and shows them as a palette. Check each extracted color's HEX code and copy them all at once to use in your design work.","howto":["Drag and drop or click to select the image to pull colors from.","The dominant color palette extracted from the image appears in order of frequency.","Grab the codes with a color's 'Copy' or with 'Copy all HEX.'"],"faq":[{"q":"How many colors are extracted?","a":"It shows up to eight dominant colors that appear frequently in the image, listed in order of frequency."},{"q":"The extracted colors differ slightly from the actual photo.","a":"It groups similar colors together and calculates their average as the representative color, so there can be slight differences from the original."},{"q":"Is my uploaded image sent to a server?","a":"No. Image analysis all happens inside your browser (on a canvas), and no file is ever transmitted or stored on a server."}]},{"slug":"color-harmony-wheel","category":"color-design","title":"Color Harmony Tool","tagline":"Generate complementary, analogous, triadic, and tetradic schemes from a base color—show and copy HEX","emoji":"🎡","keywords":["color harmony tool","find complementary color","color scheme generator","triadic color scheme","color harmony"],"intro":"Pick one base color and it automatically calculates complementary, analogous, triadic, and tetradic color schemes based on color wheel theory. It shows each scheme's HEX code so you can easily find harmonious color combinations.","howto":["Set your base color with the color picker or the HEX input.","Complementary, analogous, triadic, and tetradic schemes each appear automatically.","Copy a single color or an entire scheme's HEX to use."],"faq":[{"q":"How do the schemes differ?","a":"Complementary is the exact opposite (180°), analogous is nearby (±30°), triadic is 120°, and tetradic is 90° apart—each suited to emphasis, a calm feel, or a varied composition."},{"q":"Are the base color's brightness and saturation kept?","a":"Yes. It rotates only the hue and keeps the saturation and lightness identical to the base color for a unified scheme."},{"q":"Is the color I enter sent to a server?","a":"No. All scheme calculations happen inside your browser, and no information is ever transmitted or stored on a server."}]},{"slug":"favicon-from-emoji","category":"color-design","title":"Emoji Favicon Generator","tagline":"Generate favicon PNGs in multiple sizes from an emoji or character—download plus HTML link tags","emoji":"🔖","keywords":["emoji favicon generator","create favicon","favicon generator","make emoji icon","PNG favicon"],"intro":"Enter an emoji or letter and it uses canvas to create favicon PNG icons in multiple sizes. Just download the finished images and paste in the included HTML link tags to apply your website's tab icon right away.","howto":["Enter the emoji or character to use as your favicon.","Choose transparent background, background color, and rounded-corner options.","Download the sizes you need (16–256px, including the Apple touch icon).","Grab the link tags with 'Copy HTML' and paste them into your <head>."],"faq":[{"q":"What file sizes are created?","a":"It provides 16, 32, 48, 64, 128, 180, and 256px PNGs, with the 180px one saved as the Apple touch icon (apple-touch-icon.png)."},{"q":"Might the emoji look different from what's on my screen?","a":"Emoji are drawn using the font of the device and browser in use, so the fine details may look slightly different depending on each visitor's environment."},{"q":"Is my input or image sent to a server?","a":"No. The icons are all generated inside your browser (on a canvas), and no input is ever transmitted or stored on a server."}]},{"slug":"meta-tag-preview-generator","category":"web-seo-misc","title":"Meta Tag Preview","tagline":"Enter a title and description to get a Google search result preview plus meta tag code at once","emoji":"🏷️","keywords":["meta tag preview","meta description length","Google search result preview","title tag pixel width","meta tag generator"],"intro":"Enter a title and description to preview exactly how they'll appear in Google search results, and to generate meta tag code you can paste in right away. Beyond character count, it measures the 'pixel width' Google actually uses to truncate, so you can see at a glance whether your title gets cut off—handy for bloggers, marketers, and developers.","howto":["Enter your title and meta description.","Check in real time whether the title width (px) and character count and the description length exceed the recommended ranges.","Inspect truncation and how it will actually appear in the Google search result preview below.","Copy the generated meta tags with the 'Copy tags' button and paste them inside your page's <head>."],"faq":[{"q":"Is my content or file sent to a server?","a":"No. Entering the title, description, and URL, measuring the pixel width, and generating the tags all happen only in your browser. No data is ever transmitted or stored on a server."},{"q":"How many characters should the title and description be?","a":"We recommend about 60 characters for the title (within 600px pixel width) and about 160 for the description. Because Google truncates by pixel width rather than character count, this tool measures the actual width with canvas and flags truncation risk."},{"q":"Is this preview 100% identical to actual Google search results?","a":"Not completely. Google sometimes rewrites the title and description depending on the query, device, and context. This tool is an approximate preview based on standard font and pixel-width best practices—use it to check for truncation in advance."}]},{"slug":"serp-snippet-preview","category":"web-seo-misc","title":"Google SERP Snippet Preview","tagline":"Enter a title, URL, and description to preview desktop and mobile snippets and truncation","emoji":"🔎","keywords":["SERP preview","Google search snippet","mobile search preview","check title truncation","meta description preview"],"intro":"Preview how your entered title, URL, and description will actually appear in Google search results, split across desktop and mobile screens. It instantly flags per device whether the title and description get cut off as OK or truncated, helping bloggers and marketers polish their snippet before publishing to boost search traffic.","howto":["Enter the title, URL, and description.","Press the 'Desktop' / 'Mobile' tabs to switch how it appears per device.","Visually confirm where the title and description get cut off in the snippet card.","Use the OK/truncated indicators below to adjust the lengths so nothing gets cut off."],"faq":[{"q":"Is the content I enter sent to a server?","a":"No. Entering the title, URL, and description, calculating truncation, and previewing the snippet all happen only in your browser. No information is ever transmitted or stored on an external server."},{"q":"Why do the desktop and mobile standards differ?","a":"Mobile screens are narrower, so descriptions get cut off shorter than on desktop. This tool uses about 160 characters for desktop descriptions and about 120 for mobile, and judges title truncation by pixel width."},{"q":"Is the preview guaranteed to look exactly like the real search results?","a":"Google sometimes automatically rewrites the title and description depending on the query and context, so it's not 100% identical. This tool is an approximate preview based on practical recommended values—use it to check truncation risk in advance."}]},{"slug":"readability-score","category":"web-seo-misc","title":"Readability Score Analyzer","tagline":"Calculate a quick readability score from sentence count, average sentence length, and word count","emoji":"📖","keywords":["readability score","text readability analysis","average sentence length","word count","reading time calculator"],"intro":"Analyze pasted text—sentence count, word count, average sentence length, and more—to show a quick readability score out of 100 and a grade. It lets you see in numbers whether your sentences run too long or too hard, helping anyone polish a blog post, article, or report to read more easily.","howto":["Paste the text you want to analyze into the input box.","Check the readability score out of 100 and the 'Easy / Moderate / Hard' grade.","Review detailed metrics like character count, word count, sentence count, and average words per sentence.","If you get a warning that words per sentence is high, split the long sentences and re-analyze to compare."],"faq":[{"q":"Is the text I enter sent to a server?","a":"No. Text analysis and score calculation all happen only in your browser. What you enter is never transmitted or stored anywhere, so you can safely paste drafts or private writing."},{"q":"How is the readability score calculated?","a":"It's based on the average number of words per sentence and the average characters per word. The shorter and more concise your sentences and words, the higher the score, shown across five grades from very easy to very hard."},{"q":"Is this score the same as international standards like Flesch?","a":"No. Metrics like the Flesch index are designed around English syllable structure and don't map perfectly to every language. This tool is a simplified metric best used to compare your writing before and after edits rather than as an absolute benchmark."}]},{"slug":"user-agent-info","category":"web-seo-misc","title":"My Browser Info Checker","tagline":"See your User-Agent, OS, screen resolution, language, and cookie support at a glance","emoji":"🕵️","keywords":["my browser info","check User Agent","my screen resolution","check browser OS","check cookie support"],"intro":"See your current browser's User-Agent, operating system, screen resolution, language, cookie support, and more organized on a single screen. It's handy for quickly checking your environment info—and copying it as-is—when you report a website problem or do development and testing.","howto":["Open the page and the browser automatically reads your current environment info and shows it in a table.","Check details like browser, OS, resolution, language, and cookie support.","Values update automatically when you resize the window or your network changes.","Copy the info you need with the 'Copy UA' or 'Copy all info' button."],"faq":[{"q":"Is this information sent to a server?","a":"No. Every value is read by your browser about itself and is only displayed on screen—never transmitted or stored on a server. It runs entirely locally."},{"q":"What is a User-Agent?","a":"It's a string the browser sends to introduce itself to websites, containing the browser type, version, and operating system. Including this value when you report a website compatibility issue speeds up diagnosis."},{"q":"Can I see my IP address or location too?","a":"No. This tool only shows information the browser provides locally (resolution, language, time zone, etc.). An IP address or actual location requires a network or server to determine, so it's not covered here—which is why no data ever leaves your device."}]},{"slug":"capital-gains-tax-calculator","category":"calc-convert","title":"Capital Gains Tax Calculator","tagline":"Estimate real estate capital gains tax from purchase price, sale price, and holding period","emoji":"🏠","keywords":["capital gains tax","real estate tax","capital gains calculator","long-term holding deduction","taxable base"],"intro":"Enter your property's purchase price, sale price, and holding period to calculate everything from your capital gain to the taxable base, computed tax, and local income tax in one pass. It factors in the long-term holding deduction, basic deduction, and holding-period tax rates so you can quickly gauge your estimated tax.","howto":["Enter the purchase price and sale price (KRW).","Add any necessary expenses such as brokerage fees and acquisition tax.","Enter the holding period (years) to automatically apply the long-term holding deduction and tax rate.","Review your capital gain, taxable base, computed tax, and total tax burden including local income tax, then copy the result."],"faq":[{"q":"How is the long-term holding deduction applied?","a":"Based on the general real estate schedule (Table 1), it deducts 2% of the capital gain per year from the third year of ownership, up to a maximum of 30%. Special cases such as a single home per household (up to 80%) are not reflected."},{"q":"How does the tax rate change with the holding period?","a":"For general real estate, it applies a flat 50% under 1 year, a flat 40% for 1-2 years, and the progressive base rate of 6-45% for 2 years or more, plus a 10% local income tax."},{"q":"Will this match my actual tax bill?","a":"This is a rough estimate for reference. The actual amount can differ depending on the number of homes, heavy taxation in regulated zones, exemptions and reductions, and special deductions, so confirm the exact figure with the tax office or a tax professional."}]},{"slug":"income-tax-calculator","category":"calc-convert","title":"Korea Income Tax Rate Calculator (6-45% Brackets)","tagline":"Already know your taxable base? One number gives you the bracket, the progressive deduction, computed tax, and your effective rate","emoji":"💰","keywords":["korea income tax rates","korea tax brackets 6 to 45","effective tax rate korea","korea progressive deduction","taxable base tax korea"],"intro":"If you already know your taxable base, this is the shortest path to the number. Enter that one amount and the calculator locates your bracket among Korea's 6-45% progressive rates, applies the matching progressive deduction (누진공제), and returns the computed tax with your marginal and effective rates side by side — the effective rate being the one that tells you what you're really paying. A single checkbox adds or removes the 10% local income tax surcharge. If you still need to add up income by type and work through deductions first, use the Korea Comprehensive Income Tax Estimator.","howto":["Enter your total taxable income base (KRW).","Use the checkbox to choose whether to include the 10% local income tax.","The computed tax is calculated automatically at the applicable bracket rate.","Review the computed tax, marginal rate, effective rate, and total tax burden, then copy the result."],"faq":[{"q":"How do I find my taxable base?","a":"The taxable base is your total income minus your various income deductions. This calculator takes the taxable base as input and computes only the resulting tax."},{"q":"What's the difference between the marginal and effective rate?","a":"The marginal rate is the rate of the bracket your taxable base falls into, while the effective rate is your computed tax divided by your taxable base, the actual average burden. Because of the progressive deduction, the effective rate is lower than the marginal rate."},{"q":"Will this match my actual tax bill?","a":"This is a reference approximation. It is based on the computed tax before tax credits (for employment, children, pension, and so on), reductions, and penalties, so it may differ from the actual amount. Confirm your final tax with the tax office."}]},{"slug":"annual-leave-calculator","category":"calc-convert","title":"Annual Leave Calculator","tagline":"Approximate your accrued paid leave days and leave pay based on your start date","emoji":"📅","keywords":["annual leave","leave pay","leave days","labor law","hire date"],"intro":"Just enter your hire date and a reference date and it automatically calculates the paid leave days you've accrued under labor law. Add your monthly ordinary wage and it also estimates the leave pay you'd receive for any unused days.","howto":["Select your hire date and a reference date (usually today).","To calculate leave pay, enter your monthly ordinary wage (KRW).","Check the number of leave days accrued based on your continuous service period.","Review your daily ordinary wage and the estimated leave pay for unused days, then copy the result."],"faq":[{"q":"How is annual leave accrued?","a":"In the first year, you earn 1 day for each month worked in full (up to 11 days); from 1 year of service onward, 15 days are granted. From 3 years, 1 extra day is added every 2 years, up to a maximum of 25 days."},{"q":"How is leave pay calculated?","a":"It multiplies your ordinary wage by each unused leave day. Here, the daily ordinary wage is approximated as monthly ordinary wage / 209 hours x 8 hours, and it shows the amount assuming all accrued leave went unused."},{"q":"Will this match my actual leave and pay?","a":"This is a reference approximation. The actual figures can differ depending on fiscal-year-based grants, hire-date special rules, contracted working hours, and company policy, so confirm the exact days with your company's employment rules and contract."}]},{"slug":"car-tax-calculator","category":"calc-convert","title":"Car Tax Calculator","tagline":"Approximate passenger-car tax (rate per cc and vehicle-age reduction) from engine displacement and age","emoji":"🚗","keywords":["car tax","engine displacement","vehicle age reduction","local education tax","car tax calculator"],"intro":"Enter your engine displacement and vehicle age to automatically calculate the annual car tax on a non-commercial passenger vehicle. It factors in the rate per cc, the age-based reduction, and local education tax so you can see your yearly tax and semi-annual payment at a glance.","howto":["Enter your vehicle's engine displacement (cc).","Enter the vehicle age (years); a reduction rate applies automatically from the third year.","Check the applied tax rate and the age-based reduction rate.","Review your annual car tax including local education tax and the semi-annual payment, then copy the result."],"faq":[{"q":"How is the rate per cc determined?","a":"For non-commercial passenger cars, it's 80 KRW per cc up to 1,000cc, 140 KRW up to 1,600cc, and 200 KRW above 1,600cc. On top of that, a local education tax equal to 30% of the car tax is added."},{"q":"How is the age-based reduction applied?","a":"From the third year after registration, the car tax is reduced by 5% each year, up to a maximum of 50% from the 12th year onward."},{"q":"Will this match my actual bill?","a":"This is a reference approximation. Electric and hydrogen vehicles are taxed at a separate flat rate, and prepayment discounts or regional and vehicle-type differences can cause variation, so confirm the exact amount with your local government bill."}]},{"slug":"fuel-cost-calculator","category":"calc-convert","title":"Fuel Cost Calculator","tagline":"Calculate one-way and round-trip fuel cost and the fuel needed from distance, mileage, and fuel price","emoji":"⛽","keywords":["fuel cost","gas cost calculator","fuel economy","fuel price","round-trip distance"],"intro":"Just enter your one-way distance, vehicle fuel economy, and fuel price to instantly calculate the one-way and round-trip cost. It also shows the fuel needed and each person's carpool share by passenger count, making it easy to estimate travel and commuting costs.","howto":["Enter the one-way distance (km).","Enter your vehicle's fuel economy (km/L) and the current fuel price (KRW/L).","If you need a carpool share, enter the number of passengers.","Review the one-way/round-trip fuel cost, fuel needed, and per-person share, then copy the result."],"faq":[{"q":"How is the fuel cost calculated?","a":"Fuel needed = distance / fuel economy, and fuel cost = fuel needed x fuel price. The round trip is calculated as twice the one-way cost."},{"q":"How is the carpool share determined?","a":"If you enter 2 or more passengers, it also shows the per-person share by dividing the one-way fuel cost by the number of people."},{"q":"Will this match my actual fuel cost?","a":"This is a reference estimate. Real-world fuel economy varies widely with road conditions, traffic, heating and cooling, load, and driving habits, so it may differ from the actual cost. We recommend budgeting with some margin."}]},{"slug":"glassmorphism-generator","category":"color-design","title":"Glassmorphism Generator","tagline":"Create frosted-glass CSS with blur, transparency, and border controls, with live preview and copy","emoji":"🧊","keywords":["glassmorphism","glass effect generator","frosted glass CSS","backdrop-filter","translucent background"],"intro":"Adjust blur, background transparency, saturation, and border with sliders to build the trendy translucent frosted-glass (glassmorphism) UI look. Dial in the values against a live preview layered over a colored background, then copy ready-to-paste CSS.","howto":["Move the blur, background transparency, saturation, corner, and border sliders to craft the glass texture you want.","Adjust the glass color and the preview background color with the color pickers.","Check that the glass effect reads well against the colored background preview.","Grab the finished CSS with 'Copy CSS' and paste it onto the element you want."],"faq":[{"q":"The backdrop-filter isn't working.","a":"backdrop-filter only produces a blur when there's a background (another color or an image) behind the element. On a plain white screen with no background, you'll see almost no change. For Safari support, we've also included -webkit-backdrop-filter."},{"q":"Does the purple preview background get copied too?","a":"No. The background color is only for the preview to help you see the glass effect; the copied CSS includes only the glass element's styles."},{"q":"Does it look the same in every browser?","a":"It works well in the latest Chrome, Edge, Safari, and Firefox, but backdrop-filter support and rendering can vary slightly by browser and device, so verify before applying. All processing runs entirely in your browser, with nothing sent to a server."}]},{"slug":"neumorphism-generator","category":"color-design","title":"Neumorphism (Soft UI) Generator","tagline":"Generate convex, concave, and flat soft-UI CSS from a base color using dual shadows, with copy","emoji":"🔘","keywords":["neumorphism","neumorphism generator","soft UI","neumorphic shadow","box-shadow generator"],"intro":"From a single base color, it simultaneously computes a light shadow and a dark shadow to create the softly pressed soft-UI (neumorphism) style. Adjust size, roundness, shadow distance, blur, and contrast intensity, pick a convex, concave, or flat form, and copy the CSS alongside a live preview.","howto":["Pick a base color and the light and dark dual shadows are computed automatically.","Select your preferred surface form (flat, convex, or concave) with the tabs.","Refine the texture with the size, roundness, shadow distance, blur, and contrast intensity sliders.","Copy the finished border-radius, background, and box-shadow CSS to use."],"faq":[{"q":"I applied it but the shadows aren't visible.","a":"Neumorphism only looks natural when the element and its parent background are the same color. Placing a light-gray card on a white background buries the light-side shadow, so set the parent container's background to the same base color."},{"q":"What's the difference between convex, concave, and flat?","a":"Flat has a solid surface color with a raised feel; convex adds a light-to-dark gradient on the surface for a bulging feel; concave flips the gradient for a pressed-in feel. The shadow direction is the same for all three."},{"q":"Can the shadow colors differ from actual design tools?","a":"The light and dark colors are approximated by mixing the base color with white and black, so they may differ slightly from tool to tool. Treat them as a reference, and if needed, copy them and fine-tune the rgb values yourself. All processing happens in your browser."}]},{"slug":"clip-path-generator","category":"color-design","title":"CSS clip-path Generator","tagline":"Create clip-path with polygon, circle, star, and other presets, with preview and CSS copy","emoji":"✂️","keywords":["clip-path generator","css clip-path","polygon mask","image clipping css","polygon clip-path"],"intro":"Click common shape presets, including triangle, diamond, hexagon, star, arrow, circle, and ellipse, to instantly generate a CSS clip-path value. Preview the clipping effect in real time on a colored box or your own uploaded image, then edit the value directly or copy it as-is.","howto":["Click a shape preset button to choose a clip-path shape.","If needed, edit the clip-path value directly to fine-tune the coordinates.","Add a preview image to see how it looks applied to a real photo.","Copy the finished clip-path CSS and paste it onto the element you want."],"faq":[{"q":"How does clip-path work?","a":"It keeps only the inside of a specified shape (polygon, circle, and so on) visible and clips away the outside. It doesn't actually cut the element; it just masks the visible area, so changing the value brings the original content right back."},{"q":"Can I edit the polygon coordinates directly?","a":"Yes. In the value field you can edit each vertex's coordinates directly in 'polygon(x% y%, ...)' format. x is measured from the left and y from the top, as percentages. If the syntax is wrong, the original shows with no clipping, so feel free to experiment."},{"q":"Does it work in every browser?","a":"Basic shapes like polygon, circle, and ellipse are widely supported in modern browsers, but rendering can vary by device, so verify before applying. Uploaded images are processed entirely in your browser, with nothing sent to a server."}]},{"slug":"cubic-bezier-generator","category":"color-design","title":"Cubic Bezier Easing Generator","tagline":"Build cubic-bezier easing from four control values, with motion preview and CSS copy","emoji":"📈","keywords":["cubic-bezier","easing generator","css easing","transition timing function","animation curve"],"intro":"Use four control values (x1, y1, x2, y2) to build the acceleration and deceleration curve (cubic-bezier) for CSS animations. Get a feel for it with the easing-curve graph and a live moving preview side by side, then copy the transition or timing-function CSS right away.","howto":["Click a preset like ease-in-out or back-out to get a starting point.","Fine-tune the curve with the x1, y1, x2, y2 sliders (or number inputs).","Check the motion with the curve graph and the back-and-forth preview shape.","Set a duration, then copy the transition or timing-function CSS."],"faq":[{"q":"Can y values go above 1 or below 0?","a":"Yes. The x values are the time axis and must stay between 0 and 1, but the y values represent progress and can exceed 1 or drop below 0. That's what creates the 'overshoot' effect of passing the target and springing back."},{"q":"Does the preview motion match reality?","a":"The preview is rendered with the browser's actual CSS transition, so it moves exactly as it would when applied to a website in the same browser. The shape repeatedly travels back and forth to show the curve's acceleration and deceleration."},{"q":"Should I copy the transition or the timing-function?","a":"If you need a single line that includes the duration, use 'Copy transition'; if you want just the easing curve for another rule, use 'Copy timing-function'. Both are exact, ready-to-use CSS, not rough approximations."}]},{"slug":"flexbox-generator","category":"color-design","title":"Flexbox Generator","tagline":"Toggle justify, align, direction, and wrap with a live preview and copy the flex CSS","emoji":"📏","keywords":["flexbox generator","css flex","justify-content","align-items","flexbox"],"intro":"Change flex-direction, justify-content, align-items, flex-wrap, and gap with dropdowns and sliders to see flexbox alignment in a live preview. You can also adjust the number of items and copy flex CSS ready to paste onto your parent container.","howto":["Choose flex-direction and flex-wrap to set the layout direction and wrapping.","Align items with justify-content (main axis) and align-items (cross axis).","Refine the preview to the shape you want with the gap slider and item count.","Copy the finished parent-container CSS and apply it to your real layout."],"faq":[{"q":"I keep confusing justify-content and align-items.","a":"justify-content aligns along the main axis. When flex-direction is row, the main axis is horizontal; when it's column, it's vertical. align-items aligns along the perpendicular cross axis, so changing the direction swaps the two properties' roles."},{"q":"The stretch value of align-items doesn't show in the preview.","a":"stretch only fills the cross axis when the children have no fixed height (or width). The items in this preview have no set height, so stretch works; switch to center, flex-start, and so on to see the alignment differences."},{"q":"Where do I paste the copied CSS?","a":"Flex properties apply to the parent (container) that wraps the children, not to the children themselves. Note that rendering can vary slightly by browser and version, so do a final check in your real environment before using it."}]},{"slug":"grid-generator","category":"color-design","title":"CSS Grid Generator","tagline":"Set column and row counts and the gap to instantly generate grid-template CSS with a preview","emoji":"▦","keywords":["CSS Grid","grid-template","grid layout","layout generator","repeat 1fr"],"intro":"Adjust the number of columns and rows and the gap between cells with sliders, and grid-template CSS is built on the spot alongside a live preview. Copy and paste it to create regular layouts (card lists, galleries, dashboards) without doing any of the math by hand.","howto":["Enter the number of columns and rows to build the grid skeleton.","Adjust the spacing between cells with the gap slider. To set horizontal and vertical gaps separately, uncheck 'same for both'.","Check the cell layout in the preview, then copy the CSS below.","Put child cards into the parent element you pasted it onto, and they'll be arranged in the grid automatically."],"faq":[{"q":"What does 1fr mean?","a":"fr stands for fraction, one piece of the leftover space divided evenly. repeat(3, 1fr) splits the parent width into three equal columns."},{"q":"How do I make the number of columns change automatically with screen size?","a":"Change grid-template-columns to repeat(auto-fit, minmax(200px, 1fr)) to get a responsive grid where the column count shrinks automatically as the width narrows. There's an example in the guidance text too."},{"q":"Can I trust the generated CSS as-is?","a":"It uses only standard CSS Grid properties, so it works as-is in modern browsers. Just note that the preview only shows sample cells, so treat actual content height and alignment as something to verify in your own project."}]},{"slug":"svg-pattern-generator","category":"color-design","title":"SVG Background Pattern Generator","tagline":"Adjust dots, grid, stripes, and other repeating backgrounds by color and size, output as SVG or CSS","emoji":"🔳","keywords":["SVG pattern","background pattern","repeating background","dot background","CSS background"],"intro":"Create five repeating patterns (dots, grid, stripes, diagonals, and checker) by adjusting the pattern color, background color, and tile size. Because the result tiles a single, tiny SVG, you can copy it as CSS background code that fills any size of area crisply.","howto":["Pick a pattern type (dots, grid, stripes, and so on) from the tabs.","Adjust the density with the tile-size and dot/line-thickness sliders.","Set the pattern color and background color to match the mood you want.","Grab the background code with 'Copy CSS' below, or the raw SVG with 'Copy SVG'."],"faq":[{"q":"Why an SVG instead of an image file?","a":"SVG is vector, so it stays sharp at any scale, and embedded as a data URI it repeats right inside your CSS with no separate file request, keeping the page lightweight."},{"q":"I want to make the pattern semi-transparent.","a":"Add an alpha value after the pattern's HEX color. For example, #6366f180 is indigo at about 50% opacity. It blends naturally with the background color for a subtle texture."},{"q":"Is the generated code safe to use as-is?","a":"It uses only standard SVG and CSS background properties, so it works fine in modern browsers. Just note that overly strong color contrast can hurt body-text readability, so treat it as something to verify on your actual screen."}]},{"slug":"svg-blob-generator","category":"color-design","title":"SVG Blob Shape Generator","tagline":"Adjust points and complexity to create random organic blob SVGs and copy the code","emoji":"🫧","keywords":["blob generator","blob SVG","organic shape","hero background","SVG shape"],"intro":"Adjust the number of points and the complexity to generate a different water-droplet-like organic blob shape every time. Copy the SVG code, connected by smooth curves, to use right away as a hero background, avatar mask, or decorative element.","howto":["Click 'Generate new shape' to shuffle randomly until you like the form.","Adjust the roundness and bumpiness with the point-count and complexity (irregularity) sliders.","Set a color, then copy the SVG code below.","Paste it into your HTML or use it as a background mask (clip-path or mask)."],"faq":[{"q":"Why does the shape change every time I click?","a":"Because it randomly jitters the radius of each point placed around a circle. Even with the same settings, clicking 'Generate new shape' produces a completely different form from a new seed."},{"q":"How are the curves so smooth?","a":"It converts a Catmull-Rom spline through the points into cubic Beziers and joins them into a closed curve, so they connect seamlessly with no kinks."},{"q":"Can I use the blob I make commercially?","a":"The code is a pure SVG shape generated mathematically in your browser, so you can use it freely with no copyright worries. Just note that checking it doesn't resemble a specific brand logo is your responsibility as a final step."}]},{"slug":"css-animation-generator","category":"color-design","title":"CSS Animation Generator","tagline":"Preview fade, bounce, slide, and other keyframe animations while generating the CSS","emoji":"✨","keywords":["CSS animation","keyframes","animation generator","fade in","bounce effect"],"intro":"Play common animations (fade, slide, zoom, bounce, pulse, shake, rotate, and more) in real time as you preview them, and copy the finished CSS complete with @keyframes and animation properties. Adjust the duration, delay, easing, and iteration count with sliders and the code updates instantly.","howto":["Pick an animation type (fade, bounce, and so on) from the tabs.","Adjust the duration, delay, easing (timing), and iteration count while checking the preview.","Use the 'Replay' button to watch it again from the start anytime.","Copy the CSS below and apply it to your element with the .element class."],"faq":[{"q":"How do I use the copied CSS?","a":"Paste the @keyframes definition into your stylesheet and add the .element class to the element you want to animate. You can rename the class to whatever you like."},{"q":"How do I keep the before-start and after-end states?","a":"The generated shorthand already includes both (animation-fill-mode: both), so it holds the first frame before playing and the last frame after finishing."},{"q":"I only want it to play when the element is visible on screen.","a":"Use IntersectionObserver to detect scroll visibility and add the .element class at that moment. The CSS this tool generates uses standard properties and works as-is, but the actual trigger logic is reference code you wire up in your project."}]},{"slug":"duotone-generator","category":"color-design","title":"Duotone Generator","tagline":"Build a duotone gradient map from two colors, with CSS and image preview","emoji":"🌗","keywords":["duotone","duotone photo effect","gradient map","image color grading","CSS gradient"],"intro":"Pick a dark color and a light color and it builds a duotone gradient map bridging the two, plus a 5-step color scale. Copy the CSS gradient code and an overlay-style duotone CSS, and upload a photo to preview it converted to a real duotone right in your browser.","howto":["Click a preset or pick a dark color and light color yourself to set the two tones.","Adjust the gradient angle to set the direction the colors flow.","Grab the code with 'Copy gradient' or 'Copy duotone CSS'.","Upload a photo to see it converted to the two colors, then save it as a PNG."],"faq":[{"q":"What exactly is a duotone?","a":"It's a color-grading technique that keeps only a photo's brightness information and maps the dark areas to a first color and the light areas to a second, expressing the image in two tones. It's often used for a cohesive mood on magazines, album covers, and web banners."},{"q":"What's the difference between the CSS method and the image conversion?","a":"The CSS overlay (grayscale + mix-blend-mode) leaves the original image intact and only makes it look like a duotone on screen. The image conversion actually maps the pixel values, producing a finished file you can even save."},{"q":"Is my uploaded photo sent to a server?","a":"No. Reading the image, converting the colors, and saving all happen inside your browser (on a canvas), and no file is ever uploaded to a server. The higher the contrast between your two tones, the crisper the result, so keep that in mind."}]},{"slug":"sleep-calculator","category":"calc-convert","title":"Sleep Calculator","tagline":"Calculates bedtimes that let you wake up refreshed on 90-minute sleep cycles around your wake time.","emoji":"😴","keywords":["sleep calculator","bedtime","sleep cycle","90-minute sleep","wake-up time"],"intro":"Enter the time you need to wake up and it suggests bedtimes that land at the end of a 90-minute sleep cycle so you wake up refreshed. It also works in reverse, telling you what time to wake if you fall asleep now, to help cut morning grogginess.","howto":["Choose the 'Wake time to Bedtime' or 'Bedtime to Wake time' tab.","Enter your reference time (e.g., 7:00 AM).","Pick one of the 5-6 cycle options (marked with a green recommendation) from the suggested-time list.","Save a suggested time with 'Copy result' and use it for your alarm."],"faq":[{"q":"Why is the sleep cycle 90 minutes?","a":"Light sleep, deep sleep, and REM sleep take an average of about 90 minutes to complete one cycle. Waking during the light-sleep phase at the end of a cycle feels far more refreshing, even with the same amount of sleep."},{"q":"How many cycles should I sleep?","a":"Adults are generally recommended 5-6 cycles (about 7.5-9 hours). Prioritize the times marked with a green 'recommended' label in the calculator."},{"q":"Can I trust the results as-is?","a":"Sleep cycles vary from 80 to 110 minutes per person and the time it takes to fall asleep differs widely too, so treat this as a reference. Use it over a few days to find the cycle that works for you."}]},{"slug":"ideal-weight-calculator","category":"calc-convert","title":"Ideal Weight Calculator","tagline":"Calculates your ideal weight, healthy weight range, and obesity level (%) from height and sex.","emoji":"⚖️","keywords":["ideal weight","ideal weight calculator","healthy weight","obesity level","appropriate weight"],"intro":"Enter your height and sex to calculate a sex-adjusted ideal weight and a healthy weight range (plus or minus 10%). Add your current weight and you can see your obesity level (%) relative to ideal weight at a glance, from underweight to normal, overweight, and obese.","howto":["Select the male or female tab.","Enter your height (cm) to calculate your ideal weight and healthy range.","Enter your current weight (kg) to also see your obesity level (%) and rating.","Use the ideal weight and healthy range as a reference for setting your target weight."],"faq":[{"q":"How is ideal weight calculated?","a":"This calculator uses the formula ideal weight = height(m) squared x 22 (male) or x 21 (female), with plus or minus 10% treated as the healthy weight range."},{"q":"How is this different from a BMI calculator?","a":"Where BMI judges obesity from your weight, an ideal weight calculator first tells you the appropriate weight for your height and your obesity level (%) relative to it. It's more intuitive when setting a target weight."},{"q":"Can I treat the result as a medical standard?","a":"It's a simple estimate that doesn't account for muscle mass, body type, or age, so treat it as a reference. People with a lot of muscle can be healthy above their ideal weight, so use a professional exam for an accurate assessment."}]},{"slug":"body-fat-calculator","category":"calc-convert","title":"Body Fat Percentage Calculator","tagline":"Approximates body fat percentage using the U.S. Navy circumference method or the BMI method.","emoji":"📏","keywords":["body fat calculator","US Navy body fat","body fat measurement","body fat percentage","body composition"],"intro":"With just your neck and waist (and hips for women) circumference measured by tape, it estimates your body fat percentage using the U.S. Navy formula; if measuring is hard, you can calculate quickly from height, weight, and age. It's handy for checking your rough body fat level and rating when you don't have a body-composition analyzer.","howto":["Select the 'U.S. Navy method' or 'BMI method' tab and your sex.","For the U.S. Navy method, enter your height, neck, and waist (plus hips for women) in cm.","For the BMI method, enter your height, weight, and age.","Check your estimated body fat percentage and rating (essential fat, athlete, good, average, obese)."],"faq":[{"q":"How do I take measurements for the U.S. Navy method?","a":"Measure the narrowest part of the neck just below the larynx; the waist at the navel for men and at the narrowest part for women; and the hips at the most protruding point, horizontally with a tape and entered in cm. The waist must be larger than the neck for the calculation to work."},{"q":"Which of the two methods is more accurate?","a":"The U.S. Navy method, with direct circumference measurements, is usually more accurate. The BMI method (Deurenberg formula) doesn't account for muscle mass, so it has a large margin of error for muscular or skinny-fat body types."},{"q":"Can I use this instead of a body-composition scan?","a":"It's a formula-based approximation, so treat it as a reference. It can differ from your actual body fat by 3-5 percentage points or more, so measure with body-composition equipment for an accurate value."}]},{"slug":"running-pace-calculator","category":"calc-convert","title":"Running Pace Calculator + Race Time Predictor by Distance","tagline":"Convert time ↔ pace in both directions, then see what that same pace projects to at 5K, 10K, half, and full","emoji":"🏃","keywords":["running pace calculator","pace to finish time","race time predictor","half marathon time from 10k","how fast is my pace","running pace chart by distance"],"intro":"Enter a distance and a time to get your pace per kilometer and your speed, or enter a target pace to get the finish time — it converts either direction. Then it takes that pace and projects what you'd run at 1K, 5K, 10K, half marathon, and full marathon in one table, which is how you find out where your current fitness actually sits across distances and what a realistic next goal looks like. 5K, 10K, half, and full presets are one tap away, and results copy as a single line.","howto":["Choose the 'Time to Pace' or 'Pace to Finish time' tab.","Enter the distance (km) or press the 5K, 10K, half, or full button.","Enter your goal finish time (h:m:s) or pace (min:sec/km).","Review your pace, finish time, and speed plus the predicted-time table by distance, then copy the result."],"faq":[{"q":"What does pace mean?","a":"Pace is the time it takes to run 1 km (min:sec/km). For example, '5:00' means running 1 km in 5 minutes; the smaller the value, the faster."},{"q":"How long are the half and full marathon distances?","a":"A half marathon is 21.0975 km and a full course is 42.195 km. Pressing the preset button fills in the exact distance automatically."},{"q":"Can I trust the predicted-time table as-is?","a":"It's a simple calculation that applies your entered pace evenly across the whole distance, so treat it as a reference. In reality, hills, wind, and late-race slowdown cause differences, so use it only as a basis for goal-setting."}]},{"slug":"bmr-tdee-calculator","category":"calc-convert","title":"BMR & TDEE Calculator","tagline":"Calculates basal metabolic rate (BMR) and daily calorie needs by activity level (TDEE) from sex, age, height, and weight.","emoji":"🔥","keywords":["basal metabolic rate","BMR calculator","TDEE","daily calories","active metabolic rate"],"intro":"Using the Mifflin-St Jeor formula, it calculates the basal metabolic rate (BMR) you burn at rest and the total daily energy expenditure (TDEE) that factors in your activity. It also provides recommended intake for cutting, maintenance, and bulking goals plus a table by activity level, so you can put it straight to use in meal planning.","howto":["Select the male or female tab.","Enter your age, height, and weight.","Select your activity level (sedentary to very active).","Review your BMR and TDEE, recommended calories for cutting/maintenance/bulking, and the table by activity level."],"faq":[{"q":"What's the difference between BMR and TDEE?","a":"BMR (basal metabolic rate) is the minimum calories burned doing nothing (breathing, maintaining body temperature, and so on), while TDEE multiplies that by your daily activity and exercise for your total daily calories burned. Diets are usually based on TDEE."},{"q":"How do I set my cutting calories?","a":"Losing about 0.5 kg of body fat requires roughly 3,500 kcal, so eating 500 kcal less per day targets about 0.5 kg of loss per week. The calculator's 'cutting' value is based on this."},{"q":"Can I follow the calculated values exactly?","a":"They're estimates that don't account for body fat percentage, muscle mass, or genetics, so treat them as a reference. Adjust while watching your weight change over 2-3 weeks, and consult a professional before any extreme low-calorie diet."}]},{"slug":"html-minify-beautify","category":"text-dev","title":"HTML Minifier & Beautifier","tagline":"Strip needless whitespace and comments to minify your HTML, or re-indent it into clean, readable formatting","emoji":"🗜️","keywords":["HTML minifier","HTML beautifier","minify","beautify","code cleanup"],"intro":"Remove unnecessary whitespace and comments from HTML source to shrink its size, or add indentation to make it clean and easy to read. The contents of script, style, pre, and textarea tags are preserved untouched, so your code never breaks.","howto":["Choose the Minify or Beautify tab.","Paste your HTML or drag and drop a file.","For beautifying, pick the indent size; for minifying, choose whether to keep comments.","Copy the result and use it."],"faq":[{"q":"How much smaller does minifying make it?","a":"By removing whitespace, line breaks between tags, and comments, files typically shrink by 10–40%. The exact savings are shown in the stats above the result."},{"q":"Does it minify scripts and CSS too?","a":"For safety, the contents of script, style, pre, and textarea tags are left untouched. Use a dedicated tool to minify JS or CSS itself."},{"q":"Can the output look different from the original?","a":"It's processed to standard HTML rules, but tidying whitespace around inline elements can slightly change how the page renders, so check the output before using it in production."}]},{"slug":"string-escape","category":"text-dev","title":"String Escaper","tagline":"Escape quotes, backslashes, and newlines in JSON/JS strings, or turn them back into plain text","emoji":"🔤","keywords":["string escape","JSON escape","JavaScript string","unescape","backslash"],"intro":"Escape quotes, backslashes, newlines, and more so your text can be safely dropped into a JSON or JavaScript string literal. You can also reverse the process to restore an escaped string back to its original text.","howto":["Choose the Escape or Unescape tab.","Enter the text or string you want to convert.","Adjust options for quote type, non-ASCII handling, and stripping surrounding quotes.","Copy the result."],"faq":[{"q":"Can it convert characters like Korean text and emoji to \\u too?","a":"When you enable the 'Also \\u-escape non-ASCII' option, characters such as Korean text and emoji are converted to \\uXXXX form (using surrogate pairs when needed). Leave it off to keep the original characters as-is."},{"q":"Which formats does unescape recognize?","a":"It recognizes \\n \\t \\r \\b \\f \\v \\0, \\xXX, \\uXXXX, \\u{XXXXX}, plus escaped quotes, backslashes, and slashes."},{"q":"Is the output always correct?","a":"It follows standard JSON and JS escaping rules, but results may differ for unusual input, so verify it before using in critical code."}]},{"slug":"unicode-escape-converter","category":"text-dev","title":"Unicode Escape Converter","tagline":"Convert characters to \\uXXXX, U+ code points, or HTML entities—and back again, freely","emoji":"🔣","keywords":["unicode escape","code point","HTML entity","\\u converter","unicode escape converter"],"intro":"Convert characters to \\uXXXX (JavaScript), \\u{XXXXX} (ES6), U+ code points, decimal/hex HTML entities, and named entities. You can also turn escaped codes back into the original human-readable characters.","howto":["Choose the Encode (character → code) or Decode (code → character) tab.","Enter your text or escape codes.","Select the output format and whether to keep ASCII as-is.","Copy the result and use it."],"faq":[{"q":"Will it decode a mix of different formats?","a":"The Decode tab recognizes and restores \\uXXXX, \\u{...}, \\xXX, U+XXXX, &#DDD;, &#xHHHH;, and named entities even when several are mixed in the same text."},{"q":"Does it handle astral characters like emoji?","a":"The \\u format uses surrogate pairs while other formats use the code point directly, and decoding restores the original emoji."},{"q":"Are all entity names supported?","a":"Only about 30 common named entities are built in, so rarer names may appear as numeric entities—treat the result as a reference."}]},{"slug":"morse-code-translator","category":"text-dev","title":"Morse Code Translator","tagline":"Convert text to Morse code and back, and play the signal tones with Web Audio","emoji":"📡","keywords":["Morse code","Morse translator","text to Morse","dots and dashes","signal tone"],"intro":"Convert text with letters, numbers, and punctuation into international Morse code, and translate Morse code back into text. Play real signal tones with Web Audio so you can check it by ear.","howto":["Choose the Text → Morse or Morse → Text tab.","Enter the content you want to convert.","Use the play button to adjust the speed (WPM) and pitch, and listen.","Copy the result."],"faq":[{"q":"How are letters and words separated?","a":"Letters are separated by a space and words by a slash (/). It follows standard international Morse timing (dot = 1, dash = 3, word gap = 7 units)."},{"q":"How is the playback speed determined?","a":"Adjust it with the WPM (words per minute) slider; the length of a single dot is calculated as 1200/WPM milliseconds. You can also change the pitch from 300 to 1000 Hz."},{"q":"Does it convert Korean?","a":"International Morse code is based on Latin letters, numbers, and symbols, so Korean isn't supported and unrecognized characters are skipped. Use it as a reference."}]},{"slug":"text-binary-converter","category":"text-dev","title":"Text ↔ Binary Converter","tagline":"Convert text to UTF-8 binary or hex, and restore it back to the original text","emoji":"🔢","keywords":["binary converter","text to binary","binary","hexadecimal","UTF-8"],"intro":"Convert text into binary or hexadecimal based on its UTF-8 bytes, and turn those values back into the original text. It handles every Unicode character—including Korean and emoji—accurately.","howto":["Choose the Text → Code or Code → Text tab.","Enter the text, or the binary/hex value, you want to convert.","Pick the format (binary or hex) and the separator.","Copy the result."],"faq":[{"q":"Why is one character several bytes?","a":"UTF-8 uses 1–4 bytes per character. Latin letters take 1 byte, Korean characters usually 3, and emoji 4, so they appear as multiple 8-bit groups."},{"q":"Will it decode without separators?","a":"Binary is grouped into 8 digits and hex into 2 digits automatically for decoding. If the digit count doesn't line up, it shows a guidance message."},{"q":"Is decoding always accurate?","a":"Valid UTF-8 decodes exactly, but invalid byte combinations may show as the replacement character (�), so treat the result as a reference."}]},{"slug":"tailwind-color-converter","category":"color-design","title":"Tailwind Color Converter","tagline":"Match any HEX to the closest Tailwind color class, and convert a class back to HEX instantly","emoji":"🎨","keywords":["Tailwind color converter","HEX to Tailwind class","tailwind color","Tailwind color palette","nearest color finder"],"intro":"Match any HEX color to the perceptually closest class in Tailwind CSS's default palette (22 color families × 11 shades, 242 colors in all). Conversely, pick a color family and shade to instantly see and copy that class's exact HEX and RGB values.","howto":["On the 'HEX → Class' tab, set a color using the color picker or the HEX input.","Check the closest Tailwind class, candidate colors, and the Δ (color distance), then copy the class, HEX, or bg- utility.","On the 'Class → HEX' tab, select a color family and shade to display the HEX and RGB values.","Use the copy button next to the value you need and paste it straight into your code."],"faq":[{"q":"Why does the matched class color differ slightly from my actual color?","a":"Tailwind's default palette has only a fixed set of 242 colors, so it can't perfectly equal an arbitrary HEX. This tool picks the most similar color using perceptual (redmean) color distance—the smaller the Δ shown, the closer it is to your original."},{"q":"Can I still use this with Tailwind v4?","a":"The default palette's color values are essentially identical between v3 and v4, so most of them carry over directly. That said, if your project redefines theme colors with custom values, you should follow that configuration."},{"q":"Is the color I enter sent to a server?","a":"No. All conversion happens entirely in your browser, and no data is transmitted or stored. Treat the resulting class name as a reference and cross-check it against your actual design system values."}]},{"slug":"color-blindness-simulator","category":"color-design","title":"Color Blindness Simulator","tagline":"Compare side by side how a chosen color looks to people with red-green or blue-yellow color vision deficiency","emoji":"👁️","keywords":["color blindness simulator","color vision deficiency test","red-green color blindness","color vision deficiency simulation","accessibility color contrast"],"intro":"Approximates how your chosen color appears with red (protanopia) and green (deuteranopia) red-green deficiency, blue-yellow deficiency, and total color blindness, showing each next to the original. Switch between full color blindness and partial (mild) deficiency to easily check whether your UI, chart, or status colors stay distinguishable for users with color vision deficiency.","howto":["Set the color to test using the color picker or HEX input.","Select the simulation strength with the 'Color blind (full)' or 'Color weak (partial)' tab.","Compare the original and the converted result for each color vision deficiency type side by side.","Copy each result's HEX to use in your design and contrast review."],"faq":[{"q":"How do red-green and blue-yellow color blindness differ?","a":"Red-green color blindness (protan and deutan) makes red and green hard to tell apart and is the most common. Blue-yellow (tritan) makes blues and yellows hard to distinguish and is relatively rare."},{"q":"Why is it a problem if two colors look similar?","a":"When information is conveyed by color alone—chart legends, success/failure indicators, link colors—users with color vision deficiency can miss it. It's best to pair color with icons, labels, and brightness contrast."},{"q":"Can I diagnose color vision deficiency with these results?","a":"No. It's an approximation using linear transformation matrices and is affected by individual differences and your display environment. Use it only as an accessibility check, not a medical diagnosis."}]},{"slug":"severance-pay-calculator","category":"calc-convert","title":"Severance Pay Calculator","tagline":"Estimate statutory severance pay from your start/end dates and 3-month average wage","emoji":"💰","keywords":["severance pay calculator","statutory severance pay","average wage calculation","how to calculate severance","severance days of service"],"intro":"Enter your start date, end date, and total wages for the three months before leaving, and it estimates statutory severance pay using the formula 'daily average wage × 30 days × days of service ÷ 365.' You can optionally include the pro-rated portion (3/12) of your annual bonus and unused-leave allowance to make the average wage closer to reality.","howto":["Select your start date and end date.","Enter your total (pre-tax) wages for the three months before leaving.","If you have an annual bonus or unused-leave allowance, optionally enter them to factor into the average wage.","Review your estimated severance pay along with the daily average wage and days of service, then copy it."],"faq":[{"q":"Do I get severance if I worked less than a year?","a":"If your continuous service is under one year, you aren't entitled to statutory severance pay. This calculator still shows a reference figure even under one year, but displays a separate notice."},{"q":"How is the average wage calculated?","a":"The daily average wage is your total wages for the three months before leaving divided by the total number of days in that period (about 89–92 days). The annual bonus and unused-leave allowance are each added at 3/12 of the total wages."},{"q":"Will the amount shown here match what I actually receive?","a":"It may differ from the actual amount and is for reference only. It can vary based on comparison with ordinary wage, company policy, tax and insurance deductions, and how days of service are counted, so confirm the final amount with your company or a labor expert."}]},{"slug":"electricity-bill-calculator","category":"calc-convert","title":"Electricity Bill Calculator","tagline":"Estimate residential electricity bills from monthly usage (kWh) using progressive tiers","emoji":"⚡","keywords":["electricity bill calculator","residential electricity bill","electricity progressive rate","kWh cost calculation","KEPCO electricity bill"],"intro":"Just enter your monthly usage (kWh) and it applies the progressive tiers for residential low- and high-voltage service to estimate your bill, itemized by base charge, energy charge, climate-environment charge, VAT, and the power fund. You can also switch to the wider summer tiers (July–August) to gauge your bill ahead of the hot season.","howto":["Enter your electricity usage for one month in kWh.","Choose residential low-voltage / high-voltage (apartment) and the off-season / summer tier.","Review the progressive tier along with the itemized charge breakdown.","Copy the total bill and charge subtotal to compare against your statement."],"faq":[{"q":"How are the progressive tiers divided?","a":"The off-season has 3 tiers split at 200 kWh and 400 kWh, while summer (July–August) widens them to 300 kWh and 450 kWh. The higher the tier you reach, the higher the unit price and base charge."},{"q":"What's included in the total bill?","a":"The base charge and progressive energy charge, plus the climate-environment charge and fuel-cost adjustment, make up the electricity subtotal, to which 10% VAT and a 3.7% electric power industry fund are added. Amounts under 10 won are dropped."},{"q":"Does it exactly match my actual statement?","a":"It may differ and is for reference only. Welfare and multi-child discounts, the essential-usage guarantee deduction, prorated calculation based on the meter-reading date, and rate revisions aren't reflected, so check your KEPCO statement for the exact amount."}]},{"slug":"unemployment-benefit-calculator","category":"calc-convert","title":"Unemployment Benefit Calculator","tagline":"Estimate your daily job-seeking benefit and total payout from average wage, age, and insured period","emoji":"💸","keywords":["unemployment benefit calculator","job-seeking benefit calculation","daily unemployment benefit","benefit days","unemployment benefit cap"],"intro":"Enter your average monthly wage before leaving, your age at the time, and your employment insurance enrollment period, and it estimates your daily job-seeking benefit, the number of benefit days, and your total expected payout. It applies 60% of your average wage within upper and lower caps, and you can adjust the minimum hourly wage directly to match the latest standard for the lower cap.","howto":["Enter your average monthly (pre-tax) wage for the three months before leaving.","Select your age at the time of leaving and your employment insurance enrollment period.","Check and update the minimum hourly wage used for the lower cap to the latest value.","Review your daily job-seeking benefit, benefit days, and total expected payout, then copy it."],"faq":[{"q":"How is the daily job-seeking benefit determined?","a":"It's basically 60% of your daily average wage before leaving, adjusted to fall between an upper cap (66,000 won/day) and a lower cap (minimum hourly wage × 80% × 8 hours). A low average wage hits the lower cap, while a very high one hits the upper cap."},{"q":"What changes the number of benefit days?","a":"It's set from 120 up to a maximum of 270 days based on your age at the leaving date (under/over 50) and your employment insurance enrollment period. The older you are and the longer you've been enrolled, the more benefit days you get."},{"q":"Will I receive exactly what's calculated here?","a":"It may differ and is for reference only. It varies with eligibility (involuntary separation, at least 180 insured days, etc.), the actual average wage calculation, and reduction/fraud rules, so check with your local employment center or the employment insurance website."}]},{"slug":"savings-maturity-calculator","category":"calc-convert","title":"Savings Maturity Calculator","tagline":"Calculate your installment savings maturity balance and after-tax payout from monthly deposit, rate, and term","emoji":"🏦","keywords":["savings maturity calculator","savings interest calculation","simple vs compound interest","after-tax savings interest","deposit interest calculator"],"intro":"This tool calculates the maturity balance of a monthly installment savings account under both simple and monthly-compound interest, and shows your take-home amount after the 15.4% interest income tax—all at once. When comparing bank products or setting a savings goal, you can quickly see how much actually lands in your hands on an after-tax basis.","howto":["Choose the simple-interest or monthly-compound method on the tab.","Enter your monthly deposit, annual rate (%), and term (months).","Review the principal deposited, pre-tax interest, interest tax (15.4%), and after-tax maturity payout.","Use 'Copy result' to copy the breakdown for your notes or comparisons."],"faq":[{"q":"How do simple and monthly-compound interest differ?","a":"With simple interest, interest accrues only on the principal you deposit each month; with monthly compounding, interest also accrues on the interest added each month. At the same rate, monthly compounding yields slightly more interest at maturity. This calculator assumes deposits at the start of each month and a lump-sum payout at maturity."},{"q":"What is the 15.4% tax?","a":"It's the tax on interest income—the standard rate combining 14% income tax and 1.4% local income tax. Your actual after-tax interest is the pre-tax interest minus this rate. The rate differs for tax-free or tax-advantaged products."},{"q":"Does it exactly match the bank's maturity amount?","a":"It's an approximation using the standard installment-interest formula, so it may differ and is for reference only. Your actual payout can vary with each bank's interest-calculation dates, preferential-rate conditions, tax-free status, and rounding to the won, so confirm the final amount with the financial institution."}]},{"slug":"gpa-calculator","category":"calc-convert","title":"GPA Calculator","tagline":"Enter each course's credits and grade to compute your GPA on a 4.5/4.3/4.0 scale","emoji":"🎓","keywords":["GPA calculator","grade point average calculator","GPA calculation","4.5 scale GPA","college GPA calculation"],"intro":"This tool automatically computes your credit-weighted grade point average (GPA) from the credits and grades of the courses you've taken. You can choose a 4.5, 4.3, or 4.0 maximum scale, and Pass (P) courses are excluded from the GPA to mirror how real transcripts work.","howto":["Choose the grading scale that matches your school (4.5 / 4.3 / 4.0).","For each course, enter the credits (e.g., 3) and grade (A+, B0, etc.), and add rows with '+ Add course.'","Instantly see your GPA, credits counted, and an approximate percentage conversion.","Use 'Copy result' to copy the GPA summary."],"faq":[{"q":"Are Pass/Fail courses included?","a":"Courses you mark with a P grade are excluded from the GPA calculation, since most universities don't count P/F courses toward the GPA. They are, however, shown separately in the earned-credits summary."},{"q":"How is the GPA calculated?","a":"It's the credit-weighted average: sum each course's (grade point × credits), then divide by the total counted credits. For example, a 3-credit A+ and a 3-credit B0 give (4.5×3 + 3.0×3) ÷ 6 = 3.75."},{"q":"Can the converted value differ from my transcript?","a":"Grade-to-point tables and percentage conversions vary by university, so this calculator applies a common standard for reference. Whether grades like A- and B- are used and how percentages are derived differ by school, so check your official transcript for your definitive record."}]},{"slug":"scientific-calculator","category":"calc-convert","title":"Scientific Calculator","tagline":"An expression calculator with trig, logs, exponents, parentheses, and roots, powered by a safe parser","emoji":"🧮","keywords":["scientific calculator","trig calculator","log calculator","expression calculator","online calculator"],"intro":"A scientific calculator that evaluates one-line expressions, from sin/cos/tan trig functions to logs, exponents, roots, parentheses, and factorials. It computes safely with its own parser instead of JavaScript's eval, and you can switch angles between degrees (DEG) and radians (RAD).","howto":["For calculations involving angles, first choose the DEG (degrees) / RAD (radians) tab.","Press the buttons or type an expression directly into the input, e.g., sin(30)+2^3*sqrt(9).","The result updates in real time, and you can continue calculating from it with '='.","Use 'Copy result' to copy the value and paste it elsewhere."],"faq":[{"q":"Which functions and symbols can I use?","a":"It supports basic arithmetic plus % and ^ (power), parentheses, sin/cos/tan and the inverses asin/acos/atan, log (base-10), ln (natural log), exp, sqrt/cbrt/abs, factorial (!), and the constants pi and e. Multiplication must be explicit with the * symbol, as in 2*pi."},{"q":"How does it calculate without using eval?","a":"It tokenizes your expression itself and evaluates it with a recursive-descent parser that follows operator precedence (parentheses → functions/factorial → power → multiply/divide → add/subtract). With no arbitrary code execution, it runs safely inside your browser."},{"q":"Sometimes the result is slightly off from what I expect.","a":"Due to the nature of floating-point arithmetic, a value like sin(30) can come out as an approximation very close to 0.5, so treat it as a reference. Significant figures are cleaned up at display time, but very large or small numbers can retain tiny errors."}]},{"slug":"number-to-korean-words","category":"calc-convert","title":"Number to Korean Words Converter","tagline":"Convert a numeric amount into Korean text like '일금 만원정'","emoji":"💴","keywords":["number to Korean words","Korean amount in words","amount spelled out in Korean","Korean money converter","number to hangul amount"],"intro":"This tool converts a numeric amount into the Korean '일금 …원정' wording used on contracts, receipts, and quotes. It automatically applies the 만/억/조 (ten-thousand/hundred-million/trillion) units when reading it out, and supports both the formal style (with '일' included, as in 일십/일백/일만) and a concise colloquial style.","howto":["Enter the amount as a number. Commas (,) are ignored automatically.","If needed, use the 'Formal style' checkbox to switch to the notation that includes '일'.","The '일금 …원정' wording, the Korean reading, and the comma-formatted number all appear together.","Click the copy button for the form you want and paste it into your document."],"faq":[{"q":"Why write the amount in Korean words too?","a":"Numbers alone are easy to tamper with—changing '1,000' to '10,000,' for instance—so contracts, checks, and receipts also spell out the amount in Korean ('일금 …원정') to lock it in. This tool generates that wording automatically."},{"q":"What's the difference between the formal and colloquial styles?","a":"The colloquial style reads 10,000 as '만,' while the formal style prefixes '일' throughout, as in '일만.' For example, 1,234,500 is '백이십삼만사천오백' colloquially and '일백이십삼만사천오백' formally. Choose to match your document's convention."},{"q":"Can the notation vary by institution?","a":"The Korean amount notation follows widely used conventions and is for reference. Some places write '원정' as '원整' or use formal Chinese numerals (壹, 貳, etc.), so if a specific format is required, check that institution's template. Decimals are ignored and only the whole-number amount is converted."}]},{"slug":"timezone-converter","category":"calc-convert","title":"Time Zone Converter","tagline":"Accurately convert times between cities and time zones using the Intl API","emoji":"🌍","keywords":["world time converter","time difference calculator","time zone converter","New York time","time zone conversion"],"intro":"Enter a date and time in a reference city and it converts them all at once to the local times of cities you choose, like New York, London, and Tokyo. Using the browser's Intl time zone data, it also shows each region's UTC offset and any date rollover (+1 day / −1 day).","howto":["Pick a reference city and enter the date and time. Use 'Set to reference city's current time' to fill in the current time.","Click the city buttons below to select as many cities to convert as you like.","Check each city's local time, UTC offset, and date difference (+1 day, etc.).","Use 'Copy all' to copy the conversion results at once."],"faq":[{"q":"Can I use it to line up a meeting across countries?","a":"Yes. Put your own time zone as the reference city and select the other cities, and it shows what time that same moment is in each region and whether the date crosses over to the next day. It's handy for international video calls and coordinating deadlines."},{"q":"Is daylight saving time (DST) accounted for?","a":"It uses the browser's built-in IANA time zone database, so each city's DST status is applied automatically. It calculates the offset for the date you enter, handling regions whose time difference changes between summer and winter."},{"q":"Is the conversion always accurate?","a":"It follows standard Intl time zone data, but around the moments DST begins or ends (a nonexistent or duplicated hour) the value can be ambiguous, so treat it as a reference. For important schedules, we recommend double-checking the actual local time with the other party."}]},{"slug":"vcard-generator","category":"doc-data","title":"vCard Generator","tagline":"Enter a name, phone, email, and company to create a standard digital business card (.vcf) and download it instantly","emoji":"📇","keywords":["vCard generator","create vcf file","digital business card","contact file","electronic business card"],"intro":"Enter basic details like name, phone, and email, and it instantly creates a standard vCard 3.0 (.vcf) file that opens on any smartphone. It's handy for office workers, freelancers, and sales reps who want to share contacts with a single file instead of a paper card.","howto":["Enter the needed fields such as last/first name, phone, and email.","Optionally add extra details like company, job title, address, and birthday.","Check the vCard content in the preview below.","Click the .vcf download button to save the file, or copy the content."],"faq":[{"q":"Where can I open the .vcf file I made?","a":"Opening the file in most contacts apps—the Contacts app on iPhone and Android, Google Contacts, Apple Contacts, Outlook, and more—automatically brings up a save screen."},{"q":"Is the personal information I enter sent to a server?","a":"No. All processing happens entirely in your browser, and your inputs and the generated file are never transmitted to or stored on a server."},{"q":"Can I trust the generated vCard as-is?","a":"It follows the standard vCard 3.0 format, but some apps display fields a little differently, so use it as a reference and save an important card once on an actual device to confirm."}]},{"slug":"ics-generator","category":"doc-data","title":"ICS Calendar Generator","tagline":"Create a calendar .ics event from a title, date/time, and location, and add it straight to Google Calendar","emoji":"📅","keywords":["ics generator","create calendar file","event invite","iCalendar","add to Google Calendar"],"intro":"Enter an event title, start and end times, and location, and it creates a standard .ics file that opens in Outlook, Apple, and Google Calendar. It's convenient for anyone who wants to distribute an event, meeting, or booking notice with a single file or link.","howto":["Enter the event title and start time. For an all-day event, check 'All-day event.'","Optionally enter the location, description, related URL, and reminder time.","Check the .ics content in the preview.","Download the .ics file, or register it right away with the 'Add to Google Calendar' link."],"faq":[{"q":"How do I use an .ics file?","a":"Double-click the file or attach it to an email, and when the recipient opens it, the event is added to their Apple, Google, or Outlook calendar."},{"q":"How are time zones handled?","a":"The time you enter is saved as your device's local time (floating time). When sending to attendees in different time zones, the displayed time may differ, so keep that in mind."},{"q":"Can I trust the generated result as-is?","a":"It follows the standard iCalendar (RFC 5545) format, but support for reminders, recurrence, and such varies slightly by calendar app, so it's for reference. Register an important invite once yourself to confirm."}]},{"slug":"engagement-rate-calculator","category":"sns-utils","title":"Engagement Rate Calculator","tagline":"Calculate social media engagement rate (%) and an engagement grade from followers, likes, and comments","emoji":"📈","keywords":["engagement rate calculation","engagement rate","engagement rate calculator","Instagram engagement rate","social media interaction rate"],"intro":"Enter your follower count and interactions like likes and comments, and it instantly calculates your social media engagement rate and tells you how it compares to the average. It's useful for marketers and creators evaluating influencer collaborations or checking their own content's performance.","howto":["Enter your follower count and the number of posts to analyze.","Enter the total likes and comments.","Optionally enter other interactions like saves and shares.","Check the engagement rate (%), average engagement per post, and engagement grade."],"faq":[{"q":"How is the engagement rate calculated?","a":"It's (likes + comments + other) ÷ number of posts ÷ followers × 100. Enter the totals across several posts and specify the post count to get the average engagement rate per post."},{"q":"What percentage is good?","a":"By follower count, under 1% is commonly seen as low, 1–3.5% as average, 3.5–6% as good, and 6% or more as excellent. The benchmark varies by platform and follower size."},{"q":"Can I trust this value as-is?","a":"Since it's based on follower count, it can differ from an engagement rate based on actual reach or impressions, so it's for reference. For an accurate analysis, also look at each platform's insights metrics."}]},{"slug":"youtube-revenue-calculator","category":"sns-utils","title":"YouTube Revenue Calculator","tagline":"Simulate estimated ad revenue by day, month, and year from views and RPM (for reference)","emoji":"💰","keywords":["YouTube revenue calculator","RPM calculator","YouTube ad revenue","AdSense revenue estimate","revenue from views"],"intro":"Enter your views and RPM (net revenue per 1,000 views) and it instantly calculates estimated ad revenue, then simulates monthly and yearly revenue from your daily views. It helps YouTubers and marketers set channel growth goals or gauge sponsorship rates.","howto":["Choose the 'Total views' or 'Average daily views' tab.","Enter your views and RPM.","Pick the RPM currency (KRW/USD), and if USD, enter the exchange rate.","Check the estimated revenue (daily, monthly, yearly)."],"faq":[{"q":"What's the difference between RPM and CPM?","a":"CPM is the price advertisers pay per 1,000 impressions, while RPM is what the creator actually receives per 1,000 views after YouTube's cut (about 45%). This calculator is RPM-based, so the result is your estimated take-home."},{"q":"What's a typical RPM?","a":"It varies enormously by topic, viewer country, and season. Low-value categories are low, while high-value ones like finance and B2B are high. Entering your channel's actual analytics RPM is the most accurate."},{"q":"Can I trust the calculated result as-is?","a":"Actual revenue changes with many variables—ad fill rate, watch time, invalid traffic—so this value is a reference simulation. Base your settlement figures on the numbers in YouTube Studio."}]},{"slug":"og-twitter-card-generator","category":"sns-utils","title":"Open Graph & Twitter Card Generator","tagline":"Build og/twitter meta tags from a title, description, image, and URL, and preview the share card","emoji":"🔗","keywords":["Open Graph tags","generate og meta tags","Twitter Card","share preview","social meta tags"],"intro":"Enter a title, description, image, and URL, and it builds Open Graph and Twitter Card meta tags all at once, plus a card preview of how your link will look on Facebook, KakaoTalk, and Twitter. It's useful for developers and marketers who want to tidy up the share thumbnails of their blog or landing page.","howto":["Enter the title, description, page URL, and main image URL.","Optionally enter the site name, Twitter account, card type, and more.","Check the share card preview on the Facebook/Kakao and Twitter (X) tabs.","Copy the generated meta tags and paste them inside your page's <head>."],"faq":[{"q":"What's a good size for the main image?","a":"For a large horizontal card, 1200×630px (1.91:1) is recommended. Use an https absolute-path image and keep it under 5MB, and it'll display without breaking on most platforms."},{"q":"I added the tags but the share thumbnail didn't change.","a":"That's because the platform caches the previous preview. Re-scrape the URL in Facebook's Sharing Debugger or Twitter's Card Validator to refresh the cache."},{"q":"Is the preview exactly like the real thing?","a":"Actual rendering can vary slightly by platform, so this preview is for reference. After publishing, we recommend a final check with each platform's official inspection tool."}]},{"slug":"dice-coin-random","category":"web-seo-misc","title":"Dice, Coin & Random Picker","tagline":"Roll dice, flip coins, and draw random numbers within a range — all in one place","emoji":"🎲","keywords":["roll dice","flip a coin","random number draw","random picker","random number generator"],"intro":"This tool lets you roll dice, flip coins, and draw random numbers within a range right in your browser. Every value is generated with a cryptographic random number generator for even results, and nothing is ever sent to a server.","howto":["Choose the feature you want — dice, coin, or range random — from the tabs at the top.","For dice, enter the count and number of sides; for coins, the count; for range random, the minimum, maximum, and how many to draw.","Press Roll / Flip / Draw to see each result along with the sum, average, and ratio.","Use the Copy Result button to copy the drawn values and share them as-is."],"faq":[{"q":"Are the results really fair?","a":"We use the browser's built-in crypto.getRandomValues cryptographic randomness, evened out with rejection sampling so no value is favored. It's less biased than the usual Math.random."},{"q":"Can I draw without duplicates?","a":"Turn on 'Draw without duplicates' in the Range Random tab to get non-overlapping values, just like a lottery or number draw. If you request more numbers than the range allows, only as many as the range size are drawn."},{"q":"Are the results sent anywhere?","a":"No. All random generation and calculation happen entirely within your browser and are never sent to or stored on a server. That said, don't use this for official draws or anything with legal weight — treat the results as a reference only."}]},{"slug":"password-strength-checker","category":"web-seo-misc","title":"Password Strength Checker","tagline":"Instantly analyze password entropy and estimated crack time locally (nothing is sent)","emoji":"🔐","keywords":["password strength","password checker","crack time calculator","entropy measurement","secure password"],"intro":"This tool analyzes your password's entropy (in bits) and estimated crack time based on its character makeup and length. All calculations happen entirely in your browser, so your password is never sent or stored anywhere.","howto":["Type the password you want to check and its strength is calculated in real time.","Click 'Show' to reveal what you typed, or hide it again.","Review the strength bar, entropy, estimated offline and online crack times, and the requirements checklist.","Fix any items marked with ✗ on the checklist (length, upper/lowercase, numbers, special characters, etc.) to raise the strength."],"faq":[{"q":"How is the estimated crack time calculated?","a":"We compute the number of possible combinations as the character set size raised to the length power, assume that on average half of them must be tried, then divide by the speeds of offline high-speed cracking (10 billion guesses per second) and online guessing attacks (1,000 per second) to estimate the time."},{"q":"Could my password be leaked?","a":"No, it's safe. Your input is processed only in browser memory and is never sent over the network or saved locally. Even so, it's best not to enter a password you actually use on a shared PC."},{"q":"Can I fully trust the crack time shown?","a":"This is a theoretical upper-bound estimate that only considers character combinations, so it can differ from reality and is for reference only. Dictionary attacks, guesses based on personal information, and repeated patterns greatly lower real security, so use a long, hard-to-predict, unique password together with two-factor authentication."}]},{"slug":"css-unit-converter","category":"text-dev","title":"CSS Unit Converter (px ↔ rem)","tagline":"Convert px, rem, em, %, and pt back and forth all at once, based on the root font size.","emoji":"📐","keywords":["px to rem conversion","css unit converter","px to rem","rem calculator","font size converter"],"intro":"This is a CSS unit converter that translates px, rem, em, %, and pt values between each other. Enter just one value and the results in the remaining units are calculated instantly, based on the root font size.","howto":["Enter the value you want to convert and choose its unit.","Enter the base (root) font size in px (the browser default is 16px).","Once the px, rem, em, %, and pt results are calculated automatically, copy the unit you need and use it."],"faq":[{"q":"What's the difference between rem and em?","a":"rem is always calculated relative to the font size of the root (html) element, while em is relative to the parent element's font size. This tool assumes the base font size you enter is the parent when calculating both units."},{"q":"How is pt converted?","a":"Following web standards, 96px = 72pt — that is, 1px = 0.75pt. It's the print pt concept converted to a screen (96dpi) basis."},{"q":"Could the results differ from the actual screen?","a":"em and % actually vary with each element's parent font size, so the results here are reference values that assume the base you specified as the parent. When applying them for real, check the inheritance of the target element."}]},{"slug":"remove-line-breaks","category":"text-dev","title":"Line Break Remover & Text Cleaner","tagline":"Strip out forced line breaks and duplicate spaces pasted from PDFs and emails, tidying text into a single line or clean paragraphs.","emoji":"🧹","keywords":["remove line breaks","remove enter key","text cleanup","make single line","whitespace cleanup"],"intro":"This tool removes unnecessary line breaks and repeated spaces that sneak into copied documents, tidying them into clean text. You can choose whether to keep paragraphs while joining only within-sentence breaks, or merge everything into a single line.","howto":["Paste the text you want to clean into the input box.","Choose 'Keep paragraphs' or 'Merge into one line' mode.","Adjust how lines are joined (space, no space, comma) and the whitespace cleanup options.","Check the cleaned result and grab it with the Copy button."],"faq":[{"q":"How does 'Keep paragraphs' work?","a":"It treats blank lines (double line breaks) as paragraph boundaries and removes only the line breaks inside each paragraph, joining them into one line. The separation between paragraphs stays intact."},{"q":"What does consecutive-space cleanup do?","a":"It reduces two or more consecutive spaces or tabs to a single space. It's handy for tidying up the wide gaps you get when copying from a table."},{"q":"Is my input sent to a server?","a":"No. All processing happens entirely in your browser and the text is never sent externally. Still, review the cleaned result before using it, as a reference."}]},{"slug":"json-yaml-converter","category":"doc-data","title":"JSON ↔ YAML Converter","tagline":"Convert JSON to YAML and YAML to JSON both ways (basic structures supported).","emoji":"🔄","keywords":["json yaml conversion","yaml json converter","json to yaml","yaml parser","config file conversion"],"intro":"This is a tool that converts JSON and YAML into each other. It's handy for turning config files (YAML) into JSON that's easy to use in code, or tidying things up the other way around.","howto":["Choose the conversion direction (JSON→YAML or YAML→JSON) from the tabs at the top.","Paste your source into the input box, or load a sample with 'Insert example'.","Check the automatically converted result and grab it with 'Copy result'."],"faq":[{"q":"How much YAML syntax is supported?","a":"It supports basic structures like indentation-based mappings (key: value) and sequences (- item), quoted strings, numbers/booleans/null, inline [ ] and { } collections, and # comments. Advanced syntax such as anchors (&, *) and multiline block scalars (|, >) is not supported."},{"q":"How many spaces of indentation does it use?","a":"The JSON→YAML output uses 2-space indentation. When parsing YAML→JSON, it also interprets based on the standard 2-space indentation structure."},{"q":"Can I trust the conversion result as-is?","a":"It's a simple implementation built for basic structures, so results can differ when complex advanced syntax is mixed in — review it as a reference before using. Invalid formats are reported with an error message and the app won't crash."}]},{"slug":"json-xml-converter","category":"doc-data","title":"JSON ↔ XML Converter","tagline":"Convert JSON and XML both ways (basic structures, attributes, and repeated elements supported).","emoji":"🔀","keywords":["json xml conversion","xml json converter","json to xml","xml parser","data format conversion"],"intro":"This is a tool that converts JSON to XML and XML to JSON. It lets you quickly line up the format when working with API responses or XML data from legacy systems.","howto":["Select the conversion direction (JSON→XML or XML→JSON) from the tabs at the top.","For JSON→XML, you can specify the name of the wrapping root element.","Paste your source or load a sample with 'Insert example', then copy the result."],"faq":[{"q":"How are XML attributes converted?","a":"In XML→JSON conversion, an element's attributes become keys prefixed with @ (e.g. @id), and if a childless element has text alongside attributes, the text is expressed under a #text key. When there are several sibling elements with the same name, they're automatically grouped into an array."},{"q":"How are JSON arrays expressed in XML?","a":"Each item in the array is output repeatedly under the same tag name. For example, tags: [\"A\",\"B\"] becomes <tags>A</tags><tags>B</tags>."},{"q":"Does every XML round-trip perfectly?","a":"This conversion is built for basic structures, so complex XML with namespaces, CDATA, processing instructions, or mixed content may not be restored exactly — review it as a reference before using. Invalid formats are reported as errors and the app won't crash."}]},{"slug":"csv-to-sql","category":"doc-data","title":"CSV to SQL Generator","tagline":"Convert CSV into CREATE TABLE and INSERT statements (choose the table name and DB dialect).","emoji":"🗄️","keywords":["csv to sql converter","csv to sql","generate insert statements","create table generator","import csv to database"],"intro":"This tool converts CSV data into CREATE TABLE and INSERT statements you can load into a database. It automatically infers column types and quotes identifiers to match the MySQL, PostgreSQL, SQLite, and SQL Server dialects.","howto":["Paste your CSV data or load a sample with 'Insert example'.","Choose the table name, target DB dialect, and delimiter.","Adjust options such as whether to use the first row as column names, auto-infer types, and bundle multiple rows into one INSERT.","Copy the generated CREATE TABLE and INSERT statements and use them."],"faq":[{"q":"How are column types decided?","a":"It scans each column's values and infers INT/INTEGER if all are integers, DECIMAL/NUMERIC/REAL if decimals are included, a BOOLEAN type for true/false/yes/no, and a string type (VARCHAR/TEXT) otherwise. If you turn off 'Auto-infer data types', all columns are treated as strings."},{"q":"How are single quotes and empty values handled?","a":"Single quotes inside strings are escaped the standard way (doubled to ''), and empty cells are inserted as NULL. Booleans are output as TRUE/FALSE or 1/0 depending on the dialect."},{"q":"Can I run the generated SQL right away?","a":"It's a reference draft, so always review it before running. Type inference is based on the sample data and may differ from the actual schema, and dialect-specific rules like MySQL's backslash escaping aren't applied automatically, so verify before applying it to important data."}]},{"slug":"instagram-grid-planner","category":"sns-utils","title":"Instagram Grid Planner","tagline":"Arrange multiple photos in a 3-column grid to preview your feed's order and mood before posting","emoji":"📱","keywords":["instagram grid","instagram feed preview","feed layout","grid planner","instagram post order"],"intro":"This lets you arrange the photos you'll post to Instagram in a 3-column grid, just like a real profile, so you can see your whole feed's order, colors, and mood at a glance before publishing. Move photos back and forth to easily find the best-looking arrangement.","howto":["Drag and drop several photos, or click to upload them.","Adjust the posting order with the ◀ ▶ buttons in the 3-column grid.","Remove unwanted photos with ✕ and review the full feed preview."],"faq":[{"q":"Does the layout match real Instagram?","a":"It's laid out in 3 columns so the top-left is the most recent (top) post, with posts getting older toward the right and bottom. That said, exact margins may differ slightly depending on Instagram UI updates."},{"q":"Are my photos uploaded to a server?","a":"No. All processing happens entirely in your browser and no photo is ever sent to or stored on a server."},{"q":"How many photos can I add?","a":"There's no hard limit, but a very large number of photos can use a lot of browser memory, so we recommend working with a few dozen at a time."}]},{"slug":"json-ld-schema-generator","category":"generators-qr","title":"JSON-LD Schema Generator","tagline":"Generate schema.org JSON-LD markup from simple Article, Product, FAQ, and LocalBusiness form inputs","emoji":"🔖","keywords":["JSON-LD generator","schema.org","structured data","rich snippets","structured markup"],"intro":"Enter your blog post, product, FAQ, or local business details into a form and it automatically builds the schema.org JSON-LD structured data that search engines understand. You can generate the markup needed for rich results (star ratings, FAQs, etc.) without any coding knowledge.","howto":["Choose the Article, Product, FAQ, or LocalBusiness type from the tabs at the top.","Enter the required fields and the JSON-LD is completed in real time.","Choose whether to include the <script> tag, then copy it and paste it into your page's <head>."],"faq":[{"q":"Where do I put the generated markup?","a":"Just paste the copied code as-is inside your page's HTML <head> or <body>. After pasting, we recommend checking its validity with Google's Rich Results Test."},{"q":"Will a rich snippet always appear?","a":"Structured data is only a prerequisite for rich results — it doesn't guarantee they'll appear. Actual display is up to the search engine's judgment, so treat it as a reference."},{"q":"Is the information I enter sent to a server?","a":"No. All generation is handled within your browser and your input is never sent to a server."}]},{"slug":"sitemap-xml-generator","category":"generators-qr","title":"Sitemap (XML) Generator","tagline":"Paste a URL list to generate and download a sitemap.xml with priority, changefreq, and lastmod","emoji":"🗺️","keywords":["sitemap generator","sitemap.xml","XML sitemap","SEO sitemap","google search console"],"intro":"Just paste your website's list of URLs and it builds a standard sitemap.xml for submission to search engines. You can set the change frequency (changefreq), priority, and last-modified date (lastmod), and download it as a file right away.","howto":["Paste URLs one per line (specify a base domain for relative paths).","Choose the changefreq, priority, and lastmod values.","Copy or download the finished sitemap.xml and upload it to your server root."],"faq":[{"q":"How do I register the sitemap I made?","a":"Upload sitemap.xml to your site root (e.g. example.com/sitemap.xml), then submit its address to Google Search Console or Naver Search Advisor."},{"q":"Does the priority value boost my search ranking?","a":"priority and changefreq are only crawling hints and don't directly raise your search ranking. Think of them as reference values that signal relative importance."},{"q":"Are the URLs I enter sent to a server?","a":"No. All generation happens only in your browser and the URLs you enter are never sent externally."}]},{"slug":"htaccess-generator","category":"generators-qr","title":".htaccess Generator","tagline":"Pick rules from a form — force HTTPS, unify www, 301 redirects, and more — to generate an .htaccess","emoji":"⚙️","keywords":[".htaccess generator","301 redirect","force HTTPS","www redirect","apache configuration"],"intro":"This builds an Apache web server .htaccess file with form selections only, no coding required. Pick commonly used rules like forcing HTTPS, unifying www, 301 redirects, directory protection, and caching/compression, and download it right away.","howto":["Check the rules you want to apply (HTTPS, www, security, etc.).","If you need a 301 redirect, enter the old path and the new address.","Copy or download the finished .htaccess and upload it to your site root."],"faq":[{"q":"Can I use it on Nginx?","a":"No. .htaccess is an Apache-only configuration file. Other web servers like Nginx have different syntax and can't use it as-is."},{"q":"My site won't load after applying it.","a":"Conflicting rules can cause a 500 error. Behavior can differ by server and environment, so the result is for reference — always back up your existing file before applying, and revert if there's a problem."},{"q":"Is my input sent to a server?","a":"No. All generation is handled within your browser and your input is never sent externally."}]},{"slug":"fake-data-generator","category":"generators-qr","title":"Fake Data Generator","tagline":"Generate as many fake records — names, emails, phones, addresses — as you want and export to JSON or CSV","emoji":"🎲","keywords":["fake data generator","fake data","test data","mock data","sample data"],"intro":"This generates as many fictional person records (names, emails, phones, addresses, etc.) as you need for development, testing, and design mockups. Pick the fields to include and export to JSON or CSV to use right away.","howto":["Set how many records to generate and select the fields to include.","Create random data with the 🎲 Generate new button.","Choose the JSON or CSV tab, then copy it or download it as a file."],"faq":[{"q":"Are the generated names and contacts real people's information?","a":"No. They're all fictional values combined at random. They may coincidentally overlap with a real person or contact, so use them only for reference in development, testing, and the like."},{"q":"Is the data sent to a server?","a":"No. Generation happens entirely within your browser and no value is ever sent to or stored on a server."},{"q":"How many records can I make at once?","a":"You can generate from 1 up to 500 records and download them as-is in JSON or CSV format."}]},{"slug":"xml-formatter","category":"text-dev","title":"XML Formatter","tagline":"Pretty-print XML, minify it into a single line, and even check for well-formedness","emoji":"📄","keywords":["XML formatter","XML pretty print","XML minify","XML indentation","well-formed check"],"intro":"This tool formats XML documents into a nicely indented form, or removes whitespace to compress them into a single line. It instantly checks well-formedness (structural integrity) with the browser parser so you can confirm that tags are properly closed.","howto":["Paste the XML to format or drag and drop a file.","Choose the 'Format' or 'Minify' tab, and for formatting, pick the indentation unit.","The result updates instantly, shown alongside its well-formedness and size.","Put the result on your clipboard with the Copy button."],"faq":[{"q":"Are attributes, CDATA, and comments preserved?","a":"Yes. It preserves tag attributes, comments (), CDATA, and processing instructions (<?xml?>), tidying only the unnecessary line breaks inside tags."},{"q":"What gets removed when minifying?","a":"Meaningless whitespace and line breaks between tags are removed. Leading and trailing whitespace in text nodes is also cleaned up, so be careful with documents where whitespace is significant."},{"q":"If it's well-formed, is the schema valid too?","a":"No. This check only looks at syntactic integrity like tag pairing and nesting. It doesn't perform DTD/XSD schema validation, so use it for reference only."}]},{"slug":"yaml-formatter","category":"text-dev","title":"YAML Validator & Formatter","tagline":"Check YAML syntax, normalize it to a consistent form, and even convert to JSON","emoji":"📋","keywords":["YAML validator","YAML formatter","YAML syntax check","YAML to JSON","YAML parser"],"intro":"This parses YAML with its own parser to catch syntax errors and normalizes it into a consistently indented form. It also converts the parsed result to JSON so you can see the data structure at a glance.","howto":["Paste the YAML to check or load a .yml/.yaml file.","If it's valid it's shown in green; if there's an error, it tells you the line number of the problem.","Check the result you want in the 'Normalized YAML' or 'JSON conversion' tab.","Grab the result with the Copy button."],"faq":[{"q":"How much syntax is supported?","a":"It supports mappings, sequences, and nesting, quoted strings, numbers/booleans/null, inline collections ([], {}), literal/folded blocks (|, >), and comments (#)."},{"q":"Can I indent with tabs?","a":"No. The YAML standard doesn't allow tabs for indentation, and if a tab is found it's reported as an error. Use spaces."},{"q":"Does it fully validate every YAML?","a":"It's a basic-level parser that works without a library, so it doesn't support anchors (&/*), multiple documents, or complex tags (!!). Use it as a reference and double-check important files with a proper tool."}]},{"slug":"sql-formatter","category":"text-dev","title":"SQL Formatter","tagline":"Uppercase SQL keywords and break each clause onto its own line for readable formatting","emoji":"🛢️","keywords":["SQL formatter","SQL pretty print","query cleanup","SQL uppercase","SQL beautify"],"intro":"This tool uppercases the keywords in a SQL query and breaks each major clause (SELECT, FROM, WHERE, JOIN, etc.) onto its own line for readable formatting. Subqueries and conditions are automatically indented, so even long queries reveal their structure at a glance.","howto":["Paste the SQL to format or load a .sql file.","Set whether to uppercase keywords and choose the indentation unit.","Check the formatted result and grab it with the Copy button."],"faq":[{"q":"Can I format multiple statements at once?","a":"Yes. It formats multiple statements separated by semicolons (;) individually. Comments (--, /* */) and the contents inside strings are preserved as-is."},{"q":"Are function calls and strings uppercased too?","a":"No. It only uppercases known SQL keywords; table and column names and string literals keep their original form."},{"q":"Does it change the execution result?","a":"Formatting only changes whitespace, line breaks, and keyword casing, so the meaning stays the same. That said, dialect-specific special syntax may format awkwardly, so use it as a readability-boosting reference tool."}]},{"slug":"js-minify-beautify","category":"text-dev","title":"JS Minifier & Beautifier","tagline":"Minify JavaScript to make it lighter, or beautify it into readable formatting","emoji":"🟨","keywords":["js minify","js beautify","javascript minifier","js beautifier","code formatter"],"intro":"This minifies JavaScript by stripping whitespace and comments into a single line, or beautifies it by breaking each statement onto its own line with indentation. It recognizes strings, template literals, regular expressions, and comments so your code isn't broken.","howto":["Paste your code or load a .js file.","Choose the 'Beautify' or 'Minify' tab (specify the indentation unit for beautifying).","Check the result along with the savings rate and size, and grab it with the Copy button."],"faq":[{"q":"Could strings or regular expressions be handled incorrectly?","a":"It distinguishes quoted strings, backtick templates, regex literals, and // and /* */ comments, leaving their contents untouched, so the conversion is safe."},{"q":"Does it shorten variable names too?","a":"No. This tool only does light compression at the whitespace/comment-removal level; it doesn't do identifier mangling or tree shaking."},{"q":"Can I ship the minified output as-is?","a":"Most of the time it's fine, but code that relies on ASI (omitted semicolons) loses its line breaks and can rarely behave differently. Use it as a reference and run the result to verify before deploying."}]},{"slug":"css-minify-beautify","category":"text-dev","title":"CSS Minifier & Beautifier","tagline":"Minify CSS to cut file size, or beautify it with per-rule indentation for readability","emoji":"🎨","keywords":["css minify","css beautify","css minifier","css beautifier","stylesheet formatter"],"intro":"This shrinks CSS file size by stripping whitespace and comments, or formats it into an indented form with each rule on its own line. It parses selectors and properties structurally, so pseudo-classes like :hover and calc() values don't break.","howto":["Paste your CSS or load a .css file.","Choose the 'Beautify' or 'Minify' tab (pick the indentation unit for beautifying).","Check the result and savings rate, and grab it with the Copy button."],"faq":[{"q":"Are rules like @media and @keyframes handled too?","a":"Yes. It recognizes nested @media, @supports, and @keyframes blocks and indents or minifies down to the inner rules. It also preserves single-line rules like @import and @charset."},{"q":"What disappears when minifying?","a":"Comments, unnecessary whitespace and line breaks, and the final semicolon at the end of a block are removed. Whitespace inside strings and calc() operations is safely preserved."},{"q":"Does it handle every CSS perfectly?","a":"It's a basic-level parser, so results may differ with very unusual syntax. Use it as a reference and confirm your styles are unchanged after minifying important files."}]},{"slug":"team-generator","category":"generators-qr","title":"Random Team Generator","tagline":"Shuffle a list of names at random and split them fairly into evenly sized teams","emoji":"👥","keywords":["team generator","group assignment","random team generator","random grouping","team divider"],"intro":"Paste names one per line (or comma-separated), set the number of teams or the members per team, and this tool shuffles the roster with cryptographic randomness and distributes them evenly so team sizes differ by at most one. Whenever you need to divide people fairly — PE class groups, dinner teams, project groups, game teams — you get instant results without the hassle of drawing by hand.","howto":["Enter your list of names in the roster box, one per line or comma-separated.","Choose your basis: 'Split by number of teams' or 'Split by members per team'.","Enter the desired number of teams (or members per team) as a number.","Press the 'Split teams' button, and if needed grab the roster with 'Copy result'."],"faq":[{"q":"Is it really split randomly and fairly?","a":"Yes. It performs a Fisher-Yates shuffle with the browser's cryptographic randomness (crypto.getRandomValues), then assigns people to each team in turn, one by one. The shuffle is unbiased, and team sizes never differ by more than one person."},{"q":"What happens if the number of people doesn't divide evenly by the number of teams?","a":"The leftover people are assigned one extra to the earlier teams first. For example, splitting 10 people into 3 teams distributes them as 4, 3, and 3 to keep them as even as possible."},{"q":"Are the names I enter sent to a server?","a":"No. Entering the roster, shuffling, assigning, and copying all happen only within your browser, and no data is ever sent to or stored on a server. Results are drawn fresh each time, so use them as a reference."}]},{"slug":"passphrase-generator","category":"generators-qr","title":"Passphrase Generator","tagline":"Combine several words into an easy-to-remember yet strong passphrase using cryptographic randomness","emoji":"🔑","keywords":["passphrase generator","word-based password","create a strong password","passphrase","easy-to-remember password"],"intro":"Instead of a random string of characters, this tool combines several words into a passphrase that's easy for people to remember but hard for machines to guess. Pick the number of words, the language (English/Korean), the separator, and whether to add capitalization or numbers, and it's generated instantly along with the estimated entropy — every choice made without bias using cryptographic randomness (crypto.getRandomValues).","howto":["Set the number of words (3–8) with the slider. More words means stronger.","Choose the word language (English/Korean) and the separator (-, ., _, space).","If needed, turn on 'Capitalize first letter' and 'Add number at the end' to raise the complexity.","Check the generated passphrase and grab it with the Copy button."],"faq":[{"q":"Is it safer than a random-string password?","a":"Security is determined by 'entropy (estimated bits)', and with enough words you can secure high entropy while still being easy to remember. The larger the estimated bits shown on screen (e.g. 60 bits or more), the stronger it is against brute force."},{"q":"How is the displayed entropy calculated?","a":"It's an approximation of number of words × log2(dictionary word count), plus about 6.6 bits when a number is added. Actual strength is an estimate that assumes the attacker knows the word list, so treat it as reference only and increase the word count for important accounts."},{"q":"Is the generated passphrase sent to a server?","a":"No. Both the dictionary and the random generation run only within your browser, and no value is ever sent or stored. It's best to use a different passphrase for each different site."}]},{"slug":"exif-viewer","category":"web-seo-misc","title":"EXIF Metadata Viewer","tagline":"View a photo's camera, capture date/time, GPS location, and other EXIF data locally in your browser","emoji":"📷","keywords":["EXIF viewer","check photo metadata","check photo GPS location","view camera info","EXIF metadata"],"intro":"Upload a JPEG photo and this tool parses the EXIF metadata — camera make and model, capture date/time, shutter/aperture/ISO, and the capture location (GPS) — directly within your browser. When you want to check what personal information might be hidden in a photo before sharing it online, you can use it with peace of mind: the photo is never uploaded anywhere and is analyzed only on your device.","howto":["Drag and drop or click to select the photo to inspect (usually JPG/JPEG).","The extracted EXIF items — camera, capture settings, resolution, etc. — are shown in a table.","If there's GPS info, check the location with the 'View capture location on map' button.","Reset with 'View another photo' to inspect a different image."],"faq":[{"q":"Why do some photos show no EXIF at all?","a":"Screenshots, PNGs, photos sent via messenger, and files saved from editing apps usually have their metadata stripped. Also, this tool reads JPEG EXIF, so some formats like HEIC may not show any information."},{"q":"What does it mean when GPS coordinates appear?","a":"It means the latitude and longitude of where the photo was taken are recorded in the file. Your location — home, work, etc. — could be exposed, so we recommend removing the location with an EXIF removal tool before making it public."},{"q":"Is the photo I upload sent to a server?","a":"No. The file is read as an ArrayBuffer and the EXIF is interpreted directly within your browser; the image is never sent to or stored on a server. The values shown are reference information read straight from what's recorded in the file."}]},{"slug":"file-hash-checksum","category":"web-seo-misc","title":"File Hash (Checksum) Generator","tagline":"Compute SHA-256/512 checksums of files or text right in your browser to verify integrity","emoji":"🔏","keywords":["file hash","checksum generator","SHA-256 calculator","verify file integrity","SHA-512 checksum"],"intro":"This tool instantly computes SHA-256, SHA-384, SHA-512, and SHA-1 hashes of any file or text using your browser's Web Crypto API. Compare a downloaded file against the checksum provided by its source to detect tampering, or fingerprint text—all without ever uploading your file anywhere.","howto":["Choose the 'File' or 'Text' tab.","Select a hash algorithm (SHA-256, etc.).","Drag and drop a file or type in text, and the hexadecimal checksum is calculated instantly.","Paste the source's expected value into the 'Compare with expected value' box to confirm a match."],"faq":[{"q":"What does a checksum tell me?","a":"Identical content always produces the same hash, while even a single differing byte produces a completely different one. If a downloaded file's hash matches the official checksum, you can trust that it wasn't corrupted or altered during transfer."},{"q":"Should I use SHA-1 since it's offered?","a":"SHA-1 has known collision attacks and is not recommended for security verification. For integrity or security purposes, use SHA-256 or higher; treat SHA-1 only as a reference for compatibility with legacy systems."},{"q":"Is my file uploaded to a server?","a":"No. The file is read as an ArrayBuffer in your browser and hashed with Web Crypto (crypto.subtle.digest), so its contents are never sent to or stored on any server. Large files may take a moment to process depending on your device's performance."}]},{"slug":"text-encryption","category":"web-seo-misc","title":"Text Encryption (AES)","tagline":"Encrypt and decrypt text with AES-GCM 256-bit using a password—entirely inside your browser","emoji":"🔐","keywords":["text encryption","AES encryption","encrypt with password","AES-GCM decrypt","online encryption tool"],"intro":"Just set a password to encrypt text with AES-GCM 256-bit, then decrypt it later with the same password. The key is derived from your password via PBKDF2 with a fresh salt and IV every time, and everything runs entirely in your browser's Web Crypto—your plaintext and password are never sent to a server.","howto":["On the 'Encrypt' tab, enter a password and your text, then click 'Encrypt'.","Copy the generated Base64 ciphertext and send it to the recipient.","The recipient opens the 'Decrypt' tab, enters the same password and ciphertext, and clicks 'Decrypt'.","If the password is correct the original text appears; if not, a failure message is shown."],"faq":[{"q":"How secure is this method?","a":"It uses AES-GCM 256-bit authenticated encryption and PBKDF2 (SHA-256, 200,000 iterations) key derivation, which is strong. Its security depends heavily on password strength, though, so use a long, hard-to-guess password."},{"q":"Can I recover the text if I forget the password?","a":"No. The password is never stored anywhere and the key is derived on the fly, so if you forget it there is no way to reverse the ciphertext. Keep it somewhere safe."},{"q":"Is what I enter sent to a server?","a":"No. Key derivation, encryption, and decryption all run locally in your browser's Web Crypto, so your plaintext and password are never transmitted or stored. For highly sensitive information we recommend pairing this with a dedicated security solution—consider this a reference utility."}]},{"slug":"remove-pages-pdf","category":"pdf","title":"Delete PDF Pages","tagline":"Remove unwanted pages from a PDF and save the rest as a new file","emoji":"🗑️","keywords":["delete PDF pages","edit PDF","remove pages","split PDF","PDF tool"],"intro":"This tool lets you specify and delete pages you don't need from a PDF, then builds a new PDF from the remaining pages. Everything runs right in your browser with no uploads or software to install, so it's completely safe.","howto":["Drag and drop or click to select the PDF that contains the pages you want to delete.","Enter the page numbers to remove. For example: 2, 4-6, 9","Click 'Delete Pages' to build a new PDF from the pages that remain.","Use the download button to save the result."],"faq":[{"q":"Is my file sent to a server?","a":"No. All processing happens entirely within your browser, and your PDF is never sent to a server."},{"q":"How do I enter page ranges?","a":"Separate multiple entries with commas and use a hyphen for consecutive ranges. For example, '1-3, 7' means pages 1, 2, 3, and 7."},{"q":"Does it work with password-protected PDFs?","a":"Files locked with an open password may not be readable. Please remove the password before using this tool."}]},{"slug":"extract-pages-pdf","category":"pdf","title":"Extract PDF Pages","tagline":"Pick just the pages you need and save them as a new PDF","emoji":"✂️","keywords":["extract PDF pages","split PDF","pull pages","divide PDF","PDF tool"],"intro":"This tool lets you select only the pages you need from a PDF and save them as a new document. Pages are included in the order you enter them, and all processing happens entirely in your browser, so it's safe.","howto":["Drag and drop or click to select the PDF you want to pull pages from.","Enter the page numbers to extract. For example: 1, 3-5, 8","Click 'Extract Pages' to build a new PDF containing only the selected pages.","Use the download button to save the result."],"faq":[{"q":"Is my file sent to a server?","a":"No. All processing happens entirely within your browser, and your PDF is never sent to a server."},{"q":"Are pages saved in the order I enter them?","a":"Yes. For example, entering '3, 1' places page 3 first, followed by page 1. If you enter the same page more than once, it's included only once."},{"q":"How many pages can I extract?","a":"There's no limit on the number of pages. Very large files may simply take a bit longer to process in the browser."}]},{"slug":"add-page-numbers-pdf","category":"pdf","title":"Add Page Numbers to PDF","tagline":"Automatically insert page numbers at the bottom of every page","emoji":"🔢","keywords":["PDF page numbers","add page numbers","PDF folio numbers","edit PDF","PDF tool"],"intro":"This tool automatically adds page numbers to the bottom of every page in a PDF. You can freely adjust the number's position, starting value, font size, and display format.","howto":["Drag and drop or click to select the PDF you want to number.","Set the number position, display format, starting number, and font size.","Click 'Add Page Numbers' to build a new PDF.","Use the download button to save the result."],"faq":[{"q":"Is my file sent to a server?","a":"No. All processing happens entirely within your browser, and your PDF is never sent to a server."},{"q":"Can I start numbering from page 3?","a":"Just set the starting number to whatever value you want. For example, setting it to 3 makes the first page appear as number 3."},{"q":"Does it support Korean text or a '- 1 -' style?","a":"Due to the standard font, numbers support only digits and the '1 / N' format. Other formats, such as Korean text, won't be displayed."}]},{"slug":"watermark-pdf","category":"pdf","title":"PDF Watermark","tagline":"Insert a diagonal text watermark across every page","emoji":"💧","keywords":["PDF watermark","PDF stamp","insert watermark","mark as confidential","PDF tool"],"intro":"This tool adds a diagonal text watermark to every page of a PDF to mark its source or confidentiality. You can freely adjust the color, font size, opacity, and angle.","howto":["Drag and drop or click to select the PDF you want to watermark.","Enter the watermark text and set the color, size, opacity, and angle.","Click 'Add Watermark' to insert it on every page.","Use the download button to save the result."],"faq":[{"q":"Is my file sent to a server?","a":"No. All processing happens entirely within your browser, and your PDF is never sent to a server."},{"q":"Does it support a Korean-language watermark?","a":"The standard font doesn't support Korean, so the watermark text can use only Latin letters, numbers, and symbols."},{"q":"Where does the watermark appear?","a":"It's inserted diagonally across the center of each page, rotated by the angle you set."}]},{"slug":"qr-code-generator","category":"generators-qr","title":"QR Code Generator","tagline":"Turn URLs, text, phone numbers, and emails into colored QR codes and save as PNG","emoji":"🔳","keywords":["QR code","QR generator","make QR code","download QR code","colored QR code"],"intro":"Instantly convert a URL, text, phone number, or email address into a QR code. Adjust the size, margin, foreground and background colors, and error-correction level, then download it as a PNG in exactly the look you want.","howto":["Choose the type to create (URL, text, phone, or email) in the top tabs and enter your content.","Adjust the size and margin sliders, the foreground/background colors, and the error-correction level as you like.","When the live preview updates, click 'Download PNG' to save the image.","If printing on a busy background, raise the error-correction level to High (Q) or Highest (H) to improve scannability."],"faq":[{"q":"Is my file sent to a server?","a":"No. QR generation happens 100% inside your browser, and neither your input nor the image is ever sent to a server."},{"q":"Will it still scan if I change the foreground and background colors?","a":"Yes, as long as the two colors have enough contrast. We recommend a dark foreground on a light background; low contrast may prevent cameras from reading the code."},{"q":"Is there a time limit or quantity cap on the QR codes I create?","a":"No. Generated QR codes are static images that never expire and can be used permanently, with no limit on how many you create."}]},{"slug":"wifi-qr-generator","category":"generators-qr","title":"WiFi QR Code Generator","tagline":"Create a WiFi QR from your SSID, password, and encryption type that connects the instant it's scanned","emoji":"📶","keywords":["WiFi QR","WiFi QR code","wireless connect QR","cafe WiFi","auto-connect QR"],"intro":"Enter your network name (SSID), password, and encryption type, and this tool generates a WiFi QR code that connects automatically the moment it's scanned with a phone's camera. It's perfect to print for guests at shops, offices, and rentals.","howto":["Enter your network name (SSID) and select the encryption type (WPA/WEP/Open).","Enter the password. If it's a hidden network, check the box.","Adjust the size, save with 'Download PNG', then print and post it.","When a guest points their camera at the QR code, they connect instantly with no password typing."],"faq":[{"q":"Is my file sent to a server?","a":"No. All processing, including the SSID and password, happens entirely within your browser, and no information is ever sent to or stored on a server."},{"q":"Which phones connect automatically?","a":"iPhones on iOS 11 or later and Android devices on Android 10 or later show a connection prompt when they scan a WiFi QR with the default camera. Some older devices may need a QR scanner app."},{"q":"Can the password contain special characters?","a":"Yes. Reserved characters such as semicolons, commas, and backslashes are automatically escaped so the code is read correctly."}]},{"slug":"vcard-qr-generator","category":"generators-qr","title":"vCard (Contact) QR Generator","tagline":"Turn a name, phone, email, and company into a vCard QR to save as a digital business card","emoji":"📇","keywords":["vCard QR","digital business card","contact QR","business card QR code","digital name card"],"intro":"Enter a name, phone number, email, company, job title, and website, and this tool generates a QR code in the standard vCard format. Use it as a digital business card that saves all your details straight to someone's contacts with a single scan.","howto":["Enter the information for your card, such as first/last name, phone number, and email.","Fill in company, job title, and website for an even more complete digital card.","Adjust the size, then save the QR image with 'Download PNG'.","Add it to a business card, email signature, or trade-show booth so your contact info saves with just a scan."],"faq":[{"q":"Is my file sent to a server?","a":"No. Personal details you enter—name, phone, email, and so on—are converted to a QR entirely within your browser and are never sent to or stored on a server."},{"q":"What vCard format is used?","a":"It's generated in the widely compatible vCard 3.0 standard. Scanning it with the default camera on an iPhone or Android brings up the add-contact screen immediately."},{"q":"Can too much information make the QR unreadable?","a":"If your input is excessively long, the QR pattern becomes dense and harder to scan. In that case, we recommend increasing the size or keeping only the essential details."}]},{"slug":"url-qr-generator","category":"generators-qr","title":"URL (Link) QR Generator","tagline":"Turn a website or profile URL into a clean colored QR and download it","emoji":"🔗","keywords":["URL QR","link QR code","website QR","profile QR","colored QR code"],"intro":"Enter a website or social profile link and this tool instantly generates a clean, colored QR code. It automatically fixes a missing https://, and preset and custom colors let you save it to match your brand tone.","howto":["Enter a website or profile URL. The protocol is added automatically.","Pick a color preset or set the foreground and background colors yourself.","Adjust the size and margin and check the preview.","Save the image with 'Download PNG' for use in print materials and posts."],"faq":[{"q":"Is my file sent to a server?","a":"No. The entire process, from entering the URL to generating the QR, happens within your browser, and your link is never sent to or logged on a server."},{"q":"Do I need to include http://?","a":"No. If there's no other protocol like tel: or mailto:, https:// is automatically prepended to form a valid link. The corrected address is shown below the input box."},{"q":"Could changing colors stop it from scanning?","a":"If the foreground and background colors have low contrast, cameras may fail to read the code. Keeping the foreground dark and the background light ensures reliable scanning."}]},{"slug":"excel-to-json","category":"doc-data","title":"Excel (XLSX) to JSON Converter","tagline":"Instantly convert Excel/spreadsheet sheets into a JSON array to copy or download","emoji":"📊","keywords":["Excel to JSON","xlsx to json","Excel file to JSON","spreadsheet to JSON","extract Excel data"],"intro":"Upload an .xlsx or .xls Excel file, pick a sheet, and convert it into a JSON array. You can choose whether to use the first row as keys (headers), and the result can be copied or downloaded as a .json file.","howto":["Drag and drop or click to select an Excel (.xlsx/.xls) file.","Pick the sheet to convert and choose whether to 'Use first row as headers (keys)'.","Check the JSON in the preview, then click 'Copy JSON' or 'Download JSON'."],"faq":[{"q":"Does it work with multi-sheet files?","a":"Yes. When you open the file, you can select the sheet you want from the list, and changing sheets instantly recalculates the resulting JSON."},{"q":"What's the difference between using the first row as headers or not?","a":"Using it as headers turns each row into an array of { columnName: value } objects. Turning it off produces a two-dimensional array (an array of arrays) holding the raw cell values."},{"q":"Is my file sent to a server?","a":"No. The Excel file you upload is never sent to or stored on a server, and all conversion happens entirely within your browser."}]},{"slug":"excel-to-csv","category":"doc-data","title":"Excel (XLSX) to CSV Converter","tagline":"Convert Excel sheets to CSV and download (choose delimiter, prevent garbled characters)","emoji":"📑","keywords":["Excel to CSV","xlsx to csv","export Excel as CSV","spreadsheet to CSV","convert Excel file"],"intro":"Pick a sheet from an .xlsx or .xls Excel file and convert it to CSV format. You can choose a comma, semicolon, tab, or pipe delimiter, and download a CSV with a UTF-8 BOM so non-Latin characters don't come out garbled.","howto":["Drag and drop or click to select an Excel (.xlsx/.xls) file.","Select the sheet to convert and the delimiter (comma/semicolon/tab/pipe).","Check the preview, then save the file with 'Download CSV' or copy it with 'Copy CSV'."],"faq":[{"q":"Characters look garbled when I open a CSV in Excel—is that a problem here?","a":"The downloaded CSV includes a UTF-8 BOM, so characters display correctly even when you open it directly in Excel."},{"q":"Can I change the delimiter?","a":"Yes. You can choose a comma (,), semicolon (;), tab, or pipe (|), which is handy when your locale requires a semicolon-delimited CSV."},{"q":"Is my file sent to a server?","a":"No. The Excel file you upload is never sent to or stored on a server, and the CSV conversion happens entirely within your browser."}]},{"slug":"json-to-excel","category":"doc-data","title":"JSON to Excel (XLSX) Converter","tagline":"Convert a JSON array into an .xlsx Excel file and download it (set sheet and file name)","emoji":"📗","keywords":["JSON to Excel","json to xlsx","download JSON as Excel","JSON to spreadsheet","JSON to xlsx"],"intro":"Paste an array of JSON objects and this tool converts it into an Excel (.xlsx) file that uses the field names as headers. You can set the sheet name and file name yourself, and arrays of plain values are converted into a table as well.","howto":["Paste a JSON array into the input box. (e.g., [{ \"name\": \"John Doe\", \"age\": 30 }])","If needed, set the sheet name and file name.","Check the number of data rows and columns, then click 'Download Excel (.xlsx)' to save."],"faq":[{"q":"What JSON shape should I use?","a":"The best fit is an array of { columnName: value } objects, where the keys become column titles. Arrays of plain values (an array of arrays) are also converted into a table."},{"q":"Are there restrictions on the sheet name?","a":"Per Excel rules, sheet names are limited to 31 characters and can't contain \\ / ? * [ ] :, which are removed automatically. If left blank, it's saved as Sheet1."},{"q":"Is my file sent to a server?","a":"No. The JSON you enter and the Excel file that's generated are never sent to or stored on a server; the conversion happens entirely within your browser."}]},{"slug":"heic-to-webp","category":"image-format","title":"HEIC to WebP Converter","tagline":"Convert iPhone HEIC photos to web-ready WebP","emoji":"🖼️","keywords":["HEIC to WebP","convert iPhone photos","HEIC converter","convert to WebP","reduce image size"],"intro":"HEIC photos taken on an iPhone or iPad often won't open on websites or in some programs. This tool converts HEIC/HEIF files into lightweight, widely compatible WebP right in your browser so you can download them immediately.","howto":["Drag and drop or click to select a HEIC or HEIF file.","Use the WebP quality slider to balance image quality against file size.","Click 'Convert to WebP' and check the preview.","Save the converted file with 'Download WebP'."],"faq":[{"q":"Is my file sent to a server?","a":"No. All decoding and conversion happen entirely within your browser, and your photo is never uploaded to a server."},{"q":"Can I convert several photos at once?","a":"This tool converts one photo at a time. After converting, click 'Another File' to continue with the next photo."},{"q":"Why is conversion slow?","a":"HEIC is highly compressed, so decoding requires significant computation. High-resolution photos can take several seconds."}]},{"slug":"markdown-to-html","category":"doc-data","title":"Markdown to HTML Converter","tagline":"Convert Markdown to HTML with a live preview","emoji":"📝","keywords":["Markdown to HTML","Markdown converter","md to html","Markdown preview","live Markdown converter"],"intro":"This is handy when you need to turn a Markdown document into HTML to paste into a blog, email, or web page. As you type, you see both a rendered preview and the HTML code side by side, ready to copy.","howto":["Write or paste Markdown into the input box.","Check the rendered result on the 'Preview' tab.","Copy the converted HTML from the 'HTML Code' tab."],"faq":[{"q":"Is my file sent to a server?","a":"No. The Markdown you enter is converted to HTML entirely within your browser and is never sent to a server."},{"q":"Does it support GFM syntax like tables and task lists?","a":"Yes. It supports GitHub Flavored Markdown (GFM), converting tables, strikethrough, task lists, and more."},{"q":"Are line breaks preserved as-is?","a":"Yes. It's configured to treat single line breaks as <br>, so the line breaks you write are kept."}]},{"slug":"html-to-markdown","category":"doc-data","title":"HTML to Markdown Converter","tagline":"Convert messy HTML into clean Markdown and copy it","emoji":"📄","keywords":["HTML to Markdown","html to markdown","HTML converter","convert to Markdown","web page to Markdown"],"intro":"Use this when you need to tidy HTML copied from a web page or rich-text editor into clean Markdown. Choose the heading style, list markers, and code-block format to convert it into exactly the Markdown you want.","howto":["Paste the HTML you want to convert into the input box.","Select the heading style, list markers, and code-block options.","Grab the converted Markdown with the 'Copy Markdown' button."],"faq":[{"q":"Is my file sent to a server?","a":"No. The HTML you paste is converted entirely within your browser and is never sent to a server."},{"q":"Are inline styles and scripts converted?","a":"Only structures that Markdown can represent—headings, links, lists, code, and so on—are converted; styles, scripts, and the like are removed."},{"q":"Are tables converted too?","a":"Basic HTML tables are converted to Markdown tables as best as possible. Complex tables with merged cells may not retain their original form."}]},{"slug":"csv-to-excel","category":"doc-data","title":"CSV to Excel (XLSX) Converter","tagline":"Convert CSV into a real .xlsx Excel file and download it","emoji":"📊","keywords":["CSV to Excel","csv to xlsx","CSV converter","create Excel file","CSV to XLSX"],"intro":"Convert comma- or tab-separated CSV data into a genuine .xlsx file you can open directly in Excel. Numbers are automatically recognized as numeric cells, so you can calculate and sort right away in Excel.","howto":["Drag and drop a CSV file or paste the text.","Check the delimiter, file name, and automatic number-conversion options.","Click 'Convert to Excel (XLSX)'.","Download the generated .xlsx file."],"faq":[{"q":"Is my file sent to a server?","a":"No. The CSV is converted to an .xlsx file entirely within your browser and is never sent to a server."},{"q":"Does it work with tab- or semicolon-separated files?","a":"Yes. In the delimiter setting, choose the one that matches your data—comma, tab, semicolon, or pipe."},{"q":"Do leading zeros, like in ZIP codes, get dropped?","a":"No. Values with a leading zero are kept as text so the zero isn't lost. Only ordinary numbers are converted into numeric cells."}]},{"slug":"jpg-to-pdf","category":"pdf","title":"Image to PDF Converter","tagline":"Bundle multiple JPG/PNG images into a single PDF in the order you choose","emoji":"🖼️","keywords":["image to PDF","combine JPG to PDF","make PNG into PDF","bundle photos into PDF","multiple images to PDF"],"intro":"This tool bundles multiple JPG and PNG images into a single PDF document in exactly the order you choose. It's handy for organizing scanned photos, receipts, or assignments into one file for submission.","howto":["Drag and drop or click to select multiple JPG/PNG images to convert.","Use the up/down arrows in the list to reorder or remove images you don't need.","Choose the page size (fit to original or A4) and click 'Create PDF'.","Download the finished PDF."],"faq":[{"q":"Can I reorder the images?","a":"Yes. After adding them, use the up/down arrows in the list to adjust the order, and the PDF pages follow the arrangement exactly."},{"q":"How is the page size determined?","a":"'Fit to original' creates each page to match the image's size, while 'A4 portrait' centers the image on an A4 sheet."},{"q":"Is my file sent to a server?","a":"No. All conversion happens entirely within your browser, and neither the images nor the PDF is ever sent to or stored on a server."}]},{"slug":"pdf-metadata-editor","category":"pdf","title":"PDF Metadata Editor (Title/Author)","tagline":"View and edit PDF document properties (title, author, subject, keywords) and save again","emoji":"📝","keywords":["edit PDF title","change PDF author","PDF metadata","PDF document properties","edit PDF info"],"intro":"View the document properties (metadata) stored in a PDF—such as title, author, subject, and keywords—change them to whatever you want, and save again. It's useful for file management and search, or for tidying up copyright and source attribution.","howto":["Drag and drop or click to select the PDF you want to edit.","The currently stored title, author, subject, and keywords are shown automatically.","Edit the values as you like, then click 'Apply Properties and Save'.","Download the updated PDF."],"faq":[{"q":"Does the page content change too?","a":"No. Only the document properties (metadata) are changed; the body pages, images, and other content stay exactly the same."},{"q":"Can I edit a password-protected PDF?","a":"Password-protected PDFs can't be opened. Please remove the password first and upload the unlocked file."},{"q":"Is my file sent to a server?","a":"No. The PDF is opened and edited entirely within your browser, and no file is ever sent to or stored on a server."}]},{"slug":"heic-to-jpg","category":"image-format","title":"HEIC to JPG Converter","tagline":"Convert iPhone HEIC/HEIF photos to universally openable JPG (with quality control)","emoji":"📷","keywords":["HEIC to JPG","convert iPhone photos","HEIF to JPG","open HEIC","iPhone HEIC to JPG"],"intro":"Convert HEIC/HEIF photos taken on an iPhone into JPG files that open on any device or program. A quality slider lets you dial in the balance between image quality and file size exactly as you like.","howto":["Drag and drop or click to select the HEIC/HEIF photo to convert.","Set the quality you want with the quality slider.","Click 'Convert to JPG' and wait a moment.","Check the preview, then download the JPG."],"faq":[{"q":"What is HEIC?","a":"It's the high-efficiency image format the iPhone uses to save photos. It's small in size, but often won't open on Windows or older programs, so converting to JPG improves compatibility."},{"q":"Is there a reason conversion is slow?","a":"HEIC decoding is handled directly in the browser, so large photos may take a few seconds. Please wait a moment."},{"q":"Is my file sent to a server?","a":"No. All conversion happens entirely within your browser, and your photo is never sent to or stored on a server."}]},{"slug":"heic-to-png","category":"image-format","title":"HEIC to PNG Converter","tagline":"Convert iPhone HEIC photos to lossless PNG","emoji":"🏞️","keywords":["HEIC to PNG converter","HEIF to PNG","iPhone photo to PNG","lossless image conversion","HEIC lossless"],"intro":"Convert iPhone HEIC and HEIF photos into lossless PNG images. Sharpness and transparent backgrounds are preserved perfectly, making them ideal for editing and design work.","howto":["Drag and drop the HEIC or HEIF photos you want to convert, or click to select them.","Click 'Convert to PNG' and wait a moment.","Check the preview, then download your PNG."],"faq":[{"q":"Should I choose JPG or PNG?","a":"For lightweight photo storage, go with JPG; for lossless editing and compositing, PNG is the better choice. Because PNG is lossless, its file size is larger."},{"q":"Are transparent backgrounds preserved?","a":"Yes. Since PNG supports transparency, any transparent areas in the original are kept intact."},{"q":"Are my files sent to a server?","a":"No. All conversion happens entirely within your browser, and your photos are never transmitted to or stored on any server."}]},{"slug":"barcode-generator","category":"generators-qr","title":"Barcode Generator","tagline":"Pick a format like CODE128, EAN-13, or UPC and instantly generate and download barcodes for products and inventory","emoji":"🏷️","keywords":["barcode generator","CODE128","EAN-13 barcode","UPC barcode","download barcode"],"intro":"Choose from formats such as CODE128, EAN-13, and UPC to instantly generate barcodes for product and inventory management. Adjust bar width, height, and color, then download the result as a PNG or SVG file.","howto":["Select a barcode format and enter your data value.","Adjust options such as bar width, height, and color to your liking.","Check the preview, then download using the PNG or SVG button."],"faq":[{"q":"Are my files sent to a server?","a":"No. All barcode generation happens entirely within your browser, and the data or images you enter are never sent to any server."},{"q":"Which format should I choose?","a":"CODE128 is widely used for general labels and logistics, EAN-13 or UPC-A for retail products, and ITF-14 for shipping cartons."},{"q":"My barcode won't generate.","a":"Each format allows different characters and digit counts. If your input doesn't meet the requirements, an error message appears, so check the digit and character rules shown below the input field."}]},{"slug":"merge-pdf","category":"pdf","title":"Merge PDF","tagline":"Arrange multiple PDF files in any order and combine them into one for download","emoji":"🗂️","keywords":["merge PDF","combine PDF","PDF merge","join multiple PDFs","PDF combine"],"intro":"Drag in multiple PDF files, arrange them in the order you want, and merge them into a single PDF. You can freely rearrange the file order before merging, which makes it handy for compiling reports and contracts.","howto":["Drag and drop the PDF files you want to merge, or click to select multiple files.","Use the up and down arrow buttons to set the order in which files are combined.","Click 'Merge PDF' to download the combined file."],"faq":[{"q":"Are my files sent to a server?","a":"No. Merging happens entirely within your browser, and the PDF files you select are never uploaded to any server."},{"q":"How is the merge order determined?","a":"Files are merged from top to bottom in the list. Use the up and down arrow buttons on the right of each file to change the order."},{"q":"Can I merge password-protected PDFs?","a":"Password-protected PDFs can't be merged. Remove the password in a viewer or similar tool, then try again."}]},{"slug":"split-pdf","category":"pdf","title":"Split PDF","tagline":"Specify page ranges to extract from a PDF and download them as a new PDF","emoji":"✂️","keywords":["split PDF","extract PDF pages","PDF split","divide PDF pages","cut PDF"],"intro":"Extract just the page ranges you need from a PDF into a brand-new PDF. Combine commas and hyphens to pull multiple ranges at once.","howto":["Drag and drop a PDF file, or click to select one.","Enter the page ranges to extract, such as '1-3, 5, 8-10'.","Click 'Extract Pages' to download your new PDF."],"faq":[{"q":"Are my files sent to a server?","a":"No. Page extraction happens entirely within your browser, and the original PDF is never transmitted externally."},{"q":"How do I write page ranges?","a":"Use a hyphen for a continuous range (e.g., 1-3) and commas for multiple ranges (e.g., 1-3, 5, 8-10). Pages are arranged in the new PDF in exactly the order you enter them."},{"q":"Can I extract pages in reverse order?","a":"Yes. For example, entering '5-1' with the larger number first extracts that range in reverse."}]},{"slug":"rotate-pdf","category":"pdf","title":"Rotate PDF","tagline":"Rotate an entire PDF or selected pages by 90/180/270 degrees and save","emoji":"🔄","keywords":["rotate PDF","PDF rotate","rotate pages","fix PDF orientation","rotate scanned PDF"],"intro":"Fix PDFs whose orientation is sideways or flipped by rotating them 90, 180, or 270 degrees. Rotate every page, or select specific pages to rotate.","howto":["Drag and drop a PDF file, or click to select one.","Choose a rotation angle and specify whether to apply it to all pages or a selected range.","Click 'Apply Rotation' to download the rotated PDF."],"faq":[{"q":"Are my files sent to a server?","a":"No. Rotation happens entirely within your browser, and the original PDF is never transmitted to any server."},{"q":"Can I rotate only some pages?","a":"Yes. On the 'Selected Pages' tab, enter a range like '1-3, 5' to rotate only those pages."},{"q":"How do the rotation angles work?","a":"90 degrees rotates clockwise, 270 degrees counterclockwise, and 180 degrees flips the page upside down. The rotation is added on top of any existing rotation value."}]},{"slug":"color-picker","category":"color-design","title":"Color Picker","tagline":"Pick a color to see HEX, RGB, HSL, and HSV in real time, with an on-screen eyedropper too","emoji":"🎨","keywords":["color picker","online color picker","HEX to RGB","HSL HSV","eyedropper color picker"],"intro":"Click the color box to pick a color or type a HEX value directly, and this color picker instantly calculates and displays the RGB, HSL, and HSV values side by side. On supported browsers, the on-screen eyedropper (EyeDropper) button lets you click anywhere on your screen to grab that exact color.","howto":["Click the color box to pick a color, or enter a HEX value (e.g., #3B82F6) in the field below.","The HEX, RGB, HSL, and HSV values are calculated and displayed in real time.","On supported browsers such as Chrome or Edge, click 'Pick Screen Color' to grab any color on your screen.","Use the copy button next to each value to copy your preferred format to the clipboard."],"faq":[{"q":"How do HSL and HSV differ?","a":"Both use hue (H) and saturation (S), but HSL uses Lightness to express distance from white and black, while HSV uses Value to express pure brightness. Since design tools use different notations, we provide both formats."},{"q":"I don't see the eyedropper button.","a":"The button only appears when your browser supports the EyeDropper API. It works in recent versions of Chrome and Edge; on Safari or older browsers, enter the HEX value directly instead."},{"q":"Are the colors I pick or the values I enter sent to a server?","a":"No. Color selection, conversion, and picking all happen entirely within your browser, and no values are ever transmitted to or stored on any server."}]},{"slug":"color-name-finder","category":"color-design","title":"Color Name Finder","tagline":"Enter a HEX or RGB value to find the closest CSS color name","emoji":"🏷️","keywords":["color name finder","HEX color name","CSS color name","closest color","RGB color name"],"intro":"Enter a HEX or RGB color value and this tool finds the closest match among the 148 standard CSS color names. Even when there's no exact match, it uses perceptual color distance (redmean) to show the three closest candidates, which is handy when deciding what to call a color.","howto":["Pick a color with the color box, or enter a HEX (#4A90D9) or RGB (rgb(74,144,217) or 74,144,217) value.","The closest CSS color name and three near matches are shown alongside color swatches.","See 'Exact match' when the value matches exactly, or 'Closest match' with the margin of error otherwise.","Use the 'Copy Name' button to copy your chosen color name to the clipboard."],"faq":[{"q":"How is the 'closest color' determined?","a":"Instead of plain RGB distance, we use the redmean color-distance formula, which reflects the sensitivity of the human eye. It's calculated so that names which actually look similar in brightness and hue are matched first."},{"q":"Why are there only 148 names?","a":"There are 148 standard colors officially named by browsers and CSS (aliceblue through yellowgreen). We find the closest name within this standard list, and you can use the accompanying HEX value for the exact color."},{"q":"Is the color value I enter sent to a server?","a":"No. Both the color list and the distance calculation are built into the browser, so your input is processed only on your device and is never transmitted to or stored on a server."}]},{"slug":"favicon-generator","category":"image-format","title":"Favicon Generator","tagline":"Turn one image into a 16/32/48/180px favicon PNG set plus the HTML tags, all at once","emoji":"⭐","keywords":["favicon generator","make a favicon","apple-touch-icon","website icon","favicon PNG"],"intro":"Upload a logo or image and this tool uses canvas to create a 16, 32, 48, and 180px favicon PNG set for browser tabs, bookmarks, and mobile home screens, which you can download individually. It also provides the link tags to paste into your HTML head, so you can simply copy and go.","howto":["Drag and drop a roughly square image, or click to upload it.","Choose whether to keep a transparent background or fill it with a background color (a background color is recommended for the Apple icon).","Save each generated 16, 32, 48, and 180px favicon using its download button.","Copy the provided HTML link tags and paste them into your site's head."],"faq":[{"q":"Why PNG instead of .ico?","a":"All modern browsers support PNG favicons, and a sized PNG set renders more sharply across a range of screens. The 16, 32, and 48px versions are for tabs and bookmarks, while the 180px version is for the iOS home screen (apple-touch-icon)."},{"q":"My Apple touch icon shows up black.","a":"iOS fills the transparent areas of an apple-touch-icon with black. Turn off 'Keep transparent background' and set a background color such as white so it looks clean on the iOS home screen too."},{"q":"Is the image I upload sent to a server?","a":"No. Image resizing and PNG generation all happen in your browser's canvas, and files are never uploaded to or stored on any server."}]},{"slug":"temperature-converter","category":"calc-convert","title":"Temperature Converter","tagline":"Convert Celsius (°C), Fahrenheit (°F), and Kelvin (K) in real time on one screen","emoji":"🌡️","keywords":["temperature converter","Celsius to Fahrenheit","Fahrenheit to Celsius","Kelvin converter","°C °F K"],"intro":"Convert between Celsius (°C), Fahrenheit (°F), and Kelvin in real time, all on one screen. Type a value into any field and the other two units are calculated instantly, so you can quickly convert overseas weather, cooking temperatures, and scientific figures.","howto":["Enter a value you know into any of the Celsius, Fahrenheit, or Kelvin fields.","The other two units convert automatically in real time.","You can also tap buttons like water's freezing point, body temperature, or boiling point to insert a reference temperature instantly.","If needed, clear the value and re-enter it based on a different unit."],"faq":[{"q":"What are the Fahrenheit and Celsius conversion formulas?","a":"°F = °C × 9/5 + 32, and conversely °C = (°F − 32) × 5/9. Kelvin is K = °C + 273.15, which adds the absolute-zero offset to Celsius."},{"q":"What happens if I enter a negative Kelvin value?","a":"0 K (−273.15 °C) is absolute zero, and no temperature can physically be lower. If you enter a negative Kelvin value it will still be calculated, but a notice will prompt you to double-check the value."},{"q":"Are the values I enter sent to a server?","a":"No. All conversions are calculated instantly within your browser, and your inputs are never transmitted to or stored on a server."}]},{"slug":"pyeong-sqm-converter","category":"calc-convert","title":"Pyeong to Square Meters Converter","tagline":"Convert between pyeong and square meters in real time using the real-estate standard of 1 pyeong = 3.3058 ㎡","emoji":"📐","keywords":["pyeong to square meters","pyeong calculator","square meters to pyeong","㎡ to pyeong","real estate area converter"],"intro":"Instantly convert between pyeong and square meters (㎡) using the real-estate standard of 1 pyeong = 3.3058 ㎡. When reviewing apartment or officetel listings or net floor area, you can compare pyeong and square meters at a glance.","howto":["Enter the value you know into either the pyeong field or the square meters (㎡) field.","The opposite unit converts automatically in real time using the 3.3058 factor.","Use the 'Common Areas' buttons to quickly enter representative sizes such as 24 or 32 pyeong.","Use the reference table below (1 pyeong, 1 ㎡, 10 pyeong) to get a rough sense of scale."],"faq":[{"q":"Why multiply by 3.3058?","a":"One pyeong is the area of a square measuring six ja (about 1.818 m) on each side, or precisely 400/121 ≈ 3.3058 ㎡. Real-estate practice uses this value as the standard for converting between pyeong and square meters."},{"q":"Does this also calculate supply area and net area?","a":"The pyeong-to-㎡ unit conversion itself always uses 3.3058. However, 'supply (sales) area' and 'net floor area' are separate concepts that cover different spaces, so first confirm which area you're converting. This is for reference only and may differ from actual registered or contract areas."},{"q":"Are the values I enter sent to a server?","a":"No. All conversions are calculated within your browser, and your inputs are never transmitted to or stored on a server."}]},{"slug":"add-watermark","category":"image-edit","title":"Add Image Watermark","tagline":"Add a text watermark to photos with adjustable opacity, position, and tiled repeat, then save","emoji":"💧","keywords":["image watermark","add photo watermark","text watermark","tiled watermark","free watermark tool"],"intro":"Stamp any text as a watermark onto your photos and images to help prevent unauthorized use. With adjustable opacity, font size, color, and position, plus a tiled repeat mode that lays the text diagonally across the entire photo, it's great for protecting blog, social media, and product images.","howto":["Drag and drop the image you want to watermark, or click to select it.","Enter your watermark text and choose a position (bottom-right, center, tiled repeat, and more).","Adjust how prominent it looks with the opacity and font-size sliders.","Check the preview, then save the watermarked image with 'Download PNG'."],"faq":[{"q":"Is the photo I upload sent to a server?","a":"No. Everything, from loading the image to compositing the watermark and downloading, happens entirely within your browser (on canvas). No file is ever transmitted to or stored on a server."},{"q":"Can I repeat the watermark across the entire photo?","a":"Yes. Select 'Tiled repeat' as the position and the text is laid densely across the whole photo in a diagonal pattern. It's hard to crop out, which makes it effective for protecting product images or design drafts."},{"q":"Can I use a transparent (PNG) logo as the watermark?","a":"This tool is for text watermarks only. Inserting a logo image isn't supported, but you can freely add a brand name or copyright notice with your choice of color and opacity."}]},{"slug":"code-screenshot-beautifier","category":"image-edit","title":"Code Screenshot Beautifier","tagline":"Wrap code or text in a gradient background and window frame to save as a social-ready image","emoji":"💻","keywords":["code screenshot","make code image","Carbon alternative","beautify code snippet","code sharing image"],"intro":"Paste in code or text and this tool wraps it in a gradient background, Mac-style window frame, rounded corners, and shadow to save as a polished image. It's handy for turning code snippets into clean card images for dev blogs, presentation slides, and Twitter or Instagram.","howto":["Paste your code or text into the input field.","Pick a background from 8 gradients and adjust the window title and padding.","Finish the style with the dark-theme and window-frame (traffic-light) checkboxes.","Check the preview, then save a high-resolution image with 'Download PNG'."],"faq":[{"q":"Is the code I paste sent to a server?","a":"No. Code rendering and image generation all happen on the browser canvas, and the code you enter is never transmitted to or stored on a server. You can use it with sensitive code and peace of mind."},{"q":"Does it do syntax highlighting?","a":"The current version renders code in a single-color monospace font and doesn't apply language-specific syntax highlighting. Instead, you can make the image stand out visually with gradient backgrounds, window frames, and shadows."},{"q":"Isn't the image resolution low?","a":"It renders at twice the actual display size so it stays sharp even on Retina screens. Even when enlarged in a blog post or slide, the text won't look blurry."}]},{"slug":"collage-maker","category":"image-edit","title":"Photo Collage Maker","tagline":"Combine multiple photos into a grid layout with adjustable spacing and background color, saved as one image","emoji":"🧩","keywords":["photo collage","combine multiple photos","grid collage maker","join photos","make image grid"],"intro":"Arrange multiple photos into grid layouts like 2×2 or 3×3 and combine them into a single image with this collage tool. Freely change the cell ratio, spacing, and background color to easily create Instagram feeds, travel albums, and product comparison shots.","howto":["Drag and drop several photos at once, or click to select them.","Choose a layout (1×2, 2×2, 3×3, and more) and the cell ratio.","Adjust the margin style with the spacing slider and background color.","Check the preview, then save the combined image with 'Download PNG'."],"faq":[{"q":"Are the photos I select uploaded to a server?","a":"No. The entire process, from loading photos to compositing the collage and downloading, happens only within your browser. No image is ever transmitted to or stored on a server, so even personal photos stay safe."},{"q":"Is it okay if my photos have different sizes and ratios?","a":"Yes. Each photo is placed into its cell using a 'cover' fit that crops from the center, so photos with varying ratios fit together cleanly without gaps."},{"q":"What happens if I add more photos than layout cells?","a":"Photos fill the cells of your chosen layout from the front, and any extras are excluded with a notice. Switch to a larger layout (e.g., 3×3) to fit more photos in one image."}]},{"slug":"device-mockup","category":"image-edit","title":"Device Mockup Frame","tagline":"Place a screenshot in a browser or smartphone frame and save it as a mockup image","emoji":"📱","keywords":["device mockup","browser mockup","smartphone mockup","screenshot frame","app mockup image"],"intro":"Place web or app screenshots into a Mac-style browser window or smartphone frame to create mockup images that look like they're running on a real device. With gradient backgrounds and shadows added, you can quickly produce visuals for App Store listings, portfolios, and presentation decks.","howto":["Drag and drop the screenshot you want to turn into a mockup, or click to select it.","Choose a frame type with the 'Browser' or 'Smartphone' tab.","For the browser, set the address-bar text; for both, adjust the background (gradient, solid, or transparent) and padding.","Check the preview, then save the mockup image with 'Download PNG'."],"faq":[{"q":"Is the screenshot I upload sent to a server?","a":"No. Both image compositing and frame rendering happen only on the browser canvas, and screenshots are never transmitted to or stored on a server. You can safely use private screen captures too."},{"q":"Can I save with a transparent background?","a":"Yes. Choose 'Transparent (PNG)' in the background options and the file saves as a transparent PNG with only the frame and shadow and an empty background. It layers naturally onto slides or other designs."},{"q":"Can I use any screenshot, landscape or portrait?","a":"Yes. The frame is drawn to match while preserving the screenshot's original aspect ratio, so both desktop captures (landscape) and mobile captures (portrait) become mockups without cropping."}]},{"slug":"id-photo-maker","category":"image-edit","title":"ID Photo Maker","tagline":"Crop a photo to standard sizes (like 3.5×4.5), change the background color, and lay out a 4×6 print sheet","emoji":"🪪","keywords":["ID photo maker","passport photo size","ID photo background color","half-business-card photo","4x6 print layout"],"intro":"Crop a face photo to standard sizes such as passport, general ID, and half-business-card, change the background color, and save at 300 DPI with this ID photo tool. Beyond saving a single photo, it also provides a file that automatically arranges multiple copies on a 4×6-inch print sheet, so you can print cheaply at a photo shop or self-service kiosk.","howto":["Drag and drop the face photo you want to make into an ID photo, or click to select it.","Choose a size (passport/general ID 3.5×4.5, half-business-card 3×4, etc.) and a background color.","Fit the face position and size to the size frame using the zoom, horizontal, and vertical sliders.","Download whichever file you need: 'ID Photo (PNG)' or '4×6 Print (JPG)'."],"faq":[{"q":"Is my face photo sent to a server?","a":"No. Everything, from cropping the photo to filling the background and arranging the print sheet, happens only within your browser. Photos containing your face are never transmitted to or stored on a server, so use it with peace of mind."},{"q":"Does changing the background color fully erase the original background?","a":"No. This tool doesn't perform automatic background removal (cutout). The background color applies most naturally to a transparent PNG whose background has already been removed; for regular photos, use it for size cropping and print layout. Sizes, ratios, and print dimensions are for reference and may differ from each institution's actual requirements."},{"q":"How do I use the 4×6 print layout?","a":"It creates a 300 DPI image with multiple ID photos arranged at their exact size on a single 4×6-inch (10×15 cm) sheet. Take this JPG to a photo shop or self-service photo kiosk, and a single print gives you several copies to cut along the guide lines."}]},{"slug":"due-date-calculator","category":"calc-convert","title":"Ovulation, Fertile Window & Cycle-Adjusted Due Date","tagline":"Corrects for cycles from 20 to 45 days — your ovulation date, fertile window, and an adjusted due date (for reference)","emoji":"🤰","keywords":["ovulation calculator","fertile window calculator","due date irregular cycle","due date long cycle adjustment","when am i ovulating","trying to conceive calculator"],"intro":"Naegele's rule assumes a 28-day cycle, and plenty of people's isn't. Enter the first day of your last period and your average cycle length (20-45 days), and the due date is corrected by the difference, alongside your estimated ovulation date and fertile window — the five days before ovulation through the day after. Move the reference date to see gestational age, progress against the 280-day term, and days remaining at any point you like. It's built for anyone trying to conceive or working with a cycle that isn't 28 days. All calculations happen only within your browser. For reference only, not a substitute for medical advice.","howto":["Select the first day of your last menstrual period (LMP) as a date.","The reference date is prefilled with today's date by default and can be changed to any date you like.","Enter your average cycle length (28 days by default) to match your own cycle, and the due date and ovulation date are adjusted accordingly.","Check your due date, current gestational age, ovulation and fertile window, and days remaining, then copy the results."],"faq":[{"q":"How is the due date calculated?","a":"Following Naegele's rule, it adds 280 days (40 weeks) to the first day of your last period. If your cycle isn't 28 days, the due date is adjusted by that difference. Actual delivery dates vary widely, within about two weeks before or after the due date."},{"q":"Are the estimated ovulation date and fertile window accurate?","a":"The estimated ovulation date is calculated as roughly 14 days before your next expected period, and the fertile window is shown as 5 days before ovulation through 1 day after. Actual ovulation varies with your condition and cycle fluctuations, so use this for reference only."},{"q":"Are the dates I enter sent to a server?","a":"No. All calculations happen only within your browser, and no inputs such as your last period date or cycle length are ever transmitted to or stored on a server. For an accurate diagnosis, see an OB-GYN (this is for reference and may differ from reality)."}]},{"slug":"net-salary-calculator","category":"calc-convert","title":"Net Salary Calculator","tagline":"Estimate monthly take-home pay by approximating the four major insurance and income tax deductions from your gross annual salary (for reference)","emoji":"💰","keywords":["net salary calculator","take-home pay calculator","payroll deduction calculator","monthly take-home pay","after-tax salary"],"intro":"Enter your gross annual salary and this tool approximates deductions for the four major insurances (national pension, health insurance, long-term care, and employment insurance) plus income tax and local income tax to calculate your monthly and annual take-home pay. It's a reference tool that reflects the number of dependents, number of children, and monthly non-taxable amount (such as a meal allowance) and shows an itemized breakdown of the deductions.","howto":["Enter your gross annual salary (in KRW).","Adjust the number of dependents (including yourself), the number of children aged 8 to 20, and your monthly non-taxable amount (such as a meal allowance).","Review your monthly and annual take-home pay along with the four-major-insurance and income-tax deduction breakdown.","Use the copy button to put a summary of the results on your clipboard."],"faq":[{"q":"What basis is used to calculate the deductions?","a":"It uses the 2024 employee contribution rates (national pension 4.5%, health insurance 3.545%, long-term care 12.95%, employment insurance 0.9%) and a simplified tax calculation. National pension applies the upper and lower limits on the standard monthly income."},{"q":"Why might this differ from the take-home pay I receive from my employer?","a":"Income tax is estimated on an annual basis and then divided by 12, so it differs from the actual withholding (simplified tax table), the mix of non-taxable items, various tax credits, and mid-year hiring or resignation. This is for reference and may differ from reality, so check your pay stub for the exact amount."},{"q":"Is the salary information I enter sent to a server?","a":"No. All calculations happen only within your browser, and no inputs such as your salary or dependents are ever transmitted to or stored on a server."}]},{"slug":"jsonpath-jq-playground","category":"text-dev","title":"JSONPath Query Tester","tagline":"Apply path expressions like $.a.b[0] to JSON and extract exactly the values you want","emoji":"🔎","keywords":["JSONPath tester","extract JSON path","JSONPath query","extract JSON value","JSON path search"],"intro":"Apply simple path expressions (JSONPath) like $.a.b[0] to JSON data to pick out and extract exactly the values you want with this online tester. It supports the root ($), property access, array indexes, wildcards ([*]), and recursive descent (..), showing the match count and values in real time.","howto":["Paste the JSON you want to inspect into the input field at the top.","Enter the path to extract in the expression field, such as $.store.book[0].title.","Click the example buttons to instantly see how to use the [*] wildcard or the .. recursive descent.","Check the matched values and count, then copy the results."],"faq":[{"q":"Which JSONPath syntax is supported?","a":"It supports $ (root), .property and ['property'] access, [number] array indexes (negatives count from the end), [*] and .* select-all, and .. recursive descent. Advanced syntax such as filter expressions ?() and slices [1:3] is not supported."},{"q":"Why do results always come out as an array?","a":"Wildcards and recursive descent can return multiple values, so for consistency the matched values are bundled into an array. If there's no match, it shows 'No matching value'."},{"q":"Is the JSON I enter sent to a server?","a":"No. Both JSON parsing and path evaluation happen only within your browser, and the data you enter is never transmitted to or stored on a server."}]},{"slug":"url-query-string-parser","category":"text-dev","title":"URL Parser & Query String Converter","tagline":"Break a URL into protocol, host, path, and query, and convert query strings to and from JSON","emoji":"🔗","keywords":["URL parser","query string parsing","query string to JSON","URL breakdown","URLSearchParams"],"intro":"Break a URL into its protocol, host, path, hash, and query parameters, and convert query strings to JSON and JSON back to query strings with this developer tool. Using the browser's built-in URL and URLSearchParams APIs, it groups repeated keys into arrays and automatically encodes non-ASCII characters and special symbols.","howto":["In the 'Parse URL' tab, enter a full URL to see its components, query parameters, and the resulting JSON.","In the 'Query → JSON' tab, convert a query string like a=1&b=2 into a JSON object (a leading ? is fine).","In the 'JSON → Query' tab, convert a { key: value } object into a query string (arrays repeat the same key).","Use the copy button next to the results to put the JSON or query string on your clipboard."],"faq":[{"q":"What happens if there are several parameters with the same name?","a":"When a key repeats, like tag=a&tag=b, it's bundled into a [\"a\",\"b\"] array when converting to JSON. Conversely, an array value in JSON is expressed by repeating the same key multiple times in the query string."},{"q":"Are addresses without a protocol parsed too?","a":"If there's no protocol, like example.com/path, it automatically prepends https:// and attempts to parse. If the format is still invalid, it shows an error message."},{"q":"Is the URL I enter sent to a server?","a":"No. Parsing and conversion are all handled by the browser's URL and URLSearchParams APIs, and the URLs or data you enter are never transmitted to or stored on a server."}]},{"slug":"htpasswd-generator","category":"text-dev","title":"htpasswd Generator","tagline":"Generate htpasswd lines for Apache/Nginx Basic Auth from a username and password (Web Crypto SHA)","emoji":"🔐","keywords":["htpasswd generator","make htpasswd","Apache authentication","Nginx basic auth","SHA password generator"],"intro":"Enter a username and password and this tool generates, right in your browser, a line you can add to Apache or Nginx Basic Auth (.htpasswd). It uses the browser's built-in Web Crypto to create {SHA} (SHA-1) or {SHA256} hashes, and can also combine several accounts into a single .htpasswd file.","howto":["Enter a username and password (usernames can't contain spaces or colons).","Choose a hash method: {SHA} (SHA-1) or {SHA256}.","Review the generated htpasswd line and copy it with 'Copy Line'.","If you need multiple accounts, use 'Add to File' to collect them and copy the entire .htpasswd file at once."],"faq":[{"q":"How do I apply the generated file?","a":"In Apache, specify the path to the generated .htpasswd file with AuthUserFile; in Nginx, with auth_basic_user_file, and it can be used for Basic Auth. Each line is in the format 'username:hash'."},{"q":"Is the {SHA} method secure?","a":"{SHA} (SHA-1) is an unsalted hash, suitable for quick setup and convenience. For security-critical services, bcrypt (htpasswd -B) with salt and iterated computation is recommended, but bcrypt can't be generated in the browser, so this tool provides the SHA method."},{"q":"Is the password I enter sent to a server?","a":"No. Hash computation happens entirely in the browser's Web Crypto API, and your username and password are never transmitted to or stored on a server."}]},{"slug":"image-annotate","category":"image-edit","title":"Image Annotator","tagline":"An annotation tool for drawing arrows, boxes, numbers, and highlights on screenshots, then saving them","emoji":"🖊️","keywords":["image annotation","screenshot arrows","add numbers to photos","highlighter emphasis","screenshot editor"],"intro":"An annotation tool that lets you draw arrows, boxes, numbered badges, and highlighter marks directly onto screenshots or photos to add explanations. Whether you're giving work feedback, capturing a manual, or filing a bug report, it's perfect for anyone who needs to point out 'look here' — right in the browser, with no extra software.","howto":["Drag and drop or click to load the screenshot/image you want to annotate.","Pick a tool — arrow, box, highlighter, or number — and set the color and thickness.","Drag across the image to draw a shape; with the number tool, each click drops a ①②③ badge where you tap.","Use 'Undo' to remove your last annotation, or click 'Download PNG' to save when you're done."],"faq":[{"q":"Are my files or inputs sent to a server?","a":"No. Loading images, drawing annotations, and saving all happen entirely inside your browser. No image is ever uploaded to or stored on a server."},{"q":"How are the number badges assigned?","a":"After selecting the 'Number' tool, each click on the image drops a circular badge that automatically increments 1, 2, 3… in order. It's handy for explaining steps in sequence."},{"q":"Can I erase annotations I've drawn?","a":"Yes. Use the 'Undo' button to cancel your most recent annotations one at a time, or 'Clear all' to remove every annotation at once. The original image stays untouched."}]},{"slug":"image-cropper","category":"image-edit","title":"Image Cropper","tagline":"Crop just the area you want by dragging, or lock to a fixed ratio like 1:1 or 16:9, then save","emoji":"✂️","keywords":["image cropper","photo crop","1:1 square crop","16:9 ratio crop","select image area"],"intro":"A cropping tool that lets you drag to select any region of an image, or crop precisely to a fixed ratio like 1:1, 16:9, or 9:16, and save the result. Anyone who needs to size profile pictures, thumbnails, or social media uploads can crop right in the browser — no installation required.","howto":["Drag and drop or click to load the image you want to crop.","Use 'Free' to drag freely, or press a ratio button like 1:1 or 16:9 to lock the aspect ratio.","Drag across the image to set the crop area (rule-of-thirds guides help you frame the shot).","Click 'Crop', check the result, and save it with 'Download PNG'."],"faq":[{"q":"Is my uploaded image sent to a server?","a":"No. The image is opened only in your browser's memory, and cropping and saving all happen entirely on your own device. No file is ever sent to or stored on a server."},{"q":"How does it crop when I lock a ratio?","a":"When you press a ratio button like 1:1 or 16:9, the largest area of that ratio is automatically centered on the image, and further dragging stays constrained to that ratio. It's convenient for making thumbnails and profile pictures with fixed dimensions."},{"q":"Does the quality degrade?","a":"The cropped area is saved as a lossless PNG at the original resolution, so the cropped portion keeps the full quality of the original. Unless you crop into a zoomed-in area, there's no loss from re-compression."}]},{"slug":"image-splitter","category":"image-edit","title":"Image Splitter","tagline":"Slice one image into an N×M grid and save each piece for an Instagram grid or puzzle tiles","emoji":"🧩","keywords":["image splitter","slice photo into pieces","instagram grid","split 3x3","image grid cutter"],"intro":"A splitting tool that slices a single image into an N×M grid of pieces and lets you download each one separately. It's perfect for Instagram grid feeds, three-part panoramas, and puzzle or print tiles — any job where you need to cut a large image into regular sections.","howto":["Drag and drop or click to load the image you want to slice.","Press a preset like 'Instagram 3×3', or use the sliders to set the number of columns and rows yourself.","Check the dashed grid in the preview and click 'Split into N pieces'.","Click each piece to save it one at a time, or use 'Download all' to grab them all at once."],"faq":[{"q":"Is my image uploaded to a server?","a":"No. Loading, grid splitting, and saving the pieces all happen entirely inside your browser. Neither the original nor the sliced pieces are ever sent to or stored on a server."},{"q":"I clicked 'Download all' but only some were saved.","a":"When downloading multiple files at once, your browser may ask whether to allow 'downloading multiple files.' Set it to allow and all pieces will be saved. If it still doesn't work, you can click each piece to download it individually."},{"q":"How are the piece files named?","a":"They're named in 'originalname-row-column.png' format, in order from the top left (e.g., photo-1-1.png, photo-1-2.png). This makes it easy to keep the order right when posting an Instagram grid."}]},{"slug":"photo-filters","category":"image-edit","title":"Photo Filters & Effects","tagline":"Apply preset filters like vintage, sepia, cool/warm, and vignette with one click, then save","emoji":"🎞️","keywords":["photo filters","vintage effect","sepia filter","vignette effect","instagram filters"],"intro":"A tool that applies mood presets — vintage, sepia, black & white, cool/warm, vignette, noir, and more — to your photos and saves the result instantly. With fine strength control right in the browser and no app to install, it's ideal for anyone who wants to easily change the mood of photos for social media or blog posts.","howto":["Drag and drop or click to load the photo you want to filter.","Press a preset button — original, vintage, sepia, cool, warm, vignette, and more — for an instant preview.","Use the 'Effect strength' slider to adjust how strongly the filter is applied, from 0 to 100%.","Check 'PNG (lossless)' if you like, then click 'Save' to download."],"faq":[{"q":"Is my photo sent to a server?","a":"No. Filters are applied only on your browser's canvas, and both the original and the result never leave your device. No photo is ever uploaded to or stored on a server."},{"q":"How does the effect strength slider work?","a":"It blends the filtered result with the original — at 100% you get the full filter, and at 0% it's close to the original. When an effect is too strong, lowering the strength dials it back to a more natural level."},{"q":"Should I save as JPG or PNG?","a":"By default it saves as JPG, which is smaller; check 'Save as PNG' to get a lossless PNG. JPG is best for sharing photos, while PNG is better when you need to re-edit or preserve quality."}]},{"slug":"photo-to-sketch","category":"image-edit","title":"Photo to Sketch","tagline":"Convert photos into pencil sketch, colored pencil, or line drawing effects and save","emoji":"✏️","keywords":["photo to sketch","pencil drawing effect","line drawing","turn photo into drawing","sketch filter"],"intro":"A tool that converts photos into pencil sketch, colored pencil, or line drawing (outline) effects and saves the result. Anyone who wants to give a profile image or social post a hand-drawn look, or needs line art for an under-drawing or coloring page, can create it right in the browser.","howto":["Drag and drop or click to load the photo you want to turn into a sketch.","Choose your style: 'Pencil sketch', 'Colored pencil', or 'Line drawing'.","Use the slider to adjust the pencil's softness (smudge) or the line sensitivity.","Check the result and save it with 'Download PNG'."],"faq":[{"q":"Is my photo sent to a server?","a":"No. The sketch conversion is computed pixel by pixel inside your browser, and both the original and the result never leave your device. No photo is ever uploaded to or stored on a server."},{"q":"How do the three styles differ?","a":"'Pencil sketch' is a black-and-white pencil drawing, 'Colored pencil' keeps the original colors faintly for a colored-pencil feel, and 'Line drawing' extracts only the outlines as line art. Pick one for your purpose and adjust the strength with the slider."},{"q":"Can large photos be converted too?","a":"Yes. For processing speed, though, if the longer side exceeds 2000px it's automatically scaled down within that limit before converting. If you need the full original resolution, it's best to treat the result as a reference."}]},{"slug":"avif-to-jpg","category":"image-format","title":"AVIF to JPG/PNG Converter","tagline":"Convert next-gen AVIF images to universally supported JPG or PNG right in your browser","emoji":"🖼️","keywords":["AVIF converter","AVIF to JPG","AVIF to PNG","open AVIF","image converter"],"intro":"AVIF is a next-generation image format that's small in size with great quality, but some programs can't open it. This tool converts AVIF to JPG or PNG — formats that open anywhere — right inside your browser.","howto":["Drag and drop or click to select an AVIF image.","Choose JPG or PNG; for JPG, adjust the quality and background color.","Check the preview, then save with the download button."],"faq":[{"q":"Is my file sent to a server?","a":"No. AVIF decoding and conversion both happen inside your browser, and your image is never uploaded to a server."},{"q":"It won't convert and shows an error.","a":"AVIF decoding relies on your browser's capabilities. Use an up-to-date browser that supports AVIF, such as Chrome, Firefox, or the latest Safari."},{"q":"Should I choose JPG or PNG?","a":"For photos with lots of color and no transparency, JPG is smaller. If you need to keep a transparent background, choose PNG."}]},{"slug":"bmp-converter","category":"image-format","title":"BMP ↔ JPG/PNG Converter","tagline":"Shrink uncompressed BMP files to JPG or PNG, or convert images to 24-bit BMP","emoji":"🔄","keywords":["BMP converter","BMP to JPG","BMP to PNG","create BMP","bitmap converter"],"intro":"You can shrink large, uncompressed BMP (bitmap) images by converting them to compressed formats like JPG or PNG. Conversely, you can also convert images to the 24-bit BMP format required by older programs or devices.","howto":["In the top tabs, choose the conversion direction (BMP→JPG/PNG or Image→BMP).","Drag and drop or click to select an image.","Set the output format, quality, and background color, then click Convert.","Check the preview and download."],"faq":[{"q":"Is the image I input sent to a server?","a":"No. All conversion happens inside your browser, and your image is never sent to a server."},{"q":"Why are BMP files so large?","a":"BMP is an uncompressed format that stores pixels as-is without compression, so for the same image it's far larger than JPG or PNG."},{"q":"What happens if I convert a transparent PNG to BMP?","a":"24-bit BMP doesn't support transparency, so transparent areas are filled with the background color you chose."}]},{"slug":"gif-to-png","category":"image-format","title":"GIF to PNG Converter","tagline":"Extract the first frame of an animated GIF as a still PNG or JPG image","emoji":"🎞️","keywords":["GIF to PNG converter","extract image from GIF","GIF first frame","GIF still image","GIF to JPG"],"intro":"Pulls the first frame from an animated GIF and saves it as a still image (PNG or JPG). It's handy when you need a cover image or thumbnail, or want to use just a single frame without the animation.","howto":["Drag and drop or click to select a GIF file.","Choose PNG or JPG format (JPG lets you adjust quality and background color).","Check the preview and download."],"faq":[{"q":"Is my file uploaded to a server?","a":"No. Frame extraction and conversion both happen inside your browser, and your file is never sent to a server."},{"q":"Can I extract a specific frame from the middle?","a":"When a browser draws a GIF it uses the first frame, so this tool only extracts the first frame. Selecting a specific middle frame isn't supported."},{"q":"Is the animation preserved?","a":"No. PNG and JPG are still-image formats, so only a single frame is saved. The motion is lost."}]},{"slug":"ico-converter","category":"image-format","title":"ICO ↔ PNG Converter","tagline":"Create a multi-size favicon.ico from a PNG, or extract an ICO to PNG","emoji":"🪟","keywords":["ICO converter","create favicon","favicon.ico","PNG to ICO","ICO to PNG"],"intro":"Feed in a square PNG to create a website favicon.ico in multiple sizes — 16, 32, 48px, and more — all at once. Conversely, you can also pick the largest image inside an ICO file and extract it as a PNG.","howto":["In the top tabs, choose PNG→ICO or ICO→PNG.","Select an image; when making an ICO, check the sizes to include.","Click the Create ICO / Convert button.","Preview the result and download."],"faq":[{"q":"Is my file sent to a server?","a":"No. ICO creation, analysis, and PNG extraction all happen inside your browser, and your file is never uploaded to a server."},{"q":"Which sizes should I include for a favicon?","a":"Including 16, 32, and 48px together usually looks sharp on most browsers and desktops. If you need high-resolution support, add 64 and 128px as well."},{"q":"Can any ICO be opened as PNG?","a":"Yes — not only ICOs stored internally as PNG, but also traditional ICOs saved as 1/4/8/24/32-bit bitmaps are converted with transparency preserved. Special formats may not be supported."}]},{"slug":"image-dpi-changer","category":"image-format","title":"Image DPI Changer","tagline":"Adjust the pixel dimensions and DPI (resolution) metadata for printing, then save","emoji":"🖨️","keywords":["change DPI","image resolution","300 DPI","print-ready image","DPI settings"],"intro":"Adjusts the pixel dimensions and DPI (pixels per inch) metadata of images meant for print, then saves them. Setting a value like 300 DPI lets print and editing programs correctly recognize the actual output size.","howto":["Drag and drop or click to select an image.","Enter the DPI you want and the target pixel dimensions (you can lock the aspect ratio).","Choose PNG or JPG format and click Save.","Check the displayed output size (cm/inches) and download."],"faq":[{"q":"Is my image sent to a server?","a":"No. Both the resizing and the DPI metadata are handled inside your browser, and your image is never sent to a server."},{"q":"Does changing only the DPI improve quality?","a":"No. DPI is metadata that sets the 'print size,' not the quality. Actual sharpness is determined by the number of pixels, so for large prints you need to increase the pixel dimensions themselves. These values are for reference and may differ from the actual printed result."},{"q":"Where is the DPI info stored?","a":"It's written to the pHYs chunk for PNG and the JFIF density values for JPG. It doesn't affect on-screen display; print and editing programs read these values to calculate the output size."}]},{"slug":"csv-dedupe","category":"doc-data","title":"CSV Duplicate Row Remover","tagline":"Clean up duplicates in a CSV by whole row or by specific columns, all at once","emoji":"🧹","keywords":["CSV remove duplicates","delete duplicate rows","CSV cleanup","column-based duplicates","data cleansing"],"intro":"Paste in a CSV or upload a file, and this tool finds and removes duplicate rows based on the entire row or the columns you specify. With options to ignore case and whitespace differences, it can clean up even the messy duplicates found in real-world data.","howto":["Paste your CSV into the input box, or drag and drop a file to load it.","Choose the delimiter and the 'duplicate criteria' (whole row or specific columns).","If needed, turn on the ignore-case and ignore-whitespace options.","Check the result and save it with the Download CSV or Copy button."],"faq":[{"q":"Are my file or inputs sent to a server?","a":"No. CSV parsing and duplicate removal are handled entirely inside your browser. No data is ever sent to or stored on a server."},{"q":"Which of the duplicates is kept?","a":"It keeps the first occurrence and removes any identical rows that appear afterward. The original sort order is preserved."},{"q":"How do 'ignore case' and 'ignore whitespace' work?","a":"They apply only when comparing the comparison key. Ignore case treats A and a as the same, and ignore whitespace trims leading/trailing spaces and collapses repeated ones before comparing. The values in the rows that remain are kept exactly as in the original."}]},{"slug":"ics-csv","category":"doc-data","title":"Calendar CSV ↔ ICS Converter","tagline":"Convert a schedule CSV into a multi-event .ics, and .ics back into CSV, both ways","emoji":"📅","keywords":["CSV to ICS converter","create ics from schedule","ical converter","bulk add calendar events","ics to csv"],"intro":"A two-way converter that turns a CSV containing many events into a single calendar .ics file at once, or unpacks an .ics file back into a tabular CSV. It's useful for bulk-adding events to Google, Apple, or Outlook Calendar, or for backing them up.","howto":["In the tabs, choose the direction: 'CSV → ICS' or 'ICS → CSV'.","For CSV, paste or upload a file with title, start, end, location, and description columns.","Check the conversion result and download it as .ics or .csv.","Open the generated .ics in your calendar app to add all the events at once."],"faq":[{"q":"Are my events sent to a server?","a":"No. CSV and ICS parsing and conversion all happen only inside your browser, and no event data or files are ever sent to or stored on a server."},{"q":"What format should the CSV be?","a":"The first row must include title and start columns, while end, location, and description are optional. If the start value includes a time like '2026-07-15 14:00' it's treated as a timed event; if it's a date only, it's treated as an all-day event."},{"q":"How are time zones handled?","a":"Events are saved as floating time, using your device's local time as-is. Opening them in a different time zone may show a different time, so treat this as a reference."}]},{"slug":"vcard-csv","category":"doc-data","title":"Contacts CSV ↔ vCard Converter","tagline":"Convert a contacts CSV into a .vcf bundle, and .vcf back into CSV, both ways","emoji":"👤","keywords":["CSV to vCard converter","create vcf","bulk add contacts","vcard to csv","address book converter"],"intro":"A two-way converter that turns a CSV of many contacts into a single .vcf (electronic business card) bundle, or unpacks a .vcf back into a tabular CSV. It's convenient for bulk-migrating or backing up your address book to a smartphone or Google/Apple Contacts.","howto":["In the tabs, choose the direction: 'CSV → vCard' or 'vCard → CSV'.","For CSV, paste or upload a file with columns like name, phone, email, company, and title.","Check the result and download it as .vcf or .csv.","Open the generated .vcf in your contacts app to add everyone at once."],"faq":[{"q":"Is my contact information sent to a server?","a":"No. CSV and vCard parsing and conversion all happen only inside your browser, and no information — names, phone numbers, or anything else — is ever sent to or stored on a server."},{"q":"Exactly what column names should I use in the CSV?","a":"As long as you have at least one of name, phone, or email, you're set; company, title, url, address, and note are optional. Korean column names (이름, 전화, 이메일, etc.) are also recognized."},{"q":"Can I open the generated .vcf directly on an iPhone or Android?","a":"Yes. It's created with the vCard 3.0 standard, so opening the file in iPhone/Android Contacts or Google/Apple address books imports it right away."}]},{"slug":"business-card-maker","category":"generators-qr","title":"Business Card Maker","tagline":"Enter your name, title, company, and contact details to instantly create and download a business card image","emoji":"💼","keywords":["business card maker","business card image","business card design","online business card creator","business card png"],"intro":"Enter your name, title, company, and contact details, and this tool draws a standard business-card-ratio image (90×50mm) in real time, ready to download as a PNG. Pick a theme and accent color to create a simple social profile image or a quick business card in seconds.","howto":["Enter your name, title, company, phone, email, and website.","Choose a theme (Classic, Dark, Navy, etc.) and adjust the accent color.","Check the result in the preview above.","Click the 'Download PNG' button to save the business card image."],"faq":[{"q":"Is the information I enter sent to a server?","a":"No. The card is drawn entirely on your browser's canvas, and your inputs — name, contact details, and so on — are never sent to or stored on a server."},{"q":"What size and format is it saved in?","a":"It's saved as a 1050×600px PNG, corresponding to the standard business-card ratio of 90×50mm. For printing, arrange your layout with trim margins on all four sides in mind."},{"q":"What happens if the text is long?","a":"If the name, company, or contact details exceed the card's width, the font size is automatically reduced so nothing gets cut off."}]},{"slug":"cron-expression-generator","category":"generators-qr","title":"Cron Expression Generator","tagline":"Pick minute, hour, day, month, and weekday to generate a cron expression with a plain-English description","emoji":"⏰","keywords":["cron expression generator","create cron","crontab generator","schedule expression","cron examples"],"intro":"Click to select the minute, hour, day, month, and weekday, and this tool instantly generates a standard 5-field cron expression along with a human-readable, plain-English description. You can express exactly the schedule you want without memorizing crontab or CI scheduler syntax.","howto":["Start from a 'common examples' button, or configure each field yourself.","For minute and hour, choose every minute / every N / a specific value; for day, choose daily / a specific day.","Press the month and weekday buttons to turn on only the values you want (leave them off for all).","Check the finished cron expression, then copy and paste it into your scheduler."],"faq":[{"q":"Are my inputs sent to a server?","a":"No. Generating the expression and computing the description all happen entirely inside your browser, and no data is ever sent to or stored on a server."},{"q":"Where can I use the generated expression?","a":"You can use it as-is in most schedulers that support the standard 5 fields (minute hour day month weekday), including Linux crontab, GitHub Actions, Jenkins, and more."},{"q":"What happens if I specify both day and weekday?","a":"In standard cron, specifying both day and weekday means it runs on any day where either one matches (an OR condition). The generator's plain-English description also shows this as 'on day ~ or ~ weekday'."}]},{"slug":"email-signature-generator","category":"generators-qr","title":"Email Signature (HTML) Generator","tagline":"Create and copy an HTML email signature for Gmail and Outlook from your name, title, company, contacts, and social links","emoji":"✉️","keywords":["create email signature","HTML email signature","Gmail signature","Outlook signature","email signature generator"],"intro":"Enter your name, title, company, contact details, and social links, and this tool instantly creates an HTML email signature you can paste straight into Gmail and Outlook. Adjust the accent color and fields while watching a live preview, and copy it all at once with formatting intact.","howto":["Enter the info you want to display — name, title, company, phone, email, website, and so on.","Add the social links you need (LinkedIn, GitHub, X, etc.) and set an accent color.","Check the preview, then click 'Copy with formatting' and paste it into the Gmail/Outlook signature settings.","If your mail client doesn't support it, use 'Copy HTML source' to paste the code directly."],"faq":[{"q":"How do I add it to Gmail and Outlook?","a":"After 'Copy with formatting', paste it into Gmail under Settings → General → Signature, or into the signature editor in Outlook (desktop). On browsers where formatted copy doesn't work, insert the code via 'Copy HTML source'."},{"q":"Why isn't my profile image showing?","a":"The image must be a publicly available URL to show in recipients' email. A file path that only exists on your PC won't appear on other people's screens, so use the address of an image uploaded to the web."},{"q":"Is the information I enter sent to a server?","a":"No. Generating and copying the signature all happen entirely inside your browser, and none of the info you enter — name, contact details, etc. — is ever sent to or stored on a server."}]},{"slug":"invoice-generator","category":"generators-qr","title":"Invoice & Quote Generator","tagline":"Enter line items, quantities, unit prices, and tax to preview an invoice or quote and save it as PDF or print","emoji":"🧾","keywords":["invoice generator","create a quote","billing statement template","online invoice maker","free quote PDF"],"intro":"Enter supplier and customer details along with line items, quantities, unit prices, and tax rate, and it automatically calculates the subtotal, VAT, and total to produce a clean invoice or quote. The finished document opens in a new window in A4 format, ready to print or keep as a file via 'Save as PDF'.","howto":["In the top tabs, choose Invoice or Quote.","Enter the document number, issue date, currency, and the supplier and customer details.","Add line items with quantity and unit price, and the amounts, subtotal, VAT, and total are calculated automatically.","Click 'Print / Save as PDF' and, in the print dialog, choose 'Save as PDF' as the destination."],"faq":[{"q":"How are VAT and discounts calculated?","a":"The discount is subtracted from the subtotal (the sum of line-item amounts) to get the taxable base, which is multiplied by your entered tax rate (10% by default) for the VAT; the total shows the taxable base plus VAT. Changing the currency also switches the currency symbol and decimal notation."},{"q":"How do I save as PDF?","a":"Clicking 'Print' opens the document fitted to A4 in a new window. In the print dialog, choose 'Save as PDF' instead of a printer to save it as a file. If the new window doesn't open, check that pop-ups are allowed in your browser."},{"q":"Is the transaction detail I enter sent to a server?","a":"No. All calculations and document generation happen entirely inside your browser, and no information — clients, amounts, etc. — is ever sent to or stored on a server. Tax amounts are auto-calculated from your inputs for reference only and may differ from actual tax filings."}]},{"slug":"privacy-policy-generator","category":"generators-qr","title":"Privacy Policy Generator","tagline":"Enter your site or app details to generate a privacy policy and terms-of-service draft (for AdSense approval and app review)","emoji":"📜","keywords":["privacy policy generator","create terms of service","AdSense privacy policy","app store privacy policy","free privacy policy template"],"intro":"Enter basic details — service name, operator, data collected, purpose, and more — and it automatically generates a privacy policy and terms-of-service draft structured around privacy law. Select options like Google Analytics/AdSense usage, third-party sharing, and paid-service clauses to quickly prepare documents for AdSense approval or app review submission.","howto":["In the tabs, choose 'Privacy Policy' or 'Terms of Service'.","Enter the service name, operator, site URL, contact person, and effective date.","Check the data collected and any applicable options such as Analytics, AdSense, and third-party sharing.","Copy the generated document or save it as .txt and publish it on your site."],"faq":[{"q":"Can I use it as-is right away?","a":"This document is a draft (for reference) that combines common clauses. You must review and supplement it according to your actual data collection, business type, and applicable laws, and for sensitive services it's safest to have a legal professional check it."},{"q":"Can I use it for AdSense or app review?","a":"It can be built to include Google Analytics/AdSense clauses, a cookie notice, and a data protection officer section, making it a useful starting point for approval and review. Just edit the clauses to fit your own service before submitting."},{"q":"Is the company information I enter sent to a server?","a":"No. Document generation happens entirely inside your browser, and none of the info you enter — service name, contact details, etc. — is ever sent to or stored on a server."}]},{"slug":"readme-generator","category":"generators-qr","title":"GitHub README Generator","tagline":"Enter your project name, install steps, and license to generate, copy, and download a GitHub README.md","emoji":"📘","keywords":["README generator","GitHub readme","readme.md maker","Markdown README","open source doc template"],"intro":"Enter your project name, description, features, install commands, license, and more, and it produces a complete README.md — table of contents, badges, and code blocks included. Add your GitHub repo URL and star/issue badges link up automatically, and you can copy the result or download it straight as a README.md file.","howto":["Enter your project name, one-line summary, and detailed description.","Fill in key features, tech stack, install commands, and usage example code.","Choose the license and whether to include badges, a table of contents, and contribution guidelines.","Save with 'Copy Markdown' or 'Download README.md' and place it at the root of your repository."],"faq":[{"q":"How are the badges (shields.io) shown?","a":"The license and 'PRs welcome' badges are always inserted, while star and issue badges link to real values only when you enter a GitHub repo URL. If you don't need badges, uncheck 'Include badges'."},{"q":"Will the generated README render correctly on GitHub?","a":"Yes. It's written in standard Markdown syntax, so placing it as README.md at your repo root lets GitHub automatically render the headings, code blocks, table-of-contents links, and more."},{"q":"Is the project info I enter sent to a server?","a":"No. Markdown generation happens entirely inside your browser, and none of what you enter — project name, description, etc. — is ever sent to or stored on a server."}]},{"slug":"resume-builder","category":"generators-qr","title":"Resume Builder","tagline":"Enter your personal details, education, and work history to preview a resume and save it as PDF or print","emoji":"📄","keywords":["resume builder","resume template","resume PDF","free CV template","online resume maker"],"intro":"Enter everything from your name, contact details, and summary to work history, education, and skills, and it shows a clean one-page resume with a live preview. Choose an accent color and add sections freely, then print your A4-sized resume or keep it as a file via 'Save as PDF'.","howto":["Enter your personal details — name, job title, email, phone — and a summary statement.","Add as much work history and education as you need, writing one responsibility per line.","Enter skills separated by commas and pick an accent color, and the preview updates instantly.","Click 'Print / Save as PDF' and, in the print dialog, choose 'Save as PDF' as the destination."],"faq":[{"q":"How do I save as PDF?","a":"Clicking 'Print' opens your resume fitted to A4 in a new window. In the print dialog, choose 'Save as PDF' instead of a printer to save it as a file. If the new window doesn't open, check that pop-ups are allowed in your browser."},{"q":"How do I add a photo?","a":"Enter a publicly available image URL and the photo appears in both the preview and the printout. You'll need the address of a photo uploaded to the web, and you can also create a resume without one."},{"q":"Is the resume information I enter sent to a server?","a":"No. Building, previewing, and printing the resume all happen entirely inside your browser, and none of what you enter — personal details, work history, etc. — is ever sent to or stored on a server."}]},{"slug":"json-to-typescript","category":"text-dev","title":"JSON to TypeScript","tagline":"Paste a JSON sample and auto-generate interface and type definitions","emoji":"🔷","keywords":["JSON to TypeScript","JSON type generator","TypeScript interface generator","JSON to interface converter","auto generate types"],"intro":"Paste a JSON sample such as an API response or config file, and this tool automatically generates matching TypeScript interface or type definitions. Nested objects are split into separate types, and keys that appear in only some objects within an array are marked as optional (?) properties.","howto":["Paste the JSON sample you want to convert into the input box.","Set a name for the root type and choose whether to declare it as an interface or a type.","If needed, turn on 'Add export keyword' to make it an exported declaration.","Review the generated type definitions and use 'Copy types' to paste them into your code."],"faq":[{"q":"Does it handle nested objects and arrays?","a":"Yes. Nested objects are split into separate interfaces, and for arrays of objects it merges the elements' keys into a single type, marking keys that appear in only some elements as optional (?). When a value can be several types, it's expressed as a union (|)."},{"q":"Should I choose interface or type?","a":"For most object shapes, interface is a safe choice since it's easy to extend and merge. Use type if you need union aliases or simply prefer it, and you can regenerate the result at any time."},{"q":"Is the JSON I enter sent to a server?","a":"No. JSON parsing and type generation all run inside your browser, and nothing you enter is sent to or stored on any server."}]},{"slug":"toml-converter","category":"text-dev","title":"TOML ↔ JSON Converter","tagline":"Convert simple TOML to JSON and JSON to TOML, in both directions","emoji":"🔁","keywords":["TOML to JSON","JSON to TOML","TOML JSON converter","TOML parser","TOML converter"],"intro":"Convert between TOML and JSON, two formats commonly used for config files, in both directions. It supports the basic syntax—key-value pairs, tables ([table]), arrays of tables ([[table]]), arrays, and inline tables—so you can quickly move settings from one format to the other.","howto":["Choose the conversion direction (TOML → JSON or JSON → TOML) from the tabs at the top.","Paste the content you want to convert, or click 'Load example' to insert a sample.","The converted result appears immediately below.","Use 'Copy result' to put it on your clipboard."],"faq":[{"q":"How much TOML syntax is supported?","a":"It supports key-value pairs; strings, numbers, booleans, and arrays; tables ([table]) and arrays of tables ([[table]]); inline tables; dotted (nested) keys; and arrays spanning multiple lines. Some advanced syntax, such as multi-line strings, is handled in a simplified way."},{"q":"Is there anything to watch out for when converting JSON to TOML?","a":"The top level of TOML must be an object, and since TOML has no concept of null, keys with a null value are omitted from the result. Strings that look like dates or times are kept as plain strings."},{"q":"Is my input data sent to a server?","a":"No. All conversion happens inside your browser, and the TOML or JSON you enter is never sent to or stored on a server."}]},{"slug":"text-to-speech","category":"text-dev","title":"Text to Speech (TTS)","tagline":"Read text aloud with your browser's built-in voices · adjust speed, pitch, and voice","emoji":"🔊","keywords":["text to speech","TTS","free text to speech","read text aloud","browser speech synthesis"],"intro":"This tool reads text you enter out loud using your browser's built-in speech synthesis. You can freely adjust the voice, reading speed, pitch, and volume, making it handy for rehearsing presentations, proofreading by ear, or accessibility support.","howto":["Paste or type the text you want read aloud into the input box.","Pick a voice and adjust the speed, pitch, and volume sliders.","Press 'Play' to hear the speech.","Use the pause, resume, and stop buttons to control playback."],"faq":[{"q":"The voice I want isn't in the list.","a":"The available voices depend on those installed in your operating system and browser. You can add more voices—including ones for other languages—in the speech or narrator settings of Windows or macOS, and they'll then appear in the list."},{"q":"Why won't it play in some browsers?","a":"This tool uses the browser's SpeechSynthesis feature. We recommend the latest Chrome, Edge, or Safari, and note that some mobile browsers only play audio after you tap the screen once."},{"q":"Is the text I enter sent to a server?","a":"No. Speech is generated by your browser's built-in feature, and the text you enter is never sent to or stored on this site's servers."}]},{"slug":"speech-to-text","category":"text-dev","title":"Speech to Text (Dictation)","tagline":"Transcribe microphone speech to text in real time · copy the result (Chrome recommended)","emoji":"🎙️","keywords":["speech to text","dictation","voice recognition","STT","real-time voice to text"],"intro":"Speak into your microphone and the browser's speech recognition transcribes your words into text in real time. It's useful whenever you'd rather talk than type—meeting notes, dictating ideas, or drafting captions.","howto":["Choose the recognition language, press 'Start dictation', and allow microphone access.","As you speak, the text fills in the result box in real time.","Edit the result directly if needed.","Use 'Copy result' to grab the text, or 'Clear' to start over."],"faq":[{"q":"Which browsers does it work in?","a":"It works best in desktop Chrome and Edge. Some browsers, such as Firefox, don't support the Web Speech API's recognition and can't be used."},{"q":"Recognition keeps stopping partway.","a":"The browser automatically ends recognition after a period of silence. This tool is built to restart automatically, but if it keeps stopping, try stopping and starting again. A quiet environment and clear pronunciation improve accuracy."},{"q":"Is my voice stored on this site?","a":"No. The transcribed text is never sent to or stored on this site's servers. Note, however, that browsers like Chrome may send audio to their own servers to process recognition, so be careful with sensitive content."}]},{"slug":"csv-column-editor","category":"doc-data","title":"CSV Column Editor","tagline":"Select, reorder, rename, and trim whitespace in CSV columns, then save back to CSV","emoji":"🗂️","keywords":["edit CSV columns","reorder CSV columns","delete CSV columns","rename CSV columns","CSV editor"],"intro":"Pick only the columns you need from your CSV data, reorder them, rename them, and trim leading, trailing, and duplicate whitespace from cells before saving back to CSV. You can quickly reshape your data's column structure right in the browser, without opening Excel.","howto":["Paste your CSV and confirm the input delimiter and whether the first row is a header.","Use each column's checkbox to include or exclude it, edit names, or reorder with ▲▼.","If needed, adjust the output delimiter and the 'Trim whitespace' option.","Check the preview, then export with 'Copy CSV' or 'Save CSV'."],"faq":[{"q":"Does it work with tab- or semicolon-separated files?","a":"Yes. You can set the input and output delimiters independently among comma, tab, semicolon, and pipe, so you can also use it just to re-save a file with a different delimiter."},{"q":"How are values that contain commas or line breaks handled?","a":"When a value contains a delimiter, quote, or line break, it's automatically wrapped in double quotes with inner quotes escaped, so it's saved safely in standard CSV format. The saved file includes a BOM for Excel compatibility."},{"q":"Is the CSV I upload sent to a server?","a":"No. Parsing, editing, and saving all happen entirely in your browser, and your data is never sent to or stored on a server."}]},{"slug":"random-wheel-spinner","category":"web-seo-misc","title":"Random Wheel Spinner","tagline":"Add names or items, spin the wheel, and pick a winner fairly","emoji":"🎯","keywords":["random wheel","wheel spinner","random name picker","drawing lots","random picker"],"intro":"Enter names or items one per line, spin the wheel, and it randomly picks a winner with a spinning animation. It's handy whenever you need a fair choice—picking a presenter, running a giveaway, or deciding where to eat lunch.","howto":["Enter the names or items to draw from, one per line.","Press the 'Spin' button and the wheel rotates to decide a winner.","To draw several winners in a row, turn on 'Auto-remove winners' and spin repeatedly.","You can save the winner and draw history with the copy button."],"faq":[{"q":"Is the win probability fair for every item?","a":"Yes. Using the browser's cryptographic random numbers (crypto.getRandomValues), the winner is chosen first so that every item has an equal chance, and then the wheel is spun to stop at that position. Slice size and spin speed have no effect on the result."},{"q":"How many items can I add?","a":"You can enter up to 200. With many items the slices and text get smaller, but the draw still works normally, and long names are shortened on the wheel."},{"q":"Are the names I enter sent to a server?","a":"No. Input, drawing, and history are all handled entirely in your browser, and no data is ever sent to or stored on a server."}]},{"slug":"typing-speed-test","category":"web-seo-misc","title":"Typing Speed Test (WPM)","tagline":"Type the given sentence to measure WPM, CPM, and accuracy in real time","emoji":"⌨️","keywords":["typing speed test","typing practice","WPM test","characters per minute","typing test"],"intro":"Type the Korean or English sentence shown on screen exactly as given, and it measures your words per minute (WPM), characters per minute (CPM), and accuracy in real time. The timer starts automatically the moment you type the first character and stops on the last, so you get an accurate speed reading with no extra steps.","howto":["Choose the Korean or English tab and a practice sentence appears.","Type the sentence exactly as shown in the input box. The timer starts the instant you type the first character.","Correct characters turn green and mistakes turn red, and when you finish your WPM, CPM, and accuracy are shown.","Use 'New sentence' or 'Retry same sentence' to keep practicing."],"faq":[{"q":"How are WPM and CPM calculated?","a":"Following the international standard, WPM counts every 5 correctly typed characters as one word and reports words per minute, while CPM is the number of correctly typed characters per minute. Both values count only accurate characters, excluding typos."},{"q":"Why does the Korean CPM differ from my actual keystroke count?","a":"Korean characters are formed by combining consonants and vowels into a single syllable, so this tool—which counts completed syllables—can differ from the actual number of keys you pressed. Treat it as a reference figure."},{"q":"Is what I type sent to a server?","a":"No. Displaying the sentence and calculating speed and accuracy all happen entirely in your browser, and what you type is never sent to or stored on a server."}]},{"slug":"jfif-to-jpg","category":"image-format","title":"JFIF to JPG Converter","tagline":"Turn Windows-saved .jfif images into standard JPG or PNG that open anywhere","emoji":"🖼️","keywords":["jfif to jpg","open jfif file","convert jfif","jfif to png","jfif extension"],"intro":"The .jfif files that Windows Paint or email attachments sometimes save are actually JPEG data, yet their extension keeps some programs from opening them. This tool re-saves JFIF as standard JPG (or PNG when you need transparency) right in your browser, so it opens anywhere.","howto":["Drag and drop the .jfif file, or click to select it.","Choose the JPG or PNG tab; for JPG, adjust the quality and background color.","Check the preview, then save the converted image with the download button."],"faq":[{"q":"What's the difference between JFIF and JPG?","a":"The underlying data is nearly identical. JFIF is one of the container specs for JPEG images, and compatibility problems arise simply because it's saved with a .jfif extension. Re-saving turns it into a standard .jpg that most programs open right away."},{"q":"Does converting reduce the image quality?","a":"JPG uses lossy compression, so re-saving can introduce slight loss depending on the quality slider. To preserve the original as much as possible, set quality to 90% or higher, or convert to lossless PNG."},{"q":"Is my file sent to a server?","a":"No. All conversion happens only in your browser, and the image is never uploaded to or stored on a server."}]},{"slug":"jpg-to-avif","category":"image-format","title":"JPG/PNG to AVIF Converter","tagline":"Encode images to high-compression AVIF to speed up your web pages","emoji":"🗜️","keywords":["convert to AVIF","JPG to AVIF","PNG to AVIF","reduce image size","AVIF encoder"],"intro":"AVIF is a next-generation image format that produces smaller files than JPG or WebP at the same quality. This tool uses your browser's encoder to convert JPG and PNG images to AVIF and instantly shows how much the file size shrinks at each quality level.","howto":["Drag and drop a JPG or PNG image, or click to select it.","Adjust the quality slider and watch the savings versus the original.","When the preview looks good, press the AVIF download button."],"faq":[{"q":"Does it work in every browser?","a":"AVIF encoding is supported in the latest browsers such as Chrome and Edge. In unsupported browsers you'll see a notice that conversion isn't possible, so please use a Chrome-based browser in that case."},{"q":"What quality percentage is appropriate?","a":"AVIF is so efficient that even a 40–60% range shows almost no visible loss. For web images, we recommend adjusting within this range."},{"q":"Is my image uploaded to a server?","a":"No. Encoding happens entirely in your browser, and neither the original nor the result is sent to a server."}]},{"slug":"svg-optimizer","category":"image-format","title":"SVG Optimizer","tagline":"Shrink SVG size by removing comments, whitespace, and unneeded decimals","emoji":"✂️","keywords":["SVG optimizer","compress SVG","reduce SVG size","minify SVG","clean up SVG code"],"intro":"SVGs exported from design tools carry a lot of data that isn't needed to display them—comments, editor-specific attributes, and overly long decimal coordinates. This tool strips out that clutter to reduce the SVG's file size, and shows the original and optimized sizes and previews side by side.","howto":["Paste your SVG code or upload an .svg file.","Check the options you want, such as removing comments, collapsing whitespace, and rounding decimals.","Confirm the shape is preserved in the preview, then copy or download it."],"faq":[{"q":"Will optimizing change the appearance?","a":"Most SVGs, like icons and logos, stay exactly the same. However, setting the decimal-rounding precision too low, or having meaningful whitespace inside text elements, can cause slight differences, so check the preview."},{"q":"Does it shrink as much as a dedicated tool like SVGO?","a":"It's a lightweight, regex-based optimization that doesn't replace all of SVGO's transformations, but even just cleaning up comments, whitespace, and coordinates can cut a substantial amount of size instantly."},{"q":"Is my code sent to a server?","a":"No. The code you paste and the files you upload are all processed only in your browser and are never sent to or stored on a server."}]},{"slug":"svg-to-png","category":"image-format","title":"SVG to PNG/JPG Converter","tagline":"Turn vector SVG into crisp PNG or JPG images at any scale","emoji":"🖨️","keywords":["SVG to PNG","convert SVG to image","SVG to JPG","rasterize SVG","SVG image converter"],"intro":"SVG is vector, so it never blurs when enlarged, but plenty of places—social uploads, document inserts—need PNG or JPG. This tool scales your SVG code or file up to the size you want and converts it to high-resolution PNG (keeping transparency) or JPG.","howto":["Enter your SVG in the paste-code or upload-file tab.","Choose a scale (1–10×) and an output format (PNG/JPG).","Press convert to see the output resolution and download the image."],"faq":[{"q":"Why raise the scale?","a":"Converting at the SVG's default size can come out small. Raising the scale to 2–4× rasterizes the same artwork at a larger pixel resolution, keeping it sharp for print and high-resolution screens."},{"q":"Does it work with SVGs that have no size info?","a":"If there's no width or height, it uses the viewBox size; if that's missing too, it defaults to 512×512. The scale is then multiplied by this to set the final resolution."},{"q":"Is my SVG sent to a server?","a":"No. Conversion happens only on the browser canvas, and the code, file, and result image are never sent to a server."}]},{"slug":"image-converter-all","category":"image-format","title":"All-in-One Image Converter","tagline":"Freely convert JPG, PNG, WebP, AVIF, and BMP to any format you want","emoji":"🔄","keywords":["image format converter","PNG to WebP","image converter","convert to AVIF","convert BMP"],"intro":"An all-in-one converter that changes multiple image formats—JPG, PNG, WebP, AVIF, BMP—into the format you want, right in your browser. For lossy formats you can adjust quality, and you can see the size change versus the original as you pick the format that fits your needs.","howto":["Drag and drop the image to convert, or click to select it.","Choose an output format (JPG, PNG, WebP, AVIF, BMP), and adjust quality for lossy formats.","For formats without transparency support, like JPG and BMP, set a background color.","Check the preview and size change, then download."],"faq":[{"q":"WebP/AVIF are grayed out and disabled.","a":"That means your current browser doesn't support encoding to that format. The latest Chrome and Edge usually can. Unsupported formats are shown as non-selectable."},{"q":"When I convert PNG to JPG, the transparent background turns black.","a":"JPG and BMP don't support transparency. Transparent areas are filled with the background color you set, so choose your desired background (usually white) before converting."},{"q":"Is my image uploaded to a server?","a":"No. All conversion is handled on the browser canvas, and neither the original nor the result image is sent to or stored on a server."}]},{"slug":"instagram-carousel-splitter","category":"sns-utils","title":"Instagram Carousel Splitter","tagline":"Split wide or panoramic images into 2–10 seamless square slides","emoji":"🖼️","keywords":["Instagram carousel splitter","panorama slides","split image into parts","Instagram square crop","make a carousel"],"intro":"Slice a single wide image into 2–10 seamless square slides for an Instagram carousel. Upload them to one post in numbered order, and swiping across flows like one continuous picture.","howto":["Upload a wide (panoramic) image.","Choose the number of slides (2–10) and the slide resolution.","Check the split positions in the preview and press 'Split'.","Save each piece, then upload them to one post in numbered order (01 → 02 → …)."],"faq":[{"q":"Why do the slides connect seamlessly?","a":"It crops a set region from the original and divides it at the same scale, so the edges of adjacent slides line up exactly and connect like one picture as you swipe."},{"q":"How many slides should I split into?","a":"Matching your image's aspect ratio looks most natural. About 3:1 is ideal for 3 slides and 2:1 for 2 slides, and any leftover top and bottom is cropped from the center."},{"q":"Is the image I upload sent to a server?","a":"No. All splitting is handled entirely in your browser, and the image is never sent to or stored on a server."}]},{"slug":"social-image-resizer","category":"sns-utils","title":"Social Image Resizer","tagline":"Crop and resize to platform specs—Instagram, YouTube thumbnails, Facebook covers, and more","emoji":"📐","keywords":["social image resizer","resize for Instagram","YouTube thumbnail size","Facebook cover size","crop and resize image"],"intro":"Crop (fill) or pad (fit) your image to each platform's recommended dimensions—Instagram square and story, YouTube thumbnail, Facebook cover, and more. Without memorizing any specs, one button gives you an image at exactly the right size.","howto":["Upload an image and pick the platform-spec button you want.","Choose 'Fill (crop)' or 'Fit (pad)' mode.","Adjust what gets cropped with the position slider and pick a format (JPG, PNG, WebP).","Press 'Save' to download the correctly sized image."],"faq":[{"q":"How do 'Fill' and 'Fit' differ?","a":"'Fill' crops the image so it fully covers the target size, while 'Fit' places the entire image and fills the leftover area with the background color. When a logo or person must not be cut off, 'Fit' is the safe choice."},{"q":"Are the given specs accurate?","a":"It uses each platform's common recommended sizes—Instagram square 1080×1080, story 1080×1920, YouTube thumbnail 1280×720, and so on. Platform policies can change, so treat them as a reference."},{"q":"Is the image I upload sent to a server?","a":"No. Resizing and cropping are all handled in your browser, and the image is never sent to or stored on a server."}]},{"slug":"tier-list-maker","category":"sns-utils","title":"Tier List Maker","tagline":"Arrange items or images into S–F tiers and save your tier chart as an image (great for memes)","emoji":"🏆","keywords":["tier list maker","make a tier chart","tier list creator","S rank ranking","meme tier image"],"intro":"Drag your favorite characters, foods, games, and more into S–F tiers and save the finished chart as an image. You can add both text items and image items, making it easy to create memes and ranking content.","howto":["Add items by typing their names, or upload several images.","Drag an item into a tier, or click an item and then tap the tier row to move it to.","Enter a title and finalize the arrangement.","Press 'Save as image' to download the tier chart as a PNG."],"faq":[{"q":"Can I arrange on mobile too?","a":"Yes. Where dragging is hard, tap an item once to select it, then tap the tier row you want to move it to."},{"q":"Can I change the number of tiers or their colors?","a":"The default is six levels—S, A, B, C, D, F—each with its own color. Park items in the unranked area and then move them into the tier you want."},{"q":"Are the images I upload sent to a server?","a":"No. Both the item images and the tier chart are handled entirely in your browser, and no file is ever sent to or stored on a server."}]},{"slug":"emoji-picker","category":"sns-utils","title":"Emoji Search & Copy","tagline":"Find emoji by category or search and copy with one click; remembers recent use","emoji":"😀","keywords":["copy emoji","emoji search","emoji picker","emoji symbols","copy emoticons"],"intro":"Browse hundreds of emoji by category—emotions, people, animals, food—or search by keyword and copy any of them with a single click. Recently used emoji are remembered in this browser so you can grab them right from the top next time.","howto":["Type a keyword like 'smile', 'heart', or 'fire' into the search box, or pick a category tab.","Click the emoji you want to copy it to your clipboard.","Paste (Ctrl/⌘+V) to use it anywhere—social media, messengers, documents.","Quickly re-copy your go-to emoji from 'Recently used'."],"faq":[{"q":"The emoji shows as a box (□) where I pasted it.","a":"The emoji itself copied fine, but the app or font where you pasted can't display it. It appears correctly in up-to-date operating systems and apps."},{"q":"Can I search by keyword?","a":"Yes. Every emoji has keywords attached, so you can find them with words like 'cat', 'celebrate', or 'thumbs up'."},{"q":"Is my recently-used list sent to a server?","a":"No. Recently used emoji are stored only in this browser (localStorage) and are never sent to or collected by a server."}]},{"slug":"qr-code-scanner","category":"web-seo-misc","title":"QR Code Scanner","tagline":"Read QR codes from an uploaded image or your camera and see the contents instantly","emoji":"📷","keywords":["QR code scanner","read QR code","QR reader","scan QR from image","QR code decoder"],"intro":"Upload an image containing a QR code or turn on your camera to read its contents instantly. Recognized links open right away and text can be copied to the clipboard, so you can check QR codes in your browser without installing an app.","howto":["Upload a QR photo in the 'From image' tab, or start scanning in the 'From camera' tab.","In camera mode, hold the QR within the frame and it's recognized automatically.","Copy the recognized content, or if it's a link, tap 'Open link' to go to it."],"faq":[{"q":"Camera scanning doesn't work and says 'not supported'.","a":"This tool uses the browser's built-in QR recognition (the BarcodeDetector API). It works well in the latest Chrome and Edge (including Android), and in unsupported browsers even image-upload recognition may be limited."},{"q":"The camera won't turn on.","a":"Check that you've granted the browser camera permission and that no other app is using the camera. Also, camera access is only allowed over a secure connection (https)."},{"q":"Are my scanned images or video sent to a server?","a":"No. Both images and camera video are analyzed only in your browser on your device and are never sent to or stored on a server. That said, when opening a link inside a QR code, make sure the address is trustworthy."}]},{"slug":"what-is-my-ip","category":"web-seo-misc","title":"What Is My IP","tagline":"Look up your public IP, approximate location, and ISP via free APIs, plus browser info (UA, resolution) at a glance","emoji":"🌐","keywords":["what is my IP","public IP address","IP location lookup","check my IP address","check browser info"],"intro":"See your device's current public IP address along with its IP-based approximate location and ISP (carrier), looked up through free APIs. You can also view browser details like your User-Agent, screen resolution, and time zone, and download them all as a text file.","howto":["Open the page and your public IP, location, and ISP are looked up automatically.","Turn a VPN on or off and press 'Look up again' to refresh with the latest IP info.","Copy just the IP, or use 'Copy all info' or 'Download info (.txt)' for support requests or records."],"faq":[{"q":"The location shown differs from my actual address.","a":"Location and ISP are estimates based on your IP address, so they can differ from your real location at the city or country level. The margin is especially large on VPNs or mobile networks."},{"q":"My IP won't load.","a":"An ad blocker or privacy extension may be blocking the IP API request, or a free API's request limit may be exceeded. Wait a moment and press 'Look up again'. If the first API fails, it automatically retries with a different free API."},{"q":"Are my files sent to a server?","a":"There are no files to upload. Browser info (UA, resolution, etc.) is read directly from your device and displayed, and only the lookup request needed to find your public IP is sent to a free IP API. No data is stored on any separate server."}]},{"slug":"flatten-pdf","category":"pdf","title":"Flatten PDF","tagline":"Lock PDF form fields so the document can't be edited","emoji":"🔒","keywords":["flatten PDF","lock PDF form","flatten PDF form fields","lock input fields","prevent PDF editing"],"intro":"Freeze a PDF form's input boxes, checkboxes, and dropdowns as flat images with their current values. Once flattened, recipients can't change the content, so you can safely distribute signature requests or finalized documents.","howto":["Drag and drop the PDF file, or click to select it.","Check the page count and the number of detected form fields.","Press the 'Flatten and save' button.","Download the finished, non-editable PDF."],"faq":[{"q":"What changes when I flatten?","a":"Fillable form fields are locked to the values shown on screen, so the content can no longer be edited afterward."},{"q":"Does it work on PDFs with no form?","a":"Yes. If there are no form fields, the original is simply re-saved as-is, with no error."},{"q":"Is my file sent to a server?","a":"No. All processing happens only in your browser, and the file is never sent externally."}]},{"slug":"heic-to-pdf","category":"pdf","title":"HEIC to PDF Converter","tagline":"Bundle multiple iPhone HEIC photos into a single PDF","emoji":"📄","keywords":["HEIC to PDF","iPhone photos to PDF","convert HEIC","combine photos into PDF","HEIF converter"],"intro":"Convert several HEIC/HEIF photos taken on your iPhone to JPG and bundle them into a single PDF document. Making a PDF that opens anywhere simplifies submitting, printing, and sharing them.","howto":["Drag and drop your HEIC/HEIF photos, or click to select several.","Reorder them if needed and set the page size and JPG quality.","Press the 'Create PDF' button to convert.","Download the finished PDF."],"faq":[{"q":"Can I combine several photos into one file?","a":"Yes. All photos are placed into a single PDF, one per page, in the order you selected."},{"q":"Can I change the photo order?","a":"Yes. Use the up and down arrows in the list to reorder them, or remove specific photos."},{"q":"Is my file sent to a server?","a":"No. Both the HEIC conversion and PDF merging happen only in your browser, so your photos are never sent externally."}]},{"slug":"excel-merge","category":"doc-data","title":"Excel/CSV Merger","tagline":"Combine multiple Excel and CSV files into a single workbook","emoji":"📊","keywords":["merge Excel files","combine CSV files","join Excel workbooks","merge sheets","xlsx merge"],"intro":"Merge several Excel (.xlsx, .xls) and CSV files into one Excel workbook. Choose whether to keep each file on its own sheet or stack all rows together on a single sheet.","howto":["Drag and drop your Excel and CSV files, or click to select several at once.","Pick a merge mode (keep separate sheets / combine into one sheet) and set the output file name.","Click the \"Merge\" button to combine them.","Download the finished Excel file."],"faq":[{"q":"What happens if two sheets have the same name?","a":"Duplicate names are automatically numbered, so no sheet is overwritten and all of them are preserved."},{"q":"Can I merge CSV and Excel files together?","a":"Yes. You can mix .xlsx, .xls, and .csv files and combine them all into a single Excel workbook."},{"q":"Are my files uploaded to a server?","a":"No. All merging happens entirely in your browser, and your data is never sent anywhere."}]},{"slug":"excel-split","category":"doc-data","title":"Excel Sheet Splitter","tagline":"Split each Excel sheet into a separate Excel or CSV file","emoji":"✂️","keywords":["split Excel sheets","separate Excel sheets","extract sheet","Excel to CSV","xlsx split"],"intro":"Break an Excel workbook with multiple sheets into a separate file for each sheet. Save each sheet as Excel (.xlsx) or CSV so you can share or manage just the sheets you need.","howto":["Select an Excel or CSV file that contains multiple sheets.","Choose the output format (Excel or CSV).","Click the \"Split\" button to generate one file per sheet.","Download each sheet file individually from the list."],"faq":[{"q":"Can I save each sheet separately?","a":"Yes. Each sheet becomes its own Excel or CSV file that you can download one by one."},{"q":"Can I save as CSV too?","a":"Yes. Choose CSV as the output format and each sheet is saved as a UTF-8 CSV file that keeps non-Latin characters intact."},{"q":"Are my files uploaded to a server?","a":"No. Files are read and split entirely in your browser and are never sent to an external server."}]},{"slug":"social-qr-generator","category":"sns-utils","title":"Social Profile QR Generator","tagline":"Turn Instagram, TikTok, and YouTube profiles into branded color QR codes","emoji":"📱","keywords":["social media QR code","Instagram QR code","TikTok QR code","YouTube channel QR code","profile QR generator"],"intro":"Turn your Instagram, TikTok, or YouTube profile link into a QR code styled in the colors you choose. It's perfect for creators and small businesses who want to drive followers from a storefront, business card, or flyer.","howto":["Choose a platform (Instagram, TikTok, YouTube) or select \"Custom URL.\"","Enter your handle or profile link and it's automatically expanded into a full URL.","Adjust the size, margin, and foreground/background colors to design the look you want.","Click \"Download PNG\" to save the image."],"faq":[{"q":"Can I enter just my handle?","a":"Yes. Drop the @ and enter only your username, and it auto-completes into the platform's profile URL (e.g., instagram.com/username). You can also paste a full URL."},{"q":"Will adding color break the scan?","a":"As long as there's enough contrast between the foreground and background, it scans reliably. Use a dark foreground on a light background, and test-scan with an actual phone before printing."},{"q":"Are my details uploaded to a server?","a":"No. The QR code is generated entirely in your browser, and the link or image you enter is never sent to or stored on a server."}]},{"slug":"bates-numbering-pdf","category":"pdf","title":"PDF Bates Numbering","tagline":"Stamp a prefix plus sequential Bates numbers on every PDF page at once","emoji":"⚖️","keywords":["PDF Bates numbering","Bates numbers","legal document numbering","evidence numbering","PDF sequential numbering"],"intro":"Automatically stamp legal documents like contracts and evidence with a prefix and sequential Bates numbers in a format such as \"ABC000001\" on every page. It's ideal for attorneys, legal teams, and corporate staff who need to identify each page with a unique number for litigation, audits, or document management.","howto":["Drag and drop or select the PDF you want to Bates-number.","Set the prefix and suffix, starting number, and digit count (zero padding).","Choose where the number appears and the font size.","Click \"Add Bates Numbers\" and download the resulting PDF."],"faq":[{"q":"What format are the numbers stamped in?","a":"Prefix + zero-padded sequential number + suffix. For example, with prefix ABC, 6 digits, and a start of 1, you get ABC000001, ABC000002, and so on, increasing by one per page."},{"q":"Can I use a non-Latin prefix?","a":"The built-in standard font supports only Latin letters, numbers, and symbols, so a note appears if you enter unsupported characters."},{"q":"Are my files uploaded to a server?","a":"No. The PDF is processed entirely in your browser, and no document is ever sent to or stored on a server."}]},{"slug":"header-footer-pdf","category":"pdf","title":"PDF Header & Footer","tagline":"Add text, dates, and page numbers to the top and bottom of every page at once","emoji":"📑","keywords":["PDF header","PDF footer","add date to PDF","PDF header footer","PDF page numbers"],"intro":"Add text, today's date, and page numbers to the header and footer of every PDF page in one pass and save it as a new file. It's handy for stamping a company name, confidentiality notice, date, or page info across reports, contracts, and meeting materials.","howto":["Drag and drop or select your PDF.","Type the header and footer text, and add {date} or {page}/{pages} tokens if needed.","Adjust the alignment and font size.","Click \"Add Header & Footer\" and download the resulting PDF."],"faq":[{"q":"Can I insert the date or page number automatically?","a":"Yes. {date} becomes today's date, {page} the current page, and {pages} the total page count. The \"+ Date\" and \"+ Page\" buttons make it easy to add them."},{"q":"Can I use non-Latin text?","a":"The built-in standard font supports only Latin letters, numbers, and symbols, so a note appears if you enter unsupported characters."},{"q":"Are my files uploaded to a server?","a":"No. Everything is processed in your browser, and your PDF is never sent to or stored on a server."}]},{"slug":"organize-pdf","category":"pdf","title":"PDF Page Organizer","tagline":"Reorder pages and delete the ones you don't need, then save as a new PDF","emoji":"🗂️","keywords":["reorder PDF pages","organize PDF pages","delete PDF pages","rearrange PDF","move PDF pages"],"intro":"Move PDF pages up and down to change their order and delete the ones you don't need, then save a clean new PDF. It's convenient for restructuring documents where the scan order got mixed up or where you need to drop unnecessary pages.","howto":["Drag and drop or select the PDF you want to organize.","Reorder pages using the ↑ and ↓ buttons on each one.","Remove pages you don't need with \"Delete\" (you can undo with Reset).","Click \"Create New PDF\" and download the result."],"faq":[{"q":"Can I restore a deleted page?","a":"Yes. Clicking \"Reset\" returns to the original's full set of pages and order. The original file itself is never changed."},{"q":"How do I know what's on each page?","a":"This tool edits the order based on the original page numbers. Each row shows an \"Original page N\" label so you can tell which page is which while reordering."},{"q":"Are my files uploaded to a server?","a":"No. Reordering and deleting pages happens entirely in your browser, and your PDF is never sent to or stored on a server."}]},{"slug":"resize-pdf","category":"pdf","title":"PDF Page Resizer","tagline":"Scale every page to a standard size like A4 or Letter in one pass","emoji":"📐","keywords":["resize PDF","convert PDF to A4","adjust PDF page size","change PDF size","convert PDF to Letter"],"intro":"Scale every page of a PDF to a standard paper size such as A4, A3, or Letter all at once and save it again. It's useful for standardizing scanned documents or print files that come in mismatched sizes.","howto":["Drag and drop or click to load your PDF file.","Choose the target paper size and orientation (portrait, landscape, or follow original).","Pick a fit mode: keep the aspect ratio (add margins) or stretch to fill the page.","Click \"Resize and Save\" to download the converted PDF."],"faq":[{"q":"Will my content get cut off?","a":"The \"keep aspect ratio\" mode preserves the original proportions and only adds margins, so nothing is ever cropped. \"Fill\" stretches to fit the page, which may slightly change the proportions."},{"q":"Does it work on PDFs with mixed page sizes?","a":"Yes. Choose \"follow original orientation\" and each page's width and height are detected automatically and laid out to fit the target size."},{"q":"Are my files uploaded to a server?","a":"No. All conversion happens entirely in your browser, and your PDF is never sent to or stored on a server."}]},{"slug":"sign-pdf","category":"pdf","title":"Sign PDF","tagline":"Draw your signature and place it as an image on any page and position","emoji":"✍️","keywords":["sign PDF","add signature to PDF","PDF e-signature","create electronic signature","insert PDF signature"],"intro":"Draw your signature with a mouse or finger, then place it as an image on the page and position you want in a PDF and save it. You can sign contracts and consent forms directly, with no printing or scanning required.","howto":["Load the PDF to sign and draw your signature in the signature box with your mouse or touch.","Click on the preview page or use the sliders to set the signature's position and size.","To add it to several pages, turn on \"Insert on all pages.\"","Click \"Insert Signature and Save\" to download the signed PDF."],"faq":[{"q":"Is this a legally binding electronic signature?","a":"It inserts a hand-drawn signature image, which is different from certificate-based digital signatures (PKI). It's widely used for general confirmation and consent, but for documents with strict legal requirements, use a dedicated service."},{"q":"Won't the signature's white background cover the original?","a":"The signature is inserted as a transparent-background PNG, so it sits naturally on top of the original content."},{"q":"Are my files uploaded to a server?","a":"No. Creating the signature image and inserting it into the PDF all happen in your browser, and your files are never sent to a server."}]},{"slug":"pdf-n-up","category":"pdf","title":"PDF N-up (Pages per Sheet)","tagline":"Place 2, 4, 6, or 9 pages on a single sheet to save paper when printing","emoji":"🗂️","keywords":["PDF N-up","multiple pages per sheet","combine PDF pages on one page","2 pages per sheet PDF","save printing paper"],"intro":"Lay out multiple pages on a single sheet at 2, 4, 6, or 9 per page to dramatically cut down on printouts and paper. It's great for making condensed handouts of slides and lecture notes or simply saving paper.","howto":["Drag and drop or click to load your PDF file.","Choose how many pages to fit on one sheet (2, 4, 6, or 9).","Turn on cell dividers (crop marks) if you need them.","Click \"Create N-up PDF\" to download the result."],"faq":[{"q":"Is the page order preserved?","a":"Yes. Cells are filled in the original order, left to right and top to bottom."},{"q":"What paper size is used?","a":"Based on A4, 2-up is laid out in landscape and 4-, 6-, and 9-up in portrait, automatically. Each page keeps its aspect ratio and is fit within its cell."},{"q":"Are my files uploaded to a server?","a":"No. All layout work happens entirely in your browser, and your PDF is never sent to or stored on a server."}]},{"slug":"crop-pdf","category":"pdf","title":"Crop PDF (Trim Margins)","tagline":"Trim top, bottom, left, and right margins in millimeters for a clean look","emoji":"✂️","keywords":["crop PDF","remove PDF margins","PDF crop tool","trim PDF margins","PDF CropBox"],"intro":"Trim the top, bottom, left, and right margins of PDF pages in millimeters (by adjusting the CropBox and MediaBox) and save a margin-free document. It's great for removing the excessive white space on scans or filling a tablet screen for reading.","howto":["Load a PDF file to see a preview based on the first page.","Enter the margin for all four sides equally, or each one individually in millimeters.","Check the blue area (the part that remains) in the preview.","Click \"Trim and Save\" to download the cropped PDF."],"faq":[{"q":"Is the cropped content deleted completely?","a":"It adjusts both the CropBox and MediaBox so the trimmed area is hidden on screen and in print. If you're worried about losing the original, work on a copy."},{"q":"Is the same margin applied to every page?","a":"Yes. The millimeter values you enter are applied equally to each side of every page, and it handles pages safely even when they differ in size."},{"q":"Are my files uploaded to a server?","a":"No. Margin calculations and saving all happen in your browser, and your files are never sent to a server."}]},{"slug":"video-crop","category":"video-audio","title":"Video Cropper","tagline":"Crop video to 9:16, 1:1, and other ratios to fit short-form perfectly","emoji":"✂️","keywords":["crop video","video cropper","9:16 crop","short-form editing","change video aspect ratio"],"intro":"Crop your video frame to a ratio like 9:16 vertical short-form or 1:1 square. There's no file upload, everything is processed right in your browser, so even personal videos stay private.","howto":["Drag and drop or click to select your video file.","Choose the crop ratio (9:16, 1:1, etc.) and crop position (center, top, or bottom). Use \"Custom\" to enter any ratio you want.","Click \"Crop\" and wait until the progress reaches 100%.","Check the finished preview and save it with \"Download MP4.\""],"faq":[{"q":"Are my files uploaded to a server?","a":"No. Your video is never uploaded; it's processed entirely in your browser (via WebAssembly FFmpeg). That said, the first run may be a bit slow while the conversion engine downloads."},{"q":"What ratios can I crop to?","a":"It offers presets for 1:1 (square), 9:16 / 4:5 / 3:4 (vertical), and 16:9 / 4:3 (horizontal), plus a \"Custom\" option to set any width:height ratio freely. It crops around the center, and you can also choose a top/bottom (or left/right) position."},{"q":"Will the output quality drop?","a":"It re-encodes to H.264 (MP4) using a high-quality CRF 23 setting, so there's almost no noticeable loss. Large 4K originals may take a while to process in the browser."}]},{"slug":"gif-to-video","category":"video-audio","title":"GIF to Video (MP4)","tagline":"Convert bulky animated GIFs into much lighter MP4 or WebM files","emoji":"🎞️","keywords":["convert GIF","GIF to MP4","GIF to WebM","shrink GIF file size","animated GIF converter"],"intro":"Convert bulky animated GIFs into far smaller MP4 or WebM videos. There's no server upload, it's processed right in your browser, so you can shrink your GIFs quickly and safely.","howto":["Drag and drop or click to select your GIF file.","Adjust the output format (MP4 or WebM), width, and quality (CRF) value.","Click \"Convert\" and wait until the progress reaches 100%.","Check how much smaller it got versus the original and save it with the download button."],"faq":[{"q":"Are my files uploaded to a server?","a":"No. Your GIF is never uploaded; it's converted entirely in your browser (via WebAssembly FFmpeg). That said, the first run may be a bit slow while the conversion engine downloads."},{"q":"Should I choose MP4 or WebM?","a":"Choose MP4 (H.264) if broad playback compatibility matters, or WebM (VP9) if you want the smallest possible file. Typically, just converting a GIF to MP4 shrinks it by 5 to 10 times."},{"q":"How much smaller does the file get?","a":"GIF is an inefficient format, so the same animation gets much smaller as MP4 or WebM. Raising the CRF value or reducing the width shrinks it further, and you can check the exact savings after conversion."}]},{"slug":"background-remover","category":"image-edit","title":"Image Background Remover","tagline":"Automatically remove photo backgrounds with in-browser AI for a transparent PNG","emoji":"🪄","keywords":["remove background","cut out image","transparent PNG","delete image background","AI background remover"],"intro":"Automatically erase the background from a photo, keeping only the person or object, and save it as a transparent PNG. The AI runs directly in your browser, so your image is never sent to a server.","howto":["Drag and drop or click to select the photo whose background you want to remove.","Click the \"Remove Background\" button and the AI separates the background in your browser (the first run may be slow while the model downloads).","Check the result shown on the checkerboard, then save it with \"Download Transparent PNG.\""],"faq":[{"q":"Are my files uploaded to a server?","a":"No. Background removal happens entirely in your browser (on your device) and your image is never uploaded to an external server. That said, the first run downloads the AI model (a few MB) once, so it may be a little slow."},{"q":"What kind of photos give the best results?","a":"It cuts out most cleanly when the subject and background are clearly distinct, like people, products, or pets. Complex edges such as hair or glass can come out a bit rough."},{"q":"What format is the result?","a":"It's saved as a PNG with a transparent background. You can drop it straight onto product pages, presentations, stickers, and more."}]},{"slug":"image-to-text-ocr","category":"image-edit","title":"Image to Text (OCR)","tagline":"Turn text in photos and screenshots into editable text","emoji":"🔤","keywords":["OCR","extract text from image","text recognition","screenshot to text","image to text"],"intro":"Recognize the text in a photo or screenshot and turn it into text you can copy and edit. All recognition happens in your browser, so your image is never uploaded to a server.","howto":["Drag and drop or click to select a photo or screenshot that contains text.","Click the \"Extract Text\" button to recognize the text (the first run may be slow while the language data downloads).","Fine-tune the extracted text, then copy it or save it as a TXT file."],"faq":[{"q":"Are my files uploaded to a server?","a":"No. Text recognition happens only in your browser (on your device) and your image is never sent anywhere. That said, the first run downloads the recognition language data once, so it may be a little slow."},{"q":"How can I improve recognition accuracy?","a":"The clearer, higher-contrast, and less skewed the text is, the more accurate the result. Low-resolution or blurry photos lead to more errors, so use the sharpest original you can."},{"q":"Does it recognize handwriting?","a":"It's optimized for printed type and works best on printed text. Accuracy can drop significantly on handwriting."}]},{"slug":"screen-recorder","category":"video-audio","title":"Screen Recorder","tagline":"Record your screen and audio as WebM video right in the browser, no install","emoji":"🎥","keywords":["screen recorder","record screen","screen capture video","WebM recording","microphone recording"],"intro":"Record your screen (or a specific window or tab if you prefer) along with audio in your browser and save it as a WebM video. You can use it right away with no separate software to install.","howto":["Check \"Also record microphone audio\" if you need it.","Click \"Start Recording\" and select the screen, window, or tab to share and allow it.","When you're done, click \"Stop Recording\" (you can also end it from the browser's sharing bar).","Preview the finished video and save it with \"Download WebM Video.\""],"faq":[{"q":"Are my files uploaded to a server?","a":"No. The recording is created and saved only in your browser (on your device) and is never sent to an external server. It doesn't download a separate engine, so it usually starts right away, though some browsers may pause briefly to prepare the codec on the first recording."},{"q":"Is audio recorded too?","a":"If you turn on \"Share system/tab audio\" in the screen-sharing dialog, the screen's audio is recorded. Check \"Also record microphone audio\" to blend your own voice (mic) into the same video."},{"q":"Why does it save as WebM instead of MP4?","a":"WebM is the browser's standard recording format, so it can save instantly without any install. If you need MP4, convert the saved WebM with a separate conversion tool."}]},{"slug":"video-to-gif","category":"video-audio","title":"Video to GIF","tagline":"Clip any part of a video and set the fps and size to make an animated GIF","emoji":"🎞️","keywords":["video to GIF","make GIF from video","mp4 to gif","GIF converter","video gif maker"],"intro":"Clip just the part of a video you want and set the fps and width to create a looping animated GIF. Palette optimization (palettegen) reduces color banding for a clean animation, and your file is never uploaded, it's processed only in your browser.","howto":["Drag and drop or click to select your video file.","Use the preview to find your spot and set the start point and duration.","Choose the frame rate (fps) and width. Higher values are smoother and sharper but larger in size.","Click \"Convert to GIF,\" and when it's done, check the preview and download it."],"faq":[{"q":"Are my files uploaded to a server?","a":"No. Conversion is handled only by WebAssembly (FFmpeg) in your browser, and your video is never uploaded to an external server. That said, the first run has to download the conversion engine (a few tens of MB), so the initial time may be a bit slow."},{"q":"My GIF file is too big.","a":"GIF is inherently a large format. Keep the duration short, set fps to 10–12, and lower the width to 240–320px to significantly reduce the file size."},{"q":"What video formats can I use?","a":"It supports most videos that play in the browser, such as MP4, WebM, and MOV. The larger the clip and size, the longer conversion takes."}]},{"slug":"video-trim","category":"video-audio","title":"Video Trimmer","tagline":"Trim a video by start/end time (fast lossless copy first, precise re-encode when needed)","emoji":"✂️","keywords":["trim video","cut video segment","video trimmer","cut mp4","video cut editing"],"intro":"Set a start and end time to trim just the segment you want from a video. By default it copies the stream directly without re-encoding (-c copy), which is very fast and lossless; when you need frame-accurate cuts, you can enable the re-encode option. Your file is never uploaded and is processed only in your browser.","howto":["Drag and drop or click to select your video file.","Watch the preview and adjust the start-time and end-time sliders.","Leave it as-is to save quickly, or enable \"Precise trim (re-encode)\" if you need frame accuracy.","Click \"Trim Segment,\" and when it's done, check the result and download it."],"faq":[{"q":"Are my files uploaded to a server?","a":"No. Trimming runs only via WebAssembly (FFmpeg) in your browser, and your video is never uploaded externally. That said, the first run has to download the conversion engine (a few tens of MB), so the initial time may be a bit slow."},{"q":"It's a lossless copy, but the start point is slightly off.","a":"The -c copy method is very fast and lossless but can only cut on keyframes, so the start may shift slightly earlier. To cut with frame accuracy, enable \"Precise trim (re-encode)\" (though it takes longer)."},{"q":"What format is the result?","a":"In lossless copy mode it's saved in the same format as the original (e.g., mp4, webm), and in re-encode mode it's saved as widely compatible MP4 (H.264)."}]},{"slug":"video-compressor","category":"video-audio","title":"Video Compressor","tagline":"Shrink videos by re-encoding to H.264 (MP4) with adjustable CRF quality and resolution","emoji":"🗜️","keywords":["compress video","reduce video file size","compress mp4","shrink video size","video compressor"],"intro":"Reduce file size by re-encoding your video to H.264 (MP4) with adjustable CRF quality and maximum resolution. It shows the original size, output size, and savings together so you can see the balance between quality and size at a glance, and your file is never uploaded, it's processed only in your browser.","howto":["Drag and drop or click to select your video file.","Adjust the CRF value. The higher the value, the smaller the file and the lower the quality (28 recommended).","If needed, lower the maximum resolution to 720p, 480p, etc., and choose an encoding speed.","Click \"Start Compression,\" and when it's done, check the savings versus the original and download it."],"faq":[{"q":"Are my files uploaded to a server?","a":"No. Compression runs only via WebAssembly (FFmpeg) in your browser, and your video is never uploaded externally. That said, the first run has to download the conversion engine (a few tens of MB), so the initial time may be a bit slow."},{"q":"I compressed it but the file got bigger.","a":"If the original is already heavily compressed, re-encoding can make it larger. Raising the CRF value or lowering the maximum resolution will reduce the size."},{"q":"Encoding is taking too long.","a":"Video compression means re-encoding, which takes time. Since it runs on a single browser thread, setting the encoding speed to 'ultrafast/veryfast' and lowering the resolution will speed it up. For long videos, first shortening the clip with the Video Trimmer is another option."}]},{"slug":"voice-recorder","category":"video-audio","title":"Voice Recorder","tagline":"Record your voice with your mic and play back and save it right in the browser","emoji":"🎙️","keywords":["voice recorder","microphone recording","online recorder","record voice","browser recorder"],"intro":"A tool that records your voice or ambient sound with your microphone and saves it as an audio file. You can use it right in your browser with no software to install for meeting notes, capturing ideas, pronunciation practice, interview recordings, and more.","howto":["Click \"Start Recording\" and allow access when the browser asks for microphone permission.","Click \"Stop\" when you're done. If needed, use \"Pause\" to stop briefly and resume recording afterward.","Play back the recording in the player below to check it, then save the file with \"Download Audio.\""],"faq":[{"q":"Is my recording uploaded to a server?","a":"No. Recording, playback, and saving all happen only in your browser, and no audio is ever sent to or stored on a server."},{"q":"What format is it saved in?","a":"It's saved in a format your browser supports (usually WebM/Opus, or MP4/M4A in some browsers). The saved file plays and imports in most players and editors. If you specifically need MP3, you can convert it with the Audio Converter tool after saving."},{"q":"No sound is being recorded.","a":"Check that the browser's microphone permission is allowed and that no other app is holding the microphone. Microphone access also requires an HTTPS connection."}]},{"slug":"extract-audio-from-video","category":"video-audio","title":"Extract Audio from Video (MP3)","tagline":"Drop the video and pull just the audio from MP4, MOV, and more as MP3","emoji":"🎵","keywords":["extract audio from video","mp4 to mp3","extract music from video","video audio extractor","video to mp3"],"intro":"A tool that discards the video track and pulls out just the audio track from a video, saving it as an MP3 file. When you only need the sound from a lecture, interview, or music video, you can extract it right in your browser with no software to install.","howto":["Drag and drop or click to select the video (MP4, MOV, WebM, etc.) to extract audio from.","Choose the output audio quality (bitrate) and click \"Extract as MP3.\"","The first run may take a moment to download the conversion engine. When it's done, preview it and save it with \"Download MP3.\""],"faq":[{"q":"Is my video uploaded to a server?","a":"No. Conversion is handled by WebAssembly in your browser, and neither the video nor the extracted audio is ever sent to a server. Only the one-time conversion engine file is downloaded from a CDN."},{"q":"Why is the first run slow?","a":"The first time you use it, the conversion engine (FFmpeg, a few tens of MB) has to download and get ready. Once downloaded, it processes quickly afterward, though large videos still take time to convert."},{"q":"What videos can I use?","a":"It pulls the audio track and saves it as MP3 from most videos, including MP4, MOV, MKV, WebM, and AVI. Videos without an audio track can't be extracted."}]},{"slug":"audio-converter","category":"video-audio","title":"Audio Converter (MP3/WAV/OGG)","tagline":"Convert audio to MP3, WAV, OGG, M4A and more, right in your browser","emoji":"🎧","keywords":["audio converter","convert to mp3","convert to wav","convert to ogg","convert to m4a"],"intro":"This converter turns MP3, WAV, OGG, M4A and other audio files into whatever format you need. Whether you're matching the format your editing software requires or shrinking a file so it's easier to share, you can convert instantly in your browser with nothing to install.","howto":["Drag and drop the audio file you want to convert (MP3, WAV, M4A, OGG, etc.), or click to select it.","Choose your output format (MP3, WAV, OGG, or M4A) and bitrate.","Click 'Convert' (the first run may be slow while the engine downloads), then preview and download the result when it's done."],"faq":[{"q":"Is my audio file sent to a server?","a":"No. Conversion runs entirely in your browser via WebAssembly, so neither the original nor the converted file is ever uploaded. Only the conversion engine is downloaded from a CDN, and just once."},{"q":"Why is the first conversion slow?","a":"The first run has to download and set up the conversion engine (FFmpeg). Once it's loaded, later conversions are much faster, though larger files naturally take longer to process."},{"q":"What's the difference between WAV and MP3?","a":"WAV is an uncompressed, lossless format that's large but ideal for editing and archiving, while MP3, OGG, and M4A use lossy compression to stay small, which is better for sharing and playback. Pick the format and bitrate that fit your use."}]},{"slug":"video-converter","category":"video-audio","title":"Video Converter (MP4/WebM)","tagline":"Convert containers and codecs to MP4, WebM, MOV, MKV, or GIF in your browser","emoji":"🎞️","keywords":["video converter","convert to mp4","convert to webm","video codec converter","online video converter"],"intro":"Convert video files to MP4, WebM, MOV, MKV, or GIF. Everything runs right in your browser via WebAssembly with no installs or sign-ups, so your original file is never uploaded to a server.","howto":["Drag and drop the video you want to convert, or click to select it.","Choose your output format (MP4, WebM, MOV, MKV, or GIF).","Click 'Convert' and wait until the progress bar reaches 100%.","When it's done, check the preview and save it with the download button."],"faq":[{"q":"Is my file sent to a server?","a":"No. All conversion happens inside your browser via WebAssembly, so your video is never uploaded or stored. The first run may be briefly slow while the conversion engine (about 30MB) downloads."},{"q":"Why does WebM conversion take so long?","a":"WebM (VP9) compresses very efficiently but is heavy to encode, and since it's processed on a single browser thread, it's slower than MP4. Long videos take a while, so try a short clip first."},{"q":"Which format should I choose?","a":"Pick MP4 when broad compatibility matters most, WebM for embedding on web pages, MOV for editing on Apple devices, and GIF when you need a short looping clip."}]},{"slug":"video-resize","category":"video-audio","title":"Video Resolution Changer","tagline":"Downscale video to 1080p, 720p, 480p, or set a custom width","emoji":"📐","keywords":["change video resolution","convert video to 720p","reduce video resolution","shrink video size","online resolution converter"],"intro":"Reduce a video's resolution to a standard size like 1080p, 720p, or 480p, or fit it to a custom width. The aspect ratio stays intact, and everything is processed in your browser so the file is never uploaded to a server.","howto":["Drag and drop the video whose resolution you want to change, or click to select it.","Choose a target resolution (such as 720p), or enter a custom width with 'Set custom width'.","Click 'Change resolution' and wait for the progress bar to finish.","Check the preview and save it with the download button."],"faq":[{"q":"Is my file sent to a server?","a":"No. Resizing is handled entirely in your browser via WebAssembly, so your video is never uploaded or stored. The first run may be briefly slow while the conversion engine (about 30MB) downloads."},{"q":"Does lowering the resolution also reduce the file size?","a":"Yes. Fewer pixels plus re-encoding to H.264 usually cuts the file size significantly. The exact savings depend on the original quality and length."},{"q":"Can I upscale to a higher resolution than the original?","a":"It's technically possible, but upscaling can't add detail that isn't there and just stretches the video into a blurry result, so we don't recommend it. Use this tool mainly for downscaling and standardizing."}]},{"slug":"video-rotate","category":"video-audio","title":"Rotate & Flip Video","tagline":"Rotate video 90, 180, or 270 degrees, or flip it horizontally or vertically","emoji":"🔄","keywords":["rotate video","rotate video 90 degrees","flip video","portrait to landscape video","online video rotator"],"intro":"Fix wrongly oriented portrait or landscape videos by rotating them 90 or 180 degrees, or flip them horizontally (mirror) or vertically. It's all handled right in your browser, so your original file is never sent to a server.","howto":["Drag and drop the video you want to rotate, or click to select it.","Choose how to rotate or flip it (90° right, 90° left, 180°, or horizontal/vertical flip).","Click 'Apply' and wait for the progress bar to finish.","Check the orientation in the preview and save it with the download button."],"faq":[{"q":"Is my file sent to a server?","a":"No. Rotating and flipping are handled entirely in your browser via WebAssembly, so your video is never uploaded or stored. The first run may be briefly slow while the conversion engine (about 30MB) downloads."},{"q":"Does it actually rotate the video, not just change the metadata?","a":"Yes. The pixels themselves are rotated or flipped and the video is re-encoded, so it always appears in the correct orientation no matter which player you open it in."},{"q":"Why is the result always an MP4?","a":"After rotating or flipping, the video is saved as H.264 MP4 so it plays reliably on virtually any device or platform. If you need a different format, run the result through the 'Video Converter' tool next."}]},{"slug":"audio-trim","category":"video-audio","title":"Audio Trimmer (MP3 Cut)","tagline":"Just set the start and end times to cut out any section and save it as MP3","emoji":"✂️","keywords":["trim audio","cut mp3","edit audio section","audio cutter","mp3 trimmer"],"intro":"This tool lets you set a start and end time in an MP3, M4A, WAV, or other audio file and cut out exactly that section, saving it as an MP3. Since everything is processed in your browser with no uploads, it's handy for making ringtones, highlights, and samples.","howto":["Drag and drop your audio file, or click to load it.","Use the preview to find your spot, then enter a start and end time (for example, 1:30 or 90 seconds).","Click 'Trim section', then preview and download the trimmed MP3 once it's done."],"faq":[{"q":"Is my file sent to a server?","a":"No. All processing happens only in your browser via WebAssembly, so your audio is never uploaded or stored. The first run may be briefly slow while the conversion engine downloads."},{"q":"What format should I enter the times in?","a":"You can use minutes:seconds (e.g. 1:30), hours:minutes:seconds (e.g. 0:02:05), or a plain number of seconds (e.g. 90). The end time must always come after the start time."},{"q":"Does the source have to be an MP3?","a":"No. You can load a variety of formats, including M4A, WAV, AAC, and OGG, and the result is saved as a widely compatible MP3 (192kbps)."}]},{"slug":"audio-compressor","category":"video-audio","title":"Audio Compressor","tagline":"Lower the bitrate to shrink MP3, M4A, and WAV files right in your browser","emoji":"🗜️","keywords":["compress audio","reduce mp3 size","compress music file","change audio bitrate","mp3 compressor"],"intro":"This tool lowers an audio file's bitrate to reduce its size while keeping the quality as high as possible. It's useful for lightening recordings, lectures, and music files that bump up against email attachment or upload size limits.","howto":["Drag and drop your audio file, or click to load it.","Choose a target bitrate (128–192kbps is recommended for music, 64–96kbps for voice).","Click 'Compress', see how much smaller the file got compared to the original, and download the MP3."],"faq":[{"q":"Is my file sent to a server?","a":"No. Compression is handled only in your browser via WebAssembly, so your file is never uploaded. The first run may be briefly slow while the conversion engine downloads."},{"q":"How much does the quality drop?","a":"A lower bitrate means a smaller file but also lower quality. Music generally sounds fine at 128kbps or higher, while 64–96kbps is plenty for speech-heavy audio."},{"q":"The file size didn't actually go down.","a":"If the original is already at a lower bitrate than the one you picked, the size may barely change or even grow. In that case, choose a lower bitrate."}]},{"slug":"video-mute","category":"video-audio","title":"Mute Video","tagline":"Strip out just the sound and save a silent video with no quality loss","emoji":"🔇","keywords":["mute video","remove sound from video","make video silent","remove mp4 audio","delete video audio"],"intro":"This tool removes only the audio track from an MP4, MOV, WebM, or other video and saves it as a silent clip. Because the video is copied as-is rather than re-encoded, it's fast and lossless, making it handy for avoiding background-music copyright issues or getting rid of unwanted noise.","howto":["Drag and drop your video, or click to load it.","Click 'Mute' to create a version with the audio removed.","Check the preview, then download it in the same format as the original."],"faq":[{"q":"Is my file sent to a server?","a":"No. All processing happens only in your browser via WebAssembly, so your video is never uploaded or stored. The first run may be briefly slow while the conversion engine downloads."},{"q":"Will the video quality get worse?","a":"No. The video stream is copied as-is without re-encoding and only the audio is removed, so there's no quality loss and processing is fast."},{"q":"Which formats are supported?","a":"Common video formats such as MP4, MOV, WebM, and MKV are supported, and the result is saved with the same extension as the original. Very large videos may fail due to browser memory limits."}]},{"slug":"ab-test-significance","category":"calc-convert","title":"A/B Test Significance Calculator","tagline":"Enter visitors and conversions to instantly see which variant really won","emoji":"📊","keywords":["ab test calculator","statistical significance calculator","conversion rate significance","p value calculator","ab test sample size confidence","split test significance"],"intro":"Use this calculator when you can't tell whether one variant is genuinely better or the difference is just noise. Enter the visitors and conversions for variant A and variant B, and a two-proportion z-test instantly returns the p-value and whether the result is statistically significant. Everything runs entirely in your browser, so none of your data is sent to a server. It's built for marketers, growth teams, and PMs who need a fast read on experiment results.","howto":["Pick your confidence level (90%, 95%, or 99%).","Enter the visitors and conversions for variant A (Control).","Enter the visitors and conversions for variant B (Variation).","Read the significance verdict, p-value, each variant's conversion rate, and the relative lift at the top of the screen."],"faq":[{"q":"Does a low p-value always mean B won?","a":"No. This tool only calls it a significant win when B's conversion rate is higher than A's AND the p-value falls below the threshold for your chosen confidence level. If B is underperforming A, it won't be reported as a win no matter how small the p-value is."},{"q":"What should I do if the result is 'not significant'?","a":"It usually means your sample size is too small or the true difference is minimal. Keep the test running to collect more data, then recalculate."},{"q":"Are the numbers I enter stored on a server?","a":"No. Every calculation happens instantly in your browser, and nothing is stored or transmitted."}]},{"slug":"add-line-numbers","category":"text-dev","title":"Add Line Numbers to Text","tagline":"Number every line of your text in the format you choose","emoji":"🔢","keywords":["add line numbers","line number generator","number lines in text","numbered list generator","add line numbers to code","text line numbering tool"],"intro":"Paste in any multi-line text and this tool automatically numbers each line for you. It's handy for cleaning up code snippets, building lists, or editing documents that need line references. Your text is processed entirely in your browser and never sent to a server.","howto":["Type or paste the text you want numbered into the input box.","Choose a starting number and a number format (1. / 1: / [1] / (1) / 01.).","Check 'Skip blank lines' if you don't want empty lines numbered.","Review the numbered text in the output box and hit the copy button to grab it."],"faq":[{"q":"Do blank lines get numbered too?","a":"By default, yes. Turn on the 'Skip blank lines' option and empty lines are passed over, so numbering runs consecutively across only the lines that have content."},{"q":"Can I start at a number other than 1?","a":"Yes. Enter any number in the starting number field and the numbering will count up from there."},{"q":"Is my text sent anywhere?","a":"No. All processing happens locally in your browser and nothing is transmitted to a server."}]},{"slug":"adult-adhd-test","category":"web-seo-misc","title":"Adult ADHD Self-Screening Test","tagline":"Check for adult ADHD traits free with the 6-question WHO ASRS screener","emoji":"🧠","keywords":["adult adhd test","adhd self assessment","asrs screener","do i have adhd quiz","adhd symptoms checklist adults","free online adhd screening"],"intro":"This free self-screening tool is based on the ASRS-v1.1 Part A, the six-question screener developed by the World Health Organization (WHO). Rate how often you've dealt with issues around focus, organization, forgetfulness, and restlessness at work or in daily life on a five-point scale, and your positive-item count is calculated instantly. Your answers stay in your browser and are never sent to a server, so you can take it with no strings attached.","howto":["Read each of the 6 questions and pick the frequency that best matches your experience over the past 6 months (Never through Very Often).","Questions 1-3 count as positive at 'Sometimes' or higher; questions 4-6 count as positive at 'Often' or higher. Scoring is automatic.","Check your positive-item count (out of 6) and the accompanying interpretation at the top of the page.","Adjust your answers if you like to see how the result changes."],"faq":[{"q":"Can this test diagnose ADHD?","a":"No. ASRS Part A is a screening tool meant only to gauge whether a professional evaluation may be worthwhile. An actual diagnosis has to come from a qualified clinician, such as a psychiatrist."},{"q":"If I score 4 or more positives, do I definitely have ADHD?","a":"Four or more positives simply means it's statistically more likely you have ADHD traits. Other factors, including stress and poor sleep, can produce similar symptoms, so talking to a professional is the right next step."},{"q":"Are my answers saved or transmitted anywhere?","a":"No. Everything is calculated instantly in your own browser, with nothing sent to or stored on a server."}]},{"slug":"advertising-roi-roas","category":"calc-convert","title":"Ad ROI & ROAS Calculator","tagline":"Calculate ROAS and true profit-based ROI from ad spend, revenue, and COGS","emoji":"📈","keywords":["roas calculator","roi calculator marketing","return on ad spend calculator","ad spend profit calculator","ecommerce roas","advertising roi formula"],"intro":"Enter your total ad spend, the revenue it generated, and your cost of goods, and this tool instantly returns your ROAS (return on ad spend), your ROI based on actual net profit, and the dollar profit your marketing produced. It's built for marketers and small business owners reviewing paid campaigns or ecommerce performance. All math runs in your browser, so your revenue and cost figures never leave your device.","howto":["Enter your total ad spend.","Enter the total revenue generated.","Enter your cost of goods or other product costs.","Review the ROAS, ROI, and net profit shown on screen."],"faq":[{"q":"What's the difference between ROAS and ROI?","a":"ROAS only shows revenue relative to ad spend and ignores your costs. ROI is based on net profit after subtracting both cost of goods and ad spend, so it gives a far more accurate picture of real profitability."},{"q":"What counts as a good ROAS?","a":"It depends on your industry and margins, but many advertisers treat a ROAS around 300% as the break-even mark. If your product costs are high, it's essential to look at ROI alongside it."},{"q":"Is my data saved or sent anywhere?","a":"No. All calculations run entirely in your browser, and nothing is transmitted to or stored on a server."}]},{"slug":"aerobic-pace-maker","category":"calc-convert","title":"Race Split Calculator: Target Pace & Checkpoint Times","tagline":"Give it the finish time you're chasing and get the pace you have to hold, plus the split chart you'll read on race day","emoji":"🏃","keywords":["race split calculator","marathon pace splits","half marathon 2 hour pace","5k in 30 minutes pace","goal time pace chart","race pacing strategy"],"intro":"Pick 5K, 10K, half, full, or type in your own distance, add the finish time you're going for, and it works out the pace per kilometer you'd need to hold and your average speed — then builds the checkpoint chart itself. Distances over 15 km split every 5 km; anything shorter splits every 1 km, so you know what the clock should say at each marker. This is the pacing-strategy tool: deciding what to run through halfway at, and knowing early whether you're banking time or burning it. Everything is calculated right in your browser, so your inputs never reach a server.","howto":["Select 5K, 10K, half marathon, or full marathon from the tabs, or choose 'Custom' and enter your own distance in kilometers.","Enter your goal finish time in hours and minutes.","Your target pace per kilometer (minutes and seconds) and target average speed (km/h) appear automatically at the top.","Check the split chart below to see when you need to hit each checkpoint."],"faq":[{"q":"What intervals does the split chart use?","a":"Distances of 15 km or less are split every 1 km; anything longer (half and full marathons, for example) is split every 5 km. The final target distance is always added as the last row."},{"q":"Can I enter a custom distance?","a":"Yes. Choose the 'Custom' tab and you can enter any running distance you want, down to 0.01 km."},{"q":"Are my entries saved or sent anywhere?","a":"No. Every calculation happens instantly in your browser, with nothing stored or transmitted to a server."}]},{"slug":"age-calculator","category":"calc-convert","title":"Exact Age Calculator: Years, Months, Days Lived","tagline":"Age down to years, months, and days — plus the total days, hours, minutes, and seconds since birth","emoji":"🎂","keywords":["age calculator","how old am I","date of birth calculator","exact age in years months days","days until my birthday","birthday countdown calculator"],"intro":"Works out an exact age in years, months, and days, and counts the total days, hours, minutes, and seconds elapsed since birth. It's built for the forms that demand precision — job applications and contracts that want age stated in years and months, not just a round number — and the copy button hands you the result as text you can paste straight in. Change the reference date to get someone's age at a specific past or future date, with the countdown to the next birthday shown alongside. Everything is computed instantly in your browser, so the dates you enter never reach a server.","howto":["Enter the date of birth.","Enter the reference date (it defaults to today).","Your exact age, total time elapsed, and next-birthday countdown appear automatically.","Use the copy button to copy the results as text."],"faq":[{"q":"How is the age calculated?","a":"It takes the difference in years, months, and days between the date of birth and the reference date. If the birthday hasn't come around yet this year, the result is adjusted automatically so the age is exact."},{"q":"Can I use a reference date other than today?","a":"Yes. You can set the reference date to any day you like, so you can find someone's age at a specific point in the past or future."},{"q":"Is the birth date I enter stored anywhere?","a":"No. All calculations happen locally in your browser, with nothing sent to or saved on a server."}]},{"slug":"alcohol-sober-time","category":"calc-convert","title":"Alcohol Sober-Up Time Calculator","tagline":"Estimate how long alcohol stays in your system based on weight, sex, and how much you drank","emoji":"🍶","keywords":["how long until alcohol leaves your system","sober up time calculator","blood alcohol content calculator","alcohol metabolism time","hangover recovery time","when can I drive after drinking"],"intro":"Enter your sex, body weight, and the volume and ABV of what you drank, and this tool estimates how long your body needs to fully metabolize the alcohol, along with the grams of pure alcohol you consumed. It uses standard elimination rates (0.1 g/kg/h for men, 0.08 g/kg/h for women). It's useful if you want a rough sense of your recovery window before driving or an important commitment the next day. Your inputs are processed in your browser and never sent to a server.","howto":["Select your sex (male or female).","Enter your body weight in kilograms.","Enter the total volume you drank (ml) and its alcohol content (% ABV).","Check the estimated sober-up time and grams of pure alcohol consumed displayed at the top."],"faq":[{"q":"Can I rely on this result to decide whether to drive?","a":"Absolutely not. This is a simulation based on average elimination rates, and your real sober-up time can vary dramatically with liver function, overall health, and whether you drank on an empty stomach. After drinking, rest thoroughly and never get behind the wheel."},{"q":"How do I enter a bottle of soju?","a":"A standard bottle of soju is typically 360 ml at around 16% ABV, so enter 360 for volume and 16 for alcohol content. For any other drink, just use the volume and ABV printed on the label."},{"q":"Does it work if I had several different drinks?","a":"Yes. Add up the total volume you drank and use the average ABV as a single entry, and it will estimate sober-up time based on your overall intake."}]},{"slug":"anagram-finder","category":"text-dev","title":"Anagram Finder","tagline":"Check whether two phrases are anagrams, and hunt for anagrams in a word list","emoji":"🔤","keywords":["anagram finder","anagram solver","anagram checker","word unscrambler","rearrange letters to make words"],"intro":"Anagram Finder helps you work with anagrams, words made by rearranging the exact same letters. Compare two phrases to see instantly whether they're anagrams of each other, or check a base word against a list of candidates to pull out every match. All processing happens in your browser, so the words you enter never get sent to a server.","howto":["On the 'Anagram Checker' tab, type your first and second text into their respective boxes.","The result area tells you immediately whether the two texts are anagrams.","Switch to the 'Find in Word List' tab and enter a base word plus a list of candidates, one per line.","Every anagram matching your base word is listed automatically, and the copy button grabs the results in one click."],"faq":[{"q":"Does it care about spaces or capitalization?","a":"No. Spaces and punctuation are ignored and everything is lowercased before comparison, so multi-word phrases like 'rail safety' and 'fairy tales' are correctly identified as anagrams."},{"q":"Can I compare text that includes numbers?","a":"Yes. Digits are included in the comparison alongside letters, so you can check anagrams in text that mixes numbers and characters."},{"q":"Are the words I enter sent anywhere?","a":"No. Every calculation runs inside your browser, with nothing transmitted to a server."}]},{"slug":"anniversary-calculator","category":"calc-convert","title":"Anniversary Date Calculator","tagline":"Find every 100-day milestone and yearly anniversary from a single start date","emoji":"💑","keywords":["anniversary calculator","100 days calculator","relationship milestone calculator","wedding anniversary date calculator","days since date calculator","countdown to anniversary"],"intro":"Pick the date you started dating, got married, or launched your business, and this calculator counts it as day 1 to work out every milestone from 100 days through 5,000 days, plus every anniversary from year 1 to year 20, with a countdown for each one. It's handy for couples, newlyweds, and business owners who want plenty of warning before the next big date rolls around, and the date you enter is calculated entirely in your browser and never sent to a server.","howto":["Choose your start date (day 1) in the calendar field.","Check the 100-day milestone list to see the exact date and countdown for each one.","Scroll through the yearly anniversaries from year 1 to year 20.","Hit \"Copy all results\" to grab the whole list as plain text."],"faq":[{"q":"Why does the 100-day mark land 99 days after my start date?","a":"The start date counts as day 1, so day 100 falls 99 days after it."},{"q":"Can I use it for a wedding or business anniversary?","a":"Yes. Set your wedding day or launch day as the start date and the yearly anniversaries are calculated exactly the same way."},{"q":"Does the yearly anniversary date stay accurate across leap years?","a":"Yes, the calculation is based on real calendar dates, so it stays accurate even when a leap year with February 29 falls in between. The one special case is when the start date itself is February 29 — since that date doesn't exist in non-leap years, the anniversary is shown as either February 28 or March 1 instead."}]},{"slug":"baby-fever-medicine","category":"calc-convert","title":"Infant Fever Reducer Dosage Calculator","tagline":"Enter your baby's weight to get a single-dose amount for fever medicine","emoji":"🌡️","keywords":["infant tylenol dosage by weight","baby fever medicine dosage calculator","children's ibuprofen dosage chart","acetaminophen dose for babies","motrin dosage by weight","alternating tylenol and motrin"],"intro":"Enter your baby's weight and this tool works out the recommended single dose in milliliters for both acetaminophen-based (Tylenol-type) and ibuprofen-based (Motrin-type) fever reducers. It was built for parents squinting at the markings on a syringe at 3 a.m. when a fever comes out of nowhere, and every calculation runs entirely in your browser, so nothing you type is sent to a server.","howto":["Enter your baby's current weight in kilograms.","The recommended single-dose range appears automatically for acetaminophen (red) and ibuprofen (blue).","Review the dosing interval and alternating-dose guidance below the results.","Always follow the product label or your pediatrician's instructions before giving any medicine."],"faq":[{"q":"Can I dose my child based on this result alone?","a":"No. This tool only shows general weight-based dosage ranges for reference. The correct dose must come from the product label and your pediatrician."},{"q":"Is it okay to give acetaminophen and ibuprofen together?","a":"If you alternate between the two ingredients, leave at least two hours between doses, and talk to a healthcare provider before you start."},{"q":"Can I use this for a baby under 3 months old?","a":"If a baby under 3 months has a fever of 100.4°F (38°C) or higher, skip this tool and go to a pediatric emergency room right away."}]},{"slug":"baby-vaccination-schedule","category":"calc-convert","title":"Korean Baby Vaccination Schedule Calculator","tagline":"Enter a birth date to map out Korea's national immunization timeline","emoji":"💉","keywords":["Korea national immunization schedule","Korean baby vaccination schedule","baby vaccine schedule calculator","infant immunization timeline Korea","newborn vaccination chart","when are baby shots due"],"intro":"Enter your baby's date of birth and this tool lays out the full schedule for Korea's National Immunization Program (NIP), from the shots given right after birth through the boosters due at ages 4 to 6. Everything is calculated instantly in your browser with nothing sent to a server, which makes it a quick reference for first-time parents who don't want to miss a due date.","howto":["Pick or type your baby's date of birth in the input field.","The vaccination list appears automatically, organized by age from birth through ages 4 to 6.","Check the recommended date shown next to each stage to plan your clinic visits.","Change the birth date and the entire schedule recalculates instantly."],"faq":[{"q":"Could the actual dates differ from what's shown?","a":"Yes. This tool builds a reference schedule based on Korea's standard recommended immunization timeline. Your baby's health and your clinic's availability can shift the real dates, so confirm them with your pediatrician."},{"q":"Is the birth date I enter stored anywhere?","a":"No. The date is used for the calculation inside your browser only and is never sent to or saved on a server."},{"q":"Which vaccines are included?","a":"The schedule covers Korea's national immunization list by age, including hepatitis B, BCG, DTaP, polio, Hib, pneumococcal, MMR, varicella, and Japanese encephalitis."}]},{"slug":"base32-encoder-decoder","category":"text-dev","title":"Base32 Encoder / Decoder","tagline":"Encode text to Base32 or decode Base32 back to plain text","emoji":"🔡","keywords":["base32 encoder","base32 decoder","base32 converter online","text to base32","decode base32 string","base32 to text"],"intro":"Convert text into Base32 or turn a Base32 string back into readable text. It's useful for TOTP secret keys, filename-safe encoding, and identifiers in systems that can't handle mixed case. Whatever you paste in is converted inside your browser and never sent to a server.","howto":["Choose the Encode or Decode tab.","Paste your plain text in Encode mode, or a Base32 string in Decode mode.","The result appears below automatically.","Click Copy to send the result straight to your clipboard."],"faq":[{"q":"How is Base32 different from Base64?","a":"Base32 uses only A–Z and 2–7, so it's case-insensitive and safer for URLs and systems that don't distinguish upper- and lowercase. The trade-off is that the encoded string is a bit longer than Base64."},{"q":"Why am I getting an error when decoding?","a":"If your string contains any character outside the Base32 alphabet (A–Z, 2–7), it isn't valid Base32 and the tool shows an error message."},{"q":"Is my text sent to a server?","a":"No. All encoding and decoding happens instantly in your browser, with no data sent anywhere."}]},{"slug":"black-scholes-option-pricing","category":"calc-convert","title":"Black-Scholes Option Pricing Calculator","tagline":"Get theoretical call and put prices plus the Greeks (delta, gamma, vega, and more)","emoji":"📈","keywords":["black scholes calculator","option pricing calculator","option greeks calculator","delta gamma vega theta calculator","call and put option value calculator","implied volatility option price"],"intro":"Enter the underlying price, strike price, days to expiration, risk-free rate, and volatility, and the standard Black-Scholes model returns theoretical prices for European calls and puts along with delta, gamma, vega, theta, and rho. It's built for retail traders learning options or sanity-checking the risk on an open position, and every calculation runs instantly in your browser with no inputs sent to a server.","howto":["Enter the underlying price (S) and the strike price (K)","Enter days to expiration, the risk-free rate (%), and volatility σ (%)","Theoretical call and put prices appear automatically alongside a table of delta, gamma, vega, theta, and rho","Use the copy button to save the full set of results as text"],"faq":[{"q":"Is it accurate for dividend-paying stocks?","a":"This calculator uses the standard Black-Scholes formula for European options with no dividends. For names with sizable dividends, the output can drift from actual market prices."},{"q":"Why are vega and rho such small numbers?","a":"Vega is scaled to the price change from a 1-percentage-point move in volatility, and rho to a 1-percentage-point move in interest rates, so both typically come out small."},{"q":"Can I use it for American options?","a":"Black-Scholes is built for European options and doesn't account for early exercise, so results may differ somewhat from the fair value of an American option."}]},{"slug":"blood-pressure-classifier","category":"calc-convert","title":"Blood Pressure Category Checker","tagline":"Enter your systolic and diastolic numbers to see where your blood pressure lands","emoji":"🩺","keywords":["blood pressure chart by category","what does my blood pressure mean","systolic diastolic checker","hypertension stage calculator","is my blood pressure normal","high blood pressure range"],"intro":"Type in your systolic (top) and diastolic (bottom) readings and this tool instantly tells you which of six categories you fall into, from normal all the way up to hypertensive crisis. It's for anyone who takes readings at home and wants to know what the numbers actually mean, and everything is calculated in your browser, so your readings never leave your device.","howto":["Enter your systolic (top) reading in mmHg.","Enter your diastolic (bottom) reading in mmHg.","Read the category and explanation shown at the top of the screen.","Change the numbers to compare different readings on the spot."],"faq":[{"q":"What categories does it use?","a":"It weighs your systolic and diastolic numbers together and sorts them into six categories: normal, elevated, prehypertension, stage 1 hypertension, stage 2 hypertension, and hypertensive crisis."},{"q":"Can I use this result as a diagnosis or for treatment?","a":"No. This tool provides reference information only and is not a substitute for medical diagnosis. If your readings stay abnormal, see a healthcare provider."},{"q":"Are my readings saved?","a":"No. Everything is processed in your browser, and nothing is transmitted to or logged on a server."}]},{"slug":"bmr-harris-benedict","category":"calc-convert","title":"Harris-Benedict BMR Calculator","tagline":"Calculate your daily basal metabolic rate from sex, age, height, and weight","emoji":"🔥","keywords":["bmr calculator","harris benedict equation calculator","basal metabolic rate calculator","daily calorie needs calculator","how many calories do I burn at rest","tdee and bmr"],"intro":"Enter your sex, age, height, and weight, and this calculator returns your daily basal metabolic rate (BMR) using the revised Harris-Benedict equation (the 1984 Roza and Shizgal revision). It's a solid starting point if you're setting a daily calorie target for cutting or bulking, and all the math happens in your browser, so your body stats never get sent to a server.","howto":["Select your sex (male or female).","Enter your age, height (cm), and weight (kg).","Your daily BMR (kcal/day) appears automatically at the top of the screen."],"faq":[{"q":"What exactly is basal metabolic rate (BMR)?","a":"It's the minimum number of calories your body burns just to stay alive while completely at rest, covering things like breathing, temperature regulation, and organ function."},{"q":"Should I build my diet around the BMR number?","a":"BMR is your bare-minimum burn with zero activity factored in. Your real daily calorie need is usually found by multiplying BMR by an activity factor."},{"q":"Why are the formulas different for men and women?","a":"The Harris-Benedict equation uses separate coefficients by sex to account for average differences in body composition, such as muscle mass and body fat percentage."}]},{"slug":"body-profile-diet","category":"calc-convert","title":"Body Fat Goal Calculator","tagline":"Find your goal weight and daily calorie deficit for a target body fat percentage","emoji":"🎯","keywords":["body fat percentage goal calculator","goal weight calculator body fat","calorie deficit calculator","how long to lose body fat","lean body mass calculator","cutting calorie calculator"],"intro":"Enter your current weight and body fat percentage, your target body fat percentage, and how many days you have left, and this calculator shows the goal weight you'd hit by losing pure fat while holding on to every pound of muscle, along with total fat to lose and the daily calorie deficit it takes to get there. It's built for anyone planning a cut, plus trainers and fitness creators who want the goal expressed in hard numbers, and all calculations run in your browser with nothing sent to a server.","howto":["Enter your current weight (kg) and current body fat percentage (%)","Enter your target body fat percentage (%)","Enter the number of days left in your cut (your D-day)","Your goal weight, total fat to lose, and required daily calorie deficit appear instantly at the top"],"faq":[{"q":"How big a calorie deficit does losing 1 kg of body fat take?","a":"This calculator uses the common rule of thumb that roughly 7,700 kcal of deficit is needed to lose 1 kg of body fat."},{"q":"If I follow these numbers, will I lose fat without losing muscle?","a":"The math assumes an ideal scenario where lean mass is fully preserved. In practice, you'll need enough protein and consistent resistance training to actually hold on to muscle."},{"q":"Are my weight and body fat numbers stored on a server?","a":"No. Every calculation runs inside your browser, and none of your values are transmitted or saved anywhere."}]},{"slug":"brainstorming-keyword-generator","category":"generators-qr","title":"Brainstorming Keyword Generator","tagline":"Mixes random words from a theme to spark fresh ideas","emoji":"🎲","keywords":["random word generator for brainstorming","brainstorming tool","name idea generator","random word combination generator","brand name ideas","creative naming tool"],"intro":"When you're stuck naming something or staring down a blank whiteboard, pick a theme — IT/tech, business, creative, or lifestyle — and this tool shuffles two or three related words into combinations you'd never have thought of on your own. It's a quick way to find a starting point for a brand name, project title, or slogan draft, and every combination is generated right in your browser, so nothing is ever sent to a server.","howto":["Pick a theme category: IT/Tech, Business, Creative, or Lifestyle.","Choose how many words to mix into each combination (2 or 3).","Click \"Generate Random Brainstorming Keywords\" to see 10 candidate combinations.","Click any combination you like to copy it straight to your clipboard."],"faq":[{"q":"How are the word combinations put together?","a":"Words are drawn at random from your chosen theme's vocabulary list — no repeats within a combination — and joined with a space. They're meant as raw material for ideas rather than grammatically polished phrases."},{"q":"Will I get different results if I run it again with the same settings?","a":"Yes. Every click pulls a fresh random draw, so you'll get 10 new candidates each time."},{"q":"Are the results saved on a server?","a":"No. Generating and copying combinations happens entirely inside your browser — nothing is stored or transmitted."}]},{"slug":"brand-name-combiner","category":"text-dev","title":"Brand Name Combiner","tagline":"Blend two words into brand and product name candidates","emoji":"✨","keywords":["brand name generator","business name generator","startup name generator","combine two words into a name","product name ideas","domain name generator"],"intro":"Type in two words and this tool spins up a list of name candidates — straight mashups in both orders, hyphenated versions, syllable blends that splice the halves together, and startup-style suffixes like ify, ly, hub, and lab. It's a jumping-off point for anyone wrestling with a startup name, product name, or domain, and the whole process runs in your browser, so the words you enter never leave your device.","howto":["Enter Word A (the prefix candidate) and Word B (the suffix candidate).","Click the \"Combine Brand Name Words\" button.","Browse the list of generated candidates.","Click any name you like to copy it straight to your clipboard."],"faq":[{"q":"What methods does it use to combine names?","a":"It uses simple front-to-back mashups, hyphenated pairings, syllable blends that slice each word in half and splice the pieces together, and common service-name suffixes like ify, ly, hub, and lab."},{"q":"Can I enter words in other languages?","a":"Any text works, but the suffix combinations (ify, hub, and so on) are built around English-language brand naming conventions, so English words tend to produce the most natural results."},{"q":"Does it check whether a name is available as a trademark?","a":"No. This tool only suggests name ideas — you'll need to check trademark availability and domain registration separately."}]},{"slug":"burnout-syndrome-test","category":"calc-convert","title":"Burnout Self-Assessment Test","tagline":"Answer 10 questions to score your burnout risk","emoji":"🔥","keywords":["burnout test","burnout quiz","am i burned out","burnout self assessment","work burnout symptoms checklist","job burnout score"],"intro":"If work has left you drained, chronically tired, or unable to care the way you used to, this self-assessment can help you gauge how close you are to burnout. Answer 10 questions on a five-point scale and you'll get a total score from 10 to 50, sorted into one of three levels: healthy, warning, or at risk. Everything is calculated in your browser, and your answers are never sent to a server.","howto":["Read each of the 10 questions and pick the option that best matches how you've been feeling.","For every question, click one of the five buttons ranging from \"Not at all\" to \"Very much so.\"","Once you've answered them all, your total score (10–50) and risk level appear automatically at the top.","Read the result description to decide whether you need rest or should talk to a professional."],"faq":[{"q":"Can this test replace a medical diagnosis?","a":"No. It's a self-check reference tool only. For an accurate diagnosis, speak with a mental health professional."},{"q":"How is the score calculated?","a":"Each of the 10 questions is worth 1 to 5 points, added together for a total between 10 and 50. A score of 25 or below is healthy, 26–35 is a warning sign, and 36 or higher indicates high risk."},{"q":"Are my answers saved or sent anywhere?","a":"No. Everything is calculated in your own browser, and your responses are never stored or transmitted."}]},{"slug":"business-cooperation-form","category":"doc-data","title":"Interoffice Request Memo Generator","tagline":"Enter the recipient, sender, subject, and deadline for a ready-to-send request memo","emoji":"🤝","keywords":["interoffice memo template","internal request memo generator","interdepartmental request form","business memo generator","printable memo template","office memo format example"],"intro":"This tool formats the interdepartmental request memo you send when you need another team's help. Fill in the receiving and sending departments, a subject line, the details of your request, and a deadline, and it assembles a properly structured document you can copy out — or open in a print view to save as a PDF or send to a printer. Everything you type stays in your browser and is never sent to a server.","howto":["Enter the receiving department and the sending department.","Specify the subject of the request and the deadline you'd like it handled by.","Write out the details of your request in the body field.","Review the preview, then copy the text or use the print button to save as a PDF or print it."],"faq":[{"q":"Is what I write saved on a server?","a":"No. All input and document generation happens inside your browser — nothing is transmitted anywhere."},{"q":"How do I save it as a PDF?","a":"Click the print button and a new window opens with the print dialog. Set the destination to \"Save as PDF.\""},{"q":"Can I customize the document format?","a":"You can freely fill in the recipient, sender, subject, deadline, and body, and the resulting text can be copied and pasted into any other document."}]},{"slug":"business-english-email-helper","category":"text-dev","title":"Business Email Phrase Bank","tagline":"Pick a greeting, request, apology, or sign-off and copy it instantly","emoji":"✉️","keywords":["business email phrases","professional email templates","email opening lines","email closing phrases","how to write a business email","polite email wording"],"intro":"Openers and sign-offs are where most work emails stall. This phrase bank hands you the line instead. Browse ready-made wording across four common situations — greetings, requests, apologies, and closings — each with a short note on tone and formality, then copy the one you want with a single click and drop it into your draft. Everything runs in your browser, so nothing you do here is sent to a server.","howto":["Use the tabs at the top to pick the situation you need: Greeting, Request, Apology, or Closing.","Look through the sample lines for that situation along with the notes on how each one reads.","Click the copy button under the phrase you want to put it on your clipboard.","Paste it into your email and swap in the names and specifics."],"faq":[{"q":"Can I type in my own sentence and have it rewritten?","a":"No. This isn't a free-form rewriter or translator — it's a reference collection of prepared phrases you browse by situation and copy."},{"q":"Can I tell the formal phrases from the casual ones?","a":"Yes. Every phrase comes with a short note on its tone and level of formality, so it's easy to pick one that fits the situation."},{"q":"Do I need to sign up or install anything?","a":"No. Just click a tab on the page and hit copy — that's the whole thing."}]},{"slug":"business-license-tax","category":"calc-convert","title":"Korean License Registration Tax Calculator","tagline":"Pick a license class and region to calculate Korea's registration license tax and local education tax","emoji":"🧾","keywords":["Korean registration license tax calculator","registration license tax Korea","Korea local education tax","Korea business license tax","deungnok myeonheose calculator","Korea e-commerce license tax"],"intro":"South Korea levies an annual registration license tax (deungnok myeonheose) on individuals and companies holding business licenses or registrations as of January 1 each year. Choose your license class (Class 1 through 5) and where your business is located — major city, ordinary city, or county — and this calculator applies the Local Tax Act rate table to show the base tax, the local education tax (10% of the base tax), and your total bill. It's built for small business owners and prospective founders in Korea holding licenses for e-commerce, food service, construction, and similar sectors who want to know the cost in advance. All calculations run in your browser and nothing is sent to a server.","howto":["Select the class of the license you hold (or plan to register), from Class 1 through Class 5.","Choose where your business is located: a major city (population 500,000+), an ordinary city, or a county/township.","The base registration license tax, local education tax, and total amount due appear automatically at the top of the screen.","Switch between license classes and regions to compare the estimated tax for each."],"faq":[{"q":"Who pays Korea's registration license tax, and when?","a":"It's assessed annually on individuals and companies that hold a business license or registration permit as of January 1 of that year."},{"q":"Why is a separate local education tax added?","a":"Under Korea's Local Tax Act, the registration license tax is accompanied by a local education tax equal to 10% of the base tax, so your final bill is the base tax plus that surcharge."},{"q":"Which class does an e-commerce business fall under?","a":"Online retail (tongsin panmaeeop) and general wholesale/retail businesses generally fall under Class 3. In a major city, that works out to a base tax of KRW 40,500 plus the 10% local education tax, for a total of about KRW 44,550."}]},{"slug":"byte-unit-converter","category":"calc-convert","title":"Byte Unit Converter","tagline":"Convert data sizes across decimal (KB, MB) and binary (KiB, MiB) units at once","emoji":"💾","keywords":["byte converter","kb to mb converter","gb to tb converter","kib vs kb","data storage unit converter","binary to decimal byte conversion"],"intro":"Enter a single value and this converter lays out the equivalent across every decimal unit from bytes (B) up to exabytes (EB), based on powers of 1000, and every binary unit from kibibytes (KiB) up to exbibytes (EiB), based on powers of 1024. It's handy for developers and IT folks comparing file sizes, advertised drive capacity, and network bandwidth without second-guessing which standard applies. Everything is calculated in your browser and nothing is sent to a server.","howto":["Enter the value you want to convert.","Choose the source unit from either the decimal set (KB, MB, GB, etc.) or the binary set (KiB, MiB, GiB, etc.).","Use the decimal/binary tabs to view the conversion table for the unit system you want.","Click the copy button next to any unit to grab the value."],"faq":[{"q":"What's the difference between KB and KiB?","a":"A KB (kilobyte) is a decimal unit that scales by 1,000 under the SI standard, while a KiB (kibibyte) is a binary unit that scales by 1,024 under the IEC standard. macOS typically reports sizes in decimal and Windows in binary, which is why the same file can appear to have a different size on each."},{"q":"Are the values I enter saved on a server?","a":"No. Every conversion is calculated instantly in your browser — nothing is transmitted or stored."},{"q":"Can it handle extremely large or small values?","a":"Yes. Values below 1e-6 or above 1e18 automatically switch to scientific notation so you can still read the exact figure."}]},{"slug":"caffeine-intake-tracker","category":"calc-convert","title":"Caffeine Intake Calculator","tagline":"Add today's drinks to see your total caffeine and how close you are to your limit","emoji":"☕","keywords":["caffeine calculator","daily caffeine intake tracker","how much caffeine is too much","caffeine limit per day","caffeine limit during pregnancy","coffee caffeine content chart"],"intro":"Add each coffee, energy drink, or tea you've had today and this tool tallies up your total caffeine automatically. Choose your profile — adult, pregnant, or teen (scaled by body weight) — and it compares your running total against the recommended daily limit for that group, showing exactly what percentage you've hit. Everything is calculated in your browser and nothing is sent to a server.","howto":["Choose your profile at the top (adult, pregnant, or teen), and enter your body weight if you're a teen.","Tap the preset drink buttons — americano, espresso, cold brew, and so on — to add what you've had today to the list.","Adjust the quantity of each drink, or remove any entry with the [x] button.","Check your running caffeine total and the progress bar at the top to see how much of your limit you've used."],"faq":[{"q":"How is the caffeine limit calculated?","a":"The reference limit is 400 mg for adults and 300 mg during pregnancy. For teens, the limit is body weight in kilograms multiplied by 2.5 mg."},{"q":"How do I add a drink that isn't on the list?","a":"Right now you can only add from six presets: americano, espresso, cold brew, canned coffee, energy drink, and green/black tea."},{"q":"Are the drinks I log saved?","a":"No. Everything is calculated in your browser only — refreshing the page clears the list, and nothing is stored on a server."}]},{"slug":"capital-gains-tax-real-estate","category":"calc-convert","title":"Korean Real Estate Capital Gains Tax Calculator","tagline":"Enter your purchase and sale price to estimate Korean capital gains tax instantly","emoji":"🏠","keywords":["Korea capital gains tax calculator","Korean real estate capital gains tax","yangdo sodeukse calculator","one home per household tax exemption Korea","long-term holding special deduction Korea","selling property in Korea taxes"],"intro":"Enter the purchase price, sale price, years owned and lived in, and deductible expenses, and this calculator estimates your Korean capital gains tax (yangdo sodeukse) — factoring in the one-home-per-household exemption for sales at or below 1.2 billion KRW and the long-term holding special deduction. It's a quick way for single-home and multi-home owners in Korea to size up their tax bill before selling. Every calculation runs entirely in your browser, so the amounts you enter are never sent to a server.","howto":["Choose the property type (residential home, or commercial building/land) and how many homes your household owns.","Enter the purchase price, the sale price, and the holding period (for single-home owners, also the years actually lived in the home).","Enter deductible expenses such as remodeling and repair costs and broker commissions.","Review the long-term holding deduction, taxable base, calculated tax, and total due including local income tax, then copy the results."],"faq":[{"q":"I own only one home and the tax comes out as zero. Why?","a":"A single home owned by one household is exempt when the sale price is 1.2 billion KRW or less, so the tax calculates to zero. Above 1.2 billion KRW, tax applies only to the portion of the gain attributable to the excess."},{"q":"Could my actual tax bill be different?","a":"Yes. This is an estimate based on the standard Korean tax rules and deduction rates in effect since 2023. It does not account for heavy tax rates in regulated zones, inheritance or gift exceptions, or other special conditions, so consult a licensed tax accountant before you file."},{"q":"How is the long-term holding special deduction calculated?","a":"For a single home per household, you get 4% per year for the holding period plus 4% per year for the period you lived there (up to 40% each), for a maximum of 80%. All other property gets 2% per year, up to 30%."}]},{"slug":"car-lease-vs-rent","category":"calc-convert","title":"Car Lease vs. Long-Term Rental Comparison Calculator","tagline":"Compare the total cost of an operating lease and a long-term rental over the full contract term","emoji":"🚗","keywords":["car lease vs rental calculator","lease or rent a car which is cheaper","total cost of leasing a car","monthly car lease cost calculator","long term car rental cost comparison"],"intro":"If you'd rather lease or long-term rent a new car than buy one, it's rarely obvious which option actually costs less. Enter your monthly payment, annual vehicle tax, and insurance, and this calculator adds up the total cost of each option across the entire contract term and shows you the difference side by side. Everything is calculated in your browser, so the amounts you enter are never sent to a server.","howto":["Enter the vehicle price and the contract length in months.","Under the operating lease section, enter the monthly lease payment, annual vehicle tax, and annual insurance premium.","Under the long-term rental section, enter the monthly rental payment, which already includes tax and insurance.","The total cost gap and the cheaper option appear instantly at the top."],"faq":[{"q":"How is the total cost of each option calculated?","a":"For a lease, it's the monthly lease payment times the term, plus the vehicle tax and insurance for the length of the contract. For a long-term rental, it's simply the all-inclusive monthly payment times the term, since tax and insurance are already bundled in."},{"q":"Does it explain the license plate difference?","a":"Yes. The tool notes that long-term rental cars in Korea carry special plates (ha, heo, ho), while operating lease vehicles use standard plates."},{"q":"Are the amounts I enter saved or transmitted?","a":"No. Everything is calculated inside your browser and nothing is stored or sent to a server."}]},{"slug":"card-tax-deduction","category":"calc-convert","title":"Korean Credit Card Income Deduction Calculator","tagline":"Estimate your income deduction and refund from your salary and card spending","emoji":"💳","keywords":["Korean credit card income deduction calculator","Korea year-end tax settlement card deduction","yeonmal jeongsan calculator","Korea 25 percent card spending threshold","check card vs credit card deduction rate Korea","Korean tax refund estimate"],"intro":"Enter your annual gross salary along with your spending on credit cards, check cards, public transit, traditional markets, and culture, and this calculator applies Korea's deduction rates to everything above the 25%-of-salary threshold to estimate your income deduction and tax refund. It's built for employees in Korea planning their card spending ahead of the year-end tax settlement. All amounts are calculated in your browser and never sent to a server.","howto":["Enter your total annual gross salary.","Select your number of children to apply the higher base deduction limit.","Enter your spending on credit cards, check cards/cash receipts, public transit, traditional markets, and culture separately.","Review your estimated income deduction and tax refund, and copy the results if you need them."],"faq":[{"q":"I spend a lot on cards, so why is my deduction zero?","a":"The deduction only kicks in on spending above 25% of your gross salary. If your total card spending is under that threshold, there's no deductible amount and the result shows zero."},{"q":"Which card is used first to fill the threshold — credit or check?","a":"Credit card spending, which has the lower 15% rate, is applied to the 25% threshold first, so that the higher-rate categories — check cards, traditional markets, public transit, and culture — are preserved as deductible as much as possible."},{"q":"Why is the culture spending field disabled?","a":"The deduction for books, performances, museums, and gym memberships is only available to employees earning 70 million KRW or less in gross salary, so the field is disabled automatically above that level."}]},{"slug":"celsius-fahrenheit-converter","category":"calc-convert","title":"Celsius to Fahrenheit Converter","tagline":"Convert between Celsius and Fahrenheit instantly with a slider","emoji":"🌡️","keywords":["celsius to fahrenheit","fahrenheit to celsius converter","temperature converter","c to f calculator","convert celsius fahrenheit online"],"intro":"Convert temperatures between Celsius (°C) and Fahrenheit (°F) in both directions, instantly. Type a number or drag the slider and the other unit updates in real time, along with a comfort rating that runs from freezing to very hot. Everything is calculated in your browser, so no data is ever sent to a server. Handy for checking the weather abroad, converting recipe temperatures, or knocking out science homework.","howto":["Type a number into the Celsius (°C) field or drag the slider.","The Fahrenheit (°F) value is calculated automatically and updates in real time.","It works the other way too — adjust the Fahrenheit field or slider and the Celsius value converts automatically.","Check the comfort badge shown alongside the converted temperature (cold, comfortable, hot, and so on)."],"faq":[{"q":"What formula does it use?","a":"It uses °F = °C × 9/5 + 32, and rounds the result to two decimal places."},{"q":"Are the temperatures I enter stored on a server?","a":"No. Every conversion happens instantly inside your browser, and no data leaves your device."},{"q":"How are the comfort ratings defined?","a":"Below 0°C is very cold, 0–10°C is cold, 10–18°C is cool, 18–26°C is comfortable, 26–32°C is warm, and 32°C and above is very hot."}]},{"slug":"child-growth-percentile","category":"calc-convert","title":"Child Growth Percentile Calculator","tagline":"See how your child's height and weight compare to the average for their age","emoji":"📏","keywords":["child growth percentile calculator","baby height weight percentile","toddler growth chart calculator","Korean standard growth chart percentile","average height and weight for age"],"intro":"Enter your child's sex, age in months, height, and weight, and this tool instantly compares them against the 50th percentile (the average) from the Korea Disease Control and Prevention Agency's 2017 standard growth charts. Every calculation runs in your browser, so your child's information is never sent to a server — making it an easy way for parents to keep an eye on growth trends at home.","howto":["Select your child's sex (boy or girl).","Enter their age in months (0 to 72).","Enter their height in centimeters and weight in kilograms.","Instantly see how their height and weight compare to the average for their age, along with an under-growth, normal, or over-growth reading."],"faq":[{"q":"Can this replace a growth check at the doctor's office?","a":"No. This is a simple simulation that compares your numbers to the averages in the 2017 standard growth charts. An accurate developmental assessment requires an exam by a pediatrician."},{"q":"Is my child's information saved or sent anywhere?","a":"No. Everything is calculated inside your browser and nothing is transmitted to or stored on a server."},{"q":"Can I use it for a child older than 72 months (6 years)?","a":"This tool only includes data for ages 0 to 72 months, so results for older children won't be accurate."}]},{"slug":"child-obesity-index","category":"calc-convert","title":"Child Obesity Index Calculator (Rohrer Index)","tagline":"Calculate the Rohrer Index from sex, height, and weight for an instant read on childhood obesity","emoji":"🧒","keywords":["child obesity calculator","Rohrer index calculator","childhood obesity check","kids body index calculator","healthy weight for children calculator"],"intro":"Enter your child's sex, height, and weight, and this tool calculates the Rohrer Index — a body composition measure widely used to assess school-age children and adolescents — and places the result into one of four bands, from underweight to childhood obesity. Unlike adult BMI, it's scaled to how children's bodies actually develop, which makes it a useful reference for parents. All calculations run in your browser, so the body measurements you enter are never sent to a server.","howto":["Select your child's sex (boy or girl).","Enter their height in centimeters and weight in kilograms.","The Rohrer Index appears instantly at the top, along with the matching reading: underweight, normal weight, borderline overweight, or childhood obesity."],"faq":[{"q":"How is the Rohrer Index different from adult BMI?","a":"BMI divides weight by height squared, while the Rohrer Index divides by height cubed. That reflects the shifting body proportions of a growing child more accurately, which is why it's the standard measure for children and teens aged 2 to 18."},{"q":"What score counts as normal?","a":"By this tool's bands, below 100 is underweight, 100–140 is normal weight, 140–160 is borderline overweight, and above 160 is classified as childhood obesity."},{"q":"Is my child's information stored?","a":"No. Every calculation happens inside your browser, and nothing is stored on or sent to a server."}]},{"slug":"cidr-subnet-calculator","category":"calc-convert","title":"CIDR Subnet Calculator","tagline":"Get the network and broadcast address instantly from an IP and CIDR prefix","emoji":"🌐","keywords":["cidr calculator","subnet calculator","ip range calculator","subnet mask calculator","network and broadcast address calculator","ipv4 subnetting tool"],"intro":"Enter an IPv4 address and a CIDR prefix (/0 to /32) to instantly get the network address, broadcast address, subnet mask, usable IP range, and host count. It's built for network design, server firewall rules, and carving up cloud VPC subnets. Everything is calculated on the spot in your browser, so the IP information you enter is never sent to a server.","howto":["Enter the IPv4 address you want to calculate in the IP address field (for example, 192.168.1.1)","Enter a subnet value between 0 and 32 in the CIDR prefix field (for example, 24)","The network address, broadcast address, and subnet mask appear automatically","Check the usable IP range and the host count (usable versus total)"],"faq":[{"q":"How are /31 and /32 subnets handled?","a":"A /32 has exactly one usable host (itself), and a /31 is calculated with both IPs usable, since it has no separate network and broadcast addresses. For ordinary subnets (/0 to /30), usable hosts are everything except the network and broadcast addresses."},{"q":"Does it support IPv6?","a":"Not currently — only IPv4 addresses (for example, 192.168.1.1). Entering an IPv6 address will be flagged as invalid input."},{"q":"Is the IP information I enter saved or transmitted?","a":"No. Everything runs inside your browser and nothing is sent to or stored on a server."}]},{"slug":"color-contrast-match-suggest","category":"color-design","title":"Color Contrast Checker with Fix Suggestions","tagline":"Check text and background colors against WCAG contrast ratios and get passing color suggestions","emoji":"🎨","keywords":["color contrast checker","wcag contrast ratio checker","text readability contrast tool","web accessibility color checker","aa aaa contrast test","accessible color suggestions"],"intro":"Pick two colors and this tool calculates the contrast ratio in real time and shows whether it passes WCAG 2.1 AA and AAA. It's built for web designers and developers checking text legibility — and when a pair falls short, it automatically suggests an alternative color with adjusted lightness that you can apply with one click. Everything is calculated instantly in your browser, so the color values you enter are never sent to a server.","howto":["Enter the text color (foreground) using the color picker or a hex code.","Enter the background color the same way.","Review the preview, the contrast ratio, and the AA/AAA pass status.","If it falls short, hit Apply on a suggested color to swap it in immediately."],"faq":[{"q":"What's the difference between AA and AAA?","a":"AA requires at least 4.5:1 for normal text and 3:1 for large text. AAA is the stricter standard, requiring at least 7:1 for normal text and 4.5:1 for large text."},{"q":"How are the suggested colors calculated?","a":"The tool keeps the original hue and saturation intact and adjusts only the lightness across the 0–100% range, finding the color closest to your original that still meets the target contrast ratio."},{"q":"Are the color values I enter stored on a server?","a":"No. Everything is calculated inside your browser and no color values leave your device."}]},{"slug":"comprehensive-income-tax","category":"calc-convert","title":"Korea Comprehensive Income Tax Estimator (Salary + Business + Rental)","tagline":"Enter salary, business, rental, and pension income with your deductions, and it builds the taxable base for you before computing tax payable","emoji":"🧾","keywords":["korea comprehensive income tax","jonghap sodeukse calculator","korea may tax filing estimate","korea freelancer tax calculator","korea rental income tax","side job tax korea"],"intro":"Enter gross salary, business income, rental income, and pension or other income separately, and the estimator applies Korea's standard employment income deduction formula along with personal, national pension, and other income deductions to build your taxable base — the step you'd otherwise have to work out by hand. It's aimed at freelancers, employees running a side business, and landlords: anyone whose income arrives from several directions and who wants a sense of the bill before Korea's May filing season (종합소득세 신고). The full income and deduction breakdown copies out as text, and nothing you enter leaves your browser.","howto":["Enter your gross salary (employment income) along with your business income, rental income, and other or pension income amounts.","Enter your number of dependents, National Pension contributions, and any other income deductions such as health insurance premiums or credit card spending deductions.","Your total income, taxable base, applicable tax bracket, national income tax, local income tax, and total estimated tax due all appear automatically.","Use the Copy Details button to copy the full breakdown as text so you can save or share it."],"faq":[{"q":"Will the amount this calculator shows match what I actually file?","a":"No. It's a simplified model built on the standard progressive rates (6-45%) and the standard employment income deduction formula used from tax year 2023 onward. Tax credits, exemptions, and detailed year-end settlement items aren't included, so your final assessed tax may differ."},{"q":"What should I enter for business income?","a":"Enter your net income after deducting necessary expenses from revenue, not your gross sales or total receipts."},{"q":"Is the income information I enter stored anywhere?","a":"No. Everything is calculated in your own browser, and nothing is transmitted to or saved on a server."}]},{"slug":"corporate-valuation-multiples","category":"calc-convert","title":"Valuation Multiples Calculator (P/E, P/B, EV/EBITDA)","tagline":"Calculate and interpret P/E, P/B, and EV/EBITDA instantly from price and financials","emoji":"📊","keywords":["pe ratio calculator","price to book ratio calculator","ev ebitda calculator","valuation multiples calculator","stock valuation calculator","market cap calculator","is a stock undervalued"],"intro":"Enter share price, shares outstanding, net income, total equity, enterprise value, and EBITDA, and this tool works out market cap along with the three valuation multiples investors reach for first: P/E, P/B, and EV/EBITDA. Each result comes with a color-coded badge showing whether the multiple falls in an undervalued, fair, or overvalued range, so you can size up a stock or a company quickly. All math happens in your browser, so the financial data you enter never leaves your device.","howto":["Enter the current share price and shares outstanding to calculate market capitalization.","Enter net income and total equity (book value) to see the P/E and P/B ratios.","Enter enterprise value (EV) and EBITDA to see the EV/EBITDA multiple.","Check the undervalued / fair / overvalued badge on each result card, then use the Copy Results button to save the summary."],"faq":[{"q":"What happens to the P/E ratio if net income is negative?","a":"When net income is negative, the tool displays \"Net loss\" instead of a multiple and does not calculate a P/E ratio."},{"q":"Can I base an investment decision on these results alone?","a":"P/E, P/B, and EV/EBITDA are reference multiples only. You should weigh them alongside industry averages, growth prospects, and other factors."},{"q":"Is the financial data I enter saved?","a":"No. Everything is calculated inside your browser and nothing is sent to or stored on a server."}]},{"slug":"credit-score-guide","category":"calc-convert","title":"Korean Credit Score Guide & Simulator","tagline":"A guide to how KCB and NICE score you in Korea, plus a what-if simulator for your financial moves","emoji":"💳","keywords":["Korean credit score explained","KCB NICE credit score","how to raise credit score Korea","Korea credit rating simulator","credit utilization ratio","credit score factors"],"intro":"This tool breaks down the factors that KCB and NICE, South Korea's two main consumer credit bureaus, use to build your score, then lets you simulate how actions like paying off a delinquency, prepaying a loan, or lowering your credit utilization might move that score. It's useful if you're preparing to apply for a credit card or a loan and want a sense of where to focus. Every calculation runs in your browser and nothing is sent to a server.","howto":["Open the \"Scoring Factors Guide\" tab to review the four main factors: payment history, debt level, length of credit history, and credit mix","Switch to the \"Credit Behavior Simulator\" tab and enter your current KCB and NICE scores","Use the checkboxes to select the financial actions you're actually considering, such as clearing a delinquency, managing your limit, or taking a card loan","Review your projected score and grade, then hit \"Copy Results\" to save the simulation"],"faq":[{"q":"Do the score changes in this simulator exactly match my real grade?","a":"No. It's a model reconstructed from each bureau's published guidelines. Your actual score movement depends on your total debt, length of credit history, and existing credit record, so treat this as a directional guide only."},{"q":"Why are my KCB and NICE scores different?","a":"KCB (Korea Credit Bureau) and NICE Information Service are Korea's two major consumer credit rating agencies, and they weight the same financial behavior differently, which produces different scores and grades."},{"q":"Are the scores I enter saved or sent anywhere?","a":"No. Everything runs inside your own browser and nothing is transmitted to or stored on a server."}]},{"slug":"crypto-average-calculator","category":"calc-convert","title":"Crypto Average Cost Calculator","tagline":"Find your average entry price and fees across every buy in one place","emoji":"🪙","keywords":["crypto average cost calculator","average entry price crypto","bitcoin cost basis calculator","dollar cost averaging calculator","averaging down calculator","crypto trading fee calculator"],"intro":"Enter your first buy price and amount, then add as many follow-up purchases as you need, and this calculator works out your true average cost basis with exchange fees factored in. It's built for anyone dollar-cost averaging or averaging down who wants an accurate picture of what their position actually cost. All math runs in your browser, and your trade history is never sent to a server.","howto":["Enter your first buy price and the quantity you bought","Enter your exchange's trading fee rate (%)","Use the \"Add Purchase\" button to enter the price and quantity of each additional buy","Review your average price with and without fees, total holdings, and total cost, then copy it with the button"],"faq":[{"q":"How are fees factored in?","a":"The fee rate (%) you enter is applied to each purchase amount to get your total fees, and the tool shows your average cost both with and without fees included."},{"q":"How many purchases can I add?","a":"There's no limit. Each click of \"Add Purchase\" adds another row, and you can remove any row you don't need with its delete button."},{"q":"Is my purchase data saved or transmitted?","a":"No. Everything is calculated instantly in your browser and nothing is sent to or stored on a server."}]},{"slug":"css-3d-transform","category":"text-dev","title":"CSS 3D Transform Generator","tagline":"Build 3D cards and cubes with sliders and copy the CSS instantly","emoji":"🧊","keywords":["css 3d transform generator","css transform generator","3d card hover effect css","css cube generator","css perspective","rotateX rotateY css"],"intro":"Drag sliders for rotation (X/Y/Z), perspective, translation, and scale, and watch 3D card and cube effects update in a live preview. Instead of guessing at values, front-end developers and web designers can dial in card hover effects and cube animations while looking right at the result. Everything renders and calculates in your browser, so no data is sent anywhere.","howto":["Pick either 3D card or 3D cube mode.","Adjust the Rotate X/Y/Z, perspective, Translate Z, and scale sliders and watch the preview respond.","Once you like the result, grab the generated CSS below with the copy button.","If the values get away from you, hit reset to return to the defaults."],"faq":[{"q":"Why does the perspective value matter?","a":"Without a perspective value, rotation looks flat instead of three-dimensional. Smaller values create stronger distortion and depth; larger values flatten the effect out."},{"q":"Can I use the generated CSS as-is?","a":"Yes. The copied CSS includes the transform, transform-style, and transition properties, so it works as soon as you match up the class names."},{"q":"What should I watch out for so the 3D transform animation doesn't stutter?","a":"The transform property is GPU-accelerated and generally renders smoothly, but if the parent element is missing overflow: hidden or backface-visibility, you can end up seeing through to the back of a card or noticing choppy frames. Applying 3D effects to too many elements at once can also drag down the frame rate on lower-end devices, so it's best to reserve them for the elements that really need it."}]},{"slug":"css-accordion-menu","category":"text-dev","title":"CSS Accordion Menu Generator","tagline":"Generate a pure CSS accordion that opens and closes without any JavaScript","emoji":"🪗","keywords":["css accordion generator","pure css accordion","accordion without javascript","css collapsible menu generator","checkbox hack accordion","css faq accordion"],"intro":"This tool generates the HTML and CSS for an accordion menu that works entirely off the checkbox/radio trick, no JavaScript required. It's a good fit for developers and bloggers who need a lightweight, SEO-friendly UI for FAQs, side menus, or collapsible detail sections. All editing and code generation happens in your browser, with nothing sent to a server.","howto":["Choose whether the accordion allows multiple panels open (Checkbox) or only one at a time (Radio).","Adjust the open speed, header background color, and border color to taste.","Type in the title and content for each accordion item, adding or removing items as needed.","Check the live preview, then copy the HTML and CSS separately and drop them into your project."],"faq":[{"q":"Does it really work without JavaScript?","a":"Yes. The open/close behavior comes entirely from hidden checkbox/radio inputs paired with labels and CSS sibling selectors."},{"q":"What's the difference between multiple-open and single-open?","a":"Multiple-open (Checkbox) lets several items stay expanded at once, while single-open (Radio) keeps only one item open at a time."},{"q":"Can I paste the generated code into WordPress or a blog platform?","a":"Yes. Paste both the HTML and CSS together while in HTML editing mode and it will work the same way on most blog platforms."}]},{"slug":"css-blob-mask","category":"color-design","title":"CSS Blob Shape Generator","tagline":"Craft organic blob shapes in CSS with eight border-radius sliders","emoji":"🫧","keywords":["css blob generator","border radius generator","blob shape css","organic shape css","blob maker css","css blob shape generator"],"intro":"Adjust the eight values in the border-radius slash syntax with sliders and watch organic blob shapes, like water drops and leaves, take form in a live preview. It's a fast way for designers and front-end developers to pull CSS for background decorations, profile image masks, and card UI. Everything is calculated in your browser and nothing is sent to a server.","howto":["Start from a preset: organic, water drop, leaf, or egg.","Move the eight horizontal and vertical sliders to fine-tune the shape.","Watch the blob reshape in real time in the preview.","Copy the finished border-radius CSS with the copy button and paste it into your project."],"faq":[{"q":"Does the generated CSS work in every browser?","a":"The border-radius slash (/) syntax is widely supported in modern browsers. If you need to support legacy browsers, it's worth testing separately."},{"q":"What do the slider values actually control?","a":"The four values before the slash set the horizontal radius of each corner, and the four after it set the vertical radius. Combining them is what produces all the different curves."},{"q":"Can I apply this shape to an image?","a":"Yes. Apply the generated border-radius value to the CSS of an image or div and that element gets clipped into the blob shape."}]},{"slug":"css-button-hover-effects","category":"color-design","title":"CSS Button Hover Effects","tagline":"Preview 9 button hover animations and copy the CSS on the spot","emoji":"🖱️","keywords":["css button hover effects","button animation css","hover effect generator","css button design","neon button css","button transition examples"],"intro":"Slide fill, shadow lift, neon glow, and six more button hover effects, all in a live preview so you can hover them yourself and copy the CSS for whichever one you like. It's built for designers and front-end developers who want polished interaction on a landing page or CTA button without writing the animation from scratch. Previews and code generation happen entirely in your browser, with nothing sent to a server.","howto":["Pick a hover effect preset from the list (slide fill, shadow lift, bouncy scale, and more).","Hover over the button in the preview area to see the animation in action.","Review the full style code in the CSS box below.","Click \"Copy CSS\" and adjust the class name to match your own button element."],"faq":[{"q":"Does the generated CSS work with any framework?","a":"Yes. It's plain CSS, so you can paste it straight into React, Vue, or vanilla HTML and just match the class name."},{"q":"How do I change the colors or size?","a":"Edit the background color, border color, padding, and border-radius values directly in the copied CSS to fit your design."},{"q":"Will it work on a button that already uses pseudo-elements (::before, ::after)?","a":"Some effects rely on ::before or ::after, so if your button already uses the same pseudo-elements, adjust the class names or selectors to avoid a conflict."}]},{"slug":"css-circular-progress","category":"color-design","title":"CSS Circular Progress Generator","tagline":"Build an SVG circular progress bar with custom colors and sizing, then grab the code","emoji":"⭕","keywords":["css circular progress bar","svg progress ring generator","circular progress bar generator","radial progress css","donut progress svg","stroke-dashoffset progress"],"intro":"Dial in the percentage, size, stroke width, colors, and animation speed with sliders, watch the circular progress bar update live, and copy the SVG or CSS code straight into your project. It's built for developers and designers who need a radial gauge for a dashboard, a loading indicator, or a stats card. Every calculation and preview happens right in your browser, so nothing is ever sent to a server.","howto":["Use the sliders to set the progress percentage, stroke width, and circle size.","Pick your progress color, track (background) color, and text color with the color picker or by typing a hex code.","Choose whether to show the center label, whether to enable the transition animation, and how long it should run.","Check the live preview, then copy the SVG or CSS code and paste it into your project."],"faq":[{"q":"Can I drop the generated code straight into a React or Vue project?","a":"Yes. It's plain SVG markup, so it works in any framework. For JSX, just convert attributes like stroke-width to camelCase and you're set."},{"q":"Does the animation play automatically when the progress value changes?","a":"Turn on the transition animation and a CSS transition is applied to stroke-dashoffset, so the ring fills in smoothly whenever you update the progress value at runtime."},{"q":"Are my settings stored on a server?","a":"No. All calculations and SVG rendering happen entirely in your browser — nothing is saved or transmitted."}]},{"slug":"css-curved-text-generator","category":"color-design","title":"Curved Text Generator","tagline":"Bend text along an arc and export it as SVG code","emoji":"🌙","keywords":["curved text generator","svg text on a path","circular text generator","text arc generator","textpath svg generator","curved logo text"],"intro":"Create the curved text you see on logos, badges, and stamps using SVG path and textPath, instantly. Adjust the curvature, letter spacing, font size, color, and arc direction while a live preview shows exactly what you'll get. Everything is calculated in your browser, so the text you type never leaves your machine. Copy the finished SVG and paste it straight into a web page or a design tool.","howto":["Type the text you want to curve.","Adjust the curve radius, letter spacing, font size, and color sliders until it looks right.","Use the checkbox to arc the text upward (smile) or downward, and turn on the guideline if you want to see the curve itself.","Once the preview looks the way you want, hit the copy button under the SVG code and use it."],"faq":[{"q":"Where can I use the generated SVG?","a":"Paste the copied SVG code anywhere SVG is supported — HTML pages, image editors, logo design tools, and more."},{"q":"My text isn't centered on the curve.","a":"The textPath startOffset is locked to 50% and text-anchor to middle, so text always centers on the arc by design. If your text is long, try increasing the curve radius."},{"q":"Is the text I type stored on a server?","a":"No. Everything runs in your browser — neither your text nor your settings are sent anywhere."}]},{"slug":"css-glitch-effect","category":"color-design","title":"CSS Glitch Text Generator","tagline":"Type your text and get ready-to-use CSS glitch animation code","emoji":"📼","keywords":["css glitch effect","glitch text generator","glitch animation css","css text effects generator","cyberpunk text css","glitch text css code"],"intro":"Tune the text, speed, intensity, color offset, and font size, preview the glitch effect live in your browser, and walk away with HTML and CSS you can use as-is. It's handy for designers and front-end devs who want a retro or cyberpunk edge on a landing page headline or an event banner. All the work happens in your browser — nothing is sent to a server.","howto":["Type the text you want to glitch.","Adjust the speed, intensity, color offset, and font size sliders plus the two accent colors until you get the look you're after.","Hit the 🎲 Shuffle Pattern button to randomize the glitch shape.","When you like the preview, copy the HTML and CSS and paste it into your project."],"faq":[{"q":"Where do I paste the generated code?","a":"Put the HTML wherever you want the text to appear, and the CSS in your stylesheet or a style tag. The effect only works if the div's data-text attribute matches the text inside it exactly."},{"q":"Does changing the text change the animation too?","a":"No — the animation pattern is generated from a seed value and is independent of the text content. To change just the pattern, press the 🎲 Shuffle Pattern button."},{"q":"Does this tool send data to a server?","a":"No. Your text and settings are processed entirely in your browser and never leave it."}]},{"slug":"css-gradient-text","category":"color-design","title":"CSS Gradient Text Generator","tagline":"Apply a gradient to your text and copy the CSS instantly","emoji":"🌈","keywords":["css gradient text","gradient text generator","background-clip text","gradient text css code","linear gradient text css","gradient font css"],"intro":"Apply a linear or radial gradient to text, preview it live, and copy the finished CSS in one click. Adjust color stops, angle, font size, and weight while watching the result, which makes it a quick win for designers and front-end developers. Everything is computed instantly in your browser and nothing is sent to a server.","howto":["Type your text into the input field.","Choose the gradient type (linear or radial) and adjust the angle or center position.","Add or remove color stops and tweak each color and position (%) until the gradient looks right.","Check the preview, then grab the generated CSS with the copy button."],"faq":[{"q":"How many color stops can I add?","a":"You can use anywhere from two to four color stops, adding or removing them as you go."},{"q":"Does the generated CSS work in every browser?","a":"It relies on background-clip: text and also ships the -webkit- prefix for WebKit-based browsers. On older browsers that don't support the property, the gradient won't render and only the fallback color will show."},{"q":"Are my text and color settings stored on a server?","a":"No. Everything is handled in your browser — nothing is transmitted or saved."}]},{"slug":"css-neon-text-effect","category":"color-design","title":"Neon Text CSS Generator","tagline":"Give your text a neon sign glow and copy the CSS right away","emoji":"💡","keywords":["neon text effect css","css neon glow generator","text-shadow generator","neon sign text css","glowing text css","neon text generator"],"intro":"Build a neon sign glow on any text with a live preview as you go. Sliders control the color, blur radius, number of glow layers, and pulse animation, and the tool spits out ready-to-use text-shadow CSS. Everything is calculated in your browser, so the text you type never reaches a server — paste the result straight into a web banner, poster, or event page.","howto":["Type your text into the input field.","Pick a preset like cyan, pink, or green, or set the inner and outer glow colors yourself.","Use the sliders for blur radius, glow layer count, font size, and pulse speed, and watch the preview update.","Copy the generated CSS at the bottom with the \"Copy CSS\" button and paste it into your project."],"faq":[{"q":"Where can I use the generated CSS?","a":"It's plain CSS built from text-shadow and a @keyframes animation, so you can paste it into any website or HTML project and use it right away. The glow reads best on a dark background rather than a light one."},{"q":"What happens if I turn off the pulse animation?","a":"Uncheck the box and you get static CSS with a fixed neon glow — no @keyframes animation flickering the opacity and text-shadow."},{"q":"Is there a downside to adding lots of glow layers?","a":"More layers mean a richer, wider bloom, but each additional text-shadow layer costs rendering performance. As the tool suggests, staying at three or four layers keeps things fast."}]},{"slug":"css-page-curl-effect","category":"color-design","title":"CSS Page Curl Effect Generator","tagline":"Instantly generate CSS for a card with a paper-style folded corner","emoji":"📄","keywords":["css page curl effect","folded corner css","css peel effect","curled paper css","css card corner fold","page curl css generator"],"intro":"Give a card or document UI that dimensional look of paper curling up at the corner. Pick which of the four corners you want, adjust the curl size, shadow depth, and card and underside colors, and the live preview updates as you go — then copy the finished CSS straight into your project. Everything runs in your browser, and no data is sent anywhere.","howto":["Choose the corner you want from the four direction tabs (top-right, top-left, bottom-right, bottom-left).","Use the sliders to set the curl size and shadow depth until the effect has the depth you want.","Set the card color and the folded underside color with the color picker or by typing a value.","Check the preview, then use the \"Copy CSS\" button at the bottom to grab the finished code."],"faq":[{"q":"Can I use the generated CSS on my site as-is?","a":"Yes. It's plain CSS containing the .curl-card class and its ::before pseudo-element styles — just paste it in and match the class name to your element."},{"q":"Can I curl more than one corner at a time?","a":"The tool generates code for one corner per pass. For multiple corners, select each direction, then combine the resulting CSS into separate classes of your own."},{"q":"Does the paper curl really work with CSS alone, no images?","a":"Yes. A background gradient slices the corner off diagonally, and the pseudo-element layers a gradient plus a drop-shadow filter on top to fake the depth — no images required."}]},{"slug":"css-pulse-heartbeat","category":"color-design","title":"CSS Pulse & Heartbeat Animation Generator","tagline":"Create heartbeat, pulse, and glow ring CSS animations and copy the code","emoji":"💓","keywords":["css pulse animation","heartbeat animation css","css keyframes generator","pulsing button css","css ripple effect generator","glow ring animation css"],"intro":"Build a CSS pulse animation for a button or icon in a few clicks. Pick one of three presets — heartbeat, basic pulse, or glow ring — adjust the scale, speed, and timing function, and check it in the live preview before copying the finished CSS. Everything runs in your browser and no data is sent to a server.","howto":["Pick the preset you want: heartbeat, basic pulse, or glow ring.","Use the Scale and Speed sliders to set how strong and how fast the animation runs.","Choose a timing function — ease, linear, cubic-bezier, and more — to fine-tune the feel of the motion.","Check the result in the preview, then use the \"Copy CSS\" button to grab the finished @keyframes code."],"faq":[{"q":"Can I use the generated CSS in my project as-is?","a":"Yes. Paste in the copied @keyframes and the .pulsing-element class, apply the class to your target element, and it works immediately."},{"q":"Why can't I adjust the scale on the glow ring effect?","a":"The glow ring (ripple) preset is built around an expanding box-shadow rather than a transform, so it exposes speed and timing function instead of scale."},{"q":"How does the heartbeat preset get that double-beat feel?","a":"It places different scale values at the 0%, 14%, 28%, 42%, 70%, and 100% marks, producing a keyframe pattern that beats once briefly and once bigger."}]},{"slug":"css-scrollbar-styler","category":"text-dev","title":"CSS Scrollbar Styler","tagline":"Adjust color, width, and roundness to generate custom scrollbar CSS","emoji":"🖱️","keywords":["custom scrollbar css","css scrollbar generator","webkit-scrollbar styling","scrollbar-color css","style scrollbar css","scrollbar design generator"],"intro":"Turn the browser's plain default scrollbar into something that matches your site's design. Set the thumb and track colors, width, and corner radius with sliders and a color picker, and see the result immediately in a scrollable preview. Everything is calculated in your browser, so you get your CSS instantly with nothing sent to a server.","howto":["Set the thumb color and the track (background) color using the color picker or the HEX input.","Move the width and roundness sliders to shape the scrollbar the way you want.","Scroll the preview box on the page to see how it actually behaves.","Copy the finished CSS with the \"Copy CSS\" button and paste it into your project's stylesheet."],"faq":[{"q":"Does the generated CSS work in every browser?","a":"Yes. It outputs both the ::-webkit-scrollbar pseudo-element syntax for WebKit browsers (Chrome, Safari, Edge) and the standard scrollbar-color and scrollbar-width properties for Firefox, so it applies across both rendering engines."},{"q":"Where should I apply the generated CSS?","a":"Rename the .custom-scrollbar class at the top of the code to your element's class, then assign it to that element — the styling applies only to the scrollable area inside it."},{"q":"Is any of my input sent to a server?","a":"No. Color selection and CSS generation all happen instantly in your browser, and no data is transmitted anywhere."}]},{"slug":"css-selector-specificity","category":"text-dev","title":"CSS Specificity Calculator","tagline":"Instantly calculate the A-B-C specificity of any CSS selector","emoji":"🎯","keywords":["css specificity calculator","css selector specificity","specificity checker","how css specificity works","css cascade priority","calculate selector weight"],"intro":"Paste in a CSS selector and this tool breaks it down automatically, counting IDs (A), classes, attributes and pseudo-classes (B), and elements and pseudo-elements (C) to give you a specificity score. It's handy for front-end developers and web designers trying to figure out why a style isn't applying or which rule is winning the cascade. Everything runs right in your browser, so the selectors you enter are never sent to a server.","howto":["Type the CSS selector you want to analyze into the input field (for example: div.content > p::first-line)","Check the automatically calculated A (IDs), B (classes/attributes/pseudo-classes), and C (elements/pseudo-elements) values","Read the final specificity score in A-B-C format","Review the list below to see exactly how the selector was broken into individual components"],"faq":[{"q":"How do I compare specificity scores?","a":"Compare the columns in order: A, then B, then C. A selector with a higher A always wins; if A ties, B decides, and if B ties too, C decides."},{"q":"Are selectors like :not(), :is(), and :has() counted?","a":"Yes. These functional pseudo-classes take on the specificity of the most specific selector inside their parentheses. The one exception is :where(), which always contributes zero specificity."},{"q":"Are the selectors I enter sent to a server?","a":"No. All calculations run locally in your browser with JavaScript, and nothing is transmitted anywhere."}]},{"slug":"css-shine-glow-effect","category":"color-design","title":"CSS Shine Effect Generator","tagline":"Create a glossy light sweep that glides diagonally across your cards","emoji":"✨","keywords":["css shine effect","shine effect css generator","css shimmer animation","card glow effect css","button hover shine css","gradient sweep animation"],"intro":"Build a shine effect that sweeps a band of light across a card or button, tuning it with sliders and previewing the result live before copying the finished CSS. It's built for designers and front-end developers who want premium-looking cards or attention-grabbing buttons. Everything is rendered instantly in your browser, so no data ever leaves your machine.","howto":["Adjust the angle, speed, sharpness, and shine color sliders along with the color picker to dial in the look you want.","Watch the preview card to see the shine travel diagonally in real time.","Toggle continuous animation on or off, and hit the play button to replay the effect whenever you need.","Copy the generated CSS with the copy button and paste it onto the ::after pseudo-element of your target element."],"faq":[{"q":"Can I apply the generated CSS to any element?","a":"The target element needs both position: relative and overflow: hidden so the shine gradient stays clipped inside the card."},{"q":"Can I make it shine only on hover?","a":"Yes. Uncheck \"Animate continuously\" and the output switches to CSS that runs the light sweep only on hover."},{"q":"Can I use different speeds on multiple cards?","a":"Yes. Give each card its own class name, then use this tool to generate a separate block of CSS with the speed and angle values you want for each one."}]},{"slug":"css-text-truncate","category":"text-dev","title":"CSS Text Truncate Generator","tagline":"Generate single-line and multi-line ellipsis CSS with a live preview","emoji":"✂️","keywords":["css text truncate","line-clamp css generator","text-overflow ellipsis","multiline ellipsis css","truncate text with css","css truncate multiple lines"],"intro":"This tool generates the CSS you need to cleanly cut off long text with an ellipsis (…). It covers both single-line truncation using text-overflow and multi-line truncation using -webkit-line-clamp. It's useful for developers and designers who need card titles, lists, or preview text to stay at a consistent height. Everything runs locally in your browser, so your text is never sent to a server.","howto":["Choose the truncation type (single-line or multi-line)","For multi-line, use the slider to set the maximum number of lines","Drag the container width to check the result in the live preview","Copy the generated CSS with a single click"],"faq":[{"q":"Does -webkit-line-clamp work in every browser?","a":"It's supported in most modern browsers including Chrome, Edge, Safari, and Firefox. Since it originated as a WebKit-prefixed property, though, it's worth planning a fallback style if you need to support older browsers."},{"q":"What's the difference between single-line and multi-line truncation?","a":"Single-line truncation uses overflow, text-overflow, and white-space to force the text onto one line and cut it there. Multi-line truncation uses -webkit-line-clamp to hide anything past the line count you set and add an ellipsis."},{"q":"Are there cases where multi-line truncation (line-clamp) doesn't apply depending on the container?","a":"Yes — -webkit-line-clamp only works correctly alongside display: -webkit-box. If the parent element is a flex or grid container, or the container doesn't have a clear width, the line-wrapping logic can get thrown off and the truncation may not apply properly. It's safest not to change the display property in the generated code on your own."}]},{"slug":"css-typing-text-effect","category":"color-design","title":"CSS Typing Text Effect Generator","tagline":"Generate pure-CSS typewriter animation code in seconds","emoji":"⌨️","keywords":["css typing effect","typewriter animation css","typing animation generator","css text typing effect","blinking cursor css","pure css typewriter"],"intro":"Set your text, typing speed, and cursor color, preview it live, and walk away with pure CSS typewriter animation code. It's great for developers and designers building landing page hero lines, portfolio intros, or banner copy. Everything, including the preview, is computed in your browser, so the text you type is never sent to a server.","howto":["Enter the text you want to animate in the input field.","Adjust the typing speed slider and cursor color while watching the live preview.","Choose whether the animation loops infinitely, and use the play button to replay it.","Copy the finished CSS and HTML and paste it into your project."],"faq":[{"q":"Can I paste the generated code into any site?","a":"Yes. It's pure CSS and HTML, so it works anywhere without any extra libraries."},{"q":"Do I need to regenerate the code if the text changes?","a":"Yes. The steps() value is calculated from the character count, so after changing your text you'll want to copy the updated code for the animation to land correctly."},{"q":"Does the effect work with emoji or non-Latin characters?","a":"You can enter them, but this effect relies on a fixed-width monospace font and the 'ch' unit, so characters with inconsistent widths may make the animation drift slightly out of sync."}]},{"slug":"ctr-cvr-calculator","category":"calc-convert","title":"CTR & CVR Calculator","tagline":"Turn impressions, clicks, and conversions into CTR, CVR, CPC, and CPA instantly","emoji":"📊","keywords":["ctr calculator","conversion rate calculator","click through rate calculator","cpc calculator","cpa calculator","ad performance calculator","marketing metrics calculator"],"intro":"Enter your total impressions, clicks, and conversions to see your click-through rate (CTR) and conversion rate (CVR) right away. Add your ad spend and you'll also get cost per click (CPC) and cost per acquisition (CPA) in the same view, making it a fast way for advertisers and marketers to sanity-check campaign performance. Your numbers are calculated entirely in your browser and never sent to a server.","howto":["Enter your total impressions and total clicks.","Enter your total conversions.","Optionally add your ad spend to see CPC and CPA as well.","CTR, CVR, CPC, and CPA update live at the top of the page."],"faq":[{"q":"How are CTR and CVR calculated?","a":"CTR is clicks divided by impressions, expressed as a percentage. CVR is conversions divided by clicks, also as a percentage."},{"q":"Do I have to enter ad spend?","a":"No, ad spend is optional. Leave it blank and you'll just see CTR and CVR; fill it in and you'll also get CPC (cost per click) and CPA (cost per acquisition)."},{"q":"Is my campaign data saved anywhere?","a":"No. Every calculation happens in your browser, and nothing is transmitted or stored."}]},{"slug":"currency-exchange-rate-guide","category":"calc-convert","title":"Currency Converter (Manual Rates)","tagline":"An offline converter that uses the exchange rates you set yourself","emoji":"💱","keywords":["currency converter","manual exchange rate calculator","offline currency converter","custom exchange rate converter","usd to krw converter","foreign currency conversion calculator"],"intro":"Convert amounts across seven currencies — USD, EUR, JPY, KRW, GBP, AUD, and CAD — in an instant. Instead of pulling from a live API, it converts using base rates (relative to 1 USD) that you enter yourself, so you can look up the real rates, plug them in, and get a personal exchange calculator that runs entirely in your browser with nothing sent to a server. It's useful if you want to build an intuition for exchange rates or quickly compare several conversion scenarios side by side.","howto":["At the top, enter the amount to convert and pick the source currency.","Select the target currency and the converted amount appears automatically.","In the \"Exchange Rate Settings\" table below, edit each currency's base rate (against 1 USD) to whatever value you want.","Use the \"Copy Result\" button to copy the conversion as text."],"faq":[{"q":"Does it use live exchange rates?","a":"No. This is a manual calculator that runs without any live API calls. For accurate conversions, look up the current rate yourself, enter it in the \"Exchange Rate Settings\" table, and then calculate."},{"q":"Are the rates I enter saved?","a":"They persist only for your browser session. Nothing is sent to a server or stored elsewhere, and refreshing the page resets everything to the defaults."},{"q":"Why is every currency based on USD?","a":"Normalizing every rate against 1 USD keeps the math simple — with a common base, the tool can derive the cross rate for any currency pair automatically."}]},{"slug":"customer-ltv-cac","category":"calc-convert","title":"LTV & CAC Calculator","tagline":"Calculate customer acquisition cost and lifetime value to gauge marketing efficiency","emoji":"📈","keywords":["ltv cac calculator","customer acquisition cost calculator","customer lifetime value calculator","ltv to cac ratio","saas unit economics calculator","marketing efficiency calculator"],"intro":"Enter your marketing spend and new customer count to get customer acquisition cost (CAC), then add average order value, purchase frequency, and retention period to get customer lifetime value (LTV). The tool grades the health of your business automatically based on the LTV:CAC ratio, making it useful for startup founders, marketers, and e-commerce operators. Everything is calculated in your browser and none of your inputs are sent to a server.","howto":["Enter your total marketing spend and the number of new customers acquired to calculate CAC","Enter your average order value, annual purchase frequency, and average customer lifespan to calculate LTV","Review the LTV:CAC ratio and the color-coded business health grade calculated for you","Use the diagnostic notes to decide whether to adjust marketing budget or focus on retention"],"faq":[{"q":"What's a good LTV:CAC ratio?","a":"A ratio between 3:1 and 4:1 is generally considered the sweet spot. Below 1:1 you're losing money on acquisition, while a ratio well above 5:1 often signals you could invest more in marketing to accelerate growth."},{"q":"Is my data saved?","a":"No. Every calculation happens in your browser, and nothing is sent to a server or stored."},{"q":"What formula does the LTV use?","a":"This tool uses the simple formula: average order value × annual purchase frequency × customer lifespan in years. It doesn't factor in margins or discount rates, so treat it as a quick directional estimate rather than a rigorous model."}]},{"slug":"d-day-calculator","category":"calc-convert","title":"Countdown Calculator","tagline":"Track the time left until your target date with a live countdown","emoji":"📆","keywords":["countdown calculator","days until calculator","countdown timer to date","how many days until","date countdown tool","anniversary countdown calculator"],"intro":"Enter a target date and time — an exam, a birthday, a trip, a wedding — and this tool shows the time remaining (or elapsed) in days, hours, minutes, and seconds, refreshing every second. Add an event name and you can copy a one-line summary of the countdown, ready to drop into social media or your notes. All calculations run in your browser, and the dates or names you enter are never sent to a server.","howto":["Enter your target date and target time.","Optionally add an event name so you know what the countdown is for.","Watch the day count and the day/hour/minute/second countdown update in real time.","Use the copy button to grab the summary text and share it."],"faq":[{"q":"What happens if I enter a date in the past?","a":"The result flips to a D+ count, showing how much time has passed since the event."},{"q":"Does the countdown stop if I switch to another tab?","a":"Browsers may throttle timers on inactive tabs, so updates can pause. When you come back to the tab, it resyncs to the correct time."},{"q":"Is the date information I enter saved?","a":"No. Everything is calculated in your browser, and nothing is transmitted or stored."}]},{"slug":"daily-sodium-intake","category":"calc-convert","title":"Daily Sodium Intake Calculator","tagline":"Add the foods you ate and track your daily sodium total in real time","emoji":"🧂","keywords":["sodium intake calculator","daily sodium tracker","sodium to salt conversion","how much sodium per day","low sodium diet tracker","mg of sodium calculator"],"intro":"Tap a preset for common high-sodium foods like ramen, soup, or a burger, or type in a sodium amount yourself, and your running daily total is calculated instantly. You can see what percentage of the WHO 2,000 mg guideline you've hit and how much salt that works out to, which makes it handy for anyone watching their sodium. Everything you enter stays in your browser and is never sent to a server.","howto":["Tap a preset button for a food you eat often, such as ramen, soup, or a burger, to add it to your list","For anything not in the presets, type the food name and its sodium content in mg to add it manually","Adjust the serving count on each item and your total sodium and percentage of the WHO limit update automatically","Check the salt equivalent in grams at the top of the screen"],"faq":[{"q":"How is sodium converted to salt in grams?","a":"Sodium in mg is multiplied by 2.5 and divided by 1,000 to show the equivalent amount of salt in grams."},{"q":"What daily sodium limit does the calculator use?","a":"It uses the WHO recommendation of 2,000 mg per day and shows what percentage of that you've consumed so far."},{"q":"How do I add a food that isn't listed?","a":"Use the manual entry form to type in the food name and its sodium content in mg, and it will be added to your list."}]},{"slug":"daily-water-intake","category":"calc-convert","title":"Daily Water Intake Calculator","tagline":"Find out how much water to drink each day based on your weight and activity level","emoji":"💧","keywords":["daily water intake calculator","how much water should i drink","water intake by weight","hydration calculator","recommended daily water intake","water intake per day"],"intro":"Enter your body weight and daily activity level, and this calculator tells you how much water to drink each day in milliliters, liters, and number of cups. It's useful if you're dieting or just trying to stay on top of your health and want a hydration target that actually fits your body. Every calculation runs instantly in your browser, so nothing you type is sent to a server.","howto":["Enter your current body weight in kilograms","Choose your daily activity level: light, moderate, or intense","See your recommended water intake in ml and liters, plus the number of 250 ml cups it works out to"],"faq":[{"q":"How is the recommended water intake calculated?","a":"The baseline is 30 ml per kilogram of body weight, with 300 ml added for moderate activity and 600 ml added for intense activity."},{"q":"How is the number of cups determined?","a":"The total intake in ml is divided by 250 ml per cup and rounded up to the nearest whole cup."},{"q":"Is my weight saved anywhere?","a":"No. Nothing is stored, and every calculation happens entirely inside your browser."}]},{"slug":"dehydration-water-balance","category":"calc-convert","title":"Dehydration & Hydration Balance Checker","tagline":"Check your hydration status using weight, water intake, and urine output","emoji":"💧","keywords":["dehydration self check","hydration calculator","urine color chart dehydration","am i dehydrated","water balance checker","signs of dehydration test"],"intro":"Enter your weight, how much water you drank today, how often you urinated, and your urine color, and this tool compares your intake against what your body weight calls for and rates your hydration balance on a three-level scale. It's handy for managing thirst in hot weather or checking whether you've rehydrated enough after a workout. Everything is calculated in your browser and nothing is sent to a server.","howto":["Enter your current body weight in kilograms.","Enter how much water you've had in the past 24 hours, in milliliters.","Select how many times you've urinated today and pick your urine color.","Read your hydration balance rating and the explanation shown at the top of the screen."],"faq":[{"q":"How is the recommended water intake calculated?","a":"Your body weight in kilograms is multiplied by 30 ml to set a baseline, and your actual intake is compared against it as a percentage."},{"q":"Why does urine color matter?","a":"Urine color is one of the easiest at-a-glance indicators of hydration. The darker or more amber it is, the more likely you are dehydrated."},{"q":"Is any of my information saved?","a":"No. All calculations happen in your browser, and nothing is transmitted to or stored on a server."}]},{"slug":"deposit-savings-comparison","category":"calc-convert","title":"Deposit vs. Savings Interest Comparison Calculator","tagline":"Compare simple and compound after-tax payouts on lump-sum deposits and monthly savings plans","emoji":"🏦","keywords":["savings interest calculator","fixed deposit calculator","compound vs simple interest calculator","after tax interest calculator","monthly savings plan calculator","korean deposit savings interest calculator"],"intro":"Enter a lump-sum principal, a monthly contribution, interest rates, a term, and a tax option, and this calculator works out simple and compound interest for both a fixed deposit (lump sum) and an installment savings plan (monthly contributions), then compares the after-tax payouts side by side. It's built for anyone deciding whether to park a lump sum or save monthly, and for anyone curious how rates and tax treatment change what actually lands in their account. Everything is calculated instantly in your browser, so the amounts you enter are never sent to a server.","howto":["Enter the lump-sum principal and annual rate for the fixed deposit","Enter the monthly contribution and annual rate for the installment savings plan","Choose the term in months and the tax option: standard tax, preferential tax, or tax-exempt","Review the simple and compound after-tax payouts in the comparison results and copy them if you need to"],"faq":[{"q":"Is interest calculated differently for a fixed deposit and an installment savings plan?","a":"Yes. A fixed deposit puts the whole principal in at once, so it earns interest for the full term. An installment plan adds money each month, so later contributions earn interest for a shorter time — meaning the same rate yields less total interest than a fixed deposit."},{"q":"How do simple and compound interest differ here?","a":"Simple interest accrues on the principal only. With compound interest, each month's interest is added to the balance and earns interest itself the following month, so the longer the term, the more compound interest pulls ahead."},{"q":"What do the tax options mean?","a":"They set how interest income tax is applied. You can choose Korea's standard rate (15.4%), the preferential rate (9.5%), or tax-exempt (0%). The selected rate is deducted from pre-tax interest to give the after-tax payout."}]},{"slug":"depression-self-test","category":"calc-convert","title":"Depression Self-Test (CES-D)","tagline":"Gauge your level of depressive symptoms with 20 CES-D questions","emoji":"🌧️","keywords":["depression self test","ces-d scale test","free depression screening test","am i depressed quiz","depression symptoms checker","online mental health test"],"intro":"This is a 20-question self-assessment based on the CES-D (Center for Epidemiologic Studies Depression Scale). Answer questions about your mood and state over the past week and you'll immediately see a total score from 0 to 60 along with a four-tier rating that ranges from normal to severe. Everything is scored inside your browser and nothing you enter is sent to a server, so you can take it without worry.","howto":["Read each of the 20 statements and think about how often you felt that way in the past week.","For each item, pick one of the four options: rarely, some of the time, often, or most of the time.","Once you've answered all 20 items, your total score (0–60) and depression rating update automatically at the top.","Use your score and the explanation as a starting point, and consider talking to someone you trust or a professional if it seems warranted."],"faq":[{"q":"Can this test diagnose depression?","a":"No. The CES-D is a self-report screening scale meant to give you a rough sense of depressive tendencies — it does not replace a medical diagnosis. If your score comes back high, consider talking to a mental health professional."},{"q":"Are my answers saved or sent anywhere?","a":"No. All scoring happens entirely in your browser, and nothing is transmitted to or stored on a server."},{"q":"How is the score calculated?","a":"Each item is worth 0–3 points, and four items (numbers 4, 8, 12, and 16) are positively worded, so they're reverse-scored. A total of 15 or below is considered normal, 16–20 mild, 21–24 moderate, and 25 or above severe."}]},{"slug":"donation-tax-credit","category":"calc-convert","title":"Charitable Donation Tax Credit Calculator (Korea)","tagline":"Estimate your donation tax credit and refund for Korea's year-end tax settlement","emoji":"🧾","keywords":["korea donation tax credit calculator","korea year end tax settlement donations","yeonmaljeongsan donation deduction","korean charitable donation deduction","political donation tax credit korea","korea tax refund calculator"],"intro":"Enter your political, statutory, designated, and religious organization donations separately and this tool instantly calculates the tax credit for each category plus your total estimated refund under Korea's year-end tax settlement (yeonmaljeongsan). It's useful for salaried workers who want a rough sense of their tax savings before digging up donation receipts. All calculations run in your browser, so the income and donation figures you enter are never sent to a server.","howto":["Enter your annual gross income (or taxable income amount).","Enter your donation amounts in the matching fields: political funds, statutory, designated (non-religious), and religious organizations.","Your total estimated tax credit appears at the top, split between the political funds credit and the general statutory/designated credit.","Change the amounts to see instantly how different donation plans would change your credit."],"faq":[{"q":"Will this match my actual year-end settlement exactly?","a":"This calculator applies standard credit rates (political funds: 90.9% up to 100,000 KRW, then 15/25% above that; statutory, designated, and religious donations: 15% up to 10 million KRW and 30% above) as an approximation. Your actual result from the National Tax Service may differ depending on your other deductions and credits and how limits are applied."},{"q":"How do the limits differ for designated versus religious donations?","a":"Designated donations (excluding religious organizations) are capped at 30% of your income amount, while religious organization donations are capped at 10%. Anything above those caps is excluded from the credit."},{"q":"Are my income and donation figures saved?","a":"No. All calculations happen only in your browser, and nothing is transmitted to or stored on a server."}]},{"slug":"early-termination-savings","category":"calc-convert","title":"Early Withdrawal Interest Calculator for Deposits & Savings","tagline":"See what you'd actually take home after tax if you close a deposit or savings account early","emoji":"🏦","keywords":["early withdrawal penalty calculator","early termination interest calculator","breaking a fixed deposit early","cd early withdrawal interest","korea deposit early withdrawal rate","after tax interest calculator"],"intro":"Closing a deposit or savings account before maturity swaps your contracted rate for a much lower early-withdrawal rate, which can gut your interest. Enter your principal, contracted rate, contracted term, and how long you actually held the account, and this calculator shows the early-withdrawal rate that applies based on how far into the term you got, plus your after-tax payout (15.4% tax). Everything is calculated in your browser and the amounts you enter are never sent to a server.","howto":["Enter the principal you deposited, in won.","Enter the annual contracted rate (%) from when you opened the account.","Enter the full contracted term in months and how many months you actually held it.","Review the early-withdrawal rate applied based on elapsed time and your after-tax payout."],"faq":[{"q":"How is the early-withdrawal rate calculated?","a":"It's applied in tiers from 20% to 90% of your contracted rate, depending on what percentage of the term you completed. If you held the account for less than a month, a much lower rate (around 0.1% per year) applies instead."},{"q":"Will this match exactly what my bank pays out?","a":"Every bank and product calculates early-withdrawal rates differently, so this tool gives an approximation based on typical elapsed-time tiers and should be treated as a reference. Check with your financial institution for the exact amount."},{"q":"How is tax factored in?","a":"The final payout (principal plus after-tax interest) is calculated after deducting the standard 15.4% interest income tax."}]},{"slug":"ecommerce-settlement-calculator","category":"calc-convert","title":"Korean Marketplace Seller Fee & Payout Calculator","tagline":"Instantly calculate selling fees and actual payouts for SmartStore, Coupang, Gmarket, and 11st","emoji":"🧾","keywords":["korean marketplace fee calculator","naver smartstore fee calculator","coupang seller fees","11st commission rate","gmarket seller payout calculator","selling in korea ecommerce fees"],"intro":"This tool is for sellers who want to know what they'll actually pocket when they sell on Korea's open marketplaces — Naver SmartStore, Coupang, Gmarket/Auction, and 11st. Just enter your selling price and shipping cost and it applies each platform's fee rate to show your estimated payout right away. Everything you enter is calculated inside your browser and never sent to a server.","howto":["Select the marketplace you sell on: SmartStore, Coupang, Gmarket/Auction, or 11st.","Enter your selling price along with shipping and packaging material costs.","For SmartStore, also indicate whether you use Naver Shopping integration and the Start Zero fee benefit; for Coupang, select your category fee rate and whether you use Rocket Delivery.","Review the estimated net payout and the fee breakdown shown at the top."],"faq":[{"q":"Will the calculated payout match my actual settlement exactly?","a":"It's an estimate based on each platform's headline fee rates. Your actual settlement can vary with sales volume, promotions, VAT, and listing fees, so treat this as a reference."},{"q":"Why do fees jump so much when I select Coupang Rocket Delivery?","a":"Rocket Delivery and Rocket Jet fees typically run around 20–30% depending on your seller type, so the calculator assumes a flat 30%."},{"q":"Is my sales information saved?","a":"No. Everything is calculated instantly in your browser and is never stored or sent anywhere."}]},{"slug":"eisenhower-matrix","category":"doc-data","title":"Eisenhower Matrix To-Do Organizer","tagline":"Sort your tasks into four quadrants by urgency and importance","emoji":"🧭","keywords":["eisenhower matrix","urgent important matrix","task prioritization tool","eisenhower matrix template","time management matrix","to do list organizer"],"intro":"The Eisenhower Matrix is a prioritization tool that sorts everything on your plate along two axes — importance and urgency — and places each task into one of four quadrants: Do, Plan, Delegate, or Delete. When your workload is piling up and you have no idea what to tackle first, you can add and remove tasks freely, tick them off with checkboxes, and see your priorities at a glance. Everything you type stays in your browser and is never sent to a server.","howto":["Type your task into the input box at the bottom of the page.","Check the \"Important\" and \"Urgent\" boxes as they apply to that task.","Click \"Add task to matrix\" to drop a card into the matching quadrant.","Tick the checkbox on tasks you finish, and use the × button to delete anything you no longer need."],"faq":[{"q":"Does the tool save my task list?","a":"No — this is a scratchpad-style tool that resets when you refresh the page. Your data lives only in browser memory and is never stored on a server."},{"q":"Where do I put something important but not urgent?","a":"That belongs in Quadrant 2 (Plan). Use it for things like skill building or long-term projects — work that isn't screaming for attention today but pays off if you chip away at it consistently."},{"q":"Where should tasks that are neither urgent nor important go?","a":"They belong in Quadrant 4 (Delete). This is the spot for low-value habits like mindless social media checks — feel free to cut them or push them aside without guilt."}]},{"slug":"exercise-calories-burned","category":"calc-convert","title":"Calories Burned Calculator","tagline":"Estimate calories burned from your activity, body weight, and workout time","emoji":"🔥","keywords":["calories burned calculator","exercise calorie calculator","met calculator","calories burned running","workout calorie counter","how many calories did i burn"],"intro":"Pick one of eight activities — running, cycling, swimming, and more — enter your body weight and how long you worked out, and this calculator uses MET values to show your estimated calorie burn instantly. Whether you're tracking a weight-loss plan or just logging workouts, it's an easy way to gauge what you burned today. All math runs entirely in your browser, so nothing you enter is sent to a server.","howto":["Choose the activity you did from the list (running, cycling, swimming, weight training, hiking, yoga, soccer, or badminton)","Enter your body weight in kg","Enter how many minutes you exercised","Your estimated calorie burn (kcal) and the MET value for that activity appear automatically at the top of the screen"],"faq":[{"q":"How is the calorie burn calculated?","a":"It multiplies each activity's MET (metabolic equivalent of task) value by your weight and duration, using the formula MET × 3.5 × weight (kg) × time (min) × 0.005. The result is an estimate — your actual burn varies with fitness level, intensity, and conditions."},{"q":"My activity isn't on the list","a":"The calculator currently covers MET values for eight activities: running, cycling, swimming, weight training, hiking, yoga/stretching, soccer, and badminton. Pick one with a similar intensity to get a rough ballpark figure."},{"q":"Is my weight or workout data saved anywhere?","a":"No. Every calculation happens inside your browser — nothing is stored or transmitted to a server."}]},{"slug":"eye-astigmatism-test","category":"web-seo-misc","title":"Astigmatism & Macular Degeneration Self-Test","tagline":"Check your eye health on screen with an astigmatism dial and Amsler grid","emoji":"👁️","keywords":["astigmatism test online","amsler grid test","macular degeneration self test","astigmatism chart","online eye test","vision self test"],"intro":"This tool lets you run a quick self-check for signs of astigmatism and macular degeneration using an on-screen astigmatism fan chart and an Amsler grid. Nothing to install and nothing sent to a server — it runs right in your browser, which makes it a handy reference before a full eye exam. It is not a substitute for a medical diagnosis, so see an eye doctor if anything looks off.","howto":["Use the tabs at the top to choose either \"Astigmatism Self-Test\" or \"Macular Degeneration Test (Amsler Grid)\".","Sit about 12–16 inches (30–40 cm) from the screen, wearing your usual glasses or contacts.","Cover one eye with your hand, stare at the dot in the center of the chart, and watch for lines that look darker or thicker than others, or grid lines that appear wavy or distorted.","Repeat with the other eye, then use the interpretation guide below the chart to judge your results."],"faq":[{"q":"Can this test actually diagnose astigmatism or macular degeneration?","a":"No. This is a simple on-screen self-check, not a medical diagnosis. If some lines look noticeably darker or blurrier than others, or the grid looks bent or has missing spots, schedule a full exam with an eye doctor."},{"q":"Are my inputs or results sent to a server?","a":"No. The tool only displays images on screen — it collects no input, and everything runs entirely inside your browser."},{"q":"Should I wear my glasses or contacts during the test?","a":"Yes. If you normally wear corrective lenses, keep them on — testing with your usual correction gives a more meaningful result."}]},{"slug":"font-converter-ttf-woff","category":"text-dev","title":"@font-face CSS Generator","tagline":"Generate WOFF2/WOFF/TTF @font-face rules from a font family, weight, and file paths","emoji":"🔤","keywords":["font-face generator","css font-face code","web font css generator","woff2 font-face","how to add custom font css","font-face fallback chain"],"intro":"Stop hand-writing the same @font-face block every time you add a web font. Fill in the font family name, weight, and style along with your WOFF2, WOFF, and TTF file paths, and the tool builds standards-compliant CSS with a proper cross-browser fallback chain in real time. Everything runs in your browser — nothing is uploaded to a server.","howto":["Enter your font family name and pick a weight and style (normal or italic).","Enter the path (URL) for each of your WOFF2, WOFF, and TTF files.","Review the @font-face CSS generated live below the form.","Hit the copy button and paste the code straight into your stylesheet."],"faq":[{"q":"Does this actually convert a TTF file into WOFF?","a":"No — it doesn't convert file formats. You point it at WOFF2/WOFF/TTF files you already have, and it generates the standard @font-face CSS that links them together."},{"q":"Why do I need to include WOFF2, WOFF, and TTF?","a":"Browser format support varies, so building a fallback chain is standard web practice. Modern browsers grab WOFF2 (the smallest file), while older environments fall back to WOFF and then TTF in order."},{"q":"Can I use the generated code as-is?","a":"Yes. It follows the standard pattern and already includes font-display: swap, so you can paste it into your CSS file and ship it without edits."}]},{"slug":"font-display-code-generator","category":"text-dev","title":"font-display Code Generator","tagline":"Compare web font loading strategies and generate the matching @font-face code","emoji":"🔤","keywords":["font-display generator","font-display swap","web font loading css","font-face code generator","fout vs foit","reduce cls web fonts"],"intro":"See exactly how each CSS font-display value — auto, block, swap, fallback, and optional — behaves, side by side on a visual loading timeline. Enter a font name and URL and the tool writes the @font-face rule with your chosen value baked in. Everything is computed in your browser and nothing is sent to a server, making it handy for front-end developers and web designers weighing FOUT, FOIT, and CLS trade-offs before picking a value.","howto":["Enter your font family name and the font file URL (or path).","Use the tabs to select the font-display value you want to examine: swap, block, fallback, optional, or auto.","Check the block period, swap period, and loading timeline graph to see how that value behaves.","Hit the copy button on the generated @font-face code below and paste it into your project's CSS."],"faq":[{"q":"Which font-display value should I choose?","a":"The common advice: use swap if readability matters most, or optional if you want to minimize layout shift (CLS). Compare the timelines and notes in the tool and pick what fits your site."},{"q":"Can I use the generated code as-is?","a":"The tool outputs a basic @font-face rule with your font-family, src path, and font-display value. If you're loading other weights or styles, adjust font-weight and font-style to match your project."},{"q":"Is the font URL I enter sent to a server?","a":"No. Your input is only used to assemble the code inside your browser and is never transmitted anywhere."}]},{"slug":"freelancer-hourly-rate","category":"calc-convert","title":"Freelance Hourly Rate Calculator","tagline":"Work out the minimum hourly rate you need to charge from your income goal and expenses","emoji":"💼","keywords":["freelance hourly rate calculator","how much should i charge as a freelancer","freelance rate calculator","contractor hourly rate calculator","self employed hourly rate","consulting rate calculator"],"intro":"Enter your target take-home monthly income, billable hours, fixed overhead, tax rate, and non-billable time, and this calculator tells you the minimum hourly rate you actually need to charge. Freelancers and solo business owners don't get an employer covering payroll taxes or paid time off, so pricing has to account for it — this tool makes that math explicit. Everything is calculated instantly in your browser, and none of your numbers leave your device.","howto":["Enter the net monthly income you want to take home after tax.","Enter your target working hours per month and your fixed monthly business expenses.","Adjust your estimated tax and insurance deduction rate and your non-billable time percentage (vacation, admin work, and so on).","Review the recommended minimum hourly rate and the monthly revenue you'd need to hit, then use the copy button to save the results."],"faq":[{"q":"Why does non-billable time matter?","a":"Freelancers lose hours to sales calls, bookkeeping, and time off, so the hours you can actually bill are fewer than the hours you plan to work. Factoring that in is what turns a wishful rate into a realistic one."},{"q":"Are my results saved or sent to a server?","a":"No. Your inputs and all calculations stay inside your browser — nothing is stored or transmitted."},{"q":"What tax rate should I use?","a":"Enter the share of income you expect to lose to income tax plus any self-funded pension or health insurance contributions. The right number depends on your own situation, so treat the result as an estimate."}]},{"slug":"freelancer-tax-3-3","category":"calc-convert","title":"Korean 3.3% Freelance Withholding Tax Calculator","tagline":"Convert gross contract amounts to net pay at Korea's 3.3% withholding rate","emoji":"🧾","keywords":["korea 3.3 percent tax calculator","korean freelance withholding tax","3.3% withholding korea","korea freelancer tax calculator","korean business income withholding","gross to net pay korea freelance"],"intro":"A calculator for anyone subject to South Korea's business-income withholding tax (3% income tax plus 0.3% local income tax) — freelancers, instructors, writers, and other independent contractors. Enter a gross contract amount to see exactly what lands in your bank account, or work backward: name the net amount you want and it computes the gross figure your contract needs to specify. Everything is calculated in your browser, so the amounts you enter never reach a server.","howto":["Pick your calculation direction with the tabs: \"Gross ➔ Net pay\" or \"Target net pay ➔ Gross contract amount\".","For the forward direction, enter the gross contract income; for the reverse, enter the net amount you want to receive.","Check the result card for your net pay (or the required gross amount), along with the breakdown of the 3% income tax and 0.3% local income tax.","Use the copy button to grab the summary and paste it into contract notes or a chat message."],"faq":[{"q":"What exactly is the 3.3%?","a":"It's South Korea's withholding rate on freelance and independent business income: 3% income tax plus a 0.3% local income tax (10% of the income tax). It works as a prepayment — the final amount gets settled when you file your annual comprehensive income tax return."},{"q":"Why doesn't the reverse calculation land on a round number?","a":"The gross figure is derived by dividing by 0.967 and rounding, which can leave a small rounding difference at the won level. Treat the calculated amount as a reference figure when drafting a contract."},{"q":"Are the amounts I enter saved or transmitted?","a":"No. Calculations happen entirely in your browser — nothing is sent to or stored on a server."}]},{"slug":"gas-mileage-calculator","category":"calc-convert","title":"Gas Mileage Calculator","tagline":"Calculate MPG, km/L, and L/100km from your distance driven and fuel used","emoji":"⛽","keywords":["gas mileage calculator","mpg calculator","fuel economy calculator","l/100km to mpg","how to calculate gas mileage","fuel consumption calculator"],"intro":"Enter the distance you drove and the fuel you used, and this calculator returns your fuel economy three ways at once: MPG (US gallons), km/L, and L/100km. You can also enter a previous fill-up alongside it to see, as a percentage, whether your mileage improved or slipped — useful if you're watching fuel costs or trying to clean up your driving habits. All calculations run in your browser, and your inputs never go to a server.","howto":["Choose your distance unit (km or miles) and fuel unit (liters or gallons).","Enter the distance driven and the amount of fuel used.","See your fuel economy in km/L, MPG, and L/100km right away.","If you'd like, enter a previous trip's distance and fuel to compare how your mileage changed, then copy the results."],"faq":[{"q":"Should I go by MPG, km/L, or L/100km?","a":"All three are the same result shown in different units. MPG is the standard in the US, L/100km is used across Europe, and km/L is common in Korea and Japan — pick whichever matches what you're comparing against."},{"q":"How do I use the comparison feature?","a":"Once you have a result, enter a past trip's distance and fuel amount under \"Compare with a previous record\" and the tool shows the difference from your current mileage in both km/L and percent."},{"q":"Is my trip data saved?","a":"No. The tool just calculates on the fly in your browser — refresh the page and your inputs are gone."}]},{"slug":"gift-tax-calculator","category":"calc-convert","title":"Korean Gift Tax Calculator","tagline":"Estimate Korea's gift tax using relationship deductions and progressive rates","emoji":"🎁","keywords":["Korean gift tax calculator","gift tax Korea","Korea gift tax rate","gift tax exemption Korea","generation skipping gift tax Korea","gifting money to children in Korea"],"intro":"Enter the value of the gifted property and your relationship to the donor, and this calculator applies Korea's gift property deduction, the five-bracket progressive rate schedule, the generation-skipping surcharge, and the voluntary filing credit to estimate the gift tax you would actually owe. If you're planning to transfer assets to a child, spouse, or grandchild under Korean tax law, it gives you a quick sense of the tax bill ahead of time. Everything is calculated in your browser and nothing you type is sent to a server.","howto":["Enter the value of the gifted property in Korean won.","Select the relationship between the recipient and the donor (spouse, lineal ascendant, adult or minor child, other relative, and so on).","If they apply, check the boxes for a generation-skipping gift and for the 3% credit for filing voluntarily by the deadline.","Review the taxable base, calculated tax, surcharge, and final tax due shown on screen, then copy the results."],"faq":[{"q":"How much is the gift property deduction for each relationship?","a":"A spouse gets up to 600 million KRW, lineal ascendants and adult children up to 50 million KRW, minor children up to 20 million KRW, and other relatives up to 10 million KRW. Unrelated recipients get no deduction."},{"q":"When does the generation-skipping surcharge apply?","a":"When a gift skips a generation — for example, a grandfather gifting directly to a grandchild — the calculated tax is increased by 30%. If the recipient is a minor and the taxable base exceeds 2 billion KRW, the surcharge rises to 40%."},{"q":"Will the result match my actual tax filing exactly?","a":"This tool is a reference estimate based on the standard gift deductions and rate brackets. Your actual liability can differ depending on your situation, such as prior gifts that must be aggregated, so consult a licensed tax accountant before filing."}]},{"slug":"glassmorphism-card-builder","category":"color-design","title":"Glassmorphism Card Generator","tagline":"Dial in blur and opacity to build frosted-glass card CSS you can copy instantly","emoji":"🧊","keywords":["glassmorphism generator","frosted glass css","backdrop-filter generator","glass card css","glassmorphism css generator"],"intro":"Adjust backdrop blur, opacity, saturation, border, and shadow with sliders and watch a frosted-glass card update in a live preview. It's built for web designers and front-end developers who want to prototype glassmorphism UI components fast and grab production-ready CSS on the spot. Every calculation and preview runs entirely in your browser — no data is sent anywhere.","howto":["Pick one of the six background gradient presets.","Adjust the sliders for blur, background opacity, saturation, corner radius, border width and opacity, and inner padding.","Use the color picker to set the card's tint color and check whether you want a drop shadow.","Once the preview looks right, hit the copy button under the CSS block and paste the code into your project."],"faq":[{"q":"Which browsers support the generated CSS?","a":"It works in current versions of Chrome, Edge, Safari, and Firefox, all of which support backdrop-filter. The -webkit-backdrop-filter prefix is included as well for Safari."},{"q":"My card just looks hazy — I don't see any glass effect.","a":"backdrop-filter blurs whatever sits behind the card, so you need a colorful background or an image behind it. Against a flat, solid background there's nothing to refract and the glass look disappears."},{"q":"Can I use the generated CSS in a real project?","a":"Yes. Copy it and use it freely in any project — no attribution or license notice required."}]},{"slug":"hanja-to-hangul","category":"text-dev","title":"Hanja to Hangul Converter","tagline":"Convert Chinese characters into their Korean readings instantly","emoji":"🈶","keywords":["hanja to hangul converter","chinese characters to korean reading","hanja reading converter","korean hanja translator","convert hanja to korean","hanja pronunciation"],"intro":"This tool converts the Hanja (Chinese characters) mixed into Korean news articles, family registries, and older documents into their Hangul readings. Even if you can't read Hanja, you can still follow the original text. Conversion happens instantly inside your browser, so nothing you paste in is ever sent to a server.","howto":["Paste or type text containing Hanja into the input box.","Choose a conversion mode: Hanja (Hangul), Hangul (Hanja), or full conversion to Hangul.","The converted text appears in the output box in real time.","Press the copy button to grab the result and use it right away."],"faq":[{"q":"Can it convert every Hanja character?","a":"It uses a built-in dictionary focused on the commonly used Hanja. Rare characters or ones missing from the dictionary are left in the text as they are."},{"q":"What happens with characters that have more than one reading?","a":"Each character is mapped to its single most common reading, so multi-reading Hanja that change pronunciation with context will only show that representative reading."},{"q":"Is my text stored on a server?","a":"No. All conversion runs inside your browser, and your text is never transmitted or saved anywhere."}]},{"slug":"hash-verifier","category":"text-dev","title":"Hash Comparison Tool","tagline":"Instantly compare the MD5, SHA-1, and SHA-256 of two texts or files","emoji":"🔐","keywords":["hash comparison tool","md5 sha256 checker","verify file checksum","compare file hashes","sha256 hash generator","file integrity check"],"intro":"Drop in two pieces of text or two files and this tool computes their MD5, SHA-1, and SHA-256 hashes, shows them side by side, and tells you whether they match. It's handy for developers and security engineers who need to verify the integrity of a downloaded file or confirm that a piece of text hasn't changed by even one character. Your text and files are processed entirely in the browser and never uploaded.","howto":["Choose 'Compare Text' or 'Compare Files' from the tabs at the top.","Paste text or drag a file into the left side (Item A).","Add the text or file you want to compare against on the right side (Item B).","Check the MD5, SHA-1, and SHA-256 values computed automatically, along with the MATCH or MISMATCH verdict below."],"faq":[{"q":"What does it mean when the hashes match?","a":"It means both inputs are byte-for-byte identical. Change even a single byte and the hash changes completely, which makes corruption or tampering easy to spot."},{"q":"Should I look at MD5, SHA-1, or SHA-256?","a":"Any of the three works for a routine file integrity check, but for anything security-sensitive rely on SHA-256, since MD5 and SHA-1 are vulnerable to collision attacks."},{"q":"Can it handle large files?","a":"Yes. Files are read straight from browser memory and hashed locally, so nothing gets uploaded. Very large files may just take longer depending on your device's speed."}]},{"slug":"hex-to-decimal","category":"calc-convert","title":"Hex to Decimal Converter","tagline":"Convert between hex, decimal, binary, and octal in real time","emoji":"🔢","keywords":["hex to decimal converter","decimal to hex","binary to decimal converter","number base converter","octal converter","hexadecimal calculator"],"intro":"Type a value into any one of the hex, decimal, binary, or octal fields and the other three fill in automatically. It's built for developers and students working with programming, color codes, networking, and bitwise operations, and it uses BigInt arithmetic so even integers well beyond JavaScript's safe number limit convert exactly. Everything runs in your browser, so your input never leaves your device.","howto":["Type your number into whichever field you already know — hex, decimal, binary, or octal.","Watch the other three bases fill in automatically as you type.","Hit the copy button next to the value you need to put it on your clipboard.","To start over with a different number, press 'Clear All' to empty every field."],"faq":[{"q":"Can it convert negative numbers?","a":"Yes. Put a '-' in front of the value in any field and it's read as negative, with the sign carried across the other bases using sign-magnitude notation."},{"q":"Does it handle really large numbers accurately?","a":"Yes. It uses BigInt arithmetic, so integers past JavaScript's standard safe range (2^53) convert with no rounding or precision loss."},{"q":"What happens if I enter an invalid character?","a":"If you type a character that base doesn't allow — a '2' in the binary field, for instance — an error message appears under the field and the other values are cleared."}]},{"slug":"household-income-calculator","category":"calc-convert","title":"Korean Housing Subscription Income Calculator","tagline":"Add up household income and see how it compares to Korea's urban worker average","emoji":"🏠","keywords":["Korea housing subscription income limit","cheongyak income calculator","urban worker average monthly income Korea","Korea newlywed special supply income requirement","household income percentage calculator Korea"],"intro":"Use this tool when you're facing a Korean housing subscription (cheongyak) eligibility check and want to know what percentage of the income threshold your household hits. Enter each member's monthly income and it totals them up, then compares the result against the 100% urban worker average monthly income benchmark for your household size. All calculations run in your browser, so your income details are never sent to a server.","howto":["Select your household size — anywhere from 1 to 7 or more people — as counted for the subscription application.","Update the preloaded household members, such as yourself and your spouse, with their actual average monthly income.","If you need to, use the 'Add Member' button to include other members like parents or children, then enter their relationship and income.","The combined monthly income and the percentage of the benchmark appear at the top in real time, highlighted in green at 140% or below."],"faq":[{"q":"What is the 100% income benchmark based on?","a":"It reflects an approximation of the urban worker average monthly income by household size published each year by Korea's Ministry of Land, Infrastructure and Transport. The figures may differ from the latest official notice in a specific subscription announcement, so treat this as a reference and confirm the exact numbers in the announcement itself."},{"q":"Why is 140% shown as the cutoff?","a":"Dual-income households applying under categories like the newlywed special supply often have their income ceiling raised to 140%, so we use it as a reference marker. The actual limit ranges from 140% to 160% depending on the subscription category."},{"q":"Is the income I enter saved or transmitted?","a":"No. Everything is calculated inside your browser, with no server storage and nothing sent anywhere."}]},{"slug":"html-email-editor-preview","category":"text-dev","title":"HTML Email Editor & Preview","tagline":"Write HTML email code and preview it responsively in real time","emoji":"📧","keywords":["html email editor","email template preview","newsletter html template","responsive email tester","html email code checker"],"intro":"Write HTML source for a newsletter or marketing email and watch it render live as you type. It's built for marketers and developers working with table-based email templates who want to check the layout before sending anything to a real inbox. All rendering happens inside your browser, so your code is never sent to a server.","howto":["Paste or write your HTML email source code in the text editor on the left.","As you edit the code, the preview pane on the right (or below) refreshes instantly.","Click the Mobile (375px), Tablet (768px), and Desktop (100%) tabs to check the layout at each screen width.","Find and fix whatever breaks, then copy the finished template into your email sending platform."],"faq":[{"q":"Is the HTML I write sent to a server?","a":"No. Your code is rendered only in an iframe inside your browser and is never transmitted or stored."},{"q":"Will it look exactly like it does in Gmail, Outlook, and other clients?","a":"The preview renders the way a standard web browser does. Real email clients each support a different subset of CSS, so always run a live client test before you send."},{"q":"Can I build on the default template?","a":"Absolutely. The table-based newsletter example loaded when you open the tool is there to be edited and reused."}]},{"slug":"http-status-codes","category":"text-dev","title":"HTTP Status Code Lookup","tagline":"Search HTTP status codes from 200 to 504 with meanings and real examples","emoji":"🚦","keywords":["http status codes","http status code meaning","what does 404 error mean","status code lookup","api error codes","http status code list"],"intro":"This HTTP status code lookup puts every major code from the 1xx through the 5xx range on one screen, with what each one means and when it actually shows up. Search by number, name, or keyword and filter by the 1xx–5xx category tabs — useful for developers, QA engineers, and anyone learning backend development. Search and filtering happen entirely in your browser, with no data sent to a server.","howto":["Type a status code number (like 404), a name, or a keyword into the search box","Use the 1xx, 2xx, 3xx, 4xx, and 5xx tabs to filter by category if you need to","Read the description and the real-world example on each card","Press the copy button to send the code, description, and example to your clipboard at once"],"faq":[{"q":"Which status codes are covered?","a":"It covers the codes you actually run into on the job, from 1xx responses like 100 and 101 through 2xx success, 3xx redirection, 4xx client errors, and 5xx server errors."},{"q":"How does the search work?","a":"It does a partial-match search across the code number, the English title, and the description text."},{"q":"What exactly does the copy button copy?","a":"It bundles the selected code's number, title, description, and real-world example into a single block of text on your clipboard."}]},{"slug":"inflation-calculator","category":"calc-convert","title":"Inflation Calculator (Korea)","tagline":"See what an amount from one year is worth in another year","emoji":"📈","keywords":["inflation calculator","korean inflation calculator","korean won value over time","cpi inflation calculator korea","purchasing power calculator","what is it worth today calculator","historical price calculator"],"intro":"This calculator uses finalized Consumer Price Index (CPI) data from Statistics Korea covering 1970 through 2025 to show what an amount from one year is worth in another year, both in nominal terms (what the same goods cost) and in real terms (purchasing power). It's handy if you've ever wondered what an old price tag would be today, or if you want to check the real value of savings or a salary over time. Every calculation runs instantly in your browser, so the amounts you enter are never sent to a server.","howto":["Enter the starting amount (KRW) and the base year","Pick the target year you want to compare against","If you choose a year after 2025, enter an estimated annual inflation rate (%)","Review the nominal value, real value, cumulative inflation, and the year-by-year table, then copy the results"],"faq":[{"q":"What's the difference between nominal value and real value?","a":"Nominal value is what an item from the base year would cost in the target year once inflation is added in. Real value converts an amount in the target year back into the purchasing power of the base year. For example, what 1,000,000 KRW bought in 2015 would cost in 2025 is the nominal value, while what 1,000,000 KRW in 2025 is worth in 2015 terms is the real value."},{"q":"How are years after 2025 calculated?","a":"Through 2025 the calculator uses the finalized inflation rates published by Statistics Korea. For any year beyond that, it compounds the estimated annual rate you enter."},{"q":"Is my data sent to a server?","a":"No. The amounts and years you enter are calculated entirely inside your browser and are never transmitted anywhere."}]},{"slug":"inheritance-tax-calculator","category":"calc-convert","title":"Korean Inheritance Tax Calculator","tagline":"Estimate inheritance tax in Korea with spouse and child deductions applied","emoji":"💰","keywords":["korean inheritance tax calculator","inheritance tax in korea","korea estate tax calculator","korean spousal inheritance deduction","korea inheritance tax rate","inheritance tax filing korea"],"intro":"Enter the value of the estate, any debts, and details about the heirs, and this tool estimates the inheritance tax owed under Korean law, applying the basic deduction, lump-sum deduction, spousal deduction, and financial asset deduction. It's useful for anyone planning ahead or preparing an inheritance tax filing who wants a rough figure before talking numbers with a professional. Everything you enter stays in your browser and is never sent to a server.","howto":["Enter the total value of the estate along with debts, public charges, and funeral expenses.","Indicate whether a spouse is inheriting and enter the amount the spouse actually receives.","Enter the number of children, the number of elderly or disabled heirs, and the value of financial assets.","Choose whether the 3% voluntary filing tax credit applies, and the estimated tax and a breakdown of deductions are calculated automatically."],"faq":[{"q":"How is the spousal deduction calculated?","a":"It takes the lesser of the amount the spouse actually inherits and the spouse's statutory share (a 1.5 weighting for the spouse against 1.0 per child), then allows a deduction of at least 500 million KRW and up to 3 billion KRW."},{"q":"How do the lump-sum deduction and the basic deduction differ?","a":"The calculator automatically applies whichever is larger: the basic deduction (200 million KRW) plus personal deductions, or the lump-sum deduction (500 million KRW). The lump-sum deduction does not apply when a spouse is the sole heir."},{"q":"Can the result differ from the tax actually owed?","a":"Yes. This is a rough estimate only. Actual inheritance tax depends on how assets are valued, prior gifts, and other deductions, so consult a tax professional for an accurate figure."}]},{"slug":"job-hunting-cost","category":"calc-convert","title":"Job Search Cost Tracker","tagline":"Log spending on courses, books, certifications, and interview clothes, and see it in a pie chart","emoji":"💼","keywords":["job search expense tracker","job hunting costs","career change budget calculator","certification exam fee tracker","interview prep costs","job search budget planner"],"intro":"This tool lets you log every expense that piles up during a job search, from prep courses and textbooks to certification exam fees and interview outfits, so you can see your total spending at a glance. A pie chart breaks down the share of each category, making it obvious where most of your money is going, which is helpful for new grads and anyone planning a career move on a budget. Your entries are stored only in your browser and are never sent to a server.","howto":["Enter a name for the expense and pick a category (courses/online classes, books/study materials, certifications/exam fees, interview clothing/hair, or food/transport/other).","Enter the amount and click the Add button to log it.","Check the pie chart at the top for the running total by category and your overall spending.","Remove any mistaken entry with the [x] button."],"faq":[{"q":"Where are my logged expenses stored?","a":"Only in your browser's local storage. Nothing is sent to a server, and the data is deleted if you clear your browser data."},{"q":"Can I see the same entries on another device?","a":"No. The data lives only in the browser you're currently using, so you'd need to re-enter it on another device or browser."},{"q":"Does it only support Korean won?","a":"The display uses KRW, but since you're only entering numbers, you can just as easily track amounts in any other currency."}]},{"slug":"json-beautifier-sort","category":"text-dev","title":"JSON Formatter & Key Sorter","tagline":"Pretty-print JSON and sort keys alphabetically","emoji":"✨","keywords":["json formatter","json beautifier","pretty print json","json sort keys","format json online","json prettifier"],"intro":"This tool takes minified or messy JSON and lays it out cleanly with proper indentation and line breaks. Developers, or anyone who has to read through an API response, can also sort keys alphabetically (with recursive and reverse options) to compare and understand data structures at a glance. Everything is processed inside your browser, so your data is never sent to a server.","howto":["Paste the JSON you want to clean up into the input box on the left.","Choose your indentation (2 spaces, 4 spaces, or tabs).","If you need it, turn on Sort keys alphabetically and set the options for sorting nested objects recursively or in reverse (Z-A) order.","Grab the formatted JSON from the output pane with the copy button."],"faq":[{"q":"What happens if my JSON is invalid?","a":"If the syntax is wrong, you'll get an error message pointing out what went wrong, and no output is produced until the error is fixed."},{"q":"Does it sort values inside arrays?","a":"Key sorting only applies to object properties; the order of an array itself is never changed. With the recursive option on, the keys of objects inside an array are each sorted."},{"q":"Is my data sent anywhere?","a":"No. All parsing, sorting, and formatting happens entirely in your browser and nothing is transmitted to a server."}]},{"slug":"json-schema-generator","category":"text-dev","title":"JSON Schema Generator","tagline":"Turn JSON data into a Draft-07 JSON Schema instantly","emoji":"🧬","keywords":["json schema generator","json to json schema","generate json schema online","draft-07 json schema","json schema from sample data","json validation schema"],"intro":"Paste in JSON and this tool inspects the type of every value (string, number, object, array, and so on) to generate a Draft-07 JSON Schema in real time. It's built for developers writing API documentation or setting up data validation rules, and since everything runs in your browser, the data you paste never leaves your machine.","howto":["Paste or type the source JSON you want a schema for into the input box on the left.","Optionally give the schema a title, and use the checkbox to mark every property as required.","The generated JSON Schema appears in real time as you type.","Hit the copy button and paste the schema straight into wherever you need it."],"faq":[{"q":"What happens if an array contains mixed types?","a":"When array items have more than one type, the generator picks one sample per type and combines them into an anyOf schema."},{"q":"What does the \"mark all properties as required\" option do?","a":"Checking it adds every key of an object to the required array, producing a schema in which all of those properties must be present."},{"q":"What happens if I paste invalid JSON?","a":"If there's a syntax error, you'll see an error message explaining what went wrong instead of a schema."}]},{"slug":"jwt-creator-verifier","category":"text-dev","title":"JWT Generator & Verifier","tagline":"Sign JWTs with HMAC-SHA256 and verify their signatures","emoji":"🔐","keywords":["jwt generator","jwt verifier","jwt decoder online","sign jwt hs256","create json web token","jwt signature validator"],"intro":"Enter JSON for the header and payload and this tool immediately signs a JWT with an HMAC-SHA256 secret. Paste in an existing token and it verifies the signature with your secret, showing whether the token has been tampered with along with the decoded contents. It's handy for backend developers testing API auth tokens and for frontend developers inspecting a token they've received. All signing and verification runs inside your browser, so your secret and tokens are never sent to a server.","howto":["On the Sign tab, enter your header and payload JSON.","Enter an HMAC-SHA256 signing secret and the JWT is generated automatically.","Switch to the Verify tab and paste in the JWT you want to check.","Enter the secret and the signature status plus the decoded header and payload appear right away."],"faq":[{"q":"Which algorithm does this tool use to sign JWTs?","a":"Only HMAC-SHA256 (HS256) symmetric-key signing is supported. Asymmetric algorithms such as RSA are not available."},{"q":"Are my secret and token sent to a server?","a":"No. All signing and verification is done locally using your browser's Web Crypto API, and nothing is transmitted anywhere."},{"q":"Why does verification come back as failed?","a":"Either the secret you entered doesn't match the one used to issue the token, or the token's contents were modified after it was issued."}]},{"slug":"ketogenic-carb-calculator","category":"calc-convert","title":"Keto Carb Calculator","tagline":"Find your daily net carb limit from your calorie target","emoji":"🥑","keywords":["keto carb calculator","net carb calculator","daily carb limit keto","ketogenic diet calculator","low carb macro calculator","how many carbs on keto"],"intro":"Enter your daily calorie target and how strict you want to be (strict, standard, or moderate) and this calculator tells you how many net carbs you can eat per day, in both grams and calories. For anyone starting keto or a low-carb diet, it also converts the number into bowls of white rice so the limit is easier to picture. Everything is calculated instantly in your browser and nothing is sent to a server.","howto":["Enter your daily calorie target (kcal).","Choose your level: strict keto (5%), standard low-carb (10%), or moderate restriction (20%).","See your daily net carb limit in grams and calories, along with how many bowls of rice that equals."],"faq":[{"q":"How are the carb percentages set?","a":"Strict keto allots 5% of total calories to carbs, standard low-carb 10%, and moderate restriction 20%. Carbs are converted at 4 kcal per gram."},{"q":"What is the bowl-of-rice figure based on?","a":"It assumes one bowl of cooked white rice (about 210 g) contains roughly 70 g of net carbs, then converts your calculated carb limit into that many bowls."},{"q":"Is what I enter saved?","a":"No. The calculation happens entirely in your browser and nothing is stored or sent to a server."}]},{"slug":"korean-corporate-titles","category":"text-dev","title":"Korean Job Title Translator","tagline":"Look up the right English equivalent for Korean corporate ranks, from entry level to CEO","emoji":"🏢","keywords":["korean job titles in english","korean corporate rank translation","gwajang in english","korean company hierarchy titles","korean business card title english","korean resume job title translation"],"intro":"This tool maps the Korean corporate rank system, from sawon (entry level) up to daepyo isa (CEO), to the English titles you'd actually put on a business card, resume, or LinkedIn profile. Type a Korean rank, an English title, or your years of experience and the results narrow instantly, with a one-click copy for the English title. It's built for people applying to multinational companies or working with overseas partners. All searching and copying happens in your browser and nothing is sent to a server.","howto":["Type the Korean rank you're looking for (for example, gwajang) or an English title (for example, Manager) into the search box.","Matching rank cards are filtered in real time as you type.","Each card shows the primary English title, interchangeable alternatives, and the typical years-of-experience range.","Click the copy button and paste the English title straight into your resume or business card."],"faq":[{"q":"Which ranks does this tool cover?","a":"It covers nine levels in total, from individual contributor ranks such as sawon, daeri, gwajang, chajang, and bujang up to executive ranks such as isa, sangmu, jeonmu, busajang, and sajang/daepyo isa."},{"q":"Does each rank map to just one English title?","a":"No. Alongside the most common primary title, each rank also lists interchangeable alternatives such as Senior Staff or Deputy Director."},{"q":"How does the search work?","a":"You can enter the Korean rank name, the primary English title, or an English alternative, and it finds matches in real time without regard to letter case."}]},{"slug":"list-bullet-converter","category":"text-dev","title":"Bullet List Converter","tagline":"Turn plain lines or existing lists into Markdown, HTML, or custom bullets instantly","emoji":"📋","keywords":["bullet list converter","text to markdown list","html list generator","convert text to bullet points","markdown list maker","numbered list converter"],"intro":"This tool takes line-separated text — or a list that already has bullets on it — and rewrites it as a Markdown list, an HTML <ul>/<ol>, or any bullet character you want. It's handy for bloggers, technical writers, and anyone moving lists between docs, slides, and CMS editors that each expect a different format. Every conversion runs entirely in your browser, so the text you paste is never sent to a server.","howto":["Paste the list or plain text you want to convert into the input box at the top, one item per line.","Under output format, pick Markdown list, HTML list, or a custom bullet character.","Toggle the options for stripping existing bullets/numbers and skipping blank lines as needed.","Check the converted list in the results box below and grab it with the Copy button."],"faq":[{"q":"Will it handle lists that already start with -, *, or 1.?","a":"Yes. Turn on \"Strip existing bullets/numbers\" and the tool automatically detects and removes markers like -, *, +, •, ✔, and numbered prefixes such as \"1.\" before applying the new format."},{"q":"What happens to blank lines mixed into my list?","a":"With \"Skip empty items\" enabled, blank lines are dropped from the output. Turn it off and they're kept as empty list items."},{"q":"Is the list I paste stored on a server?","a":"No. Everything is converted on the fly inside your browser, and your text never leaves your device."}]},{"slug":"loan-early-repayment-fee","category":"calc-convert","title":"Prepayment Penalty Calculator","tagline":"Estimate your loan prepayment fee by payoff date or by days elapsed","emoji":"🏦","keywords":["prepayment penalty calculator","early loan payoff fee","mortgage prepayment penalty","korean loan prepayment fee","early repayment charge calculator"],"intro":"Estimate the prepayment penalty a bank charges when you pay off a loan ahead of schedule. Enter your loan origination date and planned payoff date, or just type in the number of days elapsed — whichever you have handy — and the calculator applies the standard sliding-scale formula based on your payoff amount, fee rate, and penalty period. Everything is calculated instantly in your browser, so the amounts and dates you enter are never sent to a server.","howto":["Choose whether to calculate by dates or by number of days using the tabs.","Enter the amount you plan to prepay and the prepayment fee rate (%) your bank quoted you.","For the date method, enter the loan origination date, the payoff date, and the penalty period in years; for the days method, enter the penalty period and the days elapsed.","Review the estimated fee, days elapsed, and days remaining until the penalty is waived, then use the Copy button to save the results if you need them."],"faq":[{"q":"Could the calculated fee differ from what my bank actually charges?","a":"Yes. This calculator uses the standard sliding-scale formula most banks apply (payoff amount × fee rate × remaining days ÷ penalty period), but the exact amount can vary with each bank's product terms or minimum-fee rules. Confirm the final figure with your lender."},{"q":"Why does the fee drop to zero after three years?","a":"In Korea, most consumer loan products waive the prepayment penalty entirely once three years (1,095 days) have passed since the loan contract date. Set the penalty period in years to match your own loan agreement and the calculator will use that instead."},{"q":"Should I use the date method or the days method?","a":"If you know your origination and payoff dates exactly, the date method is easier. If your loan paperwork already states the number of days elapsed or the penalty period in days, entering those directly is faster."}]},{"slug":"loan-interest-calculator","category":"calc-convert","title":"Loan Amortization Schedule — 3 Repayment Methods Compared","tagline":"Switch between amortized, equal-principal, and interest-only balloon and watch the payment, interest, and balance change row by row","emoji":"🏦","keywords":["amortization schedule calculator","loan repayment schedule","equal principal vs amortized","interest only balloon loan","loan balance by month","compare loan repayment methods"],"intro":"Enter the loan amount, annual rate, and term in months or years, then pick a repayment method — equal total payments (amortized), equal principal, or interest-only with a balloon payoff — and get a full monthly schedule with the payment, principal, interest, and remaining balance on every row. Switching methods shows exactly how total interest cost and total repayment shift, which is the comparison you want when choosing loan terms or working out what you'd still owe partway through. All math happens in your browser, so your loan details never leave your device.","howto":["Enter the loan amount and the annual interest rate (%).","Enter the loan term in months or years.","Pick a repayment method: equal total payment, equal principal, or interest-only with balloon payoff.","Review the total interest cost, total repaid, and the monthly amortization schedule, then copy the summary if you need it."],"faq":[{"q":"What's the difference between equal total payments and equal principal payments?","a":"With equal total payments, the amount you pay each month (principal plus interest) stays the same throughout. With equal principal, you repay the same slice of principal every month, so payments start higher and shrink over time — and you pay less total interest."},{"q":"What is interest-only with a balloon payoff?","a":"You pay only interest each month and repay the entire principal in a single lump sum at maturity. Monthly payments are the lowest of the three methods, but the total interest cost is the highest."},{"q":"Are my loan details saved on a server?","a":"No. Every calculation runs inside your browser, and nothing you enter is transmitted or stored."}]},{"slug":"loan-refinancing-comparison","category":"calc-convert","title":"Loan Refinance Comparison Calculator","tagline":"Compare your current loan against a new one to see interest and cost savings","emoji":"🏦","keywords":["refinance calculator","refinance break even calculator","mortgage refinance savings","loan refinance comparison","should i refinance my loan","interest savings calculator"],"intro":"Enter your current loan balance and rate along with the rate and term of the loan you're considering, and this calculator shows the difference in monthly payment and the total interest you'd save. It factors in closing costs such as prepayment penalties, so you can see whether refinancing actually pays off and how many months it takes to break even. All calculations run in your browser — your loan details are never sent to a server.","howto":["Enter your current loan balance and any upfront costs, such as a prepayment penalty","Enter your current interest rate and the rate on the loan you're refinancing into","Enter your remaining term and the term of the new loan, in months","Review the monthly savings, total interest saved, and break-even period, then copy the results if you need them"],"faq":[{"q":"How is the monthly payment calculated?","a":"It uses standard amortization — a fixed total payment every month covering principal and interest. Actual repayment terms vary by loan product, so treat these figures as an estimate."},{"q":"When does the break-even period show \"never\"?","a":"If there are upfront costs but the new loan's monthly payment is the same or higher than your current one, there's no monthly savings to recover those costs with, so the result is shown as \"never.\""},{"q":"Are my loan details stored anywhere?","a":"No. Everything is calculated locally in your browser and nothing is transmitted or saved."}]},{"slug":"ltv-dti-dsr-calculator","category":"calc-convert","title":"Korean LTV / DTI / DSR Loan Limit Calculator","tagline":"Calculate your maximum mortgage under Korea's LTV, DTI, and DSR lending caps","emoji":"🏦","keywords":["korea LTV DTI DSR calculator","korean mortgage limit calculator","DSR calculator korea","LTV calculator","korea home loan limit","korean mortgage regulations"],"intro":"Enter your property value, annual income, and existing debt payments, and this calculator instantly shows the maximum loan allowed under each of Korea's three mortgage regulations — LTV, DTI, and DSR — plus the final amount you could actually borrow. It's built for homebuyers and refinancers in Korea who want a rough figure before sitting down with a bank. Every amount you enter is calculated in your browser and never sent to a server.","howto":["Enter the appraised property value and your annual income in Korean won.","Enter the loan amount you're hoping for, plus the annual principal-and-interest and annual interest payments on your existing debts.","Select the interest rate and term for the new loan, along with the LTV/DTI/DSR caps that apply to you.","Check the maximum loan under each of the three regulations, see whether your target amount clears them, and copy the results."],"faq":[{"q":"What do LTV, DTI, and DSR actually mean?","a":"LTV (loan-to-value) is the loan as a share of the property price. DTI (debt-to-income) compares your new mortgage payments plus interest on other debts against your annual income. DSR (debt service ratio) compares the annual principal and interest on all of your loans against your annual income. Whichever of the three yields the lowest cap becomes your real borrowing limit."},{"q":"Why might the result differ from the bank's decision?","a":"This tool applies the general regulatory formulas as a reference only. Actual underwriting depends on each bank's internal policy, your credit score, regional lending restrictions, and whether policy-backed funding is involved."},{"q":"Why are payments on other loans treated differently under DTI and DSR?","a":"DTI counts only the interest on your other debts, while DSR counts the full principal-and-interest payments on all of them. That makes DSR the stricter of the two limits."}]},{"slug":"mac-address-generator","category":"generators-qr","title":"MAC Address Generator","tagline":"Generate random MAC addresses in any format and configuration you need","emoji":"🔀","keywords":["mac address generator","random mac address","fake mac address generator","mac address for virtual machine","locally administered mac address","bulk mac address generator"],"intro":"Generate random MAC addresses for network testing, virtual machine setup, and device simulation. You can control the notation (colon, hyphen, or dot separated), letter case, unicast vs. multicast, and whether the address is universally (UAA) or locally (LAA) administered. Everything is generated inside your browser and nothing is sent anywhere.","howto":["Choose the address notation (colon, hyphen, dot, or no separator) and the letter case.","If you need it, set the transmission type (unicast or multicast) and the administration scope (UAA or LAA).","Enter how many addresses to generate (up to 1,000) and click Generate.","The generated MAC addresses appear in the results box, and the Copy All button grabs the whole list at once."],"faq":[{"q":"Could a generated MAC address collide with a real device?","a":"Addresses are random, so a collision is extremely unlikely in practice — but if you're assigning addresses to production network hardware, it's safer to follow the official OUI allocation rules. This tool is intended for test and simulation addresses."},{"q":"What do unicast, multicast, UAA, and LAA mean?","a":"In the first octet, the least significant bit is 0 for unicast (a single device) and 1 for multicast (group delivery). The second-least-significant bit is 0 for a universally administered address (UAA), assigned by the manufacturer, and 1 for a locally administered address (LAA), which you can assign yourself."},{"q":"Is any of my data sent to a server?","a":"No. Generation happens entirely in your browser and nothing is transmitted or stored."}]},{"slug":"macronutrient-ratio","category":"calc-convert","title":"Macro Calculator","tagline":"Turn your daily calorie target into carb, protein, and fat goals in grams","emoji":"🥑","keywords":["macro calculator","macronutrient ratio calculator","carbs protein fat calculator","iifym calculator","cutting macros calculator","bulking macro split"],"intro":"Enter your daily calorie target and your carb, protein, and fat split (%), and this calculator converts it straight into daily gram targets for each macronutrient. Presets for cutting, maintenance, and bulking make it easy to plan meals or dial in a physique prep. Everything is calculated on the spot in your browser — nothing is sent to a server.","howto":["Enter your daily calorie target (kcal).","Pick the preset tab that matches your goal — maintenance, cutting, or bulking — or type in your own carb, protein, and fat percentages.","Read your daily gram target and calories for each macro at the top of the screen.","If your percentages don't add up to 100%, a warning appears — adjust them until they do."],"faq":[{"q":"What formula does the macro calculation use?","a":"Carbs and protein are counted at 4 kcal per gram and fat at 9 kcal per gram. Your daily calorie target is multiplied by each macro's percentage to get its calories, which are then converted back into grams."},{"q":"What if my percentages don't total 100%?","a":"The screen shows a warning along with your current total. Adjust the three percentages so they sum to 100% for accurate gram targets."},{"q":"What are the presets based on?","a":"Three presets are included: maintenance (50% carbs / 30% protein / 20% fat), cutting (30/40/30), and bulking (40/40/20). Pick the one that fits your goal, then fine-tune any individual percentage."}]},{"slug":"margin-profit-calculator","category":"calc-convert","title":"Margin & Markup Calculator","tagline":"Get profit margin and markup from cost and price — or work backward to a target price","emoji":"💰","keywords":["margin calculator","markup calculator","profit margin calculator","selling price calculator","margin vs markup","retail pricing calculator"],"intro":"Enter your cost and selling price and this calculator shows both your profit margin (as a share of the sale price) and your markup (as a share of cost) at the same time. Flip it around and you can enter just your cost and a target margin to find out what you need to charge. Everything is calculated instantly in your browser and no pricing data is ever sent to a server, so small business owners and online sellers can use it with confidence.","howto":["Choose the \"Margin & profit\" tab or the \"Price from target margin\" tab.","Enter your product cost and selling price (or your target margin).","Your profit margin, markup percentage, and profit amount — or the required selling price — are calculated automatically.","Adjust the numbers to compare different pricing scenarios."],"faq":[{"q":"What's the difference between margin and markup?","a":"Margin is profit as a percentage of the selling price; markup is how much you added on top of cost, as a percentage of cost. A 30% markup on cost works out to only about a 23% margin on the sale price — the two numbers are not the same."},{"q":"How do I find the price for a target margin?","a":"On the \"Price from target margin\" tab, enter your cost and the margin (%) you want. The tool applies price = cost ÷ (1 − target margin) and instantly returns the required selling price and your expected profit."},{"q":"Is my pricing data saved or sent anywhere?","a":"No. Every calculation runs inside your browser — nothing is transmitted or stored."}]},{"slug":"meeting-expense-split","category":"calc-convert","title":"Group Expense Splitter","tagline":"Settle up a shared tab with the fewest possible payments","emoji":"🧾","keywords":["split the bill calculator","who owes who calculator","group expense splitter","settle up with friends","split expenses with roommates","trip cost splitter"],"intro":"Figuring out who owes what after a group dinner or a weekend trip is more work than it should be, especially when several people covered different rounds. Add your group, log each expense (who paid, how much, and who it was shared by), and this tool works out everyone's net balance and tells you exactly who should pay whom — using the smallest number of transfers possible. Everything runs in your browser, so the names and amounts you enter never reach a server.","howto":["Add everyone who was part of the group to the participant list.","For each expense, enter a description and amount, pick who paid, and check off who it should be split between.","Once every expense is logged, check the settlement panel at the top to see who owes whom and how much.","Any expense or participant entered by mistake can be edited or removed from the list at any time."],"faq":[{"q":"Is the math still right when several people owe money and several are owed?","a":"Yes. The tool first calculates each person's net balance — what they paid minus their share of the costs — then matches debtors with creditors in a way that keeps the number of transfers to a minimum."},{"q":"Can I handle expenses that only some people were part of?","a":"Yes. Each expense has its own list of participants, so you can split the first round between three people and the second round between two, and each item is divided accordingly."},{"q":"Are the names and amounts I enter saved or sent anywhere?","a":"No. All input and calculation happens entirely in your browser, and everything resets when you refresh the page."}]},{"slug":"meeting-minutes-builder","category":"doc-data","title":"Meeting Minutes Generator","tagline":"Turn your agenda, decisions, and action items into finished minutes","emoji":"📝","keywords":["meeting minutes template","meeting minutes generator","free meeting notes template","action item tracker","meeting minutes pdf","how to write meeting minutes"],"intro":"Enter the meeting title, date and time, attendees, agenda, and decisions, and this tool assembles clean, properly formatted meeting minutes for you. Action items with an owner and a due date can be added or removed as you go, and the finished minutes can be copied straight to your clipboard or opened in a print view and saved as a PDF. Everything you type stays in your browser and is never sent anywhere.","howto":["Enter the meeting title, date and time, and the list of attendees","Write out the main agenda items and the decisions that were made","Add action items with an owner and due date, and remove any you don't need","Copy the finished minutes, or use the print button to save them as a PDF"],"faq":[{"q":"Are my meeting minutes stored on a server?","a":"No. Everything you enter and everything the tool produces stays in your browser and is never sent to a server."},{"q":"How do I save the minutes as a PDF?","a":"Click 'Print / Save as PDF' to open a print-ready window, then choose 'Save as PDF' instead of a printer in the print dialog."},{"q":"How many action items can I add?","a":"There's no limit — keep adding tasks with an owner and due date as needed, and delete any item individually."}]},{"slug":"menstruation-ovulation-calendar","category":"calc-convert","title":"Period & Ovulation Calculator","tagline":"Predict your next period, ovulation date, and fertile window","emoji":"🌸","keywords":["period calculator","ovulation calculator","fertile window calculator","when is my next period","menstrual cycle calculator","period tracker calculator"],"intro":"Enter the first day of your last period along with your average cycle length and period length, and this tool shows your next three expected periods, your estimated ovulation date, and your fertile window at a glance. It's handy whether you're trying to conceive or just want to know when your next period is due. All calculations happen instantly in your browser, so the dates you enter are never sent to any server.","howto":["Use the date picker to enter the first day of your last period.","Enter your average cycle length (21–45 days) and average period length (3–10 days).","Check the top of the screen for your next period start date, estimated ovulation date, and fertile window.","Review the three-cycle forecast table to see the expected period and ovulation dates for each upcoming cycle."],"faq":[{"q":"How are the ovulation date and fertile window calculated?","a":"Ovulation is estimated as 14 days before your next expected period, and the fertile window is shown as the five days leading up to ovulation plus the day after."},{"q":"Can the results differ from what actually happens?","a":"Yes. This calculator is a prediction based on average cycle math, and real ovulation and period timing can shift with your health and other factors, so treat the results as a general guide only."},{"q":"Are the dates I enter saved anywhere?","a":"No. Everything is calculated inside your browser and nothing is sent to or stored on a server."}]},{"slug":"mobile-tabbar-ui-designer","category":"color-design","title":"Mobile Tab Bar Designer","tagline":"Design an app bottom tab bar live and export the HTML/CSS","emoji":"📱","keywords":["tab bar design tool","bottom navigation generator","mobile app ui generator","css tab bar","bottom nav bar html css","app ui mockup tool"],"intro":"Build the bottom tab navigation for a mobile app or web app right in your browser. Adjust the number of tabs, the layout (standard or floating), the active indicator style (pill, dot, or top line), the background color, and the icon colors — and watch the result update inside a realistic phone mockup. When you're happy with it, copy the generated HTML and CSS straight into your project. Everything is rendered and generated locally, so your design never leaves your browser.","howto":["Choose how many tabs you want (3–5) and pick a layout style (standard bar or floating capsule).","Set the active tab indicator (pill background, dot below, or line on top) plus the background and active/inactive icon colors.","Edit each tab's icon, label, and badge text to match your app.","Tap through the tabs in the phone mockup to preview, then copy the HTML and CSS to use in your project."],"faq":[{"q":"Can I drop the generated HTML/CSS straight into my project?","a":"Yes — it's plain HTML and CSS with no library dependencies, so you can paste it in as-is. Just add your own script to handle screen switching on tap if you need it."},{"q":"What's the maximum number of tabs?","a":"You can currently choose 3, 4, or 5 tabs, and each one gets its own icon, label, and badge settings."},{"q":"Is my design saved on a server?","a":"No — the preview and code generation both run entirely in your browser, and nothing is stored or transmitted."}]},{"slug":"multi-layer-box-shadow","category":"color-design","title":"Layered Box Shadow Generator","tagline":"Stack multiple shadows into rich, realistic CSS box-shadow","emoji":"🌓","keywords":["box shadow generator","css box shadow","layered shadow css","smooth box shadow generator","neon glow css","css shadow maker"],"intro":"Stacking several box-shadow layers gives you a far softer, more convincing sense of depth than a single shadow ever will. Tune the offset, blur, spread, color, and opacity of each layer independently, see the result update live in the preview, and copy the finished CSS straight into your project. Everything runs in your browser — nothing is sent to a server.","howto":["Start from a preset — soft shadow, neon glow, or retro 3D.","Pick a layer from the list, then adjust its X/Y offset, blur, spread, and opacity sliders.","Change the shadow color with the color picker or a hex code, and toggle inset for an inner shadow if you need one.","Use + Add Layer to stack on more depth, then copy the generated CSS."],"faq":[{"q":"How many layers can I add?","a":"As many as you like — there's no cap. The only limit is that you can't delete the last remaining layer."},{"q":"Can I use the generated CSS right away?","a":"Yes — it's copied as a complete `box-shadow: ...` declaration, so you can paste it into a stylesheet or an inline style attribute as-is."},{"q":"Does picking a preset lock in those values?","a":"No. A preset is just a starting point — you're free to tweak every slider afterward and make the shadow your own."}]},{"slug":"name-initial-generator","category":"text-dev","title":"Initials Generator","tagline":"Convert a list of names into formatted initials in one go","emoji":"🔤","keywords":["initials generator","name to initials converter","monogram initials generator","how to write initials","bulk initials from names"],"intro":"Paste in a list of names — one per line — and this tool pulls the first letter of each name and formats them as initials. It's a quick way to generate initials for signatures, monograms, email handles, or document templates. The names you enter are processed entirely in your browser and never sent anywhere.","howto":["Type or paste names into the text box, one per line (e.g., John Doe)","Pick a separator style (J.D. / J. D. / JD / J D) and the letter case you want","Use the checkbox to include or skip middle initials as needed","Copy the initials that appear in the results box with the copy button"],"faq":[{"q":"What happens with three or more names, like a middle name?","a":"By default, the first letter of every name is included. Uncheck 'include middle name' and only the first and last name initials are used."},{"q":"Does it work with non-Latin names?","a":"The tool takes the first character of each space-separated word, so other scripts will technically work, but it's built and optimized for Western-style names like John Doe."},{"q":"Are the names I enter stored on a server?","a":"No. Every conversion happens instantly in your browser — nothing is uploaded or saved."}]},{"slug":"overseas-stock-tax","category":"calc-convert","title":"Korean Overseas Stock Capital Gains Tax Calculator","tagline":"Calculate Korea's 22% tax on foreign stock gains after the ₩2.5M deduction","emoji":"📈","keywords":["korea overseas stock capital gains tax calculator","korean tax on us stocks","korea 22% capital gains tax foreign shares","2.5 million won basic deduction stocks","korea foreign stock tax filing","netting gains and losses korea stock tax"],"intro":"If you're a Korean tax resident trading foreign stocks (US shares and the like), this calculator nets your realized gains and losses, subtracts the ₩2.5 million annual basic deduction, and applies the 22% rate (20% capital gains tax plus 2% local income tax) to what's left. There's a quick mode where you just enter yearly totals, and a per-position mode where you log each trade's buy price, sell price, quantity, and fees so gains and losses offset each other properly — useful whether you want a rough number or a full reconciliation of your actual trades. Everything is calculated in your browser and never sent to a server.","howto":["Pick either the quick entry tab or the per-position trade tab.","In quick mode, enter your total gains, total losses, and trading fees for the year.","In per-position mode, add each holding one at a time with its ticker, buy price, sell price, quantity, and fees.","Your taxable base after the ₩2.5M deduction and the final tax due appear at the top automatically, and you can save a summary with the copy results button."],"faq":[{"q":"Does the ₩2.5 million basic deduction always apply?","a":"Yes — ₩2.5 million is subtracted from your annual net gain (gains minus losses minus fees) first, and the 22% rate applies only to what remains. If your net gain is ₩2.5 million or less, you owe nothing."},{"q":"Should I include positions that lost money?","a":"Yes. Korea's overseas stock capital gains tax nets gains against losses, so you need both for an accurate taxable base. In per-position mode, any trade sold below its purchase price is automatically counted as a loss."},{"q":"Will this match the amount I actually file?","a":"It's an estimate built on realized gains, the basic deduction, and the 22% rate. Details like the exchange rate applied on each date and how your broker treats fees can change the outcome, so confirm with National Tax Service (NTS) records or a tax professional before filing."}]},{"slug":"ovulation-calendar","category":"calc-convert","title":"Ovulation Calculator","tagline":"Find your ovulation date and fertile window from your last period","emoji":"🌸","keywords":["ovulation calculator","fertile window calculator","when do i ovulate","ovulation date predictor","trying to conceive calculator","cycle tracking calculator"],"intro":"Enter the first day of your last period plus your average cycle and period length, and this tool works out your estimated ovulation date and fertile window automatically. It's useful if you're trying to conceive or simply want to keep track of your cycle. Everything is calculated inside your browser, so none of your personal information is sent to a server.","howto":["Select the first day of your last period.","Enter your average cycle length (21–45 days) and period length (3–10 days).","Review your next estimated ovulation date, fertile window, and the six-cycle forecast table.","Copy the results if you want to keep a record."],"faq":[{"q":"How accurate is the ovulation estimate?","a":"It's an estimate based on average cycle math, and your actual ovulation date can vary from person to person and month to month. Don't rely on it for medical diagnosis or as a form of birth control."},{"q":"How is the fertile window calculated?","a":"The fertile window is shown as the five days before your estimated ovulation date through the day after it."},{"q":"Is my data saved?","a":"No. The dates and cycle details you enter are calculated only in your browser — nothing is sent to or stored on a server."}]},{"slug":"ovulation-reverse-calculator","category":"calc-convert","title":"Ovulation Date Calculator","tagline":"Work backward from your next expected period to find ovulation and your fertile window","emoji":"🌸","keywords":["ovulation calculator","fertile window calculator","when do I ovulate","menstrual cycle calculator","ovulation predictor","conception calculator"],"intro":"Enter the date your next period is due and this calculator works backward 14 days to estimate your ovulation date, then shows the fertile window when conception is most likely (5 days before ovulation through 1 day after). It's handy if you're trying to conceive or simply want to know where you are in your cycle. Every date you enter is calculated right in your browser and never sent to a server.","howto":["Pick the date your next period is expected to start in the date field.","Your estimated ovulation date appears on screen automatically.","Check the fertile window shown below it, running from 5 days before ovulation through 1 day after.","If your cycle shifts, just pick a new date and everything recalculates instantly."],"faq":[{"q":"How is the ovulation date calculated?","a":"It uses the standard luteal-phase method: subtracting 14 days from the first day of your next expected period."},{"q":"Can I use this as a birth control method?","a":"No. Ovulation timing shifts with hormones, stress, and overall health, so it isn't a reliable way to prevent pregnancy."},{"q":"Are the dates I enter stored anywhere?","a":"No. Everything is calculated inside your browser, and the dates you enter are never transmitted or saved to a server."}]},{"slug":"pattern-gradient-background","category":"color-design","title":"CSS Stripe Pattern Generator","tagline":"Dial in the angle, colors, and stripe widths, then copy the CSS","emoji":"🎨","keywords":["css pattern generator","css stripe background","repeating-linear-gradient generator","diagonal stripes css","gradient pattern maker","css background generator"],"intro":"Build striped backgrounds — diagonals, pinstripes, hazard tape, and more — in real time using repeating-linear-gradient. It's built for designers and developers who need CSS for a banner, section background, or decorative accent without opening an image editor. Everything renders in your browser and nothing is sent to a server.","howto":["Click one of the presets (diagonal, pinstripe, hazard, candy cane, pastel, and more) to get started","Fine-tune the look with the angle slider and the width sliders for each of the two colors","Set your two colors with the color pickers or by typing HEX values","Check the preview, then copy the generated CSS and paste it into your project"],"faq":[{"q":"Which CSS property does the generated code go in?","a":"Paste it as the value of background-image. You get the pattern with pure CSS — no image file required."},{"q":"Can I export it as an image file?","a":"This tool outputs CSS code only. It's the right fit when you want the background applied through code rather than a bitmap."},{"q":"Does it work in every browser?","a":"repeating-linear-gradient is a standard CSS feature with broad support across all modern browsers."}]},{"slug":"pdf-cover-page-generator","category":"pdf","title":"Report Cover Page Generator","tagline":"Type in a title, subtitle, and author to build an A4 report cover in seconds","emoji":"📑","keywords":["report cover page generator","cover page maker","free title page maker","a4 cover page template","pdf cover page creator","business report cover design"],"intro":"Create a polished cover page for the front of a report or proposal in seconds. Enter your main title, subtitle, department or author, and date, pick one of three designs — Classic, Modern, or Minimal — and download it as a high-resolution PNG at A4 proportions. Everything is rendered in your browser and nothing you type is sent to a server, so it's safe to use with internal documents and confidential project names.","howto":["Choose a cover theme from the tabs: Modern, Classic, or Minimal","Enter the report title, subtitle, department or author, and date","Watch the A4 cover update live in the preview on the right","Click 'Download high-resolution PNG' to save the image, then drop it into your PDF or document"],"faq":[{"q":"Does it save the file as a PDF?","a":"No — it downloads as a high-resolution PNG at A4 proportions so it's ready to print or insert. Just paste the image into Word, Google Docs, or your PDF editor to use it as a cover."},{"q":"Is my company name or document title sent anywhere?","a":"No. Every cover is drawn on a canvas inside your browser, and none of the text ever leaves your device."},{"q":"Do I lose my text if I switch themes?","a":"No. Your title, subtitle, author, and date carry over when you change themes, so you can compare all three designs side by side."}]},{"slug":"pension-irp-tax-saving","category":"calc-convert","title":"Korean Pension Savings & IRP Tax Credit Calculator","tagline":"Estimate your Korean tax credit refund from pension savings and IRP contributions","emoji":"🧾","keywords":["Korean pension savings tax credit calculator","Korea IRP tax deduction","yeongeum jeochuk tax credit","Korea year-end tax settlement pension","IRP contribution limit Korea","Korea 9 million won pension deduction"],"intro":"Enter what you've paid into a Korean pension savings account (yeongeum jeochuk) and an IRP (Individual Retirement Pension) and this calculator estimates the tax credit refund you can expect at year-end settlement or when filing comprehensive income tax. It works for both wage earners and comprehensive income filers, automatically applying the correct credit rate for your income bracket (16.5% or 13.2%). All math runs in your browser, so your income details never reach a server.","howto":["Select your income type: 'Wage earner (year-end tax settlement)' or 'Comprehensive income filer'.","Enter your total salary or your comprehensive income amount.","Enter your annual contributions to pension savings and to your IRP separately.","Review your estimated refund and how much more you can still contribute before hitting the credit ceiling, then copy the results."],"faq":[{"q":"What are the tax credit limits for pension savings and IRP?","a":"Pension savings count for up to KRW 6 million per year, and the combined pension savings plus IRP ceiling is KRW 9 million per year. So if you max out pension savings at KRW 6 million, you can claim up to another KRW 3 million through your IRP."},{"q":"How is the credit rate determined?","a":"If your total salary is KRW 55 million or less (or comprehensive income of KRW 45 million or less), the rate is 16.5% including local income tax; above that it drops to 13.2%. The calculator picks the right rate automatically from the income you enter."},{"q":"Could the result differ from my actual refund?","a":"Yes. This is an estimate based only on the credit ceilings and rates. Your real refund can change depending on other deductions and credits or on your calculated tax liability, so treat the figure as a reference point."}]},{"slug":"personal-rehabilitation","category":"calc-convert","title":"Korean Personal Rehabilitation Payment Calculator","tagline":"Estimate your monthly repayment and discharged debt under Korea's personal rehabilitation system","emoji":"⚖️","keywords":["Korea personal rehabilitation calculator","gaein hoesaeng repayment estimate","Korean debt rehabilitation monthly payment","Korea minimum cost of living debt relief","Korea repayment ratio calculator","Korea disposable income debt plan"],"intro":"Enter your monthly income, household size, total debt, and repayment period, and this tool estimates your monthly repayment, total repayment, repayment ratio, and how much debt is likely to be discharged under Korea's personal rehabilitation (gaein hoesaeng) system, using the statutory minimum cost of living set at 60% of the standard median income. It's a quick way for anyone weighing a rehabilitation filing to gauge the burden ahead. All calculations happen in your browser, so your income and debt figures never reach a server.","howto":["Enter your average monthly after-tax income.","Enter your total debt principal.","Select your household size, including yourself.","Choose a repayment plan length (36, 48, or 60 months) and your estimate appears immediately."],"faq":[{"q":"Will the court approve the exact repayment ratio shown here?","a":"No. This is a rough estimate based on the minimum cost of living. The ratio actually approved depends on factors like the liquidation value guarantee principle and review by the rehabilitation commissioner."},{"q":"How is the minimum cost of living determined?","a":"It applies 60% of the standard median income published by Korea's Ministry of Health and Welfare, scaled to your household size."},{"q":"Is the income and debt information I enter stored?","a":"No. Everything is calculated inside your browser and nothing is sent to a server."}]},{"slug":"pet-age-converter","category":"calc-convert","title":"Pet Age Calculator","tagline":"Convert your dog's or cat's age into human years","emoji":"🐾","keywords":["dog age calculator","cat age calculator","dog years to human years","pet age in human years","cat years to human years","puppy age chart"],"intro":"Enter your dog's or cat's age and see it converted into human years. Because larger breeds age faster, the calculator factors in breed size (small, medium, or large) for a more realistic number — useful for understanding where your pet is in life and for framing questions before a vet visit. Everything is calculated instantly in your browser with nothing sent to a server.","howto":["Choose your pet type: dog or cat.","Enter your pet's actual age in years.","If you picked dog, also select the breed size: small, medium, or large.","Read the human-equivalent age displayed at the top."],"faq":[{"q":"Are dogs and cats converted differently?","a":"Yes. The first two years use the same scale for both, but after that cats and small dogs age about 4 human years annually, medium dogs about 5, and large dogs about 6."},{"q":"Why do I have to pick a breed size?","a":"Larger dogs age faster, so they convert to a higher human age at the same chronological age. Selecting the size gives you a more accurate result."},{"q":"Can I calculate for a pet under one year old?","a":"Yes. The first year of life is scaled to roughly 15 human years, so you can look up puppies and kittens too."}]},{"slug":"pre-post-savings-calculator","category":"calc-convert","title":"Korean Installment Savings Early/Late Payment Calculator","tagline":"Calculate your real maturity date and interest from early and late installment payments","emoji":"💰","keywords":["Korean installment savings calculator","seonnap iyeon calculator","6-1-5 rule savings Korea","Korea jeokgeum interest calculator","installment savings maturity date","Korea savings account strategy"],"intro":"This calculator models Korea's seonnap-iyeon strategy for installment savings accounts: pay some installments early and others late, and it tallies the resulting early-days and late-days totals to show whether your maturity date slips and exactly how much interest you'll earn before and after tax. Pick a well-known pattern like the 6-1-5 rule or the 1-11 rule, or edit each installment's actual payment date to build your own simulation — ideal for savers who park idle cash in a CMA account and want to squeeze maximum efficiency out of their savings interest. Everything is calculated in your browser, and the amounts and dates you enter never reach a server.","howto":["Enter your monthly deposit, the contracted annual interest rate, and the account opening date.","Pick a payment pattern: the 6-1-5 rule, the 1-11 rule, or standard on-time payments.","If you'd like, edit the actual payment dates directly in the installment table to build your own simulation.","Review your total early days and late days, your real maturity date, and pre-tax and after-tax interest, then copy the results."],"faq":[{"q":"What is the 6-1-5 rule?","a":"It's the best-known early/late payment strategy: you front-load six months' worth of deposits on the first installment, pay the remaining five months' worth on the seventh installment, and top up the balance on the final installment — maximizing your accumulated early days."},{"q":"What happens if my early days exceed my late days?","a":"As long as total early days are greater than or equal to total late days, your maturity date doesn't slip and you can close the account at maturity at the full contracted rate. This calculator shows that net difference right away."},{"q":"Can I change the payment date for individual installments?","a":"Yes. Edit any installment's actual payment date in the table and the pattern automatically switches to 'Custom,' with the results recalculated to match."}]},{"slug":"pregnancy-due-date-calculator","category":"calc-convert","title":"How Many Weeks Pregnant Am I? Due Date & Prenatal Schedule","tagline":"From your last period or conception date: your current week, trimester, and the 12, 16, 20, 28, and 36-week appointment dates","emoji":"🤰","keywords":["how many weeks pregnant am i","pregnancy due date calculator","pregnancy week by week calculator","prenatal appointment schedule","trimester calculator","20 week anatomy scan timing"],"intro":"Pick whichever date you know — the first day of your last period or your conception (ovulation) date — and Naegele's rule (LMP + 280 days) gives you the due date, how many weeks along you are today, your trimester, and the days remaining. A timeline lays out where each trimester starts and ends, and a table maps the appointments that actually go in the calendar: the 12-week NT scan, the 16-week quad test, the 20-week anatomy scan, the 28-week glucose test, and weekly checkups from 36 weeks, with dates already past marked as such. It's for planning the schedule before you're sitting in the clinic. All calculations run inside your browser, so the dates you enter are never sent to a server.","howto":["Choose the tab for the date you want to calculate from: last menstrual period (LMP) or conception (ovulation) date.","Select that date in the date field.","Your due date, gestational age, trimester, and days remaining appear automatically.","Review the trimester timeline and key prenatal checkups at weeks 12, 16, 20, 28, and 36, and copy the results if you need them."],"faq":[{"q":"How is the due date calculated?","a":"It follows Naegele's rule, adding 280 days (40 weeks) to the first day of your last menstrual period. If you enter a conception date instead, it converts that to an LMP equivalent by adding the typical 14 days to ovulation."},{"q":"How far off can it be from the actual birth date?","a":"This is an estimate — actual delivery commonly falls within about two weeks on either side of the due date. Confirm your dating with an ultrasound at your OB-GYN."},{"q":"Are the dates I enter saved on a server?","a":"No. Everything is processed in your browser, and no date information is ever transmitted or stored."}]},{"slug":"pregnancy-weeks-calendar","category":"calc-convert","title":"Pregnancy Week Calculator","tagline":"Find your current pregnancy week and due date from your last period","emoji":"🤰","keywords":["pregnancy week calculator","due date calculator","how many weeks pregnant am I","gestational age calculator","LMP due date","trimester calculator","pregnancy countdown"],"intro":"Enter the first day of your last menstrual period and instantly see how many weeks and days along you are, how many days are left until your due date, and which trimester you're in. Every calculation runs entirely in your browser and nothing is sent to a server, so expecting parents can check back as often as they like with complete privacy. It's especially handy for getting a rough idea of your gestational age and due date before your next prenatal appointment.","howto":["Click the field for the first day of your last menstrual period","Pick the date your last period started from the calendar","Your current week and day of pregnancy, days remaining, estimated due date, and trimester appear automatically at the top of the screen","Change the date any time to recalculate your pregnancy week for a different starting point"],"faq":[{"q":"How is the due date calculated?","a":"The tool adds 280 days (40 weeks) — the average length of a pregnancy — to the first day of your last menstrual period. This is the standard method, commonly known as Naegele's rule."},{"q":"Can my actual delivery date differ from this estimate?","a":"Yes. Depending on how regular your cycle is and when conception actually occurred, the estimate can be off by a couple of weeks. Always defer to the gestational age and due date your OB-GYN determines from an ultrasound measurement."},{"q":"Is the date I enter stored anywhere?","a":"No. Everything is calculated locally in your browser, and the date you enter is never transmitted to or saved on a server."}]},{"slug":"press-release-template","category":"doc-data","title":"Press Release Template Generator","tagline":"Enter a headline, the 5 W's and key takeaways to build a standard press release","emoji":"📰","keywords":["press release template","press release format","press release generator","how to write a press release","press release example","media release template","5 w's press release"],"intro":"Fill in your headline, release date, media contact details, key bullet points, and the who-what-when-where-why-how of your story, and this tool assembles a properly formatted press release you can use right away. It's built for PR managers and startup marketers who need a solid draft fast, right before distribution. Nothing you type leaves your browser — no data is sent to a server.","howto":["Enter your headline, the release date, and the media contact's name, email, and phone number.","Add your key takeaways one at a time to build the bullet list.","Fill in the who, what, when, where, why, and how fields to generate the body copy.","Review the finished press release and grab it with the copy button."],"faq":[{"q":"Is the press release I write saved on a server?","a":"No. Everything you type and every line of generated text stays in your browser and is never sent anywhere."},{"q":"Do I have to fill in all of the 5 W's and the H?","a":"The template still generates with blank fields, but the more of them you complete, the more natural and polished the body copy reads."},{"q":"How many key takeaways can I add?","a":"There's no limit — add or remove as many as you like. Three or so is the usual sweet spot."}]},{"slug":"promissory-note-discount","category":"calc-convert","title":"Promissory Note Discount Calculator","tagline":"See exactly what you net after the discount is deducted from a note's face value","emoji":"💴","keywords":["promissory note discount calculator","note discounting calculator","bank discount rate calculator","net proceeds calculator","discount interest formula","360 vs 365 day count","days to maturity calculator"],"intro":"When you cash in a promissory note before it matures, the interest for the remaining term is deducted up front from the face value. This tool figures out both the discount charge and your net proceeds — just enter the face value, the annual discount rate, and the issue and maturity dates. It's a quick way for treasury staff and small business owners to decide whether discounting a note is worth it. All math happens in your browser and nothing you enter is sent to a server.","howto":["Enter the note's face value and the annual discount rate (%)","Enter the note's issue date and maturity date","Choose the start date for the discount period (issue date, today, or a custom date) and the day-count basis (365 or 360 days)","Review the calculated discount charge and net proceeds, and copy them if you need to"],"faq":[{"q":"How is the discount charge calculated?","a":"The discount (the interest taken up front) equals face value × (annual discount rate ÷ 100) × (days in the discount period ÷ day-count basis). Your net proceeds are the face value minus that discount."},{"q":"What's the difference between a 365-day and a 360-day basis?","a":"365 days is the convention banks typically use, while 360 days is customary in private lending and note markets. With identical inputs, the basis you pick will shift the discount charge slightly."},{"q":"How do I choose the discount start date?","a":"You can base it on the issue date, today's date, or a date you specify yourself. The days remaining until maturity are counted from whichever start date you choose."}]},{"slug":"property-acquisition-tax","category":"calc-convert","title":"Korean Property Acquisition Tax Calculator","tagline":"Estimate Korea's acquisition tax for purchases, inheritance, gifts, and new builds, factoring in homes owned and regulated zones","emoji":"🏠","keywords":["Korea property acquisition tax calculator","Korean real estate acquisition tax","acquisition tax rate Korea","buying property in Korea taxes","Korea multiple home owner tax","Korea gift inheritance property tax","Wetax acquisition tax"],"intro":"This calculator estimates the acquisition tax, local education tax, and special rural development tax owed in South Korea when you acquire a home by purchase, inheritance, gift, or new construction. Enter the acquisition price, exclusive floor area, how many homes you already own, and whether the property sits in a regulated zone, and it applies South Korea's standard rate tables to show your projected tax bill instantly. Everything is calculated in your browser, so the amounts you enter are never sent to a server.","howto":["Enter the property's acquisition price (KRW) and exclusive floor area (㎡).","Select how the property is being acquired (purchase/pre-sale, inheritance, gift, or original acquisition of a new build).","For a purchase, set the number of homes you own and whether the property is in a regulated zone; for inheritance or gifts, check any applicable exemption or heavy-tax conditions.","Review the acquisition tax, local education tax, special rural development tax, and total due shown on screen, and copy the results if you need them."],"faq":[{"q":"Could the amount here differ from my actual tax assessment?","a":"Yes. This is an estimate based on South Korea's standard rate tables, and your real assessment can differ due to local government reductions, exemptions, or your individual circumstances. Confirm the exact figure through Wetax or your local city, county, or district office."},{"q":"Why is the rate so much higher for multiple-home owners?","a":"Under South Korea's heavy acquisition tax rules introduced in 2020, rates of 8–12% apply when you acquire a second or additional home in a regulated zone, or a third or additional home outside one. Selecting the number of homes you own and the regulated-zone status applies those higher rates automatically."},{"q":"Is the acquisition price I enter stored anywhere?","a":"No. All calculations happen inside your browser, and nothing is transmitted to or saved on a server."}]},{"slug":"proposal-outline-generator","category":"doc-data","title":"Proposal Outline Generator","tagline":"Instantly build a standard proposal outline for your type of business","emoji":"📋","keywords":["proposal outline","business proposal template","how to write a proposal","RFP response outline","project proposal structure","proposal sections list","proposal generator"],"intro":"Pick one of four project types — IT implementation, digital marketing, business partnership, or government/public bidding — and get a ready-to-use proposal outline with section headings and sub-items in one click. It's built for strategists, sales reps, and founders staring at a blank page. Everything is generated locally in your browser, so nothing you do here is sent to a server.","howto":["Choose the type of proposal you're writing (IT implementation, digital marketing, business partnership, or government/public bidding) from the dropdown at the top.","The matching top-level sections and sub-items appear on screen automatically.","Click the \"Copy full outline\" button to put the entire outline on your clipboard.","Paste it into Word, PowerPoint, Google Docs, or whichever tool you use and start filling in the skeleton."],"faq":[{"q":"Can I submit the generated outline as is?","a":"These outlines follow widely used industry conventions, but for a real proposal you should add, remove, or reword sections to match the client's RFP requirements or your company's template."},{"q":"Will other project types be added?","a":"Right now there are four: IT system implementation, digital marketing, business partnership, and government/public bidding. Switching types regenerates the outline instantly."},{"q":"Is anything I enter saved on a server?","a":"The tool works from a single dropdown selection with no text entry at all, and all processing happens in your browser — nothing is sent anywhere."}]},{"slug":"radial-gradient-generator","category":"color-design","title":"Radial Gradient Generator","tagline":"Build circular and elliptical CSS radial gradients with a live preview","emoji":"🎨","keywords":["radial gradient generator","CSS gradient generator","radial-gradient CSS","circle gradient CSS","CSS background gradient maker","gradient color stops"],"intro":"Create a circular or elliptical radial gradient and watch it update live as you adjust up to five color stops, the starting position, and the shape. It's made for designers and front-end developers who need clean CSS for backgrounds, buttons, and card designs. Everything renders instantly in your browser — no data is sent to a server.","howto":["Choose a circle or ellipse shape","Click the starting point for the gradient on the 3×3 position grid","Adjust the color and position (%) of each color stop, adding or removing stops as needed","Check the live preview, then copy the generated CSS"],"faq":[{"q":"How many color stops can I add?","a":"Anywhere from 2 to 5, and you can set the color and position of each one independently."},{"q":"How do I use the generated CSS?","a":"Hit the copy button to get a radial-gradient declaration you can paste straight into a background property."},{"q":"How is the position set?","a":"Click one of the nine keyword positions on the 3×3 grid — top left, center, bottom right, and so on."}]},{"slug":"real-estate-yield-calculator","category":"calc-convert","title":"Rental Property ROI Calculator","tagline":"Calculate cap rate and cash-on-cash return from price, financing, and rent","emoji":"🏢","keywords":["rental property ROI calculator","cap rate calculator","cash on cash return calculator","rental yield calculator","investment property calculator","cash flow calculator real estate","NOI calculator"],"intro":"Enter the purchase price, loan amount and interest rate, security deposit, monthly rent, and operating costs, and get your capitalization rate (cap rate) and cash-on-cash return (the yield on the money you actually put in) right away. It's built for first-time landlords and small investors sizing up an income property. All calculations run in your browser, so the figures you enter never reach a server.","howto":["Enter the property's purchase price and the security deposit you'll collect","Enter the loan amount and the interest rate (%)","Enter the monthly rent and your annual maintenance and operating costs","Review the cap rate, cash-on-cash return, total cash invested, and annual cash flow, then copy the results"],"faq":[{"q":"What's the difference between cap rate and cash-on-cash return?","a":"Cap rate is net operating income as a percentage of the full purchase price, ignoring financing. Cash-on-cash return is pre-tax net cash flow as a percentage of the money you actually invested, after the loan and deposit are backed out. Look at both to see how leverage is working for you."},{"q":"Are closing costs like transfer taxes and agent commissions included?","a":"No. The calculation currently accounts only for purchase price, loan, deposit, rent, and operating costs. Acquisition taxes, agent commissions, and other transaction costs aren't included, so your real cash outlay may be higher."},{"q":"Are the amounts I enter saved or transmitted?","a":"No. Everything is calculated inside your browser and nothing is sent to or stored on a server."}]},{"slug":"regex-text-extractor","category":"text-dev","title":"Regex Text Extractor","tagline":"Pull emails, URLs, numbers, and more out of any text with a regular expression","emoji":"🧩","keywords":["regex extractor","extract text with regex","email extractor","URL extractor","regex match tool","regex tester online","extract phone numbers from text"],"intro":"Hunting through a wall of text for every email address, URL, or phone number by hand is tedious. This tool extracts every match at once — pick one of the built-in presets for common patterns or write your own regular expression. The text you paste is processed entirely in your browser and never sent to a server.","howto":["Paste the text or document you want to extract from into the source text box.","Pick a preset — email, URL, IP address, phone number, or numbers — or type your own regex pattern.","Turn on the case-insensitive option if you need it, then review the matches and the match count in the results list below.","Copy individual matches, or use the \"Copy all matches\" button to grab the whole list at once."],"faq":[{"q":"Can I use my own regular expression?","a":"Yes. Choose \"Custom\" from the preset list, or just type your pattern straight into the pattern field."},{"q":"What happens if my regex is invalid?","a":"You'll see an error message on screen if the syntax is wrong. Fix the pattern and matching runs again immediately."},{"q":"Is the text I paste sent to a server?","a":"No. All matching is done inside your browser and your text never leaves your device."}]},{"slug":"regex-visualizer","category":"text-dev","title":"Regex Visualizer","tagline":"Breaks a regular expression into its parts and explains each one in plain English","emoji":"🔍","keywords":["regex explainer","regex visualizer","regular expression parser","explain regex pattern","regex syntax breakdown","regex cheat sheet tool"],"intro":"Regular expressions are short and powerful, but they can look like gibberish the first time you see one. This tool takes any pattern you paste in and splits it into its building blocks — capture groups, character classes, quantifiers, anchors, and more — then explains what each piece actually does, live as you type. Everything is parsed in your browser, so your pattern never leaves your machine. Whether it's an email validation regex or a pattern for parsing internal server logs, you can paste it in without worrying about where it goes.","howto":["Type or paste the regular expression you want to analyze into the input box.","Check the syntax tree below, where every token appears automatically in indented order.","Read each entry's [type] label and description to understand what that symbol does.","Tweak the pattern piece by piece and watch how group nesting (indentation) and quantifier interpretation change in real time."],"faq":[{"q":"Can I also test whether a string matches?","a":"No. This tool focuses on breaking down the structure of the expression itself, token by token, and does not include a separate match-testing feature for sample strings."},{"q":"Does it recognize advanced syntax like lookahead and lookbehind?","a":"Yes. Non-capturing groups (?:...), positive lookahead (?=...), negative lookahead (?!...), and lookbehind (?<=...) and (?<!...) are each broken out as their own entry with an explanation."},{"q":"Is my regex sent to an external server?","a":"No. Both the parsing and the explanations run entirely inside your browser, so even sensitive patterns stay private."}]},{"slug":"remove-blank-lines","category":"text-dev","title":"Blank Line Remover","tagline":"Strip out or collapse unwanted empty lines in your text in one click","emoji":"🧹","keywords":["remove blank lines","delete empty lines online","remove extra line breaks","text cleaner tool","collapse blank lines"],"intro":"Stray empty lines scattered through code or documents hurt readability and look messy when you paste them somewhere else. Paste your text here and this tool will either delete every blank line or collapse runs of consecutive blank lines down to one. All processing happens in your browser, so nothing you type is ever sent to a server.","howto":["Paste the text you want to clean up into the input box.","Choose a mode: \"Remove all blank lines\" or \"Collapse consecutive blank lines\".","If you like, turn on \"Trim whitespace on each line\" to clean up leftover spaces line by line.","Review the converted text in the output box and grab it with the copy button."],"faq":[{"q":"What's the difference between \"Remove all blank lines\" and \"Collapse consecutive blank lines\"?","a":"\"Remove all blank lines\" strips out every empty line without exception, while \"Collapse consecutive blank lines\" reduces multiple blank lines to a single one so your paragraph breaks stay intact."},{"q":"Are lines that contain only whitespace treated as blank?","a":"Yes. Lines holding nothing but spaces or tabs count as blank and will be removed or collapsed too."},{"q":"Is my text stored on a server?","a":"No. Everything runs inside your browser, and nothing you enter is transmitted anywhere."}]},{"slug":"rent-conversion-calculator","category":"calc-convert","title":"Jeonse–Monthly Rent Conversion Calculator (Korea)","tagline":"Convert between a Korean jeonse deposit and monthly rent, and check the legal conversion rate cap","emoji":"🏠","keywords":["jeonse to monthly rent calculator","korean rent deposit conversion","jeonse conversion rate","semi jeonse calculator","korea housing lease protection act rent cap","bank of korea base rate rent"],"intro":"This calculator converts between a jeonse deposit (the large lump-sum deposit used in Korean leases) and monthly rent, and tells you whether the conversion rate being applied exceeds the cap set by Korea's Housing Lease Protection Act. It's handy for tenants sizing up whether a landlord's offer is fair before a move, and for landlords negotiating semi-jeonse terms. Every amount you enter is calculated in your browser and never sent to a server.","howto":["Use the tabs at the top to pick a direction: \"Jeonse → Monthly Rent\", \"Monthly Rent → Jeonse\", or \"Find the Conversion Rate\".","Enter the figures you have — the existing deposit (jeonse amount) and the target deposit or monthly rent after conversion.","Enter the conversion rate you want to compare against plus the Bank of Korea base rate, and the result appears alongside the legal cap (base rate + 2.0%).","Hit \"Copy Result\" to copy the full breakdown as text for your records or to share it."],"faq":[{"q":"How is the legal conversion rate cap calculated?","a":"Under Article 7-2 of Korea's Housing Lease Protection Act, the cap is the Bank of Korea base rate plus a rate set by Presidential Decree (currently 2.0% per year). Rent charged above that cap is legally void."},{"q":"Does the legal cap also apply when converting monthly rent back into jeonse?","a":"It isn't strictly enforced the way a jeonse-to-monthly-rent conversion is, but you can still use it as a reference point to compare against market interest rates."},{"q":"Can I calculate a hybrid (banjeonse) deal that mixes a smaller deposit with monthly rent?","a":"Yes. On the 'Jeonse → Monthly' tab, just enter a lower target deposit — the difference is automatically converted into monthly rent, so hybrid deals work the same way."}]},{"slug":"resume-action-verbs","category":"text-dev","title":"Resume Action Verb Finder","tagline":"Strong resume verbs for leadership, technical, research, and process work — with example bullets","emoji":"💼","keywords":["resume action verbs","strong resume verbs list","resume power words","cv action verbs","resume bullet point examples"],"intro":"Instead of flat filler like \"responsible for\" or \"worked on\", this tool helps you find the punchy action verbs that actually catch a recruiter's eye. Browse verbs across four categories — leadership, engineering/implementation, data/research, and process/coordination — search them instantly, and copy a ready-to-use example bullet straight into your resume. All searching and copying happens in your browser, so nothing is sent to a server.","howto":["Pick a category tab: Leadership, Technical, Research, or Process.","Type a word or keyword into the search box (for example \"design\" or \"optimize\") and the list narrows down as you type.","Look over the definition and the sample resume bullet for any verb that fits.","Click \"Copy Example Bullet\" to grab the sentence and paste it into your resume."],"faq":[{"q":"Can I paste these example bullets into my resume as-is?","a":"They're meant as reference templates. Swap in your own accomplishments and real numbers before you use them."},{"q":"Can I search by meaning instead of the exact verb?","a":"Yes. Type a descriptive word like \"design\" or \"improve\" and the tool will surface verbs whose definitions match that idea."},{"q":"What if the search returns no results?","a":"Try another tab (Leadership, Technical, Research, or Process), or shorten your search term."}]},{"slug":"retirement-fund-calculator","category":"calc-convert","title":"Retirement Savings Calculator","tagline":"Calculate your retirement number, your shortfall, and how much to save each month","emoji":"🏖️","keywords":["retirement calculator","retirement savings calculator","how much do i need to retire","monthly savings for retirement","retirement shortfall calculator","retirement drawdown simulator"],"intro":"Enter your current age, target retirement age, expected living costs, inflation rate, and investment return, and this calculator works out the total nest egg you'll need at retirement, how far your current assets fall short, and the monthly savings required to close that gap. It also runs a year-by-year simulation showing when your money would run out, so you can see exactly where your retirement plan stands. Every calculation runs in your browser — your financial details are never sent to a server.","howto":["Enter your current age, your target retirement age, and your expected life expectancy","Enter your desired monthly living expenses (in today's dollars) and your current savings","Enter your expected inflation rate and your average annual investment return","Review your total retirement number, your shortfall, the monthly savings you need, and the year-by-year drawdown simulation"],"faq":[{"q":"Why does inflation get factored in?","a":"Your living costs at retirement will be higher than they are today by however much prices rise, so the calculator inflates your present-day expenses forward to your retirement year to find the amount you'll actually need."},{"q":"Is the same investment return used before and after retirement?","a":"Yes. The average annual return you enter is applied both to the growth of your assets before retirement and to whatever remains invested as you draw it down afterward."},{"q":"Are the amounts I enter stored anywhere?","a":"No. Every calculation happens inside your browser, and nothing is transmitted or saved."}]},{"slug":"salary-attachment-limit","category":"calc-convert","title":"Wage Garnishment Limit Calculator (Korea)","tagline":"Instantly see how much of a Korean salary can be garnished under the Civil Execution Act","emoji":"⚖️","keywords":["korea wage garnishment limit","salary garnishment calculator korea","korean civil execution act article 246","exempt from wage garnishment korea","how much of my salary can be garnished","provisional attachment salary korea"],"intro":"When wages become the target of debt collection or a provisional attachment in Korea, both employees and creditors want to know how much can actually be seized and how much is protected. This tool applies the bracket rules of Article 246 of Korea's Civil Execution Act exactly as written and instantly shows the protected amount alongside the garnishable amount. The salary figure you enter is calculated in your browser and never sent to a server.","howto":["Enter your monthly salary (gross or take-home) in the input box.","Check the maximum garnishable amount shown at the top of the screen.","Below that, see the portion protected from garnishment to guarantee a minimum standard of living.","Try different salary figures to compare how the limit shifts from bracket to bracket."],"faq":[{"q":"Is a monthly salary of 1.85 million KRW or less really exempt from garnishment?","a":"Yes. Under Korea's Civil Execution Act, any amount up to 1.85 million KRW per month is fully protected from garnishment to guarantee a minimum standard of living."},{"q":"Can a high earner have their entire salary garnished?","a":"No. Even above the 6 million KRW bracket, the protection is progressive: 3 million KRW plus half of the excess remains exempt from garnishment."},{"q":"Is the salary information I enter stored anywhere?","a":"No. Every calculation runs inside your browser, and nothing is transmitted or saved."}]},{"slug":"salary-negotiation-simulator","category":"calc-convert","title":"Salary Negotiation Simulator","tagline":"Gauge your odds before you ask, based on your raise target, performance rating, and tenure","emoji":"🤝","keywords":["salary negotiation calculator","raise percentage calculator","salary increase simulator","how much raise should i ask for","take home pay after raise"],"intro":"Enter your current salary, your target salary, your most recent performance rating, and your years of service, and this tool estimates the raise you're asking for, your likelihood of landing it, and how much your monthly take-home pay would actually go up after taxes. It's built for anyone heading into a salary conversation who wants a reality check on whether their number is realistic. All calculations run in your browser — your salary details are never sent to a server.","howto":["Enter your current salary and the salary you want to negotiate for, in KRW","Select your most recent performance rating (S through C) and enter your total years of service","Check the requested raise percentage and estimated success probability shown at the top","Use the projected increase in monthly take-home pay to fine-tune your negotiation target"],"faq":[{"q":"How is the success probability calculated?","a":"It starts from your performance rating as a baseline, lowers the odds as the raise you're asking for grows, and adds a small bump for longer tenure. It's a rough estimate and does not guarantee any real-world outcome."},{"q":"How is the take-home increase calculated?","a":"It assumes roughly a 16% deduction rate for Korea's four major insurances and income tax, then shows the approximate difference in monthly take-home pay."},{"q":"Should I go into a negotiation relying on this result alone?","a":"No — it's a simple estimate for reference only. What matters far more in a real negotiation is documented proof of your results plus market salary data for your industry."}]},{"slug":"salary-real-income-calculator","category":"calc-convert","title":"Korean Take-Home Pay Calculator","tagline":"See your net pay after Korea's four major insurances and income tax","emoji":"💰","keywords":["korea take home pay calculator","korean net salary calculator","korea 4 major insurance deduction","salary after tax korea","korean income tax calculator"],"intro":"Enter your gross monthly salary and your number of dependents, and you'll instantly see your estimated take-home pay after National Pension, National Health Insurance, long-term care insurance, employment insurance, income tax, and local income tax. It's built for employees in Korea who want a rough sense of what actually lands in their account before signing a job offer or heading into a negotiation. Your inputs are calculated in your browser and never leave your device.","howto":["Enter your gross monthly salary as a number.","Select your number of dependents, including yourself.","Review your estimated net pay on screen along with the itemized deductions (the four major insurances, income tax, and local income tax).","If you need a record, use the \"Copy Breakdown\" button to copy the results and save or share them."],"faq":[{"q":"Could this differ from the amount on my actual pay stub?","a":"Yes. This is a simulation using standard rates for the four major insurances and a simplified income tax table, so non-taxable allowances and company-specific deduction rules can make your real pay stub differ."},{"q":"How does the number of dependents affect the result?","a":"The more dependents you claim, the larger the reduction applied when calculating income tax, which lowers your estimated tax and raises your take-home pay accordingly."},{"q":"Is my salary information stored on a server?","a":"No. Every calculation happens inside your browser, and the salary details you enter are never transmitted or saved anywhere."}]},{"slug":"savings-windmill-calculator","category":"calc-convert","title":"Savings Ladder Calculator","tagline":"Simulate returns from opening a new savings account every month, ladder style","emoji":"🌀","keywords":["savings ladder calculator","cd ladder calculator","monthly savings interest calculator","compound savings simulator","korean savings windmill method","installment savings maturity calculator"],"intro":"A savings ladder (known in Korea as the \"windmill\" method) means opening one new fixed-term savings account every month so that, once the first term matures, a payout lands in your hands month after month while your money keeps compounding. Enter your monthly deposit, annual interest rate, term length, and tax option, and this calculator lays out the maturity value of each individual account plus a month-by-month table of accumulated interest and capital actually tied up. Everything runs in your browser, so the amounts you type are never sent to a server.","howto":["Enter the monthly deposit and annual interest rate for the new account you'll open each month.","Set the account term in months and the total simulation period in months.","Choose the tax treatment: standard, tax-preferred, or tax-free.","Review the per-account maturity breakdown and the monthly simulation table, then copy the results if you need them."],"faq":[{"q":"What exactly is a savings ladder?","a":"It's a savings strategy where you open one new fixed-term account every month. Once the first term is up, one account matures every month, and you can roll the principal and interest straight into a fresh account."},{"q":"How is the interest calculated?","a":"Pre-tax interest uses the simple-interest formula standard for installment savings accounts (monthly deposit x annual rate x weighting by months held), then the tax rate you selected is applied to get your after-tax interest. The presets follow Korean rates: 15.4% standard, 9.5% tax-preferred, and 0% tax-free."},{"q":"What does \"capital tied up\" mean in the table?","a":"It's your total deposits to date minus any principal already returned at maturity — in other words, how much of your money is actually sitting in the bank at that point in time."}]},{"slug":"sentence-case-converter","category":"text-dev","title":"Sentence Case & Title Case Converter","tagline":"Fix ALL-CAPS paragraphs and capitalize headlines by style-guide rules, with the options you control","emoji":"🔤","keywords":["sentence case converter","title case converter","capitalize my title","all caps to sentence case","headline capitalization","title capitalization tool","fix all caps text","capitalization checker"],"intro":"Built for writing rather than variable names. Sentence case mode rewrites a passage so each sentence starts with a capital after a period, question mark, or exclamation point — and an optional toggle forces the remaining letters lowercase, which is what rescues text pasted in ALL CAPS. Title case mode follows the convention writers expect: minor words such as a, the, of, in, and with stay lowercase, while everything else is capitalized, and one checkbox turns that off when your style guide capitalizes every word. Apostrophes are handled, so don't stays don't. snake_case and kebab-case are included for slugs. Need PascalCase, CONSTANT_CASE, or plain UPPERCASE with no options? The Case Converter covers all nine formats.","howto":["Type or paste the text you want to convert into the input box.","Pick a conversion mode: sentence case, title case, snake_case, or kebab-case.","Check any options you need, such as forcing the remaining letters to lowercase or capitalizing every word.","Review the converted text in the output box and grab it with the copy button."],"faq":[{"q":"How are articles and prepositions handled in title case?","a":"By default, short words like a, the, and, of, and in stay lowercase unless they're the first word. Turn on \"capitalize every word\" and every single word gets a capital letter, no exceptions."},{"q":"Does it work with non-Latin text like Korean?","a":"Sentence case and title case recognize Korean syllables and handle the first character after punctuation. snake_case and kebab-case split Latin letters, digits, and Korean characters into words and join them in lowercase."},{"q":"Is my text stored on a server?","a":"No. Every conversion happens instantly inside your browser, and nothing is transmitted or saved anywhere."}]},{"slug":"simple-gantt-chart","category":"doc-data","title":"Simple Gantt Chart Maker","tagline":"Visualize a project schedule from task names, dates, and progress","emoji":"📊","keywords":["gantt chart maker","free gantt chart online","project timeline creator","project schedule chart","simple gantt chart tool","task progress tracker"],"intro":"A no-fuss Gantt chart tool for when a spreadsheet just isn't cutting it and you want to see your project schedule instead of reading it. Enter a task name, start and end dates, and percent complete, and each task is plotted automatically as a bar on the timeline so you can take in the whole plan and its progress at a glance. Your data is calculated and rendered entirely in your browser and never sent to a server.","howto":["Start from the sample schedule as a reference, or clear it out and begin fresh","Fill in the form with the task name, progress (%), start date, and end date","Click \"Add task\" and the bar appears on the timeline above right away","Remove anything you don't need from the list below using the [x] button"],"faq":[{"q":"Can I save or share the Gantt chart I build?","a":"Right now it's meant for viewing live on screen. There's no save or export feature, so take a screenshot if you need to keep a copy."},{"q":"Does it handle overlapping tasks or lots of them at once?","a":"Yes. Every task you add is drawn as a bar from its start date to its end date, and the timeline automatically rescales to span the earliest and latest dates across all tasks."},{"q":"How does progress show up?","a":"Enter a number from 0 to 100 and the bar fills with color in proportion to how far along the task is, so you can read completion at a glance."}]},{"slug":"sleep-debt-calculator","category":"calc-convert","title":"Sleep Debt Calculator","tagline":"Log a week of sleep and see how much sleep debt you've piled up","emoji":"😴","keywords":["sleep debt calculator","sleep deprivation calculator","how much sleep am i missing","weekly sleep tracker","sleep deficit test"],"intro":"Enter your nightly sleep goal and how many hours you actually slept each day, and this calculator totals up the sleep debt you've accumulated over the week. It's useful for anyone — office workers, students, parents — wondering whether that constant fatigue and brain fog traces back to not getting enough rest. Your entries are calculated in your browser and never sent to a server.","howto":["Enter your target sleep goal per night, in hours.","Enter how many hours you actually slept for each day, Monday through Sunday.","Your total sleep debt for the week and a status rating (healthy / caution / at risk) appear instantly at the top.","If your debt is piling up, use the status guidance to plan how you'll catch up on rest."],"faq":[{"q":"Does sleeping longer than my goal reduce my debt?","a":"No. This calculator only accumulates the hours you fell short of your goal. Extra sleep doesn't cancel out debt, which follows the standard medical view on sleep deprivation."},{"q":"Is my sleep data saved anywhere?","a":"No. Everything is calculated inside your browser and nothing is transmitted to or stored on a server."},{"q":"How much sleep debt is actually dangerous?","a":"A weekly total of 0 hours is rated healthy, 1 to 7 hours is a mild caution, and 8 hours or more is flagged as a serious risk."}]},{"slug":"smoking-cessation-savings","category":"calc-convert","title":"Quit Smoking Savings Calculator","tagline":"See what quitting saves you — and what smoking costs in years of life","emoji":"🚭","keywords":["quit smoking savings calculator","cost of smoking calculator","how much money would i save if i quit smoking","cigarette cost calculator","smoking life expectancy calculator","benefits of quitting smoking calculator"],"intro":"Enter how much you smoke a day, the price of a pack, and how long you've been smoking, and you'll instantly see the estimated days of life lost so far along with how much money you'd save 1, 5, and 10 years after quitting. It's built for anyone weighing a quit date or who just wants the cost of the habit spelled out in dollars. Every calculation runs in your browser, so nothing you enter goes to a server.","howto":["Enter how many cigarettes you smoke per day.","Enter the price of a pack (20 cigarettes).","Enter the number of years of smoking (or quitting) you want to compare.","See your daily spend, estimated life expectancy lost, and your savings at 1, 5, and 10 years smoke-free."],"faq":[{"q":"How is the life expectancy loss calculated?","a":"It's based on the widely cited estimate that each cigarette shortens your life by about 11 minutes on average, multiplied by the total number of cigarettes implied by your daily count and the number of years you entered."},{"q":"How are the savings figures worked out?","a":"Your daily spend comes from your cigarettes per day and the pack price, and that figure is projected over 365 days a year to give 1-year, 5-year, and 10-year totals."},{"q":"Is anything I enter saved or transmitted?","a":"No. Every calculation happens instantly in your browser, with no server storage and no data sent anywhere."}]},{"slug":"social-media-banner-sizes","category":"color-design","title":"Social Media Image Size Guide","tagline":"Banner and profile pixel dimensions for YouTube, Instagram, X, and more","emoji":"📐","keywords":["social media image sizes","youtube banner size","instagram image dimensions","social media banner dimensions","profile picture size guide","tiktok image size","youtube channel art safe area"],"intro":"One place to look up banner, profile, and post image dimensions for every major platform — YouTube, Instagram, Twitter (X), Facebook, LinkedIn, and TikTok. Designers, marketers, and creators building channel art or profile pictures can pull exact sizes and safe areas without googling it for the hundredth time. Everything renders right in your browser with no server calls.","howto":["Pick the platform you're working on from the tabs at the top (YouTube, Instagram, X, Facebook, LinkedIn, TikTok).","Use the preview to see the aspect ratio of each banner or profile image along with its safe area (what's visible on mobile, what gets covered by UI, and so on).","Check the list below for the exact pixel dimensions and notes for each asset.","Hit the copy button to grab the full spec sheet as text and paste it into your design doc."],"faq":[{"q":"Why is the YouTube channel art safe area called out separately?","a":"The channel art banner (2560x1440px) crops differently on desktop, tablet, and mobile, so the guide also marks the 1546x423px center safe area to keep anything important from getting cut off on any device."},{"q":"Can I upload an image straight from this tool?","a":"This is a reference guide for dimensions and safe areas — it doesn't generate or edit image files. Build your image to the pixel sizes listed here, then upload it to the platform yourself."},{"q":"What's the best way to use these specs?","a":"Use the copy button to pull the full spec sheet for the selected platform and paste it into a design brief or working notes. It's an easy way to share sizes with your team or set up a Photoshop or Figma canvas."}]},{"slug":"speed-unit-converter","category":"calc-convert","title":"mph to km/h Converter — Copy Any Unit Instantly","tagline":"Type into whichever of the five boxes you already know and the rest recalculate instantly, each with its own copy button","emoji":"🚀","keywords":["mph to km/h","km/h to mph converter","knots to mph converter","m/s to mph converter","speed of light in km/h","earth escape velocity speed"],"intro":"Five boxes — m/s, km/h, mph, knots, and Mach — and you type into whichever one you already know; the rest recalculate the moment you do. Each box carries its own copy button, so you can grab just the unit you need rather than a whole block of text: handy for renting a car abroad, checking an aviation figure, or pasting one number into a spreadsheet. Reference constants for the speed of light, the speed of sound, highway speed limits, and Earth's escape velocity load with a single tap. Everything is computed in your browser and never sent to a server.","howto":["Type your value into the unit you already know (for example, mph)","The remaining m/s, km/h, knots, and Mach values are calculated and displayed automatically","Tap a reference button — speed of light, speed of sound, highway speed limit — to load that value instantly","Use the copy button next to any result to send that unit's value to your clipboard"],"faq":[{"q":"How is the Mach value calculated?","a":"Mach 1 is set to roughly 343 m/s, the speed of sound in dry air at 20°C (68°F)."},{"q":"What is a knot based on?","a":"One knot is a speed of one nautical mile (1,852 m) per hour, and it's the standard unit in aviation and at sea."},{"q":"Are the speeds I enter stored on a server?","a":"No — every conversion is calculated inside your browser, and nothing is sent to a server."}]},{"slug":"stock-average-calculator","category":"calc-convert","title":"Stock Average Cost Calculator","tagline":"Calculate your average cost per share and simulate averaging down","emoji":"📈","keywords":["stock average calculator","average cost per share calculator","averaging down calculator","cost basis calculator","dollar cost average calculator","how to lower average share price"],"intro":"Enter the price and share count for each of your purchases and this calculator works out your total cost basis, total shares held, and average cost per share. Set a target average and a price you'd buy at, and it also tells you exactly how many more shares you'd need to buy to hit that target. Every calculation runs in your browser, so your trade details never leave your device.","howto":["Enter your purchase history one row at a time with the price paid and number of shares (use \"+ Add purchase\" for more rows).","Your total cost, total shares, and average cost per share are calculated and displayed automatically.","Planning to average down? Enter your target average cost and the price you expect to buy at.","The tool calculates the extra shares and cash required, and the copy button exports the whole breakdown as text."],"faq":[{"q":"How does the averaging-down calculation work?","a":"It takes your current share count, current average cost, target average, and planned purchase price, then solves backward for the number of additional shares needed to reach that target. Your purchase price has to be below the target average for the average to come down at all."},{"q":"Why do I get an error saying the target average is unreachable?","a":"If the math produces a negative result — say your target is far below your current average, or your purchase price equals or exceeds the target average — the target can't be reached, so an error message is shown instead."},{"q":"Is my trade data saved?","a":"No. Everything is calculated inside your browser with no storage and no transmission to a server, so refreshing the page clears your entries."}]},{"slug":"stock-dividend-calculator","category":"calc-convert","title":"Dividend Calculator","tagline":"Figure out what you actually take home from your dividends after taxes","emoji":"💰","keywords":["dividend calculator","after tax dividend calculator","dividend income calculator","dividend payout calculator","quarterly dividend calculator","korean dividend tax 15.4"],"intro":"Enter your share count, dividend per share, payout frequency, and tax rate, and this calculator instantly shows your pre-tax and after-tax dividend income both per payment and per year. It's built for dividend investors who want to know what will actually land in their account rather than the headline number, and every calculation runs entirely in your browser, so nothing you type about your portfolio is ever sent to a server.","howto":["Enter the number of shares you own","Choose whether your dividend per share is a per-payment amount or an annual total, then enter the figure","Set the payout frequency (1, 2, 4, or 12 times a year) and your dividend tax rate","Review the pre-tax and after-tax amounts per payment and per year, then copy the results"],"faq":[{"q":"Where does the 15.4% default tax rate come from?","a":"It's the standard Korean dividend withholding rate (14% income tax plus 1.4% local income tax), used here as a default. If a different rate applies to you, just type your own number over it."},{"q":"Should I enter the annual total or the per-payment amount?","a":"Use the selector next to the dividend-per-share field to pick whichever figure you already know — per payment or annual total — and the calculator converts the other one for you based on the payout frequency."},{"q":"Are the amounts I enter stored on a server?","a":"No. Everything is calculated locally in your browser, and nothing is saved or transmitted anywhere."}]},{"slug":"stock-target-selling-calculator","category":"calc-convert","title":"Target Sell Price Calculator","tagline":"Work backward to the exit price that hits your profit goal after fees and taxes","emoji":"📈","keywords":["target sell price calculator","stock profit target calculator","break even stock price calculator","stock return calculator with fees","what price to sell stock to profit","trading commission tax calculator"],"intro":"Enter your buy price, share count, buy and sell commission rates, and transaction tax rate, and this tool works backward to the exact sell price that hits your target return — or your target dollar profit — on an after-tax basis. Instead of just showing a raw percentage gain on the sticker price, it subtracts your commission on the way in, plus commission and transaction tax on the way out, so the number matches the net proceeds that actually settle in your account. Everything is computed instantly in your browser, and the trade details you enter never leave your device.","howto":["Enter your buy price and the number of shares you bought.","Adjust the buy/sell commission rates and the transaction tax rate (%) to match your broker.","Choose whether your goal is a target return percentage or a target profit amount, then enter the value.","Check the calculated target sell price along with your net profit and net return, and copy the results if you need them."],"faq":[{"q":"Should I use a target return or a target profit amount?","a":"Pick the target return if you manage your positions in percentage terms, or the target profit amount if you're aiming for a specific dollar figure. Either way, the result is calculated after commissions and taxes are deducted."},{"q":"Why doesn't the result match a simple percentage gain on the sell price?","a":"This calculator solves for your goal using the money you actually receive — after buy commission, sell commission, and transaction tax — so it will differ from the plain (sell − buy) / buy formula."},{"q":"Why am I seeing an error message?","a":"If the sell commission rate and transaction tax rate add up to more than 100%, the sell price becomes mathematically unsolvable and an error appears. Double-check that your inputs are entered as percentages."}]},{"slug":"stock-yield-calculator","category":"calc-convert","title":"Stock Profit & Return Calculator","tagline":"See your real net return once commissions and transaction taxes come out","emoji":"📈","keywords":["stock profit calculator","stock return calculator","stock gain loss calculator","net return after fees calculator","trading fee calculator","securities transaction tax calculator"],"intro":"Enter your buy price, sell price, share count, commission rates, and transaction tax rate to instantly see the net profit or loss you actually walk away with, plus your net return percentage. It's made for individual investors who want the real number left over after brokerage fees and taxes, not the theoretical one. Every calculation happens locally in your browser, so the trade details you type are never sent to a server.","howto":["Enter your buy price and your sell price.","Enter the number of shares along with your buy/sell commission rates and transaction tax rate (the defaults reflect typical Korean brokerage figures).","Watch the net profit, net return, take-home proceeds, and cost breakdown update in real time.","Copy the results as text for your notes or trading journal."],"faq":[{"q":"Where do the default commission and tax rates come from?","a":"They're sample figures commonly seen at Korean brokerages — a 0.015% commission and a 0.18% securities transaction tax — and you can freely change them to match whatever your own broker charges."},{"q":"How is the net return calculated?","a":"Sell commission and transaction tax are subtracted from your gross proceeds, your total cost basis (purchase amount plus buy commission) is subtracted from that, and the result is divided by your total cost basis and shown as a percentage."},{"q":"Are my trade details stored on a server?","a":"No. Everything runs inside your own browser, and nothing is saved or transmitted."}]},{"slug":"stress-level-test","category":"calc-convert","title":"Stress Level Self-Test","tagline":"Score your stress in 10 questions, based on the PSS-10 scale","emoji":"😰","keywords":["stress test online","perceived stress scale pss-10","how stressed am i quiz","free stress assessment","stress level checker"],"intro":"Think back over the past month, answer 10 questions, and you'll get a stress score from 0 to 40 along with a rating of normal, moderate, or high. It's a quick way to get an objective read on your stress level if you've been feeling unusually on edge or can't seem to focus lately. Your answers are scored entirely in your browser and never sent to a server.","howto":["Read each question and think about how often you've felt that way over the past month.","Click one of the five answer buttons, from Never to Very Often.","Once all 10 questions are answered, the total score and stress level at the top of the screen update in real time.","Read the notes on the result card, and consider taking a break or talking to a professional if you need to."],"faq":[{"q":"Is this a medical diagnosis?","a":"No. It's a self-check reference tool modeled on the Perceived Stress Scale (PSS-10), which is widely used in psychology, and it is not a substitute for a medical diagnosis. If you score high, we recommend speaking with a professional."},{"q":"Why are some questions scored in reverse?","a":"A few questions ask about positive states such as confidence or feeling in control, so answering them more often actually means less stress. Those responses are reverse-scored — subtracted from 4 — before being added to the total."},{"q":"Are my answers saved or sent anywhere?","a":"No. Everything is calculated instantly inside your browser, and nothing is stored or transmitted externally."}]},{"slug":"superscript-subscript","category":"text-dev","title":"Superscript & Subscript Generator","tagline":"Turn numbers and letters into Unicode superscript or subscript characters","emoji":"🔤","keywords":["superscript generator","subscript generator","unicode superscript characters","exponent text converter","chemical formula subscript","small text generator"],"intro":"This tool converts numbers and letters into real Unicode superscript and subscript characters, like x² or H₂O. It's handy for writing formulas and chemical notation, or for styling social media bios and chat messages where you can't apply any formatting and only plain characters will do. Everything converts instantly in your browser, so the text you type is never sent to a server.","howto":["Type the numbers or letters you want to convert into the input box.","Choose superscript or subscript as the conversion type.","If you'd like, turn on the \"Remove unsupported characters\" option to drop anything that has no mapping from the result.","Use the copy button to grab the converted text shown below and paste it wherever you need it."],"faq":[{"q":"Can every character be converted to superscript or subscript?","a":"No. Unicode only defines a limited set of superscript and subscript characters, so some lowercase letters like c, d, f, and g — plus most capitals — have no subscript form. Those are either left as-is or dropped if you enable the removal option."},{"q":"Can I paste the result anywhere?","a":"Yes. The output is made of actual Unicode characters, so as long as the font supports them, you can paste it into messaging apps, social media, documents, or anywhere else that accepts text."},{"q":"Is the text I enter stored on a server?","a":"No. All conversion happens in your browser, and nothing is transmitted or saved."}]},{"slug":"svg-filter-mask","category":"color-design","title":"SVG Filter Generator","tagline":"Dial in blur, brightness, and more with sliders and get ready-to-use SVG filter code","emoji":"🎨","keywords":["svg filter generator","css filter generator","svg fecolormatrix","image filter code generator","custom svg filter tool"],"intro":"Adjust eight effects — blur, brightness, contrast, saturation, hue rotation, opacity, sepia, and invert — with sliders and see the result immediately on a circle, square, or star preview. When you like what you see, copy the finished effect as a <filter> SVG snippet along with a CSS usage example. It's a fast way for web designers and front-end developers to build custom filters with more precision than CSS filter alone offers. All processing happens in your browser and nothing is sent to a server.","howto":["Pick one of the preview shapes: circle, square, or star","Adjust the blur, brightness, contrast, saturation, hue rotation, opacity, sepia, and invert sliders","Watch the preview at the top apply your effects in real time","Hit the copy button to grab the finished SVG filter code and paste it into your HTML/CSS"],"faq":[{"q":"How is this different from the CSS filter property?","a":"An SVG <filter> is built by combining primitives like feComponentTransfer and feColorMatrix directly, which gives you finer, more flexible control than CSS filter on its own. The generated code can be applied straight from CSS with filter: url(#id)."},{"q":"Can I use the generated filter on real images?","a":"Yes. The preview uses a shape, but once you paste the copied SVG into your HTML, you can apply filter: url(#ut-custom-filter) to an img or any other element and get exactly the same effect."},{"q":"How do I reset everything back to the starting values?","a":"Click the reset button and every slider returns to its default: blur 0; brightness, contrast, saturation, and opacity at 1; hue rotation, sepia, and invert at 0."}]},{"slug":"svg-path-simplifier","category":"image-format","title":"SVG Path Simplifier","tagline":"Trim the decimals in SVG path coordinates to shrink your file size","emoji":"✂️","keywords":["svg optimizer","svg path simplifier","reduce svg file size","round svg decimals","compress vector file","clean up svg code"],"intro":"This tool cleans up the needlessly long decimal coordinates inside an SVG path's d attribute to cut down file size. SVGs exported from design tools often carry six or seven decimal places, and you can round them to whatever precision you want — or all the way to whole numbers — to optimize the output. Everything is processed entirely in your browser, so the code you paste in is never sent to a server.","howto":["Paste your full <svg> code or just a path's d attribute value into the input box.","Use the decimal-places slider to set the precision you want, or check \"Round to integers.\"","Compare the original and simplified previews and check how much size you saved.","Click \"Copy result\" to grab the simplified code and use it right away."],"faq":[{"q":"Will cutting decimals distort the shape?","a":"Rounding to just one or two decimal places usually leaves vector shapes visually identical while noticeably shrinking the file."},{"q":"Does it handle both a full SVG file and a bare path value?","a":"Yes. It automatically detects and processes complete markup with an <svg> tag as well as a standalone d attribute value."},{"q":"Does it work on SVGs with multiple paths?","a":"Yes. It finds every d attribute in the code at once and simplifies them all with the same settings."}]},{"slug":"svg-viewbox-editor","category":"image-edit","title":"SVG viewBox Editor","tagline":"Paste your SVG and tweak viewBox, width, and height with live preview","emoji":"🖼️","keywords":["svg viewbox editor","edit svg code online","svg resize tool","viewbox calculator","svg preview editor"],"intro":"Paste in SVG code and adjust the viewBox's minX, minY, width, and height — plus the width and height attributes — with simple number inputs while a live preview shows the result. It's useful for developers and designers who want to crop an icon, tighten up padding, or visually fix artwork that's getting clipped by a bad viewBox. All parsing and conversion happens inside your browser and nothing is sent to a server.","howto":["Paste your original SVG markup into the SVG code input box.","The viewBox values from your SVG are filled into the Min X, Min Y, Width, and Height fields automatically.","Tweak the numbers and watch the preview on the right update instantly.","Set the width and height attributes if you need them, then grab the finished SVG code with the copy button."],"faq":[{"q":"What happens if my SVG has no viewBox?","a":"If the viewBox attribute is missing, the tool estimates a starting viewBox from the width and height attributes and fills it in for you."},{"q":"Is the SVG I paste sent to a server?","a":"No. It's handled entirely in your browser using DOMParser and XMLSerializer, and nothing is transmitted externally."},{"q":"What happens if I paste invalid SVG code?","a":"If parsing fails or no SVG element can be found, an error message appears in the preview area."}]},{"slug":"target-heart-rate-karvonen","category":"calc-convert","title":"Target Heart Rate Calculator (Karvonen Formula)","tagline":"Find your target heart rate zones from your age and resting heart rate","emoji":"❤️","keywords":["target heart rate calculator","karvonen formula calculator","max heart rate calculator","heart rate zones by age","heart rate reserve HRR","fat burning heart rate"],"intro":"Enter your age and resting heart rate, and this calculator uses the Karvonen formula to work out your maximum heart rate and heart rate reserve (HRR), then maps out target heart rate ranges for every intensity level, from an easy warm-up all the way to the anaerobic threshold. It's built for anyone who wants to dial in the right intensity for cardio or fat-loss training. Everything is calculated right in your browser, so nothing you enter is ever sent to a server.","howto":["Enter your age in years.","Enter your resting heart rate in bpm (best measured first thing in the morning, before you get out of bed).","Your maximum heart rate and heart rate reserve (HRR) are calculated automatically.","Review the four target heart rate zones, from active recovery up to high-intensity anaerobic work."],"faq":[{"q":"How does the Karvonen formula actually work?","a":"It subtracts your resting heart rate from your maximum heart rate (HRmax = 220 − age) to get your heart rate reserve (HRR), multiplies that by the intensity percentage you're targeting, and adds your resting heart rate back in."},{"q":"How is this different from a plain age-based estimate?","a":"The Karvonen formula factors in your resting heart rate, which reflects your cardiovascular fitness. That gives you target zones tuned to your actual conditioning instead of a one-size-fits-all number."},{"q":"Which zone is best for burning fat?","a":"The 60–70% intensity range is generally considered the fat-burning aerobic zone, where your body relies most efficiently on fat for fuel."}]},{"slug":"text-whitespace-cleaner","category":"text-dev","title":"Whitespace Cleaner","tagline":"Strip extra spaces, tabs, and line breaks in one click","emoji":"🧹","keywords":["remove extra spaces","whitespace remover","convert tabs to spaces","remove line breaks from text","text cleaner online","trim whitespace"],"intro":"Paste in messy text and clean up the duplicate spaces, stray tabs, and unwanted line breaks with a single click. It's handy for normalizing code indentation to spaces or tabs, or collapsing document data onto one line. All processing happens entirely in your browser, so the text you paste never leaves your device.","howto":["Paste the text you want to clean into the source text box.","Click the button you need: collapse repeated spaces, convert between tabs and spaces, trim leading and trailing whitespace, remove all whitespace, or strip line breaks.","See the cleaned-up text instantly in the result box below.","Hit the copy button to grab the cleaned text from your clipboard."],"faq":[{"q":"Can I apply more than one cleanup at once?","a":"Each button applies one transformation at a time, but you can paste the result back into the input box and click another button to chain them together."},{"q":"Is my text stored on a server?","a":"No. Every transformation runs locally in your browser — nothing is uploaded or saved anywhere."},{"q":"Can I use it to convert tabs to spaces in code?","a":"Yes. The Tab ➔ 4 Spaces button swaps each tab character for four spaces, and the 4 Spaces ➔ Tab button converts them back."}]},{"slug":"time-card-calculator","category":"calc-convert","title":"Time Card Calculator (Korean Weekly Pay)","tagline":"Add up daily hours and breaks to get weekly pay plus Korea's weekly holiday allowance","emoji":"🕒","keywords":["time card calculator","weekly hours and pay calculator","korean weekly holiday allowance calculator","korea labor standards act pay","hourly wage calculator with breaks","clock in clock out calculator"],"intro":"Enter clock-in and clock-out times plus break minutes for each day, and the calculator totals your daily hours and weekly hours automatically. Add your hourly rate and it works out your base pay along with the Korean weekly holiday allowance (juhyu sudang), the extra day of pay that Korea's Labor Standards Act grants anyone working 15 or more hours a week — giving you a full weekly pay estimate. Everything is calculated in your browser, so your time records are never sent to a server.","howto":["Enter your hourly rate at the top of the page","Check the days you worked, then enter the clock-in time, clock-out time, and break length in minutes for each one","Review the daily hours and weekly total that are calculated for you automatically","Check your base pay, whether you qualify for the weekly holiday allowance, and your estimated gross pay — then copy the results if you need them"],"faq":[{"q":"How is the Korean weekly holiday allowance calculated?","a":"If your contracted hours reach 15 or more in a week, you qualify. The allowance is (total weekly hours ÷ 40) × 8 hours, capped at 40 hours, multiplied by your hourly rate — the standard method used under Korea's Labor Standards Act."},{"q":"Does it handle overnight shifts that run past midnight?","a":"Yes. If the clock-out time is earlier than the clock-in time, the calculator treats it as an overnight shift and adds 24 hours so your total hours stay accurate."},{"q":"Are my entries saved or sent anywhere?","a":"No. Everything is calculated in your browser, and refreshing the page clears all your entries. If you need a record, copy the results before you leave."}]},{"slug":"typography-modular-scale","category":"color-design","title":"Modular Scale Generator","tagline":"Generate a consistent type scale from a base size and ratio","emoji":"🔤","keywords":["modular scale generator","type scale generator","font size ratio calculator","css variables generator","tailwind font size config"],"intro":"Pick a base font size and a ratio — golden ratio, perfect fifth, and more — and this tool builds a nine-step type scale from XS to 5XL, previewing every step live as you tweak it. It's made for designers and front-end developers setting up a website's typographic system, and the output comes ready to copy as CSS custom properties or a Tailwind CSS config block you can drop straight into your project. Everything runs in your browser; nothing is sent to a server.","howto":["Enter your base font size in pixels.","Choose a ratio from the list, anywhere from 1.067 (minor second) up to 2.000 (octave).","Swap in your own preview text to see how each step reads at its real size.","Use the copy button to grab the generated CSS variables or Tailwind config and drop them into your project."],"faq":[{"q":"Which modular scale ratio should I pick?","a":"Text-dense sites usually work best with a tighter ratio like 1.125 or 1.25, while landing pages that need dramatic headline contrast suit 1.5 or the golden ratio (1.618). The live preview is the fastest way to compare them side by side."},{"q":"Why is the output in rem instead of px?","a":"rem respects the reader's default browser font size, which is better for accessibility, and it's the standard unit for responsive typography. The equivalent px value is shown alongside each step for reference."},{"q":"How do I use these values in a real project?","a":"Copy the CSS variables and paste them into your :root block, or copy the Tailwind output into the fontSize section of your tailwind.config file — either one works right away."}]},{"slug":"unused-annual-leave-pay","category":"calc-convert","title":"Unused Annual Leave Pay Calculator (Korea)","tagline":"Estimate payout for unused leave days based on Korean ordinary wage rules","emoji":"🏖️","keywords":["korean annual leave payout calculator","unused vacation payout calculator","korea ordinary wage calculator","tongsang imgeum leave pay","annual leave cash out korea","resignation leave settlement korea"],"intro":"If you're leaving a job with vacation days still on the books, or your Korean employer cashes out unused leave, this calculator shows what you can expect to receive. Enter your monthly base salary, fixed allowances, and annual bonus, and it derives your ordinary wage (tongsang imgeum) to compute your daily and hourly rate, then multiplies it by your unused leave days for an estimated payout. All calculations happen in your browser, so your salary details are never sent to a server.","howto":["Enter your monthly base salary and any fixed monthly allowances such as position or vehicle allowances","Enter your total annual bonus (it's divided by 12 and folded into your monthly ordinary wage)","Enter your contracted monthly hours (209 is standard for a 40-hour week) and the number of unused leave days you have left","Check the estimated total payout at the top of the page along with your daily and hourly rate, then copy the results"],"faq":[{"q":"Does the bonus count toward the leave payout?","a":"This calculator divides your annual bonus by 12 and includes it in your ordinary wage. Whether bonuses legally count as part of ordinary wage depends on your company's employment rules or collective agreement, so treat the result as an estimate."},{"q":"Where does the figure of 209 monthly hours come from?","a":"It's the standard Korean figure: 40 contracted hours plus 8 weekly holiday hours equals 48 hours a week, multiplied by the average number of weeks in a month (4.345). If your schedule differs, just enter your own number."},{"q":"Will the result match what I'm actually paid?","a":"Not necessarily — companies calculate ordinary wage differently, so this is an estimate for reference only. For an exact figure, check with your HR department or a certified labor attorney."}]},{"slug":"url-canonicalizer","category":"text-dev","title":"URL Canonicalizer","tagline":"Clean up URLs into canonical form and strip tracking parameters","emoji":"🔗","keywords":["url canonicalizer","canonical url generator","remove utm parameters from url","url cleaner","strip tracking parameters","sort query parameters"],"intro":"The URL Canonicalizer takes a cluttered link, strips out marketing trackers like utm_source, and applies canonicalization rules — sorting query parameters, lowercasing the hostname, dropping default ports — to give you a clean canonical URL. It's useful for SEO specialists, developers, and anyone who wants to scrub the junk off a link before sharing it. Everything runs in your browser, so the URLs you paste are never sent to a server.","howto":["Paste the URL you want to canonicalize into the input box.","Toggle the options you need: strip trackers, sort parameters, remove the trailing slash, force HTTPS, and drop default ports.","Check the canonical URL in the results area, along with the list of changes that were applied.","Click copy and use your clean URL right away."],"faq":[{"q":"Which tracking parameters get removed?","a":"Every parameter starting with utm_, plus fbclid, gclid, msclkid, yclid, affiliate, and ref are stripped automatically."},{"q":"Are the URLs I enter stored on a server?","a":"No. All canonicalization runs in browser-side JavaScript and nothing is sent anywhere."},{"q":"Can I paste a URL without a protocol?","a":"Yes. If there's no http:// or https:// on the front, http:// is added automatically before processing."}]},{"slug":"vat-simple-calculator","category":"calc-convert","title":"VAT Calculator: Any Rate, 5-21% Presets","tagline":"One-click presets for 5, 8, 10, 19, 20, and 21% VAT, with results kept to two decimals","emoji":"🧾","keywords":["vat calculator","add vat calculator","remove vat from gross","reverse vat calculator","20 percent vat calculator","21 percent vat calculator","net to gross vat","vat rate presets"],"intro":"Add VAT on top of a net price, or work backward from a gross price to separate the net amount and the tax. Tap a preset for 5, 8, 10, 19, 20, or 21% to match the country you're invoicing, or type any rate you like. Results are currency-agnostic and keep two decimal places, so nothing gets rounded away on cross-border invoices, partial line items, or unit pricing. Net, VAT, and gross update as you type, and 'Copy results' gives you a labeled plain-text breakdown. Everything runs in your browser and no amount you enter is ever sent to a server.","howto":["Choose your direction: 'Net → Gross' to add VAT, or 'Gross → Breakdown' to back it out.","Enter the amount, then type in your VAT rate or click one of the 5, 8, 10, 19, 20, or 21% presets.","The net amount, VAT, and gross total update in real time.","Click 'Copy results' if you want the breakdown as plain text."],"faq":[{"q":"What's the difference between adding and removing VAT?","a":"'Net → Gross' multiplies your pre-tax amount by the rate and adds the VAT to give you the gross total. 'Gross → Breakdown' works in reverse, taking a tax-inclusive amount and splitting it into the net amount and the VAT."},{"q":"Can I use rates other than 10%?","a":"Yes. There are presets for 5%, 8%, 19%, 20%, and 21%, and you can type any rate you like straight into the input field."},{"q":"Are the amounts I enter sent anywhere?","a":"No. Everything is calculated inside your browser and no data is transmitted to a server."}]},{"slug":"waist-to-hip-ratio","category":"calc-convert","title":"Waist-to-Hip Ratio (WHR) Calculator","tagline":"Get your WHR and abdominal obesity risk from two measurements","emoji":"📏","keywords":["waist to hip ratio calculator","whr calculator","belly fat risk calculator","who obesity guidelines","waist hip ratio chart"],"intro":"Enter your waist and hip measurements and this calculator works out your waist-to-hip ratio (WHR) using WHO guidelines, then tells you where your abdominal obesity risk falls for your sex. It's a quick way for anyone to check the health risks tied to body fat distribution. Everything is calculated instantly in your browser, so your measurements are never sent to a server.","howto":["Select your sex (male or female).","Choose whether you're measuring in centimeters or inches.","Enter your waist and hip circumference.","See your WHR and risk level (low, moderate, or high) right away."],"faq":[{"q":"How do I measure my waist and hips correctly?","a":"Stand up straight and measure your waist at its narrowest point, just above the navel, and your hips at their widest point."},{"q":"What standard do the risk levels follow?","a":"They follow World Health Organization (WHO) guidelines, which set the low-risk threshold at 0.90 for men and 0.80 for women."},{"q":"Does this ratio still make sense for pregnant women or people with a very muscular midsection?","a":"Not really — pregnancy and a heavily muscled abdomen can skew the number even when fat distribution is healthy, so treat the WHR result as a rough reference and cross-check with something like a body composition test in those cases."}]},{"slug":"web-grid-layout-designer","category":"text-dev","title":"CSS Grid Layout Generator","tagline":"Tweak columns, rows, and gaps to generate CSS Grid code instantly","emoji":"🔲","keywords":["css grid generator","css grid layout generator","grid-template-columns generator","css grid builder","grid layout maker","css grid code generator"],"intro":"A CSS Grid layout builder for front-end developers and web designers. Set the number of columns and rows, size each track (1fr, fixed px, auto, minmax, and more), and adjust the gap using sliders and dropdowns — the preview updates live, and you can copy the finished CSS and HTML straight into your project. Everything is calculated in your browser, and no data is ever sent to a server.","howto":["Use the sliders to set the number of Columns and Rows, anywhere from 1 to 6 each.","Adjust the Gap slider to set the spacing between grid items, from 0 to 40px.","Under column sizing and row sizing, pick the unit you want for each track — 1fr, 2fr, fixed px, auto, minmax, and so on.","Check the preview, then hit the \"Copy Code\" button at the bottom to grab the finished CSS/HTML."],"faq":[{"q":"Can I use the generated code as-is in a real project?","a":"Absolutely. It's standard CSS Grid code built around the grid-container and grid-item classes, so you can paste it in and just rename the classes or change the number of items to suit your markup."},{"q":"Can I create more than 6 columns or rows?","a":"The sliders currently top out at 6. If you need more tracks, just extend the grid-template-columns/rows values in the copied CSS by hand."},{"q":"What does minmax(100px, 1fr) actually do in grid-template-columns?","a":"It guarantees the column never shrinks below 100px while still letting it stretch flexibly at a 1fr ratio when there's extra space — which keeps content from getting cramped in responsive layouts."}]},{"slug":"web-safe-font-preview","category":"color-design","title":"Web Safe Font Preview","tagline":"Compare 15 web safe fonts side by side with your own text","emoji":"🔤","keywords":["web safe fonts","font preview tool","css font stack","font-family comparison","fallback fonts css","test fonts online"],"intro":"Web Safe Font Preview lets you type your own text and see it rendered in 15 fonts that ship with virtually every operating system — Arial, Georgia, Courier New, and more — all side by side. It's handy for developers and designers picking a typeface they can use safely without loading a font file: you get the exact font-family value to copy, plus sliders for size, weight, and letter spacing. All rendering happens in your browser, and the text you type never leaves your device.","howto":["Type any sentence into the preview text field.","Filter by category using the Sans-serif, Serif, Monospace, and Cursive tabs.","Fine-tune the look with the font size, line height, and letter spacing sliders, plus the bold and italic checkboxes.","Copy the font-family value shown at the bottom of each font card straight into your CSS."],"faq":[{"q":"What exactly is a web safe font?","a":"It's a typeface that comes preinstalled on nearly every Windows and macOS machine, so it renders reliably for any visitor without downloading a font file."},{"q":"Could a font look different on someone else's screen?","a":"Yes — rendering varies slightly depending on the visitor's OS and which fonts are installed, so it's always smart to include fallback fonts in your font-family stack."},{"q":"Is the text I type saved anywhere?","a":"No. Every preview is rendered locally in your browser and nothing is sent to a server."}]},{"slug":"wholesale-retail-calculator","category":"calc-convert","title":"Wholesale to Retail Margin Calculator","tagline":"Get discount rate, markup, and true margin from your retail and wholesale prices","emoji":"🏷️","keywords":["wholesale to retail margin calculator","markup calculator","profit margin calculator","wholesale price calculator","retail pricing calculator","cost markup and margin"],"intro":"Enter your suggested retail price, wholesale cost, and any extra expenses like shipping or packaging, and you'll instantly see the wholesale discount rate, the retail markup percentage, and your true margin — both in dollars and as a percentage — after those expenses come out. It's built for online sellers, dropshippers, and anyone sourcing inventory who needs a fast read on per-product profitability. Every calculation runs in your browser, so your pricing data never touches a server.","howto":["Enter the suggested retail price.","Enter your wholesale cost per unit.","Enter any other expenses — shipping, packaging, handling, and the like.","Read the wholesale discount rate, markup percentage, and your true margin and margin rate after expenses at the top."],"faq":[{"q":"What's the difference between discount rate and markup percentage?","a":"The discount rate measures how far below retail you bought (the gap as a percentage of the retail price), while markup measures how much profit you added on top of cost (the gap as a percentage of the wholesale price). The same dollar spread produces two different percentages because the baseline is different."},{"q":"What goes into the true margin figure?","a":"It's the retail price minus your wholesale cost and the other expenses you entered, like shipping and packaging. Marketplace fees and payment processing aren't factored in separately — add those to the other expenses field if you want a true net profit number."},{"q":"Is my pricing data saved?","a":"No. Everything is calculated instantly in your browser and nothing is transmitted or stored."}]},{"slug":"widmark-calculator","category":"calc-convert","title":"Widmark Formula BAC Calculator","tagline":"Estimate blood alcohol content from sex, body weight, drinks, and time elapsed","emoji":"🍺","keywords":["widmark formula calculator","blood alcohol content calculator","bac calculator","estimate bac from drinks","korea dui limit calculator","alcohol metabolism calculator"],"intro":"Enter your sex, body weight, what and how much you drank, and how long ago, and this tool estimates your blood alcohol content (BAC) using the Widmark formula. It calculates your alcohol intake from the standard serving size and ABV of soju, beer, makgeolli, and liquor, factors in your hourly elimination rate, and shows your current estimated BAC alongside whether it would meet Korea's license suspension or license revocation thresholds. Everything is calculated in your browser and nothing is sent to a server.","howto":["Enter your sex and body weight in kilograms.","Choose what you drank — soju, beer, makgeolli, or liquor — and how many glasses.","Enter how much time has passed since you finished drinking.","Check your estimated BAC and how it compares to the legal thresholds, shown at the top of the screen."],"faq":[{"q":"Will this match what a real breathalyzer reads?","a":"No. The Widmark formula is an estimate built on statistical averages, and your actual BAC can differ substantially based on your body composition, metabolism, and drinking habits. Treat the result as a rough reference only."},{"q":"If the result comes in under the legal limit, am I okay to drive?","a":"No. The number is only an estimate, real blood alcohol levels vary widely between individuals and keep changing over time. Never drive after drinking, no matter what this calculator says."},{"q":"Is anything I enter stored or sent anywhere?","a":"No. Every calculation happens entirely in your browser — nothing is transmitted or saved."}]},{"slug":"word-cloud-generator","category":"generators-qr","title":"Word Cloud Generator","tagline":"Paste any text and get a word cloud image sized by word frequency","emoji":"☁️","keywords":["word cloud generator","free word cloud maker","tag cloud generator","text frequency analysis","word cloud from text"],"intro":"Paste in a long article, a document, or meeting notes and get back a word cloud where the more often a word appears, the bigger it shows up. It's ready to drop into a presentation, a blog thumbnail, or a survey results summary. Both the text analysis and the image rendering happen entirely in your browser, so nothing you paste is ever sent to a server.","howto":["Paste the text you want to analyze into the input box.","Adjust the minimum word length, the maximum number of words to display, and the stop words to exclude as needed.","Pick a color theme — Ocean, Sunset, Forest, Neon, or Monochrome.","Click \"Generate Word Cloud\" to see the result, then download it as a PNG."],"faq":[{"q":"Does it work with non-English text?","a":"Yes. It handles both English and Korean, and common Korean particles are already in the stop word list so grammatical markers don't dominate the cloud."},{"q":"Is the text I paste stored on a server?","a":"No. All analysis and image rendering happens in your browser, and your text is never sent anywhere."},{"q":"What if there are too many words or they overlap?","a":"Lower the maximum word count or raise the minimum word length for a cleaner, more readable result."}]},{"slug":"world-clock","category":"calc-convert","title":"World Clock","tagline":"See the current time in Seoul, New York, London, and other major cities live","emoji":"🌍","keywords":["world clock","current time in other countries","time zone converter","world time zones","gmt offset","meeting time across time zones"],"intro":"When you're scheduling a call with an overseas team or wondering what time it is where you're headed, this tool shows the current time in multiple cities on one screen. Search by city name or time zone to jump straight to the ones you care about. Everything is calculated instantly in your browser — no information is sent to a server.","howto":["Open the page and the current time in Seoul, Tokyo, New York, London, Paris, Sydney, and Los Angeles appears automatically.","Type a city name or time zone into the search box (for example, Seoul or London) to filter down to just what you need.","Each card shows the GMT offset, the current time in hours, minutes, and seconds, plus the day of the week and date.","The clocks tick every second, so you can leave the page open without refreshing."],"faq":[{"q":"Do the clocks update in real time?","a":"Yes, they refresh automatically every second so you're always looking at the current time."},{"q":"Is daylight saving time accounted for?","a":"Yes. The tool uses your browser's internationalization API, so each region's daylight saving rules are automatically reflected in the GMT offset and the time shown."},{"q":"Can I add other cities?","a":"Right now the tool covers a preset list of major cities — Seoul, Tokyo, New York, London, Paris, Sydney, and Los Angeles — and the search box filters among those."}]},{"slug":"youth-housing-subscription","category":"calc-convert","title":"Korean Youth Housing Dream Savings Account Interest Calculator","tagline":"Compare after-tax interest on a standard vs. youth-preferential housing savings account","emoji":"🏠","keywords":["korea youth housing dream account","korean housing subscription savings interest","youth preferential savings account korea","cheongyak savings account calculator","korea housing savings tax exemption"],"intro":"Enter your monthly deposit, savings term, and interest rates, and this calculator works out the simple interest on both a standard Korean housing subscription savings account and the Youth Housing Dream (youth-preferential) version, showing the after-tax difference between them. It's aimed at young workers in Korea who are weighing whether the youth-preferential account is worth opening and want to see how much more they'd actually take home. Every calculation runs in your browser, so the figures you enter never leave your device.","howto":["Enter your agreed monthly deposit in Korean won.","Enter the savings term in months — up to 120 months.","Enter the interest rate for the standard account and the youth-preferential account (defaults are 2.8% and 4.3%).","See the total extra after-tax interest you'd gain by switching to the youth-preferential account, plus the after-tax interest for each, right at the top."],"faq":[{"q":"How is the interest calculated?","a":"It's calculated like a regular installment savings plan: each monthly deposit earns simple interest for the number of months remaining in the term. The standard account has the full 15.4% Korean interest income tax applied, while the youth-preferential account is tax-exempt on the first 5 million won of interest, with only the excess taxed at 15.4%."},{"q":"Can I change the rates or the tax-exempt cap myself?","a":"You can edit the interest rate fields freely to simulate updated product terms or the specific rate you qualify for. The 5 million won tax-exempt cap and the 15.4% tax rate, however, are fixed in the formula."},{"q":"Does it tell me the actual eligibility requirements?","a":"The bottom of the page outlines the general eligibility criteria for the Youth Housing Dream account — annual income of 50 million won or less, ages 19 to 34, and so on — but always confirm the current terms with your bank or the relevant Korean agency."}]},{"slug":"youth-leap-account","category":"calc-convert","title":"Korean Youth Leap Account (Cheongnyeon Doyak) Calculator","tagline":"Estimate your 5-year maturity payout from your monthly deposit and income bracket","emoji":"💰","keywords":["korea youth leap account calculator","cheongnyeon doyak gyejwa","korea youth savings government contribution","youth leap account maturity amount","korea youth savings income bracket"],"intro":"The Youth Leap Account is a 5-year Korean savings product designed to help people aged 19 to 34 build assets, with government matching contributions that scale to your monthly deposit and income bracket. Enter your deposit, interest rate, and income bracket, and this calculator instantly shows your projected maturity payout — principal, interest, and government contribution combined. Everything is calculated in your browser and nothing is sent to a server.","howto":["Enter how much you'll deposit each month (up to 700,000 won).","Enter the savings interest rate (%) that applies to you.","Select your annual income bracket.","Your projected 5-year maturity payout and your net interest and contribution benefit appear automatically at the top."],"faq":[{"q":"Does every income bracket receive the government contribution?","a":"No. Matching contributions are only paid up to the 60 million won annual income bracket. Above that, you get the tax exemption benefit but no government contribution."},{"q":"Will this match what my bank actually pays out?","a":"No — it's a reference estimate. Actual rates, preferential conditions, and how the contribution is calculated can vary by bank and by when you enroll, so confirm the exact figure with your bank."},{"q":"Is my income or deposit information saved?","a":"No. Every calculation runs entirely in your own browser and nothing is transmitted to or stored on any server."}]},{"slug":"portfolio-rebalancing","category":"calc-convert","title":"Portfolio Rebalancing Calculator","tagline":"Calculate how much to buy or sell to hit your target allocation","emoji":"⚖️","keywords":["portfolio rebalancing calculator","asset allocation calculator","how to rebalance my portfolio","target allocation calculator","rebalance with new contributions","investment portfolio tracker","stock bond allocation calculator"],"intro":"Enter the current value and target allocation of each holding you own — stocks, bonds, cash, and more — and this calculator works out exactly how much of each you need to buy or sell to get back to your target weights. You can also factor in new money you plan to contribute, which makes it handy for individual investors who review their asset allocation on a regular schedule. Every amount you type stays in your browser and is never sent to a server.","howto":["Enter each holding's name, current value, and target allocation (%) on its own row.","If you're adding new money, enter the amount in the \"New Contribution\" field.","Check that your target allocations add up to 100% (adjust them if you see a warning), and add or remove holdings until the mix looks right.","Review the buy/sell amount for each holding and click \"Copy Rebalancing Plan\" to copy the results."],"faq":[{"q":"What happens if my target allocations don't add up to 100%?","a":"You'll see a warning, but the calculator still runs the numbers. For an accurate rebalance, though, we recommend getting your targets to add up to exactly 100%."},{"q":"How is a new contribution factored in?","a":"The calculator adds your new contribution to your current total portfolio value, then applies your target allocations to that combined figure. That way it also tells you how much of the new money should go into each holding."},{"q":"Is the portfolio information I enter saved or transmitted anywhere?","a":"No. Everything is calculated in your browser — nothing is sent to a server or stored."}]},{"slug":"simple-calculator","category":"calc-convert","title":"Online Calculator","tagline":"A free web calculator for basic math and percentages","emoji":"🧮","keywords":["online calculator","free calculator","simple calculator","basic calculator online","percentage calculator","web calculator","calculator with history"],"intro":"A straightforward online calculator that handles addition, subtraction, multiplication, and division, plus percentages and sign flipping. You can type with your keyboard instead of clicking, and your last 20 calculations are kept in a history list so you can pull any of them back up with a single click. Everything runs in your browser — nothing is sent to a server.","howto":["Enter a value using the number buttons or your keyboard's number keys.","Pick an operator (+, -, ×, ÷) and enter the next value.","Press the = button (or the Enter key) to see the result.","Click any entry in the history list on the right to load it again, or use the copy button to grab the result."],"faq":[{"q":"Where is my calculation history stored?","a":"It's only shown temporarily on screen — nothing is sent to a server or saved. Refresh the page and the history is gone."},{"q":"Can I use my keyboard?","a":"Yes. The number keys work, along with +, -, *, /, %, Enter, Backspace, and Esc."},{"q":"Can it handle complex expressions with parentheses?","a":"No. This calculator follows standard order of operations — multiplication and division before addition and subtraction — but it doesn't support parentheses."}]},{"slug":"unix-timestamp-converter","category":"calc-convert","title":"Epoch Precision Converter (Seconds to Nanoseconds)","tagline":"Auto-detects the unit from digit count, adds relative time and ISO 8601, and handles negative pre-1970 values","emoji":"⏱️","keywords":["epoch converter","nanosecond timestamp converter","microsecond to date","iso 8601 converter","negative unix timestamp","timestamp unit auto detect"],"intro":"A developer's epoch converter that reads the unit off the digit count alone — seconds, milliseconds, microseconds, or nanoseconds — and names the unit it detected on screen, so you're never guessing which one it assumed. Results come back as local time, UTC, ISO 8601, and a relative reading like \"3 hours from now\"; feed it a negative number and you'll get dates before 1970. Going date → timestamp, you can use the date picker or type the year, month, day, hour, minute, and second by hand, and all four unit values appear with their own copy buttons. The live clock at the top refreshes every 100 ms and pauses when you need to freeze a value. All conversions happen in your browser.","howto":["Type a number like 1773532533 into the timestamp field at the top — the unit (seconds, milliseconds, microseconds, or nanoseconds) is detected automatically from the digit count.","Click \"Use Current Time\" to drop in the timestamp for right now.","The results show your local time, UTC, ISO 8601 format, and a relative time (for example, \"in 3 hours\"), each with its own copy button.","To convert the other way, use the \"Date → Timestamp\" section and either pick a date with the date picker or switch to the tab for entering year, month, day, hour, minute, and second directly."],"faq":[{"q":"How does it tell seconds from milliseconds and other units?","a":"It goes by the number of digits you enter. Up to 11 digits is treated as seconds, up to 14 as milliseconds, up to 17 as microseconds, and anything longer as nanoseconds."},{"q":"Can I enter negative timestamps?","a":"Yes. Negative values represent dates before January 1, 1970, and they work fine here."},{"q":"Are the timestamps or dates I enter sent anywhere?","a":"No. Every conversion is calculated instantly in your browser with JavaScript — nothing is sent to a server."}]},{"slug":"fuel-economy-converter","category":"calc-convert","title":"Fuel Economy Converter","tagline":"Convert fuel efficiency values bidirectionally across km/L, L/100km, and MPG","emoji":"🚗","keywords":["fuel economy","fuel converter","mpg to km/L","L/100km to mpg"],"intro":"A utility to convert fuel efficiency units bidirectionally among km/L, L/100km, and MPG (US/UK). Easily calculate fuel consumption standards across countries.","howto":["Enter a value in any of the fuel efficiency input fields.","Select the desired output standard or view the converted values instantly.","Compare fuel efficiency standards directly on the visual conversion grid."],"faq":[{"q":"What is the difference between US MPG and UK MPG?","a":"The UK gallon is larger than the US gallon (approx 4.54L vs 3.78L). Therefore, UK MPG is higher for the same fuel efficiency."},{"q":"Does a higher number always mean better fuel economy, even for L/100km?","a":"No — for km/L (and MPG), a bigger number means better mileage, but for L/100km it's the opposite: a smaller number means the car uses less fuel. Keep that direction in mind when comparing units."},{"q":"Does a higher number always mean better fuel economy, even for L/100km?","a":"No — for km/L (and MPG), a bigger number means better mileage, but for L/100km it's the opposite: a smaller number means the car uses less fuel. Keep that direction in mind when comparing units."}]},{"slug":"json-key-case-converter","category":"text-dev","title":"JSON Key Case Converter","tagline":"Convert JSON keys recursively to camelCase, snake_case, PascalCase, or kebab-case","emoji":"🔤","keywords":["json keys","camelcase json","snakecase json","json converter"],"intro":"Recursively converts keys inside a JSON object to camelCase, snake_case, PascalCase, or kebab-case. Extremely useful for formatting payload interfaces.","howto":["Paste your JSON string into the input box.","Select the target naming case style.","Click convert and copy the cleaned JSON structure."],"faq":[{"q":"Does it support deep objects?","a":"Yes, it recursively processes deep JSON arrays and nested key-value pairs."},{"q":"What happens to keys that start with a number or contain odd symbols?","a":"Keys starting with digits or mixing in hyphens and spaces are still detected and converted, but the result may not follow valid JavaScript identifier rules — double-check that the converted keys work fine in your actual code."},{"q":"What happens to keys that start with a number or contain odd symbols?","a":"Keys starting with digits or mixing in hyphens and spaces are still detected and converted, but the result may not follow valid JavaScript identifier rules — double-check that the converted keys work fine in your actual code."}]},{"slug":"base64-hex-converter","category":"text-dev","title":"Base64 to Hex Converter","tagline":"Decode and encode Base64 strings to Hexadecimal byte arrays and vice-versa","emoji":"🔢","keywords":["base64 to hex","hex to base64","base64 decoder","hex decoder"],"intro":"A bidirectional converter between Base64 and Hexadecimal byte representation for raw data debugging.","howto":["Paste your Base64 or Hex string into the input box.","Click the respective conversion button.","Copy the formatted output byte sequence."],"faq":[{"q":"Does it validate input?","a":"Yes, it checks for valid characters and handles spaces or commas in Hex strings."},{"q":"Does it handle URL-safe Base64 (the kind using - and _)?","a":"The converter is built around standard Base64 (+ and /), so for URL-safe input you'll need to swap - back to + and _ back to / before pasting it in to get an accurate result."},{"q":"Does it handle URL-safe Base64 (the kind using - and _)?","a":"The converter is built around standard Base64 (+ and /), so for URL-safe input you'll need to swap - back to + and _ back to / before pasting it in to get an accurate result."}]},{"slug":"csv-charset-fixer","category":"doc-data","title":"Excel CSV Character Fixer","tagline":"Fix Korean character corruption in Excel CSV files by adding UTF-8 BOM","emoji":"📄","keywords":["csv fix","excel csv character","excel korean csv","utf8 bom csv"],"intro":"Injects a Byte Order Mark (BOM) to UTF-8 CSV files to prevent Excel from displaying corrupt characters.","howto":["Upload or paste your CSV document.","Click the Fix button to embed the BOM.","Download the corrected CSV file."],"faq":[{"q":"What is a BOM?","a":"Byte Order Mark (BOM) is a signature at the beginning of a file telling Excel to interpret the file as UTF-8."},{"q":"Do I need the BOM if I'm opening the file in Google Sheets or another app?","a":"No — Google Sheets and most modern text editors auto-detect UTF-8, so Korean text displays fine without a BOM. The BOM is really only needed when the file is opened in Microsoft Excel."},{"q":"Do I need the BOM if I'm opening the file in Google Sheets or another app?","a":"No — Google Sheets and most modern text editors auto-detect UTF-8, so Korean text displays fine without a BOM. The BOM is really only needed when the file is opened in Microsoft Excel."}]},{"slug":"html-special-character-escape","category":"text-dev","title":"HTML Special Character Escape","tagline":"Escape and unescape HTML character entities in real-time","emoji":"🛡️","keywords":["html escape","html entities","unescape html","html characters"],"intro":"Escapes HTML tags into character entities (< to <) to prevent rendering glitches in text.","howto":["Input your HTML block into the source textarea.","Click Escape or Unescape button.","Copy the safe HTML representation string."],"faq":[{"q":"Which characters are escaped?","a":"Characters like <, >, &, \", and ' are escaped to their safe entity counterparts."},{"q":"Does it also convert Korean text or emoji into entities?","a":"No — this tool only touches the five characters that clash with HTML markup: &, <, >, \", and '. Korean text and emoji are already safe to display, so they're left exactly as they are."},{"q":"Does it also convert Korean text or emoji into entities?","a":"No — this tool only touches the five characters that clash with HTML markup: &, <, >, \", and '. Korean text and emoji are already safe to display, so they're left exactly as they are."}]},{"slug":"json-flatten-unflatten","category":"text-dev","title":"JSON Flatten & Unflatten","tagline":"Flatten nested JSON key structures or unflatten dot-separated paths into deep objects","emoji":"🥞","keywords":["json flatten","json unflatten","flat json","nested json"],"intro":"Reduces deep JSON structures to single dot-separated layers, or parses them back to nested objects.","howto":["Paste your nested JSON document.","Choose Flatten or Unflatten options.","Click transform and copy the results."],"faq":[{"q":"What separator is used?","a":"Dot (.) is the default separator, but you can configure custom separators."},{"q":"What if a key name itself already contains the delimiter character, like a dot?","a":"If a key name (not the value) already contains the same character used as the delimiter, the path can get split in the wrong place during flatten or unflatten. In that case, switch the delimiter to something that doesn't appear in your data, like / or _."},{"q":"What if a key name itself already contains the delimiter character, like a dot?","a":"If a key name (not the value) already contains the same character used as the delimiter, the path can get split in the wrong place during flatten or unflatten. In that case, switch the delimiter to something that doesn't appear in your data, like / or _."}]},{"slug":"cookie-string-generator","category":"text-dev","title":"Web Cookie Generator & Parser","tagline":"Visually generate document.cookie scripts or parse cookie strings back to tables","emoji":"🍪","keywords":["cookie generator","parse cookie","set-cookie header","document cookie"],"intro":"Generates browser document.cookie commands or parses HTTP Cookie header strings into clear tables.","howto":["Type cookie name, value, path, domain, and expiration.","Click generate to copy the javascript setup snippet.","Or paste a cookie header string to inspect values."],"faq":[{"q":"Does it support Secure flag?","a":"Yes, it supports Secure, HttpOnly, and SameSite parameter additions."},{"q":"When should I enable the Secure attribute?","a":"As a rule of thumb, turn it on whenever your site runs over HTTPS. With Secure enabled, the cookie is never sent over an unencrypted HTTP connection, which cuts down the risk of it being intercepted."},{"q":"When should I enable the Secure attribute?","a":"As a rule of thumb, turn it on whenever your site runs over HTTPS. With Secure enabled, the cookie is never sent over an unencrypted HTTP connection, which cuts down the risk of it being intercepted."}]},{"slug":"js-object-to-json","category":"text-dev","title":"JS Object to JSON Converter","tagline":"Convert loose JavaScript object literals to strict standard JSON strings","emoji":"🔄","keywords":["js to json","javascript object converter","strict json","json parser"],"intro":"Converts non-standard JS object strings (missing quotes on keys, single quotes) into standard JSON.","howto":["Paste your loose JS object literal string.","Click convert to clean and parse the format.","Copy or download the strict JSON output."],"faq":[{"q":"Can it fix trailing commas?","a":"Yes, it removes trailing commas to comply with strict JSON standards."},{"q":"Can it convert code that contains comments (// or /* */)?","a":"Yes — when converting JS Object to JSON, single-line and multi-line JavaScript-style comments are automatically detected and stripped out before the rest of the structure is cleaned up into standard JSON."},{"q":"Can it convert code that contains comments (// or /* */)?","a":"Yes — when converting JS Object to JSON, single-line and multi-line JavaScript-style comments are automatically detected and stripped out before the rest of the structure is cleaned up into standard JSON."}]},{"slug":"merge-text-files","category":"text-dev","title":"Text Files Merger","tagline":"Concatenate multiple uploaded text files using customized delimiter segments","emoji":"🔗","keywords":["merge text","combine files","concat text files","file combiner"],"intro":"Combines multiple text files sequentially with custom spacing and dividers.","howto":["Upload or drag text files.","Choose a divider type (empty line, custom text, none).","Click merge to compile and download the merged file."],"faq":[{"q":"Is there a file limit?","a":"No, everything runs locally in your browser memory with no limits."},{"q":"Can I merge files that use different encodings, like EUC-KR mixed with UTF-8?","a":"Mixing encodings can cause Korean text to garble during the merge, so it's best to first re-save each file as UTF-8 (in Notepad or a similar editor) before uploading them here."},{"q":"Can I merge files that use different encodings, like EUC-KR mixed with UTF-8?","a":"Mixing encodings can cause Korean text to garble during the merge, so it's best to first re-save each file as UTF-8 (in Notepad or a similar editor) before uploading them here."}]},{"slug":"json-key-remover","category":"text-dev","title":"JSON Key Remover","tagline":"Recursively remove specific properties from nested JSON objects","emoji":"🧹","keywords":["remove json keys","strip json key","clean json payload","json cleaner"],"intro":"Cleans JSON payloads by removing sensitive keys (like passwords or tokens) recursively.","howto":["Paste your JSON document.","Enter the target keys to be removed.","Execute remove and copy the safe JSON output."],"faq":[{"q":"Does it remove keys from array elements?","a":"Yes, it scans recursively inside arrays of objects to remove specified keys."},{"q":"Can it remove keys from objects that are nested inside arrays?","a":"Yes — when an array element is an object, the tool recurses into it too, so any matching key name gets removed no matter how deep it's nested inside an array."},{"q":"Can it remove keys from objects that are nested inside arrays?","a":"Yes — when an array element is an object, the tool recurses into it too, so any matching key name gets removed no matter how deep it's nested inside an array."}]},{"slug":"speech-bubble-generator","category":"sns-utils","title":"Speech Bubble Sticker Maker","tagline":"Draw a custom speech bubble on HTML Canvas and download as a PNG sticker","emoji":"💬","keywords":["speech bubble generator","speech sticker","bubble text generator","png sticker maker"],"intro":"Customize font, color, border, and tail direction of a speech bubble and download it as a transparent PNG.","howto":["Enter text for the speech bubble.","Adjust border width, roundness, text size, and colors.","Click download to save the transparent sticker."],"faq":[{"q":"Is the background transparent?","a":"Yes, the exported PNG has a transparent background, perfect for video/image overlays."},{"q":"Can I use the speech bubble images I make here in commercial content?","a":"Yes — since it's an image you generated yourself, there's no separate licensing restriction, so feel free to use it commercially in YouTube thumbnails, card news, ads, and similar projects."},{"q":"Can I use the speech bubble images I make here in commercial content?","a":"Yes — since it's an image you generated yourself, there's no separate licensing restriction, so feel free to use it commercially in YouTube thumbnails, card news, ads, and similar projects."}]},{"slug":"youtube-subscribe-button","category":"sns-utils","title":"YouTube Subscribe Button Generator","tagline":"Generate custom YouTube subscribe buttons and download as PNG graphics","emoji":"🔔","keywords":["youtube button maker","subscribe button png","subscribe graphic","youtube sticker"],"intro":"Create customized YouTube-style SUBSCRIBE buttons with play or bell icon indicators.","howto":["Input button text (e.g. SUBSCRIBE, JOIN).","Tweak colors, border radius, and font size.","Choose icon type and click download."],"faq":[{"q":"Where can I use this button?","a":"You can overlay it on your video edits, blog posts, or webpage links."},{"q":"If someone clicks the button image, does it automatically subscribe them, like a real YouTube button?","a":"No — this tool only produces a plain image file with no built-in function. To make it actually work, you need to wrap the image in a link or button that points to your channel yourself."},{"q":"If someone clicks the button image, does it automatically subscribe them, like a real YouTube button?","a":"No — this tool only produces a plain image file with no built-in function. To make it actually work, you need to wrap the image in a link or button that points to your channel yourself."}]},{"slug":"aurora-gradient-bg","category":"color-design","title":"Aurora Gradient CSS Generator","tagline":"Generate beautiful animated aurora radial gradient background HTML/CSS codes","emoji":"🌌","keywords":["aurora gradient","css aurora","animated background","radial gradient css"],"intro":"Create smooth CSS-animated aurora landing page backgrounds with custom colors.","howto":["Select 4 color points for the aurora gradient.","Adjust rotation speed and background mode.","Copy the compiled CSS and HTML snippets."],"faq":[{"q":"Is it GPU accelerated?","a":"Yes, it uses pure CSS transforms and gradients which run smoothly on browser GPUs."},{"q":"Can I paste the generated code into a blog skin like WordPress or Tistory?","a":"Yes — it outputs standard HTML/CSS, so pasting the HTML into your theme's HTML area and the CSS into the stylesheet works the same way across most blog platforms and site builders."},{"q":"Can I paste the generated code into a blog skin like WordPress or Tistory?","a":"Yes — it outputs standard HTML/CSS, so pasting the HTML into your theme's HTML area and the CSS into the stylesheet works the same way across most blog platforms and site builders."}]},{"slug":"instagram-rainbow-text","category":"sns-utils","title":"Instagram Rainbow Text Generator","tagline":"Convert strings into letter-by-letter colored HTML gradient code snippets","emoji":"🌈","keywords":["rainbow text","gradient font html","color letter code","text gradient maker"],"intro":"Applies sequential inline styles to text characters, creating a beautiful gradient effect for blogs.","howto":["Type the target text string.","Select a gradient color preset or choose custom colors.","Copy the generated HTML code block."],"faq":[{"q":"Can I use this on Instagram bios?","a":"Instagram bios only support plain text, but this is perfect for blogs, emails, and webpage markups."},{"q":"Does the gradient look natural on Korean text too, not just English?","a":"Yes — the color is distributed character by character based purely on position, regardless of language, so Korean, English, and numbers mixed together all get the same smooth gradient treatment."},{"q":"Does the gradient look natural on Korean text too, not just English?","a":"Yes — the color is distributed character by character based purely on position, regardless of language, so Korean, English, and numbers mixed together all get the same smooth gradient treatment."}]},{"slug":"blog-tag-badge-generator","category":"color-design","title":"Blog Tag & Badge Generator","tagline":"Visually design blog category tags with hover CSS effects and copy codes","emoji":"🏷️","keywords":["blog badge css","category tag maker","css button creator","tag html generator"],"intro":"A builder to design blog category badges with transition scales, color flips, and glow shadow effects.","howto":["Enter tag label and target CSS class name.","Customize dimensions, background, border, and roundness.","Pick a hover animation style and copy CSS/HTML."],"faq":[{"q":"How do I add this to my blog?","a":"Paste the CSS stylesheet rules in your skin editor, then copy-paste the HTML tag element."},{"q":"Can I create several tags in different colors all at once?","a":"Each run generates one base style, but if you repeat the process with a different color and a different class name each time, you can quickly build up a set of tags that each look distinct by category."},{"q":"Can I create several tags in different colors all at once?","a":"Each run generates one base style, but if you repeat the process with a different color and a different class name each time, you can quickly build up a set of tags that each look distinct by category."}]},{"slug":"svg-path-coordinates","category":"text-dev","title":"SVG Path Coordinates Extractor","tagline":"Parse SVG d path data to extract raw coordinate variables in JSON/CSV format","emoji":"🗺️","keywords":["svg coordinates","path parser","svg vertex array","extract svg path"],"intro":"Extracts numeric coordinates from SVG path 'd' parameters into regular JSON or CSV arrays.","howto":["Paste the SVG path 'd' attribute string.","Select output format (JSON, points array, CSV).","Click extract and copy the variables list."],"faq":[{"q":"What is this used for?","a":"It helps Canvas/WebGL developers convert vector files to numeric vertex arrays."},{"q":"Does it also extract coordinates from curve commands (C, Q, A), not just straight lines (L)?","a":"Yes — control points and endpoints inside Bezier curve (C, Q) and arc (A) commands are all picked up and listed too, tagged with their command type so you can tell exactly what each coordinate belongs to."},{"q":"Does it also extract coordinates from curve commands (C, Q, A), not just straight lines (L)?","a":"Yes — control points and endpoints inside Bezier curve (C, Q) and arc (A) commands are all picked up and listed too, tagged with their command type so you can tell exactly what each coordinate belongs to."}]},{"slug":"html-table-to-markdown","category":"doc-data","title":"HTML Table to Markdown Converter","tagline":"Convert HTML table structures to standard Markdown table formatting","emoji":"📊","keywords":["table to markdown","html table converter","md table parser","convert table html"],"intro":"Transforms HTML table elements into Markdown code, ideal for documentation writeups.","howto":["Paste the HTML table code block.","Click convert to parse headers and cells.","Copy the generated Markdown table."],"faq":[{"q":"How are cell merges handled?","a":"Since Markdown doesn't support col/rowspans, they are expanded to individual cells."},{"q":"What happens to images or links that appear inside table cells?","a":"Any <img> and <a> tags inside a cell are automatically converted to markdown image and link syntax (![alt](src) and [text](href)), so the table stays intact and the original content survives the conversion."},{"q":"What happens to images or links that appear inside table cells?","a":"Any <img> and <a> tags inside a cell are automatically converted to markdown image and link syntax (![alt](src) and [text](href)), so the table stays intact and the original content survives the conversion."}]},{"slug":"css-deduplicator","category":"text-dev","title":"CSS Selector Deduplicator","tagline":"Find and merge duplicate CSS selector rules inside stylesheets","emoji":"🧹","keywords":["clean css","css optimizer","merge css selectors","deduplicate css"],"intro":"Cleans up bloated stylesheets by merging properties belonging to identical CSS selectors.","howto":["Paste the CSS code block.","Click deduplicate to run the analyzer.","Review cleaned stylesheet code and copy it."],"faq":[{"q":"How are property conflicts resolved?","a":"If same properties are declared twice, the value appearing last in the stylesheet takes precedence."},{"q":"Does it also merge duplicate selectors inside @media blocks?","a":"Yes, but only within the same media query — selectors are merged separately for each @media condition. A selector that appears both outside and inside a media query is left untouched, since it applies under different circumstances and merging it would change the intended behavior."},{"q":"Does it also merge duplicate selectors inside @media blocks?","a":"Yes, but only within the same media query — selectors are merged separately for each @media condition. A selector that appears both outside and inside a media query is left untouched, since it applies under different circumstances and merging it would change the intended behavior."}]},{"slug":"extract-urls-to-links","category":"text-dev","title":"URL Link Extractor","tagline":"Extract and wrap raw text URLs in clickable HTML anchor tags automatically","emoji":"🔗","keywords":["extract urls","text to link converter","html anchor tag wrap","auto link generator"],"intro":"Automatically searches for http/https URLs in text blocks and wraps them in HTML <a> tags.","howto":["Paste raw text containing URL strings.","Configure target, rel, and length truncation options.","Inspect the clickable preview and copy the HTML markup code."],"faq":[{"q":"Why is rel='noopener' recommended?","a":"It prevents security vulnerabilities where third party sites manipulate your page."},{"q":"If some URLs in the text are already wrapped in <a> tags, will the tool wrap them a second time?","a":"No. URLs that are already inside an <a> tag are detected and skipped, so you won't end up with nested or duplicate anchor tags — only the plain-text URLs get converted into links."},{"q":"If some URLs in the text are already wrapped in <a> tags, will the tool wrap them a second time?","a":"No. URLs that are already inside an <a> tag are detected and skipped, so you won't end up with nested or duplicate anchor tags — only the plain-text URLs get converted into links."}]},{"slug":"svg-fill-color-changer","category":"color-design","title":"SVG Color Replacer","tagline":"Recolor fill and stroke attributes inside raw SVG source code in one click","emoji":"🎨","keywords":["recolor svg","change svg color","svg fill replacer","svg stroke color"],"intro":"Finds fill and stroke attributes in SVG markup and changes them to your target colors.","howto":["Paste the raw SVG source code.","Choose new fill and stroke color variables.","Apply changes, inspect preview, and download the updated SVG."],"faq":[{"q":"Does it modify styling rules inside <style> tags?","a":"No, it targets inline fill/stroke attributes. Make sure your SVG uses attributes."},{"q":"Does it also work on SVGs where the color is set as a CSS declaration, like style=\"fill:#000\"?","a":"This tool replaces colors based on the fill/stroke attributes, so a color written inside a style attribute as CSS (style=\"fill:#000\") won't be picked up. Convert it to a plain attribute first — fill=\"#000\" instead of style=\"fill:#000\" — and it will work as expected."},{"q":"Does it also work on SVGs where the color is set as a CSS declaration, like style=\"fill:#000\"?","a":"This tool replaces colors based on the fill/stroke attributes, so a color written inside a style attribute as CSS (style=\"fill:#000\") won't be picked up. Convert it to a plain attribute first — fill=\"#000\" instead of style=\"fill:#000\" — and it will work as expected."}]},{"slug":"social-image-optimizer-helper","category":"sns-utils","title":"Social Media Image Guide & Optimizer","tagline":"Verify and check image sizes and ratios for YouTube, Instagram, X, and LinkedIn","emoji":"📏","keywords":["social image size","instagram ratio","youtube banner check","x header dimension"],"intro":"Helps content creators verify if their custom images match platform requirements.","howto":["Select platform and asset target type.","Enter image width and height parameters.","Verify the PASS status and platforms specifications."],"faq":[{"q":"Is uploading required?","a":"No, you can simply type in the dimensions of your image to perform validation."},{"q":"What happens if the ratio is close but not an exact match to the recommended one (e.g. 1.85:1 instead of 1.90:1)?","a":"It still passes as long as it falls within a small tolerance range; outside that range it shows a warning, along with how far off it is from the recommended ratio. Since most platforms auto-crop slightly on upload anyway, a small warning usually isn't something to worry about."},{"q":"What happens if the ratio is close but not an exact match to the recommended one (e.g. 1.85:1 instead of 1.90:1)?","a":"It still passes as long as it falls within a small tolerance range; outside that range it shows a warning, along with how far off it is from the recommended ratio. Since most platforms auto-crop slightly on upload anyway, a small warning usually isn't something to worry about."}]},{"slug":"remove-markdown-comments","category":"text-dev","title":"Markdown Comment Remover","tagline":"Strip HTML-style comments from Markdown documents automatically","emoji":"🧹","keywords":["strip markdown comment","remove readme comment","clean markdown text"],"intro":"Removes draft blocks and comments from README files or markdown documents.","howto":["Paste your Markdown document.","Configure blank line cleanups.","Run remover and copy clean text."],"faq":[{"q":"Does it touch code block contents?","a":"No, it specifically deletes only HTML comment lines."},{"q":"Does it correctly remove a comment that spans multiple lines (starts with  several lines later)?","a":"Yes, even if the opening  are several lines apart, everything in between is treated as one comment block and removed entirely. This works as long as comment blocks are sequential rather than nested — a  several lines later)?","a":"Yes, even if the opening  are several lines apart, everything in between is treated as one comment block and removed entirely. This works as long as comment blocks are sequential rather than nested — a <!-- appearing inside another unclosed comment isn't supported."}]},{"slug":"csv-column-reorder","category":"doc-data","title":"CSV Column Reorder Tool","tagline":"Visually rearrange column positions in CSV files and export results","emoji":"🔄","keywords":["reorder csv","change csv columns","csv header shift","csv exporter"],"intro":"Rearranges column order in CSV sheets using intuitive left/right controls.","howto":["Paste or load your CSV dataset.","Load column info, then click arrow buttons to shift columns.","Generate new layout and download file."],"faq":[{"q":"Are rows with missing values safe?","a":"Yes, missing values are automatically padded with empty spaces to prevent layout misalignment."},{"q":"Can I reorder columns in a CSV file that has no header row?","a":"Yes, you can still use it — but since the tool treats the first line as column names, a file without a real header will get placeholder names like \"Column1, Column2\" assigned automatically. Just remember the resulting first row is actually a data row, not a header."},{"q":"Can I reorder columns in a CSV file that has no header row?","a":"Yes, you can still use it — but since the tool treats the first line as column names, a file without a real header will get placeholder names like \"Column1, Column2\" assigned automatically. Just remember the resulting first row is actually a data row, not a header."}]},{"slug":"font-face-generator","category":"color-design","title":"CSS @font-face Code Generator","tagline":"Compile CSS font-face directives with woff2, woff, and ttf font fallbacks","emoji":"🔤","keywords":["font-face css","generate webfont css","load local font css"],"intro":"Generates valid css font-face rules to load custom local web fonts.","howto":["Enter font family identifier.","Provide paths to font files (woff2, woff, ttf).","Configure weight and style attributes, then copy code."],"faq":[{"q":"What is font-display?","a":"It determines how the browser displays text while the web font is loading. Swap is recommended."},{"q":"How do I register multiple font files with different weights, like Regular and Bold, at once?","a":"The tool generates one @font-face block at a time, so you'd generate it once per weight — changing the file path and font-weight value each time — then stack the resulting blocks together. With the same font-family name but font-weight: 400 for Regular and 700 for Bold, the browser will automatically pick the right file for each weight."},{"q":"How do I register multiple font files with different weights, like Regular and Bold, at once?","a":"The tool generates one @font-face block at a time, so you'd generate it once per weight — changing the file path and font-weight value each time — then stack the resulting blocks together. With the same font-family name but font-weight: 400 for Regular and 700 for Bold, the browser will automatically pick the right file for each weight."}]},{"slug":"json-array-to-html-list","category":"text-dev","title":"JSON Array to HTML List Converter","tagline":"Convert JSON array items into standard HTML list markup (ul or ol blocks)","emoji":"📃","keywords":["json to list","json array to html","ul list generator"],"intro":"Transforms JSON string arrays or object properties into nested lists.","howto":["Paste the JSON array list.","Choose tag list type (ul, ol) and class variables.","Convert and copy the compiled HTML string."],"faq":[{"q":"Can I target properties inside object arrays?","a":"Yes, you can define which object key variable is used for list content."},{"q":"Does it still convert data with slightly non-standard JSON syntax, like single quotes or a trailing comma?","a":"This tool parses input as strict JSON, so JavaScript-style syntax such as single quotes or a trailing comma after the last item will trigger a parse error. Switch the quotes to double quotes and remove the trailing comma, and it will convert normally."},{"q":"Does it still convert data with slightly non-standard JSON syntax, like single quotes or a trailing comma?","a":"This tool parses input as strict JSON, so JavaScript-style syntax such as single quotes or a trailing comma after the last item will trigger a parse error. Switch the quotes to double quotes and remove the trailing comma, and it will convert normally."}]},{"slug":"inline-style-to-css","category":"text-dev","title":"Inline Style to CSS Extractor","tagline":"Refactor HTML inline style attributes into external CSS class rules","emoji":"🎨","keywords":["extract inline style","html styles to css","clean inline html css"],"intro":"Splits inline styling attributes from HTML code into a clean stylesheet class list.","howto":["Paste HTML markup code containing inline styles.","Select custom class prefix rules.","Convert and copy clean HTML and CSS codes."],"faq":[{"q":"Are existing class names preserved?","a":"Yes, new styles class variables are appended after existing class parameters."},{"q":"If several tags share the exact same inline style, does it merge them into one shared class?","a":"No, this tool assigns a new class name to each individual tag, so identical styles still end up as separate classes. If you want to consolidate duplicates into a single shared class, you'll need to manually spot and merge the identical declarations in the resulting CSS."},{"q":"If several tags share the exact same inline style, does it merge them into one shared class?","a":"No, this tool assigns a new class name to each individual tag, so identical styles still end up as separate classes. If you want to consolidate duplicates into a single shared class, you'll need to manually spot and merge the identical declarations in the resulting CSS."}]},{"slug":"markdown-table-to-csv","category":"doc-data","title":"Markdown Table to CSV Converter","tagline":"Convert Markdown pipeline table layout strings back into CSV sheets","emoji":"📊","keywords":["md table to csv","convert markdown table","markdown table reader"],"intro":"Converts markdown documentation tables into downloadable CSV tables.","howto":["Paste markdown table rows.","Choose target separator character.","Click convert and download the CSV."],"faq":[{"q":"Is cell comma formatting handled?","a":"Yes, cell values containing commas are wrapped in quotes to prevent CSV parsing bugs."},{"q":"If a document contains several markdown tables, does it convert all of them at once?","a":"This tool only recognizes and converts the first table it finds in the pasted text. If your document has multiple tables, copy and paste each one separately and convert them one at a time."},{"q":"If a document contains several markdown tables, does it convert all of them at once?","a":"This tool only recognizes and converts the first table it finds in the pasted text. If your document has multiple tables, copy and paste each one separately and convert them one at a time."}]},{"slug":"sql-insert-to-csv","category":"doc-data","title":"SQL INSERT to CSV Converter","tagline":"Parse columns and data rows from SQL INSERT statements to export CSV sheets","emoji":"💾","keywords":["sql insert parser","sql to csv","sql database dump csv"],"intro":"Extracts values datasets from SQL dump files to export CSV files.","howto":["Paste SQL INSERT statements.","Specify delimiter, then click convert.","Download compiled CSV data."],"faq":[{"q":"Are single quotes inside strings escaped?","a":"Yes, standard SQL double-single quote escape patterns are processed correctly."},{"q":"If INSERT statements for several different tables are mixed together, does it process them all correctly at once?","a":"The tool builds its column structure from the first table's INSERT statements it encounters in the pasted text, so mixing in INSERT statements for a different table can lead to mismatched columns and a broken CSV. It's best to split them by table and convert each one separately."},{"q":"If INSERT statements for several different tables are mixed together, does it process them all correctly at once?","a":"The tool builds its column structure from the first table's INSERT statements it encounters in the pasted text, so mixing in INSERT statements for a different table can lead to mismatched columns and a broken CSV. It's best to split them by table and convert each one separately."}]},{"slug":"url-path-segment-parser","category":"text-dev","title":"URL Path Segment Parser","tagline":"Dissect paths and query parameters to generate dynamic route code maps","emoji":"🗺️","keywords":["parse url path","url segments list","nextjs route mapper"],"intro":"Splits URLs into segment lists to output dynamic router codes.","howto":["Enter a URL path or query address.","Tweak segment variable mapping parameters.","Copy Express or Next.js route configurations."],"faq":[{"q":"Are query strings parsed?","a":"Yes, query variables are listed in a table at the bottom of the page."},{"q":"Does it correctly parse paths that contain non-ASCII characters or percent-encoded characters like %20?","a":"Yes, segments are split correctly even when the path is still percent-encoded (e.g. %ED%95%9C%EA%B8%80), and the tool also shows the decoded, human-readable value alongside it so you can immediately see the actual content of each segment."},{"q":"Does it correctly parse paths that contain non-ASCII characters or percent-encoded characters like %20?","a":"Yes, segments are split correctly even when the path is still percent-encoded (e.g. %ED%95%9C%EA%B8%80), and the tool also shows the decoded, human-readable value alongside it so you can immediately see the actual content of each segment."}]},{"slug":"json-array-table-viewer","category":"text-dev","title":"JSON Array Table Viewer","tagline":"Translate raw JSON arrays into visual, paginated table lists with search and sort filters","emoji":"📊","keywords":["json grid viewer","render json array","json table viewer","sort json data"],"intro":"Renders nested JSON list files as clickable table data grids with sorting controls.","howto":["Paste a JSON array of objects.","Load the grid viewer, then filter or search.","Click headers to sort entries ascending/descending."],"faq":[{"q":"Is pagination supported?","a":"Yes, page limits prevent performance lag when loading large datasets."},{"q":"How does the table display array items that themselves contain a nested object or array?","a":"Nested objects or arrays are shown in the cell as their raw JSON string summary. There's no built-in way to expand and drill into a cell's contents, so if you need to inspect nested data closely, copy just that value and paste it into a dedicated JSON viewer."},{"q":"How does the table display array items that themselves contain a nested object or array?","a":"Nested objects or arrays are shown in the cell as their raw JSON string summary. There's no built-in way to expand and drill into a cell's contents, so if you need to inspect nested data closely, copy just that value and paste it into a dedicated JSON viewer."}]},{"slug":"lotto-number-generator","category":"sns-utils","title":"Lotto Number Generator & Filter","tagline":"Generate lottery numbers with customizable include/exclude filters and statistics","emoji":"🔮","keywords":["lotto generator","lotto filter","exclude numbers lotto"],"intro":"Calculates odd/even distributions and sum ratios while filtering lotto values.","howto":["Add number sets to include or exclude.","Choose line game count parameters.","Review stats like sum and consecutive groups."],"faq":[{"q":"What is the standard sum range?","a":"Standard lotto numbers typically sum up between 130 and 180."},{"q":"Does a combination generated by this tool actually improve your real odds of winning the lottery?","a":"No. Each lottery draw is a purely random, independent event where every number has an equal chance, so having an odd/even ratio or sum that matches a \"common\" statistical pattern doesn't change your actual winning odds. This tool is meant for entertainment and to help you pick numbers in a fun way with some historical stats for reference — not to predict or improve outcomes."},{"q":"Does a combination generated by this tool actually improve your real odds of winning the lottery?","a":"No. Each lottery draw is a purely random, independent event where every number has an equal chance, so having an odd/even ratio or sum that matches a \"common\" statistical pattern doesn't change your actual winning odds. This tool is meant for entertainment and to help you pick numbers in a fun way with some historical stats for reference — not to predict or improve outcomes."}]},{"slug":"html5-geolocation","category":"text-dev","title":"HTML5 Geolocation Tracker","tagline":"Inspect real-time browser GPS coordinates (Lat/Lng) and open map positions","emoji":"📍","keywords":["browser gps check","geolocation API check","latitude longitude finder"],"intro":"Inspects device positioning parameters using browser APIs.","howto":["Click the coordinates retrieval button.","Allow browser location permissions.","View Lat/Lng and inspect map links."],"faq":[{"q":"Why does it require HTTPS?","a":"Browsers restrict location queries to secure secure environments."},{"q":"Is my location data sent to a server or stored anywhere after I check it?","a":"No, it's neither sent nor stored anywhere. The browser's Geolocation API calculates the coordinates directly on your device and simply displays them on the page — there's no step that transmits this data to a server or saves it to a database. Once you close the tab, the location data you looked up is gone too."},{"q":"Is my location data sent to a server or stored anywhere after I check it?","a":"No, it's neither sent nor stored anywhere. The browser's Geolocation API calculates the coordinates directly on your device and simply displays them on the page — there's no step that transmits this data to a server or saves it to a database. Once you close the tab, the location data you looked up is gone too."}]},{"slug":"lunch-menu-worldcup","category":"sns-utils","title":"Lunch Menu Tournament Cup","tagline":"Select recommended lunch options by voting pairs in bracket match style rounds","emoji":"🍔","keywords":["lunch menu decider","ideal type worldcup","food chooser game"],"intro":"A fun tournament bracket game to determine what food item to choose.","howto":["Select bracket count (8 or 16 candidates).","Click your preferred food in each round.","Check final recommended dish selection."],"faq":[{"q":"Can I play again?","a":"Yes, click restart to shuffle new menu matches."},{"q":"Can I add or remove items from the default list of 16 menu options?","a":"Unfortunately, editing the menu list yourself isn't supported yet. The tournament currently runs only through the pre-set list of 16 popular lunch options, so if your favorite dish isn't included, you can still play through to the final and treat another candidate you like as a stand-in reference."},{"q":"Can I add or remove items from the default list of 16 menu options?","a":"Unfortunately, editing the menu list yourself isn't supported yet. The tournament currently runs only through the pre-set list of 16 popular lunch options, so if your favorite dish isn't included, you can still play through to the final and treat another candidate you like as a stand-in reference."}]},{"slug":"horizontal-to-vertical-video","category":"sns-utils","title":"Landscape to Vertical Video Crop Guide","tagline":"Verify Shorts and TikTok viewport positions and overlay safe zones boundaries","emoji":"✂️","keywords":["vertical video crop","youtube shorts safe zone","tiktok layout guide"],"intro":"Helps creators align focus areas when converting 16:9 videos to 9:16 portrait formats.","howto":["Load a sample image or upload a custom frame snapshot.","Drag the viewport window horizontally to frame the crop position.","Observe overlay safe zones to keep text clear of overlay buttons."],"faq":[{"q":"Does it crop the actual file?","a":"No, it outputs target coordinate metrics to apply inside video editors."},{"q":"If the subject's position shifts across multiple scenes in the video, do I need to re-check the crop position for each scene?","a":"Yes — this tool calculates a single X-axis position based on one screenshot at a time. If the camera angle or subject position changes significantly across scenes, capture a representative frame for each one, reload it into the tool, and apply the resulting coordinates to the corresponding section in your video editor separately for a natural-looking vertical cut."},{"q":"If the subject's position shifts across multiple scenes in the video, do I need to re-check the crop position for each scene?","a":"Yes — this tool calculates a single X-axis position based on one screenshot at a time. If the camera angle or subject position changes significantly across scenes, capture a representative frame for each one, reload it into the tool, and apply the resulting coordinates to the corresponding section in your video editor separately for a natural-looking vertical cut."}]},{"slug":"html-to-js-string","category":"text-dev","title":"HTML to JS String Converter","tagline":"Escape HTML code blocks to JavaScript string variables with backslashes","emoji":"💻","keywords":["html to javascript","escape html js string","template literal converter"],"intro":"Converts HTML structures into single/multi-line JS string declarations.","howto":["Paste the HTML source markup.","Choose quotes type (single, double, backtick).","Convert and copy variable declaration code."],"faq":[{"q":"How are template literals handled?","a":"Backticks are escaped to prevent template interpolation bugs."},{"q":"If I pick double or single quotes instead of backticks, how are the original line breaks handled?","a":"Since double and single quotes can't contain literal line breaks, each line of the original HTML is wrapped in quotes, given an explicit \\n, and joined with the + operator into a multi-line string concatenation. Backticks skip all that — the original line breaks are kept as-is inside a single template literal."},{"q":"If I pick double or single quotes instead of backticks, how are the original line breaks handled?","a":"Since double and single quotes can't contain literal line breaks, each line of the original HTML is wrapped in quotes, given an explicit \\n, and joined with the + operator into a multi-line string concatenation. Backticks skip all that — the original line breaks are kept as-is inside a single template literal."}]},{"slug":"extract-css-variables","category":"text-dev","title":"CSS Variable Extractor","tagline":"Extract all custom CSS variables defined inside stylesheets into a list","emoji":"🎨","keywords":["extract css variables","css variable list","custom properties css"],"intro":"Locates variable declarations (--var: value) in CSS sheets to list parameters.","howto":["Paste the stylesheet code.","Click extract to list variable names and values.","Click copy to obtain the var() declaration."],"faq":[{"q":"Does it parse nested rules?","a":"Yes, it extracts variables wherever they are declared in selectors."},{"q":"Are variables declared inside a specific class like .dark-mode, rather than :root, also extracted?","a":"Yes — the tool looks for the -- custom property declaration pattern anywhere, not just inside :root, so theme variables defined inside a class like .dark-mode or a selector like [data-theme=\"dark\"] are picked up too. Since the list doesn't track which selector each one came from, a variable with the same name declared under multiple selectors with different values may show up more than once."},{"q":"Are variables declared inside a specific class like .dark-mode, rather than :root, also extracted?","a":"Yes — the tool looks for the -- custom property declaration pattern anywhere, not just inside :root, so theme variables defined inside a class like .dark-mode or a selector like [data-theme=\"dark\"] are picked up too. Since the list doesn't track which selector each one came from, a variable with the same name declared under multiple selectors with different values may show up more than once."}]},{"slug":"svg-to-react-jsx","category":"text-dev","title":"SVG to React JSX Converter","tagline":"Translate SVG vector markup codes into React JSX components with props mapping","emoji":"⚛️","keywords":["svg to jsx","react icon generator","convert svg to react"],"intro":"Converts SVG files to typescript React components spreading props.","howto":["Paste the SVG vector markup.","Type target component function name.","Convert and save the JSX component file."],"faq":[{"q":"Are styles preserved?","a":"Yes, attributes are translated to JSX format variables."},{"q":"Are original HTML attribute names like class or stroke-width automatically converted to React syntax like className or strokeWidth?","a":"Yes — during conversion, class becomes className, and hyphenated SVG attributes like stroke-width or fill-rule are automatically converted to camelCase (strokeWidth, fillRule) as JSX requires. Inline styles written as a string, like style=\"color:red\", are also converted into object syntax ({ color: 'red' }), so the result can be pasted in and used without further edits."},{"q":"Are original HTML attribute names like class or stroke-width automatically converted to React syntax like className or strokeWidth?","a":"Yes — during conversion, class becomes className, and hyphenated SVG attributes like stroke-width or fill-rule are automatically converted to camelCase (strokeWidth, fillRule) as JSX requires. Inline styles written as a string, like style=\"color:red\", are also converted into object syntax ({ color: 'red' }), so the result can be pasted in and used without further edits."}]},{"slug":"hsl-color-spectrum","category":"color-design","title":"HSL Color Spectrum Generator","tagline":"Generate custom color palette spectrums by incrementing HSL values","emoji":"🎨","keywords":["hsl palette generator","color spectrum maker","gradient color chips"],"intro":"Creates tone-on-tone gradients by specifying step variations.","howto":["Enter starting HSL base color.","Set steps increments or decrements.","Copy generated HEX or HSL codes."],"faq":[{"q":"What is the hue limit?","a":"Hue loops automatically between 0 and 360 degrees."},{"q":"What happens if I push saturation or lightness past 0% or 100%?","a":"The value is automatically clamped to the 0-100% range. If you keep lowering lightness past the minimum, every remaining step just repeats the same near-black color, so for a wider variety of tones, adjust the step size and step count together instead of pushing a single value to its limit."},{"q":"What happens if I push saturation or lightness past 0% or 100%?","a":"The value is automatically clamped to the 0-100% range. If you keep lowering lightness past the minimum, every remaining step just repeats the same near-black color, so for a wider variety of tones, adjust the step size and step count together instead of pushing a single value to its limit."}]},{"slug":"clean-json-empty-values","category":"text-dev","title":"JSON Empty Values Cleaner","tagline":"Recursively wipe empty strings, empty arrays, objects, and null values in JSON files","emoji":"🧼","keywords":["clean json nulls","remove empty json keys","json data filter"],"intro":"Cleans data payloads by filtering empty keys recursively.","howto":["Paste raw JSON code.","Click clean button to filter values.","Copy formatted compact output JSON."],"faq":[{"q":"Are numbers like 0 filtered?","a":"No, number 0 and boolean false are preserved."},{"q":"If removing empty values leaves a parent object or array empty too, what happens to it?","a":"It gets removed as well. For example, in { \"a\": { \"b\": \"\" } }, b is deleted for being an empty string, which then leaves a as an empty object, so a is removed too and the final result is {}. The cleanup cascades upward recursively, so back up your original data first if you want to keep that structure."},{"q":"If removing empty values leaves a parent object or array empty too, what happens to it?","a":"It gets removed as well. For example, in { \"a\": { \"b\": \"\" } }, b is deleted for being an empty string, which then leaves a as an empty object, so a is removed too and the final result is {}. The cleanup cascades upward recursively, so back up your original data first if you want to keep that structure."}]},{"slug":"media-query-breakpoint-generator","category":"color-design","title":"CSS Media Query Breakpoint Builder","tagline":"Compile max-width or min-width responsive layouts media query templates","emoji":"🖥️","keywords":["responsive breakpoint","css media queries","mobile first breakpoints"],"intro":"Generates stylesheet templates for responsive device breakpoints.","howto":["Choose layout direction (mobile-first, desktop-first).","Adjust widths (Mobile, Tablet, Desktop).","Copy CSS template and inject layout rules."],"faq":[{"q":"What is mobile-first?","a":"Design uses min-width blocks to expand layouts on wider viewports."},{"q":"If I set the tablet and desktop breakpoint to the same number, like 768px, won't the two ranges overlap?","a":"A browser only applies the rule that matches a given width, so nothing technically breaks, but pairing max-width and min-width at the exact same value can cause unexpected style clashes. It's safer to offset one side by 1px, for example max-width: 767px paired with min-width: 768px, so the ranges split at a clean boundary."},{"q":"If I set the tablet and desktop breakpoint to the same number, like 768px, won't the two ranges overlap?","a":"A browser only applies the rule that matches a given width, so nothing technically breaks, but pairing max-width and min-width at the exact same value can cause unexpected style clashes. It's safer to offset one side by 1px, for example max-width: 767px paired with min-width: 768px, so the ranges split at a clean boundary."}]}],"base":"/en/util","locale":"en","order":["image-edit","image-format","pdf","video-audio","text-dev","calc-convert","color-design","generators-qr","doc-data","sns-utils","web-seo-misc"],"placeholder":"Search tools (e.g. BMI, PDF, QR code)","noResults":"No tools found. Try a different keyword."}]]}] </article></body></html>

1d:["$","div",null,{"className":"util-hub","children":[["$","$L26",null,{"lang":"en"}],["$","nav",null,{"className":"util-locales","aria-label":"Language","children":[["$","$L27","ko",{"className":"util-locales__a","href":"/util","hrefLang":"ko-KR","lang":"ko-KR","children":"한국어"}],["$","span","en",{"className":"util-locales__cur","aria-current":"true","children":"English"}],["$","$L27","ja",{"className":"util-locales__a","href":"/ja/util","hrefLang":"ja","lang":"ja","children":"日本語"}],["$","$L27","de",{"className":"util-locales__a","href":"/de/util","hrefLang":"de","lang":"de","children":"Deutsch"}],["$","$L27","es",{"className":"util-locales__a","href":"/es/util","hrefLang":"es","lang":"es","children":"Español"}]]}],["$","header",null,{"className":"util-hub__head","children":[["$","h1",null,{"children":"Free Online Utility Tools"}],["$","p",null,{"children":"Use image, PDF, calculator and developer tools right in your browser — no installation required. Everything runs on your own device and your files are never uploaded to a server."}]]}],["$","$L28",null,{"tools":[{"slug":"youtube-subtitle-downloader","category":"text-dev","isNew":true,"title":"YouTube Subtitle Downloader — SRT, VTT and Plain Text","tagline":"Paste a video link, pick a language, and save subtitles as SRT or VTT — or pull plain text with no timestamps","emoji":"💬","keywords":["youtube subtitle download","youtube transcript extract","download youtube srt","youtube captions to text","youtube subtitle translate"],"intro":"Saves the subtitles of a YouTube video as a file. Every language track on the video is listed, and you can choose SRT for editors, VTT for web video, or plain text with the timestamps stripped out. The plain-text option is handy when you just want to read the content or paste it somewhere else.","howto":["Press Share on YouTube and copy the link.","Paste it above and press Find subtitles.","Choose a language and format, then press Download."],"faq":[{"q":"It says there are no subtitles.","a":"That video genuinely has none. If the uploader added no captions and YouTube produced no auto-generated track, there is nothing to fetch. This is common on music-only clips and very short videos."},{"q":"What is different about 'auto-generated'?","a":"It was produced by YouTube's speech recognition rather than written by a person. Expect errors around unclear speech, names and technical terms. If a manual track exists in the same language it will be noticeably more accurate. The list marks which is which."},{"q":"What kind of translation is this?","a":"It is YouTube's own automatic translation — we do not translate anything ourselves. If the source track is auto-generated, recognition errors carry straight into the translation, so quality varies."},{"q":"SRT, VTT or TXT?","a":"SRT is the safest choice for video editors and players. VTT is for video embedded on web pages. TXT, with no timestamps, is best when you only want the words."},{"q":"Do private or age-restricted videos work?","a":"No. Only public videos anyone can watch without logging in."},{"q":"Can I use the subtitles freely?","a":"Copyright stays with the creator. Use them only for personal, lawful purposes such as your own uploads or content you have permission to save; redistributing them or putting them into other content needs separate permission."}]},{"slug":"youtube-video-downloader","category":"video-audio","isNew":true,"title":"YouTube Video Downloader — Pick Quality up to 1080p","tagline":"Paste a video link and save it as MP4 by quality; Shorts supported. No install, no sign-up","emoji":"🎥","keywords":["youtube video download","download youtube mp4","youtube downloader","download youtube shorts","save youtube video"],"intro":"Saves YouTube videos as MP4 files at the quality you choose. Each quality shows its file size so you can weigh data use, and regular videos and Shorts are handled the same way. Paste the link — no install, no account.","howto":["Press Share on YouTube and copy the link.","Paste it into the field above and press Analyze.","Press Save next to the quality you want."],"faq":[{"q":"It says 'no audio' for 720p and above.","a":"YouTube ships video and audio **separately** from 720p up. That is how YouTube distributes them, not a limit of this tool. For one file with sound, take 360p; for high quality, download the video and the audio and merge them yourself."},{"q":"Which quality includes sound?","a":"Usually just 360p. YouTube keeps only one low-quality combined file and splits everything else into separate video and audio streams."},{"q":"Do Shorts work?","a":"Yes. They are handled exactly like regular videos — only the URL shape differs."},{"q":"What about private or age-restricted videos?","a":"Not supported. Only public videos anyone can watch without logging in."},{"q":"Can I re-upload what I save?","a":"Not without the creator's permission. Copyright stays with them — use it only for personal, lawful purposes such as your own uploads or content you have permission to save. Re-uploading or redistributing may infringe copyright."}]},{"slug":"youtube-audio-downloader","category":"video-audio","isNew":true,"title":"YouTube Audio Downloader — Sound Only (M4A / OPUS)","tagline":"Saves the audio track YouTube already stores, with no re-compression and no quality loss","emoji":"🎵","keywords":["youtube audio download","extract youtube audio","youtube sound only","download youtube m4a","youtube music download"],"intro":"Saves just the sound from a YouTube video, without the picture. YouTube already keeps the audio as a separate file, so this tool hands you that file directly. Nothing is re-compressed, so you avoid the quality loss that conversion sites introduce.","howto":["Press Share on YouTube and copy the link.","Paste it above and press Analyze.","Press Save on the M4A or OPUS entry."],"faq":[{"q":"Can I get MP3?","a":"This tool does not convert. YouTube distributes M4A (AAC) and OPUS, so those are what you get. If you specifically need MP3, convert it afterwards — but converting compresses it a second time, so quality drops slightly."},{"q":"M4A or OPUS — which should I pick?","a":"M4A is the more compatible choice (plays on iPhone and most devices out of the box). OPUS sounds better at the same file size but some devices cannot play it. If unsure, pick M4A."},{"q":"Is this better quality than a conversion site?","a":"Conversion sites fetch YouTube's audio and re-compress it into MP3. Compressing already-compressed audio stacks the losses. This tool hands over the original audio file, so that step never happens."},{"q":"I want the video too.","a":"Use the YouTube video downloader — it saves MP4 at the quality you choose."},{"q":"Can I use the audio I download?","a":"Copyright stays with the creator. Use it only for personal, lawful purposes such as your own uploads or content you have permission to save. Distributing it or putting it into other content needs separate permission."}]},{"slug":"instagram-photo-downloader","category":"image-format","isNew":true,"title":"Instagram Photo Downloader — Full Original Resolution","tagline":"Paste a post link to save the uploaded original resolution instead of the downscaled on-screen version; multi-photo posts save as one ZIP","emoji":"📷","keywords":["instagram photo download","save instagram picture","instagram original resolution","download instagram carousel","instagram image downloader"],"intro":"Saves photos from public Instagram posts at the resolution they were uploaded in. What you see on screen is scaled down to fit the page, so saving it directly gives you a blurry copy — this tool locates the original file instead. Posts with several photos can be selected together and packed into a single ZIP.","howto":["Copy the post address with 'Copy link'.","Paste it into the field above and press Analyze.","Press Save for one photo, or tick several and press Save as ZIP."],"faq":[{"q":"How large is the 'original'?","a":"It is whatever resolution the uploader posted. It varies by post — recent posts are usually 1080px or larger, and some keep an even bigger original. Older posts may have a small original, in which case that small size is the original."},{"q":"Does it handle carousel posts?","a":"Yes. For swipeable posts every slide is found at its own original size and listed. Tick the ones you want and download them as a single ZIP."},{"q":"Can it fetch private accounts?","a":"No. Only public posts that anyone can view without logging in. Private accounts and deleted posts come back as not found."},{"q":"What about Reels and videos?","a":"This tool handles photos only. Use the Instagram Reels downloader for video."},{"q":"Can I reuse the photos freely?","a":"No. Copyright stays with the creator. Use them only for personal, lawful purposes such as your own uploads or content you have permission to save; re-uploading or commercial reuse needs separate permission."}]},{"slug":"instagram-reels-downloader","category":"video-audio","isNew":true,"title":"Instagram Reels Downloader — Original MP4, No Watermark","tagline":"Paste a Reels link and save the original MP4 with no logo burned on top; no install, no sign-up","emoji":"🎬","keywords":["instagram reels download","save instagram reel","instagram video downloader","reels download no watermark","download instagram video"],"intro":"Saves public Instagram Reels and videos as MP4 files. Unlike screen recording, it pulls the original file that sits on the server, so nothing is re-encoded and we add no logo of our own. Paste the link — no install, no account.","howto":["Copy the Reel address with 'Copy link'.","Paste it above and press Analyze.","Press Save on the video that appears."],"faq":[{"q":"Is it really watermark-free?","a":"We add no logo of our own. Anything the uploader burned into the video itself — a logo or captions — is part of the original and cannot be removed."},{"q":"Is this better than screen recording?","a":"Yes. Recording re-captures the playback, which costs another round of quality and often drifts out of sync. This takes the original file straight from the server."},{"q":"Can it save Stories?","a":"No. Stories require a login to view, so they are not supported. Only public Reels and video from public posts."},{"q":"Do private accounts work?","a":"No. Only public posts that anyone can view without logging in."},{"q":"Can I re-upload what I save?","a":"Not without the creator's permission. Copyright stays with them — use it only for personal, lawful purposes such as your own uploads or content you have permission to save."}]},{"slug":"all-in-one-media-downloader","category":"video-audio","isNew":true,"title":"All-in-One Media Downloader — Save Video and Photos from a URL","tagline":"Paste a link from X, Naver TV, Vimeo, Twitch, Pinterest, Bluesky or SoundCloud and it detects the service and saves the original file","emoji":"⬇️","keywords":["video downloader","media downloader","save video from url","photo downloader","download video online"],"intro":"Paste a URL and the tool works out which service it belongs to and lists every file you can save. No install, no sign-up — it runs straight from your browser and lets you pick the quality you want.","howto":["Copy the address of the post you want to save.","Paste it into the field above and press Analyze.","Press Save next to the quality or size you want."],"faq":[{"q":"Does it work with Instagram or TikTok?","a":"Instagram is supported — photos and Reels from public posts, at original resolution. TikTok video files cannot be fetched; only the cover image, which the dedicated TikTok cover tool handles."},{"q":"Do I need an account or an app?","a":"Neither. Enter a URL and the result appears immediately."},{"q":"Can I re-upload what I download?","a":"Not without the creator's permission. Copyright stays with the original author, so use downloads only for personal, lawful purposes such as your own content."}]},{"slug":"x-video-downloader","category":"video-audio","isNew":true,"title":"X (Twitter) Video Downloader — Choose the Quality","tagline":"Paste a tweet URL, pick a quality up to 1080p and save it as MP4 — GIF tweets supported too","emoji":"𝕏","keywords":["twitter video downloader","x video download","save twitter gif","download twitter video mp4"],"intro":"Saves videos and GIFs posted on X (formerly Twitter) as MP4 files. Enter the tweet URL and every resolution the original offers is listed, so you can weigh file size against quality.","howto":["Use Copy link on the tweet.","Paste the URL and press Analyze.","Press Save next to the quality you want, such as 1080p."],"faq":[{"q":"Does it work for protected accounts?","a":"No. Only public tweets can be fetched; locked accounts and deleted posts come back as not found."},{"q":"Why are several qualities listed?","a":"X pre-encodes uploads at multiple resolutions. The top entry is the highest quality."},{"q":"Do the files pass through your server?","a":"No. X's media servers allow direct browser access, so the file downloads straight from X to your device."}]},{"slug":"x-image-downloader","category":"image-format","isNew":true,"title":"X (Twitter) Original Image Downloader","tagline":"Saves the full uploaded resolution instead of the shrunken preview, with ZIP export for multi-photo tweets","emoji":"🖼️","keywords":["twitter image original","download twitter photo","save x images","twitter full resolution image"],"intro":"Saves photos posted on X at the resolution they were uploaded at, not the reduced copy shown in the timeline. Tweets with several photos can be selected and downloaded as one ZIP.","howto":["Copy the URL of a tweet containing photos.","Paste it and press Analyze.","Press Save for a single photo, or tick several and use Save as ZIP."],"faq":[{"q":"What does original mean here?","a":"The exact resolution the poster uploaded, which is larger than the copy Twitter renders in the timeline."},{"q":"Can I grab every photo at once?","a":"Yes. Tick the photos you want in the list and press Save as ZIP to get a single archive."},{"q":"Are GIFs and video included?","a":"No, this tool lists photos only. Use the X video downloader for video and GIF."}]},{"slug":"youtube-thumbnail-downloader","category":"image-format","isNew":true,"title":"YouTube Thumbnail Downloader — Up to 1280×720","tagline":"Enter a video or Shorts URL and save only the thumbnail sizes that actually exist, from maxres down","emoji":"▶️","keywords":["youtube thumbnail download","download youtube thumbnail hd","youtube thumbnail grabber","save video thumbnail"],"intro":"Saves a YouTube video's cover image as a file. Sizes from 1280×720 down to 120×90 are checked, so you can take just the one you need or bundle them all into a ZIP.","howto":["Copy a YouTube video URL (Shorts work too).","Paste it and press Analyze.","Press Save on the resolution you want, or download them all as ZIP."],"faq":[{"q":"Why is 1280×720 missing for some videos?","a":"That video simply has no HD thumbnail — YouTube does not always generate the large size. This tool lists only what really exists."},{"q":"Can I download the video file too?","a":"No. YouTube blocks server-side requests and requires a browser attestation token, so there is no free way to retrieve the video itself."},{"q":"May I reuse someone else's thumbnail?","a":"That can raise copyright issues. Use it for reference or analysis, and get permission before reusing it."}]},{"slug":"naver-tv-downloader","category":"video-audio","isNew":true,"title":"Naver TV Video Downloader — Qualities up to 1080P","tagline":"Paste a tv.naver.com clip URL and compare 144P–1080P with file sizes before saving as MP4","emoji":"📺","keywords":["naver tv download","naver video downloader","save naver tv clip","naver tv mp4"],"intro":"Saves clips posted on Naver TV as MP4. The file size of each quality is shown so you can weigh data usage, and 1080P originals are supported.","howto":["Copy the URL of the Naver TV video page.","Paste it and press Analyze.","Choose a quality such as 1080P and press Save."],"faq":[{"q":"Does it work with age-verified or membership videos?","a":"No. Only public clips that can be watched without logging in are supported."},{"q":"Are the listed file sizes accurate?","a":"Yes — they are the real sizes reported by Naver."},{"q":"Can I save a live broadcast?","a":"Only clips published as replays. Ongoing live streams are not supported."}]},{"slug":"vimeo-video-downloader","category":"video-audio","isNew":true,"title":"Vimeo Video Downloader — Save MP4 by Quality","tagline":"Paste a vimeo.com URL and pick from 240p to 1080p original MP4 files","emoji":"🎞️","keywords":["vimeo downloader","download vimeo video","vimeo mp4 download","save vimeo video"],"intro":"Saves public Vimeo videos as MP4. The quality list comes straight from Vimeo, so you can take only the resolution you need.","howto":["Copy the Vimeo video URL.","Paste it and press Analyze.","Press Save on the quality you want."],"faq":[{"q":"Do password-protected videos work?","a":"No. Videos requiring a login or password will not return playback information."},{"q":"No qualities are listed at all.","a":"That video is served only as adaptive streaming (HLS), so no direct MP4 link exists."},{"q":"How long do the links stay valid?","a":"Vimeo attaches an expiry, so they lapse after a few hours. Just analyze the URL again."}]},{"slug":"twitch-clip-downloader","category":"video-audio","isNew":true,"title":"Twitch Clip Downloader — Save 1080p MP4","tagline":"Paste a clips.twitch.tv URL, choose a quality and save the clip as MP4","emoji":"🟣","keywords":["twitch clip downloader","download twitch clip","save twitch clip mp4","twitch clip download"],"intro":"Saves Twitch clips as MP4 files. Enter a clip URL and the available qualities — usually 480p, 720p and 1080p — are listed for you.","howto":["Copy the clip page URL.","Paste it and press Analyze.","Press Save on the quality you want."],"faq":[{"q":"Can I download a full VOD?","a":"No, clips only. VODs are delivered as segmented streams and cannot be fetched as a single file."},{"q":"Are 60fps clips marked?","a":"Yes. If the source is 60fps the quality label shows 60."},{"q":"What if I paste a channel URL?","a":"You get a notice that it is not a clip URL. The address must contain /clip/."}]},{"slug":"pinterest-image-downloader","category":"image-format","isNew":true,"title":"Pinterest Image and Video Downloader","tagline":"Fetch the originals-size image behind a pin, and MP4 for video pins","emoji":"📌","keywords":["pinterest image downloader","download pinterest photo","save pinterest video","pinterest original image"],"intro":"Saves the image inside a Pinterest pin at its original size rather than the display copy. Pins that contain video can be downloaded as MP4.","howto":["Copy the pin page URL or a pin.it share link.","Paste it and press Analyze.","Press Save on the entry marked original."],"faq":[{"q":"What is the difference between original and display size?","a":"Pinterest stores several copies at different sizes. If an originals copy exists we use it; otherwise the display size is offered."},{"q":"Do pins on secret boards work?","a":"No. Only public pins viewable without a login can be fetched."},{"q":"Can I use the images commercially?","a":"No. Most pins are third-party work, so using them without the creator's permission may infringe copyright."}]},{"slug":"bluesky-media-downloader","category":"sns-utils","isNew":true,"title":"Bluesky Photo and Video Downloader","tagline":"Save full-size images and the original MP4 from any bsky.app post URL","emoji":"🦋","keywords":["bluesky image download","bsky video downloader","save bluesky photo","bluesky media downloader"],"intro":"Saves photos and video attached to Bluesky posts. Video is pulled as the uploader's original file rather than reassembled streaming segments.","howto":["Copy the post's share URL.","Paste it and press Analyze.","Press Save next to the photo or video."],"faq":[{"q":"Do I need to log in?","a":"No. Bluesky offers a public read API, so public posts can be read without an account."},{"q":"Can I choose a video quality?","a":"There is no need — you receive the single original file, which is always the best quality."},{"q":"Do quoted posts work?","a":"Media attached directly to the quoting post is detected."}]},{"slug":"soundcloud-audio-downloader","category":"video-audio","isNew":true,"title":"SoundCloud Audio Downloader (MP3)","tagline":"Paste a SoundCloud track URL and save it as an MP3 file","emoji":"🎧","keywords":["soundcloud downloader","soundcloud mp3 download","save soundcloud track","download soundcloud audio"],"intro":"Saves public SoundCloud tracks as MP3. Enter the track URL, check the title, artist and duration, and download right away.","howto":["Copy the SoundCloud track page URL.","Paste it and press Analyze.","Press Save on the MP3 entry."],"faq":[{"q":"Can I download a whole playlist?","a":"No, one track at a time."},{"q":"It says no downloadable format is available.","a":"The uploader published the track as streaming-only, so no saveable file exists."},{"q":"What audio quality do I get?","a":"Exactly SoundCloud's progressive stream, which is typically 128 kbps MP3."}]},{"slug":"webpage-image-bulk-downloader","category":"image-format","isNew":true,"title":"Bulk Web Page Image Downloader (ZIP)","tagline":"Find every image on a page from one URL, tick what you need and save it all as a single ZIP","emoji":"🗂️","keywords":["extract images from website","bulk image downloader","download all images from page","web image grabber"],"intro":"Finds the images contained in a web page and lists them at once. Preview, tick the ones you want and download a single ZIP — no more right-clicking each picture in turn.","howto":["Copy the URL of the page whose images you want.","Paste it and press Analyze.","Tick the images you need and press Save as ZIP."],"faq":[{"q":"No images are found.","a":"The site may render and load its images with JavaScript. For such pages the image list cannot be derived from the URL alone."},{"q":"It says access was blocked.","a":"That site blocks requests coming from servers. It opens in your browser but cannot be read server-side."},{"q":"How many images are collected?","a":"Up to 200 per page."}]},{"slug":"og-thumbnail-downloader","category":"web-seo-misc","isNew":true,"title":"Link Preview Image (og:image) Downloader","tagline":"Enter a URL and save the original preview image used on share cards","emoji":"🔗","keywords":["og image extractor","download og image","get thumbnail from url","open graph image download"],"intro":"Finds the preview image (og:image) shown when a page is shared on messengers or social media and saves it as a file — handy for research and content planning.","howto":["Copy the target page URL.","Paste it and press Analyze.","Press Save on the preview image that was found."],"faq":[{"q":"What if there is no og:image?","a":"The Twitter card image is checked as a fallback. If neither exists you get a not-found notice."},{"q":"Can the preview differ from the real share card?","a":"Yes. Messengers keep their own cache, so an old image may persist for a while after you fix the tags."},{"q":"How do I verify my own tags?","a":"Pair this with the Open Graph preview tool to spot missing tags as well."}]},{"slug":"favicon-downloader","category":"web-seo-misc","isNew":true,"title":"Website Favicon Downloader — Every Declared Size","tagline":"Enter a URL to collect favicons and Apple touch icons at each size, individually or as ZIP","emoji":"🔖","keywords":["favicon downloader","extract favicon from website","download site icon","apple touch icon grabber"],"intro":"Lists every icon a website declares. Beyond the browser-tab favicon you also see Apple touch icons for mobile home screens — useful for competitor branding research or auditing your own site.","howto":["Enter the site URL.","Press Analyze.","Tick the icons you need and save them individually or as a ZIP."],"faq":[{"q":"Why are there several icons?","a":"Modern sites declare different sizes for browser tabs, mobile home screens and PWAs."},{"q":"Nothing is found.","a":"The site may declare no icons. The default /favicon.ico path is tried as well."},{"q":"May I use another site's icon?","a":"It can raise trademark and copyright issues, so keep it to inspection and reference."}]},{"slug":"direct-media-downloader","category":"web-seo-misc","isNew":true,"title":"Force-Download an Image or Video URL (with Filename)","tagline":"Turns a media URL that merely opens in the browser into a proper file download","emoji":"💾","keywords":["force download url","download file from link","save mp4 link","direct link downloader"],"intro":"Paste the direct URL of a media file and it is saved instead of opening in a new tab. Browsers ignore filename hints for cross-site media, and this tool works around that.","howto":["Use Copy image address (or the media's direct link).","Paste it and press Analyze.","Check the format and size, then press Save."],"faq":[{"q":"Can I paste a web page URL?","a":"No — it must be the address of the image, video or audio file itself. For pages, use the bulk web page image downloader."},{"q":"It says access was refused.","a":"That server blocks requests originating elsewhere (hotlink protection), so the file cannot be fetched on your behalf."},{"q":"Is there a size limit?","a":"Up to 600 MB per file. For anything larger, download from the original link directly."}]},{"slug":"tiktok-thumbnail-downloader","category":"sns-utils","isNew":true,"title":"TikTok Cover Image & Info Saver (Direct-from-Browser)","tagline":"Fetches straight from your browser instead of a server to save a TikTok cover image plus title and author","emoji":"🎵","keywords":["tiktok thumbnail download","save tiktok cover image","tiktok cover downloader","tiktok photo save"],"intro":"Saves the cover image, title and author of a TikTok video. The request goes straight from your browser rather than our server, which is why it still works even though TikTok blocks server traffic.","howto":["Copy the full video URL from the TikTok app or website.","Paste it and press Analyze.","Press Save cover image."],"faq":[{"q":"Can I download the video file too?","a":"No. The pages that contain the video address are closed to cross-site reading by browser security policy, so only the cover image and metadata are available."},{"q":"vm.tiktok.com short links do not work.","a":"Short links are not supported. Open one in your browser first, then copy the full address from the address bar."},{"q":"Why does this tool not use your server?","a":"TikTok blocks connections coming from datacenters. Requesting from your ordinary home connection avoids that restriction."}]},{"slug":"real-estate-kb-apt-price-proxy","category":"calc-convert","title":"Korean Apartment Purchase Cost Calculator — Acquisition Tax & Broker Fee","tagline":"Estimate acquisition tax and real estate broker commission from your apartment's sale price in Korea","emoji":"🏢","keywords":["Korea apartment tax calculator","acquisition tax Korea","real estate broker fee Korea","Korean apartment purchase cost"],"intro":"Enter the sale price of a Korean apartment and instantly get the acquisition tax and standard broker commission (bokbi) you'll owe as a buyer.","howto":["Enter the sale price.","Check the estimated acquisition tax and broker fee."],"faq":[{"q":"Does this account for higher tax rates on multiple properties?","a":"It calculates a baseline estimate using the single-home rate (1.1%–3.3%). Multi-home surcharges aren't included."},{"q":"How is the broker commission rate determined?","a":"It automatically applies the Ministry of Land's published fee brackets for the sale price range, for example 0.4% in the 600M–900M KRW band."},{"q":"Could the result differ from what I actually pay?","a":"Yes — local ordinances and exemptions like first-time buyer discounts aren't factored in, so treat this as a reference estimate and confirm with your district office or a licensed agent before paying."}]},{"slug":"lotto-winning-number-proxy","category":"generators-qr","title":"Lotto Number Generator — Random 6/45 Lucky Numbers","tagline":"Instantly generate a random 6-number combination in Korean Lotto 6/45 format","emoji":"🎰","keywords":["lotto number generator","6/45 random numbers","lucky lotto numbers","Korea lotto simulator"],"intro":"Generates six unique lucky numbers that follow the Lotto 6/45 draw format, using a random algorithm — handy for picking your own numbers before you buy a ticket.","howto":["Click Generate Numbers.","Check the 6 numbers you got."],"faq":[{"q":"Does duplicate numbers ever show up?","a":"No — duplicates are filtered out completely, so you always get 6 unique numbers."},{"q":"Are these connected to the real draw results?","a":"No. It's a purely random simulation for reference only and has no link to the official draw or your odds of winning."},{"q":"Can I get the same set twice?","a":"Yes — each run is independent, so the exact same combination can come up again."}]},{"slug":"parcel-tracking-carrier-proxy","category":"web-seo-misc","title":"Korea Parcel Tracking Hub — 12 Major Couriers","tagline":"Enter a tracking number for CJ Logistics, Korea Post, Hanjin, and 9 more Korean couriers and jump straight to the official tracking page","emoji":"📦","keywords":["Korea parcel tracking","CJ Logistics tracking","Korea Post package tracking","Korean courier tracking"],"intro":"Type in the tracking number from a major Korean courier (CJ, Korea Post, Hanjin, Lotte, and more) and get sent directly to that carrier's official tracking page.","howto":["Pick the courier and enter the tracking number.","Click Smart Track."],"faq":[{"q":"Is it fine if the tracking number has hyphens?","a":"Yes — only the digits are parsed automatically, so it links you to the right page either way."},{"q":"What if I don't know which courier it is?","a":"You can usually guess from the digit pattern in the text message or order confirmation; if it's wrong, just try a different courier from the list."},{"q":"Does the tracking result show up on this page?","a":"No — it opens the carrier's own official tracking page in a new tab so you see the most current status."}]},{"slug":"bpm-tap-tempo-metronome","category":"video-audio","title":"Tap Tempo & BPM Metronome — Find Any Song's Tempo","tagline":"Tap along with the beat to measure BPM instantly, then play it back on a visual and audible metronome","emoji":"🥁","keywords":["BPM tap tempo","online metronome","find song tempo","tap tempo calculator"],"intro":"Tap a button in time with the music and get a real-time BPM reading — no need to guess the tempo by ear.","howto":["Tap the TAP button in time with the beat, several times in a row.","Check the BPM reading it calculates."],"faq":[{"q":"How many taps do I need for an accurate reading?","a":"Usually 4 to 8 taps in a row is enough to get a very accurate BPM."},{"q":"Can I play the metronome at the tempo I just measured?","a":"Yes — the measured BPM carries straight over to the metronome, so you can check it with click sounds and a visual beat."},{"q":"What if I mistap and want to start over?","a":"Hit reset, or just stop tapping for a few seconds — it resets automatically so you can measure again."}]},{"slug":"audio-frequency-generator","category":"video-audio","title":"Online Tone Generator — 20Hz to 20kHz Frequency Test","tagline":"Play sine and square wave tones anywhere from 20Hz to 20kHz right in your browser, powered by the Web Audio OscillatorNode","emoji":"🔊","keywords":["online tone generator","frequency test 20Hz 20kHz","speaker test tone","sine wave generator"],"intro":"Plays an audio tone anywhere in the human hearing range (20Hz–20kHz) in real time, right from your browser.","howto":["Pick a frequency (Hz) with the slider.","Press Play to hear the tone."],"faq":[{"q":"Can I use this to test my speakers?","a":"Yes — it's well suited for checking how tweeters, woofers, and earphones respond across the range."},{"q":"Could playing it loud damage my speakers?","a":"Sustained very low or very high frequencies at full volume can strain tweeters and woofers, so it's best to start at low volume and work your way up."},{"q":"Should I use a sine wave or a square wave?","a":"Sine waves are best for pure pitch tests and hearing checks; square waves, with their richer harmonics, are more useful for spotting speaker distortion or noise."}]},{"slug":"earphone-lr-channel-test","category":"video-audio","title":"Earphone L/R Channel Test — Check Left & Right Audio","tagline":"Play a stereo test tone to check that your earphones or headphones send left and right audio to the correct ear","emoji":"🎧","keywords":["earphone left right test","stereo channel test","headphone L R test","audio balance test"],"intro":"Checks whether your earphones or headphones are correctly sending sound to the left (L) and right (R) channels.","howto":["Press the LEFT or RIGHT button.","Confirm the sound only plays in the matching ear."],"faq":[{"q":"What if the sound comes out of the wrong ear?","a":"Try wearing the earphones with L and R swapped — you likely have them on backward."},{"q":"What if I hear nothing at all from one side?","a":"That usually points to a broken wire, a loose connection, or a faulty audio output on the device — cross-check with a different pair of earphones first."},{"q":"Can I test Bluetooth earphones too?","a":"Yes — as long as they're paired and playing audio normally, you can check the left/right channels exactly the same way as wired earphones."}]},{"slug":"instagram-story-safe-zone","category":"sns-utils","title":"Instagram Story Safe Zone Overlay — Avoid UI Cutoffs","tagline":"Upload your 1080x1920 story image and see exactly where the profile icon and reply bar will cover it","emoji":"📱","keywords":["Instagram story safe zone","story text placement","Instagram UI overlay","1080x1920 story template"],"intro":"Overlays a safe-zone guide on your story image so text and key visuals don't end up hidden behind Instagram's top and bottom UI.","howto":["Upload your story image.","Check that everything important sits inside the safe zone, top and bottom."],"faq":[{"q":"What's the recommended resolution for a story?","a":"1080px wide by 1920px tall — a 9:16 ratio."},{"q":"What happens if I put text outside the safe zone?","a":"It can end up hidden or cut off behind Instagram's UI — the profile icon, username, or reply field."},{"q":"Can I use the same safe zone for Reels covers or feed posts?","a":"Reels share a similar UI layout to stories, so it mostly applies there too — but feed posts have no overlapping UI, so this guide doesn't apply to them."}]},{"slug":"hashtag-dedupe-combiner","category":"sns-utils","title":"Hashtag Deduplicator & Combiner — Clean Up Tag Lists Fast","tagline":"Paste a messy list of tags separated by spaces or commas and get a clean, deduplicated string with # added","emoji":"🏷️","keywords":["hashtag deduplicator","hashtag combiner tool","remove duplicate hashtags","Instagram hashtag generator"],"intro":"Strips out duplicate hashtags from a pasted list of keywords and combines what's left into one clean string with # symbols added.","howto":["Enter your tag words.","Copy the deduplicated # hashtag result."],"faq":[{"q":"Does it catch duplicates that differ only in capitalization?","a":"Yes — it normalizes case first, so tags that only differ by capitalization get merged too."},{"q":"Is there a limit on how many tags I can enter?","a":"No hard limit here, but Instagram only recognizes up to 30 hashtags per post, so trim the list down to that if you're posting there."},{"q":"Can I paste tags that already have a # in front?","a":"Yes — it detects tags with or without a leading #, and formats everything consistently either way."}]},{"slug":"youtube-title-seo-analyzer","category":"sns-utils","title":"YouTube Title & Description SEO Checker","tagline":"Check title length (60 characters), emoji use, and keyword density before you hit publish","emoji":"🔥","keywords":["youtube title seo","youtube title checker","youtube title length","video title optimizer"],"intro":"Analyzes your YouTube title for the length and structure that search visibility and click-through rate actually reward — the 60-character sweet spot included.","howto":["Paste the title you wrote.","Check the recommended length and SEO score."],"faq":[{"q":"How long should a YouTube title be?","a":"Aim for 20–60 characters so it doesn't get cut off on mobile screens."},{"q":"Do emojis in the title help it rank?","a":"Emojis don't directly boost ranking, but they do grab attention in search results and can lift your click-through rate. Stack more than two or three, though, and it starts to read as spam."},{"q":"Where should the main keyword go?","a":"Search engines and viewers both register the first part of a title first, so it's best to place your main keyword within the first 20 characters."}]},{"slug":"naver-blog-character-counter","category":"sns-utils","title":"Naver Blog Character Counter & Manuscript Paper Converter","tagline":"Count characters with/without spaces, word count, and convert to 200-character manuscript sheets","emoji":"📝","keywords":["naver blog character count","korean character counter","manuscript sheet converter","naver blog word count"],"intro":"Calculates the character count and manuscript-sheet total that Korean blog posts need to rank well on Naver.","howto":["Type or paste your post text.","Check the character count with and without spaces."],"faq":[{"q":"How many characters does a top-ranking Naver blog post need?","a":"Generally 1,500–2,000+ characters including spaces is recommended."},{"q":"How is the manuscript-sheet count calculated?","a":"It divides your total character count by 200, the standard length of one Korean manuscript sheet (wongoji)."},{"q":"Does text inside images or tables get counted?","a":"No — this tool only counts the plain text pasted into the input box, so captions or text baked into images need to be counted separately."}]},{"slug":"email-subject-ab-spam-checker","category":"sns-utils","title":"Email Subject Line Spam Keyword Checker","tagline":"Flags risky words like \"free,\" \"100%,\" and \"act now\" before spam filters do","emoji":"📧","keywords":["email spam checker","subject line spam words","email deliverability test","spam trigger words"],"intro":"Scans your email subject line for the trigger words that send campaigns straight to the spam folder.","howto":["Paste the subject line you wrote.","See whether any spam-trigger keywords were detected."],"faq":[{"q":"Which words get flagged as spam?","a":"Over-the-top promotional phrases like \"100% free,\" \"guaranteed jackpot,\" or \"no strings attached.\""},{"q":"My subject has no spam words, so why does it still land in spam?","a":"Subject-line keywords are only one factor — sender domain reputation, SPF/DKIM authentication, and recipients' past open rates all matter too, so a keyword check alone can't guarantee inbox placement."},{"q":"Should I avoid exclamation points and all caps?","a":"Yes — strings of exclamation marks (!!!) and subject lines written entirely in caps are patterns spam filters weight heavily, so it's best to keep them to a minimum."}]},{"slug":"utm-builder-1sec","category":"sns-utils","title":"UTM Parameter Builder — Campaign URLs in Seconds","tagline":"Enter your landing URL, source, medium, and campaign to get a ready-to-use Google Analytics UTM link","emoji":"🔗","keywords":["utm builder","utm parameter generator","ga4 campaign url","utm link generator"],"intro":"Builds the UTM-tagged link you need for GA4 campaign tracking in seconds — no more hand-typing query strings.","howto":["Enter the target URL along with utm_source, utm_medium, and the rest.","Copy the generated UTM URL and share it."],"faq":[{"q":"What's the difference between utm_source and utm_medium?","a":"Source is where the traffic came from (e.g. newsletter), while medium is the marketing channel it traveled through (e.g. email)."},{"q":"Is utm_campaign required?","a":"It's not required, but setting a campaign value makes it much easier to tell which promotion or event drove the traffic when you're reading your GA4 reports."},{"q":"What happens if my URL already has query parameters?","a":"The UTM parameters are appended after a & symbol, so your existing query string stays intact instead of being overwritten."}]},{"slug":"korean-readability-index","category":"sns-utils","title":"Korean Readability Index Checker","tagline":"Scores Korean writing based on average sentence length and word difficulty","emoji":"📖","keywords":["korean readability checker","korean text analysis","sentence length checker","writing readability score"],"intro":"Calculates the average number of words per sentence in your Korean text to judge how easy it is to read.","howto":["Paste your text.","Check the average words-per-sentence and the readability result."],"faq":[{"q":"What's the most readable sentence length?","a":"Readers understand text best when sentences run about 10–15 words (eojeol) long."},{"q":"Does this tool also check spelling or grammar?","a":"No — it's not a spell checker. It's a readability-only tool that analyzes sentence length and structure to judge how easy your writing is to follow."},{"q":"Does a low readability score mean the writing is bad?","a":"Not necessarily. Dense, information-heavy writing like reports or papers can score low and still be appropriate — readability matters most for content meant to be skimmed quickly, like blog posts or social media."}]},{"slug":"link-tree-html-builder","category":"sns-utils","title":"Link-in-Bio HTML/CSS Page Builder","tagline":"Turns a set of social links into a single modern HTML/CSS page — ready to copy and deploy","emoji":"🌐","keywords":["link in bio html","linktree alternative free","bio link page generator","social link page html"],"intro":"Instantly generates the HTML/CSS for your own multi-link page — the kind you'd normally put in your Instagram bio.","howto":["Enter your name and a short bio.","Copy the finished HTML code and deploy it to GitHub Pages or similar."],"faq":[{"q":"Does it look good on mobile too?","a":"Yes — responsive styling is built in, so it's optimized for mobile screens automatically."},{"q":"Can I host this without paying for a service like Linktree?","a":"Yes. The generated code is plain HTML/CSS, so you can drop it straight onto free static hosting like GitHub Pages, Netlify, or Vercel and it'll just work."},{"q":"Is there a limit on how many link buttons I can add?","a":"There's no hard limit, but if you add too many, visitors will struggle to scan them at a glance — sticking to roughly 5–8 key links is a good rule of thumb."}]},{"slug":"camel-snake-kebab-converter","category":"text-dev","title":"camelCase ↔ snake_case ↔ kebab-case Converter","tagline":"Instantly convert between camel, Pascal, snake, kebab, and CONSTANT case","emoji":"🐫","keywords":["camelcase converter","snake case converter","kebab case converter","naming convention tool"],"intro":"Instantly converts a set of words into every programming naming convention you need — camel, snake, kebab, and Pascal case.","howto":["Enter the word or phrase you want to convert.","Check and copy the result for each naming convention."],"faq":[{"q":"Does it handle input with mixed spaces or underscores?","a":"Yes — it recognizes spaces, hyphens, and underscores alike when parsing your input."},{"q":"Does it convert words with numbers correctly?","a":"Yes. Words like user2Name are parsed with their word boundaries intact, so numbers convert cleanly into every case."},{"q":"When is CONSTANT_CASE typically used?","a":"It's the usual convention in JavaScript, Python, and similar languages for declaring constants whose value never changes, like MAX_RETRY_COUNT."}]},{"slug":"unicode-emoji-one-click-copy","category":"text-dev","title":"One-Click Unicode Emoji Copy","tagline":"Browse emoji by category and copy any of them to your clipboard with one click","emoji":"😀","keywords":["emoji copy paste","unicode emoji list","copy emoji one click","emoji picker online"],"intro":"Copies popular Unicode emoji straight to your clipboard with a single click — no long-press menus, no hunting.","howto":["Click the emoji button you want.","Confirm the copy notification, then paste it wherever you need."],"faq":[{"q":"Do emoji look the same on every OS?","a":"No — each operating system (iOS, Android, Windows, Mac) renders emoji with its own font, so the exact look varies slightly."},{"q":"Can I search for an emoji instead of browsing categories?","a":"Yes — besides browsing by category, you can search by emoji name or keyword to find what you need faster."},{"q":"Will the copied emoji paste correctly into Word or Excel?","a":"Yes. Since it's a standard Unicode character, it displays correctly in Word, Excel, KakaoTalk, and pretty much any app that supports Unicode."}]},{"slug":"css-text-truncate-clamp","category":"text-dev","title":"CSS Line Clamp & Text Truncate Generator","tagline":"Turn any line count into single-line ellipsis or multi-line line-clamp CSS","emoji":"✂️","keywords":["css line clamp generator","text overflow ellipsis css","multiline text truncate css","webkit-line-clamp generator"],"intro":"Generates ready-to-paste CSS for truncating text — from a classic single-line ellipsis to multi-line clamping with `-webkit-line-clamp`.","howto":["Drag the slider to set how many lines to show before truncating.","Copy the generated CSS into your stylesheet."],"faq":[{"q":"Does this work in every browser?","a":"Yes — it uses the now-standard `-webkit-line-clamp` property, which every modern browser supports."},{"q":"Is the single-line CSS different from the multi-line CSS?","a":"Yes. One line uses `text-overflow: ellipsis` with `white-space: nowrap`, while two or more lines switch to `-webkit-line-clamp` with `display: -webkit-box` — the tool generates the right set automatically."},{"q":"Can I show the full text on hover?","a":"Not with CSS alone. Add a `title` attribute or a small tooltip script alongside the clamp to reveal the complete text on hover."}]},{"slug":"svg-wave-blob-generator","category":"color-design","title":"SVG Wave & Blob Shape Generator","tagline":"Generate random, organic wave curves and blob shapes as ready-to-use SVG code","emoji":"🌊","keywords":["svg wave generator","svg blob generator","blob shape svg","wave divider svg"],"intro":"Creates smooth SVG wave dividers and blob shapes that look great as website section backgrounds and hero graphics.","howto":["Pick the colors you want.","Copy the generated SVG code and drop it into your site."],"faq":[{"q":"Will it work on responsive websites?","a":"Yes — every shape ships with a `viewBox` attribute built in, so it scales fluidly to 100% of its container."},{"q":"Does the shape change every time I generate one?","a":"Yes. Each click produces a new wave or blob from random coordinates, so keep regenerating until you land on one you like."},{"q":"Can I export it as a PNG or JPG instead?","a":"The output is SVG code by design — since vectors stay crisp at any size, we recommend using the SVG directly rather than converting it to a raster image."}]},{"slug":"css-box-shadow-multi-layer","category":"color-design","title":"CSS Multi-Layer Box Shadow Generator","tagline":"Visually build soft, stacked box-shadow CSS with multiple layers","emoji":"🎨","keywords":["css box shadow generator","multi layer box shadow","soft shadow css generator","layered shadow css"],"intro":"Generates layered box-shadow CSS for a soft, premium depth effect — visually adjustable so you can preview it before you copy.","howto":["Drag the blur slider to shape the shadow's depth.","Copy the generated CSS property."],"faq":[{"q":"Why use multiple shadow layers instead of one?","a":"A single shadow tends to look flat and harsh, while stacking several soft layers creates a much more natural, dimensional look."},{"q":"Can I change the shadow color too?","a":"Yes. Use the color picker to adjust both the shadow's color and opacity, so you can dial in exactly the mood you want."},{"q":"Do more shadow layers hurt performance?","a":"For a handful of cards or buttons you won't notice any slowdown, but applying many layers across a long scrolling list can add up and increase rendering load."}]},{"slug":"device-screen-aspect-ratio","category":"calc-convert","title":"Device Screen Aspect Ratio & Resolution Calculator","tagline":"Enter pixel width/height (e.g. 1920x1080) to get the simplified ratio (16:9, 4:3, 21:9…)","emoji":"🖥️","keywords":["aspect ratio calculator","screen resolution ratio","16:9 resolution calculator","pixel ratio converter"],"intro":"Takes any width and height in pixels and reduces it to a simple aspect ratio like 16:9, so you know exactly what frame shape you're working with.","howto":["Enter the width (px) and height (px).","Read off the calculated aspect ratio."],"faq":[{"q":"Does this work for monitor resolutions too?","a":"Yes — it handles 4K, QHD, FHD, and any other device resolution correctly, since the ratio calculation is purely proportional."},{"q":"Is this useful for video editing or thumbnail sizing?","a":"Yes. It's handy for checking standard frame ratios ahead of time — like YouTube's 16:9 or the 9:16 used for Shorts and Reels — before you lock in your project's working resolution."},{"q":"Can two resolutions share the same ratio but still be different sizes?","a":"Yes. 1920x1080 and 3840x2160 are both 16:9, but they have very different pixel density — ratio and resolution are two separate things."}]},{"slug":"creatine-protein-supplement-intake","category":"calc-convert","title":"Daily Creatine & Protein Intake Calculator","tagline":"Get your recommended daily protein and creatine (3-5g) dose based on body weight and training goal","emoji":"🏋️","keywords":["creatine dosage calculator","daily protein intake calculator","protein calculator bodybuilding","creatine loading calculator"],"intro":"Calculates your daily protein target (g) and creatine maintenance dose (3-5g) based on your body weight and training goal.","howto":["Enter your body weight (kg).","Pick your training goal and check the recommended intake."],"faq":[{"q":"Do I need to take creatine every day?","a":"Yes — taking a consistent daily dose is what keeps your muscle creatine stores saturated over time."},{"q":"Do I need to do a creatine loading phase?","a":"Not necessarily. Loading with 20g a day for 5-7 days saturates your muscles faster, but taking just 3-5g daily gets you to the same saturation level within 3-4 weeks."},{"q":"Is it better to eat protein in one big meal or spread it out?","a":"Spreading your daily total across 3-4 meals is generally better for muscle protein synthesis, since your body can only use so much protein for building muscle at once."}]},{"slug":"diopter-to-visual-acuity-converter","category":"calc-convert","title":"Diopter to Visual Acuity Converter","tagline":"Convert eyeglass lens power in diopters (D) to an estimated visual acuity score (0.1-2.0)","emoji":"👓","keywords":["diopter to vision converter","diopter visual acuity calculator","eyeglass prescription converter","diopter conversion chart"],"intro":"Converts the diopter (D) power from your glasses or contact lens prescription into an estimated uncorrected visual acuity score.","howto":["Enter your diopter (D) value.","Check the estimated visual acuity result."],"faq":[{"q":"Does diopter map exactly to visual acuity?","a":"No — diopter measures a lens's refractive power while visual acuity comes from reading an eye chart, so the conversion is only an approximation."},{"q":"What's the difference between minus (-) and plus (+) diopters?","a":"Minus diopters correct nearsightedness (distant objects look blurry), while plus diopters correct farsightedness or presbyopia (near objects look blurry)."},{"q":"Can I order glasses using this result?","a":"No. This is an estimate only and doesn't account for astigmatism or other factors — always get an actual prescription from an eye doctor or optician before ordering glasses."}]},{"slug":"heart-rate-target-zone-calculator","category":"calc-convert","title":"Heart Rate Zone (Zone 1-5) Fat-Burning Calculator","tagline":"Find your Zone 2 fat-burning heart rate range using the Karvonen formula, based on age and resting heart rate","emoji":"❤️","keywords":["zone 2 heart rate calculator","karvonen formula calculator","fat burning heart rate zone","target heart rate calculator"],"intro":"Calculates your Zone 2 target heart rate — the range where aerobic fat-burning is most efficient — from your age and resting heart rate (BPM).","howto":["Enter your age and resting heart rate.","Check your Zone 2 fat-burning heart rate range."],"faq":[{"q":"What are the benefits of Zone 2 training?","a":"It improves mitochondrial function, supports autonomic nervous system recovery, and maximizes your body's efficiency at using fat as fuel."},{"q":"How do I measure my resting heart rate?","a":"The most accurate way is to check it first thing in the morning before getting out of bed — count your pulse for a full minute, or use a smartwatch."},{"q":"How hard should Zone 2 exercise actually feel?","a":"You should be able to hold a conversation but not comfortably sing — that 'somewhat hard but sustainable' feeling is the right intensity for Zone 2."}]},{"slug":"matrix-determinant-inverse-calculator","category":"calc-convert","title":"2x2 to 4x4 Matrix Determinant & Inverse Calculator","tagline":"Instantly compute det(A) and the inverse matrix A⁻¹ for real-valued 2x2 through 4x4 matrices","emoji":"📐","keywords":["matrix determinant calculator","inverse matrix calculator","4x4 matrix calculator","det(A) calculator"],"intro":"Calculates the determinant (det(A)) of a matrix in real time and tells you whether its inverse (A⁻¹) exists.","howto":["Enter the matrix element values.","Check the determinant and inverse matrix results."],"faq":[{"q":"When does a matrix not have an inverse?","a":"Whenever its determinant equals zero, the matrix is singular and no inverse exists."},{"q":"Can it handle matrices larger than 4x4?","a":"Right now it supports sizes from 2x2 up to 4x4. For anything larger, the computation grows very quickly, so a dedicated math tool like MATLAB or NumPy is a better fit."},{"q":"Is it normal for the determinant to be negative?","a":"Yes — a determinant can be positive, negative, or zero. The sign just indicates whether the transformation flips orientation; it has no bearing on whether the inverse exists."}]},{"slug":"trigonometric-wave-visualizer","category":"calc-convert","title":"Sin, Cos & Tan Visualizer — Unit Circle & Wave Graphs","tagline":"Drag the angle and watch the unit circle, sine wave, and trig values update instantly","emoji":"〰️","keywords":["sin cos tan calculator","unit circle visualizer","trigonometry graph tool","trig values by angle"],"intro":"Enter any angle and see its sine, cosine, and tangent values plotted live on a unit circle alongside the wave graph, so you can build real intuition instead of memorizing a table.","howto":["Drag the angle slider (0–360°).","Read the live sin, cos, and tan values."],"faq":[{"q":"Does it show the radian value too?","a":"Yes, both degrees and the equivalent radian value are displayed side by side."},{"q":"Can I enter angles below 0° or above 360°?","a":"Yes. Angles are normalized internally, so values like -90° or 450° return the same trig results as their equivalent angle inside 0–360°."},{"q":"Why does the tangent value spike or disappear near certain angles?","a":"Near 90° and 270° the cosine approaches zero, which sends tangent toward infinity — that's why the curve appears to break or shoot off the chart there."}]},{"slug":"roman-decimal-binary-converter","category":"calc-convert","title":"Roman Numeral, Decimal & Binary Converter","tagline":"Convert instantly between Roman numerals (MMXXIV), decimal (2024), and binary (11111101000)","emoji":"🏛️","keywords":["roman numeral converter","decimal to binary converter","roman numeral to number","binary to decimal converter"],"intro":"Type a decimal number and get its Roman numeral form and binary code at the same time — handy for movie credits years, clock faces, or checking your binary homework.","howto":["Enter a decimal number.","Read the Roman numeral and binary conversion results."],"faq":[{"q":"What's the range of numbers it can convert?","a":"It follows standard Roman numeral rules, so it supports whole numbers from 1 to 3,999."},{"q":"What happens if I try to convert 0 to a Roman numeral?","a":"Roman numerals have no symbol for zero, so 0 falls outside the supported range — only integers from 1 to 3,999 convert correctly."},{"q":"Can I enter negative numbers or decimals?","a":"Both Roman numerals and this binary format are for positive whole numbers, so negative values or decimals aren't supported and may be ignored or truncated."}]},{"slug":"scientific-notation-converter","category":"calc-convert","title":"Scientific Notation Converter — Standard ↔ Exponential","tagline":"Convert huge or tiny numbers into e-notation and ready-to-paste LaTeX instantly","emoji":"🔬","keywords":["scientific notation converter","e-notation calculator","exponential form converter","latex math notation generator"],"intro":"Type any very large or very small decimal number and instantly get its scientific notation form ($1.23 \\times 10^{-5}$) plus matching LaTeX code for papers and reports.","howto":["Enter a number.","Read the scientific notation and LaTeX code."],"faq":[{"q":"Does it also output LaTeX code?","a":"Yes, you get ready-to-paste LaTeX markup you can drop straight into a paper or document."},{"q":"What happens if I enter 0?","a":"Zero has no meaningful exponent in scientific notation, so it's simply shown as 0 (or $0 \\times 10^{0}$)."},{"q":"How many digits does the coefficient show?","a":"The coefficient is normalized to a value between 1 and 10 and rounded to a reasonable number of significant digits, which can vary depending on the precision of the number you entered."}]},{"slug":"parabolic-motion-simulator","category":"calc-convert","title":"Projectile Motion Simulator — Trajectory, Range & Time","tagline":"Enter launch speed and angle to see the trajectory, max height, range, and flight time visualized","emoji":"🚀","keywords":["projectile motion calculator","trajectory simulator","launch angle range calculator","physics parabolic motion"],"intro":"Set the launch speed and angle of an object and instantly see its maximum height, total range, and flight time — plotted live on a canvas so you can see the arc, not just the numbers.","howto":["Enter the launch speed (m/s) and launch angle (°).","Read the max range, max height, and flight time."],"faq":[{"q":"What gravitational acceleration is used?","a":"It uses Earth's standard gravity, $g = 9.8\\, m/s^2$."},{"q":"Does it account for air resistance?","a":"No — this simulator assumes ideal projectile motion in a vacuum with no air resistance, so real-world outdoor results will differ slightly."},{"q":"Why does a 45° launch angle give the longest range?","a":"At a fixed launch speed, 45° maximizes the product of the horizontal and vertical velocity components, which is what theoretically produces the greatest range."}]},{"slug":"std-dev-z-score-calculator","category":"calc-convert","title":"Standard Deviation & Z-Score Calculator","tagline":"Enter a dataset and get the mean, variance, standard deviation, and Z-score percentile instantly","emoji":"📉","keywords":["standard deviation calculator","variance calculator","z score calculator","mean and standard deviation tool"],"intro":"Paste in a set of numbers and instantly get the mean, variance, and population standard deviation — plus the Z-score and percentile for any value you're checking against the distribution.","howto":["Enter numbers separated by commas.","Read the mean, standard deviation, and variance."],"faq":[{"q":"Is this the sample or population standard deviation?","a":"By default it shows the population standard deviation (dividing by N)."},{"q":"Is there a limit on how many numbers I can enter?","a":"There's no hard limit on how many comma-separated values you can enter, but for readability it's best to keep it to a few dozen numbers at a time."},{"q":"How much does a single outlier skew the result?","a":"Because standard deviation squares each value's distance from the mean, even one extreme outlier can significantly distort the variance and standard deviation — it's worth checking your data for outliers first."}]},{"slug":"packing-list-travel-planner","category":"web-seo-misc","title":"Travel Packing List & Checklist Planner","tagline":"Check off passport, adapters, meds, and everything else by category before you leave","emoji":"🧳","keywords":["travel packing list","packing checklist app","vacation packing list","international travel essentials list"],"intro":"A category-by-category packing checklist that catches the easy-to-forget essentials — passport, plug adapter, medication, chargers — before you're already at the airport.","howto":["Go through the checklist and tick items off as you pack them.","Copy the finished list as plain text."],"faq":[{"q":"Does it save my checked items?","a":"You can check items live in your browser and update the status in real time as you pack."},{"q":"Can I add or remove items from the list?","a":"Yes — beyond the default items, you can freely add anything specific to your trip and remove items you don't need, so the checklist becomes fully yours."},{"q":"Do I need separate lists for domestic and international trips?","a":"No, items are grouped by category, so international-only essentials like passport and adapters sit alongside domestic-trip basics — just check off whichever categories apply to your trip."}]},{"slug":"global-business-hours-scheduler","category":"web-seo-misc","title":"Global Time Zone Meeting Scheduler","tagline":"Compare Seoul, New York, and London hours side by side to find your best meeting window","emoji":"🌏","keywords":["time zone meeting scheduler","seoul new york london time difference","international meeting time converter","business hours overlap calculator"],"intro":"Drag the Seoul time and instantly see the corresponding local time in New York and London, along with whether each city is inside normal business hours — no more guessing whether 9am your time is 3pm or 3am theirs.","howto":["Drag the Seoul time slider.","Check the corresponding time and working-hour status for New York and London."],"faq":[{"q":"Does it account for daylight saving time (DST)?","a":"It shows standard time zone offsets (EST/GMT) as a baseline reference."},{"q":"Can I add cities besides these three?","a":"Right now it's built around a fixed set of major cities like Seoul, New York, and London — if your city isn't listed, you can use the nearest city sharing the same standard offset as a reference."},{"q":"How does it decide what counts as 'working hours'?","a":"It generally treats 9am to 6pm as standard business hours and highlights the window where both cities' business hours overlap."}]},{"slug":"carpool-fuel-toll-splitter","category":"calc-convert","title":"Carpool Fuel & Toll Cost Splitter","tagline":"Enter distance, mileage, gas price, and tolls to split the trip cost evenly among riders","emoji":"🚗","keywords":["carpool cost splitter","gas money split calculator","fuel and toll cost calculator","ride sharing cost split"],"intro":"Enter the trip distance, your car's fuel efficiency, gas price, and toll fees, and instantly see exactly how much each rider owes — no more awkward math or one person quietly covering more than their share.","howto":["Enter distance, fuel efficiency, gas price, toll fees, and number of riders.","Read the per-person amount owed."],"faq":[{"q":"Does it include the driver in the split?","a":"Yes, the driver is counted as one of the riders, and the total cost is divided evenly across everyone."},{"q":"How do I calculate a round trip?","a":"Just enter the total round-trip distance in the distance field — if you only know the one-way distance, double it before entering to get the round-trip split."},{"q":"Can I use this for an EV that doesn't use miles-per-gallon fuel efficiency?","a":"Yes — just enter your vehicle's actual consumption-per-distance figure in the efficiency field regardless of the unit, and the per-person split is calculated the same way."}]},{"slug":"living-fixed-vs-variable-cost","category":"calc-convert","title":"Fixed vs. Variable Expenses Calculator for Renters","tagline":"See how your rent and bills stack up against everyday spending, then find out how much you can actually save","emoji":"🏠","keywords":["fixed vs variable expenses","budget calculator for renters","monthly expense ratio","living alone budget planner"],"intro":"Enter your monthly income along with fixed costs (rent, utilities) and variable costs (food, shopping) to see your spending ratio and how much is left to save.","howto":["Enter your monthly income, fixed costs, and variable costs.","Check your leftover savings and expense ratio."],"faq":[{"q":"What's a healthy fixed-cost ratio?","a":"As a rule of thumb, your finances are in good shape when fixed costs stay under 35% of your monthly income."},{"q":"What counts as a variable expense?","a":"Anything that changes month to month — groceries, coffee, shopping, nights out, delivery fees — belongs in the variable column for an accurate read."},{"q":"Is my financial data saved anywhere?","a":"No. Everything runs in your browser only, nothing is sent to a server, and it resets the moment you refresh the page."}]},{"slug":"pet-age-health-check-scheduler","category":"web-seo-misc","title":"Dog & Cat Age Calculator — Convert to Human Years","tagline":"Convert your dog's or cat's age to human years by breed size, plus a life-stage checkup guide","emoji":"🐶","keywords":["dog age in human years","cat age calculator","pet age chart","dog years to human years"],"intro":"Converts your dog's or cat's real age into the human-year equivalent and shows which health checkups matter most at that life stage.","howto":["Choose dog or cat.","Enter their actual age to see the human-year equivalent."],"faq":[{"q":"Do dogs and cats age at different rates?","a":"Yes — dogs and cats mature differently, so the calculator applies separate conversion factors for each species."},{"q":"Does breed size change the result for dogs?","a":"Yes. Larger breeds age faster, so a big dog will show an older human-equivalent age than a small dog at the same actual age."},{"q":"How accurate are the suggested checkups?","a":"They're general life-stage guidelines meant as a starting point — always confirm your pet's actual health with a veterinarian."}]},{"slug":"roommate-chores-roulette","category":"web-seo-misc","title":"Roommate Chore Wheel — Fair Random Chore Splitter","tagline":"Enter roommate names and a chore list to spin up a fair, random chore-sharing schedule","emoji":"🎯","keywords":["roommate chore chart","fair chore splitter","random chore wheel","chore schedule generator"],"intro":"Randomly and fairly splits chores like dishes, cleaning, and recycling among your roommates.","howto":["Enter roommate names and the chore list.","Spin the wheel to see the generated chore schedule."],"faq":[{"q":"Does it still work fairly if the number of roommates and chores don't match?","a":"Yes — a rotation algorithm spreads the chores evenly no matter how the numbers line up."},{"q":"Can one roommate keep getting stuck with the worst chore?","a":"Each spin is random, so results vary each time. If the same chore keeps landing on the same person, just re-spin or use the list as a rotating schedule."},{"q":"How do I share the results with my roommates?","a":"Just screenshot the generated schedule or copy the text and paste it into your group chat."}]},{"slug":"currency-exchange-fee-savings","category":"calc-convert","title":"Currency Exchange Fee Discount Savings Calculator","tagline":"See exactly how much a bank's exchange rate discount (80–90%) saves you on foreign currency","emoji":"💵","keywords":["exchange rate discount calculator","currency exchange fee savings","bank exchange fee comparison","forex fee calculator"],"intro":"Calculates how much you actually save on fees when a bank applies an exchange rate discount (like 80% or 90%) to your currency exchange.","howto":["Enter the amount you're exchanging, the base exchange rate, and the discount rate (%).","Check how much you're saving in fees."],"faq":[{"q":"What does a 90% exchange rate discount actually mean?","a":"It means the bank knocks 90% off the spread — the markup fee it normally charges — on your exchange."},{"q":"Where do I find the base exchange rate?","a":"Check the live rate posted on your bank's website or app, usually under the currency or exchange rate menu."},{"q":"Can I calculate this for currencies other than USD?","a":"Yes — just swap in the base rate for whichever currency you're exchanging and the calculator works the same way."}]},{"slug":"backpacking-base-weight-calculator","category":"web-seo-misc","title":"Backpacking Base Weight Calculator","tagline":"Add up your tent, pack, and sleep system weight and see where you land on the BPL scale","emoji":"🎒","keywords":["backpacking base weight calculator","ultralight backpacking weight","BPL weight rating","pack weight calculator"],"intro":"Adds up the weight of your core backpacking gear — tent, pack, and sleeping bag/pad — to calculate your base weight and BPL rating.","howto":["Enter the weight (g) of each piece of gear.","Check your total base weight in kg and your BPL rating."],"faq":[{"q":"What exactly is base weight?","a":"It's the weight of your pack and gear excluding consumables — food, water, and fuel."},{"q":"Where are the cutoffs for ultralight and lightweight?","a":"By the usual backpacking-community rule of thumb, a base weight of 4.5 kg (10 lb) or under counts as ultralight, and under 9 kg (20 lb) counts as lightweight."},{"q":"Can I add gear beyond the tent and pack?","a":"Yes — enter any other items you want, like a cook system or clothing, and they'll be added to your total base weight."}]},{"slug":"wpm-reading-time-calculator","category":"doc-data","title":"Reading Speed (WPM) & Book Reading Time Calculator","tagline":"Paste any text to measure your reading speed and estimate how long the full book or manuscript will take","emoji":"📖","keywords":["reading speed calculator","WPM calculator","book reading time estimator","how long to read a book"],"intro":"Uses word or character count and reading speed to estimate how long it will take you to finish a manuscript or book.","howto":["Paste in your text.","Check the estimated reading time in minutes and seconds."],"faq":[{"q":"What's the average reading speed?","a":"For adults, a typical reading pace is around 200-250 words per minute."},{"q":"Can I use my own reading speed instead of the default?","a":"Yes — enter your own words-per-minute rate instead of the default to get a time estimate tailored to your actual pace."},{"q":"Does it work for languages other than English?","a":"Yes, you can paste text in any language — the calculator adjusts based on character or word count as appropriate."}]},{"slug":"dutch-pay-message-generator","category":"sns-utils","title":"Split-the-Bill Message Generator for Group Chats","tagline":"Enter the total, headcount, and account number to generate a friendly payment-request message you can paste straight into the group chat","emoji":"💸","keywords":["split the bill message generator","group payment request text","bill splitting message","split payment reminder"],"intro":"Enter the total amount, number of people, and your account number to generate a ready-to-share message asking everyone to send their share.","howto":["Enter the event name, total amount, headcount, and account number.","Copy the generated message and paste it into the group chat."],"faq":[{"q":"Does it round to a clean amount per person?","a":"Yes, it rounds each person's share to make the transfer amount easier to send."},{"q":"Does my account number show up in the message text?","a":"Yes, the account number you enter is included in the generated message, so double-check it before sharing."},{"q":"Can I set a different amount for each person?","a":"No, right now it only supports splitting the total amount evenly across the headcount."}]},{"slug":"image-pixelator-mosaic-blur","category":"image-edit","title":"Image Mosaic & Blur Tool — Pixelate Faces & License Plates","tagline":"Drag over any area to pixelate faces, license plates, or personal info, right in your browser","emoji":"🧩","keywords":["pixelate image online","blur face in photo","mosaic image tool","hide license plate photo"],"intro":"Drag a pixelation-size slider to mosaic out faces, license plates, and other private details in a photo, entirely in your browser.","howto":["Upload an image file.","Adjust the pixel size, preview the result, and download."],"faq":[{"q":"Is my image uploaded to a server?","a":"No, it's never uploaded — everything is processed locally using the browser's HTML5 Canvas."},{"q":"Can I use a blur effect instead of pixelation?","a":"Yes, you can choose between pixel mosaic and Gaussian blur for whichever area you want to hide."},{"q":"Can I cover multiple areas at once?","a":"Yes, just drag over each area you want to hide one at a time, and every selected area gets processed."}]},{"slug":"image-grid-splitter-instagram","category":"image-edit","title":"Instagram Grid Maker — Split One Photo into 3x3 or 3x1 Tiles","tagline":"Turn a single photo into a seamless 9-panel (3x3) or 3-panel (3x1) grid for your Instagram feed","emoji":"✂️","keywords":["instagram grid maker","photo grid splitter","3x3 instagram grid","panorama grid post"],"intro":"Splits one wide photo or panorama into equal tiles that line up into a single grid on your Instagram profile — choose 3x3 for nine posts or 3x1 for three.","howto":["Pick the 3x3 or 3x1 layout and upload your photo.","Download each numbered tile and post them in order."],"faq":[{"q":"What order do I upload the tiles in?","a":"Instagram feeds fill from the bottom up, so post tile #9 first and #1 last — the grid lines up once the last one goes live."},{"q":"Can I use a photo that isn't square?","a":"Yes — after you upload, a crop guide snaps to a square ratio automatically, and you can drag it to frame the exact area you want before splitting."},{"q":"What resolution do the tiles come out at?","a":"Each tile keeps the original photo's resolution, just divided evenly, so starting from a high-res source gives you sharp tiles across the whole grid."}]},{"slug":"font-file-inspector-tester","category":"color-design","title":"Font Tester — Preview & Inspect TTF, OTF, WOFF Files Instantly","tagline":"Drop in a font file to check its name, weight, and character coverage, then test it with your own text","emoji":"🔤","keywords":["font tester online","ttf font preview","woff font checker","test font file"],"intro":"Drag a TTF, OTF, or WOFF file into your browser to preview how it renders at different sizes with your own text — no install needed.","howto":["Upload a font file (.ttf, .woff, etc.).","Type your own text and adjust the size to see it render live."],"faq":[{"q":"Can I load the font without installing it?","a":"Yes — it's loaded straight into the browser session with the CSS FontFace API, so you can test it immediately."},{"q":"Does the font file get uploaded to a server?","a":"No, the font you select is only loaded into your browser's memory and never sent anywhere."},{"q":"Does it support WOFF2 files too?","a":"Yes — alongside TTF, OTF, and WOFF, WOFF2 files work the same way as long as your browser supports the format."}]},{"slug":"image-exif-privacy-cleaner","category":"image-edit","title":"EXIF Remover — View and Strip GPS Data from Photos","tagline":"See a photo's camera model and GPS coordinates, then strip all EXIF metadata in one click without touching image quality","emoji":"🛡️","keywords":["exif remover","remove gps from photo","strip metadata online","photo metadata cleaner"],"intro":"Before you sell something online or post to social media, clear out the camera model, timestamp, and GPS location baked into your photo's EXIF data.","howto":["Upload a photo.","Download the cleaned copy with all EXIF metadata automatically stripped."],"faq":[{"q":"Does this reduce image quality?","a":"No — the original resolution and pixels stay exactly the same. Only the text metadata in the header gets removed."},{"q":"Can I see what data was in the photo before removing it?","a":"Yes, before you hit remove, it lists everything found in the original EXIF data — camera model, date taken, GPS coordinates, and more."},{"q":"Does it work with HEIC or PNG files?","a":"It's built mainly for JPG/JPEG files, which is where EXIF data usually lives. For HEIC and other formats, converting to JPG first is recommended."}]},{"slug":"css-keyframes-animation-builder","category":"color-design","title":"CSS Keyframes Builder — Visual @keyframes and Easing Curve Generator","tagline":"Build @keyframes animations with move, rotate, and scale, and shape the easing on a visual cubic-bezier timeline","emoji":"🎬","keywords":["css keyframes generator","css animation builder","cubic-bezier generator","css bounce animation"],"intro":"Build bounce, fade, and shake-style CSS `@keyframes` animations by dragging sliders, then copy the finished code straight out.","howto":["Adjust the animation name, duration, Y-axis movement, and scale value.","Watch the box animate live, then copy the generated CSS."],"faq":[{"q":"How do I use this in my HTML?","a":"Just paste the copied `@keyframes` rule and the class CSS into your site's stylesheet."},{"q":"Can I fine-tune the cubic-bezier easing curve myself?","a":"Yes — drag the control points on the timeline graph to shape the acceleration and deceleration exactly how you want, and the resulting values are written straight into the CSS."},{"q":"Can I set infinite looping or reverse playback?","a":"Yes — set the iteration count (including infinite) and the alternate/reverse option, and the matching animation-iteration-count and animation-direction values are generated automatically."}]},{"slug":"duotone-filter-image-editor","category":"color-design","title":"Duotone Filter Generator — Two-Tone Photo Effect Maker","tagline":"Apply a two-color duotone treatment to any photo and download the result","emoji":"🟣","keywords":["duotone filter generator","two color photo filter","duotone effect online","spotify style photo filter"],"intro":"Give your photo that Spotify-poster-style duotone look by mapping shadows and highlights to two colors of your choice.","howto":["Upload a photo.","Set your highlight and shadow colors, then save."],"faq":[{"q":"What kind of photos work best?","a":"Portraits or architecture shots with strong contrast between light and dark come out looking the most striking."},{"q":"Does all the original color information disappear?","a":"Yes — only the brightness values are kept, and everything gets remapped to your two chosen colors, so none of the original color survives in the result."},{"q":"Can I save a color combo to reuse later?","a":"There's no save feature built in, but if you jot down the HEX codes you used for the highlight and shadow, you can enter the same values again next time to get the exact same tone."}]},{"slug":"batch-text-encoder-decoder","category":"text-dev","title":"Batch Text Encoder/Decoder — Base64, Hex, URL, HTML Entities","tagline":"Encode or decode multi-line text into Base64, Hex, URL, and HTML entity formats all at once","emoji":"🔤","keywords":["base64 encoder decoder","url encode online","hex text converter","html entity encoder"],"intro":"Encode or decode text containing any language or special characters into Base64, URL-encoded, and hex formats in a single pass.","howto":["Choose encode or decode mode.","Type or paste text and see the Base64, URL, and HEX results side by side."],"faq":[{"q":"Will non-Latin characters break?","a":"No — everything is processed as a UTF-8 byte stream, so non-Latin text and emoji convert cleanly without corruption."},{"q":"Can I process multiple lines at once?","a":"Yes — paste in several lines separated by line breaks and each one gets encoded or decoded individually, with results laid out line by line."},{"q":"What happens if I try to decode malformed text?","a":"Any line that can't be decoded is flagged as an error, while the rest of the lines that were processed successfully keep their results."}]},{"slug":"open-graph-meta-tag-generator","category":"text-dev","title":"Open Graph Meta Tag Generator — Preview & Build OG Tags for Any Link","tagline":"Enter a title, description, and image URL to generate Open Graph, Twitter Card, and Kakao meta tags with a live preview","emoji":"💬","keywords":["open graph generator","og meta tag generator","twitter card generator","kakao link preview tag"],"intro":"Preview exactly how your link will look when shared on Facebook, Twitter, or Kakao, and generate the Open Graph meta tag code for it.","howto":["Enter the title, description, and image URL.","Check the share-card preview and copy the `` tag code."],"faq":[{"q":"What's the recommended image size?","a":"A 1200 x 630 pixel image (1.91:1 ratio) shows up sharpest in preview cards."},{"q":"Can og:title be different from my actual `` tag?","a":"Yes — og:title is only used for social share cards, so it's fine to write it as a more clickable headline that differs from the SEO `<title>` tag."},{"q":"I pasted the tags but the KakaoTalk preview isn't updating.","a":"Platforms like KakaoTalk cache the link preview the first time it's fetched, so after changing your tags you'll need to refresh the cache using that platform's debugging tool before the new preview shows."}]},{"slug":"browser-cookie-storage-inspector","category":"text-dev","title":"Cookie & LocalStorage Parser — Decode Raw Session Strings","tagline":"Paste a raw cookie or localStorage string and get a clean key-value table plus formatted JSON, with expiry dates decoded","emoji":"🍪","keywords":["cookie parser online","localstorage inspector","parse document.cookie","cookie key value viewer"],"intro":"Paste in a raw `document.cookie` string or a semicolon-separated session header and get it broken out into a readable key-value table and JSON.","howto":["Paste the raw cookie string.","Check the parsed key-value list and the formatted JSON object, then copy either one."],"faq":[{"q":"Does it handle complex session token values?","a":"Yes — every token and session key gets split correctly using the semicolon and equals-sign delimiters."},{"q":"Does the cookie data I paste get sent to a server?","a":"No, everything you paste is parsed entirely inside your browser and is never sent to or stored on any server."},{"q":"Does it decode the Expires or Max-Age value from a Set-Cookie header?","a":"Yes — if the string you paste includes an Expires or Max-Age attribute, it's shown alongside the parsed data as a human-readable date."}]},{"slug":"rsa-key-generator-webcrypto","category":"text-dev","title":"RSA Key Pair Generator — Public & Private Key PEM","tagline":"Generate secure 2048 or 4096-bit RSA key pairs entirely in your browser via the WebCrypto API","emoji":"🔑","keywords":["RSA key pair generator","generate RSA public private key","WebCrypto RSA online","RSA PEM key generator"],"intro":"Creates RSA public/private key pairs in PEM format using the browser's built-in WebCrypto API — no server round-trip, so your private key never leaves your machine.","howto":["Choose a key size (2048 or 4096 bit).","Click Generate and copy the PEM-formatted public and private keys."],"faq":[{"q":"Does the generated private key get sent to a server?","a":"Never. It's generated entirely inside your browser's WebCrypto engine and never leaves your device."},{"q":"Should I pick 2048-bit or 4096-bit?","a":"2048-bit is plenty secure for most web certificates and SSH keys. Choose 4096-bit for long-term document signing or higher-security use cases, even though key generation takes a bit longer."},{"q":"Does the key disappear if I close the tab?","a":"Yes — nothing is saved. Copy and store the keys somewhere safe before you navigate away or refresh."}]},{"slug":"http-status-code-cheat-sheet","category":"text-dev","title":"HTTP Status Code Cheat Sheet — Every 1xx–5xx Code Explained","tagline":"Look up every HTTP status code from 100 to 599, with plain-language causes and fixes for both backend and frontend","emoji":"📚","keywords":["HTTP status code cheat sheet","HTTP error code list","what does 404 500 401 mean","HTTP response codes explained"],"intro":"From 200 OK to 404 Not Found and 500 Internal Server Error, search any HTTP status code to instantly see what it means, why it happens, and how to fix it.","howto":["Type a code number (like 401) or its name into the search box.","Read the cause and the recommended fix for that error."],"faq":[{"q":"What's the difference between 4xx and 5xx errors?","a":"4xx codes mean something's wrong with the client's request — bad permissions, a wrong URL, and so on. 5xx codes mean the backend server itself failed or got overloaded."},{"q":"What's the difference between a 301 and a 302 redirect?","a":"301 is permanent — search engines move their index to the new URL. 302 is temporary, so the original URL stays indexed."},{"q":"Are 1xx and 3xx codes covered too?","a":"Yes, every code from 100 (Continue) through 599 (Network Authentication Required) is searchable in one place, with its name and how to handle it."}]},{"slug":"dns-record-generator-template","category":"text-dev","title":"DNS Record Generator — SPF, DMARC, MX & CNAME Templates","tagline":"Enter your domain and mail server info to instantly generate ready-to-paste SPF, DMARC, and MX record text","emoji":"🌐","keywords":["DNS record generator","SPF record generator","DMARC TXT record","MX record setup"],"intro":"Enter your domain name and server IP to generate ready-to-use SPF, DMARC, and MX DNS record templates for email deliverability and anti-spoofing security in seconds.","howto":["Enter your domain name and server IP address.","Copy the generated SPF and DMARC TXT record text into your DNS settings."],"faq":[{"q":"Why do I need to set up a DMARC record?","a":"It blocks spammers from spoofing your domain and improves how reliably your emails land in recipients' inboxes."},{"q":"Can I list multiple sending servers in one SPF record?","a":"Yes — chain multiple IPs or include statements together, space-separated, in a single TXT record. Just keep in mind SPF has a 10 DNS-lookup limit, so don't stack too many include statements."},{"q":"Does the record take effect immediately after I add it?","a":"DNS propagation usually takes a few minutes but can run up to 48 hours, so check with a tool like nslookup or dig shortly after publishing to confirm it went live."}]},{"slug":"uuid-ulid-nanoid-generator","category":"text-dev","title":"UUID v4 / ULID / Nanoid Bulk Generator","tagline":"Batch-generate random UUID v4s, time-sortable ULIDs, or Nanoids — up to 1,000 at once","emoji":"🆔","keywords":["UUID v4 generator","bulk ULID generator","online UUID generator","unique ID generator"],"intro":"Generates UUID v4 identifiers and time-sortable ULIDs in bulk for use as database primary keys or unique record identifiers.","howto":["Pick UUID v4 or ULID as the type.","Set how many you need and click Generate to copy the full list."],"faq":[{"q":"What's the difference between ULID and UUID?","a":"A ULID encodes a timestamp in its leading bits, so IDs sort chronologically and index much more efficiently than a random UUID."},{"q":"Is there any real chance of a collision between generated IDs?","a":"UUID v4 draws from a 122-bit random space, so the odds of a duplicate are practically zero — safe to rely on even when generating thousands at once."},{"q":"How is Nanoid different from UUID?","a":"Nanoid is shorter (21 characters by default) and lets you customize the character set, making it a better fit for URL slugs or session tokens where a compact ID matters more than UUID's fixed format."}]},{"slug":"vo2max-marathon-race-predictor","category":"calc-convert","title":"VO2 Max Estimator & Marathon / Half Marathon Race Predictor","tagline":"Estimate your VO2 max and predict your full or half marathon finish time from a recent 5K or 10K result","emoji":"🏃","keywords":["VO2 max calculator","marathon time predictor","half marathon pace predictor","Jack Daniels VDOT calculator"],"intro":"Estimates your VO2 max from a recent 5K or 10K time and projects your expected finish time for a full or half marathon.","howto":["Enter your recent race distance (5K or 10K) and finish time (minutes/seconds).","See your estimated VO2 max and projected full/half marathon times."],"faq":[{"q":"What race-prediction formula does this use?","a":"It applies Riegel's fatigue-factor formula alongside Jack Daniels' VDOT formula, both well-established in sports science."},{"q":"Can my predicted time differ from my actual race result?","a":"Yes — this is a theoretical estimate based on your current fitness level. Actual results depend on pacing strategy, course difficulty, weather, and how you feel on race day, so treat it as a reference rather than a guarantee."},{"q":"Does entering both a 5K and 10K time improve accuracy?","a":"Yes, entering both lets the calculator average your fatigue factor across two data points, giving a more reliable prediction than a single race time alone."}]},{"slug":"inbody-score-analyzer-guide","category":"calc-convert","title":"InBody Score Interpreter — C/I/D Body Type from Your Results","tagline":"Enter your weight, skeletal muscle mass, and body fat % to see whether you fall into the C, I, or D body-shape curve","emoji":"📊","keywords":["InBody score interpreter","InBody C I D body type","skeletal muscle body fat analysis","InBody graph explained"],"intro":"Enter your weight, skeletal muscle mass (SMM), and percent body fat (PBF) to see which InBody body-shape curve — C, I, or D — you fall into, along with tailored advice.","howto":["Enter your weight, skeletal muscle mass, and body fat percentage.","See your C/I/D body type diagnosis along with exercise and nutrition guidance."],"faq":[{"q":"What's the ideal InBody graph shape?","a":"A 'D-shaped' curve — where skeletal muscle mass outpaces both weight and body fat, tilting the graph upward to the right — is considered the healthiest, most ideal body composition."},{"q":"What should I improve if I get a C-shaped result?","a":"A C shape means your skeletal muscle mass is low relative to your body fat. Shifting your focus toward strength training over cardio, plus more protein, is the most effective way to improve it."},{"q":"Does this match the exact numbers from an actual InBody machine?","a":"Not exactly — it doesn't replicate the bioelectrical impedance (BIA) measurement itself. It plots the numbers you enter against the standard body-shape classification curve, so treat the result as a reference guide rather than a clinical reading."}]},{"slug":"coffee-drip-brew-ratio-calculator","category":"calc-convert","title":"Pour-Over Coffee Ratio & Brew Water Calculator","tagline":"Pick your coffee dose and ratio (1:15 to 1:17) to get exact water amounts for blooming, first, and second pour","emoji":"☕","keywords":["pour over coffee ratio calculator","coffee to water ratio","hand drip brew ratio","coffee blooming water calculator"],"intro":"Choose your hand-drip coffee dose (grams) and preferred ratio (1:15 to 1:17) to get your total water volume, plus exactly how much water to use for blooming and each pour stage.","howto":["Choose your coffee dose (g) and preferred ratio (1:15 to 1:17).","See the exact water amount (ml) needed for the bloom, first pour, and second pour."],"faq":[{"q":"What's the standard pour-over ratio?","a":"1:16 — 320ml of water for 20g of coffee — is the classic Gold Cup Standard, widely considered the most balanced ratio."},{"q":"How does the ratio affect flavor? Is a lower number like 1:15 different from 1:17?","a":"A lower ratio like 1:15 uses relatively less water, giving a stronger, fuller-bodied cup. A higher ratio like 1:17 uses more water for a lighter, brighter, more acidic cup."},{"q":"Why is the blooming water calculated separately?","a":"Blooming typically uses about twice the coffee's weight in water to release trapped gas, and that amount counts toward your total. Subtracting it first is what keeps the first and second pour amounts accurate."}]},{"slug":"indoor-co2-ventilation-calculator","category":"calc-convert","title":"Indoor CO2 Buildup & Ventilation Interval Calculator","tagline":"Enter room size and occupancy to see how long until CO2 hits 1,000ppm and how often to air out the room","emoji":"🌬️","keywords":["indoor CO2 calculator","ventilation interval calculator","room CO2 buildup time","CO2 1000ppm warning level"],"intro":"Based on your room's floor area and number of occupants, calculates how long it takes indoor CO2 to reach the 1,000ppm warning level and how often you should open a window to reset it.","howto":["Enter the room's floor area (m²) and the number of people in it.","See the recommended window-airing interval in minutes."],"faq":[{"q":"Why is 1,000ppm the threshold used?","a":"Above 1,000ppm, people tend to lose focus, feel drowsy, and get headaches, which is why environmental agencies recommend keeping indoor CO2 below that level."},{"q":"Does ceiling height affect the calculation?","a":"Yes — the total volume of air in the room depends on ceiling height as well as floor area, so a room with higher ceilings takes longer to reach the CO2 threshold."},{"q":"Does opening a window drop the CO2 level right away?","a":"Cross-ventilation — opening windows on opposite sides so air actually flows through — can lower it significantly within minutes. Opening just one window slows air exchange, so it takes noticeably longer to clear."}]},{"slug":"nutrition-label-100g-vs-serving","category":"calc-convert","title":"Nutrition Label Calculator: Per 100g vs. Per Serving","tagline":"Convert per-100g nutrition facts into your actual serving size in seconds","emoji":"🥗","keywords":["nutrition label calculator","per 100g to serving size","calorie conversion calculator","macros per serving"],"intro":"Food labels list calories per 100g, but you rarely eat exactly 100g. This tool converts the per-100g numbers into the real calories and macros for the amount you actually ate.","howto":["Enter the calories per 100g, the package's total weight (g), and how much you ate (g).","Get the actual calories (kcal) you consumed."],"faq":[{"q":"Can I calculate straight from a per-100g label?","a":"Yes — just enter how many grams you ate and the tool scales the numbers proportionally to show your real calorie intake."},{"q":"Does it convert carbs, protein, and fat too?","a":"Yes. Enter the per-100g carb, protein, and fat values and the tool scales them all to your actual serving size, not just calories."},{"q":"What if I ate the food in several small portions?","a":"Add up the total grams you ate across all portions and enter that combined number — the tool calculates your total calorie intake for the day."}]},{"slug":"special-housing-subscription-points","category":"calc-convert","title":"Korea Apartment Subscription (Cheongyak) Score Calculator","tagline":"Estimate your housing-subscription priority score from years without owning a home, dependents, and account tenure","emoji":"🏠","keywords":["Korea apartment subscription calculator","cheongyak score calculator","housing subscription points Korea","no-homeownership period calculator"],"intro":"Calculates your Korean apartment subscription (cheongyak) priority score out of 84 points, based on years without homeownership (up to 32), number of dependents (up to 35), and how long you've held a subscription savings account (up to 17).","howto":["Enter how many years you've gone without owning a home.","Enter your number of dependents.","Enter how long you've held your subscription account to see your total score."],"faq":[{"q":"What's the maximum possible score?","a":"84 points total — up to 32 for years without a home, 35 for dependents, and 17 for subscription account tenure."},{"q":"Does this cover special supply categories like multi-child or newlywed?","a":"This calculator uses the general-supply point system. Special supply tracks (multi-child households, newlyweds, first-time buyers) use their own separate scoring, so treat this as a general reference only."},{"q":"How is 'years without owning a home' counted?","a":"It's counted from whichever comes later — the day you turned 30, or your marriage registration date — up to the day you apply, as long as you haven't owned a home during that period."}]},{"slug":"youth-tax-reduction-calculator","category":"calc-convert","title":"SME Youth Employment Income Tax Reduction (90%) Calculator","tagline":"Estimate your income tax refund for the 90% youth tax reduction at small/medium businesses (up to ₩2M a year)","emoji":"🏢","keywords":["SME youth tax reduction Korea","90% income tax reduction calculator","youth employment tax refund","Korea small business tax exemption"],"intro":"Calculates the income tax reduction refund for young workers (ages 15–34) at small and medium enterprises in Korea, who qualify for a 90% tax cut capped at 2,000,000 won a year.","howto":["Choose whether you qualify as youth (90%) or a general applicant (70%).","Enter your annual salary and determined tax amount to see your reduction refund."],"faq":[{"q":"Does military service get subtracted from my age?","a":"Yes. Your time in mandatory military service (up to 6 years) is subtracted when checking whether you're over the age-34 cutoff."},{"q":"How many years does the reduction last?","a":"It applies for 5 years from your first day of employment (up to 6 additional years if you served in the military)."},{"q":"Does every industry qualify?","a":"No. Some sectors — like finance, insurance, and certain entertainment/service businesses — are excluded, so check your employer's industry classification first."}]},{"slug":"monthly-rent-tax-credit-vs-deduction","category":"calc-convert","title":"Monthly Rent: Tax Credit vs. Income Deduction Comparison","tagline":"See which saves you more on Korean year-end tax settlement — the rent tax credit or the receipt-based deduction","emoji":"📑","keywords":["monthly rent tax credit Korea","rent income deduction comparison","Korea year-end tax settlement rent","rent tax refund calculator"],"intro":"Compares the monthly rent tax credit (up to 17%) against the cash-receipt income deduction (30%) to show which one gets you a bigger refund, based on your total salary and rent amount.","howto":["Enter your monthly rent and total annual salary.","See the estimated refund for both methods and which one is recommended."],"faq":[{"q":"Can I still get the rent tax credit if my salary is over ₩70 million?","a":"No — above ₩70 million the tax credit isn't available, so you'd apply for the cash-receipt income deduction instead."},{"q":"Can I claim both the tax credit and the income deduction?","a":"No. You can't apply both methods to the same rent expense — you have to pick one or the other."},{"q":"What do I need to qualify for the rent tax credit?","a":"You need to be a no-homeownership householder renting a place of 85㎡ or smaller (or valued under ₩400 million), and your resident registration address must match the address on your lease."}]},{"slug":"simplified-tax-payer-vat-calculator","category":"calc-convert","title":"VAT Comparison: Simplified vs. General Taxpayer","tagline":"Compare VAT owed as a simplified taxpayer vs. the input-tax refund you'd get as a general taxpayer","emoji":"🧾","keywords":["Korea VAT simplified taxpayer calculator","simplified vs general taxpayer VAT","Korea sales tax comparison","VAT refund calculator Korea"],"intro":"Compares the VAT a simplified taxpayer owes against the input-tax refund a general taxpayer would receive, based on your annual sales and purchase amounts.","howto":["Enter your annual sales and purchase amounts.","Choose your industry's value-added rate (15%–40%) to compare the tax owed vs. refunded."],"faq":[{"q":"Do simplified taxpayers with annual sales under ₩48 million pay no VAT at all?","a":"Correct — simplified taxpayers with annual supply value under ₩48 million are exempt from VAT payment."},{"q":"When does a simplified taxpayer get switched to general taxpayer status?","a":"If your prior year's supply value exceeds ₩104 million, you're automatically converted to a general taxpayer starting the following year."},{"q":"Can simplified taxpayers also deduct input tax on purchases?","a":"Yes, but only up to their industry's value-added rate applied to purchases — a much smaller deduction than what general taxpayers get."}]},{"slug":"excel-xlookup-formula-generator","category":"doc-data","title":"Excel VLOOKUP / XLOOKUP Formula Generator","tagline":"Pick your lookup value and column, and get a ready-to-paste formula with error handling built in","emoji":"🧩","keywords":["Excel XLOOKUP formula generator","VLOOKUP formula builder","Excel formula with IFERROR","XLOOKUP vs VLOOKUP"],"intro":"Builds working Excel XLOOKUP and VLOOKUP formulas through a simple form — just fill in your cell references and lookup range, and it wraps the result in IFERROR for you.","howto":["Pick XLOOKUP or VLOOKUP mode.","Enter the cell to search for and the reference range, then copy the generated formula."],"faq":[{"q":"Does XLOOKUP work in older versions of Excel?","a":"XLOOKUP only works in Excel 2021 and Microsoft 365 or later, so if you're on an older version, use the VLOOKUP formula instead."},{"q":"Why does it wrap the formula in IFERROR automatically?","a":"So that when no match is found, your sheet shows a clean custom message or blank cell instead of a messy #N/A error."},{"q":"Should I use VLOOKUP or XLOOKUP?","a":"Use XLOOKUP if you need to look left of your search column or match multiple conditions at once. Use VLOOKUP if compatibility with older Excel versions matters more."}]},{"slug":"csv-to-markdown-table","category":"doc-data","title":"CSV / Excel to Markdown Table Converter","tagline":"Turn CSV or tab-separated Excel data into a GitHub/Notion-ready markdown table (| --- |) instantly","emoji":"📝","keywords":["CSV to markdown table","Excel to markdown converter","Notion markdown table generator","GitHub markdown table maker"],"intro":"Converts Excel or CSV data into markdown table syntax (| --- |) you can drop straight into GitHub, Notion, or an LLM prompt.","howto":["Paste your CSV or Excel data into the input box.","Copy the auto-generated markdown table syntax."],"faq":[{"q":"Can I just copy-paste straight from Excel?","a":"Yes — it auto-detects Excel's tab-separated format and converts it into a table too."},{"q":"Does it handle CSV cells that contain commas?","a":"Yes. Commas inside quoted fields aren't treated as delimiters — they're kept intact as part of that single cell's content."},{"q":"Does it automatically treat the first row as a header?","a":"Yes. The first row of your data becomes the table header, and the separator row (---) is inserted right below it automatically."}]},{"slug":"multi-platform-app-icon-generator","category":"color-design","title":"Favicon & App Icon Set Generator","tagline":"Upload one image and get a full favicon, Apple Touch Icon, and Android PWA icon set — all sizes resized automatically","emoji":"🖼️","keywords":["favicon generator online","app icon set generator","Apple touch icon maker","PWA icon generator"],"intro":"Upload a single image and generate a complete set of website favicons, Apple Touch Icons, and Android PWA icons, all resized right in your browser canvas.","howto":["Upload an image file.","Download the auto-generated 16x16, 32x32, 180x180, and 512x512 PNG files individually."],"faq":[{"q":"Does my image get uploaded to a server?","a":"No, never — everything is resized locally in your browser using the HTML5 Canvas API, and nothing leaves your device."},{"q":"Can I use an image that isn't square?","a":"Yes. It automatically center-crops your image into a square before resizing it into each required size."},{"q":"Does it also generate the icons needed for manifest.json?","a":"Yes — it includes the 192x192 and 512x512 Android PWA sizes too, so you can drop them straight into your web manifest."}]},{"slug":"css-glassmorphism-generator","category":"color-design","title":"CSS Glassmorphism Generator — Frosted Glass Effect","tagline":"Drag sliders for opacity, blur, and border glow to build a frosted-glass CSS card in real time","emoji":"✨","keywords":["glassmorphism generator","css glass effect","backdrop-filter blur css","frosted glass css"],"intro":"Dial in the trendy glassmorphism look with sliders for opacity, blur, and corner radius, and get ready-to-paste CSS instantly.","howto":["Adjust the opacity, blur, and border sliders.","Preview the live glass card, then copy the CSS."],"faq":[{"q":"Does it work in older browsers?","a":"Most modern browsers support it, and we include the `-webkit-backdrop-filter` prefix for Safari."},{"q":"Will backdrop-filter slow down scrolling?","a":"A large blur radius costs more GPU work, so on pages with several stacked glass cards we recommend keeping blur under 20px."},{"q":"Can I use this in a Tailwind project?","a":"The output is plain CSS, so you can paste it as-is into a custom class, or translate the values into Tailwind utilities like backdrop-blur and bg-opacity."}]},{"slug":"wcag-color-contrast-checker","category":"color-design","title":"WCAG Color Contrast Checker — AA/AAA Ratio Tool","tagline":"Enter a text and background HEX pair and instantly see the WCAG 2.1 contrast ratio plus AA/AAA pass or fail","emoji":"👁️","keywords":["wcag contrast checker","color contrast ratio","aa aaa contrast","accessible color combo"],"intro":"Enter your text and background HEX colors and this tool calculates the exact contrast ratio using the WCAG 2.1 relative luminance formula, then tells you whether it passes AA or AAA.","howto":["Pick the text (foreground) and background HEX colors.","Check the contrast ratio and whether it passes WCAG AA/AAA."],"faq":[{"q":"What contrast ratio does WCAG AA require?","a":"Normal text needs at least 4.5:1, and large text (18pt or bigger) needs at least 3.0:1 to pass AA."},{"q":"What's the difference between AAA and AA?","a":"AAA is the stricter tier — 7:1 for normal text and 4.5:1 for large text — and it's mainly recommended for government and financial sites."},{"q":"Do logos and decorative images need to meet this ratio too?","a":"No. WCAG contrast rules apply to body text and UI components; logos, purely decorative elements, and disabled text are exempt."}]},{"slug":"isa-tax-benefit-calculator","category":"calc-convert","title":"Korea ISA Tax-Benefit & Pension Rollover Calculator","tagline":"Work out your ISA account's tax-free allowance plus the extra 10% (up to ₩3M) tax credit for rolling maturity funds into a pension","emoji":"💰","keywords":["korea isa account tax","isa pension rollover","isa tax-free limit","irp tax credit calculator"],"intro":"Calculates the tax savings from Korea's ISA account — the ₩2M tax-free allowance for the general type or ₩4M for the low-income type — plus the extra 10% tax credit (up to ₩3M) you get for moving maturity proceeds into a pension savings account or IRP.","howto":["Choose your ISA account type (general or low-income).","Enter your net investment profit and the amount you plan to roll into a pension.","See your tax-credit refund by income bracket and your total tax savings."],"faq":[{"q":"How much do I save by rolling ISA maturity funds into a pension?","a":"You get a 13.2% or 16.5% tax credit (depending on your income bracket) on 10% of the rolled amount, up to a cap of ₩3 million."},{"q":"What's the difference between the general and low-income ISA types?","a":"The low-income type applies if your gross salary is under ₩50 million (or comprehensive income under ₩38 million), and it doubles the tax-free allowance to ₩4 million versus ₩2 million for the general type."},{"q":"Is there a minimum holding period for an ISA account?","a":"You generally need to keep the account open for at least 3 years to claim the tax-free benefit; closing it early can trigger a clawback of the tax you already saved."}]},{"slug":"us-stock-dividend-tax","category":"calc-convert","title":"Foreign Stock Dividend Tax & Withholding Calculator","tagline":"Calculate US stock dividend withholding (15.4%) with live exchange rates and check if you cross Korea's ₩20M consolidated income tax line","emoji":"💵","keywords":["us stock dividend tax korea","foreign dividend withholding","korea consolidated income tax 20 million","dividend tax calculator"],"intro":"Enter your pre-tax dividend from US or other foreign stocks (in USD) and the exchange rate, and instantly see the withholding tax, your after-tax take-home amount, and whether you'll be pushed into Korea's ₩20 million consolidated financial income tax bracket.","howto":["Enter your annual pre-tax foreign dividend ($) and the exchange rate you're using.","Enter your other domestic financial income.","Check your after-tax take-home amount and whether consolidated taxation applies."],"faq":[{"q":"Do I get taxed again in Korea on US dividends?","a":"The US withholds 15% at source, and Korea only collects the 0.4% gap up to its 15.4% rate — usually offset automatically without a separate filing."},{"q":"How much more tax do I pay once I cross the consolidated income threshold?","a":"Once annual financial income exceeds ₩20 million, the excess is combined with your other income and taxed progressively, up to 45% (49.5% with local income tax)."},{"q":"Which exchange rate should I use — the payment date or the record date?","a":"Brokerages typically apply the market rate on the actual settlement date the dividend lands in your account, not the ex-dividend date."}]},{"slug":"stock-average-down-simulator","category":"calc-convert","title":"Stock Average-Down / Average-Up Price Simulator","tagline":"See exactly how many shares and how much cash you need to hit a target average price, and the rally needed just to break even","emoji":"📈","keywords":["average down calculator","stock average price calculator","break even price stock","target average cost simulator"],"intro":"Enter your current average price and share count plus the price and quantity of a planned buy, and this tool works backward to show your new average cost, the rally needed to break even, and how many shares you'd need to reach a target average price.","howto":["Enter your current average price and number of shares.","Enter the price and quantity of your additional buy to see the new average.","Enter a target average price to see how many more shares you'd need to buy."],"faq":[{"q":"How is the break-even rally percentage calculated?","a":"It's the percentage gain needed from your additional-buy price (current price) up to your new average cost."},{"q":"Can I use this for averaging up too?","a":"Yes — enter an additional buy price higher than your current average, and the tool calculates the averaging-up scenario the same way, just with your average rising instead of falling."},{"q":"Does this account for trading fees or taxes?","a":"No, the calculation uses raw purchase prices without commissions or transaction tax, so your actual fill may differ slightly."}]},{"slug":"excel-pivot-unpivot-converter","category":"doc-data","title":"Excel/CSV Pivot & Unpivot Converter","tagline":"Turn Excel or CSV data from rows into columns (pivot) or columns into rows (unpivot) instantly in your browser","emoji":"📊","keywords":["excel pivot unpivot","csv reshape rows columns","unpivot data online","excel wide to long format"],"intro":"Paste copied Excel data or CSV text and reshape it — pivot rows into columns, or unpivot columns into rows — for cleaner reporting and statistical analysis.","howto":["Choose pivot or unpivot mode.","Paste the original table data copied from Excel.","Copy the converted result back into Excel."],"faq":[{"q":"Can it handle large datasets?","a":"Yes — nothing is sent to a server. All processing runs as JavaScript inside your browser, so even large datasets convert quickly and safely."},{"q":"What's the actual difference between pivot and unpivot?","a":"Pivoting spreads data listed vertically out into horizontal columns; unpivoting does the reverse, collapsing several columns into tidy key-value pairs listed vertically."},{"q":"Does it work on data without a header row?","a":"Yes, but it auto-names columns as Column1, Column2, etc. For accurate labels, it's best to include a header row in your original data."}]},{"slug":"diff-checker-text-file","category":"text-dev","title":"Real-Time Text & File Diff Checker","tagline":"Compare two blocks of text or code side by side, or line by line, with color-coded additions and deletions","emoji":"🔍","keywords":["text diff checker","compare two texts online","code diff tool","file comparison online"],"intro":"Instantly compares two pieces of text or code line by line and highlights every addition, deletion, and change in color.","howto":["Paste the original text (A) and the revised text (B).","Review the added (+) and removed (−) lines."],"faq":[{"q":"Is it safe to paste sensitive or private code?","a":"Yes — the comparison runs 100% in your browser's memory, so nothing is ever sent or stored anywhere else."},{"q":"Does it catch whitespace and line-break differences?","a":"Yes, it compares tabs, spaces, and line breaks exactly, so code that only differs in indentation still shows up as a changed line."},{"q":"How do I share the comparison with someone else?","a":"Take a screenshot of the result, or copy the highlighted changes and paste them into a document or chat message."}]},{"slug":"svg-optimizer-cleaner","category":"color-design","title":"SVG Optimizer & Icon Cleaner","tagline":"Strip unneeded metadata, comments, and whitespace to shrink SVG file size right in your browser","emoji":"🎨","keywords":["svg optimizer online","reduce svg file size","svgo browser tool","clean svg code"],"intro":"Strips out unnecessary XML declarations, comments, metadata, and whitespace from your SVG source to produce a lean, optimized SVG.","howto":["Paste your SVG code or upload a file.","Choose which cleanup options to apply — comments, XML header, metadata.","Check the size reduction and live preview, then copy the code."],"faq":[{"q":"Will this break the image?","a":"No — all the paths and graphic attributes needed for rendering are kept intact, so only the file size shrinks, not the visual quality."},{"q":"Does it optimize SVGs exported from Illustrator or Figma?","a":"Yes, it also strips the extra group tags, IDs, and editor-only attributes those tools tend to insert automatically, which usually shrinks the file even further."},{"q":"Will it break an animated SVG?","a":"No, attributes and IDs used by SMIL or CSS animations are preserved during optimization, so animated SVGs keep working correctly."}]},{"slug":"jwt-decoder-verifier","category":"text-dev","title":"JWT Decoder & Verifier — Read Header, Payload & Signature","tagline":"Paste a JWT to see its Header, Payload, expiration (exp), and verify the signature with your secret key","emoji":"🔑","keywords":["jwt decoder","decode jwt token","jwt verifier online","jwt expiration checker"],"intro":"Decodes any JWT into readable Header and Payload JSON, checks the exp claim against the current time, and verifies HS256 signatures right in your browser.","howto":["Paste the encoded JWT string into the input box.","Review the decoded Header and Payload JSON and check whether it's expired."],"faq":[{"q":"Does my token get sent to a server?","a":"No — decoding happens entirely client-side with Base64Url, so nothing ever leaves your browser."},{"q":"How do I know if a token is expired?","a":"The tool compares the exp claim to the current time automatically and shows a clear valid/expired badge."},{"q":"Can it verify the signature too?","a":"Yes for HS256 — enter the secret key and it verifies instantly in your browser. RS256 and other asymmetric algorithms are decode-only for now."}]},{"slug":"sleep-cycle-calculator","category":"calc-convert","title":"Sleep Cycle Calculator — Find Your Best Bedtime or Wake-Up Time","tagline":"Work backward from a wake-up time or forward from bedtime using 90-minute REM cycles to wake up less groggy","emoji":"🌙","keywords":["sleep cycle calculator","best time to wake up","rem sleep calculator","bedtime calculator"],"intro":"Calculates ideal bedtime and wake-up times by counting complete 90-minute REM sleep cycles plus a 15-minute window to fall asleep, so you wake up between cycles instead of mid-cycle.","howto":["Choose either your target wake-up time or your bedtime.","Pick the best option from the recommended cards, usually 5–6 cycles (7.5–9 hours)."],"faq":[{"q":"Why calculate in 90-minute blocks?","a":"Sleep runs in roughly 90-minute cycles of light and deep (REM) sleep, and waking up right at the end of a cycle is when your brain feels the least groggy."},{"q":"Could the calculated time be off for me personally?","a":"Yes — actual cycle length varies from person to person (80–120 minutes) and so does how fast you fall asleep, so treat the result as a helpful estimate rather than an exact science."},{"q":"Can I use this for naps too?","a":"Definitely. Set it for 1–2 cycles (around 20 minutes or 90 minutes) so you wake up between cycles instead of in the middle of deep sleep."}]},{"slug":"instagram-blank-space-generator","category":"sns-utils","title":"Instagram Line Break Generator — Fix Blank Lines with Invisible Spaces","tagline":"Insert invisible Unicode spaces (⠀) so your line breaks and blank lines stop collapsing in Instagram captions","emoji":"📱","keywords":["instagram line break","instagram blank space","invisible character copy paste","instagram caption spacing"],"intro":"Automatically inserts a special invisible Unicode character (⠀) into your blank lines so Instagram stops collapsing them when you post your caption.","howto":["Type your caption with the line breaks you want in the input box.","Copy the converted text and paste it straight into Instagram."],"faq":[{"q":"Can I copy just the invisible character by itself?","a":"Yes — the 'Copy blank character only' button puts just the invisible Unicode space on your clipboard, nothing else."},{"q":"Does this work on other platforms too, like Facebook or Threads?","a":"Yes, it works anywhere line breaks tend to get stripped out automatically — not just Instagram, but most social apps and messengers."},{"q":"Could too many invisible characters get my post flagged?","a":"A normal amount used for formatting line breaks is fine. Stuffing in an excessive number repeatedly could look spammy, so use it in moderation."}]},{"slug":"korea-address-postal-search","category":"web-seo-misc","title":"Korean Address & Postal Code Lookup","tagline":"Find and copy Korean road name addresses, lot numbers, ZIP codes, and English addresses in one search","emoji":"📮","keywords":["korean address lookup","korea postal code finder","korea zip code search","korean address in english","romanize korean address","road name address korea","jibun address"],"intro":"Type a building name, road name, or lot number and this tool pulls the exact road name address, lot number (jibun) address, 5-digit postal code, and romanized English address in real time from the official address API run by Korea's Ministry of the Interior and Safety. Switch between Korean and English to get the romanized address you need for international shipping or paperwork. Every field has a copy button, so you can drop it straight into any form.","howto":["Enter at least two characters of a road name, building name, or lot number in the search box (for example, Pangyoyeok-ro 235).","Pick Korean or English with the toggle buttons, then hit Search or press Enter.","Review the road name, lot number, postal code, and English address on the result card, and click the copy button next to whichever field you need."],"faq":[{"q":"The postal code only has 5 digits. Is that right?","a":"Yes. When Korea fully switched to road name addresses in August 2015, the old 6-digit postal codes were replaced with a new 5-digit system. This tool returns the 5-digit codes currently in use."},{"q":"How do I get the address in English?","a":"Click the 'English' button below the search box and search again to see the standard romanized address published by the Ministry of the Interior and Safety. Copy it as-is for overseas return shipping labels or English-language documents."},{"q":"Can newly built buildings or recently created street names fail to appear in search results?","a":"Yes. There can be a delay before the Ministry of the Interior and Safety's address database is updated, so recently completed buildings or newly assigned street names may not show up for a while. In that case, try searching by a nearby lot number or building name first, and if it still doesn't appear, contact your local community service center (jumin center)."}]},{"slug":"business-day-holiday-calculator","category":"calc-convert","title":"Business Day & Korean Holiday Calculator","tagline":"Count business days, holidays, and days remaining in one place","emoji":"📅","keywords":["business day calculator","working days calculator","korean public holidays","day counter","days between dates excluding weekends","korea substitute holiday","countdown calculator"],"intro":"Pick a start date and an end date to instantly see the total number of days along with the actual business days left once weekends and public holidays are removed. It pulls current Korean public holiday data (including substitute holidays) from the Korea Astronomy and Space Science Institute API, so you never have to track the calendar changes yourself. Project deadlines, payroll periods, contract terms, and countdowns all get handled on a single screen.","howto":["Under 'Business days in a range,' choose a start and end date to see total days, weekend days, weekday holidays, and net business days.","Enter a target date under 'Countdown' to see how many days remain until (or have passed since) that date.","Open 'Holiday list' and select a year to view every official public holiday for that year."],"faq":[{"q":"Are one-off temporary holidays included?","a":"Temporary public holidays designated ad hoc by Korea's State Council can take anywhere from a few days to several weeks to appear in the Korea Astronomy and Space Science Institute API. Right after one is announced, double-check against the official gazette or news coverage."},{"q":"How are business days calculated?","a":"The tool walks day by day from the start date to the end date and counts only the dates that are not Saturdays, Sundays, or weekday public holidays (substitute holidays included). If the range spans more than one year, the holidays for each year are applied accordingly."},{"q":"Does the calculator also account for a company's own days off, like a founding anniversary or summer vacation?","a":"No. This calculator only excludes weekends and official government holidays. Company-specific days off aren't included, so if your workplace has its own holiday policy, you'll need to subtract those days manually from the calculated business-day count."}]},{"slug":"train-schedule-fare","category":"web-seo-misc","title":"Korea Train Schedule & Fare Search (KTX, Mugunghwa)","tagline":"Pick your stations and date to see KTX, Saemaeul, and Mugunghwa schedules and fares at a glance","emoji":"🚆","keywords":["korea train schedule","ktx fare","ktx timetable","korail schedule","mugunghwa train price","seoul to busan train times","korea train ticket price"],"intro":"Choose a departure station, an arrival station, and a date, and this tool lays out the departure and arrival times plus adult standard-class fares for the KTX, Saemaeul, Mugunghwa, and other trains running that route. It draws on Korail public data (TAGO), so when you're planning a trip or a business travel schedule you can quickly compare which train classes run at which times and what they cost. Note that it shows schedules and fares only, not live seat availability.","howto":["Select your departure and arrival stations from the list of major stations (use the ⇄ button to reverse the direction).","Choose your departure date.","Click 'Search schedule' to see the train class, departure and arrival times, travel duration, and fare for every train on that route."],"faq":[{"q":"Can I see seat availability or book a ticket here?","a":"No. This tool provides only the schedules and fares published in Korea's public data. For live seat availability and reservations, use the Korail app or website."},{"q":"Could the fare differ from what I actually pay?","a":"The fares shown are for an adult in standard class. Your final price can vary based on the day of the week, first-class seating, the specific route, and discounts such as child, senior, or advance-purchase fares."},{"q":"Can I search for routes that require a transfer?","a":"For routes without a direct train, results may be empty or only partially shown, since this tool mainly covers direct-service timetables. For longer routes that require a transfer, it's more accurate to split the trip at the connecting station and search each leg separately on Korail's official website."}]},{"slug":"apartment-real-transaction-price","category":"web-seo-misc","title":"Korea Apartment Sale Price Lookup","tagline":"Search actual apartment sale prices by district and month using official Korean government data","emoji":"🏢","keywords":["korea apartment prices","korea real estate transaction data","seoul apartment price lookup","korea property prices","rtms real transaction price","gangnam apartment price","korea housing market data"],"intro":"This tool searches actual reported apartment sale transactions by district and month using official data from the Real Estate Transaction Management System (RTMS) run by Korea's Ministry of Land, Infrastructure and Transport. It lists the complex name, exclusive floor area, floor, sale price, and transaction date, sorted newest first. It's free and ad-free, and because it shows contracts that were actually filed rather than asking prices, it's a solid reference point when you're gauging the market or deciding whether to buy or sell.","howto":["Select the district you want to search (major areas are built in, including Gangnam, Seocho, and Songpa in Seoul, Bundang, Suji, and Haeundae in Busan).","Choose the transaction month. Because of Korea's filing deadline, the last one or two months may be incomplete, so it's best to start from the previous month or earlier.","Click Search to see that month's transactions listed by complex, exclusive floor area (with pyeong conversion), floor, sale price, and date, sorted newest first."],"faq":[{"q":"Why is there no data for the current month?","a":"Korean real estate deals must be reported within 30 days of the contract, so transactions from this month and last month are still being filed and tallied, which means they may be missing or appear later. Search two to three months back and you'll see most of the transactions."},{"q":"Are these the prices properties actually sold for?","a":"Yes. These are the real contract amounts (in units of 10,000 KRW) that buyers and sellers reported to their local government. They're not listing prices or asking prices from real estate ads, which makes them far more reliable, though a few outliers such as related-party transactions may be mixed in."},{"q":"Do canceled contracts still remain in the list?","a":"The Ministry of Land, Infrastructure and Transport's system marks canceled contracts separately as \"cancelled,\" but there can be a delay before that status is reflected. Records reported right after signing but later cancelled may briefly appear mixed in with valid ones, so if a price looks unusually out of line with the market, it's safer to double-check its cancellation status on the official Real Transaction Price Disclosure System."}]},{"slug":"air-quality-realtime","category":"web-seo-misc","title":"Korea Real-Time Air Quality (PM10 & PM2.5)","tagline":"Live particulate matter levels and air quality grades from monitoring stations across Korea","emoji":"😷","keywords":["korea air quality","seoul air quality index","pm2.5 korea","pm10 levels","fine dust korea","airkorea real time","korea pollution today"],"intro":"Select any province or metropolitan city in Korea and this tool displays live readings from each monitoring station, sourced from AirKorea, operated by the Korea Environment Corporation. You get PM10 and PM2.5 concentrations in µg/m³ along with the Comprehensive Air-quality Index grade, color-coded as Good, Moderate, Unhealthy, or Very Unhealthy so you can read it at a glance. Handy when you're deciding whether to go outside, open the windows, or wear a mask.","howto":["Select the province or city you want to check (Seoul, Busan, Gyeonggi, and so on).","Click 'Search' to load the list of monitoring stations in that area.","Check the PM10 and PM2.5 readings for each station along with the grade color (green, yellow, orange, or red)."],"faq":[{"q":"Why do some stations show a dash instead of a number?","a":"That station is reporting '-' (under maintenance), meaning data is temporarily unavailable due to equipment servicing, a transmission error, or similar. Try again shortly and it may have updated."},{"q":"How often is the data refreshed?","a":"AirKorea typically updates its readings once an hour. To stay within the API rate limits, this tool caches results for about 10 minutes, so check the measurement timestamp (dataTime) shown alongside the readings."},{"q":"What determines the grade (Good, Moderate, Bad, Very Bad)?","a":"The Comprehensive Air-quality Index is set by whichever pollutant — PM10, PM2.5, ozone, nitrogen dioxide, and so on — currently has the worst reading. So even if PM10 and PM2.5 are both \"Moderate,\" the overall grade can still show as \"Bad\" if ozone levels are high."}]},{"slug":"weather-forecast-korea","category":"web-seo-misc","title":"Korea Weather Forecast (KMA Short-Term)","tagline":"Hourly temperature, sky conditions, and rain chances for major Korean cities, straight from the KMA","emoji":"⛅","keywords":["korea weather forecast","seoul weather","kma weather","hourly forecast korea","weather today korea","korea rain forecast","busan weather forecast"],"intro":"This tool plugs directly into the short-term (village) forecast API from the Korea Meteorological Administration to show hourly weather for major cities across Korea. Just pick a city and you'll see the temperature, sky condition (clear, mostly cloudy, or overcast), precipitation type, and chance of rain for each upcoming forecast hour, with icons for quick scanning. Useful for anyone who wants a fast read on the weather before heading out, commuting, or planning a day trip.","howto":["Pick a city from the list (18 cities across Korea are built in, including Seoul, Busan, Daegu, and Incheon).","The tool immediately loads the latest KMA forecast release and displays a table of hourly temperature, sky condition, and precipitation chance.","Click the refresh button any time you want to pull the newest data."],"faq":[{"q":"How often is the forecast updated?","a":"The KMA issues its short-term forecast eight times a day (at 02:00, 05:00, 08:00, 11:00, 14:00, 17:00, 20:00, and 23:00). This tool accounts for publishing delays and automatically selects the most recent available release."},{"q":"Why can I only search by city instead of latitude and longitude?","a":"The KMA short-term forecast uses its own grid coordinates (nx/ny) rather than latitude and longitude. The grid coordinates for major cities are built into this tool, so selecting a city is all it takes."},{"q":"How many days ahead does the forecast cover?","a":"The KMA's short-term forecast provides hour-by-hour data for roughly the next 3 days (72 hours) from the time it's issued. Anything beyond that falls outside the short-term forecast's scope, so it isn't shown in this tool — for the weekly outlook, please check the Korea Meteorological Administration's website directly."}]},{"slug":"subway-realtime-arrival","category":"web-seo-misc","title":"Seoul Subway Real-Time Arrivals","tagline":"Type a station name to see live train arrival times by line and direction","emoji":"🚇","keywords":["seoul subway arrival times","seoul metro real time","subway arrival korea","seoul train times","gangnam station subway","seoul subway live tracker"],"intro":"Enter a station name like Gangnam, Seoul Station, or Jamsil and this free tool shows live Seoul subway arrival information at a glance. Built on the public API from the Seoul Open Data Plaza (Seoul Metropolitan Government's TOPIS), it organizes incoming trains by line and by direction, showing each train's arrival message and current position. No app install, no login, just open it in your browser.","howto":["Type the station name in Korean — Gangnam (강남), Seoul Station (서울역), or Jamsil (잠실), for example. For popular stations, tap one of the example buttons below to search instantly.","Click 'Search' to load real-time arrival information for every line serving that station.","Each line gets its own card showing the direction and terminal station along with live arrival messages such as 'Departed previous station' or 'Arriving in 2 minutes,' plus the train's current position."],"faq":[{"q":"The arrival times are slightly off from what actually happens","a":"We show the real-time data from Seoul Metro exactly as we receive it, but the source data itself only refreshes every few tens of seconds and shifts with actual train operations. Treat the times shown as a rough guide — the display boards on the platform are always the most accurate."},{"q":"Does it cover every line in the greater Seoul area?","a":"It supports most metro lines in the Seoul capital area, including Lines 1 through 9 and the Gyeongui-Jungang, Airport Railroad, Gyeongchun, Suin-Bundang, Shinbundang, and Ui-Sinseol lines operated or connected by Seoul Metro. That said, arrival data may be missing for some lines or stations depending on what the source data covers."},{"q":"For transfer stations that share a name across multiple lines, are results separated by line?","a":"Yes. For example, searching a station like \"Gangnam,\" which multiple lines pass through, returns results split into separate cards for each line — just check the card for the line you're taking to see its direction and arrival info."}]},{"slug":"business-registration-verify","category":"web-seo-misc","title":"Korean Business Registration Number Check (Active, Suspended, or Closed)","tagline":"Enter a 10-digit Korean business registration number to check its National Tax Service status and VAT type free and in real time","emoji":"🏢","keywords":["korean business registration number lookup","korea business number verification","check korean company status","korea vendor tax status check","korea national tax service business lookup","verify korean vat number","korea business closed status check"],"intro":"Before you exchange tax invoices with a vendor, confirm right away against Korea's National Tax Service data whether their business registration number is valid and whether the business is suspended or closed. Enter the 10 digits and you'll get the active-business status along with the VAT taxation type in a single lookup. Free to use, no sign-up required.","howto":["Enter the 10-digit business registration number you want to check (hyphens are ignored automatically).","Click 'Search' to pull the registration status from the National Tax Service in real time.","Review the status (active, suspended, or closed), the taxation type, and the closure date if there is one."],"faq":[{"q":"A business that just opened isn't showing up.","a":"It can take a day or two after opening for a new business to appear in the National Tax Service records. If the lookup comes up empty, try again in a few days."},{"q":"What does the taxation type mean?","a":"It refers to how the business is treated for VAT purposes, split into categories such as general taxpayer, simplified taxpayer, and tax-exempt business. It's a useful indicator of whether the business can issue tax invoices."},{"q":"Is it okay to look up someone else's business registration number?","a":"Yes. The National Tax Service's business status lookup API is a public service specifically meant for checking a business partner's registration authenticity and open/closed status, so looking it up for verification purposes is perfectly fine. That said, it doesn't provide personal details like the owner's name."}]},{"slug":"live-exchange-rate","category":"calc-convert","title":"Live Currency Converter · Today's Exchange Rates (USD, JPY, EUR)","tagline":"Check today's USD, JPY, EUR and other major currency rates based on the Export-Import Bank of Korea's base rate, and convert to or from Korean won.","emoji":"💱","keywords":["currency converter","exchange rate today","usd to krw","jpy to krw","eur to krw","korean won converter","live exchange rates"],"intro":"Look up today's exchange rates for major currencies such as the US dollar, Japanese yen, euro and Chinese yuan (based on the official base rate published by the Export-Import Bank of Korea), then enter an amount to convert foreign currency into Korean won or won into foreign currency instantly. Handy for estimating the cost of overseas shopping, travel spending, or international transfers.","howto":["Enter an amount and pick the currency you want.","Use the ⇄ button to switch between 'foreign currency → won' and 'won → foreign currency'.","Scan the table below to see the base rates for all major currencies at a glance."],"faq":[{"q":"Do the rates update in real time?","a":"The Export-Import Bank of Korea publishes its base rate once a day, so the figure stays fixed for that day. It can differ from the live rates quoted at a bank counter."},{"q":"Why doesn't this match what I actually get when I exchange money?","a":"The base rate doesn't include the buy/sell spread (the bank's fee) on cash transactions. When you actually exchange money, a spread is added on top, and it varies by currency."},{"q":"How is the exchange rate displayed on weekends or holidays?","a":"The Export-Import Bank of Korea only publishes a new standard rate on bank business days. On weekends and holidays, the rate from the most recent business day (usually Friday) is simply carried over, so keep that in mind when checking the rate."}]},{"slug":"ip-geolocation-lookup","category":"web-seo-misc","title":"IP Address Lookup · What Is My IP (Country, ISP, ASN)","tagline":"Free IP geolocation tool that shows your own IP address plus the country, region, city, ISP and ASN behind any IP you enter.","emoji":"🌐","keywords":["what is my ip","ip address lookup","ip geolocation","ip location finder","find isp from ip","asn lookup","check my ip address"],"intro":"See your current IP address along with the country, city and internet provider you're connecting from, and look up any other IP address to find its approximate location and network details (ISP and ASN). Useful for reviewing server access logs, running security checks, and troubleshooting network issues.","howto":["Open the page and your IP address, location and ISP details load automatically.","To check a different IP, type the address (for example 8.8.8.8) into the box and hit Look Up.","Review the country, region, city, ASN and network (ISP) details."],"faq":[{"q":"Can an IP address reveal someone's exact location?","a":"No. IP geolocation is a city-level approximation based on the provider's records — it can't pinpoint an exact location such as a home address."},{"q":"Why does my IP show the wrong city?","a":"The way ISPs allocate and route IP addresses often places you in a nearby city rather than your actual one. That's normal and a known limitation of IP geolocation data."},{"q":"What shows up if I'm using a VPN or proxy?","a":"If you're connecting through a VPN or proxy server, the lookup shows the country and city where that server is located rather than your actual location. This isn't a bug — it's simply how IP lookups work, and it's actually why the tool can also be used to check whether a VPN is active."}]},{"slug":"css-aspect-ratio-padding-calculator","category":"web-seo-misc","title":"CSS Aspect Ratio Calculator & Responsive Padding Hack Converter","tagline":"Compute modern aspect-ratio and legacy padding-top percentage hacks with real-time responsive preview box","emoji":"📐","keywords":["css aspect ratio","proportional scaling","padding-top hack percentage","responsive video ratio","aspect-ratio calculator","browser fallback hack"],"intro":"A handy tool to preserve consistent width-to-height aspect ratios for images, video players, and iframe containers using modern CSS rules or legacy percentage hacks.","howto":["Type the pixel dimensions (Width/Height) or select standard resolution presets (16:9, 4:3, etc.).","Observe the simplified integer ratio and the computed padding-top percentage equivalent.","Use the width range slider to visually verify responsiveness, and copy the desired CSS rules."],"faq":[{"q":"What is the padding-top aspect ratio hack?","a":"It leverages the CSS specification that percentage padding is calculated based on the parent width. Combining zero height with padding-top establishes a responsive layout ratio."},{"q":"Does aspect-ratio work in Internet Explorer?","a":"No. IE 11 and older do not support CSS aspect-ratio. For maximum compatibility with old browsers, the padding-top hack must be used."},{"q":"When I put an image inside the generated code, it looks stretched out of proportion — why?","a":"The aspect-ratio property (or the padding-top hack) only locks the ratio of the container itself. To make an image inside fill or fit that ratio correctly without distortion, you also need to set object-fit: cover (or contain) on the image element."}]},{"slug":"css-vertical-alignment-visual-guide","category":"web-seo-misc","title":"CSS Vertical Alignment Visual Guide & Compatibility Report","tagline":"Interactive simulation and CSS export for Flexbox, Grid, Line-height, and Absolute positioning vertical alignment methods","emoji":"🎨","keywords":["css vertical alignment","flexbox align-items center","grid vertical center","absolute translate center","line-height middle","browser compatibility guide"],"intro":"An interactive playground for developers to experiment with vertical centering techniques in CSS, export ready-to-use styles, and check cross-browser compatibility.","howto":["Select your layout model: Flexbox, Grid, Line Height, or Absolute.","Adjust options like container height, item count, and align-items parameters dynamically.","Check the real-time visual output, grab the generated CSS, and review browser version charts."],"faq":[{"q":"When should I use place-items: center?","a":"It is a modern shorthand for CSS Grid layout to center elements both horizontally and vertically in just one line of code."},{"q":"What are the limitations of using vertical-align?","a":"The vertical-align property only works on inline or table-cell elements, and often requires pairing with a line-height hack to align nested divs."},{"q":"When is the absolute-positioning method the right choice for vertical alignment?","a":"The top: 50% plus transform: translateY(-50%) combination is handy when you can't change the parent's layout (say, it's not set up as flex or grid) but still need to position a single child element. Keep in mind it takes the element out of normal document flow, so overusing it can easily break your layout."}]},{"slug":"percentage-ratio-calculator","category":"calc-convert","title":"Comprehensive Percentage & Proportional Distribution Calculator","tagline":"Real-time calculation for percent ratios, absolute values, variation rates, and custom weight proportional distributions with visual bar maps","emoji":"⚖️","keywords":["percentage calculator","proportional distribution formula","split total amount by ratio","percent change calculator","share weight allocator","proportion bar gauge"],"intro":"A multi-purpose math tool to compute percentage formulas, increase/decrease ratios, and allocate a total sum into customized shares with absolute weights.","howto":["Use the Percentage Tab for basic percent value or change calculations.","Switch to the Proportional Distribution Tab, set the total amount, and adjust weights dynamically.","Review the distributed sums and cumulative horizontal gauge chart instantly."],"faq":[{"q":"What is the weight setting in proportional distribution?","a":"It represents the relative ratio between elements. If you set weights A=3, B=2, C=5, the total amount splits into 30%, 20%, and 50% shares."},{"q":"How does the calculator prevent division-by-zero errors?","a":"If you input a base value of 0, the engine normalizes the output to 0% to avoid runtime equation errors."},{"q":"When calculating the rate of change, is the base (denominator) the earlier value or the later one?","a":"The rate of change always uses the \"value before the change\" as its base. So if a number rises from 100 to 120, it's calculated as (120-100)/100, showing a 20% increase — but if it falls back from 120 to 100, it's calculated as (100-120)/120, showing about -16.7%. It's normal for the increase and decrease to have different absolute percentages even between the same two numbers."}]},{"slug":"trigonometry-calculator","category":"web-seo-misc","title":"Trigonometric Ratio & Radian Converter","tagline":"Real-time conversions for Degree ↔ Radian and visual 6 trigonometric functions (Sin, Cos, Tan) on a Unit Circle chart","emoji":"📐","keywords":["trigonometry calculator","sin cos tan values","radian to degree converter","unit circle interactive svg","special angles chart","exact trig ratios"],"intro":"Enter angles or fractional Radian expressions (e.g. pi/4) to calculate basic ratios. The visual SVG unit circle helps visualize triangle vectors dynamically.","howto":["Select your preferred unit: Degree (°) or Radian (rad).","Input the value. Radical pi division syntax is fully supported for radians.","Check the interactive SVG unit circle vectors and retrieve special fractional ratios."],"faq":[{"q":"What is the special angle detection feature?","a":"For fundamental coordinates (like 30, 45, 60 degrees), it outputs exact symbolic values (e.g. √3/2, 1/√2) alongside decimal estimates."},{"q":"Why do some values return 'Undefined'?","a":"Tangent at 90° or Cotangent at 180° result in division by zero. The calculator identifies these boundary errors and formats them safely."},{"q":"Can I enter negative angles or values greater than 360 degrees?","a":"Yes. Even out-of-range values like -30° or 450° are converted to their equivalent position on the unit circle, so the trig ratios come out correct either way. For instance, 450° is treated the same as 90° after wrapping once around the full 360° circle."}]},{"slug":"slug-generator","category":"text-dev","title":"Korean & Multilingual Integrated URL Slug Generator","tagline":"SEO-friendly URL slug creator featuring Korean transliteration and accent mark normalization","emoji":"🔗","keywords":["url slug generator","korean to english slugify","seo slug creator","clean url formatter","transliterate diacritics online","remove accents from urls"],"intro":"Create SEO and browser-friendly URL slugs for blog titles and file paths. Easily handles Hangul phonetics and European diacritics.","howto":["Type or paste your title containing Korean, accents, or symbols.","Configure separators (hyphens/underscores), casing, and max length rules.","Check the real-time preview slug and click copy to use in your files."],"faq":[{"q":"How does the Korean transliteration work?","a":"It breaks down Hangul characters into syllables (consonants and vowels) and maps them according to standard Korean phonetic romanization."},{"q":"Can I replace specific words with designated terms?","a":"Yes. Add key-value pairs in the custom rules section (e.g. Next.js:nextjs) to force precise replacements before slug processing."},{"q":"If the text exceeds the max-length setting, will a word get cut off awkwardly in the middle?","a":"No. When the max length is exceeded, the slug is trimmed at a separator (like a dash) between words rather than mid-word, so it always ends on a complete word instead of an awkward fragment."}]},{"slug":"markdown-html-converter","category":"text-dev","title":"Markdown ↔ HTML Real-Time Converter","tagline":"Bidirectional real-time parsing between Markdown syntax and HTML code with live visual previewing","emoji":"✍️","keywords":["markdown to html editor","html to markdown converter","real time markup parser","live markdown preview","wysiwyg markdown viewer","local html text downloader"],"intro":"An intuitive side-by-side editing tool designed to convert Markdown syntax into standard HTML tags, and convert raw HTML code back into readable Markdown markdown documents.","howto":["Select your parsing mode from the options header ('Markdown ➔ HTML' or 'HTML ➔ Markdown').","Type or paste your content in the input editor, or load the preconfigured syntax template.","Check the parsed results in the code output view or click the Preview tab to see a fully rendered layout."],"faq":[{"q":"What HTML tags and Markdown syntax rules are supported?","a":"The parser handles core elements including headers (H1 to H6), bold, italics, code blocks, inline snippets, hyperlinked anchors, images, blockquotes, horizontal dividers, and ordered/unordered lists."},{"q":"Can I download my parsed work as a physical file?","a":"Yes. Click 'Save to local file' under the respective textareas to export your work as either a '.md' or '.html' text file."},{"q":"Are GFM extensions like tables, checkboxes, or footnotes also converted?","a":"This tool mainly supports standard Markdown syntax, so GitHub Flavored Markdown extensions such as tables and checklists may only be partly recognized. For more complex tables, the separate \"Markdown ↔ HTML ↔ JSON Table Converter\" tool gives more accurate results."}]},{"slug":"markdown-table-cross-converter","category":"text-dev","title":"Markdown ↔ HTML ↔ JSON Table Cross Converter","tagline":"Real-time parsing and bidirectional formatting for Markdown Pipe Tables, HTML Table tags, and JSON array objects","emoji":"🔄","keywords":["markdown table converter","html table to markdown","json to html table code","copy table to markdown","parse web tables online","markdown table formatter"],"intro":"A high-performance document formatting tool that dynamically parses table values and converts them to other formats in real-time.","howto":["Select your source input format (Markdown, HTML, or JSON).","Paste or type the table code into the editor. Structure rules apply.","Switch output tabs to inspect Markdown, HTML, or JSON results and click to copy."],"faq":[{"q":"Why does the parser fail with an error badge?","a":"Make sure Markdown includes a separator row (|---|), HTML wraps rows with <tr>, and JSON is a flat list of objects ([{}]). Use templates to compare."},{"q":"Can cell values contain special characters or spaces?","a":"Yes. The parser trims excess padding and preserves internal spacing. Note that cell-internal line breaks are normalized into inline spaces."},{"q":"Can tables with merged cells (rowspan, colspan) be converted?","a":"No. Markdown table syntax itself doesn't support cell merging, so HTML's rowspan and colspan attributes are ignored during conversion and each cell gets unpacked into its own separate cell. If merged cells are essential for your table, it's best to keep it as HTML instead."}]},{"slug":"apca-contrast-calculator","category":"color-design","title":"WCAG 3.0 APCA Web Contrast Calculator","tagline":"Real-time perceptual readability index (Lc) simulation matching text sizes and background/foreground luminance characteristics","emoji":"👁️","keywords":["apca contrast calculator","wcag 3.0 accessibility checker","perceptual color contrast","font readability tester","web design contrast scale","foreground background luminance"],"intro":"Compute modern perceptual readability levels using the proposed WCAG 3.0 APCA specification. Better maps biological human eyesight response.","howto":["Adjust text and background colors via pickers or hex inputs.","Instantly review the APCA contrast scale (Lc) and accessibility feedback.","Tweak font sizes and weights in the live preview to test reading comfort."],"faq":[{"q":"What is the difference between WCAG 2.x and APCA?","a":"WCAG 2.x uses a simple math ratio independent of color positions, whereas APCA respects human eye response to light vs dark polarities, making it more accurate."},{"q":"What is a passing APCA score?","a":"An Lc of 75+ is recommended for standard body text. Lc 60+ is acceptable for larger/bold text, and Lc 45+ fits large headers or UI frames."},{"q":"What does it mean when the Lc value shows as negative?","a":"The sign in APCA depends on whether the background is lighter or darker than the text. A negative value means light text on a dark background, while a positive value means dark text on a light background. When judging the grade, just compare the absolute value and ignore the sign."}]},{"slug":"wordle-hint-solver","category":"web-seo-misc","title":"Wordle 5-Letter Hint Solver","tagline":"Real-time word recommender and English definition guide based on green, yellow, and gray letter combinations","emoji":"💡","keywords":["wordle hint finder","5 letter word dictionary","wordle cheat helper","best wordle starter words","solve wordle grid today","english vocabulary game assistant"],"intro":"Narrow down valid 5-letter options using standard Wordle board feedback. Includes a dictionary of 200+ high-frequency solution words.","howto":["Fill in known Green letters in their exact coordinate slot (1-5).","Enter Yellow letters in slots where they belong but are currently misplaced.","List out excluded Gray letters to filter out unwanted solutions instantly."],"faq":[{"q":"What are the best starting words for Wordle?","a":"High-frequency opening words include ALERT, CRANE, SLATE, or ADIEU, as they cover popular vowels and common consonants."},{"q":"What if a letter is both in Yellow and Gray?","a":"The algorithm handles exceptions: letters registered as Green or Yellow take priority, letting you type gray exclusions safely without breaking rules."},{"q":"If the answer word has the same letter appearing twice, how should I enter the hints?","a":"For example, if 'E' shows up as Green in one position and Yellow in another, enter 'E' in both the corresponding Green slot and the Yellow slot separately. This tool correctly filters for words that satisfy the conditions in every slot, even when the same letter is entered more than once."}]},{"slug":"global-holiday-countdown-timer","category":"calc-convert","title":"Global Holiday Countdown Timer","tagline":"Real-time D-Day countdown for major holidays in US, South Korea, Japan, and Germany, including floating/lunar dates and alternate day-off policies","emoji":"📅","keywords":["holiday countdown clock","thanksgiving d-day timer","chuseok remaining hours","us public holidays calendar","substitute holiday rules","lunar new year countdown"],"intro":"Visualize active counting clocks for primary national public holidays. Auto-calculate floating dates like Thanksgiving or Seollal.","howto":["Select a target year (2026/2027) at the top.","Filter by country code (US, KR, JP, DE) or display all together.","Track days, hours, minutes, and seconds until the holiday starts."],"faq":[{"q":"How are lunar calendar or floating dates calculated?","a":"The system embeds specific algorithms to dynamically predict dates like Korea's Chuseok/Seollal or Thanksgiving (4th Thursday in November) for any target year."},{"q":"Does the countdown reflect substitute holidays?","a":"Yes. When a public holiday falls on a weekend, the countdown adjusts to highlight the designated weekday replacement holiday according to local laws."},{"q":"Which time zone is used to calculate the countdown?","a":"The countdown calculates time remaining until midnight based on your device/browser's local time zone. So even for a U.S. holiday, if you're accessing the tool from Korea, the timer counts down to your local midnight — not U.S. midnight — meaning it can differ from the actual local midnight by the time-zone gap."}]},{"slug":"julian-date-calendar-converter","category":"calc-convert","title":"Julian Date Calendar Converter","tagline":"Bidirectional conversion between Gregorian calendar and Julian Date (JD), Modified Julian Date (MJD), and Day of Year","emoji":"🌌","keywords":["julian date converter","mjd calculation formula","astronomy time tracker","day of year calculator","calendar to julian converter","gregorian date reverse math"],"intro":"Compute astronomical time scales and supply chain tracking days instantly. Supports real-time monitoring and custom epoch mappings.","howto":["Input a Gregorian calendar date to get JD, MJD, and the exact Day of the Year.","Alternatively, input a custom decimal Julian Date to reverse-calculate the calendar timestamp.","Use the top active banner to observe the current flowing Julian time live."],"faq":[{"q":"What is a Julian Date?","a":"A continuous count of days since the beginning of the Julian Period (January 1, 4713 BC at noon UTC). It allows astronomers to calculate temporal intervals using simple arithmetic."},{"q":"What is the difference between JD and MJD?","a":"Modified Julian Date (MJD) offsets JD by subtracting 2400000.5. MJD starts days at midnight instead of noon, making it more intuitive for civil and computing systems."},{"q":"Does the converter give accurate results for dates before the 1582 Gregorian calendar reform?","a":"This tool uses the proleptic Gregorian calendar, meaning it projects today's calendar rules backward in time for simplicity. For dates before October 15, 1582, this can differ from the Julian calendar actually in use at the time by up to ten days or more, so treat results for ancient historical dates as an approximation and double-check them for serious research."}]},{"slug":"global-currency-formatter","category":"calc-convert","title":"Global Currency Formatter","tagline":"Format and compare local representation formats (ISO 4217, thousand separator commas & decimal points) for 13 major world currencies","emoji":"💵","keywords":["global currency formatter","iso 4217 code lookup","comma decimal separator country","indian rupee comma grouping","money format translator","localize amount converter"],"intro":"Compare international currency notation and decimal parsing guidelines. Automatically parse numbers into localized standard forms.","howto":["Input a target numeric amount (decimals allowed).","Review the parsed Korean-character scale representation.","Check the preview table containing standard formats for USD, EUR, JPY, GBP, and others."],"faq":[{"q":"Why do some countries use comma as a decimal separator?","a":"Many European countries (e.g. Germany, France) traditionally use commas for decimals and periods for thousands, which is the exact opposite of the US/UK standard."},{"q":"Why does Indian Rupee (INR) have a unique comma grouping?","a":"India utilizes a numeric scale based on Lakhs (1,00,000) and Crores (1,00,00,000), resulting in comma grouping every 2 digits after the initial hundreds group."},{"q":"Can I use this tool to convert an amount into another currency at the real exchange rate?","a":"No — this is a currency notation formatter, not a live exchange-rate converter. It only shows how the same number would be written under each country's rules for commas, decimal points, and symbol placement. For an actual converted amount, please use a dedicated exchange-rate calculator."}]},{"slug":"global-social-posting-time-planner","category":"calc-convert","title":"Global Social Posting Time Planner","tagline":"Find the best publication time (golden hours) for Instagram, LinkedIn, X, and TikTok across international timezones","emoji":"🚀","keywords":["social media golden hours","timezone posting planner","best time to post instagram","linkedin upload optimizer","scheduling posts time difference","global social campaign schedule"],"intro":"Align your local posting schedule with target reader timezones. Calculate the exact local hours to hit peak engagement slots overseas automatically.","howto":["Select your social media platform to activate its golden hours.","Choose your target audience region and slide the publish hour.","Review the calculated target timezone local hour, golden status, and performance recommendation."],"faq":[{"q":"Why do golden posting hours differ by platform?","a":"Audience behavior varies. Business professionals check LinkedIn during workday transits (8-10 AM) and mid-day, while leisure platforms like Instagram and TikTok thrive in evening free times (7-10 PM)."},{"q":"Is Daylight Saving Time (DST) taken into account?","a":"Yes. The calculator leverages standard browser Intl timezone engines to compute actual time differences, automatically adjusting for summer/winter clock shifts."},{"q":"Should the recommended golden hours be different for weekdays versus weekends?","a":"In general, yes — on weekdays people tend to check social media in short bursts during commutes and lunch breaks, while on weekends they browse more leisurely from late morning through afternoon, often spending longer with each post. This tool's golden hours reflect typical average activity patterns rather than a weekday/weekend split, so treat them as a helpful baseline and adjust based on your specific campaign."}]},{"slug":"pc-bottleneck-fps-estimator","category":"calc-convert","title":"PC Bottleneck Calculator & FPS Estimator","tagline":"Check CPU/GPU compatibility bottleneck % and estimate game FPS in 1080p, 1440p, and 4K","emoji":"🖥️","keywords":["pc bottleneck calculator","cpu gpu compatibility checker","game fps estimator online","cyberpunk 4k benchmark guess","pc build bottleneck test","upgrade processor vs graphics card"],"intro":"Estimate the performance compatibility between your CPU and GPU. Calculate bottleneck percentage and predicted frame rates for popular gaming titles based on target resolutions.","howto":["Select your CPU tier and GPU tier.","Choose the target display resolution (1080p, 1440p, or 4K UHD).","Read the estimated bottleneck percentage, system advice recommendation, and predicted game frame rates (FPS)."],"faq":[{"q":"What is a PC bottleneck?","a":"A bottleneck occurs when one hardware component (either CPU or GPU) limits the performance of the other, preventing your system from utilizing its full computing potential during gaming."},{"q":"Why does the bottleneck change with resolution?","a":"At lower resolutions like 1080p, the CPU is highly stressed to handle game logic and feed frames to the GPU. At higher resolutions like 4K, the graphic rendering load on the GPU increases exponentially, making the CPU performance less critical."},{"q":"Will I get exactly the FPS numbers shown here in the actual game?","a":"Not exactly — these figures are reference estimates based on typical performance averages for each hardware tier. Real-world frame rates vary depending on graphics settings (shadows, textures, etc.), driver version, background processes, and how well the specific game is optimized, so treat this as a starting point and cross-check with real benchmark data before making a purchase or upgrade decision."}]},{"slug":"evm-blockchain-gas-fee-calculator","category":"calc-convert","title":"EVM Gas Fee Calculator","tagline":"Estimate blockchain transaction gas fees in USD and KRW for Ethereum, BNB, and Polygon","emoji":"⛽","keywords":["ethereum gas fee calculator","gwei to usd converter","blockchain fee estimator","bsc gas fee calculator","polygon transaction fee lookup","metamask gas cost checker"],"intro":"Estimate the cost of standard native coin transfers, ERC-20 transfers, DEX swaps, or NFT mints based on real-time gas prices (Gwei) and native coin prices.","howto":["Select the blockchain network (Ethereum, BNB, Polygon, Arbitrum, or Optimism).","Select the transaction type or enter a custom Gas Limit, along with the current Gas Price (Gwei) and Coin Price.","Check the calculated transaction cost in USD and KRW, along with the total coin amount consumed."],"faq":[{"q":"What is the difference between Gas Limit and Gas Price?","a":"Gas Limit is the maximum amount of gas units you are willing to spend for a transaction (e.g., 21,000 for standard transfers), while Gas Price is the price per gas unit in Gwei (1 Gwei = 1e-9 coin). The final fee is calculated by multiplying these two values."},{"q":"How can I reduce my gas fees?","a":"Gas prices fluctuate depending on network congestion. Transaction fees are generally much lower during weekends or early morning hours (in Asian timezones). Avoid trading during peak hours or hot NFT mints."},{"q":"Since EIP-1559, what's the difference between the base fee and the priority fee (tip)?","a":"The base fee is a mandatory amount that rises and falls automatically block by block depending on network congestion, and it's burned rather than paid to validators. The priority fee (tip) is an optional extra you add on top to reward the validator directly and get your transaction processed faster. The gas price (Gwei) you enter in this calculator can be thought of as the combined total of these two amounts."}]},{"slug":"fps-game-mouse-sensitivity-converter","category":"calc-convert","title":"FPS Game Mouse Sensitivity Converter","tagline":"Convert mouse sensitivity and DPI between CS2, Valorant, Overwatch 2, and Apex Legends","emoji":"🎮","keywords":["mouse sensitivity converter","valorant to cs2 sensitivity","apex legends sens calculator","overwatch to valorant sens","mouse 360 distance calculator","edpi calculator gaming"],"intro":"Maintain your muscle memory across different shooting game engines. Calculate matching in-game sensitivities based on physical 360-degree rotation distance.","howto":["Choose the source game, and enter your current DPI and in-game sensitivity.","Choose the target game and the DPI you want to play at.","Check the calculated target sensitivity, eDPI stats, and the actual physical distance needed for a full 360° rotation."],"faq":[{"q":"What is eDPI and why is it useful?","a":"eDPI (Effective DPI) is calculated by multiplying your mouse DPI by your in-game sensitivity. However, since different game engines use different yaw angles, you cannot compare eDPI directly between different games without a calculator like this."},{"q":"How is the 360-degree rotation distance calculated?","a":"It calculates the physical distance (in cm or inches) your mouse must travel on your mousepad to make a complete 360° turn in-game. This is calculated using the game engine's specific yaw value and your DPI."},{"q":"If I apply the converted sensitivity, will it feel exactly like my sensitivity in the original game?","a":"It should feel very close, but not necessarily identical. This calculator gives a mathematically accurate conversion based on each game's YAW constant, but differences in default field of view (FOV) or mouse acceleration settings between games can create a small gap in how the sensitivity actually feels. It's a good idea to give yourself a few days to adjust and fine-tune slightly if needed."}]},{"slug":"international-address-formatter","category":"calc-convert","title":"International Postal Address Formatter","tagline":"Reformat address elements into standard postal envelope label layouts by country","emoji":"✉️","keywords":["international address format checker","mail envelope label layout","how to write us address","uk postal address formatting","germany city postcode order","write japan address in english"],"intro":"Generate correct envelope labels for shipping to the US, UK, Germany, Korea, and Japan. Match international postal standards instantly.","howto":["Select your destination country.","Input address fields (recipient name, street address, city, postcode, etc.). Use the example loader if needed.","Copy the formatted address envelope label text straight to your clipboard."],"faq":[{"q":"Why does the address formatting matter for international mail?","a":"Sorting machines (OCR) at postal hubs parse address components based on specific rules. Placing postcodes, states, and city names in the wrong order can cause significant delays or shipping failures."},{"q":"What is unique about German addresses?","a":"German addresses require the postal code to be written before the city name on the same line (e.g., 10115 Berlin). Do not prefix country codes like D-."},{"q":"Where should I put apartment, suite, or unit numbers in the address?","a":"In the US, UK, and most English-speaking countries, the unit or suite number goes on the same line as the street address, right after the street number (e.g., 123 Main St, Apt 4B) — not on a separate line the way Korean addresses often split building and unit info. Just fill in the fields provided in this tool's template for your chosen country and it will be placed in the correct spot automatically."}]},{"slug":"english-readability-score-calculator","category":"calc-convert","title":"English Readability Score Calculator","tagline":"Measure Flesch-Kincaid Grade Level, Ease Score, and text statistics in real time","emoji":"📊","keywords":["flesch kincaid readability calculator","reading ease score tester","english text difficulty analyzer","syllable counter online","essay grade level checker","copywriting readability score"],"intro":"Analyze your English articles, essays, or copywriting. Compute sentences, words, syllables, and characters instantly to gauge text readability.","howto":["Paste your English text into the input area.","Check the real-time stats count for sentences, words, syllables, and character length.","Read the calculated Flesch Reading Ease score, grade level rating, and writing style feedback recommendations."],"faq":[{"q":"What is a good Flesch Reading Ease score?","a":"A score between 60 and 70 is considered standard (equivalent to an 8th-9th grade reading level), which is ideal for general public web audiences. Higher scores mean the text is easier to read."},{"q":"How accurate is the syllable counter?","a":"This tool uses a heuristic algorithm that matches vowel groups and filters silent letters, yielding around 95% accuracy for standard English vocabularies."},{"q":"Can I use this calculator to analyze Korean or other non-English text?","a":"No — the Flesch-Kincaid formula this tool relies on was designed around English syllable patterns and sentence-length norms, so it only produces reliable results for English text. Running Korean or other languages through it will give a meaningless score because the syllable-counting logic doesn't apply, so please stick to English content."}]},{"slug":"academic-citation-builder","category":"calc-convert","title":"Academic Citation Builder (APA, MLA, Chicago)","tagline":"Instantly format bibliography citations in APA 7th, MLA 9th, and Chicago 17th standards","emoji":"🎓","keywords":["apa citation generator 7th","mla bibliography maker 9th","chicago citation builder","academic citation helper","book citation generator","journal article citation format"],"intro":"Generate bibliographical citations for books, journal articles, and websites in seconds. Perfect for students, researchers, and academic writers.","howto":["Choose the source type: Book, Journal Article, or Website.","Fill in the author name, publication year, title, and media details.","Click 'Copy' on the style card to receive the formatted text directly on your clipboard without asterisks."],"faq":[{"q":"What do the asterisks in the generated outputs represent?","a":"They demarcate italicized text formatting in markdown. When you use the 'Copy' button, the tool automatically strips these asterisks so you get clean, standard rich text formatting on your clipboard."},{"q":"How can I cite multiple authors?","a":"This tool generates single-author citations. To cite multiple authors, copy the generated text and manually edit the author field: add ', & Author2' (APA) or 'and Author2' (MLA) directly."},{"q":"Can I generate a citation for a news article or a YouTube video with this tool?","a":"This tool directly supports only three source types: books, journal articles, and websites. For a news article or YouTube video, the closest fit is the 'Website' tab — enter the publication or channel name as the author and the link as the URL to get an approximate citation, then manually add any missing details (publication date, media type, etc.) according to the official style guide you're following."}]},{"slug":"world-tipping-etiquette-calculator","category":"calc-convert","title":"World Tipping Etiquette & Calculator","tagline":"Check local tipping guidelines, split bills, and calculate tips for major countries","emoji":"🪙","keywords":["tip calculator international","us tipping guide expat","how much to tip europe","restaurant tip split calculator","tipping etiquette in germany","japan tipping rule"],"intro":"Navigate tipping cultures across the US, Canada, Europe, and Asia. Calculate recommended tip values based on bill amounts and split costs among friends.","howto":["Select your travel destination country from the list.","Input the total bill amount and the number of people to split the cost.","Choose a standard tipping percentage or type a custom rate.","Review the breakdown of tips, grand totals, per-person splits, and local tipping etiquette guidelines."],"faq":[{"q":"Is tipping mandatory in Europe compared to the United States?","a":"No, tipping in Europe is generally optional and more relaxed. Service charges are frequently already included in restaurants, so tipping is meant to reward exceptional service by rounding up or leaving 5-10%."},{"q":"What happens if I tip in Japan or South Korea?","a":"Tipping is not part of the culture in Japan or South Korea and can be refused or misunderstood. Servers might run after you to return the forgotten cash. Excellent service is standard and included in the price."},{"q":"In the US, how are the suggested tip percentages (like 18%, 20%, 25%) on the card payment screen decided?","a":"Those preset percentages on US card terminals are set at the business's own discretion, not by law, and typically range from around 15-18% up to 25-30%. If service was poor, you're free to enter a lower amount manually or skip the tip entirely — the screen buttons are just a suggestion. Checking this calculator ahead of time gives you a sense of the reasonable range so you're not caught off guard at checkout."}]},{"slug":"world-plug-voltage-directory","category":"calc-convert","title":"World Plug & Voltage Directory","tagline":"Check power outlet shapes (Types A-G), voltages, and frequencies for international travel","emoji":"🔌","keywords":["world outlet adapter guide","voltage converter travel","plug type checker","socket shapes by country","us power outlet shape","european plug adapter uk"],"intro":"A comprehensive directory guide for travelers to check plug sockets, outlet shapes, standards, voltage, and frequency levels for major countries globally, featuring a compatibility tester.","howto":["Select your home country and your travel destination in the compatibility tool.","Instantly view whether you need a travel adaptor or voltage converter.","Search the country list or filter by plug type (A, C, G, etc.) to read detailed specifications."],"faq":[{"q":"Can I use Korean/European plugs in the US without a transformer?","a":"It depends on your device's voltage specification. Dual-voltage (100-240V) appliances like phone chargers only require a plug adapter. Single-voltage (220V only) devices require a step-down transformer to operate on 120V US systems."},{"q":"Are European Type C plugs identical to Korean Type F plugs?","a":"They look similar but differ slightly. Korean Type F pins are 4.8mm in diameter, whereas European Type C pins are 4.0mm. Sockets may feel loose or tight depending on the combination."},{"q":"Can I use high-wattage appliances like a hair dryer or curling iron abroad if I just have a voltage converter?","a":"Heat-generating appliances like hair dryers and curling irons often draw 1,000 watts or more, which exceeds the capacity of typical small travel voltage converters (usually rated around 200-300W), risking overheating, damage, or even fire. For these high-power items, it's much safer to either buy a locally-rated appliance at your destination or use a travel-specific model built for dual voltage (100-240V) rather than relying on a converter."}]},{"slug":"global-visa-free-passport-checker","category":"calc-convert","title":"Global Visa-Free Passport Checker","tagline":"Check visa-free, VOA, or visa required entry status for South Korea, US, and Japan passports","emoji":"🛂","keywords":["visa free countries checker","passport power index 2026","south korea passport visa free","us passport visa requirements","japan passport visa index","visa free entry search"],"intro":"Search and check visa-free or visa-on-arrival entry conditions for passports issued by South Korea, the United States, and Japan. Retrieve global passport index rankings and visa-free travel counts in real time.","howto":["Select your origin passport country (South Korea, United States, or Japan).","Type the destination country name in the search query box or use status filters.","Instantly read visa status reports, maximum stay periods, and special requirements like ESTA/eTA."],"faq":[{"q":"What is the difference between Visa-Free and ETA/ESTA?","a":"Although you travel without a traditional visa, an Electronic Travel Authorization (like ESTA for US, eTA for Canada, K-ETA for Korea) is required online before departure. This tool notes these exceptions."},{"q":"How is the passport power index count calculated?","a":"Passport power represents the total number of destinations a passport holder can access without a visa, or by easily obtaining a Visa on Arrival (VOA) or Electronic Travel Authorization (eTA)."},{"q":"Is the visa information shown here always 100% up to date with the latest official policy?","a":"This tool is meant as a general reference guide based on typical, commonly-known visa-exemption rules. Each country's visa policy can change without notice due to diplomatic relations, health situations, and other factors, so before you actually travel, please double-check the latest information through your foreign ministry's travel advisory site or the destination country's official embassy or consulate."}]},{"slug":"global-income-tax-estimator","category":"calc-convert","title":"Global Income Tax Estimator","tagline":"Estimate personal income tax and social security contributions for UK, DE, and CA (Ontario) in real time","emoji":"📊","keywords":["uk tax estimator","germany net salary calculator","canada ontario tax calculator","foreign income tax comparison","expat tax calculator","uk national insurance calculator"],"intro":"Compare and estimate personal income taxes and mandatory social insurance contributions across the United Kingdom, Germany, and Canada (Ontario). Input your annual gross income in local currencies to view detailed net paycheck reports.","howto":["Select a destination country (United Kingdom, Germany, or Canada) from the dropdown.","Enter your annual gross income in local currency (£, €, or C$).","Instantly view estimated income taxes, social security contributions, and net take-home salary.","Check the cumulative deduction bar chart to visualize your effective tax rate."],"faq":[{"q":"What is the UK Personal Allowance reduction?","a":"In the UK, the standard Personal Allowance is £12,570. However, if your income exceeds £100,000, the allowance is reduced by £1 for every £2 of income above this limit, down to zero for incomes over £125,140."},{"q":"How is the German progressive income tax calculated here?","a":"German income tax uses a complex progressive formula. This tool simplifies it by grouping income into four main brackets (14%, 30%, 42%, 45%) to provide a highly accurate approximation of your actual tax liability."},{"q":"Why does the Ontario, Canada result show both federal and provincial tax separately?","a":"Canada taxes personal income at two levels: the federal government and each individual province both apply their own tax. To accurately estimate what an Ontario resident actually owes, you need to apply the federal progressive tax brackets and Ontario's own provincial brackets and add them together — this simulator calculates both layers in sequence and reflects the combined total in your final take-home amount."}]},{"slug":"historical-inflation-calculator","category":"calc-convert","title":"Historical Inflation & Money Value Calculator","tagline":"Track changes in purchasing power and cumulative inflation from 1980 to 2025 across US, KR, JP, UK, and DE","emoji":"💸","keywords":["historical inflation calculator","cpi calculator money value","usd purchasing power tracker","inflation rate calculator","past money value today","yen inflation calculator"],"intro":"Simulate how inflation has changed the real-world value of money over time. It supports calculations for the United States, South Korea, Japan, the United Kingdom, and Germany, displaying cumulative inflation rates and loss of purchasing power in real time.","howto":["Choose a country to load its historical average CPI rates.","Enter a past amount and pick the starting year (from 1980).","Select the end year (up to 2025) to calculate compound interest.","Read the breakdown report to see the inflated amount, total rate increase, and purchasing power percentage."],"faq":[{"q":"How accurate is this historical inflation data?","a":"This tool utilizes average annual Consumer Price Index (CPI) increases for each decade published by official institutions (e.g., US Bureau of Labor Statistics). It provides a quick and reliable way to study long-term economic trends."},{"q":"Why are the Japan inflation results so low?","a":"Japan experienced prolonged economic stagnation and deflation (negative or near-zero inflation) from the 1990s through the 2010s. This calculator accurately factors in these zero/negative growth rates."},{"q":"Does this calculator also factor in exchange rate changes between different countries' currencies?","a":"No — this tool only accounts for inflation that happened within a single country, showing how purchasing power changed in that country's own currency over time. For example, calculating a past US dollar value applies only US consumer price index (CPI) changes, not shifts in the USD-KRW exchange rate. If you need to convert between currencies as well, combine this with a separate exchange-rate calculator."}]},{"slug":"us-paycheck-tax-calculator","category":"calc-convert","title":"US Paycheck Tax Calculator","tagline":"Calculate your net take-home salary after federal income tax, FICA, and state tax deductions by state","emoji":"💵","keywords":["paycheck calculator us","salary after tax california","biweekly pay calculator","federal tax estimator","us paycheck tax calculator","state income tax calculator"],"intro":"Estimate your net take-home pay based on annual salary or hourly rate. This tool calculates federal income tax, state tax (California, New York, Texas, etc.), and FICA contributions in real time for various pay frequencies.","howto":["Select your input method: Annual Salary or Hourly Rate.","Enter your base earnings and choose the state where you work.","Choose your pay frequency (Monthly, Bi-weekly, or Weekly).","Instantly view your net pay breakdown, federal tax, state tax, and FICA deductions with visual charts."],"faq":[{"q":"What deductions are included in FICA?","a":"FICA (Federal Insurance Contributions Act) includes Social Security (6.2% up to the wage limit of $168,600) and Medicare (1.45%) taxes. Both are automatically calculated by this tool."},{"q":"Which states have no state income tax?","a":"Texas, Florida, Alaska, Nevada, South Dakota, Tennessee, Washington, Wyoming, and New Hampshire do not levy a personal state income tax. Selecting these states yields 0% state tax deductions."},{"q":"Does this calculator account for things like 401(k) contributions or employer health insurance premiums?","a":"No — this calculator only covers mandatory, legally required deductions: federal income tax, FICA (Social Security + Medicare), and state tax. Voluntary pre-tax deductions like 401(k) retirement contributions, employer health insurance premiums, or HSA contributions vary enormously by employer and individual choice, so they aren't factored in here. Your actual take-home pay on your real paystub will likely be lower than this result by whatever amount you contribute to those items."}]},{"slug":"brand-size-comparison-helper","category":"calc-convert","title":"Brand Size Comparison Helper","tagline":"Compare shoe sizes (Nike, Adidas, New Balance) & clothing chest sizing (Zara, Uniqlo, H&M) in real time","emoji":"👟","keywords":["nike to adidas size chart","shoe size helper online","zara sizing guide chest","uniqlo h&m size difference","international shoe size converter","apparel fit comparison"],"intro":"Compare shoe and apparel sizes across top global fashion and sports brands. Access 1-to-1 conversion metrics (KR, US, UK, EU) and custom fit feedback (narrow, wide, relaxed) to make precise shopping decisions.","howto":["Choose a category ('Shoes' or 'Clothing') from the top tabs.","For shoes, select your base sizing (mm) to view US/UK/EU standard charts and custom fit comments.","For clothing, pick an alpha label (S/M/L/XL) to compare official chest measurements.","Read the sizing tips below to find your perfect fit."],"faq":[{"q":"Why do Nike and Adidas shoe sizes differ?","a":"Each brand uses their own unique foot molds (lasts). Nike models often run tighter and narrower, whereas Adidas shoes generally provide a wider, more relaxed fit. We highlight these differences in our sizing reports."},{"q":"What chest widths are these clothing sizes based on?","a":"The data is derived from the official sizing guides of Zara, Uniqlo, and H&M. Note that Zara sizing can run slightly larger than Uniqlo, whereas H&M has a slimmer cut."},{"q":"Does this guide's sizing apply equally to men's and women's products?","a":"The shoe measurements and clothing chest-width figures in this guide are based on each brand's standard general line (often unisex or men's-oriented). Women's-specific lines from the same brand frequently use a different last (shoe mold) or fit design, so there can be some deviation from these numbers. Treat this guide as a rough reference for women's items and, where possible, also check the product page's dedicated women's size chart."}]},{"slug":"height-weight-imperial-metric-converter","category":"calc-convert","title":"Height & Weight Imperial ↔ Metric Converter","tagline":"Convert feet/inches (ft/in) to centimeters (cm) and pounds/stones (lbs/st) to kilograms (kg) with live BMI calculator","emoji":"📏","keywords":["feet to cm converter","lbs to kg converter","stone to kg conversion","ft in to cm","height converter weight converter","bmi estimator metric imperial"],"intro":"Quickly convert height and weight measurements between the US/Imperial system and the Metric system. It supports compound inputs like feet+inches and stone+pounds, and automatically estimates your Body Mass Index (BMI) in real time.","howto":["To convert height, select the 'Height Conversion' tab. To convert weight, select 'Weight Conversion'.","Type imperial values (ft/in or st/lbs) to instantly see the metric equivalents (cm, kg).","Alternatively, input metric values (cm, kg) to reverse-convert back to imperial values.","Check your estimated BMI score and weight range classification in the right bonus panel."],"faq":[{"q":"What is a 'stone' (st) weight unit?","a":"A stone is a unit of weight commonly used in the UK and Ireland for human body weight. 1 stone equals 14 pounds (approx. 6.35 kilograms). This tool provides a dedicated stone+pounds input field for easy usage."},{"q":"How is the BMI calculated here?","a":"Body Mass Index (BMI) is calculated as weight in kilograms divided by height in meters squared (kg/m²). This tool dynamically recalculates your BMI using the converted metric heights and weights."},{"q":"Is the BMI result an absolute health standard that applies the same way to everyone?","a":"No. BMI is a simple reference figure calculated from height and weight alone, and it can't distinguish muscle mass from body fat. That means muscular athletes or bodybuilders with low body fat can show up as 'overweight' on the BMI scale, while an older adult with low muscle mass might fall in the 'normal' range despite having a higher body fat percentage. For an accurate assessment that accounts for age, sex, and muscle mass, it's best to consult a medical professional."}]},{"slug":"us-cooking-unit-converter","category":"calc-convert","title":"US Kitchen Cooking ↔ Metric Unit Converter","tagline":"Convert US recipes Cups, Ounces, Spoon (tbsp/tsp) to Milliliters (ml) and Grams (g) by ingredient density","emoji":"🍳","keywords":["cups to ml converter","ounces to grams cooking","baking unit converter","us cup to metric","recipe measurement converter","baking density calculator"],"intro":"Convert cups, fluid ounces, tablespoons, teaspoons, and pounds from US recipes to milliliters and grams. It dynamically factors in ingredient density for water, flour, sugar, butter, and more for exact cooking & baking measurements.","howto":["Select an ingredient (water, flour, sugar, butter, etc.) to apply its density factor.","Choose a conversion tab: Volume to Metric, Weight to Metric, or Metric to US.","Input a value to instantly see the calculated results for both volume and weight.","Reference the baking note for tips to scale your recipe correctly."],"faq":[{"q":"Why does the cup-to-gram conversion change per ingredient?","a":"Volume-to-weight conversions depend on the density of the ingredient. For example, 100ml of water weighs 100g, while 100ml of flour weighs only 53g. This tool factors in these exact ratios for accurate baking."},{"q":"What is the difference between Fluid Ounces and Ounces?","a":"Fluid Ounces (fl oz) measure volume, while Ounces (oz) measure weight. This tool uses fl oz for volume calculations and oz for weight calculations."},{"q":"How do I convert an amount like '1 stick of butter,' which shows up a lot in US recipes?","a":"US butter is typically sold in 1-pound (453g) boxes divided into four 'sticks,' and one stick equals exactly 1/2 cup (8 tablespoons), or about 113g by weight. So when a recipe calls for '1 stick,' just select butter in this tool's weight conversion tab and enter 1/2 cup or 113g to get the equivalent."}]},{"slug":"medical-jargon-translator","category":"calc-convert","title":"Medical Jargon Translator","tagline":"Translate medical hanja terms and complex abbreviations with search & text analysis","emoji":"📖","keywords":["medical terms dictionary","diagnosis translation","medical abbreviations","patient medical glossary","prescription terms"],"intro":"Translate difficult medical hanja words or abbreviations (like HTN, GERD, DM, Fracture, etc.) commonly found in diagnoses and prescriptions into simple and easy patient-friendly terms.","howto":["Paste or type the text of your diagnosis in the top text area.","Click 'Analyze Terms' to automatically detect medical terms and render detailed cards.","Or type specific abbreviation (e.g., EKG) or disease name in the search bar below.","Use category tabs (Internal, Orthopedics, etc.) to browse terms within a department."],"faq":[{"q":"Are there rare professional terms not detected?","a":"Yes. This simplified dictionary features about 20 of the most common medical abbreviations and terms patients encounter. Extremely rare terms may not be detected, so please consult your doctor for precise details."},{"q":"Can I use this tool's explanations as a basis for an actual medical diagnosis or treatment decision?","a":"No. This service exists only as a glossary to help patients understand the difficult technical terms found in their medical notes or diagnosis reports — it does not replace an actual diagnosis, treatment plan, or medical advice. For anything about your specific symptoms or course of treatment, always consult your attending physician or a specialist directly."},{"q":"Can I use this tool's explanations as a basis for an actual medical diagnosis or treatment decision?","a":"No. This service exists only as a glossary to help patients understand the difficult technical terms found in their medical notes or diagnosis reports — it does not replace an actual diagnosis, treatment plan, or medical advice. For anything about your specific symptoms or course of treatment, always consult your attending physician or a specialist directly."}]},{"slug":"room-furniture-layout-planner","category":"calc-convert","title":"2D Furniture Layout Planner","tagline":"Configure room dimensions and interactively place, rotate, and drag furniture on a 2D grid","emoji":"🛋️","keywords":["furniture layout simulator","2D room planner","virtual interior design","room layout sketcher","room grid editor"],"intro":"Set your room's width and height in meters, place templates like beds, desks, and sofas, and drag or rotate them on a canvas to plan your room's interior layout virtually.","howto":["Enter your room's width and height in meters (m) at the top.","Click template buttons on the left panel (e.g., Bed, Desk) to add items to the grid.","Drag items around the canvas to position them.","Select an item to rotate it by 90 degrees or remove it completely.","Copy the layout specs report and use it as a guide for your shopping or setup."],"faq":[{"q":"Can furniture overlap or go outside the room boundary?","a":"No. The system performs collision checking to ensure furniture items do not leave the boundary of the room walls."},{"q":"Can I save my finished furniture layout and come back to continue editing it later?","a":"This tool is designed as a lightweight simulator that runs entirely in your browser without server-side storage, so it doesn't offer a built-in save-and-reload feature. However, you can copy the coordinates and dimensions of your finished layout as text — keep that report somewhere like a notes app, and you can re-enter the same values next time to recreate your layout."},{"q":"Can I save my finished furniture layout and come back to continue editing it later?","a":"This tool is designed as a lightweight simulator that runs entirely in your browser without server-side storage, so it doesn't offer a built-in save-and-reload feature. However, you can copy the coordinates and dimensions of your finished layout as text — keep that report somewhere like a notes app, and you can re-enter the same values next time to recreate your layout."}]},{"slug":"exam-timetable-analyzer","category":"calc-convert","title":"Exam Timetable & Study Scheduler","tagline":"Calculate study timelines based on D-Day urgency, difficulty, and current progress","emoji":"⏱️","keywords":["exam study scheduler","cramming time allocator","study planner","finals calendar coordinator","D-day exam study"],"intro":"Enter your exam subject dates, difficulty levels, and study progress. The tool will calculate and allocate your daily study budget to give you a customized cramming golden hour timeline.","howto":["Enter your daily available study hours at the top.","Fill in the subject name, date/time of exam, difficulty, and current progress (%), then click 'Add Subject'.","Check the dashboard for recommended study hours allocated per subject based on urgency.","Copy the plan and use it as a scheduler guide during finals."],"faq":[{"q":"How is the golden hour allocation computed?","a":"It uses a weight formula multiplying difficulty (High:3, Med:2, Low:1), unstudied ratio (100 - progress), and inverse of remaining days (urgency) to divide your total budget."},{"q":"If I overestimate my daily available study time, will the recommended split change drastically?","a":"The total available time only acts as the denominator for the proportional split, so entering an inflated number won't change the relative allocation ratio between subjects. What does change is the absolute hours (h) assigned to each subject — they'll look bigger than what you can actually manage. It's best to enter a realistic number you can actually commit to each day, not an aspirational one."},{"q":"If I overestimate my daily available study time, will the recommended split change drastically?","a":"The total available time only acts as the denominator for the proportional split, so entering an inflated number won't change the relative allocation ratio between subjects. What does change is the absolute hours (h) assigned to each subject — they'll look bigger than what you can actually manage. It's best to enter a realistic number you can actually commit to each day, not an aspirational one."}]},{"slug":"sat-score-grade-estimator","category":"calc-convert","title":"SAT Score & Grade Estimator","tagline":"Estimate grades, standard scores, and percentiles based on raw scores","emoji":"📊","keywords":["CSAT grade calculator","raw score estimator","percentile calculator","estimated standard score","absolute grading check"],"intro":"Input your raw scores for major CSAT/SAT subjects to instantly calculate estimated grades (1-9), simulated standard scores, and percentiles on a visual dashboard.","howto":["Enter raw scores for each subject (max 100 for Korean/Math/English, max 50 for History/Inquiry).","Check the estimated grade results instantly on the dashboard.","Compare simulated standard scores and percentile numbers.","Copy the analysis report to review later or consult for admissions."],"faq":[{"q":"Are the estimated grades identical to actual score sheets?","a":"No. This tool uses pre-compiled average grade boundaries. Real scores depend on yearly exam difficulty and standard deviations, so use this as a reference only."},{"q":"Does the Korean History score affect the grade-cut predictions for other subjects?","a":"Korean History is graded on an absolute (pass/fail-style) scale, so it only produces a grade — not a standard score or percentile — and it has no effect on the percentile or standard-score calculations for the relatively-graded subjects. It's shown separately, purely to check whether you meet the minimum requirement."},{"q":"Does the Korean History score affect the grade-cut predictions for other subjects?","a":"Korean History is graded on an absolute (pass/fail-style) scale, so it only produces a grade — not a standard score or percentile — and it has no effect on the percentile or standard-score calculations for the relatively-graded subjects. It's shown separately, purely to check whether you meet the minimum requirement."}]},{"slug":"free-handwriting-font-tester","category":"calc-convert","title":"Free Handwriting Font Tester","tagline":"Test commercial-free Korean handwriting Google web fonts in real time","emoji":"✍️","keywords":["free handwriting fonts","commercial free web fonts","typography tester","google handwriting preview","handwritten text styler"],"intro":"Load and test representative commercial-free handwriting web fonts. Adjust size, alignment, spacing, line-height, text color, and background color on a live preview canvas.","howto":["Select a handwriting web font from the dropdown menu.","Type custom text or edit the default preset text in the textarea.","Use sliders and color chips to adjust font size, spacing, line-height, and colors.","Inspect the live rendering canvas and copy the style specs description."],"faq":[{"q":"Can I use these fonts in commercial ads or YouTube subtitles?","a":"Yes. These fonts are Open Font License (OFL) Google web fonts, which allows you to use them freely in commercial print, digital videos, and web design without attribution."},{"q":"Will the font I preview here look exactly the same in a printed document or another program?","a":"This tool loads Google Fonts directly in your browser, so what you see here matches the web exactly. To use the same typeface in offline software like PowerPoint or Photoshop, though, you'll need to separately download the font file (.ttf) from Google Fonts and install it on your system first."},{"q":"Will the font I preview here look exactly the same in a printed document or another program?","a":"This tool loads Google Fonts directly in your browser, so what you see here matches the web exactly. To use the same typeface in offline software like PowerPoint or Photoshop, though, you'll need to separately download the font file (.ttf) from Google Fonts and install it on your system first."}]},{"slug":"pet-food-calculator","category":"calc-convert","title":"Pet Food Calculator","tagline":"Calculate daily recommended calorie intake (DER) and food weight in grams/cups based on weight and activity level","emoji":"⚖️","keywords":["pet food portion calculator","dog daily food grams","cat kibble calculator","RER DER calculator","pet calories counter"],"intro":"Enter your dog or cat's weight, choose their life stage or activity level, and input the calorie density of the kibble to calculate the daily portion in grams and paper cups.","howto":["Choose Dog or Cat using the top switcher tabs.","Adjust the weight slider to set your pet's current weight in kg.","Input the calorie density (kcal/kg) of your current pet food.","Select the life stage/activity level (e.g., puppy, neutered, obese) to check the portion in grams and cups."],"faq":[{"q":"How many grams of kibble are assumed per paper cup?","a":"We assume a standard filled paper cup holds approximately 80g of dry kibble to convert portion weights to cup count."},{"q":"Can I use this calculator's result as-is for a pregnant or nursing pet?","a":"No. Pets in late pregnancy or nursing can need up to 2-3 times more calories than usual — it's a special life stage that the calculator's standard categories (growth, adult, senior, overweight) don't cover accurately. Please consult your vet to adjust the feeding amount in these cases."},{"q":"Can I use this calculator's result as-is for a pregnant or nursing pet?","a":"No. Pets in late pregnancy or nursing can need up to 2-3 times more calories than usual — it's a special life stage that the calculator's standard categories (growth, adult, senior, overweight) don't cover accurately. Please consult your vet to adjust the feeding amount in these cases."}]},{"slug":"children-allowance-ledger","category":"calc-convert","title":"Children's Allowance Ledger & Financial Planner","tagline":"Log pocket money transactions and track target savings with a visual dashboard","emoji":"🪙","keywords":["kids pocket money tracker","children allowance ledger","savings goal simulator","financial education kids","piggy bank progress"],"intro":"Let kids log pocket money income, expenses, and savings, track target savings goals on a progress bar, and read basic tips on financial management.","howto":["Enter your wishlist goal name and target price (KRW) at the top card.","Log weekly allowance, candy expenses, or piggy bank savings with description and amount.","Track your wallet balance and savings progress bar in real time.","Read the financial advice tip triggered dynamically based on your saving progress."],"faq":[{"q":"What happens if I try to enter expenses higher than my balance?","a":"The ledger blocks registrations where expense is higher than the current balance. This is to teach kids not to spend beyond their budget."},{"q":"Where is my allowance and savings data stored, and can I pick it up on another device?","a":"All entries are saved only in the local storage of the browser you're currently using — no account needed. That means the data won't appear if you open the tool on a different computer or phone, and clearing your browser's history/cache will erase it too. We recommend periodically copying the report text somewhere safe as a backup."},{"q":"Where is my allowance and savings data stored, and can I pick it up on another device?","a":"All entries are saved only in the local storage of the browser you're currently using — no account needed. That means the data won't appear if you open the tool on a different computer or phone, and clearing your browser's history/cache will erase it too. We recommend periodically copying the report text somewhere safe as a backup."}]},{"slug":"drip-coffee-brewing-timer","category":"calc-convert","title":"Drip Coffee Recipe & Brewing Timer","tagline":"Calculate target water volume relative to coffee beans and brew using step-by-step sound countdown guides","emoji":"☕","keywords":["drip coffee timer","brewing calculator","pour over recipe","coffee ratio helper","hand drip scale"],"intro":"Input coffee weight (g) and target brew ratio to calculate total water volume in real time. Use Kasuya's 4:6 rule or standard pour-over countdowns with audio cues to brew delicious drip coffee.","howto":["Adjust coffee bean weight (g) with the slider (10g to 50g).","Select your target extraction ratio (1:15 recommended).","Choose between the 4:6 method and standard balanced pour-over.","Click 'Start Drip' and pour water up to the target scale for each step (Blooming, 1st to 4th Pour).","Follow the beep sounds indicating when to move to the next pouring step."],"faq":[{"q":"What is the 4:6 brewing method?","a":"Designed by World Brewers Cup champion Tetsu Kasuya, it splits the total water: 40% adjusts sweetness and acidity, while the remaining 60% adjusts body strength."},{"q":"Should I follow the timer's stage times exactly regardless of my grind size or roast level?","a":"The timer's stage durations are standard values based on a medium roast and medium grind. A finer grind or darker roast extracts faster and can lead to over-extraction (bitterness), while a coarser grind tends toward under-extraction (sourness). For your first few brews, taste the result and fine-tune your grind size accordingly."},{"q":"Should I follow the timer's stage times exactly regardless of my grind size or roast level?","a":"The timer's stage durations are standard values based on a medium roast and medium grind. A finer grind or darker roast extracts faster and can lead to over-extraction (bitterness), while a coarser grind tends toward under-extraction (sourness). For your first few brews, taste the result and fine-tune your grind size accordingly."}]},{"slug":"global-meeting-timezone-coordinator","category":"calc-convert","title":"Global Meeting Timezone Coordinator","tagline":"Map multiple timezones on a 24h timeline and automatically suggest optimal common working hour slots","emoji":"🌐","keywords":["world meeting planner","timezone coordinator","global team scheduler","time zone converter","working hours matrix"],"intro":"Compare local times across Seoul, London, New York, Sydney, Frankfurt, and LA. Move the slider to find the host time and get suggested slots that avoid late-night sleep times for all participants.","howto":["Select participating cities by toggling the chips at the top.","Choose the host city and adjust the host meeting time slider.","Check the live local times and color-coded suitability labels (Working/Flexible/Sleep).","Click one of the suggested 'Optimal Time Windows' to instantly coordinate the schedule."],"faq":[{"q":"Are daylight saving times (DST) automatically adjusted?","a":"The coordinator uses standard timezone offsets for clarity. Please adjust for local 1-hour DST changes during the final scheduling."},{"q":"What if none of the recommended slots keep every activated city within working hours?","a":"When the time difference between participating cities is extreme (8-12 hours or more), everyone's working hours simply may not overlap, leaving the recommended-slots list empty. In that case, the tool also surfaces \"next-best\" slots where one side has to accept an early morning or late evening call — the common practice is to discuss it with participants and rotate who takes the inconvenient time each meeting."},{"q":"What if none of the recommended slots keep every activated city within working hours?","a":"When the time difference between participating cities is extreme (8-12 hours or more), everyone's working hours simply may not overlap, leaving the recommended-slots list empty. In that case, the tool also surfaces \"next-best\" slots where one side has to accept an early morning or late evening call — the common practice is to discuss it with participants and rotate who takes the inconvenient time each meeting."}]},{"slug":"annual-leave-tracker","category":"calc-convert","title":"Annual Leave & Vacation Tracker","tagline":"Calculate legal holiday allowance based on service years and track usage with an interactive dashboard","emoji":"📅","keywords":["leave tracker","annual leave calculator","vacation manager","half day log","remaining holidays tracker"],"intro":"Calculate legal annual leave (11 to 25 days) based on labor laws. Add carry-over days and log full (1.0), half (0.5), or quarter (0.25) days to monitor remaining leave on a visual dashboard.","howto":["Adjust the service years slider to view standard legal leave allowance.","Input carry-over days or manual bonus days from last year.","Log new leave usage by picking the date, type (Full/Half/Quarter/Hourly), and adding a memo.","Review the progress bar, used ratio, and remaining days count, then copy the report."],"faq":[{"q":"Does it accurately subtract partial days like quarter-days or hours?","a":"Yes. A half-day is 0.5, a quarter-day is 0.25, and a 1-hour leave is 0.125. They are all calculated and subtracted dynamically."},{"q":"Is the result still accurate if my company grants leave all at once based on the fiscal year rather than my hire date?","a":"By default, this tool calculates leave based on years of service from your hire date. If your company instead grants annual leave in a lump sum on a fiscal-year basis (e.g., every January 1st), the actual number can differ from what's shown here. In that case, we recommend entering the exact figure from your company's HR system into the carry-over field at the top to correct the calculation."},{"q":"Is the result still accurate if my company grants leave all at once based on the fiscal year rather than my hire date?","a":"By default, this tool calculates leave based on years of service from your hire date. If your company instead grants annual leave in a lump sum on a fiscal-year basis (e.g., every January 1st), the actual number can differ from what's shown here. In that case, we recommend entering the exact figure from your company's HR system into the carry-over field at the top to correct the calculation."}]},{"slug":"periodic-table-molecular-weight","category":"calc-convert","title":"Periodic Table & Molecular Weight Calculator","tagline":"Explore the periodic table (H to Ca) and calculate chemical molecular weights and mass ratios in real time","emoji":"🧪","keywords":["periodic table","molecular weight calculator","atomic weight","chemical formula mass","chemistry calculator"],"intro":"Explore an interactive periodic table for representative elements (H to Ca) and calculate the total molecular weight (g/mol) and percentage mass ratio of elements for any chemical formula (e.g., H2O, C6H12O6).","howto":["Click element tiles on the periodic table to construct your formula.","Type a chemical formula (case-sensitive) directly into the input box.","Check the calculated total molecular weight in g/mol.","Review the element mass percentage breakdown graph below and copy the summary."],"faq":[{"q":"Can it calculate molecular weights for elements heavier than Calcium?","a":"This tool is built primarily for representative elements from Hydrogen (1) to Calcium (20). Heavier elements may not be parsed correctly."},{"q":"Does it recognize more complex formulas that include parentheses, like Ca(OH)2?","a":"Yes, the parser also handles parentheses followed by a subscript number, correctly multiplying the element count inside the parentheses by that number before adding it to the molecular weight. Just make sure element symbols use proper capitalization (e.g., Na, Cl) so they're parsed correctly."},{"q":"Does it recognize more complex formulas that include parentheses, like Ca(OH)2?","a":"Yes, the parser also handles parentheses followed by a subscript number, correctly multiplying the element count inside the parentheses by that number before adding it to the molecular weight. Just make sure element symbols use proper capitalization (e.g., Na, Cl) so they're parsed correctly."}]},{"slug":"ghost-leg-game","category":"calc-convert","title":"Ghost Leg Betting Game (2D Canvas)","tagline":"Play the classic ghost leg betting game with interactive 2D Canvas path animations and customizable results","emoji":"🪜","keywords":["ghost leg game","amidakuji online","betting helper","penalty decider","ladder drawing game"],"intro":"Set up a ghost leg (Amidakuji) betting game for 2 to 8 players, customize player names and penalty results, and watch paths animate down on a 2D Canvas.","howto":["Set the number of players (2 to 8) from the dropdown.","Enter names in the top row and penalties/results in the bottom row.","Click 'Reset' to generate a new random ladder structure.","Click 'Go' under a player to animate their path, or 'Quick Match All' to resolve immediately."],"faq":[{"q":"Is the result mapping completely fair and unique?","a":"Yes. The algorithm guarantees a strict 1-to-1 bijection, meaning no two players will ever end up on the same result."},{"q":"If I keep the same names and outcomes and run it again, will I get the same result as before?","a":"No. Every time you press \"Reset\" or refresh the page, the horizontal rungs of the ladder are regenerated in a new random layout, so even with the exact same names and outcomes, the odds of getting the same result twice are practically nil."},{"q":"If I keep the same names and outcomes and run it again, will I get the same result as before?","a":"No. Every time you press \"Reset\" or refresh the page, the horizontal rungs of the ladder are regenerated in a new random layout, so even with the exact same names and outcomes, the odds of getting the same result twice are practically nil."}]},{"slug":"personal-color-skin-toner","category":"calc-convert","title":"Warm vs Cool Personal Color Test","tagline":"Identify your personal color tone using an 8-question self-test and screen color draping simulator","emoji":"🎨","keywords":["personal color test","warm vs cool tone","seasonal color analysis","makeup shade test","face color draping"],"intro":"Determine if your personal color is Warm-tone (Spring/Autumn) or Cool-tone (Summer/Winter) with an 8-question checklist and an interactive screen draping color block simulator.","howto":["Answer the 8 self-test questions about vein colors, jewelry preference, etc.","Tap the draping color chips to change the screen background and test against your face.","Check the final Warm/Cool ratio and your seasonal subtype (e.g., Spring Warm).","Read the styling and makeup advice, then copy the results."],"faq":[{"q":"Can this replace a professional offline drape test?","a":"This tool is a self-assessment guide. Variations in display color temperature and ambient room lighting can slightly alter the visual appearance."},{"q":"What if the self-assessment questions and the draping color-chip comparison give me conflicting results?","a":"It's actually quite common for the two methods to disagree, and it usually points to a \"neutral\" undertone that doesn't lean strongly warm or cool. Rather than forcing yourself into one category, look at the ratio shown in the final report (e.g., warm 60% / cool 40%) and try holding both color families up to your face to decide which genuinely suits you better."},{"q":"What if the self-assessment questions and the draping color-chip comparison give me conflicting results?","a":"It's actually quite common for the two methods to disagree, and it usually points to a \"neutral\" undertone that doesn't lean strongly warm or cool. Rather than forcing yourself into one category, look at the ratio shown in the final report (e.g., warm 60% / cool 40%) and try holding both color families up to your face to decide which genuinely suits you better."}]},{"slug":"move-in-cleaning-estimator","category":"calc-convert","title":"Move-in & Relocation Cleaning Estimator & Checklist","tagline":"Calculate estimated costs for move-in, relocation, and resident cleaning and get an inspection checklist","emoji":"🧹","keywords":["move-in cleaning cost","relocation cleaning quote","cleaning inspection checklist","apartment cleaning price","resident cleaning simulator"],"intro":"Estimate the total cost of professional cleaning service based on home area (pyung/m²) and various space options (duplex, mold level, appliance disassembly) and get an inspection checklist.","howto":["Set your home area (10 to 60 pyung) using the slider.","Select the cleaning service type (Move-in, Relocation, or Resident).","Select additional space options like veranda type, duplex, mold severity, and appliance count.","Review the total estimated cost summary and copy the report.","Use the checklist below during the final inspection to ensure a perfect clean."],"faq":[{"q":"Does this cost match the actual quote from cleaners?","a":"This estimator is based on industry average rates. Actual quotes may vary depending on the specific condition of the property, elevator access, or waste disposal needs."},{"q":"How should I actually use this estimate when getting real quotes from cleaning companies?","a":"Treat the estimated figure as a reference range rather than an absolute number — use it to check whether the actual quotes you receive are unusually high or suspiciously low compared to it, and to negotiate accordingly. In particular, if a quote comes in much cheaper than this estimate, it's worth double-checking whether hidden add-on fees are lurking behind it."},{"q":"How should I actually use this estimate when getting real quotes from cleaning companies?","a":"Treat the estimated figure as a reference range rather than an absolute number — use it to check whether the actual quotes you receive are unusually high or suspiciously low compared to it, and to negotiate accordingly. In particular, if a quote comes in much cheaper than this estimate, it's worth double-checking whether hidden add-on fees are lurking behind it."}]},{"slug":"korean-spelling-quiz","category":"calc-convert","title":"Korean Spelling & Vocabulary OX Quiz","tagline":"Test your Korean spelling skills with a 10-question OX quiz and detailed explanations","emoji":"📝","keywords":["korean spelling quiz","commonly confused korean","learn korean grammar","korean vocabulary test","korean ox game"],"intro":"Test your knowledge of commonly confused Korean spelling and vocabulary terms with this interactive 10-question OX quiz, featuring detailed etymology and rule explanations.","howto":["Read the Korean word or phrase shown on the screen.","Choose 'O' if the spelling is correct, or 'X' if it is wrong.","Complete all 10 questions to get your score and tier level.","Read the detailed standard grammar explanations below to improve your vocabulary."],"faq":[{"q":"Are these quiz answers based on official language standards?","a":"Yes, all spellings, correct answers, and explanations are based on standard Korean grammar guidelines and dictionaries from the National Institute of Korean Language."},{"q":"Do the quiz questions change every time, or will I eventually see repeats?","a":"The game draws from a fixed question bank, shuffling the order randomly each time you start a round. Since the underlying pool of questions itself is fixed, though, playing many rounds will eventually bring back questions you've already seen."},{"q":"Do the quiz questions change every time, or will I eventually see repeats?","a":"The game draws from a fixed question bank, shuffling the order randomly each time you start a round. Since the underlying pool of questions itself is fixed, though, playing many rounds will eventually bring back questions you've already seen."}]},{"slug":"houseplant-watering-scheduler","category":"calc-convert","title":"Houseplant Watering Schedule D-Day Planner","tagline":"Customized watering intervals and D-Day calculator based on plant type, season, and indoor conditions","emoji":"🌱","keywords":["plant watering schedule","monstera watering guide","succulent watering intervals","indoor plant care calendar","plant dday calculator"],"intro":"Calculate the optimal watering frequency and next watering D-Day for your houseplants, adjusting default intervals based on season, sunlight, and ventilation.","howto":["Select your houseplant type (Monstera, Succulent, Stuckyi, etc.).","Enter the date you last watered the plant.","Select the current season (Spring/Autumn, Summer, Winter).","Choose the indoor environment conditions (sunlight level and ventilation).","Review the final watering interval, the next watering date, and plant care tips."],"faq":[{"q":"Should I water my plant strictly on the calculated D-Day?","a":"No. The D-Day is a guideline to check the soil. Always test the soil dryness physically (e.g., using a wooden chopstick) before adding water to prevent root rot."},{"q":"Should I follow the same schedule for a pot with no drainage hole or poor drainage?","a":"No. The suggested interval assumes a typical pot with good drainage. In a pot without a drainage hole, or with dense, slow-draining soil, the soil actually stays wet much longer, so it's safer to wait a few extra days beyond the suggested date and check the soil directly before watering, to avoid root rot."},{"q":"Should I follow the same schedule for a pot with no drainage hole or poor drainage?","a":"No. The suggested interval assumes a typical pot with good drainage. In a pot without a drainage hole, or with dense, slow-draining soil, the soil actually stays wet much longer, so it's safer to wait a few extra days beyond the suggested date and check the soil directly before watering, to avoid root rot."}]},{"slug":"gpa-scale-converter","category":"calc-convert","title":"University GPA Scale Converter","tagline":"Convert university GPAs and percentage grades among 4.5, 4.3, 4.0, and 100-point scales","emoji":"🎓","keywords":["gpa converter","gpa scale calculator","convert gpa 4.5 to 4.0","percentage grade conversion","academic grade converter"],"intro":"Quickly convert academic GPA scores and 100-point percentage grades among different university grading systems (4.5, 4.3, 4.0 scales) using standard linear interpolation.","howto":["Select your university's grading scale (4.5, 4.3, 4.0, or 100%).","Enter your earned GPA or percentage value.","Review the equivalent converted scores on different scales in real time.","Click copy to save the results for resumes or applications."],"faq":[{"q":"Does this match the official transcript percentage?","a":"This tool uses standard linear interpolation formulas. While highly accurate, official conversions may differ slightly based on your university's internal guidelines."},{"q":"Are very low scores near the failing (F) threshold converted accurately too?","a":"Yes, the same linear interpolation logic used across the whole conversion table also applies to scores near the failing boundary. That said, some universities treat any score below a certain floor as an automatic F regardless of the numeric value, so if your school has such a rule, cross-check it against your academic handbook."},{"q":"Are very low scores near the failing (F) threshold converted accurately too?","a":"Yes, the same linear interpolation logic used across the whole conversion table also applies to scores near the failing boundary. That said, some universities treat any score below a certain floor as an automatic F regardless of the numeric value, so if your school has such a rule, cross-check it against your academic handbook."}]},{"slug":"one-rep-max-calculator","category":"calc-convert","title":"1RM Calculator & Training Weight Planner","tagline":"Estimate 1RM (one-rep max) using Epley & Brzycki formulas and calculate weight distribution zones","emoji":"🏋️‍♂️","keywords":["1rm calculator","one rep max","strength training weights","bench press max calculator","hypertrophy weight planner"],"intro":"Estimate your 1-Rep Max (1RM) mathematically based on your lifting weight and rep history, and get an intensity weight profile for strength, hypertrophy, and recovery.","howto":["Enter your lifted weight (kg) from your recent best set.","Select the maximum repetitions (1-20 reps) performed with that weight.","Check your estimated 1-Rep Max (1RM) displayed in large text.","Review the target training zones (95% to 60% of 1RM) and corresponding weights below."],"faq":[{"q":"Is the 1RM estimate accurate for high repetition counts?","a":"1RM formulas are most accurate for reps of 10 or fewer. High rep ranges introduce endurance variables that can reduce accuracy."},{"q":"Does the same formula apply equally to different lifts like bench press, squat, and deadlift?","a":"Yes, the calculator uses general-purpose regression formulas (Epley, Brzycki) that aren't tied to a specific lift, so you can use them for bench press, squat, deadlift, or any other free-weight movement. That said, because different lifts recruit muscle groups and the nervous system differently, the margin of error against your true 1RM tends to be somewhat larger for lower-body compound lifts like squat and deadlift."},{"q":"Does the same formula apply equally to different lifts like bench press, squat, and deadlift?","a":"Yes, the calculator uses general-purpose regression formulas (Epley, Brzycki) that aren't tied to a specific lift, so you can use them for bench press, squat, deadlift, or any other free-weight movement. That said, because different lifts recruit muscle groups and the nervous system differently, the margin of error against your true 1RM tends to be somewhat larger for lower-body compound lifts like squat and deadlift."}]},{"slug":"fasting-metabolic-timer","category":"calc-convert","title":"Intermittent Fasting Metabolic Simulator","tagline":"Simulate blood sugar, glycogen depletion, ketosis, and autophagy levels during a 0 to 72-hour fast","emoji":"⏱️","keywords":["intermittent fasting timer","autophagy hours","ketosis timeline","water fasting 72 hours","fat burning metabolic simulator"],"intro":"Track the biological progression of fasting over 72 hours, including insulin decline, glycogen depletion, fat burning, and cellular repair (autophagy).","howto":["Adjust the slider to set your fasting duration from 0 to 72 hours.","Read the scientific metabolic description of your current fasting stage.","Check the real-time gauges for insulin, glycogen, fat burning, and autophagy activity.","Review safety guidelines for extended fasts, including electrolyte intake."],"faq":[{"q":"How many hours are needed to trigger peak autophagy?","a":"Autophagy (cellular cleanup) typically begins to peak between 24 and 48 hours of fasting as insulin levels drop to baseline and liver glycogen is depleted."},{"q":"Is it safe to follow the simulator's fasting timeline if I have a condition like diabetes or I'm pregnant?","a":"No. This simulator is an educational tool showing standard metabolic changes in a generally healthy adult. Groups such as people with diabetes (hypoglycemia risk), those who are pregnant or nursing, growing teens, and underweight individuals can face serious health risks from extended fasting. If you have a medical condition or take medication, please consult a doctor before attempting any of the fasting durations shown here."},{"q":"Is it safe to follow the simulator's fasting timeline if I have a condition like diabetes or I'm pregnant?","a":"No. This simulator is an educational tool showing standard metabolic changes in a generally healthy adult. Groups such as people with diabetes (hypoglycemia risk), those who are pregnant or nursing, growing teens, and underweight individuals can face serious health risks from extended fasting. If you have a medical condition or take medication, please consult a doctor before attempting any of the fasting durations shown here."}]},{"slug":"weekly-walking-calorie-reporter","category":"calc-convert","title":"Weekly Walking Calories & Food Matcher","tagline":"Calculate weekly calories burned by walking and match the energy to equivalent food portions","emoji":"👟","keywords":["walking calorie calculator","10000 steps calories","walking distance km","calorie food equivalent","walking diet reporter"],"intro":"Input your walking steps, weight, and speed to calculate weekly calories burned, and see how that energy matches portions of common foods like pizza, chicken, or lattes.","howto":["Set your average daily steps (2,000 to 25,000) using the slider.","Enter your weight (kg) and select your walking speed (slow, normal, fast).","Check your weekly distance (km) and total active calories burned.","Review the food equivalents chart and copy your summary."],"faq":[{"q":"How does walking speed affect calories burned?","a":"Speed changes your Metabolic Equivalent (METs). Fast walking (6.0 km/h) burns almost twice as much energy per minute as slow walking (3.0 km/h)."},{"q":"Does the same calculation still apply if I walked uphill or went hiking on a slope?","a":"This calculator uses a metabolic equivalent (METs) value based on walking on flat ground. If you walked on an incline, stairs, or a hiking trail, the actual calories burned for the same step count can be nearly double that of flat walking, so please treat the result as a rough reference estimate rather than an exact figure."},{"q":"Does the same calculation still apply if I walked uphill or went hiking on a slope?","a":"This calculator uses a metabolic equivalent (METs) value based on walking on flat ground. If you walked on an incline, stairs, or a hiking trail, the actual calories burned for the same step count can be nearly double that of flat walking, so please treat the result as a rough reference estimate rather than an exact figure."}]},{"slug":"food-waste-classifier","category":"calc-convert","title":"Food vs General Waste Classification Search","tagline":"Check whether confusing kitchen waste (eggshells, bones, vegetable roots) is food waste or general trash","emoji":"🗑️","keywords":["food waste classification","general trash items","eggshell waste category","onion skin disposal","kitchen recycling guide"],"intro":"Search confusing household waste items to see if they belong in food waste (recyclable as animal feed) or general trash, based on environmental guidelines.","howto":["Type a confusing waste item (e.g., eggshell, bone, onion) into the search bar.","Filter items by category tabs (Bones & Shells, Fruits & Veggies, Sauces & Others).","Tap any item header to expand the detailed disposal tip and copy instructions."],"faq":[{"q":"What is the golden rule for separating food waste?","a":"Ask: 'Can animals eat this safely?' Items that cannot be ground down (bones, nut shells) or are harmful (high-salt pastes) go to general trash."},{"q":"Can the food-waste disposal rules differ by region or local government?","a":"Yes. This tool is based on the Ministry of Environment's standard guidelines, but the actual disposal rules can vary slightly depending on local ordinances and the capabilities of each region's processing facility. For borderline items in particular, checking your local district office's cleaning/sanitation notices is the most reliable way to be sure."},{"q":"Can the food-waste disposal rules differ by region or local government?","a":"Yes. This tool is based on the Ministry of Environment's standard guidelines, but the actual disposal rules can vary slightly depending on local ordinances and the capabilities of each region's processing facility. For borderline items in particular, checking your local district office's cleaning/sanitation notices is the most reliable way to be sure."}]},{"slug":"childcare-subsidy-simulator","category":"calc-convert","title":"Child Tax Credit & Childcare Allowance Simulator","tagline":"Calculate childcare allowances (Parent Pay, Child Allowance, First Meeting Voucher) and year-end child tax credits","emoji":"👶","keywords":["child tax credit korea","korean parent pay","childcare allowance simulator","first meeting voucher","child tax deduction calculator","baby allowance korea"],"intro":"Estimate your total childcare benefits from government subsidies (such as Parent Pay, Child Allowance, First Meeting Voucher) over the next 24 months, and calculate year-end tax deduction benefits for birth/adoption and basic child credits.","howto":["Select the total number of children to simulate.","Input each child's current age in months (0-120) and their birth order (1st, 2nd, 3rd+).","View the calculated totals for the First Meeting Voucher (one-time) and annual child tax credits.","Verify the monthly regular allowances (Parent Pay and Child Allowance) for the current point in time.","Review the projected monthly breakdown table for the next 24 months and check the cumulative total benefit."],"faq":[{"q":"Can I receive Parent Pay and Child Allowance simultaneously?","a":"Yes, you can. Since Parent Pay and Child Allowance are different types of childcare allowances, you can combine both and receive them monthly on the 25th if you meet the eligibility criteria."},{"q":"What are the payment rates for Parent Pay in Korea?","a":"For infants under 1 year old (0-11 months), the parent pay is 1,000,000 KRW/month. For infants aged 1 (12-23 months), it is 500,000 KRW/month. It expires once the child turns 2 years old (24 months)."},{"q":"Do the tax credit and subsidies increase further for families with multiple children?","a":"Yes — the child tax credit has a progressive structure where the deduction amount increases starting from the second child, and it rises even more for the third child and beyond. The first-meeting voucher (birth grant) is also set higher for the second child onward than for the first. This simulator factors in these birth-order-based differences for each child you enter and adds them up in the total."}]},{"slug":"housing-subscription-point-calculator","category":"calc-convert","title":"Korean Apartment Subscription Points Calculator","tagline":"Calculate your apartment subscription points (max 84) based on non-homeowner period, dependents, and account registration age","emoji":"📝","keywords":["housing subscription points","korean apartment subscription","apt subscription eligibility","korea non-homeowner calculator","subscription points 84"],"intro":"Applying for a new apartment in Korea? Check your subscription points (max 84 points: up to 32 for non-homeowner period, 35 for dependents, and 17 for account registration period) and run a self-diagnosis checklist for 1st-priority eligibility.","howto":["Select your homeownership status and choose your non-homeowner period if applicable.","Input your dependents details including spouse status, parents, and children under the same household.","Choose the registration period (years) of your housing subscription savings account.","Complete the self-diagnosis checklist (household head status, 5-year winning history, etc.) on the right.","Review your calculated points summary, 1st priority eligibility check, and click copy to save results."],"faq":[{"q":"For single individuals, when does the non-homeowner period start?","a":"For single/unmarried applicants, the non-homeowner period starts counting from the day they turn 30. However, if they marry before age 30, it is calculated starting from the official marriage registration date."},{"q":"How long must parents live in my household to count as dependents?","a":"To include parents, grandparents, or parents-in-law as dependents for subscription points, they must be registered on the same household registry (resident registration card) continuously for at least 3 years."},{"q":"Can the score from this calculator differ from the result I get when I actually apply?","a":"Yes. This tool is only a self-check simulation. When you submit a real application, your points are verified against official documents like your household registry and family relationship certificate, so mistakes about your household separation date or dependent registration history can change your final score. Always confirm your official score on the government subscription site before applying."}]},{"slug":"global-shoe-width-estimator","category":"calc-convert","title":"International Shoe Width Estimator","tagline":"Calculate and check official shoe width alphabet codes (B, D, 2E, 4E, etc.) for US, EU, and UK shoe shipping","emoji":"👟","keywords":["shoe width calculator","mens shoe width 2e","us shoe width symbols","how to measure foot width","wide feet shoes"],"intro":"Input your foot length and foot width measurements. This tool automatically calculates your width ratio, determines your official international shoe width alphabet symbol based on gender, and provides fitting guides for top brands.","howto":["Select either Men's or Women's standard sizes.","Adjust the slider or enter your exact foot length (mm) from heel to the longest toe.","Input your foot horizontal width (mm) at the widest part.","Instantly check your foot width percentage (%) and your estimated width grade.","View the matching alphabet symbols for US, EU, and UK standards along with brand specific sizing tips."],"faq":[{"q":"What is the difference between D and 2E in shoe widths?","a":"In US men's sizing, D is the Medium/Standard width, while 2E is the Wide width. A 2E shoe is typically 5 to 8mm wider across the ball of the foot than a D shoe, making it ideal for wider feet or high insteps."},{"q":"How do I accurately measure my foot length and width at home?","a":"Step on a sheet of blank paper barefooted. Use a pen held vertically to mark the tip of your longest toe and the outermost edge of your heel. Measure the distance between these points for length. For width, mark the widest points across the ball of your foot and measure."},{"q":"Can the width grade this tool gives me differ from how a shoe actually fits?","a":"Yes. This is a reference calculator based on standard width formulas applied to your foot measurements. Every brand uses a different shoe last and material stretch, so even the same width grade can feel different in practice. Before buying, it's a good idea to also check that specific brand's fit reviews."}]},{"slug":"phone-discount-selector","category":"calc-convert","title":"Unlocked Phone vs Carrier Subsidy Calculator","tagline":"Compare 2-year total costs between carrier subsidies, 25% contract discounts, and unlocked phone + MVNO combinations","emoji":"📱","keywords":["unlocked phone vs carrier contract","device subsidy calculator","MVNO vs carrier cost","smartphone contract discount","phone bill savings"],"intro":"Buying a new smartphone? Compare the 24-month total cost of carrier device subsidies (support funds), carrier contract discounts (25% off monthly bills), and buying an unlocked (SIM-free) device paired with an MVNO (prepaid/discount) plan. Find the best financial choice instantly.","howto":["Enter the official retail price of the smartphone.","Input the carrier plan monthly cost and the device subsidy (support fund) amount offered.","Adjust the dealer extra subsidy percentage (up to 15% legally in Korea).","For the unlocked option, enter the actual price you would pay (e.g. at Amazon/retailers with card discounts) and the MVNO monthly plan price.","Review the 2-year cost comparison chart and read our smart buying recommendation."],"faq":[{"q":"Can I combine the carrier device subsidy and the 25% contract discount?","a":"No, they cannot be combined. You must choose either the upfront device discount (Carrier Subsidy) or the ongoing monthly service discount (Contract Discount). Use this calculator to compare which option yields a lower 2-year total cost."},{"q":"What is the dealer extra subsidy?","a":"It is an additional discount that dealers/retailers can legally offer from their own commissions, capped at 15% of the carrier's official device subsidy under Korean telecommunication regulations."},{"q":"Once I sign up for the 25% plan discount, does it keep applying automatically?","a":"No. This discount runs on a fixed 12- or 24-month contract, so it ends automatically once that term expires. To keep getting the discount, you have to re-sign the contract through your carrier's app or customer service when it's about to lapse — if you forget, you'll be billed the full price."}]},{"slug":"global-clothing-shoe-size-converter","category":"calc-convert","title":"International Clothing & Shoe Size Converter","tagline":"Convert kids' and adults' clothing and shoe sizes between US, EU, UK, JP, and KR standards","emoji":"👟","keywords":["shoe size converter","clothing size chart","us shoe size to kr","eu clothing size to us","international size conversion"],"intro":"Confused by foreign sizing while shopping online? Instantly convert and compare shoe and clothing sizes across the US, EU, UK, Japan, and Korea. Selecting any size automatically highlights the corresponding rows in the full comparison table.","howto":["Choose between Shoes or Clothing category at the top.","Select your gender and specific category (e.g., Men's, Women's, Kids', Tops, or Pants).","Select your local size (e.g., Korean mm or chest size) and view the converted global sizes instantly.","Click any row in the full conversion table below to compare specific sizing standards directly.","Click the copy button to save the converted sizing details to your clipboard."],"faq":[{"q":"What do the US kids' sizing labels 'C' and 'Y' stand for?","a":"In US children's footwear, 'C' stands for Child/Toddler sizes, while 'Y' stands for Youth/Junior sizes. Sizing typically flows from toddler sizes up to 13C, and then transitions into 1Y."},{"q":"What does a US women's clothing size (like 2, 4, 6) correspond to?","a":"Generally, a US women's size 0 corresponds to Korean size 44 (XS), 2-4 corresponds to size 55 (S), and 6-8 corresponds to size 66 (M). Note that Western cuts may have longer sleeves or a looser fit, so always check actual garment measurements."},{"q":"Are these converted sizes 100% accurate for what I'll actually buy?","a":"The chart maps official standard sizes, so treat it as a reliable reference rather than an exact guarantee — every brand cuts and fits (slim vs. loose) a little differently, so actual measurements can vary. Whenever possible, also check the specific brand's own size guide for the most accurate match."}]},{"slug":"overseas-shopping-duty-calculator","category":"calc-convert","title":"Korea Duty-Free Limit Checker ($200 US · $150 Elsewhere)","tagline":"Settle the threshold question in dollars first — then, only if you're over it, estimate duty, VAT, and the sea-freight add-on","emoji":"✈️","keywords":["korea duty free limit","will i pay customs korea","200 dollar limit us shipping korea","150 usd de minimis korea","korea import tax threshold","duty free limit check"],"intro":"Answers the question you actually have before checking out: will this order get taxed? Enter the item price plus local shipping and sales tax, and the tool totals it in dollars and rules on it against the de minimis threshold that applies to you — USD 200 for parcels shipped from the United States, USD 150 from everywhere else. Under it, you're done. Over it, the tool applies the duty rate for your product category (0-13% across clothing, cosmetics, electronics, supplements, toys, and general goods) plus 10% import VAT, and shows the estimated tax and the true all-in cost in Korean won. Don't know the international shipping charge? Tick one box and the official 12,000 KRW sea-freight rate is added for you. The USD, JPY, EUR, CNY, and GBP rates are all editable, so you can match the customs rate published for the week.","howto":["Select the shipping origin (US or other countries) to apply the correct duty-free threshold.","Choose your purchase currency (USD, JPY, EUR, etc.), and enter the item price and any local shipping/tax.","Select your item category (clothing, electronics, cosmetics, etc.) to apply the appropriate duty rate.","Enter international shipping costs if applicable, or check the box to apply a standard shipping fee of 12,000 KRW.","Instantly view the total cost, USD equivalent, duty-free status, and detailed tax calculation."],"faq":[{"q":"Does the $150/$200 limit include international shipping?","a":"No, the duty-free threshold is determined by the total value of the items, local shipping, and local taxes. International shipping is excluded from the threshold check. However, if the total exceeds the threshold and taxes are assessed, the international shipping cost is included in the final taxable value."},{"q":"Are exchange rates real-time?","a":"Customs duties are calculated based on weekly customs exchange rates. You can manually adjust the rates in the settings gear menu to match the current week's official rate for precise estimation."},{"q":"If I split one purchase into several separate orders on the same day, does each order get its own duty-free limit?","a":"No. Korean customs combines purchases made by the same person from the same seller on the same day when checking whether you've exceeded the duty-free threshold. Splitting an order to try to dodge the limit can actually backfire — customs may flag it as an attempt to evade the rule and deny simplified clearance altogether."}]},{"slug":"mbti-guessing-game","category":"web-seo-misc","title":"Mystery MBTI Guessing Game","tagline":"An interactive quiz that asks you to read someone's reactions across different scenarios and guess their MBTI personality type.","emoji":"🎭","keywords":["mbti quiz","mbti guessing game","personality type quiz","guess the mbti","16 personalities game"],"intro":"Read how a character reacts psychologically in a range of everyday and conflict scenarios, then guess which of the 16 MBTI personality types fits them best. An entertaining, educational way to sharpen your read on people.","howto":["Hit Start Game and read the first scenario.","Pick the MBTI type from the four options that best matches the character's tendencies.","Press Submit to see whether you were right, along with an explanation.","After 10 rounds you get a full people-reading breakdown you can copy or share."],"faq":[{"q":"Will this match an official MBTI test result exactly?","a":"This is a psychology-flavored guessing game built around the typical behavior patterns of the eight MBTI letters. It's designed to help you learn and predict the contrast between the poles of each dichotomy — not to replace a formal assessment."},{"q":"Any tips for guessing correctly?","a":"Look at the four dichotomies. For example, notice whether the character responds to feelings first (F) or weighs the objective facts first (T) — reading those axes makes the answer much easier to spot."},{"q":"Couldn't more than one MBTI type fit the same scenario, not just one 'correct' answer?","a":"That's fair — real personalities are complex, and a single behavior rarely proves one type beyond doubt. This game picks the most typical, representative reaction for each scenario as the 'answer,' so if you chose differently, use the explanation to compare the traits of each pair (E/I, S/N, T/F, J/P) rather than treating it as a strict right-or-wrong test."}]},{"slug":"mini-typing-racer","category":"web-seo-misc","title":"Mini Typing Racer","tagline":"Typing test that measures your speed (WPM/CPM) and accuracy on English and Korean passages while driving a race car forward.","emoji":"🏎️","keywords":["typing test","typing speed test","wpm test","typing game","typing practice online"],"intro":"A quick browser typing game for building speed. Type the English or Korean sentences as they appear and the tool catches your typos while tracking live WPM (words per minute) and CPM (characters per minute), shown on a graph and as a moving race car.","howto":["Click the English or Korean tab to choose the language you want to practice.","Click into the input box — the race timer starts the moment you type the first character of the prompt.","Your race car speeds toward the finish line in real time as you type.","Type the final character and you get a full speed and accuracy breakdown, which you can copy to the clipboard."],"faq":[{"q":"What's the difference between WPM and CPM?","a":"CPM counts the raw number of characters you typed per minute. WPM is the English-language standard that defines a word as five characters and reports how many of those you type per minute."},{"q":"How are Korean keystrokes counted?","a":"The tool uses the browser's standard JavaScript string length, so Korean text is counted by completed syllable blocks and the character count maps cleanly with no drift."},{"q":"If I mistype a character, does it skip ahead automatically or do I have to fix it?","a":"A mistyped character gets highlighted (usually in red), and the cursor stays put until you type the correct one — you can't skip past an error and keep going. That means your accuracy score always reflects exactly how many mistakes you actually made."}]},{"slug":"card-memory-game","category":"web-seo-misc","title":"Memory Match Card Game","tagline":"Classic concentration puzzle: flip hidden emoji cards on a 4x4 or 6x6 board and match every pair to test your memory.","emoji":"🃏","keywords":["memory game","concentration card game","matching game","brain training game","memory test online"],"intro":"The classic memory matching game. Choose a 4x4 (16-card) or 6x6 (36-card) board to set your difficulty, and track your progress with a live timer and move counter — a simple layout built for brain training and focus practice.","howto":["Choose the board size you want (4x4 or 6x6).","Click any card to reveal the emoji on its face, then flip a second card.","Matching emojis stay face up; if they don't match, both flip back over.","Clear every pair in as few moves and as little time as possible, then check your stats."],"faq":[{"q":"Does this game actually help my brain?","a":"It gives your short-term working memory and visual recall a steady workout, which is great practice for concentration and mental sharpness."},{"q":"How do I get a better score?","a":"Practice spatial recall: when you miss, deliberately map each card's position and emoji onto a mental picture of the board. Doing this consistently cuts your move count dramatically."},{"q":"Can I pause the timer in the middle of a game?","a":"No, there's currently no pause button — once you start, the timer keeps running until every pair is matched. If you need to step away, it's best to refresh and start a fresh game later, or just play when you know you have a few uninterrupted minutes."}]},{"slug":"virtual-drum-pad","category":"video-audio","title":"Virtual Drum Pad & Online Instrument Player","tagline":"A virtual synth that uses the browser's Web Audio API to play drum beats and xylophone melodies with no lag.","emoji":"🥁","keywords":["virtual drum pad","online drum machine","play drums online","web audio synthesizer","online xylophone","virtual instrument"],"intro":"A virtual play pad that synthesizes Kick, Snare, Hi-Hat and Tom drums plus an eight-note xylophone in real time using nothing but the browser's built-in Web Audio API — no installs and no sample files to download.","howto":["Play the drum kit by pressing the A, S, D and F keys.","Play the xylophone bars with the number keys 1 through 8 along the top row.","Click any pad with your mouse or trigger it from the keyboard and the pad lights up with dynamic visual feedback."],"faq":[{"q":"I hear a slight delay when I play. What can I do?","a":"A little latency is possible depending on your device. Make sure the browser window is active, and using wired headphones instead of Bluetooth keeps audio latency to a minimum."},{"q":"I'm not getting any sound at all.","a":"Modern browsers require a user gesture before audio can play, so click anywhere on the page once to activate the AudioContext and sound will come through."},{"q":"If I hit multiple pads at the same time, will the sounds overlap and layer properly?","a":"Yes. This uses the Web Audio API's polyphonic playback, so hitting two or more pads at once plays each sound cleanly without cutting the others off. That means you can play the xylophone melody and the drum beat together with both hands at the same time."}]},{"slug":"trpg-dice-roller","category":"web-seo-misc","title":"TRPG Multi-Dice Roller","tagline":"Roll any polyhedral dice (D4–D100) in bulk for tabletop RPGs and board games, with modifiers applied and a full roll log.","emoji":"🎲","keywords":["dice roller","dnd dice roller","online dice roller","d20 roller","d100 dice","virtual dice for board games"],"intro":"A polyhedral dice roller (D4, D6, D8, D10, D12, D20, D100) for Dungeons & Dragons and other tabletop RPGs or board games. Set how many dice to throw, apply a modifier to the total, see the result instantly, and keep a running history of every roll.","howto":["Enter how many dice you want to roll (1 to 100 supported).","Type your character sheet's modifier into the modifier field (for example +3 or -2).","Pick the die you need (D4, D6, D8, D10, D12, D20 or D100) and click Roll Dice.","Quick-roll buttons (1d20 and friends) handle single throws, and you can copy the entire roll log to your clipboard."],"faq":[{"q":"Are the rolls actually random and fair?","a":"Yes. Instead of the usual pseudo-random Math.random, this roller uses your browser's cryptographically strong random generator (crypto.getRandomValues) for every roll, so the results are mathematically fair and can't be rigged."},{"q":"How do I clear my roll history?","a":"Click the Clear Log button in the top right and every previous roll is wiped instantly."},{"q":"Can I roll different die types together in one roll, like a D6 and a D20 at the same time?","a":"No — each roll lets you pick just one die type, set how many, and apply a modifier. If your rules call for mixing types like a D6 and a D20, roll each one separately and then add up the two results shown in the log yourself."}]},{"slug":"short-url-redirect-checker","category":"web-seo-misc","title":"Short URL Expander & Redirect Tracer","tagline":"See exactly where a bit.ly link takes you — before you click it","emoji":"🔗","keywords":["url expander","unshorten link","redirect checker","bitly link expander","check link before clicking","redirect chain tracer","is this link safe"],"intro":"Shortened links hide their destination, which is why phishing and scam campaigns love them. Paste any short URL (or a regular one) and this tool follows the redirect chain one hop at a time, showing the HTTP status code at every step and the final landing page. Check the link first, click second.","howto":["Paste the short URL — or any URL — you want to inspect.","Hit \"Trace\" and the tool walks the redirect chain one hop at a time.","Review the status code for each hop (301, 302, and so on) and the final destination."],"faq":[{"q":"Why can't I just check this in my browser?","a":"The browser's fetch follows redirects automatically, so you never see the intermediate hops — and CORS blocks you from reading the Location header on a cross-origin response. A server-side request can follow the chain one hop at a time and show you every step."},{"q":"How many redirects will it follow?","a":"Up to 10 hops. Anything past that is usually a redirect loop, so the trace stops and tells you what it found."},{"q":"Does tracing a link count as a click?","a":"Possibly — the request comes from our server, so the shortener may log it in its click stats. Your IP address and browser details are never passed along, though."}]},{"slug":"website-down-checker","category":"web-seo-misc","title":"Is It Down? Website Status Checker","tagline":"Find out whether the site is really down or it's just you — with status code and response time","emoji":"🚦","keywords":["is it down","website down checker","is this website down or is it just me","site status check","server uptime check","http status code checker","check if site is up"],"intro":"When a site won't load, this tells you whether the problem is your connection or their server. Enter the address and we'll try to reach it from outside your network, then report the HTTP status code and response time. Keep in mind it's a single vantage point, so sites that block data center traffic can show a false negative.","howto":["Enter the site address (a bare domain works fine).","Hit \"Check\" and we'll attempt a connection from outside your network.","Review the status code, response time, and server details."],"faq":[{"q":"It says the site is down, but it loads fine in my browser.","a":"Some sites treat traffic from data center IPs as bot activity and block it. This check runs from a cloud server, so a perfectly healthy site can come back as unreachable. This isn't a multi-region monitoring service — it's one vantage point."},{"q":"What do the status codes mean?","a":"200 means OK, 301 and 302 mean the URL redirects elsewhere, 403 means access denied, 404 means the page doesn't exist, and any 5xx means a server-side error. Anything under 400 means the connection itself succeeded."},{"q":"The response time looks slow — is that a problem?","a":"That number is measured from a cloud server, so it won't match what you experience on your own connection. Treat it as a rough signal that the server is alive, not as a performance benchmark."}]},{"slug":"og-meta-preview","category":"web-seo-misc","title":"Open Graph Preview & Meta Tag Checker","tagline":"See how your link will look when shared on social, Slack, or messaging apps — and catch missing tags","emoji":"🃏","keywords":["open graph preview","og image tester","link preview checker","social share card preview","meta tag checker","og tags validator","why is my link preview not showing"],"intro":"Preview the card people will see when your link gets shared on Facebook, X, LinkedIn, Slack, or messengers like KakaoTalk (the dominant chat app in Korea). Enter a URL and the tool reads the page's Open Graph tags — og:title, og:description, og:image and friends — renders a card preview, and flags anything that's missing.","howto":["Enter the URL of the page you want to check.","Hit \"Preview\" and the tool fetches that page's meta tags.","Study the card preview and the tag list to spot anything missing."],"faq":[{"q":"I fixed my tags, but the old card still shows up when I share.","a":"Every platform caches its scrapes. Clear the cache for that URL in the platform's own debugger — Facebook's Sharing Debugger, LinkedIn's Post Inspector, or Kakao's Developers debugger for KakaoTalk. This tool always reads the page's live tags, so what you see here can differ from a stale cached card."},{"q":"What size should og:image be?","a":"1200×630 (a 1.91:1 ratio) is the standard. The image URL must be an absolute https address — relative paths and plain http links often break the card."},{"q":"What happens if og:title is missing?","a":"Most platforms fall back to the page's <title> tag. But without og:description and og:image, the card renders bare — no blurb, no picture — and bare cards get noticeably fewer clicks."}]},{"slug":"text-encoding-converter","category":"text-dev","title":"Text Encoding Converter (CP949 ↔ UTF-8)","tagline":"Repair mojibake in legacy Korean Windows files and save as UTF-8 — with a BOM option for Excel","emoji":"🔤","keywords":["cp949 to utf-8 converter","euc-kr to utf-8","fix korean mojibake","fix garbled korean text","ansi to utf-8","csv utf-8 bom excel","korean encoding converter"],"intro":"Open a CP949 (ANSI) file — the legacy Korean Windows encoding — in a modern editor and the Korean text turns into mojibake garbage. Drop the file here and the tool decodes it both ways, shows you a preview of each, and lets you pick the one that reads correctly and save it as UTF-8. There's also a BOM option, which is what stops Excel from mangling your CSVs.","howto":["Drag and drop the garbled text or CSV file.","Compare the CP949 and UTF-8 previews and see which one renders readable characters.","Click \"CP949 → UTF-8\" to save. If the file is headed for Excel, check \"Include BOM\"."],"faq":[{"q":"When should I include the BOM?","a":"Whenever the CSV is going to be opened in Excel. Without a BOM, Excel guesses the local legacy codepage (CP949 on Korean Windows) instead of UTF-8 and the text comes out garbled. For source code and config files, skip the BOM — it can break parsers."},{"q":"Are my files uploaded to a server?","a":"No. Everything runs through the browser's built-in decoder, so the file never leaves your device."},{"q":"What's the difference between CP949 and EUC-KR?","a":"CP949 is Microsoft's superset of EUC-KR, extended to cover rarer Hangul syllables that EUC-KR can't represent. Browsers decode both with the same decoder, so this tool handles them interchangeably."}]},{"slug":"pension-lottery-generator","category":"calc-convert","title":"Korean Pension Lottery Number Generator","tagline":"Generate fair random group numbers and 6-digit combinations for Korea's Pension Lottery 720+, with custom rules.","emoji":"🎫","keywords":["korean pension lottery number generator","pension lottery 720 numbers","yeongeum bokgwon generator","korea lottery number picker","random lottery number generator"],"intro":"A number generator built for Korea's Pension Lottery 720+ (Yeongeum Bokgwon), which draws a group number from 1 to 5 plus a 6-digit combination. Create several sets at once, lock or exclude specific groups, fix the last digit, and apply other filters to shape the numbers you get.","howto":["Choose how many sets you want to generate.","Set the group option (random group, the same number across all five groups, or a fixed group).","Add extra filters such as blocking repeated adjacent digits or fixing the final digit.","Click Quick Draw to see your generated Pension Lottery numbers and copy them."],"faq":[{"q":"What does 'same number across all groups' mean?","a":"It's a set-buying mode: you take the same 6-digit combination in every group from 1 through 5, which is how players go for first and second prize at the same time."},{"q":"How does the repeated-digit filter work?","a":"It screens out combinations where the same digit repeats in adjacent positions — patterns like 112233 — so those never appear in your generated numbers."},{"q":"Does using numbers from this generator actually improve my real odds of winning?","a":"No. The actual lottery draw is a completely separate, independent random process run by the issuing agency, so numbers generated here don't change your real odds of winning at all. Think of this tool as a fun, effortless way to pick combinations rather than a way to boost your chances."}]},{"slug":"korean-initial-quiz","category":"text-dev","title":"Korean Initial Consonant Quiz Maker & Player","tagline":"Pull the initial consonants out of any Korean text and turn them into interactive quiz cards you can play right away.","emoji":"🎮","keywords":["korean initial consonant quiz","hangul chosung quiz","chosung quiz generator","korean word guessing game","hangul quiz maker","korean consonant extractor"],"intro":"Type in any Korean word or sentence and this tool strips each syllable down to its initial consonant (chosung) to build a guessing game out of it. Play instantly with the built-in categories — animals, food, countries, IT terms and more — or load your own word list and make a quiz of your own.","howto":["Open the 'Play Quiz' tab, pick a category, and start guessing.","To build your own quiz, switch to the 'Quiz Maker' tab.","Enter your word list, then hit 'Play with these words' to launch your custom game.","Use the hint (reveal a letter) and reveal-answer buttons as you play."],"faq":[{"q":"Does it convert English letters and symbols too?","a":"No. Only Korean syllables are reduced to their initial consonants (ㄱ, ㄴ, ㄷ, and so on). English letters, symbols, and numbers are left exactly as you typed them."},{"q":"The quiz isn't working for me. What should I check?","a":"Everything runs in your browser with JavaScript, so make sure JavaScript is enabled. No internet connection is needed — the tool works fully offline."},{"q":"How are double consonants (like ㄲ, ㄸ, ㅃ) handled when extracting initials?","a":"Double consonants are extracted as their own distinct initial letters (ㄲ, ㄸ, ㅃ, ㅆ, ㅉ), just like any other consonant. For example, '까치' becomes 'ㄲㅊ' and '뿌리' becomes 'ㅃㄹ' — they're never dropped or merged with the plain consonant."}]},{"slug":"tarot-card-reader","category":"web-seo-misc","title":"Free Online Tarot Card Reading","tagline":"Shuffle a full 78-card deck and pull a one-card or three-card spread for today's reading.","emoji":"🔮","keywords":["free tarot reading","online tarot card reading","daily tarot card","three card tarot spread","tarot card meanings upright and reversed","virtual tarot deck"],"intro":"A free online tarot reader built on the complete 78-card Rider-Waite deck — 22 Major Arcana plus 56 Minor Arcana — for guidance on your day or a look at what's ahead. Cards flip with a 3D animation, and every draw comes with a detailed breakdown of its upright and reversed meanings.","howto":["Choose a one-card draw or a three-card spread (past / present / future).","Click 'Shuffle and draw' to shuffle the deck and pull your cards.","Click each face-down card to flip it over and read what it means.","Copy the full reading to keep it, or take a screenshot to save it."],"faq":[{"q":"What's the difference between an upright and a reversed card?","a":"Upright means the card's energy is flowing freely. Reversed means that energy is blocked, delayed, or showing up in a distorted form."},{"q":"Will I get a different reading every time?","a":"Yes. The deck is shuffled with a cryptographically secure random number generator, so every shuffle is genuinely fair and every draw is different."},{"q":"Can the same card appear twice within a single spread?","a":"No. Just like a real reading, this shuffles a single 78-card deck and draws without replacement, so once a card is drawn it's removed from that round — even in a three-card spread, all three cards are guaranteed to be different."}]},{"slug":"poker-hand-odds","category":"calc-convert","title":"Poker Hand Calculator & Odds Simulator","tagline":"Pick 5 to 7 cards to see your best poker hand and the odds of improving it on the next draw.","emoji":"🃏","keywords":["poker hand calculator","poker odds calculator","texas holdem odds","poker outs calculator","best poker hand finder","poker hand rankings"],"intro":"Select the cards you're holding from a full 52-card deck and this calculator ranks your best possible hand, from a royal flush all the way down to high card. With 5 or 6 cards selected, it runs through every card left in the deck to give you the exact odds of upgrading your hand on the turn or the river.","howto":["Click the cards you're holding from the 52-card deck on screen.","Once you've picked 5 or more, your best hand is calculated and shown live on the right.","With 5 or 6 cards selected, an odds table built from the remaining deck appears below.","Hit reset to clear the board and analyze a new hand."],"faq":[{"q":"Does it handle 7-card hands like Texas Hold'em?","a":"Yes. You can select up to 7 cards in any combination, and the calculator automatically finds the highest-scoring 5-card hand among them to determine your final ranking."},{"q":"How are the odds calculated?","a":"Instead of sampling cards at random, it exhaustively enumerates every possible combination from the 45 to 47 cards left in the deck — up to 1,081 outcomes — so the probabilities are exact, not estimates."},{"q":"Can it factor in the cards my opponents might be holding when calculating odds?","a":"No — this calculator assumes you know nothing about your opponents' cards, so it runs the odds against the entire remaining deck (45–47 cards). If you actually knew an opponent's hand, the real probability would shift slightly, but since you can't know that in a real game, this gives you the most realistic baseline odds."}]},{"slug":"name-compatibility","category":"web-seo-misc","title":"Name Compatibility Test (Stroke Count Love Calculator)","tagline":"Counts the strokes in two names — Korean jamo or English letters — and runs the classic pyramid math to score your match.","emoji":"💘","keywords":["name compatibility test","love calculator by name","korean name compatibility game","name match percentage","couple name test","stroke count love test"],"intro":"A digital take on the name compatibility game kids have played for generations. It assigns each Korean consonant and vowel (and each English letter) its standard stroke count, then adds neighboring digits together in a shrinking triangle — and shows the whole pyramid so you can watch the math play out step by step.","howto":["Type the first name and the second name into the two input boxes.","Click 'Calculate compatibility' to run the numbers.","Check the compatibility percentage and the reading shown in the center.","Follow the stroke-count pyramid laid out below, then share your result."],"faq":[{"q":"Which stroke counts are used for Korean letters?","a":"It follows the standard stroke counts used in Korean typography (ㄱ: 2, ㄴ: 2, ㄷ: 3, ㄹ: 5, and so on) and adds up the strokes for every jamo automatically."},{"q":"Can I use English names?","a":"Yes. Stroke counts for the English alphabet are built in (A: 3, B: 3, and so on), so names spelled in English work just as well."},{"q":"Is this compatibility result based on any scientifically verified method?","a":"No — name-stroke compatibility isn't a statistically or scientifically validated method; it's more of a traditional pastime passed down for fun. Real compatibility between two people depends on far more complex factors like personality, values, and communication style, so please treat this result as playful entertainment rather than a serious basis for decisions."}]},{"slug":"text-padding-generator","category":"text-dev","title":"Text Padding Generator","tagline":"Pad every line of your text to a fixed width with spaces or any character you choose.","emoji":"↔️","keywords":["text padding generator","pad text to fixed width","left pad string online","align text into columns","string padding tool","fixed width text formatter"],"intro":"Fills each line of your text with a character of your choice — a space, a symbol, whatever you need — until it hits the exact width you set. Handy for lining up text, formatting source code, and forcing data fields to a fixed column width.","howto":["Paste your text into the input box.","Choose which side to pad (left, right, or both) and set the target width.","Enter the fill character (a space by default) and decide whether lines longer than the target width should be truncated.","Check the live output and copy it."],"faq":[{"q":"Can I pad with characters other than spaces?","a":"Yes. Any character works — dashes (-), underscores (_), periods (.), or anything else you type in."},{"q":"How are emoji and CJK characters counted?","a":"Counting is grapheme-aware by default, so emoji and Korean characters are each counted as a single character rather than as multiple code units."},{"q":"What happens to a line that's already longer than the width I set?","a":"By default, a line that's already longer than your target width is left untouched — no padding is added. If you turn on the 'truncate overflow' option, though, anything past your set width gets cut off so every line ends up exactly at that fixed length."}]},{"slug":"bad-word-censor","category":"text-dev","title":"Profanity Filter & Text Censor","tagline":"Mask swear words in your text with symbols, and add your own custom blocklist.","emoji":"🤬","keywords":["profanity filter online","bad word filter","text censor tool","swear word blocker","curse word replacer","custom blocklist filter"],"intro":"Detects Korean and English profanity in your text and swaps it out for whatever you like — asterisks (*), an emoji (🤬), or any symbol you pick. You can also add your own banned words on the fly to build a blocklist that fits your rules.","howto":["Paste in the text you want filtered.","Pick the replacement character and choose how words are matched (partial match or whole word).","Add any custom banned words, separated by commas or line breaks.","Copy the filtered text and use it wherever you need."],"faq":[{"q":"What's in the built-in dictionaries?","a":"They cover the most common Korean and English profanity and slurs, and each dictionary has its own checkbox so you can turn them on or off independently."},{"q":"Will a word get censored if it only partially matches?","a":"With 'partial match', any word containing a banned term gets filtered. With 'whole word', a term is only filtered when it stands alone as its own word."},{"q":"Does it catch consonant-only shorthand or slangy spellings, not just full swear words?","a":"The built-in dictionary matches complete word forms, so shorthand made of just initial consonants or creatively altered slang may slip past automatic detection. If that's a problem, add those specific shorthand or altered forms to the custom blocklist and they'll be filtered normally from then on."}]},{"slug":"english-letter-frequency","category":"text-dev","title":"Letter Frequency Analyzer","tagline":"Counts how often each letter A-Z appears in your text and charts the percentages.","emoji":"📊","keywords":["letter frequency counter","letter frequency analyzer","english letter frequency chart","cryptogram letter frequency tool","character frequency count","frequency analysis cipher"],"intro":"Counts every occurrence of each letter from A to Z in your text and shows how often each one shows up as a percentage, laid out in a horizontal bar chart and a detailed table. Useful for linguistic analysis, cracking cryptograms and ciphers, and studying typing patterns.","howto":["Paste the text you want to analyze into the input box.","Choose your sort order (alphabetical or by frequency) and whether to treat uppercase and lowercase separately.","Read the chart and the detailed frequency table as they update live."],"faq":[{"q":"Do spaces and numbers count toward the percentages?","a":"No. Total character and space counts are reported in the stats, but the frequency percentages are calculated using only the letters A-Z."},{"q":"Are uppercase and lowercase counted separately?","a":"Turn case sensitivity on and 'A' and 'a' are tallied as two separate letters. Turn it off and they're merged, displayed and totaled as uppercase."},{"q":"Can this tool help me crack a substitution cipher, like a Caesar cipher?","a":"Yes. English letters follow a fairly consistent statistical frequency pattern (E, T, and A are the most common), so comparing which letters appear most often in your ciphertext against that standard pattern gives you real clues about which letter was swapped for which. This is a classic technique used when learning to break simple substitution ciphers."}]},{"slug":"manuscript-paper-converter","category":"text-dev","title":"Korean Manuscript Paper (Wongoji) Sheet Calculator","tagline":"Lays your writing out on standard Korean 200-square manuscript paper and counts how many sheets it fills.","emoji":"📝","keywords":["korean manuscript paper calculator","wongoji sheet counter","200 square manuscript paper","korean essay page count","manuscript paper simulator","genko yoshi style korean grid"],"intro":"A simulator that flows your writing onto standard Korean manuscript paper — wongoji, 200 squares per sheet in a 20 x 10 grid — and tells you in real time how many sheets it takes. It follows the real formatting conventions, including leaving the first square of each paragraph blank for indentation.","howto":["Paste your text into the input box.","Turn automatic first-square paragraph indentation on or off.","Review the visual preview, split into 200-square grid sheets at proper manuscript-paper dimensions.","Check the total line count and the number of sheets required."],"faq":[{"q":"How is paragraph indentation handled?","a":"By default, whenever a line break (\n) starts a new paragraph, the first square is left empty automatically, following standard manuscript paper convention."},{"q":"How are numbers and English letters placed?","a":"Following standard manuscript paper practice, one character goes in each square, so the sheet count reflects the true length of your writing."},{"q":"Can this calculate the page count for 400-character manuscript paper instead of the standard 200-character kind?","a":"Right now it only works with the 200-character (20 columns x 10 rows) format, which is Korea's most widely used standard. If you need a page count for 400-character paper, you can roughly estimate it by taking the 200-character page count this tool gives you and dividing it by two."}]},{"slug":"toggle-case-converter","category":"text-dev","title":"Toggle & Alternating Case Converter","tagline":"Invert capitalization (AbC -> aBc), alternate letters (aBaB), or randomize case at any ratio.","emoji":"🔠","keywords":["toggle case","alternating case converter","mocking spongebob text generator","random case generator","invert capitalization","case converter"],"intro":"A custom case converter that flips the capitalization of English text (Invert), alternates upper and lower case letter by letter (aBaB / AbAb), or scrambles case randomly at a ratio you choose. It's a favorite for writing memes, mocking SpongeBob text, and other eye-catching text effects.","howto":["Type or paste the English text you want to convert.","Click the style you want: Invert Case, Alternating (starts lowercase), Alternating (starts uppercase), or Random.","Check the converted text that appears instantly in the result box below and copy it."],"faq":[{"q":"Do numbers and non-Latin characters get changed too?","a":"No. Anything that isn't a Latin letter — numbers, punctuation, symbols, and non-Latin scripts such as Korean — is passed through exactly as you typed it. Only English letters are converted using the mode you picked."},{"q":"Do spaces count when alternating the case?","a":"Spaces and symbols are skipped in the alternation count, so the upper/lower rhythm advances only on actual letters. That's what keeps the output clean and consistent across words."},{"q":"If I click the random mode button again, will I get a different result each time?","a":"Yes. Random mode re-rolls the uppercase/lowercase choice for every letter on each click, so even with the exact same input text, you'll get a different result every time you press the button. Feel free to click repeatedly until you land on a combination you like."}]},{"slug":"phonetic-alphabet-translator","category":"text-dev","title":"NATO Phonetic Alphabet Translator","tagline":"Turn any spelling into standard NATO phonetic words (A -> Alpha) with a clean vertical list.","emoji":"📞","keywords":["nato phonetic alphabet","phonetic alphabet translator","military alphabet converter","alpha bravo charlie spelling","spell my name phonetically","radio alphabet"],"intro":"This tool instantly converts English words and sentences into the NATO phonetic alphabet (A -> Alpha, B -> Bravo, and so on), the standard used to spell things out over the phone or radio without being misheard. The vertical list layout makes it easy to read a spelling back to someone one letter at a time.","howto":["Enter the word, abbreviation, or flight number you need to spell out.","Choose your preferred layout: a vertical list or a single horizontal line.","Pick a capitalization style and review the translated phonetic list."],"faq":[{"q":"Are numbers and spaces translated as well?","a":"Yes. Digits 0–9 map to their standard code words (Zero, One, Two, and so on), and spaces are marked clearly with a [Space] token so word breaks stay obvious."},{"q":"Where is the NATO phonetic alphabet actually used?","a":"It's standard in aviation, military, and maritime radio communication, but it's just as handy on a customer support call when you need to spell out an email address, order number, or serial number without any confusion."},{"q":"Are punctuation marks like periods and hyphens also translated phonetically?","a":"Yes — common punctuation is converted to its standard radio-communication name too, such as 'Stop' for a period, 'Dash' for a hyphen, and 'Slash' for a forward slash, so you can read out an entire email address or domain name accurately."}]},{"slug":"split-text-by-sentence","category":"text-dev","title":"Sentence Splitter","tagline":"Break long passages into one sentence per line using end punctuation (. ? ! …).","emoji":"✂️","keywords":["sentence splitter","split text into sentences","one sentence per line","sentence separator tool","text line break tool","break paragraph into sentences"],"intro":"Paste a wall of text and this tool detects sentence-ending punctuation — periods, question marks, exclamation points, and ellipses — to split it so each sentence sits on its own line. It's handy for translation work, proofreading, improving readability, and any kind of sentence-level analysis.","howto":["Paste the long text you want to break into sentences.","Choose an output format: line breaks, a numbered list, or a bulleted list.","Set the exception options so abbreviations and decimal points don't trigger false splits, then copy the result."],"faq":[{"q":"Will it break a sentence at abbreviations like Mr. or Dr.?","a":"No. A built-in filter recognizes common abbreviations (Mr., Dr., e.g., i.e., etc.) and decimal numbers like 3.14, so those periods are never mistaken for the end of a sentence."},{"q":"Can I add my own abbreviations?","a":"Yes. Use the custom exception field below the input box and enter your terms — including the period — separated by commas. Those periods will be excluded from sentence splitting."},{"q":"What happens to a period that falls inside quotation marks or parentheses?","a":"The tool also looks at the punctuation immediately following a closing quote or parenthesis, so a sentence isn't awkwardly cut off mid-quote — the whole quoted passage stays together as one sentence."}]},{"slug":"extract-markdown-links","category":"text-dev","title":"Markdown Link Extractor","tagline":"Parse every hyperlink and image link in a Markdown document into a clean table and URL list.","emoji":"🔗","keywords":["markdown link extractor","extract links from markdown","markdown parser","url extractor","get all links from text","markdown to link list"],"intro":"This utility scans Markdown source for link syntax ([text](URL)) and pulls out every anchor text and its destination URL, presenting them as a tidy table plus a plain URL list you can copy in one click. Useful for auditing links, migrating content, or checking an article before you publish it.","howto":["Paste your Markdown source into the input box.","Decide whether to include image links (![alt text](url)) and pick an output format: table, URL list, or JSON.","Click through to test the extracted links, and copy them individually or all at once."],"faq":[{"q":"Does it extract reference-style links too?","a":"This tool focuses on the inline Markdown syntax that's most widely used — links written as [text](URL) and images written as ![text](URL) — and parses those thoroughly."},{"q":"Can I open the extracted links right away?","a":"Yes. Every URL in the results table is clickable and opens in a new tab, so you can verify each destination without leaving the page."},{"q":"What happens to a link with empty anchor text, like []( url )?","a":"A link with no anchor text is shown as a blank cell in the table, while the URL itself is still extracted correctly without any error — so you can spot empty link text left over in the original document instead of missing it."}]},{"slug":"strip-html-tags","category":"text-dev","title":"HTML Tag Stripper","tagline":"Remove every HTML tag (<div>, <p>, <a>, and the rest) and keep only the plain text.","emoji":"🧹","keywords":["strip html tags","html to text converter","remove html tags online","html tag remover","extract text from html","clean html code"],"intro":"A text cleaner that strips all HTML tags out of web page source or email HTML and leaves you with just the readable body copy. It removes <script> and <style> blocks entirely — code and all — preserves your line breaks, and automatically decodes HTML entities back into normal characters.","howto":["Paste your HTML source into the input box.","Check the options you need: remove script/style contents, preserve line breaks, decode HTML entities, and collapse blank lines.","Review the fully cleaned plain text result and copy it."],"faq":[{"q":"Does it delete the contents of script and style tags too?","a":"Yes. With the 'remove JavaScript and CSS contents' option enabled, it deletes not just the tags themselves but everything inside them — JS functions, CSS rules, and all — so you're left with the actual body text only."},{"q":"What does entity decoding do?","a":"HTML source writes certain characters in escaped form, like for a space, & for an ampersand, and < / > for angle brackets. Decoding converts them back into the readable characters you'd expect: a space, &, <, and >."},{"q":"Does text inside attributes like href or src end up in the output?","a":"No — attribute values are removed along with their tags, so only the visible on-page text remains. Link addresses, image paths, and similar attribute values are not extracted."}]},{"slug":"word-counter","category":"text-dev","title":"Word & Character Counter","tagline":"Count characters (with/without spaces), words, sentences, paragraphs, and bytes in real time","emoji":"🔤","keywords":["word counter","character counter","letter count tool","byte counter","count words online"],"intro":"Instantly count the characters (with or without spaces), words, sentences, paragraphs, lines, and byte length of any text you enter. It's perfect for writing to a limit, whether it's a cover letter, a report, or a social media post.","howto":["Paste or type your text into the input box below.","Character counts (with and without spaces), plus word, sentence, and paragraph counts, appear instantly.","You can also check the byte count (UTF-8) and the estimated reading time."],"faq":[{"q":"What's the difference between counting with and without spaces?","a":"With spaces counts every space and line break, while without spaces counts only the actual characters. Applications and assignments usually specify a limit that includes spaces."},{"q":"Why would I need the byte count?","a":"In UTF-8, each Korean or CJK character takes 3 bytes while Latin letters and digits take 1. Some forums, SMS systems, and older platforms limit length by bytes rather than characters."},{"q":"Is my text sent to a server?","a":"No. Everything is calculated in your browser, and no text is ever sent to or stored on a server."}]},{"slug":"case-converter","category":"text-dev","title":"Case Converter: 9 Formats, One Click","tagline":"UPPERCASE, lowercase, camelCase, PascalCase, snake_case, kebab-case, CONSTANT_CASE — pick a button, copy the result","emoji":"🔠","keywords":["case converter","camelcase converter","snake case converter","pascal case converter","kebab case converter","uppercase to lowercase","constant case converter","change text case"],"intro":"Paste text once and switch it between nine capitalization formats with a single click. Alongside UPPERCASE, lowercase, Title Case, and sentence case, it covers the identifier styles developers actually need — camelCase, PascalCase, snake_case, kebab-case, and CONSTANT_CASE — and it splits existing camelCase input back into words automatically, so you can convert myVariableName to MY_VARIABLE_NAME in one step. No options to configure and nothing to submit: everything runs in your browser. If you're capitalizing prose or headlines and want style-guide rules for words like 'of' and 'the', use the Sentence Case & Title Case Converter instead.","howto":["Enter the text you want to convert in the input box.","Click the button for the case you want and the result appears instantly.","Use the copy button to copy the result to your clipboard."],"faq":[{"q":"What are camelCase and snake_case?","a":"camelCase joins words with a capital letter on each new word, like 'myVariableName', while snake_case joins them with underscores, like 'my_variable_name'. Both are common naming styles for variables and file names."},{"q":"Does it work with non-Latin text?","a":"Casing only applies to the Latin alphabet. Characters in other scripts are left unchanged, and only the letters and numbers are converted."},{"q":"Can it handle long documents?","a":"Yes. Everything is processed instantly in your browser, so it converts text of any length in a flash."}]},{"slug":"json-formatter","category":"text-dev","title":"JSON Formatter & Validator","tagline":"Pretty-print, minify, and validate JSON all in one place","emoji":"🧩","keywords":["JSON formatter","JSON pretty print","JSON validator","JSON minifier","JSON beautify"],"intro":"Take densely packed JSON and pretty-print it with clean indentation, or minify it down to a single line. A built-in validator points out exactly where any syntax errors are.","howto":["Paste your JSON string into the input box.","Click 'Format' for an indented view, or 'Minify' to collapse it to one line.","If there's an error, a message shows you which part is invalid."],"faq":[{"q":"Why would I minify JSON?","a":"Removing unnecessary whitespace and line breaks reduces file size. It's useful for API payloads and optimizing configuration files."},{"q":"Does it fix invalid JSON automatically?","a":"It doesn't auto-repair, but it tells you where the syntax broke so you can fix it easily yourself."},{"q":"Is it safe to paste sensitive data?","a":"Yes. All processing happens in your browser and nothing is sent to a server."}]},{"slug":"json-formatter-validator","category":"text-dev","title":"JSON Formatter, Minifier & Validator","tagline":"Configure indentation tabs, compress payloads, auto-fix structural syntax errors, and convert to YAML","emoji":"⚙️","keywords":["json formatter pretty","json minifier","json validator linter","loose json auto fix","json to yaml converter","developer json utilities"],"intro":"A versatile developer utility to format nested JSON schemas, minify codebases, debug syntax boundaries with specific line hints, and auto-fix minor glitches like trailing commas or unquoted keys.","howto":["Paste your raw JSON payload inside the input editor.","Adjust the indentation spacing preferences and trigger pretty formatting, minification, or YAML conversions.","Use the Auto-Fix engine to clean comments and recover slightly broken JSON structures automatically."],"faq":[{"q":"What syntax glitches can the Auto-Fix engine resolve?","a":"It fixes standard violations such as single/block comments, unquoted object keys, and trailing commas by utilizing a loose JavaScript parser evaluation sandbox."},{"q":"Is there any size limit or security risk?","a":"No data is sent over the network; everything is processed safely inside your local browser. Large JSON strings (up to several megabytes) can be formatted instantaneously."},{"q":"Can very large JSON files be processed without slowing down?","a":"JSON documents with tens of thousands of lines format and minify normally as long as the browser's parser can handle them. For files much larger than that — tens of megabytes or more — processing speed depends on your browser's available memory and may slow down."}]},{"slug":"base64-encode-decode","category":"text-dev","title":"Base64 Encoder & Decoder","tagline":"Encode text to Base64 or decode Base64 back to plain text","emoji":"🔁","keywords":["Base64 encode","Base64 decode","Base64 converter","encode to base64","decode base64"],"intro":"Encode any text into a Base64 string, or decode Base64 back into the original text. Unicode (UTF-8) text is handled safely, so nothing gets garbled.","howto":["Choose encode or decode mode.","Enter your text or Base64 string in the input box.","The result appears instantly and is ready to copy."],"faq":[{"q":"What is Base64 used for?","a":"It's used to embed images and files as text, in data URIs, email attachments, and simple string obfuscation."},{"q":"Is Base64 encryption?","a":"No. Base64 is an encoding that anyone can reverse — it is not encryption and should never be used for security."},{"q":"Will special characters or emoji break?","a":"No. Everything is encoded and decoded as UTF-8, so non-Latin text and emoji stay intact."}]},{"slug":"url-encode-decode","category":"text-dev","title":"URL Encoder & Decoder Online","tagline":"Paste a URL or a single parameter, switch between encode and decode, and copy the result","emoji":"🔗","keywords":["url decoder","url encoder","url decode online","url encode online","%20 decoder","decode url string","encode query parameter"],"intro":"A no-setup converter for percent-encoding. Pick Encode or Decode, choose whether you're handling a whole URL or just one parameter value, and the result updates as you type. The scope setting works in both directions, so you can decode a full address without mangling its ':', '/', '?' and '&' — or decode a single parameter value all the way back to plain text. Non-Latin text and spaces are handled automatically, and a broken '%' sequence is flagged instead of failing silently. Everything runs in your browser.","howto":["Choose encode or decode mode.","Enter your URL or parameter string.","Pick full-URL mode or component mode to convert."],"faq":[{"q":"What's the difference between encodeURI and encodeURIComponent?","a":"Full-URL mode (encodeURI) preserves structural characters like '/', '?', and '&', while component mode (encodeURIComponent) also encodes those, which is right for parameter values."},{"q":"Why does my search term turn into %EA%B0%80…?","a":"Non-Latin characters are first converted to UTF-8 bytes, and each byte is then percent-encoded. That's expected behavior."},{"q":"Is it safe?","a":"Yes. Everything is processed inside your browser and your input is never transmitted."}]},{"slug":"uuid-generator","category":"generators-qr","title":"UUID Generator","tagline":"Instantly generate one or many random UUID v4 values","emoji":"🆔","keywords":["UUID generator","GUID generator","uuid v4","unique id generator","random id generator"],"intro":"Generate as many collision-free unique identifiers (UUID v4) as you need. Use them for database keys, file names, session IDs, and more.","howto":["Set how many UUIDs to generate.","Click 'Generate' to produce the list of UUIDs.","Toggle options like removing hyphens or uppercase, then copy."],"faq":[{"q":"How unique is a UUID v4, really?","a":"With 122 bits of randomness, it's unique enough that collisions are effectively impossible — even generating billions of them, the chance of a duplicate is negligible."},{"q":"Aren't browser-generated UUIDs predictable?","a":"No. They use the browser's cryptographic random source (crypto.getRandomValues), which makes them very hard to predict."},{"q":"Are they logged on a server?","a":"No. They're all generated in your browser and stored nowhere."}]},{"slug":"lorem-ipsum-generator","category":"generators-qr","title":"Lorem Ipsum Generator","tagline":"Generate placeholder text by the paragraph, sentence, or word for design and mockups","emoji":"📝","keywords":["lorem ipsum generator","lorem ipsum","dummy text","placeholder text","mockup text"],"intro":"Generate as much placeholder text (Lorem Ipsum) as you need to fill design comps and layout mockups. A localized dummy-text mode is also available for testing non-Latin layouts.","howto":["Choose the unit — paragraphs, sentences, or words — and set the amount.","Select Lorem Ipsum or the localized dummy mode.","Click 'Generate' and copy the result into your design."],"faq":[{"q":"What is Lorem Ipsum?","a":"It's meaningless, Latin-based filler text that has been used in print and web design for over 500 years, letting you focus on layout and typography instead of the content."},{"q":"Is there a non-Latin dummy mode?","a":"Yes. A localized dummy-text mode made of real sentences is provided, which is handy for checking how actual local-language layouts will look."},{"q":"Can I wrap it in HTML tags?","a":"There's an option to wrap each paragraph in <p> tags so you can paste it straight into your markup."}]},{"slug":"hash-generator","category":"generators-qr","title":"Hash Generator (SHA-256/512)","tagline":"Convert text to SHA-1, SHA-256, SHA-384, or SHA-512 hashes","emoji":"🔒","keywords":["hash generator","SHA-256 generator","sha512 hash","checksum tool","online hash"],"intro":"Generate an SHA-family hash of any text you enter. Use it to verify data integrity, compare checksums, or create a simple fingerprint — all computed securely with the browser's Web Crypto API.","howto":["Enter the text you want to hash.","Choose an algorithm: SHA-1, SHA-256, SHA-384, or SHA-512.","Copy the generated hexadecimal hash."],"faq":[{"q":"Does it support MD5?","a":"This tool provides the SHA family supported by the browser standard (Web Crypto). MD5 is excluded because it's no longer considered secure."},{"q":"Can I recover the original text from a hash?","a":"No. Hashes are one-way, so the original input can't be reversed from the result."},{"q":"Can I use it to store passwords?","a":"A plain SHA hash isn't suitable for storing passwords. For real storage, use a salt and a dedicated algorithm like bcrypt or argon2."}]},{"slug":"timestamp-converter","category":"text-dev","title":"Current Unix Timestamp & Quick Date Converter","tagline":"A live epoch clock up top, plus two boxes for date ↔ seconds or milliseconds","emoji":"⏱️","keywords":["current unix timestamp","epoch time right now","timestamp to date","unix timestamp now","milliseconds to date","date to unix timestamp"],"intro":"A lightweight timestamp converter with just two boxes. The current Unix timestamp sits at the top of the screen and ticks over every second, so when all you need is \"what's the epoch time right now,\" it's already there waiting. Type a number and it works out the unit for you — 10 digits reads as seconds, 13 as milliseconds — and returns your local time, UTC, and ISO format. Go the other way by picking a date and copy the seconds or milliseconds value straight out. If you need microseconds, nanoseconds, or relative time like \"3 hours from now,\" use the Epoch Precision Converter instead.","howto":["Enter a timestamp (a number) or a date.","Choose seconds or milliseconds.","Check the converted value and copy it."],"faq":[{"q":"What is a Unix timestamp?","a":"It's the number of seconds (or milliseconds) elapsed since January 1, 1970, 00:00:00 UTC — the standard way of handling time in programming."},{"q":"How do I tell seconds from milliseconds?","a":"A 10-digit value is usually seconds, and a 13-digit value is milliseconds. The tool detects this automatically, but you can also set it manually."},{"q":"How are time zones handled?","a":"The result is shown in both your local time (based on your browser) and UTC."}]},{"slug":"percentage-calculator","category":"calc-convert","title":"Percentage Calculator","tagline":"Three modes: 'what % of A', 'percent change', and 'what is X% of'","emoji":"％","keywords":["percentage calculator","percent calculator","percent change calculator","discount percentage","ratio calculator"],"intro":"Handle three of the most common percentage calculations in one place: what percentage one number is of another, how much a value has increased or decreased, and what amount X% represents. Just pick a mode and enter your numbers.","howto":["Choose a mode (ratio, percent change, or percent of a value).","Enter your numbers and the result is calculated instantly.","Switch modes anytime to recalculate."],"faq":[{"q":"How is percent change calculated?","a":"It uses (new value − old value) ÷ old value × 100. An increase shows as +, a decrease as −."},{"q":"Can it calculate discount prices?","a":"Yes. Use the 'what is X% of' mode to find the discount amount off a list price. A dedicated discount calculator is also on the way."},{"q":"How are decimals handled?","a":"By default, results are rounded to two decimal places."}]},{"slug":"korean-age-calculator","category":"calc-convert","title":"Korean Age Calculator (Counting Age vs International Age)","tagline":"One birth date, both ages side by side — and the gap Korea's 2023 switch left behind","emoji":"🎂","keywords":["korean age calculator","korean counting age","why is korean age different","korean age vs international age","korea age law 2023","how old am i in korea"],"intro":"Puts Korea's traditional \"counting age\" (세는 나이) and international age side by side from a single date of birth. Under the counting system you're 1 the day you're born and gain a year every New Year's Day, which is why it usually runs one or two years ahead of the international age you're used to. Since Korea unified on international age for law and administration in June 2023, the gap between the two is exactly what trips people up — so both numbers stay on screen at once. Change the reference date to compare the two ages at any point in the past or future, and see the countdown to the next birthday and its date alongside.","howto":["Select the date of birth.","Change the reference date if needed (defaults to today).","Your international age, counting age, and next-birthday countdown appear."],"faq":[{"q":"How do international age and Korean counting age differ?","a":"International age starts at 0 at birth and adds a year on each birthday, while the traditional Korean counting age starts at 1 at birth and adds a year every New Year's Day."},{"q":"What was the 2023 age unification?","a":"As of June 2023, Korean law and administration standardized on international age. This calculator shows international age by default."},{"q":"How is it calculated on the birthday itself?","a":"On the day of your birthday, your international age is counted as having gone up by one year."}]},{"slug":"bmi-calculator","category":"calc-convert","title":"BMI Calculator","tagline":"Calculate body mass index (BMI) and weight category from height and weight","emoji":"⚖️","keywords":["BMI calculator","body mass index","obesity calculator","healthy weight range","bmi checker"],"intro":"Enter your height and weight to calculate your body mass index (BMI) and see which category you fall into — underweight, normal, overweight, or obese. It also shows the weight range that falls within the normal band.","howto":["Enter your height (cm) and weight (kg).","Your BMI value and category appear instantly.","You'll also see the weight range that corresponds to the normal category."],"faq":[{"q":"What's the BMI formula?","a":"It's weight (kg) ÷ (height (m) × height (m)). For example, 170 cm and 65 kg gives 65 ÷ (1.7 × 1.7) ≈ 22.5."},{"q":"What categories does it use?","a":"It uses the WHO Asia-Pacific criteria: under 18.5 is underweight, 18.5–22.9 normal, 23–24.9 overweight, and 25 or above obese."},{"q":"Is BMI enough on its own?","a":"BMI has limits — for example with very muscular people — so treat it as a reference. For an accurate assessment, consider body-fat percentage and consult a doctor."}]},{"slug":"date-calculator","category":"calc-convert","title":"Date Calculator (D-Day)","tagline":"Days between two dates, or the date a set number of days before/after","emoji":"📅","keywords":["date calculator","d-day calculator","days between dates","date difference","add days to date"],"intro":"Count the number of days between two dates, or find out what date and weekday falls a certain number of days before or after a given date. It's handy for anniversaries, countdowns, and deadlines.","howto":["Choose 'date difference' or 'days before/after' mode.","Enter the reference date(s).","The number of days, or the resulting date and weekday, is shown."],"faq":[{"q":"Is the start date counted as a full day?","a":"The 'difference' between two dates is the plain number of days from subtracting the start date from the end date. An option to include the start date (counting it as day 1) is also provided."},{"q":"Does it work for past and future dates?","a":"Yes. Positive numbers calculate a later date, and negative numbers an earlier one."},{"q":"Does it tell me the weekday?","a":"Yes, the weekday of the resulting date is shown alongside it."}]},{"slug":"unit-converter","category":"calc-convert","title":"Unit Converter","tagline":"Convert length, weight, temperature, area, volume, speed, and data units","emoji":"📐","keywords":["unit converter","cm to inch converter","kg to pounds","celsius to fahrenheit","measurement converter"],"intro":"Convert common units of length, weight, temperature, area, volume, speed, and data size in real time. Handle conversions like cm↔inch, kg↔lb, and °C↔°F all on one screen.","howto":["Select a category (length, weight, and so on).","Enter a value and its source unit.","The converted values for several target units appear at once."],"faq":[{"q":"What's the Celsius–Fahrenheit formula?","a":"°F = °C × 9/5 + 32, and °C = (°F − 32) × 5/9. The tool calculates it automatically."},{"q":"Does data size use 1000 or 1024?","a":"You can toggle between the SI base (1000) and the binary base (1024)."},{"q":"How precise is it?","a":"It calculates with plenty of decimal places and rounds the displayed digits for readability."}]},{"slug":"color-converter","category":"color-design","title":"Color Code Converter (HEX/RGB/HSL)","tagline":"Convert between HEX, RGB, HSL, and HSV with a live color preview","emoji":"🎨","keywords":["color code converter","hex to rgb","hsl converter","color code","color converter"],"intro":"Convert color notations between HEX (#RRGGBB), RGB, HSL, and HSV, with a live preview of the actual color. It's handy for matching color codes across web and design work.","howto":["Enter a color value in any format, or pick one with the color picker.","The remaining formats (HEX, RGB, HSL, HSV) convert automatically.","Copy whichever code you need."],"faq":[{"q":"What's the difference between HSL and HSV?","a":"Both use hue (H) and saturation (S), but HSL defines the third value as Lightness and HSV as Value. Different design tools favor one or the other."},{"q":"Does it support transparency (alpha)?","a":"Yes. It supports 8-digit HEX (#RRGGBBAA) and rgba alpha values."},{"q":"Is there a color picker?","a":"Yes. Pick a color visually and the code is converted automatically."}]},{"slug":"gradient-generator","category":"color-design","title":"CSS Gradient Generator","tagline":"Build linear and radial gradients visually and copy the CSS","emoji":"🌈","keywords":["css gradient","gradient generator","linear-gradient","background gradient","gradient code"],"intro":"Freely place multiple color stops to build linear and radial gradients, then generate ready-to-use CSS code. Preview your gradient live as you tweak it.","howto":["Add color stops and adjust each color and position.","Set linear or radial and the angle while watching the preview.","Copy the generated background CSS and use it."],"faq":[{"q":"What is a color stop?","a":"It's a point in the gradient where a specific color sits. Adding several of them lets you create rich, multi-color transitions."},{"q":"Does it support radial gradients?","a":"Yes. Both linear and radial are supported, with adjustable angle and center."},{"q":"Can I use the result right away?","a":"Yes. Just paste the generated `background: linear-gradient(...)` code straight into your CSS."}]},{"slug":"password-generator","category":"generators-qr","title":"Password Generator","tagline":"Create strong random passwords by choosing length and character types","emoji":"🔑","keywords":["password generator","random password","strong password","secure password generator","create password"],"intro":"Choose the length and character types to include (uppercase, lowercase, numbers, symbols) to create strong, hard-to-guess passwords. It uses a cryptographic random source and shows the strength of each result.","howto":["Set the password length and the character types to include.","Click 'Generate' to create a new password.","Check the strength and copy it to use."],"faq":[{"q":"How secure is it?","a":"Passwords are generated with the browser's cryptographic random source (crypto.getRandomValues), making them very hard to predict. We recommend 12+ characters with multiple character types."},{"q":"Are generated passwords stored anywhere?","a":"No. Every password is created in your browser and is never sent to or stored on a server."},{"q":"Can I exclude confusing characters?","a":"Yes. There's an option to exclude easily confused characters like O/0 and l/1."}]},{"slug":"image-compressor","category":"image-edit","title":"Image Compressor","tagline":"Reduce the size of JPG, PNG, and WebP images right in your browser","emoji":"🗜️","keywords":["image compressor","reduce image size","compress jpg","compress png","shrink image file"],"intro":"Shrink the file size of your photos and images while adjusting the quality to your liking. Everything is processed in your browser with no upload, so it's fast and keeps your data private — great for blogs, online stores, and email attachments.","howto":["Drag and drop an image or select one.","Adjust the compression with the quality slider and watch the resulting file size.","Download the compressed image."],"faq":[{"q":"Will the quality drop noticeably?","a":"You control the quality directly, so you can cut the file size dramatically while keeping the loss unnoticeable. Compare with the preview as you adjust."},{"q":"Can I do multiple images?","a":"It currently processes one image at a time; for now, just repeat for each file (a batch version is on the way)."},{"q":"Are my photos uploaded to a server?","a":"No. Files are processed entirely within your browser and are never uploaded anywhere."}]},{"slug":"image-resizer","category":"image-edit","title":"Image Resizer","tagline":"Resize images precisely by pixels or percentage","emoji":"🖼️","keywords":["image resizer","resize photo","change image dimensions","pixel resize","photo size adjuster"],"intro":"Resize images to any pixel dimensions or percentage you want. A lock-aspect-ratio option lets you scale down or up without distortion, all processed in your browser with no upload.","howto":["Select an image.","Enter the width and height (px) or a percentage. Turn on aspect-ratio lock to adjust automatically.","Download the resized image."],"faq":[{"q":"Can I resize while keeping the aspect ratio?","a":"Yes. With the aspect-ratio lock on, changing one value automatically calculates the other."},{"q":"Will enlarging make it blurry?","a":"Scaling above the original size can reduce quality. For sharp enlargements, use an AI upscaling tool."},{"q":"Can I change the format too?","a":"Yes. When saving, you can choose between JPG, PNG, and WebP."}]},{"slug":"korean-honorifics-converter","category":"text-dev","title":"Korean Honorifics Converter (Haeyo-che ↔ Hasipsio-che)","tagline":"Switch Korean sentence endings between polite informal (해요체) and polite formal (하십시오체) naturally.","emoji":"🇰🇷","keywords":["korean honorifics converter","korean formal vs polite speech","haeyo che to hamnida","korean speech levels tool","korean politeness converter","korean sentence ending converter"],"intro":"This tool rewrites the sentence endings of Korean text between the polite informal style, haeyo-che (해요, 가요), and the polite formal style, hasipsio-che (합니다, 갑니다). It handles statements, questions, commands, and suggestions, so the converted sentence keeps the right Korean speech level for the context — useful for business writing, emails, and announcements in Korean.","howto":["Enter your original Korean sentence.","Choose the direction of conversion: haeyo-che ➔ hasipsio-che, or hasipsio-che ➔ haeyo-che.","Copy the converted sentence, which updates in real time as you type."],"faq":[{"q":"Does it convert questions and commands too?","a":"Yes. It detects question marks and imperative context and converts endings accordingly — producing forms such as '~합니까?' for questions and '~하십시오' for commands."},{"q":"Will every word convert perfectly?","a":"The converter works by analyzing common sentence-ending patterns, so noun-form endings, regional dialects, and unusual endings may still need a small manual touch-up."},{"q":"Can it also convert casual, informal Korean (banmal) sentences?","a":"This tool is optimized for converting between the two polite speech levels, haeyo-che and hasipsio-che. Informal banmal sentences like '했어' or '가' may not be recognized accurately, so it's best to first rewrite them in haeyo-che before converting."}]},{"slug":"english-drop-cap","category":"text-dev","title":"Drop Cap Generator","tagline":"Design a large decorative first letter for your paragraph and copy the CSS.","emoji":"🔤","keywords":["drop cap generator","drop cap css","css first letter","large first letter paragraph","web typography tool","initial cap css generator"],"intro":"Design drop cap typography — that oversized, magazine-style first letter — visually and see it live. Adjust the size, font, color, and spacing, then grab ready-to-paste CSS and HTML for your own site or blog.","howto":["Enter the English text you want to preview.","Adjust the first letter's font, color, size, and spacing sliders.","Check the result in the live preview, then copy the generated CSS code and use it."],"faq":[{"q":"How do drop caps work on the web?","a":"The standard approach uses the CSS ::first-letter pseudo-element to target just the opening character, then applies float and font-size to make it drop into the paragraph."},{"q":"Does it work with non-Latin scripts?","a":"Drop caps are a Latin typography tradition and work best with English text. Other scripts like Korean will technically render, but character composition and line layout make the result less predictable, so we recommend English text."},{"q":"Can I paste the generated CSS directly into a blog platform like WordPress?","a":"Yes — the generated code is standard CSS, so pasting it into your platform's custom CSS field or HTML edit mode reproduces the same drop cap on most blogging platforms."}]},{"slug":"text-reverse-order","category":"text-dev","title":"Text Reverser","tagline":"Reverse the order of your text by character, by word, or by line.","emoji":"🔄","keywords":["text reverser","reverse text online","backwards text generator","reverse word order","flip text","reverse line order"],"intro":"A simple utility that flips your text backwards by character, by word, or by line. Great for backwards-text effects, puzzles and wordplay, and quick data transformations like flipping the order of a list.","howto":["Type or paste the text you want to reverse.","Pick the unit to reverse by: characters, words, or lines.","Copy the reversed result, which updates in real time."],"faq":[{"q":"Do emoji and complex characters survive being reversed?","a":"Yes. The tool handles Unicode surrogate pairs, so emoji and multilingual text reverse cleanly without breaking into garbled characters."},{"q":"Are punctuation marks and numbers reversed along with the letters?","a":"Yes — in character-level reversal, periods and digits are reordered exactly like any other character. If you want punctuation to stay in its original position, word-level or line-level reversal reads more naturally."},{"q":"Are punctuation marks and numbers reversed along with the letters?","a":"Yes — in character-level reversal, periods and digits are reordered exactly like any other character. If you want punctuation to stay in its original position, word-level or line-level reversal reads more naturally."}]},{"slug":"number-word-translator","category":"text-dev","title":"Number to Words Converter (English, Korean & Chinese Numerals)","tagline":"Turn any number into English words, Korean readings, and Chinese numerals (standard and financial)","emoji":"🔢","keywords":["number to words converter","spell out numbers","write numbers in words","number to words for checks","amount in words","chinese numeral converter","korean number reading"],"intro":"Convert numeric values into written English words, Korean Hangul readings, and Chinese numerals — including the formal \"capital\" characters used on financial documents — all at once. It's handy for writing out amounts on checks, invoices, and receipts, or for studying how numbers are spoken in other languages.","howto":["Type the number you want to convert (negative values and decimal points are supported).","Review the English, Korean, standard Chinese, and formal financial Chinese numeral output.","Click the copy button to send whichever version you need to your clipboard."],"faq":[{"q":"Can it handle extremely large numbers?","a":"Yes. Numbers beyond JavaScript's safe integer range (10^16 and up) are parsed as strings, so nothing is rounded off or lost in conversion."},{"q":"What are formal financial numerals?","a":"They're anti-fraud variants of the standard Chinese numerals — 壹 instead of 一, 貳 instead of 二, and so on. The extra strokes make them nearly impossible to alter, which is why they appear on checks and other important financial records."},{"q":"Are decimal numbers also translated correctly into Korean or Hanja?","a":"Yes — the integer and decimal parts are converted separately and then joined with the reading for point ('점', hanja '點'), so a number like 3.14 comes out as a natural Korean or Hanja reading."}]},{"slug":"text-line-break-adjuster","category":"text-dev","title":"Line Break Remover & Text Rewrapper","tagline":"Strip line breaks, swap them for spaces, or insert new ones at a set character or word count","emoji":"↩️","keywords":["remove line breaks","line break remover","text rewrap tool","delete line breaks online","add line breaks every n characters","fix hard wrapped text"],"intro":"Clean up messy text formatting by removing every line break and joining everything into one line — replacing breaks with a space, comma, or any separator you choose — or rewrap a paragraph by inserting breaks evenly after a set number of characters or words. Useful for pasted PDFs, emails with hard wraps, and copy that needs a specific column width.","howto":["Paste your text into the input box.","Pick a mode: remove all line breaks, double the line breaks, break every N characters, or break every N words.","Adjust the separator or the length slider until the layout looks the way you want."],"faq":[{"q":"Won't removing line breaks jam my words together?","a":"No. By default a single space is inserted wherever each line break was, so words stay separated instead of running into each other."},{"q":"Does breaking by character count cut words in half?","a":"Only if you want it to. Turn on the word-wrap option and the tool respects your character limit while pushing any word that would be split onto the next line."},{"q":"Are line breaks in bulleted or numbered lists handled the same way?","a":"Yes — lines starting with a hyphen or a number are processed under the same rules as regular paragraphs. If you want to keep your list formatting intact, choose a mode other than 'remove all line breaks.'"}]},{"slug":"morse-code-audio-generator","category":"text-dev","title":"Morse Code Translator with Audio","tagline":"Translate text to Morse code and play it back as real dits and dahs with the Web Audio API","emoji":"📟","keywords":["morse code translator","morse code audio","text to morse code","morse code sound generator","morse code with sound online","morse code player"],"intro":"Translate plain English text into accurate Morse code (dots and dashes) and hear it played back as genuine dits and dahs, generated right in your browser with the Web Audio API. The character currently being sent is highlighted as it plays, and a light-flash simulation shows the signal visually.","howto":["Type the message you want to hear in Morse code.","Set the playback speed (WPM) and tone frequency (Hz) to your liking.","Hit Play to watch the flashing signal and listen along in real time."],"faq":[{"q":"I don't hear anything — what's wrong?","a":"Browsers require a user interaction before audio can start, so click the Play button directly rather than triggering it another way. Also double-check your volume and that your device isn't muted."},{"q":"Are numbers and punctuation also converted into Morse code sound?","a":"Yes — besides letters, digits 0–9 and common punctuation like periods and commas are also converted according to the standard Morse code table and played back as both sound and flashing light."},{"q":"Are numbers and punctuation also converted into Morse code sound?","a":"Yes — besides letters, digits 0–9 and common punctuation like periods and commas are also converted according to the standard Morse code table and played back as both sound and flashing light."}]},{"slug":"secure-temp-text-sharer","category":"text-dev","title":"Secure Zero-Knowledge Text Sharer","tagline":"End-to-end client-side encryption and compression in URL hash anchors without server storage","emoji":"🔒","keywords":["secure text sharing","zero knowledge secret share","aes 256 gcm url","client side encrypted text","no server text storage","ephemeral links hash"],"intro":"A secure sharing utility that encrypts text with AES-256-GCM and compresses payload size on the client-side, storing the output exclusively inside URL fragments (#) so that no data is transmitted to web servers.","howto":["Enter the confidential content you want to share securely.","Check the password option to protect the payload using a custom AES-255 decryption key.","Click 'Generate Link' and share the complete URL with your recipient."],"faq":[{"q":"How is it possible that no server keeps track of my secrets?","a":"The data is appended to the URL fragment (#). According to HTTP specifications, the hash fragment is never sent to the web host. Therefore, your secret never touches the server."},{"q":"Can recipients decrypt payloads on mobile devices?","a":"Yes. Modern mobile web browsers fully support native Web Crypto APIs and DecompressionStream to unpack and decrypt payloads natively."},{"q":"If I open the link multiple times, will it still show the content, or does it only work once?","a":"The encrypted data lives entirely in the URL hash rather than on a server, so there's no view-count limit — opening the same link again shows the same content. To make it truly inaccessible, you need to discard the link itself."}]},{"slug":"smart-quotes-cleaner","category":"text-dev","title":"Smart Quotes Cleaner (Convert to ASCII)","tagline":"Replace curly quotes, em dashes, and ellipses from Word or web editors with plain ASCII characters","emoji":"💬","keywords":["smart quotes to straight quotes","curly quotes to straight quotes","remove smart quotes","convert unicode to ascii text","smart quotes cleaner","fix em dash and ellipsis"],"intro":"Word processors, CMS editors, and ebooks love to sneak in typographic characters — curly quotes (“, ”, ‘, ’), en and em dashes (–, —), and ellipses (…) — that break parsers and corrupt data. This tool swaps them for the plain ASCII equivalents (\", ', -, ...) that are safe to drop into code, config files, and databases.","howto":["Paste the text you want to clean into the editor.","Watch the ASCII-safe output and the replacement count update live.","Click copy to grab the finished text."],"faq":[{"q":"Why do curly quotes cause problems in code or data migrations?","a":"Unlike a straight quote (\"), a curly quote (“ or ”) is a completely different Unicode character. Many text parsers and programming languages won't recognize it, so it throws syntax errors or shows up as mojibake once the data is moved."},{"q":"Does it clean up special characters other than quotation marks?","a":"Yes — besides smart quotes, it also detects word-processor-style Unicode characters like en/em dashes (–, —) and ellipsis (…), converting them to a standard hyphen (-) and three periods (...)."},{"q":"Does it clean up special characters other than quotation marks?","a":"Yes — besides smart quotes, it also detects word-processor-style Unicode characters like en/em dashes (–, —) and ellipsis (…), converting them to a standard hyphen (-) and three periods (...)."}]},{"slug":"audio-tone-generator","category":"video-audio","title":"Audio Frequency Tone Generator","tagline":"Synthesize pure wave frequencies and visualize the resulting waveforms on a live oscilloscope","emoji":"🎹","keywords":["frequency generator","tone generator online","sine wave generator","oscilloscope simulator","virtual piano sound","audio tone tester"],"intro":"A local browser-based sound synthesizer utilizing standard OscillatorNodes to construct audio tones from 20Hz to 20,000Hz. Play Sine, Square, Sawtooth, or Triangle waves and analyze their cycles instantly on a virtual oscilloscope canvas.","howto":["Select your target waveform category (Sine, Square, Sawtooth, or Triangle).","Adjust the frequency slider or type in a specific Hertz value, then hit 'Start Tone'.","Interact with the 4-octave virtual piano keyboard at the bottom to trigger specific note pitches and inspect the oscilloscope wave."],"faq":[{"q":"Is there a safety limiter to prevent hearing damage?","a":"Yes. We automatically limit the maximum gain to 0.5 and implement linear ramp smoothing on volume adjustments to prevent loud popping sounds from damaging your audio equipment or ears."},{"q":"Does this synthesizer require any external audio assets or plugins?","a":"No. The audio synthesis engine is written entirely on top of the native browser Web Audio API, so it runs offline and without downloading external media files."},{"q":"How precisely can I set the frequency value?","a":"You can enter any value from 20Hz to 20,000Hz — the full range of human hearing — in 1Hz increments, which makes it useful for testing a specific pure tone or checking your own hearing range."}]},{"slug":"sound-decibel-meter","category":"video-audio","title":"Sound Decibel Meter","tagline":"Real-time decibel (dB) noise level analysis using microphone input with live history graph","emoji":"🎙️","keywords":["decibel meter online","sound level meter","live noise meter","microphone db analyzer","sound level checker","real time db graph"],"intro":"A local browser-based utility that accesses your microphone to measure ambient noise levels in real-time, displaying current decibel (dB) values and rendering an interactive line graph of noise trends over time.","howto":["Click the 'Start Decibel Meter' button to initialize the audio listener.","Allow microphone access in the browser popup when prompted.","Watch the live decibel dial react to sounds and inspect the timeline graph for noise history."],"faq":[{"q":"How accurate is this browser-based decibel meter?","a":"It uses the relative amplitude of the microphone input. Because microphone hardware and system volumes vary, it's best suited as a comparative estimator rather than a calibrated scientific sound level meter."},{"q":"Is my voice or audio data recorded or sent anywhere?","a":"No. All calculations run entirely inside your browser's Web Audio pipeline. No voice or audio data is recorded or transmitted to any server."},{"q":"What conditions give the most accurate readings?","a":"Values can shift noticeably depending on the distance to the noise source, your microphone's sensitivity, and nearby reflective surfaces, so the most reliable approach is to keep the same position and angle when comparing measurements over time."}]},{"slug":"english-plural-singular","category":"text-dev","title":"Singular & Plural Noun Converter","tagline":"Convert English nouns between singular and plural, with the grammar rule behind each change","emoji":"👥","keywords":["singular to plural converter","plural of noun","plural form checker","irregular plural nouns list","english plural rules","pluralize word tool"],"intro":"Convert English nouns from singular to plural and back, and see exactly which grammar rule applies to each word. Irregular nouns and nouns that don't change form are handled correctly, so it works as both a quick reference and a learning aid.","howto":["Enter the English nouns you want to convert (one per line or separated by commas).","Review the singular/plural table for each word along with the rule type detected in real time.","Use the copy button in the top right to pull the results out."],"faq":[{"q":"Does it handle exceptions like \"fish\" and \"sheep\"?","a":"Yes. The tool includes built-in lists of invariant nouns (where singular and plural are identical) and irregular forms such as man-men and datum-data, so those words are identified correctly instead of getting an -s tacked on."},{"q":"If I paste in a whole sentence, will it pick out just the nouns?","a":"No, this tool is designed to take individual noun words as input. Pasting a full sentence can cause it to try converting verbs or adjectives too, giving inaccurate results — it's best to list only noun words, separated by line breaks or commas."},{"q":"If I paste in a whole sentence, will it pick out just the nouns?","a":"No, this tool is designed to take individual noun words as input. Pasting a full sentence can cause it to try converting verbs or adjectives too, giving inaccurate results — it's best to list only noun words, separated by line breaks or commas."}]},{"slug":"korean-initial-consonants","category":"text-dev","title":"Korean Initial Consonant (Chosung) Extractor","tagline":"Pull just the first consonant from every Hangul character in a Korean sentence","emoji":"🔤","keywords":["korean initial consonant extractor","hangul chosung extractor","korean chosung game generator","korean initial sound quiz","hangul consonant search index","korean text tool"],"intro":"Extracts the leading consonant — the chosung — from each Hangul syllable in Korean text. It's the standard way to build clues for Korean initial-consonant guessing games, and it's equally useful for generating search index keys for Hangul autocomplete.","howto":["Enter your Korean words or sentences.","Adjust the options: keep spaces, keep Latin letters and numbers, and set a separator.","Copy the extracted initial consonants, which update as you type."],"faq":[{"q":"How are double consonants like ㄲ and ㄸ handled?","a":"By default they're extracted as-is. If you turn on the \"simplify double consonants\" option, they're reduced to their single forms (ㄱ, ㄷ, and so on) instead."},{"q":"Does it still extract initial consonants correctly from sentences mixed with numbers or English?","a":"Yes — non-Korean characters like numbers, English letters, and symbols can either be kept as-is or removed, depending on your settings, so only the Korean portions of a mixed sentence are accurately converted into their initial consonants."},{"q":"Does it still extract initial consonants correctly from sentences mixed with numbers or English?","a":"Yes — non-Korean characters like numbers, English letters, and symbols can either be kept as-is or removed, depending on your settings, so only the Korean portions of a mixed sentence are accurately converted into their initial consonants."}]},{"slug":"text-scrambler","category":"text-dev","title":"Text Scrambler & Obfuscator","tagline":"Typoglycemia word scrambling, Caesar cipher, upside-down flip, and Unicode font styling","emoji":"🔏","keywords":["text scrambler","word scrambler online","typoglycemia generator","caesar cipher encoder","rot13 converter","upside down text generator"],"intro":"Run your text through a set of playful and practical transformations. Typoglycemia mode locks the first and last letter of each word and shuffles everything in between to test how your brain reads. There's also a Caesar cipher (including ROT13), an upside-down flip, and mathematical Unicode character mapping for stylized text.","howto":["Type or paste the text you want to transform.","Click whichever of the four scrambling and obfuscation modes you're after.","Dial in the shift-distance slider and copy the scrambled or encoded result to share."],"faq":[{"q":"Can anyone actually read typoglycemia text?","a":"Most people can. As long as the first and last letters of each word stay in place, readers infer the whole word from context and shape and move through the sentence with surprisingly little effort, even with the middle letters jumbled."},{"q":"How do I turn Caesar-cipher (ROT13) text back into the original?","a":"The Caesar cipher is symmetric — applying the same shift distance a second time restores the original text. Just paste the scrambled text back into the input and run it through the same shift value to recover the original sentence."},{"q":"How do I turn Caesar-cipher (ROT13) text back into the original?","a":"The Caesar cipher is symmetric — applying the same shift distance a second time restores the original text. Just paste the scrambled text back into the input and run it through the same shift value to recover the original sentence."}]},{"slug":"binary-hex-dump","category":"text-dev","title":"Hex Dump Viewer (Binary & Text)","tagline":"View the raw bytes of a file or string as a 16-column hex dump with an ASCII panel","emoji":"🎛️","keywords":["hex dump viewer","online hex viewer","hex editor online","view file in hexadecimal","binary file viewer","hexdump tool"],"intro":"Upload a file or type in text and see its underlying bytes rendered as a precise hexadecimal dump alongside an ASCII view. It's the browser-based equivalent of running xxd or hexdump, useful for checking file offsets, inspecting headers, and doing byte-level analysis without installing anything.","howto":["Choose the text input tab or the file upload tab.","Type your text, or drop the binary file you want to inspect into the drop zone.","Set the offset base (hex or decimal) and bytes per row (8 or 16), then read through the dump.","Click the copy button to grab the generated hex dump as text."],"faq":[{"q":"What do the periods (.) in the ASCII panel mean?","a":"They stand in for bytes that can't be displayed as readable characters — control characters (0x00–0x1F and others) and similar non-printable values. Substituting a period keeps the column aligned and readable."},{"q":"Can it handle large files?","a":"Yes. The full byte array is loaded into browser memory but rendered one page at a time (roughly 512 B to 4 KB per page), so you can page through a big file without the browser stalling."},{"q":"Can the result differ between typing text directly and uploading a file?","a":"Yes — typed text is dumped based on the bytes your browser encodes as UTF-8, while an uploaded file is dumped from its original stored bytes as-is. If a file uses a different encoding, the same characters can show different byte values."}]},{"slug":"bcrypt-hash-generator","category":"text-dev","title":"Bcrypt Hash Generator & Verifier","tagline":"Hash a password with Bcrypt, or check a plaintext password against an existing hash","emoji":"🔐","keywords":["bcrypt generator","bcrypt hash online","password hash generator","bcrypt password checker","verify bcrypt hash","hash password online"],"intro":"Bcrypt is a key-stretching algorithm built specifically for password storage. This tool generates Bcrypt hashes and checks whether a plaintext password matches an existing hash — all in your browser, so nothing you type is ever sent to a server.","howto":["Pick the Generate or Verify tab.","To generate: enter your password, choose the Blowfish revision ($2b$) and the cost factor (default 10), then hit Generate.","To verify: paste the plaintext password along with the stored $2b$... Bcrypt hash, then hit Verify.","Watch the live progress bar (0%–100%) and read off the resulting hash."],"faq":[{"q":"What does the cost factor do?","a":"It's the base-2 logarithm of the number of hashing rounds, so it sets how expensive the algorithm is to run. Every +1 doubles the work, which is what makes brute-force attacks impractical."},{"q":"Is the output compatible with real Bcrypt libraries?","a":"Yes. The tool runs the Blowfish rounds asynchronously on top of the browser's Web Crypto API using a spec-compliant implementation, so the salt and hash it produces follow the standard Bcrypt format."},{"q":"Why does hashing the same password twice produce a different hash each time?","a":"Bcrypt generates a fresh random salt for every hash and embeds it in the result, so the same password always yields a different hash string. During verification, the salt stored inside the hash is reused automatically, so the match check still works correctly."}]},{"slug":"user-agent-simulator","category":"text-dev","title":"User-Agent String Generator","tagline":"Look up User-Agent header strings for any browser, device, or bot — and copy ready-to-run code","emoji":"💻","keywords":["user agent string","what is my user agent","user agent list","chrome user agent","googlebot user agent","user agent generator"],"intro":"A reference of standard User-Agent strings across operating systems and browsers — desktop, mobile, tablet, and search engine crawlers — with cURL, Fetch, and Requests snippets generated on the fly so you can drop the header straight into your code.","howto":["Choose a category to simulate: Desktop, Mobile, Tablet, or Bot.","Pick a device or browser from the preset list to see its User-Agent string.","Need something custom? Type or edit a User-Agent directly in the input field.","Switch between the cURL, Fetch, and Requests tabs below, then copy the snippet into your script."],"faq":[{"q":"Can I see my own User-Agent?","a":"Yes. The tool reads your browser's navigator API on load, parses your actual User-Agent, and shows it right away — you can drop it into the simulator with one click."},{"q":"When would I need a crawler's User-Agent?","a":"Mostly for SEO work: spoofing Googlebot and friends lets you check locally how your page responds to a search engine crawl and whether robots.txt is blocking anything before it hits production."},{"q":"Does using this tool actually change my browser's navigator.userAgent value?","a":"No — the tool only generates the header string and code snippets for you to copy; it doesn't modify the navigator.userAgent of the browser you're currently using. To actually spoof the UA sent in requests, you'll need your browser DevTools' network conditions override or a separate extension/proxy."}]},{"slug":"totp-secret-generator","category":"text-dev","title":"TOTP / 2FA Authenticator Code Tester","tagline":"Generate a Base32 secret, render a QR code for Google Authenticator, and watch live 6-digit codes","emoji":"🔑","keywords":["totp generator","google authenticator code generator","2fa code online","totp test tool","authenticator qr code generator","base32 secret generator"],"intro":"A developer tool for building and debugging two-factor authentication. It generates a random Base32 secret, renders a scannable QR code for Google Authenticator and similar apps, and computes the current 6-digit TOTP code live, rolling over every 30 seconds.","howto":["Click \"Generate random secret\" for a random Base32 string, or paste in your own secret.","Fill in the issuer and the user's account email to build the QR code URI.","Scan the on-screen QR code with Google Authenticator or any other authenticator app to add the account.","Watch the 6-digit code refresh every 30 seconds alongside the countdown bar."],"faq":[{"q":"Can I get the code without adding it to a phone app?","a":"Yes. As long as you enter a valid Base32 secret, the browser runs the standard HMAC-SHA-1 computation itself and displays the 30-second code live."},{"q":"Why does the code match what my server generates?","a":"TOTP derives the code from a shared secret plus the current UTC time, so any device with the same secret produces the same number. That's also why clock sync between devices matters so much."},{"q":"Will authentication still work if my clock is a few seconds off from the server?","a":"Yes — most TOTP implementations allow a small tolerance window, typically one step (±30 seconds) before or after, so minor clock drift is absorbed automatically. If the gap grows much larger than that, though, codes will keep failing, so it's best to keep automatic time sync enabled on your device."}]},{"slug":"ip-format-converter","category":"text-dev","title":"IP Address Converter (IPv4 ↔ IPv6)","tagline":"Convert IPv4 to decimal, hex, and binary or to a mapped IPv6 address — and expand or compress IPv6","emoji":"🌐","keywords":["ip address converter","ipv4 to ipv6 converter","ip to decimal","ip to hex converter","ipv6 expand compress","ipv4 to binary"],"intro":"Convert an IPv4 address into its decimal, hexadecimal, and binary forms as well as IPv4-mapped and IPv4-compatible IPv6 notation. For IPv6, it expands shortened addresses back to their full form or compresses them again — handy for firewall rules, log parsing, and network config.","howto":["Type the IP address you want to convert (e.g. 192.168.1.1 or 2001:db8::1).","For IPv4: the decimal integer, hex, binary bit string, and IPv6 mapped/compatible forms appear instantly.","For IPv6: you get both the fully expanded address (all eight 16-bit blocks written out) and the compressed form."],"faq":[{"q":"What are IPv4-mapped IPv6 addresses for?","a":"Modern IPv6-only network stacks use them to talk to legacy IPv4 hosts: internally the IPv4 address is wrapped in IPv6 notation as ::ffff:a.b.c.d."},{"q":"What are the IPv6 compression rules?","a":"One run of consecutive all-zero blocks (:0:0:) may be replaced with a double colon (::) — but only once per address. On top of that, leading zeros in each block are dropped (0db8 → db8) to shorten the notation."},{"q":"Can I convert private (internal network) IP addresses too?","a":"Yes, private ranges like 192.168.x.x or 10.x.x.x convert the same way public IPs do. Keep in mind, though, that private addresses aren't routable on the public internet, so the tool's output is purely a notation conversion — it says nothing about whether that address is actually reachable on a network."}]},{"slug":"port-number-lookup","category":"text-dev","title":"TCP/UDP Port Number Lookup","tagline":"Search common TCP/UDP ports for their standard use, security risks, and diagnostic commands","emoji":"🔌","keywords":["port number lookup","common tcp ports list","what port is 3306","tcp udp port list","check if port is open","well known ports"],"intro":"Look up what any common TCP/UDP port is officially used for according to IANA, along with its service name. Each entry flags the security risks of leaving that port exposed and gives you copy-paste CLI commands for testing whether it's open.","howto":["Search by port number (e.g. 80, 22) or by service name (ssh, mysql, web).","Narrow the list with the category filters — Web, Remote Access, Database, Mail, and more.","Read the description and security warnings for each port, then copy the diagnostic commands (nc, lsof) at the bottom."],"faq":[{"q":"What's the difference between system and registered ports?","a":"Ports 0–1023 are the \"well-known\" ports, reserved for the OS and core infrastructure services. Ports 1024–49151 are \"registered\" ports, claimed by specific applications such as databases."},{"q":"How do I check whether a port is open on a remote host?","a":"Run netcat from your terminal: nc -zv <IP address> <port>. Telnet works as a quick alternative for checking whether the remote socket accepts a connection."},{"q":"If two services share the same port number, are TCP and UDP treated separately?","a":"Yes — TCP and UDP ports live in entirely separate number spaces. Port 53, for instance, is used for DNS on both, but plenty of services only listen on one protocol at that number and not the other, so you need to check TCP and UDP status independently."}]},{"slug":"sql-parameter-binding","category":"text-dev","title":"SQL Parameter Binding Previewer","tagline":"Fill placeholders (?, :id, @username) in a SQL query with escaped parameter values","emoji":"🗃️","keywords":["sql parameter binding","sql escape string","sql query placeholder","prepared statement preview","bind sql parameters online","sql injection escaping"],"intro":"Paste a SQL query that uses positional (?) or named (:id, @username) placeholders, supply your parameter values, and see the fully bound statement with quotes properly escaped — exactly what you'd want when reading a log line or debugging a query by hand.","howto":["Select your database: MySQL, PostgreSQL, or SQLite.","Choose how you want to enter parameters — ordered list, key=value pairs, or JSON — and fill in the values.","Paste the original SQL statement containing the placeholders into the input box.","Read the final query with escaping applied in the results panel below, then copy it."],"faq":[{"q":"Will a ? inside a string literal get replaced too?","a":"No. A character-by-character tokenizer skips over string literals ('...'), line comments (--), and block comments (/* */), so those characters are left untouched and your query stays intact."},{"q":"Does this protect against SQL injection?","a":"No — this is a text-level binding previewer, nothing more. In production code you should always use prepared statements and your database driver's native parameter binding, both for security and for performance."},{"q":"Can I bind an array value into an IN clause parameter?","a":"Yes — in JSON input mode, if you supply an array as the value, the tool automatically expands it into IN (?, ?, ?) with one placeholder per element, escaping each value individually. Just keep in mind that in your actual server code, you'll still need to confirm your database driver supports array binding that way."}]},{"slug":"script-async-defer","category":"text-dev","title":"Script Loading Visualizer (Async vs Defer)","tagline":"See on a timeline how async and defer change HTML parsing and script execution","emoji":"⏳","keywords":["async vs defer","script defer async difference","render blocking javascript","script loading order","defer javascript loading","html parser blocking"],"intro":"A visual learning tool for diagnosing script loading performance. Drag the sliders to change HTML parse, download, and execution times, and watch exactly where each loading strategy blocks the parser.","howto":["Drag the sliders to set HTML parse time, script download time, and script execution time.","Compare how a plain script behaves depending on placement — inside <head> versus at the bottom of <body>.","Watch the parser-blocking timeline change live across the three options: Standard, Async, and Defer."],"faq":[{"q":"What's the real difference between async and defer?","a":"Both download the script in parallel with HTML parsing. The difference is when it runs: async pauses the parser and executes the moment the download finishes, while defer waits until HTML parsing is completely done."},{"q":"What should I use when scripts must run in order?","a":"Use defer. Async scripts execute in whatever order they finish downloading, which breaks any dependency between them. Defer guarantees execution in the order the tags appear in your HTML — which is what you want for libraries and the code that depends on them."},{"q":"How does a script loaded with type='module' differ from the async/defer settings?","a":"Browsers treat module scripts as deferred by default — they don't block parsing, and execution waits until the document has finished parsing, just like the defer attribute. If you also add the async attribute, a module script will instead run as soon as it finishes downloading, just like a regular async script."}]},{"slug":"url-percent-encoding","category":"text-dev","title":"RFC 3986 URL Encoder + Character Map","tagline":"Compare encodeURI, encodeURIComponent, and strict RFC 3986 — and see exactly which characters each one replaces","emoji":"🔗","keywords":["rfc 3986 url encoding","encodeuri vs encodeuricomponent","strict url encoder","oauth percent encoding","which characters are percent encoded","percent encoding character table"],"intro":"For when the question isn't 'encode this' but 'which encoding do I actually need?'. Choose one of three targets — query parameter value (encodeURIComponent), whole-URL safe (encodeURI), or strict RFC 3986 — and each option explains what it escapes and what it leaves alone. Strict mode also encodes ! ' ( ) and *, the characters JavaScript's encodeURIComponent skips, which is what trips up OAuth signatures and picky server APIs. Below the result, a live mapping table shows every character that changed and what it became, including multi-byte UTF-8 runs. Decoding is supported for percent-encoded parameter values.","howto":["Choose Encode or Decode mode.","To encode: pick your target spec (query parameter value, whole-URL safe, or RFC 3986), then enter your text.","To decode: paste text containing %20, %EA%B0..., and so on to get the plain text back.","Review the live byte mapping table showing each encoded character (Space → %20, and so on)."],"faq":[{"q":"When should I use encodeURI instead of encodeURIComponent?","a":"encodeURI preserves the characters that make a URL a URL (: / ? & = + and friends), so it's for encoding a whole address. encodeURIComponent encodes those too — which is exactly what you want for a single query string value, so it doesn't break the URL structure."},{"q":"Why would I need strict RFC 3986 encoding?","a":"JavaScript's built-in encodeURIComponent leaves a handful of characters alone: ! ' ( ) and *. When you're signing OAuth requests or talking to a strict server API, those need encoding too, and mismatches cause signature or parsing failures."},{"q":"Is a space always encoded as %20?","a":"Not always. encodeURI, encodeURIComponent, and RFC 3986 all represent a space as %20, but the application/x-www-form-urlencoded format used by traditional form submissions instead replaces spaces with a plus sign (+). This tool follows the URI-encoding standard (%20), so keep that distinction in mind when you're working with form data."}]},{"slug":"localstorage-manager","category":"text-dev","title":"Web Storage Manager (LocalStorage)","tagline":"View, edit, and delete localStorage and sessionStorage entries right in your browser","emoji":"💾","keywords":["localstorage viewer","localstorage editor","sessionstorage manager","web storage inspector","clear localstorage","browser storage tool"],"intro":"A developer tool for inspecting the data your browser keeps in window.localStorage and window.sessionStorage. Browse every stored key, add new entries, change existing values, or wipe them out — all without opening DevTools.","howto":["Pick the Local Storage or Session Storage tab.","Review the live list of every key-value pair saved for the current domain.","Use the Add Item form to store a new key and value when you need one.","Edit or Delete any existing entry directly from the list."],"faq":[{"q":"Can I manage localStorage for other websites?","a":"No. Because of the browser's Same-Origin Policy, this tool can only read and write storage data for the current domain (Dynamic Labs)."},{"q":"Is there a limit on how much data I can store?","a":"Yes — the limit varies by browser, but it's typically around 5-10MB per domain. Once you exceed it, saving a new item throws a QuotaExceededError, so for larger amounts of data, it's better to reach for something like IndexedDB instead of localStorage."},{"q":"Is there a limit on how much data I can store?","a":"Yes — the limit varies by browser, but it's typically around 5-10MB per domain. Once you exceed it, saving a new item throws a QuotaExceededError, so for larger amounts of data, it's better to reach for something like IndexedDB instead of localStorage."}]},{"slug":"json-stringify-escape","category":"text-dev","title":"JSON Stringify & Escape","tagline":"Turn JSON objects or plain text into a single-line escaped string","emoji":"🔤","keywords":["json stringify online","json escape","escape json string","json to one line","escape quotes online","string escape tool"],"intro":"Collapses JSON data or any multi-line block of text into one escaped string. Handy whenever you need to pass a JSON string as a command-line (CLI) argument, drop it into an environment variable, or embed it as a config file parameter.","howto":["Paste your JSON or plain text into the input box.","Check the options you want — escape double quotes, convert line breaks, and so on.","Copy the single-line escaped result, generated live as you type."],"faq":[{"q":"Can I escape plain text that isn't JSON?","a":"Yes. Switch to the Raw Text Escape tab and your input is escaped exactly as entered, with no parsing step."},{"q":"Can I also convert an escaped string back to its original form?","a":"This tool is built specifically for the original-text-to-one-line-escaped-string direction. If you need to go the other way — restoring an escaped string back to plain JSON or text — paste it into the hub's JSON parser/formatter tool, which unescapes it via JSON.parse."},{"q":"Can I also convert an escaped string back to its original form?","a":"This tool is built specifically for the original-text-to-one-line-escaped-string direction. If you need to go the other way — restoring an escaped string back to plain JSON or text — paste it into the hub's JSON parser/formatter tool, which unescapes it via JSON.parse."}]},{"slug":"base64-file-converter","category":"text-dev","title":"Base64 File Converter (Encoder & Decoder)","tagline":"Convert images, PDFs, documents, or raw text to Base64 data strings and decode back to files in real-time","emoji":"📁","keywords":["file to base64","base64 decoder","base64 image encoder","data url builder","binary to base64 text","local file decoder"],"intro":"A local, client-side tool to securely encode any file into Base64 format (either raw string or Data URL for HTML/CSS embedding) and decode Base64 data back to physical files.","howto":["Upload or drop your files to encode them into Base64 string formats.","Switch to the Decoder tab, paste a Base64 payload, and let the parser detect the MIME type.","Preview decoded images, configure a file name, and download the resulting file locally."],"faq":[{"q":"Why does Base64 encoding increase file size?","a":"Base64 encodes 8-bit binary data using 6-bit characters (64 printable characters), which results in a roughly 33% size overhead compared to the raw file."},{"q":"Is my data sent to any server?","a":"No. All file processing, encoding, and decoding occur 100% locally inside your web browser. No data leaves your machine."},{"q":"Can I convert very large files too?","a":"Since the conversion happens entirely in the browser's memory, large files technically can be processed, but once a file grows into the tens or hundreds of megabytes, the tab can slow down or freeze. In practice, this is best suited for images, icons, and small documents in the low-single-digit-MB range."}]},{"slug":"hmac-generator","category":"text-dev","title":"HMAC Generator","tagline":"Generate HMAC-SHA256 and HMAC-SHA512 signatures from any message and secret key","emoji":"🔑","keywords":["hmac generator","hmac sha256 online","hmac sha512","api request signing","hmac calculator","generate hmac signature"],"intro":"Creates HMAC signatures on the fly from a message and a secret key, so you can verify message integrity or sign API requests. Everything runs through your browser's built-in Web Crypto API — fast, and with no risk of exposing your key.","howto":["Enter the message you want to sign and your secret key.","Choose a hash algorithm such as SHA-256 or SHA-512.","Pick an output format — lowercase hex, uppercase hex, or Base64 — and copy the signature."],"faq":[{"q":"Could my secret key be exposed over the internet?","a":"No. Every signature is computed entirely inside your browser via the Web Crypto API, with no data sent to any server."},{"q":"What's the difference between plain SHA-256 hashing and HMAC-SHA256?","a":"A plain hash (SHA-256) is fully reproducible by anyone with the same message, so it only proves data hasn't been tampered with. HMAC mixes in a secret key during the computation, so anyone without that key can never forge a valid signature. That's why HMAC — not a plain hash — is what you should use whenever you also need to authenticate the sender, like signing API requests."},{"q":"What's the difference between plain SHA-256 hashing and HMAC-SHA256?","a":"A plain hash (SHA-256) is fully reproducible by anyone with the same message, so it only proves data hasn't been tampered with. HMAC mixes in a secret key during the computation, so anyone without that key can never forge a valid signature. That's why HMAC — not a plain hash — is what you should use whenever you also need to authenticate the sender, like signing API requests."}]},{"slug":"dns-record-guide","category":"text-dev","title":"DNS Record Guide & Validator","tagline":"Learn what A, AAAA, CNAME, MX, TXT and other DNS records do — and check your syntax as you write them","emoji":"🌐","keywords":["dns record types","dns record checker","a record vs cname","mx record setup","txt record validator","bind record format"],"intro":"A combined reference and validator for the DNS records every domain owner ends up configuring: A, AAAA, CNAME, MX, TXT, SRV, and NS. Read what each record type is for and how it's structured, then test your own values for syntax problems — invalid IP addresses, malformed domain patterns, and more — in real time.","howto":["Click a record type in the Guide tab to see what it's used for and a sample BIND-format entry.","Switch to the Validator tab and fill in the record type, TTL, host, and target value.","Get instant syntax feedback on whether your input matches the record's standard format, then copy it as a ready-to-use BIND record."],"faq":[{"q":"What's the main difference between an A record and a CNAME record?","a":"An A record maps a domain straight to a physical IP address, while a CNAME record points a domain at another domain name (an alias), which is then resolved in turn."},{"q":"What does the TTL value mean, and how should I set it?","a":"TTL (Time To Live) is how long, in seconds, DNS caching servers will hold onto that record before re-querying it. A shorter TTL means changes propagate around the world faster, at the cost of more lookup traffic; a longer TTL is more efficient for lookups but means changes — like migrating servers — take longer to fully propagate. If you know a migration is coming, it's safest to lower the TTL (e.g., to 300 seconds) ahead of time."},{"q":"What does the TTL value mean, and how should I set it?","a":"TTL (Time To Live) is how long, in seconds, DNS caching servers will hold onto that record before re-querying it. A shorter TTL means changes propagate around the world faster, at the cost of more lookup traffic; a longer TTL is more efficient for lookups but means changes — like migrating servers — take longer to fully propagate. If you know a migration is coming, it's safest to lower the TTL (e.g., to 300 seconds) ahead of time."}]},{"slug":"yaml-to-json","category":"text-dev","title":"YAML to JSON Converter","tagline":"Convert YAML into clean, standard JSON instantly","emoji":"📄","keywords":["yaml to json","yaml to json converter","convert yaml online","yaml parser","js-yaml","yaml json formatter"],"intro":"Paste a block of readable YAML config and get properly formatted, standards-compliant JSON back. Choose your indentation width (2 or 4 spaces), or output everything minified on a single line.","howto":["Paste the YAML you want to convert into the input box.","Use the control at the top right to set the output indentation — 2 spaces, 4 spaces, or minified.","Review the resulting JSON structure at a glance and copy it to your clipboard."],"faq":[{"q":"What happens if my YAML syntax is invalid?","a":"The YAML parser highlights the line number where the problem starts along with a clear error message, so you can spot and fix it right away."},{"q":"Does it also support YAML comments (#) and anchor (&) / alias (*) syntax?","a":"Comments (#) are automatically ignored during parsing and won't appear in the resulting JSON. Anchors (&) and aliases (*) for reusing values are supported too — when converting, each alias is expanded in place with the actual value its anchor points to."},{"q":"Does it also support YAML comments (#) and anchor (&) / alias (*) syntax?","a":"Comments (#) are automatically ignored during parsing and won't appear in the resulting JSON. Anchors (&) and aliases (*) for reusing values are supported too — when converting, each alias is expanded in place with the actual value its anchor points to."}]},{"slug":"json-to-yaml","category":"text-dev","title":"JSON to YAML Converter","tagline":"Turn JSON data into readable, comment-friendly YAML config","emoji":"📝","keywords":["json to yaml","json to yaml converter","convert json to yaml online","kubernetes yaml converter","js-yaml","yaml config generator"],"intro":"Converts structured JSON into clean YAML — a format that's easier to read and supports comments. Especially useful when you need to reshape an API response or a database dump into a config template for Kubernetes (k8s), Docker Compose, or a similar server environment.","howto":["Enter the JSON you want to convert into the input box.","Choose the indentation width for the YAML output.","Copy the neatly aligned YAML, parsed and rendered as you type."],"faq":[{"q":"Do arrays and nested objects convert correctly?","a":"Yes. Following the js-yaml library's strict serialization rules, arrays become dash (-) lists and nested objects are rebuilt with proper hierarchical indentation."},{"q":"How does the resulting YAML represent the original JSON's numbers, booleans, and nulls?","a":"Numbers and booleans (true/false) are written out unquoted, so a YAML parser reading them back recognizes their original type correctly. Null values follow convention and are written as the null keyword (or a tilde ~) rather than as a quoted string, which keeps the output compatible with other YAML tooling."},{"q":"How does the resulting YAML represent the original JSON's numbers, booleans, and nulls?","a":"Numbers and booleans (true/false) are written out unquoted, so a YAML parser reading them back recognizes their original type correctly. Null values follow convention and are written as the null keyword (or a tilde ~) rather than as a quoted string, which keeps the output compatible with other YAML tooling."}]},{"slug":"mock-json-generator","category":"text-dev","title":"Mock JSON Data Generator","tagline":"Generate JSON arrays of fake data — sequential IDs, UUIDs, names, emails, random numbers, and dates — from your own schema","emoji":"📊","keywords":["mock json generator","fake data generator","dummy json data","test data generator","api mock data","random json generator"],"intro":"Builds arrays of realistic dummy JSON records that match a schema you define, ready to drop into frontend API mocks or database tests. Define your fields once and generate as many rows as you need, instantly.","howto":["Define your JSON field names and pick a data type for each: sequential ID, UUID, name, email, random number, date, boolean, or a custom enum list.","Enter the number of rows you want to generate.","Hit Generate, review the JSON output, then copy it to your clipboard or save it as a file."],"faq":[{"q":"How does the custom enum type work?","a":"Enter a comma-separated list of values (for example: admin, user, guest) and each generated row is randomly assigned one of them."},{"q":"Does the dummy data — names, emails, and so on — change every time I generate it?","a":"Yes, each time you click the generate button, the values are randomly recombined from scratch, so you'll get a different result every time. If you need to reproduce the exact same output later, save the generated JSON somewhere yourself — there's currently no option to fix a random seed for repeatable output."},{"q":"Does the dummy data — names, emails, and so on — change every time I generate it?","a":"Yes, each time you click the generate button, the values are randomly recombined from scratch, so you'll get a different result every time. If you need to reproduce the exact same output later, save the generated JSON somewhere yourself — there's currently no option to fix a random seed for repeatable output."}]},{"slug":"xml-json-converter","category":"text-dev","title":"XML to JSON Converter (Both Ways)","tagline":"Convert XML markup into JSON objects — or JSON back into XML","emoji":"🔄","keywords":["xml to json","json to xml","xml json converter","convert xml online","xml parser online","xml to json with attributes"],"intro":"A two-way converter that parses hierarchical XML into nested JSON, and rebuilds JSON structures as valid XML tags. Attributes (@attributes) and text nodes (#text) are mapped carefully in both directions so nothing gets lost on the round trip.","howto":["Choose the XML to JSON or JSON to XML tab at the top.","Enter the data you want to convert into the input box.","Check the output along with any syntax warnings, such as unclosed tags, then copy the final result."],"faq":[{"q":"How are XML attributes preserved in the JSON output?","a":"Any element that carries attributes gets them mapped into a nested object under an '@attributes' key inside the JSON, so every value is kept intact."},{"q":"What happens in the JSON output when the same tag name repeats multiple times?","a":"When the same tag name appears more than once under the same parent, that key's value is automatically converted into a JSON array instead of a single object, with each occurrence added as an array element in order. Going the other way, JSON → XML, each element of an array is expanded back into a sibling tag with that same repeated name."},{"q":"What happens in the JSON output when the same tag name repeats multiple times?","a":"When the same tag name appears more than once under the same parent, that key's value is automatically converted into a JSON array instead of a single object, with each occurrence added as an array element in order. Going the other way, JSON → XML, each element of an array is expanded back into a sibling tag with that same repeated name."}]},{"slug":"sql-ddl-to-json-schema","category":"text-dev","title":"SQL DDL to JSON Schema Converter","tagline":"Turn SQL CREATE TABLE statements into a standard JSON Schema Draft-07 model automatically","emoji":"⚡","keywords":["sql ddl to json schema","create table to json schema","json schema generator","json schema draft 07","database schema converter","sql to json schema online"],"intro":"This tool parses SQL DDL — the CREATE TABLE statements that define your relational database tables — and maps column types (INT, VARCHAR, TIMESTAMP, and more), nullability, and constraints into a matching JSON Schema Draft-07 document you can drop straight into a RESTful API contract.","howto":["Paste your SQL CREATE TABLE statement into the editor.","Optionally toggle \"Allow null union types for columns without NOT NULL\" to control how nullable columns are typed.","Copy the generated JSON Schema Draft-07 output or download it as a file and use it in your project."],"faq":[{"q":"Which SQL data types are supported?","a":"Integer types such as INT and BIGINT map to integer, numeric types such as DECIMAL and FLOAT map to number, and character and date/time types such as VARCHAR, TEXT, and DATETIME map to string with the appropriate format. BOOLEAN and JSON columns are converted as well."},{"q":"Can I paste multiple CREATE TABLE statements into the input box at once?","a":"Yes — enter several CREATE TABLE statements separated by semicolons, and the tool generates a separate JSON Schema definition for each table, in order. One thing it doesn't do automatically, though, is carry FOREIGN KEY relationships between tables into the schema — you'll need to add those references yourself if you need them."},{"q":"Can I paste multiple CREATE TABLE statements into the input box at once?","a":"Yes — enter several CREATE TABLE statements separated by semicolons, and the tool generates a separate JSON Schema definition for each table, in order. One thing it doesn't do automatically, though, is carry FOREIGN KEY relationships between tables into the schema — you'll need to add those references yourself if you need them."}]},{"slug":"dividend-yield-calculator","category":"calc-convert","title":"Dividend Yield & Payout Ratio Calculator","tagline":"Calculate dividend yield and payout ratio from share price, DPS, and EPS — and check whether the dividend is safe","emoji":"💰","keywords":["dividend yield calculator","dividend payout ratio calculator","dividend per share","dps eps calculator","dividend safety","dividend investing calculator"],"intro":"Enter a stock's share price, annual dividend per share (DPS), and earnings per share (EPS) to see the dividend yield on your investment and the company's payout ratio, along with a read on how safe and sustainable that dividend really is.","howto":["Enter the stock's current share price.","Enter the annual dividend per share (DPS) the company pays.","Enter the company's annual earnings per share (EPS).","Review the dividend yield, payout ratio, and overall dividend sustainability rating calculated in real time."],"faq":[{"q":"What's the difference between dividend yield and payout ratio?","a":"Dividend yield is the dividend measured against the share price — what you earn back on the money you invested. Payout ratio is the share of the company's net earnings handed out as dividends — how much of what the business makes it gives away."},{"q":"What payout ratio counts as safe?","a":"A ratio between roughly 30% and 60% is generally considered the most stable and sustainable range. Once it climbs above 90%, the company is paying out far more than it comfortably earns, which puts the dividend at real risk of being cut."},{"q":"If the dividend yield comes out very high, is that always a good sign?","a":"Not necessarily. An unusually high yield can be a 'dividend trap,' where the stock price has dropped sharply, temporarily inflating the yield. In that case, check the payout ratio too — if it's over 100% or unusually high, there's a real risk the dividend gets cut or suspended next time, so you should dig into why the stock fell in the first place."}]},{"slug":"cagr-calculator","category":"calc-convert","title":"CAGR Calculator (Compound Annual Growth Rate)","tagline":"Find your compound annual growth rate from a beginning value, ending value, and holding period — plus a year-by-year growth table","emoji":"📈","keywords":["cagr calculator","compound annual growth rate","annualized return calculator","investment growth calculator","average annual return","compound growth calculator"],"intro":"Enter your starting value, ending value, and the number of years held to get the compound annual growth rate (CAGR) — the average yearly rate at which your money grew when compounding is taken into account — along with a table that walks through the growth year by year.","howto":["Enter the value of the investment at the start of the period (beginning value).","Enter the value at the end of the period (ending value).","Enter the total holding period in years.","Review the CAGR and the year-by-year compound growth table calculated in real time."],"faq":[{"q":"What exactly does CAGR mean?","a":"CAGR stands for Compound Annual Growth Rate — the annual rate your money would have grown at if it compounded steadily every year. Even when yearly returns swing wildly, CAGR boils long-run performance down to a single number you can compare across investments."},{"q":"How is it different from a simple average return?","a":"A simple (arithmetic) average just adds up each year's return and divides. CAGR uses compounding (a geometric mean), so it reflects what actually happened to your money. Take +100% in year one and -50% in year two: you end up right back where you started, but the simple average says +25% while CAGR correctly says 0%."},{"q":"What does a negative CAGR mean?","a":"It means the final value ended up smaller than the initial one, and the negative percentage shows roughly how much the asset shrank per year on average over that period. Keep in mind CAGR only compares the start and end points, so it says nothing about volatility along the way (a sharp drop followed by a rebound, for instance) — for a real read on risk, pair it with a metric like maximum drawdown."}]},{"slug":"discount-rate-calculator","category":"calc-convert","title":"Discount & Sales Tax Calculator","tagline":"Work out what you'll actually pay — and how much you save — after a discount and sales tax","emoji":"🏷️","keywords":["discount calculator","percent off calculator","sales tax calculator","price after discount and tax","shopping savings calculator","final price calculator"],"intro":"Enter an item's original price, the discount percentage, and an optional sales tax rate to see the final out-the-door price you'll pay after tax, plus exactly how much the discount saves you.","howto":["Enter the item's original (list) price.","Enter the discount percentage to apply.","If your state or country charges sales tax (for example, a 10% VAT), enter the rate.","Review the final price and total savings calculated in real time."],"faq":[{"q":"Is the discount applied before or after tax?","a":"The standard order is discount first: the discount comes off the list price to give the pre-tax sale price, and sales tax is then charged on that reduced amount to reach the final total."},{"q":"What if I leave the sales tax rate blank?","a":"Leave the tax field empty or set it to 0 and you'll get the plain discounted price with no tax added."},{"q":"Can it handle stacked discounts applied together (like 20% off, then an extra 10%)?","a":"The tool is built around a single discount-rate input, so it doesn't handle stacked discounts directly. For a case like 20% off followed by an extra 10%, calculate the first discount, then plug that resulting price back in as the new original price and apply the 10% discount a second time — that gets you the correct sequential result."}]},{"slug":"sales-tax-calculator","category":"calc-convert","title":"Sales Tax & Tip Calculator","tagline":"Add sales tax and a tip to your bill, then split the total evenly across the table","emoji":"🧾","keywords":["tip calculator","sales tax calculator","check splitter","split the bill calculator","gratuity calculator","restaurant bill calculator"],"intro":"Enter your meal or service bill to get the full amount due once local sales tax and the tip are added — and if you're splitting the check, see exactly what each person owes.","howto":["Enter the total bill amount (the pre-tax price of the food or service).","Enter your local sales tax rate (%).","Enter the tip percentage (for example, 15% or 18%).","Choose whether the tip is figured on the pre-tax bill or the post-tax total.","Enter how many people are splitting the check to see the per-person share."],"faq":[{"q":"Should you tip on the pre-tax bill or the total after tax?","a":"Traditionally, the tip is calculated on the pre-tax bill — the food and service alone. That said, most card readers now default to suggesting tips on the post-tax total, so use the tip-basis tabs to compare both and decide what feels right for the situation."},{"q":"What if the bill already includes an automatic service charge — do I still need to add a tip?","a":"Some restaurants in the US and Canada, especially for larger parties (often 6 or more), automatically add a service charge (typically 18–20%) directly to the check. Check your receipt for a line labeled \"service charge\" or \"gratuity\" before you calculate — if it's already there, set the tip percentage to 0% here so you don't end up paying twice."},{"q":"What if the bill already includes an automatic service charge — do I still need to add a tip?","a":"Some restaurants in the US and Canada, especially for larger parties (often 6 or more), automatically add a service charge (typically 18–20%) directly to the check. Check your receipt for a line labeled \"service charge\" or \"gratuity\" before you calculate — if it's already there, set the tip percentage to 0% here so you don't end up paying twice."}]},{"slug":"fxd-flexible-exp-budget","category":"calc-convert","title":"Fixed vs. Variable Expense Budget Planner","tagline":"Break your monthly income into fixed and variable spending to see your ratios and how much you can actually save","emoji":"📊","keywords":["fixed vs variable expenses","budget planner","50 30 20 rule calculator","monthly budget calculator","savings rate calculator","personal budget breakdown"],"intro":"List your monthly income and expenses, sorting each one into fixed costs (rent, loan payments) or variable costs (groceries, shopping). You'll see the fixed-to-variable ratio that reveals how sturdy your finances are, plus a chart of how much you can realistically save each month.","howto":["Enter your total monthly take-home income.","Add each recurring fixed and variable expense to the list with a name and an amount.","Use the breakdown chart and the fixed/variable summary cards at the top to judge whether your spending mix sits in a healthy range."],"faq":[{"q":"How do I tell fixed and variable expenses apart?","a":"Fixed expenses are the bills that go out no matter what — locked in by a contract or obligation and hard to shrink month to month: housing, insurance premiums, loan principal and interest, basic utilities. Variable expenses are the ones you can dial up or down starting next month based on your own choices: dining out, shopping, entertainment, rideshares."},{"q":"What's the ideal way to split my spending?","a":"The most widely recommended guideline is the 50-30-20 rule: about 50% of your income toward needs (fixed essentials), 30% toward wants (flexible spending), and at least 20% toward savings and investing."},{"q":"I'm a freelancer with income that varies every month — what should I enter as my monthly income?","a":"Rather than entering a single unusually good or bad month, it's best to enter your average take-home pay over the last 3–6 months. That smooths out busy and slow periods and gives you a much more realistic picture of your fixed-to-variable ratio and how much you can actually save."}]},{"slug":"customs-duty-calculator","category":"calc-convert","title":"Korea Import Duty & VAT Breakdown by Clearance Type","tagline":"Pick list or formal clearance and see the customs value split into goods and freight, with duty and import VAT itemized in a table","emoji":"🛃","keywords":["korea customs duty calculator","korea import vat calculation","list clearance vs formal clearance korea","korea customs value freight","korea import tax breakdown","customs duty rate by category korea"],"intro":"For when you already expect to be taxed and want to see how Korea Customs builds the bill. Choose your clearance type — list clearance (USD 200 for shipments from the US) or formal clearance (USD 150) — and if the order is dutiable, the customs value is broken out into a goods portion and a freight portion in an itemized table. Goods price and shipping take separate currencies, so a purchase paid in dollars with shipping billed in won goes in exactly as it happened. Category duty rates distinguish IT equipment (duty-free) from home appliances (8%), and 10% import VAT is applied on top to give you total tax payable and final landed cost.","howto":["Enter the purchase price and currency (USD, EUR, and so on), along with any domestic and international shipping charges.","Pick the rough product category (clothing, electronics, cosmetics, etc.) so the matching duty rate is applied.","Choose list clearance (US shipments) or formal clearance, then review the estimated duty, VAT, and final landed cost calculated in real time."],"faq":[{"q":"What are the duty-free thresholds?","a":"Under Korean customs rules, formal clearance — and list clearance from anywhere outside the United States — is duty-free when the goods are valued at USD 150 or less. Goods arriving from the United States under list clearance (certain categories such as clothing, shoes, and electronics) are duty-free up to USD 200."},{"q":"Does shipping count toward the calculation?","a":"For the duty-free threshold, only the value of the goods themselves is counted (including local taxes and local shipping). Once the shipment exceeds the threshold and becomes dutiable, duty and VAT are assessed on the \"customs value\" — the price of the goods plus the international freight charge."},{"q":"If I split one purchase into several separate orders on the same day, does each order get its own duty-free threshold?","a":"No. Korea Customs can combine multiple shipments cleared within a short window under the same buyer's name and from the same sender and treat them as a single transaction, precisely to prevent people from splitting purchases to dodge the duty-free limit. Simply breaking a payment into several orders does not reset the exemption threshold for each one."}]},{"slug":"lotto-simulator","category":"calc-convert","title":"Korean Lotto 6/45 Simulator & Tax Calculator","tagline":"Run repeated mock draws on your numbers to see prize-tier odds and after-tax returns under Korea's 22% and 33% lottery tax rates","emoji":"🎰","keywords":["korean lotto 6/45 simulator","korea lottery tax calculator","lotto 645 odds simulator","dhlottery winnings after tax","lottery number generator korea","korean lottery prize tax rate"],"intro":"Run mass simulated draws with your own picks (or auto-generated numbers) to see how often each prize tier hits, what the winnings add up to, and what you'd actually take home after Korea's tiered lottery tax rates — with the final return on investment (ROI) calculated for you.","howto":["Pick six numbers from 1 to 45, or click \"Auto-generate numbers.\"","Choose how many draws to simulate (10, 100, 1,000, and so on).","Hit the start button to run the simulation and review the hit count for each prize tier, gross and net winnings, tax withheld, and after-tax return."],"faq":[{"q":"How is tax on Korean lottery winnings calculated?","a":"Under the lottery tax rules revised in 2023, prizes of 2 million KRW or less (5th place, 4th place, and some typical 3rd-place wins) are tax-free. Amounts above 2 million KRW up to 300 million KRW are taxed at 22%, and anything over 300 million KRW is withheld at 33% in combined income and local income tax."},{"q":"Are the prize amounts in the simulation real?","a":"The simulator uses historical average payouts for Dhlottery's Lotto 6/45 (roughly 2 billion KRW for 1st place, about 50 million KRW for 2nd, and so on). Actual prizes vary because they're divided pro rata based on each draw's total sales and the number of winners."},{"q":"I ran the simulation twice with the exact same numbers and got different results — is that a bug?","a":"That's expected, not a bug. Just like a real lottery draw, every draw in this simulator is an independent random draw, so running the same numbers again will naturally produce different outcomes each time. The more draws you run, the closer your results should trend toward the theoretical odds."}]},{"slug":"compound-interest-savings","category":"calc-convert","title":"Compound Interest & Savings Calculator","tagline":"Project your maturity value before and after tax from an initial lump sum, monthly contributions, interest rate, term, and compounding frequency.","emoji":"📈","keywords":["compound interest calculator","savings calculator","monthly contribution calculator","future value calculator","after tax interest calculator","Korean interest income tax 15.4%","investment growth calculator"],"intro":"Whether you're parking a lump sum, adding a fixed amount every month, or doing both, this calculator shows what your money grows into by maturity. Choose your compounding frequency (monthly, quarterly, or annual) and your tax treatment — Korea's standard 15.4% interest income tax, the 9.5% preferential rate, or a tax-free account such as an ISA — and get an instant after-tax total plus a year-by-year growth table.","howto":["Enter your initial lump sum and the amount you plan to contribute each month.","Set the annual interest rate (%) and how many years you'll stay invested.","Pick a compounding frequency (monthly, annual, and so on) and a tax option (standard, preferential, or tax-free) to see your projected after-tax balance at maturity."],"faq":[{"q":"What's the difference between simple and compound interest?","a":"Simple interest is earned on your original principal only. With compound interest, the interest earned each period is added back to the principal and starts earning interest itself. The longer your money stays invested, the more dramatically compounding accelerates growth."},{"q":"How much does tax treatment actually change the outcome?","a":"Under Korea's standard treatment, 15.4% of your interest is withheld as tax. In a tax-free or ISA account, the interest income tax rate is 0%, so you keep every won of interest you earn — a gap that widens substantially over long terms."},{"q":"With the same interest rate and term, how much does the compounding frequency (monthly vs. yearly) actually change the final amount?","a":"The more often interest gets folded back into the principal — monthly beats quarterly, which beats yearly — the more often it starts earning interest of its own, so the final payout ends up slightly higher. That gap is barely noticeable at low rates over short terms, but it widens meaningfully at higher rates over longer periods."}]},{"slug":"loan-schedule-generator","category":"calc-convert","title":"Loan Amortization Schedule Generator","tagline":"Build a full payment-by-payment table of principal, interest, and remaining balance for equal-payment, equal-principal, or interest-only loans.","emoji":"📅","keywords":["amortization schedule calculator","loan payment schedule","loan amortization table","mortgage amortization calculator","principal and interest breakdown","interest only loan calculator"],"intro":"Enter your loan amount, interest rate, and term, and get a detailed month-by-month amortization schedule for any of the three common repayment structures: equal total payment (standard amortizing), equal principal (declining payment), or interest-only with a balloon payment at maturity. Each row breaks out how much of that payment goes to principal versus interest and what balance is left.","howto":["Enter the total loan principal and the annual interest rate (%).","Enter the full loan term in months.","Choose a repayment method — equal payment, equal principal, or interest-only with balloon — and review the month-by-month schedule generated below."],"faq":[{"q":"Which repayment method should I choose?","a":"Equal principal costs the least in total interest, but your early payments are the highest. Equal payment keeps every month identical, which is easier to budget around. Interest-only means small payments until you repay the entire principal at maturity — the most flexible cash flow, but by far the most total interest."},{"q":"Will these numbers match my bank statement exactly?","a":"Almost never to the penny. Most lenders accrue interest on a daily basis and adjust for leap years, weekends, and actual payment dates. This calculator uses a monthly approximation, so expect small rounding differences of a few dollars at most."},{"q":"If I make an extra principal payment partway through the loan, does the schedule update automatically?","a":"No. This calculator generates one fixed schedule for the entire term based on the principal, rate, and term you enter up front. If you actually make an early extra payment, you'll need to re-run the calculator with the remaining balance as the new principal and the remaining months as the new term to see how it changes the rest of the schedule."}]},{"slug":"currency-converter","category":"calc-convert","title":"Multi-Currency Converter","tagline":"Convert between USD, EUR, JPY, KRW, CNY, and GBP — type in any one field and every other currency updates at once.","emoji":"💱","keywords":["currency converter","exchange rate calculator","usd to eur converter","multi currency converter","money conversion calculator","foreign exchange calculator"],"intro":"Convert among six major world currencies: the US dollar, euro, Japanese yen, Korean won, Chinese yuan, and British pound. Type an amount into any currency's field and all the others recalculate instantly against your reference rates. You can also override the rates yourself, so the tool always reflects the numbers you care about.","howto":["Type an amount directly into the field for the currency you're starting from.","The other five currency fields update instantly with the converted amounts.","Use the custom reference rate section below to adjust each currency's rate against 1 USD and plug in today's published rates yourself."],"faq":[{"q":"Does this pull live exchange rates from an API?","a":"No. It's built as a fast offline calculator for running what-if scenarios on exchange rates. When rates move, just update the reference rates in the settings section below and your calculations follow."},{"q":"Are exchange fees included?","a":"No. The math runs straight off the mid-market reference rate you set, so bank and currency exchange spreads on buying or selling cash — typically 1% to 2% — are not added in. Expect to receive slightly less than the number shown."},{"q":"If I edit the base exchange rates myself, are those changes saved for my next visit?","a":"No. Any rates you edit in the settings section only apply within your current browser session — refreshing the page or coming back later resets everything to the default rates. To use up-to-date figures, you'll need to re-enter your custom rates each time you visit."}]},{"slug":"prime-number-generator","category":"calc-convert","title":"Prime Number Checker & Generator","tagline":"Test whether any number is prime, and list every prime in a range using the Sieve of Eratosthenes.","emoji":"🔢","keywords":["prime number checker","prime number generator","is this number prime","sieve of eratosthenes calculator","list of prime numbers","prime factorization"],"intro":"Check whether a given whole number is prime, and generate a complete list of every prime within a range of your choosing — up to 1,000,000 — using the Sieve of Eratosthenes. For composite numbers, you also get the factors. Handy for math homework, coding interviews, and number theory practice.","howto":["On the prime checker tab, enter a number to instantly see whether it's prime — and if it's composite, what its factors are.","Switch to the generator tab and set your range.","Hit the generate button, or just type a number, to list every prime in that range along with the total count.","Use the copy button to grab the entire list of primes to your clipboard."],"faq":[{"q":"What exactly is a prime number?","a":"A prime is a whole number greater than 1 whose only divisors are 1 and itself. The first few are 2, 3, 5, 7, and 11."},{"q":"How does the Sieve of Eratosthenes work?","a":"Named for the ancient Greek mathematician who devised it, the sieve starts at 2 and crosses out every multiple of each prime it finds, working up to your limit. Whatever survives is prime. It's still the classic, and one of the most efficient, ways to find all primes below a given number."},{"q":"Is the number 1 a prime number?","a":"No. A prime number is defined as a natural number greater than 1 whose only divisors are 1 and itself. Since 1 only has one divisor — itself — it doesn't meet that definition, so it's classified as neither prime nor composite; it sits in a category of its own."}]},{"slug":"permutations-combinations","category":"calc-convert","title":"Permutation & Combination Calculator","tagline":"Calculate nPr, nCr, and combinations with repetition (nHr), with the full factorial work shown step by step.","emoji":"🧮","keywords":["permutation and combination calculator","nCr calculator","nPr calculator","combinations with repetition calculator","how many ways to choose","factorial calculator"],"intro":"Find out how many ways you can choose r items from a set of n. This calculator computes permutations (nPr), combinations (nCr), and combinations with repetition (nHr) all at once, and walks through each factorial expansion so you can see exactly how the formula produces the answer.","howto":["Enter the total number of items (n) and how many you're choosing (r) in their respective fields.","Results for permutations, combinations, and combinations with repetition update live as you type.","Expand the step-by-step section below to study each factorial expansion and how the values are substituted into the formula.","Copy any result to drop straight into a report or your notes."],"faq":[{"q":"What's the key difference between nPr and nCr?","a":"Whether order matters. Permutations treat a different arrangement as a different outcome, giving n!/(n-r)!. Combinations only care about which items you picked, not the order, so you divide by an extra r! to remove the duplicate arrangements."},{"q":"When would I use combinations with repetition (nHr)?","a":"Any time you're picking from a set and can pick the same option more than once — like counting the possible vote tallies when 5 anonymous ballots are cast among 3 candidates. It follows the formula (n+r-1)Cr."},{"q":"What happens if the number to choose (r) is larger than the total number of items (n)?","a":"Permutations (nPr) and combinations (nCr) can't select more items than actually exist, so when r is greater than n, the result comes out to 0. Homogeneous combinations (nHr) are the exception — since repeated selections are allowed, they still produce a valid, nonzero result even when r exceeds n."}]},{"slug":"percent-error-calculator","category":"calc-convert","title":"Percent Error Calculator","tagline":"Enter your experimental and theoretical values to get absolute error, relative error, and percent error — plus a quick read on how good your result is.","emoji":"📉","keywords":["percent error calculator","relative error calculator","absolute error calculator","percent error formula","experimental vs theoretical value","lab accuracy calculator"],"intro":"Built for chemistry, physics, and any lab work where you need to know how close your measurement landed to the accepted value. Enter what you measured and what theory says it should be, and get the absolute error, relative error, and percent error instantly — along with a plain-English accuracy rating based on how far off you are.","howto":["Enter the value you measured or derived in the 'Experimental Value (E)' field.","Enter the accepted textbook figure or design specification in the 'Theoretical Value (T)' field.","Absolute error, relative error, and percent error are calculated live and displayed as result cards.","Read the accuracy feedback — excellent, good, acceptable, or significant deviation — alongside the full formula, and copy whatever you need."],"faq":[{"q":"Can percent error come out negative?","a":"Not here. The standard relative error and percent error formulas take the absolute value of the difference (|E - T|) so the result reflects the size of the error, not its direction. You'll always get zero or a positive number."},{"q":"Why can't it calculate when the theoretical value is 0?","a":"A theoretical value of 0 means there's no denominator to measure a ratio against, so relative and percent error are undefined. Only absolute error is meaningful in that case."},{"q":"What's generally considered an \"acceptable\" percent error in an experiment?","a":"There's no universal answer, but in typical school chemistry or physics labs, a percent error under 5% is often considered good and under 1% is considered excellent precision. Fields where precision really matters — like instrumentation or engineering design — may demand a much stricter standard, sometimes 0.1% or lower, so what counts as acceptable really depends on the purpose and field of the experiment."}]},{"slug":"proportion-calculator","category":"calc-convert","title":"Proportion Calculator (Solve for X)","tagline":"Solve for the missing value in an A:B = C:D proportion, with the cross-multiplication steps spelled out.","emoji":"⚖️","keywords":["proportion calculator","solve for x proportion","cross multiplication calculator","ratio calculator","a:b = c:d calculator","missing value in a proportion"],"intro":"Give any three values in an A:B = C:D proportion and this tool finds the fourth. It solves for X using cross multiplication — the product of the means equals the product of the extremes — and shows each step of the work, so it's just as useful for learning the method as for getting a fast answer.","howto":["Use the dropdown at the top to pick which of A, B, C, or D is your unknown X.","Fill in the remaining three fields with the values you already have.","The value of X that makes the proportion true is calculated and displayed instantly below.","Review the step-by-step work underneath to see exactly how cross multiplication solves the equation."],"faq":[{"q":"What's the core rule behind proportions?","a":"In any proportion, the product of the two outer terms (the extremes, A and D) always equals the product of the two inner terms (the means, B and C) — that is, A × D = B × C. Rearranging that equation isolates whichever term is unknown."},{"q":"Can I enter decimals or fractions?","a":"Decimals can be typed straight into the fields and are handled with full precision. For a fraction, just enter its decimal equivalent."},{"q":"Can I enter zero or a negative number in one of the ratio fields?","a":"Zero can be a problem depending on where it lands — if it ends up acting as a denominator (the B or D term), the equation becomes mathematically undefined and returns an error. Negative numbers are arithmetically fine, but since most real-world ratios (prices, distances, and so on) don't have a meaningful negative interpretation, it's worth double-checking why you'd need one before entering it."}]},{"slug":"pythagorean-theorem","category":"calc-convert","title":"Pythagorean Theorem Calculator","tagline":"Enter any two sides of a right triangle to find the third, with a live SVG diagram and the formula worked out step by step.","emoji":"📐","keywords":["pythagorean theorem calculator","right triangle calculator","hypotenuse calculator","find missing side of triangle","a2 + b2 = c2 calculator","triangle side length calculator"],"intro":"Using the Pythagorean theorem (a² + b² = c²), enter the lengths of any two sides of a right triangle and get the third instantly — whether you're solving for the hypotenuse or a leg. An interactive triangle diagram redraws to match your dimensions, so you can see the shape you're actually working with.","howto":["Choose the side you want to solve for — the hypotenuse (c) or a leg (a or b) — from the dropdown.","Enter the two known side lengths in the remaining fields.","The missing length appears along with the full substitution worked out in math notation.","The triangle diagram on the left redraws live with your dimensions so you can see the shape and proportions at a glance."],"faq":[{"q":"What should I watch out for when solving for a leg instead of the hypotenuse?","a":"By definition, the hypotenuse (c) is the longest side of a right triangle — it's always opposite the right angle. So when solving for a or b, the value you enter for c has to be a positive number larger than the other known side, or no valid triangle exists."},{"q":"Where does the Pythagorean theorem show up in real life?","a":"It's everywhere in construction and woodworking for squaring corners (the classic 3-4-5 rule), and it's how screen sizes are measured as a diagonal in inches. It's also the basis for calculating straight-line distance between two coordinates on a map."},{"q":"If the result doesn't come out to a clean whole number like the classic 3-4-5 triangle, how is it shown?","a":"Unless the sides happen to form one of the special integer ratios known as Pythagorean triples (like 3-4-5 or 5-12-13), the result is almost always an irrational number. In those cases, the calculator can't display the exact value, so it shows a decimal approximation rounded to a few places instead."}]},{"slug":"speed-converter","category":"calc-convert","title":"Speed Conversion Formulas & Everyday Speed Chart","tagline":"See the arithmetic behind each conversion (m/s × 3.6, ÷ 343) and compare 10 real-world speeds from a snail to the speed of sound","emoji":"🚀","keywords":["speed conversion formula","m/s to km/h formula","how fast is mach 1 in km/h","speed comparison chart","how fast is the speed of sound","what is a knot in mph"],"intro":"Enter a value in meters per second and km/h, mph, knots, and Mach all fill in at once — but the point here is the formula cards that show the actual arithmetic behind each one: m/s × 3.6 for km/h, ÷ 343 for Mach. A comparison chart lines up ten speeds from everyday life and nature — a snail, walking, cycling, a city speed limit, a highway, a cheetah, a typhoon, Korea's KTX train, an airliner, and the speed of sound — and one button drops any of them into the converter so you can see how a figure stacks up. All five unit results copy out together in a single go.","howto":["Type a speed value into whichever unit field you want to start from.","Every other field — m/s, km/h, mph, knots, and Mach — updates automatically as you type.","You can also load one of the listed benchmark speeds to drop it straight into the calculator."],"faq":[{"q":"What is Mach measured against?","a":"Mach is a ratio based on the speed of sound. This calculator uses 343 m/s (about 767.3 mph, or 1,234.8 km/h) — the speed of sound in dry air at 20°C (68°F) — as Mach 1."},{"q":"Where are knots normally used?","a":"Knots are the standard speed unit in shipping and aviation. One knot equals one nautical mile (1,852 m) per hour, which works out to roughly 1.15 mph or 1.852 km/h."},{"q":"Does the actual speed (km/h) that equals Mach 1 change at higher altitudes?","a":"Yes. The speed of sound depends on air temperature, so as you climb to higher, colder altitudes (like the stratosphere), the speed of sound itself slows down — meaning the real speed that equals Mach 1 drops below the sea-level figure. For simplicity, this calculator uses a fixed speed of sound (343 m/s), based on sea level at 20°C."}]},{"slug":"pressure-converter","category":"calc-convert","title":"Pressure Unit Converter","tagline":"Convert between atm, bar, Pa, psi, and mmHg, with reference points like atmospheric pressure and tire pressure","emoji":"🎈","keywords":["pressure converter","psi to bar","bar to psi","atm to pascal","mmhg to psi","kpa to psi tire pressure"],"intro":"Convert pressure between pascals (Pa), atmospheres (atm), bar, psi, and mmHg in real time. Reference values for standard atmospheric pressure, car tire pressure, blood pressure, and other everyday benchmarks let you put any reading in context.","howto":["Enter a number in the field for the pressure unit you already have.","The other four units convert instantly and stay in sync as you type.","Check the reference pressures listed below, and copy one or apply it to the calculator with a single click."],"faq":[{"q":"How many pascals are in 1 atmosphere (atm)?","a":"Standard atmospheric pressure of 1 atm is defined as exactly 101,325 Pa — about 101.3 kPa, 1.013 bar, or 14.7 psi."},{"q":"What does the PSI number on my car tire mean?","a":"PSI (pounds per square inch) is an imperial pressure unit measuring how many pounds of force press on each square inch of area. Most passenger car tires call for roughly 32 to 36 psi."},{"q":"Is the pressure shown on a tire gauge absolute pressure or gauge pressure?","a":"Tire gauges — and the everyday pressure figures this calculator handles — read gauge pressure, which treats normal atmospheric pressure as the zero point. To convert to absolute pressure (which treats a perfect vacuum as zero), just add standard atmospheric pressure (about 101.3 kPa, or 14.7 psi) to the gauge reading."}]},{"slug":"energy-converter","category":"calc-convert","title":"Energy and Calorie Converter","tagline":"Convert between joules (J), calories (cal), kilocalories (kcal), watt-hours (Wh), and BTU, with food and electricity references","emoji":"⚡","keywords":["energy converter","joules to calories","calories to kj","btu to watts","watt hours to joules","kwh conversion calculator"],"intro":"Convert energy between joules (J), the calories and kilocalories used in nutrition, watt-hours (Wh) for electricity, and BTU for heating and cooling — all in real time. Reference guides for food calories, phone battery capacity, and other everyday amounts help you picture what the numbers mean.","howto":["Enter a value in any one of the energy unit fields.","Joules (J), calories (cal), kilocalories (kcal), watt-hours (Wh), and BTU all convert automatically.","Use the reference table to get a feel for the scale — how a phone charge or a meal's calories compare."],"faq":[{"q":"What's the difference between a calorie (cal) and a kilocalorie (kcal)?","a":"One kcal equals 1,000 cal. The \"Calories\" listed on nutrition labels and diet plans are actually kilocalories — a 500-Calorie meal contains 500 kcal, or 500,000 small calories."},{"q":"How do watt-hours (Wh) relate to joules (J)?","a":"One watt is a rate of one joule per second. So running at 1 watt for one hour (3,600 seconds) delivers exactly 3,600 J — meaning 1 Wh = 3,600 J."},{"q":"Why is BTU so often used to describe air conditioner or heater capacity?","a":"BTU (British Thermal Unit) measures the heat needed to raise one pound of water by one degree Fahrenheit, and it became the long-standing international standard for describing how much heat an HVAC unit can move per hour — its cooling or heating capacity. That history is why it's still the go-to unit on air conditioner and heater spec sheets today, even in countries that otherwise use the metric system."}]},{"slug":"data-transfer-speed","category":"calc-convert","title":"Data Transfer Speed and Download Time Calculator","tagline":"Convert Mbps, Gbps, MB/s, and KB/s, and estimate how long a file of any size (GB, TB) takes to transfer","emoji":"💾","keywords":["download time calculator","mbps to mb/s converter","internet speed converter","file transfer time calculator","gbps to mbps","how long to download a file"],"intro":"Convert network speed units (Mbps, Gbps, MB/s, KB/s) and calculate in real time how long it takes to transfer a file of a given size (MB, GB, TB). Presets for common home internet plans and mobile connection speeds let you check a scenario in seconds.","howto":["Enter your transfer speed and pick a unit, or choose a preset below (gigabit internet, for example).","Enter the size of the file you're downloading or uploading and select its unit.","Read off the calculated total transfer time in hours, minutes, and seconds, along with the equivalent speed in other units."],"faq":[{"q":"Why does my 100 Mbps internet only download at about 12 MB/s?","a":"Network speeds are quoted in bits (Mbps), while file sizes are measured in bytes (MB). Since one byte is eight bits, you divide the Mbps figure by 8 to get the megabytes per second you'll actually see in your download manager."},{"q":"How fast is gigabit internet?","a":"1 Gbps equals 1,000 Mbps, which converts to a theoretical maximum of 125 MB per second — though real-world speeds run lower because of protocol overhead and network conditions."},{"q":"Why does the actual download take longer than the time this calculator predicts?","a":"This calculator assumes you're getting 100% of your connection's theoretical maximum bandwidth. In reality, protocol overhead, other users sharing the same server or line, Wi-Fi signal loss, and congestion on your ISP's network all chip away at that ceiling, so real-world download speeds almost always come in below the theoretical number."}]},{"slug":"distance-speed-time","category":"calc-convert","title":"Distance, Speed, and Time Calculator","tagline":"Enter any two of distance (D), speed (S), and time (T) to solve for the third, with a visual formula diagram","emoji":"⏱️","keywords":["speed distance time calculator","average speed calculator","travel time calculator","distance formula calculator","how long will it take to drive"],"intro":"Solve for distance, speed, or time using the classic D = S × T relationship: enter any two values and the calculator works out the third precisely. An intuitive triangle-style diagram maps out how the three formulas connect, making the structure easy to grasp at a glance.","howto":["Pick the variable you want to solve for (distance, speed, or time) using the tabs at the top or by clicking the diagram.","Enter values and units in the two remaining active fields.","Review the formula with your numbers plugged in, the final result, and the equivalents in other units."],"faq":[{"q":"What are the three distance, speed, and time formulas?","a":"Distance equals speed multiplied by time. Rearranging gives speed equals distance divided by time, and time equals distance divided by speed."},{"q":"How do I convert between km/h and m/s?","a":"1 m/s means covering one meter each second, so in one hour (3,600 seconds) you cover 3,600 meters, or 3.6 km — which makes 1 m/s = 3.6 km/h. Going the other way, divide a km/h figure by 3.6 to get m/s."},{"q":"If I took breaks or my speed varied along the way, will the result be inaccurate?","a":"Yes. This calculator does a straightforward calculation that assumes your speed stayed constant for the entire trip. If you stopped for breaks or sped up and slowed down along different stretches, the actual total time will differ from this result — for an accurate figure, use only your pure driving time (excluding breaks) together with your average speed over that time."}]},{"slug":"binary-octal-hex-math","category":"calc-convert","title":"Binary, Octal, Decimal, and Hex Calculator","tagline":"Add, subtract, multiply, and divide numbers across base 2, 8, 10, and 16, with step-by-step conversion work shown","emoji":"🧮","keywords":["binary calculator","hex calculator","binary addition calculator","hexadecimal arithmetic","octal calculator","number base calculator"],"intro":"Run arithmetic — addition, subtraction, multiplication, and division — on numbers in binary, octal, decimal, and hexadecimal, mixing bases freely. The calculator walks through how each input converts to decimal and how the final answer converts back into every base, so you can follow the reasoning instead of just copying the result.","howto":["Enter the first value and choose its base.","Select the operator you need (+, -, *, or /).","Enter the second value and choose its base.","Review the result along with its binary, octal, decimal, and hexadecimal forms and the full step-by-step work."],"faq":[{"q":"Does division return a quotient and a remainder separately?","a":"Yes. The calculator uses integer division, the convention throughout computer science, and reports the quotient and the remainder as separate values."},{"q":"Are negative numbers supported?","a":"Yes. Prefix a value with a minus sign (-) and the calculator handles negative inputs and negative results in every base."},{"q":"Can this calculator handle decimal values with a fractional part, like 0.5, in base conversions?","a":"No. This calculator is built specifically for integer arithmetic, so values with a decimal point aren't accepted — it only supports the four basic integer operations plus integer division with a quotient and remainder. If you need to convert a fractional value between bases, you'll need a separate tool designed for real-number base conversion."}]},{"slug":"polygon-area-shoelace","category":"calc-convert","title":"Shoelace Formula Polygon Area Calculator","tagline":"Enter polygon vertex coordinates to find area and perimeter with the shoelace (Gauss) formula, and reshape it on an interactive SVG grid","emoji":"📐","keywords":["shoelace formula calculator","polygon area calculator","area from coordinates","gauss area formula","polygon perimeter calculator","irregular polygon area"],"intro":"Calculate the area and perimeter of any polygon from its vertex coordinates (X, Y) using the shoelace formula, also known as Gauss's area formula. An interactive SVG grid lets you drag the vertices around and watch the area update in real time.","howto":["Enter the X and Y coordinate for each vertex in the coordinate table, or drag the points to adjust them.","You can also paste a block of coordinate data as text to import many vertices at once.","Read the polygon's total area and perimeter, recalculated live as you edit.","Scroll down for the detailed work, including the cross-multiplication sums and the running perimeter calculation."],"faq":[{"q":"Does the shoelace formula work on concave polygons?","a":"Yes. As long as the polygon is simple — meaning its edges never cross themselves — the shoelace formula returns the exact area whether the shape is convex or concave."},{"q":"Does the order of the coordinates matter?","a":"Yes. The vertices must be listed in order around the polygon's boundary, either clockwise or counterclockwise. If the order is scrambled, the edges cross each other and the formula returns a meaningless area."},{"q":"Does it calculate correctly for a self-intersecting polygon, like a bowtie shape?","a":"No. The shoelace formula only holds for a \"simple polygon\" — one whose edges never cross each other. If you plug in coordinates for a shape whose sides intersect themselves, like a bowtie, the overlapping regions can cancel out or get double-counted, producing a number that doesn't match the shape's visible area."}]},{"slug":"log-calculator","category":"calc-convert","title":"Logarithm and Natural Log Calculator","tagline":"Compute log_b(x) for any base, compare natural log (ln), common log (log10), and binary log (log2), and see the function graphed in SVG","emoji":"📈","keywords":["log calculator","natural log calculator","ln calculator","log base 2 calculator","change of base formula calculator","logarithm graph"],"intro":"Compute the logarithm log_b(x) for any positive base b and argument x, with side-by-side results for the natural log (ln), common log (log base 10), and binary log (log base 2). The logarithmic curve renders live as an SVG graph, so you can see how the function behaves rather than just reading a number.","howto":["Enter the base (b) — any number greater than 0 other than 1.","Enter the argument (x) — any positive real number greater than 0.","Review the result worked through the change of base formula, plus the graph of the logarithmic curve."],"faq":[{"q":"Why can't the base of a logarithm be 1?","a":"Any power of 1 is still 1, so log base 1 has no solution unless the argument is also 1 — and when it is 1, infinitely many solutions work. Neither case defines a valid function, so base 1 is excluded."},{"q":"What happens if I enter zero or a negative number as the argument?","a":"Over the real numbers, the logarithm is only defined for positive values, so 0 and negative arguments can't be evaluated. They require complex numbers, which this calculator doesn't cover."},{"q":"How does the calculator figure out a logarithm for an arbitrary base (b) under the hood?","a":"Most computing systems don't have a built-in function for logarithms of an arbitrary base, so this calculator relies on the change-of-base formula: log_b(x) = ln(x) ÷ ln(b). In other words, it first computes the natural log (ln) of both the argument and the base, then takes their ratio — a method that produces an accurate result no matter what base you enter."}]},{"slug":"trigonometric-calculator","category":"calc-convert","title":"Trigonometry Calculator","tagline":"Enter an angle in degrees or radians to get all six trig functions (sin, cos, tan, sec, csc, cot) plus inverses, visualized on an interactive unit circle.","emoji":"📐","keywords":["trig calculator","unit circle calculator","sin cos tan calculator","arcsin calculator","inverse trig functions","trigonometry solver"],"intro":"Enter an angle in degrees or radians and instantly get all six trigonometric functions — sine, cosine, tangent, secant, cosecant, and cotangent — along with the inverse functions (arcsin, arccos, arctan). Drag the point around the unit circle to watch each trig segment change in real time, so you can see exactly how sine, cosine, and tangent relate to the angle instead of just memorizing values.","howto":["Choose your angle unit: degrees or radians.","Type in an angle, or drag the red point around the unit circle with your mouse or finger to set it.","Watch all six trig values update live, and see how the horizontal (cos) and vertical (sin) legs on the unit circle relate to each other."],"faq":[{"q":"Are there angles where tangent or secant aren't defined?","a":"Yes. Wherever cosine equals zero — at 90°, 270°, and so on — tangent and secant blow up to infinity and have no defined value, so the calculator shows \"Undefined.\""},{"q":"Is there an input limit for the inverse functions?","a":"Yes. Arcsine and arccosine only accept values from -1 to 1, since that's the full range sine and cosine can produce."},{"q":"Can I enter an angle greater than 360° or a negative angle?","a":"Yes. Trig functions are periodic, so angles like 400° or -30° are automatically wrapped to an equivalent angle within a 360° (or 2π) cycle behind the scenes, and the calculator still returns the correct values."}]},{"slug":"percentile-rank-calculator","category":"calc-convert","title":"Percentile Rank Calculator","tagline":"Compare a score against a data set to find its percentile rank, shown on a visual distribution bar.","emoji":"📈","keywords":["percentile rank calculator","percentile calculator","test score percentile","class rank percentile","data distribution calculator","how to calculate percentile rank"],"intro":"Find out where a specific score falls within a data set — what percentage of values it beats and what percentage beat it. Paste in your numbers, enter a target score, and the calculator returns its percentile rank along with a sorted distribution bar that pins the score in place. It also shows how different weighting formulas compare, which is handy for test scores, class rankings, benchmarks, and survey data.","howto":["Paste in your full data set, separated by commas, spaces, or line breaks.","Enter the target value whose rank you want to find.","Read off the percentile rank — the percentage of scores at or below your target — and locate it on the sorted distribution bar."],"faq":[{"q":"What happens if several values in the data tie with my target score?","a":"The calculator uses the standard percentile rank formula, (L + 0.5 * E) / N * 100. Scores below the target (L) count fully, and tied scores (E) count for half, which produces a fair midpoint rank rather than over- or under-crediting ties."},{"q":"Does the target value have to be in the data set?","a":"No. You can enter any number, including one that doesn't appear in the data. The calculator figures out where it would slot in between existing values and computes the percentile from there."},{"q":"Can I trust the result with a tiny data set, like 5 values or fewer?","a":"The math itself is still exact, but with so few points a single value swings the ranking a lot, so the percentile is less statistically meaningful. You'll get a more useful comparison with at least 10 data points."}]},{"slug":"density-converter","category":"calc-convert","title":"Density Converter","tagline":"Convert between g/cm³, kg/m³, lb/in³, and lb/ft³ in real time, with density values for common materials built in.","emoji":"🧪","keywords":["density converter","g/cm3 to kg/m3","density unit conversion","lb/ft3 to kg/m3","material density chart","density calculator"],"intro":"Convert density between metric and US units — g/cm³, kg/m³, lb/in³, and lb/ft³ — all at once as you type. Built-in presets for gold, iron, copper, water, ice, and air let you pull up a known density instantly and compare materials side by side, whether you're doing engineering math, a chemistry assignment, or a shop calculation.","howto":["Type a value into any of the density fields.","Every other unit — g/cm³, kg/m³, lb/in³, lb/ft³ — converts at the same time.","Tap a material reference button to load that substance's density and see it converted across all units."],"faq":[{"q":"How many kg/m³ is 1 g/cm³?","a":"Exactly 1,000 kg/m³. That also happens to be the density of pure water at 4°C, which is why it's such a common reference point."},{"q":"How do lb/in³ and lb/ft³ relate?","a":"1 lb/in³ equals 1,728 lb/ft³ — there are 1,728 cubic inches in a cubic foot. That works out to roughly 27.68 g/cm³, which is an extremely high density."},{"q":"Are the density values for each material always exact?","a":"The presets for gold, iron, water, and so on are reference values at room temperature and standard atmospheric pressure. Real-world density shifts slightly with temperature, pressure, purity, or alloy composition, so for precision industrial work you should double-check against measured figures for your specific material."}]},{"slug":"frequency-wavelength","category":"calc-convert","title":"Frequency and Wavelength Calculator","tagline":"Convert between frequency and wavelength using c = f × λ for electromagnetic and sound waves, with a live waveform preview.","emoji":"📡","keywords":["wavelength calculator","frequency to wavelength","wavelength to frequency converter","c = f lambda","antenna wavelength calculator","sound wavelength calculator"],"intro":"Convert between frequency and wavelength using the wave equation c = f × λ. Pick electromagnetic waves (speed of light in a vacuum), sound waves (speed of sound in air at room temperature), or enter a custom wave speed for any other medium. An animated SVG preview shows the waveform tightening or stretching as you change values, making it easy to see how frequency and wavelength trade off. Useful for RF and antenna work, optics, acoustics, and physics coursework.","howto":["Pick your medium: electromagnetic waves, sound waves, or a custom wave speed.","Enter whichever value you know — frequency (Hz/kHz/MHz/GHz) or wavelength (m/cm/mm/µm/nm).","The other field fills in automatically, and the waveform preview updates to show the result."],"faq":[{"q":"When a wave enters a new medium, does frequency or wavelength change?","a":"Frequency (f) stays the same — it's set by the source. What changes is the wave speed (c), and wavelength (λ) scales right along with it. That's why light bends and slows in glass but keeps its color."},{"q":"What values does the calculator use for the speed of light and the speed of sound?","a":"The speed of light in a vacuum is 299,792,458 m/s. The speed of sound is taken as roughly 343 m/s, the standard figure for dry air at 20°C (68°F)."},{"q":"When should I use the 'custom speed' option?","a":"Use it whenever a wave travels through something other than a vacuum (for light) or room-temperature air (for sound) — light passing through water or glass, or sound moving through a different medium. Just enter that medium's actual propagation speed and the calculator uses it instead of the built-in defaults."}]},{"slug":"temperature-difference","category":"calc-convert","title":"Temperature Difference Converter","tagline":"Convert temperature changes and intervals — not absolute readings — between Celsius, Fahrenheit, and Kelvin.","emoji":"🌡️","keywords":["temperature difference converter","temperature interval conversion","delta C to delta F","temperature change celsius fahrenheit","degree difference calculator"],"intro":"Convert a temperature change or interval between Celsius, Fahrenheit, and Kelvin the right way. Regular converters add the freezing-point offset, which gives the wrong answer when you're talking about how much a temperature rose or fell rather than what it reads. This tool converts degree size only, and renders a live side-by-side scale bar across a 50°C range so you can see how tightly each scale's divisions are spaced.","howto":["Enter your temperature change into any of the fields — Δ°C, Δ°F, or ΔK.","Or drag the slider to set a Celsius change anywhere from 0 to 50°C.","Compare the converted interval in each unit and check the scale bar showing how the three temperature scales line up."],"faq":[{"q":"Why doesn't this match a regular temperature converter?","a":"A regular converter adds the freezing-point offset — 0°C maps to 32°F. Interval conversion uses only the ratio of degree sizes. So while 10°C by itself is 50°F, a rise of 10°C is a rise of 18°F. Different question, different math."},{"q":"Why is a Celsius change the same as a Kelvin change?","a":"Kelvin just moves the zero point down to absolute zero (-273.15°C). The size of one degree is defined identically to Celsius, so any change of 1°C is a change of exactly 1 K."},{"q":"Why doesn't the Fahrenheit result often come out as a clean whole number?","a":"Because a change of 1°C equals a change of 1.8°F (9/5). So unless your Celsius input happens to be a multiple of 5, the Fahrenheit result landing on a decimal isn't a bug — it's just the conversion ratio doing its job."}]},{"slug":"angle-converter","category":"calc-convert","title":"Angle Converter","tagline":"Convert between degrees, radians, gradians, and turns, with a live SVG sector showing the angle's actual size.","emoji":"📐","keywords":["angle converter","degrees to radians","radians to degrees calculator","gradians to degrees","angle unit conversion","turns to degrees"],"intro":"Convert angles between degrees, radians, gradians, and turns in any direction at once. As you type, an SVG circle diagram fills in the matching sector so you can see the angle's real size rather than just a number — helpful for math homework, CAD and drafting work, programming with radians, and surveying.","howto":["Type your angle into any of the input fields.","Or click a preset button (30°, 45°, 90°, and so on), or drag the slider from 0° to 360°.","Watch the blue sector sweep and fill in the preview on the right, and read the converted value in all four units."],"faq":[{"q":"What does a radian actually mean?","a":"One radian is the angle you get when the arc length along a circle equals that circle's radius — about 57.296°. Because it ties angle directly to the circle's own geometry, it's the standard unit for angles in math and physics."},{"q":"Where are gradians used?","a":"A gradian divides a right angle into 100 parts (400 to a full circle), which makes decimal math clean. It's traditionally used in civil engineering, surveying, and mapping in parts of Europe."},{"q":"Where is the 'turn' unit actually used?","a":"A turn represents one full 360° rotation as the value 1, which makes it handy anywhere you need to think in terms of whole rotations — rotation animations in game development, compass bearings, and heading indicators in GPS navigation, for example."}]},{"slug":"volume-converter","category":"calc-convert","title":"Volume Converter","tagline":"Convert between liters, milliliters, gallons, quarts, pints, cups, and fluid ounces, with kitchen measurement references.","emoji":"🥛","keywords":["volume converter","liters to gallons","cups to ml converter","fluid ounces to cups","cooking measurement converter","tablespoon to teaspoon conversion"],"intro":"Convert volume between metric units (liters, milliliters) and US customary liquid measures (gallons, quarts, pints, cups, fluid ounces), all updating live as you type. Built for the kitchen as much as the lab: there's a teaspoon and tablespoon conversion chart, cup sizes by region, and quick presets for real-world references like a soda can and a wine bottle.","howto":["Type a value into any volume field and it converts instantly to every other unit — L, mL, gal, qt, pt, cup, and fl oz.","Click a kitchen preset (1 teaspoon, 1 tablespoon, a pint of beer, and so on) to load that volume right away.","Check the cooking measurement chart below for teaspoon and tablespoon equivalents."],"faq":[{"q":"Which cup and fluid ounce standard does this use?","a":"US customary units. One fluid ounce is about 29.57 mL, and one cup is 8 fluid ounces, or roughly 236.59 mL."},{"q":"Do recipes from other countries use the same 236 mL cup?","a":"No, and this trips people up constantly. Korean and Japanese recipes use a 200 mL cup, while the metric cup used across Europe, Australia, and the UK is 250 mL. The chart at the bottom of this page converts all three cup standards side by side."},{"q":"Can I use this to convert straight between volume and mass, like liters of water to kilograms?","a":"No, this tool only converts between volume units (L, mL, gal, and so on) — it doesn't handle mass. As a reference point, pure water at 4°C has a density of 1, so 1 mL happens to equal 1 g, but liquids like milk or oil have different densities, so the same volume won't weigh the same amount."}]},{"slug":"random-penalty-selector","category":"web-seo-misc","title":"Random Dare and Punishment Spinner","tagline":"Add your players and your dares, spin the wheel, and let it randomly pick who gets what.","emoji":"🎡","keywords":["random dare generator","punishment wheel spinner","spin the wheel random picker","party game wheel","random challenge picker","truth or dare wheel"],"intro":"Enter your players and a list of dares or challenges, then spin the wheel to randomly match them up. The spinning graphic builds real suspense, which makes it a great fit for party games, game nights, team-building events, group hangouts, and settling friendly bets — everyone can see the draw is fair.","howto":["Enter your list of players and your list of dares or challenges, one per line.","Click the wheel below or hit the Spin button.","Watch the wheel slow to a stop and see which player got matched with which dare.","Check the results table for the running history, or copy it to your clipboard."],"faq":[{"q":"Can I change the wheel's colors or spin direction?","a":"The wheel automatically uses 12 high-contrast theme colors for easy reading, and a built-in friction-based physics engine slows it to a natural stop on whatever lands under the top pointer."},{"q":"What if I have a different number of players and dares?","a":"No problem. Players are called up one at a time in order, so the one-to-one matching works smoothly no matter how many dares are on the list."},{"q":"Can the same player get picked again on the next spin?","a":"Yes. Each spin draws from the full player list by default, so the same person can come up more than once in a row. If you want to rule someone out for future rounds, just delete their name from the list before spinning again."}]},{"slug":"dream-lotto-numbers","category":"calc-convert","title":"Dream Symbol Lotto Number Generator","tagline":"Pick the symbols that showed up in your dream — a pig, fire, water, a snake — and turn them into a pool of lucky numbers and ready-to-play lotto lines.","emoji":"🔮","keywords":["dream lottery numbers","lucky numbers from dreams","korean dream interpretation lotto","dream number generator","dream meaning lucky numbers","lotto number generator"],"intro":"Search for the symbols that appeared in your dream (a pig, fire, water, an ancestor, a baby, and more) and this tool maps each one to the lucky numbers between 1 and 45 that Korean dream-interpretation tradition has long associated with it. Stack as many symbols as you like, and generate your own dream-based lotto tickets on the spot.","howto":["Type a symbol from last night's dream into the search box, or browse the dictionary list below to find it.","Click the card for the matching dream symbol to add its numbers to your lucky number pool.","Choose how many lines you want to play (1 to 10) and hit 'Generate Lotto Numbers'.","Review the suggested number combinations and copy the ones you want to play."],"faq":[{"q":"How are the lotto numbers assigned to each dream symbol?","a":"They come from the traditional numbers that Korean lottery folklore and popular dream-interpretation lore have long attached to each symbol — a pig is 8, fire is 4, and so on."},{"q":"What happens if my chosen dreams don't supply enough numbers?","a":"The numbers tied to your selected symbols are placed first, and any remaining slots are filled with random picks from the 1-45 range so every line comes out as a complete set of six."},{"q":"Do the numbers this tool generates actually improve my odds of winning the lottery?","a":"No. This is an entertainment tool that combines symbolic numbers rooted in traditional dream folklore for fun. Real lottery draws are independent random events, so no particular combination — however you arrived at it — is statistically more likely to win."}]},{"slug":"animal-personality-test","category":"web-seo-misc","title":"Animal Personality Test","tagline":"Answer 12 quick preference questions to find the animal archetype that matches your personality — plus your best and worst matches in love and friendship.","emoji":"🐾","keywords":["animal personality test","what animal are you quiz","spirit animal test","animal personality quiz","personality archetype quiz","free personality test"],"intro":"This quiz measures how social you are, how you make decisions, and how much you like to plan, using 12 straightforward this-or-that questions. It then matches you to one of eight animal personality archetypes: Retriever, Dolphin, Lion, Chimpanzee, Koala, Cat, Owl, or Wolf. You get a breakdown of your strengths and blind spots, along with the animals you click with instantly and the ones you tend to clash with.","howto":["Hit 'Start the Test' and read through the 12 situational questions.","Go with your gut — pick the option that sounds more like you without overthinking it.","Once you've answered everything, wait for the results to load and read your animal avatar and full personality profile.","Look over your strengths and weak spots, and check your friendship and romance matches — just for fun."],"faq":[{"q":"How are the eight animal archetypes determined?","a":"The quiz looks at three core dimensions — extraversion vs. introversion (E/I), feeling vs. thinking (F/T), and judging vs. perceiving (J/P) — and maps how they combine onto a curated set of eight animal personality types."},{"q":"Can my type change over time?","a":"Yes. Your mood, your circumstances, and your own growth can all shift how you answer, and a different set of answers can land you on a different animal."},{"q":"Is this test as accurate as a real psychological assessment?","a":"No. It's a casual quiz that sums up your tendencies for fun using 12 simple this-or-that questions, and it isn't a substitute for a formal instrument like the MBTI or the Big Five. If you need a serious psychological assessment, please consult a qualified professional."}]},{"slug":"rock-paper-scissors","category":"web-seo-misc","title":"Rock Paper Scissors (with Lizard Spock)","tagline":"Play classic Rock Paper Scissors or the five-throw Lizard Spock variant against the computer and track your win streaks.","emoji":"🎮","keywords":["rock paper scissors game","rock paper scissors lizard spock","play rock paper scissors online","rock paper scissors vs computer","rps rules lizard spock","rock paper scissors online free"],"intro":"A quick arena for classic Rock Paper Scissors plus the expanded Rock Paper Scissors Lizard Spock variant made famous by The Big Bang Theory. Your record (wins, draws, losses) along with your current and longest win streaks are tallied live as you play.","howto":["Use the tabs at the top to switch between Classic mode and Extended mode.","Pick your throw — rock, paper, scissors, lizard, or Spock — to face off against the computer.","Watch the shake animation play out, then see the result and why you won or lost (for example, Spock smashes scissors).","Check the running scoreboard below for your detailed record and streak history."],"faq":[{"q":"How do Lizard and Spock fit into the rules?","a":"Lizard eats paper and poisons Spock. Spock smashes scissors and vaporizes rock. A short explanation of the matchup shows up after every round."},{"q":"Does the computer see my pick before it chooses?","a":"No. Its throw is generated randomly (Math.random) at the moment you click, so both picks land at the same time — no rigging, just odds."},{"q":"Does my record (wins/draws/losses) and streak survive a page refresh?","a":"Yes. It's saved automatically to your browser's local storage, so your running record picks up right where it left off even after a refresh or a later visit. Incognito mode, a different device, or a different browser starts a fresh tally, though."}]},{"slug":"mbti-compatibility-matrix","category":"web-seo-misc","title":"MBTI Compatibility Chart (All 16 Types)","tagline":"An interactive 16x16 grid and type picker for exploring how any two of the 16 personality types get along.","emoji":"🧩","keywords":["mbti compatibility chart","mbti compatibility","16 personalities compatibility","personality type compatibility","mbti relationship chart","best mbti matches"],"intro":"An interactive, color-coded 16x16 compatibility matrix showing the chemistry between all 16 personality types. Pick two types from the dropdowns for an instant side-by-side read, or click any cell in the full grid to see where the pair lands — soulmates, great, workable, caution, or rough — along with a detailed report on what makes the pairing tick.","howto":["Choose Type A and Type B from the dropdowns at the top for an instant chemistry read.","Or click the cell where two types intersect in the 16x16 grid on the right to pull up the analysis.","Dig into the 5-star rating for each pairing, plus tips for keeping the relationship — romantic or professional — running smoothly."],"faq":[{"q":"If a pairing comes back as 'caution' or 'rough,' does that mean it won't work?","a":"Not at all. The rating only flags where two thinking styles statistically tend to rub against each other. With some maturity and a real effort to understand how the other person communicates, those pairings can become strong, well-balanced relationships."},{"q":"Why do S and N types generally score lower together?","a":"Sensors gravitate toward facts and concrete reality while Intuitives lean on ideas and metaphor, so the two often speak in different registers and have to work a little harder to meet in the middle."},{"q":"How does compatibility get scored for two people of the same type, like INFP and INFP?","a":"Same-type pairings score well on comfort, since both people understand each other's thinking and communication style at a deep level. But the rating also factors in that they share the same blind spots and weaknesses, so neither partner naturally covers for the other's gaps — the result is a balanced score that weighs both sides."}]},{"slug":"random-word-associator","category":"web-seo-misc","title":"Word Association Chain Game","tagline":"See a prompt word, fire back whatever it makes you think of, and keep the chain going one word at a time.","emoji":"🧠","keywords":["word association game","word chain game","word association test","brain training word games","free word games online","vocabulary game"],"intro":"An interactive word game where you build a chain by quickly typing whatever the prompt word brings to mind. It includes a dictionary of perfect-match associations, a live timer, and a high score board.","howto":["Choose your game mode and difficulty (time limit).","Once you start, look at the prompt word up top, type a word it makes you think of, and hit Enter.","Keep the associations coming fast enough to keep the chain alive before the clock runs out.","When time expires or you tap out, check your final score and copy your word chain to share it."],"faq":[{"q":"When do I get the Perfect Match bonus?","a":"When you land on one of the strongly associated words already in the built-in dictionary, you earn extra bonus points on top of your base score."},{"q":"Can I reuse a word I already typed?","a":"No. Repeating a word within the same chain counts as a miss or gets rejected outright."},{"q":"Is my high score and longest chain saved between games?","a":"Yes. They're saved automatically to your browser's local storage, so the next time you play you can see your previous best and try to beat it."}]},{"slug":"text-to-flashcards","category":"text-dev","title":"Text to Flashcards Maker","tagline":"Paste a list of terms and definitions and instantly turn it into a deck of 3D flip cards you can study.","emoji":"🗂️","keywords":["flashcard maker","make flashcards online free","text to flashcards","flashcard creator","study flashcards online","vocabulary flashcards"],"intro":"A study tool that takes any list of terms and their meanings — pasted or typed — and turns it into an interactive deck of 3D flip cards you can click through and memorize on the spot.","howto":["Enter your word list in the input box, one entry per line, using the format 'term : definition'.","Click 'Create Cards' to render your study deck on the right.","Click any card to flip it with a 3D animation and reveal the definition on the back.","Check off the cards you've got down, then filter to just the ones left or shuffle the deck to study more efficiently."],"faq":[{"q":"Can I save a word list and come back to it later?","a":"Yes. Decks are stored permanently in your browser's LocalStorage under whatever name you give them, and you can reload any of them with one click."},{"q":"Does the separator have to be a colon?","a":"No. A hyphen (-), an equals sign (=), or a tab character all work just as well as a colon (:) for splitting the term from the definition."},{"q":"After shuffling the deck to study, can I get the cards back in the order I originally typed them?","a":"Yes. Shuffling only rearranges the display order — it never touches your original data — so hitting the reset (or regenerate) button restores the deck to the exact order you first entered it in."}]},{"slug":"monopoly-dice-simulator","category":"web-seo-misc","title":"Monopoly Dice Roll Simulator","tagline":"Roll two six-sided dice, apply the doubles rule, and move around a 40-space board.","emoji":"🎲","keywords":["dice roller online","monopoly dice simulator","roll two dice online","board game dice roller","dice probability simulator","virtual dice"],"intro":"A companion simulator that rolls two dice, moves your token around a Monopoly-style 40-space board with faithful rules (including going to jail on three consecutive doubles), and charts the running distribution of your roll totals.","howto":["Click 'Roll Dice' and watch the 3D tumble animation land on your result.","Your token automatically advances by the total of both dice and shows you the details of the space it lands on.","Roll matching numbers and you earn a Doubles bonus — hit three in a row and you'll see the jail rule kick in.","Watch the live distribution chart below to see how often each total from 2 to 12 comes up, and at what rate."],"faq":[{"q":"How is the three-doubles-in-a-row jail rule handled?","a":"Every matching roll adds to a counter, and the moment it hits three in a row your token is sent straight to Jail on space 10 and the counter resets."},{"q":"Can I clear the roll distribution chart?","a":"Yes. The 'Reset' button in the top right wipes the running stats and your move history clean."},{"q":"Is the 40-space board laid out the same as a real Monopoly board?","a":"Yes. It reproduces the classic US Monopoly board's exact 40-space order and structure — GO, the tax spaces, Jail, Chance and Community Chest included — so moving around it feels just like the real board game."}]},{"slug":"love-tester-names","category":"web-seo-misc","title":"Love Tester by Name","tagline":"Enter two names and get a compatibility score based on a deterministic hash of the letters, plus tailored relationship tips.","emoji":"💖","keywords":["love tester","love calculator","name compatibility test","love compatibility by name","relationship compatibility calculator","love match test"],"intro":"An interactive love calculator that converts the letters of two names into an integer using a deterministic hash, then turns that value into a unique compatibility score and match grade. Same names in, same result out — every time.","howto":["Type your name and your crush's or partner's name into the two text fields.","Hit 'Calculate Our Score' and watch the heartbeat animation as the match runs.","Check your compatibility score (anywhere from 40% to 100%), your advice card, and your communication tips.","Copy the result summary with one click and share it with your partner or friends."],"faq":[{"q":"Does the order of the names change the score?","a":"No. The inputs are sorted before hashing, so A and B gives exactly the same result as B and A."},{"q":"Does it work with English names, or only Korean ones?","a":"It works with any name. The hash is calculated from Unicode character codes, so names in every language — emoji included — are fully supported."},{"q":"Why does the score always land between 40% and 100% instead of the full 0-100% range?","a":"This is a fun tool, not a serious statistical prediction, so the floor is set at 40% on purpose to keep even a low score from feeling harsh. Within that range, though, the same pair of names always produces the exact same score, based on how the hash value comes out."}]},{"slug":"draw-lots","category":"web-seo-misc","title":"Random Draw Board","tagline":"Add your names and prizes (or penalties), then flip the face-down cards to see who got what","emoji":"🎟️","keywords":["random draw generator","draw straws online","team name picker","prize drawing tool","who does the chore picker","random assignment wheel"],"intro":"A digital card-flip board for drawing lots and handing out prizes, penalties, or chores fairly across a group. Perfect for parties, team dinners, classrooms, and meetings where nobody should be able to rig the outcome.","howto":["Type your participants into the list on the left, one name per line.","In the roles list on the right, enter what's being drawn for — winners (1st place, buys the pizza) and losers or pass slips.","Hit \"Start the Draw\" to shuffle everything and lay out a board of face-down cards.","Have each person take a turn picking a card and clicking it to reveal the role fate handed them."],"faq":[{"q":"What if I have more people than roles, or vice versa?","a":"If there are fewer roles than participants, the board automatically fills the gap with \"No prize 🍀\" cards. If there are more roles than participants, the extras are trimmed off to match the headcount."},{"q":"Is the shuffle actually fair?","a":"Yes. Cards are shuffled with the Fisher-Yates algorithm right in your browser, so the layout is genuinely random and impossible to rig."},{"q":"Once I flip a card to see the result, can I flip it back face-down?","a":"No. To keep things fair, a card stays flipped and its result is locked in once you click it — there's no turning it back over. If you want a clean slate, use 'Start Over' to shuffle a brand-new board."}]},{"slug":"random-travel-destination","category":"web-seo-misc","title":"Random Travel Destination Generator","tagline":"Get a random destination and things to do there, matched to your filters","emoji":"✈️","keywords":["random travel destination generator","where should i travel quiz","vacation idea generator","random vacation spot picker","trip planning tool","things to do generator"],"intro":"Can't decide where to go? Set your preferences — nature or city, budget level, how active you want to be, and trip length — and this tool pulls a random destination plus a matching list of activities. A quick way to break decision paralysis when you're planning your next trip.","howto":["Choose whether you're leaning nature or city, and pick your budget level (budget-friendly, moderate, or luxury).","Set your travel style (active, relaxed, or a mix) and how long the trip will be.","Hit \"Get a Destination\" — or just smash \"Surprise Me\" and see where you land."],"faq":[{"q":"Is the destination list always the same?","a":"The tool ships with a built-in database of 15+ well-known resort spots and city destinations. A randomizer picks from it each time, so you'll get a fresh place and a fresh set of activities on every spin."},{"q":"What if I don't like the activities it suggests?","a":"Just click the button again. You'll instantly get a different destination — or a new batch of activities — within the same filters."},{"q":"Is the estimated cost and best-time-to-visit info in the results updated in real time?","a":"No. The description and reference info for each destination comes from a pre-built database, not live flight prices, current weather, or recent local news. Always double-check up-to-date information yourself before you actually book anything."}]},{"slug":"lucky-color-item","category":"web-seo-misc","title":"Lucky Color & Lucky Item Finder","tagline":"Find your lucky color, item, number, and direction for any day, based on your birthday or zodiac sign","emoji":"🔮","keywords":["lucky color today","lucky number generator","daily horoscope lucky color","zodiac lucky charm","what is my lucky color","lucky item finder"],"intro":"Enter your birthday or star sign and get your luck for the day: a lucky color (with the exact color code), a lucky item to carry, a lucky direction, and a lucky number. Results are generated from a date-based deterministic hash, so the same day always gives you the same reading — no random reshuffling every time you refresh.","howto":["Enter your date of birth, or just pick your zodiac sign from the list.","Choose the date you want a reading for (today by default).","Click \"Find My Lucky Items\" and check out the results card for your full set of lucky details."],"faq":[{"q":"Do the results change every day?","a":"Yes. Your birthday or star sign is combined with the target date to build a unique seed, so a new day gives you a new reading — consistently and repeatably."},{"q":"What am I supposed to do with my lucky item?","a":"Carry it with you for the day, wear something in your lucky color, or match an accessory to it. Mostly it's a fun nudge toward a more positive, energized mindset."},{"q":"If I enter both my birthday and pick a zodiac sign, which one does the calculation actually use?","a":"When you enter a birthday, that exact date takes priority as the hash seed. If you only pick a zodiac sign instead, the sign itself becomes the basis for the calculation — so if the two don't match up, you can get different results depending on which one drives the calculation."}]},{"slug":"stopwatch-10-seconds","category":"web-seo-misc","title":"Stop the Clock at 10 Seconds","tagline":"A blind stopwatch that hides the numbers after 3 seconds — can you nail exactly 10.00 seconds?","emoji":"⏱️","keywords":["stop the clock at 10 seconds","10 second challenge game","blind stopwatch game","reaction timing game","internal clock test","guess 10 seconds"],"intro":"A casual browser game that tests your internal clock. Start the stopwatch, count the seconds in your head, and stop it at exactly 10.00. The catch: after the first 3 seconds the display goes dark, so from there it's pure gut instinct.","howto":["Click \"Start\" on screen or hit the spacebar to fire up the stopwatch.","Watch the numbers run for the first 3 seconds to lock in the tempo. After that, the display hides behind \"⏳ ?.??s\".","The moment it feels like exactly 10.00 seconds, hit the spacebar or the \"Stop\" button to see how close you got and what you scored."],"faq":[{"q":"How is the score calculated?","a":"A perfect stop at 10.000 seconds (0ms off) scores the maximum 1,000 points. From there you lose 1 point for every millisecond you're off."},{"q":"Are my best scores saved?","a":"Yes. Your top 5 scores are stored in your browser's local storage along with the date you set them, so you can always try to beat your personal best."},{"q":"Can I play on my phone by tapping the screen instead of using the spacebar?","a":"Yes. On mobile, tapping the on-screen 'Start' and 'Stop' buttons works exactly the same as pressing the spacebar, so you get the identical game experience without a keyboard."}]},{"slug":"youtube-chapter-generator","category":"sns-utils","title":"YouTube Chapter & Timestamp Generator","tagline":"Build your chapter list and validate the timestamps against YouTube's rules before you paste","emoji":"🎥","keywords":["youtube chapter generator","youtube timestamp generator","how to add chapters to youtube video","youtube chapters not working","video timestamp maker","youtube description chapters"],"intro":"Build and validate the chapter list that goes in your YouTube video description. The tool checks YouTube's official requirements for enabling chapters in real time — must start at 00:00, must be in order, at least 10 seconds apart, at least 3 chapters — so you catch problems before you publish.","howto":["Add chapters one at a time in the \"Interactive Editor,\" filling in each timestamp and title — or drop your existing text into the \"Paste & Parse\" tab and let it parse automatically.","Check the validation panel on the right and make sure every rule shows a green check (✅).","Hit \"Copy\" at the top right and paste the finished chapter list straight into your video description."],"faq":[{"q":"Why aren't my YouTube chapters showing up on the video?","a":"The three usual culprits: 1) your first chapter doesn't start at 00:00, 2) you have fewer than 3 chapters total, or 3) two chapters are less than 10 seconds apart. The validation panel here catches all of these."},{"q":"Which timestamp formats are supported?","a":"Both standard MM:SS and HH:MM:SS, so long videos that run past the one-hour mark work perfectly fine."},{"q":"Can I set a custom thumbnail for each chapter?","a":"No — YouTube automatically pulls a preview frame from each chapter's starting point; there's no option to upload a custom thumbnail for individual chapters. The best workaround is to nudge your timestamps slightly so each chapter begins on a clean, representative frame."}]},{"slug":"instagram-story-hashtag","category":"sns-utils","title":"Instagram Story Hashtag Compressor","tagline":"Strip the line breaks and spaces out of your hashtag list so it collapses into one tiny, hideable block of text","emoji":"📱","keywords":["instagram story hashtags","how to hide hashtags on instagram story","hashtag generator instagram","instagram hashtag copy paste","hidden hashtags trick","instagram story tips"],"intro":"A tool for marketers and creators who want hashtag reach on Instagram Stories without the visual clutter. It squeezes your hashtag list down to a single compact line that you can shrink to a tiny font and tuck behind a sticker or image — so you still get the search traffic without wrecking the look of your Story.","howto":["Drop your hashtags into the text field — one per line or separated by spaces, whatever's easiest.","Click a category preset to add a ready-made set of trending hashtags, or save your own sets to a folder and load them anytime.","Pick your separator (none, single space, or comma) and your capitalization setting, then hit \"Copy\" to grab the compressed string."],"faq":[{"q":"Is there a hashtag limit per Story?","a":"Instagram caps you at 30 hashtags per post, on both Feed and Stories. Go over 30 and your reach may be limited or hashtags may stop working entirely — so keep an eye on the counter here."},{"q":"Can I save my own hashtag sets permanently?","a":"Yes. \"Save to My Hashtag Folder\" stores your go-to hashtag bundles in your browser's local storage so you can pull them back up whenever you need them."},{"q":"If I shrink the hashtags and hide them behind a sticker, does that hurt discoverability?","a":"No — Instagram still reads the text itself regardless of font size or whether a sticker covers it, so your reach in Search and Explore stays the same. Shrinking and hiding only changes what viewers see, not what the algorithm indexes."}]},{"slug":"instagram-grid-splitter","category":"sns-utils","title":"Instagram Grid Splitter","tagline":"Slice one image into a 3x1, 3x2, or 3x3 grid of tiles you can post as separate photos","emoji":"📸","keywords":["instagram grid splitter","split photo for instagram grid","3x3 photo splitter","instagram feed puzzle maker","image tile cutter for instagram","panorama for instagram"],"intro":"Take one large image and cut it into clean square tiles (3x1, 3x2, or 3x3) sized for Instagram's three-column feed layout. The result reads as one big picture across your profile, turning your feed into a puzzle that hits way harder than a single post.","howto":["Upload the image you want to split.","Pick your grid size (3x3, 3x2, or 3x1) and the tile resolution for each piece.","Check the guide lines over your image, then hit \"Split Image.\"","Download each tile, then follow the numbering guide (#1, #2, #3...) and upload to Instagram starting from the bottom-right piece."],"faq":[{"q":"Do I really have to upload them in reverse order?","a":"Yes. Every new post you publish pushes the older ones right and down in your feed. So you have to start with the bottom-right tile (marked #1) for the grid to come together correctly in the end."},{"q":"What kind of images work best for a grid?","a":"High-resolution landscapes, photoshoot images, and large poster-style graphics with the right aspect ratio give you the most dramatic effect when they stretch across the whole feed."},{"q":"What happens to my image if I pick a non-square grid like 3x2 or 3x1?","a":"Since a 3x2 or 3x1 grid isn't a perfect square overall, the tool automatically crops or pads the top/bottom or left/right edges to fit your image's aspect ratio. Check the preview guidelines before splitting so you can see exactly what gets trimmed and adjust the source image if needed."}]},{"slug":"shorts-safe-zone-overlay","category":"sns-utils","title":"Shorts & Reels Safe Zone Checker","tagline":"Overlay the real in-app UI from YouTube Shorts, Instagram Reels, and TikTok to see exactly what's getting covered up","emoji":"📱","keywords":["shorts safe zone","instagram reels safe zone template","tiktok safe area guide","youtube shorts caption placement","vertical video safe zone checker","short form video text guide"],"intro":"Drop your short-form content into a mock viewer and overlay each platform's native UI — profile icon, like and comment buttons, title layer — to check whether your captions or your subject's face are hiding behind it. A safe-zone simulator for YouTube Shorts, Instagram Reels, and TikTok.","howto":["Upload an image or a vertical video mockup to test.","Pick the platform you're checking against (YouTube Shorts, Instagram Reels, or TikTok).","Adjust the UI overlay opacity to gauge how readable your text stays, then turn on the caption safe-zone highlight to confirm your text sits in the recommended area (the center of the frame)."],"faq":[{"q":"Where's the best place to put captions so they don't get covered?","a":"The sweet spot is center-aligned, just above the channel info at the bottom — roughly 20% to 35% up from the bottom edge — and far enough from the right side that the action buttons don't clip it."},{"q":"Can I check a single image instead of a video?","a":"Yes. Drag and drop any thumbnail or card-style graphic you've laid out for a video and it gets checked exactly the same way as a finished video file."},{"q":"Are the safe zones different across YouTube Shorts, Instagram Reels, and TikTok?","a":"Yes — each platform positions its profile icon, like/comment buttons, and caption text slightly differently, so the exact safe-zone coordinates vary a bit between them. If you're posting the same clip to all three, be sure to switch the overlay and check each platform separately."}]},{"slug":"youtube-tags-helper","category":"sns-utils","title":"YouTube Tag Comma Separator","tagline":"Turn keyword lists broken across lines or separated by spaces into YouTube-ready, comma-separated tags that stay under the 500-character limit.","emoji":"🏷️","keywords":["youtube tag generator","youtube tags 500 character limit","comma separated tag converter","youtube studio tags","video tag formatter","bulk keywords to tags"],"intro":"When you're putting together a tag list for video marketing, this tool takes keywords scattered across multiple lines and reformats them into the comma-separated format YouTube expects, then tells you whether you've run past the 500-character cap.","howto":["Paste your raw keywords into the input box — one per line, separated by spaces, or however you happened to copy them.","Run the conversion to see your tags joined with commas, along with a live character count.","Copy the finished tag block, trimmed to YouTube's 500-character limit, with one click and paste it into your video's details page."],"faq":[{"q":"How much do YouTube tags actually help with SEO?","a":"YouTube's own guidance says tags mainly help catch common misspellings viewers might search for. Compared to your title, thumbnail, and description, tags play a supporting role at best in search ranking."},{"q":"Is there a character limit on YouTube tags?","a":"Yes. The tags field in the video details step of YouTube Studio accepts up to 500 characters total. Anything beyond that won't save, so it's worth checking your count here before you upload."},{"q":"Can I include emojis or special characters in my tags?","a":"Technically yes, but it's not worth it. YouTube's search algorithm rarely matches queries against emojis or symbols, so they just eat into your 500-character budget without adding value. You'll get more actual traffic by filling that space with plain-text keywords viewers would realistically type into search."}]},{"slug":"pinterest-ratio-resizer","category":"sns-utils","title":"Pinterest Image Ratio Resizer","tagline":"Resize any image to Pinterest's recommended vertical aspect ratios (2:3 or 1:2.1) and download it.","emoji":"📌","keywords":["pinterest image size","pinterest pin resizer","2:3 aspect ratio resizer","1000x1500 pin maker","long pin size","resize image for pinterest"],"intro":"This resizer crops or pads your images to the aspect ratios that get the most reach on Pinterest — the standard 2:3 pin and the 1:2.1 long pin — so your uploads fill the feed the way Pinterest's layout rewards.","howto":["Upload the image file you want to resize.","Set your target Pinterest aspect ratio — 2:3 for a standard pin, or 1:2.1 for a long pin.","Turn on padding if you'd rather not crop, choose what fills the space (a solid color or a blurred copy of your image), and download the result."],"faq":[{"q":"Why does the 2:3 ratio matter so much on Pinterest?","a":"Pinterest's home feed is a vertical masonry grid, so a 2:3 image (1000x1500px, for example) claims far more screen space than a wide one. That extra height is what stops the scroll and lifts your click-through rate, which is exactly why Pinterest recommends it as the standard."},{"q":"Any tips for picking the padding background color?","a":"Even if you want your pin to stand out in the feed, a color that matches your brand's tone or a soft pastel that complements your photo's subject usually reads better than a bright primary color."},{"q":"Can the crop (fill) mode cut off important parts of my photo?","a":"Yes — crop mode trims the top/bottom or left/right edges around the image's center to match the target ratio, so a face or key subject positioned off-center can end up cut off. If your subject sits far from the middle, switch to padding mode instead to keep the whole photo intact."}]},{"slug":"cardnews-bg-blur","category":"sns-utils","title":"Blur & Dim Background Generator","tagline":"Load an image, combine a blur filter with a dark overlay, and render a ready-made background for carousel slides and thumbnails.","emoji":"🖼️","keywords":["blur background image","dark overlay photo editor","blurred background for text","instagram carousel background","dim photo for text readability","online image blur tool"],"intro":"Busy photos fight with your headline. This tool blurs your source image and layers a semi-transparent dark overlay on top of it, rendering a high-contrast 1:1 background that body text actually reads well against — built for social carousel slides and blog thumbnails.","howto":["Upload the image you want to turn into a background.","Work the blur radius slider and the dim opacity slider until the look is right.","Switch on the text preview form to confirm your caption stays legible, then download the finished background image."],"faq":[{"q":"Why add a dark overlay instead of just blurring the image?","a":"Blur on its own doesn't help much when white text lands on a bright, busy area — an open sky or a light source, say. A thin layer of semi-transparent black knocks those highlights down so any typeface reads crisply and looks more polished."},{"q":"Does the caption text I type in the preview get saved into the downloaded image?","a":"No. That text is only a live preview to check legibility — the file you download contains just the clean background, with no text baked in."},{"q":"What happens if I push the blur intensity too high?","a":"Cranking the blur beyond what's needed erases most of the background photo's shape and color, leaving what looks like a flat, generic wash — and along with it, any sense of your brand or product disappears. It's best to apply only as much blur as needed for the text to stay readable and check the balance in the preview."}]},{"slug":"youtube-music-attribution","category":"sns-utils","title":"YouTube Audio Library Attribution Generator","tagline":"Build properly formatted credit lines for Creative Commons (CC) and YouTube Audio Library tracks","emoji":"🎵","keywords":["youtube audio library attribution","creative commons music credit","cc by attribution generator","how to credit music in youtube description","music attribution template","youtube description credits"],"intro":"When you use free music from the YouTube Audio Library or Creative Commons (CC) licensed background tracks, certain licenses require you to credit the artist in your video description. This generator assembles that attribution text for you in the standard format, so you can paste it straight into your description box without guessing at the wording.","howto":["Enter the track details you need to credit: song title, artist name, license type, and the source URL.","The tool automatically assembles a properly formatted credit line for the license you picked (CC BY, CC BY-SA, YouTube's own terms, and more).","Click the copy button and paste the text into the description field in your YouTube upload settings."],"faq":[{"q":"Do I always have to credit music from the YouTube Audio Library?","a":"Only some of it. Tracks marked with a \"CC\" (Creative Commons Attribution) icon in the license column require you to name the artist and link the source in your video description — skip it and you risk a copyright claim or limited monetization. Standard royalty-free YouTube Audio Library tracks without that icon don't require attribution, though crediting the artist is still a nice touch."},{"q":"Where in the description should the attribution text go to actually count?","a":"YouTube's copyright policy doesn't mandate an exact position, but burying it at the very bottom of a long description risks it being overlooked during a review. It's safer to place it near the top or in a clearly labeled \"Music credit\" section so it's easy to spot."},{"q":"Where in the description should the attribution text go to actually count?","a":"YouTube's copyright policy doesn't mandate an exact position, but burying it at the very bottom of a long description risks it being overlooked during a review. It's safer to place it near the top or in a clearly labeled \"Music credit\" section so it's easy to spot."}]},{"slug":"hashtag-folder-manager","category":"sns-utils","title":"Hashtag Manager: Save Sets in Folders","tagline":"Organize your go-to hashtags into folders by topic, then mix and copy the right set for every post","emoji":"📁","keywords":["hashtag manager","save hashtag sets","instagram hashtag organizer","copy paste hashtags","hashtag groups app","social media marketing tools"],"intro":"Stop retyping the same hashtags for every post. Save your favorite groups into topic folders (think food, travel, everyday life, or whatever niche you post in), then check off as many folders as you need, and the tool merges them, strips duplicates automatically, and hands you one clean block to copy. Everything stays saved on your device.","howto":["Hit the add folder button to create a topic category, then list the hashtags you use most (with or without the # — either works).","When you're ready to post, tick the checkboxes for every folder you want to pull from.","The live preview filters out duplicates — click the copy button to grab the combined set. (Watch for the warning if you go over Instagram's 30-tag cap.)"],"faq":[{"q":"How many hashtags can you put on an Instagram post?","a":"Instagram caps you at 30 hashtags per feed post. Go over that limit and your caption can get wiped blank when you try to upload, so keep an eye on the running count and the over-limit warning in this tool before you paste anything into the app."},{"q":"Can I access my saved hashtag folders from a different device?","a":"No — the folders are stored only in your current browser's local storage, so they won't carry over to another device or browser. If you switch between a PC and a phone, you'll need to set up your folders separately on each one."},{"q":"Can I access my saved hashtag folders from a different device?","a":"No — the folders are stored only in your current browser's local storage, so they won't carry over to another device or browser. If you switch between a PC and a phone, you'll need to set up your folders separately on each one."}]},{"slug":"cardnews-border-frame","category":"sns-utils","title":"Photo Border & Polaroid Frame Maker","tagline":"Add a custom border or a Polaroid-style frame to any image, then download it","emoji":"🖼️","keywords":["add border to photo online","polaroid frame generator","photo frame maker","picture border editor","instagram photo border","free image framing tool"],"intro":"Drop in a photo and frame it in seconds. Add a clean border in any color and thickness, round off the corners, or go with a Polaroid-style frame complete with handwritten-looking caption text at the bottom. Everything renders right in your browser and downloads as a finished image — no design software needed.","howto":["Upload the image you want to frame.","Pick a border style: a simple solid border, rounded corners, or a Polaroid-style frame.","Dial in the border color and thickness with the sliders, add your caption text and font if you're using Polaroid mode, then download the finished image."],"faq":[{"q":"Can I change the font on the Polaroid caption?","a":"Yes. When you choose the Polaroid frame, you can pick the font for the caption in the bottom margin — a clean sans-serif, a serif with a handwritten feel, or monospace — and it renders straight into the downloaded image."},{"q":"If I set the border too thick, does that change the original image's aspect ratio?","a":"Yes — the border adds new margin outside the original photo, so the thicker it gets, the more the final output's overall aspect ratio drifts from the source. To keep something close to your original feed ratio, try keeping the border width within about 5–8% of the image size."},{"q":"If I set the border too thick, does that change the original image's aspect ratio?","a":"Yes — the border adds new margin outside the original photo, so the thicker it gets, the more the final output's overall aspect ratio drifts from the source. To keep something close to your original feed ratio, try keeping the border width within about 5–8% of the image size."}]},{"slug":"youtube-profile-safe-circle","category":"sns-utils","title":"YouTube Banner & Profile Picture Safe Area Checker","tagline":"Preview your channel art against the safe zones for TV, desktop, and mobile — plus the circular profile crop","emoji":"🎯","keywords":["youtube banner size","youtube channel art safe area","2560x1440 banner template","youtube banner safe zone checker","profile picture circle crop preview","youtube channel art dimensions"],"intro":"YouTube crops your banner differently on every device, and your profile picture gets masked into a circle. This viewer overlays the official guidelines — the minimum safe area for mobile, the desktop and TV crops, and the circular profile mask — right on top of your artwork, so you can see exactly what gets cut before you upload.","howto":["Load your finished YouTube banner (2560x1440px is the recommended size) or your profile image.","Turn on the overlay you need: the circular profile mask, or the per-device banner safe zones (including the 1546x423px minimum mobile safe area).","Check that no text or key design element crosses the crop lines on TV, desktop, or mobile, and reposition your artwork as needed."],"faq":[{"q":"What's the single most important rule for designing a YouTube banner?","a":"Upload at the recommended 2560x1440 pixels, but design for the center. On phones, viewers only see the middle 1546x423 pixel area — the minimum safe zone. Anything outside it (your logo, tagline, character art) gets cropped off for mobile viewers, so keep every important element inside that center block."},{"q":"Does the profile picture also get cropped differently on mobile, like the banner does?","a":"Yes — you upload a square profile picture, but it's always displayed cropped into a circle on your channel page, in comments, and in search results. Anything important placed in the square's corners — text or a character's face — gets clipped by that circular mask, so keep key elements inside the round guide."},{"q":"Does the profile picture also get cropped differently on mobile, like the banner does?","a":"Yes — you upload a square profile picture, but it's always displayed cropped into a circle on your channel page, in comments, and in search results. Anything important placed in the square's corners — text or a character's face — gets clipped by that circular mask, so keep key elements inside the round guide."}]},{"slug":"blog-thumbnail-maker","category":"sns-utils","title":"Square Blog Thumbnail Maker","tagline":"Put your headline over a solid color, gradient, or blurred backdrop and download a 1:1 square thumbnail","emoji":"🎨","keywords":["blog thumbnail maker","square thumbnail generator","1000x1000 image maker","free blog post image creator","text over background image generator","naver blog tistory thumbnail size"],"intro":"Make a clean 1:1 square thumbnail for your blog post without opening Photoshop or writing a line of code. Choose from polished color backgrounds, gradients, and blurred patterns, type in your headline, tune the font size and layout, and export a high-resolution image. Sized for the square thumbnail cards used by Korean blogging platforms like Naver Blog and Tistory, and just as useful anywhere a square post image is needed.","howto":["Choose a background style: solid color, gradient blend, or an abstract blurred template.","Type in the main headline (Title) and the supporting line (Subtitle) you want on the thumbnail.","Adjust the layout, text color, and drop shadow on the live canvas, then export straight to a high-resolution 1000x1000px image file."],"faq":[{"q":"Why make thumbnails at a 1:1 ratio?","a":"Because most feed and search listings crop to a square. Naver Blog's neighbor feed, Naver mobile search results, and the Tistory mobile home screen all render thumbnail cards as 1:1 squares — and so do plenty of other platforms. Designing at 1:1 from the start means your text lands inside the crop instead of getting sliced off at the edges."},{"q":"Can I reuse the same finished thumbnail on both Tistory and Naver Blog?","a":"Yes — both platforms support the same 1000x1000px square format, so one exported file works for either. Naver does sometimes re-resize the featured image automatically though, so it's worth checking the preview after uploading to make sure no text got cropped in the process."},{"q":"Can I reuse the same finished thumbnail on both Tistory and Naver Blog?","a":"Yes — both platforms support the same 1000x1000px square format, so one exported file works for either. Naver does sometimes re-resize the featured image automatically though, so it's worth checking the preview after uploading to make sure no text got cropped in the process."}]},{"slug":"tiktok-caption-counter","category":"sns-utils","title":"TikTok Caption Character & Hashtag Counter","tagline":"Live counter for TikTok's 2,200-character caption limit and your hashtag count","emoji":"📱","keywords":["tiktok caption character limit","tiktok character counter","tiktok hashtag counter","2200 character counter","caption length checker"],"intro":"Write your TikTok caption here and watch the count in real time against the 2,200-character limit, with your hashtags tallied separately. Catch an overflow before you paste it into the app instead of after TikTok truncates it.","howto":["Type or paste your caption into the text area.","Watch the live character count and progress bar (against the 2,200-character limit) plus the number of hashtags detected in your text.","Confirm you're under the limit, then click copy and you're done."],"faq":[{"q":"What is TikTok's exact caption character limit?","a":"TikTok captions now allow up to 2,200 characters, a big jump from the roughly 300-character limit of the early days. Hashtags count toward that total, which is exactly why it's worth checking the length here first."},{"q":"Does the character count include the # symbol and spaces in hashtags?","a":"Yes — TikTok's 2,200-character limit counts everything: regular sentence text, the # symbol itself, and every space. This counter uses the same rule, so it accurately predicts whether you'll hit the \"too long\" error before you actually try to post."},{"q":"Does the character count include the # symbol and spaces in hashtags?","a":"Yes — TikTok's 2,200-character limit counts everything: regular sentence text, the # symbol itself, and every space. This counter uses the same rule, so it accurately predicts whether you'll hit the \"too long\" error before you actually try to post."}]},{"slug":"card-news-text-layout","category":"sns-utils","title":"Square Post Text Layout Simulator","tagline":"Preview how your text wraps, sizes, and aligns on a 1:1 square slide before you design it","emoji":"📰","keywords":["text wrap preview tool","instagram carousel text layout","square post text preview","line break simulator","readability preview","social media slide design"],"intro":"See exactly where your lines break before you build the slide. This tool renders your headline and body copy on a 1:1 square mockup — the format used for carousel posts and card news slides — so you can tune the wrapping, font size, and alignment for maximum readability while you're still writing.","howto":["Write the headline (Title) and the body copy (Paragraph) that will go on the slide.","Use the sliders to change the font size, line spacing, and text alignment.","Check that the line breaks fall naturally on the 1:1 mockup, then copy the finished text structure."],"faq":[{"q":"Any tips for line breaks that make a slide easier to read?","a":"Break your lines at natural phrase boundaries — where a thought pauses — using a manual line break (Shift+Enter) instead of letting the text wrap wherever it lands. The live preview here lets you test each break point and see which one reads best."},{"q":"Will the line breaks I see here match exactly what apps like Miricanvas or Canva produce?","a":"Not necessarily — font choice and letter-spacing settings vary slightly between tools, so the exact break points may shift a bit. Treat this simulator as a way to figure out where you'd naturally want a line break by meaning, then fine-tune once more inside your final design tool."},{"q":"Will the line breaks I see here match exactly what apps like Miricanvas or Canva produce?","a":"Not necessarily — font choice and letter-spacing settings vary slightly between tools, so the exact break points may shift a bit. Treat this simulator as a way to figure out where you'd naturally want a line break by meaning, then fine-tune once more inside your final design tool."}]},{"slug":"blog-title-generator","category":"sns-utils","title":"Blog Title Generator for Higher CTR","tagline":"Drop in your keyword and get headline formulas — questions, listicles, curiosity hooks — built on proven copywriting patterns","emoji":"✍️","keywords":["blog title generator","headline generator","catchy blog post titles","improve click through rate","copywriting headline formulas","blog title ideas"],"intro":"Enter your target keyword and topic, and this tool builds out 60+ headline variations using copywriting formulas that are proven to drive clicks: question hooks, numbered lists, problem-solution framing, and curiosity gaps. Browse the options, grab the one that fits your post, and stop staring at a blank title field.","howto":["Enter your post's main keyword (say, stock investing) plus a word or two about the specific angle.","Hit the generate button and you'll get headline cards grouped by pattern: questions, numbered lists, problem-solution, and curiosity hooks.","Click any headline that fits your post to copy it instantly."],"faq":[{"q":"What is CTR, and why does the title matter so much?","a":"CTR (click-through rate) is the share of people who click your link after seeing it. In a search results page, all a reader has to go on is your title and the snippet beneath it — that's the entire basis for the click decision. A sharper headline is one of the highest-leverage changes you can make to your traffic."},{"q":"Could using these suggested titles as-is get my post flagged as low-quality clickbait?","a":"The suggestions are just phrasing patterns proven to drive clicks — if the title overpromises and doesn't match the actual content, readers bounce quickly, which can hurt your search ranking more than help it. It's safest to use a suggestion only as a starting point and adjust it so the title accurately reflects what the post delivers."},{"q":"Could using these suggested titles as-is get my post flagged as low-quality clickbait?","a":"The suggestions are just phrasing patterns proven to drive clicks — if the title overpromises and doesn't match the actual content, readers bounce quickly, which can hurt your search ranking more than help it. It's safest to use a suggestion only as a starting point and adjust it so the title accurately reflects what the post delivers."}]},{"slug":"youtube-thumbnail-safe-area","category":"sns-utils","title":"YouTube Thumbnail Safe Area Checker","tagline":"Load a thumbnail and see whether the timestamp badge and mobile UI overlays cover your key text or captions","emoji":"🖼️","keywords":["youtube thumbnail safe area","thumbnail preview tool","youtube thumbnail checker","thumbnail timestamp overlay","youtube thumbnail size guide"],"intro":"Drop your finished YouTube thumbnail onto a virtual canvas and preview it with the same overlays viewers actually see — the video duration badge and the progress bar layer on both mobile and desktop — so you can catch covered text or graphics before you ever upload.","howto":["Drag and drop the thumbnail you want to check (16:9 recommended) to upload it.","Turn on the simulated overlay layers, including the timestamp badge position.","Check that your headline text or the subject's face isn't buried under the bottom-right badge or other overlays, then adjust your layout accordingly."],"faq":[{"q":"Which areas of a thumbnail should I keep clear?","a":"On mobile, the duration badge (e.g., 10:15) is always pinned to the bottom-right corner of the thumbnail. Any text or logo you place there will be covered and unreadable, so keep that corner free of anything important."},{"q":"Does the time badge appear in a different position or size on desktop versus mobile?","a":"Yes — on the mobile app the badge shows up relatively smaller, and its exact position can shift slightly depending on screen size. Switching between the desktop and mobile overlays in this tool lets you confirm your layout stays safe in both environments."},{"q":"Does the time badge appear in a different position or size on desktop versus mobile?","a":"Yes — on the mobile app the badge shows up relatively smaller, and its exact position can shift slightly depending on screen size. Switching between the desktop and mobile overlays in this tool lets you confirm your layout stays safe in both environments."}]},{"slug":"simple-link-tree-builder","category":"sns-utils","title":"Link in Bio Page Builder","tagline":"Design a multi-link landing page for your Instagram bio and export the HTML/CSS","emoji":"🌳","keywords":["link in bio page","linktree alternative free","link in bio html generator","instagram bio link page","self hosted link tree","multi link landing page"],"intro":"Build your own link-in-bio landing page without paying for a hosted service. Add as many link buttons as you need, pick a theme you like, and export clean HTML/CSS you can drop onto any web host you control.","howto":["Fill in your profile photo URL, display name, and a short bio.","Add a row for each link with its title and destination URL.","Pick a theme (glassmorphism, simple dark, neon, and more), preview it in the mobile mockup, then copy the generated code."],"faq":[{"q":"How do I use the exported HTML/CSS?","a":"Save it as index.html and upload it to any free static host — GitHub Pages, Netlify, Cloudflare Pages — or embed it in your own blog. That's it: you have a fully self-hosted link tree with no subscription and no branding you didn't choose."},{"q":"Can I connect this to my single Instagram profile link without hosting it anywhere?","a":"No — Instagram only allows one link in the profile field, so you need to publish the generated page somewhere on the web to get a single URL, then put that address in your profile. Without hosting it somewhere, there's no way to display multiple links directly from an Instagram profile."},{"q":"Can I connect this to my single Instagram profile link without hosting it anywhere?","a":"No — Instagram only allows one link in the profile field, so you need to publish the generated page somewhere on the web to get a single URL, then put that address in your profile. Without hosting it somewhere, there's no way to display multiple links directly from an Instagram profile."}]},{"slug":"webtoon-slice-spacing","category":"sns-utils","title":"Webtoon Panel Slicing & Spacing Calculator","tagline":"Work out slice heights, panel gutters, and pixel coordinates for long vertical webtoon and card-news images","emoji":"📐","keywords":["webtoon image slicer","split long image into panels","webtoon panel spacing calculator","vertical image slice coordinates","webtoon upload dimensions","imagemagick slice script"],"intro":"Before you cut a tall vertical-scroll webtoon page or a card-news graphic into pieces, this calculator works out the exact start and end coordinates for every slice, factors in the vertical gutter you want between panels, and hands you a ready-to-run script.","howto":["Enter the resolution of your full source image (width and height in pixels).","Set how many slices you want and how much vertical padding (in px) to insert per slice.","Copy the resulting coordinate table, plus the generated shell script for batch slicing with ImageMagick or a similar tool."],"faq":[{"q":"What upload dimensions do webtoon platforms expect?","a":"Major Korean portal webtoon platforms typically want a width of 690px or 800px, and they recommend keeping each individual file under 10,000px tall because of file size limits. This calculator derives cut coordinates that keep every slice within those limits."},{"q":"What's the downside of setting the gap between panels too large?","a":"An overly large gap breaks the sense of flow while scrolling, and in scenes with continuous dialogue, readers can easily lose the thread between panels. A gap somewhere around 40–80px generally gives a natural pause without disrupting the continuity between cuts."},{"q":"What's the downside of setting the gap between panels too large?","a":"An overly large gap breaks the sense of flow while scrolling, and in scenes with continuous dialogue, readers can easily lose the thread between panels. A gap somewhere around 40–80px generally gives a natural pause without disrupting the continuity between cuts."}]},{"slug":"social-post-time-optimizer","category":"sns-utils","title":"Best Time to Post on Social Media","tagline":"Find the best upload times by day of week for Instagram, YouTube, blogs, and TikTok, matched to your audience","emoji":"⏰","keywords":["best time to post on instagram","best time to upload youtube videos","social media posting schedule","best time to post on tiktok","social media engagement heatmap","content scheduling guide"],"intro":"Pick your platform and the audience you're actually trying to reach — students, working professionals, stay-at-home parents, international readers — and get a day-by-hour heatmap of the windows where clicks, likes, and reach tend to peak.","howto":["Filter by the platform you're posting to (Instagram, YouTube, blog, TikTok).","Choose your target audience (students, working professionals, stay-at-home parents, all ages) to load the matching time windows.","Use the darkest slots on the 24-hour by day-of-week heatmap as your guide when scheduling posts."],"faq":[{"q":"Why is peak time different for YouTube than for Instagram?","a":"Instagram gets immediate reach during commutes and late-night phone scrolling. YouTube rewards moments when people have time to sit through a longer video — weekday evenings (6-9 PM) and weekend mornings — which is when uploads tend to accumulate the most watch time and algorithmic reach."},{"q":"Are the suggested time slots a guaranteed answer, or just a general guideline?","a":"They're a reference based on general statistical trends — your own followers' actual activity patterns can differ from account to account. For the most accurate results, cross-check them against your platform's own insights data and adjust toward the times that have actually performed best for you."},{"q":"Are the suggested time slots a guaranteed answer, or just a general guideline?","a":"They're a reference based on general statistical trends — your own followers' actual activity patterns can differ from account to account. For the most accurate results, cross-check them against your platform's own insights data and adjust toward the times that have actually performed best for you."}]},{"slug":"fancy-bio-font","category":"sns-utils","title":"Fancy Text Generator for Bios","tagline":"Turn your Instagram or X profile bio into stylish Unicode fonts like serif, script, and gothic","emoji":"𝔉","keywords":["fancy text generator","instagram bio fonts","unicode font converter","cool fonts copy and paste","aesthetic font generator","stylish text for bio"],"intro":"Type any text and instantly get it rendered in dozens of Unicode font styles — serif, sans, gothic, script, monospace, and more — that you can paste straight into an Instagram, X, or TikTok bio. Preview each one before you copy.","howto":["Type the text you want to convert (for example, Hello World).","Browse the 30-plus Unicode styles that appear as you type and find one you like.","Hit the copy button, then paste it into your Instagram display name or bio."],"faq":[{"q":"Does this work with non-Latin scripts like Korean or Japanese?","a":"No. These styles rely on Unicode's alternate mathematical alphanumeric characters, which only exist for the Latin alphabet (A-Z, a-z) and some digits. Scripts like Hangul, Japanese, and Cyrillic have no such variants, so conversion is limited to Latin letters and numbers."},{"q":"Can I use these converted Unicode fonts in my username, not just my display name?","a":"On platforms like Instagram, the display name field accepts special Unicode characters, but the actual username (handle) only allows plain letters, numbers, and a few symbols — so a fancy font simply won't apply there. You're free to use these styles in your bio and display name, just not in the handle itself."},{"q":"Can I use these converted Unicode fonts in my username, not just my display name?","a":"On platforms like Instagram, the display name field accepts special Unicode characters, but the actual username (handle) only allows plain letters, numbers, and a few symbols — so a fancy font simply won't apply there. You're free to use these styles in your bio and display name, just not in the handle itself."}]},{"slug":"blog-word-counter","category":"sns-utils","title":"Blog Word & Character Counter","tagline":"Count characters with and without spaces, paragraphs, reading time, and keyword density for blog drafts","emoji":"📝","keywords":["blog word counter","character count without spaces","keyword density checker","reading time calculator","naver blog character counter","online character counter"],"intro":"Check that a blog draft hits its target length before you publish. This counter tracks characters both with and without spaces, counts paragraphs and reading time, and measures how often each keyword repeats — useful for Korean blog platforms like Naver Blog and Tistory, where character counts (not word counts) are the standard guideline.","howto":["Paste your full draft into the text box.","Watch the live panel for characters with spaces, characters without spaces, and estimated reading time.","Review the keyword table to see whether any term is repeated so often that it reads as stuffing."],"faq":[{"q":"How long should a blog post be to rank well?","a":"There's no fixed rule, but a substantive informational post generally lands somewhere around 1,500 to 3,000 characters (roughly 300 to 600 English words). What matters more is that the body reads naturally and keyword density stays moderate — about 2 to 4% — and this tool measures both."},{"q":"Do emojis and special characters count toward the character total?","a":"Yes — emojis, symbols, and numbers are all counted as one character each. The 'excluding spaces' count only drops spaces and line breaks, while punctuation like periods and commas is still counted, so the total closely matches your actual manuscript length."},{"q":"Do emojis and special characters count toward the character total?","a":"Yes — emojis, symbols, and numbers are all counted as one character each. The 'excluding spaces' count only drops spaces and line breaks, while punctuation like periods and commas is still counted, so the total closely matches your actual manuscript length."}]},{"slug":"cardnews-font-combination","category":"sns-utils","title":"Card News Font Pairing Guide","tagline":"A font pairing simulator for card news graphics, matching free Korean and Latin typefaces for readability and polish","emoji":"🅰️","keywords":["font pairing tool","free commercial use fonts","korean font pairing","card news design fonts","google fonts combinations","typography pairing guide"],"intro":"Compare designer-approved font pairings built from free commercial-use typefaces — including the Korean fonts catalogued on Noonnu — and type in your own headline to see each combination rendered live in a card news template.","howto":["Browse the recommended pairings (gothic for headlines with serif for body text, and other combinations).","Type your headline into the custom text field to see the pairing rendered in a 1:1 slide mockup.","Click through the suggested color palettes to judge the final look, then copy the CSS styling."],"faq":[{"q":"Where can I find free fonts licensed for commercial use?","a":"For Korean typefaces, Noonnu (noonnu.cc) is the go-to hub for commercially free fonts. For Latin text, Google Fonts offers a huge open-licensed library. Both let you download fonts for card news projects without licensing worries."},{"q":"How many different fonts is it safe to mix on one card news slide?","a":"Sticking to two — one for headlines, one for body text — is generally the safest combination. Mixing three or more tends to break visual consistency and looks cluttered, so it's better to create emphasis through weight (bold vs. regular) or size differences rather than adding more typefaces."},{"q":"How many different fonts is it safe to mix on one card news slide?","a":"Sticking to two — one for headlines, one for body text — is generally the safest combination. Mixing three or more tends to break visual consistency and looks cluttered, so it's better to create emphasis through weight (bold vs. regular) or size differences rather than adding more typefaces."}]},{"slug":"color-matching-game","category":"color-design","title":"Color Matching Game (Guess the Shade)","tagline":"Match a randomly generated target color using RGB or HSL sliders.","emoji":"🎨","keywords":["color matching game","guess the color game","rgb color game","hsl color picker practice","color accuracy test"],"intro":"Study a randomly generated target color swatch, then work the RGB (red, green, blue) and HSL (hue, saturation, lightness) sliders to mix the closest match you can. It's a precision drill for training your eye for color.","howto":["Study the target color card, then drag the RGB or HSL sliders to whatever values you think will match it.","Hit Submit to get an exact delta reading of how far your mix landed from the target.","Check your grade based on the margin of error and review your run history."],"faq":[{"q":"How is the color accuracy calculated?","a":"It measures the Euclidean distance between the two points in 3D RGB color space. The closer that difference gets to zero, the closer your match score converges on 100%."},{"q":"Is it easier to match the target color in HSL mode than in RGB mode?","a":"Generally, yes. It's hard to intuitively predict a color from three separate red, green, and blue values, but HSL's hue, saturation, and lightness sliders map more closely to how people actually perceive color — you can nail the general hue first, then fine-tune saturation and lightness. If you're just starting to train your color eye, HSL mode is the easier place to begin."},{"q":"Is it easier to match the target color in HSL mode than in RGB mode?","a":"Generally, yes. It's hard to intuitively predict a color from three separate red, green, and blue values, but HSL's hue, saturation, and lightness sliders map more closely to how people actually perceive color — you can nail the general hue first, then fine-tune saturation and lightness. If you're just starting to train your color eye, HSL mode is the easier place to begin."}]},{"slug":"chess-board-notation","category":"web-seo-misc","title":"Chess Square Notation Trainer","tagline":"A trainer that calls out a square (e4, c6) and asks you to click the right one — so board coordinates become instinct.","emoji":"♟️","keywords":["chess coordinates trainer","learn chess notation","chess square practice","algebraic notation chess","chess board trainer","chess visualization training"],"intro":"Knowing every square on sight is fundamental to improving at chess. This trainer flashes a coordinate (e4, g7, and so on), and you find and click that exact square on the 8x8 board as fast as you can — building both your score and your reaction time.","howto":["Set your board orientation (white or black perspective) and choose whether to show the rank and file labels.","Press Start and read the random target square shown at the top (for example, d4).","Click the correct square on the 8x8 board before time runs out, and track your score and click reaction time in milliseconds."],"faq":[{"q":"How do you read chess coordinates?","a":"Every square is named by combining its file — the columns, lettered a through h — with its rank — the rows, numbered 1 through 8. So e4 is the square on the fifth file from the left, four rows up from the bottom."},{"q":"If I switch to the black-side view, does the notation for the same square change?","a":"No — a square's notation (like e4) is an absolute coordinate on the board and stays the same no matter which side you're viewing from. Only the on-screen orientation flips. Practicing from the black-side view simply helps you get comfortable with the mirrored perspective you'll actually see when you're playing as Black."},{"q":"If I switch to the black-side view, does the notation for the same square change?","a":"No — a square's notation (like e4) is an absolute coordinate on the board and stays the same no matter which side you're viewing from. Only the on-screen orientation flips. Practicing from the black-side view simply helps you get comfortable with the mirrored perspective you'll actually see when you're playing as Black."}]},{"slug":"lotto-combination-helper","category":"generators-qr","title":"Lotto 6/45 Number Generator","tagline":"A custom Lotto 6/45 combination generator that lets you lock in must-have numbers and filter out the ones you never want to see.","emoji":"🎫","keywords":["lotto number generator","lottery number picker","random lottery numbers","6/45 lotto generator","Korean Lotto 6/45","lucky number generator","lottery odds calculator"],"intro":"Build Lotto 6/45 combinations that follow your own rules: pick the numbers you want guaranteed in every line, block the numbers you want left out, and let the generator fill in the rest. Every set comes with an odd/even breakdown and a sum-total analysis so you can see how your picks stack up.","howto":["Click numbers on the 45-ball grid to toggle them as included (green) or excluded (red).","Choose how many lines you want to generate (1 to 5 games), then click Generate Numbers.","Review your combinations in the printed ticket layout, along with the odd/even split and the sum-range analysis for each line."],"faq":[{"q":"Why does the sum range of a lotto line matter?","a":"Across the full history of Lotto 6/45 draws, more than 80% of winning lines add up to somewhere between 100 and 170. This generator flags whether each combination lands inside that statistical sweet spot, which helps you build more balanced tickets instead of clustering all your numbers at the high or low end."},{"q":"Does filtering with fixed/excluded numbers actually raise my odds of winning?","a":"No. Lotto 6/45 is a game of pure independent probability, so no filter changes the jackpot odds of 1 in 8,145,060. This tool doesn't boost your chances — it's meant to help you include or exclude numbers you personally care about, and to steer clear of statistically rare combinations like six consecutive numbers."},{"q":"Does filtering with fixed/excluded numbers actually raise my odds of winning?","a":"No. Lotto 6/45 is a game of pure independent probability, so no filter changes the jackpot odds of 1 in 8,145,060. This tool doesn't boost your chances — it's meant to help you include or exclude numbers you personally care about, and to steer clear of statistically rare combinations like six consecutive numbers."}]},{"slug":"fantasy-name-generator","category":"generators-qr","title":"Fantasy Name Generator","tagline":"Generate fantasy character names and matching backstories by race (elf, orc, dwarf, human) and class (warrior, mage, rogue).","emoji":"🧙","keywords":["fantasy name generator","RPG character name generator","elf name generator","orc name generator","D&D name generator","random username generator","gamertag ideas"],"intro":"A character name generator for RPG players, dungeon masters, and fantasy writers. It draws on race-specific syllable sets to build heroic-sounding names, then pairs each one with a short piece of invented legend to give your character an instant hook.","howto":["Pick a race (human, elf, dwarf, or orc) and a class (warrior, mage, rogue, or cleric).","Fine-tune the tone of the name (epic, lyrical, or brutal) and choose a gendered suffix.","Hit Generate to roll a list of original names, each with a short adventurer backstory you can read and copy."],"faq":[{"q":"Are the names completely random?","a":"Not entirely. Each race pulls from its own syllable database and modifier rules built around a distinct mythic feel — elf names lean on soft vowels and sounds like \"El\" and \"Ah,\" while orc names hit harder with plosives like \"Grak\" and \"Bar.\" The result is a name that actually sounds like it belongs to the race you picked, not just random letters."},{"q":"Can I use a generated name directly in a commercial game or novel?","a":"Yes — the generated nicknames and short backstory tags are free to use in commercial creative work, like an indie game character or a novel's protagonist, with no copyright restrictions. Since a random generator can occasionally land on a name close to an existing well-known IP, it's still worth doing a quick search before finalizing it."},{"q":"Can I use a generated name directly in a commercial game or novel?","a":"Yes — the generated nicknames and short backstory tags are free to use in commercial creative work, like an indie game character or a novel's protagonist, with no copyright restrictions. Since a random generator can occasionally land on a name close to an existing well-known IP, it's still worth doing a quick search before finalizing it."}]},{"slug":"coin-flip-statistics","category":"calc-convert","title":"Coin Flip Simulator & Probability Stats","tagline":"Simulate up to 10,000 coin flips and watch heads/tails converge on 50% in a live SVG chart.","emoji":"🪙","keywords":["coin flip simulator","flip a coin online","coin toss probability","law of large numbers demo","heads or tails streak","probability simulator","random coin flipper"],"intro":"Flip a virtual coin up to 10,000 times in under a second and see exactly how the numbers behave. The simulator tracks the running share of heads and tails and charts how that ratio settles toward 50% as the sample grows — the Law of Large Numbers playing out in real time.","howto":["Choose how many flips to simulate (10, 100, 1,000, or 10,000).","Press Flip to run the simulation — you'll get a spinning-coin animation while the random data is generated.","Review the final heads-to-tails count, the longest streak of a single side, and the convergence chart showing the ratio settling toward 50%."],"faq":[{"q":"What is the Law of Large Numbers?","a":"It's the statistical principle that as you repeat an independent trial — like a coin flip — more and more times, the observed rate of an outcome (your actual share of heads) drifts closer and closer to its theoretical probability (50%). Crank up the flip count here and you can watch it happen: the convergence curve flattens right onto the 50% center line."},{"q":"If heads comes up 9 times in a row, is tails more likely on the next flip?","a":"No. That's a classic statistical illusion known as the gambler's fallacy. Each coin flip is an independent event, so no matter what came before, the odds of heads or tails on the next flip stay fixed at exactly 50/50."},{"q":"If heads comes up 9 times in a row, is tails more likely on the next flip?","a":"No. That's a classic statistical illusion known as the gambler's fallacy. Each coin flip is an independent event, so no matter what came before, the odds of heads or tails on the next flip stay fixed at exactly 50/50."}]},{"slug":"torque-converter","category":"calc-convert","title":"Torque Converter","tagline":"Convert between newton-meters (N·m), kgf·m, lb-ft, and lb-in, and compare how much force each represents","emoji":"⚙️","keywords":["torque converter","nm to lb ft","kgf m to nm","torque conversion calculator","wrench torque units"],"intro":"Convert torque — the twisting force applied around an axis — between the SI unit (N·m), the gravitational unit still common in Korean and Japanese industry (kgf·m), and the imperial units used in the US (lb-ft and lb-in).","howto":["Enter the torque figure you want to convert into any one of the input fields.","The equivalents in N·m, kgf·m, lb-ft, and lb-in are all calculated live as you type.","Check the reference cards for real-world figures like car engine torque and impact wrench specs."],"faq":[{"q":"How do N·m and kgf·m relate to each other?","a":"One kgf·m is the torque produced when the force of 1 kg under standard gravity (9.80665 m/s²) acts one meter from the axis, so it converts to about 9.80665 N·m. Going the other way, 1 N·m is roughly 0.10197 kgf·m."},{"q":"What's the difference between lb·ft and lb·in?","a":"Both use the same pound-force unit, but the lever-arm length differs: lb·ft is measured over a 1-foot (12-inch) arm, while lb·in uses a 1-inch arm, so 1 lb·ft equals 12 lb·in. Small-force specs like electronics screws are usually given in lb·in, while larger jobs like automotive wheel nuts are typically specified in lb·ft."},{"q":"What's the difference between lb·ft and lb·in?","a":"Both use the same pound-force unit, but the lever-arm length differs: lb·ft is measured over a 1-foot (12-inch) arm, while lb·in uses a 1-inch arm, so 1 lb·ft equals 12 lb·in. Small-force specs like electronics screws are usually given in lb·in, while larger jobs like automotive wheel nuts are typically specified in lb·ft."}]},{"slug":"uv-index-guide","category":"calc-convert","title":"UV Index Guide","tagline":"Enter today's UV index to get its risk level plus an estimate of how long until your skin type burns","emoji":"☀️","keywords":["uv index","uv index chart","how long before sunburn","sunburn time calculator","spf explained","sun safety guide"],"intro":"Understand the five WHO risk categories of the UV Index (0 to 11+) and estimate how long you can stay in the sun before burning, based on your skin type and the SPF of the sunscreen you're wearing.","howto":["Enter your local UV Index (0 to 11+) or set it with the slider.","Pick your skin type (fair, medium, dark, and so on) and the SPF rating of the sunscreen you have on.","Read the risk level for that UV exposure along with the estimated safe time in direct sun before skin damage starts."],"faq":[{"q":"What does the SPF number on sunscreen actually mean?","a":"SPF (Sun Protection Factor) mainly measures protection against UVB rays. SPF 30, for example, cuts the UVB reaching your skin to about 1/30 of what it would be with no sunscreen — which in theory means it takes 30 times longer for your skin to start burning."},{"q":"Is the UV index higher at higher altitudes?","a":"Yes — with less atmosphere to scatter and absorb sunlight, UV intensity tends to rise about 10-12% for every 1,000m of elevation gain. Reflective surfaces like snow, sand, or water also bounce extra UV back at you, so your actual exposure can be higher than the raw index suggests even at the same reading."},{"q":"Is the UV index higher at higher altitudes?","a":"Yes — with less atmosphere to scatter and absorb sunlight, UV intensity tends to rise about 10-12% for every 1,000m of elevation gain. Reflective surfaces like snow, sand, or water also bounce extra UV back at you, so your actual exposure can be higher than the raw index suggests even at the same reading."}]},{"slug":"decibel-calculator","category":"calc-convert","title":"Decibel Calculator","tagline":"Enter a sound pressure level (dB SPL) or a power/voltage ratio to see the ratio behind the number and compare it to everyday noise","emoji":"🔊","keywords":["decibel calculator","db spl","sound pressure level","noise level chart","decibel to ratio"],"intro":"Get a feel for what the decibel — a logarithmic unit — is actually measuring. Convert between sound pressure level (dB SPL) and signal power or voltage ratios, and compare your figure against a chart of familiar real-world noise levels.","howto":["Choose what you're calculating: enter a sound pressure level in dB SPL, or enter a signal power/voltage ratio.","Type in the decibel figure or the ratio to see the corresponding relative energy in real time.","Compare your result against the reference cards for standard noise levels — rustling leaves, normal conversation, a rock concert, a jet taking off."],"faq":[{"q":"If a sound goes up by 10 dB, how much louder is it?","a":"In terms of sound power, a 10 dB increase means exactly 10 times the physical energy. But because of how human hearing works, a 10 dB jump is perceived as roughly twice as loud. Add 20 dB and the energy is 100 times greater."},{"q":"If I combine two equally loud sound sources, does the decibel level double (e.g., 60dB + 60dB = 120dB)?","a":"No. Decibels are a logarithmic scale, so you can't just add them directly. Combining two sources of equal loudness doubles the sound energy, which only adds about 3dB to the original level — so two 60dB sources running together land around 63dB, not the 120dB you'd get from simple arithmetic addition."},{"q":"If I combine two equally loud sound sources, does the decibel level double (e.g., 60dB + 60dB = 120dB)?","a":"No. Decibels are a logarithmic scale, so you can't just add them directly. Combining two sources of equal loudness doubles the sound energy, which only adds about 3dB to the original level — so two 60dB sources running together land around 63dB, not the 120dB you'd get from simple arithmetic addition."}]},{"slug":"half-life-calculator","category":"calc-convert","title":"Half-Life Calculator","tagline":"Enter the starting amount, the half-life, and the elapsed time to get the remaining fraction and a decay curve","emoji":"⏳","keywords":["half life calculator","radioactive decay calculator","exponential decay","half life formula","remaining amount after decay"],"intro":"Plug in a substance's half-life (t½) and how much time has passed to model exponential decay, then see the remaining amount as a percentage along with a visualized decay curve.","howto":["Enter the starting amount (100% by default, or your own units) and the half-life of the substance.","Enter the elapsed time — seconds, minutes, hours, days, or years are all supported, as long as the units match.","Review the results from the exponential decay formula: the final remaining percentage, the percentage lost to decay, and the SVG decay curve."],"faq":[{"q":"What is the half-life formula?","a":"For an elapsed time T and a half-life H, the remaining amount N(T) equals the initial amount N(0) multiplied by (1/2) raised to the power of T/H. So after one half-life 50% is left, after two 25%, and after three 12.5%."},{"q":"Are half-life and mean lifetime the same thing?","a":"No. Half-life is the time it takes for a quantity to drop to exactly half its value, while mean lifetime (τ) is the average time an individual particle takes to decay. The two are related by 'mean lifetime = half-life ÷ ln(2)', which makes the mean lifetime about 1.44 times longer than the half-life."},{"q":"Are half-life and mean lifetime the same thing?","a":"No. Half-life is the time it takes for a quantity to drop to exactly half its value, while mean lifetime (τ) is the average time an individual particle takes to decay. The two are related by 'mean lifetime = half-life ÷ ln(2)', which makes the mean lifetime about 1.44 times longer than the half-life."}]},{"slug":"beaufort-wind-scale","category":"calc-convert","title":"Beaufort Wind Scale Calculator","tagline":"Enter a wind speed in m/s, km/h, knots, or mph to get its Beaufort force (0–12) and the matching land and sea conditions","emoji":"💨","keywords":["beaufort scale","beaufort wind scale chart","wind speed to beaufort","knots to mph wind","wind force calculator","gale force wind speed"],"intro":"Find the Beaufort wind force (0 to 12) for any wind speed — the historic, still-practical scale for describing wind strength. Convert freely between m/s, km/h, knots, and mph, and see what each force number looks like in the real world.","howto":["Enter the measured wind speed in the input field.","Select the unit your figure is in: m/s, km/h, knots, or mph.","Read the Beaufort force it maps to — from force 0 (calm) up to force 12 (hurricane) — along with cards describing the sea state and how trees and branches move on land."],"faq":[{"q":"When was the Beaufort wind scale created?","a":"Admiral Francis Beaufort of the British Royal Navy devised it in 1805, basing it on the state of the sea and how a sailing ship handled in it. It was built for judging wind strength by eye in an era before weather instruments, and it still serves as a useful reference in weather warnings and maritime safety guidance today."},{"q":"Does the same Beaufort number feel different at sea versus on land?","a":"Yes. Because the scale was originally designed around sea-state conditions, each level has separate descriptions for the ocean (wave height, sea spray) and for land (swaying branches, umbrellas turning inside out). Force 6, for instance, means large waves with white foam crests spreading widely at sea, but on land it means umbrellas become hard to use and wires start to whistle."},{"q":"Does the same Beaufort number feel different at sea versus on land?","a":"Yes. Because the scale was originally designed around sea-state conditions, each level has separate descriptions for the ocean (wave height, sea spray) and for land (swaying branches, umbrellas turning inside out). Force 6, for instance, means large waves with white foam crests spreading widely at sea, but on land it means umbrellas become hard to use and wires start to whistle."}]},{"slug":"vat-reverse-calculator","category":"calc-convert","title":"Reverse VAT Calculator","tagline":"Split a gross total into net price and VAT, or add VAT on top of a net price.","emoji":"📊","keywords":["reverse vat calculator","vat backwards calculator","remove vat from total","net price from gross","add vat to price","10 percent vat calculator"],"intro":"Work VAT backwards or forwards in one place. Enter a VAT-inclusive total and the calculator divides it out to show the net amount and the tax portion separately; enter a net amount instead and it adds the tax on top. Defaults to a 10% rate (the standard rate in Korea) and supports custom rates for other countries.","howto":["Enter your amount and choose whether it is VAT-inclusive (gross total) or VAT-exclusive (net price).","Set the VAT rate — 10% by default, or any custom rate for another country.","Read off the net amount, the VAT, and the gross total as they update live, then copy the figures you need."],"faq":[{"q":"How do you work out VAT backwards at a 10% rate?","a":"Divide the VAT-inclusive total by 1.1 to get the net amount, then subtract that net amount from the total — what's left is the VAT itself."},{"q":"Can I use this for a country where VAT isn't 10%, like a cross-border transaction?","a":"Yes. The default is Korea's 10% rate, but you can edit the rate field directly. The same reverse-calculation formula (dividing by 1 + rate) works for other rates too, such as the 19% or 20% VAT common in many European countries, letting you separate the net amount and the tax portion."},{"q":"Can I use this for a country where VAT isn't 10%, like a cross-border transaction?","a":"Yes. The default is Korea's 10% rate, but you can edit the rate field directly. The same reverse-calculation formula (dividing by 1 + rate) works for other rates too, such as the 19% or 20% VAT common in many European countries, letting you separate the net amount and the tax portion."}]},{"slug":"percentage-point-calculator","category":"calc-convert","title":"Percentage Point Calculator","tagline":"Compare the raw gap in percentage points (pp) against the relative percent change.","emoji":"📈","keywords":["percentage point calculator","percentage points vs percent","difference between two percentages","percent change calculator","basis points to percentage points"],"intro":"Interest rates, unemployment figures, approval ratings — when two percentages are compared, the plain arithmetic gap between them (measured in percentage points) is not the same thing as the change relative to the starting value. This calculator shows both side by side so you never mix them up.","howto":["Enter the starting percentage (%) and the new percentage (%).","See the percentage point (pp) difference from simple subtraction and the relative percent change (%) computed live.","Check the comparison card for a detailed breakdown of percent (%) versus percentage points (pp)."],"faq":[{"q":"What's the difference between percent (%) and percentage points (pp)?","a":"A percent expresses a quantity as a share of a whole, while a percentage point is a separate unit used for the arithmetic difference between two values that are already stated as percentages. If a rate rises from 3% to 5%, that's an increase of 2 percentage points (pp) — but relative to the original 3%, it's an increase of roughly 66.7%."},{"q":"What kind of confusion can arise when news articles mix up % and percentage points?","a":"Say an approval rating rose from 40% to 50% — the correct way to describe that is 'up 10 percentage points.' If a report mistakenly calls it 'up 50%,' it makes the change sound far bigger than the actual shift (10pp, or a 25% relative increase), so it's important to keep the two units distinct when reading statistics."},{"q":"What kind of confusion can arise when news articles mix up % and percentage points?","a":"Say an approval rating rose from 40% to 50% — the correct way to describe that is 'up 10 percentage points.' If a report mistakenly calls it 'up 50%,' it makes the change sound far bigger than the actual shift (10pp, or a 25% relative increase), so it's important to keep the two units distinct when reading statistics."}]},{"slug":"simultaneous-equations","category":"calc-convert","title":"System of Equations Solver","tagline":"Solve 2×2 and 3×3 linear systems with Cramer's rule, showing every determinant step.","emoji":"🧮","keywords":["system of equations solver","simultaneous equations calculator","cramer's rule calculator","3x3 system solver","solve for x and y calculator","determinant calculator"],"intro":"Enter the coefficients a, b, c and so on to find the solution (x, y, z) of a linear system with two or three unknowns. Each step of Cramer's rule is laid out visually, including every determinant that goes into the answer.","howto":["Choose the tab that matches your system: two equations in two unknowns, or three in three.","Enter the coefficient of each unknown (a, b, c…) and the constant on the right-hand side of every equation.","Review whether a solution exists, along with the numerator and denominator determinants from Cramer's rule and the final answer."],"faq":[{"q":"What is Cramer's rule?","a":"It's a formula from linear algebra that uses determinants to solve a system of linear equations. As long as the determinant D of the coefficient matrix isn't zero, the value of each unknown is found by replacing the matching column with the constant terms, taking that determinant, and dividing by D."},{"q":"What happens when the determinant D equals 0?","a":"When the coefficient matrix's determinant D is 0, Cramer's rule can't be applied. That means the equations are either parallel with no solution, or they're actually the same line with infinitely many solutions — and this calculator tells you which of the two cases you've run into whenever D comes out to 0."},{"q":"What happens when the determinant D equals 0?","a":"When the coefficient matrix's determinant D is 0, Cramer's rule can't be applied. That means the equations are either parallel with no solution, or they're actually the same line with infinitely many solutions — and this calculator tells you which of the two cases you've run into whenever D comes out to 0."}]},{"slug":"quadratic-equation-solver","category":"calc-convert","title":"Quadratic Formula Calculator","tagline":"Enter the coefficients of ax² + bx + c = 0 to get the discriminant and the real or complex roots.","emoji":"🧮","keywords":["quadratic formula calculator","quadratic equation solver","discriminant calculator","solve ax2 + bx + c = 0","complex roots calculator","find the roots of a quadratic"],"intro":"Type the coefficients a, b, and c of the quadratic equation ax² + bx + c = 0. The calculator evaluates the discriminant (D) and applies the quadratic formula to return the roots to full decimal precision, whether they're real or complex.","howto":["Enter the three coefficients a, b, and c in order (a cannot be zero).","As you type, the sign of the discriminant D = b² − 4ac is analyzed to tell you whether the roots are two real, one repeated, or complex.","Review the worked substitution into the quadratic formula and the final roots (including complex form), then copy them."],"faq":[{"q":"What happens when the discriminant D is negative?","a":"A negative discriminant means there are no real roots. The calculator then uses the imaginary unit i to return two distinct complex roots in the form (real part ± imaginary part i)."},{"q":"Why won't the calculator work if I enter 0 for coefficient a?","a":"By definition, a quadratic equation requires a nonzero coefficient a on the x² term. If a is 0, the squared term disappears and the equation becomes linear (bx + c = 0), so the quadratic formula and discriminant no longer apply. In that case, the calculator lets you know the input no longer meets the conditions for a quadratic equation."},{"q":"Why won't the calculator work if I enter 0 for coefficient a?","a":"By definition, a quadratic equation requires a nonzero coefficient a on the x² term. If a is 0, the squared term disappears and the equation becomes linear (bx + c = 0), so the quadratic formula and discriminant no longer apply. In that case, the calculator lets you know the input no longer meets the conditions for a quadratic equation."}]},{"slug":"divisors-gcd-lcm","category":"calc-convert","title":"Factors, GCF & LCM Calculator","tagline":"List every factor of your numbers and find their greatest common factor (GCD) and least common multiple (LCM).","emoji":"🔢","keywords":["gcf and lcm calculator","greatest common factor calculator","least common multiple calculator","factors of a number","prime factorization calculator","euclidean algorithm gcd"],"intro":"Enter two or more integers to see the complete list of factors for each one, then get their greatest common divisor (GCD) and least common multiple (LCM) — with the math steps shown, not just the answer.","howto":["Enter two or more whole numbers, separated by commas or spaces.","Review every factor of each number along with the prime factorization table showing the shared factors.","Read the final GCD and LCM results and copy them."],"faq":[{"q":"What is the Euclidean algorithm?","a":"It's the fastest and best-known method for finding a greatest common divisor. Given two natural numbers A and B, divide A by B and take the remainder R: the GCD of B and R is the same as the GCD of A and B. Repeat that step until the remainder is zero, and the answer falls out."},{"q":"Is there a relationship between the GCD and LCM of two numbers?","a":"Yes — for any two natural numbers A and B, 'GCD(A, B) × LCM(A, B) = A × B' always holds. For example, 12 and 18 have a GCD of 6 and an LCM of 36, and both 6 × 36 and 12 × 18 come out to exactly 216. This means once you know the GCD, you can find the LCM with a single division instead of computing it separately."},{"q":"Is there a relationship between the GCD and LCM of two numbers?","a":"Yes — for any two natural numbers A and B, 'GCD(A, B) × LCM(A, B) = A × B' always holds. For example, 12 and 18 have a GCD of 6 and an LCM of 36, and both 6 × 36 and 12 × 18 come out to exactly 216. This means once you know the GCD, you can find the LCM with a single division instead of computing it separately."}]},{"slug":"gitignore-generator","category":"generators-qr","title":".gitignore Generator","tagline":"Build a .gitignore tailored to your project in just a few clicks","emoji":"🙈","keywords":[".gitignore generator","create gitignore","git ignore file","node gitignore","python gitignore"],"intro":"Check off common presets like Node, Python, macOS, Windows, and VSCode, and instantly get a single, merged .gitignore ready to copy. Built-in templates mean developers starting a new project no longer have to search each time for what to exclude from version control.","howto":["Use the checkboxes to select the languages, frameworks, editors, and OS presets you use.","If several presets share overlapping rules, use 'Remove duplicate lines' to tidy them up.","Review the finished .gitignore and click the 'Copy .gitignore' button.","Create a .gitignore file in your project root, paste it in, and you're done."],"faq":[{"q":"Is any data sent to a server?","a":"No. All templates are built into the browser, and the entire process of selecting, combining, and copying happens only within your browser. No input is ever sent to or stored on a server."},{"q":"Won't rules be duplicated when I pick multiple presets?","a":"Some rules, like build/ and dist/, are shared across several presets. Turning on the 'Remove duplicate lines' option keeps each identical pattern only once while preserving comments and section headers."},{"q":"The framework I want isn't in the list.","a":"For now, we provide the most commonly used presets as built-in templates. For anything not listed, just copy the generated result and add a few lines to the file yourself. A .gitignore is a simple format with one pattern per line."}]},{"slug":"random-number-picker","category":"generators-qr","title":"Random Number Picker","tagline":"Draw random numbers from a range with no repeats, or fairly pick winners from a name list","emoji":"🎲","keywords":["random number picker","number drawing tool","lottery number generator","random number generator","name picker"],"intro":"This tool draws as many random numbers as you want from a minimum-to-maximum range, with the option to draw without duplicates. Whether you need a prize drawing, event winner, team split, or number pick, the name-list mode lets anyone produce a fair result.","howto":["Choose the 'Number Draw' or 'Name List Draw' tab.","In number mode, enter the minimum, maximum, and how many to draw; in name mode, enter one name per line.","Turn on the 'No duplicates' option to avoid drawing the same value twice.","Press the 'Draw' button to see the results, then use 'Copy Result' to grab them."],"faq":[{"q":"Are the results sent to a server?","a":"No. The range, name list, and results you enter are all processed entirely within your browser. No data is ever sent to or stored on a server, so you can use it with complete peace of mind."},{"q":"Is the drawing really fair?","a":"Instead of a simple Math.random, we use the browser's cryptographic random number generator (crypto.getRandomValues) and eliminate modulo bias so every value has an equal chance of being drawn. Name shuffling also uses the unbiased Fisher-Yates shuffle."},{"q":"What happens if I ask for more numbers than the range allows?","a":"When 'No duplicates' is on, it draws only up to the maximum possible (the size of the range or the number of names) and shows a notice. If duplicates are allowed, it draws exactly as many as you requested."}]},{"slug":"vat-calculator","category":"calc-convert","title":"Korean VAT Calculator (10%, KRW)","tagline":"Add or back out Korea's 10% VAT and get clean whole-won supply, tax, and total figures","emoji":"🧾","keywords":["korean vat calculator","korea 10 percent vat","krw vat calculator","korean tax invoice vat","supply price and total korea","won vat calculation"],"intro":"A VAT calculator built specifically for Korean won. Enter a supply price to add 10% VAT, or enter a tax-inclusive total to split it back into supply price and tax. Every amount is formatted in KRW and rounded to the nearest whole won, so the numbers match what goes on a Korean tax invoice with no decimal cleanup. Made for business owners, freelancers, and anyone billing in won who needs the standard 10% figures fast. One click copies all three amounts as a single line you can paste straight into a quote or settlement. If you bill in euros, pounds, or at a rate other than 10%, use the VAT calculator with rate presets instead.","howto":["Select the 'Supply price → Total' or 'Total → Split supply price' tab.","Enter the amount. The VAT rate defaults to 10% and can be changed if needed.","The supply price, VAT (tax), and total amount are calculated and displayed automatically.","Use the 'Copy Result' button to copy all three figures on one line and paste them."],"faq":[{"q":"How do I subtract VAT from a total amount?","a":"Use the 'Total → Split supply price' tab to divide the total by 1.1 for the supply price, with the difference shown as VAT (tax). For example, a total of 1,100,000 breaks down into a supply price of 1,000,000 and VAT of 100,000."},{"q":"Can I calculate with a rate other than 10%?","a":"Yes. Change the number in the VAT rate field and it instantly recalculates at that rate. Amounts are rounded to the nearest whole unit automatically."},{"q":"Is the amount I enter sent to a server?","a":"No. All calculations happen entirely within your browser, and the amounts you enter are never sent to or stored on a server."}]},{"slug":"tip-calculator","category":"calc-convert","title":"Tip Calculator","tagline":"Instantly work out the tip and per-person amount from the bill, tip rate, and party size","emoji":"💵","keywords":["tip calculator","gratuity calculator","tip percentage calculator","per person amount","split the tip"],"intro":"Enter the bill amount, tip percentage, and number of people, and this tip calculator automatically works out the tip, the total, and how much each person pays. It lets you split a tip quickly at restaurants or while traveling abroad, without reaching for a calculator.","howto":["Enter the bill amount and the number of people.","Tap a 10, 15, 18, or 20% button, or enter your own tip percentage.","The tip amount, total (tip included), and per-person amount appear instantly.","Use the 'Copy Result' button to copy and share the calculation."],"faq":[{"q":"Is the tip applied to the pre-tax or post-tax amount?","a":"By custom, tips are often based on the pre-tax amount (the food cost), but this varies by region and venue. This calculator multiplies the amount you enter by the tip rate, so just enter whichever base amount you prefer."},{"q":"How is the per-person amount divided?","a":"The total including tip is split evenly among the number of people you enter. The party size is treated as at least 1, so there's no divide-by-zero error."},{"q":"Is the amount I enter stored on a server?","a":"No. All calculations run in your browser, and no information such as amounts or rates is ever sent to a server."}]},{"slug":"loan-emi-calculator","category":"calc-convert","title":"Monthly Loan Payment Calculator (Amortized)","tagline":"Three inputs — principal, annual rate, term — and your monthly payment and total interest are on screen","emoji":"🏦","keywords":["monthly loan payment calculator","how much per month loan","emi calculator","loan payment estimate","total interest on a loan"],"intro":"Principal, annual interest rate, term in months. That's all three boxes, and the amortized monthly payment appears immediately. With so little to fill in, it's the fastest way to answer \"what would I be paying every month\" before a loan consultation, or to flip through rate and term scenarios a few seconds apart. Total interest and total repayment come with it, and the whole result copies out as a single line for comparing offers. If you want to compare repayment methods or read a payment-by-payment schedule, use the Loan Amortization Schedule calculator instead.","howto":["Enter the loan principal.","Enter the annual interest rate (%) and the loan term in months.","The monthly payment, total interest, and total repayment are calculated automatically.","Use the 'Copy Result' button to copy the breakdown for comparison or your records."],"faq":[{"q":"What is the equal-installment (EMI) method?","a":"It's a method where you repay the same amount (principal plus interest) every month over the loan term. Interest makes up a larger share early on and principal grows over time, and this calculator works out the monthly payment for this method."},{"q":"Will it exactly match my bank's payment?","a":"It uses the standard equal-installment formula, but actual loans can differ slightly depending on early-repayment fees, grace periods, preferential rates, and rounding methods. Use it as a reference estimate."},{"q":"Is the loan information I enter sent to a server?","a":"No. All inputs such as principal and rate are calculated entirely within your browser and are never sent to or stored on a server."}]},{"slug":"compound-interest-calculator","category":"calc-convert","title":"Compound Interest Calculator","tagline":"Calculate compound principal-and-interest and total interest from principal, rate, term, and monthly deposits","emoji":"📈","keywords":["compound interest calculator","compound interest calculation","compound savings","interest calculator","compounding effect"],"intro":"Enter your initial principal, monthly deposit, annual rate, and term, and this tool calculates the maturity value grown by compound interest along with the total interest earned. It's useful for anyone who wants to simulate in advance just how large the compounding effect can be when building savings through deposits or investments.","howto":["Enter your initial principal and (optionally) the amount to deposit each month.","Enter the annual interest rate (%) and the term in years.","The maturity value, total contributions, and total interest, calculated with monthly compounding, are displayed.","Use 'Copy Result' to save the outcome or compare it with other rates."],"faq":[{"q":"How often is interest compounded?","a":"This calculator uses monthly compounding (dividing the annual rate by 12 and adding interest to the principal each month), and assumes monthly deposits are made at the end of each month. As a result, the maturity value comes out higher than a bank's simple-interest savings."},{"q":"Are taxes and inflation factored in?","a":"No. The figures shown are pre-tax and do not reflect interest income tax (15.4%) or inflation. Your actual payout may be somewhat lower than this."},{"q":"Is the amount information I enter sent to a server?","a":"No. All calculations are processed entirely within your browser, and details like principal and deposits are never sent to or stored on a server."}]},{"slug":"hourly-wage-calculator","category":"calc-convert","title":"Hourly Wage Calculator","tagline":"Estimate weekly and monthly pay from your hourly wage and weekly hours, with weekly holiday allowance included at 15+ hours","emoji":"⏱️","keywords":["hourly wage calculator","weekly holiday allowance calculator","monthly salary calculator","part-time pay calculator","weekly pay calculator"],"intro":"Enter your hourly wage and weekly working hours, and this tool estimates your weekly and monthly pay, including the statutory weekly holiday allowance when you work 15 or more hours a week. It's useful for part-time and hourly workers who want to check the rough pay they'll actually receive in advance.","howto":["Enter your hourly wage and the hours you work per week.","If you work 15 or more hours a week, the 'Include weekly holiday allowance' option turns on automatically.","Your estimated weekly and monthly pay, along with the weekly holiday allowance, are shown together.","Use 'Copy Result' to save or review the breakdown."],"faq":[{"q":"How is the weekly holiday allowance calculated?","a":"It applies when your contracted weekly hours are 15 or more, calculated as (weekly hours ÷ 40 × 8 × hourly wage). For 40 or more hours a week, it's capped at one day's worth (8 hours)."},{"q":"What is the monthly pay estimate based on?","a":"It's a pre-tax estimate that converts one month to about 4.345 weeks (365 ÷ 7 ÷ 12) and multiplies by weekly pay. Your actual monthly pay may vary depending on days worked, taxes, and social insurance deductions."},{"q":"Is the hourly wage information I enter sent to a server?","a":"No. All calculations are processed entirely within your browser, and your hourly wage and hours are never sent to or stored on a server."}]},{"slug":"slugify","category":"text-dev","title":"Slug Generator","tagline":"Instantly turn titles and sentences into URL-friendly slugs","emoji":"🔗","keywords":["slug generator","make a slug","url slug","korean slug","permalink converter"],"intro":"Paste a blog post title or sentence, and it turns spaces into hyphens and cleans up special characters to produce a slug you can use directly in a URL. It's useful for marketers and developers who used to hand-tune permalinks on WordPress, Tistory, or static sites.","howto":["Paste your title or sentence into the input box.","Turn on 'Keep Korean' to preserve Korean characters, or turn it off for English-only.","Check the generated slug below and use the 'Copy' button to use it as is."],"faq":[{"q":"Can I create Korean URLs too?","a":"Yes. Turn on 'Keep Korean' to preserve Korean characters and convert only spaces to hyphens. If you need an English/number-only slug, just turn the option off."},{"q":"How are consecutive spaces and special characters handled?","a":"Multiple spaces and underscores are merged into a single hyphen, disallowed special characters are removed, and any leading or trailing hyphens are cleaned up automatically."},{"q":"Is the title I enter sent to a server?","a":"No. All conversion happens entirely within your browser, and no data is ever sent to or stored on a server."}]},{"slug":"find-and-replace","category":"text-dev","title":"Find and Replace","tagline":"Replace strings across multiline text all at once","emoji":"🔁","keywords":["find and replace","bulk replace","regex replace","text replace","mass string replacement"],"intro":"This tool finds a specific string throughout long text or lists and replaces it with another value all at once. With regular expression and case-insensitive support, it's useful for developers and editors cleaning up code, data, and manuscripts.","howto":["Paste your source text.","Enter the string to find and the string to replace it with.","Turn on 'Use regex' or 'Ignore case' if needed.","Check the number of replacements and copy the result."],"faq":[{"q":"Can I use regex groups ($1)?","a":"Yes. When 'Use regex' is on, you can use group references like $1, $2 and $& (the full match) in the replacement string. In normal mode, the $ sign is output as is."},{"q":"Can I see how many were replaced?","a":"The 'Replacement count' above the result shows the actual number changed in real time, so you can immediately confirm whether the right number was replaced."},{"q":"Is the pasted text stored on a server?","a":"No. All find-and-replace runs entirely within your browser, and what you enter is never sent to a server."}]},{"slug":"dedupe-sort-lines","category":"text-dev","title":"Remove Duplicate Lines and Sort","tagline":"Remove duplicates from a multiline list and sort it in any order","emoji":"🧹","keywords":["remove duplicate lines","sort lines","list cleanup","remove blank lines","line sorting tool"],"intro":"This tool removes duplicates from a list entered one item per line and sorts it in ascending, descending, or random order. It's useful for marketers and developers who need to tidy up keyword lists, email and URL lists, and logs.","howto":["Paste the list to tidy up, one item per line.","Turn on the options you need, such as remove duplicates, trim whitespace, or remove blank lines.","Choose a sort order (ascending, descending, or random).","Check the line count before and after processing and copy the result."],"faq":[{"q":"Can duplicates that differ only in case be treated as one?","a":"Yes. Turn on 'Ignore case' to treat Apple and apple as the same item and remove the duplicate. The sorted output keeps the original input form."},{"q":"Is Korean sorted alphabetically too?","a":"Yes. It sorts using the Korean locale, so Korean items are listed in their natural alphabetical (ganada) order."},{"q":"Is the list I enter sent anywhere?","a":"No. All processing happens entirely within your browser, and the list you paste is never sent to or stored on a server."}]},{"slug":"number-base-converter","category":"text-dev","title":"Number Base Converter","tagline":"Convert between binary, octal, decimal, and hexadecimal at once","emoji":"🔢","keywords":["number base converter","binary converter","hexadecimal converter","octal calculator","hex binary conversion"],"intro":"Enter one value and this tool converts it into binary, octal, decimal, and hexadecimal simultaneously. It's useful for developers and students working with bitwise operations, color codes, and memory addresses.","howto":["Select the base of the value you'll enter (2, 8, 10, or 16).","Enter a value that matches that base.","Check the results for the other three bases shown below.","Use the 'Copy' button next to the value you need to grab the result."],"faq":[{"q":"Are very large numbers converted accurately?","a":"Yes. It uses arbitrary-precision (BigInt) arithmetic, so even values beyond the normal integer limit are converted precisely without rounding errors."},{"q":"What happens if I enter an invalid character?","a":"If a character not allowed in the selected base is entered, it shows an error message and won't produce a wrong result. For negative numbers, just add a '-' in front."},{"q":"Is my input sent to a server?","a":"No. All conversions are calculated in your browser, and the numbers you enter are never sent to or stored on a server."}]},{"slug":"html-entity-encode","category":"text-dev","title":"HTML Entity Encoder / Decoder","tagline":"Convert special characters to HTML entities, or back again","emoji":"🔣","keywords":["html entities","special character encoding","entity decode","html escape","angle bracket ampersand conversion"],"intro":"This tool encodes special characters like angle brackets, ampersands, and quotes into safe HTML entities, or decodes entities back into their original characters. It's useful for developers and bloggers who need to show code as-is in posts and templates.","howto":["Select 'Encode' or 'Decode' in the top tab.","Paste the text to convert into the input box.","Check the result below.","Use the 'Copy' button to grab the result as is."],"faq":[{"q":"Which characters are encoded?","a":"It converts the five characters < > & \" ' into their safe HTML entities. This lets you display code or tags on screen exactly as written."},{"q":"Are numeric entities (') decoded too?","a":"Yes. Besides named entities, it also converts decimal (') and hexadecimal (') numeric entities back into their original characters. Unknown entities are safely left as they are."},{"q":"Is what I enter sent to a server?","a":"No. Both encoding and decoding are processed entirely within your browser, and the text you enter is never sent to or stored on a server."}]},{"slug":"time-duration-calculator","category":"calc-convert","title":"Time Duration Calculator","tagline":"Add or subtract two HH:MM:SS values and get the result instantly","emoji":"⏱️","keywords":["time duration calculator","add time","subtract time","hms calculator","work hours calculator"],"intro":"This calculator adds or subtracts two times in HH:MM:SS format and shows the result as HH:MM:SS along with total seconds and total minutes at once. It's useful for anyone who frequently adds and subtracts time, such as tallying work or task hours or calculating workout and video runtimes.","howto":["Choose 'Add' or 'Subtract' mode.","Enter the first and second times in their hours, minutes, and seconds fields.","The result is instantly calculated and shown as HH:MM:SS, total seconds, and total minutes.","If a subtraction result is negative, an explanatory note is shown alongside it."],"faq":[{"q":"Can minutes and seconds exceed 60?","a":"Yes. Even if you enter values over 60, like 90 minutes or 120 seconds, they're automatically carried over into hours and minutes and shown as a tidy HH:MM:SS."},{"q":"How is a negative subtraction result shown?","a":"If the second time is larger, the result is shown as a negative time with a − sign in front, along with an explanatory note."},{"q":"Is the time I enter sent to a server?","a":"No. All calculations are processed entirely within your browser, and your inputs are never sent to or stored on a server."}]},{"slug":"aspect-ratio-calculator","category":"calc-convert","title":"Aspect Ratio Calculator","tagline":"Enter just one side of a target ratio like 16:9 and the other is calculated automatically","emoji":"📐","keywords":["aspect ratio calculator","aspect ratio","16:9 calculation","resolution calculator","ratio size calculator"],"intro":"Set a target ratio like 16:9 or 4:3, then enter just the width or height and the other side is calculated automatically to match the ratio. It's useful for anyone who needs a size that keeps a ratio, such as resizing videos and images, making thumbnails and banners, or checking monitor resolutions.","howto":["Enter the width:height ratio directly, or tap a preset button like 16:9 or 4:3.","Enter whichever value you know, width (px) or height (px).","The other side is calculated automatically to match the ratio, and the resulting resolution and simplified ratio are shown together."],"faq":[{"q":"Can I change both the width and height?","a":"Yes. It recalculates the other side based on the field you entered last. Enter the width and the height adjusts; enter the height and the width adjusts automatically."},{"q":"Why is the result a decimal?","a":"Depending on the target ratio and your input, it may not come out evenly, so it's shown to two decimal places. When using actual pixels, round it to a whole number."},{"q":"Is the value I enter sent to a server?","a":"No. Ratio calculations happen entirely in your browser, and the sizes and ratios you enter are never sent to a server."}]},{"slug":"roman-numeral-converter","category":"calc-convert","title":"Roman Numeral Converter","tagline":"Convert between Arabic and Roman numerals in the 1–3999 range","emoji":"🏛️","keywords":["roman numeral conversion","roman numeral converter","roman numerals","number to roman","read roman numerals"],"intro":"This tool converts Arabic numerals to Roman numerals and back again, in both directions. It's useful for anyone who needs Roman numerals for clocks, tables of contents, copyright years, or tattoos and designs.","howto":["Select the 'Number → Roman' or 'Roman → Number' tab.","Enter the value to convert. (Numbers: 1–3999; Roman numerals: I V X L C D M)","The result appears immediately, and you can copy it to the clipboard with the copy button."],"faq":[{"q":"Why does it only convert up to 3999?","a":"Standard Roman numerals express up to 3999 using only the basic symbols (I V X L C D M). Values of 4000 and above need special rules like overlines, so this tool doesn't handle them."},{"q":"Is something like IIII recognized?","a":"No. Input that doesn't follow standard notation rules (for example, 4 is IV) is treated as an invalid Roman numeral and shows an explanatory note."},{"q":"Is the value I enter sent to a server?","a":"No. All conversion is processed in your browser, and the numbers and characters you enter are never sent to a server."}]},{"slug":"fraction-calculator","category":"calc-convert","title":"Fraction Calculator","tagline":"Show the four arithmetic operations on two fractions as both a simplified fraction and a decimal","emoji":"➗","keywords":["fraction calculator","fraction arithmetic","simplified fraction","fraction to decimal","fraction addition subtraction"],"intro":"This calculator shows the result of adding, subtracting, multiplying, or dividing two fractions as both a fully simplified fraction and a decimal at the same time. It's useful for checking elementary and middle school fraction problems or for cooking measurements and ratio calculations.","howto":["Enter the numerator and denominator of the first fraction.","Select the operator in the middle (+ − × ÷).","Enter the numerator and denominator of the second fraction, and the simplified fraction and decimal result appear instantly.","Use the copy button to copy the fraction or decimal result."],"faq":[{"q":"Does the result also come out as a mixed number?","a":"Yes. If the result is an improper fraction, a mixed number in the form 'whole remainder/denominator' is shown next to the simplified fraction."},{"q":"What happens if I put 0 in a denominator or divide by 0?","a":"If a denominator is 0, or the second numerator is 0 in a division, the calculation isn't valid, so it shows an explanatory note and doesn't compute a result."},{"q":"Is the value I enter sent to a server?","a":"No. All calculations are processed in your browser, and the fraction values you enter are never sent to or stored on a server."}]},{"slug":"statistics-calculator","category":"calc-convert","title":"Mean & Standard Deviation Calculator","tagline":"Get the mean, median, mode, variance, and standard deviation of a number list at once","emoji":"📊","keywords":["mean calculator","standard deviation calculator","variance calculation","median calculator","statistics calculator"],"intro":"From a list of numbers pasted separated by commas or line breaks, this tool calculates the count, sum, mean, median, mode, variance, and standard deviation all at once. It's useful for students, professionals, and researchers who need basic statistics for grades, surveys, or experimental data.","howto":["Paste your numbers into the input box, separated by commas or line breaks.","The count, sum, mean, median, mode, minimum, maximum, variance, and standard deviation appear instantly.","Use the 'Sample basis (n−1)' checkbox to switch between population and sample standard deviation."],"faq":[{"q":"How do population and sample standard deviation differ?","a":"The population basis divides the sum of squared deviations by n, while the sample basis divides by n−1. When the values you surveyed are only a portion (a sample) rather than the whole, use the sample basis (n−1)."},{"q":"Why does the mode show 'None'?","a":"If every number appears just once and all differ, there's no most-frequent value, so it shows 'None'. If several values share the highest frequency, they're all shown together."},{"q":"Is the data I enter sent to a server?","a":"No. All statistical calculations happen entirely within your browser, and the list of numbers you enter is never sent to or stored on a server."}]},{"slug":"split-bill-calculator","category":"calc-convert","title":"Split Bill Calculator","tagline":"Just enter the total and the number of people, and the per-person amount comes out even","emoji":"💸","keywords":["split bill calculator","per person amount calculator","shared expense settlement","split evenly","group settlement tool"],"intro":"This bill-splitting tool works out how much each person pays as soon as you enter the total amount and the number of people. It factors in the tip rate and rounding unit to give a clean, easy-to-split amount, perfect for a group organizer or friends settling up.","howto":["Enter the total amount and the number of people.","If there's a tip or service charge, enter the %, and choose an easy-to-split rounding unit (e.g., 100).","The per-person amount, total collected, and leftover are calculated automatically.","Have everyone send the amount shown and the settlement is done."],"faq":[{"q":"The per-person amount comes out a bit higher than the total.","a":"That's because it rounds up to the rounding unit you chose (e.g., 100). The extra is shown in the 'Leftover' item, which the organizer can keep or use for the next gathering. Set the rounding unit to 1 to get the exact split amount."},{"q":"How are tips and service charges factored in?","a":"The tip % you enter is added to the total payment and then divided by the number of people. If there's no tip, just leave it at 0."},{"q":"Is the amount I enter sent to a server?","a":"No. All calculations happen entirely within your browser, and no amounts are ever sent to or stored on a server."}]},{"slug":"data-storage-converter","category":"calc-convert","title":"Data Storage Converter","tagline":"From bit to TB, convert at once using the 1000 or 1024 method","emoji":"💾","keywords":["data storage converter","MB GB conversion","byte calculator","KB MB GB TB","1024 1000 conversion"],"intro":"This data-size calculator converts between bit, byte, KB, MB, GB, and TB from a single input. You can toggle between the SI (1000) and binary (1024) methods, making it useful for developers and planners checking file sizes, storage capacity, and transfer speeds.","howto":["Select the binary (1024) or SI (1000) method.","Enter the value to convert and choose the base unit.","The results converted to every unit are shown in a table.","Use 'Copy All' to copy the results at once."],"faq":[{"q":"What's the difference between the 1024 and 1000 methods?","a":"Operating systems (like Windows) display 1KB = 1024B (binary), while hard drives, SSDs, and carriers label it 1KB = 1000B (SI). That's why the same file can appear with different values."},{"q":"How are bit and byte converted?","a":"It calculates based on 1 byte = 8 bit. Note that internet speed (Mbps) is measured in bits, while file size (MB) is measured in bytes."},{"q":"Is the value I enter sent to a server?","a":"No. All conversion is calculated in your browser, and the values you enter are never sent to or stored on a server."}]},{"slug":"box-shadow-generator","category":"color-design","title":"CSS Box Shadow Generator","tagline":"Adjust the shadow with sliders and copy the box-shadow code right away","emoji":"🌫️","keywords":["box-shadow generator","CSS shadow","shadow code","box shadow","css shadow generator"],"intro":"This tool lets you design a shadow with a live preview while adjusting offset, blur, spread, color, opacity, and inset with sliders. You can copy the finished box-shadow CSS right away, making it handy for web designers and front-end developers building card and button shadows quickly.","howto":["Use the sliders to adjust the horizontal and vertical offset, blur, spread, and opacity.","Pick the shadow color, and turn on inset (inner shadow) if needed.","Check the result in the preview box.","Copy the generated box-shadow code and use it."],"faq":[{"q":"What is inset?","a":"Turning on inset makes the shadow go inward rather than outside the element, creating a pressed-in, recessed effect. It's often used for input fields and pressed buttons."},{"q":"Can I layer multiple shadows?","a":"This tool creates a single shadow. If you need several, join the generated values with commas and add them to box-shadow as multiple layers."},{"q":"Are the values I enter stored on a server?","a":"No. The preview and CSS generation are all processed within your browser, and no values are ever sent to a server."}]},{"slug":"border-radius-generator","category":"color-design","title":"CSS Border Radius Generator","tagline":"Round each of the four corners and generate border-radius code instantly","emoji":"🔘","keywords":["border-radius generator","CSS rounded corners","border radius","round corners","css radius generator"],"intro":"This tool lets you adjust the radius of each of the four corners with sliders, check it in a preview, and generate the border-radius CSS. With px and % units and simultaneous adjustment of all four corners, it's useful for developers refining the rounded corners of buttons, cards, and images.","howto":["Adjust the radius with each corner's slider.","Choose px or % units, and turn on 'Adjust all four corners together' if you like.","Check the shape in the preview box.","Copy the generated border-radius code and use it."],"faq":[{"q":"What's the difference between px and %?","a":"px is a fixed radius, while % is a radius proportional to the element's size. Giving a square 50% makes it a perfect circle."},{"q":"What does the code look like when all four corners are equal?","a":"When the four values are the same, it's output concisely as a single value like border-radius: 16px;. When they differ, the four directional values are written in order."},{"q":"Is the value I enter sent to a server?","a":"No. All previewing and code generation happen entirely within your browser and are never sent to a server."}]},{"slug":"contrast-checker","category":"color-design","title":"Color Contrast Checker","tagline":"Instantly check text readability and AA/AAA compliance with WCAG contrast ratios","emoji":"🌗","keywords":["color contrast checker","WCAG contrast ratio","contrast checker","color accessibility","AA AAA compliance"],"intro":"This tool calculates the WCAG contrast ratio between your foreground and background colors and tells you whether normal and large text pass the AA and AAA accessibility levels. It also shows a live text preview, so designers and developers can check readability and web accessibility at a glance.","howto":["Enter your foreground (text) and background colors with the color picker or a HEX value (#RRGGBB).","Check the calculated contrast ratio and the AA/AAA pass badges.","Verify readability with your own eyes using the live text preview.","If it doesn't pass, nudge the colors until you reach at least 4.5:1."],"faq":[{"q":"What are AA and AAA?","a":"They're WCAG web accessibility levels. Normal text needs a contrast ratio of at least 4.5:1 (AA) or 7:1 (AAA), while large text needs at least 3:1 (AA) or 4.5:1 (AAA). We recommend at least AA for body text."},{"q":"What counts as 'large text'?","a":"Text is considered large when it's 18pt (about 24px) or bigger, or 14pt (about 18.7px) or bigger in bold. Large text can pass at a lower contrast ratio."},{"q":"Are the colors I enter sent to a server?","a":"No. The contrast calculation runs entirely in your browser, and your color values are never sent to or stored on a server."}]},{"slug":"tweet-thread-splitter","category":"sns-utils","title":"Twitter Thread Splitter","tagline":"Automatically split long text into tweets under 280 characters, complete with 1/n numbering","emoji":"🧵","keywords":["twitter thread","tweet splitter","split into 280 characters","thread maker","X thread splitter"],"intro":"This tool automatically splits long text into multiple tweets that fit Twitter (X)'s 280-character limit without breaking words mid-word. It's perfect for marketers and creators who post threads often and want clean, sequential tweets from a single copy and paste.","howto":["Paste the long text you want to turn into a thread into the input box above.","Set the maximum characters per tweet (280 by default) and whether to add 1/n numbering.","Review each automatically split tweet and grab them one by one or with 'Copy All'.","Paste them into Twitter in order to complete your thread."],"faq":[{"q":"Will words get cut off in the middle?","a":"No. Text is split on spaces (word boundaries), so words won't break mid-word. That said, if a single word is longer than the character limit, it will have to be split character by character."},{"q":"Does adding 1/n numbering change the character count?","a":"Yes. Numbering like ' (1/5)' counts toward the tweet length, so we subtract the numbering length up front and fill the body accordingly so no tweet exceeds the limit."},{"q":"Is the text I enter sent to a server?","a":"No. All splitting happens entirely within your browser, and the text you enter is never sent to or stored on a server."}]},{"slug":"utm-campaign-url-builder","category":"web-seo-misc","title":"UTM Campaign URL Builder","tagline":"Instantly build and copy trackable campaign links from a base URL and UTM parameters","emoji":"🔗","keywords":["UTM link","UTM builder","campaign URL","utm_source","ad tracking link"],"intro":"This tool appends tracking parameters like utm_source, medium, and campaign to a base URL, creating campaign links you can analyze for traffic sources in GA and other analytics tools. It's exactly what marketers need to measure the performance of ads, newsletters, and social posts separately.","howto":["Enter the landing page address you want to track in the 'Base URL' field.","Fill in utm_source (where traffic comes from), medium (channel), and campaign (campaign name). Term and content are optional.","Check the campaign URL generated below and grab it with the copy button.","Use this link in your ads, posts, and emails so each traffic source is tracked separately."],"faq":[{"q":"What do utm_source, medium, and campaign each mean?","a":"Source is the referrer (naver, google), medium is the channel type (cpc, email, social), and campaign is the campaign name (summer_sale). These three are core fields in GA analysis, so it's best to fill them in."},{"q":"Will the existing query string (the '?' part) in my URL be erased?","a":"No. Any query parameters already in the base URL are kept as-is; only the UTM fields are added or updated, so your existing link keeps working."},{"q":"Is the URL I enter sent to a server?","a":"No. The link is assembled entirely within your browser, and the address and parameters you enter are never sent to or stored on a server."}]},{"slug":"keyword-density-analyzer","category":"web-seo-misc","title":"Keyword Density Analyzer","tagline":"See word frequency and density (%) ranked in a table, plus the total word count","emoji":"📊","keywords":["keyword density","word frequency analysis","SEO keyword analysis","word count","keyword analyzer"],"intro":"This tool analyzes your blog post or article and shows, in a ranked table, how many times each word appears and what percentage of the total it makes up. It's useful for bloggers and SEO specialists checking whether they've used a target keyword too much or too little.","howto":["Paste the text you want to analyze into the input box.","Set the unit (single word / two-word phrase), how many top entries to show, the minimum word length, and whether to exclude stop words.","Each word's frequency and density (%) is shown in a table with bars, along with the total word count.","If any keyword's density is too high, tone it down to keep things natural."],"faq":[{"q":"What's a good keyword density percentage?","a":"Generally, a core keyword density of about 1-3% is considered natural. Too high can look like keyword stuffing (spam), so adjust it to fit the context."},{"q":"Why do I need stop-word exclusion and a minimum word length?","a":"When particles and articles like 'and' or 'the', or single-character words, dominate the top of the list, they hide your real key terms. Excluding them makes the meaningful keywords stand out."},{"q":"Is the text I analyze sent to a server?","a":"No. All analysis happens entirely within your browser, and the text you enter is never sent to or stored on a server."}]},{"slug":"online-notepad","category":"web-seo-misc","title":"Online Notepad","tagline":"An install-free notepad that auto-saves in your browser, with character count, TXT export, and clear all","emoji":"📝","keywords":["online notepad","web notepad","install-free notes","auto-save notepad","scratchpad"],"intro":"This is a notepad you use right in your browser with no installation, and everything you type is instantly auto-saved in this browser so your notes stay put even after you close and reopen the window. It's just right for jotting down a passing idea or some text you want to keep on hand, with zero hassle.","howto":["Type freely in the note area below. Your text is auto-saved the moment you enter it.","Check the character, word, and line counts along with the last-saved time at the bottom.","If you need to, download your notes as a file with 'Save as TXT'.","Use 'Clear All' to delete your notes and saved data all at once."],"faq":[{"q":"Where are my notes saved? Can I see them on other devices?","a":"Notes are saved only in the local storage (localStorage) of the browser you're currently using. They're never sent to a server, so they won't appear on other devices or browsers."},{"q":"Will my content disappear when I close the browser?","a":"No. Because it auto-saves, your notes remain even after you close and reopen the window or tab. However, they'll be erased if you clear your browser's history or site data."},{"q":"Does it save in incognito (private) mode?","a":"In incognito mode, your saved data disappears once you close the window. For anything you want to keep long-term, download it with 'Save as TXT'."}]},{"slug":"timer-stopwatch-pomodoro","category":"web-seo-misc","title":"Timer & Stopwatch","tagline":"A countdown timer and stopwatch in one place, with an alarm sound when time's up","emoji":"⏱️","keywords":["online timer","stopwatch","pomodoro timer","countdown timer","alarm timer"],"intro":"This tool offers a countdown timer and a lap-capable stopwatch as tabs, ready to use right in your browser with no installation. It's a convenient one-tap-to-start companion whenever you need to keep time for cooking, workouts, or focus sessions (Pomodoro).","howto":["On the 'Timer' tab, enter minutes and seconds or hit a preset (like Focus 25 min) to set the time.","Press Start to begin the countdown; an alarm sounds when it reaches zero.","On the 'Stopwatch' tab, measure elapsed time with start/stop, lap, and reset.","You can pause anytime and reset back to the starting value whenever you need."],"faq":[{"q":"I can't hear the timer's alarm sound.","a":"Browsers require a user action to play sound. You need to have pressed 'Start' on the page at least once, and please also check that your tab, system, and volume aren't muted."},{"q":"Is the time accurate even when I'm looking at another tab?","a":"Yes. The remaining time is calculated from real timestamps, so even if the display refreshes slowly in a background tab, the exact moment it ends is still accurate."},{"q":"Are my set times or records sent to a server?","a":"No. Both the timer and stopwatch run entirely within your browser, and no data is ever sent to or stored on a server."}]},{"slug":"css-filter-generator","category":"color-design","title":"CSS Filter Generator","tagline":"Adjust blur, brightness, contrast, saturation and more with sliders to instantly generate CSS filter code","emoji":"🎛️","keywords":["CSS filter","filter generator","blur","grayscale","hue-rotate"],"intro":"This tool lets you adjust blur, brightness, contrast, grayscale, hue-rotate, saturate, and sepia with sliders while watching the result in a live preview. It's handy for web developers and designers who want to dial in filter values for images or boxes by eye and copy them straight into their code.","howto":["Move the sliders to adjust the filter effect you want.","Watch the result apply in real time in the preview box up top.","Copy the finished filter CSS and paste it onto the element you want.","If you're not happy with it, use the reset button to return to the defaults."],"faq":[{"q":"Are default-value sliders included in the CSS?","a":"No. Filters at their default value (100% for brightness, contrast, saturation, etc.) or with blur at 0 are automatically dropped from the output, so only the values you actually need are generated cleanly."},{"q":"Are the values I enter sent to a server?","a":"They're not. All calculations and previews happen entirely within your browser, and no data is ever sent to a server."},{"q":"Can I layer multiple filters at once?","a":"Yes. When you adjust several sliders together, they're combined into a single filter value joined by spaces, like blur(2px) brightness(110%)."}]},{"slug":"text-shadow-generator","category":"color-design","title":"CSS Text Shadow Generator","tagline":"Adjust offset, blur, and color to preview text-shadow and copy it as CSS","emoji":"🖋️","keywords":["text-shadow","text shadow","CSS shadow","font shadow","shadow generator"],"intro":"This tool lets you adjust horizontal and vertical offset, blur, color, and opacity to preview text shadows in real time and generate the CSS. It's great for web designers and developers who want to add depth to banner copy or headings, dialing in the values by eye and copying them straight to use.","howto":["Set the preview text and the text and background colors however you like.","Adjust the shadow's position and softness with the offset and blur sliders.","Pick the shadow color and opacity to nail the look you want.","Copy the generated text-shadow CSS and paste it into your styles."],"faq":[{"q":"Can I set negative offsets too?","a":"Yes. The horizontal and vertical offset sliders range from -50px to +50px, so you can freely place the shadow to the left or above as well."},{"q":"Are the text or colors I enter stored on a server?","a":"They aren't. The preview and CSS generation all happen in your browser, and no information is ever sent to or logged on a server."},{"q":"How is the color opacity applied?","a":"The chosen shadow color and the opacity slider value are combined and converted into rgba() form, so even semi-transparent, natural-looking shadows are captured exactly in the code."}]},{"slug":"twitter-character-counter","category":"sns-utils","title":"X (Twitter) Character Counter","tagline":"A real-time 280-character counter for X (Twitter) that applies the 23-char URL and 2x CJK weighting rules","emoji":"🐦","keywords":["twitter character count","X character count","280 characters","tweet character counter","23-character URL"],"intro":"This tool counts your tweet's characters using X (Twitter)'s actual rules and shows in real time how many characters you have left against the 280-character limit. Because links count as a fixed 23 characters and Korean counts double, it gives the exact length to Twitter users and marketers who find these rules confusing.","howto":["Write or paste your tweet exactly as it is into the input box.","Check how much room you have against the 280-character limit with the progress bar and remaining count.","Use the weighted character count and link count stats to see what's eating up your length.","If you go over 280, trim the content by the amount you're over."],"faq":[{"q":"Why does Korean hit the limit faster than English?","a":"X weights characters like Korean, Chinese, and emoji as 2 each. So while English goes up to 280 characters, Korean effectively caps at around 140."},{"q":"Why are links counted as 23 characters?","a":"X automatically wraps every posted link in a t.co short URL, so it counts any single URL as a fixed 23 characters regardless of its actual length. This tool applies the same rule."},{"q":"Is my tweet content sent anywhere?","a":"No. The character counting all happens within your browser, and the content you enter is never sent to or stored on a server."}]},{"slug":"social-caption-counter","category":"sns-utils","title":"Social Caption & Hashtag Counter","tagline":"Count caption characters and hashtags, and spot Instagram, X, TikTok, Threads, and YouTube limit overages at a glance","emoji":"#️⃣","keywords":["social media character count","hashtag count","instagram caption length","caption counter","platform character limits"],"intro":"This tool counts your post's characters and hashtags and flags whether it exceeds the limits for Instagram, X, TikTok, Threads, and YouTube. It's great for marketers and creators who post the same caption across several platforms and want to catch length issues before publishing.","howto":["Write or paste your post or caption into the input box.","Check the character, hashtag, and line counts in real time.","Review the over-limit (red) and OK (green) status in the per-platform list.","Trim your content or hashtags to fit any platform you've gone over on."],"faq":[{"q":"How are hashtags counted?","a":"Everything after a # up until a space or punctuation is recognized as a single hashtag and counted. Instagram's recommended limit is 30 per caption, so going over is flagged."},{"q":"Are the platform limits shown always accurate?","a":"They're reference values. Each platform's policy can change from time to time, so for an important post we recommend double-checking in the actual app."},{"q":"Is the caption I enter sent to a server?","a":"It isn't. Character and hashtag counting all happens within your browser, and no content is ever sent to or stored on a server."}]},{"slug":"fancy-text-generator","category":"sns-utils","title":"Fancy Text Generator for Instagram","tagline":"Convert plain text into bold, italic, cursive, and other Unicode fonts for bios and usernames","emoji":"✨","keywords":["instagram fonts","fancy username","fancy text","fancy text generator","unicode fonts"],"intro":"This tool converts English letters and numbers into a range of Unicode styles at once, including bold, italic, cursive, and double-struck. Creators who want their Instagram bio, username, or profile to stand out can pick a font they like and copy it right away.","howto":["Enter the English text or username you want to style.","Scan through the many conversions at a glance, including bold, cursive, circled, and upside-down.","Press the copy button next to the style you like.","Paste it into your Instagram bio or profile name field to use it."],"faq":[{"q":"Does it convert Korean too?","a":"This tool uses Unicode fonts for English letters and numbers, so Korean isn't converted and stays as-is. Use it to style English usernames or bios."},{"q":"Do I need to install a separate font?","a":"No. The output isn't a font but actual Unicode characters, so you just copy and paste. Note that on some devices and apps the letters may look slightly different, or a screen reader may not be able to read them."},{"q":"Is the text I enter sent to a server?","a":"It isn't. All conversion happens entirely within your browser, and the username or text you enter is never stored or sent anywhere."}]},{"slug":"text-diff","category":"text-dev","title":"Text Compare (Diff)","tagline":"Compare two texts line by line and highlight added, removed, and unchanged lines in color","emoji":"🔀","keywords":["text compare","diff tool","code compare","document change tracking","difference between two texts"],"intro":"This tool compares two texts line by line and color-codes added lines, removed lines, and unchanged lines. It's useful for anyone who needs to quickly find 'what changed' — comparing document revisions, reviewing code or config file changes, or proofreading translations.","howto":["Paste the original (before) text into the left box and the changed (after) text into the right box.","The counts of added, removed, and unchanged lines are summarized below, with the line-by-line comparison shown in color.","Green is a newly added line, red is a removed line, and gray is a line that's the same on both sides."],"faq":[{"q":"Does it compare by word or character too?","a":"This tool is optimized for line-by-line comparison. A small change within a line is shown as that whole line being 'removed and then added'."},{"q":"Can it compare very long documents?","a":"Yes, though if there are too many lines on either side, a notice appears for performance reasons. In that case, split the document and compare it in parts."},{"q":"Is the content I paste sent to a server?","a":"No. The comparison all happens within your browser, and no text is ever sent to or stored on a server."}]},{"slug":"jwt-decoder","category":"text-dev","title":"JWT Decoder","tagline":"Decode a JWT's header and payload and turn exp/iat into human-readable times","emoji":"🔑","keywords":["JWT decoder","JWT parser","token decode","view JWT payload","inspect access token"],"intro":"Paste in a JWT (JSON Web Token) and this tool base64url-decodes the header and payload into nicely formatted JSON, converting time values like exp and iat into human-readable dates. It's useful for developers who need to quickly inspect the contents of login and auth tokens.","howto":["Paste the entire JWT token (header.payload.signature) into the input box.","The header and payload are automatically decoded and shown as formatted JSON.","Time values like exp (expiry) and iat (issued at) are shown as human-readable dates along with whether the token has expired.","Use the copy button to put the decoded JSON on your clipboard."],"faq":[{"q":"Is the signature verified too?","a":"No. This tool only decodes the contents and does not verify the signature. Don't use it to judge whether a token has been tampered with."},{"q":"How is expiry determined?","a":"It compares the payload's exp value with the current time and shows 'valid' or 'expired'. Tokens without an exp don't show an expiry status."},{"q":"Is the token sent to a server?","a":"No. Decoding all happens in your browser, and the token is never sent to or stored on a server. Even so, handle production secret tokens with care."}]},{"slug":"regex-tester","category":"text-dev","title":"Regex Tester","tagline":"Check match count, matches, and capture groups from a pattern, flags, and test string","emoji":"🔎","keywords":["regex tester","regex test","regular expression checker","pattern matching","capture groups"],"intro":"Enter a regex pattern, flags, and a test string, and this tool shows the match count and each match's position and capture groups in real time. It's useful for developers writing and debugging regular expressions, or anyone checking whether a pattern behaves the way they intend.","howto":["Enter your regex pattern and select any flags you need (g, i, m, and so on).","Enter the text to check in the test string box below.","The match count, the list of matches, and capture groups (including named groups) are shown instantly."],"faq":[{"q":"What happens if I enter an invalid regex?","a":"An error message is shown and matching stops. As soon as you fix the pattern, it re-runs immediately."},{"q":"Why do I need the global (g) flag?","a":"With the g flag, it finds all matches throughout the string; without it, only the first match is shown."},{"q":"Are the pattern and text I enter sent to a server?","a":"No. The regex runs in your browser's JavaScript engine, and no content is ever sent to a server."}]},{"slug":"cron-parser","category":"text-dev","title":"Cron Expression Parser","tagline":"Turn a 5-field cron expression into a plain-English description and parse it field by field","emoji":"⏰","keywords":["cron expression","cron interpreter","cron job schedule","cron parser","cron explainer"],"intro":"This tool turns a cron expression made of five fields (minute, hour, day, month, weekday) into a human-readable description and shows in a table which values each field matches. It's useful for developers and operators setting up cron jobs and schedulers who want to check an expression without confusion.","howto":["Enter a cron expression with the five fields 'minute hour day month weekday' (e.g., 30 9 * * 1-5).","The execution schedule the expression means is explained in a plain-English sentence.","The actual values each field matches (minute/hour/day/month/weekday) are laid out in a table."],"faq":[{"q":"Does it support notation like */5, 1-5, and 1,3,5?","a":"Yes. It supports asterisk (*), ranges (1-5), lists (1,3,5), steps (*/5), and combinations of these, and it also recognizes English abbreviations like JAN and MON for months and weekdays."},{"q":"What are 0 and 7 in the weekday field?","a":"0 is Sunday and 6 is Saturday, and 7 is also treated as Sunday. If you specify both day-of-month and weekday, it runs when either one matches."},{"q":"Is the expression I enter sent to a server?","a":"No. Parsing all happens in your browser, and the expression you enter is never sent to or stored on a server."}]},{"slug":"discount-calculator","category":"calc-convert","title":"Discount Calculator","tagline":"Get the discount amount and final price from list price and rate, or reverse-calculate the rate","emoji":"🏷️","keywords":["discount calculator","discount rate calculator","sale price","final price","reverse discount rate"],"intro":"Enter the list price and discount rate (%), and this tool instantly calculates the discount amount and final price — or, working backward, figures out the actual discount rate from a final price. It's handy for quickly checking a sale price while shopping, or for setting selling prices and margins.","howto":["On the 'Calculate by rate' tab, enter the list price and discount rate (%) to see the discount amount and final price.","On the 'Reverse from final price' tab, enter the list price and final price to calculate the actual discount rate.","Result amounts are shown rounded to the nearest whole unit."],"faq":[{"q":"Does it calculate stacked, multiple discounts?","a":"This tool calculates based on a single discount rate. If an extra coupon or stacked discount applies, use the 'Reverse' tab and enter the list price and the actual amount paid to find the final discount rate."},{"q":"What happens if the discount rate is over 100%?","a":"It still calculates, but that's usually an invalid input, so a notice is shown. Check your values to make sure the final price doesn't go negative."},{"q":"Are the amounts I enter stored on a server?","a":"No. All calculations happen within your browser, and your amount details are never sent to or stored on a server."}]},{"slug":"rotate-flip","category":"image-edit","title":"Rotate & Flip Image","tagline":"Rotate images 90, 180, or 270 degrees or flip them horizontally or vertically, then save","emoji":"🔄","keywords":["rotate image","flip photo","rotate 90 degrees","flip horizontal","flip vertical"],"intro":"This free tool lets you rotate images by 90, 180, or 270 degrees or flip them horizontally or vertically. Combine rotation and flipping freely, then download the result straight to PNG.","howto":["Drag and drop your image or click to select it.","Set the angle with the 'Rotate right 90°', 'Rotate left 90°', and 'Rotate 180°' buttons.","Press 'Flip horizontal' or 'Flip vertical' to flip it in the direction you want.","Check the preview, then save with the 'Download' button."],"faq":[{"q":"Is my file sent to a server?","a":"No. Rotating and flipping all happen within your browser and your image is never uploaded to a server, so even personal photos stay safe."},{"q":"Can I apply rotation and flipping together?","a":"Yes. You can turn on horizontal and vertical flipping while the image is rotated to your chosen angle, and the result updates in the preview in real time."},{"q":"What format is it saved in?","a":"It's saved as lossless PNG. The original dimensions are preserved, and width and height are automatically swapped when you rotate 90 or 270 degrees."}]},{"slug":"grayscale-bw","category":"image-edit","title":"Black & White Converter","tagline":"Convert color images to black and white (grayscale) and download","emoji":"🌑","keywords":["black and white converter","grayscale","black and white photo","black and white","image filter"],"intro":"This free tool turns your color photos into moody black-and-white (grayscale) images with a single click. You can save the result as PNG while keeping the original dimensions intact.","howto":["Drag and drop the image you want to convert to black and white, or click to select it.","An automatically grayscaled preview appears.","Press the 'Download' button to save the resulting image.","Press 'Another image' to convert a new photo."],"faq":[{"q":"Is my file sent to a server?","a":"No. The black-and-white conversion happens only inside your browser and your image is never sent to an outside server, so you can use it with peace of mind."},{"q":"Does converting reduce the quality?","a":"Only the colors change to grayscale; the resolution and size stay exactly as the original, and it's saved as lossless PNG."},{"q":"Can it convert JPG, PNG, and WebP alike?","a":"Yes. It supports most image formats your browser can open, and the result is saved as PNG with transparency preserved."}]},{"slug":"invert-colors","category":"image-edit","title":"Invert Colors (Negative)","tagline":"Invert an image's colors for a negative-film effect and save","emoji":"🎞️","keywords":["invert colors","negative","film effect","color inversion","image filter"],"intro":"This free tool flips all of an image's colors to create a negative-film-like effect. Save the result — white becomes black and black becomes white — as PNG.","howto":["Drag and drop the image you want to invert, or click to select it.","An automatically negative-processed preview is shown.","Press the 'Download' button to save the inverted image.","Use 'Another image' to invert a new photo."],"faq":[{"q":"Is my file sent to a server?","a":"No. The color inversion runs entirely within your browser and your image is never sent to a server, so even personal photos are safe to use."},{"q":"How does color inversion work?","a":"It subtracts each pixel's red, green, and blue values from 255 to produce the complementary color, creating the same effect as a photographic negative."},{"q":"Can I turn an inverted image back to the original?","a":"If you feed the saved negative image back into this tool, it's restored to its original colors — because applying color inversion twice returns the original."}]},{"slug":"circle-crop","category":"image-edit","title":"Circle Crop","tagline":"Crop images into a circle and save as transparent PNG (for profile pictures)","emoji":"⭕","keywords":["circle crop","profile picture","round photo","transparent PNG","crop image"],"intro":"This free tool crops your image into a center square and turns it into a round, circular image. It's saved as a PNG with a transparent background, ready to use right away as a profile picture or avatar.","howto":["Drag and drop the image you want to make circular, or click to select it.","The center of the image is automatically cropped square, then into a circle.","Check the circular result in the preview.","Press the 'Download' button to save it as a transparent PNG."],"faq":[{"q":"Is my file sent to a server?","a":"No. The circle crop is processed only within your browser and your image is never sent out, so you can make profile pictures with peace of mind."},{"q":"Is the background saved as transparent?","a":"Yes. The area outside the circle is saved as a transparent PNG, so it appears round on top of any background."},{"q":"Which part gets cropped?","a":"It crops a square from the center based on the shorter of the image's width and height, then makes it circular. It helps to position your main subject in the middle beforehand."}]},{"slug":"add-border","category":"image-edit","title":"Add Border","tagline":"Add a border (frame) around your image in any color and thickness","emoji":"🖼️","keywords":["add border","image frame","photo frame","border","image editing"],"intro":"A free tool that easily adds a border, or frame, around your image in any color and thickness you choose. Adjust the color and width and the preview updates in real time.","howto":["Drag and drop or click to select the image you want to frame.","Pick a border color with the color picker.","Use the slider to adjust the border thickness (px).","Check the preview, then save it with the 'Download' button."],"faq":[{"q":"Are my files uploaded to a server?","a":"No. The border is added entirely within your browser and your image is never sent to a server, so even private photos stay safe."},{"q":"How thick can the border be?","a":"You can set it anywhere from 0px to 200px with the slider, and the canvas grows by that amount so the original is never cropped."},{"q":"What format is the result saved in?","a":"It's saved as a PNG with transparency support, sized to the original plus the border thickness added on all four sides."}]},{"slug":"blur-image","category":"image-edit","title":"Blur Image","tagline":"Softly blur a photo with an adjustable intensity slider","emoji":"🌫️","keywords":["image blur","blur photo","blur effect","blur image online","blur background"],"intro":"Upload an image and use the slider to control the blur strength, softening it exactly as much as you like. It's great for backgrounds or hiding sensitive areas, and you can download the result as a PNG right away.","howto":["Drag and drop or click to select an image.","Move the blur intensity slider to set how soft you want it.","Check the preview, then click the download button to save."],"faq":[{"q":"Are my files uploaded to a server?","a":"No. Everything is processed entirely within your browser and your image is never uploaded to a server."},{"q":"How much can I blur the image?","a":"You can adjust from 0px (original) up to 40px; the higher the value, the stronger the blur."},{"q":"What format is it saved in?","a":"It's saved as a PNG, preserving transparency."}]},{"slug":"round-corners","category":"image-edit","title":"Round Corners","tagline":"Round image corners to any radius and save as a transparent PNG","emoji":"🔲","keywords":["round corners","rounded image","rounded corners","transparent PNG","corner radius"],"intro":"Rounds all four corners of your image by the radius you set, giving it a soft, card-like look. The trimmed outer area is made transparent, so the result saves as a PNG that sits naturally on any background.","howto":["Drag and drop or click to select an image.","Use the radius slider to set how round the corners should be (as a % of the shorter side).","Check the preview and download it as a transparent PNG."],"faq":[{"q":"Are my files uploaded to a server?","a":"No. Your image is never sent to a server and is processed entirely within your browser."},{"q":"Why can it only be saved as a PNG?","a":"Keeping the area outside the rounded corners transparent requires the PNG format, which supports transparency."},{"q":"What does a 50% radius look like?","a":"Set to 50% of the shorter side, that side becomes a full semicircle, giving you a pill (capsule) or near-circular shape."}]},{"slug":"add-text-to-image","category":"image-edit","title":"Add Text to Image","tagline":"Overlay text on a photo and adjust its color, size, and position","emoji":"✍️","keywords":["text on image","add text to photo","image caption","thumbnail text","text watermark"],"intro":"Overlay any text on your image and freely adjust the color, size, and top/middle/bottom position. It's handy for thumbnail captions, simple subtitles, or notices, and the result saves straight to PNG.","howto":["Drag and drop or click to select an image.","Enter your text (press Enter for a new line) and adjust the color and size.","Choose top, middle, or bottom for the position, then download."],"faq":[{"q":"Are my files uploaded to a server?","a":"No. Your text and image are never sent to a server and are composited entirely within your browser."},{"q":"Can I add multiple lines?","a":"Yes. Press Enter in the text box to split your text across multiple lines."},{"q":"What if the text blends into the background?","a":"A subtle shadow is added automatically to boost contrast, and you can make the color lighter or darker to fine-tune readability."}]},{"slug":"pixelate-censor","category":"image-edit","title":"Pixelate / Censor","tagline":"Pixelate an image to hide sensitive information","emoji":"🧱","keywords":["pixelate","pixelation","hide personal info","censor photo","blur image"],"intro":"Pixelates your entire image into blocks to make sensitive information like faces, documents, or numbers hard to recognize. An intensity slider controls the block size, and the processed image saves as a PNG.","howto":["Drag and drop or click to select the image you want to censor.","Use the pixelation intensity slider to enlarge the blocks and hide as much as you want.","Check the preview, then download."],"faq":[{"q":"Are my files uploaded to a server?","a":"No. All pixelation happens within your browser and your image is never sent anywhere."},{"q":"Can I censor only part of an image?","a":"This tool pixelates the entire image. To hide only a specific area, we recommend cropping that section first and processing it separately."},{"q":"Can the pixelation be undone?","a":"No. Pixelating destroys the original detail so it can't be restored, so keep a copy of the original separately."}]},{"slug":"exif-remover","category":"image-edit","title":"EXIF Remover","tagline":"Strip location and camera data for a clean, share-ready photo","emoji":"🧹","keywords":["remove EXIF","photo metadata","remove location data","remove photo GPS","privacy protection"],"intro":"Photos can hide EXIF data like GPS location, camera model, and date. This tool re-encodes your image with canvas to strip out that metadata, producing a clean photo that protects your privacy before you share.","howto":["Drag and drop or click to select the photo whose metadata you want to strip.","It's automatically re-encoded and the EXIF data is removed.","Compare the original and cleaned file sizes, then download the clean image."],"faq":[{"q":"Are my files uploaded to a server?","a":"No. Re-encoding happens entirely within your browser and your photo is never uploaded to a server."},{"q":"Is the location data really removed?","a":"The pixels are redrawn and saved via canvas, so EXIF metadata, GPS included, doesn't carry over into the result file."},{"q":"Does the quality get worse?","a":"JPEGs are re-saved at 92% quality, removing metadata with no noticeable loss, while PNG photos stay lossless."}]},{"slug":"meme-generator","category":"image-edit","title":"Meme Generator","tagline":"Add Impact-style white text with a black outline to the top and bottom of an image, then download your meme","emoji":"😂","keywords":["meme generator","make a meme","meme maker","caption an image","impact font meme"],"intro":"Add bold white Impact-style captions with a black outline to the top and bottom of an image to create memes. Adjust the top and bottom text and the font size, preview in real time, and save as a PNG.","howto":["Drag and drop or click to select the image for your meme.","Type your top and bottom text and the Impact-style caption is composited instantly.","Use the font size slider to adjust the caption size.","Click 'Download Meme' to save it as a PNG."],"faq":[{"q":"What if the text overflows the image?","a":"Long text automatically wraps onto multiple lines. Lowering the font size slider lets you fit more content on screen."},{"q":"Can I use non-English characters and emoji?","a":"Yes. Any language and emoji are supported, and the 'uppercase' option applies only to Latin letters."},{"q":"Is my uploaded image sent to a server?","a":"No. All compositing happens within your browser and your image is never sent to or stored on a server."}]},{"slug":"brightness-contrast-adjust","category":"image-edit","title":"Brightness, Contrast & Saturation","tagline":"Adjust brightness, contrast, and saturation with live preview, then download","emoji":"🌗","keywords":["adjust brightness","adjust contrast","adjust saturation","photo correction","image brightness"],"intro":"Instantly adjust a photo's brightness, contrast, and saturation with sliders and see the results in real time. Once you get the look you want, save it as a lossless PNG, which is perfect for quick color correction.","howto":["Drag and drop or click to select the image you want to adjust.","Move the brightness, contrast, and saturation sliders and the preview updates instantly.","Use 'Reset' to return to the original state.","Click 'Download' to save the adjusted image."],"faq":[{"q":"Will the quality be worse than the original?","a":"The result is saved as a lossless PNG, so the adjustment itself causes no compression loss. That said, extreme brightness or contrast values can lose detail in the highlights and shadows."},{"q":"Can I adjust multiple values at once?","a":"Yes. Freely combine brightness, contrast, and saturation to get the look you want, then save it all at once."},{"q":"Is my image uploaded to a server?","a":"No. All adjustments happen within your browser and your photo is never sent to or stored on a server."}]},{"slug":"png-to-jpg","category":"image-format","title":"PNG to JPG Converter","tagline":"Convert PNG to JPG, filling transparent backgrounds with white, adjust quality, and download","emoji":"🖼️","keywords":["png to jpg","convert png to jpg","image format converter","png jpg conversion","reduce photo file size"],"intro":"Converts PNG images to JPG, automatically filling transparent backgrounds with white. A quality slider lets you balance file size against image quality before saving.","howto":["Drag and drop or click to select the PNG image you want to convert.","Use the quality slider to balance image quality and file size.","Compare the original and converted sizes, then click 'Download JPG'."],"faq":[{"q":"Why does the transparent background turn white?","a":"JPG is a format that doesn't support transparency. Transparent areas are filled with white so they don't appear black in the conversion."},{"q":"What quality percentage is best?","a":"Around 80–92% usually reduces file size with no noticeable loss of quality. For photos, lowering the value shrinks the file size significantly."},{"q":"Is my image sent to a server?","a":"No. Conversion happens entirely within your browser and your file is never uploaded to a server."}]},{"slug":"jpg-to-png","category":"image-format","title":"JPG to PNG Converter","tagline":"Convert JPG to lossless PNG with no quality loss and download","emoji":"🏞️","keywords":["jpg to png","convert jpg to png","lossless conversion","jpg png converter","image format converter"],"intro":"Converts JPG images to the lossless PNG format with no quality loss. Save them ready to use for editing, transparent compositing, and anything else that needs a PNG.","howto":["Drag and drop or click to select the JPG image you want to convert.","Check the file size and resolution of the original and the converted PNG.","Click 'Download PNG' to save the file."],"faq":[{"q":"Does converting to PNG improve the quality?","a":"No, quality already lost to JPG compression can't be restored. However, the conversion adds no further loss, so the current quality is preserved exactly."},{"q":"Why does the file get bigger?","a":"PNG is a lossless format, so image-heavy content like photos can end up larger than the original JPG."},{"q":"Are my files sent to a server?","a":"No. All conversion happens within your browser and your image is never sent to or stored on a server."}]},{"slug":"jpg-to-webp","category":"image-format","title":"JPG to WebP Converter","tagline":"Convert JPG to lighter WebP, adjust quality, check the savings, and download","emoji":"🗜️","keywords":["jpg to webp","webp converter","reduce image size","jpg webp conversion","web image optimization"],"intro":"Converts JPG images to WebP, a format that's smaller at the same quality. A quality slider shows the savings so you can save web-optimized images.","howto":["Drag and drop or click to select the JPG image you want to convert.","Use the quality slider to balance image quality and file size.","Check the savings versus the original, then click 'Download WebP'."],"faq":[{"q":"Where can I open WebP files?","a":"Most modern browsers and websites, including Chrome, Edge, and Safari, support it. It's especially useful for shrinking image sizes on web pages."},{"q":"How much smaller does it get if I lower the quality?","a":"It varies by image, but at the same quality WebP is often 25–35% lighter than JPG. Lowering the slider reduces the size even further."},{"q":"Is my image uploaded to a server?","a":"No. Conversion happens entirely within your browser and your file is never sent to or stored on a server."}]},{"slug":"png-to-webp","category":"image-format","title":"PNG to WebP Converter","tagline":"Convert PNG to WebP while preserving transparency and greatly cutting file size","emoji":"🪶","keywords":["png to webp","convert png to webp","webp converter","reduce image size","transparent png to webp"],"intro":"A tool that converts PNG to WebP while keeping the transparent background intact, dramatically reducing file size. When you need faster website loading or to save storage space, convert and download right in your browser with no upload.","howto":["Drag and drop or click to select a PNG image.","Use the WebP quality slider to balance file size and image quality.","Check the original size, converted size, and savings.","Save the converted file with the 'Download WebP' button."],"faq":[{"q":"Does converting to WebP lose the transparent background?","a":"No. WebP supports an alpha channel (transparency), so the PNG's transparent background is preserved exactly."},{"q":"Where can I use WebP?","a":"Most modern browsers, Chrome, Edge, Firefox, and Safari, support WebP. At the same quality it's smaller than PNG or JPG, which is especially advantageous for web images."},{"q":"Is my image sent to a server?","a":"No. Conversion is handled 100% within your browser, and your file is never uploaded to or stored on a server."}]},{"slug":"webp-to-jpg","category":"image-format","title":"WebP to JPG Converter","tagline":"Convert WebP to widely compatible JPG and fill transparent areas with a background color","emoji":"📸","keywords":["webp to jpg","convert webp to jpg","change webp to jpg","webp converter","webp compatible format"],"intro":"A tool that converts WebP images to JPG, the most widely compatible format. When you need to open a file in a program or on an older device that doesn't support WebP, transparent areas are filled with your chosen background color for a clean conversion.","howto":["Drag and drop or click to select a WebP image.","Set the JPG quality and the background color to fill transparent areas.","Check the result in the preview.","Save it with the 'Download JPG' button."],"faq":[{"q":"What happens when I convert a transparent WebP to JPG?","a":"JPG doesn't support transparency, so the previously transparent areas are filled with your chosen background color (white by default). You can change the background color freely."},{"q":"Does the quality drop?","a":"JPG uses lossy compression, so lowering the quality shrinks the file but also reduces quality. Use the quality slider to find the sweet spot (around 90% is recommended)."},{"q":"Is my image uploaded to a server?","a":"No. All conversion happens within your browser and your file is never uploaded anywhere."}]},{"slug":"webp-to-png","category":"image-format","title":"WebP to PNG Converter","tagline":"Convert WebP to lossless PNG with transparency preserved and download","emoji":"🧊","keywords":["webp to png","convert webp to png","change webp to png","transparent png conversion","lossless webp conversion"],"intro":"A tool that converts WebP images to lossless PNG while preserving transparency. When you need a PNG for an editing program or a document, convert and download right in your browser with no upload.","howto":["Drag and drop or click to select a WebP image.","Check the resolution and the converted file size.","Check the result in the preview.","Save it with the 'Download PNG' button."],"faq":[{"q":"Is the transparent background kept when converting to PNG?","a":"Yes. PNG is a lossless format that supports an alpha channel (transparency), so WebP's transparent background is preserved exactly."},{"q":"Why is the PNG file bigger than the original?","a":"PNG uses lossless compression, so there's no quality loss but the file can be larger than lossy WebP. This is normal."},{"q":"Are my files sent to a server?","a":"No. Conversion is handled entirely within your browser and your image is never uploaded to or stored on a server."}]},{"slug":"image-to-base64","category":"image-format","title":"Image to Base64","tagline":"Convert an image to a Base64 Data URI and copy ready-made img and CSS snippets","emoji":"🧬","keywords":["image to base64","base64 image converter","data uri converter","base64 encode image","image data uri"],"intro":"A tool that converts an image into a Base64 Data URI string so you can drop it straight into your HTML or CSS. It's useful for developers who want to embed small images like icons and logos in code to cut down HTTP requests, and it provides ready-made img tag and CSS snippets too.","howto":["Drag and drop or click to select an image.","Review the generated Base64 Data URI.","Copy the Data URI, img tag, or CSS snippet as needed."],"faq":[{"q":"I heard Base64 increases the file size?","a":"That's right. Base64 encoding makes the data about 33% larger than the original, so it's best for embedding very small icons and logos rather than large images."},{"q":"Which formats are supported?","a":"It supports any image format the browser recognizes, including PNG, JPG, WebP, GIF, and SVG, and builds the Data URI with the original's MIME type intact."},{"q":"Is my image sent to a server?","a":"No. Conversion is handled only by the browser's FileReader, and your image is never uploaded to or stored on a server."}]},{"slug":"base64-to-image","category":"image-format","title":"Base64 to Image","tagline":"Restore a Base64 or Data URI string back into an image to preview and download","emoji":"🪄","keywords":["base64 to image","base64 image decoder","data uri to image","decode base64 image","restore base64 image"],"intro":"A tool that restores a Base64 or Data URI string into an actual image so you can preview and download it. When you need to see what image some Base64 data from code or an API response represents, it even auto-detects the format from raw Base64 with no prefix.","howto":["Paste a Base64 or data:image... Data URI string into the input box.","Review the restored image preview along with its format, resolution, and size.","Save it as a file with the 'Download Image' button."],"faq":[{"q":"Can I paste just Base64 without the data: prefix?","a":"Yes. Paste a raw Base64 string and it uses the magic bytes to auto-detect the format, such as PNG, JPG, GIF, or WebP, and restore the image."},{"q":"The image won't show and I get an error.","a":"This happens when the string was truncated or contains non-Base64 characters that corrupt it. Make sure you copied the entire string without leaving anything out."},{"q":"Is the pasted data sent to a server?","a":"No. Decoding, previewing, and downloading all happen within your browser, and no data is ever sent to a server."}]},{"slug":"username-name-generator","category":"generators-qr","title":"Username & Nickname Generator","tagline":"A random username and nickname generator from adjective + noun + number","emoji":"🎭","keywords":["username generator","nickname generator","random username","random id maker","make a nickname"],"intro":"Combines adjectives, nouns, and numbers to generate several distinctive usernames and nicknames at once. Choose English or Korean and change the separator and number options to create names in whatever style you want, on the spot.","howto":["Select the English or Korean tab.","Set the word separator, how many to generate, and whether to append a number at the end.","Click 'Generate' to draw candidates, then hit the copy button next to any name you like.","Use 'Copy All' to copy every candidate at once."],"faq":[{"q":"Are the generated usernames stored on a server?","a":"No. Every name is generated on the spot within your browser using crypto random numbers and is never sent to or stored anywhere."},{"q":"Can the same name come up twice?","a":"Since it's a random combination, duplicates can occur rarely. Just click 'Generate' again to draw fresh candidates."},{"q":"Can I use these names directly on a real service?","a":"They're meant as candidate ideas. Check availability and the naming rules on the service you're signing up for before using one."}]},{"slug":"placeholder-image-generator","category":"generators-qr","title":"Placeholder Image Generator","tagline":"A generator for placeholder images with custom size, color, and label for mockups","emoji":"🖼️","keywords":["placeholder image","placeholder generator","mockup image","dummy image","wireframe image"],"intro":"Specify a size, background color, text color, and label, and it draws a placeholder image for mockups and wireframes on the spot using canvas. Preview and download it directly as a PNG, JPG, or WebP.","howto":["Pick a preset or enter the width and height yourself.","Set the background and text colors, and add a label if you like (leave it blank to show the dimensions).","Choose the PNG, JPG, or WebP format.","Check the preview, then save the image with the 'Download' button."],"faq":[{"q":"Is the image uploaded to a server?","a":"No. The image is drawn only on your browser's canvas and the file is generated right in the browser, so it's never sent anywhere."},{"q":"What's the maximum size?","a":"It supports up to 4000px in width and height each. Larger values are automatically capped at 4000px."},{"q":"Can I make a transparent-background image?","a":"Because a background color is always filled in, fully transparent images aren't supported. The checkerboard in the preview is just a backdrop to help with positioning."}]},{"slug":"signature-pad-generator","category":"generators-qr","title":"Signature Pad","tagline":"A signature pad that saves signatures drawn with mouse or touch as a transparent PNG","emoji":"✍️","keywords":["electronic signature","handwritten signature","signature image","signature pad","transparent signature png"],"intro":"Draw your signature directly with a mouse or finger, then save it as a PNG image with a transparent background. Freely adjust the stroke color and thickness, and if you don't like it, just clear it and draw again.","howto":["Set the stroke color and thickness however you like.","Draw your signature in the signature area with your mouse or finger.","Press 'Clear' to draw again.","Use 'Download PNG' to save the transparent-background signature image."],"faq":[{"q":"Is the signature I draw sent to a server?","a":"No. Your signature is drawn only on the browser canvas and the image is created right in the browser, so it's never sent to or stored anywhere."},{"q":"Is the background really transparent?","a":"Yes. The checkerboard in the preview is just a backdrop to mark the transparent area; the saved PNG keeps only the signature strokes with a transparent background."},{"q":"Can I sign on a smartphone too?","a":"Yes. Touch is supported, so you can sign with your finger or a stylus on a smartphone or tablet."}]},{"slug":"csv-to-json","category":"doc-data","title":"CSV to JSON Converter","tagline":"Paste CSV and convert it to a JSON array (delimiter and header options, copy the result)","emoji":"🔄","keywords":["csv to json","csv to json converter","csv parser","convert table data","json array converter"],"intro":"Paste CSV separated by commas, tabs, semicolons, and more, and it's instantly converted to a JSON array. It supports a header option that uses the first row as keys plus quoted-value handling, so you can copy the result right away.","howto":["Paste your CSV data into the input box.","Select the delimiter that matches your data (comma, tab, semicolon, or pipe).","Use the checkbox to decide whether the first row is used as headers (keys).","Review the converted JSON and copy it with the 'Copy JSON' button."],"faq":[{"q":"Is the pasted data sent to a server?","a":"No. All conversion happens within your browser and the CSV you enter is never sent to or stored on a server."},{"q":"Can values contain commas or line breaks?","a":"Yes. Fields wrapped in double quotes are handled as-is, and a doubled quote (\"\") inside a field is read as a single quote."},{"q":"What happens if I turn off the header option?","a":"Each row becomes a string array, producing JSON in the form of an array of arrays."}]},{"slug":"json-to-csv","category":"doc-data","title":"JSON to CSV Converter","tagline":"Turn JSON array keys into CSV headers, then copy or download","emoji":"🔃","keywords":["JSON to CSV converter","json to csv","export CSV","convert JSON to Excel CSV","JSON array to CSV"],"intro":"Paste an array of JSON objects and it converts them into CSV, using each object's keys as the header row. Choose a delimiter and copy the result, or download it as a UTF-8 CSV file that opens cleanly in Excel.","howto":["Paste your array of JSON objects into the input box.","Choose your preferred delimiter (comma, tab, semicolon, or pipe).","Review the converted CSV.","Grab the result with the 'Copy CSV' or 'Download CSV' button."],"faq":[{"q":"Is my JSON sent to a server?","a":"No. Conversion happens entirely in your browser, and your data is never transmitted or stored externally."},{"q":"What happens if objects have different keys?","a":"It gathers the keys from every object to build the header row and leaves any cell with no value blank."},{"q":"Non-English text looks garbled in Excel—why?","a":"The downloaded file includes a UTF-8 BOM, so non-Latin characters display correctly in Excel."}]},{"slug":"css-loader-spinner","category":"color-design","title":"CSS Loading Spinner Generator","tagline":"Pick a ring, dot, or pulse spinner, tune the color and speed, and copy pure CSS","emoji":"⏳","keywords":["CSS loading spinner","create loading animation","CSS spinner generator","pure CSS loader","CSS loading icon"],"intro":"Choose from five loading spinner styles—ring, dual ring, dots, pulse, and bars—then adjust the size, color, and speed with a live preview. It copies as pure HTML and CSS with no images or external libraries, so it drops lightly into any web project.","howto":["Pick a spinner style tab (ring, dual ring, dots, pulse, or bars).","Adjust the size, thickness, and speed sliders and the color to fine-tune the preview.","Grab the code with 'Copy HTML' and 'Copy CSS' (or copy it all at once).","Drop the HTML where you want the loader and paste the CSS into your stylesheet—done."],"faq":[{"q":"Are my settings sent to a server?","a":"No. Choosing a style, previewing, and generating the code all happen entirely in your browser. Nothing is ever transmitted or stored on a server."},{"q":"Do I need images or an external library?","a":"No. The generated code is pure HTML and CSS animation (@keyframes), so it works without any GIF images or JavaScript libraries."},{"q":"How do I center the spinner?","a":"Give the spinner's parent element display:flex; justify-content:center; align-items:center;. You can freely tweak the color and speed just by changing the values in the generated CSS."}]},{"slug":"svg-wave-generator","category":"color-design","title":"SVG Wave Background Generator","tagline":"Build a wavy SVG that smoothly connects sections—tune color, height, and curve, then copy","emoji":"🌊","keywords":["SVG wave background","wave divider generator","section wave divider","svg wave generator","create wave background"],"intro":"Create a wavy SVG divider that smoothly connects web sections by adjusting only the color, height, curve, and number of waves. Thanks to preserveAspectRatio it stretches to any screen width, so it works right away as a section divider on responsive landing pages.","howto":["Shape the curve you want with the height, amplitude, and wave-count sliders.","Pick a color and opacity, and flip the direction with 'Vertical flip' if needed.","Check the preview, then click the 'Copy SVG' button.","Paste the SVG code above or below a section to use it as a divider."],"faq":[{"q":"Is anything I enter sent to a server?","a":"No. Adjusting colors and values and generating the SVG code all happen inside your browser, and no data is ever transmitted or stored on a server."},{"q":"Does the wave stretch to fit the screen size?","a":"Yes. The generated SVG includes width=100% and preserveAspectRatio=none, so it stretches horizontally to fit its parent's width. The height stays at the value you set."},{"q":"Can I fill it with a gradient?","a":"Right now it offers solid-color fills. If you need a gradient, replace the fill in the copied SVG by defining a linearGradient inside <defs> and pointing the path's fill to its id."}]},{"slug":"mesh-gradient-generator","category":"color-design","title":"Mesh Gradient Background Generator","tagline":"Layer multiple color points into an aurora-like mesh gradient and copy it as CSS","emoji":"🌈","keywords":["mesh gradient","mesh gradient generator","aurora background CSS","radial gradient background","create gradient background"],"intro":"Layer several semi-transparent radial gradients to create the trendy aurora-style mesh backgrounds you see everywhere. Adjust each color point's position, color, and blur to craft a soft background you can copy as pure CSS.","howto":["Adjust each color point's color and X/Y position with the sliders.","Add up to eight points with 'Add color point,' or explore combinations with 'Randomize.'","Set the base background color and blur size to tune the overall mood.","Grab the background property with the 'Copy CSS' button and paste it in."],"faq":[{"q":"Is my work saved to a server?","a":"No. Adjusting colors and positions and generating the CSS all happen inside your browser, and no information is ever transmitted or stored on a server."},{"q":"Is this real CSS, not an image?","a":"Yes. The result is a pure CSS background property built from several layered radial-gradients. It's not an image file, so it has no file size and stays sharp at any screen size."},{"q":"Can I make an animated background?","a":"This tool creates static background CSS. To add motion, put the copied background on a large element and use CSS animation to slowly shift the background-position or the element itself for a flowing aurora effect."}]},{"slug":"meta-og-tag-generator","category":"generators-qr","title":"Meta & Open Graph Tag Generator","tagline":"Enter a title, description, image, and URL to get SEO meta, Open Graph, and Twitter Card tags","emoji":"🔖","keywords":["Open Graph generator","create meta tags","og tag generator","Twitter Card tags","SEO meta tags"],"intro":"Enter just a title, description, URL, and featured image to generate SEO meta tags, Open Graph tags, and Twitter Card tags all at once. Preview how it will look when shared with a card preview, and copy the code to paste straight into your <head>.","howto":["Enter the title, description, page URL, and featured image URL.","Choose the og:type, Twitter card type, site name, and @handle.","Check how it will look when shared on social media with the card preview.","Grab the code with 'Copy tags' and paste it inside your page's <head>."],"faq":[{"q":"Is the information I enter sent to a server?","a":"No. Your input and the tag generation all happen only in your browser. Nothing is ever transmitted or stored on a server. (The preview image, however, is loaded directly by your browser from the URL you enter.)"},{"q":"What size should the featured image be?","a":"Open Graph images are best at 1200×630px (about 1.91:1). At this size they appear as large, uncropped cards on most platforms like Facebook, X, and most messaging apps."},{"q":"Is it safe if my title includes special characters like quotes?","a":"Yes. Even if your title or description contains double quotes or characters like <, >, or &, they're automatically escaped to HTML entities so the tags don't break."}]},{"slug":"robots-txt-generator","category":"generators-qr","title":"robots.txt Generator","tagline":"Add per-user-agent allow/block rules and your sitemap location to generate robots.txt instantly","emoji":"🤖","keywords":["robots.txt generator","create robots file","block crawling settings","user-agent disallow","sitemap robots"],"intro":"Create a robots.txt file—which tells search engine crawlers which paths to allow or block—in just a few clicks. Enter Allow/Disallow rules per user-agent group and your sitemap location to instantly generate and download a standard-format file.","howto":["Start from an 'Allow all / Block all' preset, or enter your own rules.","Set the user-agent and list Disallow/Allow paths one per line.","Add more groups if needed and enter sitemap URLs one per line.","Grab the result with 'Copy robots.txt' or 'Download file.'"],"faq":[{"q":"Are the paths I enter sent to a server?","a":"No. Entering rules and generating robots.txt all happen only in your browser, and no path or URL is ever transmitted or stored on a server."},{"q":"Where should I upload the file?","a":"It must be uploaded to your site's root as a file named robots.txt—for example, https://example.com/robots.txt. Search engines won't recognize it if it sits in a subfolder."},{"q":"Does Disallow remove a page from search results entirely?","a":"No. Disallow only asks crawlers not to visit; it doesn't block indexing itself. To reliably remove a page from search results, use a noindex meta tag on it or protect access with authentication."}]},{"slug":"markdown-table-generator","category":"doc-data","title":"Markdown Table Generator","tagline":"Set rows, columns, and alignment to generate Markdown table syntax instantly","emoji":"📊","keywords":["Markdown table","markdown table generator","generate table syntax","GitHub table","table alignment"],"intro":"Set the number of rows and columns, fill in the cells, and it automatically builds the Markdown table syntax used in GitHub and Notion. Set per-column alignment (left, center, right) and copy the whole result at once.","howto":["Set the number of columns and body rows.","Enter a value in each cell and, if needed, pick a per-column alignment button.","Review the generated Markdown and paste it with 'Copy Markdown.'"],"faq":[{"q":"Will the table display correctly in GitHub and Notion too?","a":"It uses standard GFM Markdown table syntax, so it renders the same way in most Markdown-supporting editors like GitHub, Notion, Obsidian, and Discord."},{"q":"Can I put a pipe (|) character inside a cell?","a":"Yes. Pipe characters are automatically escaped to \\| so they don't clash with the table delimiters and output safely."},{"q":"Is my table content sent to a server?","a":"No. All table generation happens only in your browser, and the data you enter is never transmitted or stored anywhere."}]},{"slug":"table-to-markdown","category":"doc-data","title":"Table Paste to Markdown","tagline":"Instantly convert tables copied from Excel or Google Sheets into Markdown or HTML tables","emoji":"📋","keywords":["table converter","Excel to Markdown","TSV to Markdown","spreadsheet converter","HTML table generator"],"intro":"Copy cells from Excel or Google Sheets, paste them in, and it turns the tab-separated data into a Markdown table and an HTML table. It supports first-row headers and automatic delimiter detection, so you can copy the result and use it right away.","howto":["Copy a table range from Excel or Google Sheets.","Paste it into the input box and confirm the first-row header setting and delimiter.","Choose the Markdown or HTML tab and copy."],"faq":[{"q":"Does it convert comma-separated (CSV) tables too?","a":"Yes. With the delimiter set to 'Auto-detect,' it recognizes tabs first and falls back to commas. Choosing 'Comma (CSV)' directly also correctly parses quoted values."},{"q":"What if rows have different numbers of columns?","a":"It uses the row with the most columns as the reference and automatically fills the empty cells in the other rows to build an aligned table."},{"q":"Is my pasted table data sent to a server?","a":"No. Conversion happens entirely in your browser, and what you paste is never sent to a server."}]},{"slug":"hashtag-generator","category":"sns-utils","title":"Hashtag Generator","tagline":"Turn keywords and a category into a related hashtag set on a single line","emoji":"#️⃣","keywords":["generate hashtags","Instagram hashtags","hashtag generator","social media tags","hashtag suggestions"],"intro":"Pick a few keywords and a category, and it automatically combines related hashtags into a single line based on suffix rules. It removes duplicates and controls the count so you can paste straight into Instagram, Threads, and more.","howto":["Enter keywords separated by commas or line breaks.","Choose a category that fits your post and set the maximum count.","Copy the hashtag set with 'Copy as one line' and paste it in."],"faq":[{"q":"What's the maximum number of hashtags I can make?","a":"It generates up to 30, matching Instagram's recommended limit, and you can trim it to however many you want with the slider."},{"q":"Can I leave out English tags and keep only my own language?","a":"Uncheck 'Include English tags' and any tag containing Latin letters is excluded, leaving only tags in your own language."},{"q":"Are my keywords sent to a server?","a":"No. Hashtags are generated instantly in your browser, and the keywords you enter are never transmitted or stored on a server."}]},{"slug":"caption-line-break-formatter","category":"sns-utils","title":"Instagram Line Break Formatter","tagline":"Keep Instagram's vanishing line breaks and blank lines intact with invisible characters","emoji":"↩️","keywords":["Instagram line break","caption line breaks","keep blank lines","instagram blank line spacer","line break formatter"],"intro":"Paste it into an Instagram caption or comment and it fills the blank lines that would otherwise vanish with invisible characters, preserving exactly the line spacing you want. Just copy and paste for a clean caption whose paragraphs stay intact.","howto":["Enter your caption with the line breaks and blank lines you want.","Choose the type of invisible character (the default Braille blank is recommended).","Copy with 'Copy formatted' and paste into your Instagram caption or comment."],"faq":[{"q":"Why do blank lines disappear on Instagram?","a":"Instagram automatically removes consecutive blank lines from captions. Putting an invisible character on a blank line keeps it looking empty while preserving the line."},{"q":"Which of the three characters should I choose?","a":"In most cases the most reliable 'Braille blank' is recommended. If it displays oddly in a certain app, try switching to the 'Hangul filler character' or 'zero-width space.'"},{"q":"Is my caption sent to a server?","a":"No. All conversion happens in your browser, and your caption content is never sent to a server."}]},{"slug":"profile-pic-cropper","category":"sns-utils","title":"Profile Picture Cropper","tagline":"Crop an image into a square or circular profile, preview it, and save as PNG","emoji":"✂️","keywords":["profile picture cropper","circular profile picture","square crop","profile picture","crop profile image"],"intro":"Upload a photo and adjust the zoom and position to crop it into a square or circular profile image. Pick the size you want from the preview and download it right away as a transparent-background PNG.","howto":["Drag and drop or select the image you want to make into a profile picture.","Choose a circle or square shape and set the zoom and horizontal/vertical position.","Pick the output size and save it with 'Download PNG.'"],"faq":[{"q":"What happens to the corners when I crop to a circle?","a":"The area outside the circle is saved as a transparent PNG, so it looks like a round profile anywhere you place it, regardless of the background color."},{"q":"What size should I save at?","a":"320px is plenty for most profiles like Instagram and messaging apps; choose 640px or larger if you need high resolution. Enlarging beyond the original may reduce quality."},{"q":"Is my photo uploaded to a server?","a":"No. Image processing and cropping all happen inside your browser, and your photo is never uploaded to a server."}]},{"slug":"image-to-ascii","category":"image-format","title":"Image to ASCII Art","tagline":"Convert an image to ASCII art—adjust the character width and copy with one click","emoji":"🔡","keywords":["image to ASCII","ASCII art generator","photo to text art","create ASCII art","image to text characters"],"intro":"Turn a photo or drawing straight into text (ASCII) art right in your browser. Adjust the character width for the detail level you want, then copy the resulting text all at once.","howto":["Drag and drop or click to select the image to convert.","Adjust the detail with the 'Character width' slider.","Turn on 'Invert brightness' if you'll place it on a dark background.","Click 'Copy ASCII' and paste into a monospace-font editor."],"faq":[{"q":"Which image formats are supported?","a":"Most images your browser can display—JPG, PNG, WebP, GIF, and more—will convert."},{"q":"The result looks broken.","a":"ASCII art only lines up in a monospace font where every character is the same width. Paste it into a monospace environment like a plain-text or code editor."},{"q":"Is my uploaded image sent to a server?","a":"No. Reading and converting the image all happen inside your browser (on a canvas), and no file is ever transmitted or stored on a server."}]},{"slug":"palette-generator","category":"color-design","title":"Color Palette Generator","tagline":"Generate a harmonious 5-color palette at random—lock colors, reroll individually, copy HEX","emoji":"🎨","keywords":["color palette generator","color scheme suggestions","random color palette","create color scheme","HEX palette"],"intro":"A palette generator that creates five colors that work well together at random with a single button. Lock the colors you like and regenerate only the rest, and copy each color's HEX code right away.","howto":["Press 'Generate new palette' or hit the spacebar to make a palette.","Lock the colors you like by pressing the lock icon (🔓→🔒).","Reroll just one color with 🎲, or regenerate to change the rest.","Grab the codes with each color's 'Copy' or with 'Copy all HEX.'"],"faq":[{"q":"How are the colors combined?","a":"It picks a base hue at random, then rotates it by set intervals around the color wheel to create harmonious analogous and adjacent color schemes."},{"q":"Can I keep only the colors I like?","a":"Yes. Colors you lock stay put when you regenerate, and only the unlocked colors change."},{"q":"Are the results saved on a server?","a":"No. Generating and copying colors all happen inside your browser, and no data is ever transmitted or stored on a server."}]},{"slug":"color-from-image","category":"color-design","title":"Image Color Extractor","tagline":"Extract a dominant color palette from an image—view and copy multiple HEX codes","emoji":"💧","keywords":["image color extractor","extract dominant color from photo","extract image palette","get color codes from photo","HEX from image"],"intro":"Upload a photo or image and it automatically pulls out the most-used dominant colors and shows them as a palette. Check each extracted color's HEX code and copy them all at once to use in your design work.","howto":["Drag and drop or click to select the image to pull colors from.","The dominant color palette extracted from the image appears in order of frequency.","Grab the codes with a color's 'Copy' or with 'Copy all HEX.'"],"faq":[{"q":"How many colors are extracted?","a":"It shows up to eight dominant colors that appear frequently in the image, listed in order of frequency."},{"q":"The extracted colors differ slightly from the actual photo.","a":"It groups similar colors together and calculates their average as the representative color, so there can be slight differences from the original."},{"q":"Is my uploaded image sent to a server?","a":"No. Image analysis all happens inside your browser (on a canvas), and no file is ever transmitted or stored on a server."}]},{"slug":"color-harmony-wheel","category":"color-design","title":"Color Harmony Tool","tagline":"Generate complementary, analogous, triadic, and tetradic schemes from a base color—show and copy HEX","emoji":"🎡","keywords":["color harmony tool","find complementary color","color scheme generator","triadic color scheme","color harmony"],"intro":"Pick one base color and it automatically calculates complementary, analogous, triadic, and tetradic color schemes based on color wheel theory. It shows each scheme's HEX code so you can easily find harmonious color combinations.","howto":["Set your base color with the color picker or the HEX input.","Complementary, analogous, triadic, and tetradic schemes each appear automatically.","Copy a single color or an entire scheme's HEX to use."],"faq":[{"q":"How do the schemes differ?","a":"Complementary is the exact opposite (180°), analogous is nearby (±30°), triadic is 120°, and tetradic is 90° apart—each suited to emphasis, a calm feel, or a varied composition."},{"q":"Are the base color's brightness and saturation kept?","a":"Yes. It rotates only the hue and keeps the saturation and lightness identical to the base color for a unified scheme."},{"q":"Is the color I enter sent to a server?","a":"No. All scheme calculations happen inside your browser, and no information is ever transmitted or stored on a server."}]},{"slug":"favicon-from-emoji","category":"color-design","title":"Emoji Favicon Generator","tagline":"Generate favicon PNGs in multiple sizes from an emoji or character—download plus HTML link tags","emoji":"🔖","keywords":["emoji favicon generator","create favicon","favicon generator","make emoji icon","PNG favicon"],"intro":"Enter an emoji or letter and it uses canvas to create favicon PNG icons in multiple sizes. Just download the finished images and paste in the included HTML link tags to apply your website's tab icon right away.","howto":["Enter the emoji or character to use as your favicon.","Choose transparent background, background color, and rounded-corner options.","Download the sizes you need (16–256px, including the Apple touch icon).","Grab the link tags with 'Copy HTML' and paste them into your <head>."],"faq":[{"q":"What file sizes are created?","a":"It provides 16, 32, 48, 64, 128, 180, and 256px PNGs, with the 180px one saved as the Apple touch icon (apple-touch-icon.png)."},{"q":"Might the emoji look different from what's on my screen?","a":"Emoji are drawn using the font of the device and browser in use, so the fine details may look slightly different depending on each visitor's environment."},{"q":"Is my input or image sent to a server?","a":"No. The icons are all generated inside your browser (on a canvas), and no input is ever transmitted or stored on a server."}]},{"slug":"meta-tag-preview-generator","category":"web-seo-misc","title":"Meta Tag Preview","tagline":"Enter a title and description to get a Google search result preview plus meta tag code at once","emoji":"🏷️","keywords":["meta tag preview","meta description length","Google search result preview","title tag pixel width","meta tag generator"],"intro":"Enter a title and description to preview exactly how they'll appear in Google search results, and to generate meta tag code you can paste in right away. Beyond character count, it measures the 'pixel width' Google actually uses to truncate, so you can see at a glance whether your title gets cut off—handy for bloggers, marketers, and developers.","howto":["Enter your title and meta description.","Check in real time whether the title width (px) and character count and the description length exceed the recommended ranges.","Inspect truncation and how it will actually appear in the Google search result preview below.","Copy the generated meta tags with the 'Copy tags' button and paste them inside your page's <head>."],"faq":[{"q":"Is my content or file sent to a server?","a":"No. Entering the title, description, and URL, measuring the pixel width, and generating the tags all happen only in your browser. No data is ever transmitted or stored on a server."},{"q":"How many characters should the title and description be?","a":"We recommend about 60 characters for the title (within 600px pixel width) and about 160 for the description. Because Google truncates by pixel width rather than character count, this tool measures the actual width with canvas and flags truncation risk."},{"q":"Is this preview 100% identical to actual Google search results?","a":"Not completely. Google sometimes rewrites the title and description depending on the query, device, and context. This tool is an approximate preview based on standard font and pixel-width best practices—use it to check for truncation in advance."}]},{"slug":"serp-snippet-preview","category":"web-seo-misc","title":"Google SERP Snippet Preview","tagline":"Enter a title, URL, and description to preview desktop and mobile snippets and truncation","emoji":"🔎","keywords":["SERP preview","Google search snippet","mobile search preview","check title truncation","meta description preview"],"intro":"Preview how your entered title, URL, and description will actually appear in Google search results, split across desktop and mobile screens. It instantly flags per device whether the title and description get cut off as OK or truncated, helping bloggers and marketers polish their snippet before publishing to boost search traffic.","howto":["Enter the title, URL, and description.","Press the 'Desktop' / 'Mobile' tabs to switch how it appears per device.","Visually confirm where the title and description get cut off in the snippet card.","Use the OK/truncated indicators below to adjust the lengths so nothing gets cut off."],"faq":[{"q":"Is the content I enter sent to a server?","a":"No. Entering the title, URL, and description, calculating truncation, and previewing the snippet all happen only in your browser. No information is ever transmitted or stored on an external server."},{"q":"Why do the desktop and mobile standards differ?","a":"Mobile screens are narrower, so descriptions get cut off shorter than on desktop. This tool uses about 160 characters for desktop descriptions and about 120 for mobile, and judges title truncation by pixel width."},{"q":"Is the preview guaranteed to look exactly like the real search results?","a":"Google sometimes automatically rewrites the title and description depending on the query and context, so it's not 100% identical. This tool is an approximate preview based on practical recommended values—use it to check truncation risk in advance."}]},{"slug":"readability-score","category":"web-seo-misc","title":"Readability Score Analyzer","tagline":"Calculate a quick readability score from sentence count, average sentence length, and word count","emoji":"📖","keywords":["readability score","text readability analysis","average sentence length","word count","reading time calculator"],"intro":"Analyze pasted text—sentence count, word count, average sentence length, and more—to show a quick readability score out of 100 and a grade. It lets you see in numbers whether your sentences run too long or too hard, helping anyone polish a blog post, article, or report to read more easily.","howto":["Paste the text you want to analyze into the input box.","Check the readability score out of 100 and the 'Easy / Moderate / Hard' grade.","Review detailed metrics like character count, word count, sentence count, and average words per sentence.","If you get a warning that words per sentence is high, split the long sentences and re-analyze to compare."],"faq":[{"q":"Is the text I enter sent to a server?","a":"No. Text analysis and score calculation all happen only in your browser. What you enter is never transmitted or stored anywhere, so you can safely paste drafts or private writing."},{"q":"How is the readability score calculated?","a":"It's based on the average number of words per sentence and the average characters per word. The shorter and more concise your sentences and words, the higher the score, shown across five grades from very easy to very hard."},{"q":"Is this score the same as international standards like Flesch?","a":"No. Metrics like the Flesch index are designed around English syllable structure and don't map perfectly to every language. This tool is a simplified metric best used to compare your writing before and after edits rather than as an absolute benchmark."}]},{"slug":"user-agent-info","category":"web-seo-misc","title":"My Browser Info Checker","tagline":"See your User-Agent, OS, screen resolution, language, and cookie support at a glance","emoji":"🕵️","keywords":["my browser info","check User Agent","my screen resolution","check browser OS","check cookie support"],"intro":"See your current browser's User-Agent, operating system, screen resolution, language, cookie support, and more organized on a single screen. It's handy for quickly checking your environment info—and copying it as-is—when you report a website problem or do development and testing.","howto":["Open the page and the browser automatically reads your current environment info and shows it in a table.","Check details like browser, OS, resolution, language, and cookie support.","Values update automatically when you resize the window or your network changes.","Copy the info you need with the 'Copy UA' or 'Copy all info' button."],"faq":[{"q":"Is this information sent to a server?","a":"No. Every value is read by your browser about itself and is only displayed on screen—never transmitted or stored on a server. It runs entirely locally."},{"q":"What is a User-Agent?","a":"It's a string the browser sends to introduce itself to websites, containing the browser type, version, and operating system. Including this value when you report a website compatibility issue speeds up diagnosis."},{"q":"Can I see my IP address or location too?","a":"No. This tool only shows information the browser provides locally (resolution, language, time zone, etc.). An IP address or actual location requires a network or server to determine, so it's not covered here—which is why no data ever leaves your device."}]},{"slug":"capital-gains-tax-calculator","category":"calc-convert","title":"Capital Gains Tax Calculator","tagline":"Estimate real estate capital gains tax from purchase price, sale price, and holding period","emoji":"🏠","keywords":["capital gains tax","real estate tax","capital gains calculator","long-term holding deduction","taxable base"],"intro":"Enter your property's purchase price, sale price, and holding period to calculate everything from your capital gain to the taxable base, computed tax, and local income tax in one pass. It factors in the long-term holding deduction, basic deduction, and holding-period tax rates so you can quickly gauge your estimated tax.","howto":["Enter the purchase price and sale price (KRW).","Add any necessary expenses such as brokerage fees and acquisition tax.","Enter the holding period (years) to automatically apply the long-term holding deduction and tax rate.","Review your capital gain, taxable base, computed tax, and total tax burden including local income tax, then copy the result."],"faq":[{"q":"How is the long-term holding deduction applied?","a":"Based on the general real estate schedule (Table 1), it deducts 2% of the capital gain per year from the third year of ownership, up to a maximum of 30%. Special cases such as a single home per household (up to 80%) are not reflected."},{"q":"How does the tax rate change with the holding period?","a":"For general real estate, it applies a flat 50% under 1 year, a flat 40% for 1-2 years, and the progressive base rate of 6-45% for 2 years or more, plus a 10% local income tax."},{"q":"Will this match my actual tax bill?","a":"This is a rough estimate for reference. The actual amount can differ depending on the number of homes, heavy taxation in regulated zones, exemptions and reductions, and special deductions, so confirm the exact figure with the tax office or a tax professional."}]},{"slug":"income-tax-calculator","category":"calc-convert","title":"Korea Income Tax Rate Calculator (6-45% Brackets)","tagline":"Already know your taxable base? One number gives you the bracket, the progressive deduction, computed tax, and your effective rate","emoji":"💰","keywords":["korea income tax rates","korea tax brackets 6 to 45","effective tax rate korea","korea progressive deduction","taxable base tax korea"],"intro":"If you already know your taxable base, this is the shortest path to the number. Enter that one amount and the calculator locates your bracket among Korea's 6-45% progressive rates, applies the matching progressive deduction (누진공제), and returns the computed tax with your marginal and effective rates side by side — the effective rate being the one that tells you what you're really paying. A single checkbox adds or removes the 10% local income tax surcharge. If you still need to add up income by type and work through deductions first, use the Korea Comprehensive Income Tax Estimator.","howto":["Enter your total taxable income base (KRW).","Use the checkbox to choose whether to include the 10% local income tax.","The computed tax is calculated automatically at the applicable bracket rate.","Review the computed tax, marginal rate, effective rate, and total tax burden, then copy the result."],"faq":[{"q":"How do I find my taxable base?","a":"The taxable base is your total income minus your various income deductions. This calculator takes the taxable base as input and computes only the resulting tax."},{"q":"What's the difference between the marginal and effective rate?","a":"The marginal rate is the rate of the bracket your taxable base falls into, while the effective rate is your computed tax divided by your taxable base, the actual average burden. Because of the progressive deduction, the effective rate is lower than the marginal rate."},{"q":"Will this match my actual tax bill?","a":"This is a reference approximation. It is based on the computed tax before tax credits (for employment, children, pension, and so on), reductions, and penalties, so it may differ from the actual amount. Confirm your final tax with the tax office."}]},{"slug":"annual-leave-calculator","category":"calc-convert","title":"Annual Leave Calculator","tagline":"Approximate your accrued paid leave days and leave pay based on your start date","emoji":"📅","keywords":["annual leave","leave pay","leave days","labor law","hire date"],"intro":"Just enter your hire date and a reference date and it automatically calculates the paid leave days you've accrued under labor law. Add your monthly ordinary wage and it also estimates the leave pay you'd receive for any unused days.","howto":["Select your hire date and a reference date (usually today).","To calculate leave pay, enter your monthly ordinary wage (KRW).","Check the number of leave days accrued based on your continuous service period.","Review your daily ordinary wage and the estimated leave pay for unused days, then copy the result."],"faq":[{"q":"How is annual leave accrued?","a":"In the first year, you earn 1 day for each month worked in full (up to 11 days); from 1 year of service onward, 15 days are granted. From 3 years, 1 extra day is added every 2 years, up to a maximum of 25 days."},{"q":"How is leave pay calculated?","a":"It multiplies your ordinary wage by each unused leave day. Here, the daily ordinary wage is approximated as monthly ordinary wage / 209 hours x 8 hours, and it shows the amount assuming all accrued leave went unused."},{"q":"Will this match my actual leave and pay?","a":"This is a reference approximation. The actual figures can differ depending on fiscal-year-based grants, hire-date special rules, contracted working hours, and company policy, so confirm the exact days with your company's employment rules and contract."}]},{"slug":"car-tax-calculator","category":"calc-convert","title":"Car Tax Calculator","tagline":"Approximate passenger-car tax (rate per cc and vehicle-age reduction) from engine displacement and age","emoji":"🚗","keywords":["car tax","engine displacement","vehicle age reduction","local education tax","car tax calculator"],"intro":"Enter your engine displacement and vehicle age to automatically calculate the annual car tax on a non-commercial passenger vehicle. It factors in the rate per cc, the age-based reduction, and local education tax so you can see your yearly tax and semi-annual payment at a glance.","howto":["Enter your vehicle's engine displacement (cc).","Enter the vehicle age (years); a reduction rate applies automatically from the third year.","Check the applied tax rate and the age-based reduction rate.","Review your annual car tax including local education tax and the semi-annual payment, then copy the result."],"faq":[{"q":"How is the rate per cc determined?","a":"For non-commercial passenger cars, it's 80 KRW per cc up to 1,000cc, 140 KRW up to 1,600cc, and 200 KRW above 1,600cc. On top of that, a local education tax equal to 30% of the car tax is added."},{"q":"How is the age-based reduction applied?","a":"From the third year after registration, the car tax is reduced by 5% each year, up to a maximum of 50% from the 12th year onward."},{"q":"Will this match my actual bill?","a":"This is a reference approximation. Electric and hydrogen vehicles are taxed at a separate flat rate, and prepayment discounts or regional and vehicle-type differences can cause variation, so confirm the exact amount with your local government bill."}]},{"slug":"fuel-cost-calculator","category":"calc-convert","title":"Fuel Cost Calculator","tagline":"Calculate one-way and round-trip fuel cost and the fuel needed from distance, mileage, and fuel price","emoji":"⛽","keywords":["fuel cost","gas cost calculator","fuel economy","fuel price","round-trip distance"],"intro":"Just enter your one-way distance, vehicle fuel economy, and fuel price to instantly calculate the one-way and round-trip cost. It also shows the fuel needed and each person's carpool share by passenger count, making it easy to estimate travel and commuting costs.","howto":["Enter the one-way distance (km).","Enter your vehicle's fuel economy (km/L) and the current fuel price (KRW/L).","If you need a carpool share, enter the number of passengers.","Review the one-way/round-trip fuel cost, fuel needed, and per-person share, then copy the result."],"faq":[{"q":"How is the fuel cost calculated?","a":"Fuel needed = distance / fuel economy, and fuel cost = fuel needed x fuel price. The round trip is calculated as twice the one-way cost."},{"q":"How is the carpool share determined?","a":"If you enter 2 or more passengers, it also shows the per-person share by dividing the one-way fuel cost by the number of people."},{"q":"Will this match my actual fuel cost?","a":"This is a reference estimate. Real-world fuel economy varies widely with road conditions, traffic, heating and cooling, load, and driving habits, so it may differ from the actual cost. We recommend budgeting with some margin."}]},{"slug":"glassmorphism-generator","category":"color-design","title":"Glassmorphism Generator","tagline":"Create frosted-glass CSS with blur, transparency, and border controls, with live preview and copy","emoji":"🧊","keywords":["glassmorphism","glass effect generator","frosted glass CSS","backdrop-filter","translucent background"],"intro":"Adjust blur, background transparency, saturation, and border with sliders to build the trendy translucent frosted-glass (glassmorphism) UI look. Dial in the values against a live preview layered over a colored background, then copy ready-to-paste CSS.","howto":["Move the blur, background transparency, saturation, corner, and border sliders to craft the glass texture you want.","Adjust the glass color and the preview background color with the color pickers.","Check that the glass effect reads well against the colored background preview.","Grab the finished CSS with 'Copy CSS' and paste it onto the element you want."],"faq":[{"q":"The backdrop-filter isn't working.","a":"backdrop-filter only produces a blur when there's a background (another color or an image) behind the element. On a plain white screen with no background, you'll see almost no change. For Safari support, we've also included -webkit-backdrop-filter."},{"q":"Does the purple preview background get copied too?","a":"No. The background color is only for the preview to help you see the glass effect; the copied CSS includes only the glass element's styles."},{"q":"Does it look the same in every browser?","a":"It works well in the latest Chrome, Edge, Safari, and Firefox, but backdrop-filter support and rendering can vary slightly by browser and device, so verify before applying. All processing runs entirely in your browser, with nothing sent to a server."}]},{"slug":"neumorphism-generator","category":"color-design","title":"Neumorphism (Soft UI) Generator","tagline":"Generate convex, concave, and flat soft-UI CSS from a base color using dual shadows, with copy","emoji":"🔘","keywords":["neumorphism","neumorphism generator","soft UI","neumorphic shadow","box-shadow generator"],"intro":"From a single base color, it simultaneously computes a light shadow and a dark shadow to create the softly pressed soft-UI (neumorphism) style. Adjust size, roundness, shadow distance, blur, and contrast intensity, pick a convex, concave, or flat form, and copy the CSS alongside a live preview.","howto":["Pick a base color and the light and dark dual shadows are computed automatically.","Select your preferred surface form (flat, convex, or concave) with the tabs.","Refine the texture with the size, roundness, shadow distance, blur, and contrast intensity sliders.","Copy the finished border-radius, background, and box-shadow CSS to use."],"faq":[{"q":"I applied it but the shadows aren't visible.","a":"Neumorphism only looks natural when the element and its parent background are the same color. Placing a light-gray card on a white background buries the light-side shadow, so set the parent container's background to the same base color."},{"q":"What's the difference between convex, concave, and flat?","a":"Flat has a solid surface color with a raised feel; convex adds a light-to-dark gradient on the surface for a bulging feel; concave flips the gradient for a pressed-in feel. The shadow direction is the same for all three."},{"q":"Can the shadow colors differ from actual design tools?","a":"The light and dark colors are approximated by mixing the base color with white and black, so they may differ slightly from tool to tool. Treat them as a reference, and if needed, copy them and fine-tune the rgb values yourself. All processing happens in your browser."}]},{"slug":"clip-path-generator","category":"color-design","title":"CSS clip-path Generator","tagline":"Create clip-path with polygon, circle, star, and other presets, with preview and CSS copy","emoji":"✂️","keywords":["clip-path generator","css clip-path","polygon mask","image clipping css","polygon clip-path"],"intro":"Click common shape presets, including triangle, diamond, hexagon, star, arrow, circle, and ellipse, to instantly generate a CSS clip-path value. Preview the clipping effect in real time on a colored box or your own uploaded image, then edit the value directly or copy it as-is.","howto":["Click a shape preset button to choose a clip-path shape.","If needed, edit the clip-path value directly to fine-tune the coordinates.","Add a preview image to see how it looks applied to a real photo.","Copy the finished clip-path CSS and paste it onto the element you want."],"faq":[{"q":"How does clip-path work?","a":"It keeps only the inside of a specified shape (polygon, circle, and so on) visible and clips away the outside. It doesn't actually cut the element; it just masks the visible area, so changing the value brings the original content right back."},{"q":"Can I edit the polygon coordinates directly?","a":"Yes. In the value field you can edit each vertex's coordinates directly in 'polygon(x% y%, ...)' format. x is measured from the left and y from the top, as percentages. If the syntax is wrong, the original shows with no clipping, so feel free to experiment."},{"q":"Does it work in every browser?","a":"Basic shapes like polygon, circle, and ellipse are widely supported in modern browsers, but rendering can vary by device, so verify before applying. Uploaded images are processed entirely in your browser, with nothing sent to a server."}]},{"slug":"cubic-bezier-generator","category":"color-design","title":"Cubic Bezier Easing Generator","tagline":"Build cubic-bezier easing from four control values, with motion preview and CSS copy","emoji":"📈","keywords":["cubic-bezier","easing generator","css easing","transition timing function","animation curve"],"intro":"Use four control values (x1, y1, x2, y2) to build the acceleration and deceleration curve (cubic-bezier) for CSS animations. Get a feel for it with the easing-curve graph and a live moving preview side by side, then copy the transition or timing-function CSS right away.","howto":["Click a preset like ease-in-out or back-out to get a starting point.","Fine-tune the curve with the x1, y1, x2, y2 sliders (or number inputs).","Check the motion with the curve graph and the back-and-forth preview shape.","Set a duration, then copy the transition or timing-function CSS."],"faq":[{"q":"Can y values go above 1 or below 0?","a":"Yes. The x values are the time axis and must stay between 0 and 1, but the y values represent progress and can exceed 1 or drop below 0. That's what creates the 'overshoot' effect of passing the target and springing back."},{"q":"Does the preview motion match reality?","a":"The preview is rendered with the browser's actual CSS transition, so it moves exactly as it would when applied to a website in the same browser. The shape repeatedly travels back and forth to show the curve's acceleration and deceleration."},{"q":"Should I copy the transition or the timing-function?","a":"If you need a single line that includes the duration, use 'Copy transition'; if you want just the easing curve for another rule, use 'Copy timing-function'. Both are exact, ready-to-use CSS, not rough approximations."}]},{"slug":"flexbox-generator","category":"color-design","title":"Flexbox Generator","tagline":"Toggle justify, align, direction, and wrap with a live preview and copy the flex CSS","emoji":"📏","keywords":["flexbox generator","css flex","justify-content","align-items","flexbox"],"intro":"Change flex-direction, justify-content, align-items, flex-wrap, and gap with dropdowns and sliders to see flexbox alignment in a live preview. You can also adjust the number of items and copy flex CSS ready to paste onto your parent container.","howto":["Choose flex-direction and flex-wrap to set the layout direction and wrapping.","Align items with justify-content (main axis) and align-items (cross axis).","Refine the preview to the shape you want with the gap slider and item count.","Copy the finished parent-container CSS and apply it to your real layout."],"faq":[{"q":"I keep confusing justify-content and align-items.","a":"justify-content aligns along the main axis. When flex-direction is row, the main axis is horizontal; when it's column, it's vertical. align-items aligns along the perpendicular cross axis, so changing the direction swaps the two properties' roles."},{"q":"The stretch value of align-items doesn't show in the preview.","a":"stretch only fills the cross axis when the children have no fixed height (or width). The items in this preview have no set height, so stretch works; switch to center, flex-start, and so on to see the alignment differences."},{"q":"Where do I paste the copied CSS?","a":"Flex properties apply to the parent (container) that wraps the children, not to the children themselves. Note that rendering can vary slightly by browser and version, so do a final check in your real environment before using it."}]},{"slug":"grid-generator","category":"color-design","title":"CSS Grid Generator","tagline":"Set column and row counts and the gap to instantly generate grid-template CSS with a preview","emoji":"▦","keywords":["CSS Grid","grid-template","grid layout","layout generator","repeat 1fr"],"intro":"Adjust the number of columns and rows and the gap between cells with sliders, and grid-template CSS is built on the spot alongside a live preview. Copy and paste it to create regular layouts (card lists, galleries, dashboards) without doing any of the math by hand.","howto":["Enter the number of columns and rows to build the grid skeleton.","Adjust the spacing between cells with the gap slider. To set horizontal and vertical gaps separately, uncheck 'same for both'.","Check the cell layout in the preview, then copy the CSS below.","Put child cards into the parent element you pasted it onto, and they'll be arranged in the grid automatically."],"faq":[{"q":"What does 1fr mean?","a":"fr stands for fraction, one piece of the leftover space divided evenly. repeat(3, 1fr) splits the parent width into three equal columns."},{"q":"How do I make the number of columns change automatically with screen size?","a":"Change grid-template-columns to repeat(auto-fit, minmax(200px, 1fr)) to get a responsive grid where the column count shrinks automatically as the width narrows. There's an example in the guidance text too."},{"q":"Can I trust the generated CSS as-is?","a":"It uses only standard CSS Grid properties, so it works as-is in modern browsers. Just note that the preview only shows sample cells, so treat actual content height and alignment as something to verify in your own project."}]},{"slug":"svg-pattern-generator","category":"color-design","title":"SVG Background Pattern Generator","tagline":"Adjust dots, grid, stripes, and other repeating backgrounds by color and size, output as SVG or CSS","emoji":"🔳","keywords":["SVG pattern","background pattern","repeating background","dot background","CSS background"],"intro":"Create five repeating patterns (dots, grid, stripes, diagonals, and checker) by adjusting the pattern color, background color, and tile size. Because the result tiles a single, tiny SVG, you can copy it as CSS background code that fills any size of area crisply.","howto":["Pick a pattern type (dots, grid, stripes, and so on) from the tabs.","Adjust the density with the tile-size and dot/line-thickness sliders.","Set the pattern color and background color to match the mood you want.","Grab the background code with 'Copy CSS' below, or the raw SVG with 'Copy SVG'."],"faq":[{"q":"Why an SVG instead of an image file?","a":"SVG is vector, so it stays sharp at any scale, and embedded as a data URI it repeats right inside your CSS with no separate file request, keeping the page lightweight."},{"q":"I want to make the pattern semi-transparent.","a":"Add an alpha value after the pattern's HEX color. For example, #6366f180 is indigo at about 50% opacity. It blends naturally with the background color for a subtle texture."},{"q":"Is the generated code safe to use as-is?","a":"It uses only standard SVG and CSS background properties, so it works fine in modern browsers. Just note that overly strong color contrast can hurt body-text readability, so treat it as something to verify on your actual screen."}]},{"slug":"svg-blob-generator","category":"color-design","title":"SVG Blob Shape Generator","tagline":"Adjust points and complexity to create random organic blob SVGs and copy the code","emoji":"🫧","keywords":["blob generator","blob SVG","organic shape","hero background","SVG shape"],"intro":"Adjust the number of points and the complexity to generate a different water-droplet-like organic blob shape every time. Copy the SVG code, connected by smooth curves, to use right away as a hero background, avatar mask, or decorative element.","howto":["Click 'Generate new shape' to shuffle randomly until you like the form.","Adjust the roundness and bumpiness with the point-count and complexity (irregularity) sliders.","Set a color, then copy the SVG code below.","Paste it into your HTML or use it as a background mask (clip-path or mask)."],"faq":[{"q":"Why does the shape change every time I click?","a":"Because it randomly jitters the radius of each point placed around a circle. Even with the same settings, clicking 'Generate new shape' produces a completely different form from a new seed."},{"q":"How are the curves so smooth?","a":"It converts a Catmull-Rom spline through the points into cubic Beziers and joins them into a closed curve, so they connect seamlessly with no kinks."},{"q":"Can I use the blob I make commercially?","a":"The code is a pure SVG shape generated mathematically in your browser, so you can use it freely with no copyright worries. Just note that checking it doesn't resemble a specific brand logo is your responsibility as a final step."}]},{"slug":"css-animation-generator","category":"color-design","title":"CSS Animation Generator","tagline":"Preview fade, bounce, slide, and other keyframe animations while generating the CSS","emoji":"✨","keywords":["CSS animation","keyframes","animation generator","fade in","bounce effect"],"intro":"Play common animations (fade, slide, zoom, bounce, pulse, shake, rotate, and more) in real time as you preview them, and copy the finished CSS complete with @keyframes and animation properties. Adjust the duration, delay, easing, and iteration count with sliders and the code updates instantly.","howto":["Pick an animation type (fade, bounce, and so on) from the tabs.","Adjust the duration, delay, easing (timing), and iteration count while checking the preview.","Use the 'Replay' button to watch it again from the start anytime.","Copy the CSS below and apply it to your element with the .element class."],"faq":[{"q":"How do I use the copied CSS?","a":"Paste the @keyframes definition into your stylesheet and add the .element class to the element you want to animate. You can rename the class to whatever you like."},{"q":"How do I keep the before-start and after-end states?","a":"The generated shorthand already includes both (animation-fill-mode: both), so it holds the first frame before playing and the last frame after finishing."},{"q":"I only want it to play when the element is visible on screen.","a":"Use IntersectionObserver to detect scroll visibility and add the .element class at that moment. The CSS this tool generates uses standard properties and works as-is, but the actual trigger logic is reference code you wire up in your project."}]},{"slug":"duotone-generator","category":"color-design","title":"Duotone Generator","tagline":"Build a duotone gradient map from two colors, with CSS and image preview","emoji":"🌗","keywords":["duotone","duotone photo effect","gradient map","image color grading","CSS gradient"],"intro":"Pick a dark color and a light color and it builds a duotone gradient map bridging the two, plus a 5-step color scale. Copy the CSS gradient code and an overlay-style duotone CSS, and upload a photo to preview it converted to a real duotone right in your browser.","howto":["Click a preset or pick a dark color and light color yourself to set the two tones.","Adjust the gradient angle to set the direction the colors flow.","Grab the code with 'Copy gradient' or 'Copy duotone CSS'.","Upload a photo to see it converted to the two colors, then save it as a PNG."],"faq":[{"q":"What exactly is a duotone?","a":"It's a color-grading technique that keeps only a photo's brightness information and maps the dark areas to a first color and the light areas to a second, expressing the image in two tones. It's often used for a cohesive mood on magazines, album covers, and web banners."},{"q":"What's the difference between the CSS method and the image conversion?","a":"The CSS overlay (grayscale + mix-blend-mode) leaves the original image intact and only makes it look like a duotone on screen. The image conversion actually maps the pixel values, producing a finished file you can even save."},{"q":"Is my uploaded photo sent to a server?","a":"No. Reading the image, converting the colors, and saving all happen inside your browser (on a canvas), and no file is ever uploaded to a server. The higher the contrast between your two tones, the crisper the result, so keep that in mind."}]},{"slug":"sleep-calculator","category":"calc-convert","title":"Sleep Calculator","tagline":"Calculates bedtimes that let you wake up refreshed on 90-minute sleep cycles around your wake time.","emoji":"😴","keywords":["sleep calculator","bedtime","sleep cycle","90-minute sleep","wake-up time"],"intro":"Enter the time you need to wake up and it suggests bedtimes that land at the end of a 90-minute sleep cycle so you wake up refreshed. It also works in reverse, telling you what time to wake if you fall asleep now, to help cut morning grogginess.","howto":["Choose the 'Wake time to Bedtime' or 'Bedtime to Wake time' tab.","Enter your reference time (e.g., 7:00 AM).","Pick one of the 5-6 cycle options (marked with a green recommendation) from the suggested-time list.","Save a suggested time with 'Copy result' and use it for your alarm."],"faq":[{"q":"Why is the sleep cycle 90 minutes?","a":"Light sleep, deep sleep, and REM sleep take an average of about 90 minutes to complete one cycle. Waking during the light-sleep phase at the end of a cycle feels far more refreshing, even with the same amount of sleep."},{"q":"How many cycles should I sleep?","a":"Adults are generally recommended 5-6 cycles (about 7.5-9 hours). Prioritize the times marked with a green 'recommended' label in the calculator."},{"q":"Can I trust the results as-is?","a":"Sleep cycles vary from 80 to 110 minutes per person and the time it takes to fall asleep differs widely too, so treat this as a reference. Use it over a few days to find the cycle that works for you."}]},{"slug":"ideal-weight-calculator","category":"calc-convert","title":"Ideal Weight Calculator","tagline":"Calculates your ideal weight, healthy weight range, and obesity level (%) from height and sex.","emoji":"⚖️","keywords":["ideal weight","ideal weight calculator","healthy weight","obesity level","appropriate weight"],"intro":"Enter your height and sex to calculate a sex-adjusted ideal weight and a healthy weight range (plus or minus 10%). Add your current weight and you can see your obesity level (%) relative to ideal weight at a glance, from underweight to normal, overweight, and obese.","howto":["Select the male or female tab.","Enter your height (cm) to calculate your ideal weight and healthy range.","Enter your current weight (kg) to also see your obesity level (%) and rating.","Use the ideal weight and healthy range as a reference for setting your target weight."],"faq":[{"q":"How is ideal weight calculated?","a":"This calculator uses the formula ideal weight = height(m) squared x 22 (male) or x 21 (female), with plus or minus 10% treated as the healthy weight range."},{"q":"How is this different from a BMI calculator?","a":"Where BMI judges obesity from your weight, an ideal weight calculator first tells you the appropriate weight for your height and your obesity level (%) relative to it. It's more intuitive when setting a target weight."},{"q":"Can I treat the result as a medical standard?","a":"It's a simple estimate that doesn't account for muscle mass, body type, or age, so treat it as a reference. People with a lot of muscle can be healthy above their ideal weight, so use a professional exam for an accurate assessment."}]},{"slug":"body-fat-calculator","category":"calc-convert","title":"Body Fat Percentage Calculator","tagline":"Approximates body fat percentage using the U.S. Navy circumference method or the BMI method.","emoji":"📏","keywords":["body fat calculator","US Navy body fat","body fat measurement","body fat percentage","body composition"],"intro":"With just your neck and waist (and hips for women) circumference measured by tape, it estimates your body fat percentage using the U.S. Navy formula; if measuring is hard, you can calculate quickly from height, weight, and age. It's handy for checking your rough body fat level and rating when you don't have a body-composition analyzer.","howto":["Select the 'U.S. Navy method' or 'BMI method' tab and your sex.","For the U.S. Navy method, enter your height, neck, and waist (plus hips for women) in cm.","For the BMI method, enter your height, weight, and age.","Check your estimated body fat percentage and rating (essential fat, athlete, good, average, obese)."],"faq":[{"q":"How do I take measurements for the U.S. Navy method?","a":"Measure the narrowest part of the neck just below the larynx; the waist at the navel for men and at the narrowest part for women; and the hips at the most protruding point, horizontally with a tape and entered in cm. The waist must be larger than the neck for the calculation to work."},{"q":"Which of the two methods is more accurate?","a":"The U.S. Navy method, with direct circumference measurements, is usually more accurate. The BMI method (Deurenberg formula) doesn't account for muscle mass, so it has a large margin of error for muscular or skinny-fat body types."},{"q":"Can I use this instead of a body-composition scan?","a":"It's a formula-based approximation, so treat it as a reference. It can differ from your actual body fat by 3-5 percentage points or more, so measure with body-composition equipment for an accurate value."}]},{"slug":"running-pace-calculator","category":"calc-convert","title":"Running Pace Calculator + Race Time Predictor by Distance","tagline":"Convert time ↔ pace in both directions, then see what that same pace projects to at 5K, 10K, half, and full","emoji":"🏃","keywords":["running pace calculator","pace to finish time","race time predictor","half marathon time from 10k","how fast is my pace","running pace chart by distance"],"intro":"Enter a distance and a time to get your pace per kilometer and your speed, or enter a target pace to get the finish time — it converts either direction. Then it takes that pace and projects what you'd run at 1K, 5K, 10K, half marathon, and full marathon in one table, which is how you find out where your current fitness actually sits across distances and what a realistic next goal looks like. 5K, 10K, half, and full presets are one tap away, and results copy as a single line.","howto":["Choose the 'Time to Pace' or 'Pace to Finish time' tab.","Enter the distance (km) or press the 5K, 10K, half, or full button.","Enter your goal finish time (h:m:s) or pace (min:sec/km).","Review your pace, finish time, and speed plus the predicted-time table by distance, then copy the result."],"faq":[{"q":"What does pace mean?","a":"Pace is the time it takes to run 1 km (min:sec/km). For example, '5:00' means running 1 km in 5 minutes; the smaller the value, the faster."},{"q":"How long are the half and full marathon distances?","a":"A half marathon is 21.0975 km and a full course is 42.195 km. Pressing the preset button fills in the exact distance automatically."},{"q":"Can I trust the predicted-time table as-is?","a":"It's a simple calculation that applies your entered pace evenly across the whole distance, so treat it as a reference. In reality, hills, wind, and late-race slowdown cause differences, so use it only as a basis for goal-setting."}]},{"slug":"bmr-tdee-calculator","category":"calc-convert","title":"BMR & TDEE Calculator","tagline":"Calculates basal metabolic rate (BMR) and daily calorie needs by activity level (TDEE) from sex, age, height, and weight.","emoji":"🔥","keywords":["basal metabolic rate","BMR calculator","TDEE","daily calories","active metabolic rate"],"intro":"Using the Mifflin-St Jeor formula, it calculates the basal metabolic rate (BMR) you burn at rest and the total daily energy expenditure (TDEE) that factors in your activity. It also provides recommended intake for cutting, maintenance, and bulking goals plus a table by activity level, so you can put it straight to use in meal planning.","howto":["Select the male or female tab.","Enter your age, height, and weight.","Select your activity level (sedentary to very active).","Review your BMR and TDEE, recommended calories for cutting/maintenance/bulking, and the table by activity level."],"faq":[{"q":"What's the difference between BMR and TDEE?","a":"BMR (basal metabolic rate) is the minimum calories burned doing nothing (breathing, maintaining body temperature, and so on), while TDEE multiplies that by your daily activity and exercise for your total daily calories burned. Diets are usually based on TDEE."},{"q":"How do I set my cutting calories?","a":"Losing about 0.5 kg of body fat requires roughly 3,500 kcal, so eating 500 kcal less per day targets about 0.5 kg of loss per week. The calculator's 'cutting' value is based on this."},{"q":"Can I follow the calculated values exactly?","a":"They're estimates that don't account for body fat percentage, muscle mass, or genetics, so treat them as a reference. Adjust while watching your weight change over 2-3 weeks, and consult a professional before any extreme low-calorie diet."}]},{"slug":"html-minify-beautify","category":"text-dev","title":"HTML Minifier & Beautifier","tagline":"Strip needless whitespace and comments to minify your HTML, or re-indent it into clean, readable formatting","emoji":"🗜️","keywords":["HTML minifier","HTML beautifier","minify","beautify","code cleanup"],"intro":"Remove unnecessary whitespace and comments from HTML source to shrink its size, or add indentation to make it clean and easy to read. The contents of script, style, pre, and textarea tags are preserved untouched, so your code never breaks.","howto":["Choose the Minify or Beautify tab.","Paste your HTML or drag and drop a file.","For beautifying, pick the indent size; for minifying, choose whether to keep comments.","Copy the result and use it."],"faq":[{"q":"How much smaller does minifying make it?","a":"By removing whitespace, line breaks between tags, and comments, files typically shrink by 10–40%. The exact savings are shown in the stats above the result."},{"q":"Does it minify scripts and CSS too?","a":"For safety, the contents of script, style, pre, and textarea tags are left untouched. Use a dedicated tool to minify JS or CSS itself."},{"q":"Can the output look different from the original?","a":"It's processed to standard HTML rules, but tidying whitespace around inline elements can slightly change how the page renders, so check the output before using it in production."}]},{"slug":"string-escape","category":"text-dev","title":"String Escaper","tagline":"Escape quotes, backslashes, and newlines in JSON/JS strings, or turn them back into plain text","emoji":"🔤","keywords":["string escape","JSON escape","JavaScript string","unescape","backslash"],"intro":"Escape quotes, backslashes, newlines, and more so your text can be safely dropped into a JSON or JavaScript string literal. You can also reverse the process to restore an escaped string back to its original text.","howto":["Choose the Escape or Unescape tab.","Enter the text or string you want to convert.","Adjust options for quote type, non-ASCII handling, and stripping surrounding quotes.","Copy the result."],"faq":[{"q":"Can it convert characters like Korean text and emoji to \\u too?","a":"When you enable the 'Also \\u-escape non-ASCII' option, characters such as Korean text and emoji are converted to \\uXXXX form (using surrogate pairs when needed). Leave it off to keep the original characters as-is."},{"q":"Which formats does unescape recognize?","a":"It recognizes \\n \\t \\r \\b \\f \\v \\0, \\xXX, \\uXXXX, \\u{XXXXX}, plus escaped quotes, backslashes, and slashes."},{"q":"Is the output always correct?","a":"It follows standard JSON and JS escaping rules, but results may differ for unusual input, so verify it before using in critical code."}]},{"slug":"unicode-escape-converter","category":"text-dev","title":"Unicode Escape Converter","tagline":"Convert characters to \\uXXXX, U+ code points, or HTML entities—and back again, freely","emoji":"🔣","keywords":["unicode escape","code point","HTML entity","\\u converter","unicode escape converter"],"intro":"Convert characters to \\uXXXX (JavaScript), \\u{XXXXX} (ES6), U+ code points, decimal/hex HTML entities, and named entities. You can also turn escaped codes back into the original human-readable characters.","howto":["Choose the Encode (character → code) or Decode (code → character) tab.","Enter your text or escape codes.","Select the output format and whether to keep ASCII as-is.","Copy the result and use it."],"faq":[{"q":"Will it decode a mix of different formats?","a":"The Decode tab recognizes and restores \\uXXXX, \\u{...}, \\xXX, U+XXXX, &#DDD;, &#xHHHH;, and named entities even when several are mixed in the same text."},{"q":"Does it handle astral characters like emoji?","a":"The \\u format uses surrogate pairs while other formats use the code point directly, and decoding restores the original emoji."},{"q":"Are all entity names supported?","a":"Only about 30 common named entities are built in, so rarer names may appear as numeric entities—treat the result as a reference."}]},{"slug":"morse-code-translator","category":"text-dev","title":"Morse Code Translator","tagline":"Convert text to Morse code and back, and play the signal tones with Web Audio","emoji":"📡","keywords":["Morse code","Morse translator","text to Morse","dots and dashes","signal tone"],"intro":"Convert text with letters, numbers, and punctuation into international Morse code, and translate Morse code back into text. Play real signal tones with Web Audio so you can check it by ear.","howto":["Choose the Text → Morse or Morse → Text tab.","Enter the content you want to convert.","Use the play button to adjust the speed (WPM) and pitch, and listen.","Copy the result."],"faq":[{"q":"How are letters and words separated?","a":"Letters are separated by a space and words by a slash (/). It follows standard international Morse timing (dot = 1, dash = 3, word gap = 7 units)."},{"q":"How is the playback speed determined?","a":"Adjust it with the WPM (words per minute) slider; the length of a single dot is calculated as 1200/WPM milliseconds. You can also change the pitch from 300 to 1000 Hz."},{"q":"Does it convert Korean?","a":"International Morse code is based on Latin letters, numbers, and symbols, so Korean isn't supported and unrecognized characters are skipped. Use it as a reference."}]},{"slug":"text-binary-converter","category":"text-dev","title":"Text ↔ Binary Converter","tagline":"Convert text to UTF-8 binary or hex, and restore it back to the original text","emoji":"🔢","keywords":["binary converter","text to binary","binary","hexadecimal","UTF-8"],"intro":"Convert text into binary or hexadecimal based on its UTF-8 bytes, and turn those values back into the original text. It handles every Unicode character—including Korean and emoji—accurately.","howto":["Choose the Text → Code or Code → Text tab.","Enter the text, or the binary/hex value, you want to convert.","Pick the format (binary or hex) and the separator.","Copy the result."],"faq":[{"q":"Why is one character several bytes?","a":"UTF-8 uses 1–4 bytes per character. Latin letters take 1 byte, Korean characters usually 3, and emoji 4, so they appear as multiple 8-bit groups."},{"q":"Will it decode without separators?","a":"Binary is grouped into 8 digits and hex into 2 digits automatically for decoding. If the digit count doesn't line up, it shows a guidance message."},{"q":"Is decoding always accurate?","a":"Valid UTF-8 decodes exactly, but invalid byte combinations may show as the replacement character (�), so treat the result as a reference."}]},{"slug":"tailwind-color-converter","category":"color-design","title":"Tailwind Color Converter","tagline":"Match any HEX to the closest Tailwind color class, and convert a class back to HEX instantly","emoji":"🎨","keywords":["Tailwind color converter","HEX to Tailwind class","tailwind color","Tailwind color palette","nearest color finder"],"intro":"Match any HEX color to the perceptually closest class in Tailwind CSS's default palette (22 color families × 11 shades, 242 colors in all). Conversely, pick a color family and shade to instantly see and copy that class's exact HEX and RGB values.","howto":["On the 'HEX → Class' tab, set a color using the color picker or the HEX input.","Check the closest Tailwind class, candidate colors, and the Δ (color distance), then copy the class, HEX, or bg- utility.","On the 'Class → HEX' tab, select a color family and shade to display the HEX and RGB values.","Use the copy button next to the value you need and paste it straight into your code."],"faq":[{"q":"Why does the matched class color differ slightly from my actual color?","a":"Tailwind's default palette has only a fixed set of 242 colors, so it can't perfectly equal an arbitrary HEX. This tool picks the most similar color using perceptual (redmean) color distance—the smaller the Δ shown, the closer it is to your original."},{"q":"Can I still use this with Tailwind v4?","a":"The default palette's color values are essentially identical between v3 and v4, so most of them carry over directly. That said, if your project redefines theme colors with custom values, you should follow that configuration."},{"q":"Is the color I enter sent to a server?","a":"No. All conversion happens entirely in your browser, and no data is transmitted or stored. Treat the resulting class name as a reference and cross-check it against your actual design system values."}]},{"slug":"color-blindness-simulator","category":"color-design","title":"Color Blindness Simulator","tagline":"Compare side by side how a chosen color looks to people with red-green or blue-yellow color vision deficiency","emoji":"👁️","keywords":["color blindness simulator","color vision deficiency test","red-green color blindness","color vision deficiency simulation","accessibility color contrast"],"intro":"Approximates how your chosen color appears with red (protanopia) and green (deuteranopia) red-green deficiency, blue-yellow deficiency, and total color blindness, showing each next to the original. Switch between full color blindness and partial (mild) deficiency to easily check whether your UI, chart, or status colors stay distinguishable for users with color vision deficiency.","howto":["Set the color to test using the color picker or HEX input.","Select the simulation strength with the 'Color blind (full)' or 'Color weak (partial)' tab.","Compare the original and the converted result for each color vision deficiency type side by side.","Copy each result's HEX to use in your design and contrast review."],"faq":[{"q":"How do red-green and blue-yellow color blindness differ?","a":"Red-green color blindness (protan and deutan) makes red and green hard to tell apart and is the most common. Blue-yellow (tritan) makes blues and yellows hard to distinguish and is relatively rare."},{"q":"Why is it a problem if two colors look similar?","a":"When information is conveyed by color alone—chart legends, success/failure indicators, link colors—users with color vision deficiency can miss it. It's best to pair color with icons, labels, and brightness contrast."},{"q":"Can I diagnose color vision deficiency with these results?","a":"No. It's an approximation using linear transformation matrices and is affected by individual differences and your display environment. Use it only as an accessibility check, not a medical diagnosis."}]},{"slug":"severance-pay-calculator","category":"calc-convert","title":"Severance Pay Calculator","tagline":"Estimate statutory severance pay from your start/end dates and 3-month average wage","emoji":"💰","keywords":["severance pay calculator","statutory severance pay","average wage calculation","how to calculate severance","severance days of service"],"intro":"Enter your start date, end date, and total wages for the three months before leaving, and it estimates statutory severance pay using the formula 'daily average wage × 30 days × days of service ÷ 365.' You can optionally include the pro-rated portion (3/12) of your annual bonus and unused-leave allowance to make the average wage closer to reality.","howto":["Select your start date and end date.","Enter your total (pre-tax) wages for the three months before leaving.","If you have an annual bonus or unused-leave allowance, optionally enter them to factor into the average wage.","Review your estimated severance pay along with the daily average wage and days of service, then copy it."],"faq":[{"q":"Do I get severance if I worked less than a year?","a":"If your continuous service is under one year, you aren't entitled to statutory severance pay. This calculator still shows a reference figure even under one year, but displays a separate notice."},{"q":"How is the average wage calculated?","a":"The daily average wage is your total wages for the three months before leaving divided by the total number of days in that period (about 89–92 days). The annual bonus and unused-leave allowance are each added at 3/12 of the total wages."},{"q":"Will the amount shown here match what I actually receive?","a":"It may differ from the actual amount and is for reference only. It can vary based on comparison with ordinary wage, company policy, tax and insurance deductions, and how days of service are counted, so confirm the final amount with your company or a labor expert."}]},{"slug":"electricity-bill-calculator","category":"calc-convert","title":"Electricity Bill Calculator","tagline":"Estimate residential electricity bills from monthly usage (kWh) using progressive tiers","emoji":"⚡","keywords":["electricity bill calculator","residential electricity bill","electricity progressive rate","kWh cost calculation","KEPCO electricity bill"],"intro":"Just enter your monthly usage (kWh) and it applies the progressive tiers for residential low- and high-voltage service to estimate your bill, itemized by base charge, energy charge, climate-environment charge, VAT, and the power fund. You can also switch to the wider summer tiers (July–August) to gauge your bill ahead of the hot season.","howto":["Enter your electricity usage for one month in kWh.","Choose residential low-voltage / high-voltage (apartment) and the off-season / summer tier.","Review the progressive tier along with the itemized charge breakdown.","Copy the total bill and charge subtotal to compare against your statement."],"faq":[{"q":"How are the progressive tiers divided?","a":"The off-season has 3 tiers split at 200 kWh and 400 kWh, while summer (July–August) widens them to 300 kWh and 450 kWh. The higher the tier you reach, the higher the unit price and base charge."},{"q":"What's included in the total bill?","a":"The base charge and progressive energy charge, plus the climate-environment charge and fuel-cost adjustment, make up the electricity subtotal, to which 10% VAT and a 3.7% electric power industry fund are added. Amounts under 10 won are dropped."},{"q":"Does it exactly match my actual statement?","a":"It may differ and is for reference only. Welfare and multi-child discounts, the essential-usage guarantee deduction, prorated calculation based on the meter-reading date, and rate revisions aren't reflected, so check your KEPCO statement for the exact amount."}]},{"slug":"unemployment-benefit-calculator","category":"calc-convert","title":"Unemployment Benefit Calculator","tagline":"Estimate your daily job-seeking benefit and total payout from average wage, age, and insured period","emoji":"💸","keywords":["unemployment benefit calculator","job-seeking benefit calculation","daily unemployment benefit","benefit days","unemployment benefit cap"],"intro":"Enter your average monthly wage before leaving, your age at the time, and your employment insurance enrollment period, and it estimates your daily job-seeking benefit, the number of benefit days, and your total expected payout. It applies 60% of your average wage within upper and lower caps, and you can adjust the minimum hourly wage directly to match the latest standard for the lower cap.","howto":["Enter your average monthly (pre-tax) wage for the three months before leaving.","Select your age at the time of leaving and your employment insurance enrollment period.","Check and update the minimum hourly wage used for the lower cap to the latest value.","Review your daily job-seeking benefit, benefit days, and total expected payout, then copy it."],"faq":[{"q":"How is the daily job-seeking benefit determined?","a":"It's basically 60% of your daily average wage before leaving, adjusted to fall between an upper cap (66,000 won/day) and a lower cap (minimum hourly wage × 80% × 8 hours). A low average wage hits the lower cap, while a very high one hits the upper cap."},{"q":"What changes the number of benefit days?","a":"It's set from 120 up to a maximum of 270 days based on your age at the leaving date (under/over 50) and your employment insurance enrollment period. The older you are and the longer you've been enrolled, the more benefit days you get."},{"q":"Will I receive exactly what's calculated here?","a":"It may differ and is for reference only. It varies with eligibility (involuntary separation, at least 180 insured days, etc.), the actual average wage calculation, and reduction/fraud rules, so check with your local employment center or the employment insurance website."}]},{"slug":"savings-maturity-calculator","category":"calc-convert","title":"Savings Maturity Calculator","tagline":"Calculate your installment savings maturity balance and after-tax payout from monthly deposit, rate, and term","emoji":"🏦","keywords":["savings maturity calculator","savings interest calculation","simple vs compound interest","after-tax savings interest","deposit interest calculator"],"intro":"This tool calculates the maturity balance of a monthly installment savings account under both simple and monthly-compound interest, and shows your take-home amount after the 15.4% interest income tax—all at once. When comparing bank products or setting a savings goal, you can quickly see how much actually lands in your hands on an after-tax basis.","howto":["Choose the simple-interest or monthly-compound method on the tab.","Enter your monthly deposit, annual rate (%), and term (months).","Review the principal deposited, pre-tax interest, interest tax (15.4%), and after-tax maturity payout.","Use 'Copy result' to copy the breakdown for your notes or comparisons."],"faq":[{"q":"How do simple and monthly-compound interest differ?","a":"With simple interest, interest accrues only on the principal you deposit each month; with monthly compounding, interest also accrues on the interest added each month. At the same rate, monthly compounding yields slightly more interest at maturity. This calculator assumes deposits at the start of each month and a lump-sum payout at maturity."},{"q":"What is the 15.4% tax?","a":"It's the tax on interest income—the standard rate combining 14% income tax and 1.4% local income tax. Your actual after-tax interest is the pre-tax interest minus this rate. The rate differs for tax-free or tax-advantaged products."},{"q":"Does it exactly match the bank's maturity amount?","a":"It's an approximation using the standard installment-interest formula, so it may differ and is for reference only. Your actual payout can vary with each bank's interest-calculation dates, preferential-rate conditions, tax-free status, and rounding to the won, so confirm the final amount with the financial institution."}]},{"slug":"gpa-calculator","category":"calc-convert","title":"GPA Calculator","tagline":"Enter each course's credits and grade to compute your GPA on a 4.5/4.3/4.0 scale","emoji":"🎓","keywords":["GPA calculator","grade point average calculator","GPA calculation","4.5 scale GPA","college GPA calculation"],"intro":"This tool automatically computes your credit-weighted grade point average (GPA) from the credits and grades of the courses you've taken. You can choose a 4.5, 4.3, or 4.0 maximum scale, and Pass (P) courses are excluded from the GPA to mirror how real transcripts work.","howto":["Choose the grading scale that matches your school (4.5 / 4.3 / 4.0).","For each course, enter the credits (e.g., 3) and grade (A+, B0, etc.), and add rows with '+ Add course.'","Instantly see your GPA, credits counted, and an approximate percentage conversion.","Use 'Copy result' to copy the GPA summary."],"faq":[{"q":"Are Pass/Fail courses included?","a":"Courses you mark with a P grade are excluded from the GPA calculation, since most universities don't count P/F courses toward the GPA. They are, however, shown separately in the earned-credits summary."},{"q":"How is the GPA calculated?","a":"It's the credit-weighted average: sum each course's (grade point × credits), then divide by the total counted credits. For example, a 3-credit A+ and a 3-credit B0 give (4.5×3 + 3.0×3) ÷ 6 = 3.75."},{"q":"Can the converted value differ from my transcript?","a":"Grade-to-point tables and percentage conversions vary by university, so this calculator applies a common standard for reference. Whether grades like A- and B- are used and how percentages are derived differ by school, so check your official transcript for your definitive record."}]},{"slug":"scientific-calculator","category":"calc-convert","title":"Scientific Calculator","tagline":"An expression calculator with trig, logs, exponents, parentheses, and roots, powered by a safe parser","emoji":"🧮","keywords":["scientific calculator","trig calculator","log calculator","expression calculator","online calculator"],"intro":"A scientific calculator that evaluates one-line expressions, from sin/cos/tan trig functions to logs, exponents, roots, parentheses, and factorials. It computes safely with its own parser instead of JavaScript's eval, and you can switch angles between degrees (DEG) and radians (RAD).","howto":["For calculations involving angles, first choose the DEG (degrees) / RAD (radians) tab.","Press the buttons or type an expression directly into the input, e.g., sin(30)+2^3*sqrt(9).","The result updates in real time, and you can continue calculating from it with '='.","Use 'Copy result' to copy the value and paste it elsewhere."],"faq":[{"q":"Which functions and symbols can I use?","a":"It supports basic arithmetic plus % and ^ (power), parentheses, sin/cos/tan and the inverses asin/acos/atan, log (base-10), ln (natural log), exp, sqrt/cbrt/abs, factorial (!), and the constants pi and e. Multiplication must be explicit with the * symbol, as in 2*pi."},{"q":"How does it calculate without using eval?","a":"It tokenizes your expression itself and evaluates it with a recursive-descent parser that follows operator precedence (parentheses → functions/factorial → power → multiply/divide → add/subtract). With no arbitrary code execution, it runs safely inside your browser."},{"q":"Sometimes the result is slightly off from what I expect.","a":"Due to the nature of floating-point arithmetic, a value like sin(30) can come out as an approximation very close to 0.5, so treat it as a reference. Significant figures are cleaned up at display time, but very large or small numbers can retain tiny errors."}]},{"slug":"number-to-korean-words","category":"calc-convert","title":"Number to Korean Words Converter","tagline":"Convert a numeric amount into Korean text like '일금 만원정'","emoji":"💴","keywords":["number to Korean words","Korean amount in words","amount spelled out in Korean","Korean money converter","number to hangul amount"],"intro":"This tool converts a numeric amount into the Korean '일금 …원정' wording used on contracts, receipts, and quotes. It automatically applies the 만/억/조 (ten-thousand/hundred-million/trillion) units when reading it out, and supports both the formal style (with '일' included, as in 일십/일백/일만) and a concise colloquial style.","howto":["Enter the amount as a number. Commas (,) are ignored automatically.","If needed, use the 'Formal style' checkbox to switch to the notation that includes '일'.","The '일금 …원정' wording, the Korean reading, and the comma-formatted number all appear together.","Click the copy button for the form you want and paste it into your document."],"faq":[{"q":"Why write the amount in Korean words too?","a":"Numbers alone are easy to tamper with—changing '1,000' to '10,000,' for instance—so contracts, checks, and receipts also spell out the amount in Korean ('일금 …원정') to lock it in. This tool generates that wording automatically."},{"q":"What's the difference between the formal and colloquial styles?","a":"The colloquial style reads 10,000 as '만,' while the formal style prefixes '일' throughout, as in '일만.' For example, 1,234,500 is '백이십삼만사천오백' colloquially and '일백이십삼만사천오백' formally. Choose to match your document's convention."},{"q":"Can the notation vary by institution?","a":"The Korean amount notation follows widely used conventions and is for reference. Some places write '원정' as '원整' or use formal Chinese numerals (壹, 貳, etc.), so if a specific format is required, check that institution's template. Decimals are ignored and only the whole-number amount is converted."}]},{"slug":"timezone-converter","category":"calc-convert","title":"Time Zone Converter","tagline":"Accurately convert times between cities and time zones using the Intl API","emoji":"🌍","keywords":["world time converter","time difference calculator","time zone converter","New York time","time zone conversion"],"intro":"Enter a date and time in a reference city and it converts them all at once to the local times of cities you choose, like New York, London, and Tokyo. Using the browser's Intl time zone data, it also shows each region's UTC offset and any date rollover (+1 day / −1 day).","howto":["Pick a reference city and enter the date and time. Use 'Set to reference city's current time' to fill in the current time.","Click the city buttons below to select as many cities to convert as you like.","Check each city's local time, UTC offset, and date difference (+1 day, etc.).","Use 'Copy all' to copy the conversion results at once."],"faq":[{"q":"Can I use it to line up a meeting across countries?","a":"Yes. Put your own time zone as the reference city and select the other cities, and it shows what time that same moment is in each region and whether the date crosses over to the next day. It's handy for international video calls and coordinating deadlines."},{"q":"Is daylight saving time (DST) accounted for?","a":"It uses the browser's built-in IANA time zone database, so each city's DST status is applied automatically. It calculates the offset for the date you enter, handling regions whose time difference changes between summer and winter."},{"q":"Is the conversion always accurate?","a":"It follows standard Intl time zone data, but around the moments DST begins or ends (a nonexistent or duplicated hour) the value can be ambiguous, so treat it as a reference. For important schedules, we recommend double-checking the actual local time with the other party."}]},{"slug":"vcard-generator","category":"doc-data","title":"vCard Generator","tagline":"Enter a name, phone, email, and company to create a standard digital business card (.vcf) and download it instantly","emoji":"📇","keywords":["vCard generator","create vcf file","digital business card","contact file","electronic business card"],"intro":"Enter basic details like name, phone, and email, and it instantly creates a standard vCard 3.0 (.vcf) file that opens on any smartphone. It's handy for office workers, freelancers, and sales reps who want to share contacts with a single file instead of a paper card.","howto":["Enter the needed fields such as last/first name, phone, and email.","Optionally add extra details like company, job title, address, and birthday.","Check the vCard content in the preview below.","Click the .vcf download button to save the file, or copy the content."],"faq":[{"q":"Where can I open the .vcf file I made?","a":"Opening the file in most contacts apps—the Contacts app on iPhone and Android, Google Contacts, Apple Contacts, Outlook, and more—automatically brings up a save screen."},{"q":"Is the personal information I enter sent to a server?","a":"No. All processing happens entirely in your browser, and your inputs and the generated file are never transmitted to or stored on a server."},{"q":"Can I trust the generated vCard as-is?","a":"It follows the standard vCard 3.0 format, but some apps display fields a little differently, so use it as a reference and save an important card once on an actual device to confirm."}]},{"slug":"ics-generator","category":"doc-data","title":"ICS Calendar Generator","tagline":"Create a calendar .ics event from a title, date/time, and location, and add it straight to Google Calendar","emoji":"📅","keywords":["ics generator","create calendar file","event invite","iCalendar","add to Google Calendar"],"intro":"Enter an event title, start and end times, and location, and it creates a standard .ics file that opens in Outlook, Apple, and Google Calendar. It's convenient for anyone who wants to distribute an event, meeting, or booking notice with a single file or link.","howto":["Enter the event title and start time. For an all-day event, check 'All-day event.'","Optionally enter the location, description, related URL, and reminder time.","Check the .ics content in the preview.","Download the .ics file, or register it right away with the 'Add to Google Calendar' link."],"faq":[{"q":"How do I use an .ics file?","a":"Double-click the file or attach it to an email, and when the recipient opens it, the event is added to their Apple, Google, or Outlook calendar."},{"q":"How are time zones handled?","a":"The time you enter is saved as your device's local time (floating time). When sending to attendees in different time zones, the displayed time may differ, so keep that in mind."},{"q":"Can I trust the generated result as-is?","a":"It follows the standard iCalendar (RFC 5545) format, but support for reminders, recurrence, and such varies slightly by calendar app, so it's for reference. Register an important invite once yourself to confirm."}]},{"slug":"engagement-rate-calculator","category":"sns-utils","title":"Engagement Rate Calculator","tagline":"Calculate social media engagement rate (%) and an engagement grade from followers, likes, and comments","emoji":"📈","keywords":["engagement rate calculation","engagement rate","engagement rate calculator","Instagram engagement rate","social media interaction rate"],"intro":"Enter your follower count and interactions like likes and comments, and it instantly calculates your social media engagement rate and tells you how it compares to the average. It's useful for marketers and creators evaluating influencer collaborations or checking their own content's performance.","howto":["Enter your follower count and the number of posts to analyze.","Enter the total likes and comments.","Optionally enter other interactions like saves and shares.","Check the engagement rate (%), average engagement per post, and engagement grade."],"faq":[{"q":"How is the engagement rate calculated?","a":"It's (likes + comments + other) ÷ number of posts ÷ followers × 100. Enter the totals across several posts and specify the post count to get the average engagement rate per post."},{"q":"What percentage is good?","a":"By follower count, under 1% is commonly seen as low, 1–3.5% as average, 3.5–6% as good, and 6% or more as excellent. The benchmark varies by platform and follower size."},{"q":"Can I trust this value as-is?","a":"Since it's based on follower count, it can differ from an engagement rate based on actual reach or impressions, so it's for reference. For an accurate analysis, also look at each platform's insights metrics."}]},{"slug":"youtube-revenue-calculator","category":"sns-utils","title":"YouTube Revenue Calculator","tagline":"Simulate estimated ad revenue by day, month, and year from views and RPM (for reference)","emoji":"💰","keywords":["YouTube revenue calculator","RPM calculator","YouTube ad revenue","AdSense revenue estimate","revenue from views"],"intro":"Enter your views and RPM (net revenue per 1,000 views) and it instantly calculates estimated ad revenue, then simulates monthly and yearly revenue from your daily views. It helps YouTubers and marketers set channel growth goals or gauge sponsorship rates.","howto":["Choose the 'Total views' or 'Average daily views' tab.","Enter your views and RPM.","Pick the RPM currency (KRW/USD), and if USD, enter the exchange rate.","Check the estimated revenue (daily, monthly, yearly)."],"faq":[{"q":"What's the difference between RPM and CPM?","a":"CPM is the price advertisers pay per 1,000 impressions, while RPM is what the creator actually receives per 1,000 views after YouTube's cut (about 45%). This calculator is RPM-based, so the result is your estimated take-home."},{"q":"What's a typical RPM?","a":"It varies enormously by topic, viewer country, and season. Low-value categories are low, while high-value ones like finance and B2B are high. Entering your channel's actual analytics RPM is the most accurate."},{"q":"Can I trust the calculated result as-is?","a":"Actual revenue changes with many variables—ad fill rate, watch time, invalid traffic—so this value is a reference simulation. Base your settlement figures on the numbers in YouTube Studio."}]},{"slug":"og-twitter-card-generator","category":"sns-utils","title":"Open Graph & Twitter Card Generator","tagline":"Build og/twitter meta tags from a title, description, image, and URL, and preview the share card","emoji":"🔗","keywords":["Open Graph tags","generate og meta tags","Twitter Card","share preview","social meta tags"],"intro":"Enter a title, description, image, and URL, and it builds Open Graph and Twitter Card meta tags all at once, plus a card preview of how your link will look on Facebook, KakaoTalk, and Twitter. It's useful for developers and marketers who want to tidy up the share thumbnails of their blog or landing page.","howto":["Enter the title, description, page URL, and main image URL.","Optionally enter the site name, Twitter account, card type, and more.","Check the share card preview on the Facebook/Kakao and Twitter (X) tabs.","Copy the generated meta tags and paste them inside your page's <head>."],"faq":[{"q":"What's a good size for the main image?","a":"For a large horizontal card, 1200×630px (1.91:1) is recommended. Use an https absolute-path image and keep it under 5MB, and it'll display without breaking on most platforms."},{"q":"I added the tags but the share thumbnail didn't change.","a":"That's because the platform caches the previous preview. Re-scrape the URL in Facebook's Sharing Debugger or Twitter's Card Validator to refresh the cache."},{"q":"Is the preview exactly like the real thing?","a":"Actual rendering can vary slightly by platform, so this preview is for reference. After publishing, we recommend a final check with each platform's official inspection tool."}]},{"slug":"dice-coin-random","category":"web-seo-misc","title":"Dice, Coin & Random Picker","tagline":"Roll dice, flip coins, and draw random numbers within a range — all in one place","emoji":"🎲","keywords":["roll dice","flip a coin","random number draw","random picker","random number generator"],"intro":"This tool lets you roll dice, flip coins, and draw random numbers within a range right in your browser. Every value is generated with a cryptographic random number generator for even results, and nothing is ever sent to a server.","howto":["Choose the feature you want — dice, coin, or range random — from the tabs at the top.","For dice, enter the count and number of sides; for coins, the count; for range random, the minimum, maximum, and how many to draw.","Press Roll / Flip / Draw to see each result along with the sum, average, and ratio.","Use the Copy Result button to copy the drawn values and share them as-is."],"faq":[{"q":"Are the results really fair?","a":"We use the browser's built-in crypto.getRandomValues cryptographic randomness, evened out with rejection sampling so no value is favored. It's less biased than the usual Math.random."},{"q":"Can I draw without duplicates?","a":"Turn on 'Draw without duplicates' in the Range Random tab to get non-overlapping values, just like a lottery or number draw. If you request more numbers than the range allows, only as many as the range size are drawn."},{"q":"Are the results sent anywhere?","a":"No. All random generation and calculation happen entirely within your browser and are never sent to or stored on a server. That said, don't use this for official draws or anything with legal weight — treat the results as a reference only."}]},{"slug":"password-strength-checker","category":"web-seo-misc","title":"Password Strength Checker","tagline":"Instantly analyze password entropy and estimated crack time locally (nothing is sent)","emoji":"🔐","keywords":["password strength","password checker","crack time calculator","entropy measurement","secure password"],"intro":"This tool analyzes your password's entropy (in bits) and estimated crack time based on its character makeup and length. All calculations happen entirely in your browser, so your password is never sent or stored anywhere.","howto":["Type the password you want to check and its strength is calculated in real time.","Click 'Show' to reveal what you typed, or hide it again.","Review the strength bar, entropy, estimated offline and online crack times, and the requirements checklist.","Fix any items marked with ✗ on the checklist (length, upper/lowercase, numbers, special characters, etc.) to raise the strength."],"faq":[{"q":"How is the estimated crack time calculated?","a":"We compute the number of possible combinations as the character set size raised to the length power, assume that on average half of them must be tried, then divide by the speeds of offline high-speed cracking (10 billion guesses per second) and online guessing attacks (1,000 per second) to estimate the time."},{"q":"Could my password be leaked?","a":"No, it's safe. Your input is processed only in browser memory and is never sent over the network or saved locally. Even so, it's best not to enter a password you actually use on a shared PC."},{"q":"Can I fully trust the crack time shown?","a":"This is a theoretical upper-bound estimate that only considers character combinations, so it can differ from reality and is for reference only. Dictionary attacks, guesses based on personal information, and repeated patterns greatly lower real security, so use a long, hard-to-predict, unique password together with two-factor authentication."}]},{"slug":"css-unit-converter","category":"text-dev","title":"CSS Unit Converter (px ↔ rem)","tagline":"Convert px, rem, em, %, and pt back and forth all at once, based on the root font size.","emoji":"📐","keywords":["px to rem conversion","css unit converter","px to rem","rem calculator","font size converter"],"intro":"This is a CSS unit converter that translates px, rem, em, %, and pt values between each other. Enter just one value and the results in the remaining units are calculated instantly, based on the root font size.","howto":["Enter the value you want to convert and choose its unit.","Enter the base (root) font size in px (the browser default is 16px).","Once the px, rem, em, %, and pt results are calculated automatically, copy the unit you need and use it."],"faq":[{"q":"What's the difference between rem and em?","a":"rem is always calculated relative to the font size of the root (html) element, while em is relative to the parent element's font size. This tool assumes the base font size you enter is the parent when calculating both units."},{"q":"How is pt converted?","a":"Following web standards, 96px = 72pt — that is, 1px = 0.75pt. It's the print pt concept converted to a screen (96dpi) basis."},{"q":"Could the results differ from the actual screen?","a":"em and % actually vary with each element's parent font size, so the results here are reference values that assume the base you specified as the parent. When applying them for real, check the inheritance of the target element."}]},{"slug":"remove-line-breaks","category":"text-dev","title":"Line Break Remover & Text Cleaner","tagline":"Strip out forced line breaks and duplicate spaces pasted from PDFs and emails, tidying text into a single line or clean paragraphs.","emoji":"🧹","keywords":["remove line breaks","remove enter key","text cleanup","make single line","whitespace cleanup"],"intro":"This tool removes unnecessary line breaks and repeated spaces that sneak into copied documents, tidying them into clean text. You can choose whether to keep paragraphs while joining only within-sentence breaks, or merge everything into a single line.","howto":["Paste the text you want to clean into the input box.","Choose 'Keep paragraphs' or 'Merge into one line' mode.","Adjust how lines are joined (space, no space, comma) and the whitespace cleanup options.","Check the cleaned result and grab it with the Copy button."],"faq":[{"q":"How does 'Keep paragraphs' work?","a":"It treats blank lines (double line breaks) as paragraph boundaries and removes only the line breaks inside each paragraph, joining them into one line. The separation between paragraphs stays intact."},{"q":"What does consecutive-space cleanup do?","a":"It reduces two or more consecutive spaces or tabs to a single space. It's handy for tidying up the wide gaps you get when copying from a table."},{"q":"Is my input sent to a server?","a":"No. All processing happens entirely in your browser and the text is never sent externally. Still, review the cleaned result before using it, as a reference."}]},{"slug":"json-yaml-converter","category":"doc-data","title":"JSON ↔ YAML Converter","tagline":"Convert JSON to YAML and YAML to JSON both ways (basic structures supported).","emoji":"🔄","keywords":["json yaml conversion","yaml json converter","json to yaml","yaml parser","config file conversion"],"intro":"This is a tool that converts JSON and YAML into each other. It's handy for turning config files (YAML) into JSON that's easy to use in code, or tidying things up the other way around.","howto":["Choose the conversion direction (JSON→YAML or YAML→JSON) from the tabs at the top.","Paste your source into the input box, or load a sample with 'Insert example'.","Check the automatically converted result and grab it with 'Copy result'."],"faq":[{"q":"How much YAML syntax is supported?","a":"It supports basic structures like indentation-based mappings (key: value) and sequences (- item), quoted strings, numbers/booleans/null, inline [ ] and { } collections, and # comments. Advanced syntax such as anchors (&, *) and multiline block scalars (|, >) is not supported."},{"q":"How many spaces of indentation does it use?","a":"The JSON→YAML output uses 2-space indentation. When parsing YAML→JSON, it also interprets based on the standard 2-space indentation structure."},{"q":"Can I trust the conversion result as-is?","a":"It's a simple implementation built for basic structures, so results can differ when complex advanced syntax is mixed in — review it as a reference before using. Invalid formats are reported with an error message and the app won't crash."}]},{"slug":"json-xml-converter","category":"doc-data","title":"JSON ↔ XML Converter","tagline":"Convert JSON and XML both ways (basic structures, attributes, and repeated elements supported).","emoji":"🔀","keywords":["json xml conversion","xml json converter","json to xml","xml parser","data format conversion"],"intro":"This is a tool that converts JSON to XML and XML to JSON. It lets you quickly line up the format when working with API responses or XML data from legacy systems.","howto":["Select the conversion direction (JSON→XML or XML→JSON) from the tabs at the top.","For JSON→XML, you can specify the name of the wrapping root element.","Paste your source or load a sample with 'Insert example', then copy the result."],"faq":[{"q":"How are XML attributes converted?","a":"In XML→JSON conversion, an element's attributes become keys prefixed with @ (e.g. @id), and if a childless element has text alongside attributes, the text is expressed under a #text key. When there are several sibling elements with the same name, they're automatically grouped into an array."},{"q":"How are JSON arrays expressed in XML?","a":"Each item in the array is output repeatedly under the same tag name. For example, tags: [\"A\",\"B\"] becomes <tags>A</tags><tags>B</tags>."},{"q":"Does every XML round-trip perfectly?","a":"This conversion is built for basic structures, so complex XML with namespaces, CDATA, processing instructions, or mixed content may not be restored exactly — review it as a reference before using. Invalid formats are reported as errors and the app won't crash."}]},{"slug":"csv-to-sql","category":"doc-data","title":"CSV to SQL Generator","tagline":"Convert CSV into CREATE TABLE and INSERT statements (choose the table name and DB dialect).","emoji":"🗄️","keywords":["csv to sql converter","csv to sql","generate insert statements","create table generator","import csv to database"],"intro":"This tool converts CSV data into CREATE TABLE and INSERT statements you can load into a database. It automatically infers column types and quotes identifiers to match the MySQL, PostgreSQL, SQLite, and SQL Server dialects.","howto":["Paste your CSV data or load a sample with 'Insert example'.","Choose the table name, target DB dialect, and delimiter.","Adjust options such as whether to use the first row as column names, auto-infer types, and bundle multiple rows into one INSERT.","Copy the generated CREATE TABLE and INSERT statements and use them."],"faq":[{"q":"How are column types decided?","a":"It scans each column's values and infers INT/INTEGER if all are integers, DECIMAL/NUMERIC/REAL if decimals are included, a BOOLEAN type for true/false/yes/no, and a string type (VARCHAR/TEXT) otherwise. If you turn off 'Auto-infer data types', all columns are treated as strings."},{"q":"How are single quotes and empty values handled?","a":"Single quotes inside strings are escaped the standard way (doubled to ''), and empty cells are inserted as NULL. Booleans are output as TRUE/FALSE or 1/0 depending on the dialect."},{"q":"Can I run the generated SQL right away?","a":"It's a reference draft, so always review it before running. Type inference is based on the sample data and may differ from the actual schema, and dialect-specific rules like MySQL's backslash escaping aren't applied automatically, so verify before applying it to important data."}]},{"slug":"instagram-grid-planner","category":"sns-utils","title":"Instagram Grid Planner","tagline":"Arrange multiple photos in a 3-column grid to preview your feed's order and mood before posting","emoji":"📱","keywords":["instagram grid","instagram feed preview","feed layout","grid planner","instagram post order"],"intro":"This lets you arrange the photos you'll post to Instagram in a 3-column grid, just like a real profile, so you can see your whole feed's order, colors, and mood at a glance before publishing. Move photos back and forth to easily find the best-looking arrangement.","howto":["Drag and drop several photos, or click to upload them.","Adjust the posting order with the ◀ ▶ buttons in the 3-column grid.","Remove unwanted photos with ✕ and review the full feed preview."],"faq":[{"q":"Does the layout match real Instagram?","a":"It's laid out in 3 columns so the top-left is the most recent (top) post, with posts getting older toward the right and bottom. That said, exact margins may differ slightly depending on Instagram UI updates."},{"q":"Are my photos uploaded to a server?","a":"No. All processing happens entirely in your browser and no photo is ever sent to or stored on a server."},{"q":"How many photos can I add?","a":"There's no hard limit, but a very large number of photos can use a lot of browser memory, so we recommend working with a few dozen at a time."}]},{"slug":"json-ld-schema-generator","category":"generators-qr","title":"JSON-LD Schema Generator","tagline":"Generate schema.org JSON-LD markup from simple Article, Product, FAQ, and LocalBusiness form inputs","emoji":"🔖","keywords":["JSON-LD generator","schema.org","structured data","rich snippets","structured markup"],"intro":"Enter your blog post, product, FAQ, or local business details into a form and it automatically builds the schema.org JSON-LD structured data that search engines understand. You can generate the markup needed for rich results (star ratings, FAQs, etc.) without any coding knowledge.","howto":["Choose the Article, Product, FAQ, or LocalBusiness type from the tabs at the top.","Enter the required fields and the JSON-LD is completed in real time.","Choose whether to include the <script> tag, then copy it and paste it into your page's <head>."],"faq":[{"q":"Where do I put the generated markup?","a":"Just paste the copied code as-is inside your page's HTML <head> or <body>. After pasting, we recommend checking its validity with Google's Rich Results Test."},{"q":"Will a rich snippet always appear?","a":"Structured data is only a prerequisite for rich results — it doesn't guarantee they'll appear. Actual display is up to the search engine's judgment, so treat it as a reference."},{"q":"Is the information I enter sent to a server?","a":"No. All generation is handled within your browser and your input is never sent to a server."}]},{"slug":"sitemap-xml-generator","category":"generators-qr","title":"Sitemap (XML) Generator","tagline":"Paste a URL list to generate and download a sitemap.xml with priority, changefreq, and lastmod","emoji":"🗺️","keywords":["sitemap generator","sitemap.xml","XML sitemap","SEO sitemap","google search console"],"intro":"Just paste your website's list of URLs and it builds a standard sitemap.xml for submission to search engines. You can set the change frequency (changefreq), priority, and last-modified date (lastmod), and download it as a file right away.","howto":["Paste URLs one per line (specify a base domain for relative paths).","Choose the changefreq, priority, and lastmod values.","Copy or download the finished sitemap.xml and upload it to your server root."],"faq":[{"q":"How do I register the sitemap I made?","a":"Upload sitemap.xml to your site root (e.g. example.com/sitemap.xml), then submit its address to Google Search Console or Naver Search Advisor."},{"q":"Does the priority value boost my search ranking?","a":"priority and changefreq are only crawling hints and don't directly raise your search ranking. Think of them as reference values that signal relative importance."},{"q":"Are the URLs I enter sent to a server?","a":"No. All generation happens only in your browser and the URLs you enter are never sent externally."}]},{"slug":"htaccess-generator","category":"generators-qr","title":".htaccess Generator","tagline":"Pick rules from a form — force HTTPS, unify www, 301 redirects, and more — to generate an .htaccess","emoji":"⚙️","keywords":[".htaccess generator","301 redirect","force HTTPS","www redirect","apache configuration"],"intro":"This builds an Apache web server .htaccess file with form selections only, no coding required. Pick commonly used rules like forcing HTTPS, unifying www, 301 redirects, directory protection, and caching/compression, and download it right away.","howto":["Check the rules you want to apply (HTTPS, www, security, etc.).","If you need a 301 redirect, enter the old path and the new address.","Copy or download the finished .htaccess and upload it to your site root."],"faq":[{"q":"Can I use it on Nginx?","a":"No. .htaccess is an Apache-only configuration file. Other web servers like Nginx have different syntax and can't use it as-is."},{"q":"My site won't load after applying it.","a":"Conflicting rules can cause a 500 error. Behavior can differ by server and environment, so the result is for reference — always back up your existing file before applying, and revert if there's a problem."},{"q":"Is my input sent to a server?","a":"No. All generation is handled within your browser and your input is never sent externally."}]},{"slug":"fake-data-generator","category":"generators-qr","title":"Fake Data Generator","tagline":"Generate as many fake records — names, emails, phones, addresses — as you want and export to JSON or CSV","emoji":"🎲","keywords":["fake data generator","fake data","test data","mock data","sample data"],"intro":"This generates as many fictional person records (names, emails, phones, addresses, etc.) as you need for development, testing, and design mockups. Pick the fields to include and export to JSON or CSV to use right away.","howto":["Set how many records to generate and select the fields to include.","Create random data with the 🎲 Generate new button.","Choose the JSON or CSV tab, then copy it or download it as a file."],"faq":[{"q":"Are the generated names and contacts real people's information?","a":"No. They're all fictional values combined at random. They may coincidentally overlap with a real person or contact, so use them only for reference in development, testing, and the like."},{"q":"Is the data sent to a server?","a":"No. Generation happens entirely within your browser and no value is ever sent to or stored on a server."},{"q":"How many records can I make at once?","a":"You can generate from 1 up to 500 records and download them as-is in JSON or CSV format."}]},{"slug":"xml-formatter","category":"text-dev","title":"XML Formatter","tagline":"Pretty-print XML, minify it into a single line, and even check for well-formedness","emoji":"📄","keywords":["XML formatter","XML pretty print","XML minify","XML indentation","well-formed check"],"intro":"This tool formats XML documents into a nicely indented form, or removes whitespace to compress them into a single line. It instantly checks well-formedness (structural integrity) with the browser parser so you can confirm that tags are properly closed.","howto":["Paste the XML to format or drag and drop a file.","Choose the 'Format' or 'Minify' tab, and for formatting, pick the indentation unit.","The result updates instantly, shown alongside its well-formedness and size.","Put the result on your clipboard with the Copy button."],"faq":[{"q":"Are attributes, CDATA, and comments preserved?","a":"Yes. It preserves tag attributes, comments (), CDATA, and processing instructions (<?xml?>), tidying only the unnecessary line breaks inside tags."},{"q":"What gets removed when minifying?","a":"Meaningless whitespace and line breaks between tags are removed. Leading and trailing whitespace in text nodes is also cleaned up, so be careful with documents where whitespace is significant."},{"q":"If it's well-formed, is the schema valid too?","a":"No. This check only looks at syntactic integrity like tag pairing and nesting. It doesn't perform DTD/XSD schema validation, so use it for reference only."}]},{"slug":"yaml-formatter","category":"text-dev","title":"YAML Validator & Formatter","tagline":"Check YAML syntax, normalize it to a consistent form, and even convert to JSON","emoji":"📋","keywords":["YAML validator","YAML formatter","YAML syntax check","YAML to JSON","YAML parser"],"intro":"This parses YAML with its own parser to catch syntax errors and normalizes it into a consistently indented form. It also converts the parsed result to JSON so you can see the data structure at a glance.","howto":["Paste the YAML to check or load a .yml/.yaml file.","If it's valid it's shown in green; if there's an error, it tells you the line number of the problem.","Check the result you want in the 'Normalized YAML' or 'JSON conversion' tab.","Grab the result with the Copy button."],"faq":[{"q":"How much syntax is supported?","a":"It supports mappings, sequences, and nesting, quoted strings, numbers/booleans/null, inline collections ([], {}), literal/folded blocks (|, >), and comments (#)."},{"q":"Can I indent with tabs?","a":"No. The YAML standard doesn't allow tabs for indentation, and if a tab is found it's reported as an error. Use spaces."},{"q":"Does it fully validate every YAML?","a":"It's a basic-level parser that works without a library, so it doesn't support anchors (&/*), multiple documents, or complex tags (!!). Use it as a reference and double-check important files with a proper tool."}]},{"slug":"sql-formatter","category":"text-dev","title":"SQL Formatter","tagline":"Uppercase SQL keywords and break each clause onto its own line for readable formatting","emoji":"🛢️","keywords":["SQL formatter","SQL pretty print","query cleanup","SQL uppercase","SQL beautify"],"intro":"This tool uppercases the keywords in a SQL query and breaks each major clause (SELECT, FROM, WHERE, JOIN, etc.) onto its own line for readable formatting. Subqueries and conditions are automatically indented, so even long queries reveal their structure at a glance.","howto":["Paste the SQL to format or load a .sql file.","Set whether to uppercase keywords and choose the indentation unit.","Check the formatted result and grab it with the Copy button."],"faq":[{"q":"Can I format multiple statements at once?","a":"Yes. It formats multiple statements separated by semicolons (;) individually. Comments (--, /* */) and the contents inside strings are preserved as-is."},{"q":"Are function calls and strings uppercased too?","a":"No. It only uppercases known SQL keywords; table and column names and string literals keep their original form."},{"q":"Does it change the execution result?","a":"Formatting only changes whitespace, line breaks, and keyword casing, so the meaning stays the same. That said, dialect-specific special syntax may format awkwardly, so use it as a readability-boosting reference tool."}]},{"slug":"js-minify-beautify","category":"text-dev","title":"JS Minifier & Beautifier","tagline":"Minify JavaScript to make it lighter, or beautify it into readable formatting","emoji":"🟨","keywords":["js minify","js beautify","javascript minifier","js beautifier","code formatter"],"intro":"This minifies JavaScript by stripping whitespace and comments into a single line, or beautifies it by breaking each statement onto its own line with indentation. It recognizes strings, template literals, regular expressions, and comments so your code isn't broken.","howto":["Paste your code or load a .js file.","Choose the 'Beautify' or 'Minify' tab (specify the indentation unit for beautifying).","Check the result along with the savings rate and size, and grab it with the Copy button."],"faq":[{"q":"Could strings or regular expressions be handled incorrectly?","a":"It distinguishes quoted strings, backtick templates, regex literals, and // and /* */ comments, leaving their contents untouched, so the conversion is safe."},{"q":"Does it shorten variable names too?","a":"No. This tool only does light compression at the whitespace/comment-removal level; it doesn't do identifier mangling or tree shaking."},{"q":"Can I ship the minified output as-is?","a":"Most of the time it's fine, but code that relies on ASI (omitted semicolons) loses its line breaks and can rarely behave differently. Use it as a reference and run the result to verify before deploying."}]},{"slug":"css-minify-beautify","category":"text-dev","title":"CSS Minifier & Beautifier","tagline":"Minify CSS to cut file size, or beautify it with per-rule indentation for readability","emoji":"🎨","keywords":["css minify","css beautify","css minifier","css beautifier","stylesheet formatter"],"intro":"This shrinks CSS file size by stripping whitespace and comments, or formats it into an indented form with each rule on its own line. It parses selectors and properties structurally, so pseudo-classes like :hover and calc() values don't break.","howto":["Paste your CSS or load a .css file.","Choose the 'Beautify' or 'Minify' tab (pick the indentation unit for beautifying).","Check the result and savings rate, and grab it with the Copy button."],"faq":[{"q":"Are rules like @media and @keyframes handled too?","a":"Yes. It recognizes nested @media, @supports, and @keyframes blocks and indents or minifies down to the inner rules. It also preserves single-line rules like @import and @charset."},{"q":"What disappears when minifying?","a":"Comments, unnecessary whitespace and line breaks, and the final semicolon at the end of a block are removed. Whitespace inside strings and calc() operations is safely preserved."},{"q":"Does it handle every CSS perfectly?","a":"It's a basic-level parser, so results may differ with very unusual syntax. Use it as a reference and confirm your styles are unchanged after minifying important files."}]},{"slug":"team-generator","category":"generators-qr","title":"Random Team Generator","tagline":"Shuffle a list of names at random and split them fairly into evenly sized teams","emoji":"👥","keywords":["team generator","group assignment","random team generator","random grouping","team divider"],"intro":"Paste names one per line (or comma-separated), set the number of teams or the members per team, and this tool shuffles the roster with cryptographic randomness and distributes them evenly so team sizes differ by at most one. Whenever you need to divide people fairly — PE class groups, dinner teams, project groups, game teams — you get instant results without the hassle of drawing by hand.","howto":["Enter your list of names in the roster box, one per line or comma-separated.","Choose your basis: 'Split by number of teams' or 'Split by members per team'.","Enter the desired number of teams (or members per team) as a number.","Press the 'Split teams' button, and if needed grab the roster with 'Copy result'."],"faq":[{"q":"Is it really split randomly and fairly?","a":"Yes. It performs a Fisher-Yates shuffle with the browser's cryptographic randomness (crypto.getRandomValues), then assigns people to each team in turn, one by one. The shuffle is unbiased, and team sizes never differ by more than one person."},{"q":"What happens if the number of people doesn't divide evenly by the number of teams?","a":"The leftover people are assigned one extra to the earlier teams first. For example, splitting 10 people into 3 teams distributes them as 4, 3, and 3 to keep them as even as possible."},{"q":"Are the names I enter sent to a server?","a":"No. Entering the roster, shuffling, assigning, and copying all happen only within your browser, and no data is ever sent to or stored on a server. Results are drawn fresh each time, so use them as a reference."}]},{"slug":"passphrase-generator","category":"generators-qr","title":"Passphrase Generator","tagline":"Combine several words into an easy-to-remember yet strong passphrase using cryptographic randomness","emoji":"🔑","keywords":["passphrase generator","word-based password","create a strong password","passphrase","easy-to-remember password"],"intro":"Instead of a random string of characters, this tool combines several words into a passphrase that's easy for people to remember but hard for machines to guess. Pick the number of words, the language (English/Korean), the separator, and whether to add capitalization or numbers, and it's generated instantly along with the estimated entropy — every choice made without bias using cryptographic randomness (crypto.getRandomValues).","howto":["Set the number of words (3–8) with the slider. More words means stronger.","Choose the word language (English/Korean) and the separator (-, ., _, space).","If needed, turn on 'Capitalize first letter' and 'Add number at the end' to raise the complexity.","Check the generated passphrase and grab it with the Copy button."],"faq":[{"q":"Is it safer than a random-string password?","a":"Security is determined by 'entropy (estimated bits)', and with enough words you can secure high entropy while still being easy to remember. The larger the estimated bits shown on screen (e.g. 60 bits or more), the stronger it is against brute force."},{"q":"How is the displayed entropy calculated?","a":"It's an approximation of number of words × log2(dictionary word count), plus about 6.6 bits when a number is added. Actual strength is an estimate that assumes the attacker knows the word list, so treat it as reference only and increase the word count for important accounts."},{"q":"Is the generated passphrase sent to a server?","a":"No. Both the dictionary and the random generation run only within your browser, and no value is ever sent or stored. It's best to use a different passphrase for each different site."}]},{"slug":"exif-viewer","category":"web-seo-misc","title":"EXIF Metadata Viewer","tagline":"View a photo's camera, capture date/time, GPS location, and other EXIF data locally in your browser","emoji":"📷","keywords":["EXIF viewer","check photo metadata","check photo GPS location","view camera info","EXIF metadata"],"intro":"Upload a JPEG photo and this tool parses the EXIF metadata — camera make and model, capture date/time, shutter/aperture/ISO, and the capture location (GPS) — directly within your browser. When you want to check what personal information might be hidden in a photo before sharing it online, you can use it with peace of mind: the photo is never uploaded anywhere and is analyzed only on your device.","howto":["Drag and drop or click to select the photo to inspect (usually JPG/JPEG).","The extracted EXIF items — camera, capture settings, resolution, etc. — are shown in a table.","If there's GPS info, check the location with the 'View capture location on map' button.","Reset with 'View another photo' to inspect a different image."],"faq":[{"q":"Why do some photos show no EXIF at all?","a":"Screenshots, PNGs, photos sent via messenger, and files saved from editing apps usually have their metadata stripped. Also, this tool reads JPEG EXIF, so some formats like HEIC may not show any information."},{"q":"What does it mean when GPS coordinates appear?","a":"It means the latitude and longitude of where the photo was taken are recorded in the file. Your location — home, work, etc. — could be exposed, so we recommend removing the location with an EXIF removal tool before making it public."},{"q":"Is the photo I upload sent to a server?","a":"No. The file is read as an ArrayBuffer and the EXIF is interpreted directly within your browser; the image is never sent to or stored on a server. The values shown are reference information read straight from what's recorded in the file."}]},{"slug":"file-hash-checksum","category":"web-seo-misc","title":"File Hash (Checksum) Generator","tagline":"Compute SHA-256/512 checksums of files or text right in your browser to verify integrity","emoji":"🔏","keywords":["file hash","checksum generator","SHA-256 calculator","verify file integrity","SHA-512 checksum"],"intro":"This tool instantly computes SHA-256, SHA-384, SHA-512, and SHA-1 hashes of any file or text using your browser's Web Crypto API. Compare a downloaded file against the checksum provided by its source to detect tampering, or fingerprint text—all without ever uploading your file anywhere.","howto":["Choose the 'File' or 'Text' tab.","Select a hash algorithm (SHA-256, etc.).","Drag and drop a file or type in text, and the hexadecimal checksum is calculated instantly.","Paste the source's expected value into the 'Compare with expected value' box to confirm a match."],"faq":[{"q":"What does a checksum tell me?","a":"Identical content always produces the same hash, while even a single differing byte produces a completely different one. If a downloaded file's hash matches the official checksum, you can trust that it wasn't corrupted or altered during transfer."},{"q":"Should I use SHA-1 since it's offered?","a":"SHA-1 has known collision attacks and is not recommended for security verification. For integrity or security purposes, use SHA-256 or higher; treat SHA-1 only as a reference for compatibility with legacy systems."},{"q":"Is my file uploaded to a server?","a":"No. The file is read as an ArrayBuffer in your browser and hashed with Web Crypto (crypto.subtle.digest), so its contents are never sent to or stored on any server. Large files may take a moment to process depending on your device's performance."}]},{"slug":"text-encryption","category":"web-seo-misc","title":"Text Encryption (AES)","tagline":"Encrypt and decrypt text with AES-GCM 256-bit using a password—entirely inside your browser","emoji":"🔐","keywords":["text encryption","AES encryption","encrypt with password","AES-GCM decrypt","online encryption tool"],"intro":"Just set a password to encrypt text with AES-GCM 256-bit, then decrypt it later with the same password. The key is derived from your password via PBKDF2 with a fresh salt and IV every time, and everything runs entirely in your browser's Web Crypto—your plaintext and password are never sent to a server.","howto":["On the 'Encrypt' tab, enter a password and your text, then click 'Encrypt'.","Copy the generated Base64 ciphertext and send it to the recipient.","The recipient opens the 'Decrypt' tab, enters the same password and ciphertext, and clicks 'Decrypt'.","If the password is correct the original text appears; if not, a failure message is shown."],"faq":[{"q":"How secure is this method?","a":"It uses AES-GCM 256-bit authenticated encryption and PBKDF2 (SHA-256, 200,000 iterations) key derivation, which is strong. Its security depends heavily on password strength, though, so use a long, hard-to-guess password."},{"q":"Can I recover the text if I forget the password?","a":"No. The password is never stored anywhere and the key is derived on the fly, so if you forget it there is no way to reverse the ciphertext. Keep it somewhere safe."},{"q":"Is what I enter sent to a server?","a":"No. Key derivation, encryption, and decryption all run locally in your browser's Web Crypto, so your plaintext and password are never transmitted or stored. For highly sensitive information we recommend pairing this with a dedicated security solution—consider this a reference utility."}]},{"slug":"remove-pages-pdf","category":"pdf","title":"Delete PDF Pages","tagline":"Remove unwanted pages from a PDF and save the rest as a new file","emoji":"🗑️","keywords":["delete PDF pages","edit PDF","remove pages","split PDF","PDF tool"],"intro":"This tool lets you specify and delete pages you don't need from a PDF, then builds a new PDF from the remaining pages. Everything runs right in your browser with no uploads or software to install, so it's completely safe.","howto":["Drag and drop or click to select the PDF that contains the pages you want to delete.","Enter the page numbers to remove. For example: 2, 4-6, 9","Click 'Delete Pages' to build a new PDF from the pages that remain.","Use the download button to save the result."],"faq":[{"q":"Is my file sent to a server?","a":"No. All processing happens entirely within your browser, and your PDF is never sent to a server."},{"q":"How do I enter page ranges?","a":"Separate multiple entries with commas and use a hyphen for consecutive ranges. For example, '1-3, 7' means pages 1, 2, 3, and 7."},{"q":"Does it work with password-protected PDFs?","a":"Files locked with an open password may not be readable. Please remove the password before using this tool."}]},{"slug":"extract-pages-pdf","category":"pdf","title":"Extract PDF Pages","tagline":"Pick just the pages you need and save them as a new PDF","emoji":"✂️","keywords":["extract PDF pages","split PDF","pull pages","divide PDF","PDF tool"],"intro":"This tool lets you select only the pages you need from a PDF and save them as a new document. Pages are included in the order you enter them, and all processing happens entirely in your browser, so it's safe.","howto":["Drag and drop or click to select the PDF you want to pull pages from.","Enter the page numbers to extract. For example: 1, 3-5, 8","Click 'Extract Pages' to build a new PDF containing only the selected pages.","Use the download button to save the result."],"faq":[{"q":"Is my file sent to a server?","a":"No. All processing happens entirely within your browser, and your PDF is never sent to a server."},{"q":"Are pages saved in the order I enter them?","a":"Yes. For example, entering '3, 1' places page 3 first, followed by page 1. If you enter the same page more than once, it's included only once."},{"q":"How many pages can I extract?","a":"There's no limit on the number of pages. Very large files may simply take a bit longer to process in the browser."}]},{"slug":"add-page-numbers-pdf","category":"pdf","title":"Add Page Numbers to PDF","tagline":"Automatically insert page numbers at the bottom of every page","emoji":"🔢","keywords":["PDF page numbers","add page numbers","PDF folio numbers","edit PDF","PDF tool"],"intro":"This tool automatically adds page numbers to the bottom of every page in a PDF. You can freely adjust the number's position, starting value, font size, and display format.","howto":["Drag and drop or click to select the PDF you want to number.","Set the number position, display format, starting number, and font size.","Click 'Add Page Numbers' to build a new PDF.","Use the download button to save the result."],"faq":[{"q":"Is my file sent to a server?","a":"No. All processing happens entirely within your browser, and your PDF is never sent to a server."},{"q":"Can I start numbering from page 3?","a":"Just set the starting number to whatever value you want. For example, setting it to 3 makes the first page appear as number 3."},{"q":"Does it support Korean text or a '- 1 -' style?","a":"Due to the standard font, numbers support only digits and the '1 / N' format. Other formats, such as Korean text, won't be displayed."}]},{"slug":"watermark-pdf","category":"pdf","title":"PDF Watermark","tagline":"Insert a diagonal text watermark across every page","emoji":"💧","keywords":["PDF watermark","PDF stamp","insert watermark","mark as confidential","PDF tool"],"intro":"This tool adds a diagonal text watermark to every page of a PDF to mark its source or confidentiality. You can freely adjust the color, font size, opacity, and angle.","howto":["Drag and drop or click to select the PDF you want to watermark.","Enter the watermark text and set the color, size, opacity, and angle.","Click 'Add Watermark' to insert it on every page.","Use the download button to save the result."],"faq":[{"q":"Is my file sent to a server?","a":"No. All processing happens entirely within your browser, and your PDF is never sent to a server."},{"q":"Does it support a Korean-language watermark?","a":"The standard font doesn't support Korean, so the watermark text can use only Latin letters, numbers, and symbols."},{"q":"Where does the watermark appear?","a":"It's inserted diagonally across the center of each page, rotated by the angle you set."}]},{"slug":"qr-code-generator","category":"generators-qr","title":"QR Code Generator","tagline":"Turn URLs, text, phone numbers, and emails into colored QR codes and save as PNG","emoji":"🔳","keywords":["QR code","QR generator","make QR code","download QR code","colored QR code"],"intro":"Instantly convert a URL, text, phone number, or email address into a QR code. Adjust the size, margin, foreground and background colors, and error-correction level, then download it as a PNG in exactly the look you want.","howto":["Choose the type to create (URL, text, phone, or email) in the top tabs and enter your content.","Adjust the size and margin sliders, the foreground/background colors, and the error-correction level as you like.","When the live preview updates, click 'Download PNG' to save the image.","If printing on a busy background, raise the error-correction level to High (Q) or Highest (H) to improve scannability."],"faq":[{"q":"Is my file sent to a server?","a":"No. QR generation happens 100% inside your browser, and neither your input nor the image is ever sent to a server."},{"q":"Will it still scan if I change the foreground and background colors?","a":"Yes, as long as the two colors have enough contrast. We recommend a dark foreground on a light background; low contrast may prevent cameras from reading the code."},{"q":"Is there a time limit or quantity cap on the QR codes I create?","a":"No. Generated QR codes are static images that never expire and can be used permanently, with no limit on how many you create."}]},{"slug":"wifi-qr-generator","category":"generators-qr","title":"WiFi QR Code Generator","tagline":"Create a WiFi QR from your SSID, password, and encryption type that connects the instant it's scanned","emoji":"📶","keywords":["WiFi QR","WiFi QR code","wireless connect QR","cafe WiFi","auto-connect QR"],"intro":"Enter your network name (SSID), password, and encryption type, and this tool generates a WiFi QR code that connects automatically the moment it's scanned with a phone's camera. It's perfect to print for guests at shops, offices, and rentals.","howto":["Enter your network name (SSID) and select the encryption type (WPA/WEP/Open).","Enter the password. If it's a hidden network, check the box.","Adjust the size, save with 'Download PNG', then print and post it.","When a guest points their camera at the QR code, they connect instantly with no password typing."],"faq":[{"q":"Is my file sent to a server?","a":"No. All processing, including the SSID and password, happens entirely within your browser, and no information is ever sent to or stored on a server."},{"q":"Which phones connect automatically?","a":"iPhones on iOS 11 or later and Android devices on Android 10 or later show a connection prompt when they scan a WiFi QR with the default camera. Some older devices may need a QR scanner app."},{"q":"Can the password contain special characters?","a":"Yes. Reserved characters such as semicolons, commas, and backslashes are automatically escaped so the code is read correctly."}]},{"slug":"vcard-qr-generator","category":"generators-qr","title":"vCard (Contact) QR Generator","tagline":"Turn a name, phone, email, and company into a vCard QR to save as a digital business card","emoji":"📇","keywords":["vCard QR","digital business card","contact QR","business card QR code","digital name card"],"intro":"Enter a name, phone number, email, company, job title, and website, and this tool generates a QR code in the standard vCard format. Use it as a digital business card that saves all your details straight to someone's contacts with a single scan.","howto":["Enter the information for your card, such as first/last name, phone number, and email.","Fill in company, job title, and website for an even more complete digital card.","Adjust the size, then save the QR image with 'Download PNG'.","Add it to a business card, email signature, or trade-show booth so your contact info saves with just a scan."],"faq":[{"q":"Is my file sent to a server?","a":"No. Personal details you enter—name, phone, email, and so on—are converted to a QR entirely within your browser and are never sent to or stored on a server."},{"q":"What vCard format is used?","a":"It's generated in the widely compatible vCard 3.0 standard. Scanning it with the default camera on an iPhone or Android brings up the add-contact screen immediately."},{"q":"Can too much information make the QR unreadable?","a":"If your input is excessively long, the QR pattern becomes dense and harder to scan. In that case, we recommend increasing the size or keeping only the essential details."}]},{"slug":"url-qr-generator","category":"generators-qr","title":"URL (Link) QR Generator","tagline":"Turn a website or profile URL into a clean colored QR and download it","emoji":"🔗","keywords":["URL QR","link QR code","website QR","profile QR","colored QR code"],"intro":"Enter a website or social profile link and this tool instantly generates a clean, colored QR code. It automatically fixes a missing https://, and preset and custom colors let you save it to match your brand tone.","howto":["Enter a website or profile URL. The protocol is added automatically.","Pick a color preset or set the foreground and background colors yourself.","Adjust the size and margin and check the preview.","Save the image with 'Download PNG' for use in print materials and posts."],"faq":[{"q":"Is my file sent to a server?","a":"No. The entire process, from entering the URL to generating the QR, happens within your browser, and your link is never sent to or logged on a server."},{"q":"Do I need to include http://?","a":"No. If there's no other protocol like tel: or mailto:, https:// is automatically prepended to form a valid link. The corrected address is shown below the input box."},{"q":"Could changing colors stop it from scanning?","a":"If the foreground and background colors have low contrast, cameras may fail to read the code. Keeping the foreground dark and the background light ensures reliable scanning."}]},{"slug":"excel-to-json","category":"doc-data","title":"Excel (XLSX) to JSON Converter","tagline":"Instantly convert Excel/spreadsheet sheets into a JSON array to copy or download","emoji":"📊","keywords":["Excel to JSON","xlsx to json","Excel file to JSON","spreadsheet to JSON","extract Excel data"],"intro":"Upload an .xlsx or .xls Excel file, pick a sheet, and convert it into a JSON array. You can choose whether to use the first row as keys (headers), and the result can be copied or downloaded as a .json file.","howto":["Drag and drop or click to select an Excel (.xlsx/.xls) file.","Pick the sheet to convert and choose whether to 'Use first row as headers (keys)'.","Check the JSON in the preview, then click 'Copy JSON' or 'Download JSON'."],"faq":[{"q":"Does it work with multi-sheet files?","a":"Yes. When you open the file, you can select the sheet you want from the list, and changing sheets instantly recalculates the resulting JSON."},{"q":"What's the difference between using the first row as headers or not?","a":"Using it as headers turns each row into an array of { columnName: value } objects. Turning it off produces a two-dimensional array (an array of arrays) holding the raw cell values."},{"q":"Is my file sent to a server?","a":"No. The Excel file you upload is never sent to or stored on a server, and all conversion happens entirely within your browser."}]},{"slug":"excel-to-csv","category":"doc-data","title":"Excel (XLSX) to CSV Converter","tagline":"Convert Excel sheets to CSV and download (choose delimiter, prevent garbled characters)","emoji":"📑","keywords":["Excel to CSV","xlsx to csv","export Excel as CSV","spreadsheet to CSV","convert Excel file"],"intro":"Pick a sheet from an .xlsx or .xls Excel file and convert it to CSV format. You can choose a comma, semicolon, tab, or pipe delimiter, and download a CSV with a UTF-8 BOM so non-Latin characters don't come out garbled.","howto":["Drag and drop or click to select an Excel (.xlsx/.xls) file.","Select the sheet to convert and the delimiter (comma/semicolon/tab/pipe).","Check the preview, then save the file with 'Download CSV' or copy it with 'Copy CSV'."],"faq":[{"q":"Characters look garbled when I open a CSV in Excel—is that a problem here?","a":"The downloaded CSV includes a UTF-8 BOM, so characters display correctly even when you open it directly in Excel."},{"q":"Can I change the delimiter?","a":"Yes. You can choose a comma (,), semicolon (;), tab, or pipe (|), which is handy when your locale requires a semicolon-delimited CSV."},{"q":"Is my file sent to a server?","a":"No. The Excel file you upload is never sent to or stored on a server, and the CSV conversion happens entirely within your browser."}]},{"slug":"json-to-excel","category":"doc-data","title":"JSON to Excel (XLSX) Converter","tagline":"Convert a JSON array into an .xlsx Excel file and download it (set sheet and file name)","emoji":"📗","keywords":["JSON to Excel","json to xlsx","download JSON as Excel","JSON to spreadsheet","JSON to xlsx"],"intro":"Paste an array of JSON objects and this tool converts it into an Excel (.xlsx) file that uses the field names as headers. You can set the sheet name and file name yourself, and arrays of plain values are converted into a table as well.","howto":["Paste a JSON array into the input box. (e.g., [{ \"name\": \"John Doe\", \"age\": 30 }])","If needed, set the sheet name and file name.","Check the number of data rows and columns, then click 'Download Excel (.xlsx)' to save."],"faq":[{"q":"What JSON shape should I use?","a":"The best fit is an array of { columnName: value } objects, where the keys become column titles. Arrays of plain values (an array of arrays) are also converted into a table."},{"q":"Are there restrictions on the sheet name?","a":"Per Excel rules, sheet names are limited to 31 characters and can't contain \\ / ? * [ ] :, which are removed automatically. If left blank, it's saved as Sheet1."},{"q":"Is my file sent to a server?","a":"No. The JSON you enter and the Excel file that's generated are never sent to or stored on a server; the conversion happens entirely within your browser."}]},{"slug":"heic-to-webp","category":"image-format","title":"HEIC to WebP Converter","tagline":"Convert iPhone HEIC photos to web-ready WebP","emoji":"🖼️","keywords":["HEIC to WebP","convert iPhone photos","HEIC converter","convert to WebP","reduce image size"],"intro":"HEIC photos taken on an iPhone or iPad often won't open on websites or in some programs. This tool converts HEIC/HEIF files into lightweight, widely compatible WebP right in your browser so you can download them immediately.","howto":["Drag and drop or click to select a HEIC or HEIF file.","Use the WebP quality slider to balance image quality against file size.","Click 'Convert to WebP' and check the preview.","Save the converted file with 'Download WebP'."],"faq":[{"q":"Is my file sent to a server?","a":"No. All decoding and conversion happen entirely within your browser, and your photo is never uploaded to a server."},{"q":"Can I convert several photos at once?","a":"This tool converts one photo at a time. After converting, click 'Another File' to continue with the next photo."},{"q":"Why is conversion slow?","a":"HEIC is highly compressed, so decoding requires significant computation. High-resolution photos can take several seconds."}]},{"slug":"markdown-to-html","category":"doc-data","title":"Markdown to HTML Converter","tagline":"Convert Markdown to HTML with a live preview","emoji":"📝","keywords":["Markdown to HTML","Markdown converter","md to html","Markdown preview","live Markdown converter"],"intro":"This is handy when you need to turn a Markdown document into HTML to paste into a blog, email, or web page. As you type, you see both a rendered preview and the HTML code side by side, ready to copy.","howto":["Write or paste Markdown into the input box.","Check the rendered result on the 'Preview' tab.","Copy the converted HTML from the 'HTML Code' tab."],"faq":[{"q":"Is my file sent to a server?","a":"No. The Markdown you enter is converted to HTML entirely within your browser and is never sent to a server."},{"q":"Does it support GFM syntax like tables and task lists?","a":"Yes. It supports GitHub Flavored Markdown (GFM), converting tables, strikethrough, task lists, and more."},{"q":"Are line breaks preserved as-is?","a":"Yes. It's configured to treat single line breaks as <br>, so the line breaks you write are kept."}]},{"slug":"html-to-markdown","category":"doc-data","title":"HTML to Markdown Converter","tagline":"Convert messy HTML into clean Markdown and copy it","emoji":"📄","keywords":["HTML to Markdown","html to markdown","HTML converter","convert to Markdown","web page to Markdown"],"intro":"Use this when you need to tidy HTML copied from a web page or rich-text editor into clean Markdown. Choose the heading style, list markers, and code-block format to convert it into exactly the Markdown you want.","howto":["Paste the HTML you want to convert into the input box.","Select the heading style, list markers, and code-block options.","Grab the converted Markdown with the 'Copy Markdown' button."],"faq":[{"q":"Is my file sent to a server?","a":"No. The HTML you paste is converted entirely within your browser and is never sent to a server."},{"q":"Are inline styles and scripts converted?","a":"Only structures that Markdown can represent—headings, links, lists, code, and so on—are converted; styles, scripts, and the like are removed."},{"q":"Are tables converted too?","a":"Basic HTML tables are converted to Markdown tables as best as possible. Complex tables with merged cells may not retain their original form."}]},{"slug":"csv-to-excel","category":"doc-data","title":"CSV to Excel (XLSX) Converter","tagline":"Convert CSV into a real .xlsx Excel file and download it","emoji":"📊","keywords":["CSV to Excel","csv to xlsx","CSV converter","create Excel file","CSV to XLSX"],"intro":"Convert comma- or tab-separated CSV data into a genuine .xlsx file you can open directly in Excel. Numbers are automatically recognized as numeric cells, so you can calculate and sort right away in Excel.","howto":["Drag and drop a CSV file or paste the text.","Check the delimiter, file name, and automatic number-conversion options.","Click 'Convert to Excel (XLSX)'.","Download the generated .xlsx file."],"faq":[{"q":"Is my file sent to a server?","a":"No. The CSV is converted to an .xlsx file entirely within your browser and is never sent to a server."},{"q":"Does it work with tab- or semicolon-separated files?","a":"Yes. In the delimiter setting, choose the one that matches your data—comma, tab, semicolon, or pipe."},{"q":"Do leading zeros, like in ZIP codes, get dropped?","a":"No. Values with a leading zero are kept as text so the zero isn't lost. Only ordinary numbers are converted into numeric cells."}]},{"slug":"jpg-to-pdf","category":"pdf","title":"Image to PDF Converter","tagline":"Bundle multiple JPG/PNG images into a single PDF in the order you choose","emoji":"🖼️","keywords":["image to PDF","combine JPG to PDF","make PNG into PDF","bundle photos into PDF","multiple images to PDF"],"intro":"This tool bundles multiple JPG and PNG images into a single PDF document in exactly the order you choose. It's handy for organizing scanned photos, receipts, or assignments into one file for submission.","howto":["Drag and drop or click to select multiple JPG/PNG images to convert.","Use the up/down arrows in the list to reorder or remove images you don't need.","Choose the page size (fit to original or A4) and click 'Create PDF'.","Download the finished PDF."],"faq":[{"q":"Can I reorder the images?","a":"Yes. After adding them, use the up/down arrows in the list to adjust the order, and the PDF pages follow the arrangement exactly."},{"q":"How is the page size determined?","a":"'Fit to original' creates each page to match the image's size, while 'A4 portrait' centers the image on an A4 sheet."},{"q":"Is my file sent to a server?","a":"No. All conversion happens entirely within your browser, and neither the images nor the PDF is ever sent to or stored on a server."}]},{"slug":"pdf-metadata-editor","category":"pdf","title":"PDF Metadata Editor (Title/Author)","tagline":"View and edit PDF document properties (title, author, subject, keywords) and save again","emoji":"📝","keywords":["edit PDF title","change PDF author","PDF metadata","PDF document properties","edit PDF info"],"intro":"View the document properties (metadata) stored in a PDF—such as title, author, subject, and keywords—change them to whatever you want, and save again. It's useful for file management and search, or for tidying up copyright and source attribution.","howto":["Drag and drop or click to select the PDF you want to edit.","The currently stored title, author, subject, and keywords are shown automatically.","Edit the values as you like, then click 'Apply Properties and Save'.","Download the updated PDF."],"faq":[{"q":"Does the page content change too?","a":"No. Only the document properties (metadata) are changed; the body pages, images, and other content stay exactly the same."},{"q":"Can I edit a password-protected PDF?","a":"Password-protected PDFs can't be opened. Please remove the password first and upload the unlocked file."},{"q":"Is my file sent to a server?","a":"No. The PDF is opened and edited entirely within your browser, and no file is ever sent to or stored on a server."}]},{"slug":"heic-to-jpg","category":"image-format","title":"HEIC to JPG Converter","tagline":"Convert iPhone HEIC/HEIF photos to universally openable JPG (with quality control)","emoji":"📷","keywords":["HEIC to JPG","convert iPhone photos","HEIF to JPG","open HEIC","iPhone HEIC to JPG"],"intro":"Convert HEIC/HEIF photos taken on an iPhone into JPG files that open on any device or program. A quality slider lets you dial in the balance between image quality and file size exactly as you like.","howto":["Drag and drop or click to select the HEIC/HEIF photo to convert.","Set the quality you want with the quality slider.","Click 'Convert to JPG' and wait a moment.","Check the preview, then download the JPG."],"faq":[{"q":"What is HEIC?","a":"It's the high-efficiency image format the iPhone uses to save photos. It's small in size, but often won't open on Windows or older programs, so converting to JPG improves compatibility."},{"q":"Is there a reason conversion is slow?","a":"HEIC decoding is handled directly in the browser, so large photos may take a few seconds. Please wait a moment."},{"q":"Is my file sent to a server?","a":"No. All conversion happens entirely within your browser, and your photo is never sent to or stored on a server."}]},{"slug":"heic-to-png","category":"image-format","title":"HEIC to PNG Converter","tagline":"Convert iPhone HEIC photos to lossless PNG","emoji":"🏞️","keywords":["HEIC to PNG converter","HEIF to PNG","iPhone photo to PNG","lossless image conversion","HEIC lossless"],"intro":"Convert iPhone HEIC and HEIF photos into lossless PNG images. Sharpness and transparent backgrounds are preserved perfectly, making them ideal for editing and design work.","howto":["Drag and drop the HEIC or HEIF photos you want to convert, or click to select them.","Click 'Convert to PNG' and wait a moment.","Check the preview, then download your PNG."],"faq":[{"q":"Should I choose JPG or PNG?","a":"For lightweight photo storage, go with JPG; for lossless editing and compositing, PNG is the better choice. Because PNG is lossless, its file size is larger."},{"q":"Are transparent backgrounds preserved?","a":"Yes. Since PNG supports transparency, any transparent areas in the original are kept intact."},{"q":"Are my files sent to a server?","a":"No. All conversion happens entirely within your browser, and your photos are never transmitted to or stored on any server."}]},{"slug":"barcode-generator","category":"generators-qr","title":"Barcode Generator","tagline":"Pick a format like CODE128, EAN-13, or UPC and instantly generate and download barcodes for products and inventory","emoji":"🏷️","keywords":["barcode generator","CODE128","EAN-13 barcode","UPC barcode","download barcode"],"intro":"Choose from formats such as CODE128, EAN-13, and UPC to instantly generate barcodes for product and inventory management. Adjust bar width, height, and color, then download the result as a PNG or SVG file.","howto":["Select a barcode format and enter your data value.","Adjust options such as bar width, height, and color to your liking.","Check the preview, then download using the PNG or SVG button."],"faq":[{"q":"Are my files sent to a server?","a":"No. All barcode generation happens entirely within your browser, and the data or images you enter are never sent to any server."},{"q":"Which format should I choose?","a":"CODE128 is widely used for general labels and logistics, EAN-13 or UPC-A for retail products, and ITF-14 for shipping cartons."},{"q":"My barcode won't generate.","a":"Each format allows different characters and digit counts. If your input doesn't meet the requirements, an error message appears, so check the digit and character rules shown below the input field."}]},{"slug":"merge-pdf","category":"pdf","title":"Merge PDF","tagline":"Arrange multiple PDF files in any order and combine them into one for download","emoji":"🗂️","keywords":["merge PDF","combine PDF","PDF merge","join multiple PDFs","PDF combine"],"intro":"Drag in multiple PDF files, arrange them in the order you want, and merge them into a single PDF. You can freely rearrange the file order before merging, which makes it handy for compiling reports and contracts.","howto":["Drag and drop the PDF files you want to merge, or click to select multiple files.","Use the up and down arrow buttons to set the order in which files are combined.","Click 'Merge PDF' to download the combined file."],"faq":[{"q":"Are my files sent to a server?","a":"No. Merging happens entirely within your browser, and the PDF files you select are never uploaded to any server."},{"q":"How is the merge order determined?","a":"Files are merged from top to bottom in the list. Use the up and down arrow buttons on the right of each file to change the order."},{"q":"Can I merge password-protected PDFs?","a":"Password-protected PDFs can't be merged. Remove the password in a viewer or similar tool, then try again."}]},{"slug":"split-pdf","category":"pdf","title":"Split PDF","tagline":"Specify page ranges to extract from a PDF and download them as a new PDF","emoji":"✂️","keywords":["split PDF","extract PDF pages","PDF split","divide PDF pages","cut PDF"],"intro":"Extract just the page ranges you need from a PDF into a brand-new PDF. Combine commas and hyphens to pull multiple ranges at once.","howto":["Drag and drop a PDF file, or click to select one.","Enter the page ranges to extract, such as '1-3, 5, 8-10'.","Click 'Extract Pages' to download your new PDF."],"faq":[{"q":"Are my files sent to a server?","a":"No. Page extraction happens entirely within your browser, and the original PDF is never transmitted externally."},{"q":"How do I write page ranges?","a":"Use a hyphen for a continuous range (e.g., 1-3) and commas for multiple ranges (e.g., 1-3, 5, 8-10). Pages are arranged in the new PDF in exactly the order you enter them."},{"q":"Can I extract pages in reverse order?","a":"Yes. For example, entering '5-1' with the larger number first extracts that range in reverse."}]},{"slug":"rotate-pdf","category":"pdf","title":"Rotate PDF","tagline":"Rotate an entire PDF or selected pages by 90/180/270 degrees and save","emoji":"🔄","keywords":["rotate PDF","PDF rotate","rotate pages","fix PDF orientation","rotate scanned PDF"],"intro":"Fix PDFs whose orientation is sideways or flipped by rotating them 90, 180, or 270 degrees. Rotate every page, or select specific pages to rotate.","howto":["Drag and drop a PDF file, or click to select one.","Choose a rotation angle and specify whether to apply it to all pages or a selected range.","Click 'Apply Rotation' to download the rotated PDF."],"faq":[{"q":"Are my files sent to a server?","a":"No. Rotation happens entirely within your browser, and the original PDF is never transmitted to any server."},{"q":"Can I rotate only some pages?","a":"Yes. On the 'Selected Pages' tab, enter a range like '1-3, 5' to rotate only those pages."},{"q":"How do the rotation angles work?","a":"90 degrees rotates clockwise, 270 degrees counterclockwise, and 180 degrees flips the page upside down. The rotation is added on top of any existing rotation value."}]},{"slug":"color-picker","category":"color-design","title":"Color Picker","tagline":"Pick a color to see HEX, RGB, HSL, and HSV in real time, with an on-screen eyedropper too","emoji":"🎨","keywords":["color picker","online color picker","HEX to RGB","HSL HSV","eyedropper color picker"],"intro":"Click the color box to pick a color or type a HEX value directly, and this color picker instantly calculates and displays the RGB, HSL, and HSV values side by side. On supported browsers, the on-screen eyedropper (EyeDropper) button lets you click anywhere on your screen to grab that exact color.","howto":["Click the color box to pick a color, or enter a HEX value (e.g., #3B82F6) in the field below.","The HEX, RGB, HSL, and HSV values are calculated and displayed in real time.","On supported browsers such as Chrome or Edge, click 'Pick Screen Color' to grab any color on your screen.","Use the copy button next to each value to copy your preferred format to the clipboard."],"faq":[{"q":"How do HSL and HSV differ?","a":"Both use hue (H) and saturation (S), but HSL uses Lightness to express distance from white and black, while HSV uses Value to express pure brightness. Since design tools use different notations, we provide both formats."},{"q":"I don't see the eyedropper button.","a":"The button only appears when your browser supports the EyeDropper API. It works in recent versions of Chrome and Edge; on Safari or older browsers, enter the HEX value directly instead."},{"q":"Are the colors I pick or the values I enter sent to a server?","a":"No. Color selection, conversion, and picking all happen entirely within your browser, and no values are ever transmitted to or stored on any server."}]},{"slug":"color-name-finder","category":"color-design","title":"Color Name Finder","tagline":"Enter a HEX or RGB value to find the closest CSS color name","emoji":"🏷️","keywords":["color name finder","HEX color name","CSS color name","closest color","RGB color name"],"intro":"Enter a HEX or RGB color value and this tool finds the closest match among the 148 standard CSS color names. Even when there's no exact match, it uses perceptual color distance (redmean) to show the three closest candidates, which is handy when deciding what to call a color.","howto":["Pick a color with the color box, or enter a HEX (#4A90D9) or RGB (rgb(74,144,217) or 74,144,217) value.","The closest CSS color name and three near matches are shown alongside color swatches.","See 'Exact match' when the value matches exactly, or 'Closest match' with the margin of error otherwise.","Use the 'Copy Name' button to copy your chosen color name to the clipboard."],"faq":[{"q":"How is the 'closest color' determined?","a":"Instead of plain RGB distance, we use the redmean color-distance formula, which reflects the sensitivity of the human eye. It's calculated so that names which actually look similar in brightness and hue are matched first."},{"q":"Why are there only 148 names?","a":"There are 148 standard colors officially named by browsers and CSS (aliceblue through yellowgreen). We find the closest name within this standard list, and you can use the accompanying HEX value for the exact color."},{"q":"Is the color value I enter sent to a server?","a":"No. Both the color list and the distance calculation are built into the browser, so your input is processed only on your device and is never transmitted to or stored on a server."}]},{"slug":"favicon-generator","category":"image-format","title":"Favicon Generator","tagline":"Turn one image into a 16/32/48/180px favicon PNG set plus the HTML tags, all at once","emoji":"⭐","keywords":["favicon generator","make a favicon","apple-touch-icon","website icon","favicon PNG"],"intro":"Upload a logo or image and this tool uses canvas to create a 16, 32, 48, and 180px favicon PNG set for browser tabs, bookmarks, and mobile home screens, which you can download individually. It also provides the link tags to paste into your HTML head, so you can simply copy and go.","howto":["Drag and drop a roughly square image, or click to upload it.","Choose whether to keep a transparent background or fill it with a background color (a background color is recommended for the Apple icon).","Save each generated 16, 32, 48, and 180px favicon using its download button.","Copy the provided HTML link tags and paste them into your site's head."],"faq":[{"q":"Why PNG instead of .ico?","a":"All modern browsers support PNG favicons, and a sized PNG set renders more sharply across a range of screens. The 16, 32, and 48px versions are for tabs and bookmarks, while the 180px version is for the iOS home screen (apple-touch-icon)."},{"q":"My Apple touch icon shows up black.","a":"iOS fills the transparent areas of an apple-touch-icon with black. Turn off 'Keep transparent background' and set a background color such as white so it looks clean on the iOS home screen too."},{"q":"Is the image I upload sent to a server?","a":"No. Image resizing and PNG generation all happen in your browser's canvas, and files are never uploaded to or stored on any server."}]},{"slug":"temperature-converter","category":"calc-convert","title":"Temperature Converter","tagline":"Convert Celsius (°C), Fahrenheit (°F), and Kelvin (K) in real time on one screen","emoji":"🌡️","keywords":["temperature converter","Celsius to Fahrenheit","Fahrenheit to Celsius","Kelvin converter","°C °F K"],"intro":"Convert between Celsius (°C), Fahrenheit (°F), and Kelvin in real time, all on one screen. Type a value into any field and the other two units are calculated instantly, so you can quickly convert overseas weather, cooking temperatures, and scientific figures.","howto":["Enter a value you know into any of the Celsius, Fahrenheit, or Kelvin fields.","The other two units convert automatically in real time.","You can also tap buttons like water's freezing point, body temperature, or boiling point to insert a reference temperature instantly.","If needed, clear the value and re-enter it based on a different unit."],"faq":[{"q":"What are the Fahrenheit and Celsius conversion formulas?","a":"°F = °C × 9/5 + 32, and conversely °C = (°F − 32) × 5/9. Kelvin is K = °C + 273.15, which adds the absolute-zero offset to Celsius."},{"q":"What happens if I enter a negative Kelvin value?","a":"0 K (−273.15 °C) is absolute zero, and no temperature can physically be lower. If you enter a negative Kelvin value it will still be calculated, but a notice will prompt you to double-check the value."},{"q":"Are the values I enter sent to a server?","a":"No. All conversions are calculated instantly within your browser, and your inputs are never transmitted to or stored on a server."}]},{"slug":"pyeong-sqm-converter","category":"calc-convert","title":"Pyeong to Square Meters Converter","tagline":"Convert between pyeong and square meters in real time using the real-estate standard of 1 pyeong = 3.3058 ㎡","emoji":"📐","keywords":["pyeong to square meters","pyeong calculator","square meters to pyeong","㎡ to pyeong","real estate area converter"],"intro":"Instantly convert between pyeong and square meters (㎡) using the real-estate standard of 1 pyeong = 3.3058 ㎡. When reviewing apartment or officetel listings or net floor area, you can compare pyeong and square meters at a glance.","howto":["Enter the value you know into either the pyeong field or the square meters (㎡) field.","The opposite unit converts automatically in real time using the 3.3058 factor.","Use the 'Common Areas' buttons to quickly enter representative sizes such as 24 or 32 pyeong.","Use the reference table below (1 pyeong, 1 ㎡, 10 pyeong) to get a rough sense of scale."],"faq":[{"q":"Why multiply by 3.3058?","a":"One pyeong is the area of a square measuring six ja (about 1.818 m) on each side, or precisely 400/121 ≈ 3.3058 ㎡. Real-estate practice uses this value as the standard for converting between pyeong and square meters."},{"q":"Does this also calculate supply area and net area?","a":"The pyeong-to-㎡ unit conversion itself always uses 3.3058. However, 'supply (sales) area' and 'net floor area' are separate concepts that cover different spaces, so first confirm which area you're converting. This is for reference only and may differ from actual registered or contract areas."},{"q":"Are the values I enter sent to a server?","a":"No. All conversions are calculated within your browser, and your inputs are never transmitted to or stored on a server."}]},{"slug":"add-watermark","category":"image-edit","title":"Add Image Watermark","tagline":"Add a text watermark to photos with adjustable opacity, position, and tiled repeat, then save","emoji":"💧","keywords":["image watermark","add photo watermark","text watermark","tiled watermark","free watermark tool"],"intro":"Stamp any text as a watermark onto your photos and images to help prevent unauthorized use. With adjustable opacity, font size, color, and position, plus a tiled repeat mode that lays the text diagonally across the entire photo, it's great for protecting blog, social media, and product images.","howto":["Drag and drop the image you want to watermark, or click to select it.","Enter your watermark text and choose a position (bottom-right, center, tiled repeat, and more).","Adjust how prominent it looks with the opacity and font-size sliders.","Check the preview, then save the watermarked image with 'Download PNG'."],"faq":[{"q":"Is the photo I upload sent to a server?","a":"No. Everything, from loading the image to compositing the watermark and downloading, happens entirely within your browser (on canvas). No file is ever transmitted to or stored on a server."},{"q":"Can I repeat the watermark across the entire photo?","a":"Yes. Select 'Tiled repeat' as the position and the text is laid densely across the whole photo in a diagonal pattern. It's hard to crop out, which makes it effective for protecting product images or design drafts."},{"q":"Can I use a transparent (PNG) logo as the watermark?","a":"This tool is for text watermarks only. Inserting a logo image isn't supported, but you can freely add a brand name or copyright notice with your choice of color and opacity."}]},{"slug":"code-screenshot-beautifier","category":"image-edit","title":"Code Screenshot Beautifier","tagline":"Wrap code or text in a gradient background and window frame to save as a social-ready image","emoji":"💻","keywords":["code screenshot","make code image","Carbon alternative","beautify code snippet","code sharing image"],"intro":"Paste in code or text and this tool wraps it in a gradient background, Mac-style window frame, rounded corners, and shadow to save as a polished image. It's handy for turning code snippets into clean card images for dev blogs, presentation slides, and Twitter or Instagram.","howto":["Paste your code or text into the input field.","Pick a background from 8 gradients and adjust the window title and padding.","Finish the style with the dark-theme and window-frame (traffic-light) checkboxes.","Check the preview, then save a high-resolution image with 'Download PNG'."],"faq":[{"q":"Is the code I paste sent to a server?","a":"No. Code rendering and image generation all happen on the browser canvas, and the code you enter is never transmitted to or stored on a server. You can use it with sensitive code and peace of mind."},{"q":"Does it do syntax highlighting?","a":"The current version renders code in a single-color monospace font and doesn't apply language-specific syntax highlighting. Instead, you can make the image stand out visually with gradient backgrounds, window frames, and shadows."},{"q":"Isn't the image resolution low?","a":"It renders at twice the actual display size so it stays sharp even on Retina screens. Even when enlarged in a blog post or slide, the text won't look blurry."}]},{"slug":"collage-maker","category":"image-edit","title":"Photo Collage Maker","tagline":"Combine multiple photos into a grid layout with adjustable spacing and background color, saved as one image","emoji":"🧩","keywords":["photo collage","combine multiple photos","grid collage maker","join photos","make image grid"],"intro":"Arrange multiple photos into grid layouts like 2×2 or 3×3 and combine them into a single image with this collage tool. Freely change the cell ratio, spacing, and background color to easily create Instagram feeds, travel albums, and product comparison shots.","howto":["Drag and drop several photos at once, or click to select them.","Choose a layout (1×2, 2×2, 3×3, and more) and the cell ratio.","Adjust the margin style with the spacing slider and background color.","Check the preview, then save the combined image with 'Download PNG'."],"faq":[{"q":"Are the photos I select uploaded to a server?","a":"No. The entire process, from loading photos to compositing the collage and downloading, happens only within your browser. No image is ever transmitted to or stored on a server, so even personal photos stay safe."},{"q":"Is it okay if my photos have different sizes and ratios?","a":"Yes. Each photo is placed into its cell using a 'cover' fit that crops from the center, so photos with varying ratios fit together cleanly without gaps."},{"q":"What happens if I add more photos than layout cells?","a":"Photos fill the cells of your chosen layout from the front, and any extras are excluded with a notice. Switch to a larger layout (e.g., 3×3) to fit more photos in one image."}]},{"slug":"device-mockup","category":"image-edit","title":"Device Mockup Frame","tagline":"Place a screenshot in a browser or smartphone frame and save it as a mockup image","emoji":"📱","keywords":["device mockup","browser mockup","smartphone mockup","screenshot frame","app mockup image"],"intro":"Place web or app screenshots into a Mac-style browser window or smartphone frame to create mockup images that look like they're running on a real device. With gradient backgrounds and shadows added, you can quickly produce visuals for App Store listings, portfolios, and presentation decks.","howto":["Drag and drop the screenshot you want to turn into a mockup, or click to select it.","Choose a frame type with the 'Browser' or 'Smartphone' tab.","For the browser, set the address-bar text; for both, adjust the background (gradient, solid, or transparent) and padding.","Check the preview, then save the mockup image with 'Download PNG'."],"faq":[{"q":"Is the screenshot I upload sent to a server?","a":"No. Both image compositing and frame rendering happen only on the browser canvas, and screenshots are never transmitted to or stored on a server. You can safely use private screen captures too."},{"q":"Can I save with a transparent background?","a":"Yes. Choose 'Transparent (PNG)' in the background options and the file saves as a transparent PNG with only the frame and shadow and an empty background. It layers naturally onto slides or other designs."},{"q":"Can I use any screenshot, landscape or portrait?","a":"Yes. The frame is drawn to match while preserving the screenshot's original aspect ratio, so both desktop captures (landscape) and mobile captures (portrait) become mockups without cropping."}]},{"slug":"id-photo-maker","category":"image-edit","title":"ID Photo Maker","tagline":"Crop a photo to standard sizes (like 3.5×4.5), change the background color, and lay out a 4×6 print sheet","emoji":"🪪","keywords":["ID photo maker","passport photo size","ID photo background color","half-business-card photo","4x6 print layout"],"intro":"Crop a face photo to standard sizes such as passport, general ID, and half-business-card, change the background color, and save at 300 DPI with this ID photo tool. Beyond saving a single photo, it also provides a file that automatically arranges multiple copies on a 4×6-inch print sheet, so you can print cheaply at a photo shop or self-service kiosk.","howto":["Drag and drop the face photo you want to make into an ID photo, or click to select it.","Choose a size (passport/general ID 3.5×4.5, half-business-card 3×4, etc.) and a background color.","Fit the face position and size to the size frame using the zoom, horizontal, and vertical sliders.","Download whichever file you need: 'ID Photo (PNG)' or '4×6 Print (JPG)'."],"faq":[{"q":"Is my face photo sent to a server?","a":"No. Everything, from cropping the photo to filling the background and arranging the print sheet, happens only within your browser. Photos containing your face are never transmitted to or stored on a server, so use it with peace of mind."},{"q":"Does changing the background color fully erase the original background?","a":"No. This tool doesn't perform automatic background removal (cutout). The background color applies most naturally to a transparent PNG whose background has already been removed; for regular photos, use it for size cropping and print layout. Sizes, ratios, and print dimensions are for reference and may differ from each institution's actual requirements."},{"q":"How do I use the 4×6 print layout?","a":"It creates a 300 DPI image with multiple ID photos arranged at their exact size on a single 4×6-inch (10×15 cm) sheet. Take this JPG to a photo shop or self-service photo kiosk, and a single print gives you several copies to cut along the guide lines."}]},{"slug":"due-date-calculator","category":"calc-convert","title":"Ovulation, Fertile Window & Cycle-Adjusted Due Date","tagline":"Corrects for cycles from 20 to 45 days — your ovulation date, fertile window, and an adjusted due date (for reference)","emoji":"🤰","keywords":["ovulation calculator","fertile window calculator","due date irregular cycle","due date long cycle adjustment","when am i ovulating","trying to conceive calculator"],"intro":"Naegele's rule assumes a 28-day cycle, and plenty of people's isn't. Enter the first day of your last period and your average cycle length (20-45 days), and the due date is corrected by the difference, alongside your estimated ovulation date and fertile window — the five days before ovulation through the day after. Move the reference date to see gestational age, progress against the 280-day term, and days remaining at any point you like. It's built for anyone trying to conceive or working with a cycle that isn't 28 days. All calculations happen only within your browser. For reference only, not a substitute for medical advice.","howto":["Select the first day of your last menstrual period (LMP) as a date.","The reference date is prefilled with today's date by default and can be changed to any date you like.","Enter your average cycle length (28 days by default) to match your own cycle, and the due date and ovulation date are adjusted accordingly.","Check your due date, current gestational age, ovulation and fertile window, and days remaining, then copy the results."],"faq":[{"q":"How is the due date calculated?","a":"Following Naegele's rule, it adds 280 days (40 weeks) to the first day of your last period. If your cycle isn't 28 days, the due date is adjusted by that difference. Actual delivery dates vary widely, within about two weeks before or after the due date."},{"q":"Are the estimated ovulation date and fertile window accurate?","a":"The estimated ovulation date is calculated as roughly 14 days before your next expected period, and the fertile window is shown as 5 days before ovulation through 1 day after. Actual ovulation varies with your condition and cycle fluctuations, so use this for reference only."},{"q":"Are the dates I enter sent to a server?","a":"No. All calculations happen only within your browser, and no inputs such as your last period date or cycle length are ever transmitted to or stored on a server. For an accurate diagnosis, see an OB-GYN (this is for reference and may differ from reality)."}]},{"slug":"net-salary-calculator","category":"calc-convert","title":"Net Salary Calculator","tagline":"Estimate monthly take-home pay by approximating the four major insurance and income tax deductions from your gross annual salary (for reference)","emoji":"💰","keywords":["net salary calculator","take-home pay calculator","payroll deduction calculator","monthly take-home pay","after-tax salary"],"intro":"Enter your gross annual salary and this tool approximates deductions for the four major insurances (national pension, health insurance, long-term care, and employment insurance) plus income tax and local income tax to calculate your monthly and annual take-home pay. It's a reference tool that reflects the number of dependents, number of children, and monthly non-taxable amount (such as a meal allowance) and shows an itemized breakdown of the deductions.","howto":["Enter your gross annual salary (in KRW).","Adjust the number of dependents (including yourself), the number of children aged 8 to 20, and your monthly non-taxable amount (such as a meal allowance).","Review your monthly and annual take-home pay along with the four-major-insurance and income-tax deduction breakdown.","Use the copy button to put a summary of the results on your clipboard."],"faq":[{"q":"What basis is used to calculate the deductions?","a":"It uses the 2024 employee contribution rates (national pension 4.5%, health insurance 3.545%, long-term care 12.95%, employment insurance 0.9%) and a simplified tax calculation. National pension applies the upper and lower limits on the standard monthly income."},{"q":"Why might this differ from the take-home pay I receive from my employer?","a":"Income tax is estimated on an annual basis and then divided by 12, so it differs from the actual withholding (simplified tax table), the mix of non-taxable items, various tax credits, and mid-year hiring or resignation. This is for reference and may differ from reality, so check your pay stub for the exact amount."},{"q":"Is the salary information I enter sent to a server?","a":"No. All calculations happen only within your browser, and no inputs such as your salary or dependents are ever transmitted to or stored on a server."}]},{"slug":"jsonpath-jq-playground","category":"text-dev","title":"JSONPath Query Tester","tagline":"Apply path expressions like $.a.b[0] to JSON and extract exactly the values you want","emoji":"🔎","keywords":["JSONPath tester","extract JSON path","JSONPath query","extract JSON value","JSON path search"],"intro":"Apply simple path expressions (JSONPath) like $.a.b[0] to JSON data to pick out and extract exactly the values you want with this online tester. It supports the root ($), property access, array indexes, wildcards ([*]), and recursive descent (..), showing the match count and values in real time.","howto":["Paste the JSON you want to inspect into the input field at the top.","Enter the path to extract in the expression field, such as $.store.book[0].title.","Click the example buttons to instantly see how to use the [*] wildcard or the .. recursive descent.","Check the matched values and count, then copy the results."],"faq":[{"q":"Which JSONPath syntax is supported?","a":"It supports $ (root), .property and ['property'] access, [number] array indexes (negatives count from the end), [*] and .* select-all, and .. recursive descent. Advanced syntax such as filter expressions ?() and slices [1:3] is not supported."},{"q":"Why do results always come out as an array?","a":"Wildcards and recursive descent can return multiple values, so for consistency the matched values are bundled into an array. If there's no match, it shows 'No matching value'."},{"q":"Is the JSON I enter sent to a server?","a":"No. Both JSON parsing and path evaluation happen only within your browser, and the data you enter is never transmitted to or stored on a server."}]},{"slug":"url-query-string-parser","category":"text-dev","title":"URL Parser & Query String Converter","tagline":"Break a URL into protocol, host, path, and query, and convert query strings to and from JSON","emoji":"🔗","keywords":["URL parser","query string parsing","query string to JSON","URL breakdown","URLSearchParams"],"intro":"Break a URL into its protocol, host, path, hash, and query parameters, and convert query strings to JSON and JSON back to query strings with this developer tool. Using the browser's built-in URL and URLSearchParams APIs, it groups repeated keys into arrays and automatically encodes non-ASCII characters and special symbols.","howto":["In the 'Parse URL' tab, enter a full URL to see its components, query parameters, and the resulting JSON.","In the 'Query → JSON' tab, convert a query string like a=1&b=2 into a JSON object (a leading ? is fine).","In the 'JSON → Query' tab, convert a { key: value } object into a query string (arrays repeat the same key).","Use the copy button next to the results to put the JSON or query string on your clipboard."],"faq":[{"q":"What happens if there are several parameters with the same name?","a":"When a key repeats, like tag=a&tag=b, it's bundled into a [\"a\",\"b\"] array when converting to JSON. Conversely, an array value in JSON is expressed by repeating the same key multiple times in the query string."},{"q":"Are addresses without a protocol parsed too?","a":"If there's no protocol, like example.com/path, it automatically prepends https:// and attempts to parse. If the format is still invalid, it shows an error message."},{"q":"Is the URL I enter sent to a server?","a":"No. Parsing and conversion are all handled by the browser's URL and URLSearchParams APIs, and the URLs or data you enter are never transmitted to or stored on a server."}]},{"slug":"htpasswd-generator","category":"text-dev","title":"htpasswd Generator","tagline":"Generate htpasswd lines for Apache/Nginx Basic Auth from a username and password (Web Crypto SHA)","emoji":"🔐","keywords":["htpasswd generator","make htpasswd","Apache authentication","Nginx basic auth","SHA password generator"],"intro":"Enter a username and password and this tool generates, right in your browser, a line you can add to Apache or Nginx Basic Auth (.htpasswd). It uses the browser's built-in Web Crypto to create {SHA} (SHA-1) or {SHA256} hashes, and can also combine several accounts into a single .htpasswd file.","howto":["Enter a username and password (usernames can't contain spaces or colons).","Choose a hash method: {SHA} (SHA-1) or {SHA256}.","Review the generated htpasswd line and copy it with 'Copy Line'.","If you need multiple accounts, use 'Add to File' to collect them and copy the entire .htpasswd file at once."],"faq":[{"q":"How do I apply the generated file?","a":"In Apache, specify the path to the generated .htpasswd file with AuthUserFile; in Nginx, with auth_basic_user_file, and it can be used for Basic Auth. Each line is in the format 'username:hash'."},{"q":"Is the {SHA} method secure?","a":"{SHA} (SHA-1) is an unsalted hash, suitable for quick setup and convenience. For security-critical services, bcrypt (htpasswd -B) with salt and iterated computation is recommended, but bcrypt can't be generated in the browser, so this tool provides the SHA method."},{"q":"Is the password I enter sent to a server?","a":"No. Hash computation happens entirely in the browser's Web Crypto API, and your username and password are never transmitted to or stored on a server."}]},{"slug":"image-annotate","category":"image-edit","title":"Image Annotator","tagline":"An annotation tool for drawing arrows, boxes, numbers, and highlights on screenshots, then saving them","emoji":"🖊️","keywords":["image annotation","screenshot arrows","add numbers to photos","highlighter emphasis","screenshot editor"],"intro":"An annotation tool that lets you draw arrows, boxes, numbered badges, and highlighter marks directly onto screenshots or photos to add explanations. Whether you're giving work feedback, capturing a manual, or filing a bug report, it's perfect for anyone who needs to point out 'look here' — right in the browser, with no extra software.","howto":["Drag and drop or click to load the screenshot/image you want to annotate.","Pick a tool — arrow, box, highlighter, or number — and set the color and thickness.","Drag across the image to draw a shape; with the number tool, each click drops a ①②③ badge where you tap.","Use 'Undo' to remove your last annotation, or click 'Download PNG' to save when you're done."],"faq":[{"q":"Are my files or inputs sent to a server?","a":"No. Loading images, drawing annotations, and saving all happen entirely inside your browser. No image is ever uploaded to or stored on a server."},{"q":"How are the number badges assigned?","a":"After selecting the 'Number' tool, each click on the image drops a circular badge that automatically increments 1, 2, 3… in order. It's handy for explaining steps in sequence."},{"q":"Can I erase annotations I've drawn?","a":"Yes. Use the 'Undo' button to cancel your most recent annotations one at a time, or 'Clear all' to remove every annotation at once. The original image stays untouched."}]},{"slug":"image-cropper","category":"image-edit","title":"Image Cropper","tagline":"Crop just the area you want by dragging, or lock to a fixed ratio like 1:1 or 16:9, then save","emoji":"✂️","keywords":["image cropper","photo crop","1:1 square crop","16:9 ratio crop","select image area"],"intro":"A cropping tool that lets you drag to select any region of an image, or crop precisely to a fixed ratio like 1:1, 16:9, or 9:16, and save the result. Anyone who needs to size profile pictures, thumbnails, or social media uploads can crop right in the browser — no installation required.","howto":["Drag and drop or click to load the image you want to crop.","Use 'Free' to drag freely, or press a ratio button like 1:1 or 16:9 to lock the aspect ratio.","Drag across the image to set the crop area (rule-of-thirds guides help you frame the shot).","Click 'Crop', check the result, and save it with 'Download PNG'."],"faq":[{"q":"Is my uploaded image sent to a server?","a":"No. The image is opened only in your browser's memory, and cropping and saving all happen entirely on your own device. No file is ever sent to or stored on a server."},{"q":"How does it crop when I lock a ratio?","a":"When you press a ratio button like 1:1 or 16:9, the largest area of that ratio is automatically centered on the image, and further dragging stays constrained to that ratio. It's convenient for making thumbnails and profile pictures with fixed dimensions."},{"q":"Does the quality degrade?","a":"The cropped area is saved as a lossless PNG at the original resolution, so the cropped portion keeps the full quality of the original. Unless you crop into a zoomed-in area, there's no loss from re-compression."}]},{"slug":"image-splitter","category":"image-edit","title":"Image Splitter","tagline":"Slice one image into an N×M grid and save each piece for an Instagram grid or puzzle tiles","emoji":"🧩","keywords":["image splitter","slice photo into pieces","instagram grid","split 3x3","image grid cutter"],"intro":"A splitting tool that slices a single image into an N×M grid of pieces and lets you download each one separately. It's perfect for Instagram grid feeds, three-part panoramas, and puzzle or print tiles — any job where you need to cut a large image into regular sections.","howto":["Drag and drop or click to load the image you want to slice.","Press a preset like 'Instagram 3×3', or use the sliders to set the number of columns and rows yourself.","Check the dashed grid in the preview and click 'Split into N pieces'.","Click each piece to save it one at a time, or use 'Download all' to grab them all at once."],"faq":[{"q":"Is my image uploaded to a server?","a":"No. Loading, grid splitting, and saving the pieces all happen entirely inside your browser. Neither the original nor the sliced pieces are ever sent to or stored on a server."},{"q":"I clicked 'Download all' but only some were saved.","a":"When downloading multiple files at once, your browser may ask whether to allow 'downloading multiple files.' Set it to allow and all pieces will be saved. If it still doesn't work, you can click each piece to download it individually."},{"q":"How are the piece files named?","a":"They're named in 'originalname-row-column.png' format, in order from the top left (e.g., photo-1-1.png, photo-1-2.png). This makes it easy to keep the order right when posting an Instagram grid."}]},{"slug":"photo-filters","category":"image-edit","title":"Photo Filters & Effects","tagline":"Apply preset filters like vintage, sepia, cool/warm, and vignette with one click, then save","emoji":"🎞️","keywords":["photo filters","vintage effect","sepia filter","vignette effect","instagram filters"],"intro":"A tool that applies mood presets — vintage, sepia, black & white, cool/warm, vignette, noir, and more — to your photos and saves the result instantly. With fine strength control right in the browser and no app to install, it's ideal for anyone who wants to easily change the mood of photos for social media or blog posts.","howto":["Drag and drop or click to load the photo you want to filter.","Press a preset button — original, vintage, sepia, cool, warm, vignette, and more — for an instant preview.","Use the 'Effect strength' slider to adjust how strongly the filter is applied, from 0 to 100%.","Check 'PNG (lossless)' if you like, then click 'Save' to download."],"faq":[{"q":"Is my photo sent to a server?","a":"No. Filters are applied only on your browser's canvas, and both the original and the result never leave your device. No photo is ever uploaded to or stored on a server."},{"q":"How does the effect strength slider work?","a":"It blends the filtered result with the original — at 100% you get the full filter, and at 0% it's close to the original. When an effect is too strong, lowering the strength dials it back to a more natural level."},{"q":"Should I save as JPG or PNG?","a":"By default it saves as JPG, which is smaller; check 'Save as PNG' to get a lossless PNG. JPG is best for sharing photos, while PNG is better when you need to re-edit or preserve quality."}]},{"slug":"photo-to-sketch","category":"image-edit","title":"Photo to Sketch","tagline":"Convert photos into pencil sketch, colored pencil, or line drawing effects and save","emoji":"✏️","keywords":["photo to sketch","pencil drawing effect","line drawing","turn photo into drawing","sketch filter"],"intro":"A tool that converts photos into pencil sketch, colored pencil, or line drawing (outline) effects and saves the result. Anyone who wants to give a profile image or social post a hand-drawn look, or needs line art for an under-drawing or coloring page, can create it right in the browser.","howto":["Drag and drop or click to load the photo you want to turn into a sketch.","Choose your style: 'Pencil sketch', 'Colored pencil', or 'Line drawing'.","Use the slider to adjust the pencil's softness (smudge) or the line sensitivity.","Check the result and save it with 'Download PNG'."],"faq":[{"q":"Is my photo sent to a server?","a":"No. The sketch conversion is computed pixel by pixel inside your browser, and both the original and the result never leave your device. No photo is ever uploaded to or stored on a server."},{"q":"How do the three styles differ?","a":"'Pencil sketch' is a black-and-white pencil drawing, 'Colored pencil' keeps the original colors faintly for a colored-pencil feel, and 'Line drawing' extracts only the outlines as line art. Pick one for your purpose and adjust the strength with the slider."},{"q":"Can large photos be converted too?","a":"Yes. For processing speed, though, if the longer side exceeds 2000px it's automatically scaled down within that limit before converting. If you need the full original resolution, it's best to treat the result as a reference."}]},{"slug":"avif-to-jpg","category":"image-format","title":"AVIF to JPG/PNG Converter","tagline":"Convert next-gen AVIF images to universally supported JPG or PNG right in your browser","emoji":"🖼️","keywords":["AVIF converter","AVIF to JPG","AVIF to PNG","open AVIF","image converter"],"intro":"AVIF is a next-generation image format that's small in size with great quality, but some programs can't open it. This tool converts AVIF to JPG or PNG — formats that open anywhere — right inside your browser.","howto":["Drag and drop or click to select an AVIF image.","Choose JPG or PNG; for JPG, adjust the quality and background color.","Check the preview, then save with the download button."],"faq":[{"q":"Is my file sent to a server?","a":"No. AVIF decoding and conversion both happen inside your browser, and your image is never uploaded to a server."},{"q":"It won't convert and shows an error.","a":"AVIF decoding relies on your browser's capabilities. Use an up-to-date browser that supports AVIF, such as Chrome, Firefox, or the latest Safari."},{"q":"Should I choose JPG or PNG?","a":"For photos with lots of color and no transparency, JPG is smaller. If you need to keep a transparent background, choose PNG."}]},{"slug":"bmp-converter","category":"image-format","title":"BMP ↔ JPG/PNG Converter","tagline":"Shrink uncompressed BMP files to JPG or PNG, or convert images to 24-bit BMP","emoji":"🔄","keywords":["BMP converter","BMP to JPG","BMP to PNG","create BMP","bitmap converter"],"intro":"You can shrink large, uncompressed BMP (bitmap) images by converting them to compressed formats like JPG or PNG. Conversely, you can also convert images to the 24-bit BMP format required by older programs or devices.","howto":["In the top tabs, choose the conversion direction (BMP→JPG/PNG or Image→BMP).","Drag and drop or click to select an image.","Set the output format, quality, and background color, then click Convert.","Check the preview and download."],"faq":[{"q":"Is the image I input sent to a server?","a":"No. All conversion happens inside your browser, and your image is never sent to a server."},{"q":"Why are BMP files so large?","a":"BMP is an uncompressed format that stores pixels as-is without compression, so for the same image it's far larger than JPG or PNG."},{"q":"What happens if I convert a transparent PNG to BMP?","a":"24-bit BMP doesn't support transparency, so transparent areas are filled with the background color you chose."}]},{"slug":"gif-to-png","category":"image-format","title":"GIF to PNG Converter","tagline":"Extract the first frame of an animated GIF as a still PNG or JPG image","emoji":"🎞️","keywords":["GIF to PNG converter","extract image from GIF","GIF first frame","GIF still image","GIF to JPG"],"intro":"Pulls the first frame from an animated GIF and saves it as a still image (PNG or JPG). It's handy when you need a cover image or thumbnail, or want to use just a single frame without the animation.","howto":["Drag and drop or click to select a GIF file.","Choose PNG or JPG format (JPG lets you adjust quality and background color).","Check the preview and download."],"faq":[{"q":"Is my file uploaded to a server?","a":"No. Frame extraction and conversion both happen inside your browser, and your file is never sent to a server."},{"q":"Can I extract a specific frame from the middle?","a":"When a browser draws a GIF it uses the first frame, so this tool only extracts the first frame. Selecting a specific middle frame isn't supported."},{"q":"Is the animation preserved?","a":"No. PNG and JPG are still-image formats, so only a single frame is saved. The motion is lost."}]},{"slug":"ico-converter","category":"image-format","title":"ICO ↔ PNG Converter","tagline":"Create a multi-size favicon.ico from a PNG, or extract an ICO to PNG","emoji":"🪟","keywords":["ICO converter","create favicon","favicon.ico","PNG to ICO","ICO to PNG"],"intro":"Feed in a square PNG to create a website favicon.ico in multiple sizes — 16, 32, 48px, and more — all at once. Conversely, you can also pick the largest image inside an ICO file and extract it as a PNG.","howto":["In the top tabs, choose PNG→ICO or ICO→PNG.","Select an image; when making an ICO, check the sizes to include.","Click the Create ICO / Convert button.","Preview the result and download."],"faq":[{"q":"Is my file sent to a server?","a":"No. ICO creation, analysis, and PNG extraction all happen inside your browser, and your file is never uploaded to a server."},{"q":"Which sizes should I include for a favicon?","a":"Including 16, 32, and 48px together usually looks sharp on most browsers and desktops. If you need high-resolution support, add 64 and 128px as well."},{"q":"Can any ICO be opened as PNG?","a":"Yes — not only ICOs stored internally as PNG, but also traditional ICOs saved as 1/4/8/24/32-bit bitmaps are converted with transparency preserved. Special formats may not be supported."}]},{"slug":"image-dpi-changer","category":"image-format","title":"Image DPI Changer","tagline":"Adjust the pixel dimensions and DPI (resolution) metadata for printing, then save","emoji":"🖨️","keywords":["change DPI","image resolution","300 DPI","print-ready image","DPI settings"],"intro":"Adjusts the pixel dimensions and DPI (pixels per inch) metadata of images meant for print, then saves them. Setting a value like 300 DPI lets print and editing programs correctly recognize the actual output size.","howto":["Drag and drop or click to select an image.","Enter the DPI you want and the target pixel dimensions (you can lock the aspect ratio).","Choose PNG or JPG format and click Save.","Check the displayed output size (cm/inches) and download."],"faq":[{"q":"Is my image sent to a server?","a":"No. Both the resizing and the DPI metadata are handled inside your browser, and your image is never sent to a server."},{"q":"Does changing only the DPI improve quality?","a":"No. DPI is metadata that sets the 'print size,' not the quality. Actual sharpness is determined by the number of pixels, so for large prints you need to increase the pixel dimensions themselves. These values are for reference and may differ from the actual printed result."},{"q":"Where is the DPI info stored?","a":"It's written to the pHYs chunk for PNG and the JFIF density values for JPG. It doesn't affect on-screen display; print and editing programs read these values to calculate the output size."}]},{"slug":"csv-dedupe","category":"doc-data","title":"CSV Duplicate Row Remover","tagline":"Clean up duplicates in a CSV by whole row or by specific columns, all at once","emoji":"🧹","keywords":["CSV remove duplicates","delete duplicate rows","CSV cleanup","column-based duplicates","data cleansing"],"intro":"Paste in a CSV or upload a file, and this tool finds and removes duplicate rows based on the entire row or the columns you specify. With options to ignore case and whitespace differences, it can clean up even the messy duplicates found in real-world data.","howto":["Paste your CSV into the input box, or drag and drop a file to load it.","Choose the delimiter and the 'duplicate criteria' (whole row or specific columns).","If needed, turn on the ignore-case and ignore-whitespace options.","Check the result and save it with the Download CSV or Copy button."],"faq":[{"q":"Are my file or inputs sent to a server?","a":"No. CSV parsing and duplicate removal are handled entirely inside your browser. No data is ever sent to or stored on a server."},{"q":"Which of the duplicates is kept?","a":"It keeps the first occurrence and removes any identical rows that appear afterward. The original sort order is preserved."},{"q":"How do 'ignore case' and 'ignore whitespace' work?","a":"They apply only when comparing the comparison key. Ignore case treats A and a as the same, and ignore whitespace trims leading/trailing spaces and collapses repeated ones before comparing. The values in the rows that remain are kept exactly as in the original."}]},{"slug":"ics-csv","category":"doc-data","title":"Calendar CSV ↔ ICS Converter","tagline":"Convert a schedule CSV into a multi-event .ics, and .ics back into CSV, both ways","emoji":"📅","keywords":["CSV to ICS converter","create ics from schedule","ical converter","bulk add calendar events","ics to csv"],"intro":"A two-way converter that turns a CSV containing many events into a single calendar .ics file at once, or unpacks an .ics file back into a tabular CSV. It's useful for bulk-adding events to Google, Apple, or Outlook Calendar, or for backing them up.","howto":["In the tabs, choose the direction: 'CSV → ICS' or 'ICS → CSV'.","For CSV, paste or upload a file with title, start, end, location, and description columns.","Check the conversion result and download it as .ics or .csv.","Open the generated .ics in your calendar app to add all the events at once."],"faq":[{"q":"Are my events sent to a server?","a":"No. CSV and ICS parsing and conversion all happen only inside your browser, and no event data or files are ever sent to or stored on a server."},{"q":"What format should the CSV be?","a":"The first row must include title and start columns, while end, location, and description are optional. If the start value includes a time like '2026-07-15 14:00' it's treated as a timed event; if it's a date only, it's treated as an all-day event."},{"q":"How are time zones handled?","a":"Events are saved as floating time, using your device's local time as-is. Opening them in a different time zone may show a different time, so treat this as a reference."}]},{"slug":"vcard-csv","category":"doc-data","title":"Contacts CSV ↔ vCard Converter","tagline":"Convert a contacts CSV into a .vcf bundle, and .vcf back into CSV, both ways","emoji":"👤","keywords":["CSV to vCard converter","create vcf","bulk add contacts","vcard to csv","address book converter"],"intro":"A two-way converter that turns a CSV of many contacts into a single .vcf (electronic business card) bundle, or unpacks a .vcf back into a tabular CSV. It's convenient for bulk-migrating or backing up your address book to a smartphone or Google/Apple Contacts.","howto":["In the tabs, choose the direction: 'CSV → vCard' or 'vCard → CSV'.","For CSV, paste or upload a file with columns like name, phone, email, company, and title.","Check the result and download it as .vcf or .csv.","Open the generated .vcf in your contacts app to add everyone at once."],"faq":[{"q":"Is my contact information sent to a server?","a":"No. CSV and vCard parsing and conversion all happen only inside your browser, and no information — names, phone numbers, or anything else — is ever sent to or stored on a server."},{"q":"Exactly what column names should I use in the CSV?","a":"As long as you have at least one of name, phone, or email, you're set; company, title, url, address, and note are optional. Korean column names (이름, 전화, 이메일, etc.) are also recognized."},{"q":"Can I open the generated .vcf directly on an iPhone or Android?","a":"Yes. It's created with the vCard 3.0 standard, so opening the file in iPhone/Android Contacts or Google/Apple address books imports it right away."}]},{"slug":"business-card-maker","category":"generators-qr","title":"Business Card Maker","tagline":"Enter your name, title, company, and contact details to instantly create and download a business card image","emoji":"💼","keywords":["business card maker","business card image","business card design","online business card creator","business card png"],"intro":"Enter your name, title, company, and contact details, and this tool draws a standard business-card-ratio image (90×50mm) in real time, ready to download as a PNG. Pick a theme and accent color to create a simple social profile image or a quick business card in seconds.","howto":["Enter your name, title, company, phone, email, and website.","Choose a theme (Classic, Dark, Navy, etc.) and adjust the accent color.","Check the result in the preview above.","Click the 'Download PNG' button to save the business card image."],"faq":[{"q":"Is the information I enter sent to a server?","a":"No. The card is drawn entirely on your browser's canvas, and your inputs — name, contact details, and so on — are never sent to or stored on a server."},{"q":"What size and format is it saved in?","a":"It's saved as a 1050×600px PNG, corresponding to the standard business-card ratio of 90×50mm. For printing, arrange your layout with trim margins on all four sides in mind."},{"q":"What happens if the text is long?","a":"If the name, company, or contact details exceed the card's width, the font size is automatically reduced so nothing gets cut off."}]},{"slug":"cron-expression-generator","category":"generators-qr","title":"Cron Expression Generator","tagline":"Pick minute, hour, day, month, and weekday to generate a cron expression with a plain-English description","emoji":"⏰","keywords":["cron expression generator","create cron","crontab generator","schedule expression","cron examples"],"intro":"Click to select the minute, hour, day, month, and weekday, and this tool instantly generates a standard 5-field cron expression along with a human-readable, plain-English description. You can express exactly the schedule you want without memorizing crontab or CI scheduler syntax.","howto":["Start from a 'common examples' button, or configure each field yourself.","For minute and hour, choose every minute / every N / a specific value; for day, choose daily / a specific day.","Press the month and weekday buttons to turn on only the values you want (leave them off for all).","Check the finished cron expression, then copy and paste it into your scheduler."],"faq":[{"q":"Are my inputs sent to a server?","a":"No. Generating the expression and computing the description all happen entirely inside your browser, and no data is ever sent to or stored on a server."},{"q":"Where can I use the generated expression?","a":"You can use it as-is in most schedulers that support the standard 5 fields (minute hour day month weekday), including Linux crontab, GitHub Actions, Jenkins, and more."},{"q":"What happens if I specify both day and weekday?","a":"In standard cron, specifying both day and weekday means it runs on any day where either one matches (an OR condition). The generator's plain-English description also shows this as 'on day ~ or ~ weekday'."}]},{"slug":"email-signature-generator","category":"generators-qr","title":"Email Signature (HTML) Generator","tagline":"Create and copy an HTML email signature for Gmail and Outlook from your name, title, company, contacts, and social links","emoji":"✉️","keywords":["create email signature","HTML email signature","Gmail signature","Outlook signature","email signature generator"],"intro":"Enter your name, title, company, contact details, and social links, and this tool instantly creates an HTML email signature you can paste straight into Gmail and Outlook. Adjust the accent color and fields while watching a live preview, and copy it all at once with formatting intact.","howto":["Enter the info you want to display — name, title, company, phone, email, website, and so on.","Add the social links you need (LinkedIn, GitHub, X, etc.) and set an accent color.","Check the preview, then click 'Copy with formatting' and paste it into the Gmail/Outlook signature settings.","If your mail client doesn't support it, use 'Copy HTML source' to paste the code directly."],"faq":[{"q":"How do I add it to Gmail and Outlook?","a":"After 'Copy with formatting', paste it into Gmail under Settings → General → Signature, or into the signature editor in Outlook (desktop). On browsers where formatted copy doesn't work, insert the code via 'Copy HTML source'."},{"q":"Why isn't my profile image showing?","a":"The image must be a publicly available URL to show in recipients' email. A file path that only exists on your PC won't appear on other people's screens, so use the address of an image uploaded to the web."},{"q":"Is the information I enter sent to a server?","a":"No. Generating and copying the signature all happen entirely inside your browser, and none of the info you enter — name, contact details, etc. — is ever sent to or stored on a server."}]},{"slug":"invoice-generator","category":"generators-qr","title":"Invoice & Quote Generator","tagline":"Enter line items, quantities, unit prices, and tax to preview an invoice or quote and save it as PDF or print","emoji":"🧾","keywords":["invoice generator","create a quote","billing statement template","online invoice maker","free quote PDF"],"intro":"Enter supplier and customer details along with line items, quantities, unit prices, and tax rate, and it automatically calculates the subtotal, VAT, and total to produce a clean invoice or quote. The finished document opens in a new window in A4 format, ready to print or keep as a file via 'Save as PDF'.","howto":["In the top tabs, choose Invoice or Quote.","Enter the document number, issue date, currency, and the supplier and customer details.","Add line items with quantity and unit price, and the amounts, subtotal, VAT, and total are calculated automatically.","Click 'Print / Save as PDF' and, in the print dialog, choose 'Save as PDF' as the destination."],"faq":[{"q":"How are VAT and discounts calculated?","a":"The discount is subtracted from the subtotal (the sum of line-item amounts) to get the taxable base, which is multiplied by your entered tax rate (10% by default) for the VAT; the total shows the taxable base plus VAT. Changing the currency also switches the currency symbol and decimal notation."},{"q":"How do I save as PDF?","a":"Clicking 'Print' opens the document fitted to A4 in a new window. In the print dialog, choose 'Save as PDF' instead of a printer to save it as a file. If the new window doesn't open, check that pop-ups are allowed in your browser."},{"q":"Is the transaction detail I enter sent to a server?","a":"No. All calculations and document generation happen entirely inside your browser, and no information — clients, amounts, etc. — is ever sent to or stored on a server. Tax amounts are auto-calculated from your inputs for reference only and may differ from actual tax filings."}]},{"slug":"privacy-policy-generator","category":"generators-qr","title":"Privacy Policy Generator","tagline":"Enter your site or app details to generate a privacy policy and terms-of-service draft (for AdSense approval and app review)","emoji":"📜","keywords":["privacy policy generator","create terms of service","AdSense privacy policy","app store privacy policy","free privacy policy template"],"intro":"Enter basic details — service name, operator, data collected, purpose, and more — and it automatically generates a privacy policy and terms-of-service draft structured around privacy law. Select options like Google Analytics/AdSense usage, third-party sharing, and paid-service clauses to quickly prepare documents for AdSense approval or app review submission.","howto":["In the tabs, choose 'Privacy Policy' or 'Terms of Service'.","Enter the service name, operator, site URL, contact person, and effective date.","Check the data collected and any applicable options such as Analytics, AdSense, and third-party sharing.","Copy the generated document or save it as .txt and publish it on your site."],"faq":[{"q":"Can I use it as-is right away?","a":"This document is a draft (for reference) that combines common clauses. You must review and supplement it according to your actual data collection, business type, and applicable laws, and for sensitive services it's safest to have a legal professional check it."},{"q":"Can I use it for AdSense or app review?","a":"It can be built to include Google Analytics/AdSense clauses, a cookie notice, and a data protection officer section, making it a useful starting point for approval and review. Just edit the clauses to fit your own service before submitting."},{"q":"Is the company information I enter sent to a server?","a":"No. Document generation happens entirely inside your browser, and none of the info you enter — service name, contact details, etc. — is ever sent to or stored on a server."}]},{"slug":"readme-generator","category":"generators-qr","title":"GitHub README Generator","tagline":"Enter your project name, install steps, and license to generate, copy, and download a GitHub README.md","emoji":"📘","keywords":["README generator","GitHub readme","readme.md maker","Markdown README","open source doc template"],"intro":"Enter your project name, description, features, install commands, license, and more, and it produces a complete README.md — table of contents, badges, and code blocks included. Add your GitHub repo URL and star/issue badges link up automatically, and you can copy the result or download it straight as a README.md file.","howto":["Enter your project name, one-line summary, and detailed description.","Fill in key features, tech stack, install commands, and usage example code.","Choose the license and whether to include badges, a table of contents, and contribution guidelines.","Save with 'Copy Markdown' or 'Download README.md' and place it at the root of your repository."],"faq":[{"q":"How are the badges (shields.io) shown?","a":"The license and 'PRs welcome' badges are always inserted, while star and issue badges link to real values only when you enter a GitHub repo URL. If you don't need badges, uncheck 'Include badges'."},{"q":"Will the generated README render correctly on GitHub?","a":"Yes. It's written in standard Markdown syntax, so placing it as README.md at your repo root lets GitHub automatically render the headings, code blocks, table-of-contents links, and more."},{"q":"Is the project info I enter sent to a server?","a":"No. Markdown generation happens entirely inside your browser, and none of what you enter — project name, description, etc. — is ever sent to or stored on a server."}]},{"slug":"resume-builder","category":"generators-qr","title":"Resume Builder","tagline":"Enter your personal details, education, and work history to preview a resume and save it as PDF or print","emoji":"📄","keywords":["resume builder","resume template","resume PDF","free CV template","online resume maker"],"intro":"Enter everything from your name, contact details, and summary to work history, education, and skills, and it shows a clean one-page resume with a live preview. Choose an accent color and add sections freely, then print your A4-sized resume or keep it as a file via 'Save as PDF'.","howto":["Enter your personal details — name, job title, email, phone — and a summary statement.","Add as much work history and education as you need, writing one responsibility per line.","Enter skills separated by commas and pick an accent color, and the preview updates instantly.","Click 'Print / Save as PDF' and, in the print dialog, choose 'Save as PDF' as the destination."],"faq":[{"q":"How do I save as PDF?","a":"Clicking 'Print' opens your resume fitted to A4 in a new window. In the print dialog, choose 'Save as PDF' instead of a printer to save it as a file. If the new window doesn't open, check that pop-ups are allowed in your browser."},{"q":"How do I add a photo?","a":"Enter a publicly available image URL and the photo appears in both the preview and the printout. You'll need the address of a photo uploaded to the web, and you can also create a resume without one."},{"q":"Is the resume information I enter sent to a server?","a":"No. Building, previewing, and printing the resume all happen entirely inside your browser, and none of what you enter — personal details, work history, etc. — is ever sent to or stored on a server."}]},{"slug":"json-to-typescript","category":"text-dev","title":"JSON to TypeScript","tagline":"Paste a JSON sample and auto-generate interface and type definitions","emoji":"🔷","keywords":["JSON to TypeScript","JSON type generator","TypeScript interface generator","JSON to interface converter","auto generate types"],"intro":"Paste a JSON sample such as an API response or config file, and this tool automatically generates matching TypeScript interface or type definitions. Nested objects are split into separate types, and keys that appear in only some objects within an array are marked as optional (?) properties.","howto":["Paste the JSON sample you want to convert into the input box.","Set a name for the root type and choose whether to declare it as an interface or a type.","If needed, turn on 'Add export keyword' to make it an exported declaration.","Review the generated type definitions and use 'Copy types' to paste them into your code."],"faq":[{"q":"Does it handle nested objects and arrays?","a":"Yes. Nested objects are split into separate interfaces, and for arrays of objects it merges the elements' keys into a single type, marking keys that appear in only some elements as optional (?). When a value can be several types, it's expressed as a union (|)."},{"q":"Should I choose interface or type?","a":"For most object shapes, interface is a safe choice since it's easy to extend and merge. Use type if you need union aliases or simply prefer it, and you can regenerate the result at any time."},{"q":"Is the JSON I enter sent to a server?","a":"No. JSON parsing and type generation all run inside your browser, and nothing you enter is sent to or stored on any server."}]},{"slug":"toml-converter","category":"text-dev","title":"TOML ↔ JSON Converter","tagline":"Convert simple TOML to JSON and JSON to TOML, in both directions","emoji":"🔁","keywords":["TOML to JSON","JSON to TOML","TOML JSON converter","TOML parser","TOML converter"],"intro":"Convert between TOML and JSON, two formats commonly used for config files, in both directions. It supports the basic syntax—key-value pairs, tables ([table]), arrays of tables ([[table]]), arrays, and inline tables—so you can quickly move settings from one format to the other.","howto":["Choose the conversion direction (TOML → JSON or JSON → TOML) from the tabs at the top.","Paste the content you want to convert, or click 'Load example' to insert a sample.","The converted result appears immediately below.","Use 'Copy result' to put it on your clipboard."],"faq":[{"q":"How much TOML syntax is supported?","a":"It supports key-value pairs; strings, numbers, booleans, and arrays; tables ([table]) and arrays of tables ([[table]]); inline tables; dotted (nested) keys; and arrays spanning multiple lines. Some advanced syntax, such as multi-line strings, is handled in a simplified way."},{"q":"Is there anything to watch out for when converting JSON to TOML?","a":"The top level of TOML must be an object, and since TOML has no concept of null, keys with a null value are omitted from the result. Strings that look like dates or times are kept as plain strings."},{"q":"Is my input data sent to a server?","a":"No. All conversion happens inside your browser, and the TOML or JSON you enter is never sent to or stored on a server."}]},{"slug":"text-to-speech","category":"text-dev","title":"Text to Speech (TTS)","tagline":"Read text aloud with your browser's built-in voices · adjust speed, pitch, and voice","emoji":"🔊","keywords":["text to speech","TTS","free text to speech","read text aloud","browser speech synthesis"],"intro":"This tool reads text you enter out loud using your browser's built-in speech synthesis. You can freely adjust the voice, reading speed, pitch, and volume, making it handy for rehearsing presentations, proofreading by ear, or accessibility support.","howto":["Paste or type the text you want read aloud into the input box.","Pick a voice and adjust the speed, pitch, and volume sliders.","Press 'Play' to hear the speech.","Use the pause, resume, and stop buttons to control playback."],"faq":[{"q":"The voice I want isn't in the list.","a":"The available voices depend on those installed in your operating system and browser. You can add more voices—including ones for other languages—in the speech or narrator settings of Windows or macOS, and they'll then appear in the list."},{"q":"Why won't it play in some browsers?","a":"This tool uses the browser's SpeechSynthesis feature. We recommend the latest Chrome, Edge, or Safari, and note that some mobile browsers only play audio after you tap the screen once."},{"q":"Is the text I enter sent to a server?","a":"No. Speech is generated by your browser's built-in feature, and the text you enter is never sent to or stored on this site's servers."}]},{"slug":"speech-to-text","category":"text-dev","title":"Speech to Text (Dictation)","tagline":"Transcribe microphone speech to text in real time · copy the result (Chrome recommended)","emoji":"🎙️","keywords":["speech to text","dictation","voice recognition","STT","real-time voice to text"],"intro":"Speak into your microphone and the browser's speech recognition transcribes your words into text in real time. It's useful whenever you'd rather talk than type—meeting notes, dictating ideas, or drafting captions.","howto":["Choose the recognition language, press 'Start dictation', and allow microphone access.","As you speak, the text fills in the result box in real time.","Edit the result directly if needed.","Use 'Copy result' to grab the text, or 'Clear' to start over."],"faq":[{"q":"Which browsers does it work in?","a":"It works best in desktop Chrome and Edge. Some browsers, such as Firefox, don't support the Web Speech API's recognition and can't be used."},{"q":"Recognition keeps stopping partway.","a":"The browser automatically ends recognition after a period of silence. This tool is built to restart automatically, but if it keeps stopping, try stopping and starting again. A quiet environment and clear pronunciation improve accuracy."},{"q":"Is my voice stored on this site?","a":"No. The transcribed text is never sent to or stored on this site's servers. Note, however, that browsers like Chrome may send audio to their own servers to process recognition, so be careful with sensitive content."}]},{"slug":"csv-column-editor","category":"doc-data","title":"CSV Column Editor","tagline":"Select, reorder, rename, and trim whitespace in CSV columns, then save back to CSV","emoji":"🗂️","keywords":["edit CSV columns","reorder CSV columns","delete CSV columns","rename CSV columns","CSV editor"],"intro":"Pick only the columns you need from your CSV data, reorder them, rename them, and trim leading, trailing, and duplicate whitespace from cells before saving back to CSV. You can quickly reshape your data's column structure right in the browser, without opening Excel.","howto":["Paste your CSV and confirm the input delimiter and whether the first row is a header.","Use each column's checkbox to include or exclude it, edit names, or reorder with ▲▼.","If needed, adjust the output delimiter and the 'Trim whitespace' option.","Check the preview, then export with 'Copy CSV' or 'Save CSV'."],"faq":[{"q":"Does it work with tab- or semicolon-separated files?","a":"Yes. You can set the input and output delimiters independently among comma, tab, semicolon, and pipe, so you can also use it just to re-save a file with a different delimiter."},{"q":"How are values that contain commas or line breaks handled?","a":"When a value contains a delimiter, quote, or line break, it's automatically wrapped in double quotes with inner quotes escaped, so it's saved safely in standard CSV format. The saved file includes a BOM for Excel compatibility."},{"q":"Is the CSV I upload sent to a server?","a":"No. Parsing, editing, and saving all happen entirely in your browser, and your data is never sent to or stored on a server."}]},{"slug":"random-wheel-spinner","category":"web-seo-misc","title":"Random Wheel Spinner","tagline":"Add names or items, spin the wheel, and pick a winner fairly","emoji":"🎯","keywords":["random wheel","wheel spinner","random name picker","drawing lots","random picker"],"intro":"Enter names or items one per line, spin the wheel, and it randomly picks a winner with a spinning animation. It's handy whenever you need a fair choice—picking a presenter, running a giveaway, or deciding where to eat lunch.","howto":["Enter the names or items to draw from, one per line.","Press the 'Spin' button and the wheel rotates to decide a winner.","To draw several winners in a row, turn on 'Auto-remove winners' and spin repeatedly.","You can save the winner and draw history with the copy button."],"faq":[{"q":"Is the win probability fair for every item?","a":"Yes. Using the browser's cryptographic random numbers (crypto.getRandomValues), the winner is chosen first so that every item has an equal chance, and then the wheel is spun to stop at that position. Slice size and spin speed have no effect on the result."},{"q":"How many items can I add?","a":"You can enter up to 200. With many items the slices and text get smaller, but the draw still works normally, and long names are shortened on the wheel."},{"q":"Are the names I enter sent to a server?","a":"No. Input, drawing, and history are all handled entirely in your browser, and no data is ever sent to or stored on a server."}]},{"slug":"typing-speed-test","category":"web-seo-misc","title":"Typing Speed Test (WPM)","tagline":"Type the given sentence to measure WPM, CPM, and accuracy in real time","emoji":"⌨️","keywords":["typing speed test","typing practice","WPM test","characters per minute","typing test"],"intro":"Type the Korean or English sentence shown on screen exactly as given, and it measures your words per minute (WPM), characters per minute (CPM), and accuracy in real time. The timer starts automatically the moment you type the first character and stops on the last, so you get an accurate speed reading with no extra steps.","howto":["Choose the Korean or English tab and a practice sentence appears.","Type the sentence exactly as shown in the input box. The timer starts the instant you type the first character.","Correct characters turn green and mistakes turn red, and when you finish your WPM, CPM, and accuracy are shown.","Use 'New sentence' or 'Retry same sentence' to keep practicing."],"faq":[{"q":"How are WPM and CPM calculated?","a":"Following the international standard, WPM counts every 5 correctly typed characters as one word and reports words per minute, while CPM is the number of correctly typed characters per minute. Both values count only accurate characters, excluding typos."},{"q":"Why does the Korean CPM differ from my actual keystroke count?","a":"Korean characters are formed by combining consonants and vowels into a single syllable, so this tool—which counts completed syllables—can differ from the actual number of keys you pressed. Treat it as a reference figure."},{"q":"Is what I type sent to a server?","a":"No. Displaying the sentence and calculating speed and accuracy all happen entirely in your browser, and what you type is never sent to or stored on a server."}]},{"slug":"jfif-to-jpg","category":"image-format","title":"JFIF to JPG Converter","tagline":"Turn Windows-saved .jfif images into standard JPG or PNG that open anywhere","emoji":"🖼️","keywords":["jfif to jpg","open jfif file","convert jfif","jfif to png","jfif extension"],"intro":"The .jfif files that Windows Paint or email attachments sometimes save are actually JPEG data, yet their extension keeps some programs from opening them. This tool re-saves JFIF as standard JPG (or PNG when you need transparency) right in your browser, so it opens anywhere.","howto":["Drag and drop the .jfif file, or click to select it.","Choose the JPG or PNG tab; for JPG, adjust the quality and background color.","Check the preview, then save the converted image with the download button."],"faq":[{"q":"What's the difference between JFIF and JPG?","a":"The underlying data is nearly identical. JFIF is one of the container specs for JPEG images, and compatibility problems arise simply because it's saved with a .jfif extension. Re-saving turns it into a standard .jpg that most programs open right away."},{"q":"Does converting reduce the image quality?","a":"JPG uses lossy compression, so re-saving can introduce slight loss depending on the quality slider. To preserve the original as much as possible, set quality to 90% or higher, or convert to lossless PNG."},{"q":"Is my file sent to a server?","a":"No. All conversion happens only in your browser, and the image is never uploaded to or stored on a server."}]},{"slug":"jpg-to-avif","category":"image-format","title":"JPG/PNG to AVIF Converter","tagline":"Encode images to high-compression AVIF to speed up your web pages","emoji":"🗜️","keywords":["convert to AVIF","JPG to AVIF","PNG to AVIF","reduce image size","AVIF encoder"],"intro":"AVIF is a next-generation image format that produces smaller files than JPG or WebP at the same quality. This tool uses your browser's encoder to convert JPG and PNG images to AVIF and instantly shows how much the file size shrinks at each quality level.","howto":["Drag and drop a JPG or PNG image, or click to select it.","Adjust the quality slider and watch the savings versus the original.","When the preview looks good, press the AVIF download button."],"faq":[{"q":"Does it work in every browser?","a":"AVIF encoding is supported in the latest browsers such as Chrome and Edge. In unsupported browsers you'll see a notice that conversion isn't possible, so please use a Chrome-based browser in that case."},{"q":"What quality percentage is appropriate?","a":"AVIF is so efficient that even a 40–60% range shows almost no visible loss. For web images, we recommend adjusting within this range."},{"q":"Is my image uploaded to a server?","a":"No. Encoding happens entirely in your browser, and neither the original nor the result is sent to a server."}]},{"slug":"svg-optimizer","category":"image-format","title":"SVG Optimizer","tagline":"Shrink SVG size by removing comments, whitespace, and unneeded decimals","emoji":"✂️","keywords":["SVG optimizer","compress SVG","reduce SVG size","minify SVG","clean up SVG code"],"intro":"SVGs exported from design tools carry a lot of data that isn't needed to display them—comments, editor-specific attributes, and overly long decimal coordinates. This tool strips out that clutter to reduce the SVG's file size, and shows the original and optimized sizes and previews side by side.","howto":["Paste your SVG code or upload an .svg file.","Check the options you want, such as removing comments, collapsing whitespace, and rounding decimals.","Confirm the shape is preserved in the preview, then copy or download it."],"faq":[{"q":"Will optimizing change the appearance?","a":"Most SVGs, like icons and logos, stay exactly the same. However, setting the decimal-rounding precision too low, or having meaningful whitespace inside text elements, can cause slight differences, so check the preview."},{"q":"Does it shrink as much as a dedicated tool like SVGO?","a":"It's a lightweight, regex-based optimization that doesn't replace all of SVGO's transformations, but even just cleaning up comments, whitespace, and coordinates can cut a substantial amount of size instantly."},{"q":"Is my code sent to a server?","a":"No. The code you paste and the files you upload are all processed only in your browser and are never sent to or stored on a server."}]},{"slug":"svg-to-png","category":"image-format","title":"SVG to PNG/JPG Converter","tagline":"Turn vector SVG into crisp PNG or JPG images at any scale","emoji":"🖨️","keywords":["SVG to PNG","convert SVG to image","SVG to JPG","rasterize SVG","SVG image converter"],"intro":"SVG is vector, so it never blurs when enlarged, but plenty of places—social uploads, document inserts—need PNG or JPG. This tool scales your SVG code or file up to the size you want and converts it to high-resolution PNG (keeping transparency) or JPG.","howto":["Enter your SVG in the paste-code or upload-file tab.","Choose a scale (1–10×) and an output format (PNG/JPG).","Press convert to see the output resolution and download the image."],"faq":[{"q":"Why raise the scale?","a":"Converting at the SVG's default size can come out small. Raising the scale to 2–4× rasterizes the same artwork at a larger pixel resolution, keeping it sharp for print and high-resolution screens."},{"q":"Does it work with SVGs that have no size info?","a":"If there's no width or height, it uses the viewBox size; if that's missing too, it defaults to 512×512. The scale is then multiplied by this to set the final resolution."},{"q":"Is my SVG sent to a server?","a":"No. Conversion happens only on the browser canvas, and the code, file, and result image are never sent to a server."}]},{"slug":"image-converter-all","category":"image-format","title":"All-in-One Image Converter","tagline":"Freely convert JPG, PNG, WebP, AVIF, and BMP to any format you want","emoji":"🔄","keywords":["image format converter","PNG to WebP","image converter","convert to AVIF","convert BMP"],"intro":"An all-in-one converter that changes multiple image formats—JPG, PNG, WebP, AVIF, BMP—into the format you want, right in your browser. For lossy formats you can adjust quality, and you can see the size change versus the original as you pick the format that fits your needs.","howto":["Drag and drop the image to convert, or click to select it.","Choose an output format (JPG, PNG, WebP, AVIF, BMP), and adjust quality for lossy formats.","For formats without transparency support, like JPG and BMP, set a background color.","Check the preview and size change, then download."],"faq":[{"q":"WebP/AVIF are grayed out and disabled.","a":"That means your current browser doesn't support encoding to that format. The latest Chrome and Edge usually can. Unsupported formats are shown as non-selectable."},{"q":"When I convert PNG to JPG, the transparent background turns black.","a":"JPG and BMP don't support transparency. Transparent areas are filled with the background color you set, so choose your desired background (usually white) before converting."},{"q":"Is my image uploaded to a server?","a":"No. All conversion is handled on the browser canvas, and neither the original nor the result image is sent to or stored on a server."}]},{"slug":"instagram-carousel-splitter","category":"sns-utils","title":"Instagram Carousel Splitter","tagline":"Split wide or panoramic images into 2–10 seamless square slides","emoji":"🖼️","keywords":["Instagram carousel splitter","panorama slides","split image into parts","Instagram square crop","make a carousel"],"intro":"Slice a single wide image into 2–10 seamless square slides for an Instagram carousel. Upload them to one post in numbered order, and swiping across flows like one continuous picture.","howto":["Upload a wide (panoramic) image.","Choose the number of slides (2–10) and the slide resolution.","Check the split positions in the preview and press 'Split'.","Save each piece, then upload them to one post in numbered order (01 → 02 → …)."],"faq":[{"q":"Why do the slides connect seamlessly?","a":"It crops a set region from the original and divides it at the same scale, so the edges of adjacent slides line up exactly and connect like one picture as you swipe."},{"q":"How many slides should I split into?","a":"Matching your image's aspect ratio looks most natural. About 3:1 is ideal for 3 slides and 2:1 for 2 slides, and any leftover top and bottom is cropped from the center."},{"q":"Is the image I upload sent to a server?","a":"No. All splitting is handled entirely in your browser, and the image is never sent to or stored on a server."}]},{"slug":"social-image-resizer","category":"sns-utils","title":"Social Image Resizer","tagline":"Crop and resize to platform specs—Instagram, YouTube thumbnails, Facebook covers, and more","emoji":"📐","keywords":["social image resizer","resize for Instagram","YouTube thumbnail size","Facebook cover size","crop and resize image"],"intro":"Crop (fill) or pad (fit) your image to each platform's recommended dimensions—Instagram square and story, YouTube thumbnail, Facebook cover, and more. Without memorizing any specs, one button gives you an image at exactly the right size.","howto":["Upload an image and pick the platform-spec button you want.","Choose 'Fill (crop)' or 'Fit (pad)' mode.","Adjust what gets cropped with the position slider and pick a format (JPG, PNG, WebP).","Press 'Save' to download the correctly sized image."],"faq":[{"q":"How do 'Fill' and 'Fit' differ?","a":"'Fill' crops the image so it fully covers the target size, while 'Fit' places the entire image and fills the leftover area with the background color. When a logo or person must not be cut off, 'Fit' is the safe choice."},{"q":"Are the given specs accurate?","a":"It uses each platform's common recommended sizes—Instagram square 1080×1080, story 1080×1920, YouTube thumbnail 1280×720, and so on. Platform policies can change, so treat them as a reference."},{"q":"Is the image I upload sent to a server?","a":"No. Resizing and cropping are all handled in your browser, and the image is never sent to or stored on a server."}]},{"slug":"tier-list-maker","category":"sns-utils","title":"Tier List Maker","tagline":"Arrange items or images into S–F tiers and save your tier chart as an image (great for memes)","emoji":"🏆","keywords":["tier list maker","make a tier chart","tier list creator","S rank ranking","meme tier image"],"intro":"Drag your favorite characters, foods, games, and more into S–F tiers and save the finished chart as an image. You can add both text items and image items, making it easy to create memes and ranking content.","howto":["Add items by typing their names, or upload several images.","Drag an item into a tier, or click an item and then tap the tier row to move it to.","Enter a title and finalize the arrangement.","Press 'Save as image' to download the tier chart as a PNG."],"faq":[{"q":"Can I arrange on mobile too?","a":"Yes. Where dragging is hard, tap an item once to select it, then tap the tier row you want to move it to."},{"q":"Can I change the number of tiers or their colors?","a":"The default is six levels—S, A, B, C, D, F—each with its own color. Park items in the unranked area and then move them into the tier you want."},{"q":"Are the images I upload sent to a server?","a":"No. Both the item images and the tier chart are handled entirely in your browser, and no file is ever sent to or stored on a server."}]},{"slug":"emoji-picker","category":"sns-utils","title":"Emoji Search & Copy","tagline":"Find emoji by category or search and copy with one click; remembers recent use","emoji":"😀","keywords":["copy emoji","emoji search","emoji picker","emoji symbols","copy emoticons"],"intro":"Browse hundreds of emoji by category—emotions, people, animals, food—or search by keyword and copy any of them with a single click. Recently used emoji are remembered in this browser so you can grab them right from the top next time.","howto":["Type a keyword like 'smile', 'heart', or 'fire' into the search box, or pick a category tab.","Click the emoji you want to copy it to your clipboard.","Paste (Ctrl/⌘+V) to use it anywhere—social media, messengers, documents.","Quickly re-copy your go-to emoji from 'Recently used'."],"faq":[{"q":"The emoji shows as a box (□) where I pasted it.","a":"The emoji itself copied fine, but the app or font where you pasted can't display it. It appears correctly in up-to-date operating systems and apps."},{"q":"Can I search by keyword?","a":"Yes. Every emoji has keywords attached, so you can find them with words like 'cat', 'celebrate', or 'thumbs up'."},{"q":"Is my recently-used list sent to a server?","a":"No. Recently used emoji are stored only in this browser (localStorage) and are never sent to or collected by a server."}]},{"slug":"qr-code-scanner","category":"web-seo-misc","title":"QR Code Scanner","tagline":"Read QR codes from an uploaded image or your camera and see the contents instantly","emoji":"📷","keywords":["QR code scanner","read QR code","QR reader","scan QR from image","QR code decoder"],"intro":"Upload an image containing a QR code or turn on your camera to read its contents instantly. Recognized links open right away and text can be copied to the clipboard, so you can check QR codes in your browser without installing an app.","howto":["Upload a QR photo in the 'From image' tab, or start scanning in the 'From camera' tab.","In camera mode, hold the QR within the frame and it's recognized automatically.","Copy the recognized content, or if it's a link, tap 'Open link' to go to it."],"faq":[{"q":"Camera scanning doesn't work and says 'not supported'.","a":"This tool uses the browser's built-in QR recognition (the BarcodeDetector API). It works well in the latest Chrome and Edge (including Android), and in unsupported browsers even image-upload recognition may be limited."},{"q":"The camera won't turn on.","a":"Check that you've granted the browser camera permission and that no other app is using the camera. Also, camera access is only allowed over a secure connection (https)."},{"q":"Are my scanned images or video sent to a server?","a":"No. Both images and camera video are analyzed only in your browser on your device and are never sent to or stored on a server. That said, when opening a link inside a QR code, make sure the address is trustworthy."}]},{"slug":"what-is-my-ip","category":"web-seo-misc","title":"What Is My IP","tagline":"Look up your public IP, approximate location, and ISP via free APIs, plus browser info (UA, resolution) at a glance","emoji":"🌐","keywords":["what is my IP","public IP address","IP location lookup","check my IP address","check browser info"],"intro":"See your device's current public IP address along with its IP-based approximate location and ISP (carrier), looked up through free APIs. You can also view browser details like your User-Agent, screen resolution, and time zone, and download them all as a text file.","howto":["Open the page and your public IP, location, and ISP are looked up automatically.","Turn a VPN on or off and press 'Look up again' to refresh with the latest IP info.","Copy just the IP, or use 'Copy all info' or 'Download info (.txt)' for support requests or records."],"faq":[{"q":"The location shown differs from my actual address.","a":"Location and ISP are estimates based on your IP address, so they can differ from your real location at the city or country level. The margin is especially large on VPNs or mobile networks."},{"q":"My IP won't load.","a":"An ad blocker or privacy extension may be blocking the IP API request, or a free API's request limit may be exceeded. Wait a moment and press 'Look up again'. If the first API fails, it automatically retries with a different free API."},{"q":"Are my files sent to a server?","a":"There are no files to upload. Browser info (UA, resolution, etc.) is read directly from your device and displayed, and only the lookup request needed to find your public IP is sent to a free IP API. No data is stored on any separate server."}]},{"slug":"flatten-pdf","category":"pdf","title":"Flatten PDF","tagline":"Lock PDF form fields so the document can't be edited","emoji":"🔒","keywords":["flatten PDF","lock PDF form","flatten PDF form fields","lock input fields","prevent PDF editing"],"intro":"Freeze a PDF form's input boxes, checkboxes, and dropdowns as flat images with their current values. Once flattened, recipients can't change the content, so you can safely distribute signature requests or finalized documents.","howto":["Drag and drop the PDF file, or click to select it.","Check the page count and the number of detected form fields.","Press the 'Flatten and save' button.","Download the finished, non-editable PDF."],"faq":[{"q":"What changes when I flatten?","a":"Fillable form fields are locked to the values shown on screen, so the content can no longer be edited afterward."},{"q":"Does it work on PDFs with no form?","a":"Yes. If there are no form fields, the original is simply re-saved as-is, with no error."},{"q":"Is my file sent to a server?","a":"No. All processing happens only in your browser, and the file is never sent externally."}]},{"slug":"heic-to-pdf","category":"pdf","title":"HEIC to PDF Converter","tagline":"Bundle multiple iPhone HEIC photos into a single PDF","emoji":"📄","keywords":["HEIC to PDF","iPhone photos to PDF","convert HEIC","combine photos into PDF","HEIF converter"],"intro":"Convert several HEIC/HEIF photos taken on your iPhone to JPG and bundle them into a single PDF document. Making a PDF that opens anywhere simplifies submitting, printing, and sharing them.","howto":["Drag and drop your HEIC/HEIF photos, or click to select several.","Reorder them if needed and set the page size and JPG quality.","Press the 'Create PDF' button to convert.","Download the finished PDF."],"faq":[{"q":"Can I combine several photos into one file?","a":"Yes. All photos are placed into a single PDF, one per page, in the order you selected."},{"q":"Can I change the photo order?","a":"Yes. Use the up and down arrows in the list to reorder them, or remove specific photos."},{"q":"Is my file sent to a server?","a":"No. Both the HEIC conversion and PDF merging happen only in your browser, so your photos are never sent externally."}]},{"slug":"excel-merge","category":"doc-data","title":"Excel/CSV Merger","tagline":"Combine multiple Excel and CSV files into a single workbook","emoji":"📊","keywords":["merge Excel files","combine CSV files","join Excel workbooks","merge sheets","xlsx merge"],"intro":"Merge several Excel (.xlsx, .xls) and CSV files into one Excel workbook. Choose whether to keep each file on its own sheet or stack all rows together on a single sheet.","howto":["Drag and drop your Excel and CSV files, or click to select several at once.","Pick a merge mode (keep separate sheets / combine into one sheet) and set the output file name.","Click the \"Merge\" button to combine them.","Download the finished Excel file."],"faq":[{"q":"What happens if two sheets have the same name?","a":"Duplicate names are automatically numbered, so no sheet is overwritten and all of them are preserved."},{"q":"Can I merge CSV and Excel files together?","a":"Yes. You can mix .xlsx, .xls, and .csv files and combine them all into a single Excel workbook."},{"q":"Are my files uploaded to a server?","a":"No. All merging happens entirely in your browser, and your data is never sent anywhere."}]},{"slug":"excel-split","category":"doc-data","title":"Excel Sheet Splitter","tagline":"Split each Excel sheet into a separate Excel or CSV file","emoji":"✂️","keywords":["split Excel sheets","separate Excel sheets","extract sheet","Excel to CSV","xlsx split"],"intro":"Break an Excel workbook with multiple sheets into a separate file for each sheet. Save each sheet as Excel (.xlsx) or CSV so you can share or manage just the sheets you need.","howto":["Select an Excel or CSV file that contains multiple sheets.","Choose the output format (Excel or CSV).","Click the \"Split\" button to generate one file per sheet.","Download each sheet file individually from the list."],"faq":[{"q":"Can I save each sheet separately?","a":"Yes. Each sheet becomes its own Excel or CSV file that you can download one by one."},{"q":"Can I save as CSV too?","a":"Yes. Choose CSV as the output format and each sheet is saved as a UTF-8 CSV file that keeps non-Latin characters intact."},{"q":"Are my files uploaded to a server?","a":"No. Files are read and split entirely in your browser and are never sent to an external server."}]},{"slug":"social-qr-generator","category":"sns-utils","title":"Social Profile QR Generator","tagline":"Turn Instagram, TikTok, and YouTube profiles into branded color QR codes","emoji":"📱","keywords":["social media QR code","Instagram QR code","TikTok QR code","YouTube channel QR code","profile QR generator"],"intro":"Turn your Instagram, TikTok, or YouTube profile link into a QR code styled in the colors you choose. It's perfect for creators and small businesses who want to drive followers from a storefront, business card, or flyer.","howto":["Choose a platform (Instagram, TikTok, YouTube) or select \"Custom URL.\"","Enter your handle or profile link and it's automatically expanded into a full URL.","Adjust the size, margin, and foreground/background colors to design the look you want.","Click \"Download PNG\" to save the image."],"faq":[{"q":"Can I enter just my handle?","a":"Yes. Drop the @ and enter only your username, and it auto-completes into the platform's profile URL (e.g., instagram.com/username). You can also paste a full URL."},{"q":"Will adding color break the scan?","a":"As long as there's enough contrast between the foreground and background, it scans reliably. Use a dark foreground on a light background, and test-scan with an actual phone before printing."},{"q":"Are my details uploaded to a server?","a":"No. The QR code is generated entirely in your browser, and the link or image you enter is never sent to or stored on a server."}]},{"slug":"bates-numbering-pdf","category":"pdf","title":"PDF Bates Numbering","tagline":"Stamp a prefix plus sequential Bates numbers on every PDF page at once","emoji":"⚖️","keywords":["PDF Bates numbering","Bates numbers","legal document numbering","evidence numbering","PDF sequential numbering"],"intro":"Automatically stamp legal documents like contracts and evidence with a prefix and sequential Bates numbers in a format such as \"ABC000001\" on every page. It's ideal for attorneys, legal teams, and corporate staff who need to identify each page with a unique number for litigation, audits, or document management.","howto":["Drag and drop or select the PDF you want to Bates-number.","Set the prefix and suffix, starting number, and digit count (zero padding).","Choose where the number appears and the font size.","Click \"Add Bates Numbers\" and download the resulting PDF."],"faq":[{"q":"What format are the numbers stamped in?","a":"Prefix + zero-padded sequential number + suffix. For example, with prefix ABC, 6 digits, and a start of 1, you get ABC000001, ABC000002, and so on, increasing by one per page."},{"q":"Can I use a non-Latin prefix?","a":"The built-in standard font supports only Latin letters, numbers, and symbols, so a note appears if you enter unsupported characters."},{"q":"Are my files uploaded to a server?","a":"No. The PDF is processed entirely in your browser, and no document is ever sent to or stored on a server."}]},{"slug":"header-footer-pdf","category":"pdf","title":"PDF Header & Footer","tagline":"Add text, dates, and page numbers to the top and bottom of every page at once","emoji":"📑","keywords":["PDF header","PDF footer","add date to PDF","PDF header footer","PDF page numbers"],"intro":"Add text, today's date, and page numbers to the header and footer of every PDF page in one pass and save it as a new file. It's handy for stamping a company name, confidentiality notice, date, or page info across reports, contracts, and meeting materials.","howto":["Drag and drop or select your PDF.","Type the header and footer text, and add {date} or {page}/{pages} tokens if needed.","Adjust the alignment and font size.","Click \"Add Header & Footer\" and download the resulting PDF."],"faq":[{"q":"Can I insert the date or page number automatically?","a":"Yes. {date} becomes today's date, {page} the current page, and {pages} the total page count. The \"+ Date\" and \"+ Page\" buttons make it easy to add them."},{"q":"Can I use non-Latin text?","a":"The built-in standard font supports only Latin letters, numbers, and symbols, so a note appears if you enter unsupported characters."},{"q":"Are my files uploaded to a server?","a":"No. Everything is processed in your browser, and your PDF is never sent to or stored on a server."}]},{"slug":"organize-pdf","category":"pdf","title":"PDF Page Organizer","tagline":"Reorder pages and delete the ones you don't need, then save as a new PDF","emoji":"🗂️","keywords":["reorder PDF pages","organize PDF pages","delete PDF pages","rearrange PDF","move PDF pages"],"intro":"Move PDF pages up and down to change their order and delete the ones you don't need, then save a clean new PDF. It's convenient for restructuring documents where the scan order got mixed up or where you need to drop unnecessary pages.","howto":["Drag and drop or select the PDF you want to organize.","Reorder pages using the ↑ and ↓ buttons on each one.","Remove pages you don't need with \"Delete\" (you can undo with Reset).","Click \"Create New PDF\" and download the result."],"faq":[{"q":"Can I restore a deleted page?","a":"Yes. Clicking \"Reset\" returns to the original's full set of pages and order. The original file itself is never changed."},{"q":"How do I know what's on each page?","a":"This tool edits the order based on the original page numbers. Each row shows an \"Original page N\" label so you can tell which page is which while reordering."},{"q":"Are my files uploaded to a server?","a":"No. Reordering and deleting pages happens entirely in your browser, and your PDF is never sent to or stored on a server."}]},{"slug":"resize-pdf","category":"pdf","title":"PDF Page Resizer","tagline":"Scale every page to a standard size like A4 or Letter in one pass","emoji":"📐","keywords":["resize PDF","convert PDF to A4","adjust PDF page size","change PDF size","convert PDF to Letter"],"intro":"Scale every page of a PDF to a standard paper size such as A4, A3, or Letter all at once and save it again. It's useful for standardizing scanned documents or print files that come in mismatched sizes.","howto":["Drag and drop or click to load your PDF file.","Choose the target paper size and orientation (portrait, landscape, or follow original).","Pick a fit mode: keep the aspect ratio (add margins) or stretch to fill the page.","Click \"Resize and Save\" to download the converted PDF."],"faq":[{"q":"Will my content get cut off?","a":"The \"keep aspect ratio\" mode preserves the original proportions and only adds margins, so nothing is ever cropped. \"Fill\" stretches to fit the page, which may slightly change the proportions."},{"q":"Does it work on PDFs with mixed page sizes?","a":"Yes. Choose \"follow original orientation\" and each page's width and height are detected automatically and laid out to fit the target size."},{"q":"Are my files uploaded to a server?","a":"No. All conversion happens entirely in your browser, and your PDF is never sent to or stored on a server."}]},{"slug":"sign-pdf","category":"pdf","title":"Sign PDF","tagline":"Draw your signature and place it as an image on any page and position","emoji":"✍️","keywords":["sign PDF","add signature to PDF","PDF e-signature","create electronic signature","insert PDF signature"],"intro":"Draw your signature with a mouse or finger, then place it as an image on the page and position you want in a PDF and save it. You can sign contracts and consent forms directly, with no printing or scanning required.","howto":["Load the PDF to sign and draw your signature in the signature box with your mouse or touch.","Click on the preview page or use the sliders to set the signature's position and size.","To add it to several pages, turn on \"Insert on all pages.\"","Click \"Insert Signature and Save\" to download the signed PDF."],"faq":[{"q":"Is this a legally binding electronic signature?","a":"It inserts a hand-drawn signature image, which is different from certificate-based digital signatures (PKI). It's widely used for general confirmation and consent, but for documents with strict legal requirements, use a dedicated service."},{"q":"Won't the signature's white background cover the original?","a":"The signature is inserted as a transparent-background PNG, so it sits naturally on top of the original content."},{"q":"Are my files uploaded to a server?","a":"No. Creating the signature image and inserting it into the PDF all happen in your browser, and your files are never sent to a server."}]},{"slug":"pdf-n-up","category":"pdf","title":"PDF N-up (Pages per Sheet)","tagline":"Place 2, 4, 6, or 9 pages on a single sheet to save paper when printing","emoji":"🗂️","keywords":["PDF N-up","multiple pages per sheet","combine PDF pages on one page","2 pages per sheet PDF","save printing paper"],"intro":"Lay out multiple pages on a single sheet at 2, 4, 6, or 9 per page to dramatically cut down on printouts and paper. It's great for making condensed handouts of slides and lecture notes or simply saving paper.","howto":["Drag and drop or click to load your PDF file.","Choose how many pages to fit on one sheet (2, 4, 6, or 9).","Turn on cell dividers (crop marks) if you need them.","Click \"Create N-up PDF\" to download the result."],"faq":[{"q":"Is the page order preserved?","a":"Yes. Cells are filled in the original order, left to right and top to bottom."},{"q":"What paper size is used?","a":"Based on A4, 2-up is laid out in landscape and 4-, 6-, and 9-up in portrait, automatically. Each page keeps its aspect ratio and is fit within its cell."},{"q":"Are my files uploaded to a server?","a":"No. All layout work happens entirely in your browser, and your PDF is never sent to or stored on a server."}]},{"slug":"crop-pdf","category":"pdf","title":"Crop PDF (Trim Margins)","tagline":"Trim top, bottom, left, and right margins in millimeters for a clean look","emoji":"✂️","keywords":["crop PDF","remove PDF margins","PDF crop tool","trim PDF margins","PDF CropBox"],"intro":"Trim the top, bottom, left, and right margins of PDF pages in millimeters (by adjusting the CropBox and MediaBox) and save a margin-free document. It's great for removing the excessive white space on scans or filling a tablet screen for reading.","howto":["Load a PDF file to see a preview based on the first page.","Enter the margin for all four sides equally, or each one individually in millimeters.","Check the blue area (the part that remains) in the preview.","Click \"Trim and Save\" to download the cropped PDF."],"faq":[{"q":"Is the cropped content deleted completely?","a":"It adjusts both the CropBox and MediaBox so the trimmed area is hidden on screen and in print. If you're worried about losing the original, work on a copy."},{"q":"Is the same margin applied to every page?","a":"Yes. The millimeter values you enter are applied equally to each side of every page, and it handles pages safely even when they differ in size."},{"q":"Are my files uploaded to a server?","a":"No. Margin calculations and saving all happen in your browser, and your files are never sent to a server."}]},{"slug":"video-crop","category":"video-audio","title":"Video Cropper","tagline":"Crop video to 9:16, 1:1, and other ratios to fit short-form perfectly","emoji":"✂️","keywords":["crop video","video cropper","9:16 crop","short-form editing","change video aspect ratio"],"intro":"Crop your video frame to a ratio like 9:16 vertical short-form or 1:1 square. There's no file upload, everything is processed right in your browser, so even personal videos stay private.","howto":["Drag and drop or click to select your video file.","Choose the crop ratio (9:16, 1:1, etc.) and crop position (center, top, or bottom). Use \"Custom\" to enter any ratio you want.","Click \"Crop\" and wait until the progress reaches 100%.","Check the finished preview and save it with \"Download MP4.\""],"faq":[{"q":"Are my files uploaded to a server?","a":"No. Your video is never uploaded; it's processed entirely in your browser (via WebAssembly FFmpeg). That said, the first run may be a bit slow while the conversion engine downloads."},{"q":"What ratios can I crop to?","a":"It offers presets for 1:1 (square), 9:16 / 4:5 / 3:4 (vertical), and 16:9 / 4:3 (horizontal), plus a \"Custom\" option to set any width:height ratio freely. It crops around the center, and you can also choose a top/bottom (or left/right) position."},{"q":"Will the output quality drop?","a":"It re-encodes to H.264 (MP4) using a high-quality CRF 23 setting, so there's almost no noticeable loss. Large 4K originals may take a while to process in the browser."}]},{"slug":"gif-to-video","category":"video-audio","title":"GIF to Video (MP4)","tagline":"Convert bulky animated GIFs into much lighter MP4 or WebM files","emoji":"🎞️","keywords":["convert GIF","GIF to MP4","GIF to WebM","shrink GIF file size","animated GIF converter"],"intro":"Convert bulky animated GIFs into far smaller MP4 or WebM videos. There's no server upload, it's processed right in your browser, so you can shrink your GIFs quickly and safely.","howto":["Drag and drop or click to select your GIF file.","Adjust the output format (MP4 or WebM), width, and quality (CRF) value.","Click \"Convert\" and wait until the progress reaches 100%.","Check how much smaller it got versus the original and save it with the download button."],"faq":[{"q":"Are my files uploaded to a server?","a":"No. Your GIF is never uploaded; it's converted entirely in your browser (via WebAssembly FFmpeg). That said, the first run may be a bit slow while the conversion engine downloads."},{"q":"Should I choose MP4 or WebM?","a":"Choose MP4 (H.264) if broad playback compatibility matters, or WebM (VP9) if you want the smallest possible file. Typically, just converting a GIF to MP4 shrinks it by 5 to 10 times."},{"q":"How much smaller does the file get?","a":"GIF is an inefficient format, so the same animation gets much smaller as MP4 or WebM. Raising the CRF value or reducing the width shrinks it further, and you can check the exact savings after conversion."}]},{"slug":"background-remover","category":"image-edit","title":"Image Background Remover","tagline":"Automatically remove photo backgrounds with in-browser AI for a transparent PNG","emoji":"🪄","keywords":["remove background","cut out image","transparent PNG","delete image background","AI background remover"],"intro":"Automatically erase the background from a photo, keeping only the person or object, and save it as a transparent PNG. The AI runs directly in your browser, so your image is never sent to a server.","howto":["Drag and drop or click to select the photo whose background you want to remove.","Click the \"Remove Background\" button and the AI separates the background in your browser (the first run may be slow while the model downloads).","Check the result shown on the checkerboard, then save it with \"Download Transparent PNG.\""],"faq":[{"q":"Are my files uploaded to a server?","a":"No. Background removal happens entirely in your browser (on your device) and your image is never uploaded to an external server. That said, the first run downloads the AI model (a few MB) once, so it may be a little slow."},{"q":"What kind of photos give the best results?","a":"It cuts out most cleanly when the subject and background are clearly distinct, like people, products, or pets. Complex edges such as hair or glass can come out a bit rough."},{"q":"What format is the result?","a":"It's saved as a PNG with a transparent background. You can drop it straight onto product pages, presentations, stickers, and more."}]},{"slug":"image-to-text-ocr","category":"image-edit","title":"Image to Text (OCR)","tagline":"Turn text in photos and screenshots into editable text","emoji":"🔤","keywords":["OCR","extract text from image","text recognition","screenshot to text","image to text"],"intro":"Recognize the text in a photo or screenshot and turn it into text you can copy and edit. All recognition happens in your browser, so your image is never uploaded to a server.","howto":["Drag and drop or click to select a photo or screenshot that contains text.","Click the \"Extract Text\" button to recognize the text (the first run may be slow while the language data downloads).","Fine-tune the extracted text, then copy it or save it as a TXT file."],"faq":[{"q":"Are my files uploaded to a server?","a":"No. Text recognition happens only in your browser (on your device) and your image is never sent anywhere. That said, the first run downloads the recognition language data once, so it may be a little slow."},{"q":"How can I improve recognition accuracy?","a":"The clearer, higher-contrast, and less skewed the text is, the more accurate the result. Low-resolution or blurry photos lead to more errors, so use the sharpest original you can."},{"q":"Does it recognize handwriting?","a":"It's optimized for printed type and works best on printed text. Accuracy can drop significantly on handwriting."}]},{"slug":"screen-recorder","category":"video-audio","title":"Screen Recorder","tagline":"Record your screen and audio as WebM video right in the browser, no install","emoji":"🎥","keywords":["screen recorder","record screen","screen capture video","WebM recording","microphone recording"],"intro":"Record your screen (or a specific window or tab if you prefer) along with audio in your browser and save it as a WebM video. You can use it right away with no separate software to install.","howto":["Check \"Also record microphone audio\" if you need it.","Click \"Start Recording\" and select the screen, window, or tab to share and allow it.","When you're done, click \"Stop Recording\" (you can also end it from the browser's sharing bar).","Preview the finished video and save it with \"Download WebM Video.\""],"faq":[{"q":"Are my files uploaded to a server?","a":"No. The recording is created and saved only in your browser (on your device) and is never sent to an external server. It doesn't download a separate engine, so it usually starts right away, though some browsers may pause briefly to prepare the codec on the first recording."},{"q":"Is audio recorded too?","a":"If you turn on \"Share system/tab audio\" in the screen-sharing dialog, the screen's audio is recorded. Check \"Also record microphone audio\" to blend your own voice (mic) into the same video."},{"q":"Why does it save as WebM instead of MP4?","a":"WebM is the browser's standard recording format, so it can save instantly without any install. If you need MP4, convert the saved WebM with a separate conversion tool."}]},{"slug":"video-to-gif","category":"video-audio","title":"Video to GIF","tagline":"Clip any part of a video and set the fps and size to make an animated GIF","emoji":"🎞️","keywords":["video to GIF","make GIF from video","mp4 to gif","GIF converter","video gif maker"],"intro":"Clip just the part of a video you want and set the fps and width to create a looping animated GIF. Palette optimization (palettegen) reduces color banding for a clean animation, and your file is never uploaded, it's processed only in your browser.","howto":["Drag and drop or click to select your video file.","Use the preview to find your spot and set the start point and duration.","Choose the frame rate (fps) and width. Higher values are smoother and sharper but larger in size.","Click \"Convert to GIF,\" and when it's done, check the preview and download it."],"faq":[{"q":"Are my files uploaded to a server?","a":"No. Conversion is handled only by WebAssembly (FFmpeg) in your browser, and your video is never uploaded to an external server. That said, the first run has to download the conversion engine (a few tens of MB), so the initial time may be a bit slow."},{"q":"My GIF file is too big.","a":"GIF is inherently a large format. Keep the duration short, set fps to 10–12, and lower the width to 240–320px to significantly reduce the file size."},{"q":"What video formats can I use?","a":"It supports most videos that play in the browser, such as MP4, WebM, and MOV. The larger the clip and size, the longer conversion takes."}]},{"slug":"video-trim","category":"video-audio","title":"Video Trimmer","tagline":"Trim a video by start/end time (fast lossless copy first, precise re-encode when needed)","emoji":"✂️","keywords":["trim video","cut video segment","video trimmer","cut mp4","video cut editing"],"intro":"Set a start and end time to trim just the segment you want from a video. By default it copies the stream directly without re-encoding (-c copy), which is very fast and lossless; when you need frame-accurate cuts, you can enable the re-encode option. Your file is never uploaded and is processed only in your browser.","howto":["Drag and drop or click to select your video file.","Watch the preview and adjust the start-time and end-time sliders.","Leave it as-is to save quickly, or enable \"Precise trim (re-encode)\" if you need frame accuracy.","Click \"Trim Segment,\" and when it's done, check the result and download it."],"faq":[{"q":"Are my files uploaded to a server?","a":"No. Trimming runs only via WebAssembly (FFmpeg) in your browser, and your video is never uploaded externally. That said, the first run has to download the conversion engine (a few tens of MB), so the initial time may be a bit slow."},{"q":"It's a lossless copy, but the start point is slightly off.","a":"The -c copy method is very fast and lossless but can only cut on keyframes, so the start may shift slightly earlier. To cut with frame accuracy, enable \"Precise trim (re-encode)\" (though it takes longer)."},{"q":"What format is the result?","a":"In lossless copy mode it's saved in the same format as the original (e.g., mp4, webm), and in re-encode mode it's saved as widely compatible MP4 (H.264)."}]},{"slug":"video-compressor","category":"video-audio","title":"Video Compressor","tagline":"Shrink videos by re-encoding to H.264 (MP4) with adjustable CRF quality and resolution","emoji":"🗜️","keywords":["compress video","reduce video file size","compress mp4","shrink video size","video compressor"],"intro":"Reduce file size by re-encoding your video to H.264 (MP4) with adjustable CRF quality and maximum resolution. It shows the original size, output size, and savings together so you can see the balance between quality and size at a glance, and your file is never uploaded, it's processed only in your browser.","howto":["Drag and drop or click to select your video file.","Adjust the CRF value. The higher the value, the smaller the file and the lower the quality (28 recommended).","If needed, lower the maximum resolution to 720p, 480p, etc., and choose an encoding speed.","Click \"Start Compression,\" and when it's done, check the savings versus the original and download it."],"faq":[{"q":"Are my files uploaded to a server?","a":"No. Compression runs only via WebAssembly (FFmpeg) in your browser, and your video is never uploaded externally. That said, the first run has to download the conversion engine (a few tens of MB), so the initial time may be a bit slow."},{"q":"I compressed it but the file got bigger.","a":"If the original is already heavily compressed, re-encoding can make it larger. Raising the CRF value or lowering the maximum resolution will reduce the size."},{"q":"Encoding is taking too long.","a":"Video compression means re-encoding, which takes time. Since it runs on a single browser thread, setting the encoding speed to 'ultrafast/veryfast' and lowering the resolution will speed it up. For long videos, first shortening the clip with the Video Trimmer is another option."}]},{"slug":"voice-recorder","category":"video-audio","title":"Voice Recorder","tagline":"Record your voice with your mic and play back and save it right in the browser","emoji":"🎙️","keywords":["voice recorder","microphone recording","online recorder","record voice","browser recorder"],"intro":"A tool that records your voice or ambient sound with your microphone and saves it as an audio file. You can use it right in your browser with no software to install for meeting notes, capturing ideas, pronunciation practice, interview recordings, and more.","howto":["Click \"Start Recording\" and allow access when the browser asks for microphone permission.","Click \"Stop\" when you're done. If needed, use \"Pause\" to stop briefly and resume recording afterward.","Play back the recording in the player below to check it, then save the file with \"Download Audio.\""],"faq":[{"q":"Is my recording uploaded to a server?","a":"No. Recording, playback, and saving all happen only in your browser, and no audio is ever sent to or stored on a server."},{"q":"What format is it saved in?","a":"It's saved in a format your browser supports (usually WebM/Opus, or MP4/M4A in some browsers). The saved file plays and imports in most players and editors. If you specifically need MP3, you can convert it with the Audio Converter tool after saving."},{"q":"No sound is being recorded.","a":"Check that the browser's microphone permission is allowed and that no other app is holding the microphone. Microphone access also requires an HTTPS connection."}]},{"slug":"extract-audio-from-video","category":"video-audio","title":"Extract Audio from Video (MP3)","tagline":"Drop the video and pull just the audio from MP4, MOV, and more as MP3","emoji":"🎵","keywords":["extract audio from video","mp4 to mp3","extract music from video","video audio extractor","video to mp3"],"intro":"A tool that discards the video track and pulls out just the audio track from a video, saving it as an MP3 file. When you only need the sound from a lecture, interview, or music video, you can extract it right in your browser with no software to install.","howto":["Drag and drop or click to select the video (MP4, MOV, WebM, etc.) to extract audio from.","Choose the output audio quality (bitrate) and click \"Extract as MP3.\"","The first run may take a moment to download the conversion engine. When it's done, preview it and save it with \"Download MP3.\""],"faq":[{"q":"Is my video uploaded to a server?","a":"No. Conversion is handled by WebAssembly in your browser, and neither the video nor the extracted audio is ever sent to a server. Only the one-time conversion engine file is downloaded from a CDN."},{"q":"Why is the first run slow?","a":"The first time you use it, the conversion engine (FFmpeg, a few tens of MB) has to download and get ready. Once downloaded, it processes quickly afterward, though large videos still take time to convert."},{"q":"What videos can I use?","a":"It pulls the audio track and saves it as MP3 from most videos, including MP4, MOV, MKV, WebM, and AVI. Videos without an audio track can't be extracted."}]},{"slug":"audio-converter","category":"video-audio","title":"Audio Converter (MP3/WAV/OGG)","tagline":"Convert audio to MP3, WAV, OGG, M4A and more, right in your browser","emoji":"🎧","keywords":["audio converter","convert to mp3","convert to wav","convert to ogg","convert to m4a"],"intro":"This converter turns MP3, WAV, OGG, M4A and other audio files into whatever format you need. Whether you're matching the format your editing software requires or shrinking a file so it's easier to share, you can convert instantly in your browser with nothing to install.","howto":["Drag and drop the audio file you want to convert (MP3, WAV, M4A, OGG, etc.), or click to select it.","Choose your output format (MP3, WAV, OGG, or M4A) and bitrate.","Click 'Convert' (the first run may be slow while the engine downloads), then preview and download the result when it's done."],"faq":[{"q":"Is my audio file sent to a server?","a":"No. Conversion runs entirely in your browser via WebAssembly, so neither the original nor the converted file is ever uploaded. Only the conversion engine is downloaded from a CDN, and just once."},{"q":"Why is the first conversion slow?","a":"The first run has to download and set up the conversion engine (FFmpeg). Once it's loaded, later conversions are much faster, though larger files naturally take longer to process."},{"q":"What's the difference between WAV and MP3?","a":"WAV is an uncompressed, lossless format that's large but ideal for editing and archiving, while MP3, OGG, and M4A use lossy compression to stay small, which is better for sharing and playback. Pick the format and bitrate that fit your use."}]},{"slug":"video-converter","category":"video-audio","title":"Video Converter (MP4/WebM)","tagline":"Convert containers and codecs to MP4, WebM, MOV, MKV, or GIF in your browser","emoji":"🎞️","keywords":["video converter","convert to mp4","convert to webm","video codec converter","online video converter"],"intro":"Convert video files to MP4, WebM, MOV, MKV, or GIF. Everything runs right in your browser via WebAssembly with no installs or sign-ups, so your original file is never uploaded to a server.","howto":["Drag and drop the video you want to convert, or click to select it.","Choose your output format (MP4, WebM, MOV, MKV, or GIF).","Click 'Convert' and wait until the progress bar reaches 100%.","When it's done, check the preview and save it with the download button."],"faq":[{"q":"Is my file sent to a server?","a":"No. All conversion happens inside your browser via WebAssembly, so your video is never uploaded or stored. The first run may be briefly slow while the conversion engine (about 30MB) downloads."},{"q":"Why does WebM conversion take so long?","a":"WebM (VP9) compresses very efficiently but is heavy to encode, and since it's processed on a single browser thread, it's slower than MP4. Long videos take a while, so try a short clip first."},{"q":"Which format should I choose?","a":"Pick MP4 when broad compatibility matters most, WebM for embedding on web pages, MOV for editing on Apple devices, and GIF when you need a short looping clip."}]},{"slug":"video-resize","category":"video-audio","title":"Video Resolution Changer","tagline":"Downscale video to 1080p, 720p, 480p, or set a custom width","emoji":"📐","keywords":["change video resolution","convert video to 720p","reduce video resolution","shrink video size","online resolution converter"],"intro":"Reduce a video's resolution to a standard size like 1080p, 720p, or 480p, or fit it to a custom width. The aspect ratio stays intact, and everything is processed in your browser so the file is never uploaded to a server.","howto":["Drag and drop the video whose resolution you want to change, or click to select it.","Choose a target resolution (such as 720p), or enter a custom width with 'Set custom width'.","Click 'Change resolution' and wait for the progress bar to finish.","Check the preview and save it with the download button."],"faq":[{"q":"Is my file sent to a server?","a":"No. Resizing is handled entirely in your browser via WebAssembly, so your video is never uploaded or stored. The first run may be briefly slow while the conversion engine (about 30MB) downloads."},{"q":"Does lowering the resolution also reduce the file size?","a":"Yes. Fewer pixels plus re-encoding to H.264 usually cuts the file size significantly. The exact savings depend on the original quality and length."},{"q":"Can I upscale to a higher resolution than the original?","a":"It's technically possible, but upscaling can't add detail that isn't there and just stretches the video into a blurry result, so we don't recommend it. Use this tool mainly for downscaling and standardizing."}]},{"slug":"video-rotate","category":"video-audio","title":"Rotate & Flip Video","tagline":"Rotate video 90, 180, or 270 degrees, or flip it horizontally or vertically","emoji":"🔄","keywords":["rotate video","rotate video 90 degrees","flip video","portrait to landscape video","online video rotator"],"intro":"Fix wrongly oriented portrait or landscape videos by rotating them 90 or 180 degrees, or flip them horizontally (mirror) or vertically. It's all handled right in your browser, so your original file is never sent to a server.","howto":["Drag and drop the video you want to rotate, or click to select it.","Choose how to rotate or flip it (90° right, 90° left, 180°, or horizontal/vertical flip).","Click 'Apply' and wait for the progress bar to finish.","Check the orientation in the preview and save it with the download button."],"faq":[{"q":"Is my file sent to a server?","a":"No. Rotating and flipping are handled entirely in your browser via WebAssembly, so your video is never uploaded or stored. The first run may be briefly slow while the conversion engine (about 30MB) downloads."},{"q":"Does it actually rotate the video, not just change the metadata?","a":"Yes. The pixels themselves are rotated or flipped and the video is re-encoded, so it always appears in the correct orientation no matter which player you open it in."},{"q":"Why is the result always an MP4?","a":"After rotating or flipping, the video is saved as H.264 MP4 so it plays reliably on virtually any device or platform. If you need a different format, run the result through the 'Video Converter' tool next."}]},{"slug":"audio-trim","category":"video-audio","title":"Audio Trimmer (MP3 Cut)","tagline":"Just set the start and end times to cut out any section and save it as MP3","emoji":"✂️","keywords":["trim audio","cut mp3","edit audio section","audio cutter","mp3 trimmer"],"intro":"This tool lets you set a start and end time in an MP3, M4A, WAV, or other audio file and cut out exactly that section, saving it as an MP3. Since everything is processed in your browser with no uploads, it's handy for making ringtones, highlights, and samples.","howto":["Drag and drop your audio file, or click to load it.","Use the preview to find your spot, then enter a start and end time (for example, 1:30 or 90 seconds).","Click 'Trim section', then preview and download the trimmed MP3 once it's done."],"faq":[{"q":"Is my file sent to a server?","a":"No. All processing happens only in your browser via WebAssembly, so your audio is never uploaded or stored. The first run may be briefly slow while the conversion engine downloads."},{"q":"What format should I enter the times in?","a":"You can use minutes:seconds (e.g. 1:30), hours:minutes:seconds (e.g. 0:02:05), or a plain number of seconds (e.g. 90). The end time must always come after the start time."},{"q":"Does the source have to be an MP3?","a":"No. You can load a variety of formats, including M4A, WAV, AAC, and OGG, and the result is saved as a widely compatible MP3 (192kbps)."}]},{"slug":"audio-compressor","category":"video-audio","title":"Audio Compressor","tagline":"Lower the bitrate to shrink MP3, M4A, and WAV files right in your browser","emoji":"🗜️","keywords":["compress audio","reduce mp3 size","compress music file","change audio bitrate","mp3 compressor"],"intro":"This tool lowers an audio file's bitrate to reduce its size while keeping the quality as high as possible. It's useful for lightening recordings, lectures, and music files that bump up against email attachment or upload size limits.","howto":["Drag and drop your audio file, or click to load it.","Choose a target bitrate (128–192kbps is recommended for music, 64–96kbps for voice).","Click 'Compress', see how much smaller the file got compared to the original, and download the MP3."],"faq":[{"q":"Is my file sent to a server?","a":"No. Compression is handled only in your browser via WebAssembly, so your file is never uploaded. The first run may be briefly slow while the conversion engine downloads."},{"q":"How much does the quality drop?","a":"A lower bitrate means a smaller file but also lower quality. Music generally sounds fine at 128kbps or higher, while 64–96kbps is plenty for speech-heavy audio."},{"q":"The file size didn't actually go down.","a":"If the original is already at a lower bitrate than the one you picked, the size may barely change or even grow. In that case, choose a lower bitrate."}]},{"slug":"video-mute","category":"video-audio","title":"Mute Video","tagline":"Strip out just the sound and save a silent video with no quality loss","emoji":"🔇","keywords":["mute video","remove sound from video","make video silent","remove mp4 audio","delete video audio"],"intro":"This tool removes only the audio track from an MP4, MOV, WebM, or other video and saves it as a silent clip. Because the video is copied as-is rather than re-encoded, it's fast and lossless, making it handy for avoiding background-music copyright issues or getting rid of unwanted noise.","howto":["Drag and drop your video, or click to load it.","Click 'Mute' to create a version with the audio removed.","Check the preview, then download it in the same format as the original."],"faq":[{"q":"Is my file sent to a server?","a":"No. All processing happens only in your browser via WebAssembly, so your video is never uploaded or stored. The first run may be briefly slow while the conversion engine downloads."},{"q":"Will the video quality get worse?","a":"No. The video stream is copied as-is without re-encoding and only the audio is removed, so there's no quality loss and processing is fast."},{"q":"Which formats are supported?","a":"Common video formats such as MP4, MOV, WebM, and MKV are supported, and the result is saved with the same extension as the original. Very large videos may fail due to browser memory limits."}]},{"slug":"ab-test-significance","category":"calc-convert","title":"A/B Test Significance Calculator","tagline":"Enter visitors and conversions to instantly see which variant really won","emoji":"📊","keywords":["ab test calculator","statistical significance calculator","conversion rate significance","p value calculator","ab test sample size confidence","split test significance"],"intro":"Use this calculator when you can't tell whether one variant is genuinely better or the difference is just noise. Enter the visitors and conversions for variant A and variant B, and a two-proportion z-test instantly returns the p-value and whether the result is statistically significant. Everything runs entirely in your browser, so none of your data is sent to a server. It's built for marketers, growth teams, and PMs who need a fast read on experiment results.","howto":["Pick your confidence level (90%, 95%, or 99%).","Enter the visitors and conversions for variant A (Control).","Enter the visitors and conversions for variant B (Variation).","Read the significance verdict, p-value, each variant's conversion rate, and the relative lift at the top of the screen."],"faq":[{"q":"Does a low p-value always mean B won?","a":"No. This tool only calls it a significant win when B's conversion rate is higher than A's AND the p-value falls below the threshold for your chosen confidence level. If B is underperforming A, it won't be reported as a win no matter how small the p-value is."},{"q":"What should I do if the result is 'not significant'?","a":"It usually means your sample size is too small or the true difference is minimal. Keep the test running to collect more data, then recalculate."},{"q":"Are the numbers I enter stored on a server?","a":"No. Every calculation happens instantly in your browser, and nothing is stored or transmitted."}]},{"slug":"add-line-numbers","category":"text-dev","title":"Add Line Numbers to Text","tagline":"Number every line of your text in the format you choose","emoji":"🔢","keywords":["add line numbers","line number generator","number lines in text","numbered list generator","add line numbers to code","text line numbering tool"],"intro":"Paste in any multi-line text and this tool automatically numbers each line for you. It's handy for cleaning up code snippets, building lists, or editing documents that need line references. Your text is processed entirely in your browser and never sent to a server.","howto":["Type or paste the text you want numbered into the input box.","Choose a starting number and a number format (1. / 1: / [1] / (1) / 01.).","Check 'Skip blank lines' if you don't want empty lines numbered.","Review the numbered text in the output box and hit the copy button to grab it."],"faq":[{"q":"Do blank lines get numbered too?","a":"By default, yes. Turn on the 'Skip blank lines' option and empty lines are passed over, so numbering runs consecutively across only the lines that have content."},{"q":"Can I start at a number other than 1?","a":"Yes. Enter any number in the starting number field and the numbering will count up from there."},{"q":"Is my text sent anywhere?","a":"No. All processing happens locally in your browser and nothing is transmitted to a server."}]},{"slug":"adult-adhd-test","category":"web-seo-misc","title":"Adult ADHD Self-Screening Test","tagline":"Check for adult ADHD traits free with the 6-question WHO ASRS screener","emoji":"🧠","keywords":["adult adhd test","adhd self assessment","asrs screener","do i have adhd quiz","adhd symptoms checklist adults","free online adhd screening"],"intro":"This free self-screening tool is based on the ASRS-v1.1 Part A, the six-question screener developed by the World Health Organization (WHO). Rate how often you've dealt with issues around focus, organization, forgetfulness, and restlessness at work or in daily life on a five-point scale, and your positive-item count is calculated instantly. Your answers stay in your browser and are never sent to a server, so you can take it with no strings attached.","howto":["Read each of the 6 questions and pick the frequency that best matches your experience over the past 6 months (Never through Very Often).","Questions 1-3 count as positive at 'Sometimes' or higher; questions 4-6 count as positive at 'Often' or higher. Scoring is automatic.","Check your positive-item count (out of 6) and the accompanying interpretation at the top of the page.","Adjust your answers if you like to see how the result changes."],"faq":[{"q":"Can this test diagnose ADHD?","a":"No. ASRS Part A is a screening tool meant only to gauge whether a professional evaluation may be worthwhile. An actual diagnosis has to come from a qualified clinician, such as a psychiatrist."},{"q":"If I score 4 or more positives, do I definitely have ADHD?","a":"Four or more positives simply means it's statistically more likely you have ADHD traits. Other factors, including stress and poor sleep, can produce similar symptoms, so talking to a professional is the right next step."},{"q":"Are my answers saved or transmitted anywhere?","a":"No. Everything is calculated instantly in your own browser, with nothing sent to or stored on a server."}]},{"slug":"advertising-roi-roas","category":"calc-convert","title":"Ad ROI & ROAS Calculator","tagline":"Calculate ROAS and true profit-based ROI from ad spend, revenue, and COGS","emoji":"📈","keywords":["roas calculator","roi calculator marketing","return on ad spend calculator","ad spend profit calculator","ecommerce roas","advertising roi formula"],"intro":"Enter your total ad spend, the revenue it generated, and your cost of goods, and this tool instantly returns your ROAS (return on ad spend), your ROI based on actual net profit, and the dollar profit your marketing produced. It's built for marketers and small business owners reviewing paid campaigns or ecommerce performance. All math runs in your browser, so your revenue and cost figures never leave your device.","howto":["Enter your total ad spend.","Enter the total revenue generated.","Enter your cost of goods or other product costs.","Review the ROAS, ROI, and net profit shown on screen."],"faq":[{"q":"What's the difference between ROAS and ROI?","a":"ROAS only shows revenue relative to ad spend and ignores your costs. ROI is based on net profit after subtracting both cost of goods and ad spend, so it gives a far more accurate picture of real profitability."},{"q":"What counts as a good ROAS?","a":"It depends on your industry and margins, but many advertisers treat a ROAS around 300% as the break-even mark. If your product costs are high, it's essential to look at ROI alongside it."},{"q":"Is my data saved or sent anywhere?","a":"No. All calculations run entirely in your browser, and nothing is transmitted to or stored on a server."}]},{"slug":"aerobic-pace-maker","category":"calc-convert","title":"Race Split Calculator: Target Pace & Checkpoint Times","tagline":"Give it the finish time you're chasing and get the pace you have to hold, plus the split chart you'll read on race day","emoji":"🏃","keywords":["race split calculator","marathon pace splits","half marathon 2 hour pace","5k in 30 minutes pace","goal time pace chart","race pacing strategy"],"intro":"Pick 5K, 10K, half, full, or type in your own distance, add the finish time you're going for, and it works out the pace per kilometer you'd need to hold and your average speed — then builds the checkpoint chart itself. Distances over 15 km split every 5 km; anything shorter splits every 1 km, so you know what the clock should say at each marker. This is the pacing-strategy tool: deciding what to run through halfway at, and knowing early whether you're banking time or burning it. Everything is calculated right in your browser, so your inputs never reach a server.","howto":["Select 5K, 10K, half marathon, or full marathon from the tabs, or choose 'Custom' and enter your own distance in kilometers.","Enter your goal finish time in hours and minutes.","Your target pace per kilometer (minutes and seconds) and target average speed (km/h) appear automatically at the top.","Check the split chart below to see when you need to hit each checkpoint."],"faq":[{"q":"What intervals does the split chart use?","a":"Distances of 15 km or less are split every 1 km; anything longer (half and full marathons, for example) is split every 5 km. The final target distance is always added as the last row."},{"q":"Can I enter a custom distance?","a":"Yes. Choose the 'Custom' tab and you can enter any running distance you want, down to 0.01 km."},{"q":"Are my entries saved or sent anywhere?","a":"No. Every calculation happens instantly in your browser, with nothing stored or transmitted to a server."}]},{"slug":"age-calculator","category":"calc-convert","title":"Exact Age Calculator: Years, Months, Days Lived","tagline":"Age down to years, months, and days — plus the total days, hours, minutes, and seconds since birth","emoji":"🎂","keywords":["age calculator","how old am I","date of birth calculator","exact age in years months days","days until my birthday","birthday countdown calculator"],"intro":"Works out an exact age in years, months, and days, and counts the total days, hours, minutes, and seconds elapsed since birth. It's built for the forms that demand precision — job applications and contracts that want age stated in years and months, not just a round number — and the copy button hands you the result as text you can paste straight in. Change the reference date to get someone's age at a specific past or future date, with the countdown to the next birthday shown alongside. Everything is computed instantly in your browser, so the dates you enter never reach a server.","howto":["Enter the date of birth.","Enter the reference date (it defaults to today).","Your exact age, total time elapsed, and next-birthday countdown appear automatically.","Use the copy button to copy the results as text."],"faq":[{"q":"How is the age calculated?","a":"It takes the difference in years, months, and days between the date of birth and the reference date. If the birthday hasn't come around yet this year, the result is adjusted automatically so the age is exact."},{"q":"Can I use a reference date other than today?","a":"Yes. You can set the reference date to any day you like, so you can find someone's age at a specific point in the past or future."},{"q":"Is the birth date I enter stored anywhere?","a":"No. All calculations happen locally in your browser, with nothing sent to or saved on a server."}]},{"slug":"alcohol-sober-time","category":"calc-convert","title":"Alcohol Sober-Up Time Calculator","tagline":"Estimate how long alcohol stays in your system based on weight, sex, and how much you drank","emoji":"🍶","keywords":["how long until alcohol leaves your system","sober up time calculator","blood alcohol content calculator","alcohol metabolism time","hangover recovery time","when can I drive after drinking"],"intro":"Enter your sex, body weight, and the volume and ABV of what you drank, and this tool estimates how long your body needs to fully metabolize the alcohol, along with the grams of pure alcohol you consumed. It uses standard elimination rates (0.1 g/kg/h for men, 0.08 g/kg/h for women). It's useful if you want a rough sense of your recovery window before driving or an important commitment the next day. Your inputs are processed in your browser and never sent to a server.","howto":["Select your sex (male or female).","Enter your body weight in kilograms.","Enter the total volume you drank (ml) and its alcohol content (% ABV).","Check the estimated sober-up time and grams of pure alcohol consumed displayed at the top."],"faq":[{"q":"Can I rely on this result to decide whether to drive?","a":"Absolutely not. This is a simulation based on average elimination rates, and your real sober-up time can vary dramatically with liver function, overall health, and whether you drank on an empty stomach. After drinking, rest thoroughly and never get behind the wheel."},{"q":"How do I enter a bottle of soju?","a":"A standard bottle of soju is typically 360 ml at around 16% ABV, so enter 360 for volume and 16 for alcohol content. For any other drink, just use the volume and ABV printed on the label."},{"q":"Does it work if I had several different drinks?","a":"Yes. Add up the total volume you drank and use the average ABV as a single entry, and it will estimate sober-up time based on your overall intake."}]},{"slug":"anagram-finder","category":"text-dev","title":"Anagram Finder","tagline":"Check whether two phrases are anagrams, and hunt for anagrams in a word list","emoji":"🔤","keywords":["anagram finder","anagram solver","anagram checker","word unscrambler","rearrange letters to make words"],"intro":"Anagram Finder helps you work with anagrams, words made by rearranging the exact same letters. Compare two phrases to see instantly whether they're anagrams of each other, or check a base word against a list of candidates to pull out every match. All processing happens in your browser, so the words you enter never get sent to a server.","howto":["On the 'Anagram Checker' tab, type your first and second text into their respective boxes.","The result area tells you immediately whether the two texts are anagrams.","Switch to the 'Find in Word List' tab and enter a base word plus a list of candidates, one per line.","Every anagram matching your base word is listed automatically, and the copy button grabs the results in one click."],"faq":[{"q":"Does it care about spaces or capitalization?","a":"No. Spaces and punctuation are ignored and everything is lowercased before comparison, so multi-word phrases like 'rail safety' and 'fairy tales' are correctly identified as anagrams."},{"q":"Can I compare text that includes numbers?","a":"Yes. Digits are included in the comparison alongside letters, so you can check anagrams in text that mixes numbers and characters."},{"q":"Are the words I enter sent anywhere?","a":"No. Every calculation runs inside your browser, with nothing transmitted to a server."}]},{"slug":"anniversary-calculator","category":"calc-convert","title":"Anniversary Date Calculator","tagline":"Find every 100-day milestone and yearly anniversary from a single start date","emoji":"💑","keywords":["anniversary calculator","100 days calculator","relationship milestone calculator","wedding anniversary date calculator","days since date calculator","countdown to anniversary"],"intro":"Pick the date you started dating, got married, or launched your business, and this calculator counts it as day 1 to work out every milestone from 100 days through 5,000 days, plus every anniversary from year 1 to year 20, with a countdown for each one. It's handy for couples, newlyweds, and business owners who want plenty of warning before the next big date rolls around, and the date you enter is calculated entirely in your browser and never sent to a server.","howto":["Choose your start date (day 1) in the calendar field.","Check the 100-day milestone list to see the exact date and countdown for each one.","Scroll through the yearly anniversaries from year 1 to year 20.","Hit \"Copy all results\" to grab the whole list as plain text."],"faq":[{"q":"Why does the 100-day mark land 99 days after my start date?","a":"The start date counts as day 1, so day 100 falls 99 days after it."},{"q":"Can I use it for a wedding or business anniversary?","a":"Yes. Set your wedding day or launch day as the start date and the yearly anniversaries are calculated exactly the same way."},{"q":"Does the yearly anniversary date stay accurate across leap years?","a":"Yes, the calculation is based on real calendar dates, so it stays accurate even when a leap year with February 29 falls in between. The one special case is when the start date itself is February 29 — since that date doesn't exist in non-leap years, the anniversary is shown as either February 28 or March 1 instead."}]},{"slug":"baby-fever-medicine","category":"calc-convert","title":"Infant Fever Reducer Dosage Calculator","tagline":"Enter your baby's weight to get a single-dose amount for fever medicine","emoji":"🌡️","keywords":["infant tylenol dosage by weight","baby fever medicine dosage calculator","children's ibuprofen dosage chart","acetaminophen dose for babies","motrin dosage by weight","alternating tylenol and motrin"],"intro":"Enter your baby's weight and this tool works out the recommended single dose in milliliters for both acetaminophen-based (Tylenol-type) and ibuprofen-based (Motrin-type) fever reducers. It was built for parents squinting at the markings on a syringe at 3 a.m. when a fever comes out of nowhere, and every calculation runs entirely in your browser, so nothing you type is sent to a server.","howto":["Enter your baby's current weight in kilograms.","The recommended single-dose range appears automatically for acetaminophen (red) and ibuprofen (blue).","Review the dosing interval and alternating-dose guidance below the results.","Always follow the product label or your pediatrician's instructions before giving any medicine."],"faq":[{"q":"Can I dose my child based on this result alone?","a":"No. This tool only shows general weight-based dosage ranges for reference. The correct dose must come from the product label and your pediatrician."},{"q":"Is it okay to give acetaminophen and ibuprofen together?","a":"If you alternate between the two ingredients, leave at least two hours between doses, and talk to a healthcare provider before you start."},{"q":"Can I use this for a baby under 3 months old?","a":"If a baby under 3 months has a fever of 100.4°F (38°C) or higher, skip this tool and go to a pediatric emergency room right away."}]},{"slug":"baby-vaccination-schedule","category":"calc-convert","title":"Korean Baby Vaccination Schedule Calculator","tagline":"Enter a birth date to map out Korea's national immunization timeline","emoji":"💉","keywords":["Korea national immunization schedule","Korean baby vaccination schedule","baby vaccine schedule calculator","infant immunization timeline Korea","newborn vaccination chart","when are baby shots due"],"intro":"Enter your baby's date of birth and this tool lays out the full schedule for Korea's National Immunization Program (NIP), from the shots given right after birth through the boosters due at ages 4 to 6. Everything is calculated instantly in your browser with nothing sent to a server, which makes it a quick reference for first-time parents who don't want to miss a due date.","howto":["Pick or type your baby's date of birth in the input field.","The vaccination list appears automatically, organized by age from birth through ages 4 to 6.","Check the recommended date shown next to each stage to plan your clinic visits.","Change the birth date and the entire schedule recalculates instantly."],"faq":[{"q":"Could the actual dates differ from what's shown?","a":"Yes. This tool builds a reference schedule based on Korea's standard recommended immunization timeline. Your baby's health and your clinic's availability can shift the real dates, so confirm them with your pediatrician."},{"q":"Is the birth date I enter stored anywhere?","a":"No. The date is used for the calculation inside your browser only and is never sent to or saved on a server."},{"q":"Which vaccines are included?","a":"The schedule covers Korea's national immunization list by age, including hepatitis B, BCG, DTaP, polio, Hib, pneumococcal, MMR, varicella, and Japanese encephalitis."}]},{"slug":"base32-encoder-decoder","category":"text-dev","title":"Base32 Encoder / Decoder","tagline":"Encode text to Base32 or decode Base32 back to plain text","emoji":"🔡","keywords":["base32 encoder","base32 decoder","base32 converter online","text to base32","decode base32 string","base32 to text"],"intro":"Convert text into Base32 or turn a Base32 string back into readable text. It's useful for TOTP secret keys, filename-safe encoding, and identifiers in systems that can't handle mixed case. Whatever you paste in is converted inside your browser and never sent to a server.","howto":["Choose the Encode or Decode tab.","Paste your plain text in Encode mode, or a Base32 string in Decode mode.","The result appears below automatically.","Click Copy to send the result straight to your clipboard."],"faq":[{"q":"How is Base32 different from Base64?","a":"Base32 uses only A–Z and 2–7, so it's case-insensitive and safer for URLs and systems that don't distinguish upper- and lowercase. The trade-off is that the encoded string is a bit longer than Base64."},{"q":"Why am I getting an error when decoding?","a":"If your string contains any character outside the Base32 alphabet (A–Z, 2–7), it isn't valid Base32 and the tool shows an error message."},{"q":"Is my text sent to a server?","a":"No. All encoding and decoding happens instantly in your browser, with no data sent anywhere."}]},{"slug":"black-scholes-option-pricing","category":"calc-convert","title":"Black-Scholes Option Pricing Calculator","tagline":"Get theoretical call and put prices plus the Greeks (delta, gamma, vega, and more)","emoji":"📈","keywords":["black scholes calculator","option pricing calculator","option greeks calculator","delta gamma vega theta calculator","call and put option value calculator","implied volatility option price"],"intro":"Enter the underlying price, strike price, days to expiration, risk-free rate, and volatility, and the standard Black-Scholes model returns theoretical prices for European calls and puts along with delta, gamma, vega, theta, and rho. It's built for retail traders learning options or sanity-checking the risk on an open position, and every calculation runs instantly in your browser with no inputs sent to a server.","howto":["Enter the underlying price (S) and the strike price (K)","Enter days to expiration, the risk-free rate (%), and volatility σ (%)","Theoretical call and put prices appear automatically alongside a table of delta, gamma, vega, theta, and rho","Use the copy button to save the full set of results as text"],"faq":[{"q":"Is it accurate for dividend-paying stocks?","a":"This calculator uses the standard Black-Scholes formula for European options with no dividends. For names with sizable dividends, the output can drift from actual market prices."},{"q":"Why are vega and rho such small numbers?","a":"Vega is scaled to the price change from a 1-percentage-point move in volatility, and rho to a 1-percentage-point move in interest rates, so both typically come out small."},{"q":"Can I use it for American options?","a":"Black-Scholes is built for European options and doesn't account for early exercise, so results may differ somewhat from the fair value of an American option."}]},{"slug":"blood-pressure-classifier","category":"calc-convert","title":"Blood Pressure Category Checker","tagline":"Enter your systolic and diastolic numbers to see where your blood pressure lands","emoji":"🩺","keywords":["blood pressure chart by category","what does my blood pressure mean","systolic diastolic checker","hypertension stage calculator","is my blood pressure normal","high blood pressure range"],"intro":"Type in your systolic (top) and diastolic (bottom) readings and this tool instantly tells you which of six categories you fall into, from normal all the way up to hypertensive crisis. It's for anyone who takes readings at home and wants to know what the numbers actually mean, and everything is calculated in your browser, so your readings never leave your device.","howto":["Enter your systolic (top) reading in mmHg.","Enter your diastolic (bottom) reading in mmHg.","Read the category and explanation shown at the top of the screen.","Change the numbers to compare different readings on the spot."],"faq":[{"q":"What categories does it use?","a":"It weighs your systolic and diastolic numbers together and sorts them into six categories: normal, elevated, prehypertension, stage 1 hypertension, stage 2 hypertension, and hypertensive crisis."},{"q":"Can I use this result as a diagnosis or for treatment?","a":"No. This tool provides reference information only and is not a substitute for medical diagnosis. If your readings stay abnormal, see a healthcare provider."},{"q":"Are my readings saved?","a":"No. Everything is processed in your browser, and nothing is transmitted to or logged on a server."}]},{"slug":"bmr-harris-benedict","category":"calc-convert","title":"Harris-Benedict BMR Calculator","tagline":"Calculate your daily basal metabolic rate from sex, age, height, and weight","emoji":"🔥","keywords":["bmr calculator","harris benedict equation calculator","basal metabolic rate calculator","daily calorie needs calculator","how many calories do I burn at rest","tdee and bmr"],"intro":"Enter your sex, age, height, and weight, and this calculator returns your daily basal metabolic rate (BMR) using the revised Harris-Benedict equation (the 1984 Roza and Shizgal revision). It's a solid starting point if you're setting a daily calorie target for cutting or bulking, and all the math happens in your browser, so your body stats never get sent to a server.","howto":["Select your sex (male or female).","Enter your age, height (cm), and weight (kg).","Your daily BMR (kcal/day) appears automatically at the top of the screen."],"faq":[{"q":"What exactly is basal metabolic rate (BMR)?","a":"It's the minimum number of calories your body burns just to stay alive while completely at rest, covering things like breathing, temperature regulation, and organ function."},{"q":"Should I build my diet around the BMR number?","a":"BMR is your bare-minimum burn with zero activity factored in. Your real daily calorie need is usually found by multiplying BMR by an activity factor."},{"q":"Why are the formulas different for men and women?","a":"The Harris-Benedict equation uses separate coefficients by sex to account for average differences in body composition, such as muscle mass and body fat percentage."}]},{"slug":"body-profile-diet","category":"calc-convert","title":"Body Fat Goal Calculator","tagline":"Find your goal weight and daily calorie deficit for a target body fat percentage","emoji":"🎯","keywords":["body fat percentage goal calculator","goal weight calculator body fat","calorie deficit calculator","how long to lose body fat","lean body mass calculator","cutting calorie calculator"],"intro":"Enter your current weight and body fat percentage, your target body fat percentage, and how many days you have left, and this calculator shows the goal weight you'd hit by losing pure fat while holding on to every pound of muscle, along with total fat to lose and the daily calorie deficit it takes to get there. It's built for anyone planning a cut, plus trainers and fitness creators who want the goal expressed in hard numbers, and all calculations run in your browser with nothing sent to a server.","howto":["Enter your current weight (kg) and current body fat percentage (%)","Enter your target body fat percentage (%)","Enter the number of days left in your cut (your D-day)","Your goal weight, total fat to lose, and required daily calorie deficit appear instantly at the top"],"faq":[{"q":"How big a calorie deficit does losing 1 kg of body fat take?","a":"This calculator uses the common rule of thumb that roughly 7,700 kcal of deficit is needed to lose 1 kg of body fat."},{"q":"If I follow these numbers, will I lose fat without losing muscle?","a":"The math assumes an ideal scenario where lean mass is fully preserved. In practice, you'll need enough protein and consistent resistance training to actually hold on to muscle."},{"q":"Are my weight and body fat numbers stored on a server?","a":"No. Every calculation runs inside your browser, and none of your values are transmitted or saved anywhere."}]},{"slug":"brainstorming-keyword-generator","category":"generators-qr","title":"Brainstorming Keyword Generator","tagline":"Mixes random words from a theme to spark fresh ideas","emoji":"🎲","keywords":["random word generator for brainstorming","brainstorming tool","name idea generator","random word combination generator","brand name ideas","creative naming tool"],"intro":"When you're stuck naming something or staring down a blank whiteboard, pick a theme — IT/tech, business, creative, or lifestyle — and this tool shuffles two or three related words into combinations you'd never have thought of on your own. It's a quick way to find a starting point for a brand name, project title, or slogan draft, and every combination is generated right in your browser, so nothing is ever sent to a server.","howto":["Pick a theme category: IT/Tech, Business, Creative, or Lifestyle.","Choose how many words to mix into each combination (2 or 3).","Click \"Generate Random Brainstorming Keywords\" to see 10 candidate combinations.","Click any combination you like to copy it straight to your clipboard."],"faq":[{"q":"How are the word combinations put together?","a":"Words are drawn at random from your chosen theme's vocabulary list — no repeats within a combination — and joined with a space. They're meant as raw material for ideas rather than grammatically polished phrases."},{"q":"Will I get different results if I run it again with the same settings?","a":"Yes. Every click pulls a fresh random draw, so you'll get 10 new candidates each time."},{"q":"Are the results saved on a server?","a":"No. Generating and copying combinations happens entirely inside your browser — nothing is stored or transmitted."}]},{"slug":"brand-name-combiner","category":"text-dev","title":"Brand Name Combiner","tagline":"Blend two words into brand and product name candidates","emoji":"✨","keywords":["brand name generator","business name generator","startup name generator","combine two words into a name","product name ideas","domain name generator"],"intro":"Type in two words and this tool spins up a list of name candidates — straight mashups in both orders, hyphenated versions, syllable blends that splice the halves together, and startup-style suffixes like ify, ly, hub, and lab. It's a jumping-off point for anyone wrestling with a startup name, product name, or domain, and the whole process runs in your browser, so the words you enter never leave your device.","howto":["Enter Word A (the prefix candidate) and Word B (the suffix candidate).","Click the \"Combine Brand Name Words\" button.","Browse the list of generated candidates.","Click any name you like to copy it straight to your clipboard."],"faq":[{"q":"What methods does it use to combine names?","a":"It uses simple front-to-back mashups, hyphenated pairings, syllable blends that slice each word in half and splice the pieces together, and common service-name suffixes like ify, ly, hub, and lab."},{"q":"Can I enter words in other languages?","a":"Any text works, but the suffix combinations (ify, hub, and so on) are built around English-language brand naming conventions, so English words tend to produce the most natural results."},{"q":"Does it check whether a name is available as a trademark?","a":"No. This tool only suggests name ideas — you'll need to check trademark availability and domain registration separately."}]},{"slug":"burnout-syndrome-test","category":"calc-convert","title":"Burnout Self-Assessment Test","tagline":"Answer 10 questions to score your burnout risk","emoji":"🔥","keywords":["burnout test","burnout quiz","am i burned out","burnout self assessment","work burnout symptoms checklist","job burnout score"],"intro":"If work has left you drained, chronically tired, or unable to care the way you used to, this self-assessment can help you gauge how close you are to burnout. Answer 10 questions on a five-point scale and you'll get a total score from 10 to 50, sorted into one of three levels: healthy, warning, or at risk. Everything is calculated in your browser, and your answers are never sent to a server.","howto":["Read each of the 10 questions and pick the option that best matches how you've been feeling.","For every question, click one of the five buttons ranging from \"Not at all\" to \"Very much so.\"","Once you've answered them all, your total score (10–50) and risk level appear automatically at the top.","Read the result description to decide whether you need rest or should talk to a professional."],"faq":[{"q":"Can this test replace a medical diagnosis?","a":"No. It's a self-check reference tool only. For an accurate diagnosis, speak with a mental health professional."},{"q":"How is the score calculated?","a":"Each of the 10 questions is worth 1 to 5 points, added together for a total between 10 and 50. A score of 25 or below is healthy, 26–35 is a warning sign, and 36 or higher indicates high risk."},{"q":"Are my answers saved or sent anywhere?","a":"No. Everything is calculated in your own browser, and your responses are never stored or transmitted."}]},{"slug":"business-cooperation-form","category":"doc-data","title":"Interoffice Request Memo Generator","tagline":"Enter the recipient, sender, subject, and deadline for a ready-to-send request memo","emoji":"🤝","keywords":["interoffice memo template","internal request memo generator","interdepartmental request form","business memo generator","printable memo template","office memo format example"],"intro":"This tool formats the interdepartmental request memo you send when you need another team's help. Fill in the receiving and sending departments, a subject line, the details of your request, and a deadline, and it assembles a properly structured document you can copy out — or open in a print view to save as a PDF or send to a printer. Everything you type stays in your browser and is never sent to a server.","howto":["Enter the receiving department and the sending department.","Specify the subject of the request and the deadline you'd like it handled by.","Write out the details of your request in the body field.","Review the preview, then copy the text or use the print button to save as a PDF or print it."],"faq":[{"q":"Is what I write saved on a server?","a":"No. All input and document generation happens inside your browser — nothing is transmitted anywhere."},{"q":"How do I save it as a PDF?","a":"Click the print button and a new window opens with the print dialog. Set the destination to \"Save as PDF.\""},{"q":"Can I customize the document format?","a":"You can freely fill in the recipient, sender, subject, deadline, and body, and the resulting text can be copied and pasted into any other document."}]},{"slug":"business-english-email-helper","category":"text-dev","title":"Business Email Phrase Bank","tagline":"Pick a greeting, request, apology, or sign-off and copy it instantly","emoji":"✉️","keywords":["business email phrases","professional email templates","email opening lines","email closing phrases","how to write a business email","polite email wording"],"intro":"Openers and sign-offs are where most work emails stall. This phrase bank hands you the line instead. Browse ready-made wording across four common situations — greetings, requests, apologies, and closings — each with a short note on tone and formality, then copy the one you want with a single click and drop it into your draft. Everything runs in your browser, so nothing you do here is sent to a server.","howto":["Use the tabs at the top to pick the situation you need: Greeting, Request, Apology, or Closing.","Look through the sample lines for that situation along with the notes on how each one reads.","Click the copy button under the phrase you want to put it on your clipboard.","Paste it into your email and swap in the names and specifics."],"faq":[{"q":"Can I type in my own sentence and have it rewritten?","a":"No. This isn't a free-form rewriter or translator — it's a reference collection of prepared phrases you browse by situation and copy."},{"q":"Can I tell the formal phrases from the casual ones?","a":"Yes. Every phrase comes with a short note on its tone and level of formality, so it's easy to pick one that fits the situation."},{"q":"Do I need to sign up or install anything?","a":"No. Just click a tab on the page and hit copy — that's the whole thing."}]},{"slug":"business-license-tax","category":"calc-convert","title":"Korean License Registration Tax Calculator","tagline":"Pick a license class and region to calculate Korea's registration license tax and local education tax","emoji":"🧾","keywords":["Korean registration license tax calculator","registration license tax Korea","Korea local education tax","Korea business license tax","deungnok myeonheose calculator","Korea e-commerce license tax"],"intro":"South Korea levies an annual registration license tax (deungnok myeonheose) on individuals and companies holding business licenses or registrations as of January 1 each year. Choose your license class (Class 1 through 5) and where your business is located — major city, ordinary city, or county — and this calculator applies the Local Tax Act rate table to show the base tax, the local education tax (10% of the base tax), and your total bill. It's built for small business owners and prospective founders in Korea holding licenses for e-commerce, food service, construction, and similar sectors who want to know the cost in advance. All calculations run in your browser and nothing is sent to a server.","howto":["Select the class of the license you hold (or plan to register), from Class 1 through Class 5.","Choose where your business is located: a major city (population 500,000+), an ordinary city, or a county/township.","The base registration license tax, local education tax, and total amount due appear automatically at the top of the screen.","Switch between license classes and regions to compare the estimated tax for each."],"faq":[{"q":"Who pays Korea's registration license tax, and when?","a":"It's assessed annually on individuals and companies that hold a business license or registration permit as of January 1 of that year."},{"q":"Why is a separate local education tax added?","a":"Under Korea's Local Tax Act, the registration license tax is accompanied by a local education tax equal to 10% of the base tax, so your final bill is the base tax plus that surcharge."},{"q":"Which class does an e-commerce business fall under?","a":"Online retail (tongsin panmaeeop) and general wholesale/retail businesses generally fall under Class 3. In a major city, that works out to a base tax of KRW 40,500 plus the 10% local education tax, for a total of about KRW 44,550."}]},{"slug":"byte-unit-converter","category":"calc-convert","title":"Byte Unit Converter","tagline":"Convert data sizes across decimal (KB, MB) and binary (KiB, MiB) units at once","emoji":"💾","keywords":["byte converter","kb to mb converter","gb to tb converter","kib vs kb","data storage unit converter","binary to decimal byte conversion"],"intro":"Enter a single value and this converter lays out the equivalent across every decimal unit from bytes (B) up to exabytes (EB), based on powers of 1000, and every binary unit from kibibytes (KiB) up to exbibytes (EiB), based on powers of 1024. It's handy for developers and IT folks comparing file sizes, advertised drive capacity, and network bandwidth without second-guessing which standard applies. Everything is calculated in your browser and nothing is sent to a server.","howto":["Enter the value you want to convert.","Choose the source unit from either the decimal set (KB, MB, GB, etc.) or the binary set (KiB, MiB, GiB, etc.).","Use the decimal/binary tabs to view the conversion table for the unit system you want.","Click the copy button next to any unit to grab the value."],"faq":[{"q":"What's the difference between KB and KiB?","a":"A KB (kilobyte) is a decimal unit that scales by 1,000 under the SI standard, while a KiB (kibibyte) is a binary unit that scales by 1,024 under the IEC standard. macOS typically reports sizes in decimal and Windows in binary, which is why the same file can appear to have a different size on each."},{"q":"Are the values I enter saved on a server?","a":"No. Every conversion is calculated instantly in your browser — nothing is transmitted or stored."},{"q":"Can it handle extremely large or small values?","a":"Yes. Values below 1e-6 or above 1e18 automatically switch to scientific notation so you can still read the exact figure."}]},{"slug":"caffeine-intake-tracker","category":"calc-convert","title":"Caffeine Intake Calculator","tagline":"Add today's drinks to see your total caffeine and how close you are to your limit","emoji":"☕","keywords":["caffeine calculator","daily caffeine intake tracker","how much caffeine is too much","caffeine limit per day","caffeine limit during pregnancy","coffee caffeine content chart"],"intro":"Add each coffee, energy drink, or tea you've had today and this tool tallies up your total caffeine automatically. Choose your profile — adult, pregnant, or teen (scaled by body weight) — and it compares your running total against the recommended daily limit for that group, showing exactly what percentage you've hit. Everything is calculated in your browser and nothing is sent to a server.","howto":["Choose your profile at the top (adult, pregnant, or teen), and enter your body weight if you're a teen.","Tap the preset drink buttons — americano, espresso, cold brew, and so on — to add what you've had today to the list.","Adjust the quantity of each drink, or remove any entry with the [x] button.","Check your running caffeine total and the progress bar at the top to see how much of your limit you've used."],"faq":[{"q":"How is the caffeine limit calculated?","a":"The reference limit is 400 mg for adults and 300 mg during pregnancy. For teens, the limit is body weight in kilograms multiplied by 2.5 mg."},{"q":"How do I add a drink that isn't on the list?","a":"Right now you can only add from six presets: americano, espresso, cold brew, canned coffee, energy drink, and green/black tea."},{"q":"Are the drinks I log saved?","a":"No. Everything is calculated in your browser only — refreshing the page clears the list, and nothing is stored on a server."}]},{"slug":"capital-gains-tax-real-estate","category":"calc-convert","title":"Korean Real Estate Capital Gains Tax Calculator","tagline":"Enter your purchase and sale price to estimate Korean capital gains tax instantly","emoji":"🏠","keywords":["Korea capital gains tax calculator","Korean real estate capital gains tax","yangdo sodeukse calculator","one home per household tax exemption Korea","long-term holding special deduction Korea","selling property in Korea taxes"],"intro":"Enter the purchase price, sale price, years owned and lived in, and deductible expenses, and this calculator estimates your Korean capital gains tax (yangdo sodeukse) — factoring in the one-home-per-household exemption for sales at or below 1.2 billion KRW and the long-term holding special deduction. It's a quick way for single-home and multi-home owners in Korea to size up their tax bill before selling. Every calculation runs entirely in your browser, so the amounts you enter are never sent to a server.","howto":["Choose the property type (residential home, or commercial building/land) and how many homes your household owns.","Enter the purchase price, the sale price, and the holding period (for single-home owners, also the years actually lived in the home).","Enter deductible expenses such as remodeling and repair costs and broker commissions.","Review the long-term holding deduction, taxable base, calculated tax, and total due including local income tax, then copy the results."],"faq":[{"q":"I own only one home and the tax comes out as zero. Why?","a":"A single home owned by one household is exempt when the sale price is 1.2 billion KRW or less, so the tax calculates to zero. Above 1.2 billion KRW, tax applies only to the portion of the gain attributable to the excess."},{"q":"Could my actual tax bill be different?","a":"Yes. This is an estimate based on the standard Korean tax rules and deduction rates in effect since 2023. It does not account for heavy tax rates in regulated zones, inheritance or gift exceptions, or other special conditions, so consult a licensed tax accountant before you file."},{"q":"How is the long-term holding special deduction calculated?","a":"For a single home per household, you get 4% per year for the holding period plus 4% per year for the period you lived there (up to 40% each), for a maximum of 80%. All other property gets 2% per year, up to 30%."}]},{"slug":"car-lease-vs-rent","category":"calc-convert","title":"Car Lease vs. Long-Term Rental Comparison Calculator","tagline":"Compare the total cost of an operating lease and a long-term rental over the full contract term","emoji":"🚗","keywords":["car lease vs rental calculator","lease or rent a car which is cheaper","total cost of leasing a car","monthly car lease cost calculator","long term car rental cost comparison"],"intro":"If you'd rather lease or long-term rent a new car than buy one, it's rarely obvious which option actually costs less. Enter your monthly payment, annual vehicle tax, and insurance, and this calculator adds up the total cost of each option across the entire contract term and shows you the difference side by side. Everything is calculated in your browser, so the amounts you enter are never sent to a server.","howto":["Enter the vehicle price and the contract length in months.","Under the operating lease section, enter the monthly lease payment, annual vehicle tax, and annual insurance premium.","Under the long-term rental section, enter the monthly rental payment, which already includes tax and insurance.","The total cost gap and the cheaper option appear instantly at the top."],"faq":[{"q":"How is the total cost of each option calculated?","a":"For a lease, it's the monthly lease payment times the term, plus the vehicle tax and insurance for the length of the contract. For a long-term rental, it's simply the all-inclusive monthly payment times the term, since tax and insurance are already bundled in."},{"q":"Does it explain the license plate difference?","a":"Yes. The tool notes that long-term rental cars in Korea carry special plates (ha, heo, ho), while operating lease vehicles use standard plates."},{"q":"Are the amounts I enter saved or transmitted?","a":"No. Everything is calculated inside your browser and nothing is stored or sent to a server."}]},{"slug":"card-tax-deduction","category":"calc-convert","title":"Korean Credit Card Income Deduction Calculator","tagline":"Estimate your income deduction and refund from your salary and card spending","emoji":"💳","keywords":["Korean credit card income deduction calculator","Korea year-end tax settlement card deduction","yeonmal jeongsan calculator","Korea 25 percent card spending threshold","check card vs credit card deduction rate Korea","Korean tax refund estimate"],"intro":"Enter your annual gross salary along with your spending on credit cards, check cards, public transit, traditional markets, and culture, and this calculator applies Korea's deduction rates to everything above the 25%-of-salary threshold to estimate your income deduction and tax refund. It's built for employees in Korea planning their card spending ahead of the year-end tax settlement. All amounts are calculated in your browser and never sent to a server.","howto":["Enter your total annual gross salary.","Select your number of children to apply the higher base deduction limit.","Enter your spending on credit cards, check cards/cash receipts, public transit, traditional markets, and culture separately.","Review your estimated income deduction and tax refund, and copy the results if you need them."],"faq":[{"q":"I spend a lot on cards, so why is my deduction zero?","a":"The deduction only kicks in on spending above 25% of your gross salary. If your total card spending is under that threshold, there's no deductible amount and the result shows zero."},{"q":"Which card is used first to fill the threshold — credit or check?","a":"Credit card spending, which has the lower 15% rate, is applied to the 25% threshold first, so that the higher-rate categories — check cards, traditional markets, public transit, and culture — are preserved as deductible as much as possible."},{"q":"Why is the culture spending field disabled?","a":"The deduction for books, performances, museums, and gym memberships is only available to employees earning 70 million KRW or less in gross salary, so the field is disabled automatically above that level."}]},{"slug":"celsius-fahrenheit-converter","category":"calc-convert","title":"Celsius to Fahrenheit Converter","tagline":"Convert between Celsius and Fahrenheit instantly with a slider","emoji":"🌡️","keywords":["celsius to fahrenheit","fahrenheit to celsius converter","temperature converter","c to f calculator","convert celsius fahrenheit online"],"intro":"Convert temperatures between Celsius (°C) and Fahrenheit (°F) in both directions, instantly. Type a number or drag the slider and the other unit updates in real time, along with a comfort rating that runs from freezing to very hot. Everything is calculated in your browser, so no data is ever sent to a server. Handy for checking the weather abroad, converting recipe temperatures, or knocking out science homework.","howto":["Type a number into the Celsius (°C) field or drag the slider.","The Fahrenheit (°F) value is calculated automatically and updates in real time.","It works the other way too — adjust the Fahrenheit field or slider and the Celsius value converts automatically.","Check the comfort badge shown alongside the converted temperature (cold, comfortable, hot, and so on)."],"faq":[{"q":"What formula does it use?","a":"It uses °F = °C × 9/5 + 32, and rounds the result to two decimal places."},{"q":"Are the temperatures I enter stored on a server?","a":"No. Every conversion happens instantly inside your browser, and no data leaves your device."},{"q":"How are the comfort ratings defined?","a":"Below 0°C is very cold, 0–10°C is cold, 10–18°C is cool, 18–26°C is comfortable, 26–32°C is warm, and 32°C and above is very hot."}]},{"slug":"child-growth-percentile","category":"calc-convert","title":"Child Growth Percentile Calculator","tagline":"See how your child's height and weight compare to the average for their age","emoji":"📏","keywords":["child growth percentile calculator","baby height weight percentile","toddler growth chart calculator","Korean standard growth chart percentile","average height and weight for age"],"intro":"Enter your child's sex, age in months, height, and weight, and this tool instantly compares them against the 50th percentile (the average) from the Korea Disease Control and Prevention Agency's 2017 standard growth charts. Every calculation runs in your browser, so your child's information is never sent to a server — making it an easy way for parents to keep an eye on growth trends at home.","howto":["Select your child's sex (boy or girl).","Enter their age in months (0 to 72).","Enter their height in centimeters and weight in kilograms.","Instantly see how their height and weight compare to the average for their age, along with an under-growth, normal, or over-growth reading."],"faq":[{"q":"Can this replace a growth check at the doctor's office?","a":"No. This is a simple simulation that compares your numbers to the averages in the 2017 standard growth charts. An accurate developmental assessment requires an exam by a pediatrician."},{"q":"Is my child's information saved or sent anywhere?","a":"No. Everything is calculated inside your browser and nothing is transmitted to or stored on a server."},{"q":"Can I use it for a child older than 72 months (6 years)?","a":"This tool only includes data for ages 0 to 72 months, so results for older children won't be accurate."}]},{"slug":"child-obesity-index","category":"calc-convert","title":"Child Obesity Index Calculator (Rohrer Index)","tagline":"Calculate the Rohrer Index from sex, height, and weight for an instant read on childhood obesity","emoji":"🧒","keywords":["child obesity calculator","Rohrer index calculator","childhood obesity check","kids body index calculator","healthy weight for children calculator"],"intro":"Enter your child's sex, height, and weight, and this tool calculates the Rohrer Index — a body composition measure widely used to assess school-age children and adolescents — and places the result into one of four bands, from underweight to childhood obesity. Unlike adult BMI, it's scaled to how children's bodies actually develop, which makes it a useful reference for parents. All calculations run in your browser, so the body measurements you enter are never sent to a server.","howto":["Select your child's sex (boy or girl).","Enter their height in centimeters and weight in kilograms.","The Rohrer Index appears instantly at the top, along with the matching reading: underweight, normal weight, borderline overweight, or childhood obesity."],"faq":[{"q":"How is the Rohrer Index different from adult BMI?","a":"BMI divides weight by height squared, while the Rohrer Index divides by height cubed. That reflects the shifting body proportions of a growing child more accurately, which is why it's the standard measure for children and teens aged 2 to 18."},{"q":"What score counts as normal?","a":"By this tool's bands, below 100 is underweight, 100–140 is normal weight, 140–160 is borderline overweight, and above 160 is classified as childhood obesity."},{"q":"Is my child's information stored?","a":"No. Every calculation happens inside your browser, and nothing is stored on or sent to a server."}]},{"slug":"cidr-subnet-calculator","category":"calc-convert","title":"CIDR Subnet Calculator","tagline":"Get the network and broadcast address instantly from an IP and CIDR prefix","emoji":"🌐","keywords":["cidr calculator","subnet calculator","ip range calculator","subnet mask calculator","network and broadcast address calculator","ipv4 subnetting tool"],"intro":"Enter an IPv4 address and a CIDR prefix (/0 to /32) to instantly get the network address, broadcast address, subnet mask, usable IP range, and host count. It's built for network design, server firewall rules, and carving up cloud VPC subnets. Everything is calculated on the spot in your browser, so the IP information you enter is never sent to a server.","howto":["Enter the IPv4 address you want to calculate in the IP address field (for example, 192.168.1.1)","Enter a subnet value between 0 and 32 in the CIDR prefix field (for example, 24)","The network address, broadcast address, and subnet mask appear automatically","Check the usable IP range and the host count (usable versus total)"],"faq":[{"q":"How are /31 and /32 subnets handled?","a":"A /32 has exactly one usable host (itself), and a /31 is calculated with both IPs usable, since it has no separate network and broadcast addresses. For ordinary subnets (/0 to /30), usable hosts are everything except the network and broadcast addresses."},{"q":"Does it support IPv6?","a":"Not currently — only IPv4 addresses (for example, 192.168.1.1). Entering an IPv6 address will be flagged as invalid input."},{"q":"Is the IP information I enter saved or transmitted?","a":"No. Everything runs inside your browser and nothing is sent to or stored on a server."}]},{"slug":"color-contrast-match-suggest","category":"color-design","title":"Color Contrast Checker with Fix Suggestions","tagline":"Check text and background colors against WCAG contrast ratios and get passing color suggestions","emoji":"🎨","keywords":["color contrast checker","wcag contrast ratio checker","text readability contrast tool","web accessibility color checker","aa aaa contrast test","accessible color suggestions"],"intro":"Pick two colors and this tool calculates the contrast ratio in real time and shows whether it passes WCAG 2.1 AA and AAA. It's built for web designers and developers checking text legibility — and when a pair falls short, it automatically suggests an alternative color with adjusted lightness that you can apply with one click. Everything is calculated instantly in your browser, so the color values you enter are never sent to a server.","howto":["Enter the text color (foreground) using the color picker or a hex code.","Enter the background color the same way.","Review the preview, the contrast ratio, and the AA/AAA pass status.","If it falls short, hit Apply on a suggested color to swap it in immediately."],"faq":[{"q":"What's the difference between AA and AAA?","a":"AA requires at least 4.5:1 for normal text and 3:1 for large text. AAA is the stricter standard, requiring at least 7:1 for normal text and 4.5:1 for large text."},{"q":"How are the suggested colors calculated?","a":"The tool keeps the original hue and saturation intact and adjusts only the lightness across the 0–100% range, finding the color closest to your original that still meets the target contrast ratio."},{"q":"Are the color values I enter stored on a server?","a":"No. Everything is calculated inside your browser and no color values leave your device."}]},{"slug":"comprehensive-income-tax","category":"calc-convert","title":"Korea Comprehensive Income Tax Estimator (Salary + Business + Rental)","tagline":"Enter salary, business, rental, and pension income with your deductions, and it builds the taxable base for you before computing tax payable","emoji":"🧾","keywords":["korea comprehensive income tax","jonghap sodeukse calculator","korea may tax filing estimate","korea freelancer tax calculator","korea rental income tax","side job tax korea"],"intro":"Enter gross salary, business income, rental income, and pension or other income separately, and the estimator applies Korea's standard employment income deduction formula along with personal, national pension, and other income deductions to build your taxable base — the step you'd otherwise have to work out by hand. It's aimed at freelancers, employees running a side business, and landlords: anyone whose income arrives from several directions and who wants a sense of the bill before Korea's May filing season (종합소득세 신고). The full income and deduction breakdown copies out as text, and nothing you enter leaves your browser.","howto":["Enter your gross salary (employment income) along with your business income, rental income, and other or pension income amounts.","Enter your number of dependents, National Pension contributions, and any other income deductions such as health insurance premiums or credit card spending deductions.","Your total income, taxable base, applicable tax bracket, national income tax, local income tax, and total estimated tax due all appear automatically.","Use the Copy Details button to copy the full breakdown as text so you can save or share it."],"faq":[{"q":"Will the amount this calculator shows match what I actually file?","a":"No. It's a simplified model built on the standard progressive rates (6-45%) and the standard employment income deduction formula used from tax year 2023 onward. Tax credits, exemptions, and detailed year-end settlement items aren't included, so your final assessed tax may differ."},{"q":"What should I enter for business income?","a":"Enter your net income after deducting necessary expenses from revenue, not your gross sales or total receipts."},{"q":"Is the income information I enter stored anywhere?","a":"No. Everything is calculated in your own browser, and nothing is transmitted to or saved on a server."}]},{"slug":"corporate-valuation-multiples","category":"calc-convert","title":"Valuation Multiples Calculator (P/E, P/B, EV/EBITDA)","tagline":"Calculate and interpret P/E, P/B, and EV/EBITDA instantly from price and financials","emoji":"📊","keywords":["pe ratio calculator","price to book ratio calculator","ev ebitda calculator","valuation multiples calculator","stock valuation calculator","market cap calculator","is a stock undervalued"],"intro":"Enter share price, shares outstanding, net income, total equity, enterprise value, and EBITDA, and this tool works out market cap along with the three valuation multiples investors reach for first: P/E, P/B, and EV/EBITDA. Each result comes with a color-coded badge showing whether the multiple falls in an undervalued, fair, or overvalued range, so you can size up a stock or a company quickly. All math happens in your browser, so the financial data you enter never leaves your device.","howto":["Enter the current share price and shares outstanding to calculate market capitalization.","Enter net income and total equity (book value) to see the P/E and P/B ratios.","Enter enterprise value (EV) and EBITDA to see the EV/EBITDA multiple.","Check the undervalued / fair / overvalued badge on each result card, then use the Copy Results button to save the summary."],"faq":[{"q":"What happens to the P/E ratio if net income is negative?","a":"When net income is negative, the tool displays \"Net loss\" instead of a multiple and does not calculate a P/E ratio."},{"q":"Can I base an investment decision on these results alone?","a":"P/E, P/B, and EV/EBITDA are reference multiples only. You should weigh them alongside industry averages, growth prospects, and other factors."},{"q":"Is the financial data I enter saved?","a":"No. Everything is calculated inside your browser and nothing is sent to or stored on a server."}]},{"slug":"credit-score-guide","category":"calc-convert","title":"Korean Credit Score Guide & Simulator","tagline":"A guide to how KCB and NICE score you in Korea, plus a what-if simulator for your financial moves","emoji":"💳","keywords":["Korean credit score explained","KCB NICE credit score","how to raise credit score Korea","Korea credit rating simulator","credit utilization ratio","credit score factors"],"intro":"This tool breaks down the factors that KCB and NICE, South Korea's two main consumer credit bureaus, use to build your score, then lets you simulate how actions like paying off a delinquency, prepaying a loan, or lowering your credit utilization might move that score. It's useful if you're preparing to apply for a credit card or a loan and want a sense of where to focus. Every calculation runs in your browser and nothing is sent to a server.","howto":["Open the \"Scoring Factors Guide\" tab to review the four main factors: payment history, debt level, length of credit history, and credit mix","Switch to the \"Credit Behavior Simulator\" tab and enter your current KCB and NICE scores","Use the checkboxes to select the financial actions you're actually considering, such as clearing a delinquency, managing your limit, or taking a card loan","Review your projected score and grade, then hit \"Copy Results\" to save the simulation"],"faq":[{"q":"Do the score changes in this simulator exactly match my real grade?","a":"No. It's a model reconstructed from each bureau's published guidelines. Your actual score movement depends on your total debt, length of credit history, and existing credit record, so treat this as a directional guide only."},{"q":"Why are my KCB and NICE scores different?","a":"KCB (Korea Credit Bureau) and NICE Information Service are Korea's two major consumer credit rating agencies, and they weight the same financial behavior differently, which produces different scores and grades."},{"q":"Are the scores I enter saved or sent anywhere?","a":"No. Everything runs inside your own browser and nothing is transmitted to or stored on a server."}]},{"slug":"crypto-average-calculator","category":"calc-convert","title":"Crypto Average Cost Calculator","tagline":"Find your average entry price and fees across every buy in one place","emoji":"🪙","keywords":["crypto average cost calculator","average entry price crypto","bitcoin cost basis calculator","dollar cost averaging calculator","averaging down calculator","crypto trading fee calculator"],"intro":"Enter your first buy price and amount, then add as many follow-up purchases as you need, and this calculator works out your true average cost basis with exchange fees factored in. It's built for anyone dollar-cost averaging or averaging down who wants an accurate picture of what their position actually cost. All math runs in your browser, and your trade history is never sent to a server.","howto":["Enter your first buy price and the quantity you bought","Enter your exchange's trading fee rate (%)","Use the \"Add Purchase\" button to enter the price and quantity of each additional buy","Review your average price with and without fees, total holdings, and total cost, then copy it with the button"],"faq":[{"q":"How are fees factored in?","a":"The fee rate (%) you enter is applied to each purchase amount to get your total fees, and the tool shows your average cost both with and without fees included."},{"q":"How many purchases can I add?","a":"There's no limit. Each click of \"Add Purchase\" adds another row, and you can remove any row you don't need with its delete button."},{"q":"Is my purchase data saved or transmitted?","a":"No. Everything is calculated instantly in your browser and nothing is sent to or stored on a server."}]},{"slug":"css-3d-transform","category":"text-dev","title":"CSS 3D Transform Generator","tagline":"Build 3D cards and cubes with sliders and copy the CSS instantly","emoji":"🧊","keywords":["css 3d transform generator","css transform generator","3d card hover effect css","css cube generator","css perspective","rotateX rotateY css"],"intro":"Drag sliders for rotation (X/Y/Z), perspective, translation, and scale, and watch 3D card and cube effects update in a live preview. Instead of guessing at values, front-end developers and web designers can dial in card hover effects and cube animations while looking right at the result. Everything renders and calculates in your browser, so no data is sent anywhere.","howto":["Pick either 3D card or 3D cube mode.","Adjust the Rotate X/Y/Z, perspective, Translate Z, and scale sliders and watch the preview respond.","Once you like the result, grab the generated CSS below with the copy button.","If the values get away from you, hit reset to return to the defaults."],"faq":[{"q":"Why does the perspective value matter?","a":"Without a perspective value, rotation looks flat instead of three-dimensional. Smaller values create stronger distortion and depth; larger values flatten the effect out."},{"q":"Can I use the generated CSS as-is?","a":"Yes. The copied CSS includes the transform, transform-style, and transition properties, so it works as soon as you match up the class names."},{"q":"What should I watch out for so the 3D transform animation doesn't stutter?","a":"The transform property is GPU-accelerated and generally renders smoothly, but if the parent element is missing overflow: hidden or backface-visibility, you can end up seeing through to the back of a card or noticing choppy frames. Applying 3D effects to too many elements at once can also drag down the frame rate on lower-end devices, so it's best to reserve them for the elements that really need it."}]},{"slug":"css-accordion-menu","category":"text-dev","title":"CSS Accordion Menu Generator","tagline":"Generate a pure CSS accordion that opens and closes without any JavaScript","emoji":"🪗","keywords":["css accordion generator","pure css accordion","accordion without javascript","css collapsible menu generator","checkbox hack accordion","css faq accordion"],"intro":"This tool generates the HTML and CSS for an accordion menu that works entirely off the checkbox/radio trick, no JavaScript required. It's a good fit for developers and bloggers who need a lightweight, SEO-friendly UI for FAQs, side menus, or collapsible detail sections. All editing and code generation happens in your browser, with nothing sent to a server.","howto":["Choose whether the accordion allows multiple panels open (Checkbox) or only one at a time (Radio).","Adjust the open speed, header background color, and border color to taste.","Type in the title and content for each accordion item, adding or removing items as needed.","Check the live preview, then copy the HTML and CSS separately and drop them into your project."],"faq":[{"q":"Does it really work without JavaScript?","a":"Yes. The open/close behavior comes entirely from hidden checkbox/radio inputs paired with labels and CSS sibling selectors."},{"q":"What's the difference between multiple-open and single-open?","a":"Multiple-open (Checkbox) lets several items stay expanded at once, while single-open (Radio) keeps only one item open at a time."},{"q":"Can I paste the generated code into WordPress or a blog platform?","a":"Yes. Paste both the HTML and CSS together while in HTML editing mode and it will work the same way on most blog platforms."}]},{"slug":"css-blob-mask","category":"color-design","title":"CSS Blob Shape Generator","tagline":"Craft organic blob shapes in CSS with eight border-radius sliders","emoji":"🫧","keywords":["css blob generator","border radius generator","blob shape css","organic shape css","blob maker css","css blob shape generator"],"intro":"Adjust the eight values in the border-radius slash syntax with sliders and watch organic blob shapes, like water drops and leaves, take form in a live preview. It's a fast way for designers and front-end developers to pull CSS for background decorations, profile image masks, and card UI. Everything is calculated in your browser and nothing is sent to a server.","howto":["Start from a preset: organic, water drop, leaf, or egg.","Move the eight horizontal and vertical sliders to fine-tune the shape.","Watch the blob reshape in real time in the preview.","Copy the finished border-radius CSS with the copy button and paste it into your project."],"faq":[{"q":"Does the generated CSS work in every browser?","a":"The border-radius slash (/) syntax is widely supported in modern browsers. If you need to support legacy browsers, it's worth testing separately."},{"q":"What do the slider values actually control?","a":"The four values before the slash set the horizontal radius of each corner, and the four after it set the vertical radius. Combining them is what produces all the different curves."},{"q":"Can I apply this shape to an image?","a":"Yes. Apply the generated border-radius value to the CSS of an image or div and that element gets clipped into the blob shape."}]},{"slug":"css-button-hover-effects","category":"color-design","title":"CSS Button Hover Effects","tagline":"Preview 9 button hover animations and copy the CSS on the spot","emoji":"🖱️","keywords":["css button hover effects","button animation css","hover effect generator","css button design","neon button css","button transition examples"],"intro":"Slide fill, shadow lift, neon glow, and six more button hover effects, all in a live preview so you can hover them yourself and copy the CSS for whichever one you like. It's built for designers and front-end developers who want polished interaction on a landing page or CTA button without writing the animation from scratch. Previews and code generation happen entirely in your browser, with nothing sent to a server.","howto":["Pick a hover effect preset from the list (slide fill, shadow lift, bouncy scale, and more).","Hover over the button in the preview area to see the animation in action.","Review the full style code in the CSS box below.","Click \"Copy CSS\" and adjust the class name to match your own button element."],"faq":[{"q":"Does the generated CSS work with any framework?","a":"Yes. It's plain CSS, so you can paste it straight into React, Vue, or vanilla HTML and just match the class name."},{"q":"How do I change the colors or size?","a":"Edit the background color, border color, padding, and border-radius values directly in the copied CSS to fit your design."},{"q":"Will it work on a button that already uses pseudo-elements (::before, ::after)?","a":"Some effects rely on ::before or ::after, so if your button already uses the same pseudo-elements, adjust the class names or selectors to avoid a conflict."}]},{"slug":"css-circular-progress","category":"color-design","title":"CSS Circular Progress Generator","tagline":"Build an SVG circular progress bar with custom colors and sizing, then grab the code","emoji":"⭕","keywords":["css circular progress bar","svg progress ring generator","circular progress bar generator","radial progress css","donut progress svg","stroke-dashoffset progress"],"intro":"Dial in the percentage, size, stroke width, colors, and animation speed with sliders, watch the circular progress bar update live, and copy the SVG or CSS code straight into your project. It's built for developers and designers who need a radial gauge for a dashboard, a loading indicator, or a stats card. Every calculation and preview happens right in your browser, so nothing is ever sent to a server.","howto":["Use the sliders to set the progress percentage, stroke width, and circle size.","Pick your progress color, track (background) color, and text color with the color picker or by typing a hex code.","Choose whether to show the center label, whether to enable the transition animation, and how long it should run.","Check the live preview, then copy the SVG or CSS code and paste it into your project."],"faq":[{"q":"Can I drop the generated code straight into a React or Vue project?","a":"Yes. It's plain SVG markup, so it works in any framework. For JSX, just convert attributes like stroke-width to camelCase and you're set."},{"q":"Does the animation play automatically when the progress value changes?","a":"Turn on the transition animation and a CSS transition is applied to stroke-dashoffset, so the ring fills in smoothly whenever you update the progress value at runtime."},{"q":"Are my settings stored on a server?","a":"No. All calculations and SVG rendering happen entirely in your browser — nothing is saved or transmitted."}]},{"slug":"css-curved-text-generator","category":"color-design","title":"Curved Text Generator","tagline":"Bend text along an arc and export it as SVG code","emoji":"🌙","keywords":["curved text generator","svg text on a path","circular text generator","text arc generator","textpath svg generator","curved logo text"],"intro":"Create the curved text you see on logos, badges, and stamps using SVG path and textPath, instantly. Adjust the curvature, letter spacing, font size, color, and arc direction while a live preview shows exactly what you'll get. Everything is calculated in your browser, so the text you type never leaves your machine. Copy the finished SVG and paste it straight into a web page or a design tool.","howto":["Type the text you want to curve.","Adjust the curve radius, letter spacing, font size, and color sliders until it looks right.","Use the checkbox to arc the text upward (smile) or downward, and turn on the guideline if you want to see the curve itself.","Once the preview looks the way you want, hit the copy button under the SVG code and use it."],"faq":[{"q":"Where can I use the generated SVG?","a":"Paste the copied SVG code anywhere SVG is supported — HTML pages, image editors, logo design tools, and more."},{"q":"My text isn't centered on the curve.","a":"The textPath startOffset is locked to 50% and text-anchor to middle, so text always centers on the arc by design. If your text is long, try increasing the curve radius."},{"q":"Is the text I type stored on a server?","a":"No. Everything runs in your browser — neither your text nor your settings are sent anywhere."}]},{"slug":"css-glitch-effect","category":"color-design","title":"CSS Glitch Text Generator","tagline":"Type your text and get ready-to-use CSS glitch animation code","emoji":"📼","keywords":["css glitch effect","glitch text generator","glitch animation css","css text effects generator","cyberpunk text css","glitch text css code"],"intro":"Tune the text, speed, intensity, color offset, and font size, preview the glitch effect live in your browser, and walk away with HTML and CSS you can use as-is. It's handy for designers and front-end devs who want a retro or cyberpunk edge on a landing page headline or an event banner. All the work happens in your browser — nothing is sent to a server.","howto":["Type the text you want to glitch.","Adjust the speed, intensity, color offset, and font size sliders plus the two accent colors until you get the look you're after.","Hit the 🎲 Shuffle Pattern button to randomize the glitch shape.","When you like the preview, copy the HTML and CSS and paste it into your project."],"faq":[{"q":"Where do I paste the generated code?","a":"Put the HTML wherever you want the text to appear, and the CSS in your stylesheet or a style tag. The effect only works if the div's data-text attribute matches the text inside it exactly."},{"q":"Does changing the text change the animation too?","a":"No — the animation pattern is generated from a seed value and is independent of the text content. To change just the pattern, press the 🎲 Shuffle Pattern button."},{"q":"Does this tool send data to a server?","a":"No. Your text and settings are processed entirely in your browser and never leave it."}]},{"slug":"css-gradient-text","category":"color-design","title":"CSS Gradient Text Generator","tagline":"Apply a gradient to your text and copy the CSS instantly","emoji":"🌈","keywords":["css gradient text","gradient text generator","background-clip text","gradient text css code","linear gradient text css","gradient font css"],"intro":"Apply a linear or radial gradient to text, preview it live, and copy the finished CSS in one click. Adjust color stops, angle, font size, and weight while watching the result, which makes it a quick win for designers and front-end developers. Everything is computed instantly in your browser and nothing is sent to a server.","howto":["Type your text into the input field.","Choose the gradient type (linear or radial) and adjust the angle or center position.","Add or remove color stops and tweak each color and position (%) until the gradient looks right.","Check the preview, then grab the generated CSS with the copy button."],"faq":[{"q":"How many color stops can I add?","a":"You can use anywhere from two to four color stops, adding or removing them as you go."},{"q":"Does the generated CSS work in every browser?","a":"It relies on background-clip: text and also ships the -webkit- prefix for WebKit-based browsers. On older browsers that don't support the property, the gradient won't render and only the fallback color will show."},{"q":"Are my text and color settings stored on a server?","a":"No. Everything is handled in your browser — nothing is transmitted or saved."}]},{"slug":"css-neon-text-effect","category":"color-design","title":"Neon Text CSS Generator","tagline":"Give your text a neon sign glow and copy the CSS right away","emoji":"💡","keywords":["neon text effect css","css neon glow generator","text-shadow generator","neon sign text css","glowing text css","neon text generator"],"intro":"Build a neon sign glow on any text with a live preview as you go. Sliders control the color, blur radius, number of glow layers, and pulse animation, and the tool spits out ready-to-use text-shadow CSS. Everything is calculated in your browser, so the text you type never reaches a server — paste the result straight into a web banner, poster, or event page.","howto":["Type your text into the input field.","Pick a preset like cyan, pink, or green, or set the inner and outer glow colors yourself.","Use the sliders for blur radius, glow layer count, font size, and pulse speed, and watch the preview update.","Copy the generated CSS at the bottom with the \"Copy CSS\" button and paste it into your project."],"faq":[{"q":"Where can I use the generated CSS?","a":"It's plain CSS built from text-shadow and a @keyframes animation, so you can paste it into any website or HTML project and use it right away. The glow reads best on a dark background rather than a light one."},{"q":"What happens if I turn off the pulse animation?","a":"Uncheck the box and you get static CSS with a fixed neon glow — no @keyframes animation flickering the opacity and text-shadow."},{"q":"Is there a downside to adding lots of glow layers?","a":"More layers mean a richer, wider bloom, but each additional text-shadow layer costs rendering performance. As the tool suggests, staying at three or four layers keeps things fast."}]},{"slug":"css-page-curl-effect","category":"color-design","title":"CSS Page Curl Effect Generator","tagline":"Instantly generate CSS for a card with a paper-style folded corner","emoji":"📄","keywords":["css page curl effect","folded corner css","css peel effect","curled paper css","css card corner fold","page curl css generator"],"intro":"Give a card or document UI that dimensional look of paper curling up at the corner. Pick which of the four corners you want, adjust the curl size, shadow depth, and card and underside colors, and the live preview updates as you go — then copy the finished CSS straight into your project. Everything runs in your browser, and no data is sent anywhere.","howto":["Choose the corner you want from the four direction tabs (top-right, top-left, bottom-right, bottom-left).","Use the sliders to set the curl size and shadow depth until the effect has the depth you want.","Set the card color and the folded underside color with the color picker or by typing a value.","Check the preview, then use the \"Copy CSS\" button at the bottom to grab the finished code."],"faq":[{"q":"Can I use the generated CSS on my site as-is?","a":"Yes. It's plain CSS containing the .curl-card class and its ::before pseudo-element styles — just paste it in and match the class name to your element."},{"q":"Can I curl more than one corner at a time?","a":"The tool generates code for one corner per pass. For multiple corners, select each direction, then combine the resulting CSS into separate classes of your own."},{"q":"Does the paper curl really work with CSS alone, no images?","a":"Yes. A background gradient slices the corner off diagonally, and the pseudo-element layers a gradient plus a drop-shadow filter on top to fake the depth — no images required."}]},{"slug":"css-pulse-heartbeat","category":"color-design","title":"CSS Pulse & Heartbeat Animation Generator","tagline":"Create heartbeat, pulse, and glow ring CSS animations and copy the code","emoji":"💓","keywords":["css pulse animation","heartbeat animation css","css keyframes generator","pulsing button css","css ripple effect generator","glow ring animation css"],"intro":"Build a CSS pulse animation for a button or icon in a few clicks. Pick one of three presets — heartbeat, basic pulse, or glow ring — adjust the scale, speed, and timing function, and check it in the live preview before copying the finished CSS. Everything runs in your browser and no data is sent to a server.","howto":["Pick the preset you want: heartbeat, basic pulse, or glow ring.","Use the Scale and Speed sliders to set how strong and how fast the animation runs.","Choose a timing function — ease, linear, cubic-bezier, and more — to fine-tune the feel of the motion.","Check the result in the preview, then use the \"Copy CSS\" button to grab the finished @keyframes code."],"faq":[{"q":"Can I use the generated CSS in my project as-is?","a":"Yes. Paste in the copied @keyframes and the .pulsing-element class, apply the class to your target element, and it works immediately."},{"q":"Why can't I adjust the scale on the glow ring effect?","a":"The glow ring (ripple) preset is built around an expanding box-shadow rather than a transform, so it exposes speed and timing function instead of scale."},{"q":"How does the heartbeat preset get that double-beat feel?","a":"It places different scale values at the 0%, 14%, 28%, 42%, 70%, and 100% marks, producing a keyframe pattern that beats once briefly and once bigger."}]},{"slug":"css-scrollbar-styler","category":"text-dev","title":"CSS Scrollbar Styler","tagline":"Adjust color, width, and roundness to generate custom scrollbar CSS","emoji":"🖱️","keywords":["custom scrollbar css","css scrollbar generator","webkit-scrollbar styling","scrollbar-color css","style scrollbar css","scrollbar design generator"],"intro":"Turn the browser's plain default scrollbar into something that matches your site's design. Set the thumb and track colors, width, and corner radius with sliders and a color picker, and see the result immediately in a scrollable preview. Everything is calculated in your browser, so you get your CSS instantly with nothing sent to a server.","howto":["Set the thumb color and the track (background) color using the color picker or the HEX input.","Move the width and roundness sliders to shape the scrollbar the way you want.","Scroll the preview box on the page to see how it actually behaves.","Copy the finished CSS with the \"Copy CSS\" button and paste it into your project's stylesheet."],"faq":[{"q":"Does the generated CSS work in every browser?","a":"Yes. It outputs both the ::-webkit-scrollbar pseudo-element syntax for WebKit browsers (Chrome, Safari, Edge) and the standard scrollbar-color and scrollbar-width properties for Firefox, so it applies across both rendering engines."},{"q":"Where should I apply the generated CSS?","a":"Rename the .custom-scrollbar class at the top of the code to your element's class, then assign it to that element — the styling applies only to the scrollable area inside it."},{"q":"Is any of my input sent to a server?","a":"No. Color selection and CSS generation all happen instantly in your browser, and no data is transmitted anywhere."}]},{"slug":"css-selector-specificity","category":"text-dev","title":"CSS Specificity Calculator","tagline":"Instantly calculate the A-B-C specificity of any CSS selector","emoji":"🎯","keywords":["css specificity calculator","css selector specificity","specificity checker","how css specificity works","css cascade priority","calculate selector weight"],"intro":"Paste in a CSS selector and this tool breaks it down automatically, counting IDs (A), classes, attributes and pseudo-classes (B), and elements and pseudo-elements (C) to give you a specificity score. It's handy for front-end developers and web designers trying to figure out why a style isn't applying or which rule is winning the cascade. Everything runs right in your browser, so the selectors you enter are never sent to a server.","howto":["Type the CSS selector you want to analyze into the input field (for example: div.content > p::first-line)","Check the automatically calculated A (IDs), B (classes/attributes/pseudo-classes), and C (elements/pseudo-elements) values","Read the final specificity score in A-B-C format","Review the list below to see exactly how the selector was broken into individual components"],"faq":[{"q":"How do I compare specificity scores?","a":"Compare the columns in order: A, then B, then C. A selector with a higher A always wins; if A ties, B decides, and if B ties too, C decides."},{"q":"Are selectors like :not(), :is(), and :has() counted?","a":"Yes. These functional pseudo-classes take on the specificity of the most specific selector inside their parentheses. The one exception is :where(), which always contributes zero specificity."},{"q":"Are the selectors I enter sent to a server?","a":"No. All calculations run locally in your browser with JavaScript, and nothing is transmitted anywhere."}]},{"slug":"css-shine-glow-effect","category":"color-design","title":"CSS Shine Effect Generator","tagline":"Create a glossy light sweep that glides diagonally across your cards","emoji":"✨","keywords":["css shine effect","shine effect css generator","css shimmer animation","card glow effect css","button hover shine css","gradient sweep animation"],"intro":"Build a shine effect that sweeps a band of light across a card or button, tuning it with sliders and previewing the result live before copying the finished CSS. It's built for designers and front-end developers who want premium-looking cards or attention-grabbing buttons. Everything is rendered instantly in your browser, so no data ever leaves your machine.","howto":["Adjust the angle, speed, sharpness, and shine color sliders along with the color picker to dial in the look you want.","Watch the preview card to see the shine travel diagonally in real time.","Toggle continuous animation on or off, and hit the play button to replay the effect whenever you need.","Copy the generated CSS with the copy button and paste it onto the ::after pseudo-element of your target element."],"faq":[{"q":"Can I apply the generated CSS to any element?","a":"The target element needs both position: relative and overflow: hidden so the shine gradient stays clipped inside the card."},{"q":"Can I make it shine only on hover?","a":"Yes. Uncheck \"Animate continuously\" and the output switches to CSS that runs the light sweep only on hover."},{"q":"Can I use different speeds on multiple cards?","a":"Yes. Give each card its own class name, then use this tool to generate a separate block of CSS with the speed and angle values you want for each one."}]},{"slug":"css-text-truncate","category":"text-dev","title":"CSS Text Truncate Generator","tagline":"Generate single-line and multi-line ellipsis CSS with a live preview","emoji":"✂️","keywords":["css text truncate","line-clamp css generator","text-overflow ellipsis","multiline ellipsis css","truncate text with css","css truncate multiple lines"],"intro":"This tool generates the CSS you need to cleanly cut off long text with an ellipsis (…). It covers both single-line truncation using text-overflow and multi-line truncation using -webkit-line-clamp. It's useful for developers and designers who need card titles, lists, or preview text to stay at a consistent height. Everything runs locally in your browser, so your text is never sent to a server.","howto":["Choose the truncation type (single-line or multi-line)","For multi-line, use the slider to set the maximum number of lines","Drag the container width to check the result in the live preview","Copy the generated CSS with a single click"],"faq":[{"q":"Does -webkit-line-clamp work in every browser?","a":"It's supported in most modern browsers including Chrome, Edge, Safari, and Firefox. Since it originated as a WebKit-prefixed property, though, it's worth planning a fallback style if you need to support older browsers."},{"q":"What's the difference between single-line and multi-line truncation?","a":"Single-line truncation uses overflow, text-overflow, and white-space to force the text onto one line and cut it there. Multi-line truncation uses -webkit-line-clamp to hide anything past the line count you set and add an ellipsis."},{"q":"Are there cases where multi-line truncation (line-clamp) doesn't apply depending on the container?","a":"Yes — -webkit-line-clamp only works correctly alongside display: -webkit-box. If the parent element is a flex or grid container, or the container doesn't have a clear width, the line-wrapping logic can get thrown off and the truncation may not apply properly. It's safest not to change the display property in the generated code on your own."}]},{"slug":"css-typing-text-effect","category":"color-design","title":"CSS Typing Text Effect Generator","tagline":"Generate pure-CSS typewriter animation code in seconds","emoji":"⌨️","keywords":["css typing effect","typewriter animation css","typing animation generator","css text typing effect","blinking cursor css","pure css typewriter"],"intro":"Set your text, typing speed, and cursor color, preview it live, and walk away with pure CSS typewriter animation code. It's great for developers and designers building landing page hero lines, portfolio intros, or banner copy. Everything, including the preview, is computed in your browser, so the text you type is never sent to a server.","howto":["Enter the text you want to animate in the input field.","Adjust the typing speed slider and cursor color while watching the live preview.","Choose whether the animation loops infinitely, and use the play button to replay it.","Copy the finished CSS and HTML and paste it into your project."],"faq":[{"q":"Can I paste the generated code into any site?","a":"Yes. It's pure CSS and HTML, so it works anywhere without any extra libraries."},{"q":"Do I need to regenerate the code if the text changes?","a":"Yes. The steps() value is calculated from the character count, so after changing your text you'll want to copy the updated code for the animation to land correctly."},{"q":"Does the effect work with emoji or non-Latin characters?","a":"You can enter them, but this effect relies on a fixed-width monospace font and the 'ch' unit, so characters with inconsistent widths may make the animation drift slightly out of sync."}]},{"slug":"ctr-cvr-calculator","category":"calc-convert","title":"CTR & CVR Calculator","tagline":"Turn impressions, clicks, and conversions into CTR, CVR, CPC, and CPA instantly","emoji":"📊","keywords":["ctr calculator","conversion rate calculator","click through rate calculator","cpc calculator","cpa calculator","ad performance calculator","marketing metrics calculator"],"intro":"Enter your total impressions, clicks, and conversions to see your click-through rate (CTR) and conversion rate (CVR) right away. Add your ad spend and you'll also get cost per click (CPC) and cost per acquisition (CPA) in the same view, making it a fast way for advertisers and marketers to sanity-check campaign performance. Your numbers are calculated entirely in your browser and never sent to a server.","howto":["Enter your total impressions and total clicks.","Enter your total conversions.","Optionally add your ad spend to see CPC and CPA as well.","CTR, CVR, CPC, and CPA update live at the top of the page."],"faq":[{"q":"How are CTR and CVR calculated?","a":"CTR is clicks divided by impressions, expressed as a percentage. CVR is conversions divided by clicks, also as a percentage."},{"q":"Do I have to enter ad spend?","a":"No, ad spend is optional. Leave it blank and you'll just see CTR and CVR; fill it in and you'll also get CPC (cost per click) and CPA (cost per acquisition)."},{"q":"Is my campaign data saved anywhere?","a":"No. Every calculation happens in your browser, and nothing is transmitted or stored."}]},{"slug":"currency-exchange-rate-guide","category":"calc-convert","title":"Currency Converter (Manual Rates)","tagline":"An offline converter that uses the exchange rates you set yourself","emoji":"💱","keywords":["currency converter","manual exchange rate calculator","offline currency converter","custom exchange rate converter","usd to krw converter","foreign currency conversion calculator"],"intro":"Convert amounts across seven currencies — USD, EUR, JPY, KRW, GBP, AUD, and CAD — in an instant. Instead of pulling from a live API, it converts using base rates (relative to 1 USD) that you enter yourself, so you can look up the real rates, plug them in, and get a personal exchange calculator that runs entirely in your browser with nothing sent to a server. It's useful if you want to build an intuition for exchange rates or quickly compare several conversion scenarios side by side.","howto":["At the top, enter the amount to convert and pick the source currency.","Select the target currency and the converted amount appears automatically.","In the \"Exchange Rate Settings\" table below, edit each currency's base rate (against 1 USD) to whatever value you want.","Use the \"Copy Result\" button to copy the conversion as text."],"faq":[{"q":"Does it use live exchange rates?","a":"No. This is a manual calculator that runs without any live API calls. For accurate conversions, look up the current rate yourself, enter it in the \"Exchange Rate Settings\" table, and then calculate."},{"q":"Are the rates I enter saved?","a":"They persist only for your browser session. Nothing is sent to a server or stored elsewhere, and refreshing the page resets everything to the defaults."},{"q":"Why is every currency based on USD?","a":"Normalizing every rate against 1 USD keeps the math simple — with a common base, the tool can derive the cross rate for any currency pair automatically."}]},{"slug":"customer-ltv-cac","category":"calc-convert","title":"LTV & CAC Calculator","tagline":"Calculate customer acquisition cost and lifetime value to gauge marketing efficiency","emoji":"📈","keywords":["ltv cac calculator","customer acquisition cost calculator","customer lifetime value calculator","ltv to cac ratio","saas unit economics calculator","marketing efficiency calculator"],"intro":"Enter your marketing spend and new customer count to get customer acquisition cost (CAC), then add average order value, purchase frequency, and retention period to get customer lifetime value (LTV). The tool grades the health of your business automatically based on the LTV:CAC ratio, making it useful for startup founders, marketers, and e-commerce operators. Everything is calculated in your browser and none of your inputs are sent to a server.","howto":["Enter your total marketing spend and the number of new customers acquired to calculate CAC","Enter your average order value, annual purchase frequency, and average customer lifespan to calculate LTV","Review the LTV:CAC ratio and the color-coded business health grade calculated for you","Use the diagnostic notes to decide whether to adjust marketing budget or focus on retention"],"faq":[{"q":"What's a good LTV:CAC ratio?","a":"A ratio between 3:1 and 4:1 is generally considered the sweet spot. Below 1:1 you're losing money on acquisition, while a ratio well above 5:1 often signals you could invest more in marketing to accelerate growth."},{"q":"Is my data saved?","a":"No. Every calculation happens in your browser, and nothing is sent to a server or stored."},{"q":"What formula does the LTV use?","a":"This tool uses the simple formula: average order value × annual purchase frequency × customer lifespan in years. It doesn't factor in margins or discount rates, so treat it as a quick directional estimate rather than a rigorous model."}]},{"slug":"d-day-calculator","category":"calc-convert","title":"Countdown Calculator","tagline":"Track the time left until your target date with a live countdown","emoji":"📆","keywords":["countdown calculator","days until calculator","countdown timer to date","how many days until","date countdown tool","anniversary countdown calculator"],"intro":"Enter a target date and time — an exam, a birthday, a trip, a wedding — and this tool shows the time remaining (or elapsed) in days, hours, minutes, and seconds, refreshing every second. Add an event name and you can copy a one-line summary of the countdown, ready to drop into social media or your notes. All calculations run in your browser, and the dates or names you enter are never sent to a server.","howto":["Enter your target date and target time.","Optionally add an event name so you know what the countdown is for.","Watch the day count and the day/hour/minute/second countdown update in real time.","Use the copy button to grab the summary text and share it."],"faq":[{"q":"What happens if I enter a date in the past?","a":"The result flips to a D+ count, showing how much time has passed since the event."},{"q":"Does the countdown stop if I switch to another tab?","a":"Browsers may throttle timers on inactive tabs, so updates can pause. When you come back to the tab, it resyncs to the correct time."},{"q":"Is the date information I enter saved?","a":"No. Everything is calculated in your browser, and nothing is transmitted or stored."}]},{"slug":"daily-sodium-intake","category":"calc-convert","title":"Daily Sodium Intake Calculator","tagline":"Add the foods you ate and track your daily sodium total in real time","emoji":"🧂","keywords":["sodium intake calculator","daily sodium tracker","sodium to salt conversion","how much sodium per day","low sodium diet tracker","mg of sodium calculator"],"intro":"Tap a preset for common high-sodium foods like ramen, soup, or a burger, or type in a sodium amount yourself, and your running daily total is calculated instantly. You can see what percentage of the WHO 2,000 mg guideline you've hit and how much salt that works out to, which makes it handy for anyone watching their sodium. Everything you enter stays in your browser and is never sent to a server.","howto":["Tap a preset button for a food you eat often, such as ramen, soup, or a burger, to add it to your list","For anything not in the presets, type the food name and its sodium content in mg to add it manually","Adjust the serving count on each item and your total sodium and percentage of the WHO limit update automatically","Check the salt equivalent in grams at the top of the screen"],"faq":[{"q":"How is sodium converted to salt in grams?","a":"Sodium in mg is multiplied by 2.5 and divided by 1,000 to show the equivalent amount of salt in grams."},{"q":"What daily sodium limit does the calculator use?","a":"It uses the WHO recommendation of 2,000 mg per day and shows what percentage of that you've consumed so far."},{"q":"How do I add a food that isn't listed?","a":"Use the manual entry form to type in the food name and its sodium content in mg, and it will be added to your list."}]},{"slug":"daily-water-intake","category":"calc-convert","title":"Daily Water Intake Calculator","tagline":"Find out how much water to drink each day based on your weight and activity level","emoji":"💧","keywords":["daily water intake calculator","how much water should i drink","water intake by weight","hydration calculator","recommended daily water intake","water intake per day"],"intro":"Enter your body weight and daily activity level, and this calculator tells you how much water to drink each day in milliliters, liters, and number of cups. It's useful if you're dieting or just trying to stay on top of your health and want a hydration target that actually fits your body. Every calculation runs instantly in your browser, so nothing you type is sent to a server.","howto":["Enter your current body weight in kilograms","Choose your daily activity level: light, moderate, or intense","See your recommended water intake in ml and liters, plus the number of 250 ml cups it works out to"],"faq":[{"q":"How is the recommended water intake calculated?","a":"The baseline is 30 ml per kilogram of body weight, with 300 ml added for moderate activity and 600 ml added for intense activity."},{"q":"How is the number of cups determined?","a":"The total intake in ml is divided by 250 ml per cup and rounded up to the nearest whole cup."},{"q":"Is my weight saved anywhere?","a":"No. Nothing is stored, and every calculation happens entirely inside your browser."}]},{"slug":"dehydration-water-balance","category":"calc-convert","title":"Dehydration & Hydration Balance Checker","tagline":"Check your hydration status using weight, water intake, and urine output","emoji":"💧","keywords":["dehydration self check","hydration calculator","urine color chart dehydration","am i dehydrated","water balance checker","signs of dehydration test"],"intro":"Enter your weight, how much water you drank today, how often you urinated, and your urine color, and this tool compares your intake against what your body weight calls for and rates your hydration balance on a three-level scale. It's handy for managing thirst in hot weather or checking whether you've rehydrated enough after a workout. Everything is calculated in your browser and nothing is sent to a server.","howto":["Enter your current body weight in kilograms.","Enter how much water you've had in the past 24 hours, in milliliters.","Select how many times you've urinated today and pick your urine color.","Read your hydration balance rating and the explanation shown at the top of the screen."],"faq":[{"q":"How is the recommended water intake calculated?","a":"Your body weight in kilograms is multiplied by 30 ml to set a baseline, and your actual intake is compared against it as a percentage."},{"q":"Why does urine color matter?","a":"Urine color is one of the easiest at-a-glance indicators of hydration. The darker or more amber it is, the more likely you are dehydrated."},{"q":"Is any of my information saved?","a":"No. All calculations happen in your browser, and nothing is transmitted to or stored on a server."}]},{"slug":"deposit-savings-comparison","category":"calc-convert","title":"Deposit vs. Savings Interest Comparison Calculator","tagline":"Compare simple and compound after-tax payouts on lump-sum deposits and monthly savings plans","emoji":"🏦","keywords":["savings interest calculator","fixed deposit calculator","compound vs simple interest calculator","after tax interest calculator","monthly savings plan calculator","korean deposit savings interest calculator"],"intro":"Enter a lump-sum principal, a monthly contribution, interest rates, a term, and a tax option, and this calculator works out simple and compound interest for both a fixed deposit (lump sum) and an installment savings plan (monthly contributions), then compares the after-tax payouts side by side. It's built for anyone deciding whether to park a lump sum or save monthly, and for anyone curious how rates and tax treatment change what actually lands in their account. Everything is calculated instantly in your browser, so the amounts you enter are never sent to a server.","howto":["Enter the lump-sum principal and annual rate for the fixed deposit","Enter the monthly contribution and annual rate for the installment savings plan","Choose the term in months and the tax option: standard tax, preferential tax, or tax-exempt","Review the simple and compound after-tax payouts in the comparison results and copy them if you need to"],"faq":[{"q":"Is interest calculated differently for a fixed deposit and an installment savings plan?","a":"Yes. A fixed deposit puts the whole principal in at once, so it earns interest for the full term. An installment plan adds money each month, so later contributions earn interest for a shorter time — meaning the same rate yields less total interest than a fixed deposit."},{"q":"How do simple and compound interest differ here?","a":"Simple interest accrues on the principal only. With compound interest, each month's interest is added to the balance and earns interest itself the following month, so the longer the term, the more compound interest pulls ahead."},{"q":"What do the tax options mean?","a":"They set how interest income tax is applied. You can choose Korea's standard rate (15.4%), the preferential rate (9.5%), or tax-exempt (0%). The selected rate is deducted from pre-tax interest to give the after-tax payout."}]},{"slug":"depression-self-test","category":"calc-convert","title":"Depression Self-Test (CES-D)","tagline":"Gauge your level of depressive symptoms with 20 CES-D questions","emoji":"🌧️","keywords":["depression self test","ces-d scale test","free depression screening test","am i depressed quiz","depression symptoms checker","online mental health test"],"intro":"This is a 20-question self-assessment based on the CES-D (Center for Epidemiologic Studies Depression Scale). Answer questions about your mood and state over the past week and you'll immediately see a total score from 0 to 60 along with a four-tier rating that ranges from normal to severe. Everything is scored inside your browser and nothing you enter is sent to a server, so you can take it without worry.","howto":["Read each of the 20 statements and think about how often you felt that way in the past week.","For each item, pick one of the four options: rarely, some of the time, often, or most of the time.","Once you've answered all 20 items, your total score (0–60) and depression rating update automatically at the top.","Use your score and the explanation as a starting point, and consider talking to someone you trust or a professional if it seems warranted."],"faq":[{"q":"Can this test diagnose depression?","a":"No. The CES-D is a self-report screening scale meant to give you a rough sense of depressive tendencies — it does not replace a medical diagnosis. If your score comes back high, consider talking to a mental health professional."},{"q":"Are my answers saved or sent anywhere?","a":"No. All scoring happens entirely in your browser, and nothing is transmitted to or stored on a server."},{"q":"How is the score calculated?","a":"Each item is worth 0–3 points, and four items (numbers 4, 8, 12, and 16) are positively worded, so they're reverse-scored. A total of 15 or below is considered normal, 16–20 mild, 21–24 moderate, and 25 or above severe."}]},{"slug":"donation-tax-credit","category":"calc-convert","title":"Charitable Donation Tax Credit Calculator (Korea)","tagline":"Estimate your donation tax credit and refund for Korea's year-end tax settlement","emoji":"🧾","keywords":["korea donation tax credit calculator","korea year end tax settlement donations","yeonmaljeongsan donation deduction","korean charitable donation deduction","political donation tax credit korea","korea tax refund calculator"],"intro":"Enter your political, statutory, designated, and religious organization donations separately and this tool instantly calculates the tax credit for each category plus your total estimated refund under Korea's year-end tax settlement (yeonmaljeongsan). It's useful for salaried workers who want a rough sense of their tax savings before digging up donation receipts. All calculations run in your browser, so the income and donation figures you enter are never sent to a server.","howto":["Enter your annual gross income (or taxable income amount).","Enter your donation amounts in the matching fields: political funds, statutory, designated (non-religious), and religious organizations.","Your total estimated tax credit appears at the top, split between the political funds credit and the general statutory/designated credit.","Change the amounts to see instantly how different donation plans would change your credit."],"faq":[{"q":"Will this match my actual year-end settlement exactly?","a":"This calculator applies standard credit rates (political funds: 90.9% up to 100,000 KRW, then 15/25% above that; statutory, designated, and religious donations: 15% up to 10 million KRW and 30% above) as an approximation. Your actual result from the National Tax Service may differ depending on your other deductions and credits and how limits are applied."},{"q":"How do the limits differ for designated versus religious donations?","a":"Designated donations (excluding religious organizations) are capped at 30% of your income amount, while religious organization donations are capped at 10%. Anything above those caps is excluded from the credit."},{"q":"Are my income and donation figures saved?","a":"No. All calculations happen only in your browser, and nothing is transmitted to or stored on a server."}]},{"slug":"early-termination-savings","category":"calc-convert","title":"Early Withdrawal Interest Calculator for Deposits & Savings","tagline":"See what you'd actually take home after tax if you close a deposit or savings account early","emoji":"🏦","keywords":["early withdrawal penalty calculator","early termination interest calculator","breaking a fixed deposit early","cd early withdrawal interest","korea deposit early withdrawal rate","after tax interest calculator"],"intro":"Closing a deposit or savings account before maturity swaps your contracted rate for a much lower early-withdrawal rate, which can gut your interest. Enter your principal, contracted rate, contracted term, and how long you actually held the account, and this calculator shows the early-withdrawal rate that applies based on how far into the term you got, plus your after-tax payout (15.4% tax). Everything is calculated in your browser and the amounts you enter are never sent to a server.","howto":["Enter the principal you deposited, in won.","Enter the annual contracted rate (%) from when you opened the account.","Enter the full contracted term in months and how many months you actually held it.","Review the early-withdrawal rate applied based on elapsed time and your after-tax payout."],"faq":[{"q":"How is the early-withdrawal rate calculated?","a":"It's applied in tiers from 20% to 90% of your contracted rate, depending on what percentage of the term you completed. If you held the account for less than a month, a much lower rate (around 0.1% per year) applies instead."},{"q":"Will this match exactly what my bank pays out?","a":"Every bank and product calculates early-withdrawal rates differently, so this tool gives an approximation based on typical elapsed-time tiers and should be treated as a reference. Check with your financial institution for the exact amount."},{"q":"How is tax factored in?","a":"The final payout (principal plus after-tax interest) is calculated after deducting the standard 15.4% interest income tax."}]},{"slug":"ecommerce-settlement-calculator","category":"calc-convert","title":"Korean Marketplace Seller Fee & Payout Calculator","tagline":"Instantly calculate selling fees and actual payouts for SmartStore, Coupang, Gmarket, and 11st","emoji":"🧾","keywords":["korean marketplace fee calculator","naver smartstore fee calculator","coupang seller fees","11st commission rate","gmarket seller payout calculator","selling in korea ecommerce fees"],"intro":"This tool is for sellers who want to know what they'll actually pocket when they sell on Korea's open marketplaces — Naver SmartStore, Coupang, Gmarket/Auction, and 11st. Just enter your selling price and shipping cost and it applies each platform's fee rate to show your estimated payout right away. Everything you enter is calculated inside your browser and never sent to a server.","howto":["Select the marketplace you sell on: SmartStore, Coupang, Gmarket/Auction, or 11st.","Enter your selling price along with shipping and packaging material costs.","For SmartStore, also indicate whether you use Naver Shopping integration and the Start Zero fee benefit; for Coupang, select your category fee rate and whether you use Rocket Delivery.","Review the estimated net payout and the fee breakdown shown at the top."],"faq":[{"q":"Will the calculated payout match my actual settlement exactly?","a":"It's an estimate based on each platform's headline fee rates. Your actual settlement can vary with sales volume, promotions, VAT, and listing fees, so treat this as a reference."},{"q":"Why do fees jump so much when I select Coupang Rocket Delivery?","a":"Rocket Delivery and Rocket Jet fees typically run around 20–30% depending on your seller type, so the calculator assumes a flat 30%."},{"q":"Is my sales information saved?","a":"No. Everything is calculated instantly in your browser and is never stored or sent anywhere."}]},{"slug":"eisenhower-matrix","category":"doc-data","title":"Eisenhower Matrix To-Do Organizer","tagline":"Sort your tasks into four quadrants by urgency and importance","emoji":"🧭","keywords":["eisenhower matrix","urgent important matrix","task prioritization tool","eisenhower matrix template","time management matrix","to do list organizer"],"intro":"The Eisenhower Matrix is a prioritization tool that sorts everything on your plate along two axes — importance and urgency — and places each task into one of four quadrants: Do, Plan, Delegate, or Delete. When your workload is piling up and you have no idea what to tackle first, you can add and remove tasks freely, tick them off with checkboxes, and see your priorities at a glance. Everything you type stays in your browser and is never sent to a server.","howto":["Type your task into the input box at the bottom of the page.","Check the \"Important\" and \"Urgent\" boxes as they apply to that task.","Click \"Add task to matrix\" to drop a card into the matching quadrant.","Tick the checkbox on tasks you finish, and use the × button to delete anything you no longer need."],"faq":[{"q":"Does the tool save my task list?","a":"No — this is a scratchpad-style tool that resets when you refresh the page. Your data lives only in browser memory and is never stored on a server."},{"q":"Where do I put something important but not urgent?","a":"That belongs in Quadrant 2 (Plan). Use it for things like skill building or long-term projects — work that isn't screaming for attention today but pays off if you chip away at it consistently."},{"q":"Where should tasks that are neither urgent nor important go?","a":"They belong in Quadrant 4 (Delete). This is the spot for low-value habits like mindless social media checks — feel free to cut them or push them aside without guilt."}]},{"slug":"exercise-calories-burned","category":"calc-convert","title":"Calories Burned Calculator","tagline":"Estimate calories burned from your activity, body weight, and workout time","emoji":"🔥","keywords":["calories burned calculator","exercise calorie calculator","met calculator","calories burned running","workout calorie counter","how many calories did i burn"],"intro":"Pick one of eight activities — running, cycling, swimming, and more — enter your body weight and how long you worked out, and this calculator uses MET values to show your estimated calorie burn instantly. Whether you're tracking a weight-loss plan or just logging workouts, it's an easy way to gauge what you burned today. All math runs entirely in your browser, so nothing you enter is sent to a server.","howto":["Choose the activity you did from the list (running, cycling, swimming, weight training, hiking, yoga, soccer, or badminton)","Enter your body weight in kg","Enter how many minutes you exercised","Your estimated calorie burn (kcal) and the MET value for that activity appear automatically at the top of the screen"],"faq":[{"q":"How is the calorie burn calculated?","a":"It multiplies each activity's MET (metabolic equivalent of task) value by your weight and duration, using the formula MET × 3.5 × weight (kg) × time (min) × 0.005. The result is an estimate — your actual burn varies with fitness level, intensity, and conditions."},{"q":"My activity isn't on the list","a":"The calculator currently covers MET values for eight activities: running, cycling, swimming, weight training, hiking, yoga/stretching, soccer, and badminton. Pick one with a similar intensity to get a rough ballpark figure."},{"q":"Is my weight or workout data saved anywhere?","a":"No. Every calculation happens inside your browser — nothing is stored or transmitted to a server."}]},{"slug":"eye-astigmatism-test","category":"web-seo-misc","title":"Astigmatism & Macular Degeneration Self-Test","tagline":"Check your eye health on screen with an astigmatism dial and Amsler grid","emoji":"👁️","keywords":["astigmatism test online","amsler grid test","macular degeneration self test","astigmatism chart","online eye test","vision self test"],"intro":"This tool lets you run a quick self-check for signs of astigmatism and macular degeneration using an on-screen astigmatism fan chart and an Amsler grid. Nothing to install and nothing sent to a server — it runs right in your browser, which makes it a handy reference before a full eye exam. It is not a substitute for a medical diagnosis, so see an eye doctor if anything looks off.","howto":["Use the tabs at the top to choose either \"Astigmatism Self-Test\" or \"Macular Degeneration Test (Amsler Grid)\".","Sit about 12–16 inches (30–40 cm) from the screen, wearing your usual glasses or contacts.","Cover one eye with your hand, stare at the dot in the center of the chart, and watch for lines that look darker or thicker than others, or grid lines that appear wavy or distorted.","Repeat with the other eye, then use the interpretation guide below the chart to judge your results."],"faq":[{"q":"Can this test actually diagnose astigmatism or macular degeneration?","a":"No. This is a simple on-screen self-check, not a medical diagnosis. If some lines look noticeably darker or blurrier than others, or the grid looks bent or has missing spots, schedule a full exam with an eye doctor."},{"q":"Are my inputs or results sent to a server?","a":"No. The tool only displays images on screen — it collects no input, and everything runs entirely inside your browser."},{"q":"Should I wear my glasses or contacts during the test?","a":"Yes. If you normally wear corrective lenses, keep them on — testing with your usual correction gives a more meaningful result."}]},{"slug":"font-converter-ttf-woff","category":"text-dev","title":"@font-face CSS Generator","tagline":"Generate WOFF2/WOFF/TTF @font-face rules from a font family, weight, and file paths","emoji":"🔤","keywords":["font-face generator","css font-face code","web font css generator","woff2 font-face","how to add custom font css","font-face fallback chain"],"intro":"Stop hand-writing the same @font-face block every time you add a web font. Fill in the font family name, weight, and style along with your WOFF2, WOFF, and TTF file paths, and the tool builds standards-compliant CSS with a proper cross-browser fallback chain in real time. Everything runs in your browser — nothing is uploaded to a server.","howto":["Enter your font family name and pick a weight and style (normal or italic).","Enter the path (URL) for each of your WOFF2, WOFF, and TTF files.","Review the @font-face CSS generated live below the form.","Hit the copy button and paste the code straight into your stylesheet."],"faq":[{"q":"Does this actually convert a TTF file into WOFF?","a":"No — it doesn't convert file formats. You point it at WOFF2/WOFF/TTF files you already have, and it generates the standard @font-face CSS that links them together."},{"q":"Why do I need to include WOFF2, WOFF, and TTF?","a":"Browser format support varies, so building a fallback chain is standard web practice. Modern browsers grab WOFF2 (the smallest file), while older environments fall back to WOFF and then TTF in order."},{"q":"Can I use the generated code as-is?","a":"Yes. It follows the standard pattern and already includes font-display: swap, so you can paste it into your CSS file and ship it without edits."}]},{"slug":"font-display-code-generator","category":"text-dev","title":"font-display Code Generator","tagline":"Compare web font loading strategies and generate the matching @font-face code","emoji":"🔤","keywords":["font-display generator","font-display swap","web font loading css","font-face code generator","fout vs foit","reduce cls web fonts"],"intro":"See exactly how each CSS font-display value — auto, block, swap, fallback, and optional — behaves, side by side on a visual loading timeline. Enter a font name and URL and the tool writes the @font-face rule with your chosen value baked in. Everything is computed in your browser and nothing is sent to a server, making it handy for front-end developers and web designers weighing FOUT, FOIT, and CLS trade-offs before picking a value.","howto":["Enter your font family name and the font file URL (or path).","Use the tabs to select the font-display value you want to examine: swap, block, fallback, optional, or auto.","Check the block period, swap period, and loading timeline graph to see how that value behaves.","Hit the copy button on the generated @font-face code below and paste it into your project's CSS."],"faq":[{"q":"Which font-display value should I choose?","a":"The common advice: use swap if readability matters most, or optional if you want to minimize layout shift (CLS). Compare the timelines and notes in the tool and pick what fits your site."},{"q":"Can I use the generated code as-is?","a":"The tool outputs a basic @font-face rule with your font-family, src path, and font-display value. If you're loading other weights or styles, adjust font-weight and font-style to match your project."},{"q":"Is the font URL I enter sent to a server?","a":"No. Your input is only used to assemble the code inside your browser and is never transmitted anywhere."}]},{"slug":"freelancer-hourly-rate","category":"calc-convert","title":"Freelance Hourly Rate Calculator","tagline":"Work out the minimum hourly rate you need to charge from your income goal and expenses","emoji":"💼","keywords":["freelance hourly rate calculator","how much should i charge as a freelancer","freelance rate calculator","contractor hourly rate calculator","self employed hourly rate","consulting rate calculator"],"intro":"Enter your target take-home monthly income, billable hours, fixed overhead, tax rate, and non-billable time, and this calculator tells you the minimum hourly rate you actually need to charge. Freelancers and solo business owners don't get an employer covering payroll taxes or paid time off, so pricing has to account for it — this tool makes that math explicit. Everything is calculated instantly in your browser, and none of your numbers leave your device.","howto":["Enter the net monthly income you want to take home after tax.","Enter your target working hours per month and your fixed monthly business expenses.","Adjust your estimated tax and insurance deduction rate and your non-billable time percentage (vacation, admin work, and so on).","Review the recommended minimum hourly rate and the monthly revenue you'd need to hit, then use the copy button to save the results."],"faq":[{"q":"Why does non-billable time matter?","a":"Freelancers lose hours to sales calls, bookkeeping, and time off, so the hours you can actually bill are fewer than the hours you plan to work. Factoring that in is what turns a wishful rate into a realistic one."},{"q":"Are my results saved or sent to a server?","a":"No. Your inputs and all calculations stay inside your browser — nothing is stored or transmitted."},{"q":"What tax rate should I use?","a":"Enter the share of income you expect to lose to income tax plus any self-funded pension or health insurance contributions. The right number depends on your own situation, so treat the result as an estimate."}]},{"slug":"freelancer-tax-3-3","category":"calc-convert","title":"Korean 3.3% Freelance Withholding Tax Calculator","tagline":"Convert gross contract amounts to net pay at Korea's 3.3% withholding rate","emoji":"🧾","keywords":["korea 3.3 percent tax calculator","korean freelance withholding tax","3.3% withholding korea","korea freelancer tax calculator","korean business income withholding","gross to net pay korea freelance"],"intro":"A calculator for anyone subject to South Korea's business-income withholding tax (3% income tax plus 0.3% local income tax) — freelancers, instructors, writers, and other independent contractors. Enter a gross contract amount to see exactly what lands in your bank account, or work backward: name the net amount you want and it computes the gross figure your contract needs to specify. Everything is calculated in your browser, so the amounts you enter never reach a server.","howto":["Pick your calculation direction with the tabs: \"Gross ➔ Net pay\" or \"Target net pay ➔ Gross contract amount\".","For the forward direction, enter the gross contract income; for the reverse, enter the net amount you want to receive.","Check the result card for your net pay (or the required gross amount), along with the breakdown of the 3% income tax and 0.3% local income tax.","Use the copy button to grab the summary and paste it into contract notes or a chat message."],"faq":[{"q":"What exactly is the 3.3%?","a":"It's South Korea's withholding rate on freelance and independent business income: 3% income tax plus a 0.3% local income tax (10% of the income tax). It works as a prepayment — the final amount gets settled when you file your annual comprehensive income tax return."},{"q":"Why doesn't the reverse calculation land on a round number?","a":"The gross figure is derived by dividing by 0.967 and rounding, which can leave a small rounding difference at the won level. Treat the calculated amount as a reference figure when drafting a contract."},{"q":"Are the amounts I enter saved or transmitted?","a":"No. Calculations happen entirely in your browser — nothing is sent to or stored on a server."}]},{"slug":"gas-mileage-calculator","category":"calc-convert","title":"Gas Mileage Calculator","tagline":"Calculate MPG, km/L, and L/100km from your distance driven and fuel used","emoji":"⛽","keywords":["gas mileage calculator","mpg calculator","fuel economy calculator","l/100km to mpg","how to calculate gas mileage","fuel consumption calculator"],"intro":"Enter the distance you drove and the fuel you used, and this calculator returns your fuel economy three ways at once: MPG (US gallons), km/L, and L/100km. You can also enter a previous fill-up alongside it to see, as a percentage, whether your mileage improved or slipped — useful if you're watching fuel costs or trying to clean up your driving habits. All calculations run in your browser, and your inputs never go to a server.","howto":["Choose your distance unit (km or miles) and fuel unit (liters or gallons).","Enter the distance driven and the amount of fuel used.","See your fuel economy in km/L, MPG, and L/100km right away.","If you'd like, enter a previous trip's distance and fuel to compare how your mileage changed, then copy the results."],"faq":[{"q":"Should I go by MPG, km/L, or L/100km?","a":"All three are the same result shown in different units. MPG is the standard in the US, L/100km is used across Europe, and km/L is common in Korea and Japan — pick whichever matches what you're comparing against."},{"q":"How do I use the comparison feature?","a":"Once you have a result, enter a past trip's distance and fuel amount under \"Compare with a previous record\" and the tool shows the difference from your current mileage in both km/L and percent."},{"q":"Is my trip data saved?","a":"No. The tool just calculates on the fly in your browser — refresh the page and your inputs are gone."}]},{"slug":"gift-tax-calculator","category":"calc-convert","title":"Korean Gift Tax Calculator","tagline":"Estimate Korea's gift tax using relationship deductions and progressive rates","emoji":"🎁","keywords":["Korean gift tax calculator","gift tax Korea","Korea gift tax rate","gift tax exemption Korea","generation skipping gift tax Korea","gifting money to children in Korea"],"intro":"Enter the value of the gifted property and your relationship to the donor, and this calculator applies Korea's gift property deduction, the five-bracket progressive rate schedule, the generation-skipping surcharge, and the voluntary filing credit to estimate the gift tax you would actually owe. If you're planning to transfer assets to a child, spouse, or grandchild under Korean tax law, it gives you a quick sense of the tax bill ahead of time. Everything is calculated in your browser and nothing you type is sent to a server.","howto":["Enter the value of the gifted property in Korean won.","Select the relationship between the recipient and the donor (spouse, lineal ascendant, adult or minor child, other relative, and so on).","If they apply, check the boxes for a generation-skipping gift and for the 3% credit for filing voluntarily by the deadline.","Review the taxable base, calculated tax, surcharge, and final tax due shown on screen, then copy the results."],"faq":[{"q":"How much is the gift property deduction for each relationship?","a":"A spouse gets up to 600 million KRW, lineal ascendants and adult children up to 50 million KRW, minor children up to 20 million KRW, and other relatives up to 10 million KRW. Unrelated recipients get no deduction."},{"q":"When does the generation-skipping surcharge apply?","a":"When a gift skips a generation — for example, a grandfather gifting directly to a grandchild — the calculated tax is increased by 30%. If the recipient is a minor and the taxable base exceeds 2 billion KRW, the surcharge rises to 40%."},{"q":"Will the result match my actual tax filing exactly?","a":"This tool is a reference estimate based on the standard gift deductions and rate brackets. Your actual liability can differ depending on your situation, such as prior gifts that must be aggregated, so consult a licensed tax accountant before filing."}]},{"slug":"glassmorphism-card-builder","category":"color-design","title":"Glassmorphism Card Generator","tagline":"Dial in blur and opacity to build frosted-glass card CSS you can copy instantly","emoji":"🧊","keywords":["glassmorphism generator","frosted glass css","backdrop-filter generator","glass card css","glassmorphism css generator"],"intro":"Adjust backdrop blur, opacity, saturation, border, and shadow with sliders and watch a frosted-glass card update in a live preview. It's built for web designers and front-end developers who want to prototype glassmorphism UI components fast and grab production-ready CSS on the spot. Every calculation and preview runs entirely in your browser — no data is sent anywhere.","howto":["Pick one of the six background gradient presets.","Adjust the sliders for blur, background opacity, saturation, corner radius, border width and opacity, and inner padding.","Use the color picker to set the card's tint color and check whether you want a drop shadow.","Once the preview looks right, hit the copy button under the CSS block and paste the code into your project."],"faq":[{"q":"Which browsers support the generated CSS?","a":"It works in current versions of Chrome, Edge, Safari, and Firefox, all of which support backdrop-filter. The -webkit-backdrop-filter prefix is included as well for Safari."},{"q":"My card just looks hazy — I don't see any glass effect.","a":"backdrop-filter blurs whatever sits behind the card, so you need a colorful background or an image behind it. Against a flat, solid background there's nothing to refract and the glass look disappears."},{"q":"Can I use the generated CSS in a real project?","a":"Yes. Copy it and use it freely in any project — no attribution or license notice required."}]},{"slug":"hanja-to-hangul","category":"text-dev","title":"Hanja to Hangul Converter","tagline":"Convert Chinese characters into their Korean readings instantly","emoji":"🈶","keywords":["hanja to hangul converter","chinese characters to korean reading","hanja reading converter","korean hanja translator","convert hanja to korean","hanja pronunciation"],"intro":"This tool converts the Hanja (Chinese characters) mixed into Korean news articles, family registries, and older documents into their Hangul readings. Even if you can't read Hanja, you can still follow the original text. Conversion happens instantly inside your browser, so nothing you paste in is ever sent to a server.","howto":["Paste or type text containing Hanja into the input box.","Choose a conversion mode: Hanja (Hangul), Hangul (Hanja), or full conversion to Hangul.","The converted text appears in the output box in real time.","Press the copy button to grab the result and use it right away."],"faq":[{"q":"Can it convert every Hanja character?","a":"It uses a built-in dictionary focused on the commonly used Hanja. Rare characters or ones missing from the dictionary are left in the text as they are."},{"q":"What happens with characters that have more than one reading?","a":"Each character is mapped to its single most common reading, so multi-reading Hanja that change pronunciation with context will only show that representative reading."},{"q":"Is my text stored on a server?","a":"No. All conversion runs inside your browser, and your text is never transmitted or saved anywhere."}]},{"slug":"hash-verifier","category":"text-dev","title":"Hash Comparison Tool","tagline":"Instantly compare the MD5, SHA-1, and SHA-256 of two texts or files","emoji":"🔐","keywords":["hash comparison tool","md5 sha256 checker","verify file checksum","compare file hashes","sha256 hash generator","file integrity check"],"intro":"Drop in two pieces of text or two files and this tool computes their MD5, SHA-1, and SHA-256 hashes, shows them side by side, and tells you whether they match. It's handy for developers and security engineers who need to verify the integrity of a downloaded file or confirm that a piece of text hasn't changed by even one character. Your text and files are processed entirely in the browser and never uploaded.","howto":["Choose 'Compare Text' or 'Compare Files' from the tabs at the top.","Paste text or drag a file into the left side (Item A).","Add the text or file you want to compare against on the right side (Item B).","Check the MD5, SHA-1, and SHA-256 values computed automatically, along with the MATCH or MISMATCH verdict below."],"faq":[{"q":"What does it mean when the hashes match?","a":"It means both inputs are byte-for-byte identical. Change even a single byte and the hash changes completely, which makes corruption or tampering easy to spot."},{"q":"Should I look at MD5, SHA-1, or SHA-256?","a":"Any of the three works for a routine file integrity check, but for anything security-sensitive rely on SHA-256, since MD5 and SHA-1 are vulnerable to collision attacks."},{"q":"Can it handle large files?","a":"Yes. Files are read straight from browser memory and hashed locally, so nothing gets uploaded. Very large files may just take longer depending on your device's speed."}]},{"slug":"hex-to-decimal","category":"calc-convert","title":"Hex to Decimal Converter","tagline":"Convert between hex, decimal, binary, and octal in real time","emoji":"🔢","keywords":["hex to decimal converter","decimal to hex","binary to decimal converter","number base converter","octal converter","hexadecimal calculator"],"intro":"Type a value into any one of the hex, decimal, binary, or octal fields and the other three fill in automatically. It's built for developers and students working with programming, color codes, networking, and bitwise operations, and it uses BigInt arithmetic so even integers well beyond JavaScript's safe number limit convert exactly. Everything runs in your browser, so your input never leaves your device.","howto":["Type your number into whichever field you already know — hex, decimal, binary, or octal.","Watch the other three bases fill in automatically as you type.","Hit the copy button next to the value you need to put it on your clipboard.","To start over with a different number, press 'Clear All' to empty every field."],"faq":[{"q":"Can it convert negative numbers?","a":"Yes. Put a '-' in front of the value in any field and it's read as negative, with the sign carried across the other bases using sign-magnitude notation."},{"q":"Does it handle really large numbers accurately?","a":"Yes. It uses BigInt arithmetic, so integers past JavaScript's standard safe range (2^53) convert with no rounding or precision loss."},{"q":"What happens if I enter an invalid character?","a":"If you type a character that base doesn't allow — a '2' in the binary field, for instance — an error message appears under the field and the other values are cleared."}]},{"slug":"household-income-calculator","category":"calc-convert","title":"Korean Housing Subscription Income Calculator","tagline":"Add up household income and see how it compares to Korea's urban worker average","emoji":"🏠","keywords":["Korea housing subscription income limit","cheongyak income calculator","urban worker average monthly income Korea","Korea newlywed special supply income requirement","household income percentage calculator Korea"],"intro":"Use this tool when you're facing a Korean housing subscription (cheongyak) eligibility check and want to know what percentage of the income threshold your household hits. Enter each member's monthly income and it totals them up, then compares the result against the 100% urban worker average monthly income benchmark for your household size. All calculations run in your browser, so your income details are never sent to a server.","howto":["Select your household size — anywhere from 1 to 7 or more people — as counted for the subscription application.","Update the preloaded household members, such as yourself and your spouse, with their actual average monthly income.","If you need to, use the 'Add Member' button to include other members like parents or children, then enter their relationship and income.","The combined monthly income and the percentage of the benchmark appear at the top in real time, highlighted in green at 140% or below."],"faq":[{"q":"What is the 100% income benchmark based on?","a":"It reflects an approximation of the urban worker average monthly income by household size published each year by Korea's Ministry of Land, Infrastructure and Transport. The figures may differ from the latest official notice in a specific subscription announcement, so treat this as a reference and confirm the exact numbers in the announcement itself."},{"q":"Why is 140% shown as the cutoff?","a":"Dual-income households applying under categories like the newlywed special supply often have their income ceiling raised to 140%, so we use it as a reference marker. The actual limit ranges from 140% to 160% depending on the subscription category."},{"q":"Is the income I enter saved or transmitted?","a":"No. Everything is calculated inside your browser, with no server storage and nothing sent anywhere."}]},{"slug":"html-email-editor-preview","category":"text-dev","title":"HTML Email Editor & Preview","tagline":"Write HTML email code and preview it responsively in real time","emoji":"📧","keywords":["html email editor","email template preview","newsletter html template","responsive email tester","html email code checker"],"intro":"Write HTML source for a newsletter or marketing email and watch it render live as you type. It's built for marketers and developers working with table-based email templates who want to check the layout before sending anything to a real inbox. All rendering happens inside your browser, so your code is never sent to a server.","howto":["Paste or write your HTML email source code in the text editor on the left.","As you edit the code, the preview pane on the right (or below) refreshes instantly.","Click the Mobile (375px), Tablet (768px), and Desktop (100%) tabs to check the layout at each screen width.","Find and fix whatever breaks, then copy the finished template into your email sending platform."],"faq":[{"q":"Is the HTML I write sent to a server?","a":"No. Your code is rendered only in an iframe inside your browser and is never transmitted or stored."},{"q":"Will it look exactly like it does in Gmail, Outlook, and other clients?","a":"The preview renders the way a standard web browser does. Real email clients each support a different subset of CSS, so always run a live client test before you send."},{"q":"Can I build on the default template?","a":"Absolutely. The table-based newsletter example loaded when you open the tool is there to be edited and reused."}]},{"slug":"http-status-codes","category":"text-dev","title":"HTTP Status Code Lookup","tagline":"Search HTTP status codes from 200 to 504 with meanings and real examples","emoji":"🚦","keywords":["http status codes","http status code meaning","what does 404 error mean","status code lookup","api error codes","http status code list"],"intro":"This HTTP status code lookup puts every major code from the 1xx through the 5xx range on one screen, with what each one means and when it actually shows up. Search by number, name, or keyword and filter by the 1xx–5xx category tabs — useful for developers, QA engineers, and anyone learning backend development. Search and filtering happen entirely in your browser, with no data sent to a server.","howto":["Type a status code number (like 404), a name, or a keyword into the search box","Use the 1xx, 2xx, 3xx, 4xx, and 5xx tabs to filter by category if you need to","Read the description and the real-world example on each card","Press the copy button to send the code, description, and example to your clipboard at once"],"faq":[{"q":"Which status codes are covered?","a":"It covers the codes you actually run into on the job, from 1xx responses like 100 and 101 through 2xx success, 3xx redirection, 4xx client errors, and 5xx server errors."},{"q":"How does the search work?","a":"It does a partial-match search across the code number, the English title, and the description text."},{"q":"What exactly does the copy button copy?","a":"It bundles the selected code's number, title, description, and real-world example into a single block of text on your clipboard."}]},{"slug":"inflation-calculator","category":"calc-convert","title":"Inflation Calculator (Korea)","tagline":"See what an amount from one year is worth in another year","emoji":"📈","keywords":["inflation calculator","korean inflation calculator","korean won value over time","cpi inflation calculator korea","purchasing power calculator","what is it worth today calculator","historical price calculator"],"intro":"This calculator uses finalized Consumer Price Index (CPI) data from Statistics Korea covering 1970 through 2025 to show what an amount from one year is worth in another year, both in nominal terms (what the same goods cost) and in real terms (purchasing power). It's handy if you've ever wondered what an old price tag would be today, or if you want to check the real value of savings or a salary over time. Every calculation runs instantly in your browser, so the amounts you enter are never sent to a server.","howto":["Enter the starting amount (KRW) and the base year","Pick the target year you want to compare against","If you choose a year after 2025, enter an estimated annual inflation rate (%)","Review the nominal value, real value, cumulative inflation, and the year-by-year table, then copy the results"],"faq":[{"q":"What's the difference between nominal value and real value?","a":"Nominal value is what an item from the base year would cost in the target year once inflation is added in. Real value converts an amount in the target year back into the purchasing power of the base year. For example, what 1,000,000 KRW bought in 2015 would cost in 2025 is the nominal value, while what 1,000,000 KRW in 2025 is worth in 2015 terms is the real value."},{"q":"How are years after 2025 calculated?","a":"Through 2025 the calculator uses the finalized inflation rates published by Statistics Korea. For any year beyond that, it compounds the estimated annual rate you enter."},{"q":"Is my data sent to a server?","a":"No. The amounts and years you enter are calculated entirely inside your browser and are never transmitted anywhere."}]},{"slug":"inheritance-tax-calculator","category":"calc-convert","title":"Korean Inheritance Tax Calculator","tagline":"Estimate inheritance tax in Korea with spouse and child deductions applied","emoji":"💰","keywords":["korean inheritance tax calculator","inheritance tax in korea","korea estate tax calculator","korean spousal inheritance deduction","korea inheritance tax rate","inheritance tax filing korea"],"intro":"Enter the value of the estate, any debts, and details about the heirs, and this tool estimates the inheritance tax owed under Korean law, applying the basic deduction, lump-sum deduction, spousal deduction, and financial asset deduction. It's useful for anyone planning ahead or preparing an inheritance tax filing who wants a rough figure before talking numbers with a professional. Everything you enter stays in your browser and is never sent to a server.","howto":["Enter the total value of the estate along with debts, public charges, and funeral expenses.","Indicate whether a spouse is inheriting and enter the amount the spouse actually receives.","Enter the number of children, the number of elderly or disabled heirs, and the value of financial assets.","Choose whether the 3% voluntary filing tax credit applies, and the estimated tax and a breakdown of deductions are calculated automatically."],"faq":[{"q":"How is the spousal deduction calculated?","a":"It takes the lesser of the amount the spouse actually inherits and the spouse's statutory share (a 1.5 weighting for the spouse against 1.0 per child), then allows a deduction of at least 500 million KRW and up to 3 billion KRW."},{"q":"How do the lump-sum deduction and the basic deduction differ?","a":"The calculator automatically applies whichever is larger: the basic deduction (200 million KRW) plus personal deductions, or the lump-sum deduction (500 million KRW). The lump-sum deduction does not apply when a spouse is the sole heir."},{"q":"Can the result differ from the tax actually owed?","a":"Yes. This is a rough estimate only. Actual inheritance tax depends on how assets are valued, prior gifts, and other deductions, so consult a tax professional for an accurate figure."}]},{"slug":"job-hunting-cost","category":"calc-convert","title":"Job Search Cost Tracker","tagline":"Log spending on courses, books, certifications, and interview clothes, and see it in a pie chart","emoji":"💼","keywords":["job search expense tracker","job hunting costs","career change budget calculator","certification exam fee tracker","interview prep costs","job search budget planner"],"intro":"This tool lets you log every expense that piles up during a job search, from prep courses and textbooks to certification exam fees and interview outfits, so you can see your total spending at a glance. A pie chart breaks down the share of each category, making it obvious where most of your money is going, which is helpful for new grads and anyone planning a career move on a budget. Your entries are stored only in your browser and are never sent to a server.","howto":["Enter a name for the expense and pick a category (courses/online classes, books/study materials, certifications/exam fees, interview clothing/hair, or food/transport/other).","Enter the amount and click the Add button to log it.","Check the pie chart at the top for the running total by category and your overall spending.","Remove any mistaken entry with the [x] button."],"faq":[{"q":"Where are my logged expenses stored?","a":"Only in your browser's local storage. Nothing is sent to a server, and the data is deleted if you clear your browser data."},{"q":"Can I see the same entries on another device?","a":"No. The data lives only in the browser you're currently using, so you'd need to re-enter it on another device or browser."},{"q":"Does it only support Korean won?","a":"The display uses KRW, but since you're only entering numbers, you can just as easily track amounts in any other currency."}]},{"slug":"json-beautifier-sort","category":"text-dev","title":"JSON Formatter & Key Sorter","tagline":"Pretty-print JSON and sort keys alphabetically","emoji":"✨","keywords":["json formatter","json beautifier","pretty print json","json sort keys","format json online","json prettifier"],"intro":"This tool takes minified or messy JSON and lays it out cleanly with proper indentation and line breaks. Developers, or anyone who has to read through an API response, can also sort keys alphabetically (with recursive and reverse options) to compare and understand data structures at a glance. Everything is processed inside your browser, so your data is never sent to a server.","howto":["Paste the JSON you want to clean up into the input box on the left.","Choose your indentation (2 spaces, 4 spaces, or tabs).","If you need it, turn on Sort keys alphabetically and set the options for sorting nested objects recursively or in reverse (Z-A) order.","Grab the formatted JSON from the output pane with the copy button."],"faq":[{"q":"What happens if my JSON is invalid?","a":"If the syntax is wrong, you'll get an error message pointing out what went wrong, and no output is produced until the error is fixed."},{"q":"Does it sort values inside arrays?","a":"Key sorting only applies to object properties; the order of an array itself is never changed. With the recursive option on, the keys of objects inside an array are each sorted."},{"q":"Is my data sent anywhere?","a":"No. All parsing, sorting, and formatting happens entirely in your browser and nothing is transmitted to a server."}]},{"slug":"json-schema-generator","category":"text-dev","title":"JSON Schema Generator","tagline":"Turn JSON data into a Draft-07 JSON Schema instantly","emoji":"🧬","keywords":["json schema generator","json to json schema","generate json schema online","draft-07 json schema","json schema from sample data","json validation schema"],"intro":"Paste in JSON and this tool inspects the type of every value (string, number, object, array, and so on) to generate a Draft-07 JSON Schema in real time. It's built for developers writing API documentation or setting up data validation rules, and since everything runs in your browser, the data you paste never leaves your machine.","howto":["Paste or type the source JSON you want a schema for into the input box on the left.","Optionally give the schema a title, and use the checkbox to mark every property as required.","The generated JSON Schema appears in real time as you type.","Hit the copy button and paste the schema straight into wherever you need it."],"faq":[{"q":"What happens if an array contains mixed types?","a":"When array items have more than one type, the generator picks one sample per type and combines them into an anyOf schema."},{"q":"What does the \"mark all properties as required\" option do?","a":"Checking it adds every key of an object to the required array, producing a schema in which all of those properties must be present."},{"q":"What happens if I paste invalid JSON?","a":"If there's a syntax error, you'll see an error message explaining what went wrong instead of a schema."}]},{"slug":"jwt-creator-verifier","category":"text-dev","title":"JWT Generator & Verifier","tagline":"Sign JWTs with HMAC-SHA256 and verify their signatures","emoji":"🔐","keywords":["jwt generator","jwt verifier","jwt decoder online","sign jwt hs256","create json web token","jwt signature validator"],"intro":"Enter JSON for the header and payload and this tool immediately signs a JWT with an HMAC-SHA256 secret. Paste in an existing token and it verifies the signature with your secret, showing whether the token has been tampered with along with the decoded contents. It's handy for backend developers testing API auth tokens and for frontend developers inspecting a token they've received. All signing and verification runs inside your browser, so your secret and tokens are never sent to a server.","howto":["On the Sign tab, enter your header and payload JSON.","Enter an HMAC-SHA256 signing secret and the JWT is generated automatically.","Switch to the Verify tab and paste in the JWT you want to check.","Enter the secret and the signature status plus the decoded header and payload appear right away."],"faq":[{"q":"Which algorithm does this tool use to sign JWTs?","a":"Only HMAC-SHA256 (HS256) symmetric-key signing is supported. Asymmetric algorithms such as RSA are not available."},{"q":"Are my secret and token sent to a server?","a":"No. All signing and verification is done locally using your browser's Web Crypto API, and nothing is transmitted anywhere."},{"q":"Why does verification come back as failed?","a":"Either the secret you entered doesn't match the one used to issue the token, or the token's contents were modified after it was issued."}]},{"slug":"ketogenic-carb-calculator","category":"calc-convert","title":"Keto Carb Calculator","tagline":"Find your daily net carb limit from your calorie target","emoji":"🥑","keywords":["keto carb calculator","net carb calculator","daily carb limit keto","ketogenic diet calculator","low carb macro calculator","how many carbs on keto"],"intro":"Enter your daily calorie target and how strict you want to be (strict, standard, or moderate) and this calculator tells you how many net carbs you can eat per day, in both grams and calories. For anyone starting keto or a low-carb diet, it also converts the number into bowls of white rice so the limit is easier to picture. Everything is calculated instantly in your browser and nothing is sent to a server.","howto":["Enter your daily calorie target (kcal).","Choose your level: strict keto (5%), standard low-carb (10%), or moderate restriction (20%).","See your daily net carb limit in grams and calories, along with how many bowls of rice that equals."],"faq":[{"q":"How are the carb percentages set?","a":"Strict keto allots 5% of total calories to carbs, standard low-carb 10%, and moderate restriction 20%. Carbs are converted at 4 kcal per gram."},{"q":"What is the bowl-of-rice figure based on?","a":"It assumes one bowl of cooked white rice (about 210 g) contains roughly 70 g of net carbs, then converts your calculated carb limit into that many bowls."},{"q":"Is what I enter saved?","a":"No. The calculation happens entirely in your browser and nothing is stored or sent to a server."}]},{"slug":"korean-corporate-titles","category":"text-dev","title":"Korean Job Title Translator","tagline":"Look up the right English equivalent for Korean corporate ranks, from entry level to CEO","emoji":"🏢","keywords":["korean job titles in english","korean corporate rank translation","gwajang in english","korean company hierarchy titles","korean business card title english","korean resume job title translation"],"intro":"This tool maps the Korean corporate rank system, from sawon (entry level) up to daepyo isa (CEO), to the English titles you'd actually put on a business card, resume, or LinkedIn profile. Type a Korean rank, an English title, or your years of experience and the results narrow instantly, with a one-click copy for the English title. It's built for people applying to multinational companies or working with overseas partners. All searching and copying happens in your browser and nothing is sent to a server.","howto":["Type the Korean rank you're looking for (for example, gwajang) or an English title (for example, Manager) into the search box.","Matching rank cards are filtered in real time as you type.","Each card shows the primary English title, interchangeable alternatives, and the typical years-of-experience range.","Click the copy button and paste the English title straight into your resume or business card."],"faq":[{"q":"Which ranks does this tool cover?","a":"It covers nine levels in total, from individual contributor ranks such as sawon, daeri, gwajang, chajang, and bujang up to executive ranks such as isa, sangmu, jeonmu, busajang, and sajang/daepyo isa."},{"q":"Does each rank map to just one English title?","a":"No. Alongside the most common primary title, each rank also lists interchangeable alternatives such as Senior Staff or Deputy Director."},{"q":"How does the search work?","a":"You can enter the Korean rank name, the primary English title, or an English alternative, and it finds matches in real time without regard to letter case."}]},{"slug":"list-bullet-converter","category":"text-dev","title":"Bullet List Converter","tagline":"Turn plain lines or existing lists into Markdown, HTML, or custom bullets instantly","emoji":"📋","keywords":["bullet list converter","text to markdown list","html list generator","convert text to bullet points","markdown list maker","numbered list converter"],"intro":"This tool takes line-separated text — or a list that already has bullets on it — and rewrites it as a Markdown list, an HTML <ul>/<ol>, or any bullet character you want. It's handy for bloggers, technical writers, and anyone moving lists between docs, slides, and CMS editors that each expect a different format. Every conversion runs entirely in your browser, so the text you paste is never sent to a server.","howto":["Paste the list or plain text you want to convert into the input box at the top, one item per line.","Under output format, pick Markdown list, HTML list, or a custom bullet character.","Toggle the options for stripping existing bullets/numbers and skipping blank lines as needed.","Check the converted list in the results box below and grab it with the Copy button."],"faq":[{"q":"Will it handle lists that already start with -, *, or 1.?","a":"Yes. Turn on \"Strip existing bullets/numbers\" and the tool automatically detects and removes markers like -, *, +, •, ✔, and numbered prefixes such as \"1.\" before applying the new format."},{"q":"What happens to blank lines mixed into my list?","a":"With \"Skip empty items\" enabled, blank lines are dropped from the output. Turn it off and they're kept as empty list items."},{"q":"Is the list I paste stored on a server?","a":"No. Everything is converted on the fly inside your browser, and your text never leaves your device."}]},{"slug":"loan-early-repayment-fee","category":"calc-convert","title":"Prepayment Penalty Calculator","tagline":"Estimate your loan prepayment fee by payoff date or by days elapsed","emoji":"🏦","keywords":["prepayment penalty calculator","early loan payoff fee","mortgage prepayment penalty","korean loan prepayment fee","early repayment charge calculator"],"intro":"Estimate the prepayment penalty a bank charges when you pay off a loan ahead of schedule. Enter your loan origination date and planned payoff date, or just type in the number of days elapsed — whichever you have handy — and the calculator applies the standard sliding-scale formula based on your payoff amount, fee rate, and penalty period. Everything is calculated instantly in your browser, so the amounts and dates you enter are never sent to a server.","howto":["Choose whether to calculate by dates or by number of days using the tabs.","Enter the amount you plan to prepay and the prepayment fee rate (%) your bank quoted you.","For the date method, enter the loan origination date, the payoff date, and the penalty period in years; for the days method, enter the penalty period and the days elapsed.","Review the estimated fee, days elapsed, and days remaining until the penalty is waived, then use the Copy button to save the results if you need them."],"faq":[{"q":"Could the calculated fee differ from what my bank actually charges?","a":"Yes. This calculator uses the standard sliding-scale formula most banks apply (payoff amount × fee rate × remaining days ÷ penalty period), but the exact amount can vary with each bank's product terms or minimum-fee rules. Confirm the final figure with your lender."},{"q":"Why does the fee drop to zero after three years?","a":"In Korea, most consumer loan products waive the prepayment penalty entirely once three years (1,095 days) have passed since the loan contract date. Set the penalty period in years to match your own loan agreement and the calculator will use that instead."},{"q":"Should I use the date method or the days method?","a":"If you know your origination and payoff dates exactly, the date method is easier. If your loan paperwork already states the number of days elapsed or the penalty period in days, entering those directly is faster."}]},{"slug":"loan-interest-calculator","category":"calc-convert","title":"Loan Amortization Schedule — 3 Repayment Methods Compared","tagline":"Switch between amortized, equal-principal, and interest-only balloon and watch the payment, interest, and balance change row by row","emoji":"🏦","keywords":["amortization schedule calculator","loan repayment schedule","equal principal vs amortized","interest only balloon loan","loan balance by month","compare loan repayment methods"],"intro":"Enter the loan amount, annual rate, and term in months or years, then pick a repayment method — equal total payments (amortized), equal principal, or interest-only with a balloon payoff — and get a full monthly schedule with the payment, principal, interest, and remaining balance on every row. Switching methods shows exactly how total interest cost and total repayment shift, which is the comparison you want when choosing loan terms or working out what you'd still owe partway through. All math happens in your browser, so your loan details never leave your device.","howto":["Enter the loan amount and the annual interest rate (%).","Enter the loan term in months or years.","Pick a repayment method: equal total payment, equal principal, or interest-only with balloon payoff.","Review the total interest cost, total repaid, and the monthly amortization schedule, then copy the summary if you need it."],"faq":[{"q":"What's the difference between equal total payments and equal principal payments?","a":"With equal total payments, the amount you pay each month (principal plus interest) stays the same throughout. With equal principal, you repay the same slice of principal every month, so payments start higher and shrink over time — and you pay less total interest."},{"q":"What is interest-only with a balloon payoff?","a":"You pay only interest each month and repay the entire principal in a single lump sum at maturity. Monthly payments are the lowest of the three methods, but the total interest cost is the highest."},{"q":"Are my loan details saved on a server?","a":"No. Every calculation runs inside your browser, and nothing you enter is transmitted or stored."}]},{"slug":"loan-refinancing-comparison","category":"calc-convert","title":"Loan Refinance Comparison Calculator","tagline":"Compare your current loan against a new one to see interest and cost savings","emoji":"🏦","keywords":["refinance calculator","refinance break even calculator","mortgage refinance savings","loan refinance comparison","should i refinance my loan","interest savings calculator"],"intro":"Enter your current loan balance and rate along with the rate and term of the loan you're considering, and this calculator shows the difference in monthly payment and the total interest you'd save. It factors in closing costs such as prepayment penalties, so you can see whether refinancing actually pays off and how many months it takes to break even. All calculations run in your browser — your loan details are never sent to a server.","howto":["Enter your current loan balance and any upfront costs, such as a prepayment penalty","Enter your current interest rate and the rate on the loan you're refinancing into","Enter your remaining term and the term of the new loan, in months","Review the monthly savings, total interest saved, and break-even period, then copy the results if you need them"],"faq":[{"q":"How is the monthly payment calculated?","a":"It uses standard amortization — a fixed total payment every month covering principal and interest. Actual repayment terms vary by loan product, so treat these figures as an estimate."},{"q":"When does the break-even period show \"never\"?","a":"If there are upfront costs but the new loan's monthly payment is the same or higher than your current one, there's no monthly savings to recover those costs with, so the result is shown as \"never.\""},{"q":"Are my loan details stored anywhere?","a":"No. Everything is calculated locally in your browser and nothing is transmitted or saved."}]},{"slug":"ltv-dti-dsr-calculator","category":"calc-convert","title":"Korean LTV / DTI / DSR Loan Limit Calculator","tagline":"Calculate your maximum mortgage under Korea's LTV, DTI, and DSR lending caps","emoji":"🏦","keywords":["korea LTV DTI DSR calculator","korean mortgage limit calculator","DSR calculator korea","LTV calculator","korea home loan limit","korean mortgage regulations"],"intro":"Enter your property value, annual income, and existing debt payments, and this calculator instantly shows the maximum loan allowed under each of Korea's three mortgage regulations — LTV, DTI, and DSR — plus the final amount you could actually borrow. It's built for homebuyers and refinancers in Korea who want a rough figure before sitting down with a bank. Every amount you enter is calculated in your browser and never sent to a server.","howto":["Enter the appraised property value and your annual income in Korean won.","Enter the loan amount you're hoping for, plus the annual principal-and-interest and annual interest payments on your existing debts.","Select the interest rate and term for the new loan, along with the LTV/DTI/DSR caps that apply to you.","Check the maximum loan under each of the three regulations, see whether your target amount clears them, and copy the results."],"faq":[{"q":"What do LTV, DTI, and DSR actually mean?","a":"LTV (loan-to-value) is the loan as a share of the property price. DTI (debt-to-income) compares your new mortgage payments plus interest on other debts against your annual income. DSR (debt service ratio) compares the annual principal and interest on all of your loans against your annual income. Whichever of the three yields the lowest cap becomes your real borrowing limit."},{"q":"Why might the result differ from the bank's decision?","a":"This tool applies the general regulatory formulas as a reference only. Actual underwriting depends on each bank's internal policy, your credit score, regional lending restrictions, and whether policy-backed funding is involved."},{"q":"Why are payments on other loans treated differently under DTI and DSR?","a":"DTI counts only the interest on your other debts, while DSR counts the full principal-and-interest payments on all of them. That makes DSR the stricter of the two limits."}]},{"slug":"mac-address-generator","category":"generators-qr","title":"MAC Address Generator","tagline":"Generate random MAC addresses in any format and configuration you need","emoji":"🔀","keywords":["mac address generator","random mac address","fake mac address generator","mac address for virtual machine","locally administered mac address","bulk mac address generator"],"intro":"Generate random MAC addresses for network testing, virtual machine setup, and device simulation. You can control the notation (colon, hyphen, or dot separated), letter case, unicast vs. multicast, and whether the address is universally (UAA) or locally (LAA) administered. Everything is generated inside your browser and nothing is sent anywhere.","howto":["Choose the address notation (colon, hyphen, dot, or no separator) and the letter case.","If you need it, set the transmission type (unicast or multicast) and the administration scope (UAA or LAA).","Enter how many addresses to generate (up to 1,000) and click Generate.","The generated MAC addresses appear in the results box, and the Copy All button grabs the whole list at once."],"faq":[{"q":"Could a generated MAC address collide with a real device?","a":"Addresses are random, so a collision is extremely unlikely in practice — but if you're assigning addresses to production network hardware, it's safer to follow the official OUI allocation rules. This tool is intended for test and simulation addresses."},{"q":"What do unicast, multicast, UAA, and LAA mean?","a":"In the first octet, the least significant bit is 0 for unicast (a single device) and 1 for multicast (group delivery). The second-least-significant bit is 0 for a universally administered address (UAA), assigned by the manufacturer, and 1 for a locally administered address (LAA), which you can assign yourself."},{"q":"Is any of my data sent to a server?","a":"No. Generation happens entirely in your browser and nothing is transmitted or stored."}]},{"slug":"macronutrient-ratio","category":"calc-convert","title":"Macro Calculator","tagline":"Turn your daily calorie target into carb, protein, and fat goals in grams","emoji":"🥑","keywords":["macro calculator","macronutrient ratio calculator","carbs protein fat calculator","iifym calculator","cutting macros calculator","bulking macro split"],"intro":"Enter your daily calorie target and your carb, protein, and fat split (%), and this calculator converts it straight into daily gram targets for each macronutrient. Presets for cutting, maintenance, and bulking make it easy to plan meals or dial in a physique prep. Everything is calculated on the spot in your browser — nothing is sent to a server.","howto":["Enter your daily calorie target (kcal).","Pick the preset tab that matches your goal — maintenance, cutting, or bulking — or type in your own carb, protein, and fat percentages.","Read your daily gram target and calories for each macro at the top of the screen.","If your percentages don't add up to 100%, a warning appears — adjust them until they do."],"faq":[{"q":"What formula does the macro calculation use?","a":"Carbs and protein are counted at 4 kcal per gram and fat at 9 kcal per gram. Your daily calorie target is multiplied by each macro's percentage to get its calories, which are then converted back into grams."},{"q":"What if my percentages don't total 100%?","a":"The screen shows a warning along with your current total. Adjust the three percentages so they sum to 100% for accurate gram targets."},{"q":"What are the presets based on?","a":"Three presets are included: maintenance (50% carbs / 30% protein / 20% fat), cutting (30/40/30), and bulking (40/40/20). Pick the one that fits your goal, then fine-tune any individual percentage."}]},{"slug":"margin-profit-calculator","category":"calc-convert","title":"Margin & Markup Calculator","tagline":"Get profit margin and markup from cost and price — or work backward to a target price","emoji":"💰","keywords":["margin calculator","markup calculator","profit margin calculator","selling price calculator","margin vs markup","retail pricing calculator"],"intro":"Enter your cost and selling price and this calculator shows both your profit margin (as a share of the sale price) and your markup (as a share of cost) at the same time. Flip it around and you can enter just your cost and a target margin to find out what you need to charge. Everything is calculated instantly in your browser and no pricing data is ever sent to a server, so small business owners and online sellers can use it with confidence.","howto":["Choose the \"Margin & profit\" tab or the \"Price from target margin\" tab.","Enter your product cost and selling price (or your target margin).","Your profit margin, markup percentage, and profit amount — or the required selling price — are calculated automatically.","Adjust the numbers to compare different pricing scenarios."],"faq":[{"q":"What's the difference between margin and markup?","a":"Margin is profit as a percentage of the selling price; markup is how much you added on top of cost, as a percentage of cost. A 30% markup on cost works out to only about a 23% margin on the sale price — the two numbers are not the same."},{"q":"How do I find the price for a target margin?","a":"On the \"Price from target margin\" tab, enter your cost and the margin (%) you want. The tool applies price = cost ÷ (1 − target margin) and instantly returns the required selling price and your expected profit."},{"q":"Is my pricing data saved or sent anywhere?","a":"No. Every calculation runs inside your browser — nothing is transmitted or stored."}]},{"slug":"meeting-expense-split","category":"calc-convert","title":"Group Expense Splitter","tagline":"Settle up a shared tab with the fewest possible payments","emoji":"🧾","keywords":["split the bill calculator","who owes who calculator","group expense splitter","settle up with friends","split expenses with roommates","trip cost splitter"],"intro":"Figuring out who owes what after a group dinner or a weekend trip is more work than it should be, especially when several people covered different rounds. Add your group, log each expense (who paid, how much, and who it was shared by), and this tool works out everyone's net balance and tells you exactly who should pay whom — using the smallest number of transfers possible. Everything runs in your browser, so the names and amounts you enter never reach a server.","howto":["Add everyone who was part of the group to the participant list.","For each expense, enter a description and amount, pick who paid, and check off who it should be split between.","Once every expense is logged, check the settlement panel at the top to see who owes whom and how much.","Any expense or participant entered by mistake can be edited or removed from the list at any time."],"faq":[{"q":"Is the math still right when several people owe money and several are owed?","a":"Yes. The tool first calculates each person's net balance — what they paid minus their share of the costs — then matches debtors with creditors in a way that keeps the number of transfers to a minimum."},{"q":"Can I handle expenses that only some people were part of?","a":"Yes. Each expense has its own list of participants, so you can split the first round between three people and the second round between two, and each item is divided accordingly."},{"q":"Are the names and amounts I enter saved or sent anywhere?","a":"No. All input and calculation happens entirely in your browser, and everything resets when you refresh the page."}]},{"slug":"meeting-minutes-builder","category":"doc-data","title":"Meeting Minutes Generator","tagline":"Turn your agenda, decisions, and action items into finished minutes","emoji":"📝","keywords":["meeting minutes template","meeting minutes generator","free meeting notes template","action item tracker","meeting minutes pdf","how to write meeting minutes"],"intro":"Enter the meeting title, date and time, attendees, agenda, and decisions, and this tool assembles clean, properly formatted meeting minutes for you. Action items with an owner and a due date can be added or removed as you go, and the finished minutes can be copied straight to your clipboard or opened in a print view and saved as a PDF. Everything you type stays in your browser and is never sent anywhere.","howto":["Enter the meeting title, date and time, and the list of attendees","Write out the main agenda items and the decisions that were made","Add action items with an owner and due date, and remove any you don't need","Copy the finished minutes, or use the print button to save them as a PDF"],"faq":[{"q":"Are my meeting minutes stored on a server?","a":"No. Everything you enter and everything the tool produces stays in your browser and is never sent to a server."},{"q":"How do I save the minutes as a PDF?","a":"Click 'Print / Save as PDF' to open a print-ready window, then choose 'Save as PDF' instead of a printer in the print dialog."},{"q":"How many action items can I add?","a":"There's no limit — keep adding tasks with an owner and due date as needed, and delete any item individually."}]},{"slug":"menstruation-ovulation-calendar","category":"calc-convert","title":"Period & Ovulation Calculator","tagline":"Predict your next period, ovulation date, and fertile window","emoji":"🌸","keywords":["period calculator","ovulation calculator","fertile window calculator","when is my next period","menstrual cycle calculator","period tracker calculator"],"intro":"Enter the first day of your last period along with your average cycle length and period length, and this tool shows your next three expected periods, your estimated ovulation date, and your fertile window at a glance. It's handy whether you're trying to conceive or just want to know when your next period is due. All calculations happen instantly in your browser, so the dates you enter are never sent to any server.","howto":["Use the date picker to enter the first day of your last period.","Enter your average cycle length (21–45 days) and average period length (3–10 days).","Check the top of the screen for your next period start date, estimated ovulation date, and fertile window.","Review the three-cycle forecast table to see the expected period and ovulation dates for each upcoming cycle."],"faq":[{"q":"How are the ovulation date and fertile window calculated?","a":"Ovulation is estimated as 14 days before your next expected period, and the fertile window is shown as the five days leading up to ovulation plus the day after."},{"q":"Can the results differ from what actually happens?","a":"Yes. This calculator is a prediction based on average cycle math, and real ovulation and period timing can shift with your health and other factors, so treat the results as a general guide only."},{"q":"Are the dates I enter saved anywhere?","a":"No. Everything is calculated inside your browser and nothing is sent to or stored on a server."}]},{"slug":"mobile-tabbar-ui-designer","category":"color-design","title":"Mobile Tab Bar Designer","tagline":"Design an app bottom tab bar live and export the HTML/CSS","emoji":"📱","keywords":["tab bar design tool","bottom navigation generator","mobile app ui generator","css tab bar","bottom nav bar html css","app ui mockup tool"],"intro":"Build the bottom tab navigation for a mobile app or web app right in your browser. Adjust the number of tabs, the layout (standard or floating), the active indicator style (pill, dot, or top line), the background color, and the icon colors — and watch the result update inside a realistic phone mockup. When you're happy with it, copy the generated HTML and CSS straight into your project. Everything is rendered and generated locally, so your design never leaves your browser.","howto":["Choose how many tabs you want (3–5) and pick a layout style (standard bar or floating capsule).","Set the active tab indicator (pill background, dot below, or line on top) plus the background and active/inactive icon colors.","Edit each tab's icon, label, and badge text to match your app.","Tap through the tabs in the phone mockup to preview, then copy the HTML and CSS to use in your project."],"faq":[{"q":"Can I drop the generated HTML/CSS straight into my project?","a":"Yes — it's plain HTML and CSS with no library dependencies, so you can paste it in as-is. Just add your own script to handle screen switching on tap if you need it."},{"q":"What's the maximum number of tabs?","a":"You can currently choose 3, 4, or 5 tabs, and each one gets its own icon, label, and badge settings."},{"q":"Is my design saved on a server?","a":"No — the preview and code generation both run entirely in your browser, and nothing is stored or transmitted."}]},{"slug":"multi-layer-box-shadow","category":"color-design","title":"Layered Box Shadow Generator","tagline":"Stack multiple shadows into rich, realistic CSS box-shadow","emoji":"🌓","keywords":["box shadow generator","css box shadow","layered shadow css","smooth box shadow generator","neon glow css","css shadow maker"],"intro":"Stacking several box-shadow layers gives you a far softer, more convincing sense of depth than a single shadow ever will. Tune the offset, blur, spread, color, and opacity of each layer independently, see the result update live in the preview, and copy the finished CSS straight into your project. Everything runs in your browser — nothing is sent to a server.","howto":["Start from a preset — soft shadow, neon glow, or retro 3D.","Pick a layer from the list, then adjust its X/Y offset, blur, spread, and opacity sliders.","Change the shadow color with the color picker or a hex code, and toggle inset for an inner shadow if you need one.","Use + Add Layer to stack on more depth, then copy the generated CSS."],"faq":[{"q":"How many layers can I add?","a":"As many as you like — there's no cap. The only limit is that you can't delete the last remaining layer."},{"q":"Can I use the generated CSS right away?","a":"Yes — it's copied as a complete `box-shadow: ...` declaration, so you can paste it into a stylesheet or an inline style attribute as-is."},{"q":"Does picking a preset lock in those values?","a":"No. A preset is just a starting point — you're free to tweak every slider afterward and make the shadow your own."}]},{"slug":"name-initial-generator","category":"text-dev","title":"Initials Generator","tagline":"Convert a list of names into formatted initials in one go","emoji":"🔤","keywords":["initials generator","name to initials converter","monogram initials generator","how to write initials","bulk initials from names"],"intro":"Paste in a list of names — one per line — and this tool pulls the first letter of each name and formats them as initials. It's a quick way to generate initials for signatures, monograms, email handles, or document templates. The names you enter are processed entirely in your browser and never sent anywhere.","howto":["Type or paste names into the text box, one per line (e.g., John Doe)","Pick a separator style (J.D. / J. D. / JD / J D) and the letter case you want","Use the checkbox to include or skip middle initials as needed","Copy the initials that appear in the results box with the copy button"],"faq":[{"q":"What happens with three or more names, like a middle name?","a":"By default, the first letter of every name is included. Uncheck 'include middle name' and only the first and last name initials are used."},{"q":"Does it work with non-Latin names?","a":"The tool takes the first character of each space-separated word, so other scripts will technically work, but it's built and optimized for Western-style names like John Doe."},{"q":"Are the names I enter stored on a server?","a":"No. Every conversion happens instantly in your browser — nothing is uploaded or saved."}]},{"slug":"overseas-stock-tax","category":"calc-convert","title":"Korean Overseas Stock Capital Gains Tax Calculator","tagline":"Calculate Korea's 22% tax on foreign stock gains after the ₩2.5M deduction","emoji":"📈","keywords":["korea overseas stock capital gains tax calculator","korean tax on us stocks","korea 22% capital gains tax foreign shares","2.5 million won basic deduction stocks","korea foreign stock tax filing","netting gains and losses korea stock tax"],"intro":"If you're a Korean tax resident trading foreign stocks (US shares and the like), this calculator nets your realized gains and losses, subtracts the ₩2.5 million annual basic deduction, and applies the 22% rate (20% capital gains tax plus 2% local income tax) to what's left. There's a quick mode where you just enter yearly totals, and a per-position mode where you log each trade's buy price, sell price, quantity, and fees so gains and losses offset each other properly — useful whether you want a rough number or a full reconciliation of your actual trades. Everything is calculated in your browser and never sent to a server.","howto":["Pick either the quick entry tab or the per-position trade tab.","In quick mode, enter your total gains, total losses, and trading fees for the year.","In per-position mode, add each holding one at a time with its ticker, buy price, sell price, quantity, and fees.","Your taxable base after the ₩2.5M deduction and the final tax due appear at the top automatically, and you can save a summary with the copy results button."],"faq":[{"q":"Does the ₩2.5 million basic deduction always apply?","a":"Yes — ₩2.5 million is subtracted from your annual net gain (gains minus losses minus fees) first, and the 22% rate applies only to what remains. If your net gain is ₩2.5 million or less, you owe nothing."},{"q":"Should I include positions that lost money?","a":"Yes. Korea's overseas stock capital gains tax nets gains against losses, so you need both for an accurate taxable base. In per-position mode, any trade sold below its purchase price is automatically counted as a loss."},{"q":"Will this match the amount I actually file?","a":"It's an estimate built on realized gains, the basic deduction, and the 22% rate. Details like the exchange rate applied on each date and how your broker treats fees can change the outcome, so confirm with National Tax Service (NTS) records or a tax professional before filing."}]},{"slug":"ovulation-calendar","category":"calc-convert","title":"Ovulation Calculator","tagline":"Find your ovulation date and fertile window from your last period","emoji":"🌸","keywords":["ovulation calculator","fertile window calculator","when do i ovulate","ovulation date predictor","trying to conceive calculator","cycle tracking calculator"],"intro":"Enter the first day of your last period plus your average cycle and period length, and this tool works out your estimated ovulation date and fertile window automatically. It's useful if you're trying to conceive or simply want to keep track of your cycle. Everything is calculated inside your browser, so none of your personal information is sent to a server.","howto":["Select the first day of your last period.","Enter your average cycle length (21–45 days) and period length (3–10 days).","Review your next estimated ovulation date, fertile window, and the six-cycle forecast table.","Copy the results if you want to keep a record."],"faq":[{"q":"How accurate is the ovulation estimate?","a":"It's an estimate based on average cycle math, and your actual ovulation date can vary from person to person and month to month. Don't rely on it for medical diagnosis or as a form of birth control."},{"q":"How is the fertile window calculated?","a":"The fertile window is shown as the five days before your estimated ovulation date through the day after it."},{"q":"Is my data saved?","a":"No. The dates and cycle details you enter are calculated only in your browser — nothing is sent to or stored on a server."}]},{"slug":"ovulation-reverse-calculator","category":"calc-convert","title":"Ovulation Date Calculator","tagline":"Work backward from your next expected period to find ovulation and your fertile window","emoji":"🌸","keywords":["ovulation calculator","fertile window calculator","when do I ovulate","menstrual cycle calculator","ovulation predictor","conception calculator"],"intro":"Enter the date your next period is due and this calculator works backward 14 days to estimate your ovulation date, then shows the fertile window when conception is most likely (5 days before ovulation through 1 day after). It's handy if you're trying to conceive or simply want to know where you are in your cycle. Every date you enter is calculated right in your browser and never sent to a server.","howto":["Pick the date your next period is expected to start in the date field.","Your estimated ovulation date appears on screen automatically.","Check the fertile window shown below it, running from 5 days before ovulation through 1 day after.","If your cycle shifts, just pick a new date and everything recalculates instantly."],"faq":[{"q":"How is the ovulation date calculated?","a":"It uses the standard luteal-phase method: subtracting 14 days from the first day of your next expected period."},{"q":"Can I use this as a birth control method?","a":"No. Ovulation timing shifts with hormones, stress, and overall health, so it isn't a reliable way to prevent pregnancy."},{"q":"Are the dates I enter stored anywhere?","a":"No. Everything is calculated inside your browser, and the dates you enter are never transmitted or saved to a server."}]},{"slug":"pattern-gradient-background","category":"color-design","title":"CSS Stripe Pattern Generator","tagline":"Dial in the angle, colors, and stripe widths, then copy the CSS","emoji":"🎨","keywords":["css pattern generator","css stripe background","repeating-linear-gradient generator","diagonal stripes css","gradient pattern maker","css background generator"],"intro":"Build striped backgrounds — diagonals, pinstripes, hazard tape, and more — in real time using repeating-linear-gradient. It's built for designers and developers who need CSS for a banner, section background, or decorative accent without opening an image editor. Everything renders in your browser and nothing is sent to a server.","howto":["Click one of the presets (diagonal, pinstripe, hazard, candy cane, pastel, and more) to get started","Fine-tune the look with the angle slider and the width sliders for each of the two colors","Set your two colors with the color pickers or by typing HEX values","Check the preview, then copy the generated CSS and paste it into your project"],"faq":[{"q":"Which CSS property does the generated code go in?","a":"Paste it as the value of background-image. You get the pattern with pure CSS — no image file required."},{"q":"Can I export it as an image file?","a":"This tool outputs CSS code only. It's the right fit when you want the background applied through code rather than a bitmap."},{"q":"Does it work in every browser?","a":"repeating-linear-gradient is a standard CSS feature with broad support across all modern browsers."}]},{"slug":"pdf-cover-page-generator","category":"pdf","title":"Report Cover Page Generator","tagline":"Type in a title, subtitle, and author to build an A4 report cover in seconds","emoji":"📑","keywords":["report cover page generator","cover page maker","free title page maker","a4 cover page template","pdf cover page creator","business report cover design"],"intro":"Create a polished cover page for the front of a report or proposal in seconds. Enter your main title, subtitle, department or author, and date, pick one of three designs — Classic, Modern, or Minimal — and download it as a high-resolution PNG at A4 proportions. Everything is rendered in your browser and nothing you type is sent to a server, so it's safe to use with internal documents and confidential project names.","howto":["Choose a cover theme from the tabs: Modern, Classic, or Minimal","Enter the report title, subtitle, department or author, and date","Watch the A4 cover update live in the preview on the right","Click 'Download high-resolution PNG' to save the image, then drop it into your PDF or document"],"faq":[{"q":"Does it save the file as a PDF?","a":"No — it downloads as a high-resolution PNG at A4 proportions so it's ready to print or insert. Just paste the image into Word, Google Docs, or your PDF editor to use it as a cover."},{"q":"Is my company name or document title sent anywhere?","a":"No. Every cover is drawn on a canvas inside your browser, and none of the text ever leaves your device."},{"q":"Do I lose my text if I switch themes?","a":"No. Your title, subtitle, author, and date carry over when you change themes, so you can compare all three designs side by side."}]},{"slug":"pension-irp-tax-saving","category":"calc-convert","title":"Korean Pension Savings & IRP Tax Credit Calculator","tagline":"Estimate your Korean tax credit refund from pension savings and IRP contributions","emoji":"🧾","keywords":["Korean pension savings tax credit calculator","Korea IRP tax deduction","yeongeum jeochuk tax credit","Korea year-end tax settlement pension","IRP contribution limit Korea","Korea 9 million won pension deduction"],"intro":"Enter what you've paid into a Korean pension savings account (yeongeum jeochuk) and an IRP (Individual Retirement Pension) and this calculator estimates the tax credit refund you can expect at year-end settlement or when filing comprehensive income tax. It works for both wage earners and comprehensive income filers, automatically applying the correct credit rate for your income bracket (16.5% or 13.2%). All math runs in your browser, so your income details never reach a server.","howto":["Select your income type: 'Wage earner (year-end tax settlement)' or 'Comprehensive income filer'.","Enter your total salary or your comprehensive income amount.","Enter your annual contributions to pension savings and to your IRP separately.","Review your estimated refund and how much more you can still contribute before hitting the credit ceiling, then copy the results."],"faq":[{"q":"What are the tax credit limits for pension savings and IRP?","a":"Pension savings count for up to KRW 6 million per year, and the combined pension savings plus IRP ceiling is KRW 9 million per year. So if you max out pension savings at KRW 6 million, you can claim up to another KRW 3 million through your IRP."},{"q":"How is the credit rate determined?","a":"If your total salary is KRW 55 million or less (or comprehensive income of KRW 45 million or less), the rate is 16.5% including local income tax; above that it drops to 13.2%. The calculator picks the right rate automatically from the income you enter."},{"q":"Could the result differ from my actual refund?","a":"Yes. This is an estimate based only on the credit ceilings and rates. Your real refund can change depending on other deductions and credits or on your calculated tax liability, so treat the figure as a reference point."}]},{"slug":"personal-rehabilitation","category":"calc-convert","title":"Korean Personal Rehabilitation Payment Calculator","tagline":"Estimate your monthly repayment and discharged debt under Korea's personal rehabilitation system","emoji":"⚖️","keywords":["Korea personal rehabilitation calculator","gaein hoesaeng repayment estimate","Korean debt rehabilitation monthly payment","Korea minimum cost of living debt relief","Korea repayment ratio calculator","Korea disposable income debt plan"],"intro":"Enter your monthly income, household size, total debt, and repayment period, and this tool estimates your monthly repayment, total repayment, repayment ratio, and how much debt is likely to be discharged under Korea's personal rehabilitation (gaein hoesaeng) system, using the statutory minimum cost of living set at 60% of the standard median income. It's a quick way for anyone weighing a rehabilitation filing to gauge the burden ahead. All calculations happen in your browser, so your income and debt figures never reach a server.","howto":["Enter your average monthly after-tax income.","Enter your total debt principal.","Select your household size, including yourself.","Choose a repayment plan length (36, 48, or 60 months) and your estimate appears immediately."],"faq":[{"q":"Will the court approve the exact repayment ratio shown here?","a":"No. This is a rough estimate based on the minimum cost of living. The ratio actually approved depends on factors like the liquidation value guarantee principle and review by the rehabilitation commissioner."},{"q":"How is the minimum cost of living determined?","a":"It applies 60% of the standard median income published by Korea's Ministry of Health and Welfare, scaled to your household size."},{"q":"Is the income and debt information I enter stored?","a":"No. Everything is calculated inside your browser and nothing is sent to a server."}]},{"slug":"pet-age-converter","category":"calc-convert","title":"Pet Age Calculator","tagline":"Convert your dog's or cat's age into human years","emoji":"🐾","keywords":["dog age calculator","cat age calculator","dog years to human years","pet age in human years","cat years to human years","puppy age chart"],"intro":"Enter your dog's or cat's age and see it converted into human years. Because larger breeds age faster, the calculator factors in breed size (small, medium, or large) for a more realistic number — useful for understanding where your pet is in life and for framing questions before a vet visit. Everything is calculated instantly in your browser with nothing sent to a server.","howto":["Choose your pet type: dog or cat.","Enter your pet's actual age in years.","If you picked dog, also select the breed size: small, medium, or large.","Read the human-equivalent age displayed at the top."],"faq":[{"q":"Are dogs and cats converted differently?","a":"Yes. The first two years use the same scale for both, but after that cats and small dogs age about 4 human years annually, medium dogs about 5, and large dogs about 6."},{"q":"Why do I have to pick a breed size?","a":"Larger dogs age faster, so they convert to a higher human age at the same chronological age. Selecting the size gives you a more accurate result."},{"q":"Can I calculate for a pet under one year old?","a":"Yes. The first year of life is scaled to roughly 15 human years, so you can look up puppies and kittens too."}]},{"slug":"pre-post-savings-calculator","category":"calc-convert","title":"Korean Installment Savings Early/Late Payment Calculator","tagline":"Calculate your real maturity date and interest from early and late installment payments","emoji":"💰","keywords":["Korean installment savings calculator","seonnap iyeon calculator","6-1-5 rule savings Korea","Korea jeokgeum interest calculator","installment savings maturity date","Korea savings account strategy"],"intro":"This calculator models Korea's seonnap-iyeon strategy for installment savings accounts: pay some installments early and others late, and it tallies the resulting early-days and late-days totals to show whether your maturity date slips and exactly how much interest you'll earn before and after tax. Pick a well-known pattern like the 6-1-5 rule or the 1-11 rule, or edit each installment's actual payment date to build your own simulation — ideal for savers who park idle cash in a CMA account and want to squeeze maximum efficiency out of their savings interest. Everything is calculated in your browser, and the amounts and dates you enter never reach a server.","howto":["Enter your monthly deposit, the contracted annual interest rate, and the account opening date.","Pick a payment pattern: the 6-1-5 rule, the 1-11 rule, or standard on-time payments.","If you'd like, edit the actual payment dates directly in the installment table to build your own simulation.","Review your total early days and late days, your real maturity date, and pre-tax and after-tax interest, then copy the results."],"faq":[{"q":"What is the 6-1-5 rule?","a":"It's the best-known early/late payment strategy: you front-load six months' worth of deposits on the first installment, pay the remaining five months' worth on the seventh installment, and top up the balance on the final installment — maximizing your accumulated early days."},{"q":"What happens if my early days exceed my late days?","a":"As long as total early days are greater than or equal to total late days, your maturity date doesn't slip and you can close the account at maturity at the full contracted rate. This calculator shows that net difference right away."},{"q":"Can I change the payment date for individual installments?","a":"Yes. Edit any installment's actual payment date in the table and the pattern automatically switches to 'Custom,' with the results recalculated to match."}]},{"slug":"pregnancy-due-date-calculator","category":"calc-convert","title":"How Many Weeks Pregnant Am I? Due Date & Prenatal Schedule","tagline":"From your last period or conception date: your current week, trimester, and the 12, 16, 20, 28, and 36-week appointment dates","emoji":"🤰","keywords":["how many weeks pregnant am i","pregnancy due date calculator","pregnancy week by week calculator","prenatal appointment schedule","trimester calculator","20 week anatomy scan timing"],"intro":"Pick whichever date you know — the first day of your last period or your conception (ovulation) date — and Naegele's rule (LMP + 280 days) gives you the due date, how many weeks along you are today, your trimester, and the days remaining. A timeline lays out where each trimester starts and ends, and a table maps the appointments that actually go in the calendar: the 12-week NT scan, the 16-week quad test, the 20-week anatomy scan, the 28-week glucose test, and weekly checkups from 36 weeks, with dates already past marked as such. It's for planning the schedule before you're sitting in the clinic. All calculations run inside your browser, so the dates you enter are never sent to a server.","howto":["Choose the tab for the date you want to calculate from: last menstrual period (LMP) or conception (ovulation) date.","Select that date in the date field.","Your due date, gestational age, trimester, and days remaining appear automatically.","Review the trimester timeline and key prenatal checkups at weeks 12, 16, 20, 28, and 36, and copy the results if you need them."],"faq":[{"q":"How is the due date calculated?","a":"It follows Naegele's rule, adding 280 days (40 weeks) to the first day of your last menstrual period. If you enter a conception date instead, it converts that to an LMP equivalent by adding the typical 14 days to ovulation."},{"q":"How far off can it be from the actual birth date?","a":"This is an estimate — actual delivery commonly falls within about two weeks on either side of the due date. Confirm your dating with an ultrasound at your OB-GYN."},{"q":"Are the dates I enter saved on a server?","a":"No. Everything is processed in your browser, and no date information is ever transmitted or stored."}]},{"slug":"pregnancy-weeks-calendar","category":"calc-convert","title":"Pregnancy Week Calculator","tagline":"Find your current pregnancy week and due date from your last period","emoji":"🤰","keywords":["pregnancy week calculator","due date calculator","how many weeks pregnant am I","gestational age calculator","LMP due date","trimester calculator","pregnancy countdown"],"intro":"Enter the first day of your last menstrual period and instantly see how many weeks and days along you are, how many days are left until your due date, and which trimester you're in. Every calculation runs entirely in your browser and nothing is sent to a server, so expecting parents can check back as often as they like with complete privacy. It's especially handy for getting a rough idea of your gestational age and due date before your next prenatal appointment.","howto":["Click the field for the first day of your last menstrual period","Pick the date your last period started from the calendar","Your current week and day of pregnancy, days remaining, estimated due date, and trimester appear automatically at the top of the screen","Change the date any time to recalculate your pregnancy week for a different starting point"],"faq":[{"q":"How is the due date calculated?","a":"The tool adds 280 days (40 weeks) — the average length of a pregnancy — to the first day of your last menstrual period. This is the standard method, commonly known as Naegele's rule."},{"q":"Can my actual delivery date differ from this estimate?","a":"Yes. Depending on how regular your cycle is and when conception actually occurred, the estimate can be off by a couple of weeks. Always defer to the gestational age and due date your OB-GYN determines from an ultrasound measurement."},{"q":"Is the date I enter stored anywhere?","a":"No. Everything is calculated locally in your browser, and the date you enter is never transmitted to or saved on a server."}]},{"slug":"press-release-template","category":"doc-data","title":"Press Release Template Generator","tagline":"Enter a headline, the 5 W's and key takeaways to build a standard press release","emoji":"📰","keywords":["press release template","press release format","press release generator","how to write a press release","press release example","media release template","5 w's press release"],"intro":"Fill in your headline, release date, media contact details, key bullet points, and the who-what-when-where-why-how of your story, and this tool assembles a properly formatted press release you can use right away. It's built for PR managers and startup marketers who need a solid draft fast, right before distribution. Nothing you type leaves your browser — no data is sent to a server.","howto":["Enter your headline, the release date, and the media contact's name, email, and phone number.","Add your key takeaways one at a time to build the bullet list.","Fill in the who, what, when, where, why, and how fields to generate the body copy.","Review the finished press release and grab it with the copy button."],"faq":[{"q":"Is the press release I write saved on a server?","a":"No. Everything you type and every line of generated text stays in your browser and is never sent anywhere."},{"q":"Do I have to fill in all of the 5 W's and the H?","a":"The template still generates with blank fields, but the more of them you complete, the more natural and polished the body copy reads."},{"q":"How many key takeaways can I add?","a":"There's no limit — add or remove as many as you like. Three or so is the usual sweet spot."}]},{"slug":"promissory-note-discount","category":"calc-convert","title":"Promissory Note Discount Calculator","tagline":"See exactly what you net after the discount is deducted from a note's face value","emoji":"💴","keywords":["promissory note discount calculator","note discounting calculator","bank discount rate calculator","net proceeds calculator","discount interest formula","360 vs 365 day count","days to maturity calculator"],"intro":"When you cash in a promissory note before it matures, the interest for the remaining term is deducted up front from the face value. This tool figures out both the discount charge and your net proceeds — just enter the face value, the annual discount rate, and the issue and maturity dates. It's a quick way for treasury staff and small business owners to decide whether discounting a note is worth it. All math happens in your browser and nothing you enter is sent to a server.","howto":["Enter the note's face value and the annual discount rate (%)","Enter the note's issue date and maturity date","Choose the start date for the discount period (issue date, today, or a custom date) and the day-count basis (365 or 360 days)","Review the calculated discount charge and net proceeds, and copy them if you need to"],"faq":[{"q":"How is the discount charge calculated?","a":"The discount (the interest taken up front) equals face value × (annual discount rate ÷ 100) × (days in the discount period ÷ day-count basis). Your net proceeds are the face value minus that discount."},{"q":"What's the difference between a 365-day and a 360-day basis?","a":"365 days is the convention banks typically use, while 360 days is customary in private lending and note markets. With identical inputs, the basis you pick will shift the discount charge slightly."},{"q":"How do I choose the discount start date?","a":"You can base it on the issue date, today's date, or a date you specify yourself. The days remaining until maturity are counted from whichever start date you choose."}]},{"slug":"property-acquisition-tax","category":"calc-convert","title":"Korean Property Acquisition Tax Calculator","tagline":"Estimate Korea's acquisition tax for purchases, inheritance, gifts, and new builds, factoring in homes owned and regulated zones","emoji":"🏠","keywords":["Korea property acquisition tax calculator","Korean real estate acquisition tax","acquisition tax rate Korea","buying property in Korea taxes","Korea multiple home owner tax","Korea gift inheritance property tax","Wetax acquisition tax"],"intro":"This calculator estimates the acquisition tax, local education tax, and special rural development tax owed in South Korea when you acquire a home by purchase, inheritance, gift, or new construction. Enter the acquisition price, exclusive floor area, how many homes you already own, and whether the property sits in a regulated zone, and it applies South Korea's standard rate tables to show your projected tax bill instantly. Everything is calculated in your browser, so the amounts you enter are never sent to a server.","howto":["Enter the property's acquisition price (KRW) and exclusive floor area (㎡).","Select how the property is being acquired (purchase/pre-sale, inheritance, gift, or original acquisition of a new build).","For a purchase, set the number of homes you own and whether the property is in a regulated zone; for inheritance or gifts, check any applicable exemption or heavy-tax conditions.","Review the acquisition tax, local education tax, special rural development tax, and total due shown on screen, and copy the results if you need them."],"faq":[{"q":"Could the amount here differ from my actual tax assessment?","a":"Yes. This is an estimate based on South Korea's standard rate tables, and your real assessment can differ due to local government reductions, exemptions, or your individual circumstances. Confirm the exact figure through Wetax or your local city, county, or district office."},{"q":"Why is the rate so much higher for multiple-home owners?","a":"Under South Korea's heavy acquisition tax rules introduced in 2020, rates of 8–12% apply when you acquire a second or additional home in a regulated zone, or a third or additional home outside one. Selecting the number of homes you own and the regulated-zone status applies those higher rates automatically."},{"q":"Is the acquisition price I enter stored anywhere?","a":"No. All calculations happen inside your browser, and nothing is transmitted to or saved on a server."}]},{"slug":"proposal-outline-generator","category":"doc-data","title":"Proposal Outline Generator","tagline":"Instantly build a standard proposal outline for your type of business","emoji":"📋","keywords":["proposal outline","business proposal template","how to write a proposal","RFP response outline","project proposal structure","proposal sections list","proposal generator"],"intro":"Pick one of four project types — IT implementation, digital marketing, business partnership, or government/public bidding — and get a ready-to-use proposal outline with section headings and sub-items in one click. It's built for strategists, sales reps, and founders staring at a blank page. Everything is generated locally in your browser, so nothing you do here is sent to a server.","howto":["Choose the type of proposal you're writing (IT implementation, digital marketing, business partnership, or government/public bidding) from the dropdown at the top.","The matching top-level sections and sub-items appear on screen automatically.","Click the \"Copy full outline\" button to put the entire outline on your clipboard.","Paste it into Word, PowerPoint, Google Docs, or whichever tool you use and start filling in the skeleton."],"faq":[{"q":"Can I submit the generated outline as is?","a":"These outlines follow widely used industry conventions, but for a real proposal you should add, remove, or reword sections to match the client's RFP requirements or your company's template."},{"q":"Will other project types be added?","a":"Right now there are four: IT system implementation, digital marketing, business partnership, and government/public bidding. Switching types regenerates the outline instantly."},{"q":"Is anything I enter saved on a server?","a":"The tool works from a single dropdown selection with no text entry at all, and all processing happens in your browser — nothing is sent anywhere."}]},{"slug":"radial-gradient-generator","category":"color-design","title":"Radial Gradient Generator","tagline":"Build circular and elliptical CSS radial gradients with a live preview","emoji":"🎨","keywords":["radial gradient generator","CSS gradient generator","radial-gradient CSS","circle gradient CSS","CSS background gradient maker","gradient color stops"],"intro":"Create a circular or elliptical radial gradient and watch it update live as you adjust up to five color stops, the starting position, and the shape. It's made for designers and front-end developers who need clean CSS for backgrounds, buttons, and card designs. Everything renders instantly in your browser — no data is sent to a server.","howto":["Choose a circle or ellipse shape","Click the starting point for the gradient on the 3×3 position grid","Adjust the color and position (%) of each color stop, adding or removing stops as needed","Check the live preview, then copy the generated CSS"],"faq":[{"q":"How many color stops can I add?","a":"Anywhere from 2 to 5, and you can set the color and position of each one independently."},{"q":"How do I use the generated CSS?","a":"Hit the copy button to get a radial-gradient declaration you can paste straight into a background property."},{"q":"How is the position set?","a":"Click one of the nine keyword positions on the 3×3 grid — top left, center, bottom right, and so on."}]},{"slug":"real-estate-yield-calculator","category":"calc-convert","title":"Rental Property ROI Calculator","tagline":"Calculate cap rate and cash-on-cash return from price, financing, and rent","emoji":"🏢","keywords":["rental property ROI calculator","cap rate calculator","cash on cash return calculator","rental yield calculator","investment property calculator","cash flow calculator real estate","NOI calculator"],"intro":"Enter the purchase price, loan amount and interest rate, security deposit, monthly rent, and operating costs, and get your capitalization rate (cap rate) and cash-on-cash return (the yield on the money you actually put in) right away. It's built for first-time landlords and small investors sizing up an income property. All calculations run in your browser, so the figures you enter never reach a server.","howto":["Enter the property's purchase price and the security deposit you'll collect","Enter the loan amount and the interest rate (%)","Enter the monthly rent and your annual maintenance and operating costs","Review the cap rate, cash-on-cash return, total cash invested, and annual cash flow, then copy the results"],"faq":[{"q":"What's the difference between cap rate and cash-on-cash return?","a":"Cap rate is net operating income as a percentage of the full purchase price, ignoring financing. Cash-on-cash return is pre-tax net cash flow as a percentage of the money you actually invested, after the loan and deposit are backed out. Look at both to see how leverage is working for you."},{"q":"Are closing costs like transfer taxes and agent commissions included?","a":"No. The calculation currently accounts only for purchase price, loan, deposit, rent, and operating costs. Acquisition taxes, agent commissions, and other transaction costs aren't included, so your real cash outlay may be higher."},{"q":"Are the amounts I enter saved or transmitted?","a":"No. Everything is calculated inside your browser and nothing is sent to or stored on a server."}]},{"slug":"regex-text-extractor","category":"text-dev","title":"Regex Text Extractor","tagline":"Pull emails, URLs, numbers, and more out of any text with a regular expression","emoji":"🧩","keywords":["regex extractor","extract text with regex","email extractor","URL extractor","regex match tool","regex tester online","extract phone numbers from text"],"intro":"Hunting through a wall of text for every email address, URL, or phone number by hand is tedious. This tool extracts every match at once — pick one of the built-in presets for common patterns or write your own regular expression. The text you paste is processed entirely in your browser and never sent to a server.","howto":["Paste the text or document you want to extract from into the source text box.","Pick a preset — email, URL, IP address, phone number, or numbers — or type your own regex pattern.","Turn on the case-insensitive option if you need it, then review the matches and the match count in the results list below.","Copy individual matches, or use the \"Copy all matches\" button to grab the whole list at once."],"faq":[{"q":"Can I use my own regular expression?","a":"Yes. Choose \"Custom\" from the preset list, or just type your pattern straight into the pattern field."},{"q":"What happens if my regex is invalid?","a":"You'll see an error message on screen if the syntax is wrong. Fix the pattern and matching runs again immediately."},{"q":"Is the text I paste sent to a server?","a":"No. All matching is done inside your browser and your text never leaves your device."}]},{"slug":"regex-visualizer","category":"text-dev","title":"Regex Visualizer","tagline":"Breaks a regular expression into its parts and explains each one in plain English","emoji":"🔍","keywords":["regex explainer","regex visualizer","regular expression parser","explain regex pattern","regex syntax breakdown","regex cheat sheet tool"],"intro":"Regular expressions are short and powerful, but they can look like gibberish the first time you see one. This tool takes any pattern you paste in and splits it into its building blocks — capture groups, character classes, quantifiers, anchors, and more — then explains what each piece actually does, live as you type. Everything is parsed in your browser, so your pattern never leaves your machine. Whether it's an email validation regex or a pattern for parsing internal server logs, you can paste it in without worrying about where it goes.","howto":["Type or paste the regular expression you want to analyze into the input box.","Check the syntax tree below, where every token appears automatically in indented order.","Read each entry's [type] label and description to understand what that symbol does.","Tweak the pattern piece by piece and watch how group nesting (indentation) and quantifier interpretation change in real time."],"faq":[{"q":"Can I also test whether a string matches?","a":"No. This tool focuses on breaking down the structure of the expression itself, token by token, and does not include a separate match-testing feature for sample strings."},{"q":"Does it recognize advanced syntax like lookahead and lookbehind?","a":"Yes. Non-capturing groups (?:...), positive lookahead (?=...), negative lookahead (?!...), and lookbehind (?<=...) and (?<!...) are each broken out as their own entry with an explanation."},{"q":"Is my regex sent to an external server?","a":"No. Both the parsing and the explanations run entirely inside your browser, so even sensitive patterns stay private."}]},{"slug":"remove-blank-lines","category":"text-dev","title":"Blank Line Remover","tagline":"Strip out or collapse unwanted empty lines in your text in one click","emoji":"🧹","keywords":["remove blank lines","delete empty lines online","remove extra line breaks","text cleaner tool","collapse blank lines"],"intro":"Stray empty lines scattered through code or documents hurt readability and look messy when you paste them somewhere else. Paste your text here and this tool will either delete every blank line or collapse runs of consecutive blank lines down to one. All processing happens in your browser, so nothing you type is ever sent to a server.","howto":["Paste the text you want to clean up into the input box.","Choose a mode: \"Remove all blank lines\" or \"Collapse consecutive blank lines\".","If you like, turn on \"Trim whitespace on each line\" to clean up leftover spaces line by line.","Review the converted text in the output box and grab it with the copy button."],"faq":[{"q":"What's the difference between \"Remove all blank lines\" and \"Collapse consecutive blank lines\"?","a":"\"Remove all blank lines\" strips out every empty line without exception, while \"Collapse consecutive blank lines\" reduces multiple blank lines to a single one so your paragraph breaks stay intact."},{"q":"Are lines that contain only whitespace treated as blank?","a":"Yes. Lines holding nothing but spaces or tabs count as blank and will be removed or collapsed too."},{"q":"Is my text stored on a server?","a":"No. Everything runs inside your browser, and nothing you enter is transmitted anywhere."}]},{"slug":"rent-conversion-calculator","category":"calc-convert","title":"Jeonse–Monthly Rent Conversion Calculator (Korea)","tagline":"Convert between a Korean jeonse deposit and monthly rent, and check the legal conversion rate cap","emoji":"🏠","keywords":["jeonse to monthly rent calculator","korean rent deposit conversion","jeonse conversion rate","semi jeonse calculator","korea housing lease protection act rent cap","bank of korea base rate rent"],"intro":"This calculator converts between a jeonse deposit (the large lump-sum deposit used in Korean leases) and monthly rent, and tells you whether the conversion rate being applied exceeds the cap set by Korea's Housing Lease Protection Act. It's handy for tenants sizing up whether a landlord's offer is fair before a move, and for landlords negotiating semi-jeonse terms. Every amount you enter is calculated in your browser and never sent to a server.","howto":["Use the tabs at the top to pick a direction: \"Jeonse → Monthly Rent\", \"Monthly Rent → Jeonse\", or \"Find the Conversion Rate\".","Enter the figures you have — the existing deposit (jeonse amount) and the target deposit or monthly rent after conversion.","Enter the conversion rate you want to compare against plus the Bank of Korea base rate, and the result appears alongside the legal cap (base rate + 2.0%).","Hit \"Copy Result\" to copy the full breakdown as text for your records or to share it."],"faq":[{"q":"How is the legal conversion rate cap calculated?","a":"Under Article 7-2 of Korea's Housing Lease Protection Act, the cap is the Bank of Korea base rate plus a rate set by Presidential Decree (currently 2.0% per year). Rent charged above that cap is legally void."},{"q":"Does the legal cap also apply when converting monthly rent back into jeonse?","a":"It isn't strictly enforced the way a jeonse-to-monthly-rent conversion is, but you can still use it as a reference point to compare against market interest rates."},{"q":"Can I calculate a hybrid (banjeonse) deal that mixes a smaller deposit with monthly rent?","a":"Yes. On the 'Jeonse → Monthly' tab, just enter a lower target deposit — the difference is automatically converted into monthly rent, so hybrid deals work the same way."}]},{"slug":"resume-action-verbs","category":"text-dev","title":"Resume Action Verb Finder","tagline":"Strong resume verbs for leadership, technical, research, and process work — with example bullets","emoji":"💼","keywords":["resume action verbs","strong resume verbs list","resume power words","cv action verbs","resume bullet point examples"],"intro":"Instead of flat filler like \"responsible for\" or \"worked on\", this tool helps you find the punchy action verbs that actually catch a recruiter's eye. Browse verbs across four categories — leadership, engineering/implementation, data/research, and process/coordination — search them instantly, and copy a ready-to-use example bullet straight into your resume. All searching and copying happens in your browser, so nothing is sent to a server.","howto":["Pick a category tab: Leadership, Technical, Research, or Process.","Type a word or keyword into the search box (for example \"design\" or \"optimize\") and the list narrows down as you type.","Look over the definition and the sample resume bullet for any verb that fits.","Click \"Copy Example Bullet\" to grab the sentence and paste it into your resume."],"faq":[{"q":"Can I paste these example bullets into my resume as-is?","a":"They're meant as reference templates. Swap in your own accomplishments and real numbers before you use them."},{"q":"Can I search by meaning instead of the exact verb?","a":"Yes. Type a descriptive word like \"design\" or \"improve\" and the tool will surface verbs whose definitions match that idea."},{"q":"What if the search returns no results?","a":"Try another tab (Leadership, Technical, Research, or Process), or shorten your search term."}]},{"slug":"retirement-fund-calculator","category":"calc-convert","title":"Retirement Savings Calculator","tagline":"Calculate your retirement number, your shortfall, and how much to save each month","emoji":"🏖️","keywords":["retirement calculator","retirement savings calculator","how much do i need to retire","monthly savings for retirement","retirement shortfall calculator","retirement drawdown simulator"],"intro":"Enter your current age, target retirement age, expected living costs, inflation rate, and investment return, and this calculator works out the total nest egg you'll need at retirement, how far your current assets fall short, and the monthly savings required to close that gap. It also runs a year-by-year simulation showing when your money would run out, so you can see exactly where your retirement plan stands. Every calculation runs in your browser — your financial details are never sent to a server.","howto":["Enter your current age, your target retirement age, and your expected life expectancy","Enter your desired monthly living expenses (in today's dollars) and your current savings","Enter your expected inflation rate and your average annual investment return","Review your total retirement number, your shortfall, the monthly savings you need, and the year-by-year drawdown simulation"],"faq":[{"q":"Why does inflation get factored in?","a":"Your living costs at retirement will be higher than they are today by however much prices rise, so the calculator inflates your present-day expenses forward to your retirement year to find the amount you'll actually need."},{"q":"Is the same investment return used before and after retirement?","a":"Yes. The average annual return you enter is applied both to the growth of your assets before retirement and to whatever remains invested as you draw it down afterward."},{"q":"Are the amounts I enter stored anywhere?","a":"No. Every calculation happens inside your browser, and nothing is transmitted or saved."}]},{"slug":"salary-attachment-limit","category":"calc-convert","title":"Wage Garnishment Limit Calculator (Korea)","tagline":"Instantly see how much of a Korean salary can be garnished under the Civil Execution Act","emoji":"⚖️","keywords":["korea wage garnishment limit","salary garnishment calculator korea","korean civil execution act article 246","exempt from wage garnishment korea","how much of my salary can be garnished","provisional attachment salary korea"],"intro":"When wages become the target of debt collection or a provisional attachment in Korea, both employees and creditors want to know how much can actually be seized and how much is protected. This tool applies the bracket rules of Article 246 of Korea's Civil Execution Act exactly as written and instantly shows the protected amount alongside the garnishable amount. The salary figure you enter is calculated in your browser and never sent to a server.","howto":["Enter your monthly salary (gross or take-home) in the input box.","Check the maximum garnishable amount shown at the top of the screen.","Below that, see the portion protected from garnishment to guarantee a minimum standard of living.","Try different salary figures to compare how the limit shifts from bracket to bracket."],"faq":[{"q":"Is a monthly salary of 1.85 million KRW or less really exempt from garnishment?","a":"Yes. Under Korea's Civil Execution Act, any amount up to 1.85 million KRW per month is fully protected from garnishment to guarantee a minimum standard of living."},{"q":"Can a high earner have their entire salary garnished?","a":"No. Even above the 6 million KRW bracket, the protection is progressive: 3 million KRW plus half of the excess remains exempt from garnishment."},{"q":"Is the salary information I enter stored anywhere?","a":"No. Every calculation runs inside your browser, and nothing is transmitted or saved."}]},{"slug":"salary-negotiation-simulator","category":"calc-convert","title":"Salary Negotiation Simulator","tagline":"Gauge your odds before you ask, based on your raise target, performance rating, and tenure","emoji":"🤝","keywords":["salary negotiation calculator","raise percentage calculator","salary increase simulator","how much raise should i ask for","take home pay after raise"],"intro":"Enter your current salary, your target salary, your most recent performance rating, and your years of service, and this tool estimates the raise you're asking for, your likelihood of landing it, and how much your monthly take-home pay would actually go up after taxes. It's built for anyone heading into a salary conversation who wants a reality check on whether their number is realistic. All calculations run in your browser — your salary details are never sent to a server.","howto":["Enter your current salary and the salary you want to negotiate for, in KRW","Select your most recent performance rating (S through C) and enter your total years of service","Check the requested raise percentage and estimated success probability shown at the top","Use the projected increase in monthly take-home pay to fine-tune your negotiation target"],"faq":[{"q":"How is the success probability calculated?","a":"It starts from your performance rating as a baseline, lowers the odds as the raise you're asking for grows, and adds a small bump for longer tenure. It's a rough estimate and does not guarantee any real-world outcome."},{"q":"How is the take-home increase calculated?","a":"It assumes roughly a 16% deduction rate for Korea's four major insurances and income tax, then shows the approximate difference in monthly take-home pay."},{"q":"Should I go into a negotiation relying on this result alone?","a":"No — it's a simple estimate for reference only. What matters far more in a real negotiation is documented proof of your results plus market salary data for your industry."}]},{"slug":"salary-real-income-calculator","category":"calc-convert","title":"Korean Take-Home Pay Calculator","tagline":"See your net pay after Korea's four major insurances and income tax","emoji":"💰","keywords":["korea take home pay calculator","korean net salary calculator","korea 4 major insurance deduction","salary after tax korea","korean income tax calculator"],"intro":"Enter your gross monthly salary and your number of dependents, and you'll instantly see your estimated take-home pay after National Pension, National Health Insurance, long-term care insurance, employment insurance, income tax, and local income tax. It's built for employees in Korea who want a rough sense of what actually lands in their account before signing a job offer or heading into a negotiation. Your inputs are calculated in your browser and never leave your device.","howto":["Enter your gross monthly salary as a number.","Select your number of dependents, including yourself.","Review your estimated net pay on screen along with the itemized deductions (the four major insurances, income tax, and local income tax).","If you need a record, use the \"Copy Breakdown\" button to copy the results and save or share them."],"faq":[{"q":"Could this differ from the amount on my actual pay stub?","a":"Yes. This is a simulation using standard rates for the four major insurances and a simplified income tax table, so non-taxable allowances and company-specific deduction rules can make your real pay stub differ."},{"q":"How does the number of dependents affect the result?","a":"The more dependents you claim, the larger the reduction applied when calculating income tax, which lowers your estimated tax and raises your take-home pay accordingly."},{"q":"Is my salary information stored on a server?","a":"No. Every calculation happens inside your browser, and the salary details you enter are never transmitted or saved anywhere."}]},{"slug":"savings-windmill-calculator","category":"calc-convert","title":"Savings Ladder Calculator","tagline":"Simulate returns from opening a new savings account every month, ladder style","emoji":"🌀","keywords":["savings ladder calculator","cd ladder calculator","monthly savings interest calculator","compound savings simulator","korean savings windmill method","installment savings maturity calculator"],"intro":"A savings ladder (known in Korea as the \"windmill\" method) means opening one new fixed-term savings account every month so that, once the first term matures, a payout lands in your hands month after month while your money keeps compounding. Enter your monthly deposit, annual interest rate, term length, and tax option, and this calculator lays out the maturity value of each individual account plus a month-by-month table of accumulated interest and capital actually tied up. Everything runs in your browser, so the amounts you type are never sent to a server.","howto":["Enter the monthly deposit and annual interest rate for the new account you'll open each month.","Set the account term in months and the total simulation period in months.","Choose the tax treatment: standard, tax-preferred, or tax-free.","Review the per-account maturity breakdown and the monthly simulation table, then copy the results if you need them."],"faq":[{"q":"What exactly is a savings ladder?","a":"It's a savings strategy where you open one new fixed-term account every month. Once the first term is up, one account matures every month, and you can roll the principal and interest straight into a fresh account."},{"q":"How is the interest calculated?","a":"Pre-tax interest uses the simple-interest formula standard for installment savings accounts (monthly deposit x annual rate x weighting by months held), then the tax rate you selected is applied to get your after-tax interest. The presets follow Korean rates: 15.4% standard, 9.5% tax-preferred, and 0% tax-free."},{"q":"What does \"capital tied up\" mean in the table?","a":"It's your total deposits to date minus any principal already returned at maturity — in other words, how much of your money is actually sitting in the bank at that point in time."}]},{"slug":"sentence-case-converter","category":"text-dev","title":"Sentence Case & Title Case Converter","tagline":"Fix ALL-CAPS paragraphs and capitalize headlines by style-guide rules, with the options you control","emoji":"🔤","keywords":["sentence case converter","title case converter","capitalize my title","all caps to sentence case","headline capitalization","title capitalization tool","fix all caps text","capitalization checker"],"intro":"Built for writing rather than variable names. Sentence case mode rewrites a passage so each sentence starts with a capital after a period, question mark, or exclamation point — and an optional toggle forces the remaining letters lowercase, which is what rescues text pasted in ALL CAPS. Title case mode follows the convention writers expect: minor words such as a, the, of, in, and with stay lowercase, while everything else is capitalized, and one checkbox turns that off when your style guide capitalizes every word. Apostrophes are handled, so don't stays don't. snake_case and kebab-case are included for slugs. Need PascalCase, CONSTANT_CASE, or plain UPPERCASE with no options? The Case Converter covers all nine formats.","howto":["Type or paste the text you want to convert into the input box.","Pick a conversion mode: sentence case, title case, snake_case, or kebab-case.","Check any options you need, such as forcing the remaining letters to lowercase or capitalizing every word.","Review the converted text in the output box and grab it with the copy button."],"faq":[{"q":"How are articles and prepositions handled in title case?","a":"By default, short words like a, the, and, of, and in stay lowercase unless they're the first word. Turn on \"capitalize every word\" and every single word gets a capital letter, no exceptions."},{"q":"Does it work with non-Latin text like Korean?","a":"Sentence case and title case recognize Korean syllables and handle the first character after punctuation. snake_case and kebab-case split Latin letters, digits, and Korean characters into words and join them in lowercase."},{"q":"Is my text stored on a server?","a":"No. Every conversion happens instantly inside your browser, and nothing is transmitted or saved anywhere."}]},{"slug":"simple-gantt-chart","category":"doc-data","title":"Simple Gantt Chart Maker","tagline":"Visualize a project schedule from task names, dates, and progress","emoji":"📊","keywords":["gantt chart maker","free gantt chart online","project timeline creator","project schedule chart","simple gantt chart tool","task progress tracker"],"intro":"A no-fuss Gantt chart tool for when a spreadsheet just isn't cutting it and you want to see your project schedule instead of reading it. Enter a task name, start and end dates, and percent complete, and each task is plotted automatically as a bar on the timeline so you can take in the whole plan and its progress at a glance. Your data is calculated and rendered entirely in your browser and never sent to a server.","howto":["Start from the sample schedule as a reference, or clear it out and begin fresh","Fill in the form with the task name, progress (%), start date, and end date","Click \"Add task\" and the bar appears on the timeline above right away","Remove anything you don't need from the list below using the [x] button"],"faq":[{"q":"Can I save or share the Gantt chart I build?","a":"Right now it's meant for viewing live on screen. There's no save or export feature, so take a screenshot if you need to keep a copy."},{"q":"Does it handle overlapping tasks or lots of them at once?","a":"Yes. Every task you add is drawn as a bar from its start date to its end date, and the timeline automatically rescales to span the earliest and latest dates across all tasks."},{"q":"How does progress show up?","a":"Enter a number from 0 to 100 and the bar fills with color in proportion to how far along the task is, so you can read completion at a glance."}]},{"slug":"sleep-debt-calculator","category":"calc-convert","title":"Sleep Debt Calculator","tagline":"Log a week of sleep and see how much sleep debt you've piled up","emoji":"😴","keywords":["sleep debt calculator","sleep deprivation calculator","how much sleep am i missing","weekly sleep tracker","sleep deficit test"],"intro":"Enter your nightly sleep goal and how many hours you actually slept each day, and this calculator totals up the sleep debt you've accumulated over the week. It's useful for anyone — office workers, students, parents — wondering whether that constant fatigue and brain fog traces back to not getting enough rest. Your entries are calculated in your browser and never sent to a server.","howto":["Enter your target sleep goal per night, in hours.","Enter how many hours you actually slept for each day, Monday through Sunday.","Your total sleep debt for the week and a status rating (healthy / caution / at risk) appear instantly at the top.","If your debt is piling up, use the status guidance to plan how you'll catch up on rest."],"faq":[{"q":"Does sleeping longer than my goal reduce my debt?","a":"No. This calculator only accumulates the hours you fell short of your goal. Extra sleep doesn't cancel out debt, which follows the standard medical view on sleep deprivation."},{"q":"Is my sleep data saved anywhere?","a":"No. Everything is calculated inside your browser and nothing is transmitted to or stored on a server."},{"q":"How much sleep debt is actually dangerous?","a":"A weekly total of 0 hours is rated healthy, 1 to 7 hours is a mild caution, and 8 hours or more is flagged as a serious risk."}]},{"slug":"smoking-cessation-savings","category":"calc-convert","title":"Quit Smoking Savings Calculator","tagline":"See what quitting saves you — and what smoking costs in years of life","emoji":"🚭","keywords":["quit smoking savings calculator","cost of smoking calculator","how much money would i save if i quit smoking","cigarette cost calculator","smoking life expectancy calculator","benefits of quitting smoking calculator"],"intro":"Enter how much you smoke a day, the price of a pack, and how long you've been smoking, and you'll instantly see the estimated days of life lost so far along with how much money you'd save 1, 5, and 10 years after quitting. It's built for anyone weighing a quit date or who just wants the cost of the habit spelled out in dollars. Every calculation runs in your browser, so nothing you enter goes to a server.","howto":["Enter how many cigarettes you smoke per day.","Enter the price of a pack (20 cigarettes).","Enter the number of years of smoking (or quitting) you want to compare.","See your daily spend, estimated life expectancy lost, and your savings at 1, 5, and 10 years smoke-free."],"faq":[{"q":"How is the life expectancy loss calculated?","a":"It's based on the widely cited estimate that each cigarette shortens your life by about 11 minutes on average, multiplied by the total number of cigarettes implied by your daily count and the number of years you entered."},{"q":"How are the savings figures worked out?","a":"Your daily spend comes from your cigarettes per day and the pack price, and that figure is projected over 365 days a year to give 1-year, 5-year, and 10-year totals."},{"q":"Is anything I enter saved or transmitted?","a":"No. Every calculation happens instantly in your browser, with no server storage and no data sent anywhere."}]},{"slug":"social-media-banner-sizes","category":"color-design","title":"Social Media Image Size Guide","tagline":"Banner and profile pixel dimensions for YouTube, Instagram, X, and more","emoji":"📐","keywords":["social media image sizes","youtube banner size","instagram image dimensions","social media banner dimensions","profile picture size guide","tiktok image size","youtube channel art safe area"],"intro":"One place to look up banner, profile, and post image dimensions for every major platform — YouTube, Instagram, Twitter (X), Facebook, LinkedIn, and TikTok. Designers, marketers, and creators building channel art or profile pictures can pull exact sizes and safe areas without googling it for the hundredth time. Everything renders right in your browser with no server calls.","howto":["Pick the platform you're working on from the tabs at the top (YouTube, Instagram, X, Facebook, LinkedIn, TikTok).","Use the preview to see the aspect ratio of each banner or profile image along with its safe area (what's visible on mobile, what gets covered by UI, and so on).","Check the list below for the exact pixel dimensions and notes for each asset.","Hit the copy button to grab the full spec sheet as text and paste it into your design doc."],"faq":[{"q":"Why is the YouTube channel art safe area called out separately?","a":"The channel art banner (2560x1440px) crops differently on desktop, tablet, and mobile, so the guide also marks the 1546x423px center safe area to keep anything important from getting cut off on any device."},{"q":"Can I upload an image straight from this tool?","a":"This is a reference guide for dimensions and safe areas — it doesn't generate or edit image files. Build your image to the pixel sizes listed here, then upload it to the platform yourself."},{"q":"What's the best way to use these specs?","a":"Use the copy button to pull the full spec sheet for the selected platform and paste it into a design brief or working notes. It's an easy way to share sizes with your team or set up a Photoshop or Figma canvas."}]},{"slug":"speed-unit-converter","category":"calc-convert","title":"mph to km/h Converter — Copy Any Unit Instantly","tagline":"Type into whichever of the five boxes you already know and the rest recalculate instantly, each with its own copy button","emoji":"🚀","keywords":["mph to km/h","km/h to mph converter","knots to mph converter","m/s to mph converter","speed of light in km/h","earth escape velocity speed"],"intro":"Five boxes — m/s, km/h, mph, knots, and Mach — and you type into whichever one you already know; the rest recalculate the moment you do. Each box carries its own copy button, so you can grab just the unit you need rather than a whole block of text: handy for renting a car abroad, checking an aviation figure, or pasting one number into a spreadsheet. Reference constants for the speed of light, the speed of sound, highway speed limits, and Earth's escape velocity load with a single tap. Everything is computed in your browser and never sent to a server.","howto":["Type your value into the unit you already know (for example, mph)","The remaining m/s, km/h, knots, and Mach values are calculated and displayed automatically","Tap a reference button — speed of light, speed of sound, highway speed limit — to load that value instantly","Use the copy button next to any result to send that unit's value to your clipboard"],"faq":[{"q":"How is the Mach value calculated?","a":"Mach 1 is set to roughly 343 m/s, the speed of sound in dry air at 20°C (68°F)."},{"q":"What is a knot based on?","a":"One knot is a speed of one nautical mile (1,852 m) per hour, and it's the standard unit in aviation and at sea."},{"q":"Are the speeds I enter stored on a server?","a":"No — every conversion is calculated inside your browser, and nothing is sent to a server."}]},{"slug":"stock-average-calculator","category":"calc-convert","title":"Stock Average Cost Calculator","tagline":"Calculate your average cost per share and simulate averaging down","emoji":"📈","keywords":["stock average calculator","average cost per share calculator","averaging down calculator","cost basis calculator","dollar cost average calculator","how to lower average share price"],"intro":"Enter the price and share count for each of your purchases and this calculator works out your total cost basis, total shares held, and average cost per share. Set a target average and a price you'd buy at, and it also tells you exactly how many more shares you'd need to buy to hit that target. Every calculation runs in your browser, so your trade details never leave your device.","howto":["Enter your purchase history one row at a time with the price paid and number of shares (use \"+ Add purchase\" for more rows).","Your total cost, total shares, and average cost per share are calculated and displayed automatically.","Planning to average down? Enter your target average cost and the price you expect to buy at.","The tool calculates the extra shares and cash required, and the copy button exports the whole breakdown as text."],"faq":[{"q":"How does the averaging-down calculation work?","a":"It takes your current share count, current average cost, target average, and planned purchase price, then solves backward for the number of additional shares needed to reach that target. Your purchase price has to be below the target average for the average to come down at all."},{"q":"Why do I get an error saying the target average is unreachable?","a":"If the math produces a negative result — say your target is far below your current average, or your purchase price equals or exceeds the target average — the target can't be reached, so an error message is shown instead."},{"q":"Is my trade data saved?","a":"No. Everything is calculated inside your browser with no storage and no transmission to a server, so refreshing the page clears your entries."}]},{"slug":"stock-dividend-calculator","category":"calc-convert","title":"Dividend Calculator","tagline":"Figure out what you actually take home from your dividends after taxes","emoji":"💰","keywords":["dividend calculator","after tax dividend calculator","dividend income calculator","dividend payout calculator","quarterly dividend calculator","korean dividend tax 15.4"],"intro":"Enter your share count, dividend per share, payout frequency, and tax rate, and this calculator instantly shows your pre-tax and after-tax dividend income both per payment and per year. It's built for dividend investors who want to know what will actually land in their account rather than the headline number, and every calculation runs entirely in your browser, so nothing you type about your portfolio is ever sent to a server.","howto":["Enter the number of shares you own","Choose whether your dividend per share is a per-payment amount or an annual total, then enter the figure","Set the payout frequency (1, 2, 4, or 12 times a year) and your dividend tax rate","Review the pre-tax and after-tax amounts per payment and per year, then copy the results"],"faq":[{"q":"Where does the 15.4% default tax rate come from?","a":"It's the standard Korean dividend withholding rate (14% income tax plus 1.4% local income tax), used here as a default. If a different rate applies to you, just type your own number over it."},{"q":"Should I enter the annual total or the per-payment amount?","a":"Use the selector next to the dividend-per-share field to pick whichever figure you already know — per payment or annual total — and the calculator converts the other one for you based on the payout frequency."},{"q":"Are the amounts I enter stored on a server?","a":"No. Everything is calculated locally in your browser, and nothing is saved or transmitted anywhere."}]},{"slug":"stock-target-selling-calculator","category":"calc-convert","title":"Target Sell Price Calculator","tagline":"Work backward to the exit price that hits your profit goal after fees and taxes","emoji":"📈","keywords":["target sell price calculator","stock profit target calculator","break even stock price calculator","stock return calculator with fees","what price to sell stock to profit","trading commission tax calculator"],"intro":"Enter your buy price, share count, buy and sell commission rates, and transaction tax rate, and this tool works backward to the exact sell price that hits your target return — or your target dollar profit — on an after-tax basis. Instead of just showing a raw percentage gain on the sticker price, it subtracts your commission on the way in, plus commission and transaction tax on the way out, so the number matches the net proceeds that actually settle in your account. Everything is computed instantly in your browser, and the trade details you enter never leave your device.","howto":["Enter your buy price and the number of shares you bought.","Adjust the buy/sell commission rates and the transaction tax rate (%) to match your broker.","Choose whether your goal is a target return percentage or a target profit amount, then enter the value.","Check the calculated target sell price along with your net profit and net return, and copy the results if you need them."],"faq":[{"q":"Should I use a target return or a target profit amount?","a":"Pick the target return if you manage your positions in percentage terms, or the target profit amount if you're aiming for a specific dollar figure. Either way, the result is calculated after commissions and taxes are deducted."},{"q":"Why doesn't the result match a simple percentage gain on the sell price?","a":"This calculator solves for your goal using the money you actually receive — after buy commission, sell commission, and transaction tax — so it will differ from the plain (sell − buy) / buy formula."},{"q":"Why am I seeing an error message?","a":"If the sell commission rate and transaction tax rate add up to more than 100%, the sell price becomes mathematically unsolvable and an error appears. Double-check that your inputs are entered as percentages."}]},{"slug":"stock-yield-calculator","category":"calc-convert","title":"Stock Profit & Return Calculator","tagline":"See your real net return once commissions and transaction taxes come out","emoji":"📈","keywords":["stock profit calculator","stock return calculator","stock gain loss calculator","net return after fees calculator","trading fee calculator","securities transaction tax calculator"],"intro":"Enter your buy price, sell price, share count, commission rates, and transaction tax rate to instantly see the net profit or loss you actually walk away with, plus your net return percentage. It's made for individual investors who want the real number left over after brokerage fees and taxes, not the theoretical one. Every calculation happens locally in your browser, so the trade details you type are never sent to a server.","howto":["Enter your buy price and your sell price.","Enter the number of shares along with your buy/sell commission rates and transaction tax rate (the defaults reflect typical Korean brokerage figures).","Watch the net profit, net return, take-home proceeds, and cost breakdown update in real time.","Copy the results as text for your notes or trading journal."],"faq":[{"q":"Where do the default commission and tax rates come from?","a":"They're sample figures commonly seen at Korean brokerages — a 0.015% commission and a 0.18% securities transaction tax — and you can freely change them to match whatever your own broker charges."},{"q":"How is the net return calculated?","a":"Sell commission and transaction tax are subtracted from your gross proceeds, your total cost basis (purchase amount plus buy commission) is subtracted from that, and the result is divided by your total cost basis and shown as a percentage."},{"q":"Are my trade details stored on a server?","a":"No. Everything runs inside your own browser, and nothing is saved or transmitted."}]},{"slug":"stress-level-test","category":"calc-convert","title":"Stress Level Self-Test","tagline":"Score your stress in 10 questions, based on the PSS-10 scale","emoji":"😰","keywords":["stress test online","perceived stress scale pss-10","how stressed am i quiz","free stress assessment","stress level checker"],"intro":"Think back over the past month, answer 10 questions, and you'll get a stress score from 0 to 40 along with a rating of normal, moderate, or high. It's a quick way to get an objective read on your stress level if you've been feeling unusually on edge or can't seem to focus lately. Your answers are scored entirely in your browser and never sent to a server.","howto":["Read each question and think about how often you've felt that way over the past month.","Click one of the five answer buttons, from Never to Very Often.","Once all 10 questions are answered, the total score and stress level at the top of the screen update in real time.","Read the notes on the result card, and consider taking a break or talking to a professional if you need to."],"faq":[{"q":"Is this a medical diagnosis?","a":"No. It's a self-check reference tool modeled on the Perceived Stress Scale (PSS-10), which is widely used in psychology, and it is not a substitute for a medical diagnosis. If you score high, we recommend speaking with a professional."},{"q":"Why are some questions scored in reverse?","a":"A few questions ask about positive states such as confidence or feeling in control, so answering them more often actually means less stress. Those responses are reverse-scored — subtracted from 4 — before being added to the total."},{"q":"Are my answers saved or sent anywhere?","a":"No. Everything is calculated instantly inside your browser, and nothing is stored or transmitted externally."}]},{"slug":"superscript-subscript","category":"text-dev","title":"Superscript & Subscript Generator","tagline":"Turn numbers and letters into Unicode superscript or subscript characters","emoji":"🔤","keywords":["superscript generator","subscript generator","unicode superscript characters","exponent text converter","chemical formula subscript","small text generator"],"intro":"This tool converts numbers and letters into real Unicode superscript and subscript characters, like x² or H₂O. It's handy for writing formulas and chemical notation, or for styling social media bios and chat messages where you can't apply any formatting and only plain characters will do. Everything converts instantly in your browser, so the text you type is never sent to a server.","howto":["Type the numbers or letters you want to convert into the input box.","Choose superscript or subscript as the conversion type.","If you'd like, turn on the \"Remove unsupported characters\" option to drop anything that has no mapping from the result.","Use the copy button to grab the converted text shown below and paste it wherever you need it."],"faq":[{"q":"Can every character be converted to superscript or subscript?","a":"No. Unicode only defines a limited set of superscript and subscript characters, so some lowercase letters like c, d, f, and g — plus most capitals — have no subscript form. Those are either left as-is or dropped if you enable the removal option."},{"q":"Can I paste the result anywhere?","a":"Yes. The output is made of actual Unicode characters, so as long as the font supports them, you can paste it into messaging apps, social media, documents, or anywhere else that accepts text."},{"q":"Is the text I enter stored on a server?","a":"No. All conversion happens in your browser, and nothing is transmitted or saved."}]},{"slug":"svg-filter-mask","category":"color-design","title":"SVG Filter Generator","tagline":"Dial in blur, brightness, and more with sliders and get ready-to-use SVG filter code","emoji":"🎨","keywords":["svg filter generator","css filter generator","svg fecolormatrix","image filter code generator","custom svg filter tool"],"intro":"Adjust eight effects — blur, brightness, contrast, saturation, hue rotation, opacity, sepia, and invert — with sliders and see the result immediately on a circle, square, or star preview. When you like what you see, copy the finished effect as a <filter> SVG snippet along with a CSS usage example. It's a fast way for web designers and front-end developers to build custom filters with more precision than CSS filter alone offers. All processing happens in your browser and nothing is sent to a server.","howto":["Pick one of the preview shapes: circle, square, or star","Adjust the blur, brightness, contrast, saturation, hue rotation, opacity, sepia, and invert sliders","Watch the preview at the top apply your effects in real time","Hit the copy button to grab the finished SVG filter code and paste it into your HTML/CSS"],"faq":[{"q":"How is this different from the CSS filter property?","a":"An SVG <filter> is built by combining primitives like feComponentTransfer and feColorMatrix directly, which gives you finer, more flexible control than CSS filter on its own. The generated code can be applied straight from CSS with filter: url(#id)."},{"q":"Can I use the generated filter on real images?","a":"Yes. The preview uses a shape, but once you paste the copied SVG into your HTML, you can apply filter: url(#ut-custom-filter) to an img or any other element and get exactly the same effect."},{"q":"How do I reset everything back to the starting values?","a":"Click the reset button and every slider returns to its default: blur 0; brightness, contrast, saturation, and opacity at 1; hue rotation, sepia, and invert at 0."}]},{"slug":"svg-path-simplifier","category":"image-format","title":"SVG Path Simplifier","tagline":"Trim the decimals in SVG path coordinates to shrink your file size","emoji":"✂️","keywords":["svg optimizer","svg path simplifier","reduce svg file size","round svg decimals","compress vector file","clean up svg code"],"intro":"This tool cleans up the needlessly long decimal coordinates inside an SVG path's d attribute to cut down file size. SVGs exported from design tools often carry six or seven decimal places, and you can round them to whatever precision you want — or all the way to whole numbers — to optimize the output. Everything is processed entirely in your browser, so the code you paste in is never sent to a server.","howto":["Paste your full <svg> code or just a path's d attribute value into the input box.","Use the decimal-places slider to set the precision you want, or check \"Round to integers.\"","Compare the original and simplified previews and check how much size you saved.","Click \"Copy result\" to grab the simplified code and use it right away."],"faq":[{"q":"Will cutting decimals distort the shape?","a":"Rounding to just one or two decimal places usually leaves vector shapes visually identical while noticeably shrinking the file."},{"q":"Does it handle both a full SVG file and a bare path value?","a":"Yes. It automatically detects and processes complete markup with an <svg> tag as well as a standalone d attribute value."},{"q":"Does it work on SVGs with multiple paths?","a":"Yes. It finds every d attribute in the code at once and simplifies them all with the same settings."}]},{"slug":"svg-viewbox-editor","category":"image-edit","title":"SVG viewBox Editor","tagline":"Paste your SVG and tweak viewBox, width, and height with live preview","emoji":"🖼️","keywords":["svg viewbox editor","edit svg code online","svg resize tool","viewbox calculator","svg preview editor"],"intro":"Paste in SVG code and adjust the viewBox's minX, minY, width, and height — plus the width and height attributes — with simple number inputs while a live preview shows the result. It's useful for developers and designers who want to crop an icon, tighten up padding, or visually fix artwork that's getting clipped by a bad viewBox. All parsing and conversion happens inside your browser and nothing is sent to a server.","howto":["Paste your original SVG markup into the SVG code input box.","The viewBox values from your SVG are filled into the Min X, Min Y, Width, and Height fields automatically.","Tweak the numbers and watch the preview on the right update instantly.","Set the width and height attributes if you need them, then grab the finished SVG code with the copy button."],"faq":[{"q":"What happens if my SVG has no viewBox?","a":"If the viewBox attribute is missing, the tool estimates a starting viewBox from the width and height attributes and fills it in for you."},{"q":"Is the SVG I paste sent to a server?","a":"No. It's handled entirely in your browser using DOMParser and XMLSerializer, and nothing is transmitted externally."},{"q":"What happens if I paste invalid SVG code?","a":"If parsing fails or no SVG element can be found, an error message appears in the preview area."}]},{"slug":"target-heart-rate-karvonen","category":"calc-convert","title":"Target Heart Rate Calculator (Karvonen Formula)","tagline":"Find your target heart rate zones from your age and resting heart rate","emoji":"❤️","keywords":["target heart rate calculator","karvonen formula calculator","max heart rate calculator","heart rate zones by age","heart rate reserve HRR","fat burning heart rate"],"intro":"Enter your age and resting heart rate, and this calculator uses the Karvonen formula to work out your maximum heart rate and heart rate reserve (HRR), then maps out target heart rate ranges for every intensity level, from an easy warm-up all the way to the anaerobic threshold. It's built for anyone who wants to dial in the right intensity for cardio or fat-loss training. Everything is calculated right in your browser, so nothing you enter is ever sent to a server.","howto":["Enter your age in years.","Enter your resting heart rate in bpm (best measured first thing in the morning, before you get out of bed).","Your maximum heart rate and heart rate reserve (HRR) are calculated automatically.","Review the four target heart rate zones, from active recovery up to high-intensity anaerobic work."],"faq":[{"q":"How does the Karvonen formula actually work?","a":"It subtracts your resting heart rate from your maximum heart rate (HRmax = 220 − age) to get your heart rate reserve (HRR), multiplies that by the intensity percentage you're targeting, and adds your resting heart rate back in."},{"q":"How is this different from a plain age-based estimate?","a":"The Karvonen formula factors in your resting heart rate, which reflects your cardiovascular fitness. That gives you target zones tuned to your actual conditioning instead of a one-size-fits-all number."},{"q":"Which zone is best for burning fat?","a":"The 60–70% intensity range is generally considered the fat-burning aerobic zone, where your body relies most efficiently on fat for fuel."}]},{"slug":"text-whitespace-cleaner","category":"text-dev","title":"Whitespace Cleaner","tagline":"Strip extra spaces, tabs, and line breaks in one click","emoji":"🧹","keywords":["remove extra spaces","whitespace remover","convert tabs to spaces","remove line breaks from text","text cleaner online","trim whitespace"],"intro":"Paste in messy text and clean up the duplicate spaces, stray tabs, and unwanted line breaks with a single click. It's handy for normalizing code indentation to spaces or tabs, or collapsing document data onto one line. All processing happens entirely in your browser, so the text you paste never leaves your device.","howto":["Paste the text you want to clean into the source text box.","Click the button you need: collapse repeated spaces, convert between tabs and spaces, trim leading and trailing whitespace, remove all whitespace, or strip line breaks.","See the cleaned-up text instantly in the result box below.","Hit the copy button to grab the cleaned text from your clipboard."],"faq":[{"q":"Can I apply more than one cleanup at once?","a":"Each button applies one transformation at a time, but you can paste the result back into the input box and click another button to chain them together."},{"q":"Is my text stored on a server?","a":"No. Every transformation runs locally in your browser — nothing is uploaded or saved anywhere."},{"q":"Can I use it to convert tabs to spaces in code?","a":"Yes. The Tab ➔ 4 Spaces button swaps each tab character for four spaces, and the 4 Spaces ➔ Tab button converts them back."}]},{"slug":"time-card-calculator","category":"calc-convert","title":"Time Card Calculator (Korean Weekly Pay)","tagline":"Add up daily hours and breaks to get weekly pay plus Korea's weekly holiday allowance","emoji":"🕒","keywords":["time card calculator","weekly hours and pay calculator","korean weekly holiday allowance calculator","korea labor standards act pay","hourly wage calculator with breaks","clock in clock out calculator"],"intro":"Enter clock-in and clock-out times plus break minutes for each day, and the calculator totals your daily hours and weekly hours automatically. Add your hourly rate and it works out your base pay along with the Korean weekly holiday allowance (juhyu sudang), the extra day of pay that Korea's Labor Standards Act grants anyone working 15 or more hours a week — giving you a full weekly pay estimate. Everything is calculated in your browser, so your time records are never sent to a server.","howto":["Enter your hourly rate at the top of the page","Check the days you worked, then enter the clock-in time, clock-out time, and break length in minutes for each one","Review the daily hours and weekly total that are calculated for you automatically","Check your base pay, whether you qualify for the weekly holiday allowance, and your estimated gross pay — then copy the results if you need them"],"faq":[{"q":"How is the Korean weekly holiday allowance calculated?","a":"If your contracted hours reach 15 or more in a week, you qualify. The allowance is (total weekly hours ÷ 40) × 8 hours, capped at 40 hours, multiplied by your hourly rate — the standard method used under Korea's Labor Standards Act."},{"q":"Does it handle overnight shifts that run past midnight?","a":"Yes. If the clock-out time is earlier than the clock-in time, the calculator treats it as an overnight shift and adds 24 hours so your total hours stay accurate."},{"q":"Are my entries saved or sent anywhere?","a":"No. Everything is calculated in your browser, and refreshing the page clears all your entries. If you need a record, copy the results before you leave."}]},{"slug":"typography-modular-scale","category":"color-design","title":"Modular Scale Generator","tagline":"Generate a consistent type scale from a base size and ratio","emoji":"🔤","keywords":["modular scale generator","type scale generator","font size ratio calculator","css variables generator","tailwind font size config"],"intro":"Pick a base font size and a ratio — golden ratio, perfect fifth, and more — and this tool builds a nine-step type scale from XS to 5XL, previewing every step live as you tweak it. It's made for designers and front-end developers setting up a website's typographic system, and the output comes ready to copy as CSS custom properties or a Tailwind CSS config block you can drop straight into your project. Everything runs in your browser; nothing is sent to a server.","howto":["Enter your base font size in pixels.","Choose a ratio from the list, anywhere from 1.067 (minor second) up to 2.000 (octave).","Swap in your own preview text to see how each step reads at its real size.","Use the copy button to grab the generated CSS variables or Tailwind config and drop them into your project."],"faq":[{"q":"Which modular scale ratio should I pick?","a":"Text-dense sites usually work best with a tighter ratio like 1.125 or 1.25, while landing pages that need dramatic headline contrast suit 1.5 or the golden ratio (1.618). The live preview is the fastest way to compare them side by side."},{"q":"Why is the output in rem instead of px?","a":"rem respects the reader's default browser font size, which is better for accessibility, and it's the standard unit for responsive typography. The equivalent px value is shown alongside each step for reference."},{"q":"How do I use these values in a real project?","a":"Copy the CSS variables and paste them into your :root block, or copy the Tailwind output into the fontSize section of your tailwind.config file — either one works right away."}]},{"slug":"unused-annual-leave-pay","category":"calc-convert","title":"Unused Annual Leave Pay Calculator (Korea)","tagline":"Estimate payout for unused leave days based on Korean ordinary wage rules","emoji":"🏖️","keywords":["korean annual leave payout calculator","unused vacation payout calculator","korea ordinary wage calculator","tongsang imgeum leave pay","annual leave cash out korea","resignation leave settlement korea"],"intro":"If you're leaving a job with vacation days still on the books, or your Korean employer cashes out unused leave, this calculator shows what you can expect to receive. Enter your monthly base salary, fixed allowances, and annual bonus, and it derives your ordinary wage (tongsang imgeum) to compute your daily and hourly rate, then multiplies it by your unused leave days for an estimated payout. All calculations happen in your browser, so your salary details are never sent to a server.","howto":["Enter your monthly base salary and any fixed monthly allowances such as position or vehicle allowances","Enter your total annual bonus (it's divided by 12 and folded into your monthly ordinary wage)","Enter your contracted monthly hours (209 is standard for a 40-hour week) and the number of unused leave days you have left","Check the estimated total payout at the top of the page along with your daily and hourly rate, then copy the results"],"faq":[{"q":"Does the bonus count toward the leave payout?","a":"This calculator divides your annual bonus by 12 and includes it in your ordinary wage. Whether bonuses legally count as part of ordinary wage depends on your company's employment rules or collective agreement, so treat the result as an estimate."},{"q":"Where does the figure of 209 monthly hours come from?","a":"It's the standard Korean figure: 40 contracted hours plus 8 weekly holiday hours equals 48 hours a week, multiplied by the average number of weeks in a month (4.345). If your schedule differs, just enter your own number."},{"q":"Will the result match what I'm actually paid?","a":"Not necessarily — companies calculate ordinary wage differently, so this is an estimate for reference only. For an exact figure, check with your HR department or a certified labor attorney."}]},{"slug":"url-canonicalizer","category":"text-dev","title":"URL Canonicalizer","tagline":"Clean up URLs into canonical form and strip tracking parameters","emoji":"🔗","keywords":["url canonicalizer","canonical url generator","remove utm parameters from url","url cleaner","strip tracking parameters","sort query parameters"],"intro":"The URL Canonicalizer takes a cluttered link, strips out marketing trackers like utm_source, and applies canonicalization rules — sorting query parameters, lowercasing the hostname, dropping default ports — to give you a clean canonical URL. It's useful for SEO specialists, developers, and anyone who wants to scrub the junk off a link before sharing it. Everything runs in your browser, so the URLs you paste are never sent to a server.","howto":["Paste the URL you want to canonicalize into the input box.","Toggle the options you need: strip trackers, sort parameters, remove the trailing slash, force HTTPS, and drop default ports.","Check the canonical URL in the results area, along with the list of changes that were applied.","Click copy and use your clean URL right away."],"faq":[{"q":"Which tracking parameters get removed?","a":"Every parameter starting with utm_, plus fbclid, gclid, msclkid, yclid, affiliate, and ref are stripped automatically."},{"q":"Are the URLs I enter stored on a server?","a":"No. All canonicalization runs in browser-side JavaScript and nothing is sent anywhere."},{"q":"Can I paste a URL without a protocol?","a":"Yes. If there's no http:// or https:// on the front, http:// is added automatically before processing."}]},{"slug":"vat-simple-calculator","category":"calc-convert","title":"VAT Calculator: Any Rate, 5-21% Presets","tagline":"One-click presets for 5, 8, 10, 19, 20, and 21% VAT, with results kept to two decimals","emoji":"🧾","keywords":["vat calculator","add vat calculator","remove vat from gross","reverse vat calculator","20 percent vat calculator","21 percent vat calculator","net to gross vat","vat rate presets"],"intro":"Add VAT on top of a net price, or work backward from a gross price to separate the net amount and the tax. Tap a preset for 5, 8, 10, 19, 20, or 21% to match the country you're invoicing, or type any rate you like. Results are currency-agnostic and keep two decimal places, so nothing gets rounded away on cross-border invoices, partial line items, or unit pricing. Net, VAT, and gross update as you type, and 'Copy results' gives you a labeled plain-text breakdown. Everything runs in your browser and no amount you enter is ever sent to a server.","howto":["Choose your direction: 'Net → Gross' to add VAT, or 'Gross → Breakdown' to back it out.","Enter the amount, then type in your VAT rate or click one of the 5, 8, 10, 19, 20, or 21% presets.","The net amount, VAT, and gross total update in real time.","Click 'Copy results' if you want the breakdown as plain text."],"faq":[{"q":"What's the difference between adding and removing VAT?","a":"'Net → Gross' multiplies your pre-tax amount by the rate and adds the VAT to give you the gross total. 'Gross → Breakdown' works in reverse, taking a tax-inclusive amount and splitting it into the net amount and the VAT."},{"q":"Can I use rates other than 10%?","a":"Yes. There are presets for 5%, 8%, 19%, 20%, and 21%, and you can type any rate you like straight into the input field."},{"q":"Are the amounts I enter sent anywhere?","a":"No. Everything is calculated inside your browser and no data is transmitted to a server."}]},{"slug":"waist-to-hip-ratio","category":"calc-convert","title":"Waist-to-Hip Ratio (WHR) Calculator","tagline":"Get your WHR and abdominal obesity risk from two measurements","emoji":"📏","keywords":["waist to hip ratio calculator","whr calculator","belly fat risk calculator","who obesity guidelines","waist hip ratio chart"],"intro":"Enter your waist and hip measurements and this calculator works out your waist-to-hip ratio (WHR) using WHO guidelines, then tells you where your abdominal obesity risk falls for your sex. It's a quick way for anyone to check the health risks tied to body fat distribution. Everything is calculated instantly in your browser, so your measurements are never sent to a server.","howto":["Select your sex (male or female).","Choose whether you're measuring in centimeters or inches.","Enter your waist and hip circumference.","See your WHR and risk level (low, moderate, or high) right away."],"faq":[{"q":"How do I measure my waist and hips correctly?","a":"Stand up straight and measure your waist at its narrowest point, just above the navel, and your hips at their widest point."},{"q":"What standard do the risk levels follow?","a":"They follow World Health Organization (WHO) guidelines, which set the low-risk threshold at 0.90 for men and 0.80 for women."},{"q":"Does this ratio still make sense for pregnant women or people with a very muscular midsection?","a":"Not really — pregnancy and a heavily muscled abdomen can skew the number even when fat distribution is healthy, so treat the WHR result as a rough reference and cross-check with something like a body composition test in those cases."}]},{"slug":"web-grid-layout-designer","category":"text-dev","title":"CSS Grid Layout Generator","tagline":"Tweak columns, rows, and gaps to generate CSS Grid code instantly","emoji":"🔲","keywords":["css grid generator","css grid layout generator","grid-template-columns generator","css grid builder","grid layout maker","css grid code generator"],"intro":"A CSS Grid layout builder for front-end developers and web designers. Set the number of columns and rows, size each track (1fr, fixed px, auto, minmax, and more), and adjust the gap using sliders and dropdowns — the preview updates live, and you can copy the finished CSS and HTML straight into your project. Everything is calculated in your browser, and no data is ever sent to a server.","howto":["Use the sliders to set the number of Columns and Rows, anywhere from 1 to 6 each.","Adjust the Gap slider to set the spacing between grid items, from 0 to 40px.","Under column sizing and row sizing, pick the unit you want for each track — 1fr, 2fr, fixed px, auto, minmax, and so on.","Check the preview, then hit the \"Copy Code\" button at the bottom to grab the finished CSS/HTML."],"faq":[{"q":"Can I use the generated code as-is in a real project?","a":"Absolutely. It's standard CSS Grid code built around the grid-container and grid-item classes, so you can paste it in and just rename the classes or change the number of items to suit your markup."},{"q":"Can I create more than 6 columns or rows?","a":"The sliders currently top out at 6. If you need more tracks, just extend the grid-template-columns/rows values in the copied CSS by hand."},{"q":"What does minmax(100px, 1fr) actually do in grid-template-columns?","a":"It guarantees the column never shrinks below 100px while still letting it stretch flexibly at a 1fr ratio when there's extra space — which keeps content from getting cramped in responsive layouts."}]},{"slug":"web-safe-font-preview","category":"color-design","title":"Web Safe Font Preview","tagline":"Compare 15 web safe fonts side by side with your own text","emoji":"🔤","keywords":["web safe fonts","font preview tool","css font stack","font-family comparison","fallback fonts css","test fonts online"],"intro":"Web Safe Font Preview lets you type your own text and see it rendered in 15 fonts that ship with virtually every operating system — Arial, Georgia, Courier New, and more — all side by side. It's handy for developers and designers picking a typeface they can use safely without loading a font file: you get the exact font-family value to copy, plus sliders for size, weight, and letter spacing. All rendering happens in your browser, and the text you type never leaves your device.","howto":["Type any sentence into the preview text field.","Filter by category using the Sans-serif, Serif, Monospace, and Cursive tabs.","Fine-tune the look with the font size, line height, and letter spacing sliders, plus the bold and italic checkboxes.","Copy the font-family value shown at the bottom of each font card straight into your CSS."],"faq":[{"q":"What exactly is a web safe font?","a":"It's a typeface that comes preinstalled on nearly every Windows and macOS machine, so it renders reliably for any visitor without downloading a font file."},{"q":"Could a font look different on someone else's screen?","a":"Yes — rendering varies slightly depending on the visitor's OS and which fonts are installed, so it's always smart to include fallback fonts in your font-family stack."},{"q":"Is the text I type saved anywhere?","a":"No. Every preview is rendered locally in your browser and nothing is sent to a server."}]},{"slug":"wholesale-retail-calculator","category":"calc-convert","title":"Wholesale to Retail Margin Calculator","tagline":"Get discount rate, markup, and true margin from your retail and wholesale prices","emoji":"🏷️","keywords":["wholesale to retail margin calculator","markup calculator","profit margin calculator","wholesale price calculator","retail pricing calculator","cost markup and margin"],"intro":"Enter your suggested retail price, wholesale cost, and any extra expenses like shipping or packaging, and you'll instantly see the wholesale discount rate, the retail markup percentage, and your true margin — both in dollars and as a percentage — after those expenses come out. It's built for online sellers, dropshippers, and anyone sourcing inventory who needs a fast read on per-product profitability. Every calculation runs in your browser, so your pricing data never touches a server.","howto":["Enter the suggested retail price.","Enter your wholesale cost per unit.","Enter any other expenses — shipping, packaging, handling, and the like.","Read the wholesale discount rate, markup percentage, and your true margin and margin rate after expenses at the top."],"faq":[{"q":"What's the difference between discount rate and markup percentage?","a":"The discount rate measures how far below retail you bought (the gap as a percentage of the retail price), while markup measures how much profit you added on top of cost (the gap as a percentage of the wholesale price). The same dollar spread produces two different percentages because the baseline is different."},{"q":"What goes into the true margin figure?","a":"It's the retail price minus your wholesale cost and the other expenses you entered, like shipping and packaging. Marketplace fees and payment processing aren't factored in separately — add those to the other expenses field if you want a true net profit number."},{"q":"Is my pricing data saved?","a":"No. Everything is calculated instantly in your browser and nothing is transmitted or stored."}]},{"slug":"widmark-calculator","category":"calc-convert","title":"Widmark Formula BAC Calculator","tagline":"Estimate blood alcohol content from sex, body weight, drinks, and time elapsed","emoji":"🍺","keywords":["widmark formula calculator","blood alcohol content calculator","bac calculator","estimate bac from drinks","korea dui limit calculator","alcohol metabolism calculator"],"intro":"Enter your sex, body weight, what and how much you drank, and how long ago, and this tool estimates your blood alcohol content (BAC) using the Widmark formula. It calculates your alcohol intake from the standard serving size and ABV of soju, beer, makgeolli, and liquor, factors in your hourly elimination rate, and shows your current estimated BAC alongside whether it would meet Korea's license suspension or license revocation thresholds. Everything is calculated in your browser and nothing is sent to a server.","howto":["Enter your sex and body weight in kilograms.","Choose what you drank — soju, beer, makgeolli, or liquor — and how many glasses.","Enter how much time has passed since you finished drinking.","Check your estimated BAC and how it compares to the legal thresholds, shown at the top of the screen."],"faq":[{"q":"Will this match what a real breathalyzer reads?","a":"No. The Widmark formula is an estimate built on statistical averages, and your actual BAC can differ substantially based on your body composition, metabolism, and drinking habits. Treat the result as a rough reference only."},{"q":"If the result comes in under the legal limit, am I okay to drive?","a":"No. The number is only an estimate, real blood alcohol levels vary widely between individuals and keep changing over time. Never drive after drinking, no matter what this calculator says."},{"q":"Is anything I enter stored or sent anywhere?","a":"No. Every calculation happens entirely in your browser — nothing is transmitted or saved."}]},{"slug":"word-cloud-generator","category":"generators-qr","title":"Word Cloud Generator","tagline":"Paste any text and get a word cloud image sized by word frequency","emoji":"☁️","keywords":["word cloud generator","free word cloud maker","tag cloud generator","text frequency analysis","word cloud from text"],"intro":"Paste in a long article, a document, or meeting notes and get back a word cloud where the more often a word appears, the bigger it shows up. It's ready to drop into a presentation, a blog thumbnail, or a survey results summary. Both the text analysis and the image rendering happen entirely in your browser, so nothing you paste is ever sent to a server.","howto":["Paste the text you want to analyze into the input box.","Adjust the minimum word length, the maximum number of words to display, and the stop words to exclude as needed.","Pick a color theme — Ocean, Sunset, Forest, Neon, or Monochrome.","Click \"Generate Word Cloud\" to see the result, then download it as a PNG."],"faq":[{"q":"Does it work with non-English text?","a":"Yes. It handles both English and Korean, and common Korean particles are already in the stop word list so grammatical markers don't dominate the cloud."},{"q":"Is the text I paste stored on a server?","a":"No. All analysis and image rendering happens in your browser, and your text is never sent anywhere."},{"q":"What if there are too many words or they overlap?","a":"Lower the maximum word count or raise the minimum word length for a cleaner, more readable result."}]},{"slug":"world-clock","category":"calc-convert","title":"World Clock","tagline":"See the current time in Seoul, New York, London, and other major cities live","emoji":"🌍","keywords":["world clock","current time in other countries","time zone converter","world time zones","gmt offset","meeting time across time zones"],"intro":"When you're scheduling a call with an overseas team or wondering what time it is where you're headed, this tool shows the current time in multiple cities on one screen. Search by city name or time zone to jump straight to the ones you care about. Everything is calculated instantly in your browser — no information is sent to a server.","howto":["Open the page and the current time in Seoul, Tokyo, New York, London, Paris, Sydney, and Los Angeles appears automatically.","Type a city name or time zone into the search box (for example, Seoul or London) to filter down to just what you need.","Each card shows the GMT offset, the current time in hours, minutes, and seconds, plus the day of the week and date.","The clocks tick every second, so you can leave the page open without refreshing."],"faq":[{"q":"Do the clocks update in real time?","a":"Yes, they refresh automatically every second so you're always looking at the current time."},{"q":"Is daylight saving time accounted for?","a":"Yes. The tool uses your browser's internationalization API, so each region's daylight saving rules are automatically reflected in the GMT offset and the time shown."},{"q":"Can I add other cities?","a":"Right now the tool covers a preset list of major cities — Seoul, Tokyo, New York, London, Paris, Sydney, and Los Angeles — and the search box filters among those."}]},{"slug":"youth-housing-subscription","category":"calc-convert","title":"Korean Youth Housing Dream Savings Account Interest Calculator","tagline":"Compare after-tax interest on a standard vs. youth-preferential housing savings account","emoji":"🏠","keywords":["korea youth housing dream account","korean housing subscription savings interest","youth preferential savings account korea","cheongyak savings account calculator","korea housing savings tax exemption"],"intro":"Enter your monthly deposit, savings term, and interest rates, and this calculator works out the simple interest on both a standard Korean housing subscription savings account and the Youth Housing Dream (youth-preferential) version, showing the after-tax difference between them. It's aimed at young workers in Korea who are weighing whether the youth-preferential account is worth opening and want to see how much more they'd actually take home. Every calculation runs in your browser, so the figures you enter never leave your device.","howto":["Enter your agreed monthly deposit in Korean won.","Enter the savings term in months — up to 120 months.","Enter the interest rate for the standard account and the youth-preferential account (defaults are 2.8% and 4.3%).","See the total extra after-tax interest you'd gain by switching to the youth-preferential account, plus the after-tax interest for each, right at the top."],"faq":[{"q":"How is the interest calculated?","a":"It's calculated like a regular installment savings plan: each monthly deposit earns simple interest for the number of months remaining in the term. The standard account has the full 15.4% Korean interest income tax applied, while the youth-preferential account is tax-exempt on the first 5 million won of interest, with only the excess taxed at 15.4%."},{"q":"Can I change the rates or the tax-exempt cap myself?","a":"You can edit the interest rate fields freely to simulate updated product terms or the specific rate you qualify for. The 5 million won tax-exempt cap and the 15.4% tax rate, however, are fixed in the formula."},{"q":"Does it tell me the actual eligibility requirements?","a":"The bottom of the page outlines the general eligibility criteria for the Youth Housing Dream account — annual income of 50 million won or less, ages 19 to 34, and so on — but always confirm the current terms with your bank or the relevant Korean agency."}]},{"slug":"youth-leap-account","category":"calc-convert","title":"Korean Youth Leap Account (Cheongnyeon Doyak) Calculator","tagline":"Estimate your 5-year maturity payout from your monthly deposit and income bracket","emoji":"💰","keywords":["korea youth leap account calculator","cheongnyeon doyak gyejwa","korea youth savings government contribution","youth leap account maturity amount","korea youth savings income bracket"],"intro":"The Youth Leap Account is a 5-year Korean savings product designed to help people aged 19 to 34 build assets, with government matching contributions that scale to your monthly deposit and income bracket. Enter your deposit, interest rate, and income bracket, and this calculator instantly shows your projected maturity payout — principal, interest, and government contribution combined. Everything is calculated in your browser and nothing is sent to a server.","howto":["Enter how much you'll deposit each month (up to 700,000 won).","Enter the savings interest rate (%) that applies to you.","Select your annual income bracket.","Your projected 5-year maturity payout and your net interest and contribution benefit appear automatically at the top."],"faq":[{"q":"Does every income bracket receive the government contribution?","a":"No. Matching contributions are only paid up to the 60 million won annual income bracket. Above that, you get the tax exemption benefit but no government contribution."},{"q":"Will this match what my bank actually pays out?","a":"No — it's a reference estimate. Actual rates, preferential conditions, and how the contribution is calculated can vary by bank and by when you enroll, so confirm the exact figure with your bank."},{"q":"Is my income or deposit information saved?","a":"No. Every calculation runs entirely in your own browser and nothing is transmitted to or stored on any server."}]},{"slug":"portfolio-rebalancing","category":"calc-convert","title":"Portfolio Rebalancing Calculator","tagline":"Calculate how much to buy or sell to hit your target allocation","emoji":"⚖️","keywords":["portfolio rebalancing calculator","asset allocation calculator","how to rebalance my portfolio","target allocation calculator","rebalance with new contributions","investment portfolio tracker","stock bond allocation calculator"],"intro":"Enter the current value and target allocation of each holding you own — stocks, bonds, cash, and more — and this calculator works out exactly how much of each you need to buy or sell to get back to your target weights. You can also factor in new money you plan to contribute, which makes it handy for individual investors who review their asset allocation on a regular schedule. Every amount you type stays in your browser and is never sent to a server.","howto":["Enter each holding's name, current value, and target allocation (%) on its own row.","If you're adding new money, enter the amount in the \"New Contribution\" field.","Check that your target allocations add up to 100% (adjust them if you see a warning), and add or remove holdings until the mix looks right.","Review the buy/sell amount for each holding and click \"Copy Rebalancing Plan\" to copy the results."],"faq":[{"q":"What happens if my target allocations don't add up to 100%?","a":"You'll see a warning, but the calculator still runs the numbers. For an accurate rebalance, though, we recommend getting your targets to add up to exactly 100%."},{"q":"How is a new contribution factored in?","a":"The calculator adds your new contribution to your current total portfolio value, then applies your target allocations to that combined figure. That way it also tells you how much of the new money should go into each holding."},{"q":"Is the portfolio information I enter saved or transmitted anywhere?","a":"No. Everything is calculated in your browser — nothing is sent to a server or stored."}]},{"slug":"simple-calculator","category":"calc-convert","title":"Online Calculator","tagline":"A free web calculator for basic math and percentages","emoji":"🧮","keywords":["online calculator","free calculator","simple calculator","basic calculator online","percentage calculator","web calculator","calculator with history"],"intro":"A straightforward online calculator that handles addition, subtraction, multiplication, and division, plus percentages and sign flipping. You can type with your keyboard instead of clicking, and your last 20 calculations are kept in a history list so you can pull any of them back up with a single click. Everything runs in your browser — nothing is sent to a server.","howto":["Enter a value using the number buttons or your keyboard's number keys.","Pick an operator (+, -, ×, ÷) and enter the next value.","Press the = button (or the Enter key) to see the result.","Click any entry in the history list on the right to load it again, or use the copy button to grab the result."],"faq":[{"q":"Where is my calculation history stored?","a":"It's only shown temporarily on screen — nothing is sent to a server or saved. Refresh the page and the history is gone."},{"q":"Can I use my keyboard?","a":"Yes. The number keys work, along with +, -, *, /, %, Enter, Backspace, and Esc."},{"q":"Can it handle complex expressions with parentheses?","a":"No. This calculator follows standard order of operations — multiplication and division before addition and subtraction — but it doesn't support parentheses."}]},{"slug":"unix-timestamp-converter","category":"calc-convert","title":"Epoch Precision Converter (Seconds to Nanoseconds)","tagline":"Auto-detects the unit from digit count, adds relative time and ISO 8601, and handles negative pre-1970 values","emoji":"⏱️","keywords":["epoch converter","nanosecond timestamp converter","microsecond to date","iso 8601 converter","negative unix timestamp","timestamp unit auto detect"],"intro":"A developer's epoch converter that reads the unit off the digit count alone — seconds, milliseconds, microseconds, or nanoseconds — and names the unit it detected on screen, so you're never guessing which one it assumed. Results come back as local time, UTC, ISO 8601, and a relative reading like \"3 hours from now\"; feed it a negative number and you'll get dates before 1970. Going date → timestamp, you can use the date picker or type the year, month, day, hour, minute, and second by hand, and all four unit values appear with their own copy buttons. The live clock at the top refreshes every 100 ms and pauses when you need to freeze a value. All conversions happen in your browser.","howto":["Type a number like 1773532533 into the timestamp field at the top — the unit (seconds, milliseconds, microseconds, or nanoseconds) is detected automatically from the digit count.","Click \"Use Current Time\" to drop in the timestamp for right now.","The results show your local time, UTC, ISO 8601 format, and a relative time (for example, \"in 3 hours\"), each with its own copy button.","To convert the other way, use the \"Date → Timestamp\" section and either pick a date with the date picker or switch to the tab for entering year, month, day, hour, minute, and second directly."],"faq":[{"q":"How does it tell seconds from milliseconds and other units?","a":"It goes by the number of digits you enter. Up to 11 digits is treated as seconds, up to 14 as milliseconds, up to 17 as microseconds, and anything longer as nanoseconds."},{"q":"Can I enter negative timestamps?","a":"Yes. Negative values represent dates before January 1, 1970, and they work fine here."},{"q":"Are the timestamps or dates I enter sent anywhere?","a":"No. Every conversion is calculated instantly in your browser with JavaScript — nothing is sent to a server."}]},{"slug":"fuel-economy-converter","category":"calc-convert","title":"Fuel Economy Converter","tagline":"Convert fuel efficiency values bidirectionally across km/L, L/100km, and MPG","emoji":"🚗","keywords":["fuel economy","fuel converter","mpg to km/L","L/100km to mpg"],"intro":"A utility to convert fuel efficiency units bidirectionally among km/L, L/100km, and MPG (US/UK). Easily calculate fuel consumption standards across countries.","howto":["Enter a value in any of the fuel efficiency input fields.","Select the desired output standard or view the converted values instantly.","Compare fuel efficiency standards directly on the visual conversion grid."],"faq":[{"q":"What is the difference between US MPG and UK MPG?","a":"The UK gallon is larger than the US gallon (approx 4.54L vs 3.78L). Therefore, UK MPG is higher for the same fuel efficiency."},{"q":"Does a higher number always mean better fuel economy, even for L/100km?","a":"No — for km/L (and MPG), a bigger number means better mileage, but for L/100km it's the opposite: a smaller number means the car uses less fuel. Keep that direction in mind when comparing units."},{"q":"Does a higher number always mean better fuel economy, even for L/100km?","a":"No — for km/L (and MPG), a bigger number means better mileage, but for L/100km it's the opposite: a smaller number means the car uses less fuel. Keep that direction in mind when comparing units."}]},{"slug":"json-key-case-converter","category":"text-dev","title":"JSON Key Case Converter","tagline":"Convert JSON keys recursively to camelCase, snake_case, PascalCase, or kebab-case","emoji":"🔤","keywords":["json keys","camelcase json","snakecase json","json converter"],"intro":"Recursively converts keys inside a JSON object to camelCase, snake_case, PascalCase, or kebab-case. Extremely useful for formatting payload interfaces.","howto":["Paste your JSON string into the input box.","Select the target naming case style.","Click convert and copy the cleaned JSON structure."],"faq":[{"q":"Does it support deep objects?","a":"Yes, it recursively processes deep JSON arrays and nested key-value pairs."},{"q":"What happens to keys that start with a number or contain odd symbols?","a":"Keys starting with digits or mixing in hyphens and spaces are still detected and converted, but the result may not follow valid JavaScript identifier rules — double-check that the converted keys work fine in your actual code."},{"q":"What happens to keys that start with a number or contain odd symbols?","a":"Keys starting with digits or mixing in hyphens and spaces are still detected and converted, but the result may not follow valid JavaScript identifier rules — double-check that the converted keys work fine in your actual code."}]},{"slug":"base64-hex-converter","category":"text-dev","title":"Base64 to Hex Converter","tagline":"Decode and encode Base64 strings to Hexadecimal byte arrays and vice-versa","emoji":"🔢","keywords":["base64 to hex","hex to base64","base64 decoder","hex decoder"],"intro":"A bidirectional converter between Base64 and Hexadecimal byte representation for raw data debugging.","howto":["Paste your Base64 or Hex string into the input box.","Click the respective conversion button.","Copy the formatted output byte sequence."],"faq":[{"q":"Does it validate input?","a":"Yes, it checks for valid characters and handles spaces or commas in Hex strings."},{"q":"Does it handle URL-safe Base64 (the kind using - and _)?","a":"The converter is built around standard Base64 (+ and /), so for URL-safe input you'll need to swap - back to + and _ back to / before pasting it in to get an accurate result."},{"q":"Does it handle URL-safe Base64 (the kind using - and _)?","a":"The converter is built around standard Base64 (+ and /), so for URL-safe input you'll need to swap - back to + and _ back to / before pasting it in to get an accurate result."}]},{"slug":"csv-charset-fixer","category":"doc-data","title":"Excel CSV Character Fixer","tagline":"Fix Korean character corruption in Excel CSV files by adding UTF-8 BOM","emoji":"📄","keywords":["csv fix","excel csv character","excel korean csv","utf8 bom csv"],"intro":"Injects a Byte Order Mark (BOM) to UTF-8 CSV files to prevent Excel from displaying corrupt characters.","howto":["Upload or paste your CSV document.","Click the Fix button to embed the BOM.","Download the corrected CSV file."],"faq":[{"q":"What is a BOM?","a":"Byte Order Mark (BOM) is a signature at the beginning of a file telling Excel to interpret the file as UTF-8."},{"q":"Do I need the BOM if I'm opening the file in Google Sheets or another app?","a":"No — Google Sheets and most modern text editors auto-detect UTF-8, so Korean text displays fine without a BOM. The BOM is really only needed when the file is opened in Microsoft Excel."},{"q":"Do I need the BOM if I'm opening the file in Google Sheets or another app?","a":"No — Google Sheets and most modern text editors auto-detect UTF-8, so Korean text displays fine without a BOM. The BOM is really only needed when the file is opened in Microsoft Excel."}]},{"slug":"html-special-character-escape","category":"text-dev","title":"HTML Special Character Escape","tagline":"Escape and unescape HTML character entities in real-time","emoji":"🛡️","keywords":["html escape","html entities","unescape html","html characters"],"intro":"Escapes HTML tags into character entities (< to <) to prevent rendering glitches in text.","howto":["Input your HTML block into the source textarea.","Click Escape or Unescape button.","Copy the safe HTML representation string."],"faq":[{"q":"Which characters are escaped?","a":"Characters like <, >, &, \", and ' are escaped to their safe entity counterparts."},{"q":"Does it also convert Korean text or emoji into entities?","a":"No — this tool only touches the five characters that clash with HTML markup: &, <, >, \", and '. Korean text and emoji are already safe to display, so they're left exactly as they are."},{"q":"Does it also convert Korean text or emoji into entities?","a":"No — this tool only touches the five characters that clash with HTML markup: &, <, >, \", and '. Korean text and emoji are already safe to display, so they're left exactly as they are."}]},{"slug":"json-flatten-unflatten","category":"text-dev","title":"JSON Flatten & Unflatten","tagline":"Flatten nested JSON key structures or unflatten dot-separated paths into deep objects","emoji":"🥞","keywords":["json flatten","json unflatten","flat json","nested json"],"intro":"Reduces deep JSON structures to single dot-separated layers, or parses them back to nested objects.","howto":["Paste your nested JSON document.","Choose Flatten or Unflatten options.","Click transform and copy the results."],"faq":[{"q":"What separator is used?","a":"Dot (.) is the default separator, but you can configure custom separators."},{"q":"What if a key name itself already contains the delimiter character, like a dot?","a":"If a key name (not the value) already contains the same character used as the delimiter, the path can get split in the wrong place during flatten or unflatten. In that case, switch the delimiter to something that doesn't appear in your data, like / or _."},{"q":"What if a key name itself already contains the delimiter character, like a dot?","a":"If a key name (not the value) already contains the same character used as the delimiter, the path can get split in the wrong place during flatten or unflatten. In that case, switch the delimiter to something that doesn't appear in your data, like / or _."}]},{"slug":"cookie-string-generator","category":"text-dev","title":"Web Cookie Generator & Parser","tagline":"Visually generate document.cookie scripts or parse cookie strings back to tables","emoji":"🍪","keywords":["cookie generator","parse cookie","set-cookie header","document cookie"],"intro":"Generates browser document.cookie commands or parses HTTP Cookie header strings into clear tables.","howto":["Type cookie name, value, path, domain, and expiration.","Click generate to copy the javascript setup snippet.","Or paste a cookie header string to inspect values."],"faq":[{"q":"Does it support Secure flag?","a":"Yes, it supports Secure, HttpOnly, and SameSite parameter additions."},{"q":"When should I enable the Secure attribute?","a":"As a rule of thumb, turn it on whenever your site runs over HTTPS. With Secure enabled, the cookie is never sent over an unencrypted HTTP connection, which cuts down the risk of it being intercepted."},{"q":"When should I enable the Secure attribute?","a":"As a rule of thumb, turn it on whenever your site runs over HTTPS. With Secure enabled, the cookie is never sent over an unencrypted HTTP connection, which cuts down the risk of it being intercepted."}]},{"slug":"js-object-to-json","category":"text-dev","title":"JS Object to JSON Converter","tagline":"Convert loose JavaScript object literals to strict standard JSON strings","emoji":"🔄","keywords":["js to json","javascript object converter","strict json","json parser"],"intro":"Converts non-standard JS object strings (missing quotes on keys, single quotes) into standard JSON.","howto":["Paste your loose JS object literal string.","Click convert to clean and parse the format.","Copy or download the strict JSON output."],"faq":[{"q":"Can it fix trailing commas?","a":"Yes, it removes trailing commas to comply with strict JSON standards."},{"q":"Can it convert code that contains comments (// or /* */)?","a":"Yes — when converting JS Object to JSON, single-line and multi-line JavaScript-style comments are automatically detected and stripped out before the rest of the structure is cleaned up into standard JSON."},{"q":"Can it convert code that contains comments (// or /* */)?","a":"Yes — when converting JS Object to JSON, single-line and multi-line JavaScript-style comments are automatically detected and stripped out before the rest of the structure is cleaned up into standard JSON."}]},{"slug":"merge-text-files","category":"text-dev","title":"Text Files Merger","tagline":"Concatenate multiple uploaded text files using customized delimiter segments","emoji":"🔗","keywords":["merge text","combine files","concat text files","file combiner"],"intro":"Combines multiple text files sequentially with custom spacing and dividers.","howto":["Upload or drag text files.","Choose a divider type (empty line, custom text, none).","Click merge to compile and download the merged file."],"faq":[{"q":"Is there a file limit?","a":"No, everything runs locally in your browser memory with no limits."},{"q":"Can I merge files that use different encodings, like EUC-KR mixed with UTF-8?","a":"Mixing encodings can cause Korean text to garble during the merge, so it's best to first re-save each file as UTF-8 (in Notepad or a similar editor) before uploading them here."},{"q":"Can I merge files that use different encodings, like EUC-KR mixed with UTF-8?","a":"Mixing encodings can cause Korean text to garble during the merge, so it's best to first re-save each file as UTF-8 (in Notepad or a similar editor) before uploading them here."}]},{"slug":"json-key-remover","category":"text-dev","title":"JSON Key Remover","tagline":"Recursively remove specific properties from nested JSON objects","emoji":"🧹","keywords":["remove json keys","strip json key","clean json payload","json cleaner"],"intro":"Cleans JSON payloads by removing sensitive keys (like passwords or tokens) recursively.","howto":["Paste your JSON document.","Enter the target keys to be removed.","Execute remove and copy the safe JSON output."],"faq":[{"q":"Does it remove keys from array elements?","a":"Yes, it scans recursively inside arrays of objects to remove specified keys."},{"q":"Can it remove keys from objects that are nested inside arrays?","a":"Yes — when an array element is an object, the tool recurses into it too, so any matching key name gets removed no matter how deep it's nested inside an array."},{"q":"Can it remove keys from objects that are nested inside arrays?","a":"Yes — when an array element is an object, the tool recurses into it too, so any matching key name gets removed no matter how deep it's nested inside an array."}]},{"slug":"speech-bubble-generator","category":"sns-utils","title":"Speech Bubble Sticker Maker","tagline":"Draw a custom speech bubble on HTML Canvas and download as a PNG sticker","emoji":"💬","keywords":["speech bubble generator","speech sticker","bubble text generator","png sticker maker"],"intro":"Customize font, color, border, and tail direction of a speech bubble and download it as a transparent PNG.","howto":["Enter text for the speech bubble.","Adjust border width, roundness, text size, and colors.","Click download to save the transparent sticker."],"faq":[{"q":"Is the background transparent?","a":"Yes, the exported PNG has a transparent background, perfect for video/image overlays."},{"q":"Can I use the speech bubble images I make here in commercial content?","a":"Yes — since it's an image you generated yourself, there's no separate licensing restriction, so feel free to use it commercially in YouTube thumbnails, card news, ads, and similar projects."},{"q":"Can I use the speech bubble images I make here in commercial content?","a":"Yes — since it's an image you generated yourself, there's no separate licensing restriction, so feel free to use it commercially in YouTube thumbnails, card news, ads, and similar projects."}]},{"slug":"youtube-subscribe-button","category":"sns-utils","title":"YouTube Subscribe Button Generator","tagline":"Generate custom YouTube subscribe buttons and download as PNG graphics","emoji":"🔔","keywords":["youtube button maker","subscribe button png","subscribe graphic","youtube sticker"],"intro":"Create customized YouTube-style SUBSCRIBE buttons with play or bell icon indicators.","howto":["Input button text (e.g. SUBSCRIBE, JOIN).","Tweak colors, border radius, and font size.","Choose icon type and click download."],"faq":[{"q":"Where can I use this button?","a":"You can overlay it on your video edits, blog posts, or webpage links."},{"q":"If someone clicks the button image, does it automatically subscribe them, like a real YouTube button?","a":"No — this tool only produces a plain image file with no built-in function. To make it actually work, you need to wrap the image in a link or button that points to your channel yourself."},{"q":"If someone clicks the button image, does it automatically subscribe them, like a real YouTube button?","a":"No — this tool only produces a plain image file with no built-in function. To make it actually work, you need to wrap the image in a link or button that points to your channel yourself."}]},{"slug":"aurora-gradient-bg","category":"color-design","title":"Aurora Gradient CSS Generator","tagline":"Generate beautiful animated aurora radial gradient background HTML/CSS codes","emoji":"🌌","keywords":["aurora gradient","css aurora","animated background","radial gradient css"],"intro":"Create smooth CSS-animated aurora landing page backgrounds with custom colors.","howto":["Select 4 color points for the aurora gradient.","Adjust rotation speed and background mode.","Copy the compiled CSS and HTML snippets."],"faq":[{"q":"Is it GPU accelerated?","a":"Yes, it uses pure CSS transforms and gradients which run smoothly on browser GPUs."},{"q":"Can I paste the generated code into a blog skin like WordPress or Tistory?","a":"Yes — it outputs standard HTML/CSS, so pasting the HTML into your theme's HTML area and the CSS into the stylesheet works the same way across most blog platforms and site builders."},{"q":"Can I paste the generated code into a blog skin like WordPress or Tistory?","a":"Yes — it outputs standard HTML/CSS, so pasting the HTML into your theme's HTML area and the CSS into the stylesheet works the same way across most blog platforms and site builders."}]},{"slug":"instagram-rainbow-text","category":"sns-utils","title":"Instagram Rainbow Text Generator","tagline":"Convert strings into letter-by-letter colored HTML gradient code snippets","emoji":"🌈","keywords":["rainbow text","gradient font html","color letter code","text gradient maker"],"intro":"Applies sequential inline styles to text characters, creating a beautiful gradient effect for blogs.","howto":["Type the target text string.","Select a gradient color preset or choose custom colors.","Copy the generated HTML code block."],"faq":[{"q":"Can I use this on Instagram bios?","a":"Instagram bios only support plain text, but this is perfect for blogs, emails, and webpage markups."},{"q":"Does the gradient look natural on Korean text too, not just English?","a":"Yes — the color is distributed character by character based purely on position, regardless of language, so Korean, English, and numbers mixed together all get the same smooth gradient treatment."},{"q":"Does the gradient look natural on Korean text too, not just English?","a":"Yes — the color is distributed character by character based purely on position, regardless of language, so Korean, English, and numbers mixed together all get the same smooth gradient treatment."}]},{"slug":"blog-tag-badge-generator","category":"color-design","title":"Blog Tag & Badge Generator","tagline":"Visually design blog category tags with hover CSS effects and copy codes","emoji":"🏷️","keywords":["blog badge css","category tag maker","css button creator","tag html generator"],"intro":"A builder to design blog category badges with transition scales, color flips, and glow shadow effects.","howto":["Enter tag label and target CSS class name.","Customize dimensions, background, border, and roundness.","Pick a hover animation style and copy CSS/HTML."],"faq":[{"q":"How do I add this to my blog?","a":"Paste the CSS stylesheet rules in your skin editor, then copy-paste the HTML tag element."},{"q":"Can I create several tags in different colors all at once?","a":"Each run generates one base style, but if you repeat the process with a different color and a different class name each time, you can quickly build up a set of tags that each look distinct by category."},{"q":"Can I create several tags in different colors all at once?","a":"Each run generates one base style, but if you repeat the process with a different color and a different class name each time, you can quickly build up a set of tags that each look distinct by category."}]},{"slug":"svg-path-coordinates","category":"text-dev","title":"SVG Path Coordinates Extractor","tagline":"Parse SVG d path data to extract raw coordinate variables in JSON/CSV format","emoji":"🗺️","keywords":["svg coordinates","path parser","svg vertex array","extract svg path"],"intro":"Extracts numeric coordinates from SVG path 'd' parameters into regular JSON or CSV arrays.","howto":["Paste the SVG path 'd' attribute string.","Select output format (JSON, points array, CSV).","Click extract and copy the variables list."],"faq":[{"q":"What is this used for?","a":"It helps Canvas/WebGL developers convert vector files to numeric vertex arrays."},{"q":"Does it also extract coordinates from curve commands (C, Q, A), not just straight lines (L)?","a":"Yes — control points and endpoints inside Bezier curve (C, Q) and arc (A) commands are all picked up and listed too, tagged with their command type so you can tell exactly what each coordinate belongs to."},{"q":"Does it also extract coordinates from curve commands (C, Q, A), not just straight lines (L)?","a":"Yes — control points and endpoints inside Bezier curve (C, Q) and arc (A) commands are all picked up and listed too, tagged with their command type so you can tell exactly what each coordinate belongs to."}]},{"slug":"html-table-to-markdown","category":"doc-data","title":"HTML Table to Markdown Converter","tagline":"Convert HTML table structures to standard Markdown table formatting","emoji":"📊","keywords":["table to markdown","html table converter","md table parser","convert table html"],"intro":"Transforms HTML table elements into Markdown code, ideal for documentation writeups.","howto":["Paste the HTML table code block.","Click convert to parse headers and cells.","Copy the generated Markdown table."],"faq":[{"q":"How are cell merges handled?","a":"Since Markdown doesn't support col/rowspans, they are expanded to individual cells."},{"q":"What happens to images or links that appear inside table cells?","a":"Any <img> and <a> tags inside a cell are automatically converted to markdown image and link syntax (![alt](src) and [text](href)), so the table stays intact and the original content survives the conversion."},{"q":"What happens to images or links that appear inside table cells?","a":"Any <img> and <a> tags inside a cell are automatically converted to markdown image and link syntax (![alt](src) and [text](href)), so the table stays intact and the original content survives the conversion."}]},{"slug":"css-deduplicator","category":"text-dev","title":"CSS Selector Deduplicator","tagline":"Find and merge duplicate CSS selector rules inside stylesheets","emoji":"🧹","keywords":["clean css","css optimizer","merge css selectors","deduplicate css"],"intro":"Cleans up bloated stylesheets by merging properties belonging to identical CSS selectors.","howto":["Paste the CSS code block.","Click deduplicate to run the analyzer.","Review cleaned stylesheet code and copy it."],"faq":[{"q":"How are property conflicts resolved?","a":"If same properties are declared twice, the value appearing last in the stylesheet takes precedence."},{"q":"Does it also merge duplicate selectors inside @media blocks?","a":"Yes, but only within the same media query — selectors are merged separately for each @media condition. A selector that appears both outside and inside a media query is left untouched, since it applies under different circumstances and merging it would change the intended behavior."},{"q":"Does it also merge duplicate selectors inside @media blocks?","a":"Yes, but only within the same media query — selectors are merged separately for each @media condition. A selector that appears both outside and inside a media query is left untouched, since it applies under different circumstances and merging it would change the intended behavior."}]},{"slug":"extract-urls-to-links","category":"text-dev","title":"URL Link Extractor","tagline":"Extract and wrap raw text URLs in clickable HTML anchor tags automatically","emoji":"🔗","keywords":["extract urls","text to link converter","html anchor tag wrap","auto link generator"],"intro":"Automatically searches for http/https URLs in text blocks and wraps them in HTML <a> tags.","howto":["Paste raw text containing URL strings.","Configure target, rel, and length truncation options.","Inspect the clickable preview and copy the HTML markup code."],"faq":[{"q":"Why is rel='noopener' recommended?","a":"It prevents security vulnerabilities where third party sites manipulate your page."},{"q":"If some URLs in the text are already wrapped in <a> tags, will the tool wrap them a second time?","a":"No. URLs that are already inside an <a> tag are detected and skipped, so you won't end up with nested or duplicate anchor tags — only the plain-text URLs get converted into links."},{"q":"If some URLs in the text are already wrapped in <a> tags, will the tool wrap them a second time?","a":"No. URLs that are already inside an <a> tag are detected and skipped, so you won't end up with nested or duplicate anchor tags — only the plain-text URLs get converted into links."}]},{"slug":"svg-fill-color-changer","category":"color-design","title":"SVG Color Replacer","tagline":"Recolor fill and stroke attributes inside raw SVG source code in one click","emoji":"🎨","keywords":["recolor svg","change svg color","svg fill replacer","svg stroke color"],"intro":"Finds fill and stroke attributes in SVG markup and changes them to your target colors.","howto":["Paste the raw SVG source code.","Choose new fill and stroke color variables.","Apply changes, inspect preview, and download the updated SVG."],"faq":[{"q":"Does it modify styling rules inside <style> tags?","a":"No, it targets inline fill/stroke attributes. Make sure your SVG uses attributes."},{"q":"Does it also work on SVGs where the color is set as a CSS declaration, like style=\"fill:#000\"?","a":"This tool replaces colors based on the fill/stroke attributes, so a color written inside a style attribute as CSS (style=\"fill:#000\") won't be picked up. Convert it to a plain attribute first — fill=\"#000\" instead of style=\"fill:#000\" — and it will work as expected."},{"q":"Does it also work on SVGs where the color is set as a CSS declaration, like style=\"fill:#000\"?","a":"This tool replaces colors based on the fill/stroke attributes, so a color written inside a style attribute as CSS (style=\"fill:#000\") won't be picked up. Convert it to a plain attribute first — fill=\"#000\" instead of style=\"fill:#000\" — and it will work as expected."}]},{"slug":"social-image-optimizer-helper","category":"sns-utils","title":"Social Media Image Guide & Optimizer","tagline":"Verify and check image sizes and ratios for YouTube, Instagram, X, and LinkedIn","emoji":"📏","keywords":["social image size","instagram ratio","youtube banner check","x header dimension"],"intro":"Helps content creators verify if their custom images match platform requirements.","howto":["Select platform and asset target type.","Enter image width and height parameters.","Verify the PASS status and platforms specifications."],"faq":[{"q":"Is uploading required?","a":"No, you can simply type in the dimensions of your image to perform validation."},{"q":"What happens if the ratio is close but not an exact match to the recommended one (e.g. 1.85:1 instead of 1.90:1)?","a":"It still passes as long as it falls within a small tolerance range; outside that range it shows a warning, along with how far off it is from the recommended ratio. Since most platforms auto-crop slightly on upload anyway, a small warning usually isn't something to worry about."},{"q":"What happens if the ratio is close but not an exact match to the recommended one (e.g. 1.85:1 instead of 1.90:1)?","a":"It still passes as long as it falls within a small tolerance range; outside that range it shows a warning, along with how far off it is from the recommended ratio. Since most platforms auto-crop slightly on upload anyway, a small warning usually isn't something to worry about."}]},{"slug":"remove-markdown-comments","category":"text-dev","title":"Markdown Comment Remover","tagline":"Strip HTML-style comments from Markdown documents automatically","emoji":"🧹","keywords":["strip markdown comment","remove readme comment","clean markdown text"],"intro":"Removes draft blocks and comments from README files or markdown documents.","howto":["Paste your Markdown document.","Configure blank line cleanups.","Run remover and copy clean text."],"faq":[{"q":"Does it touch code block contents?","a":"No, it specifically deletes only HTML comment lines."},{"q":"Does it correctly remove a comment that spans multiple lines (starts with  several lines later)?","a":"Yes, even if the opening  are several lines apart, everything in between is treated as one comment block and removed entirely. This works as long as comment blocks are sequential rather than nested — a  several lines later)?","a":"Yes, even if the opening  are several lines apart, everything in between is treated as one comment block and removed entirely. This works as long as comment blocks are sequential rather than nested — a <!-- appearing inside another unclosed comment isn't supported."}]},{"slug":"csv-column-reorder","category":"doc-data","title":"CSV Column Reorder Tool","tagline":"Visually rearrange column positions in CSV files and export results","emoji":"🔄","keywords":["reorder csv","change csv columns","csv header shift","csv exporter"],"intro":"Rearranges column order in CSV sheets using intuitive left/right controls.","howto":["Paste or load your CSV dataset.","Load column info, then click arrow buttons to shift columns.","Generate new layout and download file."],"faq":[{"q":"Are rows with missing values safe?","a":"Yes, missing values are automatically padded with empty spaces to prevent layout misalignment."},{"q":"Can I reorder columns in a CSV file that has no header row?","a":"Yes, you can still use it — but since the tool treats the first line as column names, a file without a real header will get placeholder names like \"Column1, Column2\" assigned automatically. Just remember the resulting first row is actually a data row, not a header."},{"q":"Can I reorder columns in a CSV file that has no header row?","a":"Yes, you can still use it — but since the tool treats the first line as column names, a file without a real header will get placeholder names like \"Column1, Column2\" assigned automatically. Just remember the resulting first row is actually a data row, not a header."}]},{"slug":"font-face-generator","category":"color-design","title":"CSS @font-face Code Generator","tagline":"Compile CSS font-face directives with woff2, woff, and ttf font fallbacks","emoji":"🔤","keywords":["font-face css","generate webfont css","load local font css"],"intro":"Generates valid css font-face rules to load custom local web fonts.","howto":["Enter font family identifier.","Provide paths to font files (woff2, woff, ttf).","Configure weight and style attributes, then copy code."],"faq":[{"q":"What is font-display?","a":"It determines how the browser displays text while the web font is loading. Swap is recommended."},{"q":"How do I register multiple font files with different weights, like Regular and Bold, at once?","a":"The tool generates one @font-face block at a time, so you'd generate it once per weight — changing the file path and font-weight value each time — then stack the resulting blocks together. With the same font-family name but font-weight: 400 for Regular and 700 for Bold, the browser will automatically pick the right file for each weight."},{"q":"How do I register multiple font files with different weights, like Regular and Bold, at once?","a":"The tool generates one @font-face block at a time, so you'd generate it once per weight — changing the file path and font-weight value each time — then stack the resulting blocks together. With the same font-family name but font-weight: 400 for Regular and 700 for Bold, the browser will automatically pick the right file for each weight."}]},{"slug":"json-array-to-html-list","category":"text-dev","title":"JSON Array to HTML List Converter","tagline":"Convert JSON array items into standard HTML list markup (ul or ol blocks)","emoji":"📃","keywords":["json to list","json array to html","ul list generator"],"intro":"Transforms JSON string arrays or object properties into nested lists.","howto":["Paste the JSON array list.","Choose tag list type (ul, ol) and class variables.","Convert and copy the compiled HTML string."],"faq":[{"q":"Can I target properties inside object arrays?","a":"Yes, you can define which object key variable is used for list content."},{"q":"Does it still convert data with slightly non-standard JSON syntax, like single quotes or a trailing comma?","a":"This tool parses input as strict JSON, so JavaScript-style syntax such as single quotes or a trailing comma after the last item will trigger a parse error. Switch the quotes to double quotes and remove the trailing comma, and it will convert normally."},{"q":"Does it still convert data with slightly non-standard JSON syntax, like single quotes or a trailing comma?","a":"This tool parses input as strict JSON, so JavaScript-style syntax such as single quotes or a trailing comma after the last item will trigger a parse error. Switch the quotes to double quotes and remove the trailing comma, and it will convert normally."}]},{"slug":"inline-style-to-css","category":"text-dev","title":"Inline Style to CSS Extractor","tagline":"Refactor HTML inline style attributes into external CSS class rules","emoji":"🎨","keywords":["extract inline style","html styles to css","clean inline html css"],"intro":"Splits inline styling attributes from HTML code into a clean stylesheet class list.","howto":["Paste HTML markup code containing inline styles.","Select custom class prefix rules.","Convert and copy clean HTML and CSS codes."],"faq":[{"q":"Are existing class names preserved?","a":"Yes, new styles class variables are appended after existing class parameters."},{"q":"If several tags share the exact same inline style, does it merge them into one shared class?","a":"No, this tool assigns a new class name to each individual tag, so identical styles still end up as separate classes. If you want to consolidate duplicates into a single shared class, you'll need to manually spot and merge the identical declarations in the resulting CSS."},{"q":"If several tags share the exact same inline style, does it merge them into one shared class?","a":"No, this tool assigns a new class name to each individual tag, so identical styles still end up as separate classes. If you want to consolidate duplicates into a single shared class, you'll need to manually spot and merge the identical declarations in the resulting CSS."}]},{"slug":"markdown-table-to-csv","category":"doc-data","title":"Markdown Table to CSV Converter","tagline":"Convert Markdown pipeline table layout strings back into CSV sheets","emoji":"📊","keywords":["md table to csv","convert markdown table","markdown table reader"],"intro":"Converts markdown documentation tables into downloadable CSV tables.","howto":["Paste markdown table rows.","Choose target separator character.","Click convert and download the CSV."],"faq":[{"q":"Is cell comma formatting handled?","a":"Yes, cell values containing commas are wrapped in quotes to prevent CSV parsing bugs."},{"q":"If a document contains several markdown tables, does it convert all of them at once?","a":"This tool only recognizes and converts the first table it finds in the pasted text. If your document has multiple tables, copy and paste each one separately and convert them one at a time."},{"q":"If a document contains several markdown tables, does it convert all of them at once?","a":"This tool only recognizes and converts the first table it finds in the pasted text. If your document has multiple tables, copy and paste each one separately and convert them one at a time."}]},{"slug":"sql-insert-to-csv","category":"doc-data","title":"SQL INSERT to CSV Converter","tagline":"Parse columns and data rows from SQL INSERT statements to export CSV sheets","emoji":"💾","keywords":["sql insert parser","sql to csv","sql database dump csv"],"intro":"Extracts values datasets from SQL dump files to export CSV files.","howto":["Paste SQL INSERT statements.","Specify delimiter, then click convert.","Download compiled CSV data."],"faq":[{"q":"Are single quotes inside strings escaped?","a":"Yes, standard SQL double-single quote escape patterns are processed correctly."},{"q":"If INSERT statements for several different tables are mixed together, does it process them all correctly at once?","a":"The tool builds its column structure from the first table's INSERT statements it encounters in the pasted text, so mixing in INSERT statements for a different table can lead to mismatched columns and a broken CSV. It's best to split them by table and convert each one separately."},{"q":"If INSERT statements for several different tables are mixed together, does it process them all correctly at once?","a":"The tool builds its column structure from the first table's INSERT statements it encounters in the pasted text, so mixing in INSERT statements for a different table can lead to mismatched columns and a broken CSV. It's best to split them by table and convert each one separately."}]},{"slug":"url-path-segment-parser","category":"text-dev","title":"URL Path Segment Parser","tagline":"Dissect paths and query parameters to generate dynamic route code maps","emoji":"🗺️","keywords":["parse url path","url segments list","nextjs route mapper"],"intro":"Splits URLs into segment lists to output dynamic router codes.","howto":["Enter a URL path or query address.","Tweak segment variable mapping parameters.","Copy Express or Next.js route configurations."],"faq":[{"q":"Are query strings parsed?","a":"Yes, query variables are listed in a table at the bottom of the page."},{"q":"Does it correctly parse paths that contain non-ASCII characters or percent-encoded characters like %20?","a":"Yes, segments are split correctly even when the path is still percent-encoded (e.g. %ED%95%9C%EA%B8%80), and the tool also shows the decoded, human-readable value alongside it so you can immediately see the actual content of each segment."},{"q":"Does it correctly parse paths that contain non-ASCII characters or percent-encoded characters like %20?","a":"Yes, segments are split correctly even when the path is still percent-encoded (e.g. %ED%95%9C%EA%B8%80), and the tool also shows the decoded, human-readable value alongside it so you can immediately see the actual content of each segment."}]},{"slug":"json-array-table-viewer","category":"text-dev","title":"JSON Array Table Viewer","tagline":"Translate raw JSON arrays into visual, paginated table lists with search and sort filters","emoji":"📊","keywords":["json grid viewer","render json array","json table viewer","sort json data"],"intro":"Renders nested JSON list files as clickable table data grids with sorting controls.","howto":["Paste a JSON array of objects.","Load the grid viewer, then filter or search.","Click headers to sort entries ascending/descending."],"faq":[{"q":"Is pagination supported?","a":"Yes, page limits prevent performance lag when loading large datasets."},{"q":"How does the table display array items that themselves contain a nested object or array?","a":"Nested objects or arrays are shown in the cell as their raw JSON string summary. There's no built-in way to expand and drill into a cell's contents, so if you need to inspect nested data closely, copy just that value and paste it into a dedicated JSON viewer."},{"q":"How does the table display array items that themselves contain a nested object or array?","a":"Nested objects or arrays are shown in the cell as their raw JSON string summary. There's no built-in way to expand and drill into a cell's contents, so if you need to inspect nested data closely, copy just that value and paste it into a dedicated JSON viewer."}]},{"slug":"lotto-number-generator","category":"sns-utils","title":"Lotto Number Generator & Filter","tagline":"Generate lottery numbers with customizable include/exclude filters and statistics","emoji":"🔮","keywords":["lotto generator","lotto filter","exclude numbers lotto"],"intro":"Calculates odd/even distributions and sum ratios while filtering lotto values.","howto":["Add number sets to include or exclude.","Choose line game count parameters.","Review stats like sum and consecutive groups."],"faq":[{"q":"What is the standard sum range?","a":"Standard lotto numbers typically sum up between 130 and 180."},{"q":"Does a combination generated by this tool actually improve your real odds of winning the lottery?","a":"No. Each lottery draw is a purely random, independent event where every number has an equal chance, so having an odd/even ratio or sum that matches a \"common\" statistical pattern doesn't change your actual winning odds. This tool is meant for entertainment and to help you pick numbers in a fun way with some historical stats for reference — not to predict or improve outcomes."},{"q":"Does a combination generated by this tool actually improve your real odds of winning the lottery?","a":"No. Each lottery draw is a purely random, independent event where every number has an equal chance, so having an odd/even ratio or sum that matches a \"common\" statistical pattern doesn't change your actual winning odds. This tool is meant for entertainment and to help you pick numbers in a fun way with some historical stats for reference — not to predict or improve outcomes."}]},{"slug":"html5-geolocation","category":"text-dev","title":"HTML5 Geolocation Tracker","tagline":"Inspect real-time browser GPS coordinates (Lat/Lng) and open map positions","emoji":"📍","keywords":["browser gps check","geolocation API check","latitude longitude finder"],"intro":"Inspects device positioning parameters using browser APIs.","howto":["Click the coordinates retrieval button.","Allow browser location permissions.","View Lat/Lng and inspect map links."],"faq":[{"q":"Why does it require HTTPS?","a":"Browsers restrict location queries to secure secure environments."},{"q":"Is my location data sent to a server or stored anywhere after I check it?","a":"No, it's neither sent nor stored anywhere. The browser's Geolocation API calculates the coordinates directly on your device and simply displays them on the page — there's no step that transmits this data to a server or saves it to a database. Once you close the tab, the location data you looked up is gone too."},{"q":"Is my location data sent to a server or stored anywhere after I check it?","a":"No, it's neither sent nor stored anywhere. The browser's Geolocation API calculates the coordinates directly on your device and simply displays them on the page — there's no step that transmits this data to a server or saves it to a database. Once you close the tab, the location data you looked up is gone too."}]},{"slug":"lunch-menu-worldcup","category":"sns-utils","title":"Lunch Menu Tournament Cup","tagline":"Select recommended lunch options by voting pairs in bracket match style rounds","emoji":"🍔","keywords":["lunch menu decider","ideal type worldcup","food chooser game"],"intro":"A fun tournament bracket game to determine what food item to choose.","howto":["Select bracket count (8 or 16 candidates).","Click your preferred food in each round.","Check final recommended dish selection."],"faq":[{"q":"Can I play again?","a":"Yes, click restart to shuffle new menu matches."},{"q":"Can I add or remove items from the default list of 16 menu options?","a":"Unfortunately, editing the menu list yourself isn't supported yet. The tournament currently runs only through the pre-set list of 16 popular lunch options, so if your favorite dish isn't included, you can still play through to the final and treat another candidate you like as a stand-in reference."},{"q":"Can I add or remove items from the default list of 16 menu options?","a":"Unfortunately, editing the menu list yourself isn't supported yet. The tournament currently runs only through the pre-set list of 16 popular lunch options, so if your favorite dish isn't included, you can still play through to the final and treat another candidate you like as a stand-in reference."}]},{"slug":"horizontal-to-vertical-video","category":"sns-utils","title":"Landscape to Vertical Video Crop Guide","tagline":"Verify Shorts and TikTok viewport positions and overlay safe zones boundaries","emoji":"✂️","keywords":["vertical video crop","youtube shorts safe zone","tiktok layout guide"],"intro":"Helps creators align focus areas when converting 16:9 videos to 9:16 portrait formats.","howto":["Load a sample image or upload a custom frame snapshot.","Drag the viewport window horizontally to frame the crop position.","Observe overlay safe zones to keep text clear of overlay buttons."],"faq":[{"q":"Does it crop the actual file?","a":"No, it outputs target coordinate metrics to apply inside video editors."},{"q":"If the subject's position shifts across multiple scenes in the video, do I need to re-check the crop position for each scene?","a":"Yes — this tool calculates a single X-axis position based on one screenshot at a time. If the camera angle or subject position changes significantly across scenes, capture a representative frame for each one, reload it into the tool, and apply the resulting coordinates to the corresponding section in your video editor separately for a natural-looking vertical cut."},{"q":"If the subject's position shifts across multiple scenes in the video, do I need to re-check the crop position for each scene?","a":"Yes — this tool calculates a single X-axis position based on one screenshot at a time. If the camera angle or subject position changes significantly across scenes, capture a representative frame for each one, reload it into the tool, and apply the resulting coordinates to the corresponding section in your video editor separately for a natural-looking vertical cut."}]},{"slug":"html-to-js-string","category":"text-dev","title":"HTML to JS String Converter","tagline":"Escape HTML code blocks to JavaScript string variables with backslashes","emoji":"💻","keywords":["html to javascript","escape html js string","template literal converter"],"intro":"Converts HTML structures into single/multi-line JS string declarations.","howto":["Paste the HTML source markup.","Choose quotes type (single, double, backtick).","Convert and copy variable declaration code."],"faq":[{"q":"How are template literals handled?","a":"Backticks are escaped to prevent template interpolation bugs."},{"q":"If I pick double or single quotes instead of backticks, how are the original line breaks handled?","a":"Since double and single quotes can't contain literal line breaks, each line of the original HTML is wrapped in quotes, given an explicit \\n, and joined with the + operator into a multi-line string concatenation. Backticks skip all that — the original line breaks are kept as-is inside a single template literal."},{"q":"If I pick double or single quotes instead of backticks, how are the original line breaks handled?","a":"Since double and single quotes can't contain literal line breaks, each line of the original HTML is wrapped in quotes, given an explicit \\n, and joined with the + operator into a multi-line string concatenation. Backticks skip all that — the original line breaks are kept as-is inside a single template literal."}]},{"slug":"extract-css-variables","category":"text-dev","title":"CSS Variable Extractor","tagline":"Extract all custom CSS variables defined inside stylesheets into a list","emoji":"🎨","keywords":["extract css variables","css variable list","custom properties css"],"intro":"Locates variable declarations (--var: value) in CSS sheets to list parameters.","howto":["Paste the stylesheet code.","Click extract to list variable names and values.","Click copy to obtain the var() declaration."],"faq":[{"q":"Does it parse nested rules?","a":"Yes, it extracts variables wherever they are declared in selectors."},{"q":"Are variables declared inside a specific class like .dark-mode, rather than :root, also extracted?","a":"Yes — the tool looks for the -- custom property declaration pattern anywhere, not just inside :root, so theme variables defined inside a class like .dark-mode or a selector like [data-theme=\"dark\"] are picked up too. Since the list doesn't track which selector each one came from, a variable with the same name declared under multiple selectors with different values may show up more than once."},{"q":"Are variables declared inside a specific class like .dark-mode, rather than :root, also extracted?","a":"Yes — the tool looks for the -- custom property declaration pattern anywhere, not just inside :root, so theme variables defined inside a class like .dark-mode or a selector like [data-theme=\"dark\"] are picked up too. Since the list doesn't track which selector each one came from, a variable with the same name declared under multiple selectors with different values may show up more than once."}]},{"slug":"svg-to-react-jsx","category":"text-dev","title":"SVG to React JSX Converter","tagline":"Translate SVG vector markup codes into React JSX components with props mapping","emoji":"⚛️","keywords":["svg to jsx","react icon generator","convert svg to react"],"intro":"Converts SVG files to typescript React components spreading props.","howto":["Paste the SVG vector markup.","Type target component function name.","Convert and save the JSX component file."],"faq":[{"q":"Are styles preserved?","a":"Yes, attributes are translated to JSX format variables."},{"q":"Are original HTML attribute names like class or stroke-width automatically converted to React syntax like className or strokeWidth?","a":"Yes — during conversion, class becomes className, and hyphenated SVG attributes like stroke-width or fill-rule are automatically converted to camelCase (strokeWidth, fillRule) as JSX requires. Inline styles written as a string, like style=\"color:red\", are also converted into object syntax ({ color: 'red' }), so the result can be pasted in and used without further edits."},{"q":"Are original HTML attribute names like class or stroke-width automatically converted to React syntax like className or strokeWidth?","a":"Yes — during conversion, class becomes className, and hyphenated SVG attributes like stroke-width or fill-rule are automatically converted to camelCase (strokeWidth, fillRule) as JSX requires. Inline styles written as a string, like style=\"color:red\", are also converted into object syntax ({ color: 'red' }), so the result can be pasted in and used without further edits."}]},{"slug":"hsl-color-spectrum","category":"color-design","title":"HSL Color Spectrum Generator","tagline":"Generate custom color palette spectrums by incrementing HSL values","emoji":"🎨","keywords":["hsl palette generator","color spectrum maker","gradient color chips"],"intro":"Creates tone-on-tone gradients by specifying step variations.","howto":["Enter starting HSL base color.","Set steps increments or decrements.","Copy generated HEX or HSL codes."],"faq":[{"q":"What is the hue limit?","a":"Hue loops automatically between 0 and 360 degrees."},{"q":"What happens if I push saturation or lightness past 0% or 100%?","a":"The value is automatically clamped to the 0-100% range. If you keep lowering lightness past the minimum, every remaining step just repeats the same near-black color, so for a wider variety of tones, adjust the step size and step count together instead of pushing a single value to its limit."},{"q":"What happens if I push saturation or lightness past 0% or 100%?","a":"The value is automatically clamped to the 0-100% range. If you keep lowering lightness past the minimum, every remaining step just repeats the same near-black color, so for a wider variety of tones, adjust the step size and step count together instead of pushing a single value to its limit."}]},{"slug":"clean-json-empty-values","category":"text-dev","title":"JSON Empty Values Cleaner","tagline":"Recursively wipe empty strings, empty arrays, objects, and null values in JSON files","emoji":"🧼","keywords":["clean json nulls","remove empty json keys","json data filter"],"intro":"Cleans data payloads by filtering empty keys recursively.","howto":["Paste raw JSON code.","Click clean button to filter values.","Copy formatted compact output JSON."],"faq":[{"q":"Are numbers like 0 filtered?","a":"No, number 0 and boolean false are preserved."},{"q":"If removing empty values leaves a parent object or array empty too, what happens to it?","a":"It gets removed as well. For example, in { \"a\": { \"b\": \"\" } }, b is deleted for being an empty string, which then leaves a as an empty object, so a is removed too and the final result is {}. The cleanup cascades upward recursively, so back up your original data first if you want to keep that structure."},{"q":"If removing empty values leaves a parent object or array empty too, what happens to it?","a":"It gets removed as well. For example, in { \"a\": { \"b\": \"\" } }, b is deleted for being an empty string, which then leaves a as an empty object, so a is removed too and the final result is {}. The cleanup cascades upward recursively, so back up your original data first if you want to keep that structure."}]},{"slug":"media-query-breakpoint-generator","category":"color-design","title":"CSS Media Query Breakpoint Builder","tagline":"Compile max-width or min-width responsive layouts media query templates","emoji":"🖥️","keywords":["responsive breakpoint","css media queries","mobile first breakpoints"],"intro":"Generates stylesheet templates for responsive device breakpoints.","howto":["Choose layout direction (mobile-first, desktop-first).","Adjust widths (Mobile, Tablet, Desktop).","Copy CSS template and inject layout rules."],"faq":[{"q":"What is mobile-first?","a":"Design uses min-width blocks to expand layouts on wider viewports."},{"q":"If I set the tablet and desktop breakpoint to the same number, like 768px, won't the two ranges overlap?","a":"A browser only applies the rule that matches a given width, so nothing technically breaks, but pairing max-width and min-width at the exact same value can cause unexpected style clashes. It's safer to offset one side by 1px, for example max-width: 767px paired with min-width: 768px, so the ranges split at a clean boundary."},{"q":"If I set the tablet and desktop breakpoint to the same number, like 768px, won't the two ranges overlap?","a":"A browser only applies the rule that matches a given width, so nothing technically breaks, but pairing max-width and min-width at the exact same value can cause unexpected style clashes. It's safer to offset one side by 1px, for example max-width: 767px paired with min-width: 768px, so the ranges split at a clean boundary."}]}],"base":"/en/util","locale":"en","order":["image-edit","image-format","pdf","video-audio","text-dev","calc-convert","color-design","generators-qr","doc-data","sns-utils","web-seo-misc"],"placeholder":"Search tools (e.g. BMI, PDF, QR code)","noResults":"No tools found. Try a different keyword."}]]}] </article></body></html>

🆕 Newly Added Tools 20

Image Editing 30

Image Converters 29

PDF Tools 19

Video & Audio 30

Text & Developer 145

Calculators 258

Color & CSS 66

Generators 35

Data & Documents 36

Social Media 57

Web & SEO 61